Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of botany, British and foreign"

See other formats 


Bibliotheque  botanique 

EMILE    BURNAT 


l'a(alo<fii<'  !\" 


'Proiioit  .if 


IJm'os    pi'ovpiuiiil   (ic    la    liihIiollieMiiic    holaniqiie 
(ITmile  Buriiat  ( I8-2(S-1U:20),  iiiseivs  (mi  oclobre  1920 


(la 
illl 


\/"r     /^'.c<. 


)/  td. 


THE 


JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY, 


BEITISH  AND   rOEEMN. 


EDITED    BY 

JAMES    BRITTEN,     K.S.G.,     F.L.S., 

Senior  Assistant,  Department  of  Botany,   British   Museum  (Natural  History). 


VOL.       XXXVI. 


LLUSTRATED    WITH     PLATES. 


new  YORK 

BOTANICAL 

ClAltUeM 


LONDON: 

WEST,    NEWMAN    &    CO.,    54,    HATTON    GARDEN, 

1898. 


LONDON  : 

WEST,    NEWMAN   AND    CO.,    PRINTERS, 

HATTON    GARDEN,    E.G. 


CONTEIBUTORS 


TO       THE       PRESENT       VOLUME. 


Eleanora  Armitage. 
J.  E.  Bagnall,  A.L.S, 
E.  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 
Ethel  S.  Barton. 
John  Benbow,  F.L.S. 
Arthur  Bennett,  F.L.S. 
G.  S.  BOULGER,  F.L.S. 

S.  A.  Brenan. 

James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

G.  L.  Bruce,  M.A. 

G.  B.  Bullock- Webster,  M.A. 

AViLLiAM  Carruthers,  F.R.S. 

A.  Craig- Christie,  F.L.S. 

Miller  Christy,  F.L.S. 

C.  Crouch. 

H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

A.   H.    WOLLEY   DOD. 

G.  C.  Druce,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
S.  T.  Dunn,  B.A.,  F.L.S. 
W.  L.  W.  Ey.  E. 
J.  Bretland  Farmer,  M.A., 

F.L.S. 
H.  W.  Feilden. 
Antony  Gepp,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

G.  GoODE. 

Henry  Groves,  F.L.S. 
James  Groves,  F.L.S. 
W.  P.  Hamilton. 
W.  P.  Hiern,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

E.   C.   HORRELL. 

A.  B.  Jackson. 

B.  Daydon  Jackson,  Sec.L.S. 
Augustin  Ley,  M.A. 

E.  F.  Linton,  M.A. 
Arthur  Lister,  F.R.S. 
Gulielma  Lister. 
Symers  M.  Mac  vicar. 


E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
J.  Cosmo  Melvill,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
Spencer  le  M.  Moore,  F.L.S. 
G.  R.  M.  Murray,  F.R.S. 

E.  A.  Woodruffe-Peacock, 
F.L.S. 

W.  H.  Pearson. 

R.  Ll.  Praeger. 

R.  Frank  Rand,  M.D.,  F.L.S. 

A.  B.  Rendle,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 

H.  N.  Ridley,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

F.  A.  Rogers. 

W.  MoYLE  Rogers,  F.L.S. 
C.  E.  Salmon. 

E.  S.  Salmon. 

R.    SCHLECHTER. 

S.  Schonland,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
W.  A.  Shoolbred,  M.R.C.S. 
Annie  L.  Smith. 
W.  G.  Smith,  F.L.S. 
Frederic  Stratton,  F.L.S. 
Lilian  M.  Swan. 
e.  w.  swanton. 
H.  S.  Thompson. 
Ella  M.  Tindall. 
r.  f.  towndrow. 
Frederick  Townsend,  M.A., 

F.L.S. 
John  Weathers. 

G.  S.  West,  B.A. 
W.  West,  F.L.S. 
W^  West,  Jun.,  B.A. 
James  W.  White,  F.L.S. 
J.  A.  Wheldon. 

W.  Whitwell,  F.L.S. 

F.  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 
A.  Zahlbruckner,  Ph.D. 


Directions 

to  Bi 

nder. 

Tab.   381          ...          . 

to  face  page    1 

„     382 

41 

„     383 

73 

,,     384 

209 

„     385 

113 

„     386 

161 

„     387 

241 

Tabs.   388.  389 

289 

Tab.  390 

329 

Tabs.  391,  392 

409 

Tab.    393 

. 

, 

465 

Or  all  may  be  placed  together  at  the  end  of  the  volume. 


Tab  381 


Fu"Mbrgaii  dd-etTith .  IVest^NevraiaiL  imp 

Exiplirasia.  Cana-dexisis    rhov.  sp. 


LI8RART 
HEW  YORK 
BUTAfSICAi. 

THE 

JOURNAL     OF    BOTANY 

BRITISH    AND    FOREIGN. 


EUPHRASIA     CANADENSIS,    nov.  sp. 

By  Frederick  Townsend,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  381.) 

Caulis  erectus,  in  parte  inferiore  ramosiis,  ad  13  cm.  altus, 
viridis  vel  rubescens,  pilis  crispulis  albidis  reversis  obsitus,  ramis 
paucis  oppositis  erectis  elongatis  simplicibus.  Folia  oblonga  cuneata 
obtusa,  inferiora  dentibus  obtnsis,  superiora  dentilms  injimis  aristatis. 
Bracteae  subopposit^e  erecto-patentes,  latitudine  folia  caulina  super- 
antes,  ovat^  breviter  acuminatse,  in  parte  inferiore  latissim^, 
iitrinque  dentibus  5,  dentibus  snperiorihus  acutis ;  inferioribns  m 
aristam  rectam  prolcmr/ntis,  bractese  summse  basi  cuneatae.  Folia 
omnia  viridia,  fere  glabra  sed  in  regione  marginali  et  in  pagina 
superiore  et  inferiore  setulis  minutissimis  sparsis  et  in  pafjina 
inferiore  pilis  paucis  glanduliferis  hrevihus  intermixtis  obsita.  Spica 
initio  condensata,  mox  valde  elongata  et  condensata.  Calyx 
dentibus  late  triangulari-lanceolatis  aristatis  subpatentibus,  fruc- 
tifer  accretus,  in  margine  et  in  nervis  setulis  parvis  obsitus.  Corolla 
parva  alba  ?,  7  mill,  longa,  tubo  brevi,  labio  superiore  bilobo,  lobis 
emarginatis  aut  erosis,  labio  inferiore  trilobo,  lobis  subsequalibus 
emarginatis.  Capsula  oblongo-obovata  truncata  vel  subemarginata 
mucronata,  mucrone  capsulam  superante,  in  parte  superiore  setulis 
minimis  sparsis  obsita  et  in  margine  sparse  ciliata,  calycis  dentes 
aequans  vel  superans,  bracteam  subaequaus  vel  superans. 

In  collibus  graminosis  prope  Quebec.     Aug.,  Sept. 

I  gathered  this  Euphrasia  in  1891,  and,  being  new  to  me,  I 
provisionally  named  it,  but  for  various  reasons  it  has  until  lately 
remained  neglected  in  my  herbarium.  I  now  take  the  opportunity 
of  recording  and  describing  it,  as  I  still  think  it  distinct ;  and 
I  believe  Prof.  Wettstein  inclines  to  the  same  opinion,  though  he 
may  reserve  his  final  judgment. 

I  only  know  Euphrasia  americana  Wetts.  from  Prof.  Wettstein's 
description  and  figure  in  his  monograph  of  the  genus.  It  is  de- 
scribed as  a  slender  plant  branching  from  the  middle  and  above  it, 
its  bracts  with  a  cuneate  base,  without  glandular  hairs,  and  the 
lower  teeth  aristate ;  the  flower-spikes  neither  dense  nor  elongated. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Jan.  1898.]  b 


2  NEW    SOMALILAND    POLYPETAL^E. 

Among  European  species  E.  canadensis  has  somewhat  the  habit 
of  E.  stricta  Host  =  E.  crlcetorum  Jord.,  from  which  it  differs  by 
the  branches  being  confined  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  stem,  by  its 
opposite  and  gLandnlar  bracts  with  fewer  teeth,  the  upper  teeth 
being  less  acute  and  not  aristate,  by  the  capsule  being  broader  at 
the  apex  and  truncate  and  exceeding  the  calyx-teeth,  &c. 

E.  Canadensis  differs  from  £".  horealis  Towns.,  in  which  the 
branches  are  not  confined  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  stem,  and 
they  are  erect-patent  and  not  so  prolonged,  the  teeth  of  its  leaves 
and  bracts  are  less  acute,  and  its  capsule  is  decidedly  emarginate. 

As  to  the  history  of  E.  canadensis,  it  is  difHcult  to  form  an 
opinion  without  further  knowledge  of  its  present  geographical 
distribution ;  whether  it  be  an  importation  from  Europe  at  a 
remote  though  historic  period,  modified  by  climatic  or  other  in- 
fluences, or  whether  it  be  the  descendant  of  an  ancient  but  indi- 
genous form.  As  regards  E.  americana  Wetts.,  Prof.  Wettstein 
inclines  to  the  idea  of  importation,  as  stated  in  his  Monograph, 
p.  128.  

Desckiption  of  Plate  381. 
1.  Euphrasia  canadensis,  nov.  sp.,  nat.  size. 

a.  Uppermost  leaf.  ] 

b.  Lowest  bract.       \  All  enlarged. 

c.  Capsule. 


NEW     SOMALILAND     POLYPETAL^. 
By  Edmund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

Ma^thiola  dimolehensis,  sp.n.  Herba  basi  lignosa  omnino 
cinereo-pubescens  vel  subtomentosa,  foliis  ellipticis  vel  oblanceolatis, 
apice  acutis,  lamina  in  petiolum  decurrente,  margine  integerrimis 
subsinuatis  vel  obsolete  sinuato-dentatis,  peduncuhs  axillaribus 
solitariis  erecto-patentibus  et  apicem  versus  aggregatis,  sepalis 
cinereo-tomentosis  vel  sublanatis,  petalis  late  obovatis  in  unguem 
longam  attenuatis  (in  statu  sicco  purpureis),  stylo  brevissimo, 
filamentis  liberis,  siliquis  teretibus  vel  obtuse  subquadrangularibus, 
valvis  crassiusculis  intus  transverse  septatis  quam  siliquis  M. 
elliptic^  E.  Br.  multo  brevioribus,  circiter  6-8-spermis,  seminibus 
pallide  brunneis. 

Hab.  Somaliland,  Wagga  Mountains,  Mrs.  E.  Lort  PhiUips. 
Dimoleh,  Messrs.  Gillett  d  Aylmer. 

Closely  allied  to  M.  elliptica  R.  Br.,  and,  like  that  plant,  a 
diffuse  or  bushy  herb,  woody  below,  with  branches,  leaves,  &c., 
covered  with  a  close  cinereous  or  hoary  tomentum.  Leaves  ellip- 
tical or  oblanceolate,  apex  acute,  margin  entire  or  obscurely 
sinuate-dentate,  lamina  at  the  base  narrowing  gradually  to  bottom 
of  petioles,  lamina  measured  from  point  of  insertion  of  petioles 
2-2 f  in.  long,  breadth  at  broadest  point  f-f  in.  Pedicels  short, 
erecfc,  covered  with  hoary  tomentum,    axillary   and   solitary,   but 


NEW    SOMALILAND    POLYPETAL^.  6 

crowded  near  apex.  Sepals  with  rather  more  woolly  tomentum 
than  in  M.  elliptica.  Filaments  not  joined.  Style  very  short; 
stigmas  converging,  forming  a  triangular  tip  to  the  ovary.  Petals 
broadly  rotund,  obovate,  gradually  narrowing  into  rather  a  long 
claw  (pinkish  purple  when  dried),  rather  more  than  1  in.  long. 
Capsule  about  i  in.  long  (perhaps  not  quite  ripe),  covered  with 
rather  stiff  hairs  somewhat  similar  to  those  on  capsule  of  Papaver 
hyhridum  L.,  about  6-8-seeded. 

This  plant  differs  from  M.  elliptica  R.  Br.  more  particularly  in 
the  capsule,  which  is,  as  has  just  been  stated,  stiffly  hirsute,  not 
covered  with  a  close  tomentum,  much  shorter,  and  much  fewer- 
seeded. 

Prof.  Oliver  (Fl.  Trop.  Africa,  i.  57)  states  that  the  ripe  siliqua 
of  M.  elliptica  R.  Br.  had  not  then  been  seen.  Specimens  of  this 
plant  are  also  in  the  collection  from  Wagga  Mts.,  Boresti,  and 
Dimoleh  ;  the  ripe  siliqua  attains  a  length  of  2i  to  rather  more 
than  8  in.  long. 

Mathiola  dimolehensis  differs  from  Morettia  Revoili  Franchet, 
Sert.  Somal.  10,  t.  1  (in  Revoile,  Faune  et  Flore  des  Pays  Coinalis, 
1882),  by  the  capsule  being  fewer- seeded,  and  by  the  shape  of  the 
petals  being  not  so  cuneate.  Another  aUied  plant  is  Mathiola 
Smithii  Bak.  fil.  in  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  50,  which  differs  in  its 
strongly  bicusped  capsule. 

Melhania  somalensis,  sp.  n.  Caulis  tenuis  teres  ramosus 
tenuiter  stellatim  cano-pnbescens  demum  glabratus,  ramulis  tereti- 
bus  superne  (an  exsiccatione  tantum  ?)  complanatis,  foliis  modice 
petiolatis  lanceolatis  vel  oblongo-lanceolatis,  basi  rotundatis  vel 
subcordatis  serratis  utrinque  cano-pubescentibus  subtus  pallidiori- 
bus,  stipulis  subulatis  quam  petiolis  subduplo  brevioribus,  floribus 
axillaribus,  pedunculis  solitariis  unifloris,  bracteis  linearibus  quam 
calyce  subduplo  brevioribus  demum  reflexis,  sepahs  lanceolatis 
externe  cano-pubescentibus  valde  acuminatis,  petahs  sub^qui- 
longis,  capsula  columnari  externe  cano-pubescente,  loculis  4-8- 
spermis. 

Hab.  Somaliland.  Sheikhusin,  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith.  In 
flower  and  fruit  Sept.  1894.     No.  152. 

Wiry,  probably  annual,  scarcely  woody  at  the  base,  erect, 
branched,  1  ft.  (possibly  more)  high,  branches  ascending,  especially 
towards  the  extremities,  cano-stellately  pubescent,  and  somewhat 
flattened.  Leaves  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  often  about 
li  in.  long,  5  lines  broad,  rounded  at  the  base,  serrate,  covered 
with  a  close  tomentum  above  and  below,  greenish  above,  lighter- 
coloured  below  ;  petiole  4  lines  long.  Stipules  subulate.  Flowers 
axillary,  peduncle  rather  over  |  in.  long.  Bracts  linear-lanceolate, 
about  half  as  long  as  sepals.  Sepals  very  acuminate,  externally 
cano-pubescent.  Capsule  columnar,  cano -pubescent  externally,  not 
pointed  at  the  top,  ^  in.  high.  Loculi  4-8-seeded,  seeds  somewhat 
angular. 

This  plant  may  be  easily  recognized  by  the  narrow  bracts,  the 
very  acuminate  sepals,  the  leaves  3-4  times  longer  than  broad,  and 
the  carpels  with  4-8  seeds  in  each  loculus. 


4  NE'^'    SOMALILAND    POLYPETAL^E. 

Melhania  Phillipsiae,  sp.n.  Saffmtex  erectus,^  caule  dense 
flavescenti-tomentoso,  foliis  ellipticis  vel  ovatis  modice  petiolatis 
utrinqne  tomentosis  mollibus,  margine  serratis,  basi  subcordatis,  apice 
obtusis,  stipiilis  subulatis  qiiam  petiolis  subtriplobrevioribus,  pedun- 
culis  axillaribus  saepissime  3-tloris,  pedicellis  quam  pedimculis 
brevioribus,  bracteis  reniformibus  acutis  vel  breviter  acuminatis, 
post  anthesin  accrescentibus  et  scariosis  reticulato-venosis,  sepalis 
anguste  ovato-lanceolatis  concavis  quam  capsula  loDgioribus,  petalis 
in  statu  sicco  flavis,  capsula  globosa  5-loculari  exterue  stellato- 
hirsuta,  loculis  2-3-spermis,  seminibus  angulatis  pubescentibus. 

Hab.  Somaliland.  Soksoda  and  Wagga  Mts.,  Mrs.  E.  Lort 
Phillips. 

This  plant  is  suffruticose  erect,  stem  covered  with  a  velvety- 
flavescent  tomentum.  Leaves  elliptical  or  oval,  margin  irregularly 
serrate,  base  subcordate,  both  sides  tomentose,  under  side  lighter- 
coloured,  lamina  1|-2|  in.  long,  1^-2  in.  broad,  petiole  f  to  rather 
over  1  in.  long.  Stipules  linear,  often  about  4  lines  long.  Peduncles 
axillary,  |— f  in.  long,  generally  3-flowered,  pedicels  shorter  than 
peduncles,  ^  to  nearly  |  in.  long,  both  peduncles  and  pedicels  hairy. 
Bracts  reniform,  acute  or  shortly  acuminate,  tomentose  when  young, 
enlarging  much  in  fruiting  stage,  becoming  scarious,  reticulate- 
veined.  Sepals  5,  lanceolate,  concave,  externally  covered  with 
white  hairs,  longer  than  capsule.  Petals  yellow  when  dried,  about 
6  lines  long.  Capsule  globose,  stellately  hairy  externally,  about 
4  lines  high,  not  pointed.  Loculi  2-3-seeded;  seeds  angular, 
pubescent. 

Allied  to  M.  Forhesii  Planchon. 

It  seems  advisable  to  give  a  list  of  the  Tropical  African  species 
of  Melhania,  much  having  been  added  since  the  publication  of  the 
Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  especially  in  regard  to  Somaliland,  which 
was  at  that  time  comparatively  unexplored. 

Tropical  African  Species  of  Melhania. 

A.  Bracts  reniform.  Loculi  1-2-seeded.  Stem  and  leaves  covered 
with  a  close  cinereous  tomentum  (in  M.  Venhami  R.  Br.  var. 
grandibracteata  K.  Schum.  it  is  very  soft). 

1.  M.  Denhami  R.  Br.  in  Denh.  Clapp.  Trav.  App.  233. 

Hab.  Senegambia  ;  Kordofan  ;  Mozambique  District ;  Somali- 
land {fide  K.  Schum.) ;  also  occurs  in  Arabia  and  Scinde. 

Var.  grandibracteata  K.  Schum.  in  Ann.  1st.  Roma,  vii.  34. 

Hab.  Somaliland,  near  Menehan ;  Riva,  Nos.  440,  441  (jide 
K.  Schum.). 

2.  M.  MURicATA  Balf.  fil.  in  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edin.  xi.  (1882), 
503,  tab.  vii.  A. 

Hab.     Somaliland.     Wagga  Mts.,  Mrs.  E.  Lort  Phillips. 
Originally  described  from  Socotra. 

B.   Bracts  reniform.     Loculi  2-3-seeded.     Leaves  clothed  with  a 
soft  velvety  more  or  less  flavescent  tomentum. 

3.  M.  Phillipsi^  Bak.  fil. 


NEW    SOMALILAND    POLYPETAL^.  O 

Hab.  Somaliland.  Soksoda  and  Wagga  Mts.,  Mrs.  E.  Lort 
Phillips. 

C.   Bracts  broadly  ovate  or  ovate,  often  very  acuminate. 
Loculi  2-ao-seeded. 

4.  M.  FERRUGiNEA  A.  Eicliard,  Fl.  Abyss,  i.  76. 

Hab.  Nile  Land  ;  Mozambique  District ;  Lower  Gmnea  ;  also 
collected  in  Somaliland  by  Mrs.  E.  Lort  Phillips. 

Probably  identical  witb  M.  veliUina  Forsk.,  m  wbich  case  this 
name  must  take  precedence. 

5.  M.  ACUMINATA  Mastcrs  in  Oliver,  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  i.  23L 
Hab.    Mozambique  District.     Occurs  also  in  Matabele  Country. 

6.  M.  FoRBESii  Planclion  ex  Masters,  I.  c. 

Hab.  Mozambique  District ;  Lower  Guinea.  Eecorded  also 
from  Omatope,  in  Amboland  (Jide  H.  Scbinz). 

7.  M.  Steudneri  Schweinf.  in  Verb.  Zool.  Bot.AVien  (1868),  672. 
Hab.     Nile  Land.     Bogos,  Steiidner,  No.  1162. 

D.   Bracts  lanceolate.     Loculi  2- oo -seeded. 

8.  M.  iNCANA  Heyne  ex  Wall.  List,  No.  1200  (1828),  var.  albi- 
FLORA  Hiern,  Welw.  Cat.  88. 

Hab.     Lower  Guinea,  Mossamedes. 

9.  M.  CYCLOPHYLLA  Hochst.  cx  Mastcrs,  I.e. 
Hab.     Abyssinia,  Schimper. 

10.  M.  ROTUNDATA  Hochst.  cx  Mastcrs,  I.  c. 
Hab.     Abyssinia,  Schimper. 

E.  Bracts  linear,  subulate.     Loculi  2-oo-seeded. 

Leaves  oval,  obtuse. 

11.  M.  ABYSsiNicA  A.  Rich.  Fl.  Abyss,  i.  76,  t.  18. 

Hab.  Nile  Land;  Somaliland.  Occurs  in  the  Cape  Verde 
Islands,  also  in  Scinde. 

F.  Bracts  linear,  subulate.     Loculi  2- oo-seeded. 

*  Leaves  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate. 

12.  M.  soMALENsia  Bak.  fil. 

Hab.     Somaliland.     Sheikhusin,  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith. 

*  *  Leaves  oblong  elliptical  ? 

13.  M.  GRiQUENSis  Bolus,  var.  /?  virescens  K.  Schum.  in  Bot. 
Verb.  Brand.  (1888),  230. 

Hab.     Hereroland,  Liuleritz. 

I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  of  dissectmg  this  plant;  the 
position  therefore  is  doubtful. 

M.  griquensis  Bolus  is  apparently  identical  with  M.  Rehmanni 

G.    Bracts  linear.     Loculi  1-seeded. 
Leaves  oblong,  orbicular  or  orbicular-ovate. 

14.  M.  Engleriana  K.  Schum.  in  Engler,  Hochgebirgsflora,  303. 
Hab.     Somaliland.     Ahlgebirge,  Hildebrandt,  No.  834  c. 


6  TWO    NEW    FORMS    OF    HIERACIUM. 

Kelleronia  Gillettii,  sp.  n.  Fruticosa  ramosa,  ramulis  her- 
baceis  vel  suffratesceutibus  strigoso-pubescentibus,  foliis  petiolatis 
paripinnatis  s^epissime  4-jngis,  foliolis  oblique  oblongis  vel  ovato- 
oblongis  vel  subellipticis  brevissime  petiolatis  pr^cipue  subtus 
strigoso-piibescentibas,  apice  rotundatis  vel  brevissime  miicrouatis, 
stipulis  anguste  lanceolatis,  floribus  axillaribiis  solitariis,  pedimculis 
quam  foliis  s^epissime  brevioribus,  alabastris  acuminatis,  sepalis 
lanceolatis  acuminatissimis,  basi  saccatis  qiiam  petalis  subduplo 
brevioribus,  petalis  "cocciueis"  obovatis,  carpellis  5  reticulatis 
sparse  pilosis. 

Hab.  Somaliland.  Somali  name,  "Obach."  "  Straggling  bush 
among  rocks,  below  quite  woody."  In  flower  January,  1897,  MUs 
Gillett.     AVagga  Mountains,  ]\Irs.  E.  Lort  Phillips. 

A  straggling  bush,  woody  below ;  branchlets  herbaceous  or 
suffrutescent,  striate,  pubescent.  Leaves  paripinnate,  generally 
about  four  pairs  of  leaflets.  Leaflets  obliquely  oblong  or  ovate- 
oblong,  apex  subacute,  very  shortly  petiolate,  strigosely  hairy, 
especially  below,  about  |  in.  long  and  4-5  lines  (rarely  reaching 
7  lines)  broad.  Stipules  lanceolate.  Flowers  axillary,  solitary, 
peduncles  f-f  in.  long.  Buds  very  acuminate,  externally  hairy. 
Sepals  lanceolate,  very  acuminate,  hairy  on  the  back,  margin 
scarious,  about  half  as  long  as  the  petals.  Petals  "scarlet,"  about 
1^  in.  long.  Stamens  shorter  than  the  style.  Ovary  densely  hairy. 
Style  about  f  in.  long.  Carpels  5,  adhering  to  central  axis,  other- 
wise free,  reticulate,  sparsely  pilose,  about  ^  in.  long. 

Closely  allied  to  Kelleronia  splendens  Schinz,  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boissier, 
1895,  400,  t.  9.  This  plant  has  lemon-yellow  flowers,  w^iile  in  the 
present  species  they  are  scarlet.  The  internodes  in  K.  Gillettii  are 
much  longer  [i.  e.  l|-2^  in.  long),  the  branchlets  thinner,  and  the 
leaflets  not  quite  so  pointed  and  more  inclined  to  be  obliquely 
oblong-ovate  than  simply  ovate,  but  in  shape  they  are  subject  to 
considerable  variation. 


TWO    NEW    FOEMS     OF    HIERACIUM. 
By  the  Eev.  Augustin  Ley. 

HiERACiuM  HYPocHCERoiDEs  Gibs.  var.  Cyathis,  nov.  var.  Original 
root-leaves  obovate,  retuse  at  tip,  the  base  gradually  narrowed  into 
petiole,  strongly  fringed  with  white  hairs  which  also  cover  the  under 
surface.  Inner  leaves  much  produced,  blade  4-5  in.  long,  oval, 
elliptic  or  narrowly  elliptic,  acute,  often  toothed.  Stem  stout,  stiff, 
1  ft.  to  18  in.  high,  with  scattered  lax,  white  hairs,  often  branched  ; 
peduncles  at  the  top  stiffly  spreading.  Phyllaries  with  recurved 
tips  in  bud ;  bud  short,  forming  from  the  first  an  open  cup,  and 
showing  the  tips  of  the  immature  ligules  within  the  cup.  Laaves 
green  or  slightly  marbled ;  styles  pure  yellow. 

In  addition  to  the  remarkably  different  shape  of  the  leaves,  the 
shorter  bud,  which  is  open  from  the  earliest  stages,  like  a  miniature 
cup  (hence  the  varietal  name),  and  the  phyllaries  with  tips  recurved 


TWO    NEW    FORMS    OF    HIERACIUM.  7 

in  bud,  distinguish  tins  plant  from  both  typical  H.  hypochceroides 
and  the  var.  sax ) rum.  In  both  the  latter  the  phyllaries  are  porrect 
in  bud.  The  outer  phyllaries  of  the  present  plant  are  also  much 
laxer  in  early  bad,  and  the  stem  has  more  numerous  white  hairs 
than  in  the  type  or  in  var.  saxormn.  The  tint  of  the  leaves  is  of  a 
lighter  green  than  in  the  type,  but  agrees  with  that  of  the  var. 
saxurum. 

Plentiful  on  a  range  of  limestone  rocks  near  Merthyr  Tydfil, 
S.  Breconshire,  in  company  with  the  variety  of  H.  pollijiarium  P.  J. 
Hanb.  described  below.  Fu'st  noticed  in  1894  ;  gathered  also  in 
subsequent  years,  and  watched  in  cultivation. 

Though  hitherto  detected  only  at  a  single  station,  this  plant 
seems  remarkable  enough  to  deserve  recognition  and  description 
under  a  varietal  name.  I  have  Mr.  Hanbury's  consent  to  placing 
it  under  H.  hjpochmroides  Gibs. 

HiERAciuM  poLLiNARiuM  F.  J.  Haub.  var.  PLA.TYPHYLLUM,  nov.  var. 
Eadical  leaves  large,  broadly  ovate,  often  with  triangular  teeth  near 
the  base;  the  teeth  and  the  point  of  the  leaf  terminating  in  an 
apiculus,  thick  and  firm  in  texture  when  fresh,  the  under  surface 
with  minute  stellate  down.  Stem  with  1-2  leaves,  9  in. -2ft.  in 
height,  with  long  erect  branches ;  the  branches,  and  especially  the 
very  floccose  peduncles,  forming  a  very  acute  angle  with  the  stem  ; 
phyllaries  with  strongly  marked  floccose  margins,  incurved  at  tip 
in  bud,  as  in  H.  miironim  L.  pt. ;  ligules  mostly  but  not  always 
stylose,  styles  dark  olive-green. 

Differs  from  type  H.  polUnariuni  F.  J.  Hanb.  in  the  phyllaries 
being  more  parallel-sided,  with  more  black-based  hairs  and  floccum ; 
in  the  more  floccose  and  less  setose,  longer,  straighter  peduncles, 
which  form  a  very  acute  angle  with  each  other  and  with  the  stem ; 
in  the  leaves  not  being  retuse  at  tip,  nor  narrowed  to  the  base,  but 
broad-based,  with  coarse,  somewhat  sagittate  teeth. 

Mountain  rocks,  both  of  sandstone  and  Umestone ;  frequent  in 
parts  of  South  Wales,  especially  in  Breconshire. 

Localities  : — Herefordshire  :  Red  Daren,  Hatterel  range.  Black 
Mountains.  Monmouthshire  :  Taren-r'-Esgob,  Llanthony  Valley, 
Black  Mountains.  Breconshire  :  frequent  on  the  cliffs  of  the  Black 
Mountains,  near  the  above  stations  in  Herefordshire  and  Mon- 
mouthshire. Frequent  on  the  Brecon  Beacon  range  ;  Craig  Gled- 
siau  and  Craig  Du  (all  the  above  stations  on  sandstone) ;  Craig 
Cille,  near  Crickhowel ;  Dyffryn  Crawnon  ;  Dan-y-graig  and  other 
spots  near  Merthyr  Tydfil  (all  these  on  limestone).  Probably  found 
on  the  more  western  portions  of  this  range  in  Carmarthenshire. 

First  observed  at  the  Herefordshire  station  in  1892,  and  at 
several  of  its  Breconshire  stations  in  1893.  I  have  watched  it 
under  cultivation  since  1893,  in  the  light  loam  of  a  South  Hereford- 
shire garden.  Here  it  retains  all  its  characteristics,  but  becomes 
more  robust,  the  crowns  of  the  root  increase  in  size,  and  throw  up  a 
greater  number  of  stems.  It  increases  rapidly  by  seed  in  the  garden. 
The  stylose  ligules  occur  in  about  five  out  of  six  specimens,  whether 
in  a  cultivated  or  wild  state,  but  this  character  does  not  appear  to 
be  accompanied  by  any  other  variation  in  the  plant. 


ON     PRIMARY     CHARACTERS     IN     CERASTIUM. 
By  Frederic  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 

In  many  important  floras  Cerastium  trigynuin  Vill.  is  transferred 
to  the  genus  Stellaria  on  account  of  the  ovary  bearing  three  styles, 
and  when  ripe  dehiscing  by  six  teeth.  The  presence  of  three  styles 
instead  of  five  is  therefore  in  this  case  regarded  as  a  generic  cha- 
racter. An  examination  of  specimens  of  many  species  shows, 
however,  that  this  is  an  inconstant  character,  and  is  by  no  means 
to  be  relied  on  for  separating  Cerastium  from  Stellaria.  The  form 
of  the  ripe  capsule  as  well  as  the  direction  and  curvature  of  the 
teeth  after  dehiscence  should  together  be  taken  as  the  cardinal 
character  of  Cerastium.  as  distinct  from  Stellaria:  the  number  of 
the  styles  and  capsular  teeth  should  not  in  this  connection  be  taken 
into  account. 

Species  of  Cerastium  may  generally  be  distinguished  from  those 
of  Stellaria  and  Arenaria  by  habit,  although  not  always  satisfactorily. 
At  the  same  time,  if  the  fruit-characters  of  a  typical  Cerastium  be 
kept  in  view,  there  ought  to  be  no  difficulty  in  defining  the  genus 
and  in  circumscribing  the  species.  As  defined  and  aptly  named  by 
Linn^us  it  is  characteristic  enough.  The  form  of  the  ripe  capsule 
in  three  common  species  affords  a  ready  illustration. 

In  Cerastium,  triviale  the  capsule  lengthens  considerably  after  the 
formation  of  seeds ;  it  is  then  somewhat  cylindrical  in  form,  often 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx ;  in  the  process  it  curves  like 
a  horn,  and  dehisces  by  ten  short  straight  teeth  revolute  at  the 
margins.  The  ovary  before  fertilization  of  the  ovules  is  ovate- 
globose,  and  scarcely  longer  than  the  calyx. 

In  Stellaria  Holostea  the  ripe  capsule  is  globose,  about  equal  to 
the  calyx  in  length,  and  after  rupture  the  six  teeth  formed  by 
dehiscence  extend  half  down  the  capsule  or  beyond. 

In  Arenaria  serpi/llifolia  the  ripe  capsule  is  ventricose-ovoid, 
equalhng  or  slightly  exceeding  the  calyx,  and  dehisces  by  six  plane 
straight  teeth  not  revolute  at  the  margins  ;  neither  is  the  capsule 
so  deeply  cleft  as  in  a  Stellaria.  In  many  species  of  Cerastium  the 
capsule  is  straight,  but  the  teeth  are  revolute  at  the  margins  as  in 
C,  nemorale  Bieb.,  or  else  at  the  apex  (circinate-convolute)  as  in 
C.  tomentosum  L. 

Whether  the  capsular  teeth  are  opposite  the  sepals  or  alternate 
with  them  is  a  more  important  character  than  the  fact  of  the 
gynoecium  being  isomerous  or  meiomerous  in  relation  to  the  seg- 
ments of  the  calyx.  There  is  therefore  greater  reason  for  keeping 
up  the  genus  Malachium  than  for  referring  Cerastium  trigynum  to 
Stellaria,  where  it  was  first  placed  by  Linnaeus.  The  same  character 
satisfactorily  serves  to  distinguish  Spergula  from  Spergularia.  In 
Spergula  arrensis  L.  the  five  valves  of  the  capsule  are  opposite  the 
sepals,  and  before  dehiscence  the  five  styles  are  alternate  with  the 
sepals.  ^  In  Spergularia  rupicola  Lebel  there  are  only  three  styles, 
but  in  Spergularia  grandis  Camb.  the  five  styles  are  opposite  the  sepals, 
and  the  five  valves  of  the  capsule  are  alternate  with  the  sepals. 


ON    PrjMARY    CHARACTERS    IN    CERASTIUM.  9 

The  most  characteristically  defined  group  in  Cerastium  includes 
those  species  in  which  the  teeth  of  the  capsule  after  dehiscence  are 
finally  circinate-convolute.  In  none  of  the  allied  genera  does  this 
peculiarity  in  the  capsular  teeth  occur.  But  it  is  to  be  noted  that 
in  all  the  species  referable  to  this  group  the  ripening  capsule,  while 
increasing  in  length,  does  not  become  curved,  except  in  C.  Arme- 
niacum,  where  it  is  considerably  curved,  and  more  than  half  exserted 
from  the  calyx.  If,  without  regard  to  the  number  of  teeth  (whether 
six  or  ten),  those  species  in  which  the  teeth  are  finally  circinate- 
convolute  are  included  in  the  group  defined  by  Seringe  as  the 
section  Strephodon,  there  only  remain  in  the  group  defined  by 
Bartling  as  the  section  Dichodon  two  well-known  species,  C.  tri- 
gynuin  and  C.  anomalum.  To  these  may,  however,  be  added  C. 
m.auritanicum  Pomel,  and  C.  melanandrum  Maxim. 

Examination  of  the  capsules  of  other  species  shows  also  that 
the  number  of  styles  in  specimens  is  an  inconstant  character.  A 
well-defined  American  species,  C.  Texanum,  has  been  described  by 
Dr.  N.  L.  Britton  in  which  the  styles  vary  3-5,  but  the  capsular 
teeth  are  invariably  circinate-convolute.  The  same  obtains  in 
C.  indiciuii  W.  &  Arn.  In  Wight's  specimens  I  have  noticed  several 
ovaries  with  only  three  styles  instead  of  five.  Mr.  Henry  Trimeu, 
in  his  Flora  of  Ceylon,  says  of  the  specimens  which  he  examined, 
"  Styles  5,  not  3,''  as  given  in  the  Fl.  of  Brituh  Lidia." 
This  is  certainly  not  stated  in  FL  of  British  India,  i.  p.  227. 
Again,  in  a  Siberian  species,  C.  obtusifolium  Kar.  &  Kir.,  included 
in  the  section  Strephodon,\  I  find  on  the  examination  of  authentic 
specimens  that  there  are  only  three  styles,  and  that  the  six  capsular 
teeth  are  subrevolute  at  the  margin,  and  not  circinate-convolute  at 
the  tip,  but  straight  and  obtuse :  so  that  but  for  the  form  of  the 
petals  (should  the  character  be  sufficiently  distinctive)  the  species 
might  as  well  be  reduced  to  a  variety  of  C.  trigijnum. 

It  may  further  be  pointed  out  that  in  C,  trigynum  and  allied 
species  the  capsule  is  never  curved,  which  serves  with  other  charac- 
ters taken  into  consideration  to  separate  them  from  the  large  group 
of  which  G.  glovieratum  and  C.  arvense  are  well-known  examples ;  a 
group  in  which  the  character  of  the  10-dentate  capsule  is  normal 
and  less  inconstant. 

In  the  matter  of  habit  and  aspect  Stellaria  includes  slender, 
diffuse,  glabrous  herbs,  while  the  species  of  Cerastium  are  pubescent, 
though  C.  perfoliatum  L.  is  a  conspicuous  exception,  and  the  per- 
ennial forms  are  often  tufted.  On  the  other  hand,  two  species  of 
jfirenaria  with  long  cylindrical  capsules,  viz.  A.  Guicciardii  Heldr. 
and  A.  purpnrascens  Eamond,  may  be  regarded  as  connecting  links 
with  the  normally  3-styled  species  of  Cerastium.  In  Cerastium  the 
capsule  may  be  said  to  be  always  more  or  less  elongated,  while  in 
Stellaria  and  Arenaria  it  is  characteristically  ovoid  or  oblong. 

An  important  character  noted  by  Fenzl|  is  that  the  seeds  of 
some  species  are  angular  (in  the  dried  state),  from  shrinking  of  the 

*  There  is  probably  also  au  error  in  transposition  of  figures  here, 
t  Ledeb.  Fl.  Rossica,  i.  398.  J  Ledeb.  Fl.  Rossica,  i.  415. 


10  THE    FLOKA    OF    WALES. 

testa,  owing  to  its  not  being  closely  adherent  to  the  albumen, 
though  somewhat  inflated  in  fresh  seeds.  This  character  dis- 
tinguishes C.  JatifoUuni  from  such  a  species  as  C.  arvense,  in  which 
the  nucleus  is  closely  invested  by  the  testa  which  is  uniformly 
adherent  to  the  albumen.  Such  seeds  are  not  angular  in  the  dried 
state.  This  character,  however,  is  sometimes  difficult  to  make  out 
in  small  seeds,  in  which  the  dorsal  curvature  is  less  marked. 

The  species  of  Cerastium  may  be  associated  into  primary  groups 
on  the  basis  of  characters  which  have  been  relied  on  previously  for 
the  definition  of  sections,  though  of  different  grades  in  grouping. 
The  subgenera  of  Cerastium  are  defined  in  accordance  with  the 
views  expressed  in  these  short  notes. 

Subgenus  I.  Dichodon. — Petala  profunde  emarginata.  Styli  3. 
Capsula  recta,  dentibus  6  erectis  vel  patulis  margine  subrevolutis 
dehiscens. — Herb^  annuae  vel  perennes. 

Subgenus  II.  Strephodon.  —  Petala  incisa  vel  emarginata. 
Styli  3  vel  5  (interdum  4).  Capsula  recta  vel  curvata,  dentibus 
6  vel  10  apice  circiuato-convolutis,  margine  non  revolutis,  dehiscens. 
— Herbte  annu»  vel  perennes,  dichotome  ramosas,  multiflorse,  rarius 
simplices,  corymboso-  vel  subumbellatim  cymosae. 

Subgenus  III.  Orthodox. — Petala  incisa,  emarginata,  vel  laci- 
niata.  Styli  5.  Capsula  recta  (insuper  interdum  apice  leviter 
curvula)  vel  plus  minus  e  basi  curvata,  plerumque  calyce  longior, 
rarissime  brevior  ;  dentibus  10  erectis  vel  patulo-rectis,  dorso  planis 
vel  margine  revolutis,  dehiscens. — Herbse  annuae  vel  baud  saepius 
perennes,  habitu  et  florum  dispositione  variae. 


THE     FLORA     OF    WALES. 


[In  view  of  the  increasing  interest  which  is  now  being  manifested 
in  the  botany  of  the  Principality,  it  may  be  well  to  render  accessible 
to  British  botanists  the  summary  which  was  issued  in  August,  1896, 
as  an  Appendix  (B)  to  the  Report  of  the  Royal  Commission  on  Land 
in  Wales  and  Monmouthshire. 

It  may  be  well  to  say  that  the  Appendix  was  sent  in  proof  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Commission,  Mr.  D.  Lleufer  Thomas,  to  the 
Editor  of  this  Journal,  with  a  request  that  he  would  make  such 
additions  as  were  desirable.  This  he  did  at  once,  although  at  some 
inconvenience,  as  the  matter  was  said  to  be  urgent ;  and  his  very 
considerable  additions  were  embodied  in  the  published  sketch. 
No  acknowledgment  whatever,  however,  is  made  of  this  help — an 
omission  all  the  more  remarkable  inasmuch  as  Mr.  Llenfer  Thomas 
stated  in  one  of  Jiis  letters  that  he  himself  was  "not  very  conversant 
in  the  literature  of  botany."  That  this  is  no  exaggerated  expression 
of  modesty  on  Mr.  Thomas's  part  is  manifest  from  the  list  of  plants 
(from  Evans's  A^or^/i  Wales)  "almost  exclusively  confined"  to  the 
Principality,  given  on  p.  30,  which  includes  such  species  as  Jasione 
mofitana,   Nartliecium,  Osmimda,  Scilla  verna,   Campanula   latifoliat 


THE    FLORA    OF    WALES.  11 

Iberis  midicaulis  (there  is  no  attempt  to  give  modern  synonymy),  "the 
singular  dortmanna  lobelia,'"  and  "  the  surprising  vegetable  automaton 
the  rtqjpia  inaritima."  Even  the  generic  names  here  have  no  capitals, 
but  this  is  compensated  for  on  p.  13  of  the  Appendix,  where  we  find 
a  "list  of  rare  plants  at  present  found  in  Wales"  supplied  by  the 
Rev.  0.  M.  Fielden,  in  which  both  generic  and  trivial  names  begin 
with  a  capital  letter.  This  contains  such  names  as  ''Cerastium 
Alpmiiim"  and  ^' Aster  Linocyris,''  fxnd  indicates  Seiiecio  campestris 
among  the  plants  "only  found  in  Wales  in  the  British  Isles"! — 
Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

The  first  professedly  botanical  tour  in  Wales  was  undertaken  in 
the  summer  of  1639  by  Thomas  Johnson  (ob.  1644),  of  Selby, 
Yorkshire.  He  was  accompanied  by  Mr.  Paul  Sone  and  by  Mr. 
Edward  Morgan,  who  knew  the  Welsh  language  and  was  also  a 
herbalist.  Their  tour  was  confined  to  North  Wales,  which  they 
entered  by  way  of  Chester,  and  then  journeyed  by  Flint,  Holywell, 
and  Penmaenmawr  to  Carnarvon,  whence  they  ascended  Snowdon. 
After  visiting  Anglesey  they  returned  by  way  of  Harlech,  Barmouth, 
Machynlleth,  and  Montgomery,  being  entertained  at  the  last- 
mentioned  place  by  the  first  Lord  Herbert  of  Cherbury.  An 
account  of  this  tour  is  given  in  the  second  part  of  Johnson's 
Mercurlus  Botaiiicus,  which  bore  the  title  of  "  Mercurii  Botanici 
Pars  altera,  sive  Plantarum  gratia  suscepti  Itineris  in  Cambriam 
seu  Walliam  Descriptio,"  Lond.,  1641,  8vo,  pp.  37. 

This  work  was  dedicated  to  Mr.  Thomas  Glyn,  of  Glynllifon, 
Carnarvonshire,  himself  a  botanist,  who  is  credited  with  having 
discovered  the  plant  known  as  Diotis  maritima  on  the  Welsh  coast, 
near  his  residence.  This  work  together  with  other  minor  pro- 
ductions of  Johnson  were  collected  and  edited  by  T.  S.  Ralph  in 
1847,  under  the  title  of  Opiiscula  Omnia  Botanica  lliomce  Johnso7iii 
(London,  4to). 

In  1633  Johnson  had  brought  out  a  new  edition,  considerably 
enlarged  and  extending  to  about  1650  pages,  of  Gerard's  Herbal 
(which  had  been  first  issued  in  1597),  and  a  reprint  of  the  new 
edition  was  also  issued  only  three  years  later,  in  1636. 

The  earliest  book  on  botany  restricted  to  the  plants  of  Great 
Britain  was  WilUam  How's  Phytologia  Britamiica,  published 
anonymously  in  1650.  Several  of  the  plants  catalogued  are 
described  as  found  in  Wales. 

In  the  autumn  of  1658  John  Ray  took  a  botanical  journey, 
which  he  performed  alone  (and  which  was  the  first  of  his  Itineraries) 
through  the  midland  counties  of  England  and  the  northern  part  of 
Wales.  He  left  Chester  (whither  he  had  travelled  from  Cambridge) 
on  August  25,  and  then  followed  almost  exactly  the  same  route  as 
Johnson,  nearly  twenty  years  earlier.  He  quitted  Welsh  territory 
on  the  7th  of  September,  when  he  "rode  through  Welshpool  to 
Shrewsbury." 

In  May  and  June,  1662,  Ray,  accompanied  by  his  friend  Wil- 
lughby,  made  his  third  and  most  extensive  tour  (his  second  tour 
having  been  to  Scotland  and  the  North  of  England).  The  route 
followed  was  through  the  midland  counties  to  Chester,  as  before, 


12  THE    FLORA    OF    WALES. 

thence  into  North  Wales,  and,  after  maldng  a  circuit  of  the  North 
Wales  coast  (visiting  Anglesey  and  Bardsey),  they  followed  the 
coast  southwards  as  far  as  St.  David's  (ascending  Plynlimmon  on 
the  way),  and  from  St.  David's  to  Gloucester,  and  thence  through 
the  south-western  counties  of  Englsnd.  In  addition  to  the  botanical 
notes,  this  third  Itinerary  gives  much  information  concerning  the 
Birds  and  Fishes,  especially  on  the  sea- coast  of  Pembrokeshire. 
These  Itineraries  have  been  published  for  the  Ray  Society  under 
the  title,  Mojwrials  of  John  Bay,  edited  by  Edwin  Lankester, 
London,  1846,  8vo  (see  the  Welsh  portions  at  pp.  127-130,  and 
106-178).  Some  of  the  results  of  these  tours,  so  far  as  Wales  is 
concerned,  are  also  embodied  in  Ray's  Fasciculus  Stirpiiim  Britan- 
nicarum,  "posteditum  plantarum  Angliae  Catalogum  observatarum " 
(Lond.,  1688,  pp.  27,  12mo),  which,  inter  alia,  describes  several 
rare  mountainous  or  alpine  plants  from  Wales ;  Ray's  best  known 
work,  however,  is  his  Synopsis  Methodica  Stirpiiun  Britannic  arum 
(Lond.,  1690,  pp.  317,  8vo),  which  was  a  remodelled  and  improved 
edition  of  his  "  Catalogus  Plantarum  Angh^e  "  (Cambridge,  1670, 
pp.  103, 12mo),  both  of  which  also  bear  traces  of  his  Welsh  investi- 
gations. A  second  edition  of  the  Synopsis  was  issued  in  1696,  and 
among  those  whose  assistance  is  acknowledged  by  the  author  we 
find  Edward  Llwyd  (1660-1709),  the  great  Welsh  archaologist  and 
naturalist.  Llwyd  travelled  much  in  Wales  and  elsewhere  for  the 
purpose  of  collecting  specimens  in  natural  history  for  the  Ash- 
molean  Museum,  being  also,  in  1693,  employed  by  Dr.  Gibson  to 
collect  materials  in  Wales  for  a  new  edition  of  Camden's  Britannia, 
which  was  published  in  1695,  and  for  which  he  contributed  a  list 
of  Welsh  plants.*  Lhuyd  also  contributed  materials  for  a  large 
number  of  books,  brought  out  by  other  writers,  on  questions  of 
natural  history  (see  Diet,  of  National  Biography,  s.  v.  Llwyd).  The 
third  edition  of  Ray's  Synopsis  was  brought  out  in  1724  by  Dr. 
Dillenius,  who  two  years  later,  in  1726,  undertook  a  botanical  tour 
in  the  company  of  Samuel  Brew^er,  who  at  all  events  went  on  to 
North  Wales,  including  Anglesey.  Brewer  remained  in  Bangor  for 
more  than  a  twelvemonth,  botanizing  with  the  Rev.  W.  Green  and 
W.  Jones,  and  sending  dried  plants  to  Dillenius,  particularly  mosses, 
thus  clearing  up  many  doubtful  points.  A  species  of  rock  rose,  a 
native  of  North  Wales,  discovered  by  him,  bears  the  name  of  Heli- 
anthemiim  Breweri.  A  transcript  by  Solander  of  his  MS.  "Botanical 
Journey  through  Wales"  is  preserved  in  the  Botanical  Department 
of  the  British  Museum. 

Among  others  who  also  botanized  in  Wales,  or  deserve  to  be 
classed  as  Welsh  botanists  at  this  early  period,  we  may  mention 
the  following : — 

William  Salesbury,  who  was  born  early  in  the  16th  century,  and 
is  best  known  as  the  translator  of  the  New  Testament  into  Welsh, 
has  been  shown,  from  internal  evidence,  to  be  the  author  of  a  Welsh 
work  on  botany,  which,  however,  exists  only  in  a  transcript  made 

*  In  Gougb's  edition  of  Camden's  Britannia  (1789)  there  is  appended  to 
the  history  of  each  county  a  list  of  rare  plants  found  within  its  area,  the  part 
dealing  with  Wales  being  at  pp.  465-598  of  vol.  ii. 


THE    FLORA    OF    WALES.  13 

by  one  Evan  Thomas  (or  Thomas  Evans)  in  1763.  This  transcript 
was  in  1873  in  the  possession  of  the  late  Eev.  John  Peter  (loan 
Pedr),  of  Bala  (1838-77),  who  was  himself  an  enthusiastic  botanist, 
and  who  contributed  to  the  Traethodydd  for  1873  (vol.  xxvii.,  pp. 
156-181)  an  interesting  article  entitled  "  William  Salesbury  fel 
Llysieuwr"  (i.e.W.  S.  as  a  botanist),  dealing  with  the  MS.  in 
question,  and  giving  several  extracts  therefrom.  I  have  been 
unable  to  ascertain  the  present  whereabouts  of  this  transcript. 

The  chief  authorities  cited  by  Salesbury  are  Dr.  Turner  (1520- 
1568),  the  author  of  Historia  de  Natiiris  Herharum,  and  Leonard 
Fuchs  (1501-1566),  a  Bavarian  writer;  but  he  also  quotes  the 
authority  of  a  learned  Welsh  contemporary  of  his — Sir  Thomas  ab 
William,  the  lexicographer  and  physician  of  Trefriw,  who  is  said  to 
liave  written  "a  book  of  medical  directions  and  receipts"  (see 
William's  Eminent  Welshmen,  p.  537),  or,  according  to  another,  a 
book  on  herbs  and  their  medicinal  properties  {Llyfr  Llysiau,  gyda'u 
rlmiweddau  Meddygol;  see  Kowland's  Cambrian  Bibliography,  p.  113). 
Nothing  is  known  at  present  of  Sir  Thomas  ab  William's  work, 
though  it  was  erroneously  identified  by  one  writer  (Foulkes, 
Enwogion  Cymru,  p.  1034)  with  a  MS.  work  on  medicine,  formerly 
in  the  possession  of  Mr.  John  Evans,  of  Liverpool.''' 

Hugh  Morgan  (fl.  1569),  apothecary  to  Queen  Elizabeth.  He 
had  a  botanical  garden,  of  which  frequent  mention  is  made  in 
Lobel's  Adversaria  (e.g.  pp.  294,  343,  493),  and  subsequently  also 
by  Gerard,  who  styles  him  ''  a  curious  conservator  of  simples." 

George  Bowles,  of  Chislehurst  (fl.  1604-50),  is  said  to  have 
"  spent  some  time  in  Wales,  where  his  discoveries  were  very  ample," 
and  is  quoted  by  Johnson  (see  Pulteney's  Sketches  of  Botany,  i.  136). 

James  Newton  (1611  9-1689  ?)  botanized  extensively  in  different 
parts  of  Great  Britain,  including  South  Wales.  Kay,  who  fre- 
quently quotes  Newton,  journeyed  in  his  track  to  some  extent. 
His  collection  of  plants  is  in  the  Sloane  Herbarium,  205-7,  236-9). 

Morris  Lloyd  (fl.  1640),  of  Treiorwerth,  Anglesey,  is  mentioned 
in  Parkinson's  Theatnim  Botanicum  (p.  745)  as  having  discovered 
Oxyria  in  Wales. 

John  Lightfoot  (1735-1788),  who  was  a  native  of  Newent, 
Gloucestershire,  has  also  left  behind  him  a  MS.  Journal  of  a 
Botanical  Excursion  made  by  him  in  Wales ;  a  transcript  of  this 
is  preserved  in  the  Botanical  Department  of  the  British  Museum. 

William  Morris  (ob.  1764),  Comptroller  of  Customs  at  Holyhead, 
and  better  known  as  the  brother  of  Lewis  Morris,  is  also  described 
as  "a  good  practical  botanist,"  and  was  the  author  of  a  "  Collection 
of  Plants  gathered  in  Anglesey,"  which  was  consulted  by  Hugh 
Davies,  the  author  of  Welsh  Botanology,  but  has  not  been  published. 
There  is,  however,  in  the  British  Museum  a  copy  of  Kay's  Synopsis, 
ed.  1724,  with  MS.  notes  by  Morris  (Pressmark,  872,  K.  27). 

The  Rev.  John  Holcombe  (fl.  1710-1775),  of  Pembroke,  has 
been  described  as  the  Pembrokeshire  botanist  of  the  middle  of  the 


*  The  account  given  in  the  above  paragraph  is  chiefly  based  on  the  article 
in  the  Traethodydd  quoted  above. 


14  THE    FLORA   OF    WALES. 

last  century.  He  was  a  friend  of  Lightfoot,  and  correspondent  of 
Sir  J.  Cullum  and  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  both  of  whom  seem  to  have  had 
the  credit  of  discoveries  made  by  Holcombe.  This  was  pointed  out  by 
Professor  Babington  in  a  note  on  "  Pembrokeshire  Plants  and  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Holcombe,"  printed  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  for  1886,  p.  22.* 

Hugh  Davies  (1739-1821),  the  son  of  a  rector  of  Llandyfrydog, 
in  Anglesey,  was  educated  at  Beaumaris  Grammar  School  and 
Jesus  College,  Oxford,  and  after  taking  orders  he  was  successively 
usher  at  the  Beaumaris  School  (?  1762-1778),  incumbent  of  Beau- 
maris (1778-1787),  and  of  Aber,  Carnarvonshire  (1787-1816) ;  the 
last  of  which  livings  he  resigned,  and  then  retired  to  live  at  Beau- 
maris. He  was  probably  the  greatest  authority  on  botany  that 
Wales  has  ever  produced.  His  opinion  was  frequently  sought  by 
eminent  scientists ;  and  he  rendered  much  assistance  to  Pennant, 
whose  acknowledgment  thereof  is  couched  in  terms  of  his  praise. 
His  Welsh  BotanoIo(/i/,  published  in  1813  (and  entered  below),  has 
been  the  foundation  of  much,  if  not  most,  of  what  has  subsequently 
been  written  on  the  subject  of  Welsh  botany. 

In  the  present  century  we  find  that  the  Rev.  William  Bingley 
(1774-1823),  who  was  a  well-known  botanist,  appended  to  his  Tour 
Round  North  Wales,  performed  during  the  summer  of  1798  (2  vols., 
London,  1800,  8vo),  "A  Catalogue  of  the  more  uncommon  Welsh 
Plants,  with  their  places  of  growth  "  (printed  at  vol.  ii.,  pp.  371- 
433).  This  list,  with  apparently  some  additions,  is  reproduced 
(under  the  title  of  "  Flora  Camhrica:  a  Systematical  Catalogue  of 
the  more  uncommon  Welsh  Plants,  with  their  Places  of  Growth 
and  Times  of  Flowering")  as  an  appendix  to  an  enlarged  edition  of 
the  preceding  work  bearing  the  name  "North  Wales  ....  de- 
lineated, from  two  excursions  during  the  summers  of  1798  and 
1801"  (2  vols.,  London,  1804,  8vo,  2nd  ed.,  1814).  What  is  de- 
scribed as  a  third  edition  of  Bingley's  work,  "with  corrections  and 
additions  made  during  excursions  in  the  year  1838,  by  his  son, 
W.  R.  Bingley,"  was  brought  out  in  1839  (1  vol.,  London,  8vo, 
1839,  pp.  355),  but  it  is  so  altered  as  to  contain  very  little  of  the 
original.  The  Catalogue  of  Plants  is  omitted,  but  lists  of  Snow- 
donian  plants  are  given  instead  on  pp.  125  and  129. 

The  Rev.  John  Evans,  sometime  Fellow  of  Jesus  College, 
Oxford,  also  published  in  1800  a  Tow  through  North  Wales  in  1798, 
"with  botanical  researches,"  a  second  edition  of  which  was  also 
issued  in  1804.  The  same  writer  issued  in  1804  a  companion 
volume,  entitled,  "Letters  written  during  a  tour  through  South 
Wales  in  1803,"  and  he  also  wrote  the  account  of  North  Wales 
which  formed  vol.  xvii.  of  The  Beauties  of  England  and  Wales 
(London,  1812,  8vo).  In  all  three  works  considerable  attention 
is  paid  to  the  natural  history  of  the  country.! 

*  See  also  Biographical  Index  of  Botanists,  p.  84,  and  the  authorities  there  cited. 

t  Bibliographical  details  of  Evans's  works  are  given  in  the  list  of  topo- 
graphical books  above.  A  passage  dealing  with  the  rarer  plants  of  Wales  has 
also  been  quoted  from  Evans's  North  Wales  in  the  Keport  of  the  Commission  in 
the  chapter  on  "Biological  Conditions."  [This  is  the  passage  from  which  we 
have  quoted  in  our  preliminary  note. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 


THE    FLORA   OF   WALES.  15 

Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  the  distinguished  botanist,  visited  his  friend, 
Thomas  Johnes,  at  Hafod,  in  North  Cardiganshire,  in  the  summer 
of  1796  and  at  several  other  times.  In  1810  he  published  an 
account  of  these  visits  under  the  title  "A  Tour  to  Hafod,  in 
Cardiganshire,  the  seat  of  Thomas  Johnes,  Esq.,  M.P.,  &c.,  &c. 
By  James  Edward  Smith,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  &c..  President  of  the 
Linnean  Society.  London.  Printed  by  T.  Bensley,  Bolt  Court, 
for  White  &  Co.,  Horace's  Head,  Fleet  Street.  1810."  The  book, 
which  is  a  folio  volume,  printed  on  large  paper,  is  remarkable  for  a 
number  of  steel  engravings  of  the  scenery  around  Hafod,  but  the 
letterpress  also  contains  numerous  observations  as  to  the  rarer 
plants  of  the  district. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  account  of  a  modern  botanical 
excursion  in  Wales  is  that  published  in  the  Bitlletin  de  la  Socike 
Botanique  de  France,  tom.  x.  It  is  by  the  late  M.  J.  Gay,  an  acute 
French  botanist,  who,  in  August,  1862,  made  a  "voyage  botanique 
en  Carnarvonshire,"  with  the  special  object  of  studying  the  species 
of  Isoetes  found  in  that  region.  He  was  accompanied  by  Prof. 
Babington  and  the  Rev.  W.  W.  Newbould.  "His  account  of  the 
flora  of  Snowdon  is  charmingly  written,  and  contains  a  great  deal 
of  information." 

Many  other  topographical  works  have  been  issued  from  time  to 
time  containing  some  references  to  the  flora  of  the  districts  with 
which  they  deal.  We  can  give  only  a  few  instances.  Thus  Mr. 
S.  C.  Gamwell's  Official  Guide  and  Handbook  to  Swansea  and 
District,  published  in  1880  (Swansea,  8vo,  pp.  194),  in  connection 
with  the  visit  of  the  British  Association  to  that  town,  contains  a 
chapter  on  the  natural  history  of  the  district,  including  a  list  (at 
pp.  165-6)  of  "some  of  the  rarer  flowering  plants  and  ferns  of  the 
district."  The  British  Association  Handbook  for  Cardiff  and  Dis- 
trict, edited  by  Mr.  Ivor  James  (Cardiff,  1891),  similarly  contains 
an  article  (at  pp.  200-7)  by  Mr.  T.  H.  Thomas,  B.C. A.,  on  the 
botany  of  the  district,  to  which  we  are  indebted  for  some  of  the 
information  given  here. 

The  Traveller's  edition  of  The  Gossiping  Guide  to  W ales  (^Oswestry : 
Woodhall,  Minshall  &  Co.),  by  Askew  Roberts  and  Edward  Woodall, 
has  in  its  introduction  an  account  of  "A  botanical  ramble  at  Bar- 
mouth," by  the  [late]  Bishop  of  Wakefield,  and  "  Reminiscences  of 
botanical  rambles  about  Snowdon  and  its  neighbourhood"  by  the 
Rev.  Canon  Butler.  These  are  printed,  in  the  edition  issued  in 
1893,  at  pp.  xliii-liii. 

The  most  important  contribution  of  this  kind,  perhaps,  is  the 
article  on  Botany  supplied  by  Mr.  James  Britten,  of  the  Botanical 
Department  of  the  British  Museum,  to  Jenkinson's  Practical  Guide 
to  North  Wales  (London,  1878,  8vo,  4th  ed.,  1887),  where  it  is 
printed  at  pp.  Ixxxi-xcix.  This  gives  a  brief  bibliographical  list, 
arranged  by  counties,  as  well  as  the  habitats  of  a  large  number  of 
the  rarer  plants. 

There  are  also  several  general  works  on  botany  which  give  lists 
of  plants  arranged  according  to  counties.  Among  the  earliest  of 
this  kind  (apart  from  Gough's  Camden,  which  we  have  already 


16  THE    FLORA    OF    WALES. 

mentioned)  is  Thoma^s  Msbvtyn's  Plantce  Cantahrigiejises  .  .  .  .  "  to 
which  are  added  Lists  of  the  more  Eare  Plants  growing  in  many 
parts  of  England  and  Wales"  (London,  1763,  8vo,  pp.  114).  The 
only  Welsh  counties  for  which  such  lists  are,  however,  given  are 
those  of  Anglesey,  Carnarvon,  and  Merioneth. 

Turner  and  Dillwyn's  Botanist's  Guide  (2  vols.,  Lond.,  1805, 
Bvo,  pp.  801)  gives  very  complete  lists  for  all  the  Welsh  counties 
which  are  interspersed  among  those  of  England  according  to  their 
alj)habetical  order.  A  valuable  feature  of  these  lists  is  that  the 
authority  for  each  entry  is  stated  opposite  it.  A  later  work  in 
which  the  topographical  arrangement  is  also  followed  is  H.  C. 
Watson's  New  Botanist's  Guide  (2  vols.,  London,  1837).  The  lists 
for  the  Welsh  counties — generally  contributed  by  local  naturalists — 
are  grouped  together  at  pp.  215-254  of  vol.  i.,  supplements  being 
also  added  at  pp.  629-635  in  vol.  ii. 

Lists  of  the  plants  of  each  of  the  Welsh  counties  will  also  be 
found  in  H.  C.  Watson's  Topograi^liical  Botany,  2nd  ed.  (1883). 
Scattered  notices  of  Welsh  plants  may  also  be  found  in  the  Journal 
of  Botany  (from  1863  to  the  present  time),  and  in  the  Reports  of 
the  Botanical  Exchange  and  Botanical  Record  Club. 

This  is  perhaps  the  most  convenient  place  to  mention  a  work  by 
Edward  Young  (of  Wauncyrch,  Neath)  on  The  Ferns  of  Wales, 
pubhshed  at  Neath  in  1856  (4to,  pp.  v  +  29).  The  author,  in  the 
introduction  to  his  work,  which  is  illustrated  by  specimens  of 
thirty- four  species,  says  :  "  It  is  generally  considered  that  there  are 
forty  species  of  ferns  found  in  the  British  Isles ;  of  these,  thirty- 
four  are  met  with  in  Wales." 

In  addition  to  the  Welsh  botanists  whom  we  have  already  named 
there  still  remain  to  be  mentioned  a  few  who  belong  to  the  present 
ceutui-y,  of  whom  (though  they  have  not  all  written  on  the  subject) 
we  may  give  the  following  tentative  list : — 

(1.)  John  Wynne  Griffith  (fl.  1783-1855),  a  lichenologist,  of 
Garn,  near  Denbigh,  communicated  lists  to  Bingley's  I'our  Bound 
North  Wales,  and  contributed  to  the  3rd  ed.  of  Withering's  Systematic 
Arrangement  of  British  Plants. 

(2.)  Thomas  Price,  better  known  to  Welshmen  as  Carnhuanawc 
(1787-1848),  took  great  interest  in  indigenous  plants  of  Britain, 
many  of  which  he  cultivated  about  his  residence  at  Cwmdu,  near 
Crickhowell  (see  his  Literary  Remains,  ed.  by  Jane  Williams,  ii., 
pp.  280-1). 

(3.)  James  Motley,  of  Aberafon,  Glamorganshire  (and  subse- 
quently of  Borneo,  where  he  was  murdered  about  1855).  He  con- 
tributed to  the  Phytologist,  ii.  (1847),  and  the  Journal  of  Botany, 
1847  ;  also  a  list  of  Carmarthen  plants  supplied  by  him  appears  in 
H.  C.  Watson's  Topographical  Botany  (p.  551).  He  also  wrote 
•'Tales  of  the  Cymry "  (see  Cadrawd's  History  of  Llangyyiwyd, 
54,;i70). 

(4.)  Dr.  J.  W.  G.  Gutch  (1809-1862),  though  born  at  Bristol, 
may  almost  be  claimed  as  a  Welsh  botanist,  owing  to  his  having 
lived  for  a  length  of  time  at  Swansea,  and  having  compiled  a  list  of 
Swansea  Plants  (see  Phytologist,  vol.  i.  (1844),  p.  101,  &c.). 


THE    FLOKA    OF    WALES.  17 

The  herbarium  of  another  botanist,  J.  E.  Bicheno  (1785-1851), 
is  now  deposited  at  the  Royal  Institution,  Swansea.  He  was  brought 
into  contact  with  the  district  by  being  engaged  for  some  time  in 
mining  speculations  in  South  Wales,  and  he  then  resided  at  Tymaen, 
near  Pyle,  Glamorganshire.  In  connection  with  Swansea  the  name 
of  Lewis  Weston  Dillwyn  (joint  author  of  the  Botanist's  Guide) 
should  also  be  mentioned,  and  particulars  of  his  works  relating  to 
the  flora  of  the  district  are  given  below. 

The  Biographical  Index  of  British  and  Irish  Botanists,  by  Messrs. 
Britten  and  Boulger,  may  also  be  consulted  for  short  notices  of 
Welsh  botanists,  exclusive  of  such  as  are  now  living. 

Of  works  in  Welsh,  the  earliest  which  gives  any  account  of 
plants  is  the  Meddygon  Mydd/ai,  being  the  medical  practice  of 
Rhiwallon,  of  Myddfai,  in  Carmarthenshire,  and  his  sons,  written 
in  the  13th  century  and  later,  and  published  by  the  Welsh  MSS. 
Society  in  1861.  Its  notices  are  naturally  officinal.  Several  other 
medical  MSS.  in  Welsh,  containing  more  or  less  botanical  matter, 
are  believed  to  be  still  preserved  in  different  collections,  and 
reference  to  some  of  them  is  made  in  Y  Traethodydd  for  1873 
(pp.  158-161).  Early  in  the  17th  century  two  Welsh  lists  of 
plant-names  appeared  almost  simultaneously,  namely,  that  con- 
tributed by  "Master  Robert  Davyes,  of  Guissaney,  in  Flintshire," 
to  Thomas  Johnson,  and  printed  by  him  at  the  end  of  his  edition 
of  Gerard's  Herbal  in  1633,  under  the  title  "A  Catalogue  of  the 
British  Names  of  Plants."  This  contains  about  240  names ;  "the 
greater  part  of  them  are  accurate,  but  there  are  among  them  many 
mistakes."  The  other  list  is  a  Welsh-Latin  "  Botanologium,"  added 
by  Dr.  John  Davies,  of  Mallwyd,  to  his  Welsh-Latin  Dictionary 
("AntiquaB  LinguaB  Britannicse  et  Lingufe  Latmae  Dictionarium 
Duplex"  (Lond.,  4to,  1632),  and  reproduced  verbatim  in  the 
Origines  GalliccB,  of  Boxhorn  (Amsterdam,  1654,  4to).  This  list 
contains  about  a  thousand  Welsh  names  of  plants,  and  has  been 
the  foundation  of  nearly  all  subsequent  lists  of  the  kind,  such  as 
have  been  inserted,  according  to  Dr.  Davies's  example,  in  various 
Welsh  dictionaries,  e.  g.  : 

(1.)  Thomas  Jones's  Welsh-English  Dictionary  (Lond.,  1688  ; 
2nd  ed.,  Shrewsbury,  1760;  3rd  ed.,  Shrewsbury,  1777).  This  has 
Dr.  Davies's  Welsh  list  of  plants  with  their  English  instead  of  their 
Latin  equivalents. 

(2.)  John  Rhydderch's  English  and  Welsh  Dictionary  (Shrews- 
bury, 1725,  8vo),  to  which  is  appended  "A  Compendious  Herbal: 
or  the  names  of  most  of  the  Physical  Herbs,  Trees,  and  Fruits  in 
English  and  Welsh." 

Similar  lists  were  also  published  in  Thomas  Richards's  Welsh- 
English  Dictionary  ("Antiquae  Linguae  Britannicae  Thesaurus," 
Bristol,  1753,  8vo ;  4th  ed.,  Merthyr  Tydfil,  1838),  and  in  Caer- 
vallwch's  [Thomas  Edwards]  English- Welsh  Dictionary  (Lond., 
1850;  2nd  ed.,  1864). 

The  best  and  most  authoritative  performance  of  this  kind,  how- 
ever, is  the  Rev.  Hugh  Davies's  JVelsh  Bota7iology,  published  in 
1813,  but  as  its   references   are   confined  for   the   most  part  to 

Journal  of  Botany. — Yol.  36.      [Jan.  1898.]  g 


18  THR    FLORA    OF    WALKS. 

Anglesey,  the  work  may  almost  be  described  as  a  book  on  the  flora 
of  that  county.  Its  scope  may,  however,  be  more  precisely  under- 
stood by  reference  to  its  full  title,  which  is  given  in  the  list  below. 

The  author  acknowledges  his  indebtedness,  so  far  as  the  Welsh 
portion  of  his  work  is  concerned,  to  Dr.  John  Davies's  list,  '•  great 
assistance  having  been  (also)  obtained  from  Medih/gon  Mijddfai  (from. 
whence  indeed  Dr.  Davies  took  most  of  his)  and  the  Arch^eologia 
Britannica  of  Edward  Lhuyd." 

Welsh  lists  of  plant-names  have  also  appeared  in  works  on  the 
flora  of  Llanrwst  and  Llanbrynmair,  particulars  of  both  of  which 
are  given  below. 

Some  notes  on  the  medicinal  uses  of  a  plant  known  as  "  Dail 
llosg  y  tan"  (Scolopendrlum  vuhjare)  may  be  found  in  the  Phytologist 
for  1844  (vol.  i.,  pp.  521,  582,  589). 

Of  herbals  written  in  the  Welsh  language  the  best-known  are 
the  following : — 

(1.)  "  Herbal,  neu  Lysieu-Lyfr  D.  T.  Jones,  Llanllyfni."  This 
work,  which  is  said  to  be  largely  based  on  Culpepper,  was  brought 
out  in  three  parts  in  1817,  and  a  2nd  edition  was  issued  in  1818 
from  Carnarvon  (12mo).  A  3rd  edition,  considerably  enlarged  and 
with  over  a  hundred  illustrations,  was  brought  out  about  1862, 
under  the  title  "  Llyfr  Dail  yr  hen  Dr.  David  T.  Jones,  Llanllyfni. 
Y  Llysieu-lyfr  Teuluaidd  ....  gan  yr  enwog  Nicholas  Culpepper 
a  Dr.  Parkins,  a'i  gyfieithu  i'r  Gymraeg  gan  David  Thomas  Jones, 
Llanllyfni"  (Caernarfon,  16mo,  pp.  289).  Appended  to  this  edition, 
but  with  a  separate  pagination  (pp.  112),  there  Avas  published  another 
work,  ''Llysieuaeth  Feddygol;  yn  cynwys  Rhinweddau  lachaol 
oddeutu  tri  chant  o  Lysiau  ....  Gan  y  diweddar  Thomas  Parry, 
Glanygors,  Tre'rgarth,  ger  Bangor." 

(2.)  A  translation  of  the  7th  edition  of  Coffin's  "Botanic  Guide 
to  Health  "  was  issued  in  1849,  under  the  title  "  Arweinydd  Llysieuol 
i  lechyd,"  &c.  (Manchester,  12mo). 

(8.)  The  best  work  of  this  kind,  however,  is  a  "  Family  Herbal," 
by  the  Eevs.  Rees  Price,  Cwmllynfell  [1807-1869] ,  and  Evan 
Griffiths,  Swansea  [1794-1873] ,  published  in  1849  under  the  title 
*'  Y  Llysieu-lyfr  Teuluaidd,  yn  Ddwy  Ran :  y  rhan  cyntaf  yn 
traethu  ar  brif  lysiau  Cymru,  y  lleoedd  maent  yn  tyfu,  eu  hamserau, 
eu  dulliau,  a'u  rhinweddau.  Yr  ail  ran  yn  traethu  ar  y  prif 
Glefydau  ....  ynghyd  a  chyfarwyddiadan  i'w  iachau"  (Swansea, 
8vo,  pp.  160,  with  31  coloured  plates).  These  works,  as  their  titles 
suggest,  are  mainly  officinal,  but  they  are  also  valuable  as  giving 
various  local  Welsh  names  for  the  plants  referred  to  in  them. 
There  are  also  numerous  Welsh  books  on  Veterinary  Practice,  and 
herbal  prescriptions  are  a  feature  of  almost  all  of  them. 

An  excellent  illustrated  handbook  to  the  scientific  study  of 
botany  has  just  been  issued  in  Welsh,  under  the  title  "Gwersi 
mewn  Llysieueg  gan  George  Rees.  (Gyda  Lliaws  o  Ddarluniau). 
Pris  Haner-Coron.  Aberystwith  :  Argaffwyd  yn  Swyddfa'r  '  Cam- 
brian News,'  1896."  (8vo,  pp.  148.)  An  index  of  the  plants 
referred  to,  giving  their  Welsh  and  English  names,  is  appended  to 
the  work. 


THE    FLORA    OF    WALES.  19 

We  append  to  these  notes  a  tentative  list  of  books,  papers,  &c. 
(other  than  those  already  mentioned),  dealing  with  the  flora  of 
different  districts  in  Wales. 

North  Wales  Generally. 

An  Account  of  the  Localities  of  some  of  the  Rarer  British  Plants, 
and  others,  noticed  in  North  Wales,  by  Mr.  Pamplin  and  Mr.  Irvine, 
in  September,  1854.  Phytologist,  n.  s.,  i.  (1855-56),  pp.  4-12, 
29-35,  51-57,  80-4. 

W.  P.  [William  Pamplin] .  Welsh  Botany  [a  letter  on  some 
Snowdonian  and  other  plants] .  Phytologist  for  Januarv,  1858  (ii., 
312-5) ;  see  also  vol.  iii.,  224  ;  iv.,  303-5. 

Anon.  Botanical  Sketches  from  North  Wales.  By  a  Corres- 
pondent.    Phytologist  for  1860  (vol.  iv.,  41-55). 

Eogers  (W.  Moyle).  Notes  on  some  North  Wales  Plants  [coun- 
ties of  Denbigh,  Merioneth,  and  Carnarvon] .  Jouni.  Bat.  1886, 
pp.  338-43,  363-8. 

Anglesey  and  Carnarvonshire. 

Davies  (Hugh),  F.L.S.  Welsh  Botanology ;  part  the  first,  a 
systematic  Catalogue  of  the  native  plants  of  the  Isle  of  Anglesey 
in  Latin,  English,  and  Welsh ;  with  the  habitats  of  the  rarer 
species,  and  a  few  observations,  to  which  is  added  an  appendix 
consisting  of  those  genera,  in  the  first  three  volumes  of  Flora 
Britanuica,  which  are  not  of  spontaneous  growth  in  Anglesey, 
rendered  likewise  into  Welsh.  [Part  II.]  Llysieuaeth  Gymreig, 
yr  Ail  Ban ;  sef  Enwau  Blagur  o  bob  rhyw,  y  rhai  a  amlygir  trwy 
eu  cyfieithu  i'r  Lladin  a'r  Seisoneg.  Ynghyd  a  byr  draethiad  o 
wasanaeth  a  rhinweddau  meddygawl,  y  rhai  mwyaf  hynod.  (The 
second  part  ....  is  an  alphabetical  catalogue  of  the  Welsh  names 
of  vegetables  rendered  into  Latin  and  English,  &c.)  London,  1813, 
8vo  [pp.  xvi  +  xxvi  +  255] . 

Griffith  (John  E.),  F.L.S.  Flora  of  Anglesey  and  Carnarvonshire, 
with  an  account  of  the  Flowering  Plants,  Ferns  and  their  allies. 
Mosses,  Marine  Alg^,  Lichens,  and  Hepatic^,  with  a  map  of  the 
two  counties  (pp.  xx-288  ;  Bangor:  Nixon  and  Jarvis,  1895).  This 
includes  all  the  information  previously  published  by  the  author  in 
Journ.  Bot.,  the  Naturalist,  &c. 

Williams  (John),  of  Llanrwst.     Faunula  Grustensis  :  being  an 

outline  of  the  natural  contents  of  the  parish  of  Llanrwst 

Also  a  .  .  .  .  catalogue,  in  Latin,  English,  and  Welsh,  of  the 
animals  and  plants  found  in  it  ...  .  and  ....  of  the  diseases 
that  have  occurred  therein.  Llanrwst,  1830,  12mo.  [This  applies 
more  to  Denbighshire  than  Carnarvonshire.] 

Lees  (Edwin),  F.L.S.  On  the  Botanical  Features  of  the  Great 
Orme's  Head  ;  with  notices  of  some  plants  observed  in  other  parts 
of  North  Wales  during  the  summer  of  1849.  Printed  in  the 
Phytologist  for  1848  (iii.,  pp.  869-81). 

Catherall's  Hand  Book.  The  Stranger's  Best  Guide  to  Llandudno, 
&c.  Bangor,  1855  (?) ;  2nd  ed.,  1860  (?) ;  8vo,  pp.  64.  This  con- 
tains (at  pp.  22-24)  "a  triglot  catalogue" — Latin,  English,  and 

c  2 


20  THE    FLORA    OF    WALES. 

Welsh — of  over  fifty  of  the  rarer  plants  of  the  district,  with  their 
habitats. 

Woods  (Joseph),  F.L.S.  On  the  Botany  of  the  Great  Orme's 
Head,  Carnarvonshire.      Fhijtoloc/ist,  n.s.  (1855),  i.,  73-5. 

Stowell  (Hugh  A.).  Flora  of  the  Orme's  Head.  Phytologist, 
N.s.  (1855-6),  i.,  332-4. 

Barton  (J.).  Plants  of  Snowdon.  A  few  Observations  on  the 
Character  of  the  Snowdonian  Flora.  Phytuloyist,  n.s.,  1857,  ii., 
145-9  ;  see  also  pp.  378  et  seq.). 

Plants  of  Aberconwy  and  District.  Hist,  of  Abercoyxwy.  (Den- 
bigh: Thos.  Gee,  1835.) 

Inchbald  (Peter).  Flora  of  Llandudno  and  Neighbourhood. 
Williams's  Complete  Guide  to  Llandudno,  1864. 

Ley  (A.).  Species  observed  in  1886.  Bot.  Eecord  Club  Rep., 
1884-6,  pp. 152-3. 

Baker  (J.  G.).  On  the  Rubi  of  Capel  Curig.  Jonrn.  Bot., 
1891,  pp.  47-8. 

Flora  of  Puffin  Island.  List  compiled  by  W.  A.  Herdman, 
D.  Sc,  F.L.S.  Third  Annual  Report  of  Liverpool  Marine  Biol. 
Station,  1890.  (Liverpool:  T.  Dobbs  &  Co.,  1890.)  This  list 
includes  seventy-six  species. 

The  Flora  of  Puffin  Island,  by  Professor  K.  W.  Phillips,  M.A., 
B.  Sc.  Puffin  Island  Biological  Station— Report,  1892-3  (pp.  17-21). 
Eight  species  not  included  in  the  previous  list  are  included  in  this. 

Note. — Professor  Reginald  W.  Phillips  has  also  written  several 
articles  on  the  Flora  of  Puffin  Island  in  Trans,  of  Liverpool  Biol.  Soc, 
vols,  i-iv.,  and  he  has  also  published  lists  of  plants  collected  by  his 
class  in  the  fields  of  Carnarvonshire  and  Anglesea. 

Denbighshire. 

Rowland  (John).  A  Catalogue  of  Plants  growing  in  the  Neigh- 
bourhood of  Wrexham,  in  Denbighshire.  Phytologist  for  1844 
(vol.  i.,  pp.  421-5). 

Williams  (John).      [See  above.] 

Flintshire. 
Brown  (R.).     Flintshire  Plants  not  recorded  in  ed.  2  of  "Topo- 
graphical Botany."     Journ.  Bot.,  1885,  pp.  357-360. 

Merionethshire  . 

How  (The  Rev.  W.  Walsham).  The  Ferns  of  Barmouth.  Phy- 
tologist, N.s.  (1863),  vi.,  436-8. 

Jones  (D.),  Chemist  and  J  bookseller,  Barmouth.  The  Tourist's 
and  Visitor's  Handbook  and  Guide  to  Harlech,  Barmouth,  Dolgelly, 
Towyn  ....  Compiled  by  the  publisher  (D.  Jones),  pp.  158,  ii. 
Barmouth:  D.  Jones,  1863,  16mo.  The  "List  of  Plants  of  Bar- 
mouth and  its  Neighbourhood  "  included  in  this  work  was  contributed 
by  the  late  Rev.  T.  Salwey,  B.D.,  F.L.S.,  Vicar  of  Oswestry. 

Kynoch  (James),  of  Talyden,  Barmouth.  Wild  Flowers  of  Bar- 
mouth and  Neighbourhood.     1884  (?). 

Second  Edition. — Enlarged.  Woodall,  Minshall  &  Co.,  Os- 
westry and  Wrexham.    1887,  8vo,  pp.  10.     "  The  List  of  259  Wild 


THE    FLORA    OF    WALES.  21 

Flowers,  collected  by  Messrs.  Himing  and  Brewer  in  July  and 
August,  1884,  was  inserted  in  the  Cumbrian  News  of  that  year,  and 
afterwards  reprinted  in  a  separate  form.  The  first  edition  of  one 
thousand  having  been  exhausted,  the  publisher  has  enlarged  the 
second  by  additional  names  of  flowers,  kindly  supplied  by  several 
botauical  friends "  (Extract  from  Preface  to  the  second  edition, 
which  contains  a  list  of  500  plants).  The  list  should,  we  are 
informed,  be  used  with  much  caution,  owing  to  its  inaccuracies. 

Mathews  (W.).  Plants  found  in  North  Wales  (chiefly  in 
Merionethshire).      Phytologut  for  1853  (vol.  iv.,  874). 

Whitehead  (John).  Mosses  of  Merionethshire.  Botanical  Record 
Club  lieport  for  1879,  107. 

Linton  (W.  R.).  Merionethshire  Plants.  Journ.  Bot.,  1895, 
359-63. 

Roberts  (May).  The  Mosses  of  the  Upper  Dovey.  Journ.  Bot., 
1896,  330-4  [and  1897,  492] . 

Ley  (A.).     See  under  Montgomery. 

Montgomeryshire  . 

Ley  (A.).  List  of  Plants  observed  in  Montgomery  and  Merioneth. 
Botanical  Record  Club  Report  for  1875,  143-7.  Report  for  1884-6, 
149-50. 

Morgan  (John),  of  Caetwpa.  The  Flora  of  Llanbrynmair.  Bye 
Gones  for  1892  (2nd  ser.,  vol.  ii.,  pp.  443-52).  This  list  contains 
the  names  of  over  500  specimens  found  in  the  parish.  Some  brief 
notes  and  a  short  list  of  about  twenty  names  had  been  previously 
published  in  the  History  of  Llanbrynmair,  by  Mr.  Richard  Williams, 
F.R.Hist.S. 

Notes  on  local  floras  are  also  found  in  several  parish  histories 
contributed  from  time  to  time  to  the  Montgomeryshire  Collections^ 
which  are  the  Transactions  of  the  PowysLind  Club. 

Cardiganshire. 

Lees  (Edwin),  F.L.S.  Notice  of  Plants  gathered  in  the  vicinity 
of  Aberystwith,  Cardiganshire.  Phytoloqist  for  1844  (vol.  i.,  pp. 
38-40). 

Morgan  (Thomas  Owen).  Flora  CereticeB  superioris.  A  catalogue 
of  plants  indigenous  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Aberystwith,  &c., 
pp.  18.     Aberystwith,  1849.     8vo. 

Jones  (H.  L.).  Phanerogams  and  Ferns  observed  in  Cardigan- 
shire.    Botayiical  Record  Glnb  Report  for  1879,  80-3. 

Ley  (A.).  Plants  observed  in  1886-7.  Botanical  Record  Club 
Report  for  1884-6,  147-9. 

Note. — A  few  details  of  local  flora  are  also  given  in  the  Reports 
of  the  Aberystwith  College  Scientific  Society,  and  a  paper  on 
Cardiganshire  Flora  has  appeared  in  a  recent  volume  of  the 
Cambridge  Philosophical  Transactions. 

Brecon  and  Radnor. 

Westcombe  (T.).  List  of  Plants  observed  in  Brecknockshire 
and  Radnorshire.     Phytologist  for  1844  (vol.  i.,  p.  781). 


22  THE    FLOKA    OF    WALES. 

Barrett  (W.  Bowles).  A  Contribution  towards  a  Flora  of 
Breconshire.  ^  Journ.  Bot.,  1885,  39-44,  83-9,  107-12,  145-9. 
Botcmical  Record  Club  Beport,  1884-6,  141-4. 

Phillips  (R.  W.).  Notes  on  the  Flora  of  Breconshire.  Journ. 
Bot.,  1892,  854-5. 

Ley  (A.).  Eecent  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Breconshire. 
Journ.  Bot.,  1895,  135-7. 

.    Plants  of  Breconshire.    Bot.  Becord  Club  Beport  for  1874, 

80-6  ;  Beport  for  1881-2,  243-6  ;  for  1883,  53-63  ;  for  1884-6,  144. 

Ridley  (H.  N.).  Notes  on  Radnorshire  Plants.  Journ.  Bot., 
1881,  170-4. 

Ley  (A.).  Plants  of  Radnorshire.  Bot.  Becord  Club  Beport  for 
1874,  80-6  ;  Beport  for  1881-2,  246-7  ;  Beport  for  1884-6,  144-6. 

Pembrokeshire. 

Falconer  (Dr.  R.  W.).  Contributhms  towards  a  Catalogue  of 
Plants  iudiyenons  to  the  Neighbourhood  of  Tenbi/,  1848.  The  author 
records  the  observation  of  388  species  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Tenby. 

Lees  (Edwin),  F.L.S.  Notes  on  tlie  Localities  of  some  Pem- 
brokeshire Plants  observed  in  May  and  June,  1853.  Pliytoloqht 
for  1853  (vol.  vi.,  pp.  1013-8. 

Babington  (Charles  C.).,  M.A.,  F.R.S.  On  the  Botany  of  South 
Pembrokeshire.  Journ.  Bot.,  1863,  258-70.  This  contains  a  record 
of  550  phmts. 

Trimen  (Henry),  M.B.,  F.L.S.  Plants  of  South  Pembrokeshire 
(a  list  of  about  forty  plants  not  included  in  Prof.  Babington's  list). 
Journ.  Bot.,  1867,  301-2. 

More  (A.  G.).  Plants  gathered  in  the  counties  of  Pembroke 
and  Glamorgan.     Journ.  Bot.,  1884,  43-6. 

Carmarthenshire  . 

Llandeilo-Vawr  and  its  Neighbourhood ;  Past  and  Present,  together 
with  Zoological,  Botanical,  and  Geological  Sketches,  as  well  as  a 
Review  of  the  Commerce  and  Commercial  Capabilities.  By  William 
Davies  (Gwylim  Teilo).  Llandeilo :  Printed  by  D.  W.  &  G.  Jones, 
Rhosmaen  Street.  1858,  8vo,  pp.  175.  This  work  contains  (at 
pp.  153-164)  "A  Catalogue  of  Plants  growing  in  the  Neighbourhood 
of  Llandeilo.     Arranged  after  the  classification  of  DeCandolle. 

Glamorganshire. 

Dillwyn  (Lewis  Weston).  Materials  for  a  Famia  and  Flora  of 
Swansea  and  the  Neighbourhood,  &c.  Swansea,  1848,  8vo.  Privately 
printed,  pp.  18.  This  book  (which  was  an  expansion  of  "  The 
Rarer  Plants  of  Swansea"  (1828),  by  the  same  author)  was  dedi- 
cated to  (Lord  Northampton)  the  President  of  the  British  Association, 
which  held  its  annual  meetings  at  Swansea  in  1848.  It  was  issued 
from  the  local  press  on  the  first  day  of  the  meetings.  Mr.  Dillwyn 
himself,  then  in  his  seventieth  year,  filled  the  chair  as  President  of 
the  section  on  Zoology  and  Natural  History. 

Papers  communicated  to  the  Royal  Institution  of  South  Wales, 


DECADES  PLANTARUM  NOVARUM  AUSTRO- AFRICAN  ARUM.       23 

by  L.  W.  Dillwyn,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S.,  President,  and 
J.  Dillwyn  Lle>velyn,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.,  Vice-President.  Swan- 
sea:  Printed  by  E.  Griffiths,  High  Street,  1841.  [pp.  8,  8vo.] 
Mr.  Dillwyn's  paper  is  "On  the  effects  of  the  last  winter  on  the 
Shrubberies  at  Sketty  Hall,  with  some  occasional  remarks  on  other 
Shrubberies  in  the  Neighbourhood." 

GuTCH  (J.  W.  G.).  A  List  of  Plants  met  with  in  the  Neigh- 
bourhood of  Swansea,  Glamorganshire.  Phytologist  for  1844  (vol.  i., 
104,  118,  141,  180). 

.  Additions  to  the  List  of  Plants  met  with  in  the  Neigh- 
bourhood of  Swansea.  By  T.  B.  Flower  and  Edwin  Lees,  Esqrs. 
Phytologist  for  1844  (vol.  i.,  377-380). 

Westcombe  (T.).  Localities  of  a  few  Plants  lately  observed  (in 
Glamorganshire,  in  addition  to  Gutch's  list).  Phytologist  for  1844 
(vol.  i.,  780). 

More  (A.  G.).     See  under  Pembroke. 

Storrie  (John).  Tlie  Flora  of  Cardif;  a  descriptive  list  of  the 
indigenous  plants  found  in  the  district  of  the  Cardiff  Naturalists' 
Society,  with  a  list  of  the  other  British  and  exotic  species  found  on 
Cardiff  Ballast  Hills,  pp.129.  Cardiff  Naturalists'  Society:  (Car- 
diff;) London  (printed),  1886,  8vo. 

Monmouthshire. 

Clark  (J.  H.).  The  Flora  of  Monmouthshire.  Usk:  Printed  at 
"The  County  Observer"  Office.  12mo,  pp.  i-xliv.  No  date,  but 
circa  1868,  or  possibly  a  little  earlier.  This  was  subsequently  re- 
printed in  "  Sketches  of  Monmouthshire,"  by  the  same  author 
(Usk,  1868).     iSVg  list  of  Topographical  Works,  &c.,  supra. 

Reader  (H.  P.).  Monmouthshire  cryptograms  [sic] .  Journ. 
Bot.,  1882,  120. 

.   New  Records  for  Monmouth.   Journ.  Bot.,  1886,  368-70. 


DECADES  PLANTARUM  NOVARUM  AUSTRO- 
AFRICANARUM. 

AUCTORE    R.    SCHLECHTEK. 

DECAS    VII. 

(Continued  from' vol.  xxxv.  p.  433.) 

61.  Oxalis  gracilipes,  sp.  n.  Herba  perennis,  tenella,  8-13  cm. 
alta ;  caule  (vel  potius  stipite)  gracili  teretiusculo  aphyllo,  basi 
squamato,  nudo,  puberulo ;  foliis  ad  apicem  caule  fasciculatis 
graciliter  petiolatis,  trifoliolatis,  petiolo  filiformi,  teretiusculo, 
puberulo,  foliolis  2-3-plo  longiore,  foliolis  linearibus,  apice  breviter 
excisis,  subtus  puberulis,  superne  giabris,  0-7-1  cm.  longis ;  pedi- 
cellis  subfiliformibus,  teretibus  puberulis,  dimidio  superiore  minute 
bibracteolatis,  sub  anthesi  foliis  fere  sequilongis  vel  paulo  breviori- 
bus ;  calycis  segmentis  lineari-lanceolatis  subacutis,  densius  cano- 


24  DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 

pubei'ulis.  0*4  cm.  longis  ;  corolla  1-2-1 -5  cm.  longa,  infundibularis, 
tiibo  e  basi  ampliato,  lobis  rotundatis  obovatis,  glaberrima ;  ovario 
villoso,  loculis  2-ovulatis  ;  stylis  dimidio  inferiore  villosis,  dimidio 
superiore  glabris. 

In  regione  aiistro-occidentali :  In  arenosis  sub  fructibus  in 
monte  Pakbuibberg,  Jul.  ]896;  L.  C.  Leipoldt,  No.  294. 

Approaching  O.  stenucarpa  Schltr.  and  O.  brachycarpa  Scliltr., 
differing  fiom  the  former  by  tbe  much  shorter  fruit;  from  the  latter 
by  much  denser  indument,  shorter  tube  to  the  corolla,  and  the 
styles.  I  have  not  seen  tubers.  The  flowers  are  white,  with  a 
salphur-yeliow  tube. 

62.  Oxalis  Leipoldtii,  sp.  n.  Herba  pereunis,  gracilis,  fere  spi- 
thanitea ;  caule  stricto  vel  subtiexiioso,  simplici,  teretiusculo,  glandu- 
loso-puberulo,  foliato;  foliis  omuibus  sessUibus,  trifoliolatis,  foliolis 
subcTequilongis  linearibus  vel  cuneato  oblongis,  glanduloso-puberulis, 
intus  ghibris,  0-3-0-5  cm.  longis ;  pedicellls  axillaribus,  erecto- 
patentibus  filiformibus,  glanduloso-puberulis  sub  anthesi  1-5-2  cm. 
longis,  post  anthesin  eloiigatis,  usque  ad  4*5  cm.  longis ;  bracteolis 
uullis;  calyce  dense  glanduloso-puberulo,  0-2-0'3  cm.  loiigo,  seg- 
mentis  lineari-lanceolatis  acutis ;  corolla  alte  infundibular!,  1-5- 
1-6  cm.  longo,  tubo  apicem  versus  paulo  dilatato,  illo  0.  piDpurata 
Thbg.  simili,  glaberrimo,  segmentis  rotundatis  basin  versus  an- 
gustatis,  glabris ;  stylis  basi  hispidulis,  dimidio  superiore  glaber- 
rimis,  ovario  strigoso ;  capsula  rotundata,  strigosa,  calycem  baud 
excedente ;  seminibus  oblongis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  collibus  pone  villam  Clan- 
william,  alt.  c.  400  ped.,  Juuio  1897 ;  L.  C.  Leipoldt. 

This  species  should  be  placed  next  to  0.  viscosa  E.  Mey.,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  the  slenderer  pedicels,  the  want  of  the 
bracteolae,  the  longer  and  more  cylindrical  corolla-tube  with  a 
purplish  limb. 

I  have  not  seen  tubers,  but,  judging  from  a  few  scales  adhering 
to  the  roots,  they  most  resemble  those  of  0.  glabra  Jacq.  The 
stems  appear  to  grow  in  tufts,  like  those  of  0.  multicaalis  E.  Mey. 

63.  Polygala  Dodii,  sp.  n.  Gracilis,  adscendens,  c.  20  cm. 
alta,  e  basi  ramosa ;  ramis  tiliformibus  tomentosulis  foliatis  ;  foliis 
erecto-patentibus  patulisve,  linearibus  acutis,  basi  apiceque  paulo 
angustatis,  utrinque  molhter  puberulis,  0-9-l'4  cm.  longis,  0-1- 
0-2  cm.  latis;  racemis  terminaiibus  laxe  plurifloris;  floribus  pallide 
roseis,  alis  albiclis,  ilUs  F.  Garcini  DC.  -paulo  brevioribus,  basi 
bibracteolatis ;  braeteolis  mox  deciduis  minutissimis ;  pedicellis 
glabris,  brevibus ;  calycis  foliolis  suborbicularibus  obtusis,  cou- 
cavis,  margine  ciliatis,  dorso  glabris,  0-2  cm.  longis,  alis  obliquis, 
subunguiculatis,  late  oblongis  obtusis  glabris,  0*6  cm.  longis,  medio 
fere  0*4  cm.  latis ;  petalis  oblique  oblongis  dimidio  superiore  paulo 
dilatatis,  apice  inEequaliter  obtuse  bilobulatis,  dimidio  inferiore 
utrinque  pilis  reflexis  pubsrulis,  0*6  cm.  longis,  infra  apicem 
0-2  cm.  latis ;  carina  late  unguiculata,  lamina  parva  cucullata 
obtusa,  appendice  flabellato  pectinato,  0-3  cm.  longo,  unguiculo 
piUs  reflexis  puberulo,  0-3  cm.  longo,  lamina  intus  glabra  vix 
0-2  cm.  excedente;  ovario  glabro,  stylo  cylindrico  stigmate  2  1abiato 


DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.  ZO 

exeavato ;  capsula  obcordato-oblonga,  alis  paulo  breviore,  vix  latiore ; 
seminibus  dense  sericeis. 

In  regione  anstro-occident:di :  In  lapidosis  pone  "  Castle  Rock," 
prope  Capetown,  31  Jan.  1896  ;   Capt.  Wulley  DocJ,  No.  813. 

Qaite  different  from  any  described  South  African  species ; 
perhaps  nearest  to  F.  puhifloya  Burch.,  from  Riversdale,  and 
P.  hispida  Burch.,  from  George  and  the  south-eastern  region, 
yet  very  distinct  in  its  floral  characters.  The  flowers  resemble 
somewhat  those  of  P.  Gaycinl  DC.  The  alse  are  whitish,  the 
petals  purplish,  the  appendage  of  the  carina  white. 

64.  Agathosma  alpina,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  erectus,  ramosus, 
30-40  cm.  altus  ;  ramulis  erectis  vel  suberectis,  subteretibus, 
glabris,  pallidis,  foliatis ;  foliis  subsessilibus,  coriaceis,  oblongis 
obtusis  apice  pilis  nonnullis,  flexuosis  ciliatis,  ceterum  glabris, 
glandulis  impressis,  pellucidis  punctatis,  superne  lucidis,  0*5- 
0*7  cm.  longis,  medio  fere  2-2*5  mm.  latis,  1-nerviis ;  floribus  ad 
apices  ramulorum  in  caput  semiglobosum  agglomeratis,  breviter 
pedicellatis,  vel  subsessilibus ;  bracteis  late  ovatis  acuminatis 
erubescentibus,  ciliatis;  calyce  c.  0*2  cm.  longo,  campanulato, 
segmentis  oblongis  obtusis  margine  ciliatis,  tubo  longioribus;  petalis 
erecto-patentibus,  calycem  duplo  vel  plus  duplo  superantibus,  ungue 
gracillimo  glabro,  lamina  obovato-oblonga  obtusa  utrinque  glabra, 
ungui  breviore ;  staminibus  sterilibus  erectis,  linearibus  obtusis, 
basin  versus  angustatis,  dimidio  inferiore  pilosis,  apice  glandula 
coronatis,  calycem  paulo  excedentibus;  staminibus  fertilibus  erectis, 
filamentis  filiformibus,  glabris,  antheris  parvulis  rotundato-oblongis ; 
stylo  filiformi  villoso,  apice  glabrato  ;  ovarii  cornubus  pilosis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  saxosis  montis  "  Matroosberg," 
in  ditione  Worcester,  alt.  c.  7000  ped.,  Dec.  1895  ;  Dr.  R.  Marloth, 
No.  2259. 

The  capitate  inflorescence  brings  our  plant  near  to  A.  lancifoUa 
E.  &  Z.  The  leaves  and  floral  characters  at  once  distinguish  it  from 
that  species.   In  the  dried  specimens  the  colour  of  the  flowers  is  pink. 

65.  Berardia  velutina,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  gracilis,  erectus, 
ramosus,  30-40  cm.  altus;  ramis  velutinis  teretibus,  dense  foliatis; 
foliis  lanceolatis  acutis,  sessilibus  erectis,  dorso  margineque  molliter 
villosis,  intus  glabris,  0-4-0-6  cm.  longis,  infra  medium  1-5-2  mm. 
latis ;  floribus  in  capitulis  globosis,  plurifloribus,  terminalibus, 
0*5  cm.  diametientibus  ;  bracteis  lineari-lanceolatis  calloso-apicu- 
latis,  villosis,  flori  vulgo  aequilongis  ;  bracteolis  bracteis  valde 
similibus  ;  calyce  dense  villoso,  c.  1*5  cm.  longo,  segmentis 
linearibus  calloso-apiculatis,  plumoso- villosis,  acutis,  intus  glabris, 
tubo  ffiquilongis ;  petalis  oblongis  obtusis,  segmentis  calycis  aequi- 
longis, dorso  medio  villosis,  intus  glabris ;  filamentis  subulatis 
brevibus  ad  basin  segmentorum  insertis,  antheris  oblongis  obtusis, 
baud  exsertis,  petalorum  dimidium  paulo  excedentibus  ;  stylis 
glabris,  erecto-patentibus  filiformibus,  0*1  cm.  longis;  ovario  vil- 
loso, loculis  2-ovulatis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali:  In  paludibus  montis  "Matroos- 
berg," in  ditione  Worcester,  alt.  c.  5000  ped.,  Dec.  1895 ;  Dr.  R. 
Marloth,  No.  2255. 


26  DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 

In  general  appearance  resembling  B.  Dregeana  Sond.,  but  well 
distinguished  from  that  species  by  its  included  stamens.  If  Sonder 
is  right  in  saying  that  the  cells  of  the  ovary  are  always  1-ovuled, 
my  plant  forms  the  type  of  a  new  subgenus,  differing  from  all  the 
other  species  in  the  2-ovuled  ovary-cells. 

66.  Othonna  patula,  sp.  n.  Suffrutex,  humilis  decumbens 
vel  adscendens,  10-20  cm.  altus ;  ramis  radicantibus,  foliatis ; 
foliis  carnosis  semiteretibus  mucronulatis,  basin  versus  angustatis, 
glabris,  1*5-2  cm.  longis,  medio  fere  c  0*3  cm.  latis,  internodia 
multo  excedentibiis,  ad  basin  ramulorum  ;  pedunculis  terminalibus 
simplicibus  vel  l-ramosis,  monocephalis,  teretibus  glabra;  capitulis 
florum  patulis ;  involucro  c.  1  cm.  diametiente,  0-8  cm.  longo, 
foliolis  7-8  lanceolatis  vel  oblongis,  acutis  vel  obtusis,  plerumque 
membranaceo-marginatis  glabris,  usque  ad  basin  liberis ;  floribus 
radii  c.  12,  e  basi  tubulosa  ligulatis,  apice  breviter  3-lobulata  vel 
obtusa,  0-9  cm.  longis,  ligula  medio  fere  2-5-3  mm.  lata;  floribus 
disci  tubulosis  glabris,  tertia  parte  basilari  angustatis,  apicem  versus 
paulo  ampliatis,  0*4  cm.  longis,  fauce  0-1  cm.  diametro,  lobis  erectis 
brevibus  ovato-triangulis  subacutis ;  antheris  anguste  linearibus 
obtusiusculis,  0*2  cm.  longis,  loborum  apices  subattingentibus, 
filamentis  filiformibus  glabris,  antheris  brevioribus ;  stylo  filiformi 
glabro,  brachiis  0*1  cm.  longis,  antherarum  apices  attingentibus ; 
acheniis  oblongis  glabris,  apice  annulo  circumdatis ;  pappi  setis 
numerosis  asperis. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  saxosis  montium  prope  Queens - 
town,  alt.  c.  4000  ped.,  Febr.  1894  ;  E.  F..  Galpiu,  No.  1811. 

Belonging  to  the  group  '^  Caniosce,''  nearest  to  0.  crassifolia 
Harv.  and  0.  sedlfolia  DC.,  differing  from  both  by  the  rooting 
branches  and  the  achenes. 

67.  Felicia  amelloides,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  erectus,  ramosus, 
l|-2-pedalis ;  ramulis  erectis,  dense  foliatis,  strigoso-puberulis ; 
foliis  oppositis,  parvulis,  lineari-subulatis  obtusis,  textura  crassi- 
usculis,  sparsim  pilosis,  0'4-0-6  cm.  longis,  internodia  excedentibus  ; 
florum  capitulis  terminalibus,  solitariis,  c.  2*5  cm.  diametientibus, 
pedunculo  puberulo  1-5-2  cm.  longo;  involucri  foliolis  subuni- 
foliatis  linearibus  acutis,  pilosis,  margine  nunc  anguste  subhyalino- 
marginatis,  brevissime  ciliatis,  0*6  cm.  longis  ;  floribus  radii  c.  12, 
e  basi  filiformi-tubulosa  ligulatis,  4-nerviis,  apice  minute  3-dentatis, 
c.  1  cm.  longis,  0'3-0*4  cm.  latis,  fertilibus;  floribus  disci  tubulosis, 
0-4  cm.  longis,  tubo  apicem  versus  sensim  ampliato,  dimidio  inferiore 
hispidulo,  dimidio  superiore  glabro,  lobis  erectis  minutis  ;  antheris 
anguste  linearibus,  filamentis  filiformibus  glabris,  antheris  longi- 
oribus ;  stylo  filiformi  glabro,  brachiis  in  floribus  disci  antherarum 
apices  attingentibus,  anguste  liueari-filiformibus  apice  paulo  dihi- 
tatis,  in  floribus  radii  exsertis  subfiliformibus ;  achaeniis  compressis 
oblongis,  puberulis  ;  pappi  setis  asperis  numerosis,  c.  0-4  cm.  longis. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  saxosis  in  cacumine  montis 
"Mont  aux  Sources"  in  terra  "Orange  Free  State,"  alt.  c.  9500  ped., 
Jan.  1896;  J.  Thode. 

Near  F.  barhata  Schltr.  [Aster  harhatus  Harv.),  with  larger 
heads,  longer  and  wider  blue  rays,  more  thickly-set  leaves,  and 


DECADES  PLANTARUM  NOVARUM  AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.       27 

more    shrubby   habit.      Only   known   to    me    from    Mr.    Thode's 
collection. 

68.  Thesium  polyanthnm,  sp.  n.  Suffrutex  adscendens, 
ramosissimus,  semipedalis ;  ramulis  subflexuosis,  divaricatis,  plus 
minus  flexuosis,  angulatis,  remote  foliatis ;  foliis  minutis  lineari- 
lanceolatis  acutis  vel  mucronulatis,  glabris,  fere  0-2  cm.  longis ; 
floribus  ad  apices  ramulorum  paucis,  corymbulosis  ;  bracteis  ovato- 
lanceolatis  acutis,  margine  vulgo  minutissime  ciliato-serrulatis, 
glabris,  flori  aequilongis  vel  parum  brevioribus,  bracteolis  linearibus 
carinatis,  tubum  vix  excedentibus ;  perigonio  c.  0-2  cm,  longo,  extus 
glabro,  segmentis  erecto-patentibus  ovatis  acutis  apice  incrassatis, 
intas  paliidis  margine  minute  ciliolatis,  0-1  cm.  longis,  basi  medio 
fascicule  pilorura  ad  antlieras  tendentium  ornatis  ;  staminibus 
erectis  infra  basin  segmentorum  insertis,  filamentis  subfiliformibus, 
0*5  mm.  longis,  antheris  rotundatis  0*5  cm.  longis  ;  stylo  e  basi 
conico  subcylindrico,  glabro,  dimidium  antherarum  attingente ; 
fructu  subpyriformi,  0-4  cm.  longo,  medio  fere  0*2  cm.  diametiente, 
nervis  primariis  basi  tantum  visis,  ceterum  l^evi. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  Juxta  vias  prope  Kommetjes,  in 
peninsula  Capensi,  Sept.  1896;   Capt.  Wolley  Dod,  No.  1551. 

Allied  to  2\  conjmbidigenim  Sond.,  but  much  stronger-growing 
and  decumbent  (not  erect),  with  larger  flowers,  and  a  very  different 
fruit ;  also  much  more  divaricately  bninched.  The  tips  of  the  green 
perianth-segments  are  brownish  outside,  the  whole  flower  whitish 
within. 

69.  Eriospermum  patentifiorum,  sp.  n.  Gracillimum, 
erectum,  flexuosum,  80-40  cm.  altum ;  foliis  sub  anthesi  jam 
emarcidis  ignotis;  scapo  basi  vagina  obtusa  circumdato,  glaberrimo 
stricto  vel  subflexuoso,  tereti,  glaberrimo ;  racemo  elongato  laxe 
multifloro ;  bracteis  minutis  patentibus,  c.  0-1  cm.  longis;  pedi- 
cellis  patentibus,  filiformibus,  gracillimis,  inferioribus  c.  2-5  cm., 
superioribus  c.  1  cm.  longis ;  perianthii  segmentis  lineari-oblongis 
obtusis,  basin  versus  paulo  angustatis,  utrinque  glabris,  niveis 
dorso  vittfB  purpurascente  pictis,  0-6  cm.  longis ;  dimidio  superiore 
c.  0-2  cm.  latis;  staminibus  basi  segmentorum  affixis,  anguste 
linearibus  apice  attenuatis,  vix  0-4  cm.  excedentibus,  glabris, 
antheris  oblongis  obtusis,  0*5  mm.  longis ;  ovario  subgioboso, 
glabro,  stylo  filiformi,  glabro,  apices  segmentorum  attingente. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali:  In  collibus  prope  villam  Clan- 
william,  alt.  c.  300  ped.,  April  1897,  L.  C.  Levpoldt. 

If  this  species  had  not  been  so  distinct,  I  would  not  have  dared 
to  describe  it  without  having  the  leaves ;  however,  seeing  that  it 
could  always  easily  be  recognized  by  the  inflorescence,  I  thought  i& 
best  to  publish  it,  so  as  to  direct  upon  it  the  attention  of  any  col- 
lector who  might  happen  to  come  to  Clanwilliam.  Of  course,  as 
long  as  the  leaf  is  unknown,  the  position  of  the  plant  must  remain 
doubtful. 

70.  Bulbine  flexuosa,  sp.  n.  Gracilis,  erecta,  10-15  cm.  alta; 
tubere  late  ovoideo  basi  prsemorso,  in  radice  napiforme  divaricatas 
producto,  c.  1*5  cm.  alto;  foliis  sub  anthesi  nondum  bene  evolutis, 


28  NEW    PLANTS    FROM    SOMALI-LAND. 

filiformibus  acutis  glabris  ;  scapo  basi  vaginis  membranaceis  brevi- 
bus  basibus  foliorum  emarcidorum  circumdato,  valde  flexnoso ;  ra- 
ceme laxiusculo elongate pluriflorOjCylindrico,  bracteis  minutis  mem- 
branaceis obtusis,  0'l-0-2  cm.  longis;  pedicellis  erecto-patentibus 
liliformibus  glabris,  inferioribus  usque  ad  1-5  cm.  longis,  superiori- 
bus  sensim  miuoribus  ;  perianthii  segments  ovato-oblongis,  obtusis, 
1-nerviis,  0*4  cm.  longis,  medio  fere  c.  2*2  cm.  latis ;  staminibus 
erecto-patentibus  angaste  linearibus  dimidio  superiore  subfiliformi- 
bus,  supra  medium  pilis  patentibus  barbatis,  apice  glabris,  c.  2  cm. 
longis,  antheris  lineari-oblongis  obtusis,  0-1  cm.  longis  ;  ovario  sub- 
globoso,  glabro ;  stylo  filiformi,  glabro,  c.  2-5  mm.  longo,  antheras 
superante. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  collibus  aridis  prope  villam 
Clanwilliam,  alt.  c.  300  ped.,  Maio  1897  ;   L.  C.  Leipoldt. 

A  very  distinct  species,  somewhat  allied  to  B.  minima  Baker, 
but  well  distinguished  by  the  wiry  twisted  stem,  which  resembles 
that  of  Carpohjza  and  of  Schizodium.  Amongst  my  specimens  there 
is  only  one  bearing  a  small  filiform  glabrous  leaf,  although  they 
have  been  well  advanced ;  this  seems  to  prove  that  leaves  appear 
when  the  plant  is  deflorate,  as,  for  instance,  is  the  case  in  B.  favosa 
Roem.  &  Schult. 


NEW    PLANTS    FROM    SOMALI-LAND. 
By  a.  B.  Rendle,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

The  following  novelties  are  from  the  collection  made  last  winter 
by  Mrs.  Lort  Phillips  and  her  friends  in  Somali-land,  and  presented 
to  the  British  Museum : — 

Pentanopsis,  gen.  nov.  Sepala  4  herbacea,  subaequalia,  per- 
sistentia,  sed  friictu  baud  accresceiitia.  Corolla  infundibuliformis, 
tubo  tenui  elongate,  limbi  lobis  4  valvatis,  ellipticis,  subpatentibus, 
margine  et  facie  superiore  puberuUs.  AntheraB  4,  infra  faucem 
corollse  sessiles,  dorse  affixae,  anguste  lanceolatae,  basi  integrae, 
longitudinaliter  dehiscentes.  Discus  tumidus.  Ovarium  subcam- 
panulatum  2-leculare ;  stylus  filiformis  cum  apice  bifida  exserta, 
segmentis  linearibus;  evula  in  leculis  numeresa,  in  placentis  crassis 
septo  affixis  peltatim  inserta.  Capsula  2-locularis,  eudecarpis 
corneo  leculicide  in  valvis  2  oblengis  dehiscente.  Semina  .... 
Frutex  diffusus  ramis  teretibus,  juvenilibus  hispidulis.  Folia  parva 
opposita,  sessilia,  lineari-eblanceolata,  basi  angustata,  uninervia. 
Stipulse  interfoliaceae,  membranaceae,  mtegrae,  cennatae,  cum  felii 
basi  subindurato  persistentes.  Flores  in  dichasia  3-flora,  interdum 
ad  florem  centralem  reducta,  subsessilia,  axillaria  dispesiti,  albi ; 
bracteffi  foliaceae.     Terra  somalensis.     Species  1. 

Genus  novum  Fuibiacearum  e  tribu  Hedyotidearum  ad  genus 
Neurocarpfnam  R.  Br.  [Pentadem  Benth.)  accedente. 

After  much  consideration,  I  have  decided  to  separate  this  plant 
from  Bentham's  Pentas,  as,  though  resembling  it  in  the  general 
structure  of  the  flower,  it  lacks  all  the  striking  characters  of  the 


NEW    PLANTS    FROM    SOMALI-LAND.  29 

older  genus,  namely,  the  marked  inequality  of  one  or  more  of  the 
sepals,  the  terminal  corymbose  inflorescence,  and  the  fimbriated 
stipules.  The  brown  scale  formed  by  the  persistent  leaf-base  and 
the  remains  of  the  membranous  stipule  (which  very  soon  becomes 
split  down  the  middle)  gives  a  characteristic  appearance  to  the 
branches.  As  Mr.  Hiern  has  pointed  out  to  me,  I  have  somewhat 
enlarged  the  scope  of  the  genus  by  the  inclusion  of  Neurocarpaa 
(Pentas)  quadr  angular  is  (Journ.  Bot.  1896,  127),  but  I  do  not  care 
to  stretch  it  to  include  the  plant  now  in  question. 

Pentanopsis  fragrans,  species  unica  ;  ramis  subtenuibus, 
duris,  cinerascentibus  ;  foliis  anguste  lineari-oblanceolata  interdum 
lanceolata,  basi  valde  angustatis,  cum  apice  breviter  mucronata,  et 
faciebus  marginibusque  scabridulis  ;  florum  pedicellis,  ovario  brevi- 
oribus,  hoc  sparse  albiter  scaberulo  et  cum  vittis  latis  4  e  sepalorum 
basibus  ortis  inconspicue  notato,  sepalis  viridibus  late  lanceolatis 
ad  lineari-oblongas  cum  apice  angustata,  obtusis  vel  acutiusculis, 
margine  scabridulis ;  corolla  fragrante,  sepala  quintuple  excedente. 

Hab.     Wagga  Mountain,  Mrs.  E.  Lort  Phillips. 

Leaves  15-18  mm.  long  including  stipules  (4  mm.)  by  2-5-3  mm. 
greatest  breadth,  margins  narrowly  revolute.  Bracteoles  foliaceous, 
11  mm.  long,  including  the  stipular  sheath  (2  mm.),  which  surrounds 
the  short  flower-stalk  (2  mm.).  Flowers  sweet-smelling,  sepals 
5-6  mm.  long  by  1-25-1-5  mm.  wide,  remaining  in  a  withered  con- 
dition in  the  fruit,  but  not  enlarging.  Corolla-tube  about  2-5  cm. 
long,  a  little  over  1  mm.  in  diameter  below,  widening  to  2  mm.  at 
the  insertion  of  the  stamens,  lobes  about  1  cm.  long  by  half  as 
broad,  bearing  very  short  rather  thick  hairs  extending  just  into  the 
mouth  of  the  tube.  Anthers  2  mm.  long ;  style-limbs  4  mm.,  ex- 
serted  at  mouth  of  tube.  Ovary  2-5-3  mm.  long.  Capsule  sparsely 
scabridulous,  about  5  cm.  long. 

Lortia,  gen.  nov.  Cyathium  crateriforme,  lobis  5  sub- 
brevibus,  squamiformibus,  fimbriatis  ;  glandula  unica,  crassi- 
uscula,  truncata,  cyathium  amplectens,  in  parte  anteriore  inter- 
rupta.  Flores  ^  numerosi,  pedicellati,  in  fasciculos  5-lobis 
cyathii  oppositos  conferti.  Perianthium  0.  Stamen  filamento 
brevi  cum  pedicello  articulato  ;  antherarum  loculi  globosi  distincti. 
Pollen  breviter  oblongum,  longitudinaliter  vittatum.  Flos  ?  ,  et 
centralis  solitarius,  perianthio  brevissimo  lobato.  Ovarium  sessile, 
3-loculare ;  styli  basi  conuati,  apice  bifidi.  Ovula  in  loculis 
solitaria.  Herba,  ut  apparet,  parva,  crassiuscula  ;  folia  sessilia, 
orbicularia,  mucronata,  marghie  crispula.  Cymse  in  foliorum  supe- 
riorum  axillis  solitariaB,  pedicillatae ;  bractese  oppositse  cyathium 
singulum  campanuliformiter  includentes.  Terra  somalensis. 
Species  1. 

Genus  novum  Euphorbiacearum,  e  tribu  Euphorhiacearum  ad 
genus  Monadenium  Pax  accedente. 

Described  from  a  small  specimen  collected  by  Mrs.  E.  Lort 
Phillips  (in  honour  of  whom  the  genus  is  named)  on  Wagga 
Mountain.  The  inflorescences  are  very  characteristic.  Li  the 
bud  state  they  are  nodding,  when  mature  the  upper  part  of 
the  not  very  long  stalk  is  bent  horizontally.    The  bracts,  which 


30  NEW    PLANTS    FROM    SOMALI-LAND. 

are  connate  above  the  middle  behind,  and  spUt  nearly  to  the 
base  with  overlapping  edges  in  front,  form  a  bell-shaped  in- 
volucre with  an  entire  edge,  except  for  the  short  apiculus  into 
which  the  midrib  of  each  runs.  They  enclose  the  deep,  bowl- 
shaped  cyathium,  the  central  member  of  a  dichasium  of  which  the 
two  lateral  branches  are  represented  by  insignificant  rudiments. 
The  cyathium  closely  resembles  that  of  a  Monadenium,  but  is  more 
globular  in  form.  The  truncate  gland  has  a  swollen  margin,  and 
is  interrupted  in  front,  exposing  the  two  anterior  lobes  of  the 
involucre,  which  it  slightly  overtops.  The  bracteoles  included  in 
the  involucre  are  narrower  and  shorter  than  its  lobes,  and  much 
fimbriated.  The  genus  is  nearest  to  the  East  African  Monadenium 
Pax  (described  and  figured  in  Engler's  Jahrhuch,  xix.  126),  which  I 
have  not  seen.  It  differs  in  its  simple  axillary  inflorescences, 
Mcmadenium  having  a  much-branched  dichasial  arrangement ; 
while  the  bell- shaped  involucre  surrounding  the  cyathium  contrasts 
strongly  with  the  erect,  stiff-looking,  bicarinate  structure  of  Mona- 
deniwn,  which  is  also  described  as  having  no  perianth  in  the  female 
flower. 

Lortia  erubescens,  species  unica ;  foliis  juveuilibus(?)  crassi- 
usculis  sessilibus  orbicularibus  mucronatis,  cum  margine  crispulo, 
minute  pubesceutibus,  rubris  cum  venulis  paUidis  lineatis  ;  inflores- 
centic^  pedicello  subvalido  quam  bracteas  campanuliforme,  paullo 
longiore  ;  cyathii  lobis  5  subsequalibus,  glabris,  rhomboideis,  fim- 
briatis,  quam  glandula  vix  brevioribus  ;  perianthio  floris  2  incon- 
spicue  lobato. 

Hab.     Wagga  Mountain,  Mrs.  E.  Lort  Phillips. 

Leaves  17  to  18  mm.  long,  and  nearly  as  broad.  Pedicel  of  in- 
florescence stout,  a  httle  over  1  cm.  long ;  bracts  9  mm.  long  and 
broad.  Cyathium  5  mm.  high;  lobes  scarcely  2  mm.;  gland 
2-2-5  mm.  high.  Stamens  2  mm.  long,  including  the  anthers 
(•5  mm.) ;  pollen  shortly  oblong,  with  longitudinal  bands.  Female 
flower  scarcely  5  mm.  long,  including  the  pedicel  (1*5  mm.  long)  ; 
perianth  represented  by  a  short  shallow  lobed  cup  round  the  base 
of  the  ovary ;  a  few  very  short  scattered  hairs  on  the  base  of  the 
style  and  style-arms. 

Jatropha  Phillipsese,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  velutino-pubescens, 
foliis  petiolatis,  e  basi  triangular!  trilobis,  vel  interdum  quinque- 
lobis  cum  lobis  externis  minoribus,  lobis  subpatentibus,  obtusis  vel 
rotundis,  margine  glanduloso-dentatis  ;  stipulis  purpureis  setaceo- 
dissectis,  setulis  apice  glanduligeris ;  dichasiis  pubescentibus ; 
bracteis  ovatis  quam  foha  multoties  minoribus,  margine  glanduloso- 
setuliferis;  floribus  breviter  pedicellatis,  sepalis  S"  late  oblanceo- 
latis,  basi  connatis,  pubescentibus,  externis  glanduloso-dentatis ; 
corolla  campanulata,  viride  superne  rubescente,  lobis  late  spathu- 
latis ;  glandulis  disci  subglobosis ;  sepalis  2  in  fructu  persisten- 
tibus  quam  in  mare  majoribiis  ;  capsula  oblonga,  glabra,  rugulosa  ; 
seminibus  glabris,  carunculo  bilobo,  lobis  planis  crenulatis. 

Hab.     Wagga  Mountain,  Mrs.  E.  Lort  Phillips. 

Shoots  thick,  terete,  striated,  covered  like  the  rest  of  the  plant 
with  a  dense  short  white  pubescence.     Petioles  on  the  lower  leaves 


NEW    PLANTS    FROM    SOMALI-LAND.  31 

1-5  cm.  long,  with  blades  reaching  6  cm.  long  by  8  cm.  broad  ; 
upper  leaves  smaller,  with  petioles  as  short  as  -5  cm.,  and  blades 
3-5  by  4  cm. ;  blade  divided  for  two-thirds  of  its  length  ;  setulse  of 
stipules  about  1  cm.  long.  Inflorescences  axillary ;  lower  bract 
14  mm.  long,  upper  ones  smaller.  Ultimate  bracteoles  subtending 
male  flower  broadly  ovate,  closely  glandular  dentate,  1*5  mm.  long, 
flower-stalk  1-5  mm.  Calyx  3  mm.  long.  Corolla  5  mm.  long, 
tube  2  mm. ;  lobes  with  a  very  rounded  apex  ;  5  opaque  white  free 
wartlike  glands  above  and  alternating  with  the  petals.  Staminal 
column  (includiug  anthers)  4  mm.  long.  Female  flowers  present 
only  in  fruiting  stage,  calyx  5-6  mm.  long,  limbs  ovate  to  obovately 
oblong,  pubescent,  glandular-dentate.  Capsule  9  mm.  long,  seeds 
whitey-brown,  oblong,  7  mm.  long. 

Near  J.  Stuhlmanni  Pax  (in  Engler's  Jahrhuch,  xxiii.  530), 
collected  by  Stuhlmann  at  Sansibar,  which,  however,  differs  in  its 
longer-petioled  leaves,  with  cordate  base  and  acute  lobes  and 
smaller  male  flowers. 

Acidanthera  Gunnisi,  sp.  nov.  Graminea  glabra,  caule 
simplici  subcompresso  e  bulbo  globoso  tenuiter  reticulate ;  foliis 
elongatis  anguste-linearibus,  acutis  subrigidis ;  spica  laxa  3-4- 
flora ;  spath^  valvis  submembranaceis  linearibus,  interiore  angus- 
tiore  interdum  lineari-lanceolata ;  perianthii  tubo  longo  tenui 
quam  spatha  plus  duplo  longiore,  segmentis  ovalibus,  abrupte 
apiculatis,  basi  attenuatis,  candidis  vel  saepius  purpureo  tinctis. 

Hab.  Wagga  Mountain,  in  moisture  at  6500  ft.,  end  of  Feb- 
ruary, Mrs.  E.  Lort  Phillips  ;  Dimoleh,  Messrs.  Gillett  &  Aylmer. 

Corm  1-5  cm.  in  diameter,  scales  rather  finely  reticulate,  light 
brown.  Stem  stiflish,  smooth,  green,  slender,  reaching  8  dm.  in 
length,  2-3  mm.  wide.  Leaves  long  and  grass-like,  from  a  long 
narrow  membranous  sheathing  base  ;  with  a  prominent  midrib  and 
two  often  inconspicuous  parallel  veins ;  the  largest,  near  the  base 
of  the  stem,  generally  three  in  number,  reaching  8-5  dm.  in 
length  ;  2*5-4  mm.  wide,  becoming  narrower  above ;  leaves  on  the 
upper  part  of  stem  shorter.  Spathe-valves  generally  between 
4  and  6  cm.  long,  about  3  mm.  broad  when  folded,  greenish  tinged 
with  red,  the  outer  subtruncate.  Perianth  white,  or  more  or  less 
tinged  with  crimson ;  tube  10-12  cm.  long,  1-2  mm.  in  diameter, 
widening  gradually  above  to  4  or  5  mm.  at  the  mouth  ;  segments 
3-4  cm.  long  by  about  1*5  cm.  broad;  anthers  l-2-l*5  cm.  long, 
reaching  about  half  way  up  the  perianth  limb.  "  Very  sweetly 
scented." 

Near  A.  Candida  Rendle  (in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxx.  404),  found 
by  Dr.  Gregory  on  the  Athi  plains  south  of  Somali-land,  but  a 
much  finer  plant,  with  larger  flowers,  and  distinguished  by  its  very 
long  narrow-linear  grass-like  leaves. 

Since  going  to  press  I  have  received  living  specimens  of  the 
flower  from  Mr.  Gunnis,  with  whom  it  has  bloomed  at  Sevenoaks. 
The  perianth-segments  are  recurved,  with  a  mucronate  apex,  white 
with  a  very  pale  rose-purple  tinge ;  the  anthers  are  more  deeply 
tinged  with  the  same  colour,  a  short  narrow  streak  of  which  is  also 
found  at  the  mouth  of  the  perianth-tube. 


32 


SHORT    NOTES. 

West  Gloucester  and  Monmouth  Plants. — Fumaria  paUidijlora 
Jord.  Plentiful  in  an  old  hedgerow  by  the  Severn-bank  at  Beachley, 
W.  Glos.  Recorded  for  v.-c.  34  with  a  ?  m  the  last  ed.  of  Top.  Bot. 
—  Geum  rivals  L.,  Saluv  repens  L.,  and  Lastnea  Thelypteris  Presl. 
All  in  a  marsh  thicket  in  Shirenewton  parish,  Mon.,  growing  with 
several  other  plants  rare  in  the  county.  These  three  are  not  recorded 
for  v.-c.  35  in  Top.  Bot.  Mr.  Ley,  in  the  Flora  of  Herefordshire, 
records  Lastrma  Thelypteris  as  growing  on  the  border  of  the  counties 
of  Hereford  and  Monmouth. — W.  A.  Shoolbred. 

Euphorbia  prostrata  Ait.  in  Hants.  —  Mr.  R.  Charles,  of  High- 
clift'e,  sent  me  in  August  last  a  specimen  of  an  undetermined  plant 
found  occurring  as  a  weed  in  the  Purewell  nursery-gardens  (Mr.  M. 
Prichard),  Christchurch,  Hants.  On  my  taking  it  to  the  British 
Museum  it  was  identified  by  Messrs.  Britten  and  Rendle  as  Fu- 
phorhia  prostrata  Ait.  This  species  has  not  previously  been  noted 
in  Great  Britain.  It  is  known  in  Europe  only  as  an  introduced 
plant :  Toulon  and  Palermo  (Ny man's  Conspectus).  Boissier  (in 
DeCandolle's  Prod.  Syst.  Nat.)^  Mr.  Rendle  kindly  informs  me, 
gives  its  distribution  as  "in  subtropical  and  tropical  America,  from 
Louisiana  and  Texas  to  Brazil ;  Guinea ;  Sierra  Leone ;  Canary 
Islands ;  Bourbon  ;  and  Mauritius."  In  the  Museum  herbarium 
is  a  specimen  from  Madagascar;  also  some  from  Angola  and 
Madeira.  Mr.  Prichard  can  only  surmise  that  the  seeds  may  have 
been  introduced  into  his  grounds  with  tomatoes  from  Teneriffe,  or 
with  waste  from  a  Bournemouth  fruiterer's  shop.  —  William 
Whitwell. 

Sisymbrium  strictissimum  L.  —  I  have  to  announce  the  appear- 
ance of  this  plant  on  the  borders  of  both  Lancashire  and  Cheshire, 
having  been  noticed  by  Mr.  Henry  Hyde,  of  Manchester,  the  past  two 
seasons,  between  Stretford  and  Chorlton-cum-Hardy,  on  both  banks 
of  the  River  Mersey.  Though  of  course  a  casual,  the  species  will 
in  all  probability  increase  every  succeeding  year,  and  therefore  it  is 
worth  putting  on  record.  It  may  be  known  by  its  yellow  flowers 
in  racemes,  cylindrical  pods,  spreading  calyx,  and  lanceolate,  un- 
divided leaves.  The  plant  grows  3-4  ft.  high,  and,  Mr.  Hyde 
informs  me,  was  quite  conspicuous  and  well  grown  in  the  localities 
above  cited.  It  flowers  from  May  to  July.  I  have  specimens  in  my 
herbarium  from  several  European  localities  ;  indeed,  it  is  widely 
spread,  according  to  Nyman  (Consp.  Fl.  Eur.  43),  occurring  in 
West  and  Central  Germany,  Switzerland,  Dauphiny,  North  Italy, 
Carniola,  Hungary,  Transylvania ;  and  also  in  the  Supplement  by 
the  same  author  (1889),  Bavaria,  Roumania,  Bulgaria,  Central 
Russia,  and  Sarepta  (Becker)  are  mentioned  (Suppl.  Consp.  Fl.  Eur. 
26). — J.  Cosmo  Melvill. 

Taraxacum  l.^lvigatum  DC.  —  This  variety  grows  upon  walls  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Bath  plentifully,  and  well  marked  by  its  ovate 
outer  phyllaries,  horned  or  gibbous  inner  ones,  and  pale  brown 
achenes.  Why  is  it  not  included  in  the  London  Catalogue? — S.  T. 
Dunn. 


33 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 

Memorials,  Journal,  and  Botanical  Correspondence  of  Charles  Car  dak 
Bahington,  M.A.,  F.Ii.S.,  F.L.S.,  &c.  Cambridge:  Macmillan 
&  Bowes,  1897.     8vo,  ]Dp.  xciv,  476  (two  portraits). 

This  admirably  printed  volume  is  fitly  termed  "Memorials." 
It  contains  the  materials  for  a  biography  rather  than  the  biography 
itself.  Mrs.  Babington,  to  whose  loving  ca.re  the  work  is  due, 
modestly  refrains  from  placing  her  name  on  the  title-page,  and 
contents  herself  with  signing  her  initials  to  the  preface,  and  to  the 
short  "  envoi"  which  follows  the  Journal.  Her  view  has  been  to 
present  under  the  three  heads  indicated  in  the  title  the  various 
aspects  of  Babington's  life ;  and  although  we  may  regret  that  she 
did  not  see  her  way  to  embodying  these  in  one  narrative,  we  cannot 
but  respect  her  preference  for  this  mode  of  treating  her  subject. 

Taking  these  subjects  in  order,  we  find  in  the  first  place  a 
memoir  by  Babington's  intimate  friend,  Prof.  J.  E.  B.  Mayor, 
with  notes  giving  much  information  as  to  the  various  botanists 
and  others  incidenta^lly  mentioned  therein.  Prof.  Mayor  was  so 
thoroughly  in  sympathy  with  Babington,  not  only  in  his  learned 
and  scientific  tastes,  but  also  in  his  sincere  and  earnest  though 
limited  views  of  religious  truth,  that  his  appreciation  is  justly 
entitled  to  the  position  which  it  occupies  in  the  volume,  giving 
as  it  does  a  comprehensive  survey  of  the  late  botanist's  life  and 
character.  One  sentence — "  a  still  career,  all  of  one  piece,  has  few 
landmarks  " — seems  to  convey  a  better  idea  of  Babington's  life,  as 
it  appeared  to  the  outside  world,  than  its  definition  in  the  preface 
as  "many-sided"  and  "varied  in  its  interest";  but  as  to  this 
more  may  be  said  when  his  Journal  comes  under  consideration. 
Among  the  other  memoirs,  or  "  reminiscences,"  as  they  are  termed, 
are  two  of  more  especial  botanical  interest — the  sketch  which  ap- 
peared in  this  Journal  for  September,  1895,  and  one  on  Babington's 
work  among  British  Rubi,  by  Mr.  J.  E.  Bagnall,  which  has  not,  we 
believe,  been  previously  published.  The  former  of  these  is  the  only 
attempt  which  has  been  made  to  appreciate  as  a  whole  the  work  of 
the  late  Professor  as  it  affected  the  English  flora.  The  other 
reminiscences  are  of  various  kinds,  and  include  letters  of  sympathy 
written  at  his  death,  which,  however  consoling  to  the  recipient, 
can  hardly  be  said  to  add  to  our  knowledge.  They  end  with  a 
memorandum,  hardly  in  place  here,  which  Babington  addressed  to 
the  Senate  in  1881  against  the  proposed  opening  of  the  Botanic 
Garden  on  Sundays. 

The  Journal,  which  is  prefaced  by  a  curious  portrait  of  Babington 
at  the  age  of  seventeen — the  admirable  portait  taken  in  later  life 
was,  through  the  kindness  of  Mrs.  Babington,  reproduced  as  a 
frontispiece  to  the  last  volume  of  this  Journal — begins  (after  a 
short  autobiographical  notice)  on  Nov.  2,  1825,  and  ends  Sept.  10, 
1891.  As  a  whole,  and  regarded  from  a  literary  standpoint,  it  cannot 
be  said  to  have  been  worth  printing.  There  are  of  course  interesting 
notes  of  rambles  taken  with  byegone  botanists  who  did  much  to 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Jan.  1898.]  p 


34  MEMORIALS,    ETC.,    OF    C.  C.  BABINGTON. 

increase  our  knowledge  and  promote  the  study  of  British  botany— 
Borrer,  Winch,  George  Johnston  of  Berwick  ("  one  of  the  nicest  men 
I  have  yet  met  with  among  the  naturalists  "),  Henslow,  Edward 
Forster,*  John  Ball— excursions  in  the  days  before  railroads,  when 
travelling  was  done  by  coach  or  gig.  Notes  of  the  plants  collected  on 
these  expeditions  are  often  given — sometimes  in  a  form  which  causes 
regret  that  the  proofs  were  not  submitted  to  a  botanist  for  revision, 
who  would  have  suppressed  certain  temporary  names  which  now 
appear  for  the  first  time.  Perhaps  the  most  readable  entries  are 
those  recording  Babington's  visits  to  Ireland,  in  which  his  botanical, 
archcTological,  and  topographical  notes  are  combined  with  comments 
on  the  work  of  that  curiously  futile  body  the  Irish  Church  Missions, 
in  which,  throughout  his  life,  he  took  a  keen  and  practical  interest. 
The  notes  on  Iceland  are  also  readable  enough,  but  the  proof-reader 
should  not  have  allowed  a  Professor  of  Botany  to  write  in  one 
sentence — "  mignionette  and  a  small  fuscAia."  But  it  seems  to  us 
impossible  to  suppose  that  such  entries  as  "  June  20.  My  aunt 
Bedford  went  to  Clevedon.  I  went  by  rail  ....  for  a  few  days"; 
or  "  Sept.  22.  To  London  and  Cambridge  by  railway,"  can  be  of 
the  faintest  possible  interest  to  any  human  being  ;  and  the  greater 
part  of  the  Journal,  which  occupies  258  pages,  consists  of  entries 
of  this  kind.  The  Journal,  indeed,  as  we  have  hinted  above,  shows 
a  distinctly  limited  range  of  interest :  we  find  nothing  to  show  that 
art  or  general  literature  had  any  special  attraction  for  the  writer, 
and  very  little,  if  anything,  bearing  upon  other  topics  of  importance, 
apart  from  those  already  mentioned. 

The  "Botanical  Correspondence"  is  the  most  interesting  portion 
of  the  book,  though  even  here  we  find  trivialities  which  a  less  par- 
tial editor  would  have  excluded.  Babington  was  an  excellent 
correspondent ;  many  whose  names  have  since  become  familiar 
will  recall  with  pleasure  the  kind  and  encouraging  letters  received 
in  reply  to  those  which,  not  without  some  trembling  hesitation, 
they  ventured  to  address  to  the  author  of  the  Manual.  The  letters 
begin  with  one  addressed  to  Dr.  (afterwards  Sir)  W.  J.  Hooker, 
dated  Nov.  24,  1834 — a  long  and  interesting  one,  like  that  which 
follows  it.  Euphorbia  Characias,  Viola  imherhis,  Leontodon  palustre 
are  the  main  subjects  of  the  first  letter;  Erica  Mackaijii,  Crepis 
tectorum  "of  our  English  authors,"  Polygonum  Fiaii,  of  the  second. 
As  is  often  the  case,  one  gets  a  better  idea  of  the  man  from  his  own 
letters  than  from  his  biographers  or  eulogists.  It  is  refreshing  to 
find  him  writing  about  a  man  who  was  supposed  to  have  nearly 
destroyed  Trichomanes  at  Killarney : — "The  TricJwmajies  hsLS  been 
nearly  extirpated  by  a  rascal  of  a  gardener.  I  wish  I  had  him  to 
duck  in  the  lake :  I  would  keep  him  under  till  he  was  just  not 
dead,  and  then  let  him  recover,  and  give  him  another  dose";  and 
it  is  delightful  to  find  one  of  the  methods  traditionally  ascribed 
to  the  Inquisition  commending  itself  to  our  Protestant  Professor. 
And  how  human  is  this  (to  Borrer)  : — "  Have  you  seen  Hooker's 
4th  edition  ?  He  has  given  Christy  credit  for  conjoint  work  with 
me.  Nothing  can  be  more  incorrect.  He  was  out  with  me  on 
three  days  during  seven  weeks,  on  two  of  which  he  was  under  my 


THE  KOYAL  GARDENS,  KEW,  IN  ALL  SEASONS  OF  THE  YEAR.  35 

pilotage.  When  you  are  writing  to  Hooker  you  will  perhaps  inci- 
dentally mention  that  he  had  next  to  nothing  to  do  with  my  work." 
But  it  is  impossible  to  refrain  from  a  growl  at  the  constant  mis- 
prints :  Borrer  is  made  to  speak  of  '^  Aira  caes2)itosa,  variety  Langa  " 
(p.  287) ! 

It  would  be  impossible  to  give  anything  like  an  adequate  notice 
of  the  nearly  200  pages  of  letters  which  form  the  really  valuable 
part  of  this  volume.  Nor  have  we  any  desire  to  do  so  ;  our  aim  is 
rather  to  induce  British  botanists  to  obtain  the  book  for  themselves. 
They  show  conclusively  that  the  keen  observation  and  lively  interest, 
which  characterized  Babington  at  the  beginning  of  his  career  as  a 
student  of  British  plants,  persisted  to  the  end ;  they  show  also  his 
willingness  to  place  his  observations  at  the  disposal  of  fellow-workers, 
and  his  readiness  to  help  them  in  every  way  possible.  We  have 
already  recorded  our  high  estimate  of  Babington's  botanical  work, 
and  our  appreciation  of  his  character ;  it  only  remains  to  add  that 
no  one  can  read  this  book  without  forming  a  yet  higher  opinion  of 
his  life  and  labours.  j^„^^  B^j^,^^^_ 

The  Rri/al  Gardens,  Kew,  in  all  Seasons  of  the  Year,    Edited  by  Mrs. 
S.  GoLDNEY.     Dawbarn  &  Ward  [no  date] .     Price  2s. 

The  publication  of  a  work  dealing  with  Kew  Gardens  without 
an  impriiiuUur  (or  even  a  preface)  from  the  Director,  is  in  itself  an 
occurrence  sufficiently  remarkable  to  deserve  notice.  Notwith- 
standing this  omission,  the  publishers  have  produced  a  very  pretty 
book.  The  photographs  from  which  the  numerous  illustrations 
have  been  prepared  were  taken  expressly  for  the  work  by  Mr.  J.  W. 
Mills,  who  has  brought  together  a  charming  series  of  pictures 
representing  the  Royal  Gardens  in  their  various  aspects  ;  and  we 
imagine  the  work  will  have  a  large  sale,  especially  among  foreign 
visitors,  who,  in  the  absence  of  any  proper  Guide  to  the  Gardens, 
will  find  in  this  volume  a  useful  souvenir  of  their  visit. 

Unfortunately  the  pictures  are  not  left  to  speak  for  themselves, 
as  they  are  quite  capable  of  doing.  We  presume  Mrs.  S.  Goldney 
is  responsible  for  the  verses  which  introduce  each  month,  and  it  is 
putting  it  mildly  to  say  that  Mrs.  S.  Goldney  is  not  a  poet.  Nor 
does  she  seem  to  be  an  observer — at  least,  we  never  saw  beeches 
behave  like  this  at  Kew  (or  anywhere  else) : — 

"  Have  you  seen  the  tall  beeches  that  grow  at  Kew, 
Uplifting  great  pillars  as  sea-cliffs  do, 
Shot  over  with  colours  of  varied  hue, 
And  feet  swathed  in  carpets  of  hyacinth  blue  ? 
For  that's  how  the  beech  trees  grow  in  Kew." 

At  Kew,  too,  plants  seem  possessed  of  locomotive  powers  ;  the 
bluebells  "wander  like  a  flood,"  the  iris  "crowds  to  the  brim,"  the 
daffodils  "clamber  up  the  sloping  side"  of  a  hill:  only  the  azaleas 
are  stationary : — 

"  Azaleas,  azaleas,  set  in 
A  verdant  wood ; 
Azaleas,  azaleas  ablaze 
With  colour  stood." 


36  LABORATORY  PRACTICE  FOR  BEGINNERS  IN  BOTANY. 

Not  only  plants,  but  birds,  the  weather,  moral  reflections, 
members  of  the  Royal  Family,  the  sun-dial,  and  other  things, 
receive  attention  from  Mrs.  S.  Goldney's  muse.  Even  the  cry 
"All  out!"  forms  the  subject  of  a  poem;  it  reminds  Mrs.  S. 
Goldney  of  tbe  first  intimation  of  that  nature,  which  was  addressed 
to  Adam  and  Eve  in  another  garden,  of  which  she  ''softly  asks" — 

"  Can  Paradise  have  fairer  been  than  this?  " 

But  the  keepers  are  relentless,  as  in  the  earlier  instance,  a,nd  Mrs. 
S.  Goldney,  still  referring  to  Adam  and  Eve,  says  pathetically : — 

"  Disconsolate — as  they — we  stand  about 
The  closing  gates,  when  dies  the  last  '  All  out ! '  " 

This  wailing  about,  however,  is  futile  ;  it  would  be  better  to  hurry 
to  the  train.  But  is  it  not  a  strong  plea  for  the  earlier  opening  of 
the  Gardens  ?  

Laboratorij  Practice  for  Be(iinuers  in  Botany.  By  W.  A.  Setohell, 
Ph.D.  8vo,  pp.  xiv,  199.  New  York  :  The  Macmillan  Co. 
1897.     Price  4s.  6d.  net. 

We  congratulate  Dr.  Setchell  on  this  little  handbook,  intended 
for  beginners  "  either  in  the  higher  grades  of  the  primary  schools, 
or  in  the  secondary  schools."  With  the  aid  of  a  lens  and  a  knife, 
and  a  plentiful  supply  of  specimens,  it  conducts  us  through  a  well- 
tirranged  and  useful  course  of  practical  study  of  the  morphology  and 
meaning  of  the  morphology  of  the  larger  plants.  Its  scope  is  well 
described  in  the  author's  prefatory  remarks  : — 

"  The  writer  has  had  the  teachers  particularly  in  mind  in 
arranging  the  course  of  study.  The  seed  is  taken  up  first,  because 
it  is  not  only  readily  obtained,  readily  studied,  and  its  meaning 
clear,  but  it  is  also  one  of  the  most  convenient  starting-points  for 
a  study  of  the  life-history.  After  a  few  studies  to  show  how  the 
plants  start  upon  an  independent  existence,  typical  stems,  typical 
roots,  and  leaves  are  considered,  both  as  to  their  structure  and  as 
to  their  usefulness  to  the  i^lant.  Then  follows  the  study  of  the 
modification  of  these  organs,  especially  in  plants  which  store  away 
nourishment,  which  protect  themselves  from  grazing  animals, 
which  climb  up  above  their  neighbours  for  light  and  air;  of  plants 
which  are  robbers  or  huntsmen,  taking  their  food  from  other  plants 
or  by  capturing  animals ;  and,  finally,  a  glance  at  the  ditferent 
ways  in  which  plants  propagate  their  kind."  The  directions  to  the 
student  are  clear,  and  at  the  end  of  the  book  is  an  appendix  for 
teichers,  containing  suggestions  as  to  reading,  supply  of  material, 
its  preparation,  and  the  like.  We  must,  however,  beg  to  differ 
from  the  author  on  one  point,  viz.  the  suitability  of  Mr.  Grant 
Allen's  Story  of  the  Plants  as  a  book  of  reference  either  for  students 
or  teachers.  Dr.  Setchell  is  Professor  of  Botany  in  the  University 
of  California,  and  therefore  it  is  very  natural  that  the  plants  selected 
for  study  should  be  those  to  be  easily  obtained  in  the  United  States 
of  America.  The  teacher  on  this  side  the  Atlantic  will,  however, 
be  able  without  much  difficulty  to  replace  these,  where  necessary, 
by  indigenous  or  commonly  cultivated  species.  APR 


EUROPEAN    AND    N.   AMERICAN    BRYiNEAE.  Oi 

European  and  N.  American  Bryincae  (Mosses)  described  />]./  N.  C.  Kind- 
berg.  Parti.  LinkoepiDg,  Sweden :  Sablstroems  Bookselling. 
1897. 

"  Subscribers  are  pleased  to  pay  the  sum  to  the  publisher,  when 
they  have  received  this  first  part."  This  assertion,  printed  on  the 
cover,  has  the  appearance  of  a  strong  recommendation.  Was  it  in- 
tended to  be  taken  in  a  literal  sense?  and  what  is  "the  sum"? 
In  the  preface  to  the  second  portion  of  the  book  we  read  : — "As  the 
continuation  of  this  treatise,  ready  as  manuscript,  depends  upon  a 
sufficient  number  of  subscribers  (at  least  50),  the  honored  sub- 
scribers are  requested  to   inform  my  publishers  of  their  wishes. 

Prize:    8   Swedish   crowns   or   '  kronor '  (=9  shillings, 

9  reichsmark,  11  francs)  for  the  first  part,  Pleurocarpous ;  for  the 
whole  work  20  swed.  crowns.  The  subscribers  shall  obtain  also  my 
'  Genera  of  european  and  northamerican  Bryineae,  synoptically 
disposed.  The  whole  edition  comprises  only  200  copies.  All  can 
be  printed  before  the  fine  of  next  year."  From  this  it  appears  that 
the  statement  on  the  cover  is  open  to  misinterpretation,  and  that  the 
pleasure  of  subscribers  in  paying  the  "  prize  "  of  "  20  swed.  crowns  " 
has  yet  to  be  ascertained.  Let  us  regard  it  in  the  light  of  a 
pro23hecy,  and  politely  hope  that  it  may  be  adequately  fulfilled. 

As  a  contribution  to  the  autobiography  of  the  author  the  fol- 
lowing extract  is  interesting: — "The  author  was  beginning  his 
bryological  studies  in  Sweden  already  1851 ;  bryology  was  his 
speciality  1879.  I  have  made  longer  travels  for  this  purpose  also 
in  Norway"   and  other  parts   of  Europe.     "  My  collections  have 

been   augmented  by  contributions  from  many  bryologists 

I  wish  to  thank  sincerely  my  friends  and  correspondents  for 
valuable  assistance,  especially  D:r  Mueller,  which  had  the  bene- 
volence to  examine  the  greater  part  of  my  new  American  species 
(more  than  200),  and  Prof.  Macoun,  having  sent  about  7,000  speci- 
mens, collected  in  N.  America  in  long  travels  during  many  years." 
This  multitude  of  new  species,  published  in  Macoun  and  Kindberg's 
Catalogue  of  Canadian  Mosses,  aroused  a  storm  of  disapproval  in  the 
United  States  five  years  ago.  The  disapproval  still  prevails  ;  some 
of  the  species  have  been  condemned  as  ill-founded,  and  as  to  the 
majority  judgment  is  suspended.  In  the  States  Prof.  Kindberg  is 
branded  as  a  spHtter  of  species.  On  this  side  of  the  Atlantic  he 
has  not  given  us  much  concern;  but  European  bryologists  will  now 
have  to  reckon  with  his  work,  and  determine  how  much  of  his 
system  they  are  willing  to  accept  or  reject. 

The  book  consists  of  two  portions.  The  first,  comprising  forty 
pages,  contains  the  "Genera  ....  synoptically  disposed";  the 
second,  152  pages,  the  pleurocarpous  "Species  ....  synoptically 
described."  The  first  "is  an  essay  to  define  all  here  belonging 
genera  of  Bryineae  and  to  dispose  themselves  in  natural  families 
with  attention  also  to  exotic  genera  and  species.  To  clear  their 
natural  affinity  I  have  often  found  that  the  common  habit  ('  habitus ') 
of  the  plants  indicates  the  place  in  the  system  ;  it  is  also  a  '  criterium ' 
not  to  depreciate.    To  state  '  a  priori'  the  vegetable  organs,  of  which 


38  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

the  characters  are  to  be  chosen,  does  not  agree  with  nature." 
Characters,  constant  in  one  genus,  are  very  variable  in  others. 
"  Kecent  bryologists  have  attached  too  great  an  importance  to  the 
organisation  of  the  peristome."  Hence  the  author  has  not  pinned  his 
faith  too  firmly  to  peristome-characters,  but  has  endeavoured  without 
bias  to  found  his  definitions  upon  the  most  constant  characters 
afforded  by  each  genus.  In  this  way  he  has  been  enabled  to  burden 
or  enrich  bryology  with  twelve  new  genera.  His  generic  system  is 
an  extension  of  that  initiated  by  Bruch  and  Schimper  in  their 
Bryologia  FAiropcca. 

The  second  part  of  the  work  "is  an  essay  to  revise  and  compare 
all  hitherto  Imown  species  and  subspecies  of  Bryineae,  found  in 
Europe  and  N.  America."  "I  believe  that  the  greatest  importance 
is  to  attache  to  the  natural  affinity  of  such  species  as  could  be 
joined  to  common  types  (subgenera  or  groups)."  The  meaning  of 
this  is  obscure.  Possibly  "attache"  is  intended  to  be  a  passive 
infinitive.  "It  needs  ....  to  select  characters,  peculiar  and 
constant  to  each  genus."  "I  have  not  described  selected  specimens 
in  all  their  parts  but  generally  omitted  such  characters,  as  evidently 
are  too  variable."  "To  facilitate  the  determination  of  sterile  speci- 
mens ....  I  have  accurately  described  the  areolation  of  the 
leaves  and  the  common  habit  of  the  vegetals.  My  descriptions  are 
not  transscribed  from  other  authors  but  based  on  my  own  micro- 
scopical researches  and  studies  in  nature."  Working  upon  these 
lines  Prof.  Kiudberg  appears  to  have  performed  his  task  carefully 
and  conscientiously.  The  English  of  his  descriptions  at  least  is 
clear ;  but  whether  the  descriptions  themselves  are  sufficiently 
well  defined  to  be  of  real  use  to  a  practical  bryologist  remains  to  be 
seen.  All  varieties,  as  well  as  the  details  of  synonymy  and  biblio- 
graphy, are  omitted;  and  the  Sp^iaynacea  are  outside  the  scope  of 
the  work.  .     p 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS, 


At  a  meeting  of  the  Manchester  Literary  and  Philosophical 
Society,  held  on  Nov.  30,  the  President,  Mr.  J.  Cosmo  Melvill, 
announced  that  the  Council  had  awarded  the  Wilde  gold  medal  of 
the  Society  for  1898  to  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker,  in  recognition 
of  his  eminent  services  to  all  branches  of  botanical  science.  It  is 
hoped  that  Sir  Joseph  will  attend  a  meeting  of  the  Society  in  March 
to  receive  the  medal. 

Mr.  H.  E.  Brown,  of  Chico,  California,  has  issued  a  remarkable 
list  of  his  collections.  We  are  not  quite  sure  whether  this  embodies 
the  latest  American  researches  into  nomenclature,  or  whether  the 
printer  has  been  allowed  to  indulge  his  fancy  without  let  or  hin- 
drance ;  but  it  may  safely  be  said  that  no  similar  enumeration  has 
been  published  since  the  celebrated  Kew  Seed-list  for  1885.  Among 
the  genera  we  note  "Paconia,"  "Nephai,"  "Thelaspi,"  "Painassia," 
"Onotheia,"  "  Oilia,"  "Suireae,"  "Convolvus,"  "  Sibine,"  "Mach- 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  39 

aeraulhera,"  ''  Peterospora,"  and  the  like  ;  "  Drasera  votnndifolia," 
"  Arctiib  occidentale  "  (which  is  somewhat  elucidated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "Arctub  obiuui,  Divaricatum  ")  appear  among  the  species; 
and  the  recent  American  fashion  of  trinominals  is  followed  and 
extended  in  such  names  as  "  Gathopsis  calycina  campanulacese,'' 
"  Khus  aromatica,  Ait  vartrilo  Vata,"  "  Trifohum  pratense,  Tragus, 
calycanthaceffi."  '' Kymaplcuram,  Greene"  is  apparently  a  new 
genus,  but  no  species  is  described,  nor  is  there  any  diagnosis.  The 
synonymy  of  the  author  is  somewhat  striking:  e.g.  "409.  Con- 
volvus  arvensis,  L.,  Solanum  umbelliferum  Esch"  and  "418. 
Dicentra  panciflora,  also  Frilillaria."  If  Mr.  H.  E.  Brown's  speci- 
mens are  as  remarkable  as  their  names,  they  should  be  worth 
acquiring. 

On  December  4th  the  fortieth  anniversary  of  Prof.  C.  Cramer's 
joining  the  staff  of  the  Ziirich  Polytechnikum  was  celebrated  by  a 
"  Kommers,"  at  which  he  was  presented  with  an  address. 

Sir  Joseph  Hooker's  great  work,  the  Flora  of  British  India,  is 
now  complete,  a  general  index,  occupying  over  300  pages,  having 
lately  been  issued,  with  a  short  prefatory  note  on  the  work,  from 
which  we  quote  the  following  account  of  its  scope  : — "  I  must  remind 
those  who  may  use  it,"  says  Sir  Joseph,  "  that  it  has  no  pretensions 
to  give  full  characters  of  the  genera  and  species  contained  in  it. 
It  aims  at  no  more  than  being  an  attempt  to  sweep  together  and 
systematize  within  a  reasonable  time  and  compass  a  century  of 
hitherto  undigested  materials  scattered  through  a  library  of  botanical 
books  and  monographs,  and  preserved  in  vast  collections,  many  of 
which  latter  had  laid  unexamined  for  half  a  century  in  the  cellars 
of  the  India  House,  and  in  public  and  private  herbaria.  It  is  a 
pioneer  work,  which,  besides  enabling  botanists  to  name  with  some 
accuracy  a  host  of  Indian  plants,  may,  I  hope,  serve  two  higher 
purposes — to  facilitate  the  compilation  of  local  Indian  floras  and 
monographs  of  the  large  Indian  genera;  and  to  enable  the  phyto- 
grapher  to  discuss  the  problems  of  the  distribution  of  plants  from 
the  point  of  view  of  what  is  perhaps  the  richest,  and  is  certainly  the 
most  varied  botanical  area  on  the  surface  of  the  globe,  and  one 
which,  in  a  greater  degree  than  any  other,  contains  representatives 
of  the  floras  of  both  the  Eastern  and  Western  Hemispheres." 

The  index  has  evidently  been  compiled  with  much  care,  and  is 
by  no  means,  as  happens  in  some  cases,  a  mere  running  together  of 
the  partial  indexes  issued  with  each  volume.  A  few  omissions  will 
be  noted  by  those  who  have  the  Flora  in  constant  use — e.  g.  Exacum 
anamalayanum  Bedd.,  but  this  may  be  accounted  for  by  its  incorrect 
citation  in  the  body  of  the  work  ;  such  genera  as  Dichomlra  and 
Blinkworthia,  indicated  (iv.  180)  as  likely  to  occur,  and  therefore 
described,  should,  we  think,  have  found  a  place.  We  are  sorry  that 
the  incorrect  spelling  of  Williighheia  ("  Willoughbeia"),  for  which  no 
justification  can  be  urged,  and  to  which  we  called  attention  at  the 
time  of  publication,  should  be  retained;  this  is  the  more  remarkable 
because  a  prefatory  note  assures  us  that  the  index  has  been  collated 
with  the  Bidex  Kewensis,  in  which  the  name  is  rightly  entered  as 


40  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

'^  WillougJibeia  Hook.  f.  spbalm.  =  Williujhheia  Roxb."  But  these 
are  trifles ;  and  we  heartily  congratulate  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  on 
having  brought  his  work  to  a  satisfactory  conclusion.  We  under- 
stand that  Sir  Joseph  will  undertake  the  completion  of  Dr.  Trimen's 
Flora  of  Ceylon ;  the  work  could  not  be  in  abler  hands. 

The  last  part  (November,  1897)  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Natural 
Historu  Society  of  Glasgow  contains  biographies  of  Prof.  Thomas 
King  (with  portrait)  and  David  Eobertson,  of  whom  brief  notices 
have  appeared  in  this  Journal.  The  contents  of  the  part  are  largely 
botanical,  and  include  papers  on  Coll  and  Tiree  plants,  by  Mr. 
Symers  M.  Macvicar,  and  on  the  Algre  of  Lamlash  Bay,  by  David 
Robertson ;  Notes  from  Galloway  by  Mr.  James  M' Andrew,  and  on 
the  Shape  of  Leaves  by  Mr.  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot.  Mr.  G.  W.  Dod, 
in  an  interesting  paper  on  "  The  Constancy  of  the  Bee,"  controverts 
from  personal  observation  the  view  put  forward  by  some  naturalists 
that  bees  remain  constant  to  one  species  of  plant  during  a  single 
excursion. 

Botanists  who  are  working  at  the  African  Flora  received  a 
Vv'elcome,  if  unexpected,  Christmas-box  in  the  shape  of  the  long- 
promised  instalment  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa.  We  hope  to 
notice  this  resumption  of  a  very  important  work  in  our  next  issue. 
The  first  part  of  vol.  vii.  of  the  Flora  Capensis  has  also  just  been 
issued. 

We  learn  with  much  satisfaction  that  our  valued  contributor 
Mr.  Alfred  Fryer  has  been  elected  an  Associate  of  the  Linnean 
Society. 

Mr.  John  Humphreys,  F.L.S.,  publishes  in  the  Bromsgrove 
Weekly  Messenger  for  Dec.  11,  1897,  a  "  Flora  of  Hartlebury  Com- 
mon," Worcestershire,  and  notes  on  the  flora  of  the  Salwarpe  and 
Droit wich  Canal. 

The  Annals  of  Botany  (December)  contains  a  not  very  pleasing 
portrait  of  the  Rev.  M.  J.  Berkeley,  with  a  short  appreciation  by 
Dr.  Dyer,  who  says,  "  The  task  is  never  an  easy  one  for  those  of 
one  generation  in  science  to  express  in  a  few  words  the  precise 
nature  of  the  debt  which  they  owe  to  their  predecessors."  Mr.  J. 
Lloyd  Williams  has  a  paper  on  the  motility  of  the  antherozoids  in 
Dictyota  and  Tao7iia,  his  observations  concerning  which  were  first 
announced  in  this  Journal  last  year  (p.  361). 

The  first  volume  of  a  pretty  Botanisches  Bilderhnch  filr  Jung 
und  Alt,  by  Franz  Bley,  has  just  been  published  by  Gustav  Schmidt, 
of  Berlin.  It  contains  twenty-four  plates,  each  with  nine  separate 
figures ;  these,  although  small,  are  mostly  carefully  executed  and 
coloured,  and  convey  an  accurate  notion  of  the  plant.  This  volume 
contains  the  species  most  likely  to  be  met  with  in  the  first  half  of 
the  year ;  the  figures  are  not  confined  to  phanerogams,  but  include 
some  of  the  commoner  fungi.  The  next  publisher  who  is  projecting 
a  popular  book  on  British  wild  flowers  might  do  worse  than  arrange 
for  the  reproduction  of  these  figures,  many  of  which  are,  of  course, 
plants  common  to  the  two  countries.  The  descriptive  text,  by  W. 
Berdrow,  seems  carefully  done.     The  price  of  the  book  is  6  marks. 


Tab.  382. 


^rh. 


^  ''I -'4 


# 


/i 


I 


f 


.'■ti'i;-, 


'^l«p^ 


E.MTmdall  del. 


Fo  s  s  ora"br  oni  a    Mitt enii .  TirbdalL. 


A 


^  V/ 


.?       /I'  (  f 

/  ^   li     V/ 


"9 


l.^y- 


-^r---'-- 


•  7 


E.F..LmtorL  del 
IR.Morganlitli. 


^      0 


"WestiNe-wman  intip. 

1-4.    Carex  frigida.       5-7.   C.  loinervis.  vStti..  var  Sadleri. 
8-10.  C.  "binervis. 


41 


THE     BRITISH     CAREX    FRIGIDA. 
By  Edward  F.  Linton,  M.A. 

(Plate  382  a.) 

In  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett's  valuable  paper  on  Carex  in  this  Journal 
(1897,  259),  I  hoped  to  see  some  remarks  on  C.frlgida  AIL,  which 
was  inserted  in  our  British  list  some  twenty-three  years  ago  (see 
Journ.  Bot.  1874,  339) ;  and  as  this  species  is  passed  over  in  silence, 
I  venture  to  place  on  record  the  result  of  my  investigation  into  the 
Scottish  plant.  It  is  somewhat  remarkable  that  no  one  has  suc- 
ceeded with  any  certainty,  since  the  late  John  Sadler's  discovery  in 
1874,  in  gathering  Allioni's  plant,  though  Sadler  reported  it  as 
growing  in  considerable  quantity  at  one  spot,  and  very  conspicuous; 
the  plants  supposed  to  be  it  by  different  collectors  having,  I  believe, 
usually  been  relegated  to  a  form  of  C.  binervis  Sm.  I  gathered  such 
a  plant  once  above  Loch  Wharral,  Forfarshire,  where  it  was  growing 
on  a  very  steep  wet  rocky  slope  together  with  type  C.  binervis  Sm. ; 
it  appeared  to  be  identical  with  specimens  cultivated  from  Mr. 
Sadler's  plant  and  circulated  by  Dr.  Boswell-Syme,  but  was  named 
'•narrow-fruited  C.  binervis''  by  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett.  I  have  had 
in  cultivation  the  Scotch  Cfrigida  from  the  late  Dr.  F.  B.  White 
and  also  from  the  Edinburgh  lioyal  Botanic  Gardens ;  this  latter 
(perhaps  the  former  also)  is  identical  with  Boswell-Syme's  plant, 
and  is  no  doubt  one  of  Sadler's  original  roots.  It  was  not  till  last 
summer  that  I  saw  one  of  Sadler's  own  specimens,  and  satisfied 
myself  that  Boswell-Syme's  plant  and  that  from  the  Edinburgh 
Botanic  Gardens  were  identical  with  it.  I  can  now  take  these  as 
the  basis  of  the  following  comparison,  and  will  call  it  C.  frigid  a 
Syme  for  the  purposes  of  this  paper. 

The  plants  of  C.  frigida  Syme  in  the  Edinburgh  Botanic  Gardens 
had  become  after  fourteen  or  fifteen  years  a  large  dense  tuft, 
evidently  having  no  elongate  stolons.  In  my  own  garden,  after 
about  seven  years'  cultivation,  the  plant  is  similarly  close-set, 
having  sent  out  no  new  rhizome  this  summer  as  much  as  half 
an  inch  long ;  proving  in  fact  to  be  tufted,  not  stoloniferous. 
C.  frigida  All.  is  described  by  Koch  as  '^radice  stolonifera,"  and  by 
Dr.  P.  Morthier  as  having  " soiiche  stolonifere  rampante" ;  and  many 
specimens  in  my  own  herbarium  and  a  fine  series  lent  me  by  Mr. 
Charles  Bailey  testify  to  its  having  a  creeping  root  with  distinct 
stolons ;  the  specimens  show  them  from  one  to  three  inches  in 
length. 

Passing  by  two  or  three  minor  points  which  appeal  to  the  eye, 
but  look  unsatisfactory  on  paper,  e.g.  the  lower  leaf-sheaths,  I  take 
next  the  male  spikelet,  which  in  C.  frigida  Syme  has  the  glume 
obovate-oblong  and  generally  obtuse  or  rounded,  varying  to  sub- 
acute in  the  upper  part  of  some  of  the  spikelets.  The  glumes  of 
the  male  spikelet  in  C.  frigida  All.  are  of  a  darker  brown  colour, 
lanceolate  in  shape,  gradually  acuminate,  usually  acute,   though 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  3G.      [Feb.  1898.]  e 


42  THE    BRITISH    CAREX    FRIGIDA. 

sometimes  obtuse  at  the  tip.  The  glumes  of  the  female  spikelet  are 
very  variable  in  both  plants,  and  almost  defy  discrimination,  but 
those  of  C.  frtgida  All.  are  longer  and  narrower  on  the  whole. 

The  perigynia  of  C.  frtgida  Syme  are  i-i  in.  in  length  when 
mature,  usually  about  ^  in.  or  less,  narrowly  oval-lanceolate,  tri- 
gonous, with  several  faint  nerves  and  two  more  distinct  greenish 
ones  on  or  very  near  the  two  lateral  angles ;  the  beaks  under  a  lov^ 
power  appear  smooth.  The  perigynia  of  C.fr'ujida  All.  are  i-J  in. 
long,  a  trifle  more  or  a  trifle  less,  but  commonly  i  in.  or  a  little 
more,  lanceolate,  trigonous,  with  few  faint  nerves,  and  the  two 
lateral  nerves  often  indistinct  and  concolorous,  but  at  times  green 
and  evident ;  the  beak  under  the  same  low  power  scabrid  on  its 
edges,  and  often  appearing  ciliate  from  the  length  of  the  serru- 
lations. 

The  nut  of  C.  frigida  Syme  is  substipitate,  J^  in.  in  length 
including  the  very  short  stipe  (which  measures  about  Jp  in.  in 
length),  trigonous,  oval-oblong,  narrowed  to  the  base,  or  it  might 
be  described  as  oblong-obovoid,  obtuse  above  ;  the  base  of  the  style 
is  very  commonly  twice  bent  or  at  least  waved,  the  upper  part  above 
the  bend  being  erect.  In  C.  frigida  All.  the  nut  is  long-stipitate, 
1  in.  long  including  the  stipe,  or  -^^  in.  long  without  it,  oval-oblong, 
compressed  trigonous,  narrowed  rapidly  above  to  a  subobtuse 
point  and  more  gradually  below  to  the  slender  stipe,  which  measures 
about  2U  in.     Style  straight  from  the  base. 

SetUng  on  one  side  the  differences  between  the  male  spike  and 
the  perigynia  of  the  two  plants  now  compared,  as  being  distinctions 
more  open  to  discussion,  there  remain  two  characters  of  unmistak- 
able importance,  which  are  fully  sufficient  for  my  argument.  A 
Carex  is  usually  either  tiifted,  increasing  so  slowly  as  to  form  no 
fresh  plant,  but  remaining  one  single  tuft  or  tussock  after  several 
years ;  or  it  is  stoloniferous,  sending  out  underground  suckers 
which  bear  a  barren  rosette  of  leaves  the  first  year,  to  become  rooted 
detached  plants  as  time  goes  on.  My  observations  of  the  growing 
plant,  which  was  still  one  dense  tuft  in  the  Edinburgh  Botanic 
Gardens  after  several  years,  and  is  entirely  without  elongate  stolons 
in  my  own  garden,  prove  that  C.  frigida  Syme  is  of  the  former  sort. 
An  examination  of  forty  herbarium  specimens  which  have  the  root- 
stock  fairly  represented  give  the  proof  that  Koch's  description 
["  radice  stolonifera'')  is  correct;  thirty-six  of  them  showed  part  of 
an  old  stolon  broken  off  or  decayed  at  the  end,  or  else  a  new  stolon 
more  or  less  developed.  The  absence  of  stolon  from  the  other  four 
specimens  proves  nothing ;  as  an  inspection  of  a  set  of  herbarium 
specimens  of  any  other  stolouiferous  Carex  (like  C.  fulva  Good., 
C.  teretiuscula  Good.,  or  even  C.  arenaria  L.)  would  show. 

The  fruit  distinction  is  equally  decisive  against  the  identification 
of  0.  frigida  Syme  with  C.  frigida  Allioni.  The  nuts  of  allied 
Carices  are  usually  somewhat  alike ;  and  in  the  same  species  there 
is  a  remarkable  uniformity  of  shape,  size,  and  colouring  of  this  part 
of  the  plant ;  so  much  so  that  any  marked  difference  in  the  nut  is 
almost  bound  to  point  to  specific  difference.  I  have  examined  for 
the  purpose  of  this  comparison  the  fruit  of  a  large  number  of  speci- 


THE    BRITISH    CAREX    FRIGIDA. 


43 


mens  of  C.  frigida  All.  from  different  countries  ;  from  Italy  (2), 
from  Styria  (1),  from  the  Tirol  (5),  Baden  (1),  Vosges  (2),  S.E. 
France  (2),  and  Switzerland  (5);  and  I  have  found  the  uniformity 
in  the  shape  of  the  nut  well  exemplified.  Whenever  the  nut  was 
mature,  the  whole  length  came  out  |  in.,  the  nut  without  the  stipe 
Jg-  in.,  and  the  stipe  gn  i"-  ^^  thereabouts.  The  stipe  was  most 
liable  to  variation,  but  the  variation  was  small  even  here.  In 
C.  frigida  Syme  there  was  of  course  no  series  to  examine,  but  a 
number  of  ripe  fruits  have  been  studied,  with  the  result  given 
above,  nut  -^q  in.  or  very  nearly,  scarcely  stipitate,  the  stipe  being 
J-Q  in.  approximately.  With  such  a  remarkable  divergence  in  the 
fruit,  it  is  impossible  to  regard  C.  frigida  Syme  as  the  same  species 
with  C.  frigida  All.  The  wonder  is  how  the  confusion  should  ever 
have  arisen. 

Is,  then,  C.  frigida  Syme  a  new  species,  or,  if  not,  to  what 
species  must  it  be  assigned  ?  I  have  already  stated  that  supposed 
specimens  of  0.  frigida,  gathered  since  Sadler's  discovery,  have 
usually  been  relegated  to  C.  binervis  Sm.;  and  as  there  seems  to  be 
no  nearer  alliance,  at  least  in  the  British  list,  I  proceed  to  give  a 
comparison  of  the  crucial  points  : — 


Eootstock 

Stem 

Glume  of 
male  spikelet 

Perigynia .... 


Nut 


C.  frigida  All. 


Stoloniferous. 

8-20  in. 

Lanceolate,  usually 
acute. 


-I  in.  long,  lanceo- 
late, beak  scabrid 
pi.  m. 


\  in.long,long-stipi- 
tate,  subobtuse 
above,  more  gradu- 
ally narrowed  be- 
low to  the  slender 
stipe. 


G.  frigida  Syme. 


Tufted. 
8-30  in. 


C.  binervis  Sm. 


Tufted. 
10-36  in. 


Obovate-oblong,  ob-    Obov.-oblongor  obl.- 
tuse  or  rounded.     \     lanceolate,   obtuse 
or  rounded. 


-i    in.,     narrowly 
oval-lanceolate, 
beak   almost   or 
quite  smooth. 

V  in.,  substipitate, 
oval-oblong,  ob- 
tuse, narrowed  be- 
low to  the  very 
short  stipe. 


-I  in.,  ovate-acumi- 
nate, beak  smooth 
or  nearly  so. 


Jy  in.,  substipitate, 
rather  broadly  oval- 
oblong, obtuse  above, 
narrowed  below  to 
the  very  short  stout 
stipe. 


It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  comparative  table  that,  while 
0.  frigida  Syme  differs  from  C.  frigida  All.  in  most  of  the  characters 
mentioned,  it  agrees  with  C.  binervis  in  every  point  except  the  peri- 
gynia, which  are  much  narrower  and  also  less  markedly  2-nerved, 
and  in  the  nut,  which  is  also  narrower.  It  is  in  fact  either  a  species 
closely  allied  to  C.  binervis  Sm.  or  else  a  variety  of  C.  binervis, 
growing  in  alpine  situations  ;  and  since  it  maintains  its  distinctive 
features  after  years  of  cultivation,  and  comes  true,  as  I  have  proved, 
from  seed,  it  deserves  to  be  maintained,  whether  as  an  allied  species 
or  a  variety ;  and  I  propose  to  call  it  C.  Sadleri  (or  C.  binervis  Sm. 

E  2 


44  FOSSOMBRONIA    MITTENII. 

var.  Sadleri  would  perhaps  be  better)  in  honour  of  the  botanist  who 
first  brought  it  to  light. 

Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  (Student's  Flora,  3rd  ed.  p.  463)  observes  of 
C.fn'f/ida,  ''a  rare  instance  of  an  alpine  Scotch  plant  not  being 
Scandinavian";  a  remark  which  may  still  be  true,  but  not  in 
reference  to  C.  frif/ida  Allioni.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  C.  Sadleri 
will  be  found  to  be  an  endemic  form. 

The  description  of  0.  fru/ida  by  Dr.  Boswell-Syme  (quoted  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1875,  34,  from  ^^av^v.  Boyal  Bot.  Soc.  Edhib.,  with 
plate  159)  is  drawn  from  descriptions  or  specimens  of  C.  frU/ida 
Allioni,  some  few  particulars  of  Mr.  Sadler's  plant  being  appended. 
The  former  part  ends  with  a  quoted  definition  of  the  nut: — "nut 
brown,  longly  stipulate  (sic),  elliptical-trigonous,  punctate."  The 
only  specimen  in  the  Boswell  Herbarium  of  Sadler's  collecting  is 
very  immature  ;  and  if,  as  is  likely,  Boswell  had  no  better  specimen 
by  him  when  he  wrote  the  account  of  it  in  the  Journal  of  Botafiy 
(1.  c),  this  may  account  for  so  acute  an  observer  having  made  no 
remark  on  the  discrepancy  between  the  description  of  the  nut  of 
C.frigida  Allioni  and  the  nut  of  Sadler's  plant.  The  fruit,  however, 
must  have  been  collected  fairly  ripe  on  some  of  the  original  speci- 
mens to  account  for  the  drawing  of  the  nut  in  tab.  159.  This 
represents  a  mature  specimen ;  but  the  artist  has  drawn  it  upside 
down,  omitted  the  mucronate  tip,  and  unduly  sharpened  the  sub- 
stipitate  base,  which  should  be  short,  stout,  and  truncate. 

I  would  take  this  opportunity  of  thanking  Mr.  Charles  Bailey 
for  the  loan  of  his  fine  series  of  C.  J'rigida  All.  and  continental 
C.  hinervis  Sm. 

Explanation  of  Plate  382a.  —  1.  C.frigida  All,,  rootstock.  2,3.  Ditto, 
nut  exposed.  4  a.  Ditto,  perigynium,  immature.  4&.  Ditto,  mature.  5.  C.  hi- 
nervis Sm.  var.  Sadleri,  rootstock.  6.  Ditto,  perigynium.  7.  Ditto,  nuts. 
8.  C.  hinervis  Sm.,  rootstock.    9.  Ditto,  perigynium.     10.  Ditto,  nuts. 


FOSSOMBRONIA    MITTENII,   n.  sp. 

By  Ella  M.  Tindall. 

(Plate  382  b.) 

Plant  small,  bright  yellowish  green,  slightly  larger  and  less 
delicate  than  Fossombronia  cristata  Lindbg.,  but  smaller  than 
F.  pusilla  L.  Stem  4-5  mm.  in  length,  ^  mm.  in  width,  simple, 
prostrate,  creeping,  fragile.  Rootlets  numerous,  of  medium  length, 
bright  reddish  purple  in  colour,  giving  the  stem  the  appearance  of 
being  purple  throughout.  Leaves  overlapping  each  other  by  about 
one-third  of  their  breadth,  more  crenulate  than  lobed,  much  crisped, 
slightly  angled,  the  breadth  being  greater  than  the  height  in  the 
proportion  of  one  to  three-fourths,  very  pellucid,  consisting  of  only 
one  layer  of  cells  throughout  the  leaf,  the  cells  at  the  base  being 
irregularly  elongated  and  much  larger  than  those  at  the  edge  of  the 


FOSSOMBRONIA    MITTENII.  45 

leaf.  Colesula  large  for  the  size  of  the  plant,  crenulate,  widely  open 
at  the  mouth,  situated  either  singly  or  in  pairs  at  the  apex  of  the 
shoot.  Spores  large,  -047  in  diameter,  yellowish  brown,  closely 
covered  with  darker  brown  papillae  ;  papillae  very  numerous, 
averaging  about  110  on  the  face  and  edge  of  each  spore,  finely 
pointed,  projecting  like  spines  from  the  edge  of  the  spore,  so  as  to 
give  it  a  spinulose  appearance.  FAaters  narrow,  of  medium  length, 
with  two  spiral  threads,  rarely  three  ;  spiral  threads  loosely  twisted. 
Probably  monoicous ;  all  the  plants  examined  bear  fruit,  but,  being 
fully  matured,  there  are  no  traces  of  antheridia. 

Habitat.  Bank  on  the  side  of  the  road  between  Parracombe 
and  Braunton,  North  Devon.     Legit  W.  Mitten,  Aug.  1875. 

Note. — Fossombronia  Mittenii  belongs  to  the  group  of  Fossom- 
bronice  characterized  by  the  papillose  markings  on  their  spores  ;  in 
this  division  F.  ccespitiformis  De  Not.  and  F.  Uusnoti  Corb.  are  the 
only  hitherto  recorded  European  species,  F.  papillata  St.  having 
been  found  in  Queensland,  F.  Wrightii  Aust.  in  Cuba,  and  F.  verru- 
cosa Lindbg.  in  Algiers.  In  F.  caspitiformis  and  F.  Husnoti  the 
papillcT  are  large,  obtuse,  comparatively  far  apart,  and  number  from 
twenty  to  twenty-five  on  the  face  and  edge  of  each  spore.  In 
F.  iwpillata  the  papilla  are  smaller  and  more  numerous  than  in  the 
two  previously  mentioned  species,  numbering  about  eighty  on  the 
face  of  each  spore.  Compared  with  F.  Mittenii,  the  plant  in 
F.  2J(ipiil(ita  is  larger,  the  texture  of  the  leaves  coarser,  the  areo- 
lation  closer  and  more  rectangular,  and  the  papillae  on  the  spores 
larger,  more  obtuse,  and  less  numerous.  Fossombronia  Wrif/htii  is 
easily  recognized  by  the  dark  crimson  opaque  spores,  covered  witli 
very  dark  rounded  papillae,  projecting  only  slightly  from  the  surface 
of  the  spore ;  the  papillae  are  about  equal  in  size  and  number  to 
those  in  F.  papillata.  I  have  not  been  able  to  examine  the  type 
gathering  of  F.  verrucosa  Lindbg.,  but  from  Professor  Lindberg's 
description  it  appears  to  differ  from  F.  Mittenii  in  the  less  distinct 
and  less  finely  pointed  papillae,  and  the  coarse  three  to  four  or  five 
spiral  threads  in  the  elaters.  (This  species  is  not  present  in  all  the 
packets  distributed  as  F.  ccespitiformis  De  Not.  in  Eabenhorst's 
Hep.  Eur.  No.  439,  gathered  by  Major  Paris  at  Mouzaiaviiie, 
January,  1867.  M.  Corbiere  failed  to  find  any  species  but  F. 
ccespitiformis  in  two  packets,  and  I  have  been  equally  unsuccessful 
in  a  third.) 

Fossombronia  Mittenii  was  found  by  Mr.  Mitten  in  North  Devon 
in  the  month  of  August,  1875,  and  was  then  laid  aside  with  other 
gatherings  for  future  identification.  In  working  through  his  col- 
lection, which  he  kindly  lent  me  during  the  past  summer,  I  had  the 
pleasure  of  identifying  it  as  a  new  species,  and  with  his  permission 
I  now  publish  it  as  Fossombro7iia  Mittenii. 


46 


SOME    PLANTS    OBSERVED    IN    CO.  WEXFORD,    1897. 

By  the  Rev.  E.   S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

These  notes  summarize  the  results  of  a  short  stay  at  Wexford, 
from  June  8th  to  17th.  One  day  was  lost  owing  to  a  chill  caused 
by  my  getting  wet  through  in  a  shelterless  place,  and  having  to  wait 
a  long  time  for  the  return  train ;  and  another  day's  expedition  to 
the  Gorey  neighbourhood  was  marred  by  my  having  no  map  of  the 
district,  and  being  misdirected  by  some  of  the  natives.  However, 
several  rare  or  local  species  were  obtained,  including  two  additions 
to  the  Irish  list.  The  marshes  of  the  tidal  Slaney  will  surely  repay 
a  more  systematic  examination ;  the  little  that  I  saw  of  them  con- 
vinced me  of  this.  For  their  kind  help  in  naming  critical  forms 
I  beg  to  thank  Messrs.  Arthur  Bennett,  H.  &  J.  Groves,  Pfarrer 
Kuekenthal,  and  Prof,  von  Wettstein. 

Thalictrum  dunense  Dumortier.  Coast  south  of  Ardamine  (near 
Gourtown) ;  sparingly  in  two  stations  about  a  mile  apart. 

Banunculus  pscudo-fluitans  Baker.  In  streams  near  Gorey ; 
I  believe  that  I  also  saw  it  from  the  train  in  the  Slaney  (or  its 
tributaries)  in  many  places  from  Enniscorthy  upwards.  A  hand- 
some, large-flowered  plant,  producing  its  floating  leaves  freely. 
"  We  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  this  name  must  go  to  this 
plant,  and  not  to  the  form  to  which  it  has  been  applied  by  Hiern 
and,  following  him,  by  us"  (H.  d-  J.  Groves). — R.  Drouetil  Godron. 
Near  Wexford,  Rosslare,  and  Churchtown. — R.  heterophyllus  Weber. 
In  the  foregoing  neighbourhoods,  and  near  Gorey.  Messrs.  Groves 
have  confirmed  the  naming  of  R.  Baudotii,  which  I  reported  as 
plentiful  near  Wexford  Harbour  last  year.  —  R.  parviflonis  L.  In 
considerable  quantity  and  certainly  wild,  on  banks  at  Rosslare  ;  also 
on  a  bank  near  Rosslare  Harbour  Station,  and  about  half-way 
between  there  and  Churchtown. 

Pdpaver  Argeinone  L.    Rather  plentiful  on  sandy  banks,  Rosslare. 

Fumaria  pallidijlora  Jordan.  In  three  distinct  stations  near 
Wexford,  sparingly.  —  F.  BorcBi  Jordan.  Roadsides  near  Gorey  ; 
railway  near  Macmine  Junction;  rather  common  on  banks,  &c.,  to 
the  east  of  Wexford ;  near  Churchtown.  I  had  referred  these  to 
F.  muralis,  although  some  of  the  larger-flowered  specimens  reminded 
me  of  Borcci ;  the  correction  is  due  to  Messrs.  Groves.  Probably  the 
Wexford  plant  reported  by  me  (with  some  doubt)  as  F.  muralis  was 
the  same  thing, 

yastiirtium  palustre  DC.  Damp  hollow  behind  the  sandhills  near 
Carnsore  Point ;  scarce. 

Brassica  Sinapioides  Roth.  [B.  nigra  Koch).  I  do  not  feel  the 
slightest  doubt  that  this  is  truly  wild  at  Rosslare  and  near  Church- 
town. 

^  Lepidium  hirtum  Smith  (L.  Smithii  Hooker).  Quite  common  in 
this  part  of  the  county. 

Viula  ericetorum  Schrader  (V,  canina  auct.).  Near  Gorey  ; 
Churchtown  ;  Rosslare. 


SOME    PLANTS    OBSERVED    IN    CO.   WEXFORD.  47 

Polygala  oxyjitera  Keichb.  Kosslare.  A  small-flowered  plant, 
locally  abundant  on  sandy,  grassy  slopes  between  Greenore  Point 
and  Churchtown,  varying  with  pink  and  blue  blossoms,  appears  to 
me  to  belong  here,  though  tending  towards  P.  serpyJlacea  (which  is 
frequent  and  typical  in  the  district) ;  it  may  be  one  of  the  named 
continental  varieties.  Mr.  A.  W.  Bennett  could  not  pronounce 
definitely  upon  the  specimens  sent  to  him.  P.  vulgaris  was  very 
luxuriant  upon  banks  near  Macmine  Junction. 

Cerastium  semidecandrwn  L.  Sandy  ground,  Rosslare  ;  C.  tetran- 
drum  was  seen  here  in  plenty. 

Arenaria  serpijllifolia  L.  var.  Lloydli  (Jordan).  Sandy  coast 
between  Greenore  Point  and  Churchtown,  abundant ;  also  a  mile 
or  more  to  the  south  of  Ardamine. 

Sagina  ciliata  Fries.     Sandy  field  near  Rosslare  House. 

Buda  rubra  Dumortier.  Roadside  near  Rosslare  Harbour, 
towards  Churchtown.  B.  rupestris  was  noticed  at  one  spot  between 
Greenore  Point  and  Churchtown,  and  is  very  fine  on  rocks  at  Carn- 
sore  Point. 

Malva  moschata  L.     Near  Macmine  Junction  and  Gorey. 

Linum.  an gusti folium  L.     About  Gorey. 

Geranium  pyrenaicuni  Burm.  fil.  Roadsides  near  Gorey  and 
Wexford. 

Erodium.  moscliatwn  L'Heritier.  Rosslare  ;  coast  between  Green- 
ore Point  and  Churchtown,  close  to  a  cottage  garden.  E.  maritimum 
grows  about  Courtown,  Wexford,  Rosslare,  and  Churchtown. 

Trigonella  purpiirascens  Lamarck.  Rosslare ;  about  half-way 
from  Greenore  Point  to  Churchtown  ;  near  Lady's  Island  Lake. 
Very  local  indeed. 

Trifulium  striatum  L.  Between  Greenore  Point  and  Church- 
town, in  good  quantity  over  about  half  an  acre  of  rocky  pasture, 
and  more  luxuriant  than  I  remember  to  have  seen  it  elsewhere ; 
also  sparingly  on  the  north  shore  of  Wexford  Harbour,  perhaps  a 
mile  east  of  the  town.  —  T.  glomeratum  L.  Li  two  sandy  pastures 
near  Rosslare  House  ;  in  one  of  them  it  was  quite  plentiful.  T.Jili- 
forme  grew  with  it  here,  and  also  occurred  at  Carnsore  Point. 

Lotus  uliginosus  Schkuhr.     Near  Churchtown. 

Primus  Cerasus  L.  In  roadside  hedges  near  Churchtown  and 
Gorey. 

Bubns plicatus  L.  Railway-bank  near  Macmine  Castle. — B.  Idrti- 
f alius  Mueller  &  Wirtgen,  var.  danicus  (Focke).  About  Churchtown 
and  Wexford ;  frequent.  —  B.  leucostachys  Schleicher,  var.  angmti- 
folius  Rogers.  Abundant  to  the  south-east  of  Gorey,  where  I  also 
saw  a  form  of  Pi.  corylifolius  which  I  believe  to  be  var.  cyclophyUus 
Lindeberg.  The  brambles  were  backward  this  season,  and  I  could 
do  little  with  them  ;  but  I  am  sure  that  this  part  of  Ireland  is  a 
good  hunting-ground  for  the  batologist. 

Callitriche  hamidata  Kuetzing.  Frequent.  The  form  C.  pedun- 
culata  DC.  was  found  in  a  pool  about  100  yards  south  of  Rosslare 
Harbour  Station ;  although  the  pedicels  are  sometimes  J  in.  long, 
many  sessile  fruits  are  present  as  well  on  the  specimens.  —  C.  oh- 
tusaiigula  Le  Gall.     Pools  and   ditches  near    Rosslare,    frequent; 


48  SOME    PLANTS    OBSERVED    IN    CO.  WEXFOED. 

ditches  at  Cliurcbtown.  —  C.  truncata  Gussone.  Abundant  and 
fruiting  freely  in  a  broad  ditch  which  the  railway  crosses  and  in  an 
adjoining  pool,  between  Macmine  Junction  and  Macmine  Castle  ; 
associated  with  C.  stafjnalis  and-C.  hainiilata,  and  contrasting  with 
them  by  its  dark  green  colour,  as  well  as  by  its  not  rising  to  the 
surface  of  the  water.  At  first  sight  I  took  it  to  be  a  Nitella,  and 
only  on  dragging  out  a  handful  did  I  become  aware  of  its  true 
nature.  A  very  satisfactory  restoration  to  the  Irish  list,  Messrs. 
Groves  having  recently  ascertained  that  the  Glansiskin  (Co.  Cork) 
plant  was  C.  luimuJata.  I  found  the  fruit  to  be  sessile  in  all  the 
specimens  examined. 

(Enothera  biennis  L.  An  escape  at  Rosslare  ;  nearly,  if  not 
quite,  naturalized. 

Sinyndum  Olusatrum  L.  Rather  frequent  about  the  coast  near 
Wexford,  and  in  hedges  near  Churchtown;  I  doubt  its  being  a  true 
native. 

Antliriscus  vulgaris  Bernli.  Much  more  abundant  than  I  had 
supposed  on  sandy  banks,  &c.,  at  and  near  Rosslare;  certainly  wild. 

Crithmum  maritimum  L.     Carnsore  Point. 

(Eiiantlie  Lachenalii  C.  Gmelin.  In  a  small  marsh  near  Wexford 
Harbour,  opposite  (east  of)  the  town. 

Fencedaniuii  sativum  Bentham  &  Hooker  fil.  Native  at  Rosslare, 
I  fully  believe. 

ValerianeUa  olitoria  Pollich,  var.  lasiocarpa  Reichenbach.  Abun- 
dant (apparently  to  the  exclusion  of  the  type)  between  Greenore 
Point  and  Carnsore  Point ;  Rosslare ;  about  Ardamine  and  Cour- 
town. 

Tanacetiim.  vulgare  L.  Near  Wexford  ;  Macmine  Junction — ob- 
viously introduced. 

Petasites  frag  vans  Presl.     Near  Churchtown;  an  escape. 

Crepis  pahidosa  Moench.  Swampy  meadows  near  Macmine 
Castle,  in  good  quantity. 

Statice  rarijiora  Drejer.  At  the  south-west  corner  of  Wexford 
Harbour,  very  sparingly. 

Myosotis  repens  G.  Don.  Near  Wexford. — M.  collina  Hoffmann. 
Churchtown  ;  Rosslare ;  near  Gorey.  —  ill.  versicolor  Reichenbach, 
var.  pallida  Brebisson.  Mr.  Bennett  suggests  this  name  for  a 
peculiar  forget-me-not  with  uniformly  white  flowers  and  pale 
(yellowish)  herbage,  which  occurs  in  great  quantity  on  sandy, 
grassy  ground  near  the  sea,  north-east  of  Churchtown,  the  habit 
being  stiffer  and  more  strict  than  usual  in  M.  versicolor.  I  have 
seen  just  the  same  plant  on  the  Lizard  coast,  W.  Cornwall. 

Euphrasia  horealis  Townsend.  Common  on  the  coast  between 
Greenore  Point  and  Churchtown. 

Salvia  Verhenaca  L.  This  is  quite  plentiful  at  Rosslare,  and 
occurs  in  greater  abundance  than  I  ever  saw  before  in  some 
rough  pastures  bordering  on  the  coast  between  Greenore  Point  and 
Churchtown. 

Lamium  hybridum  Villars.  Sandy  hedgebanks  in  a  lane  two  or 
three  miles  east  of  Wexford  ;  not  met  with  elsewhere. 

Plantago  Coronopus  L.      Strong,   apparently  perennial   forms, 


SOME    PLANTS    OBSERVED    IN    CO.  WEXFORD.  49 

with  villous  or  woolly  scapes  and  most  variable  leaf-cutting,  occur 
at  Greenore  Point ;  some  of  them  evidently  come  very  near  to  the 
var.  ceratophyllon  Rapin,  if  not  exactly  that. 

A  triplex  littoralis  L.  On  a  dyke-bank  to  the  south  of  Wexford 
Harbour  ;  doubtless  a  survival  from  the  reclamation  of  the  "  slob  " 
lands. 

Hippophae  rhamnoides  L.  Two  good- sized  patches  were  met  with 
about  half-way  up  the  cliffs  near  Ardamine  Church,  two  or  three 
hundred  yards  apart.  They  look  thoroughly  spontaneous.  Can  the 
extensive  thickets  at  Courtown  have  been  derived  from  this  source  ? 
Or  is  the  Ardamine  growth  due  to  berries  brought  by  birds  from 
Courtown?  But  for  the  information  given  in  Cybele  Hibernica, 
I  do  not  think  that  anybody  would  have  doubted  its  wildness  in 
both  places. 

Orchis  pyramidally  L.  Sandy  coast  south  of  Ardamine  ;  also  at 
Courtown  and  Rosslare,  but  very  scarce.  —  0.  incarjiata  L.  Damp 
pastures,  Churchtown,  with  Op/irys  apifera,  which  also  occurs  near 
Ardamine. 

Habenaria  bifolia  E.  Brown.     Near  Rosslare,  sparingly. 

Sisyrinchium  californicum  Alton.  I  paid  a  special  visit  to  the 
station  discovered  in  1896,  and  carefully  examined  the  ground 
afresh.  The  plant  grows  over  an  area  of  about  eight  acres,  as  near 
as  I  can  estimate,  being  confined  to  the  wetter  places  ;  it  does  not 
occur  on  the  reclaimed  lands,  which  indeed  produce  hardly  anything 
of  botanical  interest.  Except  for  the  partial  drainage  caused  by 
small  ditches  having  been  dug,  the  locality  does  not  appear  to  have 
been  interfered  with ;  stunted  heather  occurs  on  the  driest  parts  of 
the  peaty  soil.  Orchis  incarnata,  a  peculiar  form  of  0.  latifolia,  and 
various  Carices  and  Junci  being  more  or  less  plentiful.  My  original 
opinion  that  the  only  source  of  introduction  worth  considering  was 
the  possibility  of  its  having  been  purposely  sown  has  been  strength- 
ened ;  and  I  do  not  now  hesitate,  in  spite  of  the  enormous  priwd 
facie  improbability  of  a  purely  W.  American  species  being  native  in 
S.E.  Ireland,  to  state  my  belief  that  we  have  here  an  instance  of 
survival  from  an  earlier  flora,  and  not  an  adventitious  plant.  It 
remains  to  be  seen  whether  S.  californicum  grows  in  other  parts  of 
the  south  coast ;  its  discovery  elsewhere  under  similar  conditions 
would,  of  course,  greatly  strengthen  the  theory  now  put  forward. 
It  appears  to  be  quite  hardy,  and  has  done  well  on  ordinary  ground 
in  my  garden. 

Leucojum  csstivum  L.  This  attractive  Irish  novelty  was  obtained 
in  a  swamp  by  the  river  Slaney,  a  few  hundred  yards  below  Mac- 
mine  Castle,  growing  under  much  the  same  conditions  as  in  the 
Thames  valley,  and  associated  with  the  plants  usually  found  in  such 
situations ;  I  must  have  seen  from  sixty  to  eighty  fine  specimens 
in  flower  or  fruit,  and  there  was  nothing  in  its  surroundings  to 
make  me  distrust  its  being  truly  wild.  I  believe  that  it  will  be 
found  in  other  parts  of  these  marshes,  if  anybody  will  take  the 
trouble  to  search  them  thoroughly  at  the  proper  season. 
Lemna  gibba  L.     In  ditches  at  Churchtown. 

Fotamogeton  densus  L.     Pool  by  the  railway  above  Macmine 


50  SOME    PLANTS    OBSERVED    IN    CO.  WEXFORD. 

Junction,  in  small  quantity.  —  P.  interruptus  Kit.  Frequent  about 
Macmine  Junction,  Wexford,  Rosslare,  Churchtown,  and  Courtown; 
always,  I  believe,  the  var.  scoparius. 

Ruppia  spiralis  Hartnian.  Abundant  in  a  pool  by  the  railway 
at  the  S.W.  angle  of  Wexford  Harbour. 

Zannicliellid  hrachjstcmon  J.  Gay  ?  Ditch  in  a  marsh  east  of 
Wexford  (opposite  the  town).  Plant  very  slender;  stigmas  large  ; 
styles  about  one-third  the  length  of  the  fruit.  Also  marked  as  seen 
at  Churchtown. 

Eleocharis  unigliimis  Reichenbach.  A  peculiar  plant  with  very 
dark  (chocolate-brown)  glumes  grows  in  profusion  in  a  damp 
pasture  about  midway  between  Macmine  Castle  and  the  Junction, 
and  was  also  seen  near  Wexford  and  Rosslare.  It  may  be 
Babington's  E.  Watsoni]  but  no  ripe  fruit  was  present. 

Carex  disticha  Hudson.  Plentiful  in  the  marshes  near  Macmine 
Castle ;  also  by  the  railway,  in  a  swamp  at  the  S.W.  end  of  Wexford 
Harbour. — C.  teretiuscula  Good.  Marshy  meadow  east  of  Wexford, 
near  the  Zannichellia  station.  —  0.  Goodenovii  J.  Gay.  A  "  has- 
socky"  form,  plentiful  by  the  Slaney  at  Macmine  Junction,  is  placed 
by  Mr.  Bennett  under  \n>v.  J2incella.  In  a  peaty  marsh-dyke,  about 
half  a  mile  inland  from  Rosslare  village,  I  came  across  an  extra- 
ordinary-looking sedge  with  Goodenovii  leaves  and  inflorescence,  but 
forming  elevated  peaty  tussocks  about  eighteen  inches  high  and 
eight  or  nine  in  diameter,  something  like  those  commonly  seen  in 
C.  stricta  and  C.  paradoxa,  but  smaller.  Mr.  Bennett  places  this 
under  Goodenovii.  Pfarrer  Kuekenthal  commented  on  it  thus  :— 
''I,  too,  have  not  seen  0.  vulgaris  so  densely  tussocky  before.  If 
C.  caspitosa  L.  were  present  at  the  spot,  one  might  think  it  a  hybrid 
between  that  and  C.  vulgaris.  But  as  C.  ccEspitosa  is  absent  from 
Ireland,  probably  we  have  here  only  a  C.  vidgaris  Fr.  y  elatior  Lang, 
forma  caspitosa."  Subsequently  he  wrote  : — "I  have  already  ven- 
tured to  hint  that  the  combination  Carex  cccspitosa  x  vidgaris  has 
much  in  its  favour ;  much  more  than  the  determination  as  C.  vul- 
garis. I  also  now  find  at  the  top  of  the  ?  glumes  something  that 
recalls  C.  caspntosa,  viz.  a  slight  white  scarious  border  [Yes;  but 
very  slight. — E.  S.  M.] .  But  C.  caspitosa  would  have  to  be  found 
in  the  neighbourhood  before  [we  could  adopt  this  view] ."  I  am 
not  satisfied  that  the  plant  is  Goodenovii,  pur  et  simple ;  apparently 
it  is  sterile,  but  that  may  well  be  owing  to  immaturity. — 0.  pendnla 
Hudson.  In  profusion  in  a  swamp  behind  the  sandhills,  about  a 
mile  north  of  Courtown  ;  associated  with  this  grew  C.  strigosa 
Hudson,  more  plentiful  than  I  had  ever  seen  it  before.  —  C.  vesi- 
caria  L.  Swamp  by  the  Slaney  below  Macmine  Castle,  with 
Leiicojum. 

Avena  puhescens  Hudson.  On  the  coast  south,  of  Ardamine  ; 
only  noticed  here. 

Poa  trivialis  L.  var.  ghibra  Doell  [KoeJeri  Syme).  Dry  banks  on 
the  coast  about  half-way  between  Greenore  Point  and  Churchtown. 
I  did  not  see  the  type  there. 

Festuca  Mguros  L.  Near  Wexford  and  Gorey. — F.  arundinacea 
Schreber.     Near  Churchtown. 


THE    CONYZAS    OF    MILLER's    DICTIONARY    (eD.   8).  51 

Bromus  sterilis  L.  Plentiful  in  sandy  ground,  Kosslare.—  B.  com- 
mutatus  Schrader.  Meadow  about  two  miles  south  of  Wexford  ; 
evidently  native. 

Chara  fiaqilis  L.  In  a  small  pond  near  the  sea,  south  ot  Arda- 
mine  ;  perhaps  the  var.  delicatida,  but  barren,  and  too  dirty  to  be 
worth  collecting.  C.  canescens  and  C.  connivens  seem  to  be  extremely 
local  near  Wexford ;  I  could  only  find  them  for  about  a  hundred 
yards,  in  small  quantity,  whereas  Tolypella  ghmerata  and  Chara 
aspera  were  abundant  over  a  considerable  area. 


THE    CONYZAS   OF   MILLER'S   DICTIONARY   (ed.  8). 
By  James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

The  plants  referred  to  Co7iyza  by  the  older  writers  have  been 
relegated  by  more  recent  workers  to  many  genera,  and  very  few  of 
the 'earlier  species  are  retained  in  the  genus  as  now  understood. 
Mr.  Hiern  informs  me  that  in  the  first  edition  of  the  Species 
Plantarum  Linnseus  had  eleven  species  of  Conyza,  none  of  which 
are  now  retained  therein ;  they  belong  to  Vernonia,  Sericocarpus, 
Pluchea,  Inula,  and  Neurola^ia.  In  the  tenth  edition  of  the  Systema 
Natures,  published  in  1759,  Linnaeus  had  two  additional  species, 
now  referred  to  Venionia  and  Pluchea  respectively  ;  in  later  publi- 
cations, posterior  to  Adanson,  he  had  nine  other  species  of  Conyza, 
belonging  to  Venionia,  Placus,  Pterocaulon,  and  Phagmdon ;  the 
whole  of  the  Linnean  species  therefore  disappear  from  Conyza. 

Miller,  in  the  eighth  edition  of  his  Gardeners  Dictionary  (1768), 
enumerates  eighteen  species.  Seven  of  these  are  identical  in  name 
with  species  described  by  Linnaeus  ;  the  remaining  eleven  appear 
for  the  first  time.  Many  of  them  are  based  on  Houstoun's  MSS. ; 
none  appear  to  have  been  dealt  with  by  subsequent  writers,  and 
they  are  not  reduced  in  the  hulex  Kewensis. 

Recent  papers  in  this  Journal  upon  Houstoun's  and  Miller's 
plants  have,  I  hope,  made  it  clear  that  the  material  for  determining 
these  can  only  be  found  in  the  National  Herbarium.  From  this 
material  I  have  been  able  to  identify  with  certainty  nearly  all  of 
Miller's  species,  and  I  now  propose  to  place  on  record  the  results  of 
my  investigations.  I  arrange  Miller's  names  in  alphabetical  order 
for  convenience  of  reference. 

Conyza  Bacchaeis  Mill.  Diet.  no.  16  =  Pluchea  hifrons  DC. 
Miller  cites  Eupatorimn  conyzoides  Sinica,  &c.,  of  Plukenet  (Amalth. 
80,  t.  393,  f.  5)  as  a  synonym,  but  a  comparison  with  Plukenet's 
specimen  in  Herb.  Sloane  xciv.  94,  shows  that  this  is  not  the  case. 
Miller  himself  was  doubtful  as  to  the  synonym,  for  his  label  on  his 
specimen  in  Herb.  Banks  begins  "An  ?  Eupatorimn  conyzoides 
Sinica,''  &c.  Miller  received  the  seeds  from  Campeachy,  and  grew 
the  plant  in  Chelsea  Garden. 

Conyza  corymkosa  Mill.  Diet.  no.  <^=Vernonia  farchonanthifolia 
Sch.  Bip.  ?     Mr.  Bennett  has  identified  Miller's  plant  with  DeCan- 


52  THE    CONYZAS    OF    MILLEr's    DICTIONARY    (ED.   8). 

dolle's  Monosis  tarchmantliifolia,  but,  in  the  absence  of  the  type  or 
other  material,  has  added  an  expression  of  doubt.  I  think  there  is 
httle  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  identification,  although  it 
may  be  safer  to  retain  the  query.  Houstoun's  specimen  in  Herb. 
Banks  (sent  from  Vera  Cruz  in  1731)  bears  the  MS.  description 
cited  by  Miller  ;  there  is  another  specimen  from  Houstoun  in  Herb. 
Sloane  ccxcii.  64. 

CoNYZA  PEDUNCULATA  Mill.  Dict.  no.  15.  Miller's  specimen  of 
this  is  very  poor  ;  it  is  a  Baccharis,  probably  a  somewhat  abnormal 
form  of  B.  rhcxioides  H.B.  K.  It  was  grown  in  Chelsea  Garden 
from  seeds  sent  from  Campeachy  by  Robert  Millar. 

CoNYZA  SALiciFOLius  Mill.  Dict.  110.  6  =  Pluchea  suhdecurrens 
Cass.  ?  This  was  identified  by  Mr.  Bennett  with  an  expression  of 
doubt  similar  to  that  which  he  expressed  as  to  G.  conjmbosa.  As  in 
that  case,  the  identification  is  probably  correct,  but  it  is  safer  to 
retain  the  query.  The  specimen  in  Herb.  Banks  is  from  Houstoun 
(Vera  Cruz,  1731),  and  bears  his  descriptive  phrase ;  another 
example  from  him  is  in  Herb.  Sloane,  ccxcii,  67. 

CoNYZA  scandens  Mill.  Dict.  no.  11  =  Vernonia  Schiedeana  Less. 
Of  this  we  have  Miller's  specimen  from  Houstoun  (Vera  Cruz)  in 
Herb.  Banks,  and  another  example  from  Houstoun  in  Herb.  Sloane 
ccxcii,  65.  On  the  Banksian  specimen  is  a  note  in  Dryander's 
hand  identifying  Miller's  plant  v/ith  C.  tortiwsa  L.,  followed  by  a 
note :  "  See  Herb.  Cliffort.,  where  the  specimen  described  by  Linne 
is  from  Miller."  The  specimen  in  question  is  now  (like  the  rest  of 
the  plants  of  the  HorLus  Cliffortianiwi)  incorporated  in  the  National 
Herbarium,  and  is  undoubtedly  identical  with  the  plant  from  Herb. 
Miller.  G.  tortiDsa  has  always  been  obscure  —  "species  mihi 
omnino  obscura!"  says  DeCandolle,  who  places  it  among  his 
"  Conyz^  auctorum  non  satis  not^  pler^que  verisimiliter  e  genere 
excludendffi"  ;  and  it  may  be  worth  while  to  clear  up  its  hibtory  so 
far  as  the  material  at  our  disposal  will  permit. 

Gonyza  tortuosa  (Linn.  Hort.  Cliff,  p.  405)  is  founded  on  two 
plants.  The  first  is  cited  from  "  Vaill.  Act.  1719,  p.  396"—?'.^. 
Hist.  Acad.  Sciences,  1719  (Paris,  1721),  p.  300  (396  is  a  misprint). 
Vaillant's  descriptive  phrase  runs,  "Conyza  madagascariensis,  fruti- 
cosa,  tortuoso  caule,  Corni  folio.  Tsi-mandats,  Flacourt,  Hist.  133, 
no.  71  "  (1661).  Flacourt  gives  no  description,  and  the  small 
figure  on  the  folding  plate  facing  page  144  (bearing  the  same 
number)  apparently  supplied  the  material  for  Vaillant's  descriptive 
phrase.     This  plant  must  therefore  remain  obscure. 

The  second  plant,  from  which  Linnaeus  drew  up  his  description, 
was  sent  him  by  Philip  Miller.  The  type-specimen  in  the  British 
Museum  Herbarium,  already  referred  to,  is  named  in  Miller's  hand 
"  Jacea  Americana  scandens  lauri  folio  scabro  floribus  spicatis  albis 
Houst.  Vera  Cruz."  Houstoun  gives  a  full  description  of  the 
plant  under  this  name  in  his  "  Plant^e  circa  Veram  Crucem  obser- 
vatse  "  (Houstoun  MSS.  p.  373),  and  a  specimen  from  him  in  Herb. 
Banks  (from  Herb.  Miller)  agrees  entirely  with  the  Hort.  CUffort. 
plant.      There  is  a  sketch  of  the  same  plant  in  the  volume   of 


THE    CONYZAS    OF    MILLER's    DICTIONARY    (ed.   8).  63 

Hoastoun's  unpublished  drawings  (p.  46)  under  the  name  "  Conyza 
scandens." 

It  seems  right  to  say  that  a  descriptive  label  in  Houstoun's 
hand  identical  with  Philip  Miller's  phrase  (save  in  the  substitution 
of  "Conyza"  for  "Jacea") — a  substitution  explained  by  Hous- 
toun's phrase  in  his  MSS.,  "  inter  Conyzam  et  Jaceam  videtur 
ambigere " — is  attached  in  Herb.  Banks  to  another  Vera  Cruz 
Vernonia,  not  far  removed  from  V.  scorpioides.  This  plant,  how- 
ever, does  not  agree  with  Linnaeus'  or  Houstoun's  description,  and 
the  label  has  no  doubt  been  misplaced.  A  specimen  from  Houstoun 
with  his  descriptive  phrase  is  found,  as  has  already  been  stated,  in 
Herb.  Sloane  ccxcii,  f.  65,  "  ex  Vera  Cruce." 

Conyza  spicata  Mill.  Diet.  no.  14=  Baccharis  rhexioides  H.  B.K. 
Dryander  has  marked  through  Miller's  name  on  Houstoun's  speci- 
men (from  Carthagena)  in  Herb.  Banks,  and  has  substituted 
'^  trinervia^' — a  name  by  which,  under  another  genus,  specimens 
of  B.  rhexioides  collected  by  Banks  and  Solander  at  Kio  Janeiro  in 
1768  are  described  in  Solander's  MSS.  William  Wood  (in  Rees's 
CyclopcBdia)  gave  Miller's  plant  a  new  trivial  name — cartliagenensis 
— which  is  not  included  in  the  Index  Kewensis. 

Conyza  symphytifolia  Mill.  Diet.  no.  10  =  Phichea  odorata  Cass. 
Houstoun's  descriptive  phrase — '*  Conyza  Symphyti  folio  flore  luteo  " 
— is  attached  to  his  specimen  from  Vera  Cruz  in  Herb.  Banks.  A 
note  on  the  synonymy  of  Pluchea  odorata  will  be  found  at  the  end 
of  this  paper. 

Conyza  tomentosus  (tomeiitosis)  Mill.  Diet.  no.  5  =  Vernonia 
Beppeana  Less.  Houstoun's  specimen  from  Vera  Cruz  in  Herb. 
Banks  has  his  MS.  descriptive  phrase  cited  by  Miller,  /.  c.  There 
is  another  Houstoun  specimen  in  Herb.  Sloane  ccxcii,  67. 

Conyza  trinervius  {trinerviis)  Mill.  Diet.  no.  12  =  Baccharis 
rhexioides  H.  B.  K.  Miller's  specimen  from  Carthagena  (Robert 
Millar)  bears  his  descriptive  phrase  in  his  own  hand. 

Conyza  uniflora  Mill.  Diet.  no.  lQ=yer7ionia  remotiflora  Rich. 
The  specimen  from  Herb.  Miller  bears  his  descriptive  phrase  ;  it  is 
not  localized,  but  was  sent  (according  to  the  Dictionary)  from 
Carthagena  by  Robert  Millar.  It  was  also  found  by  Houstoun,  as 
Miller  cites  it  from  his  MSS. 

Conyza  viscosa  Mill.  Diet.  no.  8  (1768)  =  (7.  lyrataB..  B.  K.  Nov. 
Gen.  iv.  70  (1820).  This  is  perhaps  the  most  interesting  of  Miller's 
species,  and  is  the  only  one  which  remains  in  Conyza,  if  that  name 
is  to  be  retained  for  the  genus.*  Mr.  Hiern  has  kindly  examined 
the  various  specimens  of  C.  lyrata  in  the  Kew  Herbarium,  and  we 
have  compared  Miller's  plant  with  those  in  the  British  Museum ; 
and  there  can  be  little  doubt  but  that  the  two  species  are  identical. 
We  have  Houstoun's  specimens  (from  Vera  Cruz,  1730)  bearing  his 
descriptive  phrase,  and  in  Herb.  Sloane  ccxcii,  67  ;  and  also  a  full 

*  Mr.  Hiern  is  of  opinion  that  the  name  Conyza  cannot  be  retained,  and 
that  Marsea  of  Adanson  (Fam.  ii.  122  (1763) )  must  take  its  place.  In  that  case 
the  plant  under  consideration  will  stand  as  Marsea  viscosa. 


54  THE    CONYZAS    OF    MILLER's    DICTIONARY    (eD.   8). 

description  of  the  plant  in  Houstoun's  MSS.  Miller's  plant  having 
been  so  completely  overlooked,  it  seems  worth  while  to  transcribe 
his  description,  and  that  of  Houstoun.     Miller's  is  as  follows  : — 

*'8.  CoxVYZA  [Viscosa)  caule  herbaceo,  foliis  ovatis  serratis, 
villosis,  floribns  alaribus  &  terminalibus.  Fleabane  with  an  her- 
baceous stalk,  oval,  sawed,  hairy  leaves,  and  flowers  proceeding 
from  the  sides,  and  at  the  end  of  the  branches.  Conyza  odorata, 
BelUdis  folio  villosa  &  viscosa  Hoiist.  MSS.   .   .  . 

"The  eighth  sort  grows  naturally  at  La  Vera  Cruz,  from 
whence  it  was  sent  me  by  the  late  Dr.  Houstoun  ;  this  is  an 
annual  plant,  which  grows  in  low  moist  places,  where  the  water 
stands  in  winter  ;  it  bath  an  herbaceous  branching  stalk,  which 
rises  about  one  foot  high,  garnished  at  each  joint  with  one  oval 
leaf,  fitting  close  to  the  branches  ;  these  are  sawed  on  their  edges, 
and  covered  with  a  white  hairy  down.  The  flowers  are  produced 
from  the  side  of  the  branches  on  slender  foot-stalks,  each  for  the 
most  part  sustaining  three  flowers,  which  are  white,  and  are 
succeeded  by  chaffy  seeds,  crowned  with  down ;  the  whole  plant  is 
viscous,  and  will  stick  to  the  fingers  of  those  who  handle  it." 

Houstoun's  MS.  description  runs  thus  : — 

"Conyza  odorata  Bellidis  folio,  villosa,  et  viscosa.  Caules 
herbacei  teretes,  erecti,  pedales  vel  bipedales,  ramosi.  Folia  sub- 
rotunda,  Bellidis  minoris  forma,  sed  profundius  dentata,  tenera, 
sine  pediculis,  vel  certo  ordine,  caulem  ramulosq.  cingentia.  In 
summis  ramulis  et  caulibus  proveniunt  flores  multi  flosculosi,  cali- 
cibus  squamosis  contenti,  sed  flosculis  adeo  exiguis  compositi  ut 
visum  fere  effugiant.  His  succedunt  semina  minutissima  pappo 
instructa.  Tota  planta  moUi  tegitur  lanugine,  viscida  quoq.  est, 
et  gratum  spirat  odorem.  Solo  pingui,  qualis  circa  fimeta  est, 
delectatur.     Mense  Junio  1730  florem  fructumq.  ferebat." 


Pluchea  odorata  Cass.  [Conyza  odorata  L.  Systema,  ed.  x.  1018, 
1759).  Under  tbis  name  two  species  are  included,  which  were  first 
distinguished  by  Swartz  (Prodr.  112  (1788)),  who  later  (Fl.  Ind. 
Occ.  p.  1342  (1806) )  gave  a  fuller  description,  pointing  out  clearly 
the  differences  between  them.  Swartz  bases  his  jmrpurascens  on 
"  C.  major  odorata  s.  Baccharis  floribus  purpureis  nndis,  Sloan. 
Cat.  124,  h.  [Hist.]  i.  t.  152,  f.  1,  male":  a  reference  to  Sloane's 
herbarium,  in  which  the  original  drawing  is  preserved,  justifies  his 
criticism  of  the  figure.  DeCandolle,  in  placing  the  plant  under 
Pluchea,  follows  Swartz  in  his  determination  of  Sloane's  plant, 
leaving  Linnaeus's  plant  under  Pluchea  odorata, 

A  reference,  however,  to  the  original  definition  shows  that 
Linnaeus  took  Sloane's  plant  as  the  type  of  his  Conyza  odorata  : 
the  reference  to  Sloane's  History  stands  first  in  his  citations,  and 
he  describes  the  leaves  as  *'  serratis  subtomentosis  acutis " — a 
character  which,  as  Swartz  points  out  {I.e.  p.  1342),  distinguishes 
his  purpiirascens  from  the  plant  known  as  odorata.  Linnaeus's 
other  citation  is  "Plum.  ic.  97."  The  plant  figured  by  Plumier 
does  not  accord  particularly  well  with  purpiirascens,  but  the  deeply 


NOTES    ON    THE    FLORA    OF    LINCOLNSHIRE.  55 

serrate  leaves  Ccinnot  possibly  represent  those  of  the  so-called 
odorata.  A  single  detached  leaf,  however,  is  referred  by  Burman 
in  his  accompanying  text  (Z.  c.  p.  85)  to  a  variety  of  the  plant 
figured,  and  this  probably  belongs  to  the  species  known  as  odorata. 

Those  who  insist  on  the  retention  of  the  oldest  trivial  name" 
will  thus  be  compelled  to  apply  odorata  to  the  plant  hitherto  known 
as  purparascens,  and  to  find  a  new  title  for  that  which  up  to  now 
has  been  known  by  the  latter  name.  Fortunately,  however, 
Cassiui's  description  of  the  species  when  establishing  the  genus 
Pluchea  makes  it  clear  that  under  odorata  he  had  in  view  the  plant 
which  all  writers  since  Linnaeus  have  intended  under  that  name. 
Plis  action  removes  the  necessity  for  so  inconvenient  a  change, 
unless  the  priority  of  the  trivial  part  of  the  name  be  insisted  on. 
The  plants  will  stand  thus : — 

Pluchea  odorata  Cass,  in  Diet.  Sci.  Nat.  xlii.  3  (1826),  excl.  syn. 
Conyza  odorata  Mill.  Diet.  ed.  8  (1768)  et  ahorum,  non  L. 

Pluchea  purpurascens  DC.  Prodr.  v.  452  (1836). 

Conyza  odorata  L.   Syst.  x.  1013  (1759)  and  Herb.  !  [ph 

Hiern),  non  aliorum. 
Conyza  purpurascens  Sw.  Prodr.  112  (1788). 

The  following  note  on  an  obscure  plant  may  be  printed  here. 

Baccharis  arborea  Linn.  Mant.  284.  ''Habitat  .  .  .  insulfe 
Johann^e  sylvis.  Koenig."  DeCandolle  (Prodr.  v.  427j  places 
this  among  his  "non  satis  not«."  Specimens  in  Herb.  Banks 
from  Johanna  Island,  Robertson,  1772,  written  up  by  Solander  as 
B.  arborea  =  Vernonia  senegalensis  Less.  There  is  nothing  in  the 
original  description  to  contradict  this  identification. 


NOTES    ON    THE    FLORA    OF    LINCOLNSHIRE. 

By  the  Rev.  E.  Adrian  Woodruffe-Peacock,  F.L.S. 

As  there  is  no  finality  in  botanical  matters,  the  species  ebbing 
and  flowing  from  natural  and  artificial  causes,  my  friendly  readers 
must  look  on  these  notes  with  the  kindly  eyes  of  those  who  forgive 
mistakes  where  earnest  work  has  been  attempted.  My  efforts 
during  many  years  have  been  devoted  not  merely  to  compiling  a 
bare  list  of  species  found  in  Lincolnshire  (N.  54  and  S.  53), 
but  rather  to  collecting  100,000  notes  on  geological  and  drift  dis- 
tribution, with  the  avowed  object  of  learning  why  the  flora  of  the 
two  contiguous  vice-counties  differs  as  much  as  it  does — practically 
why  we  have  this  flora  at  all.  The  relation  of  species  to  their 
geological  environment  in  one  part  of  the  county  is  no  sure  guide 
as  to  what  is  certainly  to  be  found  on  the  same  soil  in  another  spot 

*  J.  A.  Murray's  warning  on  this  head  should  not  be  overlooked : — "  Cave, 
ne  prae  observantia  nimia  in  antecessores  ex  eorum  differentia  specifica  nomen 
triviale  minus  commodum  emergat."    Phil.  Bot.  Suppl.  no.  16  (1792). 


56  NOTES    ON    THE    FLORA    OF    LINCOLNSHIRE. 

differing  in  humidity  or  dryness,  porosity  or  impermeability,  sub- 
soil, &c.  With  the  object  of  finding  out  the  ''why"  of  our  flora  in 
view,  and  with  the  Drift  maps  in  hand,  I  have  wandered  over  the 
whole  county  making  notes  of  everything  common  or  rare  without 
distinction ;  but  more  especially  of  the  changes  in  the  flora  as  the 
varying  outcrops  of  the  underlying  strata  appeared  through  the 
surface  drift,  or  approached  the  surface  as  a  subsoil,  so  as  to  affect 
the  flora.  A  carefully  selected  series  of  soil  samples  have  been 
taken,  with  full  notes,  in  case  it  should  be  thought  advisable  to 
test  our  plant  distribution  by  chemistry  in  the  future. 

It  is  absolutely  impossible  in  the  limits  of  a  short  paper  to  jot 
down  a  tithe  of  the  facts  observed.  They  are  practically  valueless 
too  from  being  drawn  from  so  limited  an  area — 2,787.140  square 
miles.  But  many  most  interesting  facts  appear  after  this  geological 
review.  As  a  sample  of  these  we  may  note  that  Trifolium  ochro- 
leucon  has  only  been  found  on  the  boulder  clay.  Potentilla  argentea, 
which  ranges  widely  in  other  counties,  is  confined  to  one  limited 
spot  on  the  Spilsby  sandstone.  Hemiaria  glabra  is  the  same  on 
one  confined  spot  on  the  Lincolnshire  limestone.  I  use  these 
geological  names  in  the  limited  sense  in  which  they  are  used  on 
the  Drift  maps.  Cnicns  arvensis  cannot  grow  on  peat ;  but  on  a 
thin  bed  of  peat  overlying  Oxford  clay  it  finds  its  most  congenial 
home,  and  where  the  two  are  mixed  in  ploughing  it  becomes  the 
dread  of  the  farmer.  Urtica  dioica  shows  a  like  repugnance  to  peat, 
and  if  forced  by  circumstances  to  struggle  on  in  such  unpropitious 
surroundings  slowly  changes  into  the  variety  microphglla  forma 
suhinermis — at  least,  so  Mr.  A.  Bennett  kindly  named  my  specimens. 
Festuca  in-atensis  will  only  naturally  flourish  on  soils  rich  in  nitrogen, 
natural  or  artificial ;  but  it  does  not  die  away  when  sown  as 
Alopecurus  prntensis  and  DactijUs  do,  but,  just  existing,  waits  for  the 
gradually  accumulating  fertility  of  the  soil  to  start  it  into  vigorous 
life.  Poa  annua  is  the  nursing  grass  of  rich  soils,  and  Lollum 
perenne  of  the  poorer.  The  latter  species  seizes  on  the  ground  after 
the  passing  annuals,  and  Cardmis,  Cnicns,  and  Rume.v  have  had 
their  short  but  fertility-bringing  day.  It  retains  its  hold  against 
all  opposition  till  nitrogen  has  accumulated  and  better  species  of 
grass  force  it  out ;  even  then  clinging  to  every  spot  it  can,  where 
they  cannot  grow,  as  footpaths,  gateways,  slopes  down  to  ponds, 
roadsides,  &c.  The  following  seems  to  be  the  recognisable  order 
in  which  the  species  follow  P.  annua  or  L.  perenne ;  but  the  quality 
of  the  soil  and  moisture,  and  question  whether  there  are  the  species 
seeding  in  the  neighbourhood  has  much  to  do  with  it : — Poa  pratensis, 
Cynosurus,  Poa  triviaUs,  Ph.  pratense,  Arrhenathenim,  Dactylis,  and 
finally  Alopecurus  pratensis  and  Festuca  pratensis.  Arrlienatlierum 
and  Dactylis  are  both  shade  grasses,  and  so  only  come  when  wood 
or  hedge  shade  is  found  near ;  the  former  always  in  limited 
quantities.  F.  elatior  is  never  found  naturally  in  our  pastures 
and  meadows.  The  best  pasture  species  are  seldom  allowed  to 
seed  by  stock,  and  how  they  multiply  as  rapidly  as  they  do  I  have 
not  yet  discovered  for  certain. 

When  we  have  a  Geo-topographical  Botany,  fully  up  to  our 


NOTES    ON    THE    FLORA    OF    LINCOLNSHIRE.  57 

present  knowledge,   it  will   bristle  with  facts   interesting   to    the 
botanist  and  agriculturist  alike. 

My  notes  only  refer  to  the  species  in  the  ninth  edition  of  TJie 
London  Catalogue.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  genera  liuhus  and 
Bosa  are  wholly  excluded  from  this  review. 

The  species  recorded  for  the  county  of  Lincoln,  excluding  the 
exceptions  named,  reach  the  high  total  of  1108.  Of  these  I  regard 
nineteen  to  be  mistakes,  twenty-five  as  very  doubtful,  and  fifteen  as 
extinct  now.  If  geological  evidence  is  worth  anything,  about  two 
hundred  are  truly  alien  to  the  soils  of  Lincolnshire,  though  many 
of  them  are  native  of  Britain.  For  N.  as  many  as  145  species  are 
recorded,  which  hitherto  have  not  been  met  with  in  S. ;  and  for 
S.  31,  which  have  not  been  recorded  in  N.  The  varieties  on  record 
number  150,  excluding  anomalies  and  colour  forms,  some  of  which 
are  very  interesting.     The  hybrids  are  16. 

By  mistakes  I  mean  species  recorded  in  print  which,  on  being 
traced  to  the  specimens,  were  found  mis-named,  or  for  which  there 
was  practically  other  proof  of  error,  as  the  incompetency  or  general 
carelessness  of  the  author  who  is  the  first  and  only  authority.  I 
fear  many  from  the  doubtful  list  should  be  added  to  the  mistakes. 
The  mistakes  are : — Cardamine  iinpatiens,  Viola  lactea,  Cerastiiuii 
alpinum,  Hi/pericniii  Androsamum,  Medicago  miniyna,  Sednm  roseum, 
Crithmum  inaritimuin,  CEnanthe  pirn pbiello ides,  (E.  silaifolia,  Pyrola 
rotundi/olia,  Sibthorpia,  lllecehriim,  Suceda  fruticosa,  Orchis  purpurea, 
Aceras  anthropopJiora,  Asparagus  ynaritimus,  Allium  sibiricum,  Erio- 
caulo7i,  and  Eriopliorum  latifolium.  The  doubtful  species  are  : — 
Draba  muralis,  Thlaspi  peifoliatiim ,  Cranibe,  Dianthus  glaucus,  D. 
C(Bsius,  Foenivuluin,  Galiuin  anglimim,  Inula  crithmoidcs,  CrepisjMludosa, 
Mentha  Pulegiuin,  Thymus  Cham/Edrgs,  Calamintha  parvijiora,  Chemo- 
podium  vulvar ia,  C.  hgbridum,  C.  iirbicum,  C.  botrgodes,  Polygojiuiii 
viviparwn,  Allium,  Schcenoprasum,  Juncus  acutus,  Elisma  natans, 
Damasonium,  Carex  teretiusctda ,  Phegopteris  calcarea,  Eguisetum 
hgemale,  and  Lycopodium  Selago. 

The  following  species  are  now  almost  certainly  extinct  in  their 
former  habitats.  There  is  abundant  evidence  that  they  formerly 
flourished  with  us,  either  from  localized  specimens,  or  the  records 
of  absolutely  trustworthy  authorities  : — Silene  maritima,  8.  quinque- 
vulnera,  Lathgrus  maritimus,  Cicuta  virosa,  Senecio  paludosus,  S. 
pahistris,  Sonchus  palustris,  Schollera,  Hgpopitgs,  Statice  reticulata, 
Limosella,  Utricidaria  minor,  Malaxis,  Liparis,  and  Lycopodium. 
alpinum. 

These  have  all  passed  away  before  a  changing  environment.  The 
list  is  being  added  to  gradually  but  surely.  I  fear  we  have  lost  Frosei  a 
anglica,  Peucedanum  palustre,  and  others,  in  the  last  few  years. 

The  only  hybrids  of  any  special  interest  are  : — Cnicus  lanceo- 
latus  X  pratensis. — Mr.  Arthur  Bennett,  to  whom  I  desire  to  return 
most  sincere  thanks  for  many  kindnesses  and  much  help,  agrees 
with  me  about  it.  The  only  specimen  there  is  is  in  the  County 
Herbarium.  CampamUa  latifolia  X  TracheUum. — Specimens  in  County 
and  Bennett  Herbaria;  the  best  in  Mr.  Bennett's.  Carex  distansx 
fulva,  in  County  Herbarium. 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol,  86.      [Feb.  1898.]  F 


58  NOTES    ON    THE    FLORA    OF    LINCOLNSHIRE. 

Of  interesting  varieties  we  have  Sonchus  arvensis  L.  glabra,  an 
absolutely  glabrous  form.  "It  quite  simulates  S.  maritimus,"  as 
Mr.  Bennett  says.     In  County  and  Bennett  Herbaria. 

No  one  need  attempt  to  solve  the  mysteries  of  plant  distribution 
in  Lincolnshire  without  some  knowledge  of  our  recent  geological 
changes.  The  artificial  boundary  chosen  by  Watson  for  the  N. 
and  S.  vice-counties,  the  river  Witham  from  the  Wash  to  Lincoln 
and  the  Fossdyke  from  that  city  to  the  spot  where  it  touches  the 
border  of  Nottingham,  is  a  great  natural  boundary  which  existed 
before  the  Ice  Age.  The  boulder  clay  outcropping  from  below  the 
recent  river  gravel  deposits  of  the  Trent  valley  proves  that  it  changed 
its  course  in  late  geological  times.  The  line  of  its  ancient  gravels 
prove  it  to  have  flowed  along  the  present  course  of  the  Witham 
from  Lincoln.  Yet  it  can  hardly  be  supposed  to  have  definitely 
taken  its  present  course  till  historical  times,  as  even  now  it  has  to 
be  prevented  from  passing  ofi:'  some  part  of  its  flood-water  through 
the  Lincoln  gap  and  along  the  Witham  channel  by  a  bank  at 
Spalford  in  Notts.  The  wide  gap  cut  by  water  in  the  limestone 
hill  at  Lincoln  proves  the  width  and  power  of  the  ancient  stream 
that  flowed  unembanked  as  the  boundary  between  the  N.  and  S.  vice- 
counties.  At  some  time  previous  to  the  great  ice  age  too,  the 
whole  of  the  cretaceous  strata  and  the  Kimeridge  clay  of  the  upper 
oolite  were  denuded  down  to  the  Oxford  clay  of  the  middle  oolite 
throughout  the  great  Lincolnshire  fenland.  The  recent  deposits 
lying  on  this  Oxford  clay  floor,  in  order  from  the  lowest  upward, 
are  boulder  clay,  gravelly  sand,  ancient  peat,  a.lluvium,  and,  in  a 
few  stops  in  N.,  modern  peat.  The  soils  of  the  grea,t  fenland  are 
silt  with  a  fringe  of  old  peat  as  the  land  rises  to  the  upper  ground. 
The  sea-coast  of  N.,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Humber  to  that  of  the 
Wash,  are  fringed  with  blown  sea-washed  sands  where  silt  is  not 
deposited.  There  is  no  such  sand-band  in  S.  As  soon  as  the  shore 
is  banked  up  with  sand  silt  brought  down  by  the  fen  rivers  is 
deposited  by  the  spring  tides,  and  the  "fifty"  or  saltmarsh  flora 
is  the  result  in  S. ;  and  at  the  mouth  of  the  Humber,  and  along 
the  northern  shore  of  the  Wash  in  N. 

Sandy-shore  species  found  in  N.  for  which  there  is  no  proper 
habitat  in  S.: — Thalictrum.  dimense  ;  Ranimciiliis  Baudotii  and  varie- 
ties— sand-loving,  I  suppose,  or  I  cannot  understand  its  absence 
from  S. ;  Glaucium  JJavum,  an  erratic  uncertain  species  with  us  ; 
Cakile  maritima,  Cerastkim  tetrandum,  Sagina  maritima,  Lathyrus 
luanthmis,  Eryngiiim  maritimum ;  Senecio  vlscosiis,  confined  to  a 
very  limited  area  on  the  sand-band, — a  new  introduction  perhaps  ; 
Knjthraa  pulchella,  Volvulus  Soldanella,  Atriplex  lacinata,  Salsola, 
Hippopliae,  FAiphorhia  portlandica,  confined  to  one  stop;  Ammophila 
arnndmacea,  Festuca  arenaria,  and  Elymus  arenarins. 

Peat  fen  species  found  in  N.,  for  which  there  never  was  much 
habitat,  and  now  is  practically  none  in  S.  : — Lathyrus  pahi'itris, 
Drosera  anglica,  D.  internieclia,  Peucedanum  p)(ilustre,  Se7iecio  paliistris, 
Sonchus  palustris,  Potamogeton  color atus,  Cladium  jamaicense,  and 
Lastraa  Thelypteris. 

Moorland   and    moorland    pool-loving   species,    which    cannot 


NOTES    ON    THE    FLORA    OF    LINCOLNSHIRE.  59 

always  be  discriminated  from  fen  land  species,  found  in  N.  and  not 
yet  recorded  for  S.,  suitable  habitats  being  very  restricted  : — Hyperi- 
cum Elodes,  SchoUera,  Androyneda,  Centunculus,  Littorella  if  with  us 
still ;  Empetrmn,  extinct,  I  fear ;  Epipactis  paluHtiis,  Habeuaria 
bifoUa,  Eleocharis  midticaulis,  Scirpus  ccBspitosus,  8.  Jiuitans,  Ry)iclio- 
spora  alba,  Eriophorum  vaginatuin,  if  not  extinct ;  Carex  elongata,  C. 
curta,  C.  Jilifonnis,  if  still  with  us  ;  Agrostis  canina,  Apera  Spica- 
venti,  Descliampsia  discolor,  Festuca  mijuros,  Lycopodiiim  inundatum, 
L.  clavatum,  L.  alpinum,  Selaginella,  Chara  polgacantha.  All  now 
rare  with  us,  bordering  on  disappearance  or  extinct. 

Lime-loving  species  in  N.  not  yet  found  in  S.  : — Thalictriun 
coUinum,  a  species  with  a  northern  range,  I  imagine  ;  rare  with  us. 
Rammculus  sardous,  widely  spread.  Stellaria  nemorum,  northern 
type.  Hypericum  vwntanwn,  in  woods  west  of  Brigg ;  northern. 
Veronica  montana,  Ophrys  muscifera,  Maianthemum,  if  a  native  ;  Col- 
chicum,  north-west  only.  All  rare  and  local.  Some  from  the  next 
list  might  be  added. 

Other  species  for  N.  not  yet  recorded  for  S. : — Cerastium  semi- 
deca7id7'um,  Tri/oliumviaritimiim,  Vicia  lathyroides,  Potentilla  argcntea, 
Chrysospleniuni  alternifoUum ;  the  other  species  is  found  in  S. 
Selinum  Carvifolia,  a  true  native  if  there  ever  was  one.  Imda 
Conyza,  Bidens  cerniia,  the  other  species  is  found  in  S.  as  well  as  N. 
Hypopitys,  Lysimachia  thyrsijiora,  Orobanche  major ^  a  species  I  can- 
not understand.  Clienopodium  murale,  Atriplex  Bobingtonii,  A. 
pedimculata,  which  has  not  been  found  for  eleven  seasons.  Sali- 
cornia  appressa,  once  found;  sp.  Herb.  Bennett.  Salix  ijentandra, 
surely  this  must  be  for  want  of  records ;  it  is  so  widely  distributed 
in  N.  Epipactis  media  ;  Crocus  midijiorus,  very  rare,  river-borne 
from  Notts.  (?).  Juncus  maritimiis,  Potamogeton  aculifolius,  Scirpus 
TaberncEmontani,  S.  rufus ;  Carex  pidicaris,  not  found  for  many 
years ;  C.  distans,  C.  extensa,  Spartina  stricta,  Melica  nutans, 
Asplenium  Trichomaues,  Polystichuni  lobatum,,  P,  angulare,  Chara 
contraria,  Tolypella  glomerata,  and  Nitella  opaca.  Nearly  all  local 
and  rare. 

Species  recorded  for  S.  and  not  for  N. : —  Viola  stagnina,  Linum, 
perenne,  south-west  only.  Caucalis  arvensis,  practically  confined  to 
the  southern  silt,  but  with  a  wide  range  there.  Hypoclmris  fuaculata, 
on  limestone  only.  Geniiana  Amarella  var.  prcecox,  the  same.  Antir- 
rhinum Orontium,  north-west,  very  rare.  Melampyrum  cristatum, 
growing  very  rare  indeed,  only  in  south-west.  S tacky s  germanica, 
if  with  us  still.  Herniaria  glabra,  local  but  common.  Beta  mari- 
tima,  if  it  is  a  true  native.  Thesium  humifusum,  on  limestone  ridge 
nearly  to  Lincoln.  Euphorbia  amygdaloides,  in  the  extreme  southern 
woods.  Epipactis  violacea,  if  the  species  is  rightly  named,  on  corn- 
brash  only.  Potamogeton  decipiens,  P.  angu^tifolius,  Hordeum  sylvati- 
cum,  and  Tolypella  prolifera  ;  mostly  very  rare  and  local. 

Species  worth  noting  found  in  N.  and  S. : — Both  varieties  of 
Spergula.  Bupleurum.  tenuissimum,  Carum  segetum,  not  uncommon. 
Dipsacus  pilosus,  I  do  not  understand  the  range  of  this  species. 
Se7iecio  paludosus,  this,  though  found  in  S.,  is  practically  only  a  N. 
species.     Pyrola  minor,  the  only  species  we  have  ;  it  is  growing 


60  THE    DISTRIBUTION    OF    BRITISH    MOSSES. 

rare  and  dying  out.  Cuscuta  Epithyinuin,  very  rare.  Lhnosella  ; 
Utricularia  viinor,  extinct,  I  fear.  Verbena,  thinly  but  widely 
spread.  SniteUaria  minor,  growing  rarer.  Teucrimn  Scord'nun, 
extinct  in  N.,  if  not  in  S.  Hex,  Frcuinus,  Ulinus,  Qnercns,  Fcu/ns, 
Salix,  Pimis,  and  Tajtis  have  all  been  found  under  the  peat.  The 
Hex  was  sub-fossihzed.  Stratiotes  is  still  widely  distributed. 
S/iiranthes  autuinnalis  must  be  river-borne  in  seed,  or  its  distribution 
is  inexplicable,  his  fcctidusinia  is  very  rare.  FAeocharis  acicidaris 
is  the  same. 

Notes  on  aliens  N.  and  S.  would  form  a  long  paper  by  them- 
selves. We  are  gaining  faster  than  loosing,  strong-growing  new 
species  taking  the  place  of  old  ones.  Clematis  is  an  interesting  one. 
Asparagus  altilis  has  been  with  us  three  hundred  years.  The  aliens 
confined  to  N.  I  can  n  ime  here  are  Cyclamen,  Teucrium  Chamadrys, 
Mercurialis  annua.  Acorns,  and  Phegopteris  Dryopteris,  if  it  is  one. 
Interesting  S.  aliens  are  Lim,nanthemum,  Salvia  pratensis,  Viscum, 
and  Cyperus  longus. 

The  County  Herbarium  is  within  a  few  species  of  being  quite 
perfect:  it  contains  many  extinct  and  very  rare  plants,  and  anoma- 
lies and  colour  forms  of  all  kinds,  besides  a  widely  selected  series 
of  type  forms  from  N.  and  S. 


THE     DISTBIBUTION     OF     BRITISH     MOSSES. 

By  E.  Charles  Horrell. 

For  some  time  past  it  has  seemed  desirable  that  the  comital 
distribution  of  the  British  Mosses  should  be  worked  out  in  the  way 
that  the  distribution  of  the  Flowering  Plants  was  done  by  Watson. 
Up  to  the  present  the  moss  distribution  has  only  been  worked  out, 
and  that  but  incompletely,  in  the  London  Catalogue  of  British  Mosses, 
ed.  2,  for  the  eighteen  Watsonian  provinces.  With  the  object  of 
seeing  how  far  the  lists  of  Mosses  already  published  would  enable 
me  to  compile  a  census  of  the  112  Watsonian  vice-counties,  I  have 
looked  through  most  of  the  magazines,  County  Floras,  Proceedings 
of  Local  Natural  History  Societies,  the  Botanical  Ptecord  Club's 
Reports,  &c.,  in  the  library  of  the  British  Museum,  and  find  that 
fairly  good  lists  have  been  published  for  about  fifty  vice-counties. 
There  are  therefore  about  sixty-two  vice-counties  in  Great  Britain 
for  which  I  can  find  no  lists  of  the  commoner  mosses.  From  the 
following  vice-counties  I  have  found  no  satisfactory  lists : — 

4.  N.  Devon.  27.  E.  Norfolk.  43.  Radnor. 

5.  S.  Somerset.  28.   W.  Norfolk.  44.  Caermarthen. 

6.  N.  Somerset.  29.  Cambridge.  45.  Pembroke. 

7.  N.  Wilts.  31.  Hunts.  46.  Cardigan. 
10.  I.ofAVight.  33.  E.Gloucester.  47.  Montgomery. 
13.  W.  Sussex.  34.  W.  Gloucester.  50.  Denbigh. 
22.  Berks.  41.   Glamorgan.  51.  Flint. 

24.  Bucks.  42.  Brecon.  56.  Notts. 


THE    DISTRIBUTION    OF    BRITISH    MOSSES. 


61 


58. 

Chester. 

82. 

Haddington. 

98. 

Main  Argyle. 

60. 

W.  Lancasliire. 

83. 

Edinburgh. 

99. 

Dumbarton. 

6G. 

Durham. 

84. 

Linlithgow. 

100. 

Clyde  Islands. 

67. 

Northumberland. 

86. 

Stirling. 

101. 

Cantire. 

68. 

Cheviotland. 

87. 

West  Perth. 

102. 

South  Ebudes. 

69. 

Westmoreland  & 

88. 

Mid  Perth. 

104. 

North  Ebudes. 

Lake  Lancashire, 

.  89. 

East  Perth. 

105. 

West  Ross. 

74. 

Wigtou. 

91. 

Kincardine. 

106. 

East  Ross.  • 

75. 

Ayr. 

92. 

S.  Aberdeen. 

107. 

E.  Sutherland. 

76. 

Renfrew. 

93. 

N.  Aberdeen. 

108. 

W.  Sutherland 

77. 

Lanark. 

94. 

Banff. 

109. 

Caithness. 

78. 

Peebles. 

95. 

Elgin,  &c. 

110. 

Hebrides. 

79. 

Selkirk. 

96. 

Easterness. 

111. 

Orkney. 

80. 

Roxburgh. 

97. 

Westerness. 

112. 

Shetland. 

81. 

Berwick. 

It  is  obvious  that  one  collector  cannot  investigate  the  moss  flora 
of  more  than  a  few  of  these  districts,  and  the  aid  of  all  bryologists 
is  confidently  asked  in  this  work.  It  is  not  likely  that  I  shall 
receive  the  lists  which  will  enable  me  to  compile  the  census  in 
less  than  two  or  three  years,  but  should  much  like  to  find  a  moss- 
student  in  each  vice-county  who  would  undertake  during  that  time 
to  prepare  a  list  of  his  district.  I  have  already  received  lists  or  offers 
of  assistance  from  correspondents  in  the  following  vice-counties:  — 


5. 

S.  Somerset. 

34. 

W.  Gloucester. 

63. 

S.W.  York. 

6. 

N.  Somerset. 

40. 

Salop. 

64. 

Mid-W.  York. 

9. 

Dorset. 

42. 

Brecon. 

65. 

N.W.  York. 

11. 

S.  Hants. 

43. 

Radnor. 

QQ. 

Durham. 

14. 

E.  Sussex. 

48. 

Merioneth. 

72. 

Dumfries. 

17. 

Surrey. 

49. 

Carnarvon. 

73. 

Kirkcudbright, 

18. 

S.  Essex. 

55. 

Leicester. 

74. 

Wigton. 

20. 

Herts. 

57. 

Derby. 

87. 

W.  Perth. 

25. 

E.  Suffolk. 

58. 

Chester. 

97. 

Westerness. 

26. 

W.  Suffolk. 

61. 

S.E.  York. 

98. 

Main  Argyle. 

32. 

Northampton. 

62. 

N.E.  York. 

103. 

Mid  Ebudes. 

33. 

E.  Gloucester. 

It  would  add  very  greatly  to  the  value  of  the  lists  if  voucher 
specimens  were  also  sent,  with  notes  of  subsoil,  altitude,  &c. 
These  specimens  I  would  return  as  soon  as  they  had  been  submitted 
to  competent  authorities,  or  would,  if  preferred,  send  other  mosses 
in  exchange.  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon  and  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  have  already 
kindly  offered  to  aid  me  by  examining  any  doubtful  or  critical  species. 

I  am  using  Mr.  Dixon's  '^ Handbook'^  Catalogue  as  the  basis  of 
this  work,  and  would  like  to  suggest  that  much  help  might  be  given 
me  if  each  bryologist  went  through  his  herbarium  and  entered  on 
the  blank  leaves  of  an  interleaved  copy  of  that  Catalogue  the 
numbers  of  the  vice-counties  from  which  he  has  specimens  of  each 
moss.  This,  even  for  a  large  collection,  would  not  take  very  long, 
and  would  afford  a  very  large  mass  of  information  for  my  purpose. 
Unfortunately  many   specimens  in  herbaria   are   not   sufficiently 


62  SHORT  NOTES. 

accurately  localized  to  enable  one  to  be  certain  of  the  county  or 
vice-county :  e.  g.  Teesdale  alone  is  of  no  use  as  a  locality  for 
county  distribution,  as  the  north  bank  of  the  Tees  is  in  Durham, 
and  the  south  in  Yorkshire.  Such  doubtful  localities  should  be 
altogether  omitted. 

I  shall  have  much  pleasure  in  hearing  from  any  bryologist  who 
can  help  me  in  either  of  the  ways  suggested,  and  shall  be  glad  to 
send  a  list  of  the  112  Watsonian  vice-counties,  with  the  boundaries 
in  the  cases  where  the  county  is  subdivided,  as  given  in  Watson's 
Ci/hele,  vol.  iv.  p.  139,  1859,  to  any  one  wishing  it.  I  shall  also 
have  pleasure  in  sending  to  any  one  details  of  the  moss-lists  I  am 
acquainted  with  for  any  particular  vice-county.  My  address  is  — 
44,  Brompton  Square,  London,  S.W. 


SHORT     NOTES. 


Catharinea  Hausknechtii  (Jur.  Mildej  Broth,  near  Liverpool. 
— I  have  great  pleasure  in  adding  the  above  moss  to  the  Liverpool 
florula  (and  I  think  also  to  the  flora  of  the  county),  excellent  fruiting 
specimens  having  been  found  on  Warbreck  Moor  by  my  son,  Harold 
Wheldon.  It  grew  in  deep,  moist  hollows,  accompanied  by  Dicran- 
eUa  heteromalla,  Anisothecium  ruhniw,  Barhula  hrevifolia,  B.  ungidcu- 
lata,  Tortula  aloides,  and  other  common  pelophilous  species. —  J.  A. 
Wheldon. 

H-^grometer  made  with  Erodium  Awns. — I  have  found  the  awns 
of  Erodium  cicutariiini  an  excellent  substitute  for  those  of  Stipa  in 
the  Darwin  transpiration  hygrometer.  Erodium  is  very  common  in 
some  parts  of  California.  A  piece  of  iron  wire  bent  in  the  form  of 
a  tripod  serves  to  support  the  awns  in  the  crystallizing  dishes  better 
than  the  mechanical  cross-bars  that  were  supplied  some  time  ago. 
The  seed  on  the  awn  is  easily  attached  to  the  tripod  by  a  small  bit 
of  wax  or  paraffin  with  a  hot  needle.  The  tripod  has  the  advantage 
that  it  may  be  instantly  revolved  to  any  position  inside  the  dish 
without  throwing  the  awn  out  of  the  axis  of  the  vessel.  The 
Erodium.  awn  carries  its  own  pointer.  On  the  whole,  less  dexterity 
is  required  in  its  manipulation,  and  it  has  been  shown  to  be  more 
sensitive  to  humidity  than  the  longer  awns  of  Stipa. — Walter  R. 
Shaw  in  Bat.  Gazette,  November,  1897,  p.  372. 

Cornwall  and  Devon  Plantago  forms. — After  reading  Mr.  E.G. 
Baker's  critical  survey  of  the  European  forms  and  varieties  of 
Plantago  Coronopus  L.  (Proc.  Dorset  N.  H.  &  A.  F.  C.  xvii.  87), 
I  have  taken  the  opportunity  of  collecting  for  comparison  a  series 
of  sea-side  forms  from  Bude,  N.E.  Cornwall,  and  Braunton  Bur- 
rows, N.  Devon.  At  the  former  the  species  is  plentiful  on  the 
rocks  and  shingle  at  the  foot  and  on  the  downs  at  the  top  of  the 
cliffs,  showing  great  diversity  in  size  and  leaf-outline.  The  com- 
monest form  has  a  perennial  root  and  narrow  pinnatifid  leaves. 
An  abundant  simple-leaved  form  is  the  young  state  of  this  (first 
year  or  two) ;  the  very  rare  mature  specimens  with  entire  leaves 


SHORT    NOTES.  63 

may  be  var.  integrata  G.  &  G.  The  form  hipinnatijida  of  Wirtgen, 
with  bipinnatifid  leaves  from  the  first,  is  common  and  easily  dis- 
tinguished, especially  when  the  plants  are  young.  Two  forms  occur 
with  the  rachis  broad :  (1)  smooth  fleshy  plants  corresponding  to 
var.  mantima  G.  &  G. ;  (2)  those  having  ascending  hairy  leaves 
with  broader  pinnae  (thus  appearing  to  be  coarsely  serrate) — perhaps 
var.  latifolia  DO.  A  plant  corresponding  to  var.  pygmaa  Lange  is 
plentiful  on  the  Bude  Downs  and  at  Braunton  Burrows.  With  the 
exception  of  var.  integrata  G.  &  G.,  these  forms  are  easily  recognized. 
Two  very  distinct  forms  of  P.  ynaritima  L.  occur  at  Bude :  (1)  a 
large  plant  with  simple  root,  and  flat,  linear-lanceolate  leaves ; 
(2)  one  with  many  tufts  of  curved  linear  leaves  at  the  ends  of  a 
branched  rootstock,  forming  together  a  small  compact  cushion. 
But  for  their  obtuse  bracts  they  correspond  respectively  to  speci- 
mens of  P.  serpentina  Vill.  and  P.  carinata  Schrad.,  from  the 
Mediterranean.  A  form  of  P.  lanceolata  L.  with  spreading  teeth  to 
its  leaves,  known  on  the  Continent,  but  not  hitherto,  I  believe,  in 
England,  occurs  at  the  same  place. — S.  T.  Dunn. 

Mentha  Notes.  —  The  following  are  M.  E.  Malinvaud's  notes 
on  specimens  of  British  Mints  recently  submitted  to  and  kindly 
examined  by  him  : — Mentha  rotundifolia  L.  Near  Bossington, 
W.  Somerset,  Aug.  1893.  "  Groupe  des  liotundifolice  legitimce. 
M.  ineduanensis  Desegl.  et  Dur.  in  Bull.  Soc.  roy.  de  hot.  de  Bel- 
gique,  t.  xvii.  p.  310.  Malvd.  Menth.  exsicc.  No.  104.  Saltem 
proxima."  —  M.  si/h-estris  L.  By  the  Darent,  near  Eynsford, 
W.  Kent,  27/8/1891,  coll.  J.  Groves,  comm.  E.  S.  Marshall. 
"  Foliis  irregulariter  dentatis.  An  proles  hybrida  ?" — M.  sylvestris 
L.  Near  Westenhanger,  E.  Kent,  15/7/1893,  legit  E.  S.  Marshall. 
"  Silvestres  legitime.  M.  silvestris  L.  Stam.  inch  (suhfewina  Schultz). 
M.  viridis  y  canescens  Fries,  Gren.  et  Godr." — M.  vlridis  L.  Marsh 
near  Albury,  S.W.  Surrey,  July,  1893.  "  Silvestris  glabra.  M.  vi- 
ridis L.  Stam.  inch  Cf.  M.  viridis  var.  y  pijjerella  Court,  et  Lej. 
Comp.  flor.  belg.  —  M.  piperella  Opiz." — M.  sylvestris  L.  intermed. 
to  M.  viridis  L.  Northbrook,  Surrey,  Sept.  1894.  "  Rursum  et 
accurate  inquirenda !  Forme  curieuse.  Bractees  velues  comme 
dans  le  type  silvestris;  le  reste  est  du  M.  viridis  L.,  auquel  je 
rattache  la  plante.  Plante  extraordinaire." — Meiitha  sp.  Among 
the  sand  dunes,  Braunton  Burrows,  N.  Devon,  Aug.  1896.  Totally 
procumbent.  "  ilf .  aquatica  var.  hirsuta  minor  monocephala,  for. 
reducta."^i¥.  saliva  L.  Bramley  Canal,  S.W.  Surrey,  Sept.  1893. 
'^  Sativa,  proles  hybrida  ex  aquat.  et  arv.  M.  saliva  L.  p.p.  Cf. 
M.  aquatica  var.  verticillata,  malt.  auct.  M.  suhspicata,  nonnull. 
ill.  angusti/olia  Schreb." — M.  arvensis  L.  var.  Nummularia  Schreb. 
Corfe  Mullen,  Dorset,  28/9/1891,  ex  herb.  E.  F.  Linton.  "  M.  ar- 
vensis forma  major.  Cf.  M.  Hostii  Bor.  Fl.  Centre  (saltem  proxima)." 
— The  form  from  Braunton  Burrows  (M.  hirsuta  Huds.)  has  a  very 
distinct  appearance  in  consequence  of  its  procumbent  habit,  the 
whole  plant  being  tightly  pressed  upon  the  sand,  and  the  leaves  all 
in  one  plane.  That  it  is  merely  a  variation  due  to  environment  is 
suggested  by  its  gradually  passing  into  the  typical  form  where  there 
happens  to  be  a  tuft  of  rushes  or  other  shelter. — S.  T.  Dunn. 


64 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS, 

Die  natiirUchen  PfianzenfamiUen  .  .  .  von  A.  Engler  und  K.  Prantl. 
i.  Teil,  2  Abteilung  [Alg^e] .     Leipzig,:  Engelmann.     1897. 

The  volume  devoted  to  Algae  in  Engler  and  Prantl's  great  work 
is  now  completed.  The  Coujugatm,  Chlorophycem,  and  CharacecE  are 
dealt  with  by  Dr.  Wille,  the  Phccophycew  by  Dr.  Kjellman,  and  the 
lUiodopliycecti  by  the  late  Dr.  Schmitz,  edited  by  Dr.  Haiiptfleisch 
and  Prof.  Falkenberg.  The  Conjugatm  are  divided  as  usual  into  the 
three  natural  orders — DesmidiacecE,  ZygnemacecE,  srnd  MesocarjnicetE  ; 
the  ChlorophycecB  into  three  groups — Protococcoide(B,  Confervoidea;, 
and  Siponem ;  and  a  plan  is  given  of  the  relation  which  the  various 
natural  orders  of  these  groups  bear  to  each  other.  In  addition  to 
the  diagnosis  of  large  genera,  such  as  Ulva,  (Edogonium,  Caulerpa, 
&c.,  Dr.  Wille  has  indicated  the  subdivisions  into  which  the  genus 
is  divided,  and  given  a  type  of  each  such  subdivision.  It  is  to  be 
regretted  that  the  genus  Chlorodictyon  has  found  its  way  into  the 
natural  order  Cmderpacea,  as  it  is  well  known  to  be  a  lichen ; 
Chlorodcsmis  was  shown  to  be  but  a  state  of  Avrainvillea  by  Messrs. 
Murray  and  Boodle  in  this  Journal  for  1889.  Among  the  genera 
of  uncertain  position  placed  at  the  end  of  Codiacem  is  J.  E.  Gray's 
Codiophyllum,  which  belongs  to  FloridecB,  and  was  sunk  by  Dr. 
Agardh  into  Kiitzing's  Tliamnoclonium . 

Dr.  Kjellman,  in  his  treatment  of  the  Phaophycea,  follows  the 
system  of  classificatiou  published  by  him  in  his  Skandinavieus 
Ha fsidg flora,  1890,  but  in  the  reverse  order.  He  divides  them  into 
two  groups — PhcBosporciE  and  CyclosporecE.  The  former  he  subdivides 
into  Zoogonicm  and  Acinet(E,  Zoogonlca  containing  all  the  natural 
orders  of  Phaospurece  except  PtllopterldacetE,  which  is  placed  by 
itself  in  AclnetcE.  Dr.  Kjellman  remarks  on  the  impossibility  of 
forming  a  correct  estimate  of  the  position  of  the  natural  orders  in 
Phceosporew,  owing  to  our  lack  of  complete  knowledge  concerning 
the  reproductive  organs  of  many  of  the  genera.  Much  investigation 
has  yet  to  be  done  in  this  direction,  though  fresh  light  has  been 
thrown  lately  on  several  species  of  EctocarjxwecB  by  the  valuable 
work  of  M.  Sauvageau,  and  on  Taonia  and  Dlctyota  by  Mr.  Lloyd 
Williams.  Dr.  Kjellman  has  omitted  to  mention  the  important 
link  between  Pucacc(B  and  LtnninariacecB  which  was  discovered  in 
1892  by  Miss  Mitchell  and  Miss  Whitting  in  the  genus  Splachnidimn. 
This  genus  had  till  then  always  been  classed  among  FiicacecE,  but 
the  examination  of  its  fruits  showed  that  the  supposed  oogonia 
were  in  reality  zoosporangia  growing  in  conceptacles — a  distinct 
connection  between  the  PluEosporecB  and  CyclosporeiB  of  Dr.  Kjellman. 
This  announcement,  published  in  the  Phycologlcal  Memoirs,  received 
interesting  confirmation  a  few  months  later  from  Mr.  Laing  of  New 
Zealand,  who  published  a  note  on  Splachnidiuvi  riigosiim  Grev.  in 
the  Transactions  of  the  New  Zealand  Institute. 

It  may  be  noted  in  passing  that  the  position  of  Splachnidimn  as 
type  of  a  new  natural  order — SplacJmldiacea — has  not  been  recog- 
nized by  Dr.  De  Toni  in  the  volume  on  FucoidecE  of  his  Sylloge 


DIE    NATURLICHEN    PFLANZENFAMILIEN  :    ALG/E.  65 

Algariiiii,  published  in  1896.  Many  of  the  figures  are  original,  and 
others  are  taken  from  works  not  easily  accessible  to  many  students. 
They  add  largely  to  the  usefulness  of  this  volume. 

The  expounding  of  Prof.  Schmitz's  new  classification  of  Rhodo- 
jjliycem  has  been  awaited  with  interest.  In  1889  he  published  the 
outlines  of  it,  without  explanation,  in  Flora,  and  it  is  only  now  that 
phycologists  are  in  a  position  to  criticise  the  new  system  in  detail. 
The  premature  death  of  this  able  investigator — nearly  three  years 
ago — delayed  the  publication  of  his  work,  but  his  friend  Dr. 
Hauptfleisch  has  completed  it  on  the  lines  laid  down  by  Dr. 
Schmitz,  The  FJiodomelecB  are  dealt  with  by  Dr.  Hauptfleisch  and 
Prof.  Falkenberg. 

The  Fihodophi/ct'fC  are  divided  into  Bamjiales  aud  Floridea,  the 
first  containing  three  natural  OTdevs—FhoduchcBtacea,  Compsopogo- 
nacem,  and  Fhoreace/r.  FloridecE  is  subdivided  into  four  main  groups, 
differing  in  the  mode  of  development  of  the  fertilized  carpogonium. 
The  system  of  classification  hitherto  followed  was  founded  by  Dr. 
Agardh  on  the  formation  of  the  mature  cystocarp,  without  regard 
to  its  development.  The  practical  difficulties  of  Dr.  Schmitz's 
system  are  obvious,  for  but  few  plants  can  be  easily  obtained  in 
such  successive  stages  of  development  as  to  determine  into  which 
of  these  four  divisions  it  falls.  Until  that  point  is  decided,  nothing 
but  previous  knowledge  of  the  different  genera  can  possibly  be  of 
any  assistance.  To  a  beginner  in  the  systematic  study  of  alg«, 
such  a  system  is  discouraging.  In  some  cases  the  natural  orders 
associated  by  Prof.  Agardh  still  fall  together,  and  many  of  them 
contain  the  same  genera.  The  relationship  of  RhodomelacecB  and 
CeramiacecR  is  recognized,  and  both  orders  are  placed  in  the  tbird 
of  the  four  large  groups,  i.  e.  FJiodymeniales.  Several  genera 
hitherto  regarded  as  belonging  to  lihodomelacece  are  banished  to 
other  orders,  while  Laurencia,  Cladijinenia,  and  Coeloclouhim  are 
included  in  UhodomehicecB.  Some  new  genera  are  also  created,  and 
Harvey's  Chondria  reappears  to  take  the  place  of  Dr.  Agardh's 
Choiidriopsis. 

In  the  diagnosis  of  Gatti/a  on  p.  499  an  odd  mistake  occurs. 
The  cystocarps  are  minutely  described,  and  a  few  lines  lower  a 
remark  is  made  to  the  effect  that  the  position  of  the  genus  must 
remain  uncertain,  owing  to  the  cystocarps  being  unknown  ! 

In  Grateloupiaccm  J.  E.  Gray's  Codiopkyllum,  referred  to  above, 
is  revived.  It  had  been  sunk  by  Dr.  Agardh  into  Thamnociunimn 
Kiitz,  but  its  one  species  is  now  separated  off  again  on  account  of  a 
difference  in  the  cuticular  structure. 

Such  work  as  this  of  Prof.  Schmitz  has  necessarily  required  an 
immense  amount  of  minute  examination  of  alga  in  various  stages 
of  development,  and  it  seems  a  pity  that  similarity  of  vegetative  or 
other  characters  does  not  play  a  larger  part  in  the  diagnoses  of  his 
main  groups.  The  exclusive  consideration  of  one  part  of  any  plant, 
even  though  it  be  of  such  importance  as  the  development  of  the 
fruit,  is  somewhat  unsatisfactory ;  and  it  remains  to  be  seen 
whether  the  new  system  is  founded  on  a  firm  enough  basis  to 
stand  entirely  in  its  present  form.  FSB 


66 


LE    FUMARIACEE    ITALIANE. 


Le  Fumariacee  Italiane.     Per  Leopoldo  Nicotra.     Fireuzo,  1897. 
8vo,  pp.  78.     Prezzo  L.  3.50. 

This  pamphlet  is  an  elaboration  of  the  Italian  Fiimariace(B  for 
the  continuation  of  Parlatore's  Flora  Italiana,  and  follows  on  the 
general  lines  of  that  well-known  work.  The  synonymy  seems  care- 
fully worked  out  both  for  the  species  and  varieties,  and  figures  are 
quoted  in  every  case  where  these  are  obtainable. 

One  or  two  points  in  connection  with  the  work  are  of  special 
interest  to  British  botanists.  The  genus  Corydalis  is  retained  in 
preference  to  Scopoli's  earlier  Neckeria,  nor  do  we  find  that  Signor 
Nicotra  thinks  it  necessary  to  make  any  reference  to  the  older 
name.  In  the  genus  Fiunaria  the  divisions  adopted  are  those 
indicated  in  Hammar's  monograph,  the  Italian  species  falling 
under  three  series  : — (1)  "Flores  angusti.  Petala  exteriora  margine 
alato  eorum  apicem  non  attingente.  Interiora  a  medio  ad  apicem 
sursum  curvata.  Achenia  laevia  aut  subl^via."  (2)  "Flores  ampli. 
Petala  exteriora  margine  alato  eorum  apicem  attingente.  Interiora 
a  medio  ad  apicem  sursum  curvata.  Achenia  magna,  vulgo  in- 
signiter  tuberculata,  carinato-compressa."  (3)  "  Flores  parvi. 
Petala  exteriora  marginibus  latis,  patulis,  summum  apicem  at- 
tingentibus  cincta.  Interiora  lata,  parum  curvata.  Achenia  parva, 
parum  rugulosa  vel  etiam  sublsevia." 

To  the  first  series  belong  F.  capreolata  L.,  F.  Reuterl  Boiss., 
and  F.  muralis  Sond.,  but  not,  be  it  noted,  F.  Bormi  Jordan. 
F.  pallidijiora  Jordan  becomes  F.  capreolata  L.  /S  fiavescens  Nicotra, 
the  characters  given  for  this  variety  being  "floribus  minoribus, 
pallide  flavescentibus,  laxis."  F.  confusa  Jordan  is  F.  muralis 
Sonder,  ft  serotina  Nicotra,  the  characters  given  being  "  pedicellis 
brevioribus,  acheniis  rugulosis."  To  the  second  series  belong 
F.  Giissonii  Boiss.,  F.  bicolor  Somm.,  F.  agraria  Lag.,  and  F. 
Jiabellata  Gasp.  F.  Borai  Jordan  is  F.  Gussonii  Boiss.  y  Borcei 
Nicotra,  with  the  following  varietal  character  assigned:  "  elata, 
cirrhescens,  potius  viridis,  racemis  laxifloris,  pedicelhs  bracteas 
subaequantibus,  floribus  violaceis,  acheniis  basi  angustatis."  As 
members  of  the  last  series  we  have  F.  officinalis  L.,  F.  Wirtgeni 
Koch,  F.  VailUmtii  Lois.,  F.  Sckleicheri  Soy. -Will.,  F.  parvijiora 
Lamk.,  F.  micrantha  Lag.,  and  F.  Kraliki  Jord.  Signor  JSicotra 
is  doubtful  whether  the  F.  densiflora  DC.  Cat.  Hort.  Monsp.  113 
(1813),  is  the  plant  we  at  present  understand  by  that  name  ;  he  has 
therefore  used  the  name  F.  micrantha  Lag.,  which  was  published 
three  years  later. 

On  the  lines  of  this  revision,  the  nomenclature,  position,  and 
sequence  of  the  British  species  of  Fwnaria  would  be  as  follows : — 

Series  1. — Fumari^e  capreolata. 
F.  capreolata  L.    fi  jiavescens  {=  F.  pallidijiora  Jord.). 
F.  muralis  Sonder. 
F.  muralis  Sonder,  /?  serotina  (=  F.  confusa  Jord.). 

Series  2. — FuMARL^i:  agrari^e. 
F.  Gussonii  Boiss.  y  Borai  {=  F.  Borcei  Jord.). 


darwin  and  after  darwin.  67 

Series  3. — Fumari^e  officinales. 
F.  officinalis  L. 
F.  Vaillantii  Lois. 
F.  'parvijiora  Lamk. 
F.  micrantha  Lag.  (F.  densijiora  DC.  p.p.?).  77     f     "R 

Darwin  and  after  Darwin.  By  the  late  Gr.  J.  Romanes.  Part  iii. 
Post-Darwinian  Questions.  Isolation  and  Physiological  Se- 
lection. 8vo,  pp.  viii,  181.  London:  Longmans,  Green  &  Co. 
1897. 
Three  only  of  the  six  chapters  of  this,  the  concluding  volume 
of  Mr.  Romanes'  last  work,  were  in  type  at  the  time  of  his  death. 
These,  the  first  two  and  the  last,  deal  with  Isolation.  For  the 
selection  and  arrangement  of  the  other  three  chapters  the  editor, 
Prof.  Lloyd  Morgan,  is  responsible.  Their  subject  is  physiological 
selection — in  the  opinion  of  the  author  a  very  important  form  of 
isolation.  There  are  also  three  appendices ;  the  first  embodies 
Mr.  Gulick's  criticism  of  Mr.  Wallace's  views  on  physiological 
selection ;  the  second  is  entitled  an  examination  by  Mr.  Fletcher 
Moulton  of  Mr.  AVallace's  calculation  touching  the  possibility  of 
physiological  selection  ever  acting  alone  ;  the  third  is  made  up  of 
some  extracts  from  the  author's  note-books,  and  deals  mainly 
with  physiological  selection  and  cross-infertility.  The  first  two  are 
inserted  in  accordance  with  the  author's  expressed  injunctions. 
A  portrait  of  the  Rev.  J.  Gulick  forms  the  frontispiece  to  the 
volume — a  fitting  compliment  to  a  naturalist  of  whom  the  author 
says  at  the  opening  of  the  first  chapter:  "To  his  essays  on  the 
subject  [of  Isolation]  I  attribute  a  higher  value  than  to  any  other 
work  in  the  field  of  Darwinian  thought  since  the  date  of  Darwin's 
death."  "Indeed  I  believe  with  Mr.  Gulick  that  in  the  principle 
of  Isolation  we  have  a  principle  so  fundamental  and  so  universal, 
that  even  the  great  principle  of  Natural  Selection  lies  less  deep, 
and  pervades  a  region  of  smaller  extent."  Along  with  Heredity 
and  Variation,  Isolation  forms  the  tripod  on  which  is  reared  the 
whole  superstructure  of  organic  evolution. 

Isolation  is  defined  as  the  prevention  of  intercrossing  between  a 
separated  section  of  a  species  or  kind  and  the  rest  of  that  species  or 
kind.  Such  separation  may  be  due  to  geographical  barriers,  to 
migration,  or  to  any  other  circumstances  leading  to  exclusive 
breeding  within  the  separated  group.  It  is  a  genus  with  two 
species,  Apogamy  and  Homof/aint/.  These  were,  Romanes  thought, 
new  words  coined  by  himself  to  describe  indiscriminate  and  dis- 
criminate isolation  respectively.  They  are,  however,  well  known 
to  botanists  under  quite  a  different  meaning.  The  difterence 
between  indiscriminate  and  discriminate  isolation  was  pointed  out 
by  Mr.  Gulick,  who  used  the  terms  separate  and  segregate  breeding 
to  express  the  two  forms.  Indiscriminate  isolation  occurs,  for 
instance,  when  a  shepherd  divides  a  flock  of  sheep  without  regard 
to  their  characters;  but  if  he  places  all  the  white  sheep  in  one  field, 
and  all  the  black  sheep  in  another  field,  he  is  isolating  one  section 
from  the  other  discriminately. 


68  DIE    bUMPF-    UND    WASSERPFLANZEN. 

The  two  most  important  forms  of  discriminate  isolation  are — 
first,  Sexual  Incompatibility,  either  partial  or  absolute,  between 
different  taxonomic  groups,  or  Physiological  Selection;  and  second, 
Natural  Selection.  The  importance  of  indiscriminate  selection 
depends  on  the  fact,  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Gulick,  that  no  two 
portions  of  a  species  have  exactly  the  same  average  character,  and 
the  initial  differences  by  continually  reacting  upon  each  other,  and 
on  the  environment,  ensure  increasing  divergence  as  long  as  the 
individuals  of  the  two  groups  are  kept  from  intergenerating.  That  is 
to  say,  the  originally  indiscriminate  selection  becomes  discriminate. 

Chapters  I.  and  II.  are  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  Isolation  as  a 
general  pi-inciple.  In  the  third  we  pass  on  to  consider  Physio- 
logical Selection,  or  "that  form  of  isolation  which  arises  in  con- 
sequence of  mutual  infertility  between  the  members  of  any  group 
of  organisms  and  those  of  all  other  similarly  isolated  groups 
occupying  simultaneously  the  same  area."  The  author  summarizes 
the  main  points  of  this  theory,  and  in  the  next  chapter  puts  forward 
several  kinds  of  evidence  in  its  favour.  These  include  evidence 
from  geographical  distribution.  The  production  of  numerous  spe- 
cies in  large  areas,  and  the  richness  in  species  of  dominant  genera 
within  those  areas,  points  on  which  Darwin  insisted,  are  shown  to 
be  capable  of  explanation  by  the  working  of  physiological  selection. 
Evidence  from  topographical  distribution  [i.  c.  distribution  with 
reference  to  comparatively  small  areas),  both  of  species  and  varieties, 
and  from  the  working  of  prepotency,  is  also  adduced,  and  is  of  special 
interest  to  botanists. 

The  last  chapter  is  an  historical  sketch  entitled  "  A  brief  history 
of  opinions  on  Isolation  as  a  factor  of  organic  evolution,"  and  con- 
cludes with  twelve  "Articles,"  which  declare  that  "Natural 
Selection  has  been  the  main,  but  not  the  exclusive  means  of 
modification,"  for  "without  isolation,  or  the  prevention  of  inter- 
crossing, organic  evolution  is  in  no  case  possible.  Therefore  it  is 
Isolation  which  has  been  the  exclusive  means  of  modification,"  or, 
more  correctly,  the  universal  condition  to  it;  and  finally,  "where 
common  areas  and  polytypic  evolution  are  concerned,  the  most 
general  and  most  efficient  form  of  isolation  has  been  the  physio- 
logical." The  volume  is  an  eminently  suggestive  one,  especially 
for  botanists,  for  plants  afford  the  best  material  for  the  kind  of 
work  which  must  establish  or  refute  the  articles  laid  down  by  Mr. 
Eomanes.  ABE 

Die    Sumpf-    wul    Wasserpjianzen.      Ihre    Beschreibuiir/,    Kultiir  mul 

Verwnidiing.    Von  Wilh.  Monkemeyer.     8vo,  pp.  iv,  189,  with 

126  figures  in  the  text.     Berlin :   Schmidt.    1897. 

The  object  of  the  present  volume  is  to  meet  the  want  of  a  book 

dealing  with  water-  and  damp-loving  plants — a  want  which  has 

arisen  from  the  increased  use  of  aquaria,  and  also  of  aquatic  and 

marsh-plants  in  landscape-gardening.     The  author  is  "Inspector" 

of  the  Botanic  Garden   of  Leipzig  University,    and   is    therefore 

presumably  in  a  position    to    speak   with  authority  on  points  of 


ARTICLES    INf    JOURNALS.  69 

cultivation.  His  book  consists  of  an  account  of  the  genera  and 
best-linown  species  which  are  either  akeady  in  use  or  might  with 
advantage  be  brought  into  use  for  horticuUural  purposes.  The 
arrangement  adopted  is  that  of  Engler  &  Prantl's  Pflanzeufamilien, 
from  which  also  some  illustrations  have  been  borrowed.  Many  of 
the  figures,  which  are  chiefly  to  give  an  idea  of  the  habit  of  the 
plant,  are  new,  and  on  the  whole  good,  especially  those  of  Iris 
Fseudacorus  on  p.  89,  and  the  Orchises  on  p.  93.  We  are  glad  to 
note  in  the  accounts  of  individual  genera  and  species  that  reference 
is  made  to  their  geographical  distribution  and  the  nature  of  their 
habitat.  It  must  add  greatly  to  the  interest  of  plant-cultivation  to 
know  a  little  about  the  native  homes  of  one's  specimens.  Herr 
Monkemeyer's  book  will  doubtless  prove  a  welcome  addition  to  the 
library  both  of  the  amateur  and  professional  horticulturist. 

A.  B.  E. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.- 

Annals  of  Botany  (Dec). —  J.  C.  Arthur,  *  Movements  of  Proto- 
plasm in  Coenytic  Hyphge.'  —  CO.  Townsend,  '  Correlation  of 
growth  under  influence  of  injuries.'  —  J.  B.  Farmer,  '  Structure  of 
a  hybrid  Fern  '  (Polypodiimi  Schneideri  {aureinn  x  vulgare  var. 
elegantissimum)  :  2  pL). — J.  LI.  Williams,  '  Antherozoids  of  Dictyota 
and  Taonia  '  (1  pi.). — J.  R.  Green,  *  The  supposed  alcoholic  enzyme 
in  yeast.'  —  S.  H.  Vines,  '  The  proteolytic  enzyme  of  Nepenthes.' — 
H.  H.  Dixon,  '  Tensile  strength  of  cell-walls.'  —  Id.,  '  Structure  of 
C  odium.' 

But.  Centralblatt  (1897,  No.  44).— E.  H.  L.  Krause,  * Floristische 
Notizen.' — (No.  45).  J.  Erikson,  Ra^iunculus  Ulyricus. —  (No.  46). 
J.  Bornmiiller,  Rhaimius  Sagorskii  (=  R.  orbiculata  Bornm.  olim). 
—  (No.  47).  F.  G.  Kohl,  '  Die  Protoplasmaverbindungen  d.  Spalt- 
offnungsschliesszellen '  (1  pi.).  —  (No.  48).  A.  J.  Ewart,  'The 
relations  of  chloroplastid  and  cytoplasma.'  —  (Nos.  49,  50).  J. 
Eriksson,  '  Uebersicht  d.  Ergebnisse  d.  Getreiderostuntersuchung.' 
(No.  50).  P.  Knuth,  '  Neue  Beobachtungen  liber  fledermausbllitige 
Pflanzen.'  —  (1898,  Nos.  1,  2).  G.  Amadei,  '  Ueber  Eiweisskorper 
in  der  FamiHe  der  Balsamineen.'  —  (No.  3).  H.  Eggers,  '  Plant^e 
novffi  Ecuadorienses  '  (Poidsenia,  n.  g.  (Artocarpese) ).  —  (Nos.  3,  4). 
A.  Weberbauer,  '  Beitrage  zur  Anatomie  der  Kapselfriichte.' — • 
(No.  4).     F.  0.  Newcombe,  *  Cellulose-Enzyme.' 

Bot.  Gazette  (17  Nov.). — A.  P.  Anderson,  *  Normal  and  diseased 
organs  of  Abies  bahamea'  (2  pL).  —  W.  Fawcett,  '  Pubhc  gardens 
and  plantations  of  Jamaica.'  —  G.  J.  Pierce,  '  Variation  in  leaf 
arrangement  in  a  Maple.'  —  (23  Dec).  J.  Donnell  Smith,  '  Un- 
described  plants  from  Central  America.' — E.  B.  Copeland,  'Relation 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


70  ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 

of  nutrient  salts  to  turgor.'  —  W.  W.  Rowlee  &  K.  M.  Wiegand, 
Plants  collected  in  North-west  Greenland,  1896.  —  G.  H.  Sliull, 
'  Disguises  in  bud  arrangement.' — A.  H.  Curtiss,  '  Notes  on  Florida 
plants.' 

Bot.  Notiser  (liiift  6 :  15  Dec).  —  S.  Murbeck,  '  Om  vegetativ 
embryobildning  lies  Hertalet  Alcbemillor.'  —  B.  Tolf,  '  Forteckning 
ofver  parasitsvampar,  iakttagne  i  trakten  kring  Jonkiiping.' 

Bot.  Zeitiuuj  (16  Dec). — H.  Solms-Laubach,  '  Ueber  die  in  den 
Kalksteinen  des  Culm  von  Glatziscb  Falkenberg  in  Scblesien  ent- 
haltenen  Structur  bietenden  Pilanzenreste.'  —  (16  Jan.).  A. 
Scboler,  '  Das  Verbalten  der  Nebenwurzeln  in  der  verticalen  Lage.' 

Bull,  lie  VHerb.  Boissier  (Oct.).  —  J.  Freyn,  '  Ueber  neue  uud 
bemerkenswertbe  orientaliscbe  Pflanzenarten.'  — A.  Chabert,  '  Vil- 
lars  sous  la  Terreur.'  —  N.  Barbey,  Bnjnm  Haistii.  —  H.  Scbiuz, 
'  Kenntnis  der  Moosflora  der  Hawaiinseln.'  —  Id.,  '  Kenntnis  der 
Afrikanischen  Flora.'— (Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec).  H.  Hallier,  '  Bausteine 
zu  einer  Monographic  der  Convolvulaceen '  (7  pi.).  —  (Nov.).  H. 
de  Boissieu,  '  Les  Ericacees  du  Japon.' —  R.  Chodat,  Stapjia  (n.  g. 
Palmellaceae  :  1  pi.).  —  Id.  &  A.  Lendner,  '  Le  diagramme  des 
Cruciferes.' — Id.  &  M.  Goldfuss,  '  Culture  des  Cyanophycees  '  (1  pi.). 
— A.  Preda,  'Sac  embryonnaire  de  quelques  Narcissees.'  —  Id., 
'Algues  marines  de  Livourne'  (map). — J.  Briquet,  Sphacele  Urbani, 
sp.  n.  —  R.  Buser,  Anacamptis  pyramidaUs.  —  (Dec).  E.  Huth, 
'  Ranunculacese  Japonicae.' 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France  (Nov. :  xliv.,  no.  7). — A.  Chatin,  Terfezia 
Ap)hroditis,  sp.  n.  (1  pi.). — D.  Clos,  'Les  AnafjalUs  annuels  d'Europe.' 
—  X.  Gillot  &  P.  Parmentier,  '  Lamium  album,  cas  teratologique ' 
(1  pi.). — Id.,  ^  Piumex  palustris.'  —  A.  Franchet,  Botryddum  simplex. 
— A.  Battandier,  'Contribution  a  la  Flore  Atlantique.' — E.  Perrot, 
'Anatomic  des  Menyanthees '  (1  pi.)- — A.  Cliabert,  '  De  Tunis  a 
Tyout.' — P.  Candargy,  '  Flore  de  I'ile  de  Lesbos.' 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (30  Dec).  —  E.  G.  Britton,  Revision  of 
N.  American  Ophioglossums  (2  pi.).  —  T.  H.  Kearney,  'Plants  of 
Eastern  Tennessee.' — A.  Hollick,  'Affinities  of  Caulinites'  (1  pi.). 

Erythea  (24  Nov.).  —  K.  Brandegee,  'Notes  on  Cactese.'  — 
(26  Dec).  C.  Purdy,  Iris  Watsoniana,  sp.  n.  —  (3  Jan.).  J.  B. 
Davy,  '  Flora  of  Honey  Lake  Valley.' 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (27  Nov.).  —  Selaginella  Grugeri  Jenm., 
sp.  n. — (27  Nov.,  4  Dec).  0.  Stapf,  '  Botanical  history  of  Pampas 
Grass  and  allies'  {Cortaderia,  gen.  nov.).  —  (4  Dec).  Fassijiora 
pruinosa  Mast.,  Miltonia  Binoti  Cogn.,  Fendrobium  barbatum.  Cogn., 
spp.  nn. — (11  Dec).  Iponicea  Perringiana  Daumer,  Cochlioda  stricta 
Cogn.,  spp.nn.  —  (18  Dec).  Marattia  Burkei  Baker,  sp.  n.  (fig. 
129). — (8  Jan.).     Cypripedium  Craicshawia  O'Brien,  sp.n. 

Journal  de  Botanique  (1  Oct.). — C.  Sauvageau,  'Algues  du  Golfe 
de  Gascogne.' — A.  De  Coincy,  '  Teucrium  saxatile  Lam.' — (16  Oct.). 
P.  Van  Tieghem,  '  Une  nouvelle  sorte  de  Basigamie.' — (1,  16  Nov., 
1  Dec).    N.  Patouillard,  '  Flore  mycologique  de  Tonkin.'— (1  Nov.). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  71 

X.  Gillot,  <  Chelidonium  majus  var.  laciniatum .'  —  (16  Nov.).  J. 
Baagoe,  '  Potamogeton  undulatus  Wolfg.  (P.  crispus  x  pralongm) ' 
(1  pL).  —  (1  Dec).  E.  Perrot,  '  Sur  le  tissu  conducteur  sur- 
numeraire.'  —  (1  Jan.).  A.  De  Coincy,  '  Plantes  nouvelles  de  la 
Flore   d'Espagiie.'  —  M.  Mirande,   '  Malate   et  malophosphate  de 

calcium  dans  les  vegetaux.' .  Hue,  '  Les  Piamalina  a  Eichard- 

mesnil.' 

Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  (2  Dec).  —  Sir  John  Lubbock,  *  On  Buds  and 
Stipules'  (concl.:  4  pL). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Jan.).  —  K.  Fritscli;  *  Zur  Systematik 
der  Gattung  Sorhus/  —  E.  v.  Wettstein,  'Die  Innovations-Verhalt- 
nisse  von  Phaseolus  cocdneus'  (concl.). —  E.  Hackel,  Poa  Grimbiirgi, 
gp.  11.  —  F.  Bubak,  Pucdnia  Sdrpi.  —  J.  Eick,  '  Zur  Pilzkunde 
Vorarlbergs.'  —  C.  Baenitz,  '  Ueber  seltene  und  neue  Eubi  und 
Eubus-Hybriden.' 

Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  (Oct.).  —  D.  T.  Gwynne-Vaughan,  '  Some 
points  in  the  morphology  and  anatomy  of  NymphcBacece '  (2  pi.). — 
(Dec).     W.  0.  Worsdell,  On  '  Transfusion- Tissue  '  (4  pL). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


Our  transatlantic  friends  have  so  accustomed  us  to  well-printed 
and  cheap  books,  often  on  good  paper,  that  part  i.  of  Mr.  C.  E. 
Orcutt's  Pieview  of  the  CactacecB  comes  upon  us  as  a  surprise.  It  is 
execrably  printed  in  double  columns  on  wretched  paper,  abounds  in 
misprints,  has  no  title-page,  and  contains  exactly  thirty  pages  of 
text — plus  a  prefatory  note  embodying  certain  corrections — and 
costs  a  dollar  !  There  is  no  clavis,  and  the  species  are  arranged 
alphabetically,  and  numbered,  the  varieties  (many  of  which  are 
mere  names,  without  description  or  reference)  receiving  a  separate 
number.  Several  species  are  described.  We  have  seldom  seen  a 
more  unprepossessing  publication. 

Messrs.  Underwood  &  Earle's  Preliminary  List  of  Alabama 
Eimgi,  issued  by  the  Alabama  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 
(April,  1897),  is  based  on  the  Berkeley  &  Curtis's  ''Notices  of 
North  American  Fungi,"  on  species  collected  by  Judge  Peters  in 
Alabama,  which  were  incorporated  in  the  Eavenel  exsiccati,  and  on 
the  results  obtained  by  recent  workers  in  that  field,  chiefly  by  the 
authors  of  the  list.  It  does  not  lay  claim  to  completeness,  and  can 
hardly  even  be  considered  representative,  so  meagre  are  the  records 
for  some  widely-distributed  forms,  as,  for  instance,  the  Mucorini, 
of  which  but  two  species  have  been  found  as  yet.  The  authors 
state  that  they  have  followed  largely  the  classification  adopted  by 
Schroter  in  Engler  &  Prantl's  Pflanzenfamilien.  They  have  followed 
his  nomenclature  also  in  substituting  for  the  familiar  Oystopus  the 
older  name  Albugo.  Under  Polyporiis  they  have  grouped — and  who 
can  blame  them  ? — all  the  species  distributed  by  Saccardo   and 


72  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

others  under  Fomes,  Pohjporas,  Pob/stictus,  Poria,  and  Favohis, 
and  the  species  have  been  arranged  under  the  different  genera  in 
alphabetical  order.  Such  a  method  is  no  doubt  convenient,  but  it 
is  fatal  to  the  sense  of  relationship  or  of  sequence.  The  appendix 
contains  useful  and  practical  suggestions  as  to  the  best  methods  of 
collecting  and  preserving  the  larger  fleshy  fungi,  and  a  synopsis  of 
the  genera  and  subgenera  of  the  AijaricacecB.  We  may  call  their 
;ittention  to  Mr.  Arthur  Lister's  admirable  method  of  making  and 
retaining  spore-impressions,  as  described  by  him  in  this  Journal  for 
1877,  p.' 369.— A.  L.  8. 

We  note  with  pleasure  that  Dr.  George  King,  of  the  Calcutta 
Gardens,  has  received  the  decoration  of  Knight  Commander  of  the 
Indian  Empire. 

The  first  part  has  been  issued  of  Icones  Bogorienses,  a  new 
publication  from  the  Buitenzorg  Garden,  under  the  editorship  of 
Dr.  Boerlage.  It  will  appear  at  uncertain  intervals,  and  each 
number  will  contain  twenty-five  plates  of  new  or  little-known 
species,  with  accompanying  letterpress.  The  present  instalment, 
which  is  mainly  occupied  with  PolijpetalcB,  contains  plates  and 
descriptions  of  Indovethia,  a  new  genus  of  Vio/acetT,  and  of  Gijmnato- 
rarpiis,  a  genus  founded  on  Aitocarpns  venosa  Zoll. 

We  are  glad  to  learn  that  the  new  and  greatly-enlarged  edition 
of  the  well-known  Cyhde  Hihernica  of  Moore  &  More  is  now  in  the 
press,  and  will  be  published  in  a  few  months.  The  preparation  of 
this  second  edition,  which  is  founded  on  the  papers  of  the  late 
Alexander  Goodman  More,  joint  author  with  tbe  late  Dr.  David 
Moore  of  the  first  edition,  published  in  1866,  has  engaged  the 
editors  for  upwards  of  iwo  years.  We  are  informed  that  the  work 
will  present  many  new  features,  and  embody  the  latest  results  of 
botanical  exploration  in  Ireland.  The  editors  are  Nathaniel  Colgan, 
M.R.I.A.,  and  Reginald  W.  Scully,  F.L.S.,  friends  of  the  late  A.  G. 
More  and  contributors  to  this  Journal.  A  full  prospectus  is  to  be 
issued  shortly. 

The  Messrs.  Linton  have  issued  the  final  fascicle  of  their  Set  of 
British  Willows,  which  contains  thirty-seven  (instead  of  the  stipu- 
lated twenty-five)  numbers,  bringing  the  total  up  to  112.  In  the 
note  accompanying  the  specimens,  the  authors  say: — "In  the 
course  of  the  last  few  years  we  have  made  some  experiments  in 
the  cross-fertilization  of  Willow^s,  and  some  of  the  most  interesting 
results  have  been  introduced  into  this  fascicle.  No.  88,  S.  Capren 
X  lanata,  No.  92,  IS.  cinerea  x  Myrsinites,  and  Nos.  99  and  100, 
-S'.  lanata  X  repens,  are  examples  selected  which  might  occur  in 
nature ;  and  these  products  of  design  may  at  any  time  become 
useful  for  comparison.  No.  98,  S.  repens  x  viiiiiiudis,  w^as  made  in 
this  way,  at  a  time  when  the  hybrid  was  not  known  for  Britain  ;  it 
has  recently  been  detected  by  the  Eev.  E.  S.  Marshall  in  Suther- 
land. Besides  these,  Nos.  83  and  103,  of  which  we  could  not 
procure  satisfactory  wild  material,  are  supplied  from  plants  which 
occurred  spontaneously  in  the  garden." 


RMorgan  del,  etlith. 


Ca.'rex   diordorrlnza  Fjhrl-hacrt. 


WegtjNewrQarL  imp . 


73 


NOTES     ON     SOME     BKITISH     SEDGES. 

By  the  Eev.  E.   S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  383.) 

The  Editor  has  asked  me  to  write  an  account  of  Carex  chordor- 
rliiza,  lately  found  by  Mr.  Shoolbred  and  myself  in  the  north  of 
Scotland,  and  has  assented  to  my  adding  remarks  on  some  other 
native  species.  A  short  time  ago,  at  Pfarrer  G.  Kiikenthal's 
invitation,  I  sent  him  a  large  number  of  sheets  from  my  collection; 
his  comments  upon  these,  which  I  have  tested  and  supplemented  as 
far  as  lay  in  my  power  by  consulting  books  of  reference  and  by 
examining  the  rich  material  at  Kew  and  at  South  Kensington, 
appear  to  me  so  important  and  so  accurate  as  to  deserve  wider 
circulation.  My  best  thanks  are  hereby  given  to  Messrs.  Britten, 
J.  G.  and  E.  G.  Baker,  0.  B.  Clarke,  and  W.  P.  Hiern  for  their 
valuable  help  in  directing  me  to  various  works  and  specimens ;  but 
they  should  not  in  any  way  be  held  responsible  for  the  views 
adopted,  except  where  this  is  expressly  stated. 

Carex  chordorrhiza  L.  (ex  Ehrhart).  C.funiformis  Clairvaux 
{teste  Koch,  Synopsis,  ed.  2,  p.  864).  Boot  (or  rather,  underground 
stem)  far-creeping,  stoloniferous,  wiry,  sulcate,  about  the  thickness 
of  coarse  twine,  sending  up  at  intervals  obliquely  ascending  leafy 
branches  and  flowering  stems,  which  are  few-leaved  or  even  leafless, 
smooth,  straight  or  somewhat  curved,  about  6-12  in.  high.  Leaves 
glabrous,  smooth,  striate,  flat,  bright  green,  about  1-1|  line  broad, 
mostly  stiff  and  erect  (rush-like),  numerous  on  the  barren  shoots, 
falling  considerably  short  of  the  inflorescence.  Spikelets  male  above, 
crowded  together  in  a  compact  ovate  (or,  in  fruit,  occasionally 
triangular)  head  about  ^-f  in.  long.  Glumes  light  yellowish 
brown,  somewhat  darker  in  the  centre,  with  a  hyaline  white  border, 
obtuse  or  subacute.  Stvjmas  2.  Perigijnium  ovate,  turgid,  convex, 
shining,  glabrous,  yellowish  with  conspicuous  brown  ribs,  rather 
truncate  below,  gradually  narrowed  into  a  smooth,  obtusely  bifid 
beak,  which  is  broadly  scarious  at  the  tip  and  has  more  or  less 
jagged  inner  edges.  Nut  oblong-lanceolate,  abruptly  truncate 
above  (so  as  to  form  a  decided  ''shoulder"),  pale  yellow,  dotted, 
with  a  slender  beak  almost  equalling  its  length  and  usually 
projecting  a  little  beyond  the  beak  of  the  perigynium. 

This  description  is  mainly  taken  from  British  dried  material ; 
but  I  have  also  drawn  upon  other  sources,  as  our  specimens  were 
in  ripe  fruit.  Mr.  Morgan's  capital  illustration  does  not  show  the 
remarkable  root-character,  for  which  there  was  no  room  on  the 
plate,  nor  the  curious  beak  of  the  fruit.  The  species  is  beautifully 
figured  in  Flora  Danica,  fasc.  xiv.  tab.  1408. 

This  well-marked  plant  grows  in  very  wet  peat-bogs,  half-buried 
among  Sphagnum,  in  just  such  places  as  produce  C.  limosa,  with 
which  it  is  associated  at  Altnaharra.  It  is  found,  according  to 
Nyman,  from  Iceland,  through  Lapland  and  Finland,  to  N.  Kussia, 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [March,  1898.]  g 


74  NOTES    OX    SOME    BKITISH    SEDGES. 

thence  southward  and  westward  from  Central  Kussia  through  the 
Salzkammergut,  Switzerland,  and  S.E.  France  to  Spain;  heing, 
therefore,  not  unlikely  to  occur  in  almost  any  part  of  the  British 
Isles  where  suitable  conditions  prevail.  It  is  easily  overlooked, 
nnd  should  be  detected  elsewhere  in  tliis  country,  if  searched  for. 
There  are  specimens  in  the  British  Museum  or  at  Kew  from  Iceland, 
Lapland,  Fhimark,  N.W.  Russia,  N.E.  and  N.W.  Germany,  Sweden, 
Norway,  Denmark,  Tirol,  Salzburg,  Bavaria,  and  France ;  also 
from  four  stations  in  New  York  State,  U.S.A.  I  find  no  obvious 
differences  between  them. 

The  species  was  first  published  (1780)  in  Phytophylacium 
Eluliartiamim,  a  scarce  work  containing  dried  plants,  accom- 
panied by  short  notes,  in  the  following  terms : — 

"  77.    Chordorrhiza. 

Carex  Chordorrhiza  L.     Upsalise." 

This,  in  the  opinion  of  Messrs.  Britten  and  Hiern,  must  stand  as 
the  true  name  ;  the  affixed  specimen  is  quite  characteristic.  Ehr- 
liart,  in  the  preface  (dated  October,  1779),  dedicated  his  book 
"  Cineribus  Caroli  a  Linne  "  ;  the  natural  inference  being  that  the 
elder  Linne  had  seen  the  sedge  in  question  and  given  it  that  name. 

The  second  notice  dates  from  1781,  in  the  Sujqjl.  PL  (Linn,  fil.), 
p.  414  : — "  (Jhurdorrhiza  :  Carex  spica  composita  :  spiculis  andro- 
gynis  approximatis  superne  masculis,  capsulis  compressis,  radice 
repente  filiformi.  Chordorrhiza.  EJirh.  plujtoph.  n.  77.  Habitat  in 
Suecia.  Ehrhart.''  On  one  or  two  of  the  older  botanists'  labels 
I  see  that  it  is  actually  called  "  C.  chordorrhiza,  L."  ;  and  there 
seems  to  be  no  good  reason  for  crediting  Ehrharb  with  a  name 
which  he  never  claimed  to  have  originated. 

0.  MURicATA  L.  var.  pseudo-divulsa  Syme.  A  sheet  of  this  plant 
from  Hurtmoor,  near  Godalming,  Surrey,  not  far  distant  from 
Frith  Hill,  the  station  for  examples  in  Herb.  Boswell-Syme  col- 
lected by  Mr.  Beeby,  and  agreeing  exactly  with  them,  was  sent  to 
Herr  Kiikenthal  with  the  enquiry  whether  they  were  true  var. 
virens  Koch.  His  reply  was:  ''  Carex  LeersiiF.  Schultz  ((7.  virejis 
Koch  est  inextricabilis !)."  On  looking  up  a  type-specimen  in 
Herb.  Brit.  Mus.,  I  found  the  identification  to  be  quite  correct ; 
this  was  issued  in  F.  Schultz  and  Winter's  Herbarium  Xormale, 
Phanerogamia  Cent.  2,  no.  173,  labelled:  "  Carex  Leersii,  F.  Schultz. 
Lieux  pierreux  sur  les  bords  des  vignes  des  cotes  du  muschelkalk  et 
du  calcaire  tertiaire  pres  de  Weissenburg  en  Alsace.  Dec.  et  rec. 
F.  Schultz.  fl.  6  mai  1871,  fr.  3  juin  1869.  C.  muricata  Hoppe 
Car.  Germ,  et,  pro  parte,  C.  nmricata  Lin.  sp.  1382 ;  C.  canescens 
Leers  herb.,  t.  14,  f.  3." 

I  append  a  translation  from  the  original  notice  in  Flora  for 
1870,  vol.  liii.  pp.  455,  459  :— 

"Under  C.  muricata  L.,  C.  virens  Lam.  ^iwdi  C.  divulsa  Good, 
were  described  as  var.  /3.  and  y.  But,  as  F.  Schultz  has  shown, 
various  species  were  confounded  under  C.  muricata,  viz.  C.  con- 
tigua  Hoppe  {C.  muricata  Koch  et  auct.),  C.  muricata  L.  (Hoppe, 
C.  Leersii  F.  Schultz,   C.  virens  auct.  nonnul.  non  Lam.),  C.  Paira>,i 


NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES.  75 

F.  Sclmltz  (C.  loliacea  Sclik.,  non  L.),  C.  divulsa  Good,  (and  forma 
C.  guestphalica  F.  Scb.,  Bonning.  as  a  species),  and  C.  Duricci 
F.  Sch.  [G.  virens  auct.  nonuul.,  C.  divulsa  /3  virens  Darieu).  What 
C.  virens  Lam.  was  cannot  be  ascertained,  and  the  existing  specimen 
derived  from  Lamarck  is  in  such  bad  condition  that  notiiing  can 
be  seen  in  it  to  afford  any  means  of  deciding"  (p.  455). 

"The  C.  muricata  Hoppe  (non  Koch,  nee  auctorum),  i.e. 
C.  canescens  Leers  (non  Lin.),  wliich  grows  near  Weissenburg  and 
near  Neustadt,  sometimes  together  with  the  everywhere  common 
0.  contigua  Hoppe  [0.  muricata  Koch  et  auctorum),  and  which  is 
so  different  from  it  that  a  non-botanist  who  helped  me  to  collect  it 
never  once  confused  them,  I  have  named  C.  Leersii,  because  I  am 
now  convinced  that  Linne  understood  both  under  the  name  0.  mu- 
ricata. According  to  the  researches  and  drawings  of  my  friend 
M.  Paira,  as  well  as  my  own  observations,  it  differs  from  C.  contigua 
Hoppe  i7iter  alia  by  the  glume,  which  is  much  broader  than  long  (in 
C.  contigua  it  is  much  longer  than  broad),  by  the  lowest  bract, 
which  is  linear-lanceolate  (in  contigua  it  is  ovate),  by  the  shorter, 
broadly  ovate  perigynia,  narrowed  into  a  short  beak  (in  C.  contigua 
they  are  longer,  and  narrowed  into  a  longer  beak),  and  by  the  nut 
being  sessile  on  the  base  of  the  perigynium  (in  C.  contigua  it  is 
placed  far  above  the  base). 

"  I  have  found  C.  Leersii  in  various  places  on  the  slopes  of  the 
Haardtgebirge  towards  the  Rhine  valley,  e.  g.  in  great  abundance  in 
woods  on  the  Rothliegende  and  on  the  borders  of  the  Vosges  near 
Neustadt,  on  the  borders  of  vineyards  near  Weissenburg. 

"  The  closeness  or  remoteness  of  the  spikelets  affords  no  con- 
stant character ;  for  I  have  found  0.  contigua  on  Madeburg,  in  the 
Palatinate,  with  spikelets  quite  as  distant  as  in  C.  Leersii  and 
C.  divulsa.     I  have  called  these  C.  contigua  var.  remota"  (p.  459). 

I  find  the  above  distinctions  to  hold  good  in  the  var.  2-)seudo- 
divulsa  of  Surrey  and  Kent.  This  has  the  glumes  mostly  about 
half  the  length  of  the  fruit,  taken  together  ivith  its  beak,  i.  e.  falling 
considerably  short  of  the  fruit  alone;  in  our  ^'tyi^e-muricata" 
(=  (7.  contigua)  they  are  about  as  long  as  the  fruit  without  its  beak. 
In  var.  pseudo- divulsa  the  fruit  is  considerably  smaller  than  in 
C.  contigua  Whether  it  should  rank  as  a  species  or  as  a  variety 
must  remain  for  the  present  an  open  question,  so  far  as  I  am 
concerned. 

C.  ECHiNATA  Murray,  var.  grypus  (Schkuhr).  My  gathering  of 
this,  from  the  AUt  Giubhas,  near  Kingshouse,  Argyleshire,  was 
assented  to  by  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett,  and  agrees  well  with  the  figure 
in  Hoppe's  Caricologia  Germanica.  The  roots  which  I  took  home 
in  1888  changed,  however,  into  normal  echinata  the  following 
year;  Dr.  Buchanan  White  also  informed  me  that  he  did  not 
think  much  of  the  Perthshire  grypus.  "  Carex  grypus  Schk.  nil 
nisi  forma  alpina  obscurius  colorata  subreducta  Caricis  echinatas." 
— G.  Kiikenthal. 

C.  cuRTA  Good.  var.  alpicola  Wahlenberg.  I  sent  Herr  Kiiken- 
thal sheets  of  the  plant  which  we  have  been  so  calling  in  Britain 

G  2 


76  NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES. 

from  the  moorland  between  the  Little  Culrannoch  and  Glen  Can- 
ness  and  from  the  Driesh,  Clova,  Forfarshire,  as  well  as  from  the 
base  of  the  Sow  of  Athole,  Perthshire.  These  are  good  examples 
of  our  alpine  form,  with  which  I  am  quite  familiar.  He  replied : 
"  Hgec  est  C.  canescens  var.  robustior  Blytt.-;;-C'.  alpicola  Wahl.  = 
C.  Persounii  Lang  niulto  gracilior,  spiculis  magis  approximatis, 
minoribus  subrotundis,  foliis  angastioribus  diversa."  On  com- 
parison with  Blytt's  specimens  in  Fries's  Herb.  Normale  at  Kew 
and  South  Kensington,  labelled  "  C.  canescois,  var.  robusta," 
I  find  them  to  correspond  exactly  with  the  so-called  alpicola  of 
Britain;  they  come  from  "  Norvegia  Voss  in  alpe  Graasiden,  supra 
limitem  Betulfe." 

0.  Boeckeler  [Die  Cijperaceen  des  Koniglichen  Herbariums  zu 
Berlin)  gives  as  synonyms  of  C.  alpicola  Wahlenberg,  Flora  Lap- 
ponica,  232,  C.  Gebhardii  Hoppe,  non  Schkuhr  (Schkuhr's  plant 
appears  to  be  C.  elo7ir/ata  L.,  in  part  at  least),  C.  Persoonii  Sieber 
("v.  e/'),  C.  vittlis  Fr.  and  C.  vwcilenta  Fr.,  &c.  Nyman  keeps 
C.  macilenta  as  a  distinct  species,  and  places  C  vitilis  under 
C.  Persoonii  as  a  subspecies.  There  is  an  authentic  specimen  of 
C.  Persoonii  in  Herb.  Gay  at  Kew,  marked  "  Sieber  misit,  1821  ". 
Sieber  says  on  the  label:  '' curta.  /3.  bramiescens  Persoon  in 
alpibus  tyrolensibus  ad  M.  Glokner ;  differt  a  C.  ciirta."  This 
agrees  exactly  with  C.  Gebhardii  Hoppe,  of  which  I  have  seen  two 
authentic  examples  and  the  figure  in  Caricologia  Germanica — an 
exceedingly  good  one.  Fries  identifies  his  C.  vitilis  with  Wahlen- 
berg's  alpicola  and  with  "  C.  Gebhardi  nonnull.  nee  Schkuhr." 
The  figure  of  vitilis  in  Flora  Danica  evidently  represents  C.  Per- 
soonii ;  but  I  am  somewhat  doubtful  whether  the  specimens  of 
Fries  in  his  Herb.  Normale  are  quite  the  same  thing — both  at  Kew 
and  Brit.  Mus.  the  material  is  poor  and  scanty,  and  I  incline  to 
believe  that  the  plant  is  somewhat  uncharacteristic  C.  Persoonii. 
Whether  or  no  C.  Persoonii  and  0.  vitilis  are  distinct,  neither  of 
them  seems  to  have  yet  occurred  in  this  country. 

C.  ovALis  Good.  var.  bragteata  Syme.  I  have  specimens  under 
this  name  from  Castle  Moreton  Common,  Worcestershire,  collected 
by  Mr.  Hanbury,  and  Cutt  Mill  Common,  Puttenham,  Surrey, 
gathered  by  me.  "  We  should  call  these  var.  capitata  Sonder." — 
G.  K.  The  presence  or  absence  of  a  foliaceous  bract  is  apparently 
a  character  of  no  value  in  this  species  ;  a  specimen  found  near  Tain 
(last  August)  by  Mr.  Shoolbred  and  myself  has  one  spike  bracteate, 
the  other  not. 

C.  RiGiDA  Good.  var.  inferalpina  Laestadius.  Herr  Kiikenthal 
confirms  plants  so  named  from  the  Little  Culrannoch  {legit  Han- 
bury) and  from  the  great  bog  on  Glas  Maol  above  Canlochan  Glen, 
Forfarshire ;  they  are,  I  think,  inseparable  from  the  specimens  in 
Fries,  Herb.  Normale.  C.  limula  Fries,  to  which  (I  believe)  Mr. 
Bennett  has  lately  been  disposed  to  assign  these  gatherings,  is 
considered  by  the  German  student  to  be  C.  rigida  x  vulgaris,  and  he 
has  so  named  a  sedge  gathered  by  me  on  the  high  ground  between 
Clova  and  Loch  Lee ;  but  it  does  not  appear  whether  he  has  seen 
a  type-specimen  of  C.  limula.     1  cannot  believe  that  those  who  are 


NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES.  77 

familiar  with  C.  riglda  in  a  living  state  will  follow  Prof.  L.  H. 
Bailey  in  combining  it  with  C.  Goodenowii ;  these  frequently  grow 
together,  and  the  intermediates  may  prove  to  be  hybrids  between 
the  two.  Goodenough's  types  of  rujida  at  Kew  illustrate  the  normal 
plant  admirably. 

0.  AQUATiLis  Wahlenberg.  Specimens  from  the  moorland  above 
Corrie  Kander  (Glen  Callater),  S.  Aberdeen,  are  placed  by  Herr 
Kiikenthal  as  var.  epigeios  Andersson  ;  their  glumes  are  very  dark 
brown.  The  plant  distributed  by  Dr.  Buchanan  White  under  this 
name  from  the  White  Myre  of  Methven,  Perthshire,  labelled 
''var.  G.  epigeios  Laest.  forma  videtur  sec.  Almquist,"  he  calls 
"  Carex  vulgaris  Fr.  y  elatior  Lang,  2.  angustifolia  m." — it  is 
clearly  a  form  of  Goodenowii,  and  not  of  aquatilis.  My  Aberdeen- 
shire examples  closely  approach  a  Finmark  plant  of  Th.  M.  Fries, 
labelled  "  var.  epigeios  Wahlb." 

0.  aquatilis  X  rigida.  Four  gatherings  are  so  named  : — (1)  From 
the  above-mentioned  bog  on  Glas  Maol ;  (2)  from  the  wet  moorland 
above  the  head  of  Glen  Fiagh,  Clova;  (3)  from  near  the  Little 
Culrannoch  (with  some  doubt ;  the  specimens  may  be  rigida,  infer- 
alpina)  ;  (4)  from  the  Clach  Leathad  range,  Kingshouse,  Argyle- 
shire.  In  the  first  three  stations  the  supposed  parents  grow 
together  abundantly ;  in  the  fourth  I  did  not  observe  C.  aquatilis, 
but  the  sheet  is,  as  my  correspondent  remarks,  "  C.  aquatili  propior 
quam  posteriori"  [rigidc€:\.  They  all  seem  to  be  partially,  if  not 
entirely,  sterile.  So  far  as  I  am  aware,  this  hybrid  was  not  pre- 
viously recorded  from  Britain. 

C.  GooDENown  J.  Gay.  I  received  through  the  Botanical  Ex- 
change Club  plants  collected  by  Mr.  J.  E.  Griffith  near  Holyhead 
in  1889,  labelled  "(7.  ehjtroides  Fries.  See  J.  of  B.  4/89."  Herr 
Kiikenthal  remarks  : — ''Carex  ehjtroides  Fr.  ex  orig.  longe  aliena, 
nempe  hybrida  Carex  gracilis  x  vulgaris.  Haec  est  nil  nisi  forma 
elatior  C.  vulgaris."  I  believe  that  this  opinion  applies  equally  to  a 
similar  plant  of  Mr.  Griffith's  from  Maelog  Lake,  Anglesey,  6/93,  sent 
under  the  same  title.  British  botanists  call  C.  gracilis  "  C.  acuta 
L.,"  following  Fries,  &c. 

C.  Goode7iowii  X  rigida.  I  forwarded  a  sheet  from  the  Allt 
Giubhas,  near  Kingshouse,  Argyle  (c.  2000  ft.),  suggesting  this 
name,  and  received  the  following  note  upon  it: — "  Very  probably 
Carex  rigida  X  vulgaris.  The  strong  red-brown  rhizome,  the 
broader  leaves,  with  involute  margins,  and  the  black  spikelets 
point  to  G.  rigida,  while  the  laxer  habit  speaks  for  C.  vulgaris." 
I  have  very  little  doubt  of  this  identification  being  right ;  the 
influence  of  rigida  is  unquestionable,  but  it  is  hardly  pure  rigida. 

C.  PANicEA  L.  var.  intermedia  (Miegeville).  There  are  specimens 
at  Kew  of  Bordere's  gathering  from  near  Gavarnie,  Hautes-Pyre- 
nees,  at  1450  metres,  collected  in  1870  and  1875,  and  named  as 
C.  intermedia  Miegeville,  which  exactly  match  my  Fort  William 
plant.  "  Hffic  forma  pulchra  reducta  Caricis  panice^." — G.  K. 
He  remarks  that  K.  Eichter  refers  C.  intermedia  to  vulgaris  Fries, 
as  does  Nyman ;  but  this  appears  to  be  an  error. 


78  NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES. 

C.  pelia  0.  F.  Lang.  On  an  Altnaharra  sheet  of  mine,  so  named 
by  Mr.  Bennett  in  1887  (though  I  beUeve  that  he  has  since  altered 
his  opinion)  and  endorsed  by  Mr.  Beeby,  Herr  Kiikenthal  writes : — 
"  Carex  jjelia  is  a  hybrid  between  C.  livida  and  C.  panicea.  I  possess 
original  specimens,  which  differ  widely  from  the  present  plant. 
This  decidedly  belongs  to  C.  panicea  L. ;  it  is  true  that  the  fruit 
shows  a  certain  amount  of  resemblance  to  C.  lie  Ida.''  Prof. 
Babiugton  had  written  to  me,  in  1888:  "I  think  your  plant  is 
far  too  near  panicea.'"  The  Flora  Danica  plate  of  C.  pelia  suggests 
a  hybrid  origin  ;  but  the  only  Scandinavian  specimen  that  I  have 
yet  seen,  labelled  "  C.  pelia — panicea  var.  prope  Cljristiania,  1852  in 
palude,  J.  Andersson,"  looks  fertile,  and  is  not  very  far  removed, 
I  think,  from  the  Sutherlandshire  form.  C.  livida  should  certainly 
occur  in  the  north  or  north-east  of  Scotland. 

C.  FRiGiDA  Syme  (non  AUiooi).  "  Possibly  a  distinct  species, 
between  Carex  frigida  and  Carex  hinervis,  of  which  latter  it  has  the 
rhizome,  leaves,  and  colour.  It  further  differs  from  C.  frigida  by 
the  large  S'  spikelet,  and  by  the  margins  of  the  utricle  not  being 
toothed." — G.  K.  This  is  a  valuable  independent  confirmation  of 
the  view  taken  by  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1898, 
pp.  41-44).  My  sheet  is  derived  from  Dr.  Boswell's  garden  at 
Bahnuto. 

C.  DisTANs  L.  A  dwarf  plant,  parallel  to  C.  extensa  var.  pumila 
Andersson,  which  occurred  (the  type  being  absent)  on  the  coast  of 
Inver  Bay,  near  Tain,  E.  Ross,  in  1891,  is  identified  by  Herr 
Kiikenthal  as  var.  litoralis  Andersson. 

C.  FULVA  Good.  Whatever  opinion  may  be  held  as  to  the 
proper  name  for  the  species  which  we  have  lately  been  so  calling 
in  this  country,  it  is,  I  think,  evident  that  1714  and  1714  b  of  the 
London  Catalogue,  ed.  9,  really  represent  only  one  plant,  viz.  the 
C.  Hornschuchiana  of  Hoppe.  I  sent  the  whole  of  my  mounted 
specimens  to  Herr  Kiikenthal,  who  replied  as  follows : — *'  Good- 
enough's  figure  represents  a  Carex  fiava  x  Hornschuchiana;  his 
descLiption  gives  only  a  single  station  for  C.fulva.  This  leads  me 
to  express  the  supposition  that  C.  fulva  Good,  is,  after  all,  not 
identical  with  Carex  Hornschuchiana,  frequent  in  England  as  well 
[as  with  us] ,  but  represents  the  hybrid /^m  x  Horiisch.  Possibly 
Goodenougli  combined  C.  Hornsch.  with  C.  distans,  a  confusion 
which  might  easily  take  place."  I  have  consulted  Goodenough's 
original  description  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  ii.  (1791),  pp.  177-8  and 
210,  tab.  20.  Two  specimens  are  there  figured;  the  smaller  (right- 
hand)  one  is  C.  fiava  x  Hornschuchiana  for  certain,  the  larger 
being  probably  that  hybrid,  but  open  to  some  doubt.  Goodenough 
quotes  for  his  plant  Flora  Danica,  tab.  1049  ("  C\  distans"),  which 
Lange,  in  the  Nomenclator  Flora  Danica;,  refers  to  HornscJiuchiana ; 
if  so,  it  is  a  very  indifferent  representation,  the  colouring  being 
much  too  fulvous,  as  in  C.  xanthocarpa  Degland.  The  very  name 
'^ fulva"  suggests  fiava  X  Hornschuchiana,  and  is  by  no  means  apt 
for  the  true  species,  which  has  brown,  not  tawny  or  reddish  glumes. 
The  following  extract  from  Goodenough's  paper  decidedly  supports 


NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES.  79 

that  view  : — ''  This  plant  is  scarcely  removed  from  C.  flava.  How- 
ever, it  differs  from  it  in  having  the  angles  of  the  culm  sharp  and 
rough.  The  female  spikes  are  remote,  oblong  and  acute,  not  round ; 
the  lowermost  is  supported  by  a  long  footstalk,  half  of  which  nearly 
appears  above  the  vagina.  Besides,  it  has  scarcely  ever  more  than 
two  female  spikes.  The  lowermost  bractea  is  erect,  and  not  divari- 
cated. The  capsules  are  not  divaricated,  but  patent,  and  are 
slightly  divided  at  the  summit.  I  regret  that  I  have  had  no  oppor- 
tunity of  cultivating  it." 

To  my  great  disappointment,  no  authentic  specimens  of  fidva 
are  to  be  found  in  the  Kew  collection,  though  (oddly  enough)  a 
sheet  of  C.  Jiava  from  Goodenough's  herbarium  contains  two  speci- 
mens of  unmistakable  _/?rti;a  x  Honischnchiana,  which  indeed  would 
be  well  represented  by  his  right-hand  figure.  However,  plants 
labelled  "0.  fidva  Good."  by  Fries!,  Hoppe!,  Traunsteiner !, 
Schultz  !,  Gay  !,  are,  one  and  all,  that  hybrid.  It  seems  to  me  that 
the  balance  of  evidence  is  overwhelmingly  in  favour  of  our  retaining 
G.  Hornschuchiana  Hoppe  as  the  true  specific  name,  and  dropping 
C.fulva  Good,  altogether,  as  was  done  by  Babington. 

C.  Hornschuchiana  X  Oederi.  Herr  Klikenthal  agrees  with  me 
in  referring  to  this  hybrid  two  gatherings  (the  name  "  Oederi'''  being 
used  in  the  sense  indicated  below)  :  viz.  (1)  from  the  shore  of  Loch 
Tulla,  Inveroran,  Argyleshire,  1889  ;  and  (2)  from  a  wet  moor  near 
Loch  Ussie,  above  Conan,  E.  Eoss.  In  the  latter  case  the  second 
parent  was  C.  Oederi  var.  elatior  Andersson. 

0.  FLAVA  L.  var.  minor  Town  send.  If  the  view  here  taken 
respecting  C.  Oederi  is  correct,  this  descriptive  name  for  our  com- 
monest English  form  can  be  retained,  at  least  provisionally.  I 
may  as  well  say  at  once  that  the  views  regarding  0.  flava  and  its 
European  allies  propounded  by  Prof.  Bailey,  and  quoted  in  Journ. 
Bot.  1889,  pp.  331-4,  appear  to  me  somewhat  unconvincing  (and  in 
one  instance,  hereafter  alluded  to,  distinctly  misleading). 

C.  Oederi  Retz.  Oeder's  original  plant  is  figured  in  Flora 
Danica,  tab.  371  (1770),  and  erroneously  referred  by  him  to  C.  divisa 
Hudson.  Herr  Klikenthal  says  that  it  "certainly  belongs  to 
0.  Oederi"  (i.e.  sensu  auctorum,  non  Bailey).  A  careful  study  of 
the  plate  has  convinced  me  that  he  is  right ;  the  drawing  is  indeed 
somewhat  crude,  especially  as  regards  the  important  fruit-characters, 
but  the  habit,  size  and  arraugement  of  spikelets,  &c.,  fit  that  far 
better  than  our  flava,  minor.  The  stations  given  also  point  the 
same  way  : — "  Locus.  Copiose  in  convallibus  collium  aren^  mobilis 
(Dunen)  insulae  Sylt  &  Eyderstettensibus  " — just  the  sort  of  locality 
which  would  produce  C.  Oederi  of  Koch,  Syme,  &c. 

It  is  curious  that  this  species  should  so  persistently  have  been 
assigned  by  most  writers  (Fries,  Summa  Veg.  Scand.,  is  an  exception) 
to  Ehrhart,  whose  mention  of  it,  in  Beitrdge  zur  NaturJmnde  (1790), 
p.  83,  is  of  the  briefest: — "79.  Carex  Oederi  Retz.  Hannovera.'' 
The  reference  is  to  a  plant  in  Decas  8  of  some  (probably  published) 
collection,  respecting  which  no  information  seems  to  be  now  ac- 
cessible.    This  is  no  better  than  a  nomen  nudum,  in  the  absence  of 


80 


NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES. 


plate,  description,  or  accompanying  voucher-specimen.  But  the 
matter  is  of  no  practical  importance,  Retz  having  given  a  diagnosis 
as  early  as  1779,  in  Florce  Scandinavm  Prodromns,  p.  179  : — 

"1035.  C.  Ofderi,  spicis  subquaternis  sessilibus  capsulis  globosis 
acutis.    Fl.  D.  371.    P.  ar."  [Pascua  arenosa] . 

"  Obs.  Synonyma  ab  111.  Oedero  allata  minime  hue  pertinent. 
FlavcB  proxima,  tamen  distincta ;  csespitose  crescit,  omnia  minora, 
spicula  mascula  etiam  sessili.  Spica  infima  quidem  bracteam  habet, 
sed  parvam.  Capsule  minime  recnrvae.  Prope  Holmiam  solo  glareoso 
legi."  This  can,  I  believe,  only  cover  C.  (Jederi,  auct.  plurim.,  and 
does  not  tally  with  C.Jiava  var.  minor  Townsend. 

My  impression  is  that  most  of  the  specimens  labelled  "  C.  Oederi'' 
by  the  older  botanists  belong  to  this  species  ;  but  I  am  not  at  present 
in  a  position  to  prove  it.  However,  I  believe  that  the  majority  of 
authors  were  right,  and  that  Mr.  Bailey  is  wrong.  In  any  case, 
var.  ci/peroides  Marsson  cannot  stand  as  a  synonym  for  C.  Oederi 
auct.  In  his  Flora  von  Neu-rorpommerii,  Pdlgenuncl  Usedoni,  Marsson 
arranges  aggregate  C.  fiava  thus  : — 

"A.    genuiiia.     u  vulgaris  DoW. 

fS  lepidocarpa  (Tausch). 
y  Marssoni  (Auersw.). 
"B.    Oederi  (EWiYh.). 

a  elatior  (Anderss.). 
f3  vulgaris. 
y  cyperoides  Marss." 
Var.  cyperoides  is  therefore  only  a  portion,  and  that  not  even  the 
normal  form,   of  this  major  variety  or  subspecies,  as  he  under- 
stands it. 

Var.  elatior  Andersson.  Herr  Kiikenthal  refers  to  this  (he  is 
also  responsible  for  the  other  varietal  identifications)  a  specimen 
from  ^Vest  Morden,  Dorset,  sent  me  by  Rev.  R.  P.  Murray  mixed 
with  good  C.  lepidocarpa  Tausch,  as  well  as  a  gathering  of  mine 
(no.  763)  from  near  Loch  Ussie,  E.  Ross.  Marsson  characterizes 
it  as  "  caule  gracili  stricto  ^-1  pedali ;  foliis  angustissimis  canalicu- 
lato-involutis  caule  brevioribus  vel  eum  sequantibus." 

Var.  cyperoides  Marsson.  Western  shore  of  Longh  Owel,  Co. 
Westmeath,  Ireland ;  a  strong,  very  tufted  plant  with  broad,  flat, 
mostly  somewhat  curved  leaves. 

Var.  cedocarpa  Andersson.  Glen  Nevis,  W.  Inverness.  This 
approaches  y/(U'ft,  minor. 

C.  RosTRATA  Stolvcs.  In  1895  Mr.  Shoolbred  and  I  found  a  very 
robust  form  of  this  species  (my  no.  1478,  approaching  Mr.  Praeger's 
Irish  0.  rhynchopliysa)  plentifully  about  Cong,  both  in  Galway  and 
Mayo;  and  a  few  days  later  I  gathered  exactly  the  same  thing  near 
Lough  Drin,  Co.  Westmeath  (my  no.  1426),  in  the  company  of 
Messrs.  Linton  and  our  lamented  host,  Mr.  H.  C.  Levinge.  The 
second  plant  was  referred  by  Mr.  Bennett  to  C.  ampullacea,  forma 
planifolia  Norman,  Fl.  Arct.  Norvegiae.  "An  older  name  for  this 
variety  is  var.  latifolia  Aschers." — G.  K.  It  seems  to  me  worthy 
of  varietal  distinction. 


NOTES    ON    SOME    BRITISH    SEDGES.  81 

A  narrow-leaved,  peculiar  plant,  which  is  plentiful  among 
Sphacpmni  in  Wybunbury  Bog,  Cheshire,  and  was  sent  by  me  to 
the  Bot.  Exch.  Club  in  1895,  queried  as  C.  involuta  Bab.,  Herr 
Kiikenthal  and  Mr.  Bennett  agree  in  considering  as  only  a  form  of 
C.  rostrata. 

G.  rostrata  X  vesicaria.  Two  of  my  plants,  both  totally  sterile, 
are  referred  to  this ;  the  first  was  collected  in  Glen  Callater, 
S.  Aberdeen,  in  1886 ;  the  second  (my  no.  95)  in  a  bog  on  Meall 
Ghaordie,  Perthshire,  at  2800  ft.,  in  1891  ;  it  was  then  referred  to 
C.  rostrata  var.  hninnescens  Andersson  by  Mr.  Bennett.  I  incline 
to  believe  that  they  are  the  suggested  hybrid.  Has  not  C,  mvoUita 
Bab.  the  same  origin,  as  Herr  Kiikenthal  surmises? 

C.  VESICARIA  L.  Herr  Kiikenthal  places  C.  Grahami  Boott,  of 
which  I  was  able  to  lay  before  him  both  well-matured  wild  speci- 
mens from  Glen  Fiagh,  collected  in  1893  by  Mr.  W.  B.  Boyd,  and 
younger  cultivated  examples  from  Kew  Gardens  (1892),  as  a  variety 
of  C.  vesicaria,  rather  than  of  0.  pulla  Good.  This  confirms  my 
own  previous  opinion,  based  upon  observation  of  the  living  plant  at 
Kew.  He  endorses  my  naming  of  a  sedge  from  Meall  Ghaordie 
(1891),  and  also  determines  a  tall-growing  sedge  from  the  large  bog 
on  the  east  side  of  Ben  More,  Perthshire  (1889),  at  2700  ft.  (my 
no.  492),  as  Grahami;  these  are  somewhat  immature,  but  agree 
quite  closely  with  the  Kew  specimens  already  mentioned. 

Var.  ALPiGENA  Fries.  Two  gatherings,  of  1888  and  1889  (the 
latter  being  my  no.  493),  from  the  large  bog  on  the  east  side  of 
Ben  More,  below  Am  Binnein,  are  so  named,  as  well  as  a  sheet  from 
the  Glen  Lyon  side  of  Meall-nan-Tarmachan,  Perthshire,  collected 
in  1891.  These  are  practically  identical  with  Swedish  plants 
received  from  Herr  Kiikenthal,  collected  in  a  muddy  marsh  at 
Storlien,  Jemtland  (alt.  600  metres),  last  year  by  Emil  Warodell, 
though  not  so  well  advanced  in  fruit. 

I  have  carefully  examined  the  authentic  specimens  of  Fries, 
Herb.  Normale,  xviii.  71,  in  our  two  national  herbaria,  which  do 
not  agree  well  together.  They  are  labelled  "  Jemtland,  Syltoppen, 
&c.  Leg.  C.  F.  Backman.  Exstat  forma  C.  vesicarim  0.  rotunda tcB 
prorsus  respondens  et  sub  C.  pulla  confunduntur  specimina  tarn  e 
stirpe  C.  vesicaria  quam  C.  ampullacecE."  The  British  Museum  plant 
looks  to  me  like  a  tall-growing  pulla,  but  is  not  very  well  developed. 
At  Kew,  however,  the  material  is  far  more  satisfactory ;  there  are 
two  plants,  the  left-hand  one  (almost  exactly  agreeing  with  my 
no.  493)  having  heads  of  rather  a  light  brown,  with  the  fruit  not 
very  strongly  ribbed  ;  in  the  right-hand  one  they  are  dark  (blackish) 
brown  with  strongly  ribbed  perigynia ;  both  are  about  15  in.  high, 
the  glumes  having  a  broad  hyaline  tip.  They  show  an  evident 
approach  towards  Grahami,  and  should,  I  think,  be  classed  under 
C.  vesicaria  rather  than  under  0.  pulla,  although  forming  one  of  the 
connecting  links  between  the  two. 

One  specimen  on  the  Glen  Lyon  sheet  just  mentioned  is  ex- 
tremely near  to  Fries,  Herb.  Normale  plants,  collected  by  Andersson 
and  labelled  "  saxatills  {dichroa)  typica,  spicis  baud  infuscatis  i.  e. 


82  Watson's  climatic  zones. 

jniJla  Good.  Cave  ne  hue  referas  C.  vesicariam  alpigenam.'"  How- 
ever, in  the  vesicaria-huudle  at  Kew  there  is  another  sheet  of 
dichroa,  issued  in  Andersson's  Flora  Lappotrlm  Exsiccata  (1865),  on 
which  is  written  :"  272.  Carexi^cesicaria)  dichroa.  Lapp.  Lul.  [here 
follows  a  word  which  I  could  not  decipher] .  1862.  And."  There 
are  three  culms  present,  which  have  the  fruit  distinctly  ribbed ; 
they  look  intermediate  between  Grahami  and  alpigena,  having  a 
moderately  long  beak  and  slightly  scarious-tipped  glumes.  On  this 
evidence,  I  doubt  whether  dicliroa  can  really  be  separated  from 
alpigejia.  It  may  be  added  that  typical  C.  pulla,  brought  from  Ben 
Lawers  in  1887,  was  grown  in  my  garden  at  Witley  for  two  years, 
and  did  not  alter  appreciably. 

In  conclusion,  I  must  apologize  for  the  length  to  which  this 
paper  has  run  ;  it  seemed  best  not  to  omit  any  material  particulars 
which  were  at  my  disposal. 


WATSON'S     CLIMATIC     ZONES. 
By  Symers  M.  Macvicar. 

In  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  p.  4,  there  is  an  article  by  Messrs.  I.  H. 
Burkill  and  J.  C.  Willis,  entitled  ''  Botanical  Notes  from  North 
Cardiganshire,"  in  which  altitudes  are  given  of  several  species, 
among  these  being  Pteris  with  an  average  of  1270  ft.  on  the  south 
side  of  the  hill.  The  authors  mention  that  the  average  limit  of  this 
plant  on  the  south  side  of  the  Grampians,  as  given  by  Watson,  is 
1500  ft.,  and  on  this  account  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  arctic 
zone  is  nearer  sea-level  in  Mid  Wales  than  it  is  in  the  Highlands  of 
Scotland.  This,  I  think,  is  an  error  against  which  Watson  tells  us 
to  be  especially  on  our  guard. 

Comparisons  of  altitudes  of  plants  which  ascend  our  hills  for 
some  distance  are  apt  to  lead  to  false  inferences,  unless  the  hills 
which  are  compared  are  of  nearly  equal  height,  and  are  under  the 
same  conditions ;  by  this  latter  is  meant  principally  whether  the 
hills  arise  from  a  table-land  or  long  slope ;  or  are  divided  by  glens 
to  nearly  sea-level,  as  is  so  frequently  the  case  on  the  west  coast ; 
and  the  presence  or  absence  of  such  conditions  should  always  be 
stated. 

The  highest  point  in  the  district  of  Nortli  Cardiganshire  is  given 
at  2460  ft.,  and  that  of  the  East  Highlands,  as  given  in  Cyh.  Brit., 
at  4295  ft. ;  and  although  it  is  mentioned  that  the  higher  the  hills 
are,  the  higher  is  the  limit  of  the  species,  I  think  that  the  altitude 
of  2460  ft.  is  so  low  that  it  comes  under  the  conditions  which 
Watson  gives  as  leading  to  an  erroneous  estimate  when  compared 
with  those  of  a  hill  about  4000  ft.,  when  within  a  few  degrees  of 
latitude.  The  authors  also  give  Baber's  heights  for  the  Peak 
District  of  Buxton  (1750  ft.)— the  Lake  District  (3206  ft.)— with 
the  extreme  limit  of  Pteris  at  1650  ft.  in  the  former,  and  1800  ft.  in 
the  latter;  also  Watson's  in  the  East  Highlands  at  1900  ft.,  and 


Watson's  climatic  zones.  "      83 

their  own  in  North  Cardiganshire  at  1500  ft.  On  this  they  remark: 
"  We  find  that  the  Plinhmmon  region  is  in  this  respect  similar  to 
the  High  Peak  region,  but  dissimilar  to  the  Lake  region  and  the 
East  Highlands":  but,  if  this  were  the  case,  the  Pteris  ought  to 
mount  higher  in  North  Cardiganshire  with  its  higher  hills  than  in 
the  Peak  District.  The  reason  it  does  not  do  so  is  that  the  hills 
do  not  rise  from  a  table-land  in  the  former  as  they  do  in  the  latter. 
The  expectation  that  as  Pteris  grows  to  1900  ft.  in  the  East  High- 
lands, they  should  "get  it  possibly  at  2300  ft.,  or  at  any  rate 
2000  ft.  in  Mid  Wales,"  is  founded,  I  think,  on  the  same  mis- 
apprehension. Again,  it  is  stated :  "  Using  Baker's  test  of  the 
fruticose  Eubi  (exclusive  of  M.  flssiis)  to  determine  the  top  limit  of 
the  mid-agrarian  zone,  we  find  it  to  end  about  750-850  ft.  This 
is  again  lower  than  Watson's  limit  in  the  East  Highlands.'' 
Watson  gives  the  limit  of  R.  fruticosus  L.  there  at  250  or  300  yds. 
But  in  Journ.  But.  1891,  p.  48,  there  is  an  article  by  Mr.  Baker  on 
Eubi  in  Wales  where  one  species  is  mentioned  as  occurring  at 
1000  ft.  on  the  Llanberis  side  of  Snowdon,  and  this  does  not 
appear  to  be  even  on  the  south  side  of  the  hill.  This  latter  altitude, 
being  taken  from  a  higher  hill,  gives  a  fairer  estimate  of  the 
climatic  zone  in  Wales  as  compared  with  the  East  Highlands,  and 
would  seem  in  itself  evidence  that  the  hills  given  in  North 
Cardiganshire  are  too  low  for  this  purpose,  there  not  being  three- 
quarters  of  a  degree  of  difference  of  latitude  between  the  two  Welsh 
localities.  If  the  authors'  conclusions  were  followed  out,  it  would 
entail  different  zones  for  every  small  hill  or  small  group  of  hills, 
with  the  arctic  zone  to  descend  in  proportion  to  the  lowness  of 
altitude  of  the  hills,  provided  they  have  a  few  rocks  and  some 
exposure. 

It  may  be  here  remarked  that  altitudes  of  plants  on  the 
Snowdon  range  are  much  required.  On  the  warm  Atlantic  coast 
in  the  latitude  of  the  Grampians,  cultivation  stops  at  about  400  ft., 
the  fruticose  Eubi  at  500  ft.,  and  Pteris  with  an  average  of  1250  ft. 
on  the  south  side  of  the  hills ;  but  it  would  surely  be  a  mistaken 
use  of  terms  to  say  that  the  climatic  zone  is  lower  here  than  in  the 
East  Highland  range  of  mountains,  even  allowing  for  the  humidity 
of  the  west  coast  being  more  favourable  for  arctic  plants  than  is  the 
drier  eastern  side  of  the  country.  It  is,  I  think,  almost  entirely  a 
condition  of  the  surface  of  the  land,  the  hills  alluded  to  on  the  west 
coast  being  only  about  3000  ft.  high,  and  devoid  of  table-land. 
This  usually  implies  that  one  side  at  least  of  the  hills  will  have 
steep  rocks  suitable  for  alpine  plants  down  to  a  lower  level  than 
occurs  in  a  table-land  district  such  as  the  Grampians. 

Although  Watson  characterizes  his  zones  by  the  presence  or 
absence  of  certain  plants,  they  are  in  reality  "zones  of  temperature," 
as  they  are  named  by  Baker  in  his  Flora  of  the  Lake  District ;  and 
I  think  that  the  term  "ascending"  is  preferable  to  "climatic"  as 
applied  to  them,  because  the  hills  of  Britain  are  not  of  sufficient 
height  to  allow  us  to  judge  of  the  relation  between  plants  and 
climate  in  the  arctic  zone,  even  limiting  the  relationship  to  the 
conditions  as  occur  with  us.   The  upper  limit  at  which  the  majority 


84  Watson's  climatic  zones. 

of  plants  are  found  in  this  zone  is  more  a  matter  of  soil  and  exposure 
than  of  temperature.  A  large  number  will  ascend  as  high  as  there 
are  suitable  rocks,  that  is,  usually,  where  there  are  moist  ledges ; 
their  limit  being  due  to  other  conditions  than  that  of  temperature 
in  this  country.  To  say  that  "within  certain  limits  they  are 
influenced  by  the  proximity  of  the  summit  of  a  mountain  and 
prevented  from  approaching  it"  is  misleading,  unless  it  be  taken 
to  mean  that  there  is  no  suitable  ground  for  plant-growth  near  the 
summit,  except  for  a  small  number  of  species.  This  is  seen  on  Ben 
Lawers,  in  Perthshire,  where  at  3600  ft.  alt.  on  one  side  of  the  hill 
there  are  moist  ledges  of  rocks  with  many  plants  ;  while  at  the 
same  elevation  on  other  parts  of  the  hill  there  is  the  usual  gravelly 
detritus  of  the  tops,  unsuitable  except  for  very  few  species ;  and  it 
is  to  b3  noticed  that  they  are  the  species  which  also  reach  the 
SLunmit,  and  are  mostly  plants  with  a  considerable  range  of  altitude, 
as  Silene  acaulis,  Saxifraga  stellaris,  Festiica  ovma,  and  Lycopodium 
Selago.  The  forty-six  species  given  in  Cijb.  Brit.  vol.  iv.  p.  323, 
which  reach  3900  ft.  and  above,  in  the  "upper  limits  of  the 
Grampian  Mountains,"  are  almost  all  plants  with  a  very  con- 
siderable range  of  altitude,  and  which  do  not  especially  affect  the 
summits.  In  fact,  our  rarest  alpine  plants  are  so  often  found 
grouped  together  at  special  spots,  or  in  some  particular  corrie,  that 
it  would  seem  probable  that  their  position  is  due  to  former  geological 
conditions  of  a  local  nature  rather  than  to  general  climate.  The 
altitudinal  distribution  of  plants  in  the  southern  part  of  Norway  is 
the  same  in  general  as  in  this  country;  that  is  to  say,  most  of  the 
species  which  ascend  our  hills  also  ascend  the  hills  in  Norway,  but 
they  do  this  usually  to  a  greater  height  in  the  latter,  though  in  a 
higher  latitude  and  with  a  lower  average  temperature.  We  see  here 
that,  in  comparison  tvitk  our  own,  the  conditions  of  the  surface,  as 
higher  hills  in  Norway  with  their  greater  surface-room  for  plants, 
affecting  the  altitudinal  distribution  more  than  climate  does. 

The  so-called  "trespasses"  of  plants  from  higher  to  lower  alti- 
tudes at  the  side  of  waterfalls,  whicli  Watson  considered  to  be  due 
to  a  lower  temperature  caused  by  the  cold  spray  of  the  water,  is, 
I  think,  mamly  the  result  of  the  site  being  favourable  for  plant- 
growth  in  general,  being  moist  good  holding  ground ;  as  it  is  in 
such  places  that  the  lower  ground  plants  are  found  to  reach  their 
highest  point,  except  in  the  case  of  a  dry-soil  plant  as  Pteris ;  and 
this  would  not  be  the  case  if  the  supposed  coldness  of  such  places 
affected  them. 

It  is  interesting  to  note,  in  connection  with  this  subject,  that  at 
a  meeting  of  the  Scottish  Meteorological  Society,  in  July,  1896,  a 
communication  was  made  by  Mr.  R.  T.  Omond,  of  the  Ben  Nevis 
Observatory,  in  which  it  was  stated  that  the  rate  of  change  of 
temperature  for  height  on  Ben  Nevis,  as  on  the  Swiss  hill  stations, 
was  found  to  be  one  degree  Fahrenheit  for  270  ft.  Watson,  judging 
from  the  observations  known  at  his  time,  and  from  those  made  by 
himself,  gave  1°  F.  for  300  ft. ;  but  he  mentioned  that  a  difference 
of  a  tenth  either  way,  270  ft.  to  330  ft.,  would  be  less  than  the 
variations  at  equal  levels  from  local  conditions.    He  inclined  to  the 


ON  THE  RUBI  AND  ROS^  OF  THE  CHANNEL  ISLANDS.  85 

view  that  330  ft.  was  more  nearly  correct,  and  considered  that  the 
Centigrade  scale  of  half  a  degree  for  300  ft.,  which  would  represent 
the  slower  rate  of  decrease,  would  give  more  correct  results  than 
that  of  Fahrenheit ;  but  we  now  see  that  this  would  not  be  so. 


ON  THE  RUBI  AND  EOS^  OF  THE  CHANNEL  ISLANDS, 
By  the  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers,  F.L.S.,  and  F.  A.  Rogers. 

At  the  end  of  last  June  we  spent  ten  days  in  Guernsey  and  a 
week  in  Jersey.  Unfortunately  we  were  unable  to  visit  Alderney  ; 
but  we  had  a  satisfactory  day  in  Sark,  under  the  guidance  of  Mr. 
Derrick,  the  President  of  the  Botanical  Section  of  the  Guernsey 
Natural  History  Society.  To  him  and  to  all  the  members  of  that 
Society,  and  especially  to  its  Secretary,  Mr.  Royle,  we  are  greatly 
indebted  for  advice  and  help  ;  as  we  are  also  to  Mr.  Lester,  of 
Jersey.  Although  we  cannot  of  course  flatter  ourselves  that  we 
have  nearly  mastered  the  Rubus  and  Rosa  flora  of  the  three  islands 
we  visited,  we  venture  to  hope  that  this  paper  will  contain  a  useful 
contribution  towards  our  knowledge  of  it ;  and  we  hardly  expect 
that  further  research  will  add  very  greatly  to  the  number  of  the 
species  now  recorded. 

As  may  be  gathered  from  the  notes  which  follow,  the  genus 
Rosa  is  very  indifferently  represented  in  the  islands  ;  but  the  Rubi 
are  abundant  and  of  considerable  interest.  Professor  Babington's 
PrimiticB  FIovce  Sarnicm  was  published  in  1839,  before  he  had  given 
any  special  study  to  the  latter  genus.  Consequently  we  find  him 
crediting  the  islands  with  only  four  species,  and  it  is  probably 
quite  impossible  now  to  ascertain  what  plants  he  referred  to  under 
the  names  he  gives.  Two  out  of  the  four,  viz.  R.  villicaulis  and 
R.  Koehleri,  we  searched  for  in  vain  ;  and  his  other  two  names, 
R.  rhamnifolms  and  R.fruticosus,  are  confessedly  used  in  an  aggre- 
gate sense  only.  A  few  years  ago,  in  a  very  hurried  visit,  the  Rev. 
Augustin  Ley  was  able  to  record  two  species  of  great  interest  from 
Jersey,  R.  Qiiestierii  and  R.  Boraanus.  And  so  the  Rtibus  list  stood, 
so  far  as  we  could  ascertain,  at  the  time  of  our  visit  last  summer. 

We  saw  in  all  about  thirty  distinct  forms,  as  named  in  the 
following  notes,  besides  five  or  six  obscure  ones  which  may  prove 
too  strictly  local  to  require  naming.  These  last,  with  one  exception 
in  Guernsey  and  one  in  Sark,  occurred  in  Jersey,  where,  as  might 
be  expected,  the  close  alliance  with  British  forms  is  less  marked 
than  it  is  in  the  more  western  islands.  In  all  the  islands,  however, 
the  vast  majority  of  the  brambles  seen  are  practically  identical  with 
our  British  forms. 

From  Jersey  we  crossed  to  Brittany,  and,  after  a  few  days  at 
Dinan,  made  our  way  through  Normandy  to  Dieppe  and  Boulogne. 
Our  opportunities  for  studying  the  Rubi  and  Ros^  of  N.W.  France 
did  not  prove  good ;  but  we  have  been  encouraged  to  believe  that  a 


86  ON  THE  RUBI  AND  ROSZE  OF  THE  CHANNEL  ISLANDS. 

very  brief  reference  to  the  French  species  seen  by  us,  in  connection 
with  the  Channel  Islands  records,  will  not  be  thought  out  of  place 
in  this  paper.  No  localities  are  given  for  France  or  for  the  islands 
but  those  in  which  we  saw  the  plants  in  question  growing ;  except 
in  the  case  of  two  Sark  rose  localities  of  Mr.  Derrick's  furnishing, 
of  which  we  saw  dried  specimens.  As  on  so  many  previous 
occasions,  we  are  greatly  indebted  to  Dr.  Focke  for  his  ready  and 
valuable  help  in  our  efforts  to  name  some  of  the  obscurer  Rubi. 

RUBI. 

SUBEEECTI. 

Rubus  ajfi/nis  Wh.  &  N.  var.  Briggsianus  Rogers.     Guernsey :  in 
several  places,  especially  at   St.  Sampson's,    Petit  Bot  Bay,   and 
Cobo.     Jersey  :  in  one  spot  near  the  Waterworks  Valley.     Exactly 
the  British  form  described  in  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  42.     The  only  sub 
erect  bramble  seen  by  us  in  the  islands. 

Rhamnifolii. 

Pi.  iiicurvatus  Bab.  Jersey  :  St.  Aubin's  Bay.  Not  the  typical 
]3lant,  but  a  form  with  leaflets  thinner,  more  roundish,  and  with 
paler  felt  beneath,  which  is  found  in  some  quantity  in  at  least  three 
S.  England  counties. 

R.  rhamnifolius  Wh.  &  N.  (sp.  coll.).  Guernsey:  Fermain 
and  Petit  Bot  Bays  ;  very  near  the  ordinary  British  form  {R.  cardio- 
])lujllus  Lefv.  &  Muell.),  if  not  identical  with  it.  Jersey  :  Rozel  and 
Pont  Marquet ;  small-leaved  forms.  Normandy  :  Bonsecours  Hill, 
near  Rouen,  in  plenty  ;  just  the  plant  we  are  calling  R.  cardio- 
phglkis,  ^^hicli  (unlike  the  rare  typical  R.  rhamnifolins)  seems  dispersed 
throughout  Western  Europe,  and  is  one  of  our  commonest  and  most 
constant  forms. 

it.  imlcherrimus  Neum.  Guernsey  :  Rather  common,  especially 
about  St.  Peter  Port,  Petit  Bot  Bay,  and  near  Vale  Castle.  Jersey : 
Trinity  Hill ;  Waterworks  Valley. 

Fi.  dumnoniensis  Bab.  Guernsey :  Petit  Bot  Bay,  in  good 
quantity  ;  and  in  one  or  two  other  localities.  Sark  :  Near  Dixcart 
Hotel,  in  plenty.  Jersey  :  One  of  the  most  frequent  brambles. 
Especially  abundant  at  Gorey  Bay,  Val  des  Vaux,  Waterworks 
Valley,  and  Pont  Marquet.  Usually  identical  with  our  luxuriant 
British  form ;  but  a  second  form  occurs  in  Sark,  and  at  Petit  Bot 
Bay,  Guernsey  (unknown  thus  far  in  Britain),  with  terminal  leaflet 
subrotund  and  strongly  cordate. 

Pi.  rhombifolms  Weihe.     Guernsey:  Fermain  Bay. 

R.  argentatus  P.  J.  Muell.  Guernsey  :  One  of  the  most  abundant 
brambles  in  the  island ;  generally  distributed,  but  variable.  Jersey : 
Fauvic  ;  Waterworks  Valley  ;  Pont  Marquet.  Abundant  in  places, 
but  apparently  not  so  general  as  in  Guernsey.  Brittany :  La 
Garaye,  near  Dinan.     Normandy  :  Hill  above  La  Bouille. 

Var.  rohustus  (P.  J.  Muell.).  Here,  rather  than  under  the  type, 
appear  to  belong  forms  that  occur  at  Cobo,  near  St.  Martin's 
Church,  Fermain  Bay,  and  St.  Sampson's,  in  Guernsey,  and  near 
Coutances,  in  Normandy  ;  but  the  range  of  variation  is  considerable 


ON  THE  KUBI  AND  KOS^  OF  THE  CHANNEL  ISLANDS.  87 

and  somewhat  bewildering.  A  very  handsome  plant  occnrring  in 
good  quantity  in  Waterworks  Valley,  Jersey,  Dr.  Focke  thinks  is  his 
R.  niacrostemon,  though  it  differs  from  the  German  plant  in  its  more 
luxuriant  and  diffuse  panicle.  It  seems  to  go  off  from  R.  rohmtus 
towards  R.  danicus  Focke,  while  on  the  whole  best  placed  perhaps 
in  the  Discolor es  group. 

DiSCOLOKES. 

R.  rnsticanus  Merc.  Very  common  in  the  islands  and  on  the 
French  coast  opposite  them,  and  at  least  as  variable  as  in  England. 

SiLVATICI. 

R.  macropliyUus  Wh.  &  N.  Jersey  :  Deep  lane,  Bouley  Bay  ;  a 
shade  form.  Brittany :  La  Garaye,  near  Dinan.  Normandy : 
Moulineux,  wood  border. 

Var.  macropJujlloides  Genev.  Guernsey,  rather  frequent :  St. 
Sampson's ;  St.  Martin's  ;  Fermain  Bay.  Sark :  Very  fine  and 
remarkably  abundant,  apparently  more  so  than  all  the  other 
brambles  in  the  island  put  together.  Dr.  Focke  considers  this 
"very  near  R.  Schlecht  end  alii.''  It  seems  best  to  regard  it  as  a 
strong  and  highly  glandular  form  of  that  variety.  In  England 
thus  far  found  only  in  Monmouthshire  and  South  Devon  with 
certainty,  though  a  rather  similar  form  has  been  gathered  in  West 
Gloucestershire  and  Salop. 

R.  Qitestierii  Lefv.  &  Muell.  Jersey  :  Val  des  Vaux,  the  locality 
in  which  this  species  was  discovered  by  the  Eev.  Augustin  Ley 
several  years  ago.  Elsewhere  in  the  islands  we  searched  for  it  in 
vain,  though  it  is  probably  not  confined  to  this  one  Jersey  locality, 
as  it  seems  remarkably  abundant  on  the  French  coast.  Brittany  : 
La  Garaye  and  near  Lehon,  in  plenty.  Normandy  :  Coutances 
and  elsewhere  ;   Moulineux,  abundant. 

R.  Rprengelii  Weihe.  Guernsey  :  Fermain  Bay.  Jersey :  Anne 
Port  and  Bouley  Bay.     Quite  typical  in  both  islands, 

R.  micans  Gren.  &  Godr.  Jersey :  Gorey  and  Anne  Port. 
Brittany :  La  Garaye,  abundant.  Normandy :  Certainly  one  of 
the  commonest  brambles,  and  usually  identical  with  Genevier's 
own  specimens  of  his  adscitus  and  our  typical  S.W.  England  form. 

R.  leiicostachys  Schleich.  As  an  aggregate  species  abundant  in 
Guernsey  and  Jersey,  though  usually  in  an  untypical  form.  Seen 
also  on  Sark.  Brittany  :  What  seems  a  form  of  this  at  La  Garaye. 
Normandy :  Moulineux. 

Var.  angustifolius  Rogers.  Guernsey  :  Fermain  Bay.  Jersey  : 
Pont  Marquet  ;  Anne  Port  ;  Rozel.  Normandy  :  Moulineux. 
Nearly  allied  to  R.  leucostachys,  and  considered  by  Dr.  Focke 
to  be  also  "near  R.  argyronthiis  Boul.  &  Luc."  are  plants  which 
occur  in  some  quantity  at  Norgeots,  Guernsey,  and  at  Bouley  Bay, 
Jersey ;  but  these  demand  further  study. 

R.  ADENANTHus  Boul.  &  Gillot.  Dr.  Focke  has  thus  named  a 
very  handsome  plant  which  grows  in  some  quantity  in  Gorey  Bay, 
Jersey.  In  general  appearance  it  seems  intermediate  between 
R.  leucostachys  and  R.  radula  Weihe,  while  also  somewhat  recalling 


88  ON  THE  RUBI  AND  ROS^  OF  THE  CHANNEL  ISLANDS. 

U.  Gelertii  K.  Frid.  and  strong  forms  of  Pi.  micans  Gren.  &  Godr. 
Nothing  quite  like  it  has  yet  been  identified  in  Britain.  It  agrees 
well  with  M.  Gillot's  authentic  French  specimens  lent  by  Mr. 
Gelert,  of  Copenhagen.  Their  label  is  as  follows: — "Association 
rubologique,  1881.  No.  429,  Riibus  adenanthus  Boul.  et  Gill.  Saone- 
et-Loire.  Talus  de  la  route  d'Autun  a  St.  Leger.  Sous  Beuvrai, 
en  face  da  Nameau  de  Channay  :  sol  granitique  et  sablonneux,  alt. 
800  m.  11  juillet,  1881.  Coll.  Gillot."  The  Gorey  Bay  locality  is 
very  sunny,  and  the  soil,  I  believe,  is  granitic.  The  plant,  as  it 
grows  there,  may  be  thus  described : — Stem  bluntly  angular  and 
striate,  of  a  dull  purplish  brown,  rather  thickly  clothed  with  fine 
single  and  clustered  hairs  which  nearly  hide  the  numerous  shortly 
stalked  glands  and  few  scattered  pricklets.  Prickles  many,  strong, 
subequal,  patent  or  slightly  declining,  nearly  confined  to  angles. 
Leaves  3-5-nate  pedate,  grey-  or  whitish-felted  beneath,  with  com- 
pound incised  toothing.  Terminal  leaflet  obovate-acuminate,  with 
rather  narrow  emarginate  or  subentire  base.  Panicle  pyramidal- 
corymbose,  with  subracemose  ultra-axillary  top,  short  ascending 
cymose  intermediate  branches,  and  longer  more  strongly  ascending 
racemose  branches  below ;  the  rachis  and  pedicels  with  many 
slender  falcate  and  declining  prickles,  and  patent  hairs  hiding 
the  acicles  and  stalked  glands.  Calyx  with  sunken  glands,  and 
attenuate  points  ascending  after  fall  of  petals.  Stamens  rather 
short,  but  exceeding  styles.     No  fruit  seen. 

Egregii. 

R.  BonEanus  Geney.  Guernsey:  Lane  above  Glatney  Esplanade, 
St.  Peter  Port ;  a  form  with  very  few  pricklets  on  faces  of  stem,  and 
an  abnormally  prickly  panicle.  St.  Sampson's;  a  plant  which  also 
seems  to  go  best  under  this  species.  Jersey :  General ;  quite 
typical  in  some  places,  but  variable  in  others.  Fauvic,  Les  Marais, 
and  Val  des  Vaux,  in  plenty ;  Waterworks  Valley ;  Gorey ;  Anne 
Port.     First  reported  from  Jersey  by  Rev.  Augustin  Ley. 

Fi.  Borreri  ^jell-Salt.  Guernsey:  Abundant  and  characteristic 
near  Vale  Castle,  in  quarries  between  St.  Sampson's  and  L'Ancresse 
Common,  and  at  Ville  an  Roi.     Jersey  :  Bouley  Bay. 

Radul^. 

R.  radula  Weihe,  var.  cmglicanus  Rogers.  Jersey :  Waterworks 
Valley  and  Pont  Marquet.  In  good  quantity,  and  in  all  respects 
identical  with  the  luxuriant  form  of  this  variety  so  common  in  the 
Bournemouth  neighbourhood,  in  E.  Dorset,  and  S.W.  Hants.  No 
other  well-marked  form  of  R.  radula  seen,  though  a  plant  found 
near  Fauvic,  in  Jersey,  looks  as  if  it  might  be  a  weak  state  or  form 
of  this  species. 

R.  riidis  Wh.  &  N.     Guernsey  :  Fermain  Bay. 

R.  Bloxamii  Lees.  Guernsey  :  Widely  distributed,  and  mostly 
quite  characteristic.  Petit  Bot  Bay ;  La  Valette  and  elsewhere 
about  St.  Peter  Port ;   St.  Martin's  ;   Norgeots. 

Another  handsome  plant  of  this  group,  clearly  allied  to  R.  lomji- 
thyrsiger  Lees,  but  with  a  much  broader  and  more  developed  panicle 


ON  THE  RUBI  AND  ROS^  OF  THE  CHANNEL  ISLANDS.         89 

than  is  found  in  that  species,  occurs  in  considerable  quantity  on  the 
north  coast  of  Jersey,  between  the  churches  of  St.  Mary  and  St. 
Lawrence,  as  well  as  in  Waterworks  Valley  and  in  St.  Aubin's  Bay. 
But  this  remains  unnamed  at  present. 

No  members  of  the  groups  Koelderiani  and  Bellardiani  were 
observed  in  the  islands. 

CiESII. 

R.  dumetorum  Wh.  &  N.,  ferox  Weihe.  Generally  distributed, 
but  variable,  as  in  Britain.  Brittany  :  La  Garaye,  with  white 
petals,  as  usually  in  England.  Normandy:  Near  Coutances,  with 
pink  petals,  as  in  Germany  ;  Lison. 

Var.  diversifolius  (Lindl.).  Sark :  Banks  near  the  Dixcart 
Hotel,  a  weak  form. 

Var.  tuherculatus  Bab.  Jersey :  Between  Les  Marais  Railway 
Station  and  Fauvic,  in  some  quantity. 

B.  Gorylif alius  Sm.  (sp.  coll.).  Guernsey :  Cobo ;  near  Vale 
Church.     Sark.     Jersey  :  Gorey  ;  Anne  Port ;  Grosnez. 

a.  suhlustris  (Lees).     Jersey  :  Bouley  Bay  ;  the  type. 

b.  cyclophyllus  Lindeb.  Guernsey :  Fairly  frequent.  Jersey : 
Bouley  Bay. 

B.  Balfourianus  Blox.  Sark  :  Very  characteristic,  though  weaker 
than  the  average  plant.  Jersey :  Head  of  the  Val  des  Vaux  ;  an 
exceedingly  luxuriant  form. 

B.  caesiiis  h.  Guernsey:  Rather  frequent.  Jersey:  Les  Marais; 
Corbiere.  Not  observed  in  great  quantity.  Normandy :  Very 
general  and  variable. 

B.  laciniatus  Willd.  Guernsey :  Petit  Bot  Bay ;  not  quite  the 
usual  form. 

The  only  hybrid  Rubi  seen  in  the  Channel  Islands,  as  to  the 
origin  of  which  there  seemed  little  room  for  doubt,  are  the  fol- 
lowing : — B.  rhamnifoUiis  x  leiwostachys.  Jersey  :  Rozel. — jR.  riisti- 
canus  X  tuherculatus.     Jersey  :  Les  Marais. 

A  very  brief  notice  of  other  Rubi  observed  in  Britany  or 
Normandy,  though  not  in  the  Channel  Islands,  may  be  of  interest 
here. 

B.  suberectus  Anders.  Brittany:  In  the  valley  of  the  R.  Ranee, 
near  Dinan.  A  nearly  unarmed  but  well-marked  form  of  this 
species. 

B.  erythrinus  Genev.  Brittany:  La  Garaye  and  elsewhere  in 
the  Dinan  neighbourhood ;  common.  Clearly  the  same  plant  as 
the  one  we  are  naming  B.  erythrinus  in  England,  though  showing 
a  tendency  to  a  broader  and  so  more  nearly  subrotund  terminal 
leaflet.  At  La  Garaye  occurs  in  some  quantity  what  seems  to  be 
B.  erythrinus  X  micans,  B.  micans  being  abundant  there  also.  The 
apparent  absence  of  Bi.  erythrinus  from  the  Channel  Islands  is 
remarkable. 

B.  oigoclados  Muell.  &  Lefv.  Apparently  a  form  of  this.  Brit- 
tany :  Near  Dinan.     Normandy  :  Near  Coutances. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [March,  1898.]  h 


90  THE    FIFTY    YEARS      LIMIT    IN    NOMENCLATURE. 

n.  Babinrftonii  Bell-Salt.  Normandy:  Border  of  Moulineux 
Forest.     A  weak  form,  thus  named  by  Dr.  Focke. 

Pi.  vosaceus  Wh.  &  N.  (sp.  coll.).  Brittany  :  Near  Dinan;  a  form 
near  the  British  var.  infecundas  Rogers. 

li.  Questierii  X  rusticanus.     Normandy :  Near  Coutances. 

Ros^. 

Fiosa  pwrpineUifoIia  L.  Guernsey :  Grande  Havre.  Sark, 
Jersey  :  Frequent  along  the  coast. 

B.  ruhiijinosa  L.  Guernsey:  Perrelle  Bay.  Ssivk,  ^L'.  Derrick  I 
Jersey  :  Gorey.     Perhaps  doubtfully  native. 

B.  viicrantha  Sm.     Sark.     Jersey  :  Pont  Marquet. 

B.  caniua  L.  Generally  but  thinly  distributed  in  Guernsey  and 
Jersey.  No  form  seen  but  var.  diunalis  Bechst.  Sark,  Mr.  Derrickl 
Brittany:  Dinan  neighbourhood;  vars.  lutetiana  and  dumalia,  the 
latter  in  great  quantity.  Normandy  :  Var.  lutetiana,  La  Bouille  ; 
var.  dumdlis,  generally  distributed. 

B.  stylosa  Desv.  var.  si/stijla  (Bast.).  Sark:  Dixcart  Bay,  several 
fine  bushes.  Apparently  not  before  recorded  from  the  islands. 
Brittany :  Near  Dinan. 

Other  roses  seen  in  Normandy  are — 

B.  tomentosa  Sm.  var.  scabriuscuhi  (Sm.),  or  form  near  it. 
Moulineux. 

B.  ohtusifolia  Desv.     La  Bouille. 

B.  arvensis  Huds.     Moulineux. 


THE     FIFTY     YEARS'     LIMIT     IN     NOMENCLATURE. 
By  the  Editor. 

In  the  List  number  of  the  Botanisches  Jahrhucli  (xxiv.  heft  4,  pp. 
492-502  (8  Feb.  1898) )  Prof.  Engler  has  put  into  practice  the  rules 
for  nomenclature  to  which  he  and  his  assistants  last  year  subscribed 
their  names."''  We  had  hoped  that,  considering  the  manifest  diffi- 
culties in  interpreting  at  least  one  of  these  rules,  they  would  not  be 
adopted  until  some  opportunity  had  been  given  for  their  discussion. 

It  is  obvious  that  if  Prof.  Eugler's  example  were  generally 
followed,  the  confusion  which  at  present  prevails  in  botanical 
nomenclature  would  be  increased  to  an  indefinite  extent.  What 
our  transatlantic  friends  call  "the  Rochester  Code"  was  drawn  up 
by  a  committee  of  seven  botanists  from  various  centres,  and  sub- 
mitted to  a  more  or  less  representative  gathering  of  American 
botanists  before  their  adoption  and  promulgation.  The  Berlin 
rules  have  not  even  received  the  adhesion  of  all  the  botanists 
of  that  city;  they  are  put  forward  by  Prof.  Engler  and  his 
assistants  on  their  sole  authority.  There  is  nothing  to  prevent 
any  other  botanical  centre  from  promulgating  a  series  of  rules  of  its 


Notizblatt  des  Konigl.  hot.  Gart.  Berlin,  1897,  248. 


THE    FIFTY    YEARS'    LIMIT    IN    NOMENCLATURE.  91 

own  ;  and  if  this  were  carried  on  to  any  considerable  extent,  the 
result  may  be  imagined. 

On  this  point  we  are  entirely  in  accord  with  M.  Briquet,  who 
writes  :  "  Malgre  la  sympathie  que  nous  eprouvons  pour  nos  savants 
confreres  du  Musee  de  Berlin,  nous  voudrions  voir  leurs  regies 
passees  au  crible  d'une  discussion  generale  apres  quelques  annees 
d'experience,  et  cela  dans  I'interet  de  la  nomenclature  elle-meme. 
Si  chaque  musee  adopte  nn  code  particulier,  on  pent  prevoir,  etant 
donne  les  divergences  qui  existent  actaellement,  que  Ton  ne  tendra 
pas  a  se  rapprocher  de  ruuiformite  desiree." 

It  is  not,  however,  the  rules  in  general,  but  one  of  them  in  par- 
ticular, to  which  the  recent  action  of  Prof.  Engler  has  attracted  our 
attention.  The  rule  in  question  has  been  criticized  unfavourably 
by  M.  Briquet,  by  Dr.  Britton,  and  by  ourselves,  and  it  might  have 
been  hoped  that  this  similar  expression  of  opinion  on  the  part  of 
those  who  are  not  otherwise  entirely  in  accord  would  have  suggested 
the  desirability  of  its  reconsideration.  Such,  however,  has  nob  been 
the  case. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  quote  the  rule  and  the  objections  that 
have  been  made  concerning  it : — 

"  2.  Ein  Gattungsname  wird  aber  fallen  gelassen,  wenn  derselbe 
wahrend  50  Jahre  von  dem  Datum  seiner  Aufstellung  an  gerechnet, 
nicht  in  allgemeinen  Gebrauch  gewesen  ist.  Wurde  derselbe  jedoch 
als  eine  Folge  der  Beachtung  der  '  Lois  de  la  nomenclature  vom 
Jahre  1868  '  in  der  Bearbeitung  von  Monographieen  oder  in  den 
grosseren  Florenwerken  wieder  hervorgeholt,  so  soil  er  bei  uns  in 
Geltung  bleiben."! 

M.  Briquet's  comment  runs  thus ;  it  will  be  observed  that  he 
considers  the  rule  was  directed  primarily  against  another  German 
botanist,  and  as  he  was  in  correspondence  with  Prof.  Engler  on  the 
subject  of  the  rules,  he  is  likely  to  be  well  informed : — 

"  2.  Get  article  constitue  la  grande  innovation  des  botanistes 
berlinois.  La  limite  prescriptive  de  cinquante  ans  a  pour  but 
d'eliminer  de  la  nomenclature  une  serie  de  vieux  vocables  genSriques 
remis  en  vigueur  recemment  par  M.  0.  Kuntze  et  divers  auteurs 
americains.     Mais  le  principe  de  la  prescription  cinquantenaire  est 

entoure  de  restrictions  qui  en  rendent  I'application  delicate 

Nous  considererions  comme  dangereux  I'adoption  dejinitive  saus 
experience  prealable  du  principe  de  la  prescription,  tel  qu'il  est 
enonce  par  les  botanistes  berlinois." | 

Dr.  Britton  wrote : — "  The  application  of  the  ideas  embodied  in 
this  paragraph  would  lead  to  great  uncertainty  in  very  many  cases, 
and  we  do  not  believe  that  the  Berlin  botanists  will  long  maintain 
them.     How  they  can  consistently  decide  on  what  is  '  general  use  ' 

*  Bull,  de  I'Herb.  Boissier,  1897,  774. 

t  i'  2. — The  name  of  a  genus  is,  however,  allowed  to  lapse  if  it  has  not  been 
in  general  use  during  fifty  years,  counted  from  the  date  of  its  establishment. 
If  the  name  has,  however,  been  revived  in  monographs  or  large  floras  as  a  result 
of  following  the  '  Laws  of  Nomenclature  of  the  Year  1868,'  that  name  is  to  hold 
good." 

\  Bull,  de  I'Herb.  Boissier,  Sept.  1897,  775. 

H    2 


92  THE  FIFTY  YEARS'  LIMIT  IN  NOMENCLATURE. 

as  compared  with  what  we  may  term  *  special  use,'  is  more  than  we 
can  imagine ;  and  who  is  to  determine  what  descriptive  volmne  is 
a  '  monograph,'  or  what  flora  a  '  large  '  one,  is  equally  difficult  to 
understand  ;  and  how  are  they  to  determine  in  many  cases  whether 
the  author  has  or  has  not  followed  the  Paris  code  of  1868  ?  Or  will 
calling  a  brochure  a  '  monograph  '  make  it  one  ?  But  it  is  to  be 
remembered  that  these  rules  have  been  framed  for  the  special  use 
of  Berlin  botanists,  and  we  shall  be  interested  in  observing  the 
results.'"'' 

In  our  own  remarks  we  urged  the  same  difficulties  : — 

"  2. — This  rule  seems  to  us  open  to  serious  objection.  What  is 
meant  by  '  general  use '  ?  How  many  citations  are  necessary  to 
constitute  such  use,  at  what  intervals  of  time,  and  by  what  class  of 
author  ?  What  is  a  '  monograph  ' — is  it  of  an  order,  a  genus,  or  a 
species?  and  what  flora  is  to  be  considered  a  'large'  one?  How 
is  it  to  be  known  in  all  cases  whether  the  reviver  of  a  name  in  such 
a  work  has  so  acted  'as  a  result  of  following  the  Laws  of  1868 '?"f 

The  application  of  the  Berlin  rules  to  which  we  would  call 
attention  consists  in  the  adoption  by  Prof.  Engler  of  the  name 
Lannea  for  a  genus  of  Anacardiace(s.  Until  quite  recently  this  was 
generally  known  as  Odina  Roxb. ;  and  it  is  monographed  under  that 
name  by  Prof.  Engler  in  the  Monographice.  Fhanerogamanim,  iv. 
263-27-4  (1883).  During  the  last  four  years  the  Professor's  views 
have  undergone  considerable  variation,  as  the  following  will  show. 

In  1892,]:  the  name  Odina  was  still  retained  in  a  paper  published 
in  Bot.  Jahrbucher,  xv.  103-106,  where  several  new  species  are 
described  ;  and  also  in  the  Uoclujehirg^flora  des  trop.  Afrika,  p.  288. 
In  the  same  year,  however,  in  Nat.  FjianzenfamUien,  iii.  5,  153. 
Prof.  Engler — not  without  a  protest — follows  Otto  Kuntze  in  his 
restoration  of  Calesiani  (or,  as  both  spell  it,  Calesium)  of  Adanson, 
and  renames  the  above  species  under  that  genus. 

But  in  1895  our  author  [Fjianzenwelt  Ost  Afrikas,  Theil  C, 
p.  241)  returns  to  Odina,  and  adds  a  uew  species  under  that  name. 
He  gives  no  reason  for  the  desertion  of  Calesiam,  but  it  may  bo 
supposed  that  the  Berlin  Rules  were  in  course  of  incubation,  and 
that  the  Kuntzean  method  had  fallen  into  disfavour. 

In  1898  the  application  of  the  new  rules  results  in  a  further 
change ;  and  Lannea  A.  Rich,  replaces  both  Calesiam  (now  restored 
to  its  original  spelling)  and  Odina  ;  another  early  name,  Haherlia, 
is  also  sunk.  The  reasons  for  this  are  supplied  in  the  following 
note : — 

"  Da  die  alteren  Namen  Calesiam  und  Haberlia  nicht  zur  Geltung 
gekommen  sind,  so  konuen  sie  vernachlassigt  werden.  Lannea 
A.  Rich,  wurde  aber  erst  von  Endlicher  widerrechtlich  zu  Gunsten 

*  Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  August,  1897,  416. 

t  Journ.  Bot.  August,  1897,  304-5. 

I  We  gather  this  from  internal  evidence  ;  the  volume  is  dated  1893.  We 
are  glad  to  note  that  since  attention  was  called  to  this  matter  (Journ.  Bot.  1894, 
180)  the  dates  of  each  part  are  given  on  the  back  of  the  title-page  of  each  volume 
of  the  Jalirhilcher ;  it  would  be  useful  if  a  complete  list  of  dates  for  the  earlier 
volumes  were  published. 


THE    FIFTY    YEARS*    LIMIT    IN    NOMENCLATURE.  93 

des  ein  Jalir  jiingeren  Namens  Odina  Roxb.  zuriickgesetzt ;  somit 
muss  Lannea  A.  Rich,  bleiben.'"'' 

Considering  how  recently  Prof.  Engler  himself  gave  additional 
currency  to  Gahsiam  by  adding  to  it  several  new  species,  it  is 
somewhat  strange  to  learn  on  his  authority  that  does  not  even 
"come  under  consideration";  and  as  the  IS! at.  Pfianzenfamilien 
takes  rank  as  the  most  important  modern  contribution  to  our 
knowledge  of  systematic  botany,  it  might  have  been  well  to  ex- 
plain that  the  law  which  so  excludes  the  name  is  a  brand-new 
one  "made  in  Germany,"  and  only  subscribed  to  by  some  of  the 
botanists  in  Berlin. 

But  it  is  pertinent  to  inquire  how  far  the  restoration  of  Lannea 
is  in  accordance  with  the  rule  in  question.  We  confess  that, 
assuming  the  fact  to  be  as  stated — and  we  are  aware  that  Lannea 
dates  from  1831,  although  the  title-page  of  the  volume  in  which  it 
appears  is  dated  1830-33 — we  should  ourselves  prefer  the  name 
Lannea  to  Odina.  Yet  not  only  has  Lannea  not  been  in  general  use 
during  fifty  years  counted  from  the  date  of  "  its  establishment,"  but, 
on  the  contrary,  it  has  been  allowed  to  lapse  for  more  than  half  a 
century  since  it  was  established,  being  always  during  that  period 
cited  only  as  a  synonym.  Moreover,  it  is  necessary  to  consider  the 
second  half  of  the  rule,  which  modifies  and  governs  the  preceding. 
In  no  "monograph  or  large  flora"  has  Lannea  been  more  than 
mentioned  as  a  synonym.  On  the  other  hand,  Odina  has  been 
universally  accepted  in  floras  and  monographs  until  recently,  and 
in  particular  by  Prof.  Engler  in  his  monograph  of  the  order  in 
1883  and  subsequently  in  Nat.  Pfianzenfamilien  in  1892.  It  would 
appear,  therefore,  that,  according  to  the  novel  Berlin  rule,  Odina 
should  be  preferred  to  Lannea. 

At  the  xoresent  time,  therefore,  this  genus  possesses  three — or 
four,  if  we  reckon  the  Kuntzean  alteration  of  the  spelling  of 
Calesiain — names,  each  of  which  has  received  the  sanction  of  a 
school  of  nomenclaturists.  According  to  the  "Rochester  Code," 
Calesiam  would  be  employed,  and  this  name  has  been  used  by  Mr. 
Hiern  in  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue  (where  four  new  species  are 
referred  to  it) ;  the  Kuntzean  school  will  call  it  Calesiwn;  the  mode 
of  convenience  favoured  by  Kew  would  retain  Odina;  while  the 
Berlin  practice,  as  we  have  seen,  adopts  Lannea.  A  new  species, 
therefore,  may  be  described  under  either  of  these  names,  according 
to  the  centre  from  which  it  is  promulgated;  and  it  will  thus  be 
necessary  to  look  under  each  of  these  names  to  see  whether  any  new 
species  has  appeared. 

On  this  point,  however,  there  is  no  need  to  theorize,  as  Prof. 
Engler  himself  has  supplied  us  with  sufficient  examples,  inasmuch 
as  he  has  transferred  the  whole  of  the  species  described  by  himself 
and  others  under  Odina  and  Calesiam  (or  Calesium)  to  Lannea.    One 

*  "  Since  the  older  names  Calesiam  and  HaberUa  do  not  come  under  con- 
sideration, they  may  be  neglected.  Lannea  A.  Kich.  was,  however,  formerly 
illegally  set  aside  by  Endlicher  in  favour  of  Odina  Koxb.,  a  younger  name  by  a 
year  ;  Lannea  A.  Kich.  must  therefore  remain," — Nat.  Pjianzenfam.,  Nachtrage 
zu  Teil  ii.-iv.  213. 


94 


A    NEW    BKITISH    FLORA. 


will    suffice   as   an   illustration — the    plant   he   now   calls   Lannea 
Schweinfurthii:  the  synonymy  of  this  is — 

Odina  Schweinfurthii  Engl.  Mon.  Phan.  iv.  273  (1883). 

Calesium  Schweinfurthii  0.  Kuntze,  Rev.  Gen.  151  (1891);  Engl. 

in  Nat.  Pflanzenfam.  iii.  5,  153  (1892). 
Lannea  Schweinfurthii  Engl.  I.e.  Naclitr.  214  (1897) ;  Bot.  Jahrb. 

xxiv.  498  (1898). 

In  this  last  paper  Mr.  Hiern's  new  species  of  Calesimn  are  forth- 
with transferred  to  Lannea  ;  an  application  of  the  "  Rochester  Code" 
would  restore  these  to  Cahsiam — Dr.  Kuntze  would  write  Calesium — 
and  would  place  Prof.  Engler's  last  species  under  the  same  heading. 
Kew  would,  we  imagine,  settle  the  difficulty  by  retaining  Odina. 

Nor  can  it  be  said  that  possibilities  are  exhausted.  Nothing 
would  be  simpler  than  for  the  Professor  of  Botany  at  some  other 
centre  to  call  his  assistants  together  and  formulate  a  proposal  that 
the  time-limit  should  date  from  the  beginning  of  the  century — a 
proposal  which  we  have  heard  broached,  and  for  which  something 
may  be  said.  In  that  case,  he  will  be  able  to  transfer  the  whole  of 
the  species  to  Hahoiia — a  name  published  by  Dennstedt  (Schliissel 
Hort.  Malab.  p.  30)  in  1818,  and  based  upon  the  same  material  as 
CaJesia))}  Adans. 

It  may  be  added  that  in  his  latest  paper  Prof.  Engler  has  done 
scanty  justice  to  his  own  synonymy,  certain  species  published  by 
him  under  Calesium.  not  being  so  cited. 


A   NEW   BRITISH   FLORA. 

Our  readers  will  learn  with  interest  that  a  new  British  Flora  is 
in  preparation.  For  some  time  it  has  been  understood  that  the 
Rev.  E.  F.  Linton  was  accumulating  material  with  a  view  to  a 
work  of  the  kind,  but  he  was  not  willing  that  any  public  announce- 
ment should  be  made  of  the  fact.  Now  however  that  he  has  to 
some  extent  got  the  matter  in  hand,  we  have  his  permission  to 
announce  that,  although  some  time  must  elapse  before  it  can  be 
ready  for  publication,  a  new  Flora  has  been  definitely  decided  upon. 

The  necessity  for  such  an  undertaking  has  long  been  apparent, 
not  only  to  the  field  worker  but  to  the  student  of  books  or  herbaria. 
A  comparison  of  the  last  edition  of  the  London  Catalogue  with  any 
of  our  existing  floras  will  make  this  abundantly  clear.  Bentham's 
Randhook,  admirable  in  its  way,  has  never  appealed  to  the  critical 
botanist.  Babington's  Manual,  which  in  its  day  revolutionized 
British  botany,  is  in  its  latest  edition  seventeen  years  old,  and  it 
may  be  doubted  whether  any  revision  that  was  not  to  a  great  extent 
a  le-writmg  would  brmg  it  into  relation  with  the  views  of  our 
present-day  working  botanists.  Sir  Joseph  Hooker's  Student's  Flora 
is,  and  may  possibly  continue  to  be,  the  most  generally  useful  of 
our  floras,  but  it  does  not  satisfy  the  student  of  critical  forms. 
Although  it  might  have   been   thought  that   the  botany  of  these 


A    NEW    BRITISH    FLORA.  95 

islands  had  long  since  been  completely  investigated,  not  a  year 
passes  without  the  addition  to  our  list  of  some  well-distinguished 
species,  to  say  nothing  of  the  numerous  forms  which  swell  the 
enumeration  of  such  genera  as  Piom,  Riibiis,  Hieraclum,  and  Salix. 
The  investigations  which  have  been  made  in  these  and  many  other 
genera — Carex  and  Potamogeton  are  ouly  two  out  of  many  which 
might  be  mentioned — have  long  needed  correlation ;  and  the  con- 
tents of  this  Journal  during  the  years  since  the  last  edition  of 
Babington  appeared  bear  ample  testimony  to  the  increase  of  our 
knowledge  in  many  directions  during  that  period. 

We  understand  that  Mr.  Linton  will  take  the  London  Cataloijue 
as  a  basis  for  his  Flora,  and  in  this — which  by  no  means  implies  a 
slavish  adherence  to  that  useful  list — we  think  he  will  do  wisely. 
He  will,  as  far  as  possible,  describe  each  species  or  variety  anew 
from  living  material,  and  will  aim  at  making  especially  clear  the 
distinctive  features  of  closely-allied  forms.  While  undertaking  the 
work  himself  throughout,  save  perhaps  in  one  or  two  genera,  he 
will  submit  his  manuscript  where  necessary  to  those  who  have 
specially  devoted  themselves  to  certain  groups  :  in  this  way  the 
unity  of  the  work  will  be  preserved,  while  the  co-operation  of 
specialists — which  has  been  promised — will  be  ensured. 

In  some  respects  the  Flora  will  be  an  advance  bibliographically 
on  any  of  its  predecessors.  A  reference  (with  date)  will  be  given 
for  each  species,  as  in  the  best  continental  floras — a  feature,  we 
believe,  first  attempted  for  England  in  Mi-.  W.  R.  Clarke's  "  First 
Records  of  British  Flowering  Plants,"  published  in  this  Joui-nal. 
The  most  recent  continental  works  will  be  consulted.  In  a  word, 
every  care  will  be  taken  to  make  the  new  Flora  thoroughly  up  to 
date  ;  and  those  who  know  Mr.  Linton's  work  both  in  the  field  and 
in  the  study  better  than  ourselves  are  convinced  that,  taking  all 
things  into  consideration,  he  is  the  best  qualified  of  our  present-day 
British  botanists  to  carry  out  the  undertaking  in  a  satisfactory 
manner. 

Mr.  Linton's  share  in  the  preparation  of  the  type-sets  of 
brambles,  willows,  and  hawkweeds  which  have  been  issued  during 
the  last  few  years  must  have  enabled  him  to  obtain  considerable 
knowledge  of  these  genera.  We  shall  await  with  interest  his 
dealing  with  the  last  of  these,  the  number  of  which  threatens  to 
exceed  either  of  the  two  others  we  have  mentioned.  At  a  time 
when  continental  Vcirieties  are  claimed  as  additions  to  our  British 
list  on  the  slightest  possible  pretext,  and  when  mere  states  or 
extreme  forms  of  a  series  shading  into  one  another  are  considered 
in  some  quarters  worthy  of  varietal  or  even  of  specific  rank,  it  is 
most  desirable  that  a  sane  and  well-balanced  effort  should  be  made 
to  distinguish  between  these  and  plants  which  have  a  just  title  to 
inclusion  in  our  text-books ;  and  we  believe  Mr.  Linton  will  carry 
out  such  an  effort  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  field  botanist  and  the 
student. 

Another  reason  for  the  issue  of  a  new  Flora  is  to  be  found  in 
the  withdrawal  of  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  from  the  continuation  of  the 
supplement  to  English  Botany.     It  is  to  be  feared  that  no  one  will 


96  NOTES    ON    ASARUM. 

be  found  capable  of  carryiDg  on  this  undertaking :  and  we  confess 
that  in  our  opinion  it  would  be  better  that  it  should  be  allowed  to 
lapse  than  entrusted  to  the  care  of  any  one  who  is  not  specially 
qualified  for  the  task. 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  add  here  that  Mr.  G.  S.  Boulger  has 
for  some  time  been  engaged  in  revising  and  bringing  up  to  date 
that  very  useful  and  popular  book,  Johns'  Flowers  of  the  Field.  If 
this  is  thoroughly  done,  it  will  form  a  useful  introduction  to  Mr. 
Linton's  more  complete  work  :  and  in  this  aspect  it  is  satisfactory 
to  know  that  Mr.  Boulger  has  also  adopted  the  London  Catalogue  as 
his  standard  of  nomenclature. 

Mr.  Linton  will  be  grateful  for  the  offer  of  fresh  specimens  of 
interesting  plants.     His  address  is — Crymlyn,  Bournemouth. 


NOTES     ON     ASARUM. 
By  James  Britten,  F.L.S.,  and  Edjiund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

The  following  remarks  are  the  outcome  of  an  inquiry  addressed 
to  one  of  us  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Ashe,  of  Raleigh,  N.C.  Mr.  Ashe, 
having  printed  a  paper  on  "  The  Genus  Asarum  in  Eastern 
America,"  in  which  he  purposely  ignored  a  Linn^ean  name,  be- 
thought himself  that  it  might  be  well  to  have  his  species  compared 
"with  the  Linn^an  specimen,"  and  forwarded  material  for  that 
purpose.  It  seems  to  us  that  the  inquiry  should  have  been  made 
before  his  paper  was  printed. 

At  the  present  day  most  botanists  of  repute  are  aware  of  the 
importance  of  consulting  types.  This  is  notably  the  case  in 
America,  where  the  example  set  by  Asa  Gray  is  followed  by 
such  men  as  Dr.  Britton,  Dr.  Greene,  Prof.  Trelease,  Prof.  Bailey, 
and  others,  who,  on  their  visits  to  this  country,  never  fail  to  con- 
sult the  old  material  preserved  in  the  National  Herbarium  on  which 
so  many  of  the  earlier  species  of  American  plants  are  founded.  At 
the  same  time  there  are  others,  and  not  only  in  America,  who 
avowedly  ignore  the  old  material  and  start  afresh.  This  plan, 
which  undoubtedly  saves  trouble  to  the  botanist  who  follows  it  in 
exactly  the  same  proportion  as  it  must  increase  the  difficulties  of 
more  thorough  workers  who  succeed  him,  finds  favour  with  Mr. 
W.  W.  Ashe. 

Before  quoting  from  Mr.  Ashe's  paper  the  passage  in  which  he 
justifies  this  mode  of  proceeding,  a  question  arises  as  to  the  paper 
itself.  It  is  headed  "Botanical  Contributions  from  my  Herbarium. 
No.  I.,"  and  a  footnote  says  it  was  "issued  Oct.  28,  1897,  Raleigh, 
N.C."  It  bears  no  imprint  either  of  publisher  or  printer,  and 
consists  of  four  octavo  pages.  There  is  no  indication  that  it  can 
be  obtained  anywhere,  and  no  price  is  stated.  Mr.  E.  P.  Bickuell'^' 
refers  to  it  as  "a  privately  printed  paper,"  and  the  question  arises 

*  Bull.  Ton-ey  Bot.  Club,  1897,  536. 


NOTES    ON    ASARUM.  97 

as  to  how  far  it  can  be  regarded  as  a  publication.  There  are 
nowadays  so  many  botanical  journals  that  it  seems  unwise  to 
adopt  a  mode  of  printing  which  is,  at  least,  eccentric ;  and  we 
venture  to  hope  that  Mr.  Ashe's  subsequent  "Contributions"  will 
be  more  suitably  published,  as  well  as  less  open  to  criticism  from  a 
botanical  point  of  view. 

Mr.  Ashe  states  his  case  as  follows  : — 

"  The  nomenclature  of  the  Virgiuicum  group  presents  some 
difficulty  as  to  which  species  represents  the  original  Asariun 
virr/inicum  of  Linnaeus.  Plukenet's  figure  (Aim.  55,  t.  78,  f.  2) 
to  which  Linnaeus  refers  might  represent  any  species  of  this  group : 
it  poorly  figures  A.  macranthuui;  somewhat  h^iiQT  A.  minus  \  and 
might  have  been  intended  to  represent  either  A.  Menimingeri  or 
A.  heterophylliim.  The  Grovonian  [sic]  description  does  not  add 
any  information.  I  have  thought  it  preferable  to  follow  the 
practice  of  several  European  botanists  and  ignore,  in  such  a  case 
of  uncertainty,  the  Linnaean  name,  as  it  represents  a  group  of  at 
least  four  species  rather  than  a  single  plant." 

If  Mr.  Ashe  had  taken  the  trouble  to  inquire  as  to  specimens 
instead  of  publishing  conclusions  based  on  (what  he  considers)  a 
doubtful  figure  and  an  imperfect  description,  he  would  have  found 
that  "the  Linnean  name,"  so  far  from  representing  "a  group  of  at 
least  four  species,"  represents  but  one,  and  that  there  is  no  "  un- 
certainty" whatever  about  it. 

Linnaeus  bases  his  vin/inicuvi  on  the  descriptive  phrases  em- 
ployed by  Gronovius  and  Plukenet,  and  on  the  figure  of  the  latter. 
In  Gronovius's  herbarium  are  three  specimens,  which  vary  some- 
what in  appearance,  as  one  has  an  old  leaf  persisting  from  the 
previous  year,  while  the  other  two  have  younger  leaves  contemporary 
with  the  flowers.  The  large  series  of  specimens  which  we  have 
from  Rugel  show  both  old  and  new  leaves  on  the  same  plant. 

In  the  Sloane  Herbarium  we  have  three  specimens  from 
Plukenet,  two  of  which  (Hb.  Sloane  xc,  fol.  20,  and  cii,  foL  154) 
are  written  up  by  himself,  while  the  third  (Hb.  Sloane  xcv,  fol.  108) 
is  referred  by  Sherard  to  Plukenet's  figure.  The  specimen  in 
vol.  cii.  looks  at  first  sight  somewhat  different,  as  it  has  only 
young  leaves.  Mr.  Ashe's  view  that  Plukenet's  figure  may  repre- 
sent any  of  four  species  seems  to  us  in  the  face  of  this  evidence 
absolutely  untenable ;  no  one  of  his  specimens  is  anything  but 
virginicum,  and  although  the  figure  is  not  (as  sometimes  happens) 
obviously  drawn  from  any  one  specimen,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as 
to  its  correspondence  with  them.  It  is  equally  clear,  from  the 
specimens  of  his  A.  minus  and  of  A.  heterophyllum  and  A.  Memmingeri 
which  Mr.  Ashe  has  been  good  enougli  to  send  us,  that  the  first  of 
these — A,  minus — is  identical  with  A.  virgiuicum  L.,  although  the 
flower  is  somewhat  larger  than  in  the  type-specimens. 

A  note  may  here  be  added  on  another  Asarum,  which,  although 
first  announced  as  a  species  in  1894,  has  already,  by  the  careless 
liberality  of  American  botanists,  been  enriched  with  a  considerable 
synonymy,  and  cannot  possibly  maintain  the  name  which  they  have 


98  NOTES    ON    ASAltUM. 

SO  far  agreed  to  bestow  upon  it.  Mr.  Small  describes  tbis  in  Mem. 
Torr.  Bofc.  Club,  iv.  150  (1893),  as  "  Asariiin  (/randijiorum  (Micbx.) 
Small,"  and  points  out  that  the  plant  has  been  "practically  un- 
noticed by  botanists  since  Eugel's  collection  of  1841,"  alfcliough  it 
is  no  doubt  the  "J.  virginicum.  /3  grondijioriwi  Michx."'''  of  Duchartre 
in  DC.  Prod.  xv.  1,  426  (1804).  He  cites  as  a  synonym  ''  Homo- 
tropa  macmnthuiii  Shuttl.  MSS.  in  dist.  Rugel  1841."  How  this 
name  may  stand  in  distributed  sets  we  cannot  say,  but  it  is  certain 
that  Shuttleworth  named  it  in  his  own  herbarium  (now  in  Brit. 
Mus.)  ''  Asarum  [Homotropa]  macnmthum  Shuttl.  n.  sp." 

This  name  had  a  very  brief  existence,  for  in  the  same  year  came 
the  "List  of  Pteridophyta  and  Spermatophyta,"  f  and  Mr.  Small, 
finding  that  Klotzsch  had  once  had  a  r/randijiorum  (conclusively 
identitied  by  Duchartre  with  A.  anfoHam  Michx.),  and  mindful  of 
the  latest  American  rule,  "once  a  synonym,  always  a  synonym," 
promptly  invented  a  fresh  name — ^'  Asaritm  inacranthum  (Shuttlw.) 
Small."  Herein  he  is  followed  by  Dr.  Britton  (lib  Flora,  i.  593) 
and  Mr.  Ashe  (Bot.  Contrib.  i.  2).  But  none  of  these  gentlemen 
appear  to  have  noticed  that  in  avoiding  Scylla  they  have  plunged 
headlong  into  Chnrybdis,  for  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  in  the  Butanical 
Magazine  for  1888  (t.  7022),  had  already  appropriated  macranthum 
for  a  Japanese  species ;  as  this  name  has  twice  since  been  cited  by 
Mr.  Hemsley  in  two  distinct  publications,  it  would  seem  that 
English  botanical  literature  is  nnperfectly  consulted  by  our  trans- 
atlantic friends. 

What,  then,  is  the  species  to  be  called  ?  We  confess  that  the 
original  name  A.  grandijiorum  Small  seems  to  us  satisfactory;  but 
as  the  plant  is  an  American  citizen,  and  may  be  expected  to  con- 
form to  American  ways,  we  suggest  A.  ShuttlewortJiii  as  a  name 
likely  to  suit  all  parties.  The  synonymy  of  the  two  plants  will  run 
thus  :  — 

AsARUM  MACRANTHUM  Hook.  f.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  7022  (Oct.  1888);  Hemsl. 
in  Card.  Chron.  3rd  S.  vii.  421  (1890),  and  in  Journ.  Linn. 
Soc.  xxvj.  359  (1891);  non  Small. 

AsARUM  ShUTTLEWORTHII. 

A.  virginicum   /3  (/randi/lonon   "Michx."   ex  Duchartre  in   DC. 

Prodr.  XV.  1,  426  (1864). 
A.  grandiflomui  (Michx.)   Small  in  Mem.  Torr.  Club,  iv.    150 

(1893),  non  Kl. 
Ho)iwtropa  macrantlnun  Shuttl.  ex  Small,  /.  c. 
A.  macranthum  (Shuttlew.)   Small  in  Mem.   Torr.  Club,  v.  136 

(1893-4);    Britton,  111.  Flora,  i.  5,9,3}  (1896) ;    Ashe,   Bot. 

Contrib.  1,  p.  2  (1897). 

We  may  note  in  passing  that  the  very  considerable  range  in  the 
size  of  the  flowers  of  A.  virginicum  suggests  a  doubt  as  to  whether 


*  Mr,  Small  observes  that  the  name  grandiflorum  does  not  occur  in 
Michaux's  Itlora,  as  Duchartre  states,  and  suggests  that  Michaux  named  it 
in  MS.  We  incline  rather  to  think  that  Duchartre  adapted  the  name  from 
Michaux's  phrase  "  flore  maximo." 

t   Mem.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  v.  (18U8-4). 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  99 

Shuttleworth's  plant  may  not  after  all  be  a  large-flowered  form  of 
that  species. 

Mr.  Bicknell  (Bull.  Torr.  Club,  1897,  530)  says  "there  is  little 
doubt  that  Salisbury's  name,  A.  latifolium,  is  a  synonym"  of 
A.  canndense.  Even  that  little  may  disappear,  for  Salisbury — who 
had  singularly  lax  views  as  to  the  laws  of  priority — cites  A.  cana- 
deme  as  identical  with  his  plant. 


BIOGRAPHICAL     INDEX     OF     BRITISH     AND     IRISH 

BOTANISTS. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S.,  and  G.  S.  Boulger,  F.L.S,,  F.G.S. 

First   Supplement  (1893-97). 

Five  years  having  elapsed  since  the  date  to  which  we  brought 
down  our  original  work,  it  appears  desirable  to  issue  a  supplement 
to  include  the  names  of  botanists  who  have  died  between  J anuary  1st, 
1893,  and  December  31st,  1897,  together  with  some  which  were 
accidentally  omitted  from  the  original  Index. 

The  present  Supplement  naturally  follows  the  plan  of  the  original 
work  :  serial  sources  of  information  previously  consulted  have  now 
been  examined  down  to  the  end  of  1897,  and  few  others  require 
special  mention.  It  may,  however,  be  well  to  state  explicitly  that 
only  deceased  botanists  are  included  in  the  list :  this,  by  an  over- 
sight, was  nowhere  stated  in  the  original  Index. 

The  only  work  of  importance  in  addition  to  those  already  cited 
in  the  Index  is  '  First  Records  of  British  Flowering  Plants,'  by 
W.  A.  Clarke,  F.L.S.  (1897);  we  refer  to  this  as  Clarke. 

It  is  proposed  on  the  completion  of  the  publication  of  the 
Supplement  in  the  Journal  of  Botaiuj  to  reissue  it  separately  in 
pamphlet  form,  together  with  one  or  two  pages  of  minor  corrections 
referring  to  the  original  work.  The  compilers  will  be  glad  to  receive 
any  assistance  in  drawing  up  these. 

Acton,  Edward  Hamilton  (1862-95):  b.  Wrexham,  16th  Nov. 
1862;  d.  Cambridge,  15th  Feb.  1895.  B.A.,  Camb.,  1885. 
Chemist  and  physiologist.  '  Practical  Physiology  of  Plants ' 
[with  Francis  Darwin] ,  1894.  R.S.C.  ix.  10.  '  Eagle,'  March, 
1895  ;  Journ.  Bot.  1895,  127. 

Alexander,  William  Thomas  (1818-1872) :  b.  23rd  June,  1818; 
d.  31st  May,  1872.  Assistant- Surgeon,  R.N.  On  H.M.S. 
'Plover'  in  East  Indies  and  China,  1845-6.  Collected  ferns, 
mosses,  &c.,  on  Chinese  coast,  Chusan,  Hongkong,  and  Loochoo 
Islands.  Fungi  of  Cloyne,  1852.  Journ.  Bot.  1848,  273 
(erroneously  T.  Anderson)  ;  1853,  236  ;  1857,  333,  353  ;  1894, 
294,  299.  R.S.C.  i.  44.  Phyt.  iv.  727.  Bentham,  Fl.  Hongk. 
pref.  11. 

Allom,  Elizabeth  Anne  (fl.  1841).  ^  Of  Margate.  'The  Sea- 
weed Collector  ....  illustrated  with  natural  specimens  from 


loo  BIOGRAPHICAL  IMDEX  OJb'  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

the  shores  of  Margate  and  Ramsgate,'  1841  ;  reissued,  1845. 
Jacks.  218. 

Amherst,  Countess  (Sarah),  {yiee  Thynne)  (d.  1838) :  d.  27th 
May,  1838;  m.  (1)  Other,  5th  Earl  of  Plymouth ;  (2)  William, 
2nd  Baron  (afterwards  1st  Earl)  Amherst,  1800.  Travelled  and 
collected  in  India,  1823-8.  Wallich,  PI.  Asiat.  Piar.  i.  1. 
Amherstia  Wall. 

Amos,  William  (H.  1801).  Of  Brotherstoft,  near  Boston,  Lincoln- 
shire. Agriculturist.  '  Minutes  in  Agriculture  and  Planting, 
illustrated  with  specimens  of  Natural  Grasses,'  1801. 

Anderson,  Frederick  W.  (1866-91):  b.  Wisbech,  22nd  June, 
1866;  d.  New  York,  22i]d  Dec.  1891.  D.Sc,  Montana,  1890. 
Went  to  America,  1881.  Papers  in  BulL  Torrey  Club  and  Bot. 
Gazette.     Bot.  Gazette,  1892,  78  (portr.). 

Anderson,  William  (d.  1778)  :  d.  at  sea,  3rd  Aug.  1778.  On 
Cook's  second  voyage  as  surgeon's  mate,  and  on  third  voyage 
as  naturalist.  MS.  descriptions  of  birds  and  plants  in  Brit. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Plants  from  Australia,  New  Caledonia,  Pacific 
Islands,  &c.,  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.  Brown,  Prodromus,  553. 
Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  i,  393.     Andersonia  Br. 

[Anderson,  T.     See  Alexander,  William  Thomas.] 

Archer,  William  (1830-1897) :  b.  Enniscorthy,  6th  May,  1830  ; 
d.  Dublin,  14th  Aug.  1897.  Librarian  E.  Dublin  See,  1876- 
1895.  F.R.S.,  1875.  Papers  on  Desmids  in  Proc.  DubUn  Nat. 
Hist.  Soc.  ih.-v.  (1859-65).  Journ.  Bot.  1874.  Desmids  and 
Diatoms  in  Pritchard's  '  History  of  Infusoria,'  ed.  4,  1861. 
Jacks.  158;  R.S.C.  i.  86;  vii.  42;  ix.  62.  Irish  Naturalist, 
1897,  253  (portr.). 

Atkinson,  William  (1765-1821):  b.  Dalton-in-Furness,  Lane, 
3rd  May,  1765;  d.  Dalton,  8th  Dec,  1821;  bur.  Dalton. 
Solicitor,  of  Dalton.  Contributed  to  3rd  ed.  of  With.  Arr. 
List  of  plants  in  1805  ed.  of  West's  'Antiquities  of  Furness.' 

Babington,  Charles  Cardale  (1808-95) :  b.  Ludlow,  Shropshire, 
23rd  Nov.  1808 ;  d.  Cambridge,  22nd  July,  1895  ;  bur.  Cherry 
Hinton,  Cambridgeshire.  B.A.,  Camb.,  1830.  M.A.,  1833. 
F.L.S.,  1830.  F.R.S.,  1851.  Prof.  Bot.,  Cambridge,  1861. 
'  Flora  Bathoniensis,'  1834  ;  Supplement,  1839.  '  Primitiae 
Florae  Sarnies, '  1839.  '  Manual  of  British  Botany,'  1848 ; 
ed.  2, 1847  ;  ed.  3, 1851 ;  ed.  4,  1856  ;  ed.  5,  1862  ;  ed.  6,  1867 ; 
ed.  7,  1874;  ed.  8,  1881.  'Flora  of  Cambridgeshire,'  1860. 
'  British  Rubi,'  1869.  In  Iceland,  1846.  Herbarium  of  nearly 
50,000  sheets  and  library  bequeathed  to  University  of  Cam- 
bridge. Pritz.  10,  11;  Jacks.  517;  R.S.C.  i.  136-9;  vii.  62; 
ix.  91.  Journ.  Bot.  1895,  257,  with  portr.  'Memorials,'  with 
portr.,  1897.  Portr.  by  W.  Vizard  at  St.  John's  Coll.,  Cam- 
bridge.    Babhu/to)iia  Lindl.  =  Bceclda. 

Baillie,  Edmund  John  (1851-97):  b.  Hawarden,  Cheshire,  4th 
May,  1851;  d.  Chester,  18th  Oct.  1897.  Seedsman.  F.L.S., 
1883.  '  The  City  Flora '  in  Proc.  Chester  Soc.  Nat.  Sci.,  1878. 
Journ.  Bot.  1897,  464. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  101 

Balfour,  Edward  Green  (d.  1889).     Surgeon-General,  Madras. 
'  Remarks  on   Gutta  Percha,'    Athenaeum,    Nov.    22nd,    1865. 
'  Cyclopaedia  of  India  '  (largely  botanical),  1867.    '  Timber-trees 
of  India,'  1868  ;  ed.  2,  1862  ;  ed.  3,  1870.     Jacks.  618  ;  R.B.C. 
i.  170 ;  Leopoldina,  1889,  220. 
Balfour,  Thomas  Alexander  Goldie  (1826-96) :  b.  Edinburgh, 
1825;  d.  Edinburi^h,  10th  March,   1896.     Youngest  brother  of 
John  Hutton  Balfour.     M.D.,  Edinb.,  1861.     F.B.S.E.,  18G8  ; 
Pres.,  1877-9.     F.R.S.E.,  1870.     '  Dionasa  muscipula,'  Trans. 
Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  xii.,  xiii.     R.S.C.  ix.  109  ;  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed. 
XX.  449. 
Bancroft,  Joseph  (1836-94) :  b.  Manchester,  1836 ;  d.  Brisbane, 
Queensland,    16th    June,    1894.     M.D.,    St.    Andrew's,    1859. 
Practised  in  Nottingham,  and  from  1864  in  Brisbane.     Investi- 
gated  properties  of   Buhoisia,   Ahtonia,  &c.     '  Contribution  to 
Pharmacy   for   Queensland,'    1886.     Journ.    Bot.    1894,   288; 
Gard.  Chron.  1894,  ii.  266. 
Barnard,  Edward  (1786-1861):   b.  14th  March,  1786;  d.  13th 
Dec.   1861.      F.L.S.,    1818.      "Devoted  principally  to    horti- 
cultural  pursuits."      Sec.    R.    Hort.    Soc.     Proc.    Linn.    Soc. 
1861-2,  Ixxxv.     R.S.C.  i.  184.     Bot.  Reg.   1029.     Barnardia 
Lindl.  =  Scilla. 
Bateman,  James  (1811-97) :    b.  Rodivale,  Bury,  Lane,   1811 ; 
d.    Worthing,    Sussex,    27th  Nov.   1897.     M.A.,   Oxon,   1845. 
F.R.S.      F.L.S.,    1833.      *  Orchidace^   of   Mexico,'    1837-41. 
'  Odontoglossum,'  1864-74.     '  Second  Century  of  Orchidaceous 
PI.,'  1864-70.     Pritz.  16;    Jacks.  137-8,  368;    Gard.   Chron. 
1871,  1614  (portr.);  1897,  ii.  410;    Orchid  Review,  1897,  10; 
Alumn.  Oxon.  1897,  ii.  436.     Batemannia  Lindl. 
Baxter,  William  Hart  (1826  ?-90):  b.  1826?;   d.  Oxford,  19th 
June,  1890.     Son  of  WilUam  Baxter  (1).     Curator  of  Oxford 
Garden  from  1864.    Assisted  Loudon  (Hort.  Brit.  ed.  1850,  &c.). 
Gard.  Chron.  1890,  49,  797. 
Beckwith,  William  Edmund  (1844-92) :  b.  Eaton  Constantine, 
Salop,   1844;    d.    Shrewsbtiry,   22nd   July,   1892;    bur.   Eaton 
Constantine.     Ornithologist.     Papers  on  Shropshire  Plants  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1881-2.    Plants  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.    R.S.C.  ix.  164. 
Beesley,  Thomas   (1818-96)  :    b.   Banbury,  Oxon,  28th  March, 
1818;    d.   Banbury,   16th    May,    1896.     Druggist.     Geologist. 
Contrib.  list  of  pi.  to  Alfred  Beesley's  'History  of  Banbury,' 
1841 ;  assisted  Mr.  Drnce  in  '  Flora  of  Oxfordshire.'     Herb,  in 
possession  of  Mr.  G.  C.  Druce.     Pritz.   19;   R.S.C.  vii.  123; 
Pharm.  Journ.,  Sept.  6,  1896;   Journ.  Bot.  1896,  440. 
Beever,  Mary  (c.  1800-83) :  b.  Ardwick,  Manchester;  d.  Coniston, 
31st  Dec.   1883.     Moved  to   Thwaite    House,  Coniston,  1827. 
Sent  Gentiana  Piieumonanthe  to  Baxter  in  1836  ('Brit.  Phsenog. 
Bot.'  tt.  185-7);  and  ferns  to  Newman  and  E.  J.  Lowe.     Cor- 
respondent of  J.  G.  Baker  ('Fl.  Lake  District')   and  of  John 
Ruskin  ('  Hortus  Inclusus  ').    W.  G.  Collingwood,  '  John  Beever's 
Practical  Fly-fishing,'  1893,  pref.     Lastrea  Filix-mas  var.   Bee- 
vorie  Lowe. 


102  BIOGRAPHECAL  I.VDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

Beever,  Susanna  (1805-93):  b.  Manchester?,  27th  Nov.  1805; 
d.  Coiiiston,  Lancashire,  29th  Oct.  1893.  Sister  of  preceding. 
Sent  Fimliola  to  Baxter  ('British  Phaenog.  Bot.'  t.  188).  Cor- 
respondent of  Baker  and  Raskin  (see  preceding).     NaturaUst, 

1894,  290. 

Bellairs,  Nona  Maria  Stevenson  (d.  1897):  d.  Bournemouth, 
14th  May,  1897;  bar.  Bourneinoutli  Cemetery.  'Hardy  Ferns' 
(British),  18G5.    '  Wayside  Flora,'  18G6.    Pritz.  20  ;  Jacks.  520. 

Bennett,  George  (1804-93)  :  b.  Plymouth,  31st  Jan.  1804  : 
d.  Sydney,  29th  Sept.  1893.  M.K.C.S.,  1828.  M.D.,  Glasgow. 
1859.  F.L.S.,  1831.  Practised  in  Sydney,  1836.  Zoologist. 
Contrib.  to  Loudon's  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1832  ;  Journ.  Bot. 
1866-72.  '  Wanderings  in  New  South  Wales,'  1834.  'Gather- 
ings of  a  Naturalist  in  Australasia,'  1860.  Sent  plants  to  Kew. 
.Jacks.  521;  R.S.C.  i.  273;  vii.  138;  ix.  190;  Journ.  Bot.  1894, 
191  ;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1893-4,  27.     Antiaris  Bennettii  Seem. 

Benson,  Robson  (d.  1894):  d.  Bath,  22ud  Oct.  1894.  F.L.S., 
1870.  General  in  Indian  army.  In  India,  1839-77.  In  charge 
of  Rangoon  Gardens,  1865-9;  of  Madras  Bot.  Gardens,  1872-6. 
Discovered  many  orchids  in  Burmah.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1894-5, 
30.      Vanda  Bciisoni  Bateman. 

Bent,  James  Theodore  (1852-97);  b.  Liverpool,  1852;  d.  Lon- 
don, 5th  May,  1897.  B.A.,  Oxon,  1875.  Travelled  and  collected 
in  Hadramaut,  1893-4;  in  Arabia  Felix,  1894-5;  and  in  Nubia 
and  Socotra,  1895-6.  Botanical  results,  Kew  Bulletin,  1894, 328 ; 

1895,  180.     Plants  at  Kew.     Kew  Bull.  1897,  206;   Allibone 
Supp. 

Bentham,  Lady  (Mary  Sophia)  [iice  Fordyce)  (1765  ?-1858)  : 
b.  London?,  1765  ?  ;  d.  18th  May,  1858 ;  m.  1796,  General  Sir 
Samuel  Bentham.  Daughter  of  Dr.  George  Fordyce.  Mother 
of  George  Bentham.  "A  very  good  botanist,"  A.  Gray,  Letters, 
188.     Had  a  herbarium.     Journ.  Bot.  1894,  315. 

Bentley,  Robert  (1821-93) :  b.  Hitchin,  Hertford,  1821;  d.  Earl's 
Court.  London,  24th  Dec.  1893  ;  bur.  Kensai  Green  Cemetery. 
M.R.C.S.,  1847.  F.L.S.,  1849.  Lecturer  on  Bot.,  London 
Hospital;  Prof.  Bot.,  King's  Coll.,  London.  'Manual  of 
Botany,'  1861;  ed.  4,  1881.  'Eucalyptus,'  1874.  'Botany,' 
1875.  '  Medicinal  Plants'  (with  H.  Trimen),  1875-80.  Pritz. 
22;  Jacks.  521;  R.S.C.  i.  282;  ix.  192;  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  64; 
Pharm.  Journ.  1893-4,  559;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1893-4,  28; 
Allibone  Supp. 

Bidwell,  Henry  (1816-68) :  b.  Albrighton,  Salop,  8th  July,  1816  ; 
d.  Albrighton,  13th  March,  1868.  Local  Sec.  Bot.  Soc.  London. 
M.D.     F.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed.     Had  a  herbarium. 

Blomefield,  Rev.  Leonard,  ne  Jenyns  (1800-93):  b.  London, 
25th  May,  1800;  d.  Bath,  1st  Sept.  1893.  M.A.,  Camb.,  1825. 
F.L.S.,  1822.  F.G.S.,  1835.  Curate  of  Swaffham  Bulbeck, 
Cambs.,  1823  ;  vicar,  1828-49.  Founded  Bath  Nat.  Hist.  Club, 
1855.  '  Naturahsts'  Pocket  Almanack,'  1843-7,  '  Bath  Flora,' 
Proc.  Bath  Field  Club,  i.  (1866),  23.  Library  and  herbarium 
in  more  than  40  vols,  presented  to  Bath  Institution.     R.S.C. 


SHORT    NOIES.  103 

vii.  198;  ix.  269;  'Chapters  in  my  Life,'  1889;  Journ.  Bot. 
1893,320;  Nature  Notes,  1898, 193  ;  Allibone  Supp. ;  Darwin's 
Life  and  Letters,  i.  54  ;  Gard.  Cln'on.  1893,  ii.  307.  Photo,  at 
Linn.  Soc. 

(To  be  continued.) 


SHORT     ?IOTES. 


The  British  Oarex  feigida  (p.  41).  —  In  my  notes  on  Carex  in 
tiiis  Jom-nal  for  1897  (p.  259)  1  purposely  took  no  notice  of  the 
Carex  so  named,  as  I  was  aware  that  Mr.  E.  F.  Linton  was  occupied 
with  the  plant.  But  from  the  moment  I  saw  the  original  specimens 
gathered  by  Sadler,  I  was  convinced  it  was  not  the  C.  frigida  of 
Allioni.  Other  and  better  authorities  than  myself  still  called  it 
so,  and  I  was  contented  to  let  it  rest  until  Mr.  Linton  had  concluded 
)iis  work.  I  may  now  say  I  cannot  consider  it  to  be  Allioni's  plant, 
and  Mr.  Linton's  name  may  well  be  accepted  for  it.  It  would  indeed 
have  been  a  very  interesting  distribution,  if  it  had  been  the  plant  of 
Allioni.  Unless  Drejer's  var.  aJpina  of  C.  binervis  Sm.  be  the  Scotch 
plant  (I  have  not  yet  been  able  to  see  a  type-specimen),  I  think  it 
may  be  an  endemic  form. — Arthur  Bennett. 

SiNAPis  orientalis  Murr.  The  forms  of  Sinajns  arvensls  L.  with 
hispid  pods,  cotnmon  in  many  parts  of  England  and  not  separated 
by  English  botanists,  were  recognized  as  a  species  by  Murray  and 
Linnaeus,  and  are  kept  up  as  varieties  by  continental  writers  under 
tlie  names  var.  villosa  (Mer.)  and  var.  orientalis  (Murr.). — S.  T.  Dunn. 
Wandsworth  Aliens.  —  It  has  been  ascertained  upon  enquiry 
that  the  locality  for  aliens  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Wandsworth 
Distillery,  made  famous  nearly  forty  years  ago  by  the  researches  of 
Irvine,  Britten,  and  others,  has  been  built  over  or  turned  into 
private  gardens,  so  that  any  species  that  still  lingered  on  have  now 
probably  disappeared.  A  little  to  the  west  of  the  steamboat-pier 
grows  abundance  of  Sisi/mhrium  ColnmncB  Jacq.  and  a  quantity  of 
Riimex  Patientia  L.  —  S.  T.  Dunn. 

Ranunculus  petiolaris.  —  I  recently  learned  from  Mr.  Arthur 
Bennett  that  this  name  is  preoccupied ;  it  was  used  by  Bonpland, 
Humboldt,  and  Kunth  in  their  Nova  Genera  et  Species  Plantarum, 
V.  45  (1821),  when  describing  a  Mexican  buttercup,  which  their 
figure  (no.  428)  shows  to  be  a  totally  different  plant  from  mine. 
The  West  Highland  Eaminculm  published  in  this  Journal  for  1892, 
p.  289,  under  this  title  may  bear  the  name  of  R.  scoticus  for  those 
who,  like  myself,  believe  it  to  be  specifically  (or  subspecifically)  dis- 
tinct ;  if  it  is  regarded  as  a  variety,  I  suppose  that  it  can  stand  as 
R.  Flammula  L.  var.  petiolaris  Lange,  according  to  my  original 
description  in  this  Journal  for  1888,  p.  230.— Edward  S.  Marshall. 
Mastigophora  Woodsii  (Hook.)  Nees  in  Inverness-shire. — I  have 
found  this  hepatic  in  some  quantity  in  Moidart,  on  the  west  coast 
of  the  above  county.     It  grows  in  a  ravine  at  1200  ft.  alt. ;  also. 


104  THE    FLORA    OF    BERKSHIRE. 

though  more  sparingly,  at  500  ft.  At  the  upper  station  it  has  the 
larger  form  of  Plewozia  cochleariformis  mixed  with  it,  and  close  at 
hand  are  Herherta  adiinca  and  Folijtrichum  alpinum.  I  had  pre- 
viously found  it  in  1892  on  an  adjoining  mountain  on  the  same 
watershed,  but  I  do  not  know  at  what  altitude.  This  species  is 
given  in  the  Lvndon  Catalog/He  of  Mosses  and  HepaticcE,  ed.  2,  for 
Province  17,  North  Highlands  (Ross,  Sutherland,  and  Caithness), 
as  well  as  for  Ireland.  In  Wallace's  Island  Life,  ed.  2,  it  is  men- 
tioned on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Mitten  as  being  "  found  in  Ireland  and 
the  Himalayas,  but  unknown  in  any  part  of  Continental  Europe," 
no  reference  being  made  to  its  occurrence  in  Britain.  —  Symers  M. 
Mac  VICAR. 


NOTICE     OF     BOOK. 


The  Flora  of  Berkshire  ;  heing  a  Topographical  and  Historical  Account 
of  the  Flowering  Plants  and  Ferns  found  in  the  County;  with 
short  Biographical  Notices  of  the  Botanists  who  have  contributed 
to  Berkshire  Botany  during  the  last  three  Centuries.  By  George 
Claridge  Druce,  Hon.  M.A.  Oxon.,  sometime  Sheriff  of  the 
City  of  Oxford,  Curator  of  the  Fielding  Herbarium ;  author 
of  '  The  Flora  of  Oxfordshire,'  'The  Flora  of  Northampton- 
shire,' &c.  Oxford :  at  the  Clarendon  Press.  8vo,  pp.  cc, 
644.     Price  16s.  net.     1897  [1898] . 

It  is  difficult  to  believe  that  eleven  years  have  passed  since  Mr. 
Druce  published  his  Flora  of  Odfordshire.  Such,  however,  is  the 
case  ;  and  no  sooner  was  that  work  out  of  hand  than  its  author, 
with  characteristic  enthusiasm,  devoted  himself  to  the  investigation 
of  the  neighbouring  county  of  Berks.  The  results  of  his  ten  years' 
work  are  now  before  the  botanical  public  in  the  handsome  volume 
which — in  spite  of  the  date  "1897"  on  its  title-page— has  only 
been  published  during  the  last  month. 

As  an  examination  of  the  new  Flora  reveals  many  points  which 
demand  criticism,  I  am  anxious  at  the  outset  to  express  my  ad- 
miration for  I  he  zeal  and  industry  which  Mr.  Druce  devotes  to  his 
botanical  work.  There  is  probably  no  British  botanist  whose 
leisure— which  Mr.  Druce  tells  us  is  in  his  case  "scanty" — is  moie 
ungrudgingly  spent  in  collecting  and  examining  plants ;  and  I 
doubt  whether  any  local  flora  contains  the  results  of  more  individual 
work  than  the  book  now  before  me.  Not  only  in  the  field  but  in 
the  study  Mr.  Druce  pursues  his  botanical  investigations  with 
unwearying  enthusiasm  ;  and  his  volume  shows  an  acquaintance 
with  botanical  literature  as  extensive  as  his  knowledge  of  the  plants 
themselves. 

And  yet — the  truth  must  be  told — this  most  recent  addition  to 
our  county  floras  cannot  be  regarded  as  satisfactory.  It  is  dis- 
tinctly inferior  to  the  Flora  of  Oxfordshire,  and  that  in  a  degree 
exactly  proportionate  to  its  greater  pretentiousness.  The  Flora  of 
Oxfordshire  contained  about  600  pages  ;  the  Flora  of  Berkshire  has 


THE    FLORA    OF    BERKSHIRE.  105 

800,  of  which  at  least  a  quarter  might  have  been  omitted,  not  only 
without  detriment,  but  with  x^ositive  gain  to  its  usefulness.  Take 
the  introduction.  Mr.  Druce  thinks  it  necessary  to  give  not  only 
the  plants  characteristic  of  each  geological  formation,  for  which 
there  is  something  to  be  said — why  is  "  Kimmeridge  "  always  spelt 
with  only  one  m  ? — but  the  flora  of  very  numerous  localities 
receives  a  separtite  enumeration:  thus  p.  Ixxx  begins — "  The  Ken- 
net  valley,  in  addition  to  the  plants  already  mentioned,  affords, 
among  others,  the  following  interesting  species,"  the  whole  remain- 
ing portion  of  the  page  being  occupied  with  names  of  plants. 
Nearly  a  hundred  pages  are  taken  up  with  biographical  matter — 
some  of  it  paraphrased  from  similar  accounts  in  the  Flora  of 
Oxfordshire — connected  with  those  who  have  contributed,  however 
slightly,  to  a  knowledge  of  Berkshire  plants  :  this  would  make, 
with  some  few  corrections,  an  admirable  foundation  for  a  history 
of  British  botany,  but  is  absolutely  out  of  place  in  a  local  flora. 
The  space  thus  lavished  might  well  have  been  occupied  by  some 
account  of  the  mosses,  fungi,  and  other  cryptogams ;  it  is  strange 
at  this  date  to  find  that  no  information  whatever  is  given  about 
these  components  of  the  flora. 

Some  connection,  however,  exists  between  these  matters  and 
the  flora  of  the  county ;  but  this  cannot  be  said  for  a  vast  deal  of 
the  information  given.  Mr.  Druce  seems  to  think  the  book  affords 
a  fitting  opportunity  for  introducing  to  the  botanical  world  his 
views  about  nomenclature,  whether  of  orders,  genera,  species,  or 
varieties.  This  I  consider  a  mistake.  If  his  conclusions  are  worth 
printing,  a  local  flora  is  emphatically  not  the  place  for  them. 
What  is  the  advantage,  in  a  local  flora,  of  substituting  "  Gunner- 
acese  "  for  "  Haloragacese  "  ?  To  make  matters  worse,  Mr.  Druce 
wastes  space  by  quoting  synonyms  for  his  orders — sometimes  with 
absurd  results,  as  when  he  cites  CassiacecB  of  Link  (Handb.  ii.  135) 
as  synonymous  with  Legu.minoscB.'^^  Link  places  Cassiacece  as 
Ordo  iii.  of  his  Subclass  LeguminoscB,  and,  as  might  be  expected 
from  its  name,  the  order  does  not  contain  a  single  British  plant ! 

Of  course  this  citation  of  synonyms  occupies  in  the  aggregate  a 
considerable  amount  of  space.  Mr.  Druce  says  he  has  given  them 
(for  the  species)  from  various  British  books  and  the  Index  Kewensis, 
' '  in  order  to  make  the  work  more  useful  to  those  readers  whose 
botanical  library  is  limited."  Had  he  been  content  with  this  no 
great  harm  would  have  been  done,  but  unfortunately  this  is  far 
from  being  the  case.  Four  out  of  the  seven  synonyms  given  under 
Buda  rubra  do  not  come  under  this  rule  ;  nor  do  either  of  those 
cited  for  Stellaria  uligijiosa.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  Flora  is  made 
a  pretext  for  foisting  upon  botanical  literature  a  number  of  new 
names,  both  of  species  and  varieties,  which  seem  to  be  created  mainly 
in  order  that  Mr.  Druce  may  have  the  pleasure  of  putting  "  mihi " 
after  them.     The  treatment  of  the  genus  Stellaria  exemplifies  Mr. 

*  On  p.  clxxxvii  Mr.  Druce  speaks  of  the  name  ^^ Leguminiferce^^  as  "so 
generally  used"  that  he  has  "  not  attempted  to  replace"  it ;  yet  throughout  the 
body  of  the  book  he  calls  it  Leguminosa. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [March,  1898.]  i 


106  THE    FLORA    OF    BERKSHIRE. 

Druce's  methods.  He  retains  tins  name,  but  at  the  end  we  find  the 
following : — 

'*  Ohs.  Strictly  speaking  the  generic  name  Alsine  takes  pre- 
cedence of  SU'Ilaria,  as  it  comes  first  in  the  Species  Plantaruvi,  and 
has  been  adopted  in  preference  in  the  American  Check-list." 

Now  it  is  quite  true  that  some  American  botanists  have  agreed 
that  priority  of  place  in  a  book  entitles  to  precedence;  but  the 
suggestion  is  not  so  much  as  referred  to  in  the  Berlin  rules,  and  is 
opposed  both  to  general  practice  and  common  sense  ;  while  the 
adoption  of  a  name  in  "  the  American  Check-list"  is  hardly  con- 
vincing. Moreover,  Mr.  Druce  does  not  himself  follow  this  rule — 
either  here  or  elsewhere — e.  g.  under  Buda  and  other  places.  What 
he  does  is  to  increase  synonymy  by  citing  as  "  synonyms  "  names 
here  published  for  the  first  time  !  Thus  under  SteUaria  palustrU 
we  find  '^Alsine  palustr'ni,  mihi,  not  of  Kellogg";  under  S.  umhrosa 
Opiz  (here  retained  as  a  species),  "  Alsine  umbrosa  mihi."  Under 
S.  aqiiatica  is  a  mysterious  synonym  "  Alsine  aquatica,  leges"  ;  this 
is  corrected  on  p.  cxcix  to  "  Britton  in  Mem.  Torr.  Club,  v.  (1894) 
356."  "Leges,"  however,  as  an  authority  is  found  on  p.  151,  in 
the  synonymy  under  Vicia  gemella ;  I  could  not  imagine  what  was 
meant,  but  Mr.  Druce  kindly  informs  me  that  he  had  intended  thus 
to  signify  that  the  names  to  which  it  was  appended  should  stand,  if 
the  "laws"  which  insist  on  the  retention  of  the  old  specific  name 
are  observed,  but  that  on  reconsideration  he  struck  it  out  of  his  MS., 
so  that  its  retention  in  one  or  two  places  is  accidental. 

A  considerable  amount  of  space  is  wasted  in  useless  repetitions, 
and  unnecessary  citations  ;  as  well  as  over  records  of  the  casuals 
— often  of  the  most  trivial  kind.  Thus  Couringia  orientalis,  which 
occurred  twice  by  a  railway  and  once  by  a  racecourse,  has  five 
lines  of  synonymy  and  seven  of  gossip'''  about  the  name :  for 
C.  austriaca,  Mr.  Druce  not  only  gives  this  new  name  (it  having 
hitherto  been  called  Co7iringia),  but  kindly  suggests  another  which 
may  be  employed  in  case  Coiiringia  be  disallowed — all  this  about  a 
plant  which  once  occurred  on  some  waste  ground  !  Does  Mr. 
Druce  seriously  suppose  that  the  botanists  of  the  world  will  feel 
bound  to  consult  the  Flora  uf  Berkshire  in  order  to  feel  sure  that  he 
has  not  in  some  obscure  paragraph  suggested  a  new  name  for  some 
plant  which  once  appeared  on  a  rubbish-heap  in  that  county  ? 

I  propose  to  give  in  a  separate  article  an  example  of  Mr.  Druce's 
treatment  of  species  and  their  nomenclature ;  and  now  pass  to  a 
consideration  of  two  or  three  of  his  numerous  varieties. 

In  a  note  in  this  Journal  for  1897  (p.  145)  I  expressed  a  view 
which  is  indeed  common  among  botanists  as  to  the  undesirability 
of  raising  to  varietal  rank  plants  which  differ  from  the  type  in 
some  trivial  or  even  accidental  character.  Mr.  Druce  is  an  old 
offender  in  this  matter,  and  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  in  his  new 
Flora  he  pursues  what  I  cannot  but  feel  to  be  a  mistaken  course 

*  Mr.  Druce  says  "this  spelling  appears  to  he  a  misprint  for  Conringia" — 
a  somewhat  excessively  cautious  statement,  as  may  be  seen  by  consultmg  Mr. 
Jackson's  note  in  Journ.  Bot.  1888,  90. 


THE    FLORA    OF    BERKSHIRE,  107 

with  greater  enthusiasm  than  ever.  The  fact  that  in  the  last 
edition  of  the  London  Catalogue  the  great  bulk  of  his  then  published 
varieties  were  ignored  might  have  shown  him  that  they  were 
regarded  by  some  as  of  doubtful  value,  nor  can  it  be  anticipated  that 
those  which  now  make  their  appearance  will  be  more  fortunate.  In 
some  cases  Mr.  Druce  identifies,  on  evidence  which  cannot  be  con- 
sidered as  sufficient,  certain  British  plants  with  named  continental 
varieties  ;  in  others  he  has  himself  named  for  the  first  time  forms 
which  appear  to  him  worthy  of  distinction.  I  propose  to  consider 
one  or  two  examples  of  each. 

Malva  vwschata.  "  Var.  Ramondiana,  Gren.  and  Godr.  I.e.  has 
all  the  leaves  entire  and  dentate  ;  .  .  .  specimens  were  sent  to  the 
Bot.  Exch.  Club  in  that  year."  Mr.  Druce  in  the  Exchange  Club 
Eeport  for  1895  (p.  471)  certaiuly  speaks  of  his  plant  confidently 
as  Ramondiana,  but  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker,  who  has  made  a  special  study 
of  Malcacea,  appends  a  cautious  note:  "This  certainly  must 
closely  approach  var.  Ramondiana,  but  I  only  know  this  from  the 
description,  which  is  '  feuilles  toutes  entieies,  dentees.'  The  upper 
leaves  here  are  certainly  l)bed."  In  other  words,  the  plant  does 
not  agree  with  the  description  of  the  type,  to  which  it  is  unhesi- 
tatingly referred  by  Mr.  Druce,  without  any  reference  to  Mr. 
Baker's  qualified  opinion. 

Helleborus  viridis.  "Our  plant  is  the  vSiV.  occident((l is  (Renter, 
Cat.  Grain.  1868  (see  Schifiu.  Mon.  Helleb.  138),  as  a  species) 
Druce  in  Journ.  Bot.  (1890)  227.'''  It  appears  to  be  the  common 
western  form,  chiefly  differing  from  the  type  in  being  glabrous." 
A  reference  to  Schiffner,  whose  monograph  would  have  been  more 
conveniently  cited  as  in  Engler's  But.  Jahrbiich,  xi.  92-122,  shows 
a  much  more  careful  dealing  with  Renter's  plant,  which  is  retained 
as  a  subspecies,  with  a  long  diagnosis  stating  the  numerous  points 
in  which  it  differs  from  typical  viridis.  Mr.  Druce  does  noi;  seem 
to  have  seen  Renter's  plant,  nor  does  he  tell  us  how  far  the  British 
form  agrees  with  it,  save  in  being  glabrous :  are  we,  on  his  view  of 
what  it  "  appears  to  be,"  to  identify  our  plant  with  Renter's  ?  If 
so,  we  will  not  in  any  case  call  it  "  var.  occidentalis  Druce";  for  an 
earlier  varietal  name  is  "var.  Smithianns  A.  Br.  in  sched."  which 
was  published  by  Dr.  Schiffner  (/.  c.  118)  in  1889. 

Iberis  amara.  "  Var.  raficaalis  (Lej.)  DC.  Syst.  ii.  399  (1821), 
differing  in  its  smaller  size  and  purplish  flowers,  occurs  occasionally 
with  the  type.  .  .  .  Mr.  Tufnail  tells  me  it  was  quite  a  feature  at 
the  back  of  Streatley  woods  this  summer."  It  does  not  seem  to 
have  occurred  to  Mr.  Druce  that  a  plant  called  "  ruficaulis  "  would 
present  other  characters  of  differentiation  than  "  smaller  size  and 
purplish  flowers"  ;  but  it  is  indeed  surprising  to  find  that  one  of 
these  two  characters,  if  such  they  can  be  called,  exists  neither  in 
Lejeune's  original  description  (Fl.  Spa,  ii.  58  (1811)  nor  in 
DeCandolle,  /.  c.  Lejeune  (who,  by  the  way,  distinctly  calls  it 
"var."  and  speaks  of  it  as  "la  variete  ")  says  specifically  "  fleurs 
blanches,"  and  DeCandolle  says  nothing  as  to  the  flowers  differing 
from  the  "  flores  albi "  of  typical  amara.  Everyone  who  knows  the 
candytuft  where  it  whitens  the  fields,  knows  also  the  purple-flowered 


108 


THK    t'LOllA    OF    BEllKSHlRE. 


form  which,  as  Mr.  Druce  says,  "occurs  occasionally  with  the 
type  "  ;  but  who  would  dream  of  naming  it  as  a  distinct  variet)  ? 

These  three  examples,  taken  literally  at  random,  will  suffice  to 
show  the  evidence  on  which  Mr.  Druce  would  add  new  forms  to 
our  British  lists.  It  is  only  fair  to  say  that  occasionally  Mr.  Druce 
enunciates  a  sound  principle  which  it  is  to  be  regretted  he  has  not 
more  generally  followed  ;  thus,  after  having  identified  six  of  the 
Jordanic  species  of  Erophila,  he  says  :  "  I  cannot  claim  certainty  for 
the  foregoing  determinations,  as  without  type-specimens  it  is  most 
difficult  in  such  critical  forms  to  be  certain  of  the  correct  identifi- 
cation." In  this  case,  however,  one  is  tempted  to  ask  why  "  type- 
specimens"  were  not  consulted,  as  many  of  Jordan's  species,  authen- 
ticated by  himself,  are  in  the  National  Herbarium ;  and  still  more 
why,  in  such  uncertainty,  more  than  a  page  should  be  devoted  to 
general  talk  and  quasi-determination  of  these  "  micro-species." 

The  following  are  examples  of  the  new  varieties  established  by 
Mr.  Druce  in  the  present  work  : — 

Malva  sijlvestrls.  "  Var.  laslocarpa,  mihi.  The  carpels  are 
described  in  English  Botany  as  being  glabrous,  but  specimens 
have  been  found  with  hairy  carpels  at  Abingdon.  ...  In  other 
respects  the  plant  does  not  appear  to  differ  from  the  type."  On 
this  most  variable  of  characters  Mr.  Druce  does  not  hesitate  to 
encumber  our  nomenclature  with  a  new  name.  But  this  is  not  all. 
How  is  Mr.  Druce's  plant  distinguished  from  the  var.  dasycarpa  of 
Beck  (Fl.  Nieder-Oesterr.  538)  (1890)— "  Theilfruchte  reichlich 
Kurzhaar  g  " — with  which  Rouy  and  Foucaud  (Fl.  France,  iv.  34) 
(1837)  unite  in  part  var.  eriocarpa  Boiss.  (Fl.  Or.  i.  819)  ?  These 
authors  add  other  characters  basides  that  of  "  carpelles  poilus," 
which  tend  to  confirm  the  distinctness  of  the  plant  as  a  variety. 
Incidentally  one  notices  "  var.  micrantha  Bromf.  (Fl.  Vectensis,  80) 
(1856).  This  was  described  by  its  author  as  having  flowers  only  a 
quarter'''  of  the  normal  size,  and  of  a  deeper  and  more  uniform 
purple  colour."  Bromfield  gives  other  characters,  but  even  the 
above  hardly  justify  Mr.  Druce  in  including  this  name  in  his  book 
on  the  strength  of  *' plants  with  flowers  about  half  the  normal  size." 

Vicia  gemcUd  Crantz.  "  Var.  fmmssima  mihi.  Leaves  narrow 
and  acute.  Hilum  as  in  V.  gemella.  V.  gracilis  auct.  var.  not  of 
Lois.  E.  tetraspenimm  L.  var.  tenuifolium  Fries,  Fl.  Suec.  23. 
E.  tenuissiiniun  Pers.  Syn.  ii.  309." 

I  cite  this  note  in  full,  because  it  presents  examples  of  various 
(although  not  all)  of  the  inconveniences  to  which  Mr.  Druce's 
method  of  dealing  with  names  must  give  rise.  The  name  tenuissima 
"mihi,"  is,  I  presume,  taken  from  Persoon's  Enmm  tenuissimum. 
This  is,  of  course,  a  doubtful  species,  but,  so  far  as  I  have  looked 
up  the  matter,  the  best-known  authorities — e.  g.  DC.  (Prod.  ii.  367), 
Nyman  (Conspect.  212),  Boissier  (Fl.  Orient,  ii.  496),  Koch  (Syn. 
ed.  i.  198  (1838),  ed.  3,  i.  689  (1892),  Willkomm  &  Lange  (Prod. 
Fl.  Hisp.  ii.  307),  and  the  hidex  Kewensis — agree  in  referring 
it  to  V.  gracilis  Lois.     I  am  curious  to  know  on  what  ground  Mr. 


"  Scarcely  a  quarter  "  are  Bromfield 's  words. 


THE    FLORA    OF    BEIIKSHIRE.  101) 

Druce  places  Persoon's  plant  as  a  variety  of  V.  gemella.  The 
diagnosis  of  the  new  variety  consists  in  the  narrowness  and 
acuteness  of  the  leaves,  for  the  hiliim  is  "as  in  V.  gemella''  (the 
type),  and  so  did  not  require  mendon :  here  again  we  have  a  slight 
and  variable  character  adopted  as  the  diagnosis  of  a  variety.  It  is 
undoubtedly  true  that  V.  ge)nella  has  at  times  been  mistaken  for 
V.  gracilis,  though  no  one  who  had  consulted  Loiseleur's  excellent 
figure  could  make  such  a  mistake  :  at  least  one  of  the  localities 
(Wolvercote)  for  V.  gracilis  given  in  the  Flora  of  Ox-fonJshire  belongs 
to  V.  gemella  and  (as  Mr.  Druoe  informs  me)  to  his  var.  tenuissima, 
and  1  suspect  the  plant  needs  confirmation  as  an  Oxfordshire 
species.  As  to  the  "var.  tenuifoUum.  Fries  Fl.  Suec.  23" — it 
should  be  109 — all  that  Fries  says  of  it  is  "  Var.  tenuifolia,  quas 
potius  forma  primaria  "  ;  so  that  Mr.  Druce's  citation  can  only  be 
based  on  inference. 

Many  examples  might  be  given  of  named  varieties  for  which 
even  less  is  to  be  said  than  for  this  vetch  ;  e.g.  ''  Scilla  festal  is 
Salisb.  var.  hracteata  mihi ;  in  this  form  the  bracts  are  often  so 
much  developed  as  to  considerably  exceed  the  flowers."  This  form, 
which  is  not  uncommon,  is  referred  to  by  Mr.  Archer  Briggs  in  his 
admirable  Flora  of  Plymouth  ; — he,  however,  thought  it  siifiicient  to 
speak  of  it  as  "a  plant  with  extremely  long  bracts,  the  longest 
more  than  three  times  as  long  as  the  flower" — a  reference  more  in 
accordance  both  with  modesty  and  common  sense. 

This  review  is  far  too  long,  but  it  might  be  indefinitely 
extended.  Mr.  Newbould  used  to  say  of  Pfeifier's  Nomenclator 
that  there  was  material  for  a  paper  in  every  entry :  I  do  not 
think  I  exaggerate  when  I  say  that  there  is  matter  for  criticism  on 
every  page  of  Mr.  Druce's  book. 

In  conclusion,  I  am  anxious  to  make  it  clear  that,  so  far  as  the 
county  flora  is  concerned,  Mr.  Druce  has  done  his  work  well  and 
thoroughly.  I  have  already  expressed  my  conviction  that  no 
similar  undertaking  has  involved  more  field  work,  and  that  the 
author  has  spared  neither  time  nor  trouble  in  its  compilation.  It 
is  when  he  strays  from  the  lines  of  a  local  flora  into  general 
observations  that  he  exposes  himself  to  adverse  criticism,  and 
diminishes  the  gratitude  which  our  field-botanists  feel  towards 
one  who  adds  an  important  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of 
British  plants.  It  has  always  been  my  hope  that  Mr.  Druce 
may  see  his  way  to  completing  his  botanical  history  of  the  West 
Tliames  subprovince  by  publishing  a  flora  of  Buckinghamshire,  for 
which  it  is  understood  he  has  already  collected  much  material. 
If  in  doing  this  he  will  confine  himself  strictly  to  the  matter  in 
hand,  the  reviewer  of  his  work  will  have  a  pleasanter  task  than  has 
fallen  to  my  lot  on  the  present  occasion. 

James  Britten. 


no 


ARTICLES    IN     JOURNALS.- 

Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  (Jan.).  —  S.  M.  Macvicar,  '  On  the  Flora 
of  Tiree.' — J.  W.  H.  Trail,  '  Topographical  Botany  of  Scotland.' 

Bot.  Centralblatt  (Nos.  5-8).  —  M.  Britzelmayr,  *  Revision  der 
Diagnosen  von  Hymenomyceten  Arten.'  —  A.  Weberbauer,  '  Zur 
Anatomie  der  Kapselfriichte.'  —  (No.  7).  B.  Fedtschenko,  Abies 
Scmenovii,  sp.  n.  —  (No.  8).  F.  Ludwig,  'Die  pflauzlichen  Varia- 
tionscurven  und  die  Gauss'sche  Wahrscheinlichkeitscurve.' 

Bot.  Gazette  (22  Jan.).  — F.  Noll,  '  Juhus  von  Sachs  '  (portr.). — 
C.  F.  Millspaugh,  '  Euphorbias  of  Dr.  Palmer's  Durango  Collection.' 
— J.  Erikson,  '  Research  into  Grain  Rust.' — K.  E.  Golden  &  C.  G. 
Ferris,  'Red  Yeasts'  (2  pi.). —  T.  Holm,  '  Cijnodon  or  CaprioJa?  ' — 
G.  L.  Clothier,  '  Root  propagation  of  Ipomcea  leptophylla.'  —  J. 
Schneck,  ^  AphyHon  virginianum.' — C.  Warnstorff,  '  Bidens  connatiis.'' 

Bot.  Notiser  (haft  i. :  15  Feb. — S.  Mm^beck,  '  De  nordeuropeiska 
formerna  af  slagtet  Ar/rostis.'  —  M.  Heeg,  '  Uber  einige  Arten  der 
Gattiuig  Riccia.' — H.  G.  Simmons,  'Algologiska  Notiser.' 

Bot.  Zeitung  (16  Feb.).  —  '  Ueber  die  Staubgriibchen  an  den 
Stammen  mid  Blattstielen  der  Cyathaeaceen  und  Marattiaceen.' 

Ball,  de  VHerh.  Boissier  (Jan.).  —  P.  N.  Williams,  Rhodalsine 
(1  pL).  —  E.  Fischer,  '  Schweizerische  Rostpilze.'  —  C.  Miiller, 
'  Bryologia  Serrae  Itatiaiae  '  (Brazil;  Cladostomani,  gen.nov.). — Id., 
'  Plants  Hasslerianae.'  —  R.  Chodat,  '  Etudes  de  biologie  lacustre.' 
— E.  Autran,  Nicolas  AlbofT.  —  J.  Briquet,  FlmpineUa  Bicknellii, 
sp.  n. — P.  Cheneyard,  Anacamptis  pi/ramidalis  var.  tanayeiisis. 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (25  Jan.). — M.  A.  Howe,  '  Anthocerotaceae 
of  N.  America '  (6  pL).  —  C.  C.  Curtis,  '  Evolution  of  Assimilative 
Tissue  in  Sporophytes.'  —  A.  M.  Vail.  '  Studies  in  Asclepiadaceae.' 
— J.  K.  Small,  New  species  oi  Erloyonuui ;  Acanthoscyphus,  gen.  iiov. 
(Polygonaceas). 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (29  Jan.). — Crassula  coluninaris  (fig.  23). — 
[I'l  Feb.).  Passifiora  edulis  (fig.  36).  —  (19  Feb.).  'The  genus 
Asphodeline'  (figs.  43-45).      Didiera  mirabilis  (fig.  42). 

Journal  de  Botanique  (16  Jan.,  1  Feb.).  —  M.  Mirande,  '  Malate 
et  malophosphate  de  calcium  dans  les  vegetaux.'  —  (16  Jan.). 
— .  Hue,  '  Les  Ramalina  a  Richardmesnil.'  —  G.  Martel,  '  Dia- 
gramme  floral  des  Cruciferes  et  des  Fumariacees.'  —  (1  Feb.).  E. 
Bescherelle,  Rhacopilum  pacijicum.  —  L.  Vidal,  'La  cause  des 
faisceaux  dans  le  receptacle  floral  des  Labiees.' 

Xuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.  (Jan.). — A.  Baldacci,  '  Collezione  botanica 
d'  Albania'  (concl.).  —  R.Bellini,  'Autografi  dell'  'Ecphrasis'  di 
Fabio  Colonna.'  —  G.  B.  Traverso,  '  Flora  urbica  Pavese.'  —  M. 


*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  ahvays  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  Ill 

Abbado,  '  L'ibridisino  nei  vegetali.'  —  S.  Sommier,  '  Aggiunte  alia 
florula  di  Capraia.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Feb.).  —  S.  Murbeck,  Alectorolophus 
asperidm,  sp.  n. — K.  Fritscli,  '  Ziir  Systematik  der  Gattuag  Sorbiis' 
(cent.).  —  M.  Schulze,  '  Die  Orchideen  Deutschlands,'  etc.  —  F. 
Pl'eiffer  B.  v.  Wellheim,  '  Zur  Fixiriing  und  Praeparation  der  Siiss- 
wasseralgeu.'  —  J.  Rick,  'Zar  Pilzlaiude  Vorarlbergs  '  (concL). — 
C  Baenitz,  '  Ueber  selteue  und  neue  Rubi  und  Rubus-Hybriden  ' 
(concL). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    <&c. 


The  Journal  of  the  Boijal  Microscopical  Society  for  December 
contains  an  important  "  Contribution  to  the  Freshwater  Algae  of 
the  South  of  England,"  by  Messrs.  W.  &  G.  S.  West.  Many  new 
species  are  described,  and  the  paper  is  illustrated  by  two  plates, 
which  might  have  been  printed  on  better  paper,  reproduced  by 
photography  from  Mr.  G.  S.  West's  drawings.  Mr.  A.  W.  Bennett 
adds  as  an  "appendix''  a  page  of  localities  for  freshwater  algae 
in  Middlesex  and  Surrey,  but  we  do  not  gather  that  these  have  been 
confirmed  by  the  Messrs.  West— a  fact  which  should  be  remembered 
when  the  paper  is  quoted. 

The  National  Herbarium  has  lately  acquired  a  set  of  the  plants 
collected  in  the  Transvaal  by  Dr.  F.  Wilms.  There  is  a  large 
number  of  new  species,  many  of  them  very  closely  allied  to  plants 
already  familiar.  The  naming  leaves  something  to  be  desired:  e.g. 
the  specimen  (No.  621)  sent  out  as  Cephalaria  attenuala  Roem.  & 
Schultes  is  merely  the  well-known  South  African  form  of  Scabiosa 
Columbaria ;  and  the  "Ranunculus"  (No.  4)  is  clearly  a  Knouitonia. 
No.  8773,  a  Mesembryanthemum,  is  issued  with  a  specific  name  which 
is  already  occupied. 

M.  Gaston  Gautier  has  just  issued  a  Elore  des  Pyrenees-Orientales 
(Paris:  Klincksieck,  1898).  It  is  a  list  with  full  localities  of  tlie 
plants  of  the  region,  preceded  by  an  introduction  by  M.  Ch.  Flahault 
and  a  useful  bibliography.  There  are  no  descriptions,  but  we  notice 
certain  varieties  among  the  Hieracia  which  appear  to  be  new, 
although  they  are  unaccompanied  by  any  attempt  at  diagnosis. 
The  date  only  appears  on  the  back  of  the  cover,  being  absent  from 
title-page,  preface,  or  introduction. 

^  We  note  that  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  now 
appears  under  new  editorship ;  Dr.  Britton  has  been  succeeded  as 
editor-in-chief  by  Mr.  L.  M.  Underwood.  We  regret  that  Mr.  G.  S. 
Sargent's  admirable  periodical  Garden  ayid  Forest  has  been  dis- 
continued owing  to  lack  of  support. 

The  Standard  of  Feb.  2,  in  a  leading  article,  states  that  "  The 
late  Professor  Cardale  Babington,  of  Cambridge,  was  reported  to 
have  experimented  more  widely  in  search  of  edible  fungi  than  most 
men;  but  when  consulted  by  one  who  thought  it  a  pity  the  resources 


112  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

of  Nature  should  not  be  more  fully  utilised,  his  advice  amounted  to 
'  Better  let  them  alone  !  '  "  We  find  no  record  of  this  trait  of  the 
Professor's  character  in  the  recently  published  Memorials. 

We  have  omitted  to  notice  the  Annual  Report  (the  eighth), 
issued  by  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  which  is  no  longer 
marred  by  the  extraneous  and  irrelevant  matter  which  at  one  time 
disfigured  these  handsome  volumes.  It  is  entirely  occupied  with 
tlie  botany  of  the  Azores,  including  a  special  paper  by  M.  Cardot 
on  the  mosses  (noticed  on  p.  415  of  this  Journal  for  1897),  and  a 
complete  enumeration  of  the  flora — the  result  of  expeditions  under- 
taken in  1891  and  1896  by  Prof.  Trelease,  Mr.  C.  S.  Brown,  and 
of  other  collections  made  in  the  islands.  The  novelties  are  few 
and  unimportant,  but  the  large  number  of  plates  (sixty-six  in  all), 
mauy  of  them  illustrating  endemic  and  little-known  species,  give 
the  enumeration  a  special  value. 

In  The  Naturalist  for  February,  Mr.  J.  Larder  gives  a  list  of 
Lincolnshire  Mosses,  "  being  part  i.  of  Notes  for  a  future  Crypto- 
gam ic  Flora  of  Lincolnshire." 

British  botanists  will  be  glad  to  know  that  Lord  de  Tabley's 
Flora  of  Cheshire  is  likely  to  be  published.  The  MS.  copy  as  left 
by  the  author  was  practically  complete,  and  Mr.  Spencer  Moore  is 
now  looking  through  it,  with  a  view  to  seeing  the  volume  through 
the  press. 

A  HANDSOME  and  weighty  (5  lb.  2^  oz.)  volume  forms  the  first 
instalment  of  a  comprehensive  work  by  Dr.  A.  T.  de  Rochebrune, 
entitled  "  Toxicolotjie  Africaine :  etude  botanique,  historique,  ethno- 
graphique,  chimique,  physiologique,  therapeutique,  pharmacolo- 
gique,  posologique,  &c."  (Paris:  Doin).  It  contains  935  pages  and 
3-45  figures,  many  of  them  reproductions  from  all  kinds  of  places, 
and  extends  from  Raniuiculacea  to  Rosacece — the  Rose  alone  occupies 
more  than  two  hundred  pages.  It  is  a  reprint  from  the  Bulletin  of 
the  Societe  d'Histoire  Naturelle  d'Autun — a  fact  which  we  think 
should  have  been  mentioned  somewhere  in  the  work  itself.  The 
English  extracts  require  revision.  Mr.  Bentham  is  represented  as 
having  said  of  Hexaluhus:  "  This  African  genus  is  both  remarkable: 
for  the  transverse  undulation  and  fods,  of  the  petales  especially 
when  the  bad  is  near  opening ;  it  is  probably  characteristic  of 
genus"  (p.  435). 

The  "November"  number  of  the  Kew  Bulletin  bears  the 
Stationery  Office  date  of  October,  and  was  issued  in  February ; 
the  date  at  the  foot  of  the  first  page  of  each  number,  on  which  we 
have  been  accustomed  to  rely,  cannot  therefore  be  taken  as  that  of 
actual  issue.  In  the  interests  of  science  we  once  more  call  upon 
those  responsible  to  render  it  possible  to  ascertain  when  each 
number  is  published.  On  the  present  occasion  the  matter  is  of  no 
importance,  as  sixty  out  of  the  sixty-four  pages  are  devoted  to  a 
reprint  of  portions  of  the  Report  of  the  West  India  Royal  Com- 
mission, issued  in  the  autumn  of  1896  ;  so  that  neither  science  nor 
commerce  can  be  said  to  have  suffered  from  the  delay  of  the 
"November"  Bulletin. 


Journ.  Bot. 


Tab  385. 


G.  Lister  piiix. 


Myoetozoa. 


113 


MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA. 

By  Arthur  Lister,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  385.) 

I  AM  indebted  to  Mr.  William  Cran,  Principal  of  Coke  College, 
Antigua,  for  specimens  of  Mycetozoa  gathered  by  him  in  the  latter 
part  of  1896  and  in  1897  in  the  island  of  Antigua,  with  a  small 
number  obtained  during  a  sbort  visit  to  Dominica.  They  were  sent 
to  me  in  order  that  they  might  be  represented  in  the  British  Museum 
Collection,  and  are  interesting  as  being  the  first  of  the  kind  that 
have  been  recorded  from  Antigua,  and  almost  the  first  from  the 
West  Indies.  The  species  correspond  for  the  most  part  with  those 
inhabiting  the  Southern  States  of  North  America,  including  several 
that  are  common  in  this  country.  Many  of  the  specimens  add 
greatly  to  our  knowledge  of  forms  which  have  been  rarely  met  with 
hitherto.  Mr.  Cran's  attention  has  only  recently  been  called  to  the 
group  from  accidentally  meeting  with  a  copy  of  the  little  Guide  to 
the  British  Mycetozoa  published  by  the  Trustees  of  the  British 
Museum,  and  he  may  be  congratulated  on  securing  so  much 
valuable  material  in  the  intervals  of  close  professional  occupation. 
The  following  are  the  species  he  has  collected,  often  represented  by 
numerous  gatherings : — 

1.  Ceratiomyxa  mucida  Schroeter.  On  rotten  wood.  The  speci- 
mens from  Antigua  are  graceful  white  forms  of  var.  f3  fleamosa ;  one 
from  Dominica  approaches  form  «,  and  is  of  a  pinkish  tinge. 

2.  Badhamia  nitens  Berk.  On  bark.  A  specimen  from  Antigua 
resembles  our  English  form,  with  the  marked  exception  that  the 
spores  are  in  clusters  of  four,  instead  of  the  usual  arrangement  of 
six  to  ten ;  they  lack  the  coarse  warts  on  the  outer  third  which  are 
present  on  most,  but  not  all,  British  gatherings.  Another  specimen 
from  Dominica  is  typical,  with  spores  in  rather  loose  clusters  of 
eight  to  twelve ;  as  in  the  Antigua  gathering,  they  are  scarcely 
more  warted  on  one  side  than  the  other. 

There  is  a  specimen  in  the  British  Museum  Collection  from 
Ceylon,  No.  574,  which  I  had  placed  in  error  under  Badhamia 
decipiens  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Myc.  p.  33,  not  at  first  noticing  that 
the  spores  are  in  loose  clusters  of  about  six,  which  proves  it  to  be 
B.  nitens.  It  was  our  only  example  of  this  species  obtained  to  my 
knowledge  out  of  England  before  we  received  these  from  Mr.  Cran. 

3.  Badhamia  macrocarpa  Eost.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  A 
small  form  with  slender  buff- coloured  stalks ;  spores  11  /x  diam. 

4.  Badhamia  panicea  Eost.  On  bark,  Dominica.  The  sporangia 
are  small,  in  groups  of  three  or  four  ;  the  capillitium  is  more  typical 
of  the  genus  than  is  often  found  in  this  species,  being  entirely  devoid 
of  hyaline  threads  ;  the  spores  are  large,  measuring  14  /x. 

5.  Physarum  variabile  Eex.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua.  The 
sporangia  are  branching  plasmodiocarps,  or  subglobose  with  here 
and  there  an  indication  of  a  rudimentary  stalk ;  the  colour  varies 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [April,  1898.]  k 


114  MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA. 

on  different  leaves  from  ochraceous  to  greenish  grey;  the  lime- 
knots  of  the  capillitium  are  pale  yellow  or  nearly  white.  I  place 
the  specimens  under  the  above  name,  and  give  a  figure  (PL  385, 
fig.  2,,  a,  b,  c)  because  they  differ  from  Rex's  type  in  the  sessile  and 
paler  sporangia  ;  they  have  also  rather  smoother  spores.  Whether 
these  differences  amount  to  a  specific  distinction  appears  doubtful, 
even  if  further  material  should  show  their  constancy.  Mr.  Cran's 
gatherings  at  six  months'  interval  present  precisely  the  same  cha- 
racters, and  it  may  be  well  to  mark  the  form  as  var.  /?  sessile. 

6.  Physarum  melleum  Mass.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua.  There 
is  considerable  variety  in  Mr.  Cran's  numerous  gatherings  of  this 
species.  The  sporangia  are  either  palish  olive-brown  or  yellow- 
orange  ;  the  stalks  are  mostly  pure  white,  some  are  white  merging 
into  orange  above,  and  one  beautiful  growth  has  dull  orange 
sporangia  and  yellowish-pink  stalks  ;  the  columella  varies  in 
length  ;  the  lime-knots  have  exceptionally  a  yellow  tinge,  but 
are  mixed  with  others  of  the  usual  white  colour  in  the  same 
sporangium. 

7.  Physarum  tenerum  Eex.  On  bark,  Antigua.  The  general 
character  is  typical,  with  lemon-yellow  sporangia  and  yellow  stalks 
shading  to  brown  at  the  base ;  but  in  some  cases  the  sporangia  are 
nearly  white,  with  darker  stalks;  the  capilHtium  and  spores  are 
alike  in  all. 

8.  Physarum  compactum  List.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua.  The 
stalks  are  pure  white  to  the  base,  similar  to  the  specimen  from 
Dominica  in  the  British  Museum  Collection  (figured  Brit.  Mus.  Cat. 
Myc,  PI.  X.b). 

9.  Physarum  viride  Pers.  a  luteum.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua. 
A  fairly  typical  specimen.  The  capillitium  consists  of  rather  broad 
and  rigid  hyaline  threads,  with  orange  lime-knots. 

10.  Physarum  Berkeleyi  Rost.  (PI.  385,  fig.  3,  a,  b,  c).  On  cocoa- 
nut  lalm  leaves,  Antigua.  Mr.  Cran  observes  that  in  Antigua  all 
dead  exogenous  wood  is  so  rapidly  excavated  by  white  ants,  that 
little  sustenance  remains  for  the  growth  of  Mycetozoa,  while  palm 
branches  are  neglected  by  the  ants,  and  supply  rich  ground  for 
collecting.  He  has  sent  five  gatherings  of  Phi/sarum  Berkeleyi, 
collected  at  different  times ;  in  all  of  them  the  sporangia  are  sub- 
globose,  of  a  bright  yellow  colour,  shading  into  rufous  in  the 
persistent  base.  Each  gathering  differs  slightly  from  the  others 
in  the  length  and  thickness  of  the  translucent  red-brown  stalk,  and 
in  the  number  and  size  of  the  lime-knots  in  the  capillitium ;  in  some 
these  are  small,  from  5  to  15  /xdiam.,  in  others  large  and  branching, 
with  comparatively  few  hyaline  threads.  I  have  been  favoured  by 
Prof.  Penzig,  of  Genoa,  with  the  inspection  of  six  gatherings  of 
this  species,  made  by  him  in  Java  in  1896  ;  they  correspond  with 
Mr.  Cran's  in  all  respects.  These  eleven  examples  are  interestiug 
as  throwing  hght  on  specimens  which  have  presented  some  difficulty. 
They  fall  in  with  a  series  including  the  slender  type  of  P.  Berkeleyi 
from  Dr.  Rex,  from  Philadelphia  (figured  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Myc, 
PI.  XII.  b);    p.  oblatum  Macbr.   B.M.   107;    P.  Maydis  Morgan, 


MYCETOZOA    OF   ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA.  115 

B.  M.  slide ;  P.  auriscalpium  Cke.  (Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Myc.  p.  61, 
PI.  xxiii.B,  provisionally  placed  under  P.  rubiginosum) ;  P.  suIjjJiu- 
reum  (A.  &  S.)  Sturgis;*  Badhamia  citrinella  Cel.  fil.,  kindly 
furnished  me  by  Dr.  Celakovsky ;  the  type  of  Badhamia  decipiens  in 
the  Strassburg  and  Kew  collections ;  and  with  our  own  gatherings 
of  P.  Berkeleiji  from  Witley,  Surrey,  and  Lyme  Eegis,  Dorset.  On 
placing  the  sixteen  camera-lucida  drawings  of  these  specimens  side . 
by  side,  they  make  so  complete  and  graduated  a  series  that  it  is 
difficult  to  draw  definite  lines  and  say  this  belongs  to  one  species 
and  that  to  another.  For  practical  purposes,  however,  it  is  neces- 
sary that  certain  centres  should  be  recognized.  In  correspondence 
with  Dr.  Sturgis  he  suggests  that  Badhamia  decipiens  Berk.  &  Curt, 
should  stand,  as  at  first  described  by  Berkeley,  as  a  sessile  form  with 
true  Badhaynia  capillitium,  and  that  Physarum  auriscalpium  Cke. 
should  embrace  the  stalked  or  sometimes  sessile  forms  with  large 
branching  lime-knots ;  P.  Berkeleyi  Kost.  would  then  include  the 
more  slender  growths  with  abundant  hyaline  threads  and  small  lime- 
knots.  This  suggestion  appears  from  the  material  at  our  disposal  to 
be  a  good  one,  and  the  three  species  would  be  defined  as  under : — 

Badhamia  decipiens.  Sporangia  subglobose  or  plasmodiocarps, 
sessile,  yellow  or  orange-yellow ;  sporangium-wall  smooth  or  rugose ; 
capillitium  a  coarse  network  of  strands  with  broad  expansions, 
charged  throughout  with  orange  lime-granules ;  spores  violet-brown, 
equally  and  minutely  spinulose  all  over,  10-13  /x  diam. 

Physarum  auriscalpium.  Sporangia  subglobose,  sessile  or  stipi- 
tate,  varying  in  colour  from  orange-red  to  orauge-yellow ;  sporangium- 
wall  containiug  clustered  deposits  of  yellow  lime-granules,  sometimes 
with  a  cracked  and  squamulose  outer  layer;  stalk  red-brown  or 
blackish-brown,  translucent ;  capillitium  of  large  branching  orange- 
yellow  lime-knots  connected  by  few  hyaline  threads ;  spores  rather 
dark  violet-brown,  minutely  spinulose,  9-11  /x  diam. 

Physarum  Berkeleyi.  Sporangia  globose,  hemispherical  or  sub- 
pyriform,  stipitate,  erect  or  nodding,  yellow  or  grey  with  a  yellow 
base,  or  iridescent  from  the  absence  of  lime  (when  it  is  the  form 
described  by  Berkeley  as  P.  flavicomum) ;  sporangium-wall  mem- 
branous, smooth  or  rugose  with  innate  clusters  of  lime-granules, 
often  thickened  and  orange-red  at  the  base,  or  destitute  of  lime  and 

*  Dr.  Sturgis,  of  the  Agric.  Exp.  Station,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  U.S.A.,  has 
kindly  sent  me  a  specimen  of  the  species  he  has  described  and  figured  as  Phy- 
sarum sul])liureum  Alb.  &  Schw.  (Bot.  Gazette,  xviii.  187).  In  a  former  letter  to 
me  he  says:  "there  can  be  little  doubt  that  it  is  identical  with  the  scanty 
specimen  under  that  name  in  the  Schweinitz  Collection,  and  it  is  fair  to 
presume  that  Schweinitz  had  sufficient  grounds  for  considering  his  American 
specimen  to  be  identical  with  that  found  in  Europe."  The  original  description 
of  the  stalk  of  the  European  type  of  P.  sulphureum  is  as  follows: — "  Stipes  e 
basi  crassa  in  formam  exacte  conicam  attenuatus,  albus "  (Albertini  and 
Schweinitz,  Conspectus  Fungorum,  p.  93,  publ.  1805).  This  description  is 
inapplicable  to  any  member  of  the  group  we  are  dealing  with,  in  which  the 
stalk,  when  present,  is  translucent,  and  orange  or  red-brown  ;  the  term  "  albus" 
implies  that  the  conical  stalk  was  charged  with  lime,  as  in  P.  nielleum  Mass. 
Comparison  shows  that  Dr.  Sturgis's  P.  sulphureum  is  the  same  species  as 
P.  auriscalpium  Cke.,  and,  considering  the  uncertainty  that  attaches  to  the 
former  name,  he  now  proposes  that  P.  auriscalpium  Cke.  should  stand  as  repre- 
senting this  American  form.  g.   2 


116  MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA. 

colourless ;  stalk  slender  subulate,  or  short  and  stout,  red-brown  or 
orange,  translucent  ;  capillitium  a  network  of  slender  hyaline 
threads  with  numerous  flat  expansions  at  the  axils ;  the  lime-knots 
yellow,  augular  or  branching,  but  varying  in  different  gatherings 
with  respect  to  size,  shape,  and  number,  as  well  as  in  the  breadth 
of  the  connecting  threads  ;  spores  pale  violet-brown,  very  minutely 
spinulose,  7-9  /x  diam. 

I  here  interpose  a  reference  to  a  species  that  is  included  under 
Badhamia  decipiens  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Myc.  p.  33,  which  must 
be  separated  from  the  group  we  have  been  considering ;  the  figures 
there  given,  PL  iii.  B,a,b,c,  were  drawn  from  a  specimen  from  Fair- 
mount  Park,  Philadelphia,  sent  me  by  the  late  Dr.  Rex  as  identical 
with  one  in  the  Schweinitz  Collection  under  the  name  of  Phijmruni 
reticulatum  A.  &  S.  (syn.  CienJcowskia  reticulanim  Eost.,  an  erroneous 
naming  by  Schweinitz  which  has  led  to  a  misunderstanding  in 
America  of  the  true  character  of  CienkowsJda).  Since  the  publi- 
cation of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue,  evidence  has  now  come 
to  hand  which  proves  the  specific  distinction  between  this  and 
B.  decijnens.  In  the  specimens  I  have  seen  the  spores  differ  from 
those  of  that  species  in  being  more  distinctly  warted  on  one  side 
than  the  other,  the  capillitium  is  paler  in  colour,  and  often  more 
truly  that  of  a  Pkysamm ;  in  these  observations  I  am  confirmed  by 
Dr.  Sturgis.  The  species  is  referred  by  Mr.  Massee  to  Physarum 
r/yrosum  Rost.  (Mass.  Monograph  Mya-ogastres,  -p.  SOI) ;  unfortunately 
the  type-specimen  under  that  name  in  the  Strassburg  Herbarium  is 
a  form  of  Fuligo  septica.  The  name  P.  gyrosum  could  not  therefore 
be  adopted  for  the  American  species  ;  but  it  has  been  well  described 
by  Mr.  Morgan  under  the  name  of  Physarum  Serpula,  n.  sp.  in 
"  Myxomycetes  of  the  Miami  Valley,  Ohio"  (Journ.  of  Cincinnati 
Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  Aug.  1896,  p.  101),  so  that  at  length  it  has  obtained 
a  definite  position. 

11.  Physakum  nutans  Pers.  var.  y  leucoph^um.  On  dead  wood, 
Antigua.  A  very  limited  specimen.  The  dark  stalk  extends  into 
the  sporangium  as  a  conical  columella,  from  which  radiate  the  scanty 
hyaline  threads  of  the  capillitium ;  these  are  sparingly  branched, 
and  have  broad  flat  expansions  at  the  axils ;  the  lime-knots  are 
long,  narrow,  and  forked;  the  spores  are  pale  violet,  8  /x  diam. 
A  conical  dark  columella  is  not  uncommon  in  robust  British  speci- 
mens of  var.  7  ;  but  the  capillitium  of  this  from  Antigua  is  different 
from  that  met  with  in  any  of  our  English  gatherings.  It  is  in- 
teresting to  compare  the  Antiguan  example  with  eight  specimens  of 
P.  nutans  collected  by  Prof.  Penzig  in  Java ;  there  are  six  in  which 
the  capillitium  resembles  that  from  Mr.  Crau,  having  branching  lime- 
knots  sometimes  running  into  a  Badhaniia-like  network,  but  much 
more  profuse  than  in  the  Antigua  form  ;  the  stalks  are  long  and  slender, 
pure  white,  filled  with  refuse  matter  at  the  base,  or  dark  below  and 
pale  above.  One  of  the  eight  specimens  is  typical  P.  nutans  var.  /?, 
and  another  has  an  intermediate  position  between  var.  /3  and  y. 
None  of  the  Java  sporangia  have  a  columella.  Although  these 
Antigua  and  Java  forms  are  striking,  there  appears  to  be  no  specific 
character  to  separate  them  from  P.  nutans. 


MYCETOZOA   OF    ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA.  117 

12.  Physarum  calidris  List.  On  fibrous  tissue  (palm  leaves?), 
Antigua.  There  are  four  gatherings  of  this  species.  The  sporangia 
are  either  smooth  or  rugose  on  red  stalks  ;  they  show  variation  in 
the  capillitium  from  the  Badhamia  to  the  Physarum  type  such  as 
are  met  with  in  England. 

13.  Physarum  compressum  Alb.  &  Schw.  On  dead  leaves  and 
sticks,  Antigua.  Two  gatherings  of  the  typical  form,  with  com- 
pressed simple  or  lobed  sporangia  on  grey  stalks. 

14.  Physarum  pallidum  List.  (syn.  Diderma  pallidum,  Berk.  & 
Curt.)  (PI.  385,  fig.  1,  a,  b,  c  ).  On  leaves,  Antigua.  Mr.  Cran  has 
sent  five  gatherings  of  this  species.  The  sporangia  vary  in  colour 
from  reddish  brown  to  buff,  bright  yellow  or  nearly  white ;  they  are 
sessile  on  a  narrow  elongated  base,  either  ovoid  and  somewhat 
angular,  or  flexuose  terete  plasmodiocarps ;  the  outer  sporangium- 
wall  is  smooth,  and  densely  charged  with  white  lime  on  the  inner 
side ;  it  is  usually  areolated  more  or  less  closely  with  pale  lines, 
and  along  these  lines  it  breaks  and  separates  in  reflexed  lobes  from 
the  persistent  membranous  inner  wall ;  the  capillitium  consists  of 
numerous  white  lime-knots  connected  by  slender  hyaline  threads ; 
the  spores  are  8  fx  diam.,  nearly  smooth,  pale  violet-brown,  resembling 
those  of  P.  nutans.  The  species  is  represented  in  the  Kew  Collection 
by  a  specimen  from  South  Carolina  marked  Diderma  pallidum  Berk. 
&  Curt.  No.  1972,  and  in  the  British  Museum  Collection  by  one 
from  Eavenel  under  the  same  name  ;  there  are  other  specimens 
also  in  the  British  Museum  from  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and 
Brisbane,  marked  "  Physarum,'"  ^' Bidyvmim  Serpida,''  and  ^'Aijgi- 
ordium  valvatum."  Diderma  pallidum  is  mentioned  by  Berkeley  in 
Grevillea,  ii.  52,  under  "Notices  of  North  American  Fungi,"  and 
reference  is  made  to  the  specimen  No.  1972,  but  he  does  not  describe 
it,  and  no  previous  record  of  the  name  can  be  traced.  Although  it 
is  undoubtedly  a  distinct  species,  Eostafinski  gave  Diderma  pallidum 
as  a  synonym  for  Physarum  bivalve,  one  of  its  nearest  allies ;  from 
the  crushed  state  of  the  herbarium  specimens  he  would  have  had 
difficulty  in  making  out  the  general  characters,  and  the  difference 
of  the  paler  and  smoother  spores  seems  to  have  escaped  his  notice, 
as  it  did  my  own  on  the  first  examination  of  these  specimens. 
There  are  specimens  of  P.  bivalve  from  South  Carolina  in  the 
British  Museum,  but  Mr.  Cran  has  not  yet  met  with  this  species  in 
Antigua.  Prof.  Penzig  has  collected  both  P.  bivalve  and  P.  pallidum 
in  Java. 

15.  Physarum  murinum  List.  var.  /?  ^neum,  n.  var.  (PI.  385,  fig.  4, 
a,  b,  c).  On  palm-leaf,  Dominica.  The  single  gathering  consists 
of  a  few  elUpsoid  sporangia,  and  a  number  of  branching  or  anasto- 
mosing plasmodiocarps.  The  species  has  hitherto  been  only  obtained 
from  Scotland,  Sweden,  and  the  United  States  ;  and  the  Dominica 
specimen  differs  from  all  previous  examples  in  several  particulars. 
The  general  colour  under  a  pocket-lens  is  dull  bronze  as  compared 
with  the  usual  pinkish  brown  ;  the  sporangium -wall  is  of  two  layers, 
contrasting  with  the  single  wall  of  former  specimens ;  the  outer 
layer  separates  and  folds  back  from  the  inner,  especially  in   the 


118  MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA. 

lower  half,  while  remaining  connected  above  ;  it  is  semicartilaginous 
in  substance,  of  a  yellow-olive  colour,  and  mottled  with  deposits  of 
brownish  lime-granules  ;  the  inner  layer  is  membranous ;  where  the 
spores  and  upper  part  of  the  wall  have  fallen  away,  the  interior  of 
the  sporangium,  as  seen  as  an  opaque  object,  shines  like  brass  with 
iridescent  reflections ;  it  is  dotted  over  with  pale  papilla,  w^hich  in 
some  cases  may  be  points  of  attachment  to  the  capilhtium.  These 
striking  differences  from  the  type  of  P.  murhuim  might  constitute  a 
specific  distinction,  if  further  gatherings  should  confirm  their  con- 
stancy.^ The  capilhtium,  however,  with  its  brown  Hme-knots  and 
pale  violet-brown  spores,  are  essentially  typical  of  the  species. 
The  spores  are  small,  measuring  7  /x,  but  they  correspond  with 
those  of  a  stalked  form  of  F.  muriiiuui  sent  me  by  Mr.  Robert  Fries 
from  near  Upsala,  in  October,  1897.  Until  we  have  further  in- 
formation, I  propose  to  mark  the  Dominica  specimen  as  Physaniui 
munmim  var.  (Eneum. 

16.  Physaeum  cinereum  Pers.  Five  specimens  on  bark  and 
herbaceous  stems,  Antigua.  They  are  the  English  form  with  pale 
spores. 

17.  Physarum  conglomeratum  Rost.  On  dried  leaf,  Antigua. 
The  sporangia  are  browner,  more  irregular  in  shape,  and  more 
scattered  than  usual ;  the  vitreous  structure  of  the  sporangium-wall, 
though  present,  is  also  less  pronounced ;  the  spores,  measuring 
7-8  [x,  are  more  spinulose  than  in  typical  examples.  It  is  an  un- 
common form,  but  in  shape  it  resembles  a  gathering  from  Lyme 
Regis. 

18.  FuLiGO  sEPTicA  Gmel.    Antigua.    A  typical  yellow  sethalium. 

19.  FuLiGO  ELLiPsospoRA  List.  On  rind  of  papaw  tree,  Antigua. 
The  specimen  consists  of  two  small  sethalia  with  characteristic 
spores. 

20.  Physarella  mirabilis  Peck.  On  withered  frond  of  cocoanut 
palm,  Antigua.  Two  specimens  ;  one  quite  typical,  the  other  with 
thick  and  irregular  stalks. 

21.  Craterium  leucocephalum  Ditm.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua. 
The  sporangia  are  mottled  red  and  white  in  the  upper  two-thirds, 
and  have  rather  long  red-orange  stalks. 

22.  Chondrioderma  spumarioides  Rost.  On  bark,  Antigua.  A 
single  good  gathering.  The  sporangium-wall  is  cracked  in  areola, 
and  the  inner  layer  adheres  closely  to  the  outer.  It  varies  slightly 
from  the  type  in  the  very  prominent  white  columella,  and  in  the 
spores,  which  measure  10  /x,  being  rather  darker  and  more  spinulose. 

23.  Chondrioderma  Michelii  Rost.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua. 
Two  fine  typical  gatherings. 

24.  Chondrioderma  rugosum  Rex.  On  dead  leaves,  Dominica. 
This  gathering  is  interesting  as  being  the  only  one  we  are  acquainted 
with,  except  the  type  obtained  and  named  by  the  late  Dr.  Rex  from 
North  Carohna.  The  stalks  are  black,  the  clavate  columella  is 
white,  with  a  narrow  pale  tawny  base;  the  substance  of  the 
sporangium-wall  and  the  slender  capilhtium  are  the  same  as  in 


MYCKTOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA   AND    DOMINICA.  119 

Eex's  gathering,  from  which  the  Dominica  specimen  differs  in  the 
size  of  the  spores,  that  measure  14  fi  as  opposed  to  9  /x. 

25.  DiACH^A  ELEGANS  Fr.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua.  The  two 
gatherings  of  this  species  have  the  white  stalks  longer  than  the 
cylindrical  sporangia,  and  almost  smooth  spores ;  a  typical  form. 

26.  DiDYMiuM  EFFUSUM  Link.  On  dead  leaves,  &c.,  Antigua. 
There  are  three  large  gatherings  of  this  species,  which  Mr.  Gran 
says  is  most  abundant  in  the  island.  The  sporangia  are  subglobose 
and  stalked,  and  the  capillitium  varies  from  almost  black  to  colour- 
less, as  it  does  in  European  specimens. 

27.  DiDYMiuM  Clavus  Eost.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua.  A  single 
typical  specimem  with  short  dark  stalks. 

28.  DiDYMiuM  NiGRiPEs  Fr.  y  xanthopus.  On  dead  leaves, 
Antigua.  A  single  gathering.  The  stalks  are  dark  brown,  shading 
upwards  into  dull  orange ;  the  columella  and  capillitium  colourless ; 
the  spores  are  pale  and  measure  7  ft,  which  is  small  for  the  species. 
In  comparing  a  series  of  English  gatherings  of  var.  xanthopus  a 
great  difference  is  observed  in  the  depth  of  the  colour  of  the  spores  ; 
specimens  with  dark  and  with  pale  spores  are  in  about  equal  pro- 
portion. 

29.  Stemonitis  fusca  Eoth.  On  dead  wood,  &c.,  Antigua. 
There  are  several  gatherings  of  this  species.  The  spores  are 
closely  reticulated  in  all,  and  vary  in  size  from  7  to  10  /x  diam. 

30.  Stemonitis  splendens  Eost.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  In 
one  gathering  the  superficial  net  of  the  capillitium  has  the  small 
mesh  of  Eostafinski's  type  from  Texas,  in  another  the  mesh  is 
broader ;  the  spores  measure  6-7  />t  diam. 

31.  Stemonitis  herbatica  Peck.  There  are  two  gatherings  from 
Antigua,  one  on  palm-leaf  and  the  other  on  "  decayed  stumps  of 
sandbox  trees,"  and  one  from  Dominica.  The  superficial  net  of  the 
capillitium  is  similar  to  that  of  Peck's  type ;  the  spores  are  greyish, 
6-7  />o  diam. 

32.  Stemonitis  Smithh  Macbr.  On  wood,  Antigua.  The  six 
gatherings  of  this  species  differ  from  the  usual  type  in  the  delicate 
surface  net  of  the  capillitium  having  a  wider  mesh ;  the  spores 
measure  5-5-5  fji. 

33.  Comatricha  Persoonii  Eost.  On  wood,  Antigua.  There  are 
three  gatherings.  They  are  all  of  a  small  form  with  rather  clavate 
sporangia  of  a  pinkish  colour,  and  take  an  intermediate  position 
between  the  type  and  var.  /3  tenerrima;  the  spores  are  nearly  smooth, 
6-7  jtt  diam. 

34.  Comatricha  typhoides  Eost.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  A 
typical  form  with  dense  intermediate  capillitium ;  the  spores  measure 
5-6-5  /x,  and  have  the  widely  scattered  warts  remarked  on  by  Dr. 
Eex  as  characteristic  of  the  species. 

35.  Comatricha  longa  Peck.  On  a  slip  of  wood,  Antigua.  The 
specimen  is  in  perfect  condition.  Mr.  Cran  writes  :  "I  found  it  on 
a  root  hanging  down  like  a  goat's  beard ;  some  of  the  sporangia 
must  have  been  almost  or  quite  two  inches  in  length." 


120  MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA    AND    DOMINICA. 

36.  Lamproderma  arcyrionema  Eost.  On  decayed  leaves  of 
cocoanut  palm,  Antigua.  Two  gatherings  with  stalks  1-8  mm. 
long;  the  capillitiiun  is  dark  and  much  crisped.  "It  was  quite 
lustrous,"  Mr.  Cran  writes,  "when  first  seen,  though  almost  black 
wath  perhaps  a  slightly  yellowish  tinge ;  under  the  microscope  the 
enclosing  membrane  looked  like  polished  silver." 

37.  Lamproderma  irideum  Mass.  On  dead  leaves,  Antigua. 
Two  very  typical  specimens,  though  the  dark  branches  of  the 
capillitium  are  less  pale  than  usual  at  their  point  of  attachment  to 
the  apex  of  the  columella ;  the  spores  measure  7  /^,  and  are  marked 
with  the  normal  number  of  about  eight  warts  across  the  hemisphere. 

38.  Cribraria  tenella  Schrad.  There  are  two  specimens  from 
Antigua  on  dead  wood,  andone  from  Dominica.  Inall,the  sporangium- 
net  is  regular,  with  scarcely  the  rudiments  of  a  cup ;  the  nodes  of  the 
net  are  round,  seldom  triangular,  and  without  free  rays. 

39.  Cribraria  languescens  Eex.  Antigua.  "  The  Plasmodium 
is  dark  reddish-brown,  rising  out  of  rotten  wood  in  little  cushions,  as 
in  Dictijdium  umhilicatuw.''  We  have  three  fine  gatherings  of  this 
graceful  species,  which  Mr.  Cran  finds  is  abundant  in  the  island. 
They  are  similar  to  the  types  from  Dr.  Rex.  Judgiug  from  the 
examples  we  have  seen,  its  character  appears  to  be,  for  a  Cribraria, 
remarkably  constant.  We  have  no  record  of  the  species  having  before 
been  obtained,  except  from  three  of  the  States  of  North  America. 

40.  Cribraria  violacea  Rex.  There  are  two  gatherings  on  dead 
wood  from  Antigua  of  this  delicate  and  beautiful  species.  The 
sporangia  measure  O'Ol  mm.  diam.  I  may  mention  that  a  frag- 
ment of  ash-stick  was  sent  by  me  from  Lyme  Regis  to  Miss  A.  L. 
Smith  at  the  British  Museum  for  the  examination  of  a  small  fungus 
growing  on  it.  The  stick  was  kept  moist  under  a  glass  shade  for 
some  weeks,  when  a  fine  grow^th  of  Cribraria  violacea  was  found  to 
have  developed  ;  the  sporangia  are  larger  than  those  from  Antigua, 
measuring  0-025  mm.,  but  similar  to  those  collected  by  Mr.  Saunders 
in  Buckinghamshire  and  by  Dr.  Rex  from  near  Philadelphia. 

41.  DicTYDiuM  umbilicatum  Schrad.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua. 
This  is  the  common  form  received  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and 
always  singularly  constant  in  character.  The  brown  variety  with 
a  symmetrical  cup  (referred  to  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Myc.  p.  148), 
though  less  frequent,  is  also  cosmopolitan,  and  is  so  little  subject 
to  variation  that  it  deserves  a  varietal,  if  not  a  specific,  distinction. 
I  mark  it  as  Ya,v.  fuscum. 

42.  TuBULiNA  sTiPiTATA  Rost.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  A  single 
specimen  of  three  shortly  stipitate  clusters.  The  spores  measure 
4  fjL  diam. 

48.  HEMiTRicmA  CLAVATA  Rost.  Two  gatherings  from  Antigua 
on  dead  wood.  The  sporangia  are  of  the  usual  form  and  colour  ; 
the  spores  are  exceptionally  small,  measuring  6  /x  in  one  specimen, 
and  7  /x  in  the  other. 

44.  Hemitrichia  Serpula  Rost,  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  The 
gatherings  received  of  this  species  are  interesting  as  illustrating  the 


MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA   AND    DOMINICA.  121 

variation  that  occurs  in  the  spinose  character  of  the  capillitium, 
and  also  as  showing  the  close  connection  that  exists  between  the 
two  genera  Trichia  and  Heiidlrichia.  In  one  specimen  the  capil- 
litium is  strongly  spinose,  in  another  good  development  the  threads 
are  almost  smooth,  and  although  the  Hemitriclda  structure  prevails, 
there  are  many  free  elaters  of  various  lengths,  some  of  them  very 
short ;  in  this  respect  it  corresponds  with  a  specimen  of  H.  Seiyida 
from  New  Zealand,  referred  to  in  the  introduction  to  the  Brit.  Mus. 
Cat.  Mycetozoa,  p.  16. 

45.  Hemiteichia  rubiformis  List.  On  bark,  Antigua.  A  typical 
specimen. 

46.  Arcyria  ALBiDA  Pers.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  This  variable 
species  is  well  represented  in  Mr.  Gran's  gatherings.  Some  of  the 
sporangia  are  ovoid,  some  cylindrical,  and  either  solitary  or  in 
clusters  of  three  or  four  on  a  combined  stalk ;  the  colour  varies 
from  grey  to  buff  and  orange-yellow.  The  last  might  rank  as  var. 
jjomiformis,  but  the  sporangia  are  shortly  cylindrical.  The  capillitium 
is  more  or  less  spinose  in  different  gatherings,  but  it  is  of  precisely  the 
same  character  in  some  of  both  the  grey  and  orange-yellow  sporangia. 

47.  Arcyria  punicea  Pers.  This  species  is  represented  by  five 
gatherings  from  Antigua,  and  one  from  Dominica.  In  the  Dominica 
specimen  and  in  two  of  those  from  Antigua  the  capillitium  is  of  the 
usual  English  type  ;  in  the  others  the  threads  are  extremely  slender, 
beset  with  sharp  and  rather  distant  spines — a  form  that  has  been 
collected  before  in  hot  climates. 

48.  Arcyria  incarnata  Pers.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  An 
interesting  slender  form  of  the  species ;  the  capillitium  is  unattached 
to  the  smooth,  delicately  membranous  cup,  and  has  numerous  clavate 
free  ends. 

49.  Arcyria  insignis  Cke.  &  Kalchb.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua. 
Mr.  Cran  has  sent  five  gatherings  of  this  minute  form.  The 
sporangia  are  in  small  scattered  clusters,  pale  rosy  red,  and  in- 
conspicuous from  the  slender  capillitium  spreading  widely.  Until 
recently  the  two  specimens  from  the  Cape  in  the  Kew  Herbarium 
were  the  only  known  examples  of  the  species.  In  December,  1896, 
I  received  from  Dr.  Nyman,  of  Upsala,  a  fine  specimen  of  a  larger 
form  than  those  referred  to ;  the  unexpanded  sporangia  are  cylindric, 
measuring  1-1-3  mm.  in  total  height,  of  which  the  stalks  are  0*3- 
0-5  mm. ;  it  was  obtained  at  St.  Angelo,  Brazil,  by  G.  Malme,  in 
January,  1893  ;  though  differing  in  the  size  of  the  sporangia,  the 
character  of  the  capillitium  is  precisely  the  same  as  in  the  Cape  and 
Antigua  gatherings.  Among  the  Java  specimens  collected  by  Prof. 
Penzig  there  is  one  of  A.  ijisignis  of  the  same  form  as  the  type  in 
the  Kew  Herbarium ;  it  consists  of  six  clusters  of  sporangia  with 
expanded  capillitium,  on  dead  wood.  With  the  exception  of  the 
Brazil  specimen,  none  of  the  recorded  examples  retain  their  original 
form.  It  is  satisfactory  that  the  integrity  of  the  species  is  now  well 
established. 

50.  PERiCH^NACHRYSosPERMAList.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  The 
five  specimens  of  this  species  present  the  variation  in  the  length  of 


122  EXPERIMENTS    IN    CKOSS-FERTILISATION    OF    SALICES. 

the  spines  on  the  capilHtium  observed  m  our  English  gatherings  ; 
in  some  the  spines  are  scattered  and  longer  than  the  diameter  of 
the  thread,  in  others  they  are  minute  and  unusually  crowded. 

51.  Perich^na  VARIABILIS  Eost.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  Fine 
specimens  of  winding  and  anastomosing  plasmodiocarps,  which  vary 
in  colour  from  brown  to  olive-ochraceous ;  the  characteristic  papil- 
lose inner  wall  is  well  marked. 

52.  Perich^na  depressa  Libert.  Mr.  Gran  writes  :  "  On  fallen 
bark,  often  on  the  inner  side  and  seeming  to  love  the  dark"; 
Antigua.  There  are  four  handsome  gatherings,  showing  great 
diversity  of  colour  in  the  sporangia ;  in  one  they  are  pale  ochre, 
with  the  outer  wall  strongly  charged  with  crystalline  deposits  of 
lime  ;  the  others  vary  from  dull  rosy  red  to  deep  purple-brown  ;  the 
profuse  capillitium  in  the  pale  and  red  sporangia  is  remarkably  firm 
and  even  in  thickness  ;  that  of  the  purple-brown  sporangia  is  of  the 
usual  irregular  and  weak  type  ;  the  spores  measure  9  /x. 

53.  Lycogala  miniatum  Pers.  On  dead  wood,  Antigua.  The 
sethalia  are  small,  with  thin  but  characteristic  cortex. 

Explanation  of  Plate  385.  —  1.  Pity sarum  pallidum  List.  2.  Physarum 
variabile  Eex,  ^  sessile.  3.  Physarum  Berkeleyi  Kost.  4.  Physarum  murinum 
List.  /3  ceneum.  a.  Sporangia  x  20.  h.  Capillitium  and  spores  x  280.  c.  Spore 
X  600. 

Note. — Since  the  foregoing  went  to  press,  I  find  that  Dr.  Raci- 
borski  has  published  in  Hedivi/iia,  xxxvii.  1898,  pp.  50-55,  an  account 
of  the  Mycetozoa  he  had  collected  in  Java  in  1896-7.  Among  the 
species  he  enumerates  is  Physarum  hogoriense  Eacib.,  n.  sp.,  the 
description  of  which  so  accurately  applies  to  the  specimens  of 
P.  pallidum  received  from  Mr.  Gran,  that  I  cannot  doubt  it  is  the 
same  species;  in  which  case  P.  hogoriense  must  take  precedence  as 
its  first  published  name  under  Physarum. 


EXPEEIMENTS  IN  GEOSS-FEETILISATION  OF  SALIGES. 
By  Edward  F.  Linton,  M.A. 

It  not  unfrequently  happens  that  a  suspected  willow-hybrid  has 
to  be  left  in  interminable  doubt  as  to  its  origin,  for  want  of  con- 
vincing evidence.  Such  is  the  case  of  S.  decipiens  Hoffm.  and 
S.  acuminata  Sm. ;  they  were  described  long  ago  ;  their  origin  has 
been  speculated  on  and  guessed  at,  with  no  definite  result ;  but  if 
either  of  these  could  be  reproduced  through  cross-fertihsation  by 
hand,  a  puzzling  question  would  be  settled. 

It  occurred  to  me  some  years  ago  to  make  experiments  among 
the  willows  growing  in  my  garden,  in  the  hope  of  obtaining  hybrids 
about  whose  origin  there  could  be  no  doubt.  This  was  not  so  easy 
a  matter  as  it  seemed ;  the  process  ife  Hable  to  all  sorts  of  mis- 
carriages ;  failures  have  been  far  more  numerous  than  successes ; 


EXPERIMENTS    IN    CROSS-J?ERTlLISATION    OF    SALICES.  123 

still,  in  the  course  of  the  last  five  or  six  years,  the  Rev.  Wm.  R. 
Linton  at  Shirley  and  myself  at  Bournemouth  have  been  able  to 
produce  a  fair  number  of  satisfactory  hybrids  ;  and  we  are  issuing 
some  of  the  most  interesting  products  in  our  Set  of  British  Salices. 

For  instance,  S.  viminalis  L.  (  ?  )  was  fertilised  with  pollen  of 
S.  r&pens  L.,  and  in  due  time  a  good  growth  of  seedlings  was  estab- 
lished, some  male,  some  female.  All  the  sowing  came  true,  and  the 
plants  retained  in  the  garden  are  all  fairly  intermediate ;  but  there  is 
great  variety  of  expression,  and  the  eye  can  easily  detect  differences 
in  most  of  the  individuals  of  the  crop.  None  of  the  plants  resemble 
the  S.  repens  variety  rosmarinifolia,  E.  B.  tab.  1366,  reproduced  by 
Syme  to  represent  what  he  calls  S.  rosmarinifolia  var.  angustifolia 
Wulf. ;  but  some  agree  pretty  nearly  with  E.  B.  tab.  1365  {8.  ros- 
marinifolia "Linn."  Boswell-Syme)  which  Wimmer  detected  as 
representing  S.  viminalis — repens. 

An  apparent  failure  has  occasionally  been  converted  by  accident 
into  a  fortunate  mistake,  as  when  8.  Myrsinites  was  fertilized  with 
;S'.  Arbuscula  pollen,  and  a  genuine  undoubted  example  of  S.  Myrsinites 
X  phylici/olia  came  out  !*  Two  or  three  such  cases  have  occurred, 
in  which  a  much-desired  hybrid  was  produced  unintentionally. 
This  intermediate  plant  of  8.  Myrsinites  x  p/iyHcifolia  (  $  )  has  been 
of  the  greatest  service,  not  only  in  supplying  excellent  material  for 
the  Set,  but  in  exposing  the  claims  of  one  or  two  pretenders. 

Of  another  hybrid  supposed  to  be  British,  viz.  8.  Lcvppoyium  x 
repens,  the  only  published  plant  has  lately  been  withdrawn. 
Whether  it  is  a  British  hybrid,  or  not,  authentic  plants  have  been 
growing  at  Bournemouth,  made  by  design,  and  have  served  for  the 
issue  of  specimens  which  may  at  any  time  prove  very  useful  for 
comparison. 

Besides  the  production  of  some  hybrids  which  are  known  to 
occur  in  nature,  the  Rev.  W.  R.  Linton  and  myself  have  experi- 
mented in  the  direction  of  the  probable,  but  not  as  yet  recorded : 
and  have  found  that  some  of  these  resist  all  our  efforts  so  far, 
while  some  others  have  been  made  without  difficulty.  Three  of 
these,  which  have  been  developed  successfully,  and  which  might  be 
discovered  in  a  limited  range  of  country  among  the  mountainous 
districts  of  Scotland,  have  been  thought  worthy  of  issue  in  the  Set 
of  British  Salices,  and  a  short  account  of  each  of  them  is  subjoined. 

S.  Caprea  X  LANATA,  nov.  liybr.  Set  of  British  Willows  (1894, 
&c.).  No.  88.  Habit  low,  spreading  or  ascending ;  leaves  subentire, 
large,  roundish  ovate,  very  shortly  acuminate,  green  above,  glaucous 
grey  below,  very  silky  at  first,  then  pi.  m.  glabrescent  reticulate  ; 
stipules  large,  usually  present,  very  obliquely  pointed  or  rouuded. 
Catkins  large,  handsome,  resembling  8.  lanata ;  scales  oblong- 
obovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  densely  clothed  with  long  silky  hairs; 
nectaries  square  or  oblong.  8.  Caprea  L.  has  been  seen  on  Meall 
nan  Tarmachan,  Mid-Perth,  at  the  8.  lanata  elevation,  and  also  is 

*  The  pollen  of  S.  Arbuscula  does  not  take  at  all  readily.  In  this  case  of 
course  the  female  S.  Myrsinites  catkin  had  been  pre-fertilised  with  S.  phylici- 
folia  pollen,  probably  by  bees,  which  are  very  busy  among  the  willow  flowers. 


124  EXPERIMENTS    IN    CROSS-FERTILISATION    OF    SALICES. 

abundant  at  the  mouth  of  the  Doll,  near  Clova,  Forfar,  not  far 

below  the  S.  lauata  level.  The  occurrence  of  the  hybrid  may 
therefore  be  looked  for.  At  one  time  I  regarded  a  foliage  specimen 
of  S.  lanata  in  the  Borrer  Herbarium,  Kew,  as  this  hybrid  ;  it  was 

labelled  "  Ex  hb.  J.  H.  Balfour  5     Salix .     Glen  Isla,  Aug. 

1837."  A  note  is  added  by  Borrer,  "  5  Why  not  5.  lanata  ?  "  A 
later  hand  has  added,  "  Probably  S.  Caprea  by  its  stipules,  1847." 
The  specimen  certainly  has  a  look  of  both  ;  but,  judged  by  aid  of 
my  own  authentic  specimens,  it  must  be  relegated  to  S.  lanata  L. 

S.  ciNEREA  X  Myrsinites,  nov.  liybr.  Set  of  British  Willows, 
No.  92.  Habit  ascending;  bark  very  dark,  blackish  brown;  buds 
dark  brown,  pubescent ;  1.  oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  dull  glaucous 
green  beneath,  green  and  shining  above,  crenate  or  crenate-serrate  ; 
stipules  broadly  rounded  below,  ^-cordate,  acuminate,  subpersistent; 
catkins  intermediate  in  size  ;  anthers  reddish  yellow.  In  the  north 
parts  of  Scotland,  where  S.  Myrsinites  L.  descends  to  a  low  level, 
this  hybrid  may  well  be  looked  for.  As  a  young  bush,  my  plant 
has  as  yet  the  habit  of  S.  Myrsinites,  to  which  parent  the  gloss  of 
the  upper  side  of  the  leaves,  the  point  and  persistence  of  the  stipules, 
the  colour  of  the  buds  and  bark,  and  the  reddish  anthers  are  due. 
S.  cinerea  (the  male  parent)  comes  out  in  the  larger  broad-based 
stipules,  and  the  larger  leaves  with  their  glaucous  colouring  beneath. 

S.  LANATA  X  KEPENs,  uov.  hybr.  Set  of  British  Willows,  No.  99, 
made  at  Bournemouth ;  also  No.  100,  made  at  Shirley,  S.  Derby. 
Ascending,  bark  dark  after  the  first  season  ;  leaves  oval-oblong  or 
oblong-lanceolate,  entire  or  faintly  crenate,  silky  at  first,  but  pi.  m. 
glabrescent ;  stipules  rather  small,  lanceolate ;  catkins  large,  fairly 
intermediate,  scales  oblong-obovate,  very  silky,  discoloured;  ovaries 
glabrous,  shortly  pedicelled ;  nectaries  much  shorter  than  pedicels  ; 
style  long.  The  bushes  on  which  this  description  is  founded  are  both 
female,  and  were  made  by  fertilising  S.  repeiis  with  pollen  of  *S'.  lanata. 

Since  S.  herbacea  x  repens  has  been  ascertained  to  be  one  of  our 
British  hybrids  (Journ.  Bot.  1897,  362),  there  is  no  antecedent  im- 
possibility that  would  prevent  the  union  in  a  native  station  of 
S.  lanata  and  *S'.  repens ;  though  the  very  local  range  of  the  former 
renders  the  discovery  of  the  hybrid  improbable.  Such  a  hybrid 
might,  however,  be  very  easily  passed  over  or  laid  on  one  side  as 
doubtful,  for  in  our  plants  there  is  little  resemblance  to  either 
parent ;  and,  if  found  wild,  they  would  prove  a  hard  knot  for  any 
salicologist  to  untie. 

Some  interesting  observations  have  been  made  in  the  course  of 
these  investigations,  and  one  of  them  may  be  fitly  introduced  here. 
As  was  said  above,  some  combinations  have  so  far  resisted  our 
efforts ;  in  some  cases  these  attempts  have  been  made  in  vain. 
Thus,  though  in  theory  every  willow  is  supposed  to  be  capable  of 
crossing  with  each  of  the  other  species,  experiment  seems  to  show 
that  some  cross  with  greater  readiness,  others  with  reluctance,  and 
others  again  obstinately  refuse  to  enter  into  any  alliance  at  all. 
And  this  throws  a  httle  light  (not  much !)  on  the  extreme  rarity  of 
a  likely  hybrid  such  as  S.  Caprea  x  cinerea,  and  the  entire  absence 
of  some  others  which  are  looked  for  and  not  found. 


125 

A    NOTE     ON     FKAGARIA. 
By  James  Bkitten,  F.L.S. 

The  treatment  which  Mr.  Druce  in  his  Flora  of  Berksliire 
(pp.  189,  190)  metes  out  to  our  British  Strawberries  seems  to  me 
so  likely  to  involve  a  hitherto  sufficiently  simple  genus  in  confusion, 
and  to  introduce  new  and  untenable  names  into  our  nomenclature, 
that  I  propose  to  deal  with  it  at  greater  length  than  was  possible  in 
the  review  of  his  book  (pp.  101-9).  My  remarks  will  incidentally 
show  the  light-heartedness  with  which  accepted  nomenclature  is 
sometimes  overturned,  and  the  slender  grounds  on  which  new 
species  are  launched  into  being — even  by  those  who,  like  Mr.  Druce, 
spare  neither  time  nor  industry  in  the  pursuit  of  botanical  in- 
vestigation. 

Fbagaria  bercheriensis. 

Under  this  name  Mr.  Druce  proposes  an  addition  to  the  known 
species  of  Fragarla.  It  is  true  that  he  expresses  many  doubts  as  to 
the  position  of  the  plant,  but  he  gives  it  specific  rank  in  the  text  of 
his  Flora.  It  may  be  well  to  consider  its  claims  to  this  position, 
and  this  I  am  the  better  able  to  do  as  the  Rev.  W.  R.  Linton 
has  kindly  lent  me  excellent  specimens  collected  and  authenticated 
by  Mr.  Druce. 

I  propose  in  the  first  place  to  quote  Mr.  Druce's  account  of  the 
plant,  omitting  the  localities,  and  then  to  comment  upon  this  and 
upon  the  specimens.     The  former  runs  thus  : — 

"  F.  BERCHERIENSIS,  Drucc,  in  Rep.  Bot.  Exch.  Club  (1894).  446. 
?  F.  vesca  x  cliiloensis. — The  plant  has  the  large  leaves  with  the 
open  teeth  and  papyraceous  texture  of  F.  chiloensis,  but  the  flowers 
and  fruit  are  not  larger  than  in  normal  F.  vesca.  The  hairs  on  the 
stem  are  reflexed.  Typical  F.  vesca  grows  in  the  ditches  in  the 
vicinity.  The  facies  of  the  plant  is  fairly  well  represented  in  the 
plate  of  F.  duinetorum,  Jord.,  in  Jordan  and  Fourreau's  Icones 
(t.  xxvi.)  ad  Flora  Europce,  but  F.  dumetorum  belongs  to  the  group 
of  F.  collina,  which  has  an  erect  calyx  appressed  to  the  succulent 
receptacle ;  in  F.  bercheriensis  they  are  reflexed  as  in  F.  vesca,  from 
which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  much  larger  leaves  of  a  more 
papyraceous  texture,  with  more  open  teeth,  the  upper  surface  of  a 
darker  green,  the  lower  whitish  in  tint  with  very  prominent  leaf- 
veins  ;  the  calyx  somewhat  resembles  cliiloensis.  From  F.  chiloensis 
it  may  be  distinguished  by  its  much  smaller  flowers  and  fruits.  In 
the  shade  form  of  F.  vesca,  illustrated  by  the  var.  sylvatica  in  Herb. 
Ft.  Ingricm,  the  plant  is  not  so  large  nor  are  the  leaves  so  markedly 
light  in  colour  on  the  under  surface,  and  the  leaf  cutting  is  more 
acute  and  the  teeth  closer  together.  The  fact  of  its  fruiting  freely 
is  not  an  absolute  proof  of  its  not  being  of  hybrid  origin. 

"  Specimens  were  distributed  through  the  But.  Exch.  Club  in 
1894  ;  the  editor,  the  Rev.  W.  R.  Linton,  reports  that  he  has  seen 
just  the  same  plant  in  Norfolk  and  near  Godalming  in  Surrey. 
Possibly  our  plant  may  be  only  an  extreme  form  of  F.  vesca.  Com- 
parative cultivation  is  needed  before  we  can  decide  definitely  if  the 


126  A    NOTE    ON    FRAGARIA. 

plant  I  have  provisionally  called  F.  herclieriemis  be  of  hybrid  origin 
or  a  variety  of  F.  vesca,  or  a  subspecies  bearing  the  same  relation  to 
F.  vesca  as  F.  dumetorum  does  to  F.  collina.  Probably  this  plant 
is  occasionally  reported  as  F.  elatioi\'' 

It  will  be  observed  that  no  less  than  five  views  are  suggested 
as  to  the  plant,  which  first  appeared  in  print  in  1895.  It  stands 
first  as  a  species,  then  as  a  doubtful  hybrid,  then  as  possibly  an 
extreme  form  of  F.  vesca,  then  as  a  possible  variety  of  that  species, 
and  lastly  as  a  possible  subspecies.  When  Mr.  Druce  sent  it  to 
the  Exchange  Club,  with  a  note  which  is  embodied  in  the  above 
extract,'''  Mr.  W.  R.  Linton  remarked  *'  Cultivation  alongside  of 
type  vesca  would  show  if  it  possesses  features  justifying  its  taking 
position  as  a  variety  or  species";  Mr.  Druce  has  adopted  this 
suggestion,  but  seems  to  have  taken  no  steps  to  carry  it  out. 

It  is  difficult  to  see  any  justification  for  publishing  the  plant  as  a 
species,  even  if  we  ignore  the  specimens  and  base  our  conclusions 
upon  Mr.  Druce's  account  of  it.  He  does  not  tell  us  that  he  has 
compared  it  with  the  series  of  specimens  to  be  found  in  our  public 
or  private  herbaria,  notably  with  the  very  interesting  series  of 
forms  from  Duchesne  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium.  There  is  no 
diagnosis  of  the  plant  beyond  such  as  can  be  deduced  from  certain 
comparative  and  vague  statements ;  and  when  we  look  into  these, 
they  come  to  very  little.  Mr.  Druce  says  it  has  the  *'facies"  of 
dumetorum,  but,  he  adds,  "  F.  dumetorum  belongs  to  the  group  of 
F.  collina,''  whereas  his  plant  clearly  goes  with  vesca  in  the  im- 
portant character  afforded  by  the  calyx  ;  he  might  also  have  noted 
that  the  size  of  the  flowers  in  no  way  suggests  any  collina  form. 
"  The  calyx  somewhat  resembles  F.  chiloensis'';  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker, 
who  has  examined  the  plants  with  me,  agrees  in  finding  no  such 
resemblance,  nor  can  we  see  in  what  respect  the  calyx  differs  from 
that  of  typical  vesca.  The  leaves  certainly  are  large — one  of  them 
is  larger  than  any  vesca  we  have  seen ;  but  we  cannot  see  that  they 
differ  in  colour,  in  toothing,  or  in  texture,  from  numerous  examples 
of  vesca;  and  the  locality  —  "a  ditch  bordering  a  plantation" 
(Bot.  Exch.  Club  Report,  p.  445) — seems  sufficient  to  us  to  account  for 
the  unusual  luxuriance  of  the  specimens  in  all  respects.  Mr.  Druce 
says  "  it  may  be  distinguished  from  F.  chiloensishy  its  much  smaller 
flowers  and  fruits"  ;  it  would  be  simpler  to  say  that  the  flowers  and 
fruits  are  those  of  typical  vesca,  for  we  cannot  see  the  faintest  sug- 
gestion of  chiloensis  in  anything  except  the  size  of  one  or  two  of  the 
leaves.  Nor  can  we  agree  with  Mr.  Druce  in  suspecting  that  the 
plant  "is  occasionally  reported  as  F.  elatior'" ;  the  small  flowers 
would  prevent  any  such  confusion.  Mr.  Linton's  statement  that 
he  "has  seen  just  the  same  plant  elsewhere"  must  not  be  under- 
stood as  supporting  Mr.  Druce  in  considering  the  plant  specifically 
distinct.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  plant  is  a  luxuriant 
form  of  the  common  wild  strawberry,  due  to  its  place  of  growth, 

*  He  then  {I.e.  446)  also  drew  attention  to  "  the  long  coarser  runners  "  as 
different  from  any  he  had  seen  in  F.  vesca,  but  Mr.  Linton  in  his  note  disposed 
of  this  character,  which  is  not  now  included  in  the  description. 


A    NOTE    ON    FRAGAEIA. 


127 


and  quite  unworthy  of  varietal,  to  say   nothing  of  specific   dis- 
tinction. 

Mr.  Druce's  next  species  stands  thus  : — 

"Fragaria  muricata,  Linn.  Sp.  PI.  495  (1753).  Mill.  Gard. 
Diet.  ed.  8  (1768).     The  Hautboy  Strawberry. 

''  F.  moschata  et  dioica,  Duchesne,  Hist.  Nat.  Frais.  145  (1766). 
F.  magna,  Thuill.  Fl.  Par.  ed.  2,  254  [1799] .  F,  elatior,  Ehrh. 
Beitr.  vii.  23  (1792)." 

There  never  has  been  any  serious  doubt  as  to  what  plant 
Linnaeus  had  in  view  when  he  printed  the  name  muricata.  Indeed, 
although  I  do  not  claim  to  have  exhausted  the  literature,  the  only 
expression  of  uncertainty  I  have  come  across  is  that  in  the  Index 
Kewensis,  where  the  name  stands  ^^  muricata  Linn.  Sp.  PI.  495  = 
elatior,  vesca."  It  is  a  plant  with  a  history,  of  which  an  interesting 
summary  is  given  in  the  Gardeners   Chronicle  for  1887  (vol.  ii.  164).''' 


The  Plymouth  Strawbekry. 

It  was  first  found  by  Tradescant  in  a  garden  at  Plymouth,  whence 
it  became  known  as  "the  Plymouth  Strawberry"  (see  Johnson  in 
Gerard's  Herball,  998  (1633)).  About  this  time  it  seems  to  have 
been  well  known  in  England  ;  Parkinson  (Paradisus,  527-8  (1629) ) 
figures  and  describes  it,  and  Merrett  {Pinax,  39  (1666) )  records  it 
from  "  Hidepark  and  Hampsted  woods."  Zanoni  [Istoria  Botaiiica, 
p.  95,  t.  38  (1675) )  figures  and  describes  it  as  "Fragaria  Arborea 
con  fiore  herbaceo  "  ;  in  the  later  edition  of  this  work  (1742)  the 
plate  is  reprinted  (t.  78),  and  in  the  description  (p.  115)  the  names 
from  Ger.  emac.  and  Park.  Parad.  are  cited  as  synonyms. 

It  was  on  Zanoni's  figure  and  description  and  on  the  description 
in  Morison's  Historia  (li.  186:  "  Fragaria  major  vesca  fiore  her- 
baceo") that  Linnaeus  based  his  F.  muricata;  and  as  Morison  cites 
Zanoni,  we  are  absolutely  clear  as  to  the  plant  intended  by  all 
three.  No  one  has  ever  for  a  momeut  supposed  that  this  was  any- 
thing but  a  monstrosity  of  F.  vesca,  and  it  is  here  that  it  is  placed, 
with  the  above  and  much  more  synonymy,  by  Duchesne  in  his 
admirable  Histoire  des  Fraisiers  (1766). 

*  The  paper  is  accompanied  by  a  cut,  which  the  courtesy  of  the  proprietors 
enables  me  to  reproduce. 


128  A  note'  on  fragaria. 

This  sufficiently  disposes  of  Mr.  Druce's  attempt  to  replace 
F.  elatior  Ehrhart  by  F.  muricata  L.  But  there  is  ample  evidence 
to  show  that,  even  apart  from  this,  Linnaeus  himself  regarded  his 
muricata  as  an  obscure  plant.  In  the  second  edition  of  the  Species 
Plmitarum  (p.  709)  the  descriptive  phrase  runs:  "  Fragaria  caule 
erecto  suffruticoso,  foliis  hirsutis.  f."  This  mark  he  thus  explains 
in  the  preface  :  "  si  ahquando  contigerit  uon  sufficienter  inspexisse 
plantam,  vel  specimen  imperfectum  obtinuisse,  signo  t  hoc  notavi,  ut 
alii  eandem  accuratius  examinent."  Duchesne  (/.  c.  106)  gives  in 
a  footnote  the  following  extract  from  a  letter  which  he  had  received 
from  Linuffius  :  '^Fragarim  miincatm  tdini\m\\-m^QYT\in\xm.  specimen 
vidi  in  Herbario  amici ;  cum  vero  ejus  sufficientes  notas  nulio  modo 
eruere  poteram,  hujus  memini  in  Speciebus  signo  f  adposito,  quod 
indicat  me  non  rite  vidisse  plantam  ;  sed  earn  allegasse  ut  alii  in- 
citarentur  in  ejus  examen  et  descriptiouem." 

A  note  on  "  the  Plymouth  Strawberry  "  may  be  added  in  passing. 
When  Duchesne  wrote  in  1766,  he  said  '*il  paroit  ne  pas  avoir 
aujourd'hui  d'existence,"  and  he  owed  his  knowledge  of  it  to  a 
fragment  of  a  dried  specimen  sent  him  from  Bologna.  The  writer 
in  the  Gardeners'  Chrunicle  considered  the  last  reference  to  its  actual 
occurrence  in  cultivation,  prior  to  its  rediscovery  in  1887  in  the 
Edinburgh  Botanic  Garden  (where  it  had  been  known  for  some  years), 
to  be  that  in  Eay's  Historia  Flantarum,  i.  609  (1686) — "  Canta- 
brigiae  in  horto  per  aliquot  annos  colui."  But  in  the  Banksian 
Herbarium  there  is  a  specimen  which  shows  that  the  plant  existed 
in  at  least  one  garden  in  the  eighteenth  century.  This  was  sent  to 
Jacquin  (who  transmitted  it  to  Banks)  by  Marsili,  who  was  long  in 
charge  of  the  garden  at  Padua  ;  it  bears  the  following  note  in 
Marsili's  hand:  "Fragaria  muricata,  Duchesne,  Hist,  des  Frais. 
Mr.  du-Chesne  dans  son  histoire  naturelle  des  Fraisiers,  a  Paris, 
1766,  8°,  se  plaint  que  cette  espece  de  Fraisier  se  soit  perdue  dans 
touts  les  Jardins  d'Europe;  mais  elle  s'est  heuresement  [sic] 
preservee  par  mes  soius  dans  celui  de  Padoue."  This  must  have 
been  written  towards  the  end  of  the  century.  The  fruiting  speci- 
men is  a  very  good  one,  and  shows  the  frilled  calyx,  "like  unto  a 
double  ruffe"  and  the  "many  small  harmlesse  prickles"  on  the 
fruit,  which  Parkinson  describes. 

To  return  to  Mr.  Druce's  synonymy,  it  will  be  observed  that  he 
adds  to  F.  muricata  a  reference  to  Mill.  Gard.  Diet.  ed.  8  (1768).  It 
is  evident  at  a  glance  that  Miller's  plant  and  Linnaeus's  are  not 
identical,  for  Miller  cites  as  a  synonym  of  his  muricata,  "  Fragaria 
fructu  parvi  pruni  magnitudine" — a  phrase  which  Linnaeus  had 
cited  under  his  "var.  saliva''  of  F.  vesca,  and  which  Ehrhart  him- 
self cites,  as  he  does  also  Miller's  name,  as  representing  his  elatior. 

I  cannot  suggest  what  Mr.  Druce  intended  by  his  reference  to 
"  F.  moschata  et  dioica  Duchesne,  p.  115."  I  find  no  such  combina- 
tion on  the  page  quoted  or  elsewhere,  nor  is  the  name  dioica 
included  in  Duchesne's  list  of  his  plants. 

Although  Linnaeus's  muricata  cannot  replace  F.  elatior  Ehrhart, 
the  latter  must  yield  precedence  to  Duchesne's  earlier  F.  moschata. 
This  was  pointed  out  some  years  since  by  Decaisne  (Jardin  Fruitier, 


TWO    OLD    AMERICAN    TYPES.  129 

ix.  36) : — "  Les  noms  de  Fragarla  moschata  (Ducb.  1766)  et  de 
F.  magna  (Tbuill.  1790)  devraient  prevaloir,  suivant  les  lois 
d'anteriorite,  sur  celui  de  F.  elatior,  publie  par  Ebrbart  (1792)  ; 
mais  ce  dernier  noin  a  ete  generalement  adopte,  et  j'ai  cru  devoir  le 
conserver  moi-meme,  puisqu'il  a  ete  cboisi  dans  cet  ouvrage  par 
Mme.  Vilmorin." 

Tbe  synonymy  of  tbe  plant  will  run  tbus  : — 
F.  MOSCHATA  Dacbesne,  Hist,  de  Frais.  p.  145  (1766).     Weston, 
Botanist,  ii.  327  (1771). 
F.  muricata  Mill.  Diet.  ed.  8  (1768)  non  Linn. 
F.  magna  Tbuill.  Fl.  Paris,  ed.  1  (1790),  ex  Decaisne  ;  ed.  2, 

254  (1799). 
F.  elatior  Ebrb.  Beitrage,  vii.  23  (1792). 


TWO     OLD     AMEKICAN     TYPES. 
By  Edmund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

I. — Viola  palmata  L. 

Dr.  E.  L.  Greene,  in  an  interesting  and  instructive  paper  en- 
titled "  Bibliograpbical  Difficulties  in  Botany,""  wbicb  was  read 
before  tbe  Botanical  Society  of  America  at  Toronto  last  year, 
instances  among  otber  difficulties  tbe  case  of  Viola  palmata  L. 
He  states  tbat  "not  one  among  tbe  botanists  of  tbe  eigbteentb 
and  nineteentb  centuries,  knowing  our  several  palmated  violets, 
could  say  positively  wbicb  one  of  tbese  it  was  wbicb  Linnfeus 
intended  to  designate  by  tbat  specific  name  jjalmata.  From  tbe 
account  wbicb  be  gives  of  it,  by  bibliograpbic  citation  and  otber- 
wise,  tbe  problem  is  one  of  great  difficulty."  Dr.  Greene  goes  on 
to  say  tbat  some  balf- dozen  species,  in  certain  of  tbeir  common 
forms,  fall  under  tbe  Linnean  diagnosis  of  tins  plant — tbat  bis 
description  covers  V.  asanfolia  Pursb,  V.  triloba  Scbweinitz,  F. 
heterophylla  Mubl.,  V.  septemloba  Le  Conte,  F.  emarginata  Le  Conte, 
and  F.  atlantica  Brit  ton. 

Tbe  difficulty  wbicb  Dr.  Greene  raises  does  not  seem  to  us  on 
tbis  side  of  tbe  Atlantic  irremovable ;  and  I  venture  to  attempt  a 
solution  of  tbe  problem. 

Tbe  Linnean  diagnosis  in  Sp.  Plant,  ed.  1,  933,  runs  as  follows : — 

"  Viola  acaulis,  foliis  palmatis  quinquelobis  dentatis  indivisisque. 

Viola  foliis  palmatis  sinuatis,  stolonum  reniformibus.     Gron. 

Virg.  182. 
Viola  virginiana,  platani  fere  foliis  parvis  &   incanis.     Pluk. 

Mant.  187. 
Viola  alba,  folio  securis  roman^  [Amazonise]  effigie,  floridana. 

Pluk.  Amalt.  209  [208] ,  t.  447,  f.  1  [9] . 
Habitat  in  Virginia." 

*  Printed  in  the  Catholic  University  Bulletin,  Washington,  vol.  iv.  pp.  62-75. 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [April,  1898.]  l 


130  TWO    OLD    AMEEICAN    TYPES. 

It  might  perhaps  be  impossible  to  ascertain  what  plant  Linnaeus 
meant  by  his  descriptive  phrase,  if  there  were  no  specimen  in  his 
herbarium.  There  is  a  specimen  of  Gronovius's  plant  in  the  National 
Herbarium,  where  there  are  also  two  gatherings  from  Plukenet  of 
his  plant.  Dr.  Greene  assumes  that  Plukenet  knew  two  forms — 
one  glabrous,  "  typical  V.  atlmitica,''  and  the  other  pubescent.  He 
also  lays  stress  on  the  view  that  Plukeuet's  figure,  t.  447,  fig.  9 
(erroneously  cited  by  Dr.  Greene  as  114,  fig.  7),  represents  a  gla- 
brous plant,  and  that  "had  Linnaeus  but  given  precedence  to  [this] , 
we  should  have  been  compelled  to  accept  V.  atlantica  for  the  type  of 
pahiiata."  But  Plukenet's  plant  in  Herb.  Sloane  xcii,  f.  125  is 
without  doubt  the  type  of  the  figure  cited,  so  far  as  the  four  leaves  are 
concerned,  although  the  flower  has  been  added;  and  this  specimen 
is  in  part  distinctly  pubescent,  while  the  petioles  and  peduncle  in 
Plukenet's  other  specimen  (Herb.  Sloane  Ixxxviii,  136)  are  pubescent 
throughout. 

Having  carefully  compared  the  Linnean,  Gronovian,  and  Pluke- 
netian  types,  I  find  no  difierence  between  them,  except  that  one 
leaf  in  Plukenet's  specimen  (Hb.  Sloane  Ixxxviii,  fol.  136)  is  almost 
entire  ;  this,  however,  is  the  case  in  other  examples  of  palmata,  e.  g. 
in  specimens  from  Bartram  in  Herb.  Brinks.  The  lobing  of  the  leaf 
of  V.  palmata,  as  shown  in  a  very  fine  series  from  Rugel,  is  extremely 
variable.  The  plant  figured  by  Dr.  Britton  as  F.  palmata  in  his 
Iliuntrated  Flora  well  represents  the  species  in  question,  except  that 
the  leaves  in  the  types  are  not  so  much  lobed. 

A  comparison  of  our  large  series  of  specimens  with  Dr.  Britton's 
figure  and  description  of  V.  atlantica  suggests  the  possibility  that 
that  plant  may  be  only  an  extreme  form  of  V.  palmata,  but  I  have 
not  studied  the  genus  sufficiently  to  justify  me  in  forming  a  definite 
conclusion. 

II. HeLIOCAEPUS    AMERICANA    L. 

Mr.  J.  N.  Rose  has  recently  published  (Contrib.  U.  S.  Herb, 
vol.  V.  No.  3,  pp.  125-129  (1897))  a  revision  of  Heliocarpus,  on 
which  I  propose  to  offer  a  few  remarks.  The  author  states  in  his 
introduction  that  "the  type  of  the  genus  is  H.  americanus,  one  of 
the  rarest  species  of  all,  although  much  material  has  been  referred 
to  it";  this,  as  he  says,  was  based  upon  the  figure  (t.  xvi.)  and 
description  in  the  Hortus  Cliffortianus. 

The  brief  history  of  the  genus  is  as  follows : — Linnaeus  (Gen. 
PI.  ed.  1,  p.  157  (1737) )  diagnoses  it  as  Heliocarpos,  referring  to  it 
Montia  of  Houstoun.  The  main  figure  in  Hortus  Clijf'ortianus 
(which  is  reproduced  by  Mr.  Eose)  was  from  a  plant  grown  in 
Cliffort's  garden ;  the  fruit  was  supplied  by  Miller,  as  is  acknow- 
ledged by  Linnaeus  on  the  plate.  The  genus*  was  named  from  the 
character  afforded  by  the  fruit. 

There  are  in  the  Banksian  Herbarium  Houstoun's  specimens 
from  Vera  Cruz,  which  are  the  type  of  Miller's  description  in  Gard, 

*  See  also  Critica  Botaiiica,  p.  97,  where  Linnaius  instances  Heliocarpus  as 
coming  under  "  nomina  generica,  quae  characterem  essentialem,  vel  iaciem 
plantas  exhibent,  optima  sunt." 


TWO    OLD    AMERICAN    TYPES.  131 

Diet.,  where  Houstoun's  name  Montia  is  cited  as  a  synonym.  A 
figure  of  the  plant  bearing  the  same  name,  as  well  as  a  fall 
description,  is  to  be  found  in  Houstoun's  MSS.,  and  another 
Houstoun  specimen  from  Vera  Cruz  is  in  Herb.  Sloane  ccxcii, 
fol.  62.  Mr.  Britten  agrees  with  me  in  considering  that  the 
fragments  (consisting  of  fruits  and  one  leaf)  in  Cliffort's  herbarium 
are  evidently  a  portion  of  the  specimens  sent  by  Houstoun,  and 
were,  as  I  have  said,  sent  to  Linnaeus  by  Miller.  It  is  true  that 
Linn^us  (Hort.  Cliff.  211)  implies  some  doubt  as  to  the  identity  of 
Houstoun's  Montia  with  Hellocarpus  r  but  there  is  no  question  as 
to  the  identity  of  the  two.  The  figure  of  the  plant  (excluding  the 
fruit)  is  from  a  plant  (evidently  young)  in  Cliffort's  garden ;  it  may 
be  noted  that  Miller  grew  it  from  seed  sent  by  Houstoun  in  Chelsea 
Garden,  where  "  the  plant  produced  flowers  and  ripened  seeds 
several  years." 

Dr.  K.  Schumann  unites  several  species  with  E.  americana, 
among  them  H.  tomentosus  Turcz.  I  have  carefully  compared 
Linnseus's  type  specimens  with  Turczaninow's  description,  and 
with  one  of  the  plants  on  which  he  bases  this,  and  cannot  in  any 
way  separate  them.  Both  are  Mexican,  H.  tomentosus  coming  from 
Miradores  and  Oaxaca,  while  the  typical  americana  is  from  Vera 
Cruz.  The  plants  referred  by  Schumann  to  his  H.  americana  var. 
tijpica  have  the  lower  surface  of  the  leaf  subglabrous,  but  both  the 
Cliffortian  and  Houstounian  specimens  agree  in  having  the  leaves 
softly  tomentose  below, t  and  in  this  respect  therefore  these  latter 
differ  from  the  specimens  which  Dr.  Schumann  considers  typical. 
In  the  light  then  of  these  facts  a  revision  of  the  earlier  species 
enumerated  by  Mr.  Eose  seems  desirable. 

H.  americanaI  L.  Sp.  PI.  i.  448  (1753) ;  Miller,  Gard.  Diet, 
ed.  8  (1768).  H.  tomentosus  Turcz.  Bull.  Soc.  Nat.  Mosc.  xxxi, 
pt.  1,  225  (1858). 

Hab.  Vera  Cruz,  Houstoun  !  Mirador,  Linden,  857  !  Vera  Cruz, 
Galeotti,  4155  !  4162  ex  Turcz.  Orizaba,  Botteri,  922 !  882  !  Pringle, 
6106  !     Cordova,  Bourgeau,  1815  !   1974  ! 

This  plant  differs  from  H.  americanus  L.  var.  tupicus  K.  Schum. 
by  the  leaves  being  densely  stellately  tomentose  beneath.  Bourgeau 
No.  1815  approaches  H.  nodifiorus  Donnell  Smith  &  Rose  in  general 
appearance,  but  the  sepals  are  not  appendiculate. 

Var.  ScHUMANNi.  Li.  americanus  L.  var.  typicus  K.  Schum.  Fl. 
Bras.  xii.  pt.  iii.  141,  t.  xxvin. 

Hab.  Brazil :  Prov.  Minas  Geraes,  Prov.  St.  Paulo.  Bolivia, 
Paraguay,  West  Indies,  &c. 

The  leaves  are  glabrous  above,  except  the  nerves,  which  are 
tomentellous,  below  they  are  subglabrous  and  green  or  cinereous, 


*  "  Hanc  videtur  Houstonus  Montise  nomine  indigitasse  in  manuscriptis 
apud  cl.  Millerum  visis." 

t  Linnaeus  states  (Hort.  Cliff.  211),  "  superficies  utraque  folii  parum  scabra, 
at  viridis,  concolor." 

\  The  species  being  a  tree,  the  specific  name  is  rightly  written  as  feminine 
by  Linnaeus. 

L   2 


132  TWO    OLD    AMERICAN    TYPES. 

nerves  sometimes  hairy.  Tiie  inflorescence  is  copiously  branched, 
the  sepals  exappendiculate,  and  the  stipes  longer  than  in  the  next 
species. 

H.  PoPAYANENsis  H.  B.  K.  Nov.  Gcn.  v.  341  (1821).  H.  ameri- 
canus  L.  var.  f3  Popaijanensis  K.  Schum.  /.  c. 

Hab.  New  Granada :  Prov.  Popayan,  Triana !  Prov.  Bogota, 
Trianal  St.  Martha,  Fcf?i  7io//r  !  Peru,  Tarapoto,  Spruce, ^oA^6^, 
has  been  referred  here  by  Dr.  Schumann.  Bolivia,  Mapiri,  Bang, 
1491,  referred  here  by  Mr.  Rose. 

This  plant  differs  from  H.  americana  L.  var.  Schumcmni  by  the 
leaves,  which  are  glabrous  on  neither  surface ;  below  they  are 
fuscous  subtomentose,  with  the  nerves  and  veins  hirsute ;  above  in 
the  original  description  they  are  said  to  be  "adpresso  pilosiusculis." 
They  are  subrotund  and  often  trilobed. 

There  is  in  the  National  Herbarium  a  type  of  Triwnfetta  hirta 
Vahl,  Symb.  iii.  63,  from  St.  Martha,  collected  by  J.  van  Rohr. 
M.  Triana  has  referred  this  to  Heliocarpus  Fopayanensis  H.B.K., 
and  I  agree  in  the  identification. 

Var.  PuRDiEi.  Foliis  ovatis  lobatis  praecipue  subtus  molliter 
tomentosis  basi  cordatis,  inflorescentia  paniculata  ramosa. 

Hab.    New  Granada,  near  Velez,  Purdie,  Herb.  Kew. 

The  leaves  of  the  above  variety  are  much  more  densely  tomentose 
than  in  the  type. 

Var.  TRicHOPODA.     H .  tricJiopodus  Turcz.  /..  c.  226. 

Hab.  Venezuela,  near  Galipan,  Funck  d  Schliw,  150 !  (type). 
Columbia,  Moritz,  210!  Panama,  Cuming,  1131!  Sutton.  Hages, 
437  !     Venezuela,  Fendler,  1277  ! 

Triana  (Prod.  Nov.  Granat.  221)  unites  this  with  H.  Popaya- 
nensu  H.  B.  K.  I  think,  however,  it  may  take  varietal  rank.  The 
differences  being  that  in  tricliopoda  tlie  stipe  is  longer,  and  the 
nerves  of  the  leaves  on  the  under  side  are  not  so  hirsute. 

H.  ARBOREscENs  Seem.  Bot.  Herald,  86  (1852-57). 

Hab.    Panama,  Seemami ! 

This  is  reduced  by  Dr.  Schumann  to  R.  americana,  but  is  con- 
sidered, correctly  I  think,  by  Mr.  Rose  as  a  distinct  species.  It 
more  resembles  the  true  H.  americana  than  any  other  species, 
but  the  leaves  have  a  long  acuminate  point,  and  the  sepals  are 
appendaged. 

H.  APPENDicuLATA  Turcz.  /.  c.  226. 

Hab.  Mexico,  Linden,  1605  !  Guatemala,  Capt.  Donnell  Smith, 
No.  1723  !     Costa  Rica,  Talemania,  Tonduz. 

This  seems  a  good  species — the  leaves  are  discolorous,  being 
reddish  white  below.  The  type  is  in  very  young  fruit,  and  has  a 
very  short  stipe ;  tliis,  however,  doubtless  lengthens,  and  I  have 
compared  the  Guatemalan  specimen,  and  have  no  reason  to  doubt 
its  being  correctly  named,  although  it  is  in  a  late-fruiting  stage. 

The  remainder  of  Mr.  Rose's  species  do  not  suggest  matter  for 
comment. 


133 


THE  MOSSES   OP   SOUTH  LANCASHIRE. 
By  J.  A.  Wheldon. 

There  does  not  appear  to  be  any  complete  list  in  print  of  the 
mosses  recorded  for  v.-c.  59.  Few  districts,  however,  have  been 
so  thoroughly  and  carefully  worked  by  such  a  number  of  able 
bryologists,  and  therefore  records  are  tolerably  numerous.  On  the 
whole  the  vice-county  is  not  a  favourable  one  for  mosses.  There 
are  no  suitable  habitats  for  the  alpine  species,  and  the  uniformity 
of  the  geological  features,  and  contiguity  of  large  manufacturing 
towns  with  ever  widening  suburban  districts,  cause  the  number  of 
species  to  be  smaller  than  might  be  expected.  One  or  two  in- 
teresting "doughs"  in  the  east,  the  sand-dunes  in  the  west,  and 
the  remnants  of  a  few  extensive  "mosses"  between  are  chiefly 
instrumental  in  raising  the  list  above  the  commonplace,  and  many 
of  these  places  are  doomed  in  the  near  future  to  fall  into  the  hands 
of  the  jerry  builder. 

I  have  compiled  the  following  fairly  representative  catalogue  of 
the  species  from  the  various  local  floras,  from  specimens  in  my 
collection,  and  from  personal  observations  jotted  down  at  intervals 
during  a  residence  of  seven  years  in  the  district.  I  have  been 
obliged  to  omit  many  interesting  notices  of  plants  found  near  Tod- 
morden  by  Mr.  Nowell,  and  near  Warrington  by  Mr.  Wilson,  on 
account  of  the  difficulty  of  determining  on  which  side  of  the 
boundary  lines  they  occurred.  I  have  no  doubt  that  many  so 
omitted  will  subsequently  prove  to  have  been  found  on  the  Lanca- 
shire side. 

The  majority  of  records  given  are  the  old  ones  from  the  Floras 
of  Manchester  and  Liverpool.  Unfortunately  none  of  the  editions 
of  these  publications  deal  with  the  vice-county  }jer  se,  but  embrace 
also  portions  of  Cheshire,  Derbyshire,  and  Yorkshire.  The  par- 
ticular county  of  any  given  locality  is  rarely  stated,  except  in  Mr. 
John  Whitehead's  excellent  appendix  on  mosses  in  the  Flora  of 
Ashton-under-Lyne  and  District.  And  even  this,  like  the  works 
before  mentioned,  contains  many  such  entries  as  "  common  on 
clay  banks,"  "  frequent,"  &c.,  which  in  a  list  dealing  with  more 
than  one  v.-c.  are  utterly  useless  for  census  purposes. 

Where  I  have  found  a  plant  still  existing  in  a  locality  in  the 
past  seven  years,  I  have  added  the  sign  !,  but  the  absence  of  this 
mark  does  not  in  every  case  imply  that  I  have  searched  there  for  it 
in  vain.  When  a  specimen  from  the  locality  exists  in  my  herbarium 
the  sign  is  doubled,  thus  !!.  An  asterisk  precedes  the  names  of 
plants  now  first  recorded  for  the  vice -county.  The  name  of  the 
finder  follows  that  of  the  locality,  and  I  have  endeavoured  to  give 
the  original  discoverer  as  far  as  possible.  I  fear  this  has  only  been 
partially  accomplished,  especially  in  the  Manchester  district,  from 
lack  of  available  information.  Many  records  from  the  Manchester 
flora  by  Mr.  Grindon  I  have  given  on  his  authority,  because  I  was 
unable  to  assign  them  to  the  true  finder  from  the  brief  note  in  his 
introduction.     I  am  responsible  for  all  records  not  followed  by  a 


134  THE  MOSSES  OF  SOUTH  LANCASHIRE. 

collector's  name.     The  order  of  the  species  is  that  followed  in 
Mr.  Dixon's  Handbook  Catalogue  of  British  Mosses. 

Sphagnum  cijmhifolium  Ehrh.  Most  Lancashire  bogs,  Marrat. 
— Var.  congestum  Schp.  Rainford  Moss,  Skellon.  Simmonswood 
Moss,  Harrison. — S.  subsecundmn  var.  contortum  Schpr.  Warbreck 
Moor,  Marrat.  (Now  extinct,  J.  A.  W.)  Burnley,  J.  Whitehead 
(Dixon) — S.  sqiiarrosum'Fevs.  Eainford  Moss,  ii/ir/^ms.  Middleton, 
Whitehead. — S.  acutifoliuin  Ehrh.  Rainford  Moss,  Marrat.  Sim- 
monswood Moss,  Harrison.  —  8.  Jimhriatum  Wils.  Rainford  and 
Parr  Mosses,  Marrat.  Reddish,  Whitehead.  Warbreck  Moor, 
Higgins  &  Marrat.  (Extinct  in  latter  place,  J.  A.  W.).  —  S.  cuspi- 
datum  Ehrh.  Rainford  and  Simmonswood  Mosses,  Harrison  S 
Skellon.     Crosby,  Tudor.     Walton,  G asking  ! 

Tetraphis  j^ellucida  Hedw.  Knowsley  ! !  Rainford  and  Bold, 
Higgins  d  Marrat.     Skelmersdale,  Gasking  ! ! 

'■^'(Jathariupa  unduJata  W.  &  M.  Ashton  !  Roy  ton  !  Walton!! 
Common.  —  """Var.  Haussknechtii  Dixon.  Walton  !  !  As  there  is 
some  doubt  as  toBrotherus's  plant,  this  had  better  for  the  present  go 
under  Mr.  Dixon's  name,  as  my  specimens  do  not  exactly  agree  with 
the  former.  —  C.  crispa  James.  Rowley  Moor,  Nowell.  Cheetham 
Hill  and  Prestwich  Clough,  Whitehead  !  ! 

Polytrichum  nanuin  Neck.  Wavertree,  Harrison.  Reddish, 
Grindo)t. — *P.  alo ides  Hedw.  Ashtou-under-Lyne  !  !  Frequent. — 
P.  urnigerum  L.  Knowsley,  Harrison. —  P.  jnliferum  Schreb.  South- 
port,  Marrat  \  Rainhill,  Higgins.  Warbreck  Moor  !  !  Common. — 
P.  juniperinum  W^illd.  Knowsley  and  Rainford  Mosses,  Sansom. 
Rainhill,  Higgins.  Simmonswood  Moss,  Skellon  ! !  Hightown  !  ! 
*P.  commune  L.  Near  Bury  !  !  Walton  !  !  Common. — P.  gracile 
Dicks.  Ashton  Moss  and  Cheetham  Hill,  Whitehead.  Holden 
Clough  !  !     Taunton ! ! 

Archidium  alternifolium  Schpr.     Hyde  Road,  Manchester,  Hunt. 

Pleuridiiun  axillare  Ldb.  Ashton,  Wliitehead.  Burnley,  Dear- 
den  !  !  Hulme,  Wilson.  —  P.  alternifolium  Rab.  Near  Liverpool, 
Taylor  (in  Hook.  British  Flora).  —  P.  subulatum  Rab.  Roby,  Har- 
riso7i. 

^'Ditrichum  homomallum  Hpe.  Clitheroe !  ! — D.  flexicaule  Hpe. 
Southport,  Marrat.     Crosby,  Skellon  ! 

(Swartzia  rnontana  Ldb.  Rainford  Moss,  Skellon.)  Requires 
confirmation. 

Seligeria  recurvata  B.  &  S.  Bamford  Wood,  Whiteheadl !  Ash- 
worth  Wood,  Giindo7i. 

Brachyodus  trichodes  Fiirner.    Bolton  and  Ainsworth,  Sclwlefleld. 
"^'Ceratodon  jmrpureus   Brid.      Ashton  ! !     Walton  !  !     Formby  !  ! 
Southport ! ! 

Dicliodontium  i^elluciduni  Schp.  Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead. — 
YsiV.  fagimontanum  Schp.     Clifton  Junction,  Holt. 

^'Dicranella  heteromalla.  Common.  Walton  !  !  Bardsley  ! ! — 
Var.  sericea  Schp.  Astley  Chapel  and  Rochdale,  Wood.  Entwistle, 
near  Bolton,  Whiteluad. — D.  cerviculata  Schp.  Broadgreen,  Harri- 
son. Wavertree,  Marrat.  Ashton  Moss,  J.  Whitehead ! !  Roch- 
dale, Whitehead.    Simmonswood  Moss  !  ! — D.  crispa  Schp.    Oldham 


THE    MOSSES    OF    SOUTH    LANCASHIRE.  135 

and  Sailors- shore,  Whitehead.  Prestwicb,  Tetlow.  Orford  and 
other  places  near  Warrington,  Wilson. — D.  secmula  Ldb.  Boggart 
Hole  Clough,  Kent.  Sailors-shore,  Perdval. — D.  rufescens  Schp. 
Blackburn,  Wilson.  Bolton,  Scholejield  \  I  Mossley  !  Sailors-shore 
and  Prestwicb,  Whitehead.  Rainhill,  Marrat.  —  *D.  varia  Schp. 
Frequent.  Rochdale  !  Walton  !  !  Southport ! ! —  *Var.  temiifolia 
B.  &  S.  Hightown  !  !  —  Var.  callistoma  Schp.  Manchester,  Holt. 
— Z).  Schreberi  Schp.  Eochdale,  Holt.  Wavertree,  Marrat.  Near 
Bardsley  ! ! — Var.  elatum.  Kersal  Moor,  Wild.  Bamford  Wood, 
Whitehead.  Prestwicb,  Hunt.  Eochdale,  Holt.  Clifton,  Schole- 
field  !  ! — D.  squarrosa  Schp.     Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead. 

Blindia  acuta  B.  &  S.  Bamford  Wood,  Holt. — Var.  trichodes 
Braith.  Bamford  Wood,  Holt.  Marsden,  Tl  hitehead.  Entwistle, 
Scholejield.     Astley  Chapel,  near  Bury,  Wood. 

Dicranoiceisia  cinata  Ldb.  West  Derby,  Skelloii !  Smithdown 
Lane,  Marrat.  Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead.  —  D.  crispula  Ldb. 
Childwall,  Harrison.  Sefton  and  Garston,  Sansom.  Eochdale, 
Grindon. 

Campylopus  fragilis  B.  &  S.  The  form  densus  at  Woolton, 
Marrat. — C.  Jiexuosus  Brid.  Simmonswood  Moss,  Harrison  !  Bam- 
ford Wood,  Whitehead. — C.  p)yriformisBYidi.  Rainford  Moss,  iVI«;T«f. 
This  was  probably  the  plant  recorded  as  Distichum  capillaceum  by 
Mr.  Skellon ;  Marrat. 

Dicranum  Bonjeanii  De  Not.  Simmonswood  Moss,  Harruoji. 
Knowsley,  Marrat.  Hightown  !  ! — D.  scopariinn  Hedw.  Common. 
Hightown  !  !  Speke,  Marrat. — [D .  fuscescens  Turn.  Staly  Brushes, 
Lanes.,  Wkiteheadl !  I  have  a  specimen  so  labelled,  but  the  Brushes 
are  in  Cheshire.) — D.  Bergeri  Bland.     Eisley  Moss,  Wihon. 

Leucobryiim  glaucum  Schp.      Simmonswood  Moss,  Sansoin  !  ! 

Fissidens  exilis  Hedw.  Daisy  Nook,  Whitehead  !  !  Prestwicb, 
Hunt.  Walton  !  ! — "i^.  viridulus  AVahl.  Walton  ! !  —  F.  incurvus 
Starke.  Ashton,  Scholejield  d  Whitehead.  Orford  Park,  Wilson. — 
F.  pusillus  Wils.  Winwick,  Wilson.  —  F.  tamarindi/olius  Wils. 
Ashton,  Whitehead  !  Clifton  Junction,  Hunt.  —  ^'F.  bryoides  Hedw. 
Common.  Southport !  Walton  !  !  Failsworth  !  !  —  F.  crassipes 
Wils.  Hulme,  Wilson.  —  (F.  osmundioides,  Hedw.  This,  recorded 
in  Dickinson's  Flora  of  Liverpool,  has  never  been  confirmed.) — F. 
adiantoides  Hedw.  Formby,  Marrat.  Taunton,  Whitehead  !  Bam- 
ford Wood,  Whitehead.  —  F.  taxifolius  Hedw.  Not  uncommon  on 
the  Lancashire  side  of  the  Mersey,  Harrisonl !     Sefton,  Sansom  ! 

Grinimia  apocarpa  Hedw.  Rare.  Aigburth,  Marrat.  Fazac- 
kerley  ! — Var.  rivularis  W.  &  M.  Bolton,  Rogers.  —  G.  maritivia 
Turn.  Dingle,  Marrat.  —  G.  p)idvinata  Sm.  Smithdown  Lane, 
Marrat.  Frequent.  Rochdale  ! !  &c.  —  G.  tricliophyUa  Grev. 
Aigburth  and  Garston,  Marrat. — G.  JJoniana  Sm.  Between  Mosley 
Vale  and  Allerton,  Marrat. 

Fiacomitriumfasciculare  Brid.  Smithdown  Lane,  Marrat.  Aller- 
ton, Harrison.  West  Derby,  Skellon.  Garston,  Sansom.  I  have 
been  unable  to  find  this. — R.  acicidare  var.  denticulatum  Wils.  Near 
Bolton,  Scholejield  !  ! — R.  heterostichum  Brid.  Aigburth  and  Smith- 
down  Lane,   Marrat.      West  Derby,   Skellon.      (Probably  extinct. 


136  THE    MOSSES    OF    SOUTH    LANCASHIRE. 

J.A.W.).  —  Pi.canesccns  Brid.  Ashwortli  Wood,  Grinclon.  Gate- 
acre,  Sansom. — Var.  ericoides  B.  &  S.     Garston,  Sansom. 

PtycJwmitriiim  jyohqjhi/lliiin  Fmnr.  Walton,  Skellon.  Garston, 
Sansom.     I  have  never  succeeded  in  finding  it.     Extinct  ? 

Acaidon  muticwn  C.  M.  Maghull  and  Kirby,  Skellon  !  Walton!  ! 
"^'Phascum  cuspidatum  Schreb.  Walton  !  ! — Var.  j^if^fof'um  H.  &  T. 
Crosby,  Mar  rat. 

Pottia  Heimii  Fiirnr.  Southport,  Marrat !  ! — P.  recta  Mitten. 
Manchester,  Hunt.  —  P.  trwicatula  Ldb.  Daisy  Nook,  Whitehead  ! 
Eochdale,  Whitehead  ! !  Walton  ! !  Aintree  ! !  Burscough  !  ! — "P. 
intermedia,  Fiirnr.  Walton!!  —  P.Wihoni  B.  &  S.  Southport, 
WUd.  Blackburn,  Wood.— P.  littoralis  Mitt.  Southport,  Boswell !  ! 
Crossens  !  ! — '^'P.  minutula  Fiirnr.  Several  places  near  Walton  and 
Aintree  !  ! 

Tortilla  pusilla  Mitt.  Between  Broadgreen  and  Roby,  Harrison. 
— T.  rigida  Schrad.  Blackburn  and  Burnley,  Himt. — T.  amhigua 
Angstr.  Between  Garston  and  Aigburth,  Marrat.  Clitheroe,  Wilson. 
Blackburn  and  Burnley,  Hunt.  —  T.  aloides  De  Not.  Blackburn, 
Hunt.  Walton  ! ! — '■  T.  muralis  Hedw.  Common  everywhere  ! ! — 
*r.  suhulata  Hedw.  Abundant  from  Crosby  to  Southport !  ! — (Var. 
suUnermis  Wils.  Near  Warrington,  Wilson.)  —  T.  riiralis  Ehrh. 
Southport  !  !  Sand-hills  both  sides  of  Mersey,  Marrat. — T.  rurali- 
forinis  Dixon.  Southport,  Hu7it !  !  Frequent  on  the  sand-hills 
from  Crosby  to  Southport !  ! — (T,  papillosa  Wils.  Trees  at  Ashton, 
Whitehead  !  !     These  were  on  cut  timber  from  Welshpool,  Wales.) 

Barhiila  rubella  Mitt.  Ashworth  Wood,  Grindon.  Crosby  to 
Southport !  !  Warbreck  Moor  !  !  —  B.  topharea  Mitt.  Southport, 
MarratW  Newton  Heath,  L^^s.  Kersal  Moor  and  Clifton,  White- 
head. Winwick  Quarry,  Wilson.  Walton!!  Hightown !  !  The 
latter  apparently  the  ''forma  luxuriajis,"  Braitli.  —  Var.  aciitifolia 
Schpr.  Manchester,  D/\  TFoo^i.  (Warrington,  TF//sow.)  Walton!! 
— B.  fallax  Hedw.  Bardsley  !!  and  Daisy  Nook  !  Whitehead.  Pioy- 
ton  !  !  Walton  !  !  Aintree  ! ! — B.  rigidula  Mitt.  Brougbton,  Wild. 
Garston,  Harrison.  Southport,  iiIa/T«f.  Bamford  Wood,  Grindon. 
— B.  vinealis  Brid.  Southport!!  MajTat,  —  B.  Hornschuchiana 
Schultz.  Newton,  Wilson.  Buvnley,  Deardenl  \ — B.  rev olut a  Bvid. 
Childwall,  Harrison.  CMton,  Grindon. — B.  convoluta'H.edw.  South- 
port,  Marrat.  Bardsley  !  !  Milnrow  !  !  Hightown  1  !  —  B.  nngui- 
cidataliedw.  Holden  Clough,  Tl /i/Y^'/imG^ ! !  Bardsley!!  Walton!! 
Melling ! ! 

Leptodontium  flexifolium  Hpe.     Manchester,  Hobson. 

Weisia  crispa  Mitt.  (Windle,  Skellon.  Doubtful.)  Hulme, 
Wilson. — *TF.  squarrosa  CM.  Walton!! — *TF.  microstoma  CM. 
Frequent  about  Walton  !  ! — W.  viridula  Hedw.  Bamford  Wood  and 
Oldham  !  Whitehead.  Walton  !  !  Southport !  !  —  Var.  stenocarpa 
B.  &  S.  Speke  Hall,  J.  H.  Lewis  {Dixo7i). — W.  tenuis  C  M.  Park 
Lane,  Brougliton,  Holt  d-  Wild. —  W.  rupestris  C  M.  Bamford 
Wood,  Whitehead  I  \  —  (TF.  curvirostris  CM.  Cvosby,  Dickinsoji. 
West  Derby,  Skellon.  Gateacre,  Harrison.)  These  require  con- 
firmation. 

Trichostomum   vuitabile  Bruch.      Dingle,  Marrat.     Still   there, 


THE  MOSSES  OF  SOUTH  LANCASHIRE.  137 

Gaskingl !  1898. — Var.  littorale.  Southport,  Cash  !  !  Hall  Koad  ! ! 
— T.  fiavo-virens'BvwQh..  Southport,  Bun/ess  d  Holt. — T.  tenidrostre 
var.  Holiii  Dixon,     Bamford  Wood,  }]olt. 

Encalypta  streptocarpa  Hedw.  Sand-hills  on  both  sides  of  the 
Mersey,  Skellon.     Formby  !  !     Hightown  !  ! 

Zijgodon  conoideiis  H.  &  T.  Manchester,  Hobson. 
"^^Orthotnchum  cupulatutn.  Clitheroe  ! — '''Var.  nudum.  Chat- 
burn  !  !  —  *0.  saxatile  Milde.  Clitheroe  !  !  Chatburn  !  —  0.  affine 
Schrad.  Warbreck  Moor  and  Speke,  Marrat.  Extinct  there  now  ? 
Jackson's  Boat,  (irindon.  —  0.  diaphainuii  Schrad.  Bold,  Higgins. 
Manchester,  Barker.     Chatburn  !  ! 

Ulota  crispa  Brid.     Rainhill,  Higgins  S  Marrat. 

Schistostega  osmimdacea  Mohr.  Between  Tyldesley  and  Worsley, 
Evans. 

Splachnum  ampullaceum  L.  Simmonswood  and  Rainford  Mosses, 
Shepherd.  Probably  common  on  the  Lancashire  Mosses  formerly, 
but  very  rare  now. — S.  sphcericum  L.  f.     Chat  Moss,  Grindon. 

Tetrajjlodon  mnioides  B.  &  S.  Eainford  Moss,  Skellon.  Windle 
Moss,  Higgins.     Chat  Moss  ! !   Grindon. 

Disceliuni  nudum  Brid.  Manchester,  Caley  ! !  Boggart  Hole 
Clough,  Haughton  Dale,  and  Sailors-shore,  WJiitehead.  Bolton,  Sims. 

Ephemerum  serratmn  Hpe.  Liverpool  Bot.  Gardens,  Skellon. 
Walton ! ! — Var.  angustifolium  B.  &  S.  Fallow-field,  Walton,  with 
the  type  !  ! 

Physcomitrium  pyriforme  Brid.  Between  Wavertree  and  Broad- 
green,  Harrison.  Crosby  and  N.  Liverpool,  Skellon !  Taunton, 
Whitehead  !     Walton  ! ! 

"^Funaria  fascicular  is  Schp.  Rail  banks,  Walton  !  !  — F.  Temple- 
toni  Sm.  Clifton,  Horse^eld. — *F.  hygrometrica  Sibth.  Common. 
Very  fine  from  Hightown  to  Southport !  ! 

Amhlyodon  dealhatus  P.  B.  Sand-hills  from  Crosby  to  South- 
port,  Marrat !  ! 

Meesia  trichoides  Lpr.  Southport,  Marrat ! !  Sailors-shore, 
Fercival. 

Aulacomum  palustre  Schwgr.  Formby  and  Simmonswood,  Har- 
rison !  Taunton,  Whitehead  !  Formby  !  ! — A.  androgynum  Schwgr. 
Bootle,  Skellon.     Now  gone  ?     Walton,  Fisher  I  \ 

CatosGopium  nigritum.  Brid.  Southport,  Higgins  !  !  Formby, 
Scott !  ! 

Bartramia  pomiformis  Hedw.  Aintree,  Tudor  I  \  Broadgreen, 
Sansom.     Childwall,  Harrison.     Walton  !  !     Rapidly  dying  out. 

Philonotis  fontana  Brid.  Ashton,  Whitehead !  Simmonswood 
Moss,  Skellon  !     Formby  !  ! 

Leptobryum  pyriforme  Wils.  Formby,  Higgins  !  Clifton  Junc- 
tion, Holt.     Ashton  ! !     Southport !  !     Walton  ! ! 

Webera  elongata  Schwgr.  Shawforth,  Grindon. — W.  cruda  Schwgr. 
Bolton,  Grindon. — W.  nutans  Hedw.  Taunton,  Whitehead.  Rain- 
ford  Moss,  Skellon.  Simmonswood  Moss,  Harrison  !  Walton  !  ! — 
W.  annotina  Schwgr.  Clifton,  Taunton ! !  and  Bamford  Wood, 
Whitehead. — W.  carnea  Schpr.  Broadgreen,  Harrison.  Near  Liver- 
pool, Skellon !     Sailors-shore,  Percival.     Clifton,  Whitehead.     Wal- 


138  THE    MOSSES    OF    SOUTH    LANCASHIRE. 

ton  !  !  Higbtown  !  !  —  W.  albicans  Schpr.  Taunton,  Whitehead  !  ! 
Boggarts  Hole  Clougb,  Whitehead  \  !     Walton  !  !     Southport !  ! 

Bryum  pendulum  Schpr.  Taunton,  Whitehead  \\  Common  on 
the  sand-hills  from  Hightown  to  Southport !  ! — B.  Warneiim  Bland. 
Southport,  Marrot  d'  Wilson  !  !  Taunton,  Whitehead  d  Scholejield. 
Birkdale,  Wild  !  !  —  B.  calophijllum  E.  Br.  Southport,  Marrat !  ! 
Taunton,  Gordon  d  Whitehead.  —  B.  Marratii  Wils.  Southport, 
Marrat  !  !  Ainsdale,  Marrat. — B.  lacustre  Brid.  Taunton,  Schim- 
per,  Whitehead,  d  Gordon  !  !  Freshfield,  Ainsdale,  and  Southport !  ! 
Hunt.  —  B.  inclinatum  Bland.  Crosby  to  Southport,  on  the  sand- 
hills, Marrat ! !  Ashton-under-Lyne,  Whitehead  !  !  —  B.  tdiginosum 
B.  &  S.  Soutbport !  !  Marrat  d  Wilson.  Taunton  and  Prestwich, 
Hunt.  Sailors-shore,  Percival.  Near  Manchester,  Wood.  —  B. 
pallens  Swartz.  Southport !  !  Marrat.  Between  Broadgreen  and 
Eoby,  Harrison.  Taunton!!  Boggarts  Hole  Clough,  and  Sailors- 
shore,  Whitehead.  Walton  !  ! — B.  turhinatum  Schwgr.  Scar  Wheel, 
Broughton,  Grindon.  Clifton  Junction,  Wild.  Ashton,  Gordon  d 
Wliitehead  !  !  —  B.  bimum  Schreb.  Taunton  and  Clifton  Junction, 
Whitehead.  Litherland,  Marrat.  Olive  Mount,  Harrison.  —  B. 
pseudo-triquetrum  Schwg.  Croxteth  Park,  Harrison.  Bamford 
Wood,  Whitehead.  Southport,  Wild  (Dixon).  —  Var.  compactwii 
B.  &  S.  Southport  !  !  Wliitehead. — B.  neodamense  Itz.  Southport, 
Wood.—B.  affine  Ldb.  Orford,  Wilson.  Eccles  and  Old  Trafford, 
Hunt.  Taunton,  Whitehead.  —  B.  interwediwii  Brid.  Taunton, 
Whitehead  !  Mancbester,  Cash  !  !  Soutbport !  !  Walton  !  !  Eoch- 
dale  ! ! — B.  cccspiticium  L.  Bamford  Wood  and  Stretford,  White- 
head. Ince  Blundell  !  —  "7).  capillare  L.  Frequent  on  walls,  &c., 
and  banks  !  !  Formby  !  ! —  B.  Donianum  Grev.  Winwick  Quarry, 
Grindon. — B.  atropurpureiuii  W.  &  M.  Wavertree,  Marrat.  Cheet- 
ham  Hill  and  Clifton  Junction,  Wliitehead.  Sparingly  near  Wal- 
ton !  ! — --B.  ar(jenteum  L.  Very  common.  Milnrow  !  !  Taunton  !  ! 
Walton!!  —  Var.  lanatum^.  &  S.  Southport,  Wild.  Formby, 
Lewis  (Dixon).  —  B.  roseum  Schreb.  Bootle,  Skellon.  Not  there 
now,  J.  A.  W.     Hightown! ! 

Mnium  affine  Bland.  Childwall  and  Firgrove,  Harrison.  Med- 
lock  Vale  and  Eeddish,  Wliitehead  d  Scholefield.  Formby! — M. 
cuspidatum  Hedw.  Formby  and  Southport,  Marrat. — M.  rostratum 
Schrad.  Formby,  Harrison.  Ainsdale,  Marrat.  Bamford  Wood, 
Whitehead.  Aintree  and  Fazackerly  !  ! — M.  undulatnm  L.  Formby, 
Marrat.  And  many  other  places. — *J/.  homum  L.  Common  from 
Manchester  to  Southport  !  ! — M.  serratum  Schrad.  Between  Birk- 
dale and  Ainsdale,  Marrat.  Bamford  Wood,  Holt.  Clifton  Junc- 
tion, Whitehead. — M.  stellare  Eeich.  Between  Birkdale  and  Ains- 
dale, Marrat. — M.  pun  eta  turn  Li.  Firgrove,  Harrison.  Bamford 
AVood,  Whitehead.  Ashton  !  ! — M.  subglobosum  B  &  S.  Ashton  and 
Eeddish,  Whitehead !  ! 

Fontinalis  antipijretica  L.  Bootle,  Dickinson.  Fazackerley,  Harri- 
son. Waterhouses,  Whitehead. — F.  squamosa  h.  Blackley,  Wliitehead. 
'^Leiicodon  sciuroides  Schwgr.    Between  Chatburn  and  Clitheroe  ! ! 

Myrinia  pulvinata  Sclip.     Jackson's  Boat,  Buxto7i.     Now  lost. 

Leskea  polycarpa  Ehrh.     Jackson's  Boat,  Hunt. 


THE  MOSSES  OF  SOUTH  LANCASHIRE.  139 

Heterocladium  heteropterum  B.  &  S.     Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead. 
Bolton,  Makin  (Dixon). 

"^'Thuidium  tamariscinum  B.  &  S.    Hightown  and  Formby  !  !     Near 
Clitheroe  !  ! 

Climacium  dendroides  W.  &  M.  Formby,  Marrat  I  Hightown  !  ! 
Ainsdale  ! 

Isothecium  myiirum  Bnd.     Shawforth,  Grmdon. 

Pleuropus  sericeus  Dixon.  Aintree,  Higgiiis  d  Marrat.  Bootle  !  ! 
Clitheroe  and  Chatburn  ! 

Camptothecium  lutescens  B.  &  S.  Crosby,  Skellon.  Kersal  Moor, 
Holt. 

Brachythecluin  glareosum  B.  &  S.  Kersal  Moor,  Holt.  —  B.  sale- 
brosum  B.  &  S.  Crosby  to  Southport,  Marrat.  This  is  var.  Milde- 
anum  Schpr. !  ! — B.  albicans  B.  &  S.  Crosby,  Fisher  1  !  Southport, 
Marrat  I  !  Formby,  Dickinson  !  !  Abundant  on  the  sand-hills  ; 
fruiting  freely. — *L\  rutabuluin  B.  &  S.  Very  common  throughout 
the  district!  !  —  B.  rivulare  B.  &  S.  Eeddish,  Whitehead.  Holden 
Clough  !  ! — B.  velutinum  B.  &  S.  Broadgreen,  Harrison.  Lither- 
land,  Tudor  ! !  Eeddish,  Whitehead.  Walton  ! !  Southport !  ! — 
B.  populeuni  B.  &  S.  Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead.  CHtheroe  !  ! — B. 
plumosum  B.  &  S.  Ashworth  Wood,  Grindon.  Bamford  Wood, 
Whitehead.     B.  pur  am  Dixon.     Frequent!     Formby  c.  ft.,  Marraf. 

Eurhijnchium  pilifenim  B.  &  S.  Garston,  Marrat.  Ince  Wood  !  ! 
— ^E.  crassinervium  B.  &  S.  Hightown !  ! — "^E.  prcelongum  B.  &  S. 
Very  common.  Fazackerley  !  !  Clitheroe  !  !  —  E.  Swartzii  Hobk. 
Wmwick,  Grindon.  Walton  !  !  —  E.  piimiluni  Schp.  Knowsley 
Park,  Harrison.  Winwick  Quarry,  Grindon.  Bamford  Wood,  Holt. 
— E.  mgosuroides  Schp.  Croxteth,  Rarrisoji.  Chtheroe!!  —  E. 
striatum  B.  &  S.  Broadgreen,  Harrison.  —  "^'E.  rusciforme  Milde. 
Skelmersdale,  G  asking  \  Reddish! — E.  confertum  M.Mq.  Roby, 
Harrison.  Walton  !  !  Melling  !  ! — E.  megapolitanum  Milde.  Crosby, 
Harrison  S  Wilson.     Birkdale  !  ! 

*  Plagiothecium  depressum  Dixon.  Fazackerley  !  ! — P.  Borrerianum 
Spr.  Bamford  AVood,  Whitehead. — --F.  dejiticulatum  B.  &  S.  Ain- 
tree !  !  Linacre  ! !  Common.  —  Var.  obtusifoliiim  H.  &  T.  —  Lark 
Hill,  Skellon.  —  P.  sglvaticum  B.  &  S.  Warbreck  Moor,  Marrat. 
Not  there  now  ?  P.  undulatum  B.  &  S.  Gateacre,  Hirrison.  Sim- 
monswood  Moss,  Skellon.  Warbreck  Moor,  Higgins  S  Marrat.  Not 
in  latter  locality  now. — P.  pidchellum  B.  &  S.     Burnley,  Dearden  !  ! 

Amblystegium  Sprucei  B.  &  S.  Southport,  Wood. —  (A.  radicale 
P.  B.  Huyton,  Higgins  d  Marrat.)  Requires  confirmation. — Var. 
serotinum  Lindb.  Southport,  Rogers.  —  A.  varium  Ldb.  Stretford, 
Hunt.  —  A.  Jilicinum  De  Not.  Olive  Mount,  Harrison.  Dingle, 
Gasking  !  Clitheroe  !  A  peculiar  form  of  this  plant  occurs  at 
Birkdale,  which  I  described  and  figured  in  Science  Gossip,  January, 
1896.  I  have  since  issued  it  under  the  MS.  name  of  var.  White- 
headii.  Since  then  I  have  submitted  specimens  to  Mr.  Dixon,  who, 
while  admitting  it  to  be  a  marked  form,  which  has  not  been  before 
described  as  a  variety,  suggests  for  the  present  it  had  better  be 
placed  under /orma  prolixa  De  Not.,  "  as,  if  not  the  same,  it  is  too 
near  to  be  really  separable."     With  this  decision  I  agree  ;    but 


140  THE  MOSSES  OF  SOUTH  LANCASHIRE. 

should  further  observation  of  the  specimens  or  the  discovery  of 
fruit  show  additional  differences  (and  a  few  slight  ones  exist 
already),  I  should  like  it  to  bear  the  name  I  have  suggested,  in 
commemoration  of  many  services  freely  rendered  to  bryologists  by 
Mr.  Whitehead. — A.  serpens.  Waterbouses,  Whitehead.  Croxteth, 
Harrison.  Common!!  —  Var.  depauperatuiii  Boulay.  Southport, 
Wood.     Formby,  Scott !  1     Hall  Eoad  !  ! 

Hyiynum  ripariwn  L.  Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead.  Walton  !  ! 
Common.  —  *Var.  hmgifoliuin  Schp.  Walton  !  !  —  H.  elodes  Spr. 
Southport,  Marrat  d  Wilson  !  !  —  //.  chrijsophtjUum  Brid.  Newton 
Viaduct,  G-rindon.  Ashton,  Gordon.  Taunton,  Whitehead !  !  Crune 
Lake  !  !  —  H.  poiygamum  Schp.  Southport  to  Crosby,  Harrison  !  ! 
W^arbreck  Moor,  Marrat !  Taunton,  Gordon.  Kochdale,  WJiite- 
head. — Yav.  sta(j7iatumW lis.  Newton  Viaduct,  W^ilson.  Southport, 
Wild  [Dixon).  —  H.  stellatum  Schreb.  Waterbouses,  Whitehead. 
Rainhill,  Higgins.  Southport  !  !  where  also  a  tall  form  of  H.  poiy- 
gamum occurs,  simulating  this  species. — H.  aduncum  Hedw.  War- 
breck  Moor,  Fisher.  (I  suspect  this  to  have  been  a  form  of  H. 
riparium.,  which  grows  there  now  and  simulates  this  species.) — 
H.  KiieiffiiSchi^.  Ashton,  Hunt.  TsLrkBndge,  Whitehead  I  I  South- 
port,  Marrat  !  !  West  Derby,  Harrison. — H.  Wilsoni  Schpr.  South- 
port  !  !  Wilson. — H.  lycopodioides  Schwgr.  Southport,  Marrat !  ! — 
H.  jiuitans  L.  CJiftou  Junction,  Whitelwad.  Eainford  Moss, 
Dicki7ison.  Crosby,  Skdlon.  Southport!!  —  ''H.  exannidatmn 
Gitmb.  Birkdale  !  !  —  Var.  stejiophyllum  Hobk.  Simmonswood 
Moss,  Marrat. — H.  uncinatam  Hedw.  Knowsley,  Marrat.  Bamford 
Wood,  Whitehead. — H.  revolvens  Sw.  Burnley,  Whitehead  d'  Holt  \  ! 
Southport,  Marrat. — Var.  Cossoni  Een.  Southport,  Wild  (Dixo7i). 
— H.  coiiimutatiim  Hedw.  Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead.  Aiotree, 
Marrat.  Not  in  the  latter  locality  now. — H.  falcatum  Brid.  Clifton, 
Wild  (Dixon). — -'H.  cupressifornie  L.  Common.  Abundant  on  the 
sand-hills  !  !  —  "Var.  ericetorum  B.  &  S.  Simmonswood  Moss  ! ! — 
*Var.  elatum  B.  &  S.  Hightown  !  !  —  (H.  PatienticE  Ldb.  Hale, 
Marrat.  Eequires  confirmation,  as  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  Hale 
referred  to  is  in  Lancashire  or  Cheshire.) — H.  m(dluscum  Hedw. 
Hightown,  Marrat.  Bamford  Wood,  Whitehead.  Eochdale,  Grin- 
don.  Clitheroe  !  ! — H.  crista-castrensis  L.  Whitworth,  Grindon. — 
H.  palustre  L.  Bamford  Wood  and  Eochdale,  Whitehead.  St. 
Helen's,  Marrat.  Clitheroe! — H.  scorpioidesLi.  Southi^oit, Marrat. 
— H.  stramineum  Dicks.  Prestwich,  Percival.  Simmonswood, 
Marrat. — H.  cordifolium  Hedw.  Eainhill,  Higgins.  Eeddish,  White- 
head. Formby  and  Sefton,  Skellon.  Hightown  !  —  H.  giganteum 
Schp.  Birkdale,  i\lrt/7Y/n  ! — ■''H.cuspidatmnlj.  Common.  Fruiting 
at  Walton  and  Bardsley !  ! — H.  Schreheri  Willd.  Frequent !  Crosby, 
Harrison  S  Skellon. 

Hylocomium  splendens  B.  &  S.  Southport,  Marrat  I  Crosby, 
Dickinson  !  Frequent. — H.  loreum  B.  &  S.  Wavertree,  Mcurat. — 
*il.  squarrosum,  B.  &  S.  Clitheroe  (in  fruit)!!  —  *Z?.  triquetrum 
B.  &  S.     Formby  !     Ince  Bluudell ! 

I  have  to  thank  Messrs.  Dixon,  Horrell,  and  Gashing  for  sup- 
plying several  records  which  I  should  have  otherwise  overlooked. 


141 

WAYFARING    NOTES    IN    RHODESIA. 
By  R.  Feank  Rand. 

A  BUSINESS  trip  took  me  in  December,  1897,  as  far  as  Salisbury, 
the  capital  of  the  Rhodesian  territory.  The  route  was  by  rail  from 
Capetown  to  Bulawayo  (1360  miles),  thence  onwards  to  Salisbury  by 
coach,  another  280  miles.  There  was  rain,  heavy  tropical  rain,  almost 
every  day,  and  such  weather  proves  trying  to  a  collector,  for,  satu- 
rated as  the  air  is  with  moisture,  one  is  apt,  even  with  care,  to  lose 
a  number  of  specimens.  Mildew  attacks  the  specimens  even  within 
one  or  two  days,  those  with  any  succulence  being  the  worst  sufferers. 
One  tries  different  methods.  I  found  placing  the  succulent  speci- 
mens between  layers  of  absorbent  cotton- wool  fairly  protective.  It 
is  handiest  in  the  form  of  Gamgee  tissue,  and  in  this  form  the  thin 
layer  of  gauze  covering  the  wool  prevents  the  cotton-fibres  from 
clmging  to  the  specimen.  Free  ventilation  is  of  course  essential, 
and  I  found  sheets  of  corrugated  paper,  such  as  bottles  are  packed 
m,  placed  at  very  frequent  intervals  between  the  specimens  when 
under  pressure,  gave  good  results.  I  was  able  to  make  no  extended 
excursions,  and  the  following  notes  merely  refer  to  short  walks  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Bulawayo  and  of  Salisbury,  and  to  the  strip 
of  country  along  the  coach  road  connecting  the  two  towns. 

One  crosses  the  limits  of  certain  species  in  making  this  journey, 
as  some  of  the  trees  noted  in  Bulawayo  (Matabeleland  province)  were 
not  discoverable  in  Salisbury  (Mashonaland  province),  and  the  con- 
verse was  likewise  true.  Round  about  Bulawayo  the  trees  have 
been  terribly  hacked  about  by  the  natives  in  quest  of  wood  for  fuel 
and  for  hut-poles.  The  heaviest  timber  seen  was  in  the  valleys  of 
the  big  rivers — the  timber  in  the  open  country  being  mostly  of 
medium  size.  Fairly  open  woodland  was  crossed  from  time  to  time, 
but  no  dense  forest. 

As  to  species,  the  trees  are  very  mixed,  although  here  and  there 
certain  species  are  grouped  to  the  exclusion  of  others.  The  willow, 
growing  by  the  river-banks,  was  the  only  tree  noticed  likely  to  be 
familiar  to  an  eye  unused  to  any  but  English  woodland.  The  spring 
tints  of  many  of  the  trees  are  very  fine,  notably  those  called  by  the 
natives  masasa,  also  another  called  machabel.  Their  leaves  show  all 
tints  of  green,  yellow,  and  pink,  many  of  the  colours  being  such  as 
were  known  a  few  years  ago  as  "Liberty"  shades.  Certainly  art 
here  only  hobbies  after  nature. 

Clumps  of  large  granitic  or  gneissic  boulders  tumbled  in  heaps 
are  a  common  landscape  feature — the  so-called  kopjes.  In  the 
pockets  of  earth  in  the  many  crevices,  large  and  small,  among  these 
rocks,  growth  is  apt  to  be  very  luxuriant  and  of  more  tropical  cast 
than  in  the  surrounding  country  ;  I  suppose  it  is  that  the  huge 
boulders  absorb  much  of  the  sun's  heat,  conserving  it  and  givmg  it  off 
to  the  soil  around,  and  so  acting  in  some  sort  as  a  natural  forcing- 
house. 

Growth  is  also  apt  to  be  luxuriant  upon  old  large  ant  (termite) 
heaps.      Besides  bringing  up  the  deep   soil   to   the    surface   and 


142  WAYFARING    NOTES    IN    RHODESIA. 

enriching  it  with  their  secretions,  these  creatures  generate  a  large 
amount  of  heat,  and  upon  a  sharp  cold  morning  one  may  distinctly 
feel  a  current  of  hot  air  ascending  if  the  hand  be  placed  over  the 
top  of  one  of  the  chimney -like  vents  which  are  raised  upon  the 
surface  of  the  main  mound. 

As  to  fertilization.  Butterflies  carry  out  some  of  this  work, 
but  I  should  judge  the  largest  share  is  carried  out  by  beetles,  which 
are  extraordinarily  abundant  and  of  many  species.  Ants  too,  I 
think,  carry  out  a  fair  share,  and  in  some  Asclepiads  their  tastes 
appear  to  be  specially  catered  for. 

As  to  colours.  Varied  as  the  flowers  are  in  colour,  there  was 
nevertheless  among  such  flowers  as  I  saw  blooming  in  December  a 
noticeable  preponderance  of  yellows  and  wdiites. 

Whether  locusts  have  modified  the  flora  of  Africa  to  any  extent 
is  a  question  that  must  occur  to  one  who  sees  them  in  swarm. 
They  ravage  year  after  year,  and  it  is  marvellous  how  so  much 
escapes  them.  Certainly  they  swarm  in  the  dry  season,  when 
flowering  is  mostly  over.  It  is  said  they  are  apt  to  be  less 
troublesome  after  a  very  wet  rainy  season.  Possibly  the  thorns 
which  are  so  prevalent  in  many  African  plants  may  serve  as  a 
protection  against  locusts,  as  well  as  against  the  huDger  of  ante- 
lopes and  the  like. 

In  Ehodesia  there  are  roughly  only  tAVO  seasons,  the  wet  and 
the  dry ;  the  wet  constituting  summer,  the  dry  winter.  The  rains 
come  on  by  degrees,  commencing  usually  about  the  end  of  October, 
the  showers  increasing  in  extent  on  until  February,  when  they  tail 
off  again,  ending  about  April.  But  there  is  great  variation  in  this 
regard,  some  rainy  seasons  being  much  wetter  than  others.  In 
April  the  nights  are  getting  much  cooler,  and  by  May  and  June 
one  may  see  a  thin  coating  of  ice  upon  water  left  standing  out  in  a 
pail  all  night.  The  early  spring  flowers  come  up  before  the  first 
rains.  Some  of  the  trees  throw  out  their  new  foliage  in  advance  of 
the  rains,  notably  the  masam,  previously  referred  to. 

In  so  rapid  a  run  through  the  country  one  can  only  get  a  very 
general  impression,  but  members  of  the  following  natural  orders 
were  noticeably  abundant : — LeguminoscB,  Cucurbitacea,  Malvncem, 
Convolvulacea,  AsclepiadacecB,  LiliacecB,  AmaryllidecB,  and  Iridea. 
The  Asclepiads  showed  an  astonishing  variety  of  forms.  Fungi  of 
many  species  were  abundant. 

The  journey  from  Bulawayo  to  Salisbury  was  made  early  in 
December,  and  on  the  road  one  saw  large  numbers  of  a  species  of 
Brunsvujia,  its  bulb  large  as  a  man's  head,  and  standing  partly  out 
of  the  ground.  Its  leaves  are  arranged  like  an  opened  fan,  the 
scape  jutting  out  at  one  side,  and  crowned  with  a  large  umbel. 
Earlier  in  the  year,  when  the  flowers  first  appear,  they  are  deep 
cherry-red  in  colour  ;  but  in  December  the  long,  rigid,  dried  ovaries, 
crowned  by  the  dried-up  perianth  as  plume,  form  a  globular  mass 
of  spokes  often  as  much  as  two  feet  in  diameter.  Later  on,  the 
the  upper  portion  of  the  ovaries  is  expanded  flange-fashion,  and  so 
forms  so  many  wind-vanes.  Early  in  December,  as  I  passed  these 
plants,  all  sail  was  set,  but  the  umbels  were  still  firmly  attached  to 


WAYFARING    NOTES    IN    RHODESIA.  143 

the  scape.  Later  in  the  month  they  were  all  detached,  for  a  joint 
much  like  that  between  falling  leaf  and  stem  forms  between  the 
umbel  and  scape,  and  there  is  also  some  decay  of  the  scape  at  the 
point  of  attachment.  Once  detached  this  globular  mass  careers 
over  the  veldt,  carried  at  great  speed  before  the  wind,  and  some 
must  travel  many  miles  ere  they  become  caught  in  some  clump  of 
grass  or  entangled  in  some  bush,  there  to  come  to  rest  and  break  up. 
As  the  wind  is  mostly  from  an  easterly  direction  at  the  time  this 
migration  takes  place,  it  is  interesting  to  speculate  upon  the 
probable  effect  of  time  upon  the  distribution  of  this  plant,  for 
one  would  expect  it  to  be  swept  from  sea  to  sea.  The  road  from 
Bulawayo  runs  roughly  north  and  south,  and  therefore  across  the 
track  taken  by  these  travellers.  Here  and  there  drainage  trenches 
have  been  dug  along  the  sides  of  the  road,  and  in  these  trenches 
the  globular  masses  were  trapped  by  thousands. 

Many  of  the  more  delicate  herbaceous  plants  seek  the  shade  of 
some  bush  and  scramble  up  among  its  branches,  or  nestle  at  its 
roots.  Some  close  during  the  fierce  heat  and  glare  of  noonday. 
One  finds  the  same  species  varying  greatly  in  size,  according  as 
conditions  are  favourable  or  not.  Noticeable  as  this  was,  perhaps 
this  is  just  as  much  the  case  at  home  among  our  English  wild 
flowers.  Many  of  the  creeping  herbaceous  plants  growing  upon 
open  sandy  or  thin  soil  form  very  pretty  star-like  and  allied  patterns 
as  they  radiate  out  upon  the  ground. 

The  few  epiphytic  orchids  I  have  seen  have  been  in  the  forest 
belts  of  the  large  river-valleys.  There  are  a  good  number  of  ground 
orchids,  some  of  considerable  beauty.  A  white  one,  which  grows  in 
the  swamps,  is  very  delicately  scented;  but  they  are  mostly  scentless. 
Great  tracts  of  country  are  covered  with  Proteas  of  several  species, 
as  bush  and  undersized  tree.  Arums  are  common,  cream-yellow, 
not  white,  as  in  Cape  Colony ;  the  leaves  are  spotted.  Giant 
candelabra-like  Euphorbias  are  common.  The  grapple-plant  was 
abundant  near  the  bhashi  river.  No  Mesembryanthemums  and  no 
heaths  were  noticed. 

The  Kafirs  of  Rhodesia — both  Matabeleland  and  Mashonaland 
provinces — do  not  cultivate  flowers,  so  far  as  I  could  discover ; 
neither  do  they  use  the  many  beautiful  wild  ones  which  lie  ready  to 
hand  for  the  decoration  of  their  persons  or  their  dwellmgs.  And  in 
this  connection  the  absence  of  domestic  pets  may  be  noted — if  one 
excepts  the  dog  ;  and  to  say  a  Kafir's  dog  has  "  a  dog's  life  of  it  " 
conveys  a  fairly  accurate  impression. 

Travelling  up  by  rail  as  one  approached  Khama's  country,  one 
saw  from  the  carriage  windows  quantities  of  Bauhinia.  Perhaps 
cut  down  by  the  construction  men,  as  the  rail  was  newly  completed, 
it  formed  small  stumpy  bushes,  and  did  not  appear  to  be  a  climber ; 
the  white,  delicately-veined  petals  were  very  beautiful.  In  this 
country  and  to  the  northwards  a  long  way,  especially  affecting 
barren  places,  one  saw  a  Vellozia  with  tufts  of  leaves  and  lilac- 
coloured  flowers  springing  out  from  its  odd-looking  stem. 

There  was  a  delay  of  a  few  hours  at  Palapwe,  Khama's  capital, 
and  here  round  about  the  railway- station — which  is  a  few  miles 


144  WAYFARING    NOTES    IN    RHODESIA. 

from  the  native  town — a  Stapelia  was  common  ;  also  a  short  stunted 
globular- stemmed  Euphoj-bia,  the  flowers  springing  from  finger-like 
projections  from  the  stem,  the  whole  plant  only  some  six  inches  or 
so  in  height ;  shade-seeking. 

Another  plant  which  hugged  the  roots  of  the  stunted  bush  here- 
about was  Decahelone,  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  thinks  probably  D.  elegans 
Dene.  The  stems  consisted  of  several  I'hiphorbia -like  rods,  many- 
angled  and  beset  with  spines,  the  whole  plant  about  a  foot  in  height. 
The  flower,  large  and  campanulate  in  shape,  springs  by  a  very  short 
stalk  from  close  to  the  ground.  The  short  limbs  of  the  corolla  are 
dull  yellowish  brown  in  colour,  but  the  interior  of  the  bell  is  of  a 
deep  maroon,  colour,  approaching  black.  On  first  catching  sight  of 
the  flower  it  looks  much  like  a  hole  in  the  ground.  The  odour  of 
the  flower  is  offensive,  and  suggestive  of  cheese.  I  was  unfortu- 
nately not  able  to  catch  sight  of  the  particular  insect  or  insects  for 
which  this  lure  was  spread. 

I  have  to  express  my  thanks  and  the  great  obligations  I  am 
under  to  the  officials  of  the  Botanical  Department  of  the  British 
Museum,  where  my  collection  is  deposited,  as  also  to  Mr.  Hierii 
and  to  Mr.  Spencer  Moore. 

Mr.  Rendle  h;is  favoured  me  with  the  following  description  of  a 
new  species  of  Moraa,  which  is  conspicuous  upon  the  veldt  from 
the  unusually  dark  maroon  colour  of  tlie  flower.  Upon  closer  in- 
spection it  shows  an  interesting  feature.  The  circumference  of 
each  flower-stalk  is  covered  for  about  an  inch  in  extent  by  a  layer 
of  clear  sticky  matter,  which  proves  an  effective  bar  to  any  raiding 
of  the  flower  by  insects  crawling  up  from  below.  Ants  were  the 
raiders  against  wliom  this  provisiou  seemed  to  be  aimed,  if  one 
might  judge  from  the  numbers  of  them  trapped,  for  many  of  them 
were  glued  hopelessly  fast  to  the  flower-stalk,  and  some  remain 
sticking  even  in  the  dried  specimens.  The  sticky  layer  is  confined 
to  a  definite  area  of  the  stalk,  and  is  very  adhesive,  as  is  apparent 
still  in  the  dried  plant. 

Morsea  Randii  Rendle,  sp.  nov.  Planta  glabra  rigida  pro 
genere  elatior,  caulibus  erecto-ascendentibus  valde  flexuosis  ramosis, 
ramis  ascendentibus  ssepe  unilateralibus,  internodiis  superioribus  et 
pedunculis  annulo  viscido  in  parte  superiore  munitis ;  foliis  rigidis, 
infimis  membranaceis  brevioribus,  caulem  arete  vaginantibus,  superi- 
oribus accrescentibus  mox  linearibus,  e  basi  latiore  plicatis,  sub 
apice  angustata  planis,  in  ramis  florentibus  iterum  diminuentibus 
anguste-lauceolatis  acuminatis ;  pedunculis  rigidis  subpatentibus, 
spathis  e  basi  lata  lanceolatis,  2-3-floris;  periauthio  lurido-purpureo, 
Segmentis  e  basi  in  unguem  brevem  angustata  oblanceolatis  in  mar- 
gine  superiore  valde  crispulatis  et  lutescentibus ;  antheris  oblongis 
loculis  parallelis ;  ovario  anguste  elliptico  basi  angustato  apice 
rostrato  ;  capsulo  subgloboso,  semiuibus  rufescentibus. 

A  fine  plant,  the  stout  spreading  ascending  shoots  reaching 
nearly  3  ft.  in  length ;  completely  enveloped  below  the  first  branch 
by  the  leaves,  which  pass  from  the  membranous  sheaths  at  the  base 
into  two  or  three  produced  linear  leaves  7^-10  in.  long  by  2-2f  lines 
broad;  spathes  about  1^  in.  long  ;  outermost  leaf  ovate,  7-10  lines 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OP  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  145 

long.  Inflorescence  large,  distichously  branched  and  spreading, 
peduncles  1|~3  in.,  flowers  with  the  ovary  just  clear  of  the  point  of 
the  spathe  ;  perianth- segments  14  lines  long  by  3-6  lines  broad, 
staminal  tube  5  lines  long,  free  portion  of  filament  1  line,  anthers 
2  lines ;  bifid  stigmas  with  their  thread-like  segments  5  lines  long. 
Ovary  ^  in.  long.  Capsule  5  lines  each  way,  with  a  round  slightly 
flattened  apical  area. 

Hab.    Bulawayo,  Jan.  1898,  R.  Frank  Rand. 

Near  M.  glutbwsa  Baker,  found  by  Welwitsch  in  Huilla,  with  the 
plants  of  which  district  those  obtained  by  Mr.  Eand  show  consider- 
able afiinity.  The  new  species  is,  however,  a  larger  plant,  with 
wider  branching,  more  floriferous,  inflorescence,  and  slightly  larger 
flowers  with  broader  perianth-segments. — A.  B.  R. 


BIOGRAPHICAL    INDEX    OF    BRITISH    AND    IRISH 

BOTANISTS. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S.,  and  Gr.  S.  Boulger,  F.L.S,,  F.G.S. 

First  Supplement  (1893-97). 

(Continued  from  p.  103.) 

Bobart,  Tilleman  (fl.  1650-1720).  Son  of  Jacob  Bobart  the 
elder.  Friend  of  W.  Sherard.  Found  Mentha  sativa,  R.  Syn. 
ii.  124;  Clarke,  57.  Pult.  i.  313;  Nich.  Illustr.  i.  357,  366. 
369 ;  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.  v.  285  ;  Druce,  Fl.  Berks,  cxxv. 

Bohun,  Edmund  (fl.  1700-2).  Collected  in  South  Carolina, 
1700-2.     Sent  plants,  &c.,  to  Petiver.     Mus.  Pet.  79,  94. 

Bonavert  (or  Bonivert),  Gideon  (fl.  1696).  "  Plants  gathered  in 
Flanders  at  Breda  and  at  the  several  camps  wherein  he  was  a 
Lieutenant  in  the  Enghsh  army,  amongst  which  are  mosses, 
grasses,  fungi,  &c.,"  H.  S.  Ixxxv.  "  Plants  gathered  in  the  fields 
and  gardens  of  England,  at  Chelsea,  &c.,"  many  named  by  him 
in  Latin,  French,  and  English.  H.  S.  Ixxxvi-^S  Sent  pi.  from  Ire- 
land to  Plukenet,  Aim.  284,  312,  344.  H.  S.  xcvii.,  74, 143;  and 
from  Deal  to  Petiver,  Mus.  Pet.  no.  405. 

Bond,  George  (fl.  1826-80).  Kew  gardener.  Drew  1700  plants 
for  W.  T.  Alton,  1826-35.  Gardener  to  Lord  Powis  at  Walcot, 
1835-80.     Garden,  24  Jan.  1880,  75. 

Bosanquet,  Rev.  Edwin  (1800  ?-72) :  b.  London,  1800  ?  ;  d. 
30  Aug.  1872.  M.A.,  Oxon,  1826.  Rector  of  Forscote, 
Somerset,  1848-70.  'Plain  and  easy  account  of  Brit.  Ferns,' 
1854;  ed.  2,  1855.     Jacks.  240;  Alumn.  Oxon.  i.  134. 

Bossey,  Francis  (fl.  1820-60).  M.D.  Of  Woolwich.  'Fungi 
which  attack  cereals,'  Proc.  Bot.  Soc.  Lond.  50.  '  Kent  Plants,' 
Ann.  &  Mag.  ii.  (1839),  272.  Contributed  to  Gibson's  Fl.  of 
Essex. 

Bostock,  John  (1773-1846) :  b.  Liverpool,  1741  ;  d.  London, 
Aug.  1846.  M.D.,  Edinb.,  1798.  Pres.G.S.,  1826.  V.-P.R.S., 
Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.36.      [April,  1898.]  m 


146  BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

1832.  Of  Liverpool  till  1817.  Friend  of  Roscoe.  Found 
ErythrcBa  latifoUa,  Smith,  Fl.  Brit.  iii.  1393  ;  Clarke,  49. 
Smith  Corr.  ii.  328 ;  Gent.  Mag.  1846,  ii.  65  ;  Diet.  Nat.  Biog. 
V.  422. 

Boswell,  Henry  (1837-97) :  b.  Oxford,  27  Jan.  1837  ;  d.  Head- 
ington,  Oxford,  4  Feb.  1897 ;  bur.  St.  Sepulchre  Cemetery, 
Oxford.  Hon.  M.A.,  Oxou,  1881.  Bryologist.  *  London  Cat. 
of  Brit.  Mosses'  (with  C.  P.  Hobkirk),  1877.  Contrib.  to 
Phytologist,  1860 ;  to  Journ.  Bot.  from  1872.  Herbarium  at 
Oxford  Bot.  Garden.  R.S.C.  i.  50;  vii.  222;  ix.  301;  Journ. 
Bot.  1897,  132,  with  portr. ;  Druce,  Fl.  Berks,  clxxxi. 

Bourne,  Edward  (fl.  1794).  'Be  plantarum  irritabilitate,'  Edinb., 
1794.     Pritz.  37. 

Brewer,  James  Alexander  (fl.  1838-90) :  d.  Australia.  Local 
Sec.  Bot.  Soc.  Lond.,  1839.  '  Flora  of  Reigate,'  1856.  '  Flora 
of  Surrey,'  1863.     Pritz.  40  ;  Jacks.  258,  260  ;  R.S.C.  vii.  255. 

Brockbank,  William  (1830  9-96):  b.  1830?;  d.  Didsbury,  25 
Sept.  1896 ;  bur.  Friends'  Meeting-house,  Ashton-on-Mersey. 
F.L.S.  F.G.S.  Cultivated  Primulas,  Saxifrages,  Narcissus,  &c. 
Experimented  on  doubling  and  colouring  flowers.  Gard.  Chron. 
1896,  ii.  409. 

Bromfeild,  William  (fl.  1757).  'An  account  of  the  English 
Nightshades,  and  their  effects.'  Londou,  1757.  French  trans- 
lation by  his  son,  1761. 

Brown,  Robert  (1842-95) :  b.  Campster,  Caithness,  23  March, 
1842  ;  d.  Streatham,  Surrey,  26  Oct.,  1895.  Studied  at 
Edinburgh,  Leyden,  Copenhagen.  Ph.D.,  Rostock.  Visited 
Jan  Meyen,  Spitzbergeu  and  Greenland,  1861.  Botanist  of 
Brit.  Columbia  Expedition,  1863-6.  In  Greenland,  1867. 
'  Florula  Discoana,'  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  ix.  430.  '  Manual  of 
Botany,'  1874.  Jacks.  367,  53  ;  R.S.C.  i.  661 ;  vii.  279  ;  ix.  371 ; 
Journ.  Bot.  1895,  384.      Lecidea  Campsteriana  Lindsay. 

Browne,  Edward  (1644-1708) :  b.  Norwich,  1644  ;  d.  ISForthfleet, 
Kent,  28  Aug.  1708;  bur.  Northfleet.  M.B.,  Camb.,  1663. 
M.D.,  1670.  M.D.,  Oxon,  1667.  F.R.S.,  1667.  F.R.C.P., 
1675.  P.R.C.P.,  1704.  Son  of  Sir  Thomas.  Travelled  in 
Europe,  1664-73.  '  Travels,'  1685.  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.  vii.  42  ; 
Munk,  i.  375 ;  Wadd.  26.     Portr.  engr.  from  one  in  Buchan  Coll. 

Buchanan,  John  (1855-96)  :  b.  Nuthill,  Perth,  1855  ;  d.  British 
Central  Africa,  9  March,  1896.  Gardener  at  Drummond 
Gardens,  Crieff.  Agriculturist  to  Church  of  Scotland  Mission, 
Blantyre,  Nyassaland,  1876.  Acting  Vice-Consul,  Nyassaland, 
1888.  C.M.G.,  1890.  Vice-Consul,  1893.  Plants  at  Kew  and 
Brit.  Mus.  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  192;  Kew  Bulletin,  1896,  148. 
Albuca  BucJianani  Baker. 

Buffham,  Thomas  Hughes  (1840-96):  b.  Long  Sutton,  Lin- 
colnshire, 24  Dec.  1840 ;  d.  Walthamstow,  Essex,  9  Feb. 
1896.  A.L.S.,  1891.  Algologist.  Contrib.  algological  papers 
to  Journ.  Quekett  Microsc.  Club.  Algae  at  Brit.  Mus.  Journ. 
Bot.  1896,  170;  R.S.C.  ix.  395.  Gonimophyllum  Buffhami 
Batters, 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  147 

Burnett,  Stuart  Moubray  (1826  ?-93) :  b.  Kemnay,  Aberdeensh., 
1826?;  d.  Old  Aberdeen,  23  Jan.  1893;  bur.  Old  Macliar 
Churchyard,  Aberdeen.  Of  Balbithan,  Keithhall,  Aberdeen. 
Had  a  herbarium.  Contributed  papers  (unpublished)  to  Aber- 
deen Nat.  Hist.  Soc.     Gard.  Chron.  1893,  i.  112. 

Burton,  Esther.     See  Hopkins. 

Cantley,  Nathaniel  (d.  1887) :  b.  Thurso,  Scotland;  d.  Tasmania, 

1887.     Kew  gardener ;   Assistant  Director,  Mauritius  Garden  ; 

Superintendent,    Singapore    Gardens,    1880  ;     founded    forest 

department  there.     Draaena  Cantleiji  Baker. 
Carrington,  Benjamin  (1827-93) :    b.  Lincoln,  18  Jan.    1827  ; 

d.    Brighton,    18    Jan.    1893  ;     bur.    Carlton    Hill    Cemetery. 

M.D.,  Edin.,  1851,     F.R.S.E.     Hepaticologist.     'Flora  of  the 

West  Riding'  (with  L.  C.  Miall),   1862.     '  British  Hepatic^e,' 

1874-5.     Collection  of  Hepaticae  at  Owens  Coll.,  Manchester. 

Jacks.  530  ;  R.S.C.  i.  799  ;  vii.  339  ;  ix.  453  ;  Journ.  Bot.  1893, 

120.     IladuJa  Ccnringtonia  Jack. 
Carson,  Alexander  (i850-96) :   b.  Stirling,  1850 ;   d.  Fwambo, 

Central   Africa,   28   Feb.    1896.     B.Sc,    Glasgow,    1883;    to 

Tanganyika,  1888.     Sent  plants  to  Kew.     Kew  Bulletin,  1896, 

148.      Glorlosa  Carsoni  Baker. 
Cattley,  William  (d.  1832).     F.L.S.,  1821.     Horticulturist.     Of 

Barnet.    '  Botanices  scientise  callentissimus.'    Patron  of  Lindley. 

Had  large  collection  of  drawings  of  plants.     'A  new  Psidiuui,' 

Trans.  Hort.  Soc.  iv.  315.    Gard.  Chron.  1897  (i.),  93  ;  Lindley, 

'  Digitalis,'  pref.     Cattleya  Lindl. 
Chandler,   Alfred   (1804-96):    b.  Vauxhall,    31    Jan.   1804;   d. 

East    Dulwich,    London,    10    Nov.    1896.      Nurseryman    and 

floral  artist.    '  Illustrations  of  Camelliae,'  1831  (with  descriptions 

by  William  Beattie  Booth).    Pritz.  60  ;  Jacks.  126  ;  Journ.  Bot. 

1897,  32  ;  Gard.  Chron.  1896,  628. 
Clarke,  R.  Trevor  (1813-97):  d.  Welton  Place,  Daventry,  11  April, 

1897.      Colonel.      Horticulturist.      Hybridized  Cotton.      Gard. 

Chron.  1865,  366;  1872,  799;  Garden,  1897,  i.  308. 
Clarke,   — ,    Rev.    (fl.    1729-34).     Collected   in  Virginia  (1729), 

Carolina,  Antigua,  Montserrat  (1734),  and  Bermuda.    Plants  in 

Herb.  Sloane,  Ix.  &  Ixxxii.  240,  296,  297,  318. 
Cleghorn,  Hugh  Francis  Clarke  (1820-95) :  b.  Madras,  9  Aug. 

1820;  d.  Stravithie,  Fife,  19  May,  1895.     M.D.,  Edin.,  1841. 

LL.D.,    St.   Andrews,    1868.      F.B.S.E.,    1837;    Pres.,    1868. 

F.L.S.,  1851.     Prof.  Bot.  Madras  Univ.,  1852.     Conservator  of 

Forests,   Madras,    1856 ;    Inspector-General,  1867 ;    Glasgow, 

1869.     '  Hortus  Madraspatensis,'  1853.     '  Forests  and  Gardens 

of  South  India,'  1861.    Index  to  Wight's  Icones,  Madras,  1856. 

Pritz.  63;    Jacks.  532;   R.S.C.  i.  948;  vii.  403  ;    Journ.  Bot. 

1895,  256  ;  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  xx.  439,  with  bibliog. ;  Pharm. 

Journ.  1894-5,  1085.     Cleghornia  Wight  =  Baissea. 
Crewe,  Rev.  Henry  Harpur.     See  Harpur-Crewe. 
Crotch,  Rev.  William  Robert  (1799-1877) :  b.  Oxford,  1799  ; 

d.    Catherington,   Hants,    8    May,    1877.     M.A.,   Oxon,  1826. 

M  2 


148 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 


Vicar  of  Catherington,  1872.  Master  of  Grammar  School, 
Taunton,  1854.  Memb.  Bot.  Excli.  Club,  1866.  Somerset 
Fungi  in  Proc.  Som.  Arch^ol.  Soc.  v.  (1854).  Helped  Leighton 
(Fl.  Sbropsh.).  K.S.C.  ii.  99;  Alumn.  Oxon. 
Cunnack,  James  (1831-86)  :  b.  Helston,  Cornwall,  27  Dec. 
1831 ;  d.  Helston,  11  May,  1886 ;  bur.  Helston  Cemetery. 
Bookseller,  of  Helston.  Had  a  large  herbarium.  Correspondent 
of  Watson.  Active  Member  of  Bot.  Exchange  Club.  Found 
Hypericum  imdulatum.     Journ.  Bot.  1891,  98  ;  Top.  Bot.  542. 

Dale,  Francis  (fl.  1730) :  b.  Hoxton  ?  Relative  of  Samuel  Dale. 
Travelled  in  East  and  West  Indies,  and  sent  plants  to  S.  Dale 
from  Bahamas.     Journ.  Bot.  1883,  227. 

Dale,  Thomas  (fl.  1700-30).  M.D.,  ?  Leyden,  1723.  Prob. 
nephew  of  Samuel  Dale.  Sec.  Botanical  Society  (London), 
1726,  and  afterwards  of  Charlestown,  S.  Carolina.  '  De 
Pareira  brava,'  Leyden,  1723.  Pritz.  75 ;  Jacks.  200 ;  Diet. 
Nat.  Biog.  xiii.  386  ;  Munk,  ii.  362. 

Dalhousie,  Lady.     See  Ramsay,  Christina. 

Darwall,  Rev.  Lester  or  Leicester  (1813-97) :  d.  Tenby,  Pem- 
brokesh.,  22  July,  1897.  M.A.,  Camb.,  1838.  Incumbent  of 
Crigglon.  Had  a  salicetum.  Contributed  to  Leefe's  '  Sahctum 
Exsiccatum.'  Sent  Salix  cuspidata  to  Borrer  for  E.  B.  S.  2961. 
Alumn.  Oxon. 

Davis,  John  Ford  (1773-1864) :  b.  Bath,  1773;  d.  Bath,  1  Jan. 
1864.  M.D.,  Ediub.,  1797.  L.R.C.P.,  1808.  Physician  to 
Bath  Hospital,  1817-34.  '  Botany  of  Bath'  in  '  Historical  .  .  . 
Account  of  Bath,'  1802.  Babington,  'Flora  Batlion.'  pref.  v. 
Munk,  iii.  67-8;  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.  xiv.  168;  Boasc. 

De  Alwis,  Harmanis  (d.  1894) :  b.  Ceylon  ;  d.  Ceylon,  10  June, 
1894.  At  Ceylon  Bot.  Gardens,  1818-94.  Assisted  Moon  in 
'  Cat.  Ceylon  Plants '  (1824).  Draughtsman  to  Gardens,  1823-61 ; 
large  series  of  his  drawings  there.  Drew  some  plates  for 
Wight's  'Icones.'  Helped  Thwaites  with  'Enum.  PI.  Zeylaniae.' 
Journ.  Bot.  1894,  255.  Alwisia  Lindl.  =  Eria.  TcBniopthyllum, 
Alwisii  Lindl. 

De  Crespigny,  Eyre  Champion  (1891-95)  :  b.  Vevey,  Switzer- 
land, 5  May,  1821  ;  d.  Beckenham,  Kent,  15  Feb.  1895. 
M.D.,  Heidelberg.  In  India,  1845-62.  Conservator  of  Forests 
and  Superintendent  Bot.  Gard.  Dapsoria,  near  Poonah,  1859. 
*  New  Loudon  Flora,'  1877.  Had  a  herbarium.  Jacks.  256  : 
Journ.  Bot.  1895,  127. 

De  Tabley,  Lord.     See  Warren,  John  Byrne  Leicester. 

Dickson,  Francis  (1793-1866) :  b.  Edinburgh,  25  Dec.  1793 ; 
d.  Chester,  3  March,  1866;  bur.  Chester  Cemetery.  Seeds- 
man at  nurseryman  at  Chester,  1819.  Correspondent  of  Loudon 
and  T.  A.  Knight.  Corr.  Memb.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc,  1825.  Journ. 
Hort.  x.  (1866),  241. 

Donovan,  Edward.     See  O'Donovan. 

Drummond-Hay,  Henry  Maurice,  ne  Drummond  (1814-96) : 
b,   1814;    d.  Seggieden,  Perth,  3  Jan.  1896;   bur.  Kinfauns, 


SHORT    NOTES.  149 

Perth.  Colonel.  Of  Seggieden,  Perth.  Hon.  Curator,  Perth 
Museum.  Contrib.  hot.  papers  to  Scottish  Naturahst,  1872- 
80.  Ornithologist.  R.S.C.  vii.  927  ;  x.  166  ;  Journ.  Bot.  1896, 
133 ;  Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  1896,  73,  with  portr.  Bhinanthiis 
Crista-gaUi  var.  Drummond-Hayi  F.  B.  White. 

Duncannon,  Thomas  (fl.  1822-26).  Gardener  in  Royal  Bot. 
Garden,  Edinburgh.  Drew  pi.  at  Kew  for  W.  T.  Alton,  1822-6. 
'Garden,'  24  Jan.  1880,  75. 

Dymock,  William  (d.  1892)  :  d.  Bombay,  29  April,  1892. 
Bombay  Medical  Staff,  1859.  Surgeon-Major.  Prof.  Mat. 
Medica,  Grant  College,  Bombay.  Hanbury  medallist,  1887. 
'  Materia  Medica  of  Western  India,'  1883  ;  ed.  2,  1885.  '  Phar- 
macographia  Indica.'  Pharm.  Journ.  3rd  ser.  xxii.  993. 
(To  be  continued.) 


SHORT-    NOTES. 


Chenopodium  glomerulosum  Rchb.  —  My  attention  was  first 
drawn  to  a  strange  goosefoot  growing  abundantly  on  waste  heaps 
at  Twerton,  N.  Somerset,  about  two  years  ago.  The  same  plant 
has  been  seen  lately  also  at  Tewkesbury;  and,  like  C.  opiiUfulium, 
which  now  seems  always  with  us  on  waste  heaps  in  the  west,  it  is 
probable  that  this  new  form,  w^hen  attention  has  been  directed  to  it, 
will  be  found  to  occur  more  frequently  than  at  present  appears  to  be 
the  case.  The  reflection  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  a  plant  found 
growing  solely  in  waste  ground  and  on  rubbish-heaps  need  not 
necessarily  be  an  alien ;  for  several  indigenous  species  whose  status 
is  not  questioned  are  only  met  with  in  similar  situations.  C.  glo- 
merulosum is  undoubtedly  a  segregate  of  the  album  group,  to  which 
a  careful  comparison  of  fruit  and  seed  shows  a  very  close  affinity. 
But  the  habit,  foliage,  and  inflorescence  are  characteristic.  Usually 
a  bushy,  spreading  plant  of  2-2|-  ft.,  the  lower  branches  are  often 
longer  than  the  central  axis.  Stem  stout,  reddish,  striate.  Foliage 
dull,  dark  green.  Leaves  long-stalked,  mostly  entire  or  but  slightly 
angled,  elliptic  in  outline,  blunt;  a  few  irregularly  angled  and 
toothed.  Inflorescence  of  densely  aggregated  glomerules,  in  shortly 
branched  spiciform  panicles  ;  leafy  in  bud,  becoming  more  naked  in 
fruit.  The  name  has  been  confirmed  by  Prof.  Sagorski.  —  James 
W.  White. 

ToRTULA  INTERMEDIA  Berk.  IN  LEICESTERSHIRE.— WMlst  botauizlng 
at  Birstall  the  other  afternoon,  I  came  across  a  considerable  quantity 
of  Tortilla  intermedia  growing  on  a  wall  in  that  village.  There  does 
not  appear  to  be  any  previous  note  for  this  moss  in  Leicestershire. 
It  occurs  in  surrounding  counties,  and  it  may  probably  have  been 
passed  over  in  Leicestershire  for  T.  ruralis,  which  it  superficially 
resembles.  Under  the  microscope  it  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
latter  by  the  smaller  areolation,  the  leaf-margin  plane  above,  and 
the  less  denticulate  arista. — A.  B.  Jackson. 


150  p.  BUBANI  FLORA  PYRENAEA. 

Scottish  Localities  for  Euphrasia  foulaensis  Towns. — I  lately 
looked  through  the  Eyebrights  of  Mr.  P.  J.  Hanbury's  collection 
and  of  the  Bos  well- Syme  Herbarium,  and  noticed  among  them 
vai'ious  specimens  which  correspond  with  one  or  other  of  the 
northern  forms  recently  so  named  by  Prof.  Wettstein  for  Mr. 
Shoolbred  and  myself;  there  are  also  one  or  two  gatherings  of 
mine  winch  apparently  belong  here.  Mid-Perth  (v.-c.  88) :  Ben 
Lawers,  August,  1887  !,  above  3000  ft. ;  these  just  match  some  of 
our  Melvich  plants.  Small  and  immature  specimens  from  near  the 
summit  of  Am  Binnein  (Ben  More),  between  3500  and  3700  ft., 
thmhurij  d'  Marshall,  July,  1889,  are  probably  the  same  thing. 
S.  Aberdeen  (v.-c.  92) :  Near  the  Falls  of  Corriemulzie,  Braemar 
(very  characteristic).  Fox  d  Hanbury,  July,  1885.  The  Derry, 
Braemar  (mixed  with  E.  gracilis  Fries  and  £".  c^rrm  Fries),  Hayihury, 
July,  1886.  W.  Sutherland  (v.-c.  108) :  Between  Durness  and 
Ehiconich,  Fox  S  Hanbury,  July,  1885.  Caithness  (v.-c.  109)  : 
Cliffs  at  Downreay,  Fox  d-  Hanbury,  July,  1885.  Orkney  (v.-c. 
Ill)  :  Swanbister,  W.  Irvine  Fortescue  in  Herb.  Boswell-Syme — one 
dwarf  plant,  like  the  mainland  form  of  exposed  grassy  cliffs,  among 
a  lot  of  F.  burealis  Townsend.  Moul  Head,  Deerness  (the  same 
form),  W.  Irvine  Fortescue  in  Herb.  Hanbury.  I  suspect  that 
E.  ojjicinalis  var.  maritima  Hooker  comes  under  E.  foulaensis; 
but  there  appear  to  be  no  authentic  specimens  in  the  General 
Herbarium  at  Kew,  nor  yet  in  the  British  Herbarium  at  South 
Kensington.  There  are  examples  in  Herb.  Hanbury  of  a  beautiful 
plaut  from  cliffs  at  Downreay,  Caithness,  gathered  in  July,  1888 
(associated  with  E.  foulaensis),  which  I  think  may  be  E.  foulaensis 
X  latifolia.  In  habit  these  closely  approach  EJ.  latifolia  Pursh,  but 
are  much  less  hairy,  with  small  bright  violet-purple  blossoms,  the 
corolla-tube  being  included.  Mr.  Hanbury  tells  me  that  they 
occurred  over  nearly  a  mile,  mostly  in  ones  and  twos — a  fact 
which  rather  favours  the  suggested  theory  of  their  origin. — Edward 
S.  Marshall. 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS, 


P.  BuBANi  Flora  Pyrenaea  i^^^'i'  Ordines  Xaturales  gradatiin  digesta. 
Opus  posthumum  editum  curante  0.  Penzig.  Mediolani, 
Hoephus  edidit  MDCCCIIIC.     Vol.  I.     pp.  hi.  551.     8vo. 

This  work,  upon  which  Bubani  had  been  engaged  during  the 
chief  and  best  part  of  his  life,  was  practically  ready  for  the  press  at 
his  death  in  1888.  Prof.  Penzig  in  his  preface  explains  that,  from 
various  circumstances,  it  has  not  been  possible  to  publish  it  until 
now.  His  share  in  the  work  is  limited  to  certain  corrections, 
bibliographical  additions,  &c.,  the  book  being  in  the  main  produced 
as  it  was  left  by  its  author  in  about  3000  folio  pages  of  manuscript. 

"Whatever  may  be  thought  of  the  author's  views  of  nomen- 
clature," says  the  preface,  "every  one  must  admire  the  vast 
erudition,  the  skill,  and  the  scrupulous  care"  which  Bubani  has 


p.  BUBANI  FLORA  PYRENAEA.  151 

brought  to  bear  upon  his  Flora.  It  is  indeed  widely  different  in 
almost  every  particular  from  the  average  work  of  the  kind.  It 
is  written  in  Latin  throughout ;  the  synonymy  is  of  the  most 
elaborate  description ;  and  the  notes  upon  each  species  show  an 
acquaintance  with  botanical  literature,  both  ancient  and  recent, 
which  can  hardly  be  exceeded.  The  space  devoted  to  localities  is 
but  small,  but  his  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  country  enables 
the  author  to  express  succinctly  and  with  precision  the  distribution 
of  the  species ;  he  usually,  however,  gives  the  exact  localities  of  his 
own  gatherings,  with  dates.  He  divides  the  Pyrenees  into  three 
botanical  regions,  the  oceanic,  the  mediterranean,  and  the  alpine, 
and  in  his  preface  discusses  the  comparative  richness  and  other 
peculiarities  of  each.  The  De  Candollean  system  of  classification 
IS  mainly  followed,  though  in  reversed  order,  beginning  with 
Gymnosperms,  and  then  taking  the  Mouochlamyde^e  of  Angio- 
sperms ;  in  this  volume  the  CoroUiflorse  are  included  only  from 
FlumhaginecE  to  AsclepiadacecB ;  lihamnacea  (of  which  CelastrinecB  and 
Aquifoliacem  are  considered  tribes)  is  interposed  between  Oleacece 
and  Acanthacece.  In  the  forty-two  natural  orders  included  there 
are  177  genera  and  642  species ;  doubtful  species  and  those  which 
he  does  not  regard  as  properly  Pyrenean,  though  admitted  by 
some  authors,  he  places  at  the  end  of  each  family  or  genus,  and 
they  are  not  counted. 

In  the  acceptation  of  genera,  Bubani  regards  habit  and  general 
aspect  rather  than  technical  characters.  As  the  plan  of  the  book 
was  formed  many  years  ago,  the  first  draft  of  it  having  been  finished 
nearly  half  a  century  before  its  publication,  it  does  not  deal  with 
the  highly  critical  species  of  certain  modern  botanists ;  he  defines  a 
species  as  that  in  which  concur  distinct  tangible  and  constant 
characters,  and  carries  out  his  idea  on  a  moderate  scale,  as  can  be 
judged  when  a  comparison  is  made  with  Gautier's  recently  published 
catalogue  of  the  flora  of  the  eastern  Pyrenees,  which  is  only  a  part 
of  the  area  covered  by  Bubani's  Flora  ;  in  Gautier's  catalogue  there 
is  an  aggregate  of  574  species  for  the  same  portion  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom. 

A  leading  feature  in  the  work  is  the  evidence  of  his  research 
into  the  older  books,  and  of  his  appreciation  of  the  labours  of  the 
fathers  of  botany.  His  lucubrations  have  resulted  in  very  curious 
and  astounding  developments  ;  our  author,  not  content  with  citing 
the  older  botanists,  such  as  Dioscorides,  Mattioli,  Theophrastus, 
Lonitzer,  &c.,  and  referring  to  the  Bible,  Homer,  Virgil,  &c.,  under 
many  of  the  species,  proceeds  to  use  the  names  given  by  some  of 
them,  and  relegates  to  synonymy  Linnean  and  other  names  which 
have  long  been  adopted  by  botanists.  While  following  the  method 
of  binominal  nomenclature,  he  combats  the  idea  that  Linnfeus 
invented  this  method,  and  shows  that  such  names  were  given  by 
several  of  the  ante-Linnean  writers,  who,  he  claims,  gave  them  in 
many  instances  not  casually,  but  by  set  purpose.  He  exhibits  a 
very  limited  admiration  for  Liunseus  and  his  ways,  and  broadly 
states  that  the  Species  Plantariim  of  that  master  was  a  very  bad 
book,  and  full  of  mistakes ;    and  he  complains  that  Linnaeus  in 


152  p.    BUBANI    FLORA    PYEENAEA. 

many  cases  unnecessarily  and  for  the  worse  altered  the  names  of 
Tournefort,  Bauhm,  and  other  of  his  predecessors,  and  that,  while 
infringing  the  rules  which  he  himself  had.  laid  down,  he  substituted 
names  of  his  own,  inaccurate  or  wrongly  chosen,  both  for  genera 
and  species  ;  for  example,  Cataria  of  Tournefort  was  called  Xepeta 
by  Linnaeus,  although  Nepeta  was  declared  by  Dioscorides  to  be 
synonymous  with  Mentha,  and  the  true  Xq^eta  of  Pliny  is  thought 
to  be  a  Melissa  [Calamintha) ;  Bubani  contends  that  therefore 
Xepeta  was  erroneously  used  by  Linnaeus,  and  N.  Cataria  L.  he 
accordingly  calls  C.  tomentosa  Gilib.  The  Ilhabarbarum  of  Ammann 
and  Tournefort  was  changed  by  Linnaeus  into  Rheum ;  and  other 
such  innovations  are  instanced  and  objected  to. 

Bubani  exercised  a  critical  scrutiny  into  the  correct  application 
of  ancient  names,  and  does  not  scruple  to  discard  them,  however 
much  sanctioned  by  modern  adoption  and  usage,  whenever  he  finds 
that  errors  are  involved  in  using  them.  Thus  he  explains  that  no 
Glaux  of  Dioscorides  or  of  any  of  the  ancients,  except  Dodoens, 
was  the  plant  now  known  to  us  by  that  name,  and  he  therefore 
thought  it  a  good  opportunity  to  change  the  name  into  Vroedea,  and 
in  this  way  to  avoid  confusion  and  to  commemorate  John  de  Vroede,  a 
Belgian  correspondent  of  Dodoens.  But  he  does  not  use  or  even 
cite  for  the  genus  the  synonym  Glaucuides  Kupp.  Fl.  Jen.  21  (1718), 
non  Micheh  (1729). 

The  following  passages  from  a  letter  addressed  by  Dillenius  to 
Linnaeus  are  transcribed  in  support  of  the  author's  action : — 
"I  think  the  names  of  the  ancients  ought  not  rashly  and  pro- 
miscuously to  be  transferred  to  our  new  genera,  or  to  those  of  the 
new  world.  The  day  may  possibly  come  when  the  plants  of 
Theophrastus  and  Dioscorides  may  be  ascertained,  and  till  this 
happens,  we  had  better  leave  their  names  as  we  find  them." 
"1  do  not,  like  Burmau,  blame  you  for  introducing  new  names,  but 
for  the  bad  application  of  old  ones."  He  shows  that  many  excellent 
botanists  have  in  former  times  changed  names  for  good  and  sufficient 
reasons,  and  he  claims  the  same  liberty  for  himself. 

For  the  names  of  genera  he  refers  with  approval  to  the  opinion 
of  Cassini  that  in  general  meaningless  names  or  those  which  do  not 
indicate  any  character  are  the  best,  though  he  accepts  diminutive 
names  derived  from  a  true  comparison  with  well-known  plants,  and 
he  has  constructed  such  a  name  for  Cicendia,  which  he  deals  with 
as  follows :  he  says  that  Cicendia  Adans.  is  one  of  the  synonyms  of 
Gentiana  Tournef.,  and  that  Exacuin  L.,  which  some  botanists  use, 
is  a  synonym  of  Erythraa ;  he  therefore  substitutes  for  it  his  new 
name  Cicendiola.  He  also  dismisses  the  name  EnjthrcEa  on  the 
ground  that  it  comprises  some  species  with  white  flowers,  and  he 
calls  it  Libadion,  a  name  which  he  finds  used  by  Pliny,  but  which  is 
unknown  to  modern  science.  For  species  he  thinks  that  names 
should  be  expressive,  and  he  selects  for  them  the  best  rather  than 
the  oldest  names,  and  does  not  countenance  the  principle  of 
De  CandoUe  and  of  many  later  authors  in  prohibiting  the  alteration 
of  the  trivial  name  of  a  plant  whenever  the  species  is  transferred 
from  one  genus  to  another.     Bubani  forcibly  urges  against  such 


ELEMENTARY   BOTANY.  153 

an  unnecessary  and  comparatively  modern  restriction — and  many 
British  authors  would  agree  with  him — that  when  the  genus,  which 
is  the  principal  part  of  the  name  of  a  species  is  changed,  a  new  thing 
is  done  and  the  name  gone,  and  therefore  the  trivial  part,  which  is 
quite  secondary  and  subservient,  can  without  any  difficulty  be  re- 
formed; and  he  wisely  points  out  that  trivial  names  are  frequently 
given  with  special  reference  to  their  generic  allocation,  and  that  such 
names  when  removed  from  the  genus  cease  to  be  applicable,  and  it 
may  not  be  possible  to  retain  them  without  involving  absurdity. 

There  is  one  new  species  described — Onosma  elegans;  not   the 
plant  so  named  by  C.  Koch,  which  is  synonymous  with  0.  sericeum 

Wi"''-  W.  p.  HiEEN. 


Elementarij  Botany.  By  Percy  Groom,  M.A.,  F.L.S.  Crown  8vo, 
pp.  X,  252;  tt.  275.  London:  G.  Bell  &  Sons.  1898.  Price 
3s.  6d. 

Botany  without  a  microscope  is  the  motto  of  this  latest  addition 
to  the  long  list  of  elementary  text-books.  "  Considerable  experience 
as  examiner  in  Botany  as  taught  in  schools"  has  convinced  the 
author  that  "comparatively  few  learners  have  the  advantage  of 
seeing  specimens  with  the  aid  of  a  compound  microscope."  There 
IS  unfortunately  some  truth  in  this,  though  we  are  inclmed  to  think 
that  Mr.  Groom  underestimates  the  number  of  those  who  enjoy 
the  advantage.  It  is  an  age  of  examinations,  and  teachers  are 
rapidly  finding  out  that  success  in  examinations  can  only  be  gained 
by  the  use  of  proper  appliances  in  connection  with  their  teaching. 
The  superficial  teaching  of  science  was  a  result  of  superficial  know- 
ledge on  the  part  of  the  teacher,  but  happily  there  are  technical 
institutes  and  similar  foundations  which  admit  pure  science  into 
their  curriculum,  and  it  is  quite  easy  for  elementary  teachers  to 
acquire  in  their  spare  evenings  something  more  than  a  mere 
smattering  of  their  subject.  "Within  the  last  month  we  have  met 
no  less  than  three  teachers  who,  having  realized  the  necessity  of 
some  use  of  the  microscope  in  teaching  botany,  have  given  up 
one  evening  a  week  to  remedy  the  deficiency.  We  believe  that  Mr. 
Groom  writes  for  a  rapidly  diminishing  number,  and  cannot  agree 
with  him  when  he  further  remarks  :  "In  commencing  the  study  of 
Botany  a  compound  microscope  is  absolutely  needless,  and  in  the 
case  of  young  beginners  does  more  harm  than  good."  Perhaps  he 
has  had  more  experience  in  examiniug  beginners  than  in  teaching 
them. 

This  is  one  of  the  clearest  and  best  of  elementary  text-books  we 
have  seen,  and  we  have  seen  a  good  many ;  but  in  looking  through 
it  we  feel  how  often  a  microscope  would  help  to  make  clear  certain 
points.  On  p.  3,  one  of  the  chief  characteristics  of  the  root,  the 
protection  of  its  tip  by  a  root-cap,  is  relegated  to  a  footnote,  as  it 
'•can  only  be  properly  seen  by  the  aid  of  a  compound  microscope." 
It  can  easily  be  seen  m  duckweed  with  a  lens,  and  demonstrated  in 
most  roots  without  any  difficulty  with  a  low  power  of  a  cheap  micro- 
scope, as  also  can  the  endogenous  origin  of  the  root-branches,  and 


154 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 


the  reason  of  their  arrangement  in  regular  longitudinal  rows,  hoth 
of  which  iDoints  are  insufficiently  explained.  Later  in  the  book 
is  an  excellent  short  account  of  pollination,  and  the  differences 
in  structural  mechanism  between  wind-  and  insect-pollinated 
flowers.  A  sight  of  the  pollen  and  stigma  of  typical  examples 
of  each  by  aid  of  the  microscope  would  forcibly  drive  home  these 
differences. 

But  nowadays  a  text- book  plays  a  subordinate,  though  an 
important,  part  in  the  study  of  science.  The  teacher  must  always 
supplement,  and  generally  finds  it  necessary  to  correct,  thereby  often 
seriously  bewildering  the  student,  and  causing  him  to  lose  all  faith 
iu  what  should  be  a  useful  guide.  If  he  adopts  Mr.  Groom's  work, 
he  will  find  the  second  function  unnecessary.  The  book  deals 
entirely  with  the  seed-plants,  and  is  divided  into  three  parts — 
General  Morphology,  Classification,  and  Physiology.  We  con- 
gratulate the  author  on  the  abundance  and  excellence  of  the 
figures  ;  a  great  many  of  them  are  new.  Especially  helpful  are 
the  large  clear  floral  dissections  and  diagrams  in  the  systematic 
portion  ;  our  only  fear  is  lest  the  student  should  think  it  unnecessary 
to  refer  to  the  flower;  the  teacher  must  insist  with  the  author  (p.  2) 
that  he  "  have  before  him  a  specimen  of  the  plant  described,"  and 
"  constantly  examine  and  refer  to  it."  The  pictures  of  simple 
apparatus  for  illustrating  points  in  physiology  will  enable  the 
learner  to  repeat  the  experiments.  The  glossary  at  the  end  of  the 
book  will  be  useful ;  as  may  also  the  forty-eight-paged  catalogue  of 
Messrs.  Bell's  educational  works,  though  personally  we  should 
much  prefer  not  having  them  bound  up  with  the  book.  Finally, 
to  assure  him  of  our  goodwill  towards  his  book,  we  will  tell  Mr. 
Groom  that  we  have  already  recommended  it  to  several  students. 

A.  B.  Rendle. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.- 

Annais  of  Botany  (March).  —  D.  H.  Campbell,  '  Development  of 
flower  and  embryo  in  Lilcea  '  (3  pi.). — W.  &  G.  S.  West,  '  Observa- 
tions on  the  Conjugate  '  (2  pi.).  —  H.  M.  AVard,  'A  Violet  Bacillus 
from  the  Thames '  (1  pi.). — A.  H.  Church,  'Polymorphy  of  Cutleria 
multijida '  (3  pL).  —  M.  Dawson,  '  On  the  structure  of  an  ancient 
paper.' 

But.  Centralblatt  (Nos.  9,  10). —  F.  Ludwig,  'Die  pflanzenlichen 
Variationscurven  und  die  Gauss'che  Wahrscheinlichkeitscurve.' — 
(No.  9).  A.  Weberbauer,  '  Zur  Anatomic  der  Kapselfriichte.' — 
(No.  10).  E.  H.  L.  Krause,  '  Floristische  Notizen :  Graser.' — 
(Nos.  11,  12).  F.  G.  Kohl,  'Ueber  das  Chlorophyll  und  seine 
Derivate.' —  L.  Kny,  'Vermogen  Chlorophyllkorner  im  Lichte 
Sauerstoff  aus  zuscheiden  ?  ' 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  155 

Bot.  Gazette  (15  Feb.). — J.  M.  Coulter,  '  Life-bistory  of  Eanun- 
culus'  (1  pi.).— J.  E.  Tilden,  '  W.  American  Tbermal  Algae  '  (3  pi.). 
—J.  W.  Tourney,  '  The  Tree  Opuntias  of  tbe  U.S.'  — C.  Chamber- 
lain, 'Winter  characters  of  certain  sporangia'  (1  pi.). 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Buissier  (Feb.).  —  C.  Miiller,  '  Bryologia  Serra3 
Itatiatae  '  (cont.).  —  R.  Chodat,  '  Etudes  de  biologic  lacustre.' — 
(Feb.  &  March).  H.Christ,  '  Filices  Insularum  Philippinarum' 
(3  pi.). — (March).  H.  Hallier,  '  Neue  und  bemerkenswerte  Pflanzen 
aus  den  Malaiisch-papuanischen  Inselmeer.'  —  T.  de  Heldreich, 
'  Flore  de  I'lle  d'Egine.' — A.  Chabert,  '  Sur  quelques  Renoncules.' 

Bull.  Torreij  Bot.  Club  (12  Feb.).— D.  T.  MacDougal,  'Physiology 
of  Tendrils.'  —Id.,  '  The  Mycorhizae  oi  A  plectrum.'  —  T.  F.  Allen, 
'Japanese  Characeae.' — G.V.Nash,  'American  Grasses'  (Blepharo- 
neiiron,  gen.  no  v.  =  Vilfa  tricholepis  Torr.). — F.  E.  Lloyd,  Pseudo- 
tsuga  mucronata  (1  pL). —  A.  Le  Jobs  &  M.  A.  Howe,  '  Porella  once 
more.'  —  E.  P.  Bicknell,  Savastana  Nashii,  Chatochloa  versicolur, 
spp.  nn.  (2  pi.). — G.  N.  Best,  '  Fabroleskea,  a  new  genus  of  Mosses.' 

Erythea  (17  Feb.).  —  Rumex  densifiorus  Osterhont,  sp.  n.  —  A. 
Eastwood,  '  Ferns  of  the  Yosemite.' 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (5  March).  —  W.  Roberts,  '  Early  Herbals.' 
—  (19  March).  Isocline  ohscurans  Woodrow,  Cirsium  candidisdmum 
Dammer,  spp.  nn. — (2G  March).  H.  N.  Ridley,  Livistona  Woodfordi, 
sp.  n. 

Journal  de  Botaniq\ie  ("16  Dec.  1897";  received  middle  of 
March).  —  P.  Parmentier,  '  L'espece  vegetale  en  classification.' — 
E.  Malinvaud,  'Propriete  scientifique.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrlft  (March).  —  G.  R.  v.  Beck,  'Die  Sporen 
Yon MicrochcBte  tenera  undderenKeimung.' — E.  Hackel,  Odontelytrum, 
gen.nov.  (Panice^e). —  S.  Murbeck,  Alectorolophus  asperukis  (concL). 
— A.  Nestler,  '  Die  Schleimzellen  der  Laubblatter  der  Malvaceen  ' 
(1  pi.). — F.  Pfeiffer  &  R.  v.  Wellheim,  'Zur  Fixirung  und  Prapara- 
tion  der  Slisswasseralgen '  (concl.). — A.  v.  Degen,  Alyssum  Dorfieri, 
sp.  n. — M.  Schiilz,  'Die  Orchideen  Deutschlands,'  &c. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


By  the  publication  of  part  xviii.  of  bis  British  Moss- Flora 
(London:  303,  Clapham  Road.  Jan.  1898.  Pp.  37-64;  plates 
91-96.  Price  6s.)  Dr.  Braithwaite  has  advanced  another  stage, 
and  he  has  traversed  some  rough  and  difficult  country  on  the  way. 
The  result  of  his  recent  operations  is  that  he  has  nearly  completed 
his  treatment  of  the  genus  Amblystegiuni.  This  geuus,  as  amplified 
by  Lindberg  and  others  and  adopted  by  Dr.  Braithwaite,  contains 
about  three  times  the  number  of  species  that  were  allotted  to  it 
originally  by  Brucli  and  Schimper.  The  additions  consist  chiefly 
of  some  Hypnaceous  subgenera  of  more  or  less  aquatic  habit  which 


156  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

exhibit  a  relationship  to  Amhlystegium  riparium.  There  are  in  all 
forty-two  species  ;  and  these  are  grouped  into  six  sections,  of  which 
two — Euauihlystegium  and  Caw})ijliadelphus,  containing  thirteen  and 
five  species  respectively — were  included  in  part  xvii.  In  the  present 
part  comes  the  extremely  difficult  section  Drepcmocladus  or  Har- 
pidium,  to  which  Dr.  Braithwaite  attaches  the  anomalous  Thiddium 
decipiens  De  Not.  This  section  contains  twelve  species.  Then 
follow  Scorpidium  with  one  species,  Hijf/roJu/pnum  or  Limnoblum  with 
six,  and  Calliergon  with  five,  three  of  which  have  failed  to  secure 
accommodation  in  part  xviii.  Dr.  Braithwaite  is  much  to  be  con- 
gratulated upon  the  completion  of  one  of  the  most  troublesome 
portions  of  his  undertaking. — A.  G. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  Feb.  3rd,  Mr.  W.  C. 
Worsdell  read  a  paper  on  "  The  Comparative  Anatomy  of  certain 
Genera  of  the  CijcadacecE.'"  The  chief  points  touched  upon  were  : — 
In  Cycas,  the  conduplicate  vernation  and  arrangement  of  the  bundles 
in  the  fleshy  hypog^eal  cotyledons,  the  secondary  extrafascicular 
rings,  the  concentric  cortical  strands,  and,  in  one  species,  the 
peculiar  concentric  structure  of  the  leaf-traces,  in  the  stem,  and  in 
the  hypocotyl  some  curious  concentric  strands  running  obliquely 
out  from  the  cylinder,  and,  in  a  small  seedling,  the  secondary 
vascular  cylinders  lying  outside  the  normal  stele  ;  in  the  seedling  of 
Stangerla  paradoxa  the  small  primary  concentric  bundles  in  the  stalk 
common  to  the  two  cotyledons,  which  both  higher  up  and  lower 
down  become  collateral,  and  in  the  adult  stem  the  occurrence  of  a 
secondary  concentric  strand  in  the  periphery  of  the  cortex,  which 
appeared  to  be  the  remnant  of  a  once  normal  system  of  nude  strands ; 
and  in  Ceratozamia  mexicana  the  vertical  succession  through  the  pith 
of  a  large  stem  of  effete  peduncular  cylinders,  the  peduncles  which 
successively  terminate  the  stem  being  in  turn  pushed  to  one  side  and 
their  basal  region  enclosed  by  a  lateral  shoot  which  continues  the 
main  vegetative  axis.  In  conclusion  the  author  endeavoured  to  show 
that  certain  characters  in  the  vegetative  structure  of  these  plants 
showed  them  to  be  nearly  allied  to,  or  descended  from,  certain  fossil 
fern-like  plants,  notably  the  Medulloseie,  and  these  characters  were : 
the  extrafascicular  zones  in  tlie  stem  of  Cijcas,  which  really  repre- 
sent the  outer  portion  of  the  flattened  concentric  strands  in  the  stem 
of  the  Medullosepe,  the  inner  portion  of  which  has  died  out ;  and  all 
the  various  concentric  structures  above-mentioned.  For  the  type  of 
structure  prevailing  in  the  ancestors  of  the  Cycads  would  have  been 
the  concentric,  whereas  in  their  descendants  it  is  the  collateral. 
The  significant  outcome  of  this  study  is  to  form,  in  the  vegetative 
characters  of  these  plants,  a  connecting  link,  over  and  above  that 
already  aflbrded  by  the  discovery  of  spermatozoids  in  Cycas  and 
Ginkgo,  between  "flowering"  and  "flowerless"  plants. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  Feb.  17th,  Mr.  F.  N. 
Williams,  F.L.S.,  read  a  paper  on  Arenaria,  one  of  the  larger  genera 
of  Caryophyllacea,  which  now  includes  a  considerable  number  of 
species.  Alsine  and  others,  usually  included  as  sections  of  the 
genus,  he  thought  should  be  regarded  as  distinct  genera;   Alsine 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  157 

and  Arenaria  being  distinguished  by  the  same  cardinal  character 
which  separates  Lychnis  from  Silene.  The  genus  under  revision 
inchides  species  (of  which  168  are  enumerated)  distributed  chiefly 
throughout  the  north  temperate  zone,  though  in  the  New  World  a 
few  occur  in  South  America.  A  few  species  which  extend  toward 
the  Tropics  occur  at  considerable  elevations  on  mountain-ranges, 
reaching,  for  instance,  19,000  ft.  in  the  Himalayas  of  West  Tibet. 
In  this  revision,  for  the  formation  of  primary  groups,  the  two 
associated  characters  relied  on  are  the  number  of  teeth  formed  by 
dehiscence  of  the  ripe  capsule,  and  the  structure  of  the  disk.  An 
examination  of  several  series  of  specimens,  especially  of  those  of 
the  better  known  forms  growing  in  situ,  shows  these  two  characters 
to  be  fairly  constant,  and  suitable  for  the  definition  of  primary 
groups,  although  in  habit  and  aspect  species  of  Alsine  are  not 
readily  distinguished  from  those  of  Arenaria.  The  author's  descrip- 
tions are  confined  to  species  recognized  during  the  last  fifty  years 
(from  1848  to  1897  inclusive),  the  others  being  cited  in  their  proper 
place  by  name  and  references. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  March  3rd,  Mr.  G. 
Claridge  Druce  read  a  paper  on  the  occurrence  of  Carex  helvola 
Blytt  in  Britain,  in  which  he  gave  an  account  of  his  discovery  ot 
this  plant  on  Ben  Lawers,  Perthshire,  in  August,  1897.  He  found 
it  growing  in  some  abundance  at  an  elevation  of  about  3200  ft. 
Prof.  Blytt  and  Dr.  Christ,  to  whom  specimens  had  been  submitted, 
both  agreed  in  naming  it  C.  helvola,  which  by  many  botanists  is 
considered  to  be  a  hybrid.  Prof.  Blytt  says  that  it  grows  with 
C.  canescens  and  apiwoximata  (lagopina),  but  he  has  never  found  ripe 
fruit.  Dr.  Christ  says  :  "  II  me  semble  d'etre  une  ancienne  hybride 
fixe  et  plus  ou  moins  stable."  Mr.  Druce  could  readily  believe  that 
C.  helvola  was  a  hybrid  of  which  C.  canescens  was  one  parent,  but  he 
had  more  difficulty  in  stating  definitely  the  name  of  the  other.  From 
the  close  resemblance  borne  by  C.  helvola  to  C.  Zalinii  (an  acknow- 
ledged hybrid  of  C.  canescens,  in  one  of  its  forms,  with  C.  approxi- 
mata),  this  combination  might  well  be  the  origin  of  the  Ben 
Lawers  plant,  but  against  that  was  the  fact  that  the  presence  of 
C.  approximata  in  the  Breadalbanes  had  never  been  proved. 
C.  echinata,  on  the  contrary,  was  plentiful  there,  but  Mr.  Druce 
could  see  no  positive  evidence  of  the  occurrence  of  that  species 
in  the  foliage  or  inflorescence.  He  would  have  expected  the  off- 
spring of  two  plants  with  nerved  perigynia  to  have  exhibited  that 
character  even  in  young  specimens ;  as  is  shown  in  C.  pseiido- 
helvola,  an  acknowledged  hybrid  of  C.  canescens  and  norvegica. 
The  foliage,  too,  was  slightly  glaucous,  a  character  not  possessed 
by  C.  echinata.  Although  the  Ben  Lawers  plant  was  less  luxuriant 
than  Blytt's  Norwegian  specimens,  Mr.  Druce  was  unable  to  separate 
it  specifically  from  that  plant. 

A  SECOND  instalment  of  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue  has  just  made 
its  appearance,  in  which  Mr.  Hiern  continues  the  enumeration 
of  the  phanerogams  to  the  end  of  Rubiacea.  Four  new  genera 
and  a  large  number  of  new  species  are   described   in   this   part. 


158  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

The  second  volume,  which  is  in  an  advanced  state  of  preparation, 
will  contain  the  Monocotyledons,  by  Mr.  Eendle ;  the  Vascular 
Cryptogams,  by  Mr.  Carruthers ;  the  Mosses,  by  Mr.  Gepp  ;  the 
Hepaticse,  by  Prof.  Stephani ;  the  Marine  Algae,  by  Miss  Barton ; 
the  Freshwater  Alg®,  by  Messrs.  W.  &  G.  S.  West ;  the  Fungi,  by 
Miss  Smith  ;  and  the  Lichens,  by  Prof.  Wainio. 

The  An7iales  des  Sciences  XatureUes  must  be  added  to  the  number 
— happily  decieasii]g — of  those  periodicals  which  are  imperfectly  or 
incorrectly  dated.  The  last  volume  (iv.),  both  on  title-page  and 
wrapper,  bears  the  date  1896,  but  at  the  foot  of  the  front  page  of 
the  latter  we  read  :  "  Ce  cahier  a  ete  public  en  novembre  1897  " — 
a  fact  of  which  no  indication  is  given  in  the  volume  itself,  and  of 
which,  therefore,  when  bound,  it  will  contain  no  record,  unless  the 
wrapper  be  retained.  In  the  face  of  its  notorious  inaccuracy,  would 
it  not  be  well  to  discontinue  the  announcement  which  appears  on 
each  wrapper — "Les  Amiales  paraissant  par  cahiers  mensuels"? 
The  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Society  exhibits  in  a  less  degree  the 
same  discrepancy  between  promise  and  performance  ;  thus,  on  the 
cover  of  the  last  number  we  read  that  "papers  read  in  May  and 
June  are  published  on  1st  November."  Yet  this  number  bears  date 
Dec.  2,  and  contains  only  one  paper,  which  was  read  on  March  18 
and  June  17  !  The  cover  of  the  Journal  de  Botanique  dated  Feb.  1 
announced:  "  Le  numero  du  16  Decembre  1897  paraitra  pro- 
chainement";  it  came  to  hand  about  the  middle  of  March,  duly 
dated  "16  Decembre"!  It  would  seem  that  the  bad  example  so 
long  set  by  the  Kew  Bulktin  is  finding  numerous  imitators. 

We  are  glad  to  announce  that  the  Flora  of  Kent,  under  the  joint 
authorship  of  Mr.  F.  J.  Hanbury  and  the  Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall,  is 
practically  ready  for  press,  and  that  a  large  portion  of  it  is  already 
in  the  printer's  hands.  A  new  part  of  Mr.  Hanbury's  British  Hieracia 
has  just  been  issued. 

M.  John  Briquet  has  issued  a  Mono[/raphie  des  Buplevres  des 
Alpes-Maritimes  (Bale:  Georg,  Nov.  1897)  which  is  evidently  a  very 
careful  study  of  the  twelve  species  of  Bupleurum  found  in  the  region 
mentioned. 

We  regret  to  record  the  death  of  our  contributor  Mr.  Thomas 
Kirk,  of  Wellington,  New  Zealand,  of  whom  we  hope  to  publish  a 
fuller  notice. 

Mrs.  Earle's  Potpourrifrom  a  Surrey  Garden  (Smith,  Elder  &  Co. ; 
price  6s.)  contains  much  miscellaneous  chat  on  all  kinds  of  subjects, 
from  children  to  cookery,  but  is  remarkable  among  the  books  of  its 
class  for  its  very  interesting  and  appreciative  notices  of  botanical 
artists  and  their  work.  Mrs.  Earle's  own  collection  of  the  less 
recent  and  (artistically  at  any  rate)  more  valuable  illustrated 
literature  is  evidently  by  no  means  inconsiderable,  and  she  has 
supplemented  her  knowledge  by  frequent  visits  to  the  Botanical 
Department  of  the  Natural  History  Museum,  where  she  has  been 
able  to  study  at  leisure  the  work,  both  published  and  unpublished, 
of  the  best  botanical  draughtsmen.     We  know  of  no  book  which 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  159 

contains  a  more  attractive  account  of  these  than  this  of  Mrs.  Earle's, 
and  we  hope  she  will  pursue  her  researches  and  publish  the  results 
— perhaps  apart  from  the  domesticities  which  form  a  considerable 
percentage  of  this  potpourri.  There  is,  it  seems  to  us,  room  for  a 
book  of  this  kind,  but,  should  Mrs.  Earle  act  on  this  suggestion,  we 
would  advise  her  to  submit  her  proofs  to  some  botanical  friend,  in 
order  that  certain  slips  which  disfigure  the  present  volume  may  be 
avoided  in  the  future. 

Mrs.  Rowan,  to  whose  drawings  of  Australian  plants  we  referred 
in  this  Journal  for  1896  (p.  239),  has  published  a  book  called 
A  Flower- Hunter  in  Queensland  and  New  Zealand.  It  can  hardly 
be  held  to  justify  its  title,  for  there  is  little  about  flowers  beyond 
some  rather  gushing  remarks  in  the  preface  as  to  the  author's 
"love  for  the  flora  of  Australia,  at  once  so  unique  and  so  fasci- 
nating," and  about  "  the  delight  of  finding  rare  and  even  unknown 
specimens"  (sic) — "those  specimens  hitherto  unknown  were  named 
by  the  late  Sir  Frederick  Miiller."  Only  one  example  of  Mrs. 
Rowan's  really  clever  coloured  drawings  of  plants  is  reproduced : 
this  is  said  to  be  "a  specimen  of  Cochliospermam  "  {sic).  As  a 
book  of  travel  the  volume  is  fairly  interesting,  but  as  far  as  plants 
are  concerned  it  is  not  enlightening.  Nor  do  we  learn  anything  as 
to  the  occurrence  of  certain  unexpected  additions  to  the  Australian 
flora,  to  which  we  drew  attention  in  our  note  already  referred  to. 

We  have  received  the  first  number  (Feb.)  of  The  Cactus  Journal, 
a  new  monthly,  which  is  not  to  be  limited  in  accordance  with  its 
title,  but  will  "exclusively  deal  with  Cacti,  Euphorbias,  Stapelias, 
Agaves,  Aloes,  Echeverias,  Mesembryanthemums,  and  other  succu- 
lent plants."  Among  other  things  it  will  contain  "a  Botanical 
List  of  all  known  Cacti  and  Succulent  Plants,  with  their  synonyms, 
native  countries,  discoveries,  and  other  particulars,  and  a  portion 
will  be  given  in  each  number,  until  every  genera  [sic] ,  species, 
and  variety  known  to  botanists  and  horticulturists  has  been  fully 
exhausted."  Judging  from  the  instalment  of  this  list  in  the  present 
number,  ifc  will  hardly  merit  the  term  botanical :  it  begins  thus — 

"Cereus  Acutangulus,  Brazil,  Hort.  Berol. 

"  C.  Alacroportanus,  Brazil,  Pfeiff. 

"C.  Albispinus  (s.  Pilocereus  Albispinus  and  Landbeckii),  Chili, 

Salm. 
"0.  Atroperpureus  [sic] ,  West  Indies. 
"C.  Azurens  [sic] ,  Chili,  Parm." 

The  editor  says :  "  Those  in  italics  should  be  classed  with  the  genera 
in  brackets,  in  our  opinion";  but  as  he  does  not  give  his  name,  it 
is  not  easy  to  determine  whether  his  views  on  classification  are 
more  worthy  of  consideration  than  his  practice  in  spelling,  which 
throughout  the  number  is  hardly  in  accordance  with  precedent. 
"Professor  Luis  Murillo,"  who,  we  gather  from  his  advertisement 
on  the  cover,  is  a  Vera  Cruz  dealer  in  cacti,  contributes  an  exciting 
account  of  a  night  adventure  in  Mexico,  when  he  was  nearly 
suffocated  by  the  "queer,  and  to  a  certain  extent  agreeable  odour" 


160 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 


of  ''a  gigantic  Cereus  triangularis  in  fantastical  shapes  and  shade" 
which  "  surrounded  on  every  side"  the  house  where  he  was  sleeping; 
its  "innumerable  magnificent  flowers  of  pure  spotless  white  bedewed 
with  watery  pearls  twinkled  under  the  moon's  gaze  as  so  many 
bright  diamonds."  Mr.  William  Watson,  of  Kew,  contributes  "a 
note  of  welcome." 

The  Committee  of  the  Ceylon  Planters'  Association  have  resolved 
to  perpetuate  the  memory  of  the  late  Director  of  the  Eoyal  Botanic 
Gardens  at  Peradeniya  (Dr.  Trimen)  by  the  erection  of  a  cenotaph 
at  the  Gardens  in  recognition  of  his  valued  services  to  the  planting 
community,  as  well  as  to  the  colony  generally,  in  his  special  depart- 
ments of  botanical  and  scientific  research.  This  will  probably  take 
the  form  of  a  tablet  in  a  building  erected  as  a  memorial  to  Thwaites, 
and  containing  a  memorial  tablet  to  him. 

Sir  George  King  retired  on  Feb.  28th  from  the  posts  of  Super- 
intendent of  the  Pioyal  Botanic  Garden,  Calcutta,  and  of  Director 
of  Cinchona  Cultivation  in  Bengal.  There  is  no  need  for  us  to 
remind  our  readers  of  the  excellent  work  which  Sir  George  has 
done  in  both  these  capacities  ;  and  it  is  a  satisfaction  to  know  that 
he  has  been  succeeded  by  Dr.  Prain,  who  has  for  many  years 
assisted  Sir  George  in  his  work,  and  of  whose  thorough  competence 
for  the  posts  there  can  be  no  question. 

Dr.  Otto  Staff  has  been  elected  an  Associate  of  the  Linnean 
Society.  We  are  quite  sure  that  he  is  well  worthy  of  the  honour 
conferred,  but  we  are  surprised  that  the  Council  should  be  unable 
to  find  any  British  subject,  either  at  home  or  abroad,  who  has 
sufficient  claims  to  this  distinction. 

We  have  received  a  list  of  the  Flowering  Plants  of  the  Bromley 
District,  which  the  Eev.  J.  J.  Scargill  has  edited  for  the  Bromley 
Naturalists'  Society.  It  seems  very  carefully  done,  and  contains 
696  species,  all  of  which,  with  the  exception  of  about  twenty-five, 
have  been  observed  within  five  miles  of  Bromley  townhall.  There 
are,  of  course,  a  considerable  number  of  introductions — it  is  curious 
to  note  among  them  three  balsams  [ImjKttiens  Noli-tangere,  I.  biflora, 
and  I.  Pioijlei),  all  of  which  are  entered  as  having  been  found  by  the 
Eavensbourne  on  the  Cator  estate.  The  absence  of  authorities  for 
the  Latin  names  gives  the  list  a  somewhat  slipshod  look,  and  is  not 
compensated  for  by  the  addition  of  an  "English  name"  to  every 
species,  even  when  introduced.  Some  of  these  would,  we  think, 
puzzle  the  most  strenuous  advocate  of  vernacular  names  to  identify 
— e.g.  the  "Lance-leaved  Turnip":  this  is  assigned  to  Bmiias 
orientalis,  which  is  stated  to  be  well  estabhshed  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Bromley. 

Mr.  G.  C.  Druce  asks  any  member  of  the  Botanical  Exchange 
Club  who  may  have  recently  received  in  his  parcel  a  sheet  con- 
taining more  than  one  specimen  of  Potamogeton  fluitans  to  forward 
the  others  to  Mr.  A.  Fryer,  Chatteris,  Cambridgeshire,  as  they  were 
meant  for  him. 


Joiirn.  Bot. 


Tab  386. 


G.  Lister  pinx. 


Mycetozoa. 


161 

NOTES     ON     MYCETOZOA. 

By  Aethur  Lister,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  386.) 

Physarum  didermoides  Eost.  var.  liyidum,  n.  var.  (PL  386, 
fig.  4).  In  searching  for  the  various  forms  of  Mycetozoa,  we  have 
until  recently  confined  our  attention  very  much  to  old  stumps  and 
fallen  leaves  in  woods  and  gardens  ;  during  the  last  year,  however, 
Mr.  Saunders,  of  Luton,  and  Mr.  Crouch,  of  PuUoxhill,  Beds,  have 
found  that  straw-heaps  that  have  lain  long  undisturbed  yield 
species  of  the  genera  P/njsaruui.  and  Didymimn,  often  in  vast  abund- 
ance, and  of  special  interest.  In  April,  1897,  Mr.  Saunders  sent  me 
a  specimen  presenting  unusual  characters,  which  he  had  gathered  in 
a  deserted  stackyard  on  an  exposed  hill-top  on  the  Dunstable  Downs. 
A  few  days  later  my  daughter  and  I  visited  the  spot  in  his  company, 
we  found  the  wet  straw  beneath  the  dry  superficial  layer  covered 
with  the  sporangia  of  Mycetozoa,  principally  of  Didytnium  effumm 
Link,  and  D.  difforme  Duby,  but  also  with  a  large  growth  of  the 
form  we  specially  came  in  search  of.  Ii  is  a  Physarum.  with  the 
following  characters  : — Plasmodium  white  ;  sporangia  subglobose 
or  ovoid  on  a  broad  base,  0*5  to  0-6  mm.  diam.,  sessile,  crowded, 
grey,  and  somewhat  rugose  from  deposits  of  lime,  or  purplish- 
iridescent  from  the  absence  of  lime,  exceptionally  white  with  a 
densely  calcareous  wall ;  they  are  either  seated  directly  on  the 
straw,  or  on  a  thick  white  hypothallus  devoid  of  refuse  matter,  and 
sometimes  extending  beyond  the  sporangia  in  smooth  white  folds  ; 
the  sporangium- wall  is  generally  single  and  membranous,  with 
innate  deposits  of  white  lime  granules,  but  in  some  parts  of  several 
gatherings  it  is  double  ;  the  outer  layer  is  white  and  densely  cal- 
careous, here  and  there  separating  fiom  the  membranous  nnier 
layer  ;  the  latter  is  usually  colourless,  but  sometimes  purplish  and 
Avrinkled ;  columella  none ;  capilhtium  consisting  of  numerous 
white  lime-knots,  rounded  or  irregular  in  shape,  connected  by 
rather  short,  sparingly  branched,  hyaline  threads;  the  spores 
measure  10  to  12 /x,  and  are  very  dark  purple-brown,  strongly  but 
not  very  closely  warted  on  two-thiris  of  the  surface;  over  the 
remaining  third  the  spore-wall  is  thinner  and  paler,  and  the  warts 
more  scattered  (PI.  386,  fig.  4).  Other  gatherings  with  precisely 
the  same  characters  were  obtained  at  GhaulEnd  (the  source  of  the 
April  discovery)  in  June,  1897;  at  Barton,  some  miles  distant; 
and  at  Nether  Crawley,  in  October,  1897  ;  in  this  last  the  spores, 
though  very  dark,  are  a  shade  browner,  paler  and  more  uniform  in 
colour.  The  dark  spores  and  characteristic  capillitium  suggested 
that  in  these  gatherings  we  had  a  form  of  P.  didermoides,  but  the 
sessile  sporangia  agreed  with  Rostafinski's  description  of  P.  lividmn. 
The  typical  form  of  P.  didernwides'Rost.  has  erect  ellipsoid  sporangia 
with  white  membranous  stalks  rising  from  a  well-developed  white 
hypothallus,  a  capillitium  with  numerous  rounded  lime-knots,  and 
purple-brown,  almost  black,   spores.     Rostafinski's  description  of 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  36.      [May,  1898.]  n 


162  NOTES    ON    MYCETOZOA. 

P.  Uvidiim,  in  bis  Monograph,  p.  95,  is  as  follows  : — ''  Sporangia 
irregularly  shaped,  hemispherical,  depressed,  sessile,  greyish  white 
or  white ;  colnmella  none,  or  a  central  mass  formed  from  the 
capillitium  ;  capillitium  with  numerous  roundish  snow-white  lime- 
kiiots ;  spores  violet-black,  with  a  thick  strongly  spinulose  mem- 
brane." He  then  gives  var.  Ucheniformis  "  with  the  sporangia 
seated  on  a  strongly  developed  hypothallus,"  quoting  a  gathermg 
from  Bethlehem,  S.  Carolina,  and  var.  couglobatum  "  without  hypo- 
thallus." The  essential  points  of  difference  between  P.  didermoides 
and  P.  lividum  resolve  themselves  into  the  shape  of  the  sporangia, 
and  the  presence  or  absence  of  a  stalk.  As  indicating  the  difficulty 
Rostafinski  felt  in  this  distinction,  he  has  marked  a  specimen  from 
Ceylon  (No.  135,  Kew  Coll.),  which  has  sessile  irregularly-shaped 
sporangia,  as  F.  didermoides.  In  both  English  and  American 
specimens  of  undoubted  P.  didermoides  we  meet  with  both  ellipsoid 
and  irregularly-shaped  sporangia  and  stalked  and  sessile  sporangia 
in  the  same  development ;  the  characters  which  distinguish  P. 
lividum  seem  therefore  to  fall  to  the  ground.  At  the  same  time  the 
extreme  forms  represented  by  gatherings  in  which  no  sessile  spor- 
angia occur  and  those  in  which  no  stalked  sporangia  occur  (as  is 
the  case  with  the  Chaul  End  specimens)  should  be  recorded  as 
varieties,  and  I  mark  the  latter  as  P.  didermoides  var.  lividum.  The 
type  of  P.  lividum.  var.  licheniforme  Rost.  referred  to  above,  is  in 
Nees's  herbarium  at  Strassburg,  and  was  collected  by  Schweinitz  at 
Bethlehem,  S.  Carolina ;  the  subglobose  sporangia  are  seated  on  a 
white  hypothallus.  I  have  given  it  as  a  sessile  form  of  P.  dider- 
moides in  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Myc.  p.  55.  There  is  a  specimen  from 
Mr.  F.  L.  Harvey,  Orono,  Maine,  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Coll.  (B.  M. 
1595)  which  I  mark  P.  didermoides  var.  lividum;  the  sporangia  are 
globose  ;  it  is  the  only  example  of  the  species  we  have  met  with  in 
which  the  spores  are  identical  with  those  of  the  gatherings  from 
Chaul  End.  The  unequal  thickness  of  the  spore-wall  seems,  how- 
ever, to  be  too  inconstant  to  be  an  important  character. 

Physarum  didermoides  Rost.  On  Oct.  19th,  1897,  I  received  a 
good  supply  of  this  species  from  a  large  growth  found  on  a  heap  of 
stable  manure  by  Mr.  C.  Crouch  at  Mead  Hook  Farm,  near  Pullox- 
hill,  Beds.  The  greater  part  is  a  fairly  typical  form  with  erect 
ellipsoid  sporangia  on  white  membranous  stalks  ;  a  considerable 
portion,  however,  consists  of  irregularly  globose  sessile  sporangia 
seated  on  a  white  hypothallus ;  the  capillitium  is  of  the  normal 
form,  with  small  rounded  lime-knots  connected  by  slender  flexuose 
sparingly  branched  hyaline  threads,  and  frequently  with  a  large  cen- 
tral mass  of  lime  composed  of  confluent  lime-knots  ;  the  spores  are 
very  dark  purple-brown,  closely  and  regularly  spinulose  all  over, 
1-4  /x  diam.  (PL  386,  fig.  5).  On  Nov.  16th,  1897, 1  had  another  fine 
gathering  from  Miss  Agues  Fry,  from  Failand,  near  Bristol ;  it  was 
part  of  an  abundant  growth  on  an  old  heap  of  stable  manure  in  an 
open  field.  This  specimen  differs  from  that  sent  by  Mr.  Crouch  in  the 
larger  size  of  the  sporangia,  which  are  irregularly  ellipsoid,  and  all 
sessile  on  a  profuse  white  hypothallus.  The  capillitium  and  spores 
are  similar  to  the  last  and  quite  typical.     The  inner  sporangium- 


NOTES    ON    MYCETOZOA  163 

wall  of  the  Mead  Hook  gathering  is  purplish  and  wrinkled  into 
areolae  ;  that  from  Failand  is  more  even,  and  paler  in  colour.  Both 
of  these  developments  differ  from  the  Chaul  End  gatherings  of  the 
var.  lividum  in  the  more  ellipsoid  sporangia,  the  more  abundant 
white  hypothallus,  and  in  the  more  rounded  and  smaller  lime- 
knots  ;  the  spores  are  also  somewhat  different  in  having  the  spines 
equally  distributed  over  the  uniformly  dark  surface.  It  is  likely 
that  this  species  and  its  varieties  might  often  be  found  if  stackyards 
were  searched ;  but  the  only  British  gatherings  I  had  previously 
met  with  were  one  in  Berkeley's  herbarium  from  King's  Cliff,  and 
one  from  Hooker's  herb,  marked  *'  Purton"  ;  both  these  specimens 
are  in  the  Kew  Collection,  and  had  been  determined  by  Rostafinski 
as  P.  didenuoides. 

Physarum  straminipes,  n.  sp.  (PI.  886,  fig.  2).  On  May  3rd, 
1897,  Mr.  Saunders  sent  me  a  specimen  of  an  unfamiliar  Physarum 
gathered  the  day  before  at  Chaul  End,  near  Dunstable  ;  and  on  our 
visit  to  the  spot  on  May  6th  we  found  it  in  considerable  abundance 
on  the  damp  straw.  It  holds  a  position  between  P.  compressuui  and 
P.  didermoides,  but  differs  from  both  in  so  many  points  that  it 
appears  necessary,  in  order  to  avoid  confusion,  to  mark  it  as  a 
distinct  species.  The  habitat  is  on  straw,  stable  manure,  and  dead 
leaves.  Plasmodium  white ;  sporangia  greyish  white,  obovoid  or 
wedge-shaped,  averaging  0*7  mm.  diam.,  single  or  clustered  on 
longer  or  shorter  stalks  ;  or  sessile,  subglobose,  ellipsoid,  or  bolster- 
shaped  on  a  broad  base,  crowded  or  rather  scattered  ;  sporangium- 
wall  membranous,  with  dense  innate  clusters  of  white  lime-granules, 
colourless  or  purplish  in  the  lower  part ;  stallis  yellowish  white  or 
straw-coloured,  membranous,  or  somewhat  cartilaginous,  often 
2  mm.  long,  filiform  or  flattened,  smooth,  often  branched  and 
anastomosing,  merging  into  a  hypothallus  of  the  same  parchment- 
like structure,  semitransparent,  and  quite  free  from  refuse-matter ; 
columella  none,  or  represented  by  a  central  mass  of  confluent  lime- 
knots  ;  capillitium  rigid  and  persistent,  of  rather  large  ovoid  or 
rhomboidal  lime-knots,  connected  by  straight  hyaline  glass-like 
rods,  flat  and  broad  at  the  junction  with  the  knots,  or  terete  and 
flexuose  where  they  spring  from  the  sporangium-wall ;  after  the 
dispersion  of  the  spores  the  capillitium  retains  the  shape  of  the 
sporangia  to  a  remarkable  degree,  giving  the  appearance,  under  a 
pocket-lens,  of  unbroken  sporangia ;  the  spores,  as  seen  with 
moderate  magnification,  are  dark  purple-brown,  with  a  mottled 
appearance ;  high  magnification  shows  the  spore-wall  to  be  olive- 
brown,  beset  with  crowded  dark  warts  occupying  broad  irregular 
patches ;  these  are  separated  from  each  other  by  nearly  smooth 
intervening  spaces,  having  the  effect  of  pale  bands.  Besides  the 
gathering  near  Dunstable  the  species  has  been  obtained  at  several 
stations  within  a  radius  of  a  few  miles  ;  it  was  generally  fojind  on 
straw,  but  one  gathering  by  Mr.  Crouch  at  PuUoxhill  was  on  dead 
leaves  in  a  dry  ditch.  On  March  11th,  1898,  we  found  it  in  vast 
abundance  on  stable  manure  round  sea-kale  pots  in  my  garden  at 
Lyme  Regis,  Dorset.  In  all  the  gatherings  the  characters  have  been 
constant,  both  as  regards  the  shape  of  the  sporangia,  the  persistent 

N  2 


164  NOTES    ON    MYCETOZOA. 

capillitium,  and  the  mottled  spores.  I  give  the  specific  name  strawi- 
nipes  on  account  of  the  straw-colom^ed  stalks  ;  these  and  the  peculiar 
striicture  of  the  spores  constitute  tha  essential  points  of  difference 
which  distinguish  this  species  from  P.  compressum,  its  nearest  ally. 
Didymium  Trochus,  n.  sp.  (PI.  386,  fig.  1).  Among  the 
interesting  species  which  the  search  in  straw-yards  has  yielded 
during  the  past  year  is  a  Didijmium  which  appears  to  he  iindescribed, 
and  has  not  been  met  with  in  any  of  the  collections  we  have 
examined.  It  is  allied  to  D.  difforme  Duby  in  possessing  a  convex 
egg-shell-like  upper  sporangium-wall  rising  from  a  broad  base  ;  it 
has  also  a  somewhat  rigid  and  sparse  capillitium.  It  differs  from 
D.  difforme  in  the  sporangia  being  provided  with  a  stalk,  in  the 
presence  of  a  prominent  columella,  and  in  the  warted  spores.  The 
prevailing  shape  of  the  sporangia  is  that  of  a  peg-top  (hence  the 
specific  name),  but  much  diversity  of  form  occurs,  as  will  appear  in 
the  account  given  later.  We  first  discovered  the  species,  with  both 
stalked  and  sessile  sporangia,  on  straw  at  Chaul  End,  May  6th, 
1897.  On  July  8th  we  received  a  further  supply  from  Mr.  Saunders, 
gathered  in  a  stackyard  at  Barton.  The  sporangia  were  mostly 
top-shaped,  but  in  some  the  stalks  were  very  short.  On  Oct.  28tli 
Mr.  C.  Crouch  sent  us  a  large  gathering  which  he  had  found  on  "a 
heap  of  turnips  and  haulm"  at  Kitchen  End,  near  Ampthill.  A 
part  of  the  growth  was  in  "buttercup  yellow"  plasmodium,  some 
of  which  he  sent  with  the  ripe  sporangia  in  a  box  packed  with 
moss  ;  during  the  transit  by  post  the  plasmodium  crawled  on  to 
the  moss,  and  there  formed  sporangia.  In  this  gathering  the 
stalks  are  almost  all  well  developed.  In  the  same  month  we 
received  from  Mr.  E.  S.  Salmon  a  small  gathering  on  dead  leaves, 
which  he  had  obtained  in  April,  1897,  in  the  grounds  at  Clevelands, 
Reigate  ;  the  sporangia  are  sessile,  and  in  this  respect  resemble 
many  of  those  of  our  first  gathering  at  Chaul  End.  The  descrip- 
tion of  the  species  is  as  follows : — Plasmodium  bright  yellow, 
among  dead  leaves,  straw,  &c.  ;  sporangia  0-7  to  1  mm.  diam., 
pale  ochre  or  white,  hemispherical  or  top-shaped,  stalked  or  sessile ; 
sporangium-wall  of  two  layers,  the  outer  brittle  and  shell-like, 
composed  of  closely  compacted  angular  or  stellate  crystals  of  lime, 
forming  a  hemispherical  cap  fitting  on  to  the  yellow-brown  thickened 
margin  of  the  broad  columella ;  the  inner  layer  membranous, 
entirely  free  from  lime,  usually  adhering  to  the  outer  layer  ;  colu- 
mella ochraceous,  smooth,  convex,  nearly  as  broad  as  the  spor- 
angium, filled  with  large  and  beautifully  stellate  snow-white 
crystalline  masses  of  lime,  which  also  extend  downwards  into  the 
interior  of  the  stalk ;  in  many  sporangia  where  the  stalk  is  almost 
or  entirely  wanting  the  surface  of  the  columella  is  beset  with  pro- 
jecting lobes  filled  with  stellate  crystals,  and  often  attenuated 
upwards  into  the  threads  of  the  capillitium  ;  stalk  yellowish  brown, 
obconic  or  cylindrical,  furrowed  and  wrinkled,  often  narrow  at  the 
point  of  attachment  to  the  straw,  and  easily  falling  off";  capillitium 
colourless  or  purple-brown,  not  profuse,  persistent,  the  threads  either 
almost  simple  from  a  broad  base,  or  branched  above,  or  anastomosing 
and  forming  a  loose  network  ;  in  the  last  case  the  threads  are  often 


NOTES   ON   MYCETOZOA. 


165 


interrupted  by  large  vesicles  containing  crystals  of  lime  ;  spores 
brownish  purple,  ''9  to  10  [jl  diam.,  strongly  war  ted,  the  warts 
unevenly  distributed,  often  in  close  clusters  of  three_  or  four  with 
intervening  smooth  spaces,  as  seen  with  a  ^L-mch  objective. 

Badhamia  ovispora  Eacib.  (PI.  386,  fig.  3).  I  give  a  figure  of 
this  species,  which  was  described  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  for 
September,  1897,  p.  354,  to  illustrate  the  plasmodiocarp  form  it 
sometimes  assumes,  and  the  ellipsoid  shape  of  the  spores.  Although 
the  only  other  recorded  gathering  appears  to  be  that  by  Raciborski 
in  Poland,  which  established  the  type,  it  is  probably  not  uncom- 
mon, to  judge  from  the  fact  that  it  has  been  found  in  stackyards  in 
three  localities  in  the  summer  of  last  year. 

Physarum  vernum  Somm.  Within  the  last  three  months  we 
have  received  specimens  representing  several  large  growths  of  this 
species,  on  straw,  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Luton  and  Ampthill. 
They  are  interesting  as  corresponding  almost  exactly  with  Sommer- 
felt's  type  from  Christiania.  The  sporangia  vary  in  shape  and 
size  ;  those  from  Mr.  Crouch,  from  Kitchen  End,  are  mostly  plas- 
modiocarps,  measuring  0-6  to  1  mm.  broad,  and  sometimes  18  mm. 
long ;  the  sporangium-wall  is  densely  charged  with  lime,  and  in 
some  parts  consists  of  two  layers,  the  outer  separating  from  the 
inner.  The  capilhtium  resembles  that  in  Sommerfelt's  type  in 
having  a  true  Badhamia  character  in  some  parts,  and  abundant 
hyaline  threads  in  others  ;  the  spores  measure  9  to  10  fi,  and  are 
rather  paler  than  the  type,  but  are  distinctly  darker  than  in 
P.  cinereiuu.  Another  specimen  from  Chigwell,  Essex,  has  darker 
spores  again;  the  sporangia  are  small,  and  closely  resemble  those 
of  P.  cinereum.  I  record  these  gatherings  because  of  the  indefinite 
boundaries  of  this  newly-revived  species  (described  Journ.  Bot.  June, 
1897),  and  because  we  had  not  before  obtained  it  with  the  characters 
of  Sommerfelt's  type  so  strongly  marked,  or  in  such  abundance. 

DiACHCEA  BULBiLLOSA  (Berk.)  Lister.  Among  the  specimens  of 
Mycetozoa  collected  in  Java  by  Prof.  Penzig  in  1896-7,  and  kindly 
submitted  to  me  for  inspection,  is  a  Diachcm  which  I  have  named 
as  above.  It  was  found  in  abundance,  sometimes  thousands  of  in- 
dividuals together,  on  dead  leaves  and  stems  in  the  Botanical  Gar- 
dens at  Buitenzorg  and  Tjibodas.  The  sporangia  are  globose  and 
iridescent,  on  conical  white  stalks  ;  these  are  densely  charged  with 
lime,  and  extend  into  the  sporangia  to  about  half  their  height  as 
columellaj  ;  the  capillitium  is  a  network  of  purple-brown  threads 
spreading  from  the  columella  to  the  membranous  sporangium-wall; 
in  part  of  the  gatherings  the  stalks  are  brown  and  narrow  above, 
and  expand  below  into  a  broad  white  base  ;  the  lime  they  contain 
is  in  the  shape  of  angular  nodules.  This  latter  form  corresponds 
with  the  type  of  Didymium  bidbillosum  Berk.  &  Broome  from  Ceylon, 
published  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  xiv.  p.  81  (Brit.  Mus.  Coll. 
No.  592  ;  Berkeley's  herb.,  Kew,  No.  1514).  It  is  referred  to  Brit. 
Mus.  Cat.  Myc.  p.  91,  under  Diachoea  elegans  Fr.  as  differing  from 
the  usual  type  of  that  species  in  the  globose  heads  and  rougher 
spores.     The  occurrence  of  the  form  in  such  abundance  in  Java*, 


166  NOTES  OF  A  TOUR  IN  N.  SCOTLAND. 

invariably  with  globose  sporangia,  and  with  violet-grey  spores  of  the 
same  colour  as  those  of  the  Ceylon  specimen  and  marked  with 
similar  scattered  warts,  confirms  the  integrity  of  the  species  ;  it 
must,  however,  be  transferred  from  the  genus  Didymium,  in  which 
Berkeley  placed  it,  to  Diachcea. 

The  camera  lucida  drawings  in  the  plate  (PL  386,  figs.  6,  7, 
8,  9,  10),  taken  with  a  J-^-inch  immersion  lens,  show  the  difference 
of  spore-sculpture  which  distinguishes  the  five  recorded  species 
of  Diachcea. 


Description  of  Plate  386. — 1.  Didymium  Trochus.  2.  Physarum  strami- 
nipes.  3.  Badhamia  ovispora.  4.  Spore  of  Physarum  didermoides  var.  lividum, 
collected  at  Chaul  End,  x  600.  5.  Spore  of  P.  didermoides,  collected  at  Mead 
Hook  Farm,  x  600.  0.  Spore  oiDiachoea  elegans  x  600.  7.  Spore  of  D.  splen- 
dens  X  600.  8.  Spore  of  D.  Thomasii  x  600.  9.  Spore  of  D.  subsessilis  x  600, 
referred  to  Journ.  Bot.  June,  1897,  p.  213.     10.  Spore  of  D.  hulUllosa  x  600. 

a,  sporangia  x  20 ;  6,  capillitium  and  spores  x  280 ;  c,  spore  x  600 ;  d,  crystals 
of  outer  sporangium-wall  x  280 ;  e,  crystals  in  the  columella  x  280. 


NOTES   OF   A   TOUK   IN   N.  SCOTLAND,   1897. 
By Rev.E.  S.Marshall,  M.A.,F.L.S.,&W.  A.  Shoolbred,M.R.C.S. 

The  undermentioned  plants  were  observed  between  July  14th 
and  August  12th.  A  day  was  spent  in  working  the  coast  of  Thurso 
Bay,  Caithness  (109),  via  Scrabster  to  Holbura  Head.  We  stayed 
a  short  time  at  Melvich,  W.  Sutherland  (108),  and  passed  five  days 
at  Betty  Hill  very  pleasantly,  Tongue  and  its  neighbourhood  after- 
wards occupying  our  attention  for  nearly  a  fortnight.  The  grand- 
looking  corries  on  the  east  side  of  Ben  Hope  disappointed  us ;  but 
Ben  Laoghal  (about  as  fine  a  hill  as  there  is  in  Scotland,  though 
not  of  any  great  height)  produced  several  things  of  considerable 
interest.  A  brief  sojourn  at  Altnaharra,  where  we  were  nearly 
devoured  by  midges,  enabled  us  to  add  Carex  cJiordorrhiza  to  the 
British  Flora,  and  we  believe  that  this  place  is  well  worth  exploring 
systematically.  Thence  we  journeyed  southward  to  Golspie,  E.  Suth- 
erland (107),  and  Tain,  E.  Ross  (106) ;  finally  breaking  our  journey 
for  a  few  hours  at  Dunphail,  Inverness-shire,  which  is  in  Watson's 
v.-c.  95,  Elgin.  With  the  exception  of  the  last  two  days,  we  had 
an  almost  unbroken  spell  of  fine  weather,  and  managed  to  collect  a 
good  many  rare  or  critical  species.  Particular  attention  was  paid 
to  the  forms  of  Hieracium  and  Euphrasia,  in  which  this  part  of  the 
country  is  decidedly  rich. 

The  sign  "^^  denotes  a  new  vice-comital  record ;  t  an  apparently 
new  British  plant. 

We  are  indebted  for  much  kind  help  in  determining  doubtful 
specimens  to  Messrs.  Arthur  Bennett,  Crepin,  H.  &  J.  Groves, 
Hanbury,  Klikenthal,  E.  F.  Linton,  G.  Nicholson,  Rogers,  and 
Prof.  Wettstein. 


NOTES  ON  A  TOUE  IN  N.  SCOTLAND.  167 

Thalictnim  culliniun  Wallroth.  108."  Melness  Sands,  Tongue 
Bay,  associated  with  T.  dunense ;  also  on  rocks  at  Ardsgionaich 
Poiut,  at  the  N.W.  end  of  the  Bay. 

Kamuiculus  Flammula  L.  var.  radicans  Nolte.  108.  Sandy  shore 
of  Loch  Naver,  Altnaharra ;  many  of  the  specimens  very  charac- 
teristic, but  shading  off  into  the  ordinary  form,  and  some  quite 
erect,  though  in  other  respects  just  like  the  prostrate,  rooting  state. 
— Fi.  scoticus  E.  S.  Marshall  (A',  j^etio/aris  ejusdem,  non  Bonpland, 
Humboldt,  &  Kunth).  108.  Lochan  Hacoiu,  near  Tongue;  Loch 
nan  Uan,  below  Ben  Klibreck,  Altnaharra.  Our  recent  observation 
of  this  plant  in  a  wild  state  has  confirmed  us  in  the  belief  that  it 
should  be  separated  from  Fi.  Flammula  as  a  good  subspecies  ;  as  Mr. 
Symers  Macvicar  has  noticed,  it  appears  to  occur  only  on  stony 
lake-margins  over  a  subsoil  of  peat. — Ft.  Steveni  Andiz.  108.  Rocky 
bay  about  a  mile  W.  of  Melvich.  109.  Sparingly  in  a  damp  hollow 
on  Holburn  Head,  together  with  a  curious  dwarf  state  of  R.  Flam- 
mula.—  R.  bulbosus  L.  107.  Sandhills,  Brora;  Golspie  Links. 
108.  Melness  Sands.  —  R.  Ficaria  L.  108.  Ascends  to  1800  ft.  on 
Ben  Laoghal. 

Caltha  radicans  Forster.  108. ''^  By  the  Ribigill  Burn,  above  the 
bridge  which  crosses  it  about  a  mile  from  Tongue ;  scarcely  differing 
from  C.  palustris  in  leaf-characters — it  may  perhaps  be  the  var. 
zetlandica  Beeby,  which  we  have  not  seen. 

Papaver  duhium  L.     107.  Golspie. 

Neckeria  claviculata  N.  E.  Brown.  108.  Tongue;  only  seen  at 
one  spot. 

Cardamine  jlexuosa  With.     107.*  Dunrobin  Glen,  Golspie. 

Draba  incana  L.  107.  The  small  state  mentioned  by  Syme  as 
growing  near  Tain  is  abundant  on  Golspie  Links. 

Coclilearia  officinalis  L.  109.  Very  luxuriant  in  a  gully  on 
Holburn  Head.  A  peculiar  scurvy-grass  grows  on  the  coast  of  the 
Dornoch  Firth,  between  Edderton  and  Tain,  106,  with  leaves  much 
like  C.  anglica,  but  approaching  C.  aljjina  in  the  pods,  which  are 
strongly  reticulate  when  ripe.  Prof.  Hausskuecht  suggests  that 
this  may  be  a  hybrid ;  if  so,  it  is  pretty  sure  to  be  C.  groenlandica 
X  officinalis ;  but  we  did  not  notice  the  former  thereabouts,  and  its 
seeds  appear  to  be  perfect ;  the  shape  of  the  fruit  is  also  against  this 
view.  —  C.  groenlandica  L.  107.*  Shores  of  Loch  Fleet,  near 
Golspie;  much  eaten  down  by  rabbits.  108.  S.E.  shore  of  the 
Kyle  of  Tongue,  on  decomposing  mica-schist.  109.  Abundant  and 
very  dwarf  in  short  turf,  Holburn  Head. 

Sisymbrium  Thalianum  J.  Gay.  107.*  Golspie;  Biovsi  [TJilaspi 
arvense  is  not  uncommon  at  both  these  places). —  [S.  Sophia  L. 
107.*   Shore  at  Golspie  ;  only  one  plant,  evidently  a  mere  casual.] 

Cakile  maritima  Scop.  107.*  Coast  between  Brora  and  Golspie ; 
also  by  Loch  Fleet. 

Helianthemum  Chamacistus  Miller.  107.  Scarce  and  very  local 
on  cliffs  half-way  between  Brora  and  Golspie. 

Viola  ericetorum  Schrader.  107.*  Near  Brora.  —  V.  Curtisii 
Forster.  107.*  Between  Brora  and  Golspie ;  the  same  form  which 
is  abundant  on  Dunnet  Links,  Caithness. 


168  NOTES  OF  A  TOUR  IN  N.  SCOTLAND. 

Lychnis  Githago  Scop.     106.  Cornfield  near  Edderton. 

Cerastium  tetrandrum  Curtis.  107.  Golspie  Links.  A  not  un- 
common species  on  the  sandy  coasts  of  N.  Scotland.  —  C.  trivUde 
Link,  var.  alpinum  Mertens  &  Koch.  108.  In  rills  on  Ben  Hope, 
at  2500  ft. 

Stellaria  media  Cyr.  var.  Bonvaiia  (Jordan).  106.  Coast  near 
Edderton.  107.  Stony  shore  of  Loch  Fleet,  near  Golspie,  in  great 
plenty. 

Sagina  maritima  Don  and  S.  nodosa  Fenzl.  107.*  Golspie  Links. 
— S.  procumbens  L.  var.  spinosa  S.  Gibson.  107.  Shore  of  Loch 
Fleet. 

Buda  rubra  Dumortier.  107.'''  Plentiful  on  the  railway  near 
the  head  of  Loch  Fleet  for  about  half  a  mile. — B.  marina  Dumortier. 
107.'"  Shores  of  Loch  Fleet ;  both  type  and  var.  neglecta. —  B.  media 
Dumortier.  107.*  With  the  last.  A  strong,  somewhat  glandular 
form  occurs  near  Edderton,  106. 

Hypericum  pulchrum,  L.  var.  procumbens  Rostrup.  109.*  Among 
grass  and  stunted  heather  near  Holburn  Head,  the  smaller  speci- 
mens just  matching  Mr.  Beeby's  Shetland  plant,  but  more  luxuriant 
as  a  rule  ;  uniformly  procumbent. 

[Malva  moschata  L.  108.  The  white-flowered  form  occurs 
sparingly  by  the  Ribigill  Burn,  just  below  Tongue  village,  having 
probably  been  "  seeded  down  "  from  gardens.  M.  sylvestris  was  seen 
at  Golspie  near  houses,  and  looking  like  an  outcast  or  escape.] 

Erodium,  cicutarium  L'Heritier,  var.  glandnlosum,  Bosch.  107. 
Sandy  ground  near  the  N.W.  end  of  Loch  Fleet. 

Astragalus  danicus  Retz.  107.  Sandy  coast  midway  between 
Golspie  and  Brora. 

Lathyrus  jjratensis  L.  A  hairy  form  occurs  at  Kirtomy  Bay, 
near  Farr,  108,  and  is  abundant  on  cliffs  near  Scrabster,  109. 
"Scarcely  lanuginosa-villosa  of  Fries:  rather  between  that  and 
type."  Ar.  Bennett  in  litt. 

Bruuus  Avium  L.  95.  Rocks  and  cliffs  above  the  Divie,  near 
Diuiphail— a  plant  with  pecuHar  leaf-serration,  for  which  Mr. 
Nicholson  could  give  no  special  name ;  we  judged  it  to  be  indi- 
genous.   107.*  Dunrobin  Glen,  Golspie  ;   P.  Fadus  also  grows  there. 

Rubus  villicaulis  Koehler.  107.*  About  Golspie,  not  unfrequent. 
~E.  Selmeri  Lindeberg.  106.  Between  Meikle  Ferry  and  Tain.— 
R.  hirtifolius  Mueller  &  Wirtgen,  var.  danicus  (Focke).  108.  The 
most  plentiful  species  around  Tongue,  where  Mr.  Hanbury  collected 
it  several  years  since.  —  R.  mucronatus  Bloxam.  Plants  from  106 
(Edderton)  and  107  (near  Loch  Fleet)  with  glandular-aciculate  stems 
are  named  "forma  aspera  "  by  Mr.  Rogers.  The  small  and  neat- 
leaved  northern  bramble  so  characteristic  of  N.E.  Scotland  occurs 
about  Golspie,  differing  from  the  others  only  by  its  weaker  armature. 
~R.  radula  Weihe.  107.*  Typical  and  frequent  at  Golspie.— 
R.  Balfourianus  Bloxam.  108.*  A  large  patch  of  this  was  met  with 
on  the  coast  at  Auchninver  (below  Coalbackie),  near  Tongue.  It  is 
not_  quite  typical,  having  stamens  about  as  long  as  the  styles,  not 
faUmg  short  of  them  ;  but  the  very  large  petals,  the  leaves,  and  the 
barren  -stems  are  quite  characteristic. 


NOTES    OF    A    TOUR    IN    N.   SCOTLAND.  169 

Rosa  mollis  X  jiimpmellifolia .  108.  The  beautiful  rose  from  near 
Betty  Hill,  for  which  M.  Crepin  had  already  suggested  such  an 
origin,  he  now  decidedly  confirms  as  this  hybrid.  There  are  three 
distinct  colonies  within  a  few  hundred  yards,  all  exactly  resembling 
one  another.  B,.  mollis  grows  at  no  great  distance,  but  is  much 
scarcer  than  R.  tomentosa. — Pi.  pmpiiiellifolia  x  tomentosa.  107.  In 
the  valley  of  the  Brora  river,  about  a  mile  above  the  village.— 
R.  glaiica  X  pimp  ine  II  if  alia.  107.*  By  the  river-side  at  Brora — a 
single  bush.  M.  Crepin  assents  to  our  identification  of  it  with 
R.  hibeniica  var.  glabra  Baker.  —  R,  coriifulia  Fries,  var.  Baherl 
(Deseglise).  107.  Near  the  shore  of  Loch  Fleet ;  also  frequent 
about  Brora.  "C'est  une  var.  du  R.  corlifolia  Fries  faisant  partie 
du  Pi.  Bakeri  Desegl.  Ce  R.  Bakeri  peut  avoir  les  pedicelles  lisses 
ou  un  pen  glanduleuses "  (Crepin  inlitt.).  The  strongly-hooked 
prickles  are  very  characteristic  of  this  fine  rose,  which  is  by  no 
means  uncommon  on  the  coasts  of  E.  Ross  and  E.  Inverness, 
varying  somewhat  in  armature,  but  well  marked  upon  the  whole. 

Cratmfus  monogyna  Jacq.  108.  A  form  with  curious  deeply- 
incised  broad  leaf-segments  was  found  in  a  precipitous  birch-wood 
on  the  E.  side  of  the  Kyle  of  Tongue  ;  certainly  native. 

Sedum  anglicum  Hudson.     107.*  Coast  near  Golspie. 

Epilohium  alsiiiefolium  X  palustre.  106.  Rocky  streamlet  on  the 
W.  side  of  Ben  Laoghal  at  1700  ft.,  together  with  the  parents. 

Circcea  alpina  L.  107.*  Dunrobin  Glen,  Golspie.  The  C.  inter- 
media Ehrhart,  of  Scotland,  which  grows  near  Dunphail,  can  hardly 
be  a  hybrid,  as  it  is  found  abundantly  in  localities  from  which 
C.  lutetiana  appears  to  be  altogether  absent. 

Conium  maciilatiim  L.  107.*  Brora ;  Golspie — in  the  former 
station,  at  least,  it  appears  to  be  truly  wild. 

Carum  Carvi  L.  The  caraway  now  grows  plentifully  over  quite 
half  a  mile  of  ground  near  Melvich,  and  looks  quite  indigenous  ;  but 
it  occurs  as  an  evident  escape  on  other  parts  of  the  north  coast,  so 
that  it  may  be  merely  naturalized  here. 

^gopodium  Podagraria  L.     107.  Golspie;  not  native,  we  believe. 

Pimpiyiella  Saxifraga  L.  107.*  Coast  between  Brora  and  Gol- 
spie. 108.  Var.  dlssecta  With,  was  met  with  in  limited  quantity  on 
Melness  Sands,  near  Tongue,  among  a  large  quantity  of  another 
variety  (also  abundant  on  sandy  ground  at  Farr  Bay),  which  seems 
to  approach  P.  nigra  Willd.,  as  defined  by  Koch,  Syn.  ed.  2,  p.  446 
{7iot  the  var.  nigra  of  p.  316),  though  the  pubescence  is  less  marked 
than  in  that  description ;  it  can  certainly  not  be  referred  to  the 
type,  and  tends  towards  P.  major  in  habit. 

Ligiisticum  scoticum  L.     108.  Rocky  coast,  Betty  Hill. 

Caucalis  Anthrisciis  Hudson.     107.  Golspie. 

Linncea  horealis  L.  107.  In  the  middle  of  a  pine-wood  near 
Golspie.  We  had  previously  been  informed  of  its  occurrence  there, 
and  though  it  appears  to  be  well  known  locally,  it  is  not  recorded  from 
E.  Sutherland  in  Top.  Bot.  Extremely  scarce;  only  three  or  four 
plants  were  seen. 

Galium  palustre  L.  We  believe  that  all  the  plants  seen  by  us  in 
106-8  were  var.  Witheringii  (Smith).  —  G.  Aparine  L.     108.  Mr. 


170  NOTES  OF  A  TOUR  IN  N.  SCOTLAND. 

Bennett  writes  as  follows  about  a  plant  which  we  found  growing 
sparingly  in  shade  on  the  coast  below  Coalbackie,  near  Tongue  : — 
"  This  seems  to  be  var.  amjustifolium  Meyer  =  G.  infestum  Waldst. 
&  Kit.  Norman  records  it  from  Arctic  Norway."  G.  infestum  is 
identified  by  Nyman  with  G.  Vaillantii  DC,  which  our  specimens 
closely  resemble  in  their  narrow  leaves  and  patent  inflorescence ; 
but  the  flowers  are  white  and  the  fruits  few — perhaps  not  a  fatal 
objection,  as  the  plants  are  by  no  means  luxuriant.  A  strong, 
prostrate,  large -fruited  form  of  G.  Aparine  abounds  on  the  shingly 
beach  at  Thurso. 

Scabiosa  ar>!emis  L.  108.  A  beautiful  form  with  white  blossoms 
occurs  in  small  quantity  at  Melness  ;  the  type  is  abundant  there, 
as  well  as  about  Farr  Bay,  near  Betty  Hill. 

Filago  minima  L.  107.  Golspie  Links ;  plentiful  near  the  head 
of  Loch  Fleet,  on  sandy  ground  and  railway  ballast. 

Achillea  Millefolium  L.  var.  lanata  Koch  (1837).  109.  Scrabster; 
jusc  Mr.  Beeby's  Shetland  plant.  Mr.  Bennett  suggests  that  this 
may  be  the  same  as  var.  villosum  Hartman,  Hand.  Sk.  Fl.  ed.  1, 
p.  419  (1820). 

Artemisia  vulgaris  L.  var.  coarctata  (Forselles).  108.  Melness 
Sands.  The  clothing  is  much  more  woolly  than  in  the  common 
plant  of  S.E.  England,  but  its  habit  does  not  differ  appreciably. 
Probably  this  Sutherlandshire  plant  may  be  typical  coarctata,  which 
Nyman  localizes  as  "Bait,  litor." 

Arctium  nemorosum  Bab.  107.'''  Coast  between  Brora  and 
Golspie,  scarce.  "Query,  whether  of  Lejeune  ?  But  I  believe  it 
is,  and  that  Lange,  Konicke  &c.  are  wrong  in  referring  our  plant  lo 
intermedium''  ( Ar.  Bennett,  in  Hit.).  A.  minus Bernh.  was  seen  in  two 
or  three  stations  near  Tongue. 

Centaurea ?     108. f   A  handsome  knapweed  was  found  in 

considerable  quantity  among  the  sandhills  below  Coalbackie,  on  the 
E.  side  of  Tongue  Bay,  and  quite  sparingly  near  Melness,  on  the 
W.  side,  associated  with  C.  nigra  and  great  abundance  of  C.  Scabiosa, 
which  is  also  very  plentiful  on  slopes  S.E.  of  Farr.  Bay.  In  its 
usual  form  this  is  a  yard  or  more  in  height,  few-  (1-4,  usually  2-) 
flowered,  with  long  peduncles  ;  leaves  of  a  light  clear  green,  entire 
or  somewhat  obscurely  crenate-dentate,  the  lowest  with  a  blade 
about  4  in.  long  and  1^  in.  or  more  in  its  greatest  breadth,  gradually 
narrowed  into  a  petiole  of  almost  its  own  length,  which  (as  well 
as  the  midrib  and  principal  nerves  beneath)  is  more  or  less  hispid 
with  crisped  white  hairs.  The  uppermost  leaves  are  subsessile. 
The  heads  differ  but  little  from  C.  Scabiosa,  of  which  it  has  the 
radiant  florets,  and  which  is  certainly  its  nearest  ally.  At  Melness 
it  is  accompanied  by  a  smaller  form,  little  more  than  a  foot  high, 
the  leaves  being  lanceolate,  darker  green,  and  quite  entire  ;  we  do 
not  think  that  these  can  be  kept  apart.  The  only  example  in  the 
large  general  collection  at  Cromwell  Road  which  at  all  closely 
approaches  this  Sutherlandshire  plant  is  one  from  dry  wood-borders, 
Leopoldsruhe,  near  Lienz  (S.E.  Tirol),  on  schistose  soil  at  2300- 
2400  ft.,  legit  Gander,  1871  ;  it  was  sent  out  with  a  typical  speci- 
men, and  is  labelled  merely  "  C.  Scabiosa,  L."     Koch  remarks  (Syn. 


NOTES    OF    A    TOUR    IN    N.   SCOTLAND.  171 

ed.  2,  p.  473) :  "Variat  .  .  .  rarius  foliis  integris  lanceolatis  et 
superioribus  tantum  basi  pinnatifidis."  We  believe  that  our  Tongue 
Bay  plants,  if  their  characters  are  fairly  well  retained  under  culti- 
vation, will  deserve  to  be  at  least  varietally  separated  from  C.  Sca- 
hiosa;  they  flower  a  little  later,  and  we  had  some  difficulty  in 
obtaining  sufficiently  advanced  material.  C.  Cyanus  grows  in  fields 
at  Golspie. 

Hieracium  holoserlceum  Backhouse.  108.  Eocky  ground  below 
Ben  Hope,  on  the  E.  side,  in  no  great  quantity. — H.  glohosum 
Backhouse.  108.*  Eocks  at  the  summit  of  the  Lion  Peak,  Ben 
Laoghal ;  W.  side  of  Ben  Klibreck,  at  2000  ft.  The  leaves  are 
longer  than  usual,  probably  owing  to  its  being  in  shade  ;  Mr.  Linton 
has  observed  the  same  peculiarity  in  plants  growing  above  Loch 
Etachan,  in  the  Cairngorms.  Another  alpine  hawkweed,  found 
sparingly  at  1800  ft.  on  Ben  Hope,  is  placed  as  an  undescribed 
dark-styled  variety  of  this  by  Messrs.  Hanbury  and  Linton,  who 
gathered  it  on  the  same  mountain  ten  or  twelve  years  since. — 
H.  curvatmn  Elfstrand.  108.  Ben  Laoghal ;  locally  abundant. — 
H.  liyiguJatum  Backhouse.  108.  Eather  plentiful  on  the  N.  side  of 
Ben  Laoghal,  descending  to  1000  ft. ;  a  few  of  the  plants  had  yellow 
styles. — H.  anglicum  Fries,  var.  aciitifolium  Backhouse.  108.  Coast 
near  Coalbackie — a  few  specimens,  the  type  being  common.  Var. 
loitgibracteatum  F.  J.  Hanbury  is  frequent  in  this  district. — H.  iricum 
Fries.  The  most  abundant  species  on  the  N.  coast  of  Scotland, 
according  to  our  experience.  It  is  often  stylose  in  the  Tongue 
neighbourhood.  —  H.  Carenorum  F.  J.  Hanbury.  108.  We  were 
fortunate  in  discovering  two  new  stations  for  this  fine  plant,  which 
had  previously  been  gathered  only  in  very  small  quantity  to  the  AV. 
of  Ben  Hope  ;  viz.  at  Betty  Hill  and  by  streams  near  Coalbackie  and 
Ehi-tongue.  It  is  liable  to  be  confounded  with  H.  argenteum  Fries, 
var.  septentrionale,  but  presents  good  marks  of  divergence,  especially 
in  the  clothing  of  the  heads.  The  latter  plant  was  gathered  on  the 
coast  near  Betty  Hill,  and  on  rocks  by  Talmin  Bay,  N.W.  of  Tongue. 
— H.  proxinium  F.  J.  Hanbury.  109.  Abundant  on  low  cliffs  between 
Thurso  and  Scrabster. — H.  caledo?iicum  F.  J.  Hanbury.  107.  Cliffs 
midway  between  Brora  and  Golspie  ;  too  far  advanced  to  be  worth 
gathering,  still  we  feel  no  doubt  about  its  being  this  species.  108. 
Plentiful  along  the  coast  of  Tongue  Bay ;  Kirtomy,  near  Farr. 
109.  Cliffs  between  Thurso  and  Scrabster.  —  H.  ruhicundum  F.  J. 
Hanbury.  108.  N.  side  of  Ben  Laoghal,  at  about  1200  ft. — Var.  Bos- 
ivelli  (Linton).  108.  By  streams  near  Melness  and  Tongue;  locally 
abundant.  —  H.  nitidum.  Backhouse.  108.  We  saw  this  in  several 
places  near  Tongue,  but  in  no  great  quantity.  —  R.  Sommerfeltii 
Lindeberg.  108.*  Eocks  by  the  path  from  Kinloch  Lodge  to  Ben 
Hope,  at  1500  ft. ;  heads  more  floccose  than  usual.  —  H.  scoticiim 
F.  J.  Hanbury.  108.  Very  plentiful  on  the  steep  grassy  banks  of 
the  Kirtomy  Burn,  near  Farr,  and  frequent  in  that  neighbourhood ; 
the  specimens  collected  inland  were  often  decidedly  glaucous.  By  a 
streamlet  to  the  W.  of  Talmm  Bay,  near  Tongue.  —  H.  onosmoides 
Fries,  var.  buglossoides  (Arvet-Touvet).  107."  Cliffs  midway  between 
Brora  and  Golspie  ;  just  the  plant  of  E.  Eoss. — H.  stenolepis  Linde- 


172  NOTES  OF  A  TOUR  IN  N.  SCOTLAND. 

berg,  var.  angninutn  W.  K.  Linton.  108.'''  Sandhills  at  AucUninver, 
Tongue  Bay;  extremely  scarce,  having  probably  sprung  from  the 
seed  of  a  larger  colony  on  the  inaccessible  cliffs  above.  So  far  as 
we  know,  it  had  only  been  obtained  before  in  Dumfriesshire.  A 
single  specimen  of  the  type  was  found  on  rocks  by  the  road,  near 
Armadale. — H.  rivale  F.  J.  Hanbury.  108.  Mr.  Hanbury  so  names 
three  gatherings  from  the  N.  side  of  Ben  Laoghal,  at  1200-1500  ft., 
and  one  from  the  coast  of  Tongue  Bay,  near  Melness. —  H.  vnirorum 
L.  var.  crassiusculnni  Almquist.  108.  Rocks  near  the  coast  between 
Talmin  Bay  and  Loch  Fhasgaidh. — H.  casium  Fries.  108.  N.  side  of 
Ben  Laoghal,  at  1200-1500  ft.  Named  by  Mr.  Hanbury  ;  the  speci- 
mens agree  very  well  indeed  with  No.  125  of  Prof.  Lindeberg's  Hier. 
Exsicc.  Scaud.,  from  Stockholm,  which  he  (C.  J.L.)  considers  to  be  the 
true  plant ;  the  only  difference  consists  in  our  plants  having  rather 
more  clothing  on  the  heads  and  phyllaries  and  more  ciliate  leaves, 
which  is  evidently  due  to  their  being  in  a  less  advanced  stage. — 
H.  casio-muronim  Lindeberg.  108.*  Coast  and  stream- sides  about 
Coalbackie,  near  Tongue ;  ascending  to  fully  1500  ft.  on  Ben 
Laoghal.  In  this  district  the  leaves  are  often  spotted. — H.  orariuni 
Lindeberg,  Ysn.fulvum,  F.  J.  Hanbury.  108.  Melness  Sands,  Tongue 
Bay,  in  profusion  over  a  small  area ;  this  is  a  beautiful  plant  with 
deep  orange-yellow  blossoms  and  very  yellow  foliage.  109.  Cliffs 
between  Thurso  and  Scrabster— only  a  few  specimens  were  found. 
— H.  diuiceps  F.  J.  Hanbury.  108.  Eocky  streamlet  on  the  W.  side 
of  Ben  Klibreck,  at  1800  ft. — H.  dissimile  Lindeberg.  108.*  Coast 
of  Tongue  Bay,  near  Melness.  Mr.  Linton  considers  this  to  be  the 
typical  plant,  or  at  least  very  near  it.  —  H.  aiu/ustatum  Lindeberg. 
108.*  Ben  Klibreck,  at  2000  ft.  As  Mr.  Linton  has  pointed  out  to 
us,  this  plant  agrees  admirably  with  No.  128  of  Hier.  Scand.  Exs. 
(var.  elatum.  Lindeberg).  Mr.  Hanbury's  opinion  was:  "near 
H.  c(Bsiuin,"  which  is  quite  true.  —  H.  zetlandiciDn  Beeby.  108.* 
Sandy,  grassy  slopes  about  half  a  mile  S.E.  of  Farr  Bay,  plentiful; 
a  single  plant  was  also  collected  at  Kirtomy.  While  gathering  this, 
which  is  a  most  interesting  novelty  for  the  British  mainland,  we 
were  strongly  reminded  of  the  Shetland  species ;  and  careful  com- 
parison with  an  excellent  series  received  from  Mr.  Beeby  himself  has 
convinced  Mr.  Hanbury  that  they  cannot  be  kept  apart.  The 
Sutherlandshire  form  is  superficially  very  unlike  leafy-stemmed 
specimens  from  rocks  by  Roeness  Voe  (No.  1092),  but  closely 
approaches  those  from  short  turf  above  Sand  Voe  (Nos.  1044, 1084) 
and  North  Ross  (No.  1083),  Northmaven;  its  leaves,  however,  being 
larger  and  less  hairy  (which  the  difference  of  situation  fully  accounts 
for).  The  styles  are  livid,  instead  of  nearly  pure  yellow;  but  there 
is  very  little  difference  in  the  heads,  which  are  somewhat  more 
hairy,  glandular,  and  floccose,  as  might  be  expected.  —  H.  dovrense 
Fries.  108.*  Rocks  on  the  N.  side  of  Ben  Laoghal,  at  1000  ft. ; 
most  rare.  ''Good  type — the  best  yet  seen  in  Britain."  Hanbury, 
in  litt.  Our  specimens  indeed  match  well  with  Hier.  Scand.  Exs. 
No.  39,  from  the  Dovre-fjeld.  —  H.  strictum  Fries.  95.  Ravine  of 
the  Divie,  Dunphail ;  frequent.  107.*  Bank  above  the  Brora  river, 
half  a  mile  above  the  village.     108.  Stream-sides  about  Tongue  and 


NOTES    OF    A   TOUE    IN    N.   SCOTLAND.  173 

Coalbackie,  in  plenty ;  W.  coast  of  Tongue  Bay.  —  H.  reticulatiim 
Lindeberg.  108.  By  the  Ribigill  Burn,  near  Tongue. — H.  augustum 
Lindeberg.  95.'''  Kocky  banks  of  the  Divie,  above  Relugas  House, 
Diinphaii.  —  H.  cori/whosum  Fries.  108.  Stream-side  near  Kinloch 
Lodge,  Tongue. — H.  auratum  Fries.  107."  Brora,  on  banks  above 
the  river.  108.  Plentiful  on  the  E.  side  of  Tongue  Bay. — H.  horeale 
Fries.     95.*  Roadside  near  Relugas,  Dunphail. 

Tragopogon  pratense  L.  108.  Sands  at  Farr  Bay,  Melness,  and 
Coalbackie  ;  the  type. 

Pyrola  viinor  L.  108.  Fir-wood  near  the  School,  Rhi-tongue — 
kindly  pointed  out  to  us  by  a  gentleman  of  the  neighbourhood. 

Moneses  grandijiora  Gray.     107.  Balblair  Wood,  near  Golspie. 

Primula  scotic.a  Hooker.  108.  Coast  near  Talmin  Bay.  We  have 
been  informed  that  it  extends  as  far  west  as  Durness. 

Anagallis  tenella  L.  108.'"  By  Loch  Mer,  Betty  Hill;  also  near 
Kinloch  Lodge,  Tongue. 

Erijthcca  littoralis  Fries.  107.'"  Plentiful  in  damp  grassy  ground 
by  Loch  Fleet. 

Gentiana  Amarella  L.  106,  107.  The  peculiar  plant  which  was 
first  noticed  by  Mr.  Beeby  in  Shetland  and  by  Hanbury  &  Marshall 
on  Keiss  Links  and  Reay  Links,  in  1886,  also  grows  in  profusion 
over  Golspie  Links,  as  well  as  sparingly  on  blown  sand  near  Tain, 
to  the  exclusion  of  the  type.  The  flowers  are  uniformly  of  a  greenish 
white.  The  name  "forma  multicaulis"  given  to  it  by  Prof.  Lange 
is  not  very  descriptive,  as  (although  frequently  branched)  it  is  often 
simple-stemmed  ;  we  believe  it  to  be  a  permanent  variety,  and  hope 
to  test  this  by  raisiug  it  from  seed. —  G.  haltica  Murbeck,  108.'" 
Stony,  hilly  ground  to  the  W.  of  Melvich ;  scarce  and  stunted. 

Pneuinaria  maritima  Hill.  106.  Shingly  bank  between  Edderton 
and  Meikle  Ferry.     108.  Kirtomy  Bay,  near  Farr. 

Myosotis  collina  Hoffmann.  107.'"  Sandy  coast  between  Brora 
and  Golspie. 

Sulanum  Dulcamara  L.  108.'"  Among  bushes  near  Betty  Hill ; 
only  one  plant  seen. 

[Hijoscyamus  niger  L.  107.  Golspie  ;  a  casual  here,  as  is  Ver- 
basGiim  Thapsus  L.] 

Scrophularianodosah.  107.  Golspie.  108.  Tongue.  We  mention 
this,  as  it  appears  to  be  uncommon  in  the  extreme  north  of  Scotland. 

Euphrasia.  With  one  exception,  the  determinations  were  made 
by  Prof.  Wettstein.  All  our  gatherings  were  also  sent  to  Mr. 
Townsend ;  but  he  was  unable  to  examine  them  in  detail  before 
leaving  England,  and  we  are  thus  deprived  of  the  advantage  of  his 
comments.  Over  thirty  collections  were  made,  none  of  which  have 
been  determined  as  E.  Piostkoviana  or  E.  gracilis ;  these  appear  to 
be  mainly  replaced  on  the  north  coast  by  i?.  hrevipila  and  E.  scottica. 
— E.  hrevipila  Burnat  &  Gremli.  An  extremely  common  plant  in 
N.Scotland;  it  varies  greatly.  95.  Dunphail.  108.  Very  plentiful 
about  Tongue,  ascendhig  to  fully  2000  ft.  on  Ben  Hope  and  Ben 
Laoghal,  where  it  is  small  and  usually  unbranched.  On  grassy 
slopes  at  Talmin  Bay  occurs  a  dwarf,  compact,  branching  form, 
1-2  in.  high  ;  near  Coalbackie,  on  wet  pastures  sloping  down  to 


174  NOTES  OF  A  TOUE  IN  N.  SCOTLAND. 

a  burn  near  the  sea,  a  beautiful  variation  with  very  large  and 
highly-coloured  flowers  abounds;  and  in  meadows,  &c.,  near  Mel- 
ness  a  luxuriant  form  (often  over  a  foot  high)  is  plentiful — we 
believe  this  to  be  identical  with  the  eyebright  so  conspicuous  on 
Keay  Links,  109,  which  was  formerly  referred  to  E.  pratensis  Fries. 

—  E.  borealis  Townsend.  106.  Sedgy  swamp  on  the  coast  a  little 
N.  of  Tain ;  a  tall  state.  107.  Grassy  banks  of  the  burn  in  the 
upper  part  of  Dunrobin  Glen,  near  Golspie.  Hollows  among  the 
sandhills,  Brora.  108.  Altnaharra.  —  E.  scottica  Wettstein.  108. 
Altnaharra,  abundant ;  by  Loch  Mer,  near  Betty  Hill ;  plentiful 
near  Tongue,  especially  along  the  coast  about  Melness  and  Talmin. 
On  barren  heathy  gi-ound  near  Talmin  we  found  it  very  small  and 
slender,  with  bright  violet-purple  flowers  ;  usually  they  are  whitish. 

—  E.  curta  Fries,  var.  glahrescens  Wettst.  106.  Blown  sand,  E.  of 
Tain,  in  great  quantity ;  this  peculiar  plant  is  not  unlike  the  figure 
of  E,  curta  in  Fl.  Danica,  t.  1037,  which  Wettstein  (Mon.  Euphr.) 
says  is  a  bad  one.  107.  Sandy  ground  between  Brora  and  Golspie 
— small  and  compact,  much  resembling  the  Herb.  Normale  specimens 
at  Kew,  except  that  these  are  very  hairy,  and  so  exhibit  a  super- 
ficial likeness  to  dwarf  plants  of  the  following. —  E.  Jatifolia  Pursh. 
108.  Extremely  abundant  on  exposed  grassy  cliffs  near  Melvich, 
eglandular  (also  seen  on  cliffs  near  Betty  Hill) ;  on  the  E.  side  of 
Tongue  Bay,  glandular.  —  Forma  grandijiora  Wettst.  Bank  above 
the  Naver,  Betty  Hill,  in  two  conditions  ;  one  of  these  scarcely 
differs  from  type,  the  other  being  taller  and  densely  glandular.  This 
well-marked  subspecies  appears  to  have  been  first  noticed  in  1886 
(Hanbury  &  Marshall) ;  it  agrees  very  well  with  Fl.  Danica,  t.  2910. 

—  E.  foulaensis  Townsend.  Clearly  this  is  quite  common  in  the 
extreme  north  ;  it  difi'ers  much  in  appearance,  even  in  the  same 
neighbourhood,  being  often  only  a  bare  inch  in  height  and  very 
fleshy,  on  grassy  cliffs  facing  the  north.  All  the  gatherings  placed 
here  by  Prof.  Wettstein  are  distinguishable  by  the  glabrescent 
bluntly-toothed  leaves,  small  flowers  with  included  tube,  and 
especially  by  the  full-grown  capsules  decidedly  exceeding  the 
sepals.  107.  Damp  grassy  ground  by  Loch  Fleet.  108.  Melvich, 
in  great  quantity  and  very  variable ;  marsh  by  the  Naver  near 
Betty  Hill,  above  the  bridge  ;  E.  side  of  Tongue  Bay  ;  Ben  Laoghal, 
from  1000  to  1500  ft.,  and  Ben  Hope,  at  2000  ft.— these  alpine 
plants  closely  resemble  Mr.  Townsend' s  figure  in  Journ.  Bot.  for 
1887.  On  Ben  Hope  and  Ben  Laoghal,  where  it  grows  mixed  with 
E.  brevipila,  we  gathered  a  few  specimens  intermediate  in  character, 
having  the  long  capsules  and  glabrescence  so  noticeable  in  foulaensis, 
together  wdth  the  larger  flowers  and  stiff  hairs  of  brevijnla,  and  an 
occasional  gland ;  these  are  almost  certainly  hybrids.  109.  Cliffs 
between  Thurso  and  Scrabster ;  Holburu  Head. 

Bartsia  Odontites  Hudson,  var.  litorcdis  Keichenbach  (Odontites 
litoralis  Fries).  107.'''  Damp  submaritime  pastures  near  Loch  Fleet. 
108.*  Coast  of  Tongue  Bay,  near  Melness.  These  agree  well  with 
continental  specimens  so  named. 

Pihinanthus  Crista-galli  L.  var.  Drummond-Hayi  B.  White.  108. 
Ben  Hope. 


NOTES    OF   A    TOUR    IN    N.  SCOTLAND.  176 

Melampyrum  pratense  L.  var.  liians  Druce.  95.  Woods  above  the 
river,  Dunphail.  108.  Marshy  ground  by  Loch  Mer,  near  Betty 
Hill.  A  lovely  plant  when  growing,  but  we  can  never  manage  to 
dry  it  satisfactorily. 

Thymus  Serpyllum  Fries,  var.  prostrata  Hornemann.  Apparently 
common  on  the  N.  coast,  e.  g.  at  Betty  Hill  and  on  both  shores  of 
Tongue  Bay. 

Stachys  palustris  X  sylvatica  {S.  amhigua  Smith).  108.  A  garden 
weed  at  the  Inn,  Altnaharra. 

Plantago  maritima  L.  var.  minor  Hooker  &  Arnott.  108.  Cliffs 
near  Betty  Hill  and  Melvich.  109.  Holburn  Head. — P.  Coronopus 
L.  YdJi.pygiiKEa  Lange.  108.  Cliffs  near  Farr  Bay.  109.  Holburn 
Head. — Var.  ceratophyllon  Rapin.  108.  Rocky  cliffs  above  the  Kyle 
of  Tongue ;  just  like  the  Dorset  plant  in  leaf-cutting,  though  (being 
within  reach  of  the  salt  spray)  decidedly  less  hairy. 

Atriplex  Bahingtonii  Woods.  107.*  On  shingle,  Golspie  and  by 
Loch  Fleet.  108.  Tongue  Ferry.  —  A.  lacbiiata  L.  107/''  Shore 
between  Brora  and  Golspie — one  fine  plant. 

Sallcornia  herhacea  L.  107."  Muddy  shores  of  Loch  Fleet. 
108.*  S.  end  of  the  Kyle  of  Tongue. 

SucBtia  maritima  Dumortier.  106.  Mud-flats  of  the  Dornoch 
Firth,  near  Meikle  Ferry.  107.*  Loch  Fleet.  In  both  cases  only 
the  var.  procumhens  Syme  was  observed. 

Salsola  Kali  L.  107.  Sandy  ground  on  the  N.  side  of  Loch 
Fleet ;  very  scarce. 

Betula  pnhescens  Ehrhart,  var.  parvifolia  (Wimmer).  108. 
Common  about  Tongue ;  particularly  characteristic  near  Kinloch 
Lodge. 

Salix  penta7idra  L.  108.  Near  Tongue ;  rare.  —  S.  aiirita  x 
cinerea.  108.  Tongue,  with  S.  purpurea.  —  S.  repens  X  viminalis. 
101. \  Gravelly  bush-grown  ground  by  the  river  about  a  mile  above 
Brora  ;  a  female  plant,  quite  intermediate  in  character,  the  branches 
spreading  and  rooting  at  the  base,  then  suberect,  only  about  1|  ft. 
in  height.  Neither  of  the  parents  was  seen,  the  seed  having  pro- 
bably been  water-borne  from  higher  up  the  valley.  One  of  the 
handsomest  willows  that  we  have  met  with. — 8.  purpurea  L.  108. 
By  the  stream  descending  from  Loch  Craisg  to  the  Kyle  of  Tongue, 
just  above  the  road  to  Betty  Hill ;  only  a  few  bushes,  but  apparently 
spontaneous. 

Juniperus  communis  L.  106.  A  curious  low-growing  form, 
fruiting  very  freely,  was  gathered  half  a  mile  S.  of  Edderton 
Station.  107.*  Seen  from  the  railway  in  two  or  three  places 
between  Lairg  and  Golspie ;  we  believe  that  we  also  found  it  on 
the  outskirts  of  Balblair  Wood,  near  Golspie.  J.  nana  Willd.  is 
common  on  the  stony  table-land  at  the  E.  base  of  Ben  Hope, 
associated  with  Loiseleuria  procumhens  and  Arctostaphylos  alpina. 

Listera  cordata  R.  Brown.  107.  Balblair  Wood,  near  Golspie; 
locally  plentiful.     108.  N.  side  of  Ben  Laoghal,  at  800-1000  ft. 

Goodyera  repens  R.  Brown.  106.  Near  Edderton.  107.  Most 
abundant  in  pine-woods  about  Golspie.  108.*  Wood  close  to  Rhi- 
tongue  School. 


176  NOTES  ON  A  TOUR  IN  N.  SCOTLAND. 

Epipactis  lattfolia  Allioni.  108."^'  Ardsgionaich  Point  and  Mel- 
ness  Sands  ;  also  at  Auclminver,  below  Coalbackie,  Tongue  Bay — 
quite  rare.  Three  or  four  specimens  of  E.  atrorahens  Schultz  were 
found  growing  on  a  cliff  above  the  Naver,  opposite  Betty  Hill. 

Allium  ursinum  L.  107.  Dunrobin  Glen.  108.  Birch- woods, 
S.E.  side  of  the  Kyle  of  Tongue. 

Juncus  balticus  Willd.  108.  Melness  Sands  ;  very  local,  though 
it  occurs  in  profusion  over  two  or  three  acres. 

Sparganium  affine  Schnizlein.  108.  Loch  Fhasgaidh,  N.W.  of 
Tongue,  &c. — S.  minimum  Fries.  In  a  swamp  near  Loch  Naver, 
Altnaharra. 

Potamogeton  heterophijllus  Schrebsr.  108.  In  the  Mudal  Water, 
Altnaharra,  near  its  junction  with  Loch  Naver. 

Ruppia  rostellata  Koch,  var.  Jiana  Boswell.  106.  Most  abundant 
on  the  mud-flats  between  Edderton  and  Meikle  Ferry. 

Zostera  nana  Roth.  106.  With  the  last.  107."  Plentiful  and 
very  fine,  Loch  Fleet. 

Scii'piis  rnfus  Schrader.  108.  Coast  of  Tongue  Bay,  near  Mel- 
ness ;  scarce. 

Carex  paniculata  L.  106.  Plentiful  in  a  swamp  on  the  coast  a 
little  N.  of  Tain  ;  the  forma  simplicior  Anderssou.  —  C.  Goodenowii 
J.   Gay,   var.  juncella  Fries.     108.    Marshy  meadows   near   Loch 

Naver,  Altnaharra  ;  an  unusually  tall  slender  strict  form. — C. / 

108.  In  a  nearly  dry  ditch  close  to  the  last-named,  growing  abun- 
dantly in  rich  peat-mud  for  about  twenty-five  yards,  we  came  upon 
a  handsome  sedge  which  differed  considerably  in  appearance  from 
all  that  we  had  previously  met  with.  Plant  robust,  2-2|  ft.  high. 
Eoot  stoloniferous,  creeping,  with  many  decayed  leaves  of  former 
years  at  the  base  of  the  stem.  Leaves  rather  glaucous,  keeled, 
channelled  (semicylindric).  Perigynium  pale  green  (yellowish  when 
dry),  faintly  veined.  Nut  dull  brown,  sessile,  round,  lenticular- 
compressed,  dotted,  with  a  rather  short  but  distinct  beak.  Female 
spikelets  2-3,  sessile,  f-l^  in.  long,  quite  erect  in  ripe  fruit;  male 
1-2,  about  as  long,  with  pale  linear-oblong  glumes.  We  have  not 
yet  received  any  opinion  on  this  from  Mr.  Bennett ;  Herr  Kiikenthal 
wrote  : — ''  Is  very  interesting.  I  recognize  in  it  the  hybrid  gracilis 
X  vulgaris  [as  we  should  say,  acuta  X  (j-oodenowii] ,  in  a  form  ap- 
proaching 0.  gracilis.  The  flatter  fruits,  the  blunter  glumes,  and 
above  all  the  channelled  stem-leaves  remind  me  of  C.  vulgaris, 
while  the  habit  is  quite  like  gracilis.  Some  fruits  are  abnormal, 
owing  to  puncture  by  insects."  On  our  objecting  that  we  had  failed 
to  find  C.  acuta  near,  and  that  it  was  unknown  in  N.  Scotland,  he 
still  maintained  this  opinion.  We  have  dissected  out  several 
perigynia,  and  find  the  nuts  well  developed;  they  scarcely  differ 
from  those  of  Goodenowii,  though  the  beak  is  rather  longer.  The 
fades  certainly  reminded  us  much  of  acuta  on  the  spot ;  but  we  are 
disposed  to  think  that  this  is  a  well-marked  variety  of  the  former 
species.  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton  thought  it  very  near  a  sedge  which 
he  has  gathered  both  in  England  and  Ireland,  but  has  not  yet 
described.  —  C.  panicea  L.  var.  tumidula  Laestadius.  108.  Damp 
ground  near  Ardsgionaich  Point,  Melness ;    by  Loch  Mer,  Betty 


SUPPLEMENT    TO    WELWITSCH's    AFRICAN    FUNGI.  177 

Hill  (some  of  these  specimens  are  not  quite  characteristic) ;  identical 
with  the  plants  of  Fries,  Herb.  Normale,  at  Kew  and  British 
Museum,  except  in  being  smaller;  it  does  not  seem  to  us  to  be  a 
very  good  variety.  C.  capillaris  is  luxuriant  on  wet  slopes  at 
Ardsgionaich  Point ;  even  last  summer,  which  was  exceptionally 
dry,  it  often  reached  a  height  of  12-14  in.  We  cannot  think  such 
states  worthy  of  varietal  distinction ;  no  doubt  the  same  objection 
may  apply  to  several  recognized  dwarf  "varieties,"  such  as  the 
following. —  C.  externa  Good.  var.  pumila  Andersson.  107.'''  Damp 
pastures  by  Loch  Fleet.—  C.  Oederi  Eetz.  107.  Near  Loch  Fleet. 
108.  S.  side  of  the  Kyle  of  Tongue.  109.  Holburn  Head,  in  moist 
hollows  ;  a  very  reduced  state. 

Milium  effusum  L.     107.  Dunrobin  Glen. 

Agrostis  palustris  Hudson.  Both  var.  maritima  Meyer  and  var. 
coarctata  (Hoffmann)  were  noticed  between  Edderton  and  Tain. 

Deschampsia  discolor  Roemer  &  Schultes.  108.  Marshy  ground 
bordering  on  Loch  Naver,  Altnaharra. 

Holcus  mollis  L.  107.'''  Near  Golspie.  Avena  pratensis  L.'''  was 
also  seen  here. 

Poa  nemoralis  L.  var.  Paniellii  Hooker  &  Arnott.  95.  Shaded 
rocks  above  the  Divie,  nearly  opposite  Relugas  House,  Dunphail. 
Festuca  sijlvatica  Vill.  grows  hard  by. 

Glyceria  maritima  Mert.  &  Koch.  107.*  Muddy  shores,  Loch  Fleet. 

Bromus  ramosus  Hudson.     107.  Dunrobin  Glen. 

Ehjmus  arenarius  L.     108.  Melness  Sands  ;  locally  abundant. 

Asplenium  marimun  L.  107.  Cliffs  between  Brora  and  Golspie; 
scarce.  108.  Coast  of  Tongue  Bay,  both  on  the  E.  and  W.  sides, 
but  rarely. 

Equisetum  arvense  L.  var.  nemorosum  Braun.  107.  Fir-woods 
above  Golspie. 

Isoetes  echinospora  Durieu.  108.*  Loch  Mer,  Betty  Hill ;  Loch 
Fhasgaidh,  W.  of  Talmin,  near  Tongue. 

Charafragilis  Desvaux,  var.  delicatula  Braun.  108.  Loch  Craisg 
and  Loch  Hacoin,  near  Tongue. 


SUPPLEMENT    TO    WELWITSCH'S    AFRICAN    FUNGI. 

By  Annie  Lorrain  Smith. 

In  preparing  the  enumeration  of  Welwitsch's  African  Fungi 
for  the  Catalogue  of  his  plants  now  in  course  of  publication,  I  have 
found  a  few  new  species  not  included  in  the  paper,  "  Fungi  Ango- 
lenses  "  by  Welwitsch  and  Currey,  published  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
xxvi.  pp.  270-294  (1868).  These  I  now  propose  to  describe.  I 
have  added  notes  on  three  species  described  in  the  paper. 

Hexagonia  Welwitschii,  u.  sp.  Pileus  dimidiate  or  adnate 
at  the  back  and  circular  or  oval  in  form,  about  6  x  9  cm.,  edge 
rather  acute.  Tissue  bright  brown,  floccose,  firm,  1  to  2  mm. 
thick,  the  surface  of  the  pileus  golden  brown,  velvety,  zoned  with 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  36.      [May,  1898.]  o 


178  SUPPLEMENT    TO    WELWITSCH's    AFRICAN    FUNGI. 

darker  shades  of  brown,  the  zones  more  marked  towards  the  base. 
Pores  darker  than  the  pileus,  up  to  8  mm.  in  depth,  shillow 
towards  the  margin ;  in  the  dunidiate  form  about  3  mm.  in  depth, 
irreguhirly  hexagonal,  2x3-4  mm.  in  diameter,  edges  acute ; 
spores  unknown. 

On  rotten  trunks  on  the  sepulchres  of  negro  chiefs,  in  woods 
between  Condo  and  Quisoudo  and  near  Quibinda,  Pungo  Andougo  ; 
March,  1857.     No.  370. 

^cidium  Diospyri,  n.  sp.  ^cidia  in  small  sparse  groups  on 
slightly  discoloured  spots,  the  cells  of  the  leaf  blackened  and 
forming  a  hard  ring  round  the  cup,  peridium  about  160 /x  in 
diameter,  with  a  vei-y  delicate  whitish  wall ;  spores  irregularly 
globose,  15-18 /x  in  diameter,  very  light  yellow,  epispore  smooth, 
contents  roughly  granular. 

On  the  leaves  of  Diospyros  mesiiiUformis  Hochst.,  near  Trombeta, 
Golungo  Alto  ;  March,  1855.     No.  208. 

Phyllosticta  Tricalysise,  n.  sp.  Forming  rather  large  grey 
spots  with  a  reddish-brown  margin  ;  perithecia  scattered,  puncti- 
form,  small,  150  to  200  x  120 /x;  spores  oblong-elliptical,  colour- 
less, one-celled,  6x2  /x. 

On  the  upper  side  of  the  evergreen  leaves  of  Tricalysia  griseiflura 
at  the  back  of  the  Presidium.  Mata  de  Pungo,  Pungo  Andongo  ; 
Nov.,  1856.     No.  6. 

Ascochyta  Tiliacorae,  n.  sp.  Forming  small,  black,  sub- 
spherical  stromatoid  spots  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves  ;  peri- 
thecia closely  grouped,  lentiform  ;  spores  elongate,  2-celled,  colour- 
less, 12  to  15  X  3/x. 

On  leaves  of  Tiliacora  chrysobotri/s  Welw.  in  the  woods  of  Alta 
Queta,  Golungo  Alto  ;  Dec,  1855.  No.  4. 

A.  Spondiacearum,  n.  sp.  Forming  white  spots  with  a  dark- 
brown  margin ;  i)Grithecia  scattered,  small,  lentiform ;  spores 
elongate,  17  X  3  /a,  colourless,  2-celled,  one  cell  sometimes  longer 
than  the  other. 

On  leaves  of  Spondias  Momhin  L.  at  Mata  de  Quisuculo,  Golungo 
Alto  ;  Feb.,  1856.     No.  173. 

Phyllachora  repens  Sacc.  Syll.  Fung.  vol.  ii.  p.  597.  Splmria 
lanaris  Welw.  Curr.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xxvi.  p.  283. 

On  leaves  of  various  species  of  Ficus,  Golungo  Alto.  Nos.  74, 
75,  76. 

On  examining  these  specimens  I  find  that  the  stroma  is  super- 
ficial, and  often  on  both  sides  of  the  leaf ;  it  is  formed  of  brown 
hyphffi  and  not,  as  described  by  Currey,  from  the  tissue  of  the  leaf. 
The  spores  are  continuous,  broadly  oblong- obtuse,  and  measure 
10-12  X  5-7  /x.  Corda's  original  measurements  for  the  spores  of 
Sphmia  repens,  Ic,  iv.  p.  42,  are  15  /x  in  length.  I  have,  unfortu- 
nately, no  opportunity  of  seeing  his  type  specimen,  but  the  drawing, 
I.  c.  fig.  123,  leaves  little  doubt  as  to  the  identity  of  the  two  species. 
Isothea  rhytismoides  Welw.  &  Curr.,  I.  c.  p.  285  (on  leaves  of  Ficus 
trachyphylla ;  Huilla :  No.  141)  is  also  synonymous  with  P.  repeyis. 
These  different  specimens  form  a  graduated  series,  which,  as  far  as 


SUPPLEMENT    TO    WELWITSCIl's    AFEICAN    FUNGI.  179 

one  may  judge  in  the  absence  of  type  specimens,  includes  P.  Flcuum 
Niessl.  The  specimens  of  this  in  Herb.  Brit.  Mus.  are  undoubtedly 
identical  with  P.  repens ;  the  spore -measurements  given  by  Niessl 
are  somewhat  smaller,  but  the  habit  and  appearance  of  the  plants 
are  the  same,  and  the  tendency  of  the  stroma  to  follow  the  veins 
of  the  leaf  is  characteristic  throughout. 

P.  iRREGULAKis.  Isotkea  irregularis  Welw.  &  Curr.  /.  c.  p.  285. 
The  stromata  of  this  species  are  thickly  scattered  over  large 
portions  of  the  leaf ;  they  are  minute,  black,  shining,  and  seldom 
confluent ;  as  a  rule,  there  is  but  one  perithecium  in  each  stroma. 
The  spores  are  continuous,  oblong-obtuse,  12-7/^,  and  are  irregu- 
larly grouped  in  two  rows  in  the  ascus. 

On  the  leaves  of  a  species  of  Ficits  (cf.  Herb.  AVelw.  No.  6335), 
Goluugo  Alto;  March,  1850.     No.  2. 

P.  MiNUTissiMA.  Isothea  minutisslma  Welw.  &  Curr.  /.  c.  The 
specimen  in  the  Herb.  Brit.  Mas.  is  barren,  but  the  description  of 
the  spores,  15  /x  in  length,  and  the  habit,  are  those  of  Phyllachora. 
The  stromata  are  smaller  than  those  of  P.  graminis,  its  nearest  ally. 

On  the  leaves  of  a  species  of  Pennisetuvi  (Marianga),  Golungo 
Alto;  Sept.,  1855.     No.  31. 

Dothidella  Welwitschii,  n.  sp.  Stroma  broadly  effused, 
black,  covered  by  the  withered  and  whitened  epidermis  ;  perithecia 
small,  crowded,  irregularly  oval;  spores  oblong-elliptical,  15  x  3/x, 
hyaline,  with  a  slight  yellow  tinge. 

On  the  leaves  of  Tumhoa  Bainesii  Hook.  f.  near  Cabo  Negro, 
Mossamedes  ;  Sept.,  1859.     No.  206. 

D.  Graphis,  n.  sp.  Stromata  gregarious,  forming  small,  black, 
irregular,  elongate  spots,  rather  flat  and  punctuated  by  the  peri- 
thecia ;  perithecia  scattered,  small,  hemispherical  or  lentiform  ; 
asci  ovate-oblong,  33-35  x  10-15 /x;  spores  colourless,  fusiform, 
1-septate,  15  x  2  /x. 

On  the  branches  of  a  shrub  without  flowers  or  leaves,  near 
Maianga  do  Povo,  Loanda.     March,  1854  ;  No.  507. 

Microthyrium  Millettise,  n.  sp.  Perithecia  scattered,  about 
I  mm.  in  diameter.  Asci  somewhat  ovate,  55  x  35  //,,  spores 
colourless,  2-celled,  very  large,  35-40  x  10-12 /x. 

Golungo  Alto.  On  both  surfaces  of  the  leaves  of  Millettia 
Grifoniana  Baill.  On  the  Serra  do  Alto  Queta,  towards  the  river 
Luinha  ;  July,  1856.     No.  223. 

Stilbum  sericeum  and  c^spitosum  (Welw.  &  Curr.  I.  c.  p.  291) 
have  been  transferred  by  Saccardo  to  the  genus  Cilicipodium ;  but 
on  examining  the  specimens  I  find  that  they  correspond  more  nearly 
with  Stilbum. 

ExospoRiUM  CELATUM.  Sporiclesmium  celatum  Welw.  &  Curr.  I.  c. 
p.  292,  tab.  17,  fig.  15.  The  fungus  forms  small  pustules  on  the 
under  side  of  the  leaf,  which  are  covered  over  by  the  large  stellate 
hairs ;  it  also  causes  black  barren  swellings  on  the  corresponding 
parts  of  the  upper  surface.  The  spores  are  oblong,  slightly  tapering 
towards  the  obtuse  extremities  as  figured  by  Currey ;  they  are  brown, 

o  2 


180 


NEW    OR    RARE    BRITISH    FUNGI. 


usually  3  or  4-septate,  35-40  x  10  /x,  with  a  short,  thick,  colourless 
pedicel. 

On  the  leaves  of  Croton  Vracoiwpsis.    Golungo  Alto  ;  Oct.,  1855. 


NEW     OR     RARE     BRITISH     FUNGI. 

By  Annje  Lorrain  Smith. 


Mortierella  repens,  ii.sp.  My- 
celium creeping,  widely  spread,  spo- 
rangiopliores  rising  from  the  myce- 
lium, unbranclied,  slender,  slightly 
tapering,  very  variable  in  length  ;  spo- 
rangia globose,  viirying  in  size  from 
20  /x  in  diameter,  without  any  basal 
collar;  spores  few,  from  five  upwards, 
globose,  11  /x  in  diameter. 

Collected  by  Mr.  Jenkin  on  damp 
earth,  Newport,  Monmouth  ;  January, 
1897. 


M.  Bainieri  Cost.  var.  nov.  Jen- 
kini  a.  L.  Sm.  Sporangiophores  about 
1  mm.  in  height,  branching  in  a  sym- 
podial  manner,  tapering  from  10  /x  in 
width  towards  the  base  to  5  /x  below 
the  sporangium,  not  constricted,  and 
without  basal  collar ;  sporangia  sphe- 
rical, about  25  /x  in  diameter  ;  spores 
numerous,  exceedingly  minute,  ellipti- 
cal, 3  X  2  /x,  colourless. 

Collected  by  Mr.  Jenkin  on  damp 
earth  at  Newport;  Jan.  1897. 

I  was  inclined  to  look  upon  this 
plant  as  a  new  species  on  account  of 
the  absence  of  basal  collar  and  the 
exceeding  minuteness  of  the  spores, 
but  the  branching  places  it  very  close 
to  M.  Bainieri. 

I  found  also  on  some  damp  earth 
sent  by  Mr.  Jenkin  another  form  of 
M.  Bainieri  with  a  similar  habit  of 
growth,  but  altogether  more  robust 
than  the  above ;  the  sporangium  has 
a  distinct  basal  collar  when  the  spores 
are  scattered,  and  the  elliptical  spores 
measure  5-6  x  2-3  /x.  Along  with  the 
sporangia    there    are   very    beautiful 


NEW    OR    RARE    BRITISH    FUNGI. 


181 


echinulate  stylospores  15-20  /z  in  diameter,  on  slender  stalks  about 
40  /z  long.  Stylospores  have  not  hitherto  been  recorded  for  M. 
Bainieri,  nor  for  M.  candelahrum,  a  closely-allied  species. 

Botrytis  angularis  A.  L.  Sm.,  n.  sp.  Oonidiophores  imbranched, 
pale  yellowish,  the  tip  angularly  swollen,  and  producing  from  the 
angles  swollen  bladder-like  cells  measuring 
15  X  10  /x,  the  stalks  continuing  to  grow  and 
form  other  heads ;  spores  elliptical  oblong, 
10  X  6  /x,  borne  on  very  small  projections  on 
the  swollen  cells. 

On  damp  moss  and  earth,  Mr.  Jenkin, 
Newport,  Mon.;  Feb.  1897. 

This  form  of  Botrytis  bears  some  re- 
semblance to  the  species  figured  by  Engler 
&  Prantl  as  the  conidial  form  of  Peziza 
repanda  in  the  Natilrlichen  Pfianzenfamilien, 
Lief.  180,  p.  183,  but  t^he  angular  form 
of  the  part  that  bears  the  bladder-like  cells,  and  the  size  and  shape 
of  the  spores,  give  it  quite  a  distinctive  specific  character. 

Sporotrichum  globuliferum  Speg.  Found  by  Mr.  Pycraft  on 
the  flesh  of  dead  birds  from  America,  with  which  it  was  doubtless 
introduced.  Hitherto  recorded  only  as  growing  on  dead  Coleoptera 
in  America. 

Sepedonium  sepedonioides  (Harz)A.L.S. 
This  fungus  was  also  found  by  Mr.  Jenkin 
along  with  a  culture  of  some  other  species 
on  damp  cardboard.  It  is  evidently  a  form 
of  the  plant  figured  and  described  as  Mono- 
sporium  sepedonioides  Harz,  Hyphomycetes, 
p.  18,  T.  ii.  fig.  3.  The  spores  are  globosO; 
coarsely  warted,  and  are  rather  larger  than 
those  of  the  Harz  species,  varying  from 
10  to  15  /x  in  diameter.  The  mode  of 
branching  and  the  form  and  appearance  of 
the  spores  place  it  wiidiOwhiQdlymSepcdoniiDu, 
as  Saccardo  has  already  suggested.  The  plant 
has  not  hitherto  been  recorded  for  Britain. 

iEciDiuM  sp.  Pseudoporidia  forming  small  oblong  or  irregular 
groups,  golden  yellow,  cylindrical,  from  |-  to  -|-  mm.  in  diameter, 
the  edges  becoming  torn ;  spores  globose,  irregular,  12-17  /x, 
smooth,  contents  very  granular. 

On  the  leaves  of  Siucda  maritima,  Shoreham,  Sussex  ;  July,  1897. 

This  may  possibly  be  identical  with  ^^.  SalicornicB  DC,  but  the 
spores  are  smaller  and  smooth. 

The  following  fungi  new  to  Britain  were  discovered  by  Mr.  D.  A. 
Boyd,  Seamill,  Ayrshire,  who  has  allowed  me  to  include  them 
here : — 

PsEUDOPHAciDiuM  CALLUNiE  Karst.  On  dead  branches  of  Calluna 
vulgaris.     West  Kilbride  ;  March,  1892. 


182  SOME  NEW  CHAKACE^  RECORDS. 

Stictis  STELLA.TA  Wallr.  On  dead  stems  of  Eupatorlum  canna- 
binum.     West  Kilbride  ;  Nov.  1893. 

Thyrsidium  Hedericolum  Dur.  &  Mont.  var.  Carpini  Sacc.  On 
dead  branch  of  Carpinus  Betulus.     West  Kilbride  ;  Nov.  1895. 

OvuLARiA  Bistorts  Sacc.  On  Polygonum  Bistorta.  Kilmarnock; 
Aug.  1897. 

Kamularia  Valerianae  Sacc.  On  Valeriana  officinalis.  West  Kil- 
bride ;  July,  1897. 


SOME     NEW     CHARACE^     RECORDS. 
By  the  Rev.  G.  R.  Bullock-Webster. 

I  HAVE  been  devoting  my  spare  time  during  the  last  two  seasons 
to  field-work  amongst  the  Characece  of  our  Cambridgeshire  fenUxnds, 
with  occasional  visits  into  the  neighbouring  counties  of  Norfolk  and 
Suilolk.  The  fens  of  North  Cambridgeshire,  abounding  as  they  do 
in  ditches,  drains,  lodes,  and  rivers,  supply  an  almost  unlimited 
hunting  ground  for  all  water-plants,  but  perhaps  peculiarly  for 
CharacecB,  for  the  extremely  fugitive  character  of  some  of  the  species 
seems  to  render  it  practically  impossible  to  exhaust  a  locality ;  a 
ditch  or  drain  carefully  searched  through  a  whole  season  without 
yielding  a  single  specimen  of  the  order  may  likely  enough  another 
year  produce  a  plentiful  supply.  This  is  peculiarly  the  case  with 
the  Tolypellas.  Indeed,  it  w^ould,  I  think,  be  true  to  say  that  these 
are  seldom  found  in  the  same  spot  two  years  in  succession ;  more- 
over, their  growth  and  decay  are  so  rapid  that  unless  their 
temporary  habitat  be  discovered  during  the  fortnight  or  three 
weeks  of  their  season,  it  becomes  very  difficult  to  detect  them  at  all. 

West  Norfolk  seems  to  have  been  very  little  worked  for  the 
CJiaracecB,  though  it  embraces  a  fenland  area  which  well  repays 
examination.  So  far,  Messrs.  Groves's  census  has  only  recorded 
three  species  from  the  vice-county — Chara  vulgaris  L.,  Chara  fragilis 
var.  Hedwigii  Kuetz.,  and  Tohjpella  glomerata  Leonh.  To  these  I 
was  able  to  add  last  summer  Chara  fragilis  Desv.  and  C.  hispida  L., 
collected  in  ditches  near  the  Little  Ouse,  in  the  parish  of  St.  John's, 
Little  Ouse,  C.  aspera  Willd.  in  one  of  the  meres  in  the  Breck  district, 
north  of  Thetford,  C.  j^ohjacantha  Braun  in  Garboldisham  Fen,  and 
G.  vulgaris  var.  longibracteata  Kuetz.  in  the  counterwash  drain  near 
Welney.  But  the  more  interesting  West  Norfolk  yields  were  Nitella 
flexilis  Agardli  and  N.  mucronata  Kuetz.  from  the  Little  Ouse,  and 
Tolgpella  2rrolif era  heonh.,  ^liich  I  collected  in  excellent  condition 
in  three  separate  stations — along  the  Norfolk  bank  of  the  Little 
Ouse,  in  a  drain  near  Southery,  and  in  a  ditch  near  the  counter- 
wash  drain  at  Welney. 

I  visited  the  neighbourhood  of  Lowestoft  early  in  July,  with  a 
view  to  collecting  specimens  of  Chara  canescens  from  the  ground 
where  Messrs.  Salmon  had  found  it  in  1896,  and  the  locality  of 
which  they  were  kind  enough  to  indicate  to  me.  I  was  only  able, 
after  careful  search,  to  discover  one  solitary  specimen — an  instance 


SOME    NEW    CHABACE^i:    RECOKDS.  183 

of  Chara  fugitiveness — but  near  by  I  came  upon  an  abundant  growth 
of  Chara  connive ns  Braun,  a  new  aod  interesting  record  for  East 
Suffolk.  So  far,  C.  connivens  has  had  only  three  known  stations 
in  Great  Britain.  A  few  days  later  I  visited  the  neighbourhood  of 
Beccles,  and  found  in  Gilhngham  Marsh,  which  lies  in  the  extreme 
S.E.  corner  of  East  Norfolk,  two  or  three  very  small  specimens  of 
Tolypella  prolifera  Leonh. 

But  I  think  perhaps  the  most  noteworthy  discovery  has  been 
in  the  Waveney  Fens,  East  Norfolk.  In  Mr.  Borrer's  herbarium 
at  Kew  is  a  specimen  of  Nitell'i  tenuUsimci  Kuetz.,  stated  to  have 
been  collected  at  "  Roydon  fen  Cambridge  Oct.  1852."  There  is  no 
Roj^dou  Fen  in  Cambridgeshire,  so  far  as  I  can  ascertain  (and 
I  have  consulted  more  tban  one  of  our  fen  sages),  but  there  is  a 
Eoydon  Fen  in  East  Norfolk,  near  Diss.  There  are  therefore  only 
two  interpretations  of  Mr.  Borrer's  label.  If  "Roydon  fen"  is  to 
stand,  then  Norfolk  must  be  substituted  for  Cambridge;  or  if 
"Cambridge"  is  correct,  then  for  "Roydon"  we  must  probably 
read  "Bottisham,"  in  which  fen  N.  tenuissima  has  been  known  to 
grow  since  the  early  part  of  this  century.  Authorities  have  been 
rather  in  favour  of  the  latter  interpretation,  I  think.  I  visited 
Roydon  Fen  on  August  18th,  and  made  a  careful  search  without 
result,  so  far  as  N.  tenuisdnia  was  concerned.  But  a  few  weeks 
later  (Sept.  27th),  whilst  collecting  Charas  in  one  of  the  fens  lying 
two  or  three  miles  higher  up  the  Waveney,  I  came  upon  some 
excellent  specimens  of  this  plant  growing  in  the  shallow  turf-holes 
which  it  loves.  It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  Mr.  Borrer  found 
N.  tenuissima  in  Roydon  Fen,  Norfolk,  in  the  year  1852,  and  that 
this  is  only  a  rediscovery.  On  the  other  hand,  it  seems  difficult  to 
believe  that,  if  Mr.  Borrer  discovered  N.  tenuissima  in  East  Norfolk, 
he  should  not  have  communicated  the  fact  to  Prof.  Babington,  with 
whom  he  was  in  constant  communication,  as  the  recently  published 
Journal  of  the  Professor  shows.  Five  editions  of  the  Manual  of 
British  Botany  were  issued  after  1852,  and  one  of  these  at  least 
previous  to  Mr.  Borrer's  death,  yet  in  none  of  these  editions  is  any 
reference  made  to  N.  tenuissima  being  found  elsewhere  than  in 
"peaty  ditches  in  the  Fens  of  Cambridgeshire."  Moreover,  it  is 
worthy  of  remark  that  Prof.  Babington' s  Journal  records  under 
Aug.  18th,  1852  :  "  Mr.  Borrer  ....  having  come  yesterday,  we 
went  to  Bottisham  where  he  wanted  to  see  Viola  stagnina  now  in 
seed"  (p.  164).  This  was  the  very  year  of  his  collecting  his 
"Roydon  fen  Cambridgeshire"  plant;  and  this  spot  which  he 
visited  with  the  Professor  for  Viola  stagnina  was  also  the  very 
station  for  Nitella  tenuissima,  as  is  proved  from  the  same  Journal 
under  July  16th,  1850:  "Coleman,  Newbould  and  I  went  to 
Bottisham  fen,  and  found  Viola  stagnina  in  fruit  in  plenty  also 
Chara  tenuissima''  (p.  155). 

When  Mr.  Sanders,  or  rather  Mr.  C.  H.  Davis,  discovered 
Nitella  mucronata  Kuetz.  in  the  Ouse,  near  Bedford,  in  1882,  it  was 
natural  to  look  for  its  appearance  in  the  same  river  as  it  passed 
through  Cambridgeshire.  Both  last  summer  and  in  1896  I  made 
diligent  search  without  success.     Mr.  Alfred  Fryer's  keen  eye  has 


181 


SOME    COUNTY    LISTS    OF    MOSSES. 


also  been  on  the  watch  for  many  seasons  with  the  same  object. 
The  discovery  of  the  plant  in  West  Norfolk  led  me  to  refer  to  my 
specimens  of  Nitellas  collected  in  Cambridgeshire  in  1895,  and 
amon(,'st  them  I  found  Xitella  mucrunata  put  away  amongst  some 
unidentified  specimens.  It  was  collected  in  a  waterway  leading  into 
the  Ouse  just  below  Ely.  Messrs.  Groves,  who  have  been  good 
enough  to  verify  all  the  gatherings  which  I  have  quoted,  refer  to 
this  plant  as  larger  than  any  British  specimens  which  they  had 
seen  ;  its  size  had  deceived  me  into  regarding  it  as  N.  opaca  or 
N.  flexilis,  whilst  the  absence  of  fruit  precluded  me  (I  thought) 
from  deciding  between  the  two. 

I  have  one  or  two  other  new  records  still  to  mention — Chara 
fro  (/ills  var.  capillacea  Coss.  &  Germ.,  from  the  Haddenham  Clay- 
pits  near  Ely,  and  rolypeUa  prolifora  Leonh.,  from  the  Canal  at 
Oxford,  both  in  1896.  These  new  records  for  2\  prolifera  con- 
siderdbly  enlarge  the  area  of  distribution  of  that  fickle  plant. 
So  far  Sussex,  Lincolnshire,  Hunts,  Cambs,  and  Northants  have 
been  its  only  recorded  vice-counties;  now  we  may  add  East  Norfolk, 
West  Norfolk,  Oxfordshire,  and,  as  Mr.  Druce's  Flora  of  Berkshire, 
just  issued,  records,  a  station  from  that  county. 

Whilst  speaking  of  Tolypc/la  prolifera,  I  should  like  to  mention 
the  extraordinary  crop  of  this  plant  which  appeared  last  summer  in 
the  Old  West  River,  near  Stretham,  Cambs.  It  came  to  perfection 
about  June  25th,  and  then  showed  itself  in  a  thick  bed  fringing  the 
bank  of  the  river,  just  below  the  surface  of  the  water.  It  did  not 
extend  into  the  bed  of  the  river,  preferring  the  shallower  water, 
where  it  produced  somewhat  short  barren  branchlets,  and  densely 
compacted  fruiting  heads.  How  far  it  extended  I  cannot  say — I  left 
it  after  tracing  it  for  a  mile  or  more. 

As  regards  .V.  miicronata,  its  eventual  discovery  in  the  Great 
Ouse,  in  Cambridgeshire,  was  to  be  expected,  but  the  record  from 
West_  Norfolk  brings  it  into  an  entirely  mdependent  locality.  It  was 
growing  very  sparingly,  though  the  specimens  are  very  luxuriant. 
I  hope  to  be  able  to  collect  it  in  better  fruiting  state  next  season, 
but  it  is  more  than  probable  that  no  sign  of  its  existence  in  any  of 
our  waters  will  be  discernible. 


SOME     COUNTY    LISTS     OF    MOSSES. 

By  H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

The  herbarium  of  the  late  H.  Boswell,  which  has  recently 
passed  into  the  possession  of  the  Oxford  University,  contained  the 
voucher  specimens  of  mosses  sent  to  him  as  referee  (for  Musci)  of 
the  Botanical  Record  Club.  Mr.  Boswell  had  drawn  up  from  these 
specimens  basis-lists  for  thirteen  vice-counties,  which  were  duly 
published  in  the  Reports  of  the  Botanical  Record  Club.  A  con- 
siderable number,  however,  remained,  and  these  have  been  submitted 
to  me  for  examination.     They  represent  some  twenty  vice-counties, 


SOME    COUNTY    LISTS    OF    MOSSES. 


185 


additional  to  those  referred  to  above ;  some  of  these  are  very  fairly 
represented,  others  very  poorly.  Some  of  the  packets  have  evidently 
been  examined,  verified,  and  corrected  where  necessary,  by  Mr. 
Boswell ;  others  have  clearly  not  been  touched,  and  these  I  have 
examined. 

Of  the  counties  or  vice-counties  represented,  there  are  several 
for  which  lists  of  mosses  have  already  been  published ;  some 
in  the  P/u/toIogist,  the  Journal  of  Botany,  and  similar  publi- 
cations, others  in  the  Transactions  of  local  scientific  societies.  In 
other  cases  nothing  has  apparently  been  recorded,  and  it  seems 
desirable  that  such  lists  should  be  published  as  a  basis  for  future 
work.  The  Botanical  Kecord  Club  has  for  several  years  ceased  to 
publish  Keports,  and,  this  being  the  case,  this  Journal  seems  the 
most  suitable  medium  for  the  publication  of  these  lists.  They  have 
been  arranged  for  publication  by  Mr.  E.  Charles  Horrell,  who  has 
added  to  them  a  few  additional  records  which  were  in  his  possession. 

North  Essex  (v.-c.  19). 
Collected  by  H.  N.  Dixon,  unless  otherwise  noted.     H.  F.  P.  = 
H.  F.  Parsons.     Some  of  these  records  were  not  sent  to  the  Bot. 
Eecord  Club,  but  are  added  by  H.  N.  Dixon.     In  this  list  there  are 
ninety-three  species  and  three  varieties  : — 


Sphagnum  cymhifolium.  Ehrh.  — 
rlgidum  Schpr.  —  suhsecundum 
Nees.  —  acutifolium  Ehrh.  — 
cuspidatmn  Ehrh. 

Catharinea  undulata  W.  &  M.  — 
angustata  Brid. 

Polytrichum  nanum  Neck. — aloides 
Hedw. — inliferum  Schreb. — 
juniperinum  Willd.  —  commune 
L. 

Pleuridium  subulatum  Rabenh. 

Ceratodon  purpureus  Brid. 

Dicranella  heteromalla  Schp. 

Dlcranoweisia  cirrata  Lindb. 

Campylopus  pyrlformis  Brid. 

Dicranum  scopariwn  Hedw. 

Leucobryum  glaucum  Schp. 

Fissidens  viridulus  Wahl.  —  m- 
ciirvus  Starke. — hryoides  Hedw. 
— taxifolius  Hedw. 

Grimmia  pulvinata  Sm.  (H.F.P.) 
— commutata  Hiib. 

Phascum  cuspidatum.  Schreb. 

Pottia  truncatula  Lindb.  —  inter- 
media Fiirnr. — minutula  Fiirnr. 

Tortula  muralis  Hedw. — suhulata 
Hedw. — mutica  Ldb.  —  lavipila 
Schwgr.  —  ruralis  Ehrh.  — 
papulosa  Wils. 


Barhula   tophacea   Mitt.  — fallax 

Hedw.    (H.  F.  P.)  —  cylindrica 

^oh^.—revoluta  Brid.  (H.F.P.) 

— unyuiculata  Hedw. 
Weisia  viridula  Hedw. 
Zyqodon  viridissimns  R.  Br. 

(H.  F.  P.) 
Ortliotrichum  LyelliiH.k  T. — affine 

Schrad.  —  diapJumum  Schrad. 

(H.F.P.) 
Ephemerum  serratum  Hpe. 
Pkyscomitrium  pyri.forme  Brid. 
Funaria  hygrometrica  Sibth. 
Aulacomninm  androgynum  Schwgr. 

— palustre  Schwgr. 
Bartramia  pomiformis  Hedw. 
Lsptohryum  pyriforme  Wils. 
Webera  carnea  Schp.  (H.F.P.) 
Bryum  pallens   Sw. — intermedium 

Brid. — ccespiticium  L.  (H.F.P.) 

— capUlare  L.  (H.F.P.)  —  ery- 

throcarpum    Schwgr.  —  argen- 

teuni  L. 
Milium  cuspidatum  Hedw.  —  ros- 

tratum  Schrad. — undiilatum  L. 

— Jiornum  L. 
Fontinalis  anlipyretica  L. 
Neckera  comp)lanata  Hiibn. 
Honialia  trichomanoides  Brid. 


186 


SOME    COUNTY   LISTS    OF    MOSSES. 


Leucodon  schiroides  Scliwgr. 

Porotrichum  alopecuruin  Mitt. 

Leskea  pulycarpa  Ehrh. 

Anomodon  vitiadosus  H.  &  T. 

Thuidium  tamariscinum  B.  &  S. 

Isothecium  myurum  Brid. 

Pleurupus  sericeus  Dixon. 

Camptothecium  lutescens  B.  &  S. 

Brachytlieclum  albicans  B.  &  S. — 
rutahulum  B.  &  S.  (H.  F.  P.)— 
vehitimim  B.  &  S. — purumDixon 

Eurhynchium  piliferum^.  &  S. — 
pr(Blongum  Hobkirk.  (H.  F.  P.) 


— striatum  B.  &  S. —  ruscifonne 

Milde. — confer  turn  Milde. 
Plagiotheciuni  denticidatum.  B.&S. 
Amblystct/iu)n     serpens    B.     &     S. 

{R.F'.^.)—Jilicinum  Be  Not. 
Hypnum  riparium  L.  —  adimcum 

YSiV.Kneijfii  Sclip. — fluitans  L. 

— cupressiforvie  L. — var.  resupi- 

7iatum  Sclip.  (H.  F.  P.)  —  var. 

ericetorum  B.  &  S. — cuspidatuni 

Jj.—Schreberi  Willd. 
Hylocouiium  squarrosum.  B.  &  S. — 

triquetruin  B.  &  S. 


Denbighshire  (v.-c.  50). 

Collected  by  H.  F.  Parsons,  where  no  inifials  are  appended,  and 
by  J.  Harbord  Lewis  (J.H.  L.).  This  list  contains  sixty  species 
and  four  varieties  : — 


Sphagnum   cymbifolium.  Ehrh.  — 

subsecundiwi  Nees. — var.  contor- 

tiim  Schpr. — acutifoliuni  Ehrh. 
Andreaa  Plothii  W.  &  M. 
Oliyotrichum  incurvum  Lindb. 
Polytrichum  alpinum  L.  (Miss  Ar- 

mitage).  —  piliferuni  Schreb. — 

commune  L. 
Ditrichum  flexicaule  var.    densum 

Braithw. 
Dicranella  rnfesccns  Schp. 
Dicranoweisia  cirrata  Lindb. 
Campylopus  Jiexuosus   Brid. — -J'ra- 

gilis  B.  &  S. 
Picraniim  Bonjeani  De  Not.— /?<6-- 

cescens  Turn. 
Leucohryum.  glaucum  Schp. 
Grimmia   apocarpa   var.   ricularis 

W.  &  M.  — piulvinata    Sm.  — 

imtens  B.  &  S. — Doniana  Sm. 
Pihacomitiium   aciculare    Brid.  — 
fasciculare  Brid. — heterostichum 

Brid.  (Miss  Armitage).  —  Janu- 

ginosum  Brid. 
Ptycliomitriump)olyp)hyllum  Flirnr. 
Barbula  spadicea  Mitt. 
Trichostomum  tortuosum  Dixon. 
EncaJypta  streptocarpa  Hedw. 
Zygodon  Mougeotii  B.  &  S. 
Orthotrichum  anomalum  var.  saxa- 

tile  Milde. 
Aulacomnmm  pahistre  Schwgr. 


Bartramia  pomiformis  Hedw. 
Philonuti<  fontana  Brid. — calcarea 

Schp. 
Breutelia  arcuata  Schp. 
Bryum  bimiim  Schreb.  (J.  H.  L.) 

— capUlare  L. 
Mnium  rostratum  Schrad. — undu- 

latum  L. — Jiornum  L. — puncta- 

tum  L.  (J.  H.  L.) 
Fontinalis  antipyretica  L. 
Neckera  crispa  Hedw. — complanata 

Hiibn. 
Leucodon  sciuroides  Schwgr. 
Porotriclium  alopecurum.  Mitt. 
Anomodon  viticulosus  H.  &  T. 
Thuidium  tamariscinum  B.  &  S. 
Climacium  dendroides  W.  &  M. 
Isothecium  myuruui  Brid. 
BracliytJiecimn  rutabulum  B.  &  S. 

(J.  H.  lj.)—populeum  B.  &  S. 
Eurliynchium    tenellum   Milde  (J. 

B..'Ij.). —rusci/orme  Milde  (J.  H. 

'L.).—confertum,  Milde  (J.  H.  L.) 
Plagiotheciuni    Borrerianum    Spr. 

(J.  H.  Ij.)—deuticulatum  B.  &  S. 

(J.H.L.)  —  sylvaticum  B.  &  S. 

(J.H.L.)  —  undulatum.  B.  &  S. 

(J.H.L.) 
Hypnum  uncinatum  Hedw. — com- 

mutatum  Hedw. 
Hylocomium   loreum   B.    &    S. — 

splendens  B.  &  S. 


SOME    COUNTY   LISTS    OF    MOSSEi 


187 


Monmouth  (v.-c.  35). 

Collected  by  Eev.  A.  Ley,  unless  otherwise  stated, 
contains  ninety-three  species  and  seven  varieties  : — 

Sphagnum  cymhifolium  Ehrh.  — 
yapillosmnlAvidih. — siibsecimdum 
var.  contortiim  Schp.  —  suhse- 
cundiim  var.  turgidum  0.  M. — 
subsecimdum  YSiV.  obesum  Schp. — 
acutifolium  var.  deflexum  Schp, 


This  list 


Cinclidotus  fontinaloides  P.  Beauv. 
Zygodo7i  Mougeotli  B.  &  S. 
Aulacomnium  palitstre  Scliwgr. 
Bartraiiiia  ithijphylla  Brid. — po- 

miformis   Hedw.  —  Hallerimia 

Hedw. 


intermedium  Hof^m.—cusindatum   Philonotis  fontana  Brid. 


var.  plummum  N.  &  H. 
Tetraphis  pellucida  Hedw. 
PoJytrichum  namim  Neck. — aloides 

Hedw.  —  urnigenim  L.  — jnni- 

perinmn  Willd. 
Diphyscium  foliosum  Mohr. 
Pleurldium  subulatum  Rab.  (Miss 

Armitage). 
Ditrichiim  homomallum  Hpe. 
Swartzia  montana  Lindb. 
Seligeria  recurvata  B.  &  S. 
Ceratodon  purpureus  Brid. 
Fihabdoweisia  fugax  B.  &  S. 
Dichodontium  pellucidum  Schp. 
Dicrmiclla  varia  Schp. 
Blindia  acuta  B.  &  S. 
Campylopus  flexuosus  Brid. 
Dicranum  Bonjeaiii  De  Not. 
Fissidens  virldulus  Wahl. — incur- 

viis  Starke. —  bryoides  Hedw. — 

taxifoliiis  Hedw. 
Grlmmia  trichophylla  Grev. 
Rhacomitrium,  ellipticum  B.  &  S. — 

lanuglnosum  Brid. 
Ptychomitrlum  polyphylhim  Fiirnr. 
Phascum  cuspidatum  Schreb. 
Pottia  truncatula  Lindb.  —  minu- 

tula  Fiirnr. 
Tortula  muralis  var.  rupestrisY^ils. 

— IcBvipUa  Schwgr. 
Barbula  fallax  Hedw. — cylindrica 

Schp. —  vinealis  Brid. — sinuosa 

Braithw. — unguiculata  Hedw. 
Weisia  rupestris  C.  M. — verticillata 

Brid. 
Trichostomuyn  crispulum  Bruch. — 

mutabile  Bruch. — nitidum  Schp. 


Breutelia  arcuata  Schp. 

Webera  elongata  Schwgr.  —  cruda 
Schwgr. —  carnea  Schp. — albi- 
cans Schp. 

P'lagiobryum  Zierii  Lindb. 

Bryum  inclinatum  Bland. — paJlens 
Sw. — pseudotriquetrum  Schwgr. 

—  capillare  L. 

Milium  rostratum  Schrad. — undu- 
latuni  L. — serratum  Schrad. — 
stellare  Reich. 

Homalia  trichomanoides  Brid. 

Heterocladium  heteropterum  B.  &  S. 

Brachythecium  rutabuliim  B.  &  S. 

—  velutinum   B.  &  S.  — plumo- 
sum  B.  &  S. — illecebrum  De  Not. 

Hyocomium  fiagellare  B.  &  S. 

Eurhynchiuvi  crassinervium  B.  &  S. 
— prcBlongum  Hobk.  —  Swartzii 
Hobk. — TeesdaJei  Schp. — stria- 
tum B.  &  S. — rusciforme  Milde. 
— confertum  Milde. 

Plagiothecium  pulchellum  B.  &  S. 

—  denticulatum  B.  &  S.  —  syl- 
vaticum  B.  &  S. 

Amhlystegium  serptens  B.  &  S.  — 
— fiuviatile  B.  &  S. 

Hypnum  stellatum  Schreb. — cliry- 
sophyllum  Brid. — fiuitans  L. — 
revolvens  Sw.—cupressifonne  var. 
resupinatum  Schp.  —  Patientia 
Lindb.  —  molluscum  Hedw.  — 
palustre  L. — cordi/olium  Hedw. 

—  cuspidatum    L.  —  Schreberi 
Willd. 

Hylocomium  loreum  B.  &  S. 


188 


ANEMOP^GMA    CAERERENSE. 


Pembrokeshire  (v.-c.  45). 

Collected  by  H.  F.  Parsons  or  by  Miss  Armitage.    Tins  list  con- 
tains fifty- one  species  : — 


Sphagnum  subsecundum  Nees. 
Catharinea  undiiJata  W.  &  M. 
Pohjtrichuin  juniperinum  Willd. — 

commune  L. 
Fissidens  adiantoides  Hedw. — taxi- 

folius  Hedw. 
Fihacomitrium  aciculare  Brid. 
Tortula  jnisilla  Mitt.  —  aloides  De 

Not.  —  murcdis    Hedw.    (Miss 

Armitage).  —  laiipila    Sch wgr. 

—  intermedia    Berk.  —  rurali- 

formis  Dixon  (Miss  Armitage). 
Barhula    rubella     Mitt.  —  fallax 

Hedw.  —  vinealis  Brid.    (Miss 

Armitage) — unguiculata  Hedw. 

— convoluta  Hedw. 
Weisia  viridula  Hedw. 
Cindidotus  fontinaloides  P.  Beau  v. 
Encalypta  vulgaris  Hedw. — strep- 

tocarpa  Hedw. 
Ortlwtrichum  diaplianum  Sclirad. 
Breutelia  arcuata  Schp. 
Webera  carnea  Schp. 
Brijiim  ccBspiticium  L.  —  capillare 

L.  (Miss  Armitage)  — atropur- 


pnreum  W.  &  M.  (Miss  Armi- 
tage)— argenteiim  L. 

Mnium  rostratuni  Schrad. — Jior- 
num  L. 

Neckera  complanata  Hiibn. 

Porotrichum  alopecurum  Mitt. 

Anomodon  viticulosus  H.  &  T.  (Miss 
Armitage). 

Tliuidium  tamariscinum  B.  &  S. 

Camptothecium  lutesccns  B.  &  S. 
(Miss  Armitage) 

Brachijtheciiim  albicans  B.  &  S. — 
rutabulum.  B.  &  S.  —  purum 
Dixon  (Miss  Armitage). 

Eurhyjichium,  prahmgum  B.  &  S. 
— Swartzii  Hobk.  —  tenellum 
Milde  (Miss  Armitage). — stria- 
tum B.  &  S.  —  murale  Milde 
(Miss  Armitage).  —  rusciforme 
Milde. — confertum  Milde. 

Amblystegium  Jilicinuiii  De  Not. 

Hgpnum  stellatum  Schrad.  —  cu- 
pressi/orme  L.  —  scorpioides  L. 
— cuspidatum  L. 


ANEMOP^GMA     GARRERENSE,   sp.  n. 

By  Eleonora  Armitage. 

Among  the  iDlants  of  a  collection  which  I  made  in  the  "West 
Indies  in  1895  and  1896  are  specimens  of  a  new  Biguoniacea  of 
the  genus  Anemopagma,  which  may  be  diagnosed  as  follows  : — 

Anemopsegma  carrerense,  sp.n.  A.  racemoso  Mart.,  valde 
affinis ;  prophyllis  ovatis  vel  ovato-lanceolatis  inter  alia  difi'ert. 

Frutex  scandens.  Rami  teretes,  striati,  juniores  sparse  pubes- 
centes,  dein  cito  internodiis  diu  nodis  giabrescentes,  ad  nodos  com- 
pressi.  Folia  opposita,  foliolis  2  ovatis  saBue  breviter  acuminads  basi 
plicatis  apice  obtusis  vel  subacutis,  6  cm. longis,  3*5  cm.  latis, utrinque 
saturate  viridibus  glabris  ;  petiolus  supra  compressis,  sparse  pilosus, 
ad  7  mm.  longus  ;  cirrhus  terminalis  apice  3-hamatus.  Inflore- 
scentia  3-6-flora,  pedunculo  ad  6  cm.  longo,  pedicellis  6  mm. 
longis  ;  prophylla  ovata  vel  ovato-lanceolata,  apice  et  basi  acuta 
vel  obtusa,  4  mm.  longa ;  bracteaB  minutae  subulatse.     Calyx  cam- 


THE    NOMENCLATURE    OF    ARENARIA    ULIGTNOSA.  ]  89 

panulatus,  glaber,  margine  undulatus,  5  mm.  longus.  Corolla 
pallide  citrina,  6  cm.  longa,  e  tubo  basali  subrecto,  15  cm. 
longo,  ampliata,  ad  staminum  insertionem  pnberula,  uudiqiie  pilis 
minutis  glanduliferis  dense  conspersa,  lobis  latis  emarginatis. 
Stamina  inclusa,  curvata,  basi  puberula.  Ovarium  oblongum. 
Discus  conicus.  Fructus  compressus,  utrinque  bibullatus,  ovalis, 
basi  et  apice  acutus,  7'5  cm.  longus,  3-7  cm.  latus ;  septum 
apice  bicorne  velutsi  morsum.  Semina,  alis  inclusis,  2*5  cm. 
lata,  2  cm.  longa ;  cotyledones  basi  et  apice  profunde  emarginataB, 
1-3  cm.  latae,  8  mm.  long^. 

Hab.  Trinidad :  Island  of  Carrera,  in  the  Gulf  of  Paria,  where 
the  phmt  climbs  over  shrubs  to  a  height  of  5  or  6  ft.  Here  I  col- 
lected it  in  flower  and  fruit  in  April,  1896,  and  the  Superintendent 
of  the  Botanic  Garden,  Mr.  J.  H.  Hart,  has  since  found  it  there, 
both  in  flower  and  fruit,  in  September ;  without  precise  locality, 
Fendhr  (No.  518  in  Herb.  Kew).  Venezuela  :  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Orinoco,  Bushy  (in  Herb.  Coll.  of  Pharmacy,  New  York). 

I  have  sent  seeds  of  the  plant  to  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  where 
they  have  germinated.  I  have  to  thank  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill,  F.L.S., 
for  help  in  determining  and  diagnosing  the  plant  for  me. 


THE    NOMENCLATURE    OF    ARENARIA    ULIGINOSA. 

[Dr.  B.  L.  Robinson  publishes  in  the  Botcmical  Gazette  for  March 
last  some  notes  on  "New  species  and  extended  ranges  of  North 
American  CaryophyllaceiB,'"  in  the  course  of  which  he  deals  with  the 
nomenclature  of  Arenaria  uliginosa  Schleich.  This  being  a  British 
plant,  it  seems  worth  while  to  reprint  here  Dr.  Robinson's  remarks, 
which  contain  some  interesting  criticisms  of  the  Index  Kewensis 
and  of  the  practical  working  of  the  Madison  amendment  of  the 
'*  Rochester  Code."  We  are  entirely  at  one  with  Dr.  Robinson  in 
his  condemnation  of  this  amendment,  and  in  his  estimate  of  the 
mischievous  results  which  would  follow  its  general  adoption. — Ed. 
JOURN.  BoT.] 

This  species,  long  known,  although  somewhat  local,  in  alpine 
and  boreal  regions  of  Europe,  as  well  as  in  Siberia  and  Greenland, 
has  been  collected  on  slaty  detritus  near  Rama,  northern  Labrador, 
at  about  300 ^^  altitude,  by  Mr.  J.  D.  Sornborger,  August,  1897. 
"While  the  species  appears  in  Watson's  Bibliographical  Index,  under 
the  name  A.  stricta,  it  has  not,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  writer,  been 
hitherto  observed  upon  continental  America,  its  citation  in  the 
hidex  being  due  to  the  fact  that  Dr.  Watson  included  Greenland  in 
the  territory  covered,  as  well  as  to  the  circumstance  that  he  included 
in  his  synonymy  of  the  species  in  question  the  quite  different 
A.  Bossii  R.  Br.  A.  uliginosa  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  any 
of  the  related  North  American  species  by  its  foliage  closely  tufted  at 
the  base  and  by  its  very  long  and  slender  almost  naked  stems  and 
IDeduncles.     In  these,   as  in   all   other   observed   characters,  Mr, 


190  THE    NOMENCLATURE    OF    ARENARIA    ULIGINOSA. 

Sornborger'.s  specimens  correspond  exactly  with  those  from  the 
Old  World.  The  nature  of  the  occurrence  in  Labrador,  together 
with  the  presence  of  the  species  in  Greenland,  leaves  little  doubt  as 
to  the  indigenous  character  of  the  Labrador  specimens. 

This  species  has  a  rather  complicated  synonymy,  which  has  led 
to  so  much  confusion  that  it  will  be  best  to  cite  its  bibliography 
here  in  some  detail.     Its  names  have  been  as  follows  : — • 

Sperqula  stricta  Swartz,  Vet.  Acad.  Handl.  Stockh.  20,  229 
(1799) ;'  and  in  Schrad.  Journ.  1800^  256. 

Arenarid  nliijinosa  Schleicher,  *'  Cent.  exs.  1,  n.  47,"  ace.  to 
Lam.  &  DO.  Fl.  Fr.  iv.  786  (1805),  where  a  good  description  is 
given;  DC.  Ic.  PL  Gal.  Rar.  14  (excl.  syn.  in  part),  pi.  46  ;  and 
Prodr.  i.  407  ;  Hook.  f.  Arct.  Pi.  287,  322  ;  Gray,  Proc.  Acad. 
Philad.  1863,  58 ;  Hook.  f.  Stud.  Fl.  Brit.  Is.  ed.  3,  63  ;  Britton, 
Mem.  Torr.  Club,  ii.  37. 

Alsine  stricta  Wahlenberg,  Fl.  Lapponica,  127  (1812) ;  Fl.  Dan. 
pi.  2962;  Nyman,  Conspect.  118;  and  continental  authors  generally. 

Arenaria  lapponica  Spreng.  Syst.  ii.  402  (1825) ;  Hook.  f.  & 
Jacks.  Ind.  Kew.  i.  179. 

Sabidina  stricta  Reichenb.  Fl.  Germ.  Excurs.  789  (1839). 

Stellaria  stricta  Sw.  ex  Steudel,  Nomencl.  ed.  2,  ii.  637  (1841). 

Arenaria  stricta  Wats.  Bibliog.  Index,  98  (1878),  at  least  as  to 
the  first  three  synonyms. 

From  the  above  synonymy  it  is  evident  that  there  is  a  con- 
siderable choice  of  names,  and  that  the  selection  by  different  authors 
is  likely  to  vary  somewhat  according  to  individual  ideas  of  classifi- 
cation and  nomenclature.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  those  who 
unite  Alsine  and  Arenaria  and  who  also  prefer  the  "  first  correct 
combination"  must  choose  Arenaria  ulirjinosa,  the  name  current  in 
England,  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  statements  made  in  regard 
to  this  species  in  the  Index  Kewensis  are  most  conflicting  and  in- 
accurate, being  as  follows  : — 

Under  Alsine 

A.  stricta  Mert.  &  Koch,  in  Roehl.  Deutschl.  Fl.  iii.  278 

=  Ar.  stricta. 
A.  stricta  Wahlenb.  Fl.  Lapp.  127  =  Ar.  lapponica. 
Under  Areyiaria 

A.  lapponica  Spreng.  Syst.  ii.  402. — Lappon.  (given  as  a 

valid  species  of  restricted  range). 
A.  ulifjinosa  Schleich.  ex  Schlecht.  in  Ges.  Naturf.  Fr. 
Berl.  Mag.  vii.  (1813)  207  =  Arenaria  stricta. 
Under  Sabidina 

S.  stricta  Reichenb.  Fl.  Germ.  Excurs.  789  =  Arenaria 
stricta. 
Under  Spergula 

S.  stricta  Sw.  in  Vet.  Acad.  Handl.  Stockh.  xx.  (1799) 
229  =  Arenaria  stricta. 

Now  of  these  six  clear  references  to  this  well-known  European 
plant  all  are  incorrect.     Four  refer  it  to  Arenaria  stricta,  but  the 


THE    NOMENCLATURE    OF    ARENARIA    ULIGINOSA.  191 

only  plant  of  that  name  cited  by  the  Index  Kewensis  is  the  common 
and  wholly  distinct  American  species  of  Michaux's  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  1, 
274,  while  the  other  two  references  to  the  plant  under  discussion 
maintain  for  it  the  name  Arenaria  lapponica  Spreng.  (1825),  which 
is  much  antedated  both  in  Arenaria,  Alsine,  and  Spergula,  and  is 
accordingly  supported  by  no  code  oi-  usage  whatever.  As  further 
incidents  in  this  confusion  may  be  mentioned  the  neglect  of 
Lamarck  &  De  Candolle's  early  publication  of  Arenaria  uliginosa, 
and  the  omission  of  Watson's  Arenaria  stricta,  which,  as  its 
synonymy  clearly  shows,  was  employed  in  a  sense  wholly  different 
from  A.  stricta  of  Michaux. 

In  1890  (Mem.  Torr.  Club,  ii.  37)  Dr.  N.  L.  Britton  exactly 
expresses  the  position  of  the  present  writer,  by  his  footnote,  which 
runs  as  follows  : — 

''Arenaria  stricta,  S.  Wats.,  Bibliog.  Index,  Polypet.  98  (1878), 
is  based  on  Spenjula  stricta,  Sw.  Act.  Holm,  xx.  229  (1799),  which 
is  Alsine  stricta',  Wahl.  Fl.  Lapp.  127  (1812),  and  the  oldest 
name  available  for  it  appears  to  be  Arenaria  uliginosa  Sclileich. 
Dr.  Watson's  binomial  of  1878  can  in  no  way  displace  Michaux'  of 
1803." 

This  position,  stated  so  positively  by  Dr.  Britton  in  1890,  is  of 
course  quite  contrary  to  the  unwise  Madison  rule  of  1893,  which 
asserts  the  immutability  of  an  older  specific  name  even  when  the 
species  is  transferred  to  a  genus  already  containing  an  identical 
specific  name  of  later  date.  As  the  writer  has  elsewhere  shown, 
this  provision,  together  with  the  dictum  of  "  once  a  synonym  always 
a  synonym,"  would  give  a  power  to  any  thoughtless  worker  of  dis- 
placing for  ever  many  valid  specific  names.  Such  a  rule  can 
certainly  never  attain  general  acceptance,  and  it  is  a  pleasure 
to  see  from  Dr.  Britton's  note  of  1890  how  clearly  he  sees  its 
disadvantages.  Nevertheless  it  is  a  matter  of  surprise  to  note  that 
he  did  not  feel  impelled  to  follow  the  Madison  rules  in  the  Illustrated 
Flora,  or  even  in  the  List  of  Pteridophyta,  &c.  (which  was  expressly 
prepared  to  illustrate  the  nomenclatorial  system  of  the  American 
Association),  for  in  both  works  Arenaria  stricta  Michx.  is  still  kept 
up,  although  the  Madison  rule  would  clearly  establish  Arenaria 
stricta  (Sw.)  Wats,  for  the  European  plant,  and  force  the  adoption 
of  A.  Michauxii  Fenzl  for  the  American.  Dr.  Britton's  usage  can 
scarcely  be  due  to  oversight,  for  he  had  so  recently  shown  a  com- 
plete understanding  of  the  existence  and  distinctness  of  the  two 
species  concerned.  But  if,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  a 
very  sensible  exception  to  an  undesirable  rule,  it  may  be  asked : 
What  is  to  become  of  a  rigid  system,  if  even  very  sensible  exceptions 
are  permitted  ? 


192 


BIOGRAPHICAL     INDEX     OF     BRITISH     AND     lEISH 
BOTANISTS. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S.,  and  G.  S.  Boulger,  F.L.S,,  F.G.S. 

First  Supplement  (1893-97). 

(Continued  from  p.  149.) 

Edwards,  Thomas  (fl.  1597).  *' Apothecarie  in  Excester,  learned 
and  skilfiill  ...  in  the  knowledge  of  plants."  Introduced  Yucca 
ghriosa.     Ger.  89,  143,  1359. 

Fisher,  Henry  S.  (d.  1881):  d.  Liverpool,  18  March,  1881. 
Memb.  Bot.  Exchange  Club.  Found  (with  F.  M.  Webb)  Bosa 
Jundzilliana.  *  Flora  of  Liverpool,'  published  by  Liverpool  Nat. 
Field  Club,  1872.  Coutrib.  papers  to  Field  Club  Reports. 
R.S.C.  ii.  627;  vii.  668. 

Forster,  George  (1754-94) :  b.  Nassenhuben,  near  Dantzic, 
Prussia,  26  Nov.  1754;  d.  Paris,  11  Jan.  1794.  Son  of  J.  R. 
Forster.  Accompanied  his  father  to  Russia  and  England 
and  on  Cook's  second  voyage.  Prof.  Nat.  Hist.  Cassel,  1779. 
President  Univ.  Meutz.  '  Characteres  '  .  .  .  (with  J.  R.  Forster), 
1776.  'Florala  Insularum  Australium  Prodromus,'  1786. 
'Works,'  with  biogr.,  Leipsic,  1843.  Plants  at  Brit.  Mus.  and 
Kew.  Drawings  in  Bot.  Dep.  Mus.  Brit.  Rees  ;  Pritz.  110  ; 
Jacks.  547;  Lasegue,  365;  Journ.  Bot.  1885,  360. 

Forster,  John  Reinhold  (1729-98) :  b.  Dirschaw,  Polish  Prussia, 
22  Oct.,  1729;  d.  Halle,  9  Dec,  1798.  D.C.L.  Oxon,  1775. 
M.D.,  Halle,  1781.  Came  to  England,  1766.  Taught  at  War- 
rington Academy.  Naturalist  to  Cook's  second  voyage,  1772-5. 
Prof.  Nat.  Hist,  and  Inspector  Bot.  Garden,  Halle,  1780. 
'Characteres  Genera  Plantarum,'  1776  (with  George  Forster). 
'  Enchiridion,'  1788.  Letters  in  Banks  Corresp.  Drawings 
in  Bot.  Dep.  Mus.  Brit.  PI.  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit,  and  at  Kew. 
Rees;  Pritz.  110;  Jacks.  547;  Lasegue,  324,365;  Journ.  Bot. 
1885,  360.     Forstera,  L.  fil. 

Fox,  Henry  Stephen  (1792-1846) :  b.  Chatham,  Kent,  1792  ; 
d.  Washington,  U.S.A.,  October,  1846.  Brit.  Minister  at 
Buenos  Ayres,  Rio  Janeiro,  and  Washington.  Uncle  of  Sir  C. 
J.  Fox  Bunbury.  Had  a  herbarium  formed  at  Rio,  Monte  Video, 
Porto  Alegre,  &c.,  1831-3.  Plants  in  Bunbury's  Herb,  at  Cam- 
bridge. C.  J.  F.  Bunbury's  'Botanical  Fragments,'  i.  59,  358, 
&c.     Alumn.  Oxon. 

Frampton,  Mary  (1773-1846):  b.  Moreton,  Dorset,  1773;  d. 
Dorchester,  Dorset,  12  Nov.,  1846.  Five  vols,  of  drawings 
of  Dorset  plants  in  possession  of  H.  Frampton,  of  Moreton 
'Journal  of  M.  F.,  1779-1846.'  Fl.  Dors.  39;  Salter,  Bot.  of 
Poole,  33. 

Garth,  Richard  (d.  before  1605).  Of  Drayton,  South  Hants. 
Senior  clerk  in  the  Diplomatic  Service.     "  HistoriaB  Plantarum, 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  193 

cum  Indicarum,    turn  inquilinarum   studiosissimus."      Lobel, 
Advers.  469  ;  Illust.  85. 

Gibbes,  Rev.  Heneage  (1802  ?-87) :  b.  Bath,  1802  ;  d.  Mutley, 
Plymouth,  18  March,  1887.  M.B.,  Camb.,  1826.  L.R.C.P., 
1829.  Incumbent  of  All  Saints',  Sidmouth,  1847.  Rector  of 
Bradstone,  Devon,  1870-83.  MS.  Flora  of  Bath,  used  by 
Babington.  '  Flora  Bathoniensis,'  pref.  vi.  Found  Eupliorhia 
pilosa,  1834,  Bab.  Fl.  Bath,  44.  Alumn.  Oxon.  '  Memorials 
of  C.  0.  Babington,'  xxii.  xxxii  ;  Munk,  iii.  14. 

Glanville,  Bartholomgeus  De,  alias  Bartholomseus  Anglus 
(fi.  1230-1250).  Franciscan  friar.  Belated  to  the  Earls  of 
Suffolk  (?).  '  De  proprietatibus  rerum  '  (dealing  in  part  with 
plants),  trans.  1398  by  John  de  Trevisa,  printed  by  Wynkyn  de 
Worde.  Twelve  editions  printed  between  1479  and  1494. 
Ames'  'Dibdin,'  ii.  310-321;  Stephen  Robson,  'Brit.  Flora,' 
pref.  p.  iv;  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.  xxi.  409. 

Gordon,  Rev.  George  (1801-93)  :  b.  Urquhart,  1801  ;  d.  Brae- 
birnie,  Elgin,  12  Dec,  1893.  Minister  of  Birnie,  near  Elgin, 
1832-89.  LL.D.  '  Collectanea  for  a  Flora  of  Moray,'  1839. 
MS.  Flora  of  Moray  in  Bot.  Dep.  Mus.  Brit.  Discovered 
PinguicuJa  alpina  in  1831.  Eng.  Bot.  2621,  2747.  R.S.C.  ii. 
945  (excl.  nos.  3-6) ;  vii.  800 ;  x.  28.  Pritz.  126  ;  Jacks.  257; 
Journ.  Bot.  1894,  64,  160;  Top.  Bot.  546;  N.  B.  G.  498,  508  ; 
Gard.  Ciiron.  1893,  ii.  809  ;  Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  1894,  65, 
with  portr. 

Gosselin,  Joshua  (1739-1813):  b.  Guernsey,  6  Nov.  1739;  d. 
Bengeo  Hall,  Herts,  27  May,  1813 ;  bur.  Bengeo.  '  Flora 
Sarniensis  '  (prepared  1788)  in  Bury's  Hist,  of  Guernsey  (1813). 

Gough,  Thomas  (1801-80):  b.  Middleshaw,  Westmoreland,  30 
Nov.  1804;  d.  Kendal?  17  July,  1880.  Son  of  John  Gough. 
Surgeon  in  Kendal.  List  of  pi.  in  Nicholson's  Annals  of  Kendal, 
1835.  Bot.  notices  in  Wordsworth's  '  Scenery,'  1842.  West- 
moreland Note-book,  1889,  109,  with  portr. ;  Macpherson's 
'Fauna  of  Lakeland,'  1892,  xxii.;  'NaturaHst,'  1894,  295; 
Alumn.  Oxon. 

Graham,  G.  J.  (d.  before  1839).  Collected  in  Mexico  and  intro- 
duced many  Mexican  pL,  and  sent  dried  pi.  to  Kew.  '  Plantae 
Hartwegiange/  pref.  iv. ;  Bot.  Mag.  1356,  1370.  Salvia  Graliami 
Benth. 

Gregg,  Mary,  nee  Kirby  (1817-93) :  b.  Leicester,  27  April,  1817; 
d.  Brooksby,  15  Oct.  1893;  bur.  Brooksby ;  m.  Rev.  H.  Gregg, 
1  Aug.  1860.  'Flora  of  Leicestershire,'  1847,  1850  (notes  by 
Elizabeth  Kirby).  '  Plants  of  the  Land  and  Water  '  (with  E.  K.), 
1857.  '  Chapters  on  Trees  '  (with  E.  K.),  1873.  '  Leaflets  from 
my  Life '  (narrative  autobiography),  1887.  Pritz.  164;  Jacks. 
566;  R.S.C.  iii.  658;  Phyt.  iii.  157,  179. 

Grigor,  James  (1811  ?-1848) :  b.  1811?;  d.  Norwich,  22  April, 
1848.  Nurseryman.  '  Eastern  Arboretum,'  1841.  Diet.  Nat. 
Biog.  xxiii.  248. 

Grindal,  Rev.  Edmund  (1519  ?-83):  b.  St.  Bees,  Cumberland, 
c.  1519;  d.  Croydon,  6  July,  1583;  bur.  parish  church,  Croydon. 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [May,  1898.]  p 


19i  BIOGRA.PHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

B.A.,  Camb.,  1538.  M.A.,  1541.  D.D.,  1564.  Bishop  of 
London,  1559.  Archbishop  of  York,  1570  ;  of  Canterbury,  1575. 
Introduced  Tamarix  circ.  1582.  '  Life  '  by  Strype  ;  Diet.  Nat. 
Biog.  xxiii.  261. 

Hamerton,  Philip  Gilbert  (1834-94):  b.  Laneside,  Lane,  10 
Sept.  1834  ;  d.  Paris,  4  Nov.  1894.  LL.D.,  Aberdeen,  1894. 
Artist.  Had  a  herbarium  from  about  1870.  'Autobiography,' 
with  portr.,  1897. 

Hancorn,  Philip  (fl.  1797).  In  the  Portuguese  navy.  Chief  of 
the  fleet  in  Brazil  in  1797.  "  Rerum  naturalium  studiosus  .  .  . 
etiam  studiosorum  fautor,"  Gomes,  Memorias  dos  Corresp. 
(1812),  51.     Journ.  Bot.  1896,  250.     Hancomia  Gomes. 

Harker,  James  Allen  (1847-94) :  b.  31  July,  1847 ;  d.  Ciren- 
cester, Gloucester,  19  Dec.  1894.  F.L.S.,  1883.  Prof.  Nat. 
Hist.,  Royal  Agric.  Coll.,  Cirencester,  1881-94.  MS.  Flora  of 
Gloucestersh.  (with  G.  S.  Boulger).  Studied  grasses,  variation 
in  Ophrys  apifera,  &c.  R.S.C.  x.  142 ;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
1894-5,  32. 

Hartweg,  Carl  Theodore  (1812-71) :  b.  Carlsruhe.  18  June, 
1812;  d.  Swetzmgen,  Baden,  3  Feb.  1871.  Collector  for  Hort. 
Soc.  in  Mexico,  1836-7  ;  in  Cahfornia,  1846-7.  Director  of 
Grand  Ducal  Gardens  at  Swetzingen.  '  Journal '  (California), 
Hort.  Soc.  Journ.  i.-iii.  '  Notes '  (Mexico),  Trans.  Hort.  Soc. 
iii.  115-162.  First  set  of  plants  at  Kew.  Jacks.  556  ;  Bot.  of 
California,  ii.  556 ;  Bot.  Biol.  Centrali-Americana,  iv.  126 ; 
Journ.  Bot.  1871,  224;  R.S.C.  iii.  203.  Bentham,  'Plants 
Hartwegiaiic^,'  1839-57.     Hartivegia  Lindl. 

Hassall,    Arthur    Hill    (1817-94):    b.    Teddington,    Middlesex, 
13  Dec.  1817;    d.  San  Remo,  9  April,  1894.     M.R.C.S.,  1839 
Public  Analyst.     Contrib.  to  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  1842.     'History 
of  Brit.  Freshwater  Algse,'   1845.      Pritz.   137;    Jacks.   242 
R.S.C.  in.  208;   vii.  918.     'Narrative  of  a  Busy  Life,'  1893 
Journ.  Bot.  1894,  191.     Hassallia  Berk.  =  Stigonema. 

Hawker,  Rev.  William  Henry  (fl.  1830-80).  Of  Petersfield 
M.A.,  Camb.,  1854.  Helped  Ardoino  in  his  'Flore  des  Alpes 
Maritimes'  (pref.  p.  xii).  Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Fr.  xxx.  p.  cxx 
Asjdeniumfontcmum,  Phyt.  iv.  814. 

Helms,  Richard  (d.  1892-3) :  b.  N.  Zealand ;  d.  Greymouth 
N.  Zealand,  1892-3.  Had  private  museum.  Herbarium  pur 
chased  by  J.  C.  Melvill.  Botanist  to  Elder  Expedition,  W 
Australia,  1891-2.  Mosses  in  Univ.  Herbarium,  Oxford.  Journ, 
Bot.  1894,  78,  82.     Helmsia  H.  Boswell. 

Henderson,  Frederick  (1841  ?-95) :  d.  24  Sept.  1895.  Lieut.- 
Colonel,  107th  Foot,  1880.  F.L.S.,  1875.  Collected  ferns  in 
Nilghiris  and  at  Simla.  Had  a  herbarium.  Ferns  of  Northern 
India  (with  C.  B.  Clarke)  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  2nd  S.  (Bot.),  i. 
425.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1895-6,  37.  Polypodium  Hendersoni 
W.  S.  Atkinson. 

Hick,  Thomas  (1840-96):  b.  Leeds,  Yorksh.,  5  May,  1840;  d. 
Bradford,  Yorksh.,  31  July,  1896 ;   bur.  Undercliffe  Cemetery, 


RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG^.  195 

Bradford.  A.L.S.,  1894.  B.A.,  B.Sc,  Lond.  Assistant- 
Lecturer  in  Bot.,  Owens  Coll.,  Manchester,  1885.  'Proto- 
plasmic continuity  in  Algae,'  Journ.  Bot.  1884-85.  Collection 
of  fossil  pi.  in  Manchester  Museum.  E.S.C.  x.  223;  Journ 
Bot.  1896,  488;  1897,  193,  with  portr. 
Higgins,  Rev.  Henry  Hugh  (1814-93) :  b.  Turvey  Abbey,  Beds, 
28  Jan.  1814  ;  d.  Liverpool,  2  July,  1893.  B.A.,  Camb.,  1836, 
M.A.,  1839,  Geologist.  Chaplain,  Kainhill  Asylum,  Liverpool, 
1853-86.  *  Fossil  Ferns  in  Ravenhead  Colliery'  (with  F.  P. 
Marrat),  1872.  R.S.C.  iii.  348;  vii.  978  ;  x.  226;  Jacks.  182- 
Journ.  Bot.  1893,  286;  Geol.  Mag.  1893,  381. 

(To  be  cnntinned.) 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS, 
Recent  Literature  on  Freshwater  ALG-iE. 

The  January  part  of  Flora  for  this  year  contains  the  eighth  of 
a  series  of  papers  pubHshed  at  intervals  by  Prof.  Goebel,  entitled 
"  Morphologische  und  biologische  Bemerkungen."  This  paper, 
which  has  for  its  subject  "  Fine  Siisswasserfloridee  aus  Ost- 
Afrika,"  is  a  sequel  to  the  sixth  of  the  series,  "  Ueber  einige  Siiss- 
wasserflorideen  aus  Britisch-Guyana "  (Flora,  Heft  iii.  Scbluss, 
Juni,  1897).  In  the  earlier  paper  Prof.  Goebel  deals  with  previous 
literature  on  the  subject,  and  raises  biological  questions  on  this 
group  of  algae— a  group  which  is  specially  interesting  from  a 
geographical  point  of  view. 

The  genera  of  FloridecB  hitherto  known  to  be  represented  both 
in  marine  and  fresh  waters  are  Bostrt/chia,  Lomentaria,  Chantransia, 
Delesserla?,  and  Caloglossa,  besides  two  very  doubtful  species  of 
Ballia.  A  freshwater  alga  is  described  by  Askenasy  and  Schmidle 
from  a  mountain  stream  in  New  Guinea  under  the  name  of  Dasya 
Lauterbachi  [Flora,  Heft  ii.  Feb.  1897),  but  this  plant,  according  to 
Prof.  Goebel  {Flora,  Heft  iii.  1897,  I.  c),  belongs  to  Bostrychia,  and 
is  nearly  allied  to  B.  Moritziana.  The  genus  Dasya  can  therefore 
no  longer  be  regarded  as  having  a  representative  in  fresh  water. 
The  only  freshwater  species  of  Delesseria  hitherto  recognized  is 
D.  amboinensis  Karsten  (Bot.  Zeit.  1891,  p.  265),  of  which  the  fruit 
has  not  yet  been  seen.  The  whole  structure  of  the  thallus  points, 
however,  to  its  inclusion  in  Caloglossa  rather  than  in  Delesseria. 

Prof.  Goebel  now  describes  a  second  species  of  Delesseria  from  a 
plant  found  by  him  among  undetermined  mosses  in  the  Hamburg 
Museum.  The  "moss"  in  question  was  collected  by  Stuhlmann 
in  Kibaoni  stream,  north  from  Kokotoni,  Zanzibar,  and  examina- 
tion proved  it  to  be  no  moss,  but  a  freshwater  species  of  Floridem. 
Prof.  Goebel  draws  a  comparison  between  this  alga  and  Delesseria 
amboinensis  Karst.,  to  which  it  bears  a  close  resemblance,  but  shows 
that  sufficient  points  of  difference  exist  to  distinguish  them  as 
separate   species.      He   therefore    calls   the   African   form    ("for 

p  2 


196  RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    FRESHWATER    ALGxE. 

short ")  D.  Zanzibar ieusis.  Authentic  specimens  of  both  these 
plants  are  in  the  British  Museum  Herbarium,  and  though  it  is 
plain  that  D.  amhoinensis  and  D.  Zanzibar iensis  are  two  distinct 
species,  the  difference  between  D.  zanzibariensis  and  Caloglossa 
Leprieurii  is  not  so  obvious. 

The  British  Museum  has  a  large  series  of  specimens  of  the 
latter  plant  from  many  parts  of  the  world :  the  North  and  South 
Atlantic  (New  York,  New  Jersey,  Florida,  Guadeloupe,  Cayenne), 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Australia,  Tasmania,  New  Zealand,  and  the 
Indian  Ocean  (Mauritms,  freshwater  and  marine,  Ceylon,  and 
Calcutta),  these  including,  of  course,  both  marine  and  freshwater 
records.  The  Ceylon  specimens  are  described  by  Prof.  Cramer  in 
his  exhaustive  paper  on  C.  Lrprienrii  (S.  A.  aus  der  Festschrift 
z.  Feier  d.  50-jahrig.  Doctorjub.  von  Nageli  u.  Kolliker,  Ziirich, 
1891).  Comparison  between  these  Indian  Ocean  specimens  and 
D.  zanzibariensis  point  very  strongly  to  the  fact  of  their  being  one 
and  the  sauie  species.  The  position  of  the  tetraspores  in  the  two 
plants  might  at  first  sight  seem  to  argue  a  possible  specific  differ- 
ence, since  in  C.  Leprieurii  they  grow  in  lines  radiating  outwards 
and  upwards  from  the  midrib,  the  number  of  sporangia  in  such 
lines  varying  with  the  width  of  the  plant  ;  while  in  D.  zanzibariensis 
they  are  described  as  occurring  in  one  or  two  rows  along  the  mid- 
rib. But  the  thallus  of  D.  zanzibariensis  is  as  a  rule  narrower  than 
the  usual  form  of  C.  Leprieurii,  and  the  space  between  the  midrib 
and  the  edge  of  the  thallus  is  too  limited  to  allow  the  growth  of 
more  than  one  or  two  rows  of  sporangia. 

C.  Leprieurii  is  shown  by  Prof.  Cramer  (/.  c.)  to  be  a  very 
variable  plant  in  respect  of  size  and  breadth  of  the  thallus,  and  it 
would  be  difficult,  perhaps  impossible,  to  show  in  what  way  D.  zan- 
zibariensis can  be  considered  specifically  distinct  from  C.  Leprieurii. 
It  is  clear  therefore  that  Prof.  Goebel  ought  to  reconsider  the  pro- 
priety of  maintaining  his  "new  species." 

If  it  be  granted  that  these  two  plants  belong  to  the  same 
species,  the  question  of  geographical  distribution  put  forward  by 
Prof.  Goebel  is  more  easily  solved  than  is  otherwise  possible.  He 
asks  with  solemnity  what  has  become  of  the  common  marine 
ancestor  of  D,  zanzibariensis  and  D.  amhoinensis,  both  found  on 
islands  separated  by  the  whole  width  of  the  Indian  Ocean  ?  Is 
this  ancestor  still  living,  or  has  it  died  out,  leaving  only  freshwater 
descendants  ?  Now,  allowing  D.  zanzibariensis  to  be  but  a  form  of 
Caloglossa  Leprieurii,  the  answer  is  obvious.  Caloglossa  occurs 
throughout  the  Indian  Ocean  as  a  marine  and  brackish  water 
plant ;  in  Mauritius,  indeed,  it  grows  inland  in  a  mountain  stream. 
What  more  likely  than  that  a  form  of  this  variable  plant  has 
become  modified  to  its  surroundings  in  Amboyna,  and  is  regarded 
as  the  Delesseria  auiboinensis  of  Karsten  ? 

The  finding  of  the  fruit  of  D.  amboinensis  will  help  to  deter- 
mine its  true  position,  but  in  any  case  there  is  a  near  relationship 
between  it  and  C.  Leprieurii ;  and  if,  as  is  suggested  by  Mr.  Karsteii, 
the  Amboyna  alga,  once  marine,  has  accommodated  itself  to 
changed  conditions  consequent  on  a  gradual  raising  of  its  habitat 


RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG.H.      -  197 

above  the  surface  of  the  sea,  the  presence  of  C.  Lejirieurii  at  no 
great  distance  from  the  Malay  Archipelago  points  rather  signifi- 
cantly to  the  ancestor  of  D.  amboinensis. 

Prof.  Goebel  remarks  that  the  occurrence  of  tetraspores  iu 
D.  zamihariensis  is  the  only  known  instance  among  freshwater 
Floridea.  In  the  British  Museum,  however,  there  are  tetraspores 
on  the  specimen  of  C.  Leprieiini  from  the  mountain  stream  of 
Ponce,  Mauritius,  mentioned  above.  If,  therefore,  D.  zanzibariensis 
and  C.  Leprieurii  were  to  be  regarded  as  distinct  species,  this 
statement  could  not  pass  unchallenged ;  and  if  the  two  plants  are 
allowed  to  be  identical,  there  still  remains  Bostnjchia  [Dasija) 
Lauterbachi  to  be  considered,  the  stichidia  of  which  are  described 
and  figured  by  the  authors  in  their  original  diagnosis  of  the 
plant  (/.  c). 

The  same  part  of  Flora  (Jan.  1898)  contains  a  paper  by  Dr. 
Oltmanns  on  the  "  Development  of  the  Reproductive  Organs  in 
Coleoch(Ete  piilvmata.''  He  makes  some  additions  to  the  results 
published  by  Dr.  Pringsheim  (Beitr.  z.  Morph.  u.  System,  d.  Algen, 
iii.  Pringsh.  Jahrb.  Bd.  ii.  1860),  but  comes  to  the  conclusion  that 
on  the  whole  ColeochcEte  is  a  "quite  ordinary"  (ganz  gewohnliche) 
plant,  and  unworthy  of  holding  the  important  position  of  con- 
necting-link between  any  great  groups  in  the  plant  world.  He 
adds  that  Niigeli  had,  however,  come  by  another  road  to  the  same 
conclusion.  It  is  disappointing  to  find  no  observations  on  the 
number  of  the  chromosomes  in  the  two  generations,  a  point  on 
which  botanists  have  been  waiting  for  some  time  for  information. 

A  paper  entitled  ''  Observations  on  the  CoujugatcB,''  by  Messrs. 
W.  and  G.  S.  West,  is  published  in  the  Annals  of  Botany  for 
March,  1898.  The  authors  embody  in  this  paper  the  results  of 
their  investigations,  "founded  on  a  prolonged  study  of  freshwater 
algae  from^  all  parts  of  the  world."  They  divide  the  ConjugatcB  into 
three  families — Zygnemace(B,  which  includes  MesocarpacecB,  Temno- 
gametacecB,  and  Desmidiacece,  and  each  family  and  subfamily  is 
treated  of  in  turn.  Interesting  facts  are  given  with  regard  to  the 
extremes  of  heat  and  cold  at  which  these  alga3  can  live,  and  speci- 
mens of  Closteiiimi  Leihleinii  are  quoted,  which  were  in  "perfectly 
healthy  and  normally  active  condition"  after  having  been  frozen 
in  the  ice  at  Frizinghall,  West  Yorkshire,  for  over  fourteen  days. 
This  instance  is  not  exceptional,  for  the  authors  record  species  of 
Spirogi/ra,  Moiigeotia,  &c.,  which  have  survived  in  temperatures 
below  freezing-point.  These  conclusions  are  the  more  interesting, 
as  being  contrary  to  those  published  by  Mr.  Ewart  "  On  Assimila- 
tory  Inhibition  in  Plants"  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  xxxi.  1896, 
p.  395),  where  he  says,  speaking  of  freshwater  alg^,  "  These  plants 
are  not  very  resistant  to  cold,  all  those  examined  being  killed  by 
being  frozen." 

It  is  also  shown  that  direct  sunlight  "under  natural  con- 
ditions "  is  not  only  fatal,  but  tends  to  the  formation  of  zygospores 
in  Conjugat(B,  though,  as  Mr.  Ewart  shows  {I.e.  pp.  439,  440), 
experiments  under  artificial  conditions  give  a  different  result. 

In  conclusion  the  Messrs.  West  give  a  phylogenetic  table  of  the 


198  KECENT    LITERATURE    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG.E. 

Conjugat(B,  showing  that  they  regard  the  Zygnemacece  (as  repre- 
sented by  the  Mesocarpem  and  Pgxisporeai)  as  the  most  highly 
speciaUzed  famihes  of  the  group,  "the  formation  of  the  sporocarp 
being  a  faint  indication  of  an  alternation  of  generations."  It 
may  be  suggested  that  the  use  of  the  terms  "  carpospores  "  and 
"  sporocarps  "  for  spores  of  Mesocarpem  requires  more  justification 
than  is  given  by  the  authors. 

The  Botanical  Gazette  (vol.  xxv.  Feb.  1898,  no.  2)  contains 
"Observations  on  some  West  American  Thermal  Algffi,"  by  Miss 
Josephine  E.  Tilden.  These  observations  are  based  on  three 
collections  made  by  the  author  in  Yellowstone  National  Park,  Salt 
Lake  City  and  Banff,  and  on  algae  found  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Weed  in 
Yellowstone  Park ;  and  by  Prof.  F.  E.  Lloyd  in  the  region  of  the 
Cascade  Mountains,  Oregon. 

Miss  Tilden  describes  two  new  species  and  several  new  varieties 
and  forms.  Microspora  Weedii  Tild.  was  found  by  Mr.  Weed  in 
Yellowstone  Park,  the  temperature  of  the  water  in  which  it  was 
growing  beiug  49°  C.  The  plant  is  described  as  being  nearly 
allied  to  M.  ahbreviata  Lagerh.,  differing  from  it  "  in  being  entirely 
free  from  the  ferruginous  colour,  in  having  a  thin  membrane,  and 
in  its  habitat."  The  other  new  species  is  SpiruUna  cahlaria,  found 
by  Miss  Tilden  in  the  Natural  Sulphur  Springs  at  Banff,  Canada. 
There  are  three  plates,  one  being  a  photograph  of  Solitary  Spring, 
Upper  Geyser  Basin,  Yellowstone  Park — a  weird-looking  place. 
Here  Phormidmm  lamiiiosum  is  said  to  form  "  plumy  strings," 
indeed,  this  species  is  said  by  Miss  Tilden  to  be  "  by  far  the  most 
widespread  and  abundant  of  any  alga  in  the  hot  waters  of  the 
park."  She  adds  that  so  far  as  she  knows  it  is  the  only  species, 
except  Spirulina  major,  that  is  found  in  both  calcareous  and 
siliceous  waters  in  this  region. 

An  interesting  account  is  given  by  Prof.  Dr.  G.  Ritter  Beck  von 
Mannagetta,  in  the  Botanische  Zeitschrift  (Jahrg.  xlviii.  no.  3, 
March,  1898),  "  Die  Sporen  von  Microchate  tenera  Thur.  und  deren 
Keimung."  The  plant  was  noticed  by  him  in  a  culture-glass  con- 
taining algse  from  the  meadows  bordering  the  Danube  near  Vienna. 
Dr.  Beck  mistook  it  at  first  for  a  species  of  Lynghija  forming 
arbhrospores,  and  paid  it  no  further  attention  at  the  time :  later, 
however,  the  doubtfulness  of  this  determination  caused  him  to 
examine  the  plant  carefully,  with  the  result  that  he  eventually 
proved  it  to  be  MicrochcBte  tenera  Thur.  He  describes  minutely  the 
formation  and  subsequent  germination  of  the  spores,  and  figures 
the  plant  at  all  stages  during  the  process.  He  is  inclined  to  doubt 
if  this  species  has  been  rightly  placed  in  the  genus  Microcha;te, 
since  he  has  never  seen  in  his  plant  the  "  almost  whip-like, 
elongate,  persistent,  vegetative  filaments,"  as  seen  in  the  marine 
species  M.  grisea  Thur.  Dr.  Beck  considers  that  it  would  more 
properly  belong  to  Kirchner's  genus  Coleospermum. 

The  first  fasciculus  of  a  Prodrome  de  la  Flore  Beige,  edited  by 
E.  de  Wildeman  and  Th.  Durand,  which  has  lately  appeared, 
contains,  besides  the  records  of  Mgcetozoa,  the  Schizophyta,  Flagel- 
lata,  BiatomacecB,  Co7ijugatcB  (employing  the  name  in  the  Westian 


PLANT-BREEDING. — LESSONS    WITH    PLANTS.  199 

sense)  and  part  of  the  Chlorophycece.     Two  other  fasciculi  of  the 
work  are  to  follow  shortly. 

In  Botaniser  Notiser  (Haftet  i.  Lund.  1898),  a  list  is  given  by 
Herman  G.  Simmons  of  freshwater  alg^e  which  form  the  most 
important  of  a  collection  made  by  himself  last  summer  in  South 
Sweden.  Some  of  these  records  are  new  to  that  region.  In  each 
case  the  locality  of  the  plant  is  mentioned,  and  critical  remarks  follow 
each  record.  A  few  species  of  FloridecB  are  given :  Hildenbrandtia 
rivularis  J.  Ag.,  known  in  Mid-Europe,  Denmark,  and  the  North 
of  England,  and  Batrachospermum  Dlllenii  Bory,  recorded  as 
growing  plentifully  with  Lemanea  fiuviatilis  Ag.,  and  Cha7itransia 
violacea  Kiitz.  Swedish  specimens  of  B.  Dlllenii  have  been  issued 
as  Nos.  1351  and  1352  in  Wittrock  and  Nordstedt's  AI(/(b  aqum 
diilcis  exsiccatce.  Enteromorpha  prolifera  J.  Ag.  and  E.  intestinalis 
Link.  var.  fiuviatilis  represent  the  ChlorophycecB,  and  the  rest  of 
the  list  consists  of  Ciicuwpkycem.  Scliizothrix  pulvinata  is  recorded 
as  new  to  Scandinavia,  and  this  holds  good  also  of  the  preceding 
species,  S.  laciistris,  which  Mr.  Simmons  found  "  in  little  ditches 
near  the  shore  at  Rnigsjon  by  Rarod."  Several  common  species 
of  Phormidium  and  of  Oscillatoria  are  included,  already  known  from 
Sweden,  and  recorded  in  Gomont's  Monographie  des  Oscillariees. 

E.  S.  Barton. 

Pla7it- Breeding.  Being  five  Lectures  upon  the  Amelioration  of 
Domestic  Plants.  By  L.  H.  Bailey.  8vo,  pp.  xii,  293,  with 
20  figures.  Price  4s. —  Lessons  with  Plants.  Suggestions  for 
seeing  and  interpreting  some  of  the  common  forms  of  Vege- 
tation. By  L.  H.  Bailey.  8vo,  pp.  xxxi,  491,  with  446 
figures.     1898.     Price  7s.  6d.     New  York  :  Macmillan  &  Co. 

Under  a  somewhat  modest  title  Prof.  Bailey  has  given  teachers 
and  students  of  botany  an  eminently  suggestive  and  useful  little 
book  on  plant- variation.  It  is  not  a  dry  list  of  statistics  embodying 
the  result  of  experiments  on  a  few  economic  plants,  or  a  recapitu- 
lation of  the  results  of  other  people's  work,  or  in  any  way  an 
exhaustive  treatise,  but  a  few  bright  chapters  in  which  the  writer 
first  enunciates  the  principles  of  the  origin  of  forms,  varieties,  and 
species,  and  then  illustrates  them  by  application  to  some  well-known 
domestic  plants.  The  militant  evolutionist  will  find  much  to  criti- 
cize, if  he  thinks  it  worth  his  while.  The  mysticism  of  Weissmann 
is  dismissed  in  a  couple  of  short  pages. 

Prof.  Bailey  is  talking  to  students  who  are  only  beginning  the 
study  of  biology,  botany,  or  horticulture.  His  aim  is  to  impress  upon 
them  the  individuality  of  plants,  and  the  reality  of  their  variation, 
and  to  point  out  some  of  the  causes  regulating  that  variation,  and 
how  the  knowledge  thus  gained  may  be  turned  to  practical  account ; 
and  we  think  he  has  succeeded.  We  are  convinced  that  those  who 
heard  his  lectures  went  away  with  certain  very  clear  ideas  on  the 
possibilities  embraced  in  the  term  "a  plant,"  which  would  add 
interest  and  purpose  to  their  further  studies  in  its  morphology, 
anatomy,  and  physiology.  These  are  the  titles  of  the  lectures 
which  now  appear  collected  in  book  form  : — I.  The  fact  and  philo- 


200  PLANT-BREEDING. LESSONS    WITH    PLANTS. 

sopby  of  variation  ;  II.  The  philosophy  of  the  crossing  of^  plants, 
considered  in  reference  to  their  improvement  under  cultivation  ; 
III.  How  domestic  varieties  originate ;  IV.  Borrowed  opinions ; 
V.   Pollination;  or  how  to  cross  plants. 

The  author  begins  by  insisting  on  the  fact  of  individuality — the 
attribute  of  every  living  object.  No  two  plants  in  a  row  of  lettuce 
are  alike  ;  that  is  to  say,  plants  are  infinitely  variable.  This  being 
the  case,  it  is  not  strange  if  now  and  then  some  departure,  more 
marked  than  common,  is  named  and  becomes  a  garden  variety. 
Nature  knows  nothing  about  species;  her  concern  is  with  the 
individual,  the  ultimate  unit.  As  to  what  is  this  unit,  Prof.  Bailey 
is  happy  in  his  comparison  of  animal  and  plant.  Every  higher 
animal  is  itself  a  unit;  the  plant  has  no  distinct  autonomy.  "  The 
ultimate  unit  or  individual  in  growing  plants  is  the  bud  and  the  bit 
of  wood  or  tissue  to  which  it  is  attached;  for  every  bud,  hke  every 
seed,  produces  an  offspring  which  can  be  distinguished  from  every 
other  offspring  whatsoever."  Four  causes  of  individual  differences 
are  suggested.  Fortuitous  variation,  the  expression  of  the  elasticity 
which  is  a  part  of  tlie  essential  constitution  of  all  living  beings  ;  sex, 
the  existence  of  which  is  explained  by  "the  need  for  a  constant 
rejuvenation  and  modification  of  the  off'spring  by  uniting  the  features 
of  two  individuals  into  one";  changes  in  physical  environment; 
and  the  struggle  for  existence,  in  which  "  plants  have  adapted  them- 
selves to  other  plants  as  truly  as  they  have  adapted  themselves  to 
soil  or  climate." 

The  lecture  on  plant-breeding  comprises  fifteen  rules  which  are 
to  be  observed  if  the  best  results  are  desired.  These  rules  are  an 
application  of  the  principles  laid  down  and  discussed  in  the  previous 
chapters.  Prof.  Bailey  has  a  great  advantage  in  being  able  to 
illustrate  so  many  of  his  statements  with  the  results  of  his  own 
experiments.  Those  on  crossing  are  especially  extensive,  and  his 
concluding  chapter  on  the  technique  of  pollination  is  a  useful 
addition.  That  it  is  a  subject  demanding  some  patience  and  perse- 
verance is  evident  from  the  author's  remarks  on  "Uncertainties  of 
Pollination,"  and  the  racy  account  of  his  own  attempt,  and  failure, 
to  improve  the  pumpkin  with  the  common  little  pear-shaped  gourd. 

After  reading  his  book  on  Plant-Breeding  we  expect  something 
original  from  Prof.  Bailey,  even  if  it  is  only  a  text-book  for 
beginners ;  and,  fortunately,  its  very  moderate  price  should  ensure 
as  extensive  a  use  of  his  Lessons  uith  Plants  as  we  could  wish. 
The  book  is  indeed  a  very  cheap  one,  for  it  simply  overflows 
with  bold  useful  drawings  made  expressly  for  it  by  Mr.  W.  S. 
Holdsworth,  while  the  print  is  as  large  and  clear  as  in  a  child's 
reading-book,  and  the  general  get-up  is  worthy  of  Messrs.  Mac- 
millan.  The  title  aptly  expresses  the  nature  of  the  contents. 
They  are  just  the  kind  of  Lessons  that  an  ideal  teacher  would 
evolve  for  himself  from  the  plants.  But  there  are  so  few  ideal 
teachers,  and  a  large  majority  will  welcome  Prof.  Bailey  as  a  guide, 
and  having  first  worked  out  the  Lessons  for  themselves,  will  find  little 
difficulty  in  expanding  and  extending  them.  And  if  it  should  happen 
that  certain  specimens  are  not  to  be  procured  or  substitutes  to  be 


LIFE    AND    LETTERS    OF    ALEXANDER    GOODMAN    MORE.  201 

found,  the  pictures  will  form  a  very  good  last  resort.  But  we  hope 
that  they  will  only  be  used  apart  from  the  specimens  as  a  last  resort. 

Children,  before  they  go  to  school,  have  an  innate  love  of 
natural  history.  It  is  all  so  wonderful.  Why  do  the  marguerites 
disappear  and  the  poppies  blaze  out  in  their  place,  only  to  be 
supplanted  by  something  else  ?  Where  do  they  come  from  ?  Why 
do  they  come  ?  And  how  many  parents  trouble  to  satisfy  the  little 
minds  ?  When  they  go  to  school  they  learn  other  things,  or  at 
best  pick  to  pieces  one  flower  a  week  and  tag  the  fragments  with 
hard  names,  and  think  botany  only  a  trifle  less  dry  than  arithmetic 
or  geography.  How  different  this  sounds: — ''Let  the  pupil  lie 
under  a  dense  shade-tree  on  a  summer's  day  and  look  up  into  the 
dark  top.  .  .  .  The  outside  presents  a  wall  of  foliage,  often  so 
well  thatched  as  to  shed  the  rain  like  a  roof,  but  the  inside  is  com- 
paratively bare.  .  .  .  The  lower  leaves  have  stretched  out  their 
stalks  in  eagerness  for  the  sunlight."  The  application  follows  so 
naturally  that  the  lesson  is  learnt  unconsciously. 

One  of  the  most  obvious  facts  in  nature  is  the  great  difference  in 
the  growth-form  of  the  various  kinds  of  trees  and  shrubs.  Prof. 
Bailey  begins  with  a  lesson  on  twigs  and  buds,  in  which  the  reason 
of  the  differences  gradually  appears.  In  the  next  chapter,  or  "  part," 
leaves  and  foliage  are  studied  ;  then  flowers,  fruits,  propagation  of 
plants;  then  behaviour  and  habits;  and,  finally,  the  kinds  of 
plants,  including  their  preservation,  and  hints  on  the  way  to 
form  a  herbarium.  The  book  concludes  with  a  useful  appendix 
entitled  "  Suggestions  and  Keviews,"  in  which  the  teacher  will 
find  many  useful  hints,  among  others,  for  the  arrangement  of  the 
school-house  and  garden. 

As  necessarily  happens  with  books  intended  for  use  in  the  eastern 
United  States,  some  of  the  plants  mentioned  are  unfamiliar  to  the 
English  teacher.  But  there  should  be  no  difficulty  in  finding 
substitutes,  for,  as  we  have  already  hinted,  it  is  in  its  method  that 
the  great  value  of  the  book  lies,  and  any  teacher  who  is  worthy  the 
name  should  be  able  to  adapt  it  to  the  surroundings  among  which 
he  has  to  teach,  and  from  which  he  must  draw  the  material  which 
is  to  be  the  direct  means  of  imparting  the  lesson.  A    "R   "R 

Life  and  Letters  of  Alexander  Goodman  More,  F.R.S.E.,  F.L.S., 
M.R.I.A. ;  with  Selections  from  his  Zoological  and  Botanical 
Writings.  Edited  by  C.  B.  Moffat,  B.A.  ;  with  a  preface 
by  Frances  M.  More.  Dublin  :  Hodges,  Figgis  &  Co.  (Ltd.), 
104,  Grafton  Street.     8vo,  pp.  vii,  642.     1898. 

It  is  rather  remarkable  how  few  lives  of  eminent  botanists  have 
been  written.  Of  Professor  Babington  we  possess  the  volume  of 
letters  and  records  recently  reviewed  in  this  Journal ;  but  of  a  long 
line  of  his  contemporaries  and  predecessors,  little  is  known  beyond 
their  published  work.  Of  the  lives  of  Eobert  Brown  and  his 
successor  in  the  British  Museum  J.  J.  Bennett,  of  George  Bentham, 
J.  H.  Balfour,  Wm.  Borrer,  J.  T.  I.  Boswell  (not  to  go  farther  into 
the  alphabet),  we  have  few  or  no  memorials;  and  this  lack  seems 


202  LIFE    AND    LETTERS    OF    ALEXANDER    GOODMAN    MORE. 

the  more  remarkable  in  these  days  when  truly  '*  of  making  many 
books  there  is  no  end." 

To  those  who  knew  him,  these  memorials  of  Alexander  Good- 
man More  will  forcibly  recall  the  genial  friend  whose  intense 
enthusiasm  and  lively  wit  were  ever  tempered  by  a  gentleness 
which  attracted  the  affectionate  regard  of  all  who  were  brought 
into  personal  intercourse  with  him.  A  naturalist  of  the  highest 
order,  and  with  the  keenest  sense  of  what  genuine  and  good  work 
in  the  several  branches  of  science  was,  he  never  despised  the 
humblest  worker,  but  was  always  ready  to  give  cheering  yet 
wise  encouragement  and  counsel.  Many  probably  knew  him 
only  from  his  letters ;  and,  as  this  volume  will  show,  his  letters 
reveal  the  same  character,  abounding  as  they  do  in  kindly  satire 
and  criticism,  as  well  as  in  full  appreciation  of  true  observation 
and  research. 

The  writer  has  recently  reperused  some  of  the  numerous  letters 
which  in  the  halcyon  days  of  long  ago,  18G7-1887,  he  received 
from  Mr.  More,  and  he  was  astonished  to  recognize  how  very 
much  he  owed  to  the  stimulus  of  these  letters,  full  of  most  sound 
advice  and  useful  suggestion.  Doubtless,  to  very  many  in  the 
wide  circle  of  zoologists  and  botanists  who  knew  him,  Mr.  More 
has  been  a  mentor,  both  enthusiastic  and  discreet,  stirring  students 
to  energetic  effort,  whilst  ever  inculcating  caution  and  patience. 

To  all  lovers  of  nature  this  volume  will  be  welcome,  containing, 
as  it  does,  in  its  fifty-four  chapters  (pp.  1-398),  admirable  selections 
from  his  correspondence  and  diaries ;  and  in  the  appendices  (pp. 
399-623)  some  valuable  papers  and  notes,  which  are  not  easily 
obtainable  in  their  original  issue.  The  whole  book  reveals  a 
diligent  and  painstaking  worker  in  many  lines  of  scientific 
observation  and  research,  who,  excellent  as  he  was  in  the  field, 
was  no  less  so  in  the  study,  and  whose  education  and  training — 
though  seriously  interfered  with  by  a  delicate  constitution,  and 
by  long  and  frequent  periods  of  ill-health — had  fitted  him  to  make 
the  fullest  use,  for  scientific  purposes,  of  the  opportunities  which  as 
as  a  botanist  and  zoologist  his  life  afforded  him. 

It  is  refreshing  in  these  days  of  rather  over-devotion  to 
athleticism  to  read  in  this  volume  of  the  Kugby  boy  who,  whilst 
'*he  took  to  public  school-life  with  gusto"  and  "was  a  keen 
athlete  as  well  as  a  quick  scholar,"  yet  had  the  observant  eye  and 
enquiring  mind  which  even  in  his  nursery  had  gained  for  More  the 
sobriquet  of  "  Master  Why-why."  Whether  he  ever  filled  his 
Kugby  study  with  stinks,  as  did  "  Martin  "  in  the  days  of  "  Tom 
Brown,"  is  uncertain,  but  "Natural  History  had  now  become  his 
recognized  hobby";  and  before  he  left  school  he  had  laid  the 
foundation  of  both  his  scientific  knowledge  and  his  scientific 
library,  and  had  contributed  his  first  note  to  a  scientific  periodical, 
The  Zoologist,  a  note  which,  though  it  recorded  a  mistaken  iden- 
tification of  a  rare  bird,  yet  shows  an  acquaintance  with  birds  and 
a  close  observation  of  the  character  of  species  unusual  in  one  so 
young. 

Beginning,  as  so  many  have  done,  with  collecting  insects  and 


LIFE    AND    LETTERS    OF    ALEXANDER    GOODMAN    MORE.  203 

birds,  his  best  known  work  was,  perhaps,  done  in  botany ;  but  he 
maintained  a  firm  grasp  of  a  wide  range  of  subjects,  ornithology 
being,  next  to  botany,  his  chief  delight. 

Ireland  and  the  Isle  of  Wight  were  the  two  districts  in  which 
his  life  was  mostly  spent— the  Isle  of  Wight  in  his  earher  and 
Ireland  in  his  later  years.  Though  settled  in  Ireland,  as  events 
proved,  for  life,  he  at  one  time  looked  forward  to  revisiting 
the  Isle  of  Wight ;  and  speaks  in  one  of  his  letters  to  the  writer 
of  a  *'  pocket-flora  of  the  island,  which  I  still  hope  that  you  and  I 
may  undertake  some  day  when  I  return  to  spend  my  declining  years 
in  the  old  hunting-grounds."  But,  alas,  this  was  not  to  be.  His 
health,  never  very  strong,  had  suffered  considerably  from  an  expe- 
rience of  which  it  is  strange  indeed  to  read  as  occurring  to  a 
naturahst  in  the  nineteenth  century  in  the  British  Isles.  Visiting, 
in  July,  1873,  during  a  dredging  expedition,  in  company  with  Mr. 
(now  Sir  John)  Dillon,  Inishkea,  an  island  about  eight  miles  north 
of  Achill,  on  the  west  of  Ireland,  More  was  mistaken  by  the 
islanders  for  the  author  of  a  letter  which  had  lately  appeared  in 
print  with  reference  to  the  supposed  idolatrous  worship  by  the 
islanders  of  an  image,  probably  the  figure-head  of  a  ship,  for  which 
they  appear  to  have  had  great  regard  as  an  ancient  relic,  and 
which  was  called  the  "  Neve-ogue."  The  islanders  were  "  fiercely 
indignant  at  the  language  which  (they  were  assured)  had  been 
apphed  to  them  by  the  writer  of  the  letter,"  and  knowing  that  the 
visitors  had  come  from  Achill,  and  that  Mr.  More  had  visited  the 
island  the  previous  year,  they  erroneously  inferred  that  the  letter 
had  been  written  by  him.  Taking  the  opportunity  of  More's  being 
separated  from  his  friend,  a  group  of  the  islanders  surrounded  him, 
and  before  he  could  gather  the  meaning  of  their  anger  "  a  blow 
from  a  heavy  piece  of  timber  had  stretched  him,  stunned,  on  the 
ground.  .  .  .  Frequently  in  later  life  Mr.  More  avowed  the  belief 
that  he  owed  the  preservation  of  his  life  at  this  juncture  in  no 
small  degree  to  the  promptitude  and  resolution  of  his  friend  Sir 
John  Dillon,  who,  as  he  returned  through  the  village,  saw  the 
people  hastening  to  the  shore,  and  was  horrified  to  find  his 
companion  lying  on  the  ground.  Further  molestation  was  plainly 
promised,  for  a  crowd  gathered  near  the  harbour ;  and  when  Mr. 
More,  with  his  friend's  assistance,  was  able  to  walk  towards  the 
boat  a  shower  of  stones  assailed  them.  Verbal  remonstrance  was 
useless;  and  Mr.  Dillon  raised  his  breech-loader,  warned  the 
people  that  he  meant  to  protect  his  comrade,  and  shot  two  sea- 
gulls by  way  of  illustration.  The  effect  of  the  poor  birds'  fate  was 
instantaneous.  The  islanders,  who  had  never  seen  a  breech-loader 
before,  were  filled  with  amazement,  and  needed  no  further 
warning."  An  incident,  this,  which  (in  character)  we  might  have 
expected  to  find  in  Darwin's  Voyage  of  the  Beagle,  but  hardly  in 
the  account  of  a  visit  to  any  part  of  Great  Britain. 

This  unfortunate  affair  was  followed  by  exposure  in  the  boat 
during  the  whole  night  to  a  gale  of  wind  and  pouring  rain  ;  and 
though  he  was  unwilling  to  concede  that  he  felt  the  worse  for  the 
adventure,  a  serious  illness  overtook  him  during  the  autumn  ;  and 


204  FLORE    DU    NORD-OUEST    DE    l'aFRIQUE. 

it  seems  that  from  that  time  ''his  intervals  of  ill-health  were  much 
more  frequent  than  before,  and  he  was  never  ngain  equal  to  the 
same  degree  of  sustained  activity  as  in  former  smnmers."  And 
indeed  he  seems  to  have  sustained  permanent  injury,  as  we  find 
ifc  stated  that,  in  1879,  "  The  injuries  received  six  years  ago  at 
Inishkea  were  telling  upon  him,  and  coustant  pain  in  the  hip- 
joint,  sometimes  amounting  to  acute  agony,  threatened  to  render 
him  permanently  helpless.  On  the  17th  September  [1879]  he 
underwent  an  operation";  and  it  was  not  until  the  25th  of 
February,  1880,  that  a  note  in  his  journal  records,  "leg-wound 
closed  and  healed." 

In  both  the  Isle  of  Wight  and  in  Ireland,  More's  work  was  of 
a  permanent  character.  In  the  former  district  he  succeeded,  as  a 
resident  botanist.  Dr.  Bromfield,  who  died  whilst  travelling  in 
Syria  in  October,  1851 ;  and  More  much  regretted  that  a  projected 
meeting  of  the  two  botanists,  before  Dr.  Bromfield  left  England, 
had  unfortunately  been  prevented.  Some  of  Dr.  Bromfield's  bota- 
nical apparatus  came  into  Mr.  More's  hands,  and  by  him  was  given 
to  the  writer  when  Mr.  More  finally  settled  in  Ireland.  He  also  set 
in  order  and  considerably  added  to  the  herbarium  of  Dr.  Bromfield's 
plants,  which  was,  and  still  is,  in  the  custody  of  the  Philosophical 
Society  at  Eyde. 

The  articles  on  the  Zoology  and  Botany  of  the  Isle  of  Wight, 
published  in  1860  in  Venables'  Guide  to  the  Island,  and  the 
Supphment  to  the  Flora  Vectensis,  published  in  this  Journal  in  1871, 
are  still  the  latest  collected  records  published  as  regards  the  Isle  of 
Wight  as  a  separate  district ;  though  Mr.  Townsend's  Flora  of 
Hants  contains  these  and  later  records. 

As  regards  Ireland,  his  great  work  is  the  (Jybele  Hihernlca, 
which  Dr.  Moore  and  he  published  in  1866,  and  of  which  Dr.  Moore 
wrote  that  Mr.  More  "took  even  more  than  his  full  share  in  that 
work."  This  Cijhele  was  carried  out  upon  similar  lines  to  those  laid 
down  by  Mr.  Hewett  Cottrell  Watson  for  his  Ci/hele  Britcmnica ;  and 
was  followed  by  a  supplement,  published  in  1872.  The  new  edition 
of  the  Cybele,  at  which  he  had  been  working  since  1882,  he  did  not 
live  to  complete. 

The  Life  and  Letters,  for  which  we  are  indebted  to  his  sister 

Miss  Frances  M.  More,  has  been  very  ably  edited  by  Mr.  C.  B. 

Moffat,  B.A.,    and   forms  a  handsome  volume,  well  printed,  and 

appropriately  bound  in  green.     The  likeness  of  Mr.  More,  though 

by  no  means  a  flattering  one,  will  yet  vividly  recall  his  personal 

appearance  to  all  who  knew  him.  -ri  o 

^^  Frederic  Stratton. 

Contributions  a  la  connaissance  de  la  flore  du  nord-ouest  de  VAfrique  et 
plus  specialement  de  la  Tunisie.  I.  Ranunculaceae — Cucur- 
bitace^e.  Par  Sv.  Murbeck.  Lund:  4to,  pp.  vi,  126;  tt.  vi. 
[Acta  Reg.  Soc.  Physiogr.  Lund,  viii.]    1897. 

As  holder  of  the  bursary  on  the  Letterstedt  foundation,  the 
author  in  1896  made  an  expedition  to  Algeria  and  Tunis  for  the 
purposes  of  collecting  seaweeds  and  of  studying  the  physiognomy 


FLORE    DU    NORD-OUEST    DE    l'aFRIQUE.  205 

of  the  phanerogamic  vegetation  of  the  highlands  and  of  the  Sahara 
desert.  The  heavy  and  long-continued  rains  of  the  previous  winter 
in  Algeria  made  the  season  very  unfavourable  for  his  investigation 
there  on  the  land  plants,  and  induced  him  soon  to  proceed  to  Tunis, 
where,  favoured  with  the  assistance  of  the  French  authorities,  he 
was  enabled  advantageously  to  carry  out  his  scientific  work.  Before 
returning  home  he  spent  some  time  at  the  Museum  of  Natural 
History  in  Paris,  where  he  availed  himself  of  the  opportunity  there 
offered  to  determine  as  precisely  as  possible  the  geographical  distri- 
bution of  the  new  or  imperfectly  known  forms  of  the  plants  included 
in  his  treatise ;  an  exact  knowledge  of  this  distribution,  especially 
in  the  polymorphous  groups  of  plants,  he  considers  to  be  one  of  the 
essential  conditions  for  properly  estimating  the  affinities  and  phyto- 
genetic  developments  of  the  types. 

In  the  hope  that  the  Compendium  Flor(B  Atlantic^  begun  by  Cosson 
will  be  continued.  Dr.  Murbeck  omits  in  general  any  description  of 
new  species  and  forms  contained  in  the  museum,  other  than  those 
met  with  in  his  journey  or  such  as  are  related  more  or  less  closely  to 
his  own  collections.  If  sometimes  his  determinations  must  be  re- 
garded as  more  or  less  approximate,  he  says  that  such  is  a  necessary 
consequence  of  the  richness  of  the  natural  materials  embraced  in  the 
polymorphous  groups  which  as  yet  are  but  imperfectly  understood. 
A  conspicuous  feature  of  this  contribution  consists  in  the 
numerical  statistics  in  metres,  expressing  the  vertical  range  of  the 
Tunis  plants  of  the  collection  ;  many  of  the  species  and  varieties 
are  recorded  as  extending  up  to  1300  or  1350  metres ;  one, 
Holosteum  umbeUatnm  L.,  a  species  new  to  the  Tunis  flora,  to  1375  ; 
and  another,  Alsine  Alunbyi  Boiss.,  also  new  to  this  flora,  occurs 
from  800  to  1400  metres  of  elevation.  The  treatise  is  very  carefully 
elaborated,  and  the  literature  of  the  subject  accurately  attended  to. 
In  the  thirty- six  natural  orders  included  in  this  part,  there  are  re- 
corded 430  species  and  hybrids  distributed  amongst  177  genera ; 
there  is  one  new  genus  ;  and  there  are  fourteen  new  species,  besides 
ten  new  subspecies.  The  sequence  of  orders  is  nearly  that  of  Ben- 
tham  and  Hooker ;  but  Cucurbitacea  is  placed  after  CampanulaceoB. 
CarojjhyllacecB  is  split  up  into  SiienacecB  and  Alsmacem  and  counts  as 
two  orders,  and  Paronychiacea  is  placed  next ;  similarly  the  Bosacece 
in  the  larger  sense  is  divided  into  Amy gdalacece,  RosacecB  in  a  smaller 
sense,  and  Pomacece,  and  counts  as  three  orders  ;  and  FumariaceeB, 
in  accordance  with  a  prevalent  view,  is  kept  distinct  from  Papaver- 
acecB.  A  new  grammatical  rendering  is  taken  in  treating  Polygala  as 
neuter  in  gender,  contrary  to  Pliny  and  subsequent  authors.  If  it 
is  desirable  to  give  effect  to  the  gender  of  the  Greek  derivation  of 
the  principal  part  of  the  word,  it  would  have  been  better  to  have 
followed  the  style  of  Dioscorides  and  to  have  written  the  name  in 
the  form  Polyyalon.  The  Polygala  of  Pliny  probably  belongs  to  a 
different  genus  from  that  of  the  herbs  now  comprehended  under  this 
name  ;  but  this  consideration  need  not  affect  the  question  of  gender. 
The  plates  contain  eighty  small  figures  from  drawings  drawn  by 
the  author,  and  representing  the  flowers  or  other  parts  or  dissections 
of  plants,  and  illustrate  thirty-one   species.     The   new  genus  is 


206  LES    VEGETAUX   ET    LES    MILIEUX    COSMIQUES. 

Pseudorlaya  in    Umhelliferm,   and  is  allied  to   Orlaya  and   Daiiciis, 
being  diagnosed  from  them  as  follows : — 

Orlaya :  prickles  of  the  secondary  ridges  of  the  fruit  hooked  at 
the  apex. 

Pseudorlaya :  prickles  of  the  secondary  ridges  in  two  or  three 
rows,  straight  at  the  apex. 

DaucHs :  prickles  of  the  secondary  ridges  in  one  row,  straight  at 
the  apex. 

The  naming  of  the  species  of  the  new  genus,  recorded  on  p.  86, 
is  not  without  interest ;  the  name  and  synonymy  as  quoted,  with 
dates,  are : — 

Pseudorlaya  maritima. 

Daucus  muricatus,  fi.  maritimus  L.  (1753). 
CaiicaUs  puuiila  Gouan  (1765). 

C.  maritima  Gouan  (1767). 

D.  maritimus  Gaertn.  (1788),  non  Lam.  (1789). 
Orlaya  maritima  Koch  (1824). 
D.  pumilus  Ball  (1878). 

The  selection  by  the  author  of  the  specific  name  maritima  is  quite 
apt  and  need  not  be  complained  of,  although  it  is  clearly  a  violation 
of  the  rule,  with  which  unfortunately  many  botanists  attempt  to 
fetter  nomenclature,  compelling  the  adoption  of  the  oldest  specific 
name  in  all  cases,  regardless  of  propriety ;  indeed  our  author,  in  a 
note  on  p.  25,  concedes  and  insists  on  this  principle,  and  there  coins 
a  new  name  for  a  species  which  had  already  been  adequately  named 
in  the  right  genus,  in  order  to  include  the  oldest  trivial  name.  In 
the  case  of  the  Pseudorlaya  it  appears  that  muricata  is  the  oldest  trivial 
name.  If  it  is  to  be  contended  that,  as  Linnaeus  had  confused  two 
different  plants  under  this  name,  the  typical  one  not  being  the  plant 
under  consideration,  muricata  cannot  be  accepted  in  this  case,  then 
the  oldest  possible  trivial  name  would  be  jnimila;  in  no  case,  how- 
ever, can  maritima  claim  to  accord  strictly  with  the  rule,  the  force 
of  which  Murbeck  fully  admits  in  principle.  Yet  the  name  employed 
by  him  is  so  good  and  obviously  the  best  one  for  his  purpose,  that 
the  departure  from  the  principle  appears  not  even  to  have  occurred 
to  his  mind.  It  is  to  be  hoped  there  was  no  intention  to  extend 
this  objectionable  and  disturbing  rule,  so  as  to  compel  the  adoption 
of  a  mere  varietal  name,  even  when  originally  applied  to  a  totally 
wrong  species  and  in  a  wrong  genus.  -^y  p   ^ 

Les  Veqetaux  et  les  Milieux  cosm.iques  [Adaptation — Evolution).     Par 

J.  Costantin.    8vo,  pp.  292,  figs.  171.    Paris:  Bailliere.   1898. 

Price  6  fr. 

This  volume  is  the  eighty-eighth  of  the  French  International 

Scientific  Library,  of  which  M.  ^m.  Aiglave  is  editor.    It  is  a  good 

example  of  the  kind  of  book  such  a  series  should  contain,  in  that  it 

gives  a  readable  account  of  one  aspect  of  a  science  without  attempting 

too  much,  or  pretending  to  be  a  text-book.     It  is  the  kind  of  book 

which  tends  to  popularize  without  degrading  science.     Many  of  the 

points  raised  admit  of  far  wider  discussion,  and  theories  are  sug- 


ANATOMIA   VEGETALE. FISIOLOGIA   VEGETALE.  207 

gested  which  are  open  to  criticism ;  but  theories  after  all  are  only 
temporary  conveniences  for  arranging  and  correlating  facts,  and 
within  limits  we  may  sacrifice  much  to  convenience.  We  would 
suggest,  however,  that  the  beginning  of  a  book  is  a  more  convenient 
place  for  a  table  of  contents  than  the  end,  and  that  to  publish  a 
work  of  this  kind  without  an  index  should  be  made  a  criminal 
offence.  The  general  get-up  of  the  work  is  useful  rather  than 
artistic.  The  cover  is  strong  but  not  beautiful,  the  quality  of  the 
paper  is  moderate,  but  the  type  is  clear,  and  the  figures,  though 
poor,  help  to  elucidate  the  author's  meaning.  The  cover  and  title- 
page  are  punched  like  a  tram-car  ticket,  but  this  may  be  only  to 
render  the  review  copy  unsaleable. 

The  book  comprises  an  introduction  and  four  parts.  The  intro- 
duction is  short,  and  deals  almost  entirely  with  Goethe's  view  on 
the  variation  of  plants.  The  four  parts  are  more  interesting  ;  they 
include  twenty-three  chapters,  and  contain  a  very  fair  account  of 
the  influence  of  heat,  light,  gravity,  and  an  aquatic  medium  as 
factors  of  environment  in  plant-life.  For  instance,  the  first  part 
opens  with  a  brief  account  of  the  distribution  of  heat  on  the  surface 
of  the  globe,  and  a  contrast  of  arctic  and  tropical  floras,  followed  by 
an  attempt  to  explain  the  difference.  It  is  shown  by  examples  how 
the  duration  of  life  of  a  plant  varies  in  different  climates,  why 
annuals  are  unsuited  to  the  brief  vegetative  season  of  an  arctic  zone, 
how  a  damp  tropical  climate  may  favour  a  woody  habit  as  a  result 
of  an  uninterrupted  growth-season,  and  so  on.  The  relation  between 
light  and  colour  in  the  zonal  distribution  of  seaweeds  is  explained  in 
the  part  devoted  to  light,  and  chapters  are  given  to  its  influence  on 
movement  and  growth,  and  on  the  position,  form,  and  structure  of 
plant  organs.  The  characteristics  of  marsh-plants,  amphibious, 
swimming,  and  submerged  plants  are  headings  for  the  fourth  part, 
which  ends  with  an  unnecessary  chapter  on  the  notions  of  variation 
of  living  organisms  among  the  ancients,  in  which,  among  other 
things,  the  figure  of  Venus  is  evolved  from  a  cuttle-fish.  The  book 
as  a  whole  will  give  an  intelligent  person  with  a  very  slight  know- 
ledge of  botany  a  very  fair  idea  of  plant  physiology.        ART? 

Anatomia  vegetale.  Del  Filippo  Tognini.  Small  8vo,  pp.  xv,  274, 
figs.  141.  Price  lire  3. — Fisiologia  vegetale.  Del  Luigi  Monte- 
martini.  Small  8vo,  pp.  xv,  230.  Price  lire  1.50.  Milan  : 
Hoepli.     1898. 

These  handy  little  books  form  numbers  246-247  and  265 
respectively  of  the  Manuali  Hoepli,  an  Italian  Scientific  Series. 
The  matter  is  well  arranged,  and  seems  very  fairly  up-to-date,  and 
the  text  is  clear.  The  most  striking  feature  is,  however,  the  great 
wealth  of  illustrations  ;  the  figures,  which  are  far  above  the  average 
for  the  style  of  book,  have  been  freely  borrowed  from  Sachs,  De  Bary, 
and  other  well-known  text-books.  Others  are  less  familiar,  and  several 
are  new.  An  additional  advantage  from  the  student's  point  of  view  is 
the  small  size  of  the  volumes,  which  renders  them  eminently  suitable 
for  surreptitious  use  in  the  examination-room.  A    R    R 


208 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dx. 

The  executors  of  the  late  Baron  von  Mueller  invite  subscriptions 
(which  should  be  addressed  to  the  Rev.  W.  Potter,  Arnold  Street, 
South  Yarra,  Melbourne)  towards  the  cost  of  erecting  a  monument 
on  his  grave.  The  supplementary  volume  of  the  Flora  AustraJicnsls, 
which  the  Baron  was  preparing  for  the  press  at  the  time  of  his 
death,  will  shortly  be  published,  as  well  as  an  account,  in  two 
volumes,  of  his  administration  as  Director  of  the  Botanic  Gardens, 
which  will  include  a  biography  and  complete  bibliography. 

In  The  Olieinistnj  of  the  Garden,  by  Mr.  H.  H.  Cousins  (Mac- 
millan  :  Is.),  the  author  has  rendered  a  useful  service  by  stating 
plainly,  concisely,  and  clearly  how  plants  are  to  be  fed  if  they  are 
to  thrive.  There  is  no  more  important  subject  for  practical 
gardeners  than  that  of  manuring,  and  yet  unfortunately  compara- 
tively few  understand  it.  The  gardener  must  not  look  upon 
the  soil  as  a  dead  mass  of  dirt,  but  rather  as  a  kind  of  cupboard, 
containing  all  kinds  of  food  for  plants ;  and  as  this  is  emptied  of 
this  food  by  the  absorption  of  the  rootlets,  means  must  be  found 
for  replenishing  it.  An  intelligent  system  of  manuring  does  this. 
Science  and  practical  experience  prove  that  very  few  foods  are 
essential  for  the  welfare  of  plants  in  general,  although  some  of 
course  prefer  a  larger  quantity  of  one  food  than  another.  By 
keeping  the  soil  well  stocked  with  nitrates,  phosphates,  and  potash 
— according  to  the  nature  of  the  crops — the  gardener  or  farmer 
does  all  that  is  necessary ;  and  he  is  told  how  to  do  this  in  Mr. 
Cousins's  little  work. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  March  17th,  Mr. 
Clement  Reid,  F.L.S.,  read  a  paper  on  Limnocarpus,  a  new  genus 
of  fossil  plants  from  the  tertiary  deposits  of  Hampshire.  This  new 
genus  occurs  in  the  oligocene  strata  of  the  Isle  of  AVight  and  the 
Hampshire  coast.  It  is  closely  allied  to  Potamof/eton  and  to  Ruppia, 
but  has  a  succulent  fruit  with  two  deeply-pitted  stalked  carpels 
adhering  by  their  ventral  edges.  The  seed  is  curved  round  a 
lateral  process  from  the  cell,  as  in  the  pondweeds.  So  few  tertiary 
plants  can  be  proved  to  belong  to  extinct  generic  types,  that  the 
discovery  of  this  one  is  of  interest.  Though  clearly  allied  to  the 
recent  pondweeds,  the  inclusion  of  Liianocarpiis  will  necessitate  a 
modification  of  the  ordinal  characters. 

Dr.  Frank  Rand,  whose  '"'wayfaring  notes"  we  published  in  our 
last  issue,  has  again  left  England  for  Rhodesia,  where  he  hopes  to 
make  further  collections  for  the  National  Herbarium. 

The  Rev.  Charles  William  Perry,  M.A.,  died  at  Wokingham 
on  March  30,  at  the  age  of  sixty.  Mr.  Perry  had  been  for  over 
thirty  years  bursar  and  assistant-master  at  Wellington  College,  and 
had  for  many  years  taken  an  interest  in  the  plants  of  the  neigh- 
bourhood; lists  by  him  were  published  in  the  Reports  of  the' 
Wellington  College  Natural  History  Society  for  1869-74,  and  a 
useful  summary  of  his  botanical  work  is  given  by  Mr.  Druce  in  his 
Flora  of  Berkshire  (p.  clxxx). 


Tab  384, 


^^M  -.-. 


R.MorfJa-n  del  etlith. 


We  st ,  1^  ewnaaTi.  imT 


S  t  a.cli"\^s  alp  in  a ,  L . 


209 

STACHYS    ALPINA    IN     BRITAIN. 

(Plate  384.) 

The  accompanying  figure  of  this  interesting  addition  to  our 
Flora,  which  was  announced  with  full  particulars  as  to  locality, 
etc.,  in  this  Journal  for  1897  (p.  380),  is  from  specimens  sent  to 
the  National  Herbarium  by  its  discoverer,  Mr.  Cedric  Bucknall. 
We  append  the  description  of  the  plant  given  by  Grenier  &  Godron 
(Fl.  de  France,  ii.  689),  who  place  it  with  S.  germanica  L.  and 
8.  heraclea  L.  in  the  section  Eriostachys,  which  is  characterized  by 
"  bracteoles  aussi  longues  ou  presque  aussi  longues  que  le  calice ; 
tiges  herbacees." 

"S.  ALPINA  L.  sp.  812;  Vill.  Dauph.  2,  jj.  378;  DC.  fi.fr.  3, 
p.  548;  Lois.!  gall.  3,  p.  14;  Godr.  fi.  lorr.  2,  p.  201;  Koch,  syn. 
652. — Ic.  Lapeyr.  fi.  pyr.  tab.  8 ;  Echb.  exsicc.  no.  1448 !  ;  Billot, 
exsicc.  no.  613  ! — Fleurs  presque  sessiles,  au  nombre  de  5  ^  10 
a  I'aisselle  de  chaque  feuille  florale,  formant  un  epi  terminal  tres 
interrompu  ;  bracteoles  lineares-subulees,  attenuees  a  la  base, 
reflechies,  plus  ou  moins  velues.  Calice  muni  de  longs  polls  et 
en  outre  de  polls  plus  courts  et  glanduleux,  campanula  a  dents 
un  pen  inegales  etalees,  ovales,  acumin^es-mucronees.  CoroUe 
purpurine,  tachee  de  blanc,  laineuse  exterieurement,  plus  longue 
que  le  calice ;  tube  muni  interieurement  d'un  anneau  de  poils 
oblique;  levre  superieure  porrigee,  obovee,  obtuse  entiere,  barbue 
au  sommet ;  levre  inferieure  plus  longue  que  la  superieure  h,  lobe 
median  le  plus  grand,  emargine.  Akenes  gros,  bruns,  lisses. 
Feuilles  vertes  en  dessus,  plus  pales  en  dessous,  velues  sur  les  deux 
faces  fortement  crenelees ;  les  inferieures  longuement  petiolees, 
ovales-en-cmur ;  les  superieures  sessiles,  lanceolees,  acuminees.  Tige 
dressee,  velue,  un  peu  glanduleuse  au  sommet,  simple  ou  un  peu 
rameuse. — Plante  de  3-6  decimetres." 

Nyman  gives  the  distribution  of  the  species  as:  *'Hisp.  bor., 
centr.,  or.  Gall.  Belg.  Germ.  occ.  Bavar.  Helv.  Ital.  bor., 
med.  (et  Lucan.  ?).  Austr.  Hung.  Slavon.  Trans.  Croat. 
Monten.  Herceg.  Bosn.  Serb.  Maced.  mont."  From  this  it 
will  be  seen  that,  in  spite  of  its  specific  name,  there  is  nothing 
intrinsically  improbable  in  the  occurrence  of  Stachys  alpina  as  a 
native  British  plant ;  and  Mr.  Bucknall' s  description  of  the  Glou- 
cestershire locality  tends  to  estabhsh  its  nativity.  As  the  plant 
had  so  long  escaped  notice  in  a  well-worked  district,  it  seems 
possible  that  it  may  have  been  similarly  overlooked  elsewhere, 
and  that  the  present  summer  may  extend  our  knowledge  of  its 
occurrence  in  Britain. 


Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [June,  1898.] 


210 


NEW     MALAYAN     ORCHIDS. 

By  Henry  N.  Eidley,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

The  following  new  species  of  Orchids  have  been  obtained  since 
the  publication  of  my  paper  on  the  Orchids  of  the  Malay  Peninsula 
in  the  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Society,  xxxii.  213-415  (1896),  I  add 
a  few  further  notes  on  already  described  species,  as  well  as  a  few 
novelties  of  the  Malay  Archipelago. 

Oberonia  aurantiaca,  sp.  n.  Acaulis,  foHa  pauca  (ad  6) 
falcata  acuminata  carnosa  atroviridia,  2  pollices  longa,  ^  pollicis 
lata  vel  minora.  Spica  4  pollices  longa,  nutans,  basi  bracteis 
lanceolatis  acuminatis  tecta.  Bractese  virides  anguste  lineares 
acuminatse.  Flores  minimi  verticillati.  Sepala  ovata  aurantiaca 
patentia.  Petala  oblonga  obtusa  apicibus  denticulatis  multo  an- 
gustiora.  Labellum  angustum  oblongum  rufum,  lobis  lateralibus 
mediocribus  oblongis  obtusis  quam  lobus  medius  multo  brevioribus, 
lobo  medio  anguste  oblongo  apice  bifido.  Columua  pro  genere  alta 
rufa,  stelidiis  nuUis.     Authera  alba. 

Selangor,  Kajang.     Coll.  J.  Gondenoufjh,  1897. 

A  curious  little  species  allied  to  0.  riifilahris  Lindl.,  a  Burmese 
plant,  from  which  the  short  lateral  lobes  of  the  lip  and  the  spreading 
terminal  lobes  with  no  intermediate  one  distinguish  it.  It  is  also  a 
more  fleshy  and  stouter  plant. 

Liparis  (§  Mollifoli^)  pectinifera,  sp.  n.  Terrestris,  pseudo- 
bulbis  vetustis  cyhndricis,  4^  pollicis  longis,  ^  |)olhcis  crassis,  pur- 
pureis.  Folia  majora  tenuia  inEequalia  5,  undulata  late  viridia, 
inferiora  ovata,  superiora  lanceolata  vel  ovato-lanceolata  acuta, 
nervis  validis  elevatis,  6  pollices  longa,  3  pollices  lata  vel  minora. 
Scapus  validus  tricarinatus  basi  nudo.  Flores  mediocres  dissiti. 
Bracteffi  ovatffi  acut^  undulat^e  superiores  lanceat^e,  ^  pollicis  longtis. 
Pedicelli  cum  ovariis  ^  poUicis  longi,  graciles.  Sepala  linearia 
obtusa  voluta,  laete  viridia,  f  pollicis  longa.  Petala  anguste  linearia 
breviora.  Labellum  oblongum  apice  late  quadrato  bilobo  dentato, 
linea  mediana  incrassato,  callis  nuUis,  viride  lineis  2  in  disco  pur- 
pureis.  Columna  gracilis  curva  exalata  viridis.  Anthera  ovata, 
poUiniis  aurantiacis. 

Southern  Perak,  Bindings.  In  woods  on  the  hill  Gunong 
Tungul. 

I  found  this  plant  growing  in  dense  woods  on  the  ground,  and, 
bringing  it  home,  flowered  it  in  the  botanic  gardens.  In  habit  it 
resembles  Microstylis  congesta  Lindl.,  being  a  stout  plant  with  large 
pseudo-bulbs  and  undulate  leaves.  The  pectinate  lip  and  complete 
absence  of  calli,  represented  merely  by  a  thickening  at  the  base  of 
the  lip,  make  it  very  distinct  from  any  of  our  native  species  ;  but  it 
is  more  closely  to  L.  pectinata  Ridl.,  a  very  little-known  plant 
collected  once  in  the  Philippines  by  Cuming.  That  species  is, 
however,  much  smaller,  and  has  a  pair  of  calh  at  the  base  of 
the  lip. 


NEW  MALAYAN  OECHIDS.  211 

Dendbobium  supebbum  Rchb.  fil.  This  has  now  been  found  by 
Mr.  Stephens  in  Perak,  and  confirms  my  opinion  that  D.  Scorteclmiii 
Hook.  fil.  is  identical  with  D.  superbum, 

D.  AUBEUM  var.  philippinensis  has  also  been  sent  me  by  Mr. 
Stephens  from  the  Thaiping  Hills,  Perak.  This  well-known  plant, 
which  appears  to  be  very  rare  in  the  peninsula,  might  well  have 
been  expected  to  occur,  as  it  is  found  in  India,  Java,  and  the 
Philippines. 

D.  modestum,  sp.  n.  Radices  graciles  copiosi.  Caules  pauci 
graciles,  7  pollices  longi,  i  pollicis  longi  purpurei  superne  flexuosi 
nervis  conspicuis  albis.  Folium  singulum  (rarius  2)  subterminale 
lanceolato-lineare  pollice  longum,  ^  pollicis  latum  petiolatum. 
Flores  bini  pedunculo  brevissimo,  pedicellis  i  pollicis  longis. 
BracteaB  minutae.  Sepala  lanceolata,  lateralia  basibus  latis,  f  pol- 
licis longa  subobtusa  rosea,  mento  sepali  sequali  acuminato  acuto. 
Petala  linearia  oblonga  breviora  alba.  Labellum  ovatum  acumi- 
natum sepalis  brevius  pubescens,  album,  striis  in  lateribus  violaceis. 
Columna  breviuscula,  anthera  oblonga  elevata  alba,  punctis  duobus 
violaceis.     Stigma  oblongo-scutiforme,  violaceo-marginatum. 

Penang  Hill ;  March,  1896. 

This  elegant  little  plant  I  found  growing  on  a  bank  among 
grass  on  the  top  of  Penang  Hill,  a  most  unusual  habitat  for  a 
Dendrohiiim.  It  is  a  slender-stemmed  plant  with  but  one  or  two 
narrow  leaves  on  the  top  of  the  stem.  The  sepals  are  white,  tinted 
with  rose.  The  lip  entire,  ovate,  the  sides  elevated  and  ornamented 
inside  with  violet  stripes.  The  affinity  of  this  plant  is  with  D.  herco- 
glossiim  Rchb.  fil. 

Bulbophyllum  flammuliferum,  sp.  n.  Rhizoma  crassum 
longum  ^  pollicis  in  diametro.  Pseudobulbi  distantes  oblongo- 
lanceolati  complanati  s?epe  curvi,  2  pollices  longi,  |  pollicis  lati, 
^  pollicis  crassi,  olivacei.  Folium  oblongum  lanceolatum  coriaceum 
obtusum  basi  angustato,  8  pollices  longum,  pollice  latum.  Scapus 
prope  basin  pseudobulbi  exortus  sex  pollices  longus,  basi  vaginis 
tenuibus  ventricosis  viridibus  tecto.  Flores  circiter  25,  pro  sectione 
magni.  Bracte^e  quam  pedicelli  longiores,  }(  pollicis  longae,  lanceo- 
latge  tenues  pallide  virides,  pedicellis  tenuibus.  Sepala  lanceolata 
acuminata  flavescentia  apicibus  aurautiaco-coccinea.  Petala  minima 
oblonga  obtusa  flavescenti  albida.  Labellum  breve  carnosum  lingui- 
forme  obtusum  minute  pustulatum  flavescens  apice  coccineo. 
Columna  brevis  stelidiis  bifidis  lobo  postico  erecto  lanceolato ; 
antico  breviore  rotuudato  obtuso,  per  columnaB  producta. 

Selangor,  in  rupibus  cacuminis  Gua  Batu,  1897  ;  fl.  Dec.  &  Jan. 

This  little  plant  is  allied  to  B.  apodum  Hook,  fil.,  but  has  much 
larger  pseudo-bulbs  and  flowers  than  those  of  any  of  that  section. 
In  form  and  colouring  the  flowers  resemble  those  of  B.  capitatum 
Lindl.  and  B.  coiicinnum  Hook.  fil.  in  form  and  colour,  but  are  very 
much  larger.  It  grows  on  the  limestone  rocks  at  Gua  Batu,  near 
Kwala  Lumpur,  at  an  altitude  of  about  1000  ft. 

B.  MACBANTHUM  Liudl.  I  found  this  on  trees  on  the  Mandau 
River,  Siak,  Sumatra. 

Q  2 


212  NEW    MALA.YAN    ORCHIDS. 

Cirrhopetalum  ochraceum,  sp.  n.  Pseudobiilbi  conici  4- 
angulati,  1^  pollicis  longi,  f  pollicis  crassi.  Folium  subpetiolatum 
lauceolatum  coriaceum  obtusum  basi  carinato,  pallide  viride,  7  pol- 
lices  longum,  pollice  latum.  Scapus  gracilis  ruber,  10-pollicaris, 
vaginis  1-2  albescentibus.  Flores  10,  mediocres.  Bracte^e  lanceo- 
lat^e  acuminatissimffi  uninervio  nervo  rubro.  Sepalum  posticum 
ovatum  acuminatum  rubescens  trinervium,  margine  capillis  longis 
rubris  munito,  lateralia  omnino  connata  oblongo-lanceolata  obtusa 
ochracea  dense  rubro  punctata.  Petala  lanceata  rubra  capillis 
rubris  marginata.    Labellum  linguiforme  olivaceum  canaliculatum. 

Selangor,  on  the  Pahang  track,  on  trees ;  Aug.  1897. 

This  species  is  allied  to  C.  Makoyanum  Rchb.  fil.,  but  is  altogether 
a  larger  plant,  with  much  broader  lateral  sepals.  The  sepals  are 
connate  throughout  their  entire  length,  and  the  apex  of  the  connate 
pair  is  incTquilateral ;  they  are  1  in.  long  and  ^  in.  wide.  The 
colouring  of  the  flowers  is  rather  dull,  the  upper  sepal  and  petal 
reddish,  the  lateral  connate  pair  an  orange-ochre  colour  with 
numerous  red  dots. 

C.  CuRTisn  Hook.  fil.  (Bot.  Mag.  t.  5774)  was  collected  by  Mr. 
Curtis  at  Pungah,  in  Siam,  not  in  Malacca,  as  suggested  in  the 
Botanical  Magazine. 

Eria  cymbidifolia,  sp.  n.  Caules  compressi  baud  incrassati, 
undique  foliati  breves.  Folia  5,  rigida  linearia  recurva  apicibus 
valde  incequaliter  biloba  Ifete  virentia,  15  pollices  longa,  -|  pollicis 
lata.  Eacemus  nutans  ex  axilla  superioris,  6  pollices  lougus,  basi 
nudo  glabro.  Flores  dense  congesti  patentes,  i  pollicis  lati  albi, 
ferme  glabri.  Sepalum  posticum  ovatum  oblongum,  lateralia  multo 
latiora  obliqua  subacuta.  Petala  breviora  ovata  acuta.  Labellum 
breve  saccatum  ad  basin  cymbiforme,  lobi  laterales  breves  tri- 
angulares subacuti,  epichilium  ovatum  acutum,  carinis  2  latis  in 
disco,  e  basi  labelli  ad  basin  epichilii.  Columna  recta  pede  puberulo 
purpurascente.  Anthera  lata  rotundata  rostrata.  Pollinia  8,  in 
fasciculis  duobus.     Stigma  transversim  ovale. 

Borneo,  at  Pontianak  (cult,  in  Hort.  Bot.  Singapore). 

The  most  striking  feature  of  this  plant  is  the  long  narrow  foliage 
rising  from  the  base  of  the  stem  and  recalling  the  leaves  of  Cijmhidium 
aloi/olium,  and  the  absence  of  any  pseudobulbous  enlargement  of  the 
stem,  which  indeed  is  flattened.  The  flowers  are  numerous  and 
crowded,  borne  on  a  raceme  shorter  than  the  leaves,  and  springing 
from  one  of  the  upper  axils.  The  broad  lateral  sepals  are  separated 
to  the  base  of  the  lip,  spreading  widely  open.  The  lip  is  peculiar 
in  having  two  broad  bars  running  the  whole  length  of  the  disc 
between  the  lateral  wings,  and  covering  a  nectary  formed  by  the 
boat- shaped  floor  of  the  lip,  the  only  entrance  to  which  is  a  space 
at  the  extreme  base.  The  whole  sac  is  full  of  nectar.  A  somewhat 
similar  arrangement  occurs  in  some  Sarcanthea,  but  I  have  seen 
nothing  like  it  in  any  other  Eria.  The  pollinia  are  arranged  in  two 
masses,  each  consisting  of  two  unequal  pairs  of  pollinia. 

E.  sumatrensis,  sp.  n.  Pseudobulbi  breves  congesti  crassi 
conici  nodis  circiter  5,   1|  pollicis  longi,    f  polHcis  lati,  vaginis 


NEW  MALAYAN  ORCHIDS.  213 

purpureo-brunneis  nervis  albis  elevatis  tecti.  Folia  3,  lorata  vel 
oblanceolata  obtusa  tenuiter  coriacea  ctirinata,  et  canaliculata, 
apicibus  in^qualiter  bilobis,  7  pollices  longa,  |  pollicis  lata  vel 
minora.  Scapus  brevis,  2|-  pollices  longus,  e  uodo  summo,  teres 
tomento  brunneo  tectus.  Flores  parvi,  circiter  12,  laxe  racemosi. 
Bractese  lanceolatfe  acurainatse  demum  reflexse,  -^q  pollicis  long^. 
Pedicelli  |  pollicis  longi  patentes  tomentosi.  Sepala  acuta  ovata 
extus  rufo-tomentosa,  intus  prasina  glabra,  ^  pollicis  longa,  mento 
obtuso  lato  ^quilongo.  Petala  linearia  oblonga  glabra  rufo-violacea. 
Labellum  ungue  elongate  anguste  canaliculato  virescente,  lobis 
lateralibus  oblongis  falcatis  viridibus.  Epichilio  decurvo  ovato 
quadrato  obtuso  albo  tenui.  Columna  alta  viridis,  basi  excavato 
rubro-marginato.  Anthera  plana  tenuis  loculis  8.  Pollinia  8, 
^equalia  anguste  pyriformia  disco  parvo.  Eostellum  minutum 
bidentatum.     Stigma  latum  scutiforme. 

Sumatra,  at  Jambi  (cult,  in  Horfc.  Bot.  Singapore,  Feb.  1894). 
Though  somewhat  aberrant,  this  plant  must  be  classed  with  the 
section  MridostacliyecB,  and  is  perhaps  as  nearly  allied  to  E.  dasij- 
stachys  Eidl.  as  to  any  species.  The  short  thick  bulb  wrapped  in 
brownish  purple  sheaths  with  raised  white  nerves  is  peculiar  for  this 
section.  The  flowers  are  few  and  not  very  woolly.  The  narrow 
channelled  lip  with  curious  green  recurved  lateral  lobes  and  ovate 
white  mid-lobe  is  a  very  distinctive  character.  At  the  foot  of  the 
column  is  a  nectary  formed  by  a  triangular  depression,  and  below 
the  broad  stigma  are  two  raised  bosses. 

E.  (§  Trichotosia)  pensilis,  sp.n.  Caules  validi  ultra  pedales. 
Folia  oblonga  obliqua  acuminata  acumine  obtuso  iusequilatera, 
nervis  pluribus  elevatis,  superne  ferme  glabra,  subtus  pubescentia, 
41  pollices  longa,  1^  pollicis  lata,  vaginis  poUicaribus  pubescentibus. 
Racemi  penduli  1^  pedis  longi,  rachide  rufo-tomeutoso  flexuoso, 
floribus  ad  dissitis.  Bracte^  ovatae,  ^  pollicis  longed.  Flores  ferme 
sessiles  rufo-tomentosi,  ^  pollicis  lati.  Sepalum  posticum  angustum 
lanceolatum,  lateralia  triangularia  hispida,  mento  brevi  obtuso. 
Petala  linearia  curva  glabra  breviora.  Labellum  carnosum  sepalis 
brevius  angustum,  ungue  marginibus  elevatis  lobis  lateralibus 
parvis  falcatis,  lobo  medio  ovato  cuspidato  cuspide  decurvo.  Co- 
lumna brevis  crassa  subquadrata,  stelidiis  brevibus  obtusis.  Capsula 
elliptic,  I"  pollicis  longa,  perianthio  marcido  coronata. 

Sumatra.   On  trees  on  the  Mandau  river  near  Siak ;  Nov.  1898. 

Allied  to  E.  vestita  Lindl. ,  but  distinct  in  the  shorter  and  broader 
flowers,  triangular  sepals,  and  short  blunt  mentum.  The  lip  is  also 
narrower  and  short,  with  small  falcate  lateral  lobes,  and  the  column 
is  short  and  broad.     The  flowers  are  very  dull  greenish  white. 

E.  (§  Teichotosia)  hispidissima,  sp.n.  Planta  pusilla,  radici- 
bus  tenuibus  copiosis,  caulibus  erectis  tenuibus  ad  6  pollices  longis 
hispidis.  Folia  linearia  acuminata,  ^-f  pollicis  longa  vix  1  pollicis 
lata,  dense  sericeo-hispido.  Eacemi  plures  graciles,  f  pollicis  longi 
flexuosi  hispidi.  Flores  parvi,  i  pollicis  longi,  5-6  dissiti  sessiles. 
Bracte^  lanceolatge  ovatse.  Sepala  lanceolata  extus  hispida.  Petala 
lanceolata  glabra  minora.     Labellum  oblongum  integrum  glabrum. 


214  NEW    MALAYAN    ORCHIDS. 

Columna  crassiuscula.  Anthera  pro  flore  magna  cordata.  Capsula 
^  pollicis  longa  hispida,  periantliio  marcido  coronata. 

Selaugor,  at  Ulu  Langat  (J.  Goodenoiujh). 

This  is  the  smallest  species  of  this  section  known  to  me,  very 
distinct  in  its  slender  stems  with  linear  leaves  and  exceedingly 
small  flowers.  The  whole  plant  is  covered  with  soft  woolly  grey 
hairs,  except  the  petals,  lip,  and  column.  The  racemes,  apparently 
extra-axillary,  are  very  slender  and  flexuous,  bearing  from  four  to 
six  exceedingly  small  flowers,  which  resemble  in  form  those  of  the 
other  species  of  the  genus,  but  the  mentum  formed  by  the  base  of 
the  lower  sepals  is  hardly  visible,  and  the  lip  is  quite  entire. 

Claderia  viridiflora  Hook.  fil.  I  met  with  this  plant  in  the 
woods  of  the  Bongaya  river,  in  Labuk  Bay,  North-east  Borneo.  This 
is  the  most  eastern  locality  for  this  plant  yet  known. 

CcELOGYNE  PANDURATA  Lindl.  I  find  this  very  common  in  Selan- 
gor,  growing  on  trees  overhanging  streams  at  Eawang,  Kwala  Kubu, 
and  elsewhere. 

C.  ASPERATA  Lindl.  I  saw  great  plenty  of  large  plants  of  this  in 
Sumatra  on  trees  by  the  Mandau  river  near  Siak,  Sumatra. 

Calanthe  Cecilia  Echb.  fil.  Abundant  in  the  Avoods  at  the  foot 
of  the  limestone  rocks  at  Gua  Batu,  Selangor.  The  colouring  of  the 
flowers  varies  from  nearly  pure  white  to  violet.  I  have  received 
plants  from  Indragiri,  in  Sumatra,  exactly  similar  to  those  of 
Selangor,  but  of  a  darker  violet. 

C.  vESTiTA  Lindl.  I  found  a  single  plant  of  this  in  flower  in  a 
hole  of  a  tree  on  the  top  of  the  limestone  rocks  at  Gua  Batu, 
Selangor.  It  was  in  flower  in  December.  The  species,  well  known 
from  Tenasserim  and  Borneo,  has  not  hitherto  been  found  in  the 
Malay  Peninsula. 

C.  ?  GiGANTEA  Hook.  fil.  Flor.  Brit.  Ind.  v.  856.  A  specimen  of 
this  plant,  collected  by  Mr.  Wray  in  Perak  and  sent  me  by  Dr. 
King,  proves  to  be  Plocoglottis  fcetida  Ridl. 

Bromheadia  aporoides  Rchb.  fil.  Mandau  river,  near  Siak, 
Sumatra ;  not  previously  recorded  for  this  island. 

EuLOPHiA  SQUALIDA  Lindl.  Not  uncommon  near  Sandakan, 
British  North  Borneo. 

SacGolabium  Angrsecum,  sp.  n.  Caulis  pollicaris.  Folia 
lanceolata  falcata  obtusa  obliqua,  coriacea,  2  pollices  longa,  t  pol- 
licis lata.  Eacemus  brevis,  f  pollicis  longus,  rachide  incrassato 
complanato.  Bracteae  oppositae  ovat^  acutse  brevissim^T,  circiter  16. 
Flores  singulatim  expansi  albi,  pedicellis  ^  pollicis  longis.  Sepala 
elliptica  acuta  mucronulata,  ^  pollicis  longa.  Petala  angustiora, 
basi  angustato.  Labellum  ad  basin  column^e  adnatum  ungue  brevi, 
lobis  lateralibus  oblique  obovatis  in^quilateralibus  minute  denticu- 
latis,  lobo  medio  minimo  cordato,  calcare  pendente  clavato  ferme, 
"I  pollicis  longo.  Columna  brevis  lata  apoda.  Anthera  depressa 
lata  paullo  elevata.  Pollinia  2,  ovoideo-globosa,  pedicello  tenui, 
disco   parvo   scutiformi.      Stigma   latum   transversim    ellipticum. 


NEW  MALAYAN  OKCHIDS.  215 

Rostellum  elongatum  gracile  acuminatum.  Capsula  triquetra, 
If  pollicis  longa. 

Selangor.  On  trees  at  the  limestone  rocks  near  Kwala 
Lumpor. 

This  is  a  rather  remarkable  little  plant  with  exactly  the  habit  of 
a  Denclrocolla,  but  with  flowers  at  first  sight  resembling  those  of 
some  AngrcEcum.  The  lip  is  very  peculiar  in  having  two  large 
spreading  lateral  lobes,  obliquely  obovate,  between  which  there  is  a 
small  ovate  inconspicuous  terminal  lobe.  At  the  base  of  this  is  the 
entrance  to  the  spur,  which  is  edged  with  an  elevated  yellow  ridge, 
and  at  the  base  are  two  red  dots.  The  spur  is  long,  narrow,  and 
club-shaped.  The  column  short  and  broad,  with  a  very  large 
transversely  oval  stigma.  It  is  difficult  to  refer  the  plant  to  any 
genus,  as  it  differs  in  the  floral  characters  from  any  Saccolabium. 
known  to  me,  and  though  the  habit  is  that  of  Dendrocolla,  the 
absence  of  any  foot  to  the  column  and  the  long  spur  are  against 
referring  it  to  that  genus.  At  present  it  is  perhaps  best  placed  under 
Saccolabium. 

S.  secundifloruin,  sp.  n.  Caulis  pollicaris.  Folia  lorata  in- 
sequaliter  biloba  obtusa  coriacea  atro-viridia  ad  6.  Kacemus  2-pol- 
licaris  gracilis.  Flores  6,  secundi  parvi.  Sepalum  posticum 
lanceolatum  acutum  album,  lateralia  lanceolata  obtusa.  Petala 
linearia  oblonga,  alba  apicibus  violaceis.  Labellum  basi  saccato, 
lobis  lateralibus  oblongis  acutis  albis  flavescentibus,  lobo  medio 
basi  angustato  apice  dilatato  obtuso,  calcare  pedicello  sequali 
arcuato  obtuso,  callo  conico  in  ore.  Columna  brevis  viridis, 
stelidiis  linearibus  erectis.  Anthera  rotundata  rostro  lineari-lato 
bifido  longe  recurvo.  Pollinia  2  globosa,  pedicello  lato-lineari, 
disco  majore  oblongo  canaliculato. 

Singapore,  at  Chua  Chu  Kang ;  Aug.  6. 

A  small  plant  with  dull  inconspicuous  flowers  in  a  secund 
raceme.  The  lip  possesses  two  side  lobes,  between  which  is  a 
saccate  portion  leading  to  the  curved  rather  thick  spur  which  has  a 
small  callus  in  the  mouth.  The  mid-lobe  is  narrow  at  the  base, 
with  a  thick  apex,  the  sides  of  which  are  turned  up  and  papillose  ; 
beneath  it  is  a  short  blunt  process.  The  anther  has  a  long  linear 
flat  beak,  notched  at  the  end,  very  large  in  proportion  to  the  rest  of 
the  anther.  The  pollinia  are  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  long  disc 
much  larger  than  the  pedicel,  much  after  the  style  of  that  of 
S.  perpusillum  Hook.  fil. 

S.  cortinatum,  sp.  n.  Caulis  brevis,  J-f  pollicis  longus. 
Folia  4-7,  oblongo-lanceolata  obliqua,  basi  angustato,  2  pol- 
lices  longa,  f  poll,  lata  aut  minora  carinata  obtusa.  Eacemi 
graciles  4-pollicares  multiflori.  Flores  parvi  dissiti  brevissime 
pedicellati.  Bracte^  parvaB  lanceolate  acuminat^e,  -^q  pollicis 
longi.  Sepala  angusta  lanceolata  acuminata  rubra.  Petala  latiora 
obtusa.  Labellum  saccatum  integrum  apice  acuminato  flavum. 
Columna  brevissima.  Anthera  cordata  rostrata,  filamento  lato. 
Pollinia  non  visa.  Eostellum  grande  bidentatum  lobis  semiovatis 
acuminatis.     Capsula  elliptica. 


216  NEW    MALAYAN    ORCHIDS. 

Selangor ;  high  up  on  the  hmestone  rocks  near  Kwala  Lumpur. 
Kara. 

A  very  curious  Httle  plant  with  broad  rather  fleshy  leaves  oblique 
and  sometimes  almost  subspathulate.  The  flowers  are  very  small, 
red  and  yellow,  borne  in  slender  racemes.  The  lip  is  in  the  form 
of  a  sac  ending  in  a  point,  resembling  that  of  some  Thrixspennuni. 
It  is  curved  up  so  as  to  cover  the  column.  The  rostellum  is  some- 
what peculiar,  the  two  lobes  into  which  it  is  split  forming  an  ovate- 
acuminate  body.  It  is  very  large  in  proportion  to  the  column,  and 
nearly  closes  the  mouth  of  the  coalscuttle-shaped  hp.  It  is  rather 
difficult  to  refer  this  to  the  neighbourhood  of  any  species.  The  form 
of  the  lip  would  naturally  induce  one  to  class  it  as  a  Thrixspermum, 
but  as  in  other  respects  it  resembles  other  Saccolahia,  I  have  referred 
it  to  that  genus. 

Dendrocolla  carnosa,  sp.  n.  Caulis  bipollicaris,  radicibus 
copiosis.  Folia  plura  approximata,  anguste  lineari-lanceolata 
acuminata  acuta  crassa,  carnosa  superne  canaliculata  purpuras- 
centi-atroviridia,  3  pollices  longa,  ^  pollicis  lata,  vaginis  J  pollicis 
longa  costata  purpurea.  Racemi  plures  pedunculis  gracilibus  pur- 
pureis  3-pollicaribus,  paullo  incrassati,  pollicares.  Bracteffi  qua- 
quaversse  breves  ovatc^  acutae.  Flores  parvi,  pedicellis  gracilibus, 
|-  pollicis  longis.  Sepala  oblonga  ovata  flava.  Petala  subsimilia. 
Labellum  quam  petala  breviora,  lobis  lateralibus  longis  et  latis, 
disco  medio  saccato  lobo  medio  carnoso  obtuso,  pulvino  tomentoso 
ad  basin. 

Penang  {Curtis)  ;  Sept.  1897. 

Allied  to  D .  iKirdalis  Ridl.,  with  shorter  peduncles,  and  differently 
coloured  flowers.  The  lip  is  rather  peculiar  in  having  the  erect 
lateral  lobes  meeting  in  the  middle  line  so  as  to  cover  over  a  saccate 
nectary  formed  by  the  disc.  The  fleshy  tongue-shaped  apex  (for  as 
in  nearly  all  species  the  lateral  lobes  are  not  distinctly  marked  off, 
except  by  texture)  bears  a  small  woolly  papilla  at  its  base. 

Zeuxine  clandestina  B1.  This  inconspicuous  plant  was  obtained 
first  by  Waitz  in  Eastern  Java,  and  since  then  does  not  appear  to 
have  been  collected  again  till  last  year,  when  a  considerable  number 
of  plants  appeared  in  the  jungle  of  the  Botanic  Gardens  in  Singapore. 

CYSTORcms  variegata  var.  purpurea  Ridl.  A  plant  of  this  was 
brought  me  by  a  native  on  the  Bongaya  river,  Labuk  Bay,  British 
North  Borneo.  It  had  previously  been  recorded  from  Western 
Java,  Sumatra,  and  Pahang. 

Lecanorohis  malaccensis  Ridl.  I  found  fruiting  plants  of  what 
appeared  identical  with  the  Malay  Peninsula  plant  in  the  forest  of 
Bongaya.     It  has  not  previously  been  recorded  from  Borneo. 

Pogonia  discolor  B1.  has  been  found  by  Mr.  Goodenough  in 
Selangor.  This  plant  has  been  only  previously  recorded  from  Siam 
(where  it  is  known  as  the  Elephant's  Ear)  and  from  Java. 


217 


MOSSES  OF  THE  WNION  VALLEY,  MEEIONETHSHIRE. 

By  James  E.  Bagnall,  A.L.S. 

In  the  early  part  of  October,  1897,  I  had  the  pleasure  of 
spending  a  few  days  with  some  friends  at  Bont  Newydd,  and 
during  my  stay  I  spent  a  few  hours  with  them  on  the  beautiful 
mountain  Aran  Mawddwy,  which  would  well  repay  a  more  ex- 
tensive visit  than  time  then  allowed.  We  also  spent  a  morning 
on  the  beautiful  woody  slopes  rising  from  the  River  Wnion  to  the 
Bala  Road,  above  Bont  Newydd ;  here  I  saw  AndrecBa  on  boulders 
at  about  400  ft.  above  sea-level.  A  morning  was  given  to  the  lanes 
leading  to  the  '*  Torrent  Walk,"  where  the  mosses  on  the  walls 
and  roofs  and  waysides  were  so  abundant  that  we  did  not  reach  the 
specialty  of  the  neighbourhood.  An  afternoon  was  given  to  a  visit 
to  the  "  Precipice  Walk,"  and  the  lanes  in  its  vicinity  yielded  quite 
a  wealth  of  interesting  species.  On  my  last  morning  we  paid  a 
short  visit  to  the  Estuary  and  the  interesting  neighbourhood  of 
Dolgelly,  where  on  stone  walls  not  more  than  30-40  ft.  above  sea- 
level  I  saw  AndrecBCi  petrophila,  and  A.  Rothii  in  good  fruiting 
condition.  I  brought  home  considerable  spoils  of  mosses  and 
hepatics,  and  am  convinced  a  longer  visit  and  closer  attention 
would  yield  a  still  richer  harvest. 

Sphagnum  cymUfoliiim  Ehrh.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 
— 13  squarrosulum  N.  &  H.  Aran  Mawddwy. — S.  papillosum  Lindb. 
Aran  Mawddwy.  —  [3  confertum  Lindb.  Aran  ;  Bont  Newydd. — 
S.  7nolle  Sull.  var.  tenerum  Braith.  Aran  Mawddwy.  —  8.  suh- 
secundum  Nees.  Bont  Newydd.—^  cojitortum  Schp.  Bont  Newydd. 
— S.  aciitifolium  Ehrh.  Aran  Mawddwy. — fS  rubelliim  Russ.  Aran 
Mawddwy;  Bont  Newydd.  —  i  fuscum  Schp.  Aran  Mawddwy. — 
S.  Jimbriatum  Wils.  Aran  Mawddwy.  —  S.  i7itermedium  Hoffm. 
Bont  Newydd. — S.  cmpidatum  Ehrh.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

Andrema  petropMla 'EAvch.  Aran;  Bont;  Dolgelly.  —  A.  alpina 
Sm.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd,  400  ft.— ^.  Rothii  W.  &  M. 
Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd  ;  Dolgelly. — ^faJcata  Lindb.  Aran 
Mawddwy;  woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd.  —  A.  crassinervia  Bruch. 
Summit  of  Aran  Mawddwy;  woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd. 

Cathari7iea  undidata  W.  &  M.     Bont  Newydd,  &c.,  frequent. 

OUgotrichum  incurvum  Lindb.  Aran  Mawddwy.  —  P  laxiim 
Braithw.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

Pogonatum  aloides  Hedw.  Bont  Newydd,  &c.  —  /3  Dicksoni 
Walm.  Aran  Mawddwy.  —  P.  urnigerum  L.  Walls  and  rocks, 
Bont  Newydd. 

Polytrichiim  pilifenmi  Schreb.  Bont  Newydd,  &e.,  frequent. — 
P.  jimiperinum  Willd.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. — P.  gracile 
Dicks.  Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd. — P.  formosum  Hedw.  Bont 
Newydd.  —  P.  commune  L.  Bont  Newydd ;  Aran  Mawddwy. — 
y  minus  Weis.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

W%  Diphyscium  foliosum  Mohr.     Aran  Mawddwy  ;  lane  to  Precipice 
Walk. 


218  MOSSES    OF    THE    WNION    VALLEY,    MEKIONETHSHIRE. 

Ditrichum  homomallum  Hpe.     Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. 

Ceratodon  purpureus  Brid.     Common. 

Dichodofitiuiii  pellucidiim  Schp.     Boulders  in  Wnion. 

Dicranella  heteromalla  Schp.  Frequent.  —  I),  secunda  Lindb. 
Lane  to  Precipice  Walk.  —  D.  squarrosa  Schp.  Bank  of  Wnion, 
Bont  Newydd. 

Dicranoweissia  cirrata  Lindb.  Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd. — 
D.  crispula  Lindb.     Railway  bank,  Bont  Newydd. 

Cainpylopus  jiexuosus  Brid.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd.  — 
C.  pyriformis  Brid.  Aran  Mawddwy. — C.  atrovirens  De  Not.  Aran 
Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd  ;  Dolgelly. 

Dlcranodontium  longirostre  B.  &  S.  Aran  Mawddwy. — ^  alpimim 
Schp.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

Dlcranum  scopariuni.  Hedw.  Aran  Mawddwy ;  Bont  Newydd,  &c. 
— 0  paludoswti  Schp.  Boggy  places,  Aran  Mawddwy. — y  orthophyllum. 
Brid.  Bont  Newydd  ;  lane  to  Precipice  Walk. — D.  Bonjeani  De  Not. 
Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd.  —  D.  majus  Turn.  Aran  Mawddwy  ; 
Bont  Newydd. — D.  fuscescens  Turn.  Bont  Newydd ;  lane  to  Preci- 
pice Walk. — y  congestiim  Husu.     Railway  cutting,  Bont  Newydd. 

Leucohryum  glaucum  Schp.     Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 

Fissidens  virldulus  Wahl.  Piiver-banks,  Bont  Newydd.  —  F.  in- 
cnrvus  Starke.  Banks,  Bont  Newydd. — F.  hryoides  Hedw.  Frequent, 
Bont  Newydd,  &c.  —  F.  adimitoides  Hedw.  Bont  Newydd ;  lane  to 
Precipice  Walk;  Dolgelly,  rich  in  fruit.  —  F.  decipiens  De  Not. 
Piiver-banks  and  grounds,  Bont  Newydd.  —  F.  taxifolius  Hedw. 
Bont  Newydd,  lane  to  Torrent  Walk. 

Grimmia  apocarpa  Hedw.  Walls  and  rocks,  frequent.  —  /3  rivu- 
laris  W.  &  M.  Boulders  in  river,  very  fine.  — •  y  gracilis  W.  &  M. 
Walls  about  Bont  Newydd. — G-.  incurva  Schwgr.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

—  G.  torquata  Hornsch.  Aran  Mawddwy. — G.  jmlvinata  Sm.  Fre- 
quent through  the  district.  —  G.  orbimlaris  Bruch.  Wall-tops, 
Dolgelly.  —  G.  trichophylla  Grev.  Aran  Mawddwy :  Dolgelly. — 
G.  jmtens  B.  &  S.  Aran  Mawddwy. — G.  Doniana  Sm.  Wall-tops, 
Dolgelly.  —  G.  ovata  Schwgr.  Aran  Mawddwy.  —  G.  commutata 
Hiib.     Aran  Mawddwy. — G.  moiitana  B.  &  S.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

PJiacomitrium  ellipticum  B.  &  S.  Aran  Mawddwy. — Pi.  aciculare 
Brid.  Boulders  in  River  Wnion.  —  Ji.  protensum  Braun.  Aran 
Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd.  —  R.  fascicular e  Brid.  Walls  and  rocks, 
Aran  Mawddwy ;  Bont  Newydd. — R.  heterostichum  Brid.  Walls  and 
rocks,  frequent. — (3  alopecumm  Hiib.  Aran  Mawddwy. — y  gracilescens 
B.  &  S.     Aran  Mawddwy. — R.  sudeticum  B.  &  S.     Aran  Mawddwy. 

—  Pi,  lanuginosum  Brid.  Walls  and  rocks,  frequent.  —  Pi.  canescens 
Brid.  Walls  and  rocks,  frequent. — i3  ericoides  B.  &  S.  Walls,  lane 
to  Precipice  Walk. 

Ptychomitrium  polyphyllum  Fiirn.     Walls  and  rocks,  frequent. 

Hedwigia  ciliata  Ehrh.  Bont  Newydd. — y  viridis  Schp.  Railway 
cutting,  Bont  Newydd. 

Pottia  truncatula  Lindb.     Bont  Newydd,  &c. 

Tortida  marginata  Spr.  Bont  Newydd ;  lane  to  Precipice  Walk. 
— T.  muralis  Hedw.  Common. — ft  rupestris  Wils.  Railway  bridge, 
Bont  Newydd. — T.  ruralis  Ehrh.     Bont  Newydd. 


MOSSES    OF    THE    WNION    VALLEY,    MEKIONETHSHIRE.  219 

Barhula  rubella  Mitt.  Bont  Newydd;  Dolgelly. —  B.  tophnceum 
Mitt.  Wall-tops,  Dolgelly.  —  B.fallax  Hedw.  Bont  Newydd,  &c. 
— B.  cylindrica  Schp.  Lane  to  Torrent  Walk.  —  B.  vinealis  Brid. 
Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. — B.  revoluta  Brid.  Walls,  Bont  Newydd; 
Dolgelly.  —  B.  convoluta  Hedw.  Eailway  bridge,  Bont  Newydd. — 
B.  unguiculata  Hedw.     Footways,  &c.,  Bonfc  Newydd. 

Weisia  microstuma  C.  M.  Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. — W.  viridula 
Hedw.  Frequent,  Bont  Newydd. — W.  rupestris  0.  M.  Walls,  Dol- 
gelly. 

TricJwstomuvi  miitabile  Brncli.  Eocks,  Bont  Newydd. — T.  tenul- 
rostre  Lindb.     Bont  Newydd. 

Cinclidotus  fontinaloides  P.  B.     Boulders  in  river,  Bont  Newydd. 

Encalypta  streptocarpa  Hedw.     Aran  Mawddwy,  frequent. 

Ancectangium  compactwn  Schwg.     Bont  Newydd. 

Ulota  BnicJni  Hornsch.  Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd ;  lane  to 
Precipice  Walk. —  U.  crispa  Brid.  Bont  Newydd;  lane  to  Precipice 
Walk. —  /3  intermedia  Dixon.  Lane  to  Precipice  Walk.  —  y  crispula 
Hamm.     Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. 

OrtJwtricInun  rupestre  Scbleich.  Rocks,  Bont  Newydd. — 0.  leio- 
carpum  B.  &  S.  Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd. —  0.  LyeJlii  H.  &  T. 
Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. —  0.  affine  Scbrad.  Bont  Newydd;  lane  to 
Precipice  Walk. — 0.  straminenm  Hornscb.  Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. 
— 0.  diaphanum  Scbrad.     Bont  Newydd. 

Funaria  liygrometrica  Sibtb.  Bont  Newydd. — /3  calvescens'B.k^. 
Grounds,  Bont  Newydd. 

Aulacomnium  palustre  Scbwgr.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 
— A.  androgynum  Scbwgr.     Bont  Newydd. 

Bartramia  CEderi  Sw.  Rocks,  Dolgelly.  —  B.  pomiformis  Hedw. 
Rocks,  Dolgelly. — j3  crisjmB.  &  S.  Rocks,  Dolgelly. — B.  Halleriana 
Hedw.     Rocks,  Dolgelly. 

Philonotis  fontana  Brid.  Aran  Mawddwy ;  Bont  Newydd. — 
P.  calcarea  Scbp.     Dolgelly. 

Breutelia  arcuata  Scbp.     Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 

Wehera  polymorpha  Scbp.  Lane  to  Precipice  Walk. — W.  elongata 
Scbwgr.  Lane  to  Precipice  Walk.  —  W.  cruda  Scbwgr.  Aran 
Mawddwy.  —  TF.  nutans  Hedw.  Frequent,  Bont  Newydd.  —  W. 
annoti7ia  Scbwgr.  Bont  Newydd.  —  W.  albicajis  Scbp.  Lane  to 
Precipice  Walk. 

Br  yum  inclinatum  Bland.  Wall,  Bont  Newydd. — B.  pcdlens  Sw. 
Grounds,  Bont  Newydd.  —  B.  pseudo-triquetrum  Scbwg.  Aran 
Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. — B.  ccespiticium  L.  Common,  rocks  and 
walls. — B.  capillare'L.  Common,  walls. — B.  erythrocarpum  Scbwgr. 
Railway  cutting,  Bont  Newydd.  —  B.  alpinum  Huds.  Aran 
Mawddwy ;  Dolgelly.  —  B.  argenteum  L.  Grounds,  Bont  Newydd. 
— /3  7najus  B.  &  S.  Grounds,  Bont  Newydd.  —  y  lanatum  B.  &  S. 
Grounds,  Bont  Newydd. 

Mnium  undidatitm  L.  Frequent. — M.  hornum  L.  Frequent. — 
M.  serratum  Scbrad.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd.  —  M.  punc- 
tatiim  L.     Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 

Fontijialis  antipyretica  L.     Boulders  in  River  Wnion. 

Pterygophyllum  lucens  Brid.     River-bank,  Bont  Newydd. 


220  MOSSES    OF    THE    WNION    VALLEY,    MERIONETHSHIRE. 

Porotrichiim  alopecurum  Mitt.     River-banks,  Bont  Newydd. 

Heterocladium  heteropterum  B.  &  S.  River-banks,  Bont  Newydd. 
— ftfallax  Milde.     On  stones,  Bont  Newydd. 

Thuidium  tamariscinum  B.  &  !S.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 
— T.  delicatulum  Mitt.     River-bank,  Bont  Newydd. 

Climacium  dendroides  W.  &  M.     Aran  Mawddwy;  Bont  Newydd. 

Isothecium  imjurum  Brid.     Abundant,  Bont  Newydd. 

Pleuropus  sericeus  Dixon.     Walls,  Bont  Newydd. 

Brachytlicclwn  albicans  B.  &  S.  Bont  Newydd.  —  B.  rutabulum 
B.  &  S.  Bont  Newydd,  &c.  —  B.  velutinum  B.  &  S.  Frequent, 
Bont  Newydd.  —  B.  populeuni  B.  &  S.  Bont  Newydd.  —  B, 
plumosiim  B.  &  S.  Aran  MawddAvy;  Bont  Newydd. — /3  Jiomo- 
mallnm.  Boulders  in  River  Wnion. — B.  inirum  Dixon.  Frequent, 
Bont  Newydd,  &c. 

Hyocomium  fiagellare  B.  &  S.     Aran  Mawddwy;  Bont  Newydd. 

EurhyncJimm  pilifenwi  B.  &  S.     Railway  cutting,  Bont  Newydd. 

—  E.  prcdomimn  B.  &  S.  Frequent.  —  E.  Swartzii  Hook.  Bont 
Newydd.  —  E.  tenellum  Milde.  River-banks,  Bont  Newydd.  — 
E.  myosuroides  Schp.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd.  —  E. 
striatum  B.  &  S.  Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd.  —  E.  rusci- 
forme  Milde.     River  Wnion  ;  Bont  Newydd.  —  E.  confertum  Milde. 

Bont  Newydd. 

Plagiothecium  Borrerianum  Spr.  Banks,  Bont  Newydd.  —  P. 
denticulatum  B.  &  S.  Common,  Bont  Newydd.  —  P.  undidatum 
B.  &  S.     Aran  Mawddwy;  Bont  Newydd. 

Amblystegium  serpens  B.  &  S.  Frequent,  Bont  Newydd.  —  A. 
filici7iuin  De  Not.     Bont  Newydd,  &c. 

Hypnum  riparium  L.  River-banks,  Bont  Newydd. — H.  stellatum 
Schreb.  River-banks,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H.  chrysophyllum  Brid. 
Aran  Mawddwy.  —  H.  commutatum.  Hedw.  River-banks,  Bont 
Newydd. —  H.  cupressiforme  L.  Bont  Newydd,  &c. — ft  rcsupinatinn 
Schpr.  Bont  Newydd.  —  ^  minus  Wils.  Woody  slopes,  Bont 
Newydd.  —  t,  ericetorum  B.  &  S.  Woody  slopes,  Bont  Newydd. — 
*j  tectorum  Brid.  Thatched  roof,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H.  molluscum 
Hedw.  Aran  Mawddwy. — y  fastigiatam  Bosw.  Aran  Mawddwy. — 
H,  palustre  L.  Boulders  in  river,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H.  eugyrium. 
Schp.  Boulders  in  river,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H.  ochraceum  Turn. 
Boulders  in  river,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H.  sarmentosum  Wahl.  Aran 
Mawddwy.  —  H.  cuspidatum  L.  Frequent,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H. 
Schreberi  Willd.     Bont  Newydd ;  Dolgelly. 

HyloGomium  splendens  B.  &  S.     Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. 

—  R.  brevirostre  B.  &  S.  River-bank,  Bont  Newydd.  —  H.  loream 
B.  &  S.  Aran  Mawddwy  ;  Bont  Newydd. —  H.  squarrosum  B.  &  S. 
Frequent,  Bont  Newydd. — ^  calvescens  Hobk.  Near  Cader  Idris. — 
H.  triqiietrum  B.  &  S.     Bont  Newydd. 


221 


TWO    NEW    QUEENSLAND     CYMBIDIUMS. 
By  a.  B.  Eendle,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

Cymbidium  Sparkesii,  sp.  nov.  Eximia  pseudobulbis  mag- 
nis,  foliis  hysterantliiis  ;  peclunculo  cylindrico  rubro-lurido,  in  parte 
inferiore  bracteas  ovato-triangulas  membranaceas  gerente,  racemo 
suberecto  multifloro,  bracteis  minutis  triangulis ;  floribus  atrate 
rubro-luridis  ;  sepalis  lineari-oblongis  obtusiusculis,  petala  lateralia 
anguste  lanceolata  paullo  superantibus ;  labello  quam  petala  minore, 
pallido  cum  margiuibus  rubro-purpiireis,  trilobato,  lobo  medio 
magno,  elliptico-oblongo,  lobis  lateralibus  perbrevibus  cum  parte 
labelli  inferiore  columnae  margines  celantibus,  hac  parte  cristis 
geminis  lamelliformibus  crassiusculis  pubescentibus  instructa ; 
anthera  e  basi  truncata  globosa. 

Hab.  North-east  Queensland.  Sent  last  autumn  by  Mr.  Arthur 
0.  Jones,  J. P.,  of  Geraldtown,  Johnston's  Eiver,  to  Mr.  J.  Sparkes, 
by  whom  it  was  flowered  and  shown  at  the  Royal  Horticultural 
Society's  meeting  on  April  26th.  It  is  described  as  one  of  the 
orchids  that  make  the  woods  black  when  in  flower. 

A  fine  species.  The  single  specimen  had  four  pseudo-bulbs, 
each  about  5  in.  long  and  half  as  broad,  and  a  raceme  of  50  flowers, 
which,  with  the  lower  non-floriferous  portion  of  the  pedicel,  measured 
18  in.  in  length  ;  raceme  3|-  in.  in  diameter.  Bracts  3  mm.  long. 
Pedicels  3*5  cm.  long,  like  the  rest  of  the  flower  coloured  a  deep 
lurid  red,  by  transmitted  light  a  rich  deep  crimson,  the  lip  paler, 
the  disc  and  keels  a  dirty  yellowish  white,  and  the  margins  crimson. 
Sepals  2  cm.  long  by  5  mm.  broad,  petals  16  mm.  by  4-5  mm. ; 
lip  12  mm.  by  7  mm.;  the  pubescence  is  continued  from  the  parallel 
median  crests  of  the  lower  half  about  a  third  the  way  up  on  the 
upper  portion.     Column  7-8  mm.  long,  2-5  mm.  broad. 

Near  C.  canaliculatimi  R.  Br.,  but  distinguished  by  its  longer 
perianth-leaves  and  the  uniform  deep  dark  crimson  of  the  flower, 
which  in  reflected  light  appears  almost  black. 

Cymbidium  Leal,  sp.  nov.  Foliis  linearibus  obtusis  pluri- 
nervosis,  racemum  laxum,  ut  videtur,  excedentibus ;  bracteis  minutis 
triangulis  ;  floribus  crassiusculis  luteo-brunneis ;  sepalis  elliptico- 
oblongis  obtusis  subpatentibus,  petala  oblanceolata  paullo  super- 
antibus ;  labello  glabro,  petala  vix  gequante,  trilobato,  lobo  medio 
rhomboideo  cum  apice  rotundato  paullo  latiore,  lobis  lateralibus  per- 
brevibus cum  parte  labelli  inferiore  columnam  subamplectautibus, 
hac  parte  inferiore  cristis  geminis  lateralibus  humilibus  et  tuberculo 
rotundato  intermedio  instructa  ;  columna  subrobusta. 

Hab.  Sonata,  Queensland,  Rev.  T.  S.  Lea;  Sept.  3rd,  1886. 
"  Brought  from  hills,  and  bloomed  in  verandah." 

Leaves  20-30  cm.  long  by  2-2*2  cm.  broad.  Raceme  (cut  off 
at  the  base)  25  cm.  long,  bearing  about  a  dozen  flowers  in  the 
upper  two-thirds.  Pedicels  stoutish,  2  cm.  long  or  a  little  less. 
Sepals  12-13  mm.  long  by  6-7*5  mm.  broad,  somewhat  irregular  in 
shape,  varying  between  almost  oblong  to  elliptical.  Petals  11-12  mm. 


222  HELLEBOKUS    OCCIDENTALIS    IN    BERKSHIRE. 

by  4-5  mm.  Lip  about  10-11  mm.  long,  fleshy,  becoming  thinner 
anteriorly  and  on  the  wing-like  margins  of  the  lower  part ;  median 
lobe  about  5  mm.  long  and  nearly  as  broad  at  the  tip ;  side  lobes 
1  mm.  long ;  lower  part  of  lip  6  mm.  long  and  nearly  as  broad,  the 
disc  having  a  long  tongue-like  depression  between  the  shallow  lateral 
crests,  which  passes  on  to  the  base  of  the  upper  half,  and  bears 
below  the  latter  a  button-like  tubercle.  Column  G  mm.  long  by 
3-5  mm.  broad. 

Near  C.  canaliculatum  R.  Br.,  but  distinguished  by  its  blunter 
broader  sepals  and  lip-structure. 

The  types  of  these  species  are  in  the  British  Museum  Herbarium. 


HELLEBORUS     OCCIDENTALIS     IN     BERKSHIRE. 
By  G.  Claridge  Druce,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

In  reviewing  my  Flora  of  Berkshire  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  for 
March,  Mr.  Britten  thought  it  necessary  to  say  that  I  had  included 
Hellehoriis  occidentalis  of  Renter  and  some  other  forms  among  the 
plants  of  the  county  on  what  he  is  pleased  to  call  insufficient 
evidence.  I  propose  therefore  to  discuss  the  reasons  which  induced 
me  to  identify  our  Berkshire  plant  with  the  H.  occidentalis  of 
Renter,  which  is  made  a  subspecies  of  the  //.  viridis  of  Linu£eus  by 
Prof.  Schifiner  in  his  monograph  of  the  genus. 

As  the  Catalogue  des  graines  recueillies  en  1868  et  offertes  en  echange 
par  le  Jardin  Botanique  de  Geneve,  in  which  Renter  published  his 
description,  is  scarce,  I  give  a  copy  of  his  diagnosis  : — 

'^Hellehoriis  occidentalis  Rent.  mss.  D.  H.  caule  bifido  vel  sub- 
dichotomo  ramoso  foliisque  glabris,  folio  radicali  solitario  palmati- 
pedato  reticulato-venoso,  segmentis  lanceolatis  simplicibus  bi-  vel 
trifidis  serrulatis,  caulinis  trisectis  segmentis  bi-  vel  trifidis ;  floribus 
2-3  ad  apices  ramorum,  sepalis  ovatis  plus  minus  inter  se  imbricatis 
vel  contiguis,  apice  acutiusculis  vel  subapiculatis,  carpellis  trans- 
verse nervosis,  stylo  submcurvo  bis  breviori  superatis,  seminibus 
atris  subtrigonis  reticulato-insculptis  nitidulis.  Hab.  in  Gallia 
occidentali  circa  Pau  (Kiener?),  Deux-Sevres  (Sauze  et  Maill.), 
Agen  (Godron)  etc.,  in  Pyreuaeis  centralibus  supra  Luchon,  Gendre, 
Gaviare,  etc.,  in  Mont.  Hispan.  boreal,  inter  Bilbao  et  Santander, 
et  in  Britannia.  H.  viridis,  Bot.  Gallic,  ex  parte.  H.  viridis,  Engl. 
Bot.  t.  200  optime.  Difl'ert  ab  H.  viridi,  glabritate,  floribus  minori- 
bus,  2-3  in  unoquoque  ramo  nee  1-2,  sepalis  magis  ovatis,  carpel- 
lis brevioribus  ;  stylo  incurvo. 

"  Deux  plantes  ont  ete  confondues  sous  lenom  deHelleb.  viridis; 
la  phrase  de  Linne  etant  trop  incomplete  ne  pont  trancher  la  ques- 
tion ;  cependant  il  indique  sa  plante  a  de  Vienne  et  en  Suisse  ; 
celle  de  Willdenow  convient  tout  a  fait  a  notre  plante  de  Suisse, 
ainsi  que  les  figures  de  Jacquin,  Fl.  Austr.  1. 106,  et  de  Reichenbach, 
Ic.  Germ.  t.  105.     L'espece  habite  FEurope  orientale  depuis  le 


HELLEBORUS    OCCIDENTALIS    IN    BERKSHIRE.  223 

Daupbine  (Persomiat  in  Bulletin  Soc.  Bot.  de  France,  voL  xiii. 
p.  135,  qui  distingue  les  deux  especes,  mais  qui  prend  celle-ci  pour 
une  espece  nouvelle  admettant  la  plante  de  1' Quest  pour  le  vrai 
H.  viridis),  la  Savoie,  le  Piedmont,  I'ltalie  septentrionale,  la  Suisse, 
I'Allemagne  et  rAutriche.  Les  caracteres  qui  distinguent  les 
deux  especes  ne  sont  pas  tres  absolus  et  varient  chacun  dans  cer- 
taines  limites,  mais  le  port  est  tres  distinct  et  se  conserve  par  la 
culture ;  la  premiere  a  les  fleurs  plus  petites  et  plus  nombreuses, 
2-4  sur  cbaque  rameau,  quelquefois  ne  depassant  pas  la  grandeur 
de  celles  de  H.  fcetidus.  La  deuxieme  a  les  feuilles  et  la  tige  fine- 
ment  pubescentes  a  I'etat  jeune,  les  fleurs  1-2  sur  les  rameaux 
d'un  vert  clair  jaunatres  a  sepales  arrondies  ordinairement  large - 
ment  imbriques  entre  eux.  L'i?.  Bocconi  Ten.,  qui  babite  la 
Dalmatie  et  I'ltalie  mericlionale,  est  tres-distincte  par  ses  feuilles 
multifides,  etc." 

In  tbis  description  it  will  be  noticed  tbat  Eeuter  records  bis  plant 
from  Britain,  and  moreover  says  tbat  tbe  figure  of  H.  viridis  in  tbe 
first  edition  of  English  Botany  well  [optime]  represents  bis  H. 
occidentalis. 

Prof.  Dr.  Victor  Scbiffuer,  in  bis  monograpb  of  tbe  genus  Helle- 
borus  wbicb  appeared  in  Engler's  Botanische  Jahrbilcher  for  1890 
(see  p.  118),  as  I  bave  said,  gives  subspecific  rank  only  to  H.  occi- 
dentalis. He  cites  as  synonyms  not  only  tbe  English  Botany  plate 
referred  to  by  Reuter,  but  also  tbe  plate  numbered  34  in  Curtis's 
Flora  Londinensis,  and  tbe  description  in  Smitb's  Flora  Britannica, 
p.  398.  He  says  : — "  Differt  ab  H.  viridi  Linn,  foliorum  radicalium 
segmentis  pro  more  latioribus,  grosse  serratis,  subtus  giabris  (vel 
j  iiventute  inconspicue  pilosis)  liete  viridibus  baud  pruinosis ;  scapo 
graciliore  ;  foliis  caulinis  maximis  3-5-fidis,  inferioribus  ssepius 
longius  vaginato-petiolatis,  marginibus  grosse  fere  inciso-dentatis  ; 
floribus  paulum  minoribus,  sepalis  angustioribus  baud  pruinosis 
eoque  plus  minus  l^te  viridibus ;  carpellis  brevioribus.  Geogr. 
Verbreitung :  H.  occidentalis  gebort  dem  westlicben  und  sud-west- 
licben  Europa  an,  wo  er  auf  Kalkboden  verbreitet  und  stellenweise 
baufig  ist'''.   .   .  Ebenso  durcb  England,  feblt  aber  in  Scbottland." 

In  tbe  clavis  Prof.  Scbiffner  separates  tbe  two  subspecies  as 
follows : — "  Bl.  kabl,  Segmente  grob  geziibnt  ;  Hocbbl.  sebr  gross, 
sebr  grob  gezabnt ;  Bit.  gelblicbgriin,  klein  oder  mittelgross  (west- 
europaiscbe  Pflanze)  =  H.  occidentalis.  Bl.  etwas  bebaart  mit  unter- 
seits  vortretenden  Nerven,  mattgriin,  etwas  bereift,  Segmente 
mittelmassig  fein  gezabnt ;  Bit.  mittelgross ;  Sepalen  breit  grlin 
etwas  bereift ;  Narben  aufrecbt  =  ii/^.  viridis.'' 

I  bave  no  besitation  in  stating  our  Berkshire  plant  is  well 
represented  in  tbe  plate  of  H.  viridis  in  Curtis's  Flora  Londinensis, 
and  in  tbat  of  English  Botany,  botli  of  wbicb  are  identified  as 
H.  occidentalis  by  Prof.  Scbiffuer.  I  bave  collected  tbe  restricted 
H.  viridis  in  Austria,  Switzerland,  Italy,  and  France,  and  I  bave 
gatbered  H.  occidentalis  in  tbe  Pyrenees.  Tbis  was  tbe  evidence 
on  wbicb  I  based  my  statement  (wbicb  Mr.  Britten  lias  not  cor- 

*  I  omit  the  continental  distribution. 


224  HELLEBORUS    OCCIDENTALIS    IN    BERKSHIRE. 

rectly  quoted)  that  H.  occidentalis  is  the  Berkshire  plant ;  I  did  not 
say  "appears  to  be,"  but  I  said  it  "appears  to  be  the  common 
western  form."  Mr.  Britten  taunts  me  with  using  the  phrase,  "  It 
appears  to  be  the  common  western  form,  chiefly  differing  from  the 
type  in  being  glabrous."  It  would  have  been  more  satisfactory  if 
Mr.  Britten  had  brought  some  evidence  on  which  we  could  rely 
rather  than  his  own  ipse  dixit.  We  have  the  definite  statement  by 
Prof.  Schiffuer,  which  I  have  quoted,  that  H.  occidentalis  is  the 
"  westlichen  und  sud-westlichen"  plant.  Now  as  to  my  use  of  the 
term  "  chiefly  differing  from  the  type  in  being  glabrous."  As  any 
unprejudiced  reader  will  see,  my  reference  was  necessarily  as  brief 
as  possible,  and  I  chose  the  most  striking  character  which  could  be 
readily  grasped  by  the  reader.  To  show  that  this  character  was 
appreciated  by  one  eminent  botanist,  I  may  say  that  in  the  her- 
barium of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  at  Paris,  Dr.  Grenier  has  written 
on  an  abnormal  specimen  that  he  refers  it  to  H.  occidentalis 
because  H.  viridis  Linn,  is  a  hairy  plant  ("qui  est  poilue").  Prof. 
Schiffner,  in  the  clavis,  also  uses  the  term  "behaart"  for  H.  viridis. 
Doubtless  there  are  other  characters,  and  I  place  considerable 
stress  on  the  more  deeply-cut  serrations  of  the  leaves  ;  but  I  see 
no  reason  for  altering  in  the  slightest  degree  the  statement  in  my 
Flora  which  Mr.  Britten  criticises. 

In  the  excellent  Flore  de  France,  by  Rouy  and  Foucaud  (which 
unfortunately  I  did  not  see  till  after  my  Flora  of  Berkshire  was 
printed),  and  in  which  I  am  glad  to  find  great  attention  is  paid  to 
critical  forms,  the  authors  say  of  the  aggregate  H.  viridis  : — "  Plante 
variable  a  laquelle  nous  attribuons  les  varietes  suivantes  pour  la 
flore  francaise ;  ses  varietes  du  reste  passent  souveut  de  I'une  a 
I'autre,  surtout  dans  les  regions  montagnes  du  sud-est."  They  say 
that  "  Des  plantes  du  Calvados,  de  I'Orne,  des  Hautes-Pyrenees,  et 
des  Alpes-Marit.  reunissent  les  var.  occidentalis  et  viridis,"  &c. 
Like  myself,  they  call  Eeuter's  plant  var.  occidentalis,  and  do  not 
take  up  var.  Smitliiana  A.  Br.  They  diagnose  the  true  H.  viridis 
thus : — "  Feuilles  radicales  a  segments  oblongs  lanceoles,  a  dentelure 
fine  et  reguliere,  dressee,  a  pubescence  assez  fournie  a  leur  base,  a 
polls  pluricellulaires ;  sepales  larges,  suborbiculaires,  verdatres. 
Var.  occidentalis  Reut.  pro  specie.  Feuilles  radicales  a  segments 
lanceoles  assez  profondement  et  irregulierement  dentes,  a  dents 
etalees  ou  dressees,  a  pointe  souvent  dejetee ;  pubescence  nulle  a  la 
base  des  segments  ou  a  polls  uuicellulaires  rares  ;  sepales  ovales  ou 
ovales-oblougues,  plus  ou  moins  attenuees  a  la  base,  acutiuscules  et 
subcuculles  au  sommet,  verdatres." 

Rouy  and  Foucaud  cite  Schultz,  Herb.  Normale,  n.  s.  no.  2106, 
for  their  H.  viridis.  This  plant  is  labelled  II.  occidentalis  by 
Schultz,  but  I  pointed  out  to  the  curator  of  the  herbarium  at  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes  at  Paris  that  it  was  not  our  Berkshire  H.  occi- 
dentalis, but  H.  viridis;  this  was  before  I  had  seen  Eouy  and 
Foucaud's  reference. 

In  case  there  should  be  still  any  doubt  in  the  mind  of  any 
unprejudiced  reader  respecting  my  statement  that  our  Berkshire 
(and  I  add  Oxfordshire  and  Buckinghamshire)  plant  is  H.  viridis 


SHORT    NOTES.  225 

var.  occidentalis,  I  may  state  that  a  specimen  of  our  Hellebore  from 
Basildon  was  submitted  to  Prof.  Scbiffner  recently.  He  replied  to 
my  query,  '*  Your  plant  is  undoubtedly  occidentalis y  I  first  pointed 
out  that  our  Oxfordshire  plant  was  H.  viridisYSiY.  occidentalis  in  the 
Journal  of  Botany  for  1890,  p.  227. 

In  fact,  therefore,  instead  of  having  insufficient  evidence  to  call 
our  plant  by  the  name  occidentalis,  I  think  I  have  amply  made  good 
my  statement ;  and  now  I  ask  Mr.  Britten  to  produce  evidence  of 
the  occurrence  of  the  restricted  H.  viridis,  although  I  must  not 
be  made  to  say  that  it  does  not  occur,  in  Britain. 

[Although  I  regret  the  acrimonious  expressions  which  Mr.  Druce 
has  introduced  into  the  foregoing  note,  I  gladly  print  it  in  full,  as 
it  supplies  the  evidence  on  which  he  bases  the  determination  of 
Hellehorns  occidentalis  as  a  British  plant.  That  evidence,  which  has 
hitherto  been  lacking — including,  as  it  does.  Prof.  Schiffner's  identi- 
fication— is,  I  readily  admit,  amply  sufficient  to  justify  the  intro- 
duction of  the  plant  into  our  lists ;  and  if  as  much  can  be  said  for 
the  other  varieties  which  Mr.  Druce  has  recorded  in  the  Berkshire 
Flora,  I  will  readily  withdraw  my  criticisms. 

;  Mr.  Druce  says  that  he  "pointed  out  that  our  Oxfordshire  plant 
was  H.  viridis  var.  occideyitalis  in  Journ.  Bot.  1890,  p.  227."  This 
is  hardly  correct :  what  he  there  said  was  that  it  "appears  to  be  " 
that  plant;  and  he  now  says  it  "appears  to  be  the  common  western 
form."  When  I  spoke  of  "our  plant,"  I  referred  to  the  British, 
not  especially  to  the  Berkshire,  form.  Mr.  Druce  seems  to  think 
I  have  controverted  his  identification,  for  he  speaks  of  my  ^^  ipse 
dixit,''  and  asks  me  "  to  produce  evidence  of  the  occurrence  of  the 
restricted  H.  viridis  in  Britain."  But  I  have  pronounced  no  ipse  dixit, 
nor  have  I  have  formed  any  opinion  on  this  point ;  so  I  cannot 
comply  with  Mr.  Druce's  request. — James  Britten.] 


SHORT     NOTES. 


Fragaria  muricata  (p.  127). — I  think  any  unprejudiced  reader  of 
my  Berkshire  Flora  will  perceive  that  I  felt  the  citation  of  the 
Species  Plafitarwn  for  F.  muricata  was  not  satisfactory,  for  I  added 
immediately  after  it  "Miller,  Gard.  Diet.  ed.  8  (1768),  'The 
Hautbois  Strawberry'" — a  plan  I  have  followed  when  there  has 
been  some  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  or  completeness  of  the 
reference.  The  citation  of  the  Species  Plantarum  was  given  because 
the  Kew  Index  says:  "F.  muricata  Ij.  =  F.  elatior,  vesca,"  and 
doubtless  the  authors  of  that  work  had  some  reasons  for  their 
statement.  I  did  not  select  the  name  F.  moschata  Duchesne 
because  Beck,  in  the  Flora  Xieder  Oesterreich,  queries  it  as  being 
identical  with  F.  elatior,  and  Grenier  and  Godron  selected  F.  elatior 
Ehrh.  in  preference. — G.  Claridge  Druce. 

[I  print  Mr.  Druce's  note,  but  I  fail  to  see  how  it  affects  the 
point  in  question.     Mr.  Druce  printed:  "  Fragaria  muricata,  Linn. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [June,  1898.]  r 


226  SHORT    NOTES. 

Sp.  PI.  495  (1753).  Mill.  Gard.  Diet.  ed.  8  (1768)."  If  by  this  he 
meant  to  say  that  he  considered  Miller's  plant  different  from  that  of 
Linnffius  (as  I  have  shown  it  to  be),  he  chose  a  very  unusual  way  of 
doing  so.  I  have  already  pointed  out  at  some  length  (Journ.  Bot. 
1896,  271)  the  dangers  which  result  from  a  misuse  of  the  Index 
Keivensis.  Mr.  Druce  is  in  error  in  saying  that  Grenier  and  Godron 
"  selected  F.  elatior  Ehrh.  in  preference,"  for  the  name  they  employ 
is  F.  magna  Thuill.,  which,  as  I  have  already  shown  (Journ.  Bot. 
1898,  129)  antedates  Ehrhart's  elatior. 

I  am  glad  Mr.  Druce  has  called  my  attention  to  Grenier  and 
Godron,  for  I  am  now  able  to  explain  what  had  hitherto  puzzled  me. 
Mr.  Druce  cited  "i^.  inoschata  et  dioica  Duchesne,  Hist.  Nat.  Frais. 
145";  but  no  such  combination  exists  in  Duchesne's  book,  nor  does 
the  name  dioica  appear  in  his  list.  But  I  now  find  that  Grenier  and 
Godron  cite  ''  F.  dioica  et  moschata  Duch.  diet.  enc.  2,  p.  536,"  and 
I  have  little  doubt  that  this  is  the  source  of  Mr.  Druce's  citation. 
But  if  he  had  looked  up  the  Encychqjedie  Methodique,  he  would  have 
found  that  Grenier  and  Godron  had  quoted  incorrectly,  for  Duchesne 
there  gives  Fragaria  moschata  and  Fragaria  moschata  dioica,  but  has 
no  F.  dioica. — James  Britten.] 

Basidiomycetes  new  to  Britain. — The  following  species,  I  think, 
have  not  hitherto  been  pubhshed  as  British.  Materials  either  in  the 
form  of  drawings  or  examples,  or  both,  are  preserved  in  the  Herbarium 
of  the  British  Museum.  They  are  illustrated  on  the  coloured  sheets 
of  Basidiomycetes  now  in  course  of  execution  : — 

Agaricus  [Amatiita)  aridus  Fr. — A.  (Fluteus)  umhrinellus  Sommerf. 
— A.  {Entoloma)  pluteoides  Fr. —  A.  {Crepidotus)  prohoscideus  ¥v. — 
A.  [PsaUiota)  dulcidulus  Schulz.  —  A.  (Psalliota)  callosus  Fr. — 
A.  [Psathyra)  Loscosii  Rabh.  —  Coprhius  tuberostis  Quel.  This  was 
given  as  the  "first  British  record"  by  Mr.  George  Massee  in  the 
Kew  Bulletin  for  "April"  [published  August  or  September] ,  1897, 
but  the  drawing  has  been  exhibited  in  the  Public  Gallery  since  1894. 
—  Cortinarius  [Phlegmaciimi)  vespertinus  Fr.  —  C.  [Phlegmacium) 
olivascens  Fr.  —  C.  (Inoloma)  argutus  Fr.  —  Leuzites  Jieteromorpha  Fr. 
— Boletus  rutilans  Fr. — B.  candicans  Fr. — Polyporus  osseus  Kalch. — 
P.  imhricatus  Fr. — P.  corticola  Fr.  The  drawings  are  now  complete 
to  the  end  of  the  genus  PoJyporus. 

A  considerable  number  of  other  Basidiomycetes  new  to  Britain 
have  been  found  whilst  the  drawings  have  been  in  hand — too  late 
for  illustration  on  the  sheets.  Some  of  these,  to  the  end  of  the 
AgaricinecE,  are  : — Agaricus  [Amanita)  reciititus  Fr.  —  A.  {Lejuota) 
nympharum  Fr. — A.  (Tricholoma)  coryphceus  Fr.  —  A.  (Tricholoma) 
hordiis  Fr.  —  A.  [Tricholoma)  elytroides  Fr. — A.  [Tricholoma)  amicus 
Fr.  —  A.  [Entoloma)  porphyrophceus  Fr.  —  Cortinarius  [Hygrocyhe) 
sciophyllus  Fr. 

The  following  species  of  Polyporece  and  Hydnece  new  to  Britain 
have  been  sketched: — Dcedalea  polyzona  P. — Merulius  aureus  Fr. — 
M,  squalidus  Fr.  —  Hydnum  J'usipes  P.  —  H.  multiplex  Fr.  —  H. 
pinastri  Fr.  —  H.  pulcherrimum  B.  &  Curt.  —  Odontia  cristulata  Fr. 

WoRTmNGTON    G.    SmiTH. 


RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    MARINE    ALGiE.  227 

Leucobryum  glaucum  in  Fruit.  —  The  fruit  of  this  moss  was 
found  on  April  12  by  Mr.  D.  H.  Jones  and  myself  in  the  greatest 
abundance  in  a  fertile  valley  about  twelve  miles  from  Harlech, 
Merionethshire  (v.-c.  48).  The  fruit  was  in  splendid  condition, 
the  calyptra  being  in  many  cases  still  present,  and  the  fertile 
plants  covered  the  ground  for  many  square  yards.  Mr.  Jones  has 
also  found  Fissidens  polyphyllus  growing  abundantly  in  Wilson's 
original  locality  near  Aberglaslyn,  Carnarvonshire  (v.-c.  49).  In 
September  of  last  year  I  found  Tortula  pruiceps  in  some  quantity  on 
Moel-yr-dyd,  Carnarvonshire,  at  an  elevation  of  about  1500  ft.,  and 
Mr.  Jones,  who  went  last  week  to  get  me  a  further  supply,  informs 
me  that  he  came  across  it  in  several  places  high  up  on  the  same 
mountain.  T.  prmceps  has  not  been  previously  recorded,  I  think, 
for  Wales.  I  shall  be  glad  to  send  specimens  of  any  of  the  above 
to  anyone  desirous  of  obtaining  them,  if  they  will  address  me  at 
44,  Brompton  Square,  London,  S.W. — E.  Chas.  Horrell. 

PoA  flexuosa  Wahl.  in  Britain. — Last  August,  during  my  search 
for  Carex  helvola,  I  found  a  Poa  in  small  quantity  on  the  south-west 
cliffs  of  Ben  Lawers,  which  was  new  to  me.  Prof.  Hackel  writes  to 
me,  in  a  letter  received  this  day  (14th  March),  that  it  is  identical 
with  specimens  from  the  Dovrefield  of  Poa  flexuosa  Wahl. — the  Poa 
arctica  Brown,  which  is  put  by  Nyman  as  a  subspecies  of  Poa  cenma 
of  Allioni.  It  has  not  been  previously  recorded  for  Great  Britain. 
— G.  Claridge  Druce  in  Ann.  Scottish  Nat.  Hist,  for  April. 

Veronica  polita.  —  About  100  yards  of  roadside  near  Welwyn 
were  noticed  covered  with  Veronica  polita,  the  flowers  having  com- 
monly five  petals — apparently  by  the  splitting  of  the  lower  petal 
to  its  base.  Abundance  of  such  flowers  were  to  be  found.  Has 
this  been  noticed  elsewhere  ? — G.  L.  Bruce. 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 
Recent  Literature  on  Marine  Ai.gm. 

The  number  (tom.  iv.  nos.  1-6)  of  the  Ayinales  cles  Sciences 
Naturelles,  published  in  November,  1897,  contains  two  papers  on 
marine  algae  :  "  Sur  deux  Floridees  nouvelles  pour  la  flore  des 
Canaries,"  by  Miss  Karsakoff;  and  a  "Contribution  a  la  flore 
algologique  des  Canaries,"  by  Miss  Vickers. 

Miss  Karsakoff's  paper  consists  of  a  minute  description  of 
two  interesting  alg^e,  found  by  Miss  Vickers  in  Grand  Canary. 
Upon  one  of  them  the  author  bases  a  new  genus  of  Cera7ni(B, 
named  after  the  finder  of  the  plant,  Vickersia.  A  comparison  is 
made  with  the  neighbouring  genera  Callithumnion,  in  its  wide 
sense,  and  Griffithsia,  to  both  of  which  Vickersia  canariensis  bears 
resemblances.  But  the  limits  of  neither  of  these  genera  are  wide 
enough  to  admit  the  new  plant,  if  only  on  account  of  the  some- 
what peculiar  mode  of  attachment  of  the  tetraspores,  the  only 
fruit  known  at  present  for  the  new  genus.     The  nearest  ally  of 

R  2 


228  RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    MARINE    ALG.E. 

V.  ca7iariensis  is  Callithamion  haccatiim  J.  Ag.,  which  occurs  at  the 
Azores.  The  fruit  of  this  plant  has  never  been  described,  and  till 
this  is  found  it  is,  of  course,  not  possible  to  be  quite  certain  as  to 
its  affinities.  However,  the  resemblance  between  F.  canariensis  and 
C.  haccatnm  is  too  marked,  as  regards  their  vegetative  characters, 
to  allow  of  the  two  species  being  separated,  and  Miss  Karsakoff 
has  therefore  placed  C.  baccatum,  with  a  query,  as  a  second  species 
in  her  genus  Vickersia. 

The  second  alga  described  in  this  paper  is  Phyllophora  geUdi- 
oicles  Crouan  MS.  This  plant  (no.  499  of  Maze  and  Schramm's 
Algiies  de  la  Guadeloupe)  was  first  placed  by  Crouan  in  Gelidium,  and 
later  in  Phyllophora,  where  Miss  Karsakoff  retains  it.  No  descrip- 
tion was  ever  given  by  Crouan,  the  name  and  locality  only  being 
published  under  Gelidium  ligulato-nervosum  in  Algues  de  la  Guade- 
loupe, p.  200.  Miss  Karsakoff  shows  that  Phyllophora  gelidioides 
is  not  identical  with  no.  1084  of  the  same  collection,  Phyllophora 
[Phyllotylus)  siculus  Kiitz.,  with  which  it  has  been  classed  by 
Crouan  in  Herb.  Thuret.  From  material  of  Phyllophora  gelidioides 
collected  by  Miss  Vickers  at  the  Grand  Canary,  and  from  an 
examination  of  the  original  Crouan  specimens,  Miss  Karsakoff  has 
been  able  to  draw  up  a  diagnosis  of  the  plant,  and  to  draw  com- 
parisons between  it  and  P.  siculus.  The  plate,  which  contains  two 
figures  by  M.  Bornet,  and  several  by  the  author,  reminds  one  of 
the  beautiful  plates  in  the  the  Notes  Algologiques. 

Miss  Vickers'  paper  consists  of  a  list  of  136  algae,  collected  by 
her  during  a  five  or  six  months'  stay  in  Grand  Canary.  Of 
these,  thirty-five  are  new  to  the  Canaries,  and  one,  the  Vickersia 
canariensis,  mentioned  above,  is  new  to  science.  After  each  record 
the  locality  is  given,  and  in  most  cases  the  month  of  gathering. 
Among  other  interesting  finds  are  a  distichous  form  of  Caulerpa 
Webbiana ;  Grijfithsia  barbata,  of  which  a  unique  specimen  was 
dredged  in  the  port  of  Luz  ;  and  Sarcomenia  miniata,  which  finds 
a  resting-place  at  the  Canaries,  being  recorded  from  Cadiz  and 
S.  Africa.  The  collection  is  mainly  the  result  of  shore  collecting, 
for  Miss  Vickers  found  that  dredging  was  extremely  laborious  and 
difficult,  on  account  of  the  heavy  seas,  and  the  large  quantity  of 
Cystoseira  abies-marina,  which  choked  the  dredge.  A  graphic  de- 
scription of  the  coast  is  given,  together  with  valuable  information 
as  to  good  localities  for  special  i^lants  and  how  to  reach  these. 
Altogether  this  paper  gives  one  the  breezy  sensation  of  being  on 
the  shore,  which  makes  the  reading  of  it  a  pleasure ;  and  it  is  a 
guide  to  all  future  algological  work  done  in  that  region. 

Major  Eeinbold  publishes  {Nuova  Notarisia,  ser.  ix.  April,  1898) 
the  second  part  of  his  "  Algen  der  Lacipede  und  Guichen  Bay  und 
deren  naherer  Umgebung."  The  first  part,  containing  a  list  of 
141  alg»,  was  published  in  Xuova  Notarisia,  ser.  viii.  April,  1897, 
and  this  addition  brings  the  number  to  272.  The  plants  were 
collected  and  sent  to  Major  Eeinbold  by  Dr.  Engelhart,  who  also 
presented  a  small  collection  to  the  British  Museum.  Though  the 
coasts  of  S.  and  W.  Australia  have  been  well  worked  for  algae  from 


RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    MARINE    ALG^.  229 

the  time  of  Harvey  onwards,  Major  Keinbold  in  this  last  paper  is 
able  to  describe  two  new  species,  Cladophora  confoniiis  and  Deles- 
seria  Lacepedeana,  as  well  as  a  new  form  of  Ceramium  pubemlum, 
which  he  calls  spiiwsissima. 

The  receipt  of  further  specimens  of  GloiophylUs  Engelharti  has 
enabled  Major  Reinbold  to  draw  up  a  more  complete  diagnosis 
of  this  plant,  which  was  described  in  the  first  part  of  this  list 
[1.  c.) ;  and  Ectocarpus  Sandrianus  is  recorded,  which  has  hitherto 
only  been  known  from  European  waters.  An  interesting  com- 
parison is  drawn  between  the  vegetative  structure  of  Erythroclonium 
Mulleri  and  that  of  Rhabdonia  verticillata,  a  comparison  which  will 
be  found  most  useful  by  anyone  attempting  to  name  young  and 
sterile  plants  of  these  puzzling  species. 

Thamnocarpus  glomuliferus  has  again  been  found,  and  again 
without  fruit.  Neither  the  cystocarps  nor  tetraspores  of  this  alga 
have  ever  been  seen,  though  the  plant  is  well  represented  in  the 
Bracebridge  Wilson  Herbarium,  now  in  the  British  Museum,  and 
specimens  of  it  have  been  sent  to  the  same  institution  from  South 
Africa.  It  is  strange  that  so  many  specimens,  though  collected  in 
different  localities  and  at  different  times  of  the  year,  should  all  be 
sterile. 

A  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  the  genus  Bangla,  ''  Ueber 
Bangia  pumila  Aresch.,"  by  Dr.  0.  V.  Darbishire,  is  pubUshed  by 
the  kommission  zur  wissenschaftl.  Untersuch.  d.  deutschen  Meere, 
Bd.  iii.  Heft  2.  Tthe  author  rightly  says  this  genus  is  in  much 
need  of  revision,  a  work  which  can  only  be  undertaken  on  fresh 
material ;  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  Dr.  Darbishire  may  see  his  way 
to  undertaking  this  work  himself.  The  species  dealt  with  in  the 
present  paper,  Bangia  pumila  Aresch.,  has  been  described  and 
issued  in  exsiccate  under  other  specific  names,  as  is  shown  by  the 
list  of  synonymy  which  follows  the  diagnosis  of  the  plant.  It  is 
found  on  the  eastern  shores  of  the  Baltic,  in  brackish  or  salt 
water,  and  Dr.  Darbishire  has  been  able  to  make  a  study  of  the 
plant  in  its  natural  conditions.  He  figures  the  vegetative  and 
fruiting  portions  of  the  thallus  in  various  stages,  and  shows  the 
differences  between  this  and  other  nearly  allied  species. 

A  paper  '*  On  the  Classification  of  the  Tilopteridacem  "  (Bristol 
Naturahsts'  Society's  Proceedings,  vol.  viii.  pt.  ii.  1896-97)  em- 
bodies the  result  of  an  investigation  on  this  order  by  Mr.  George 
Brebner.  The  author  has  made  a  careful  study  of  the  genera  Haplo- 
spora  and  Scaphospora,  specimens  of  which  he  obtained  at  Cumbrae. 
Though  Dr.  Reinke  had  suggested  the  identity  of  R.  globosa  and 
S.  speciosa,  the  question  remained  unsolved  until  Mr.  Brebner  was 
so  fortunate  as  to  find  a  plant  of  H.  globosa  bearing  sporangia, 
oogonia,  and  antheridia.  This  united  the  two  genera  in  an  un- 
mistakable manner,  and  Scaphospora  speciosa  is  sunk  into  Haplo- 
sjmra  globo'ia,  which  has  priority.  Mr.  Brebner  draws  up  a  modified 
diagnosis  of  the  genus  Haplospora  and  the  species  H.  globosa. 
H.  Vidovickii  Born.,  which  is  made  the  foundation  of  a  new  genus 


230  RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    MARINK    ALG.E. 

Heterospora  by  Kuckuck,  is  shown  by  Mr.  Brebner  to  be  distinct  in 
several  points  from  the  TilopteridaceiB,  and  he  suggests  placing  it 
either  in  a  suborder  of  EctocarpacecB,  HeterosporecB,  or  in  a  separate 
order  by  itself,  "as  it  differs  from  all  the  true  Ectocarpacece  in 
having  monospores." 

The  removal  of  Choristocarpus  tenellus  from  Tilopteridacece  also 
seems  advisable  to  the  author,  and  the  order  is  thus  reduced  to  the 
two  genera  Tiloptens  Kiitz.,  and  Haplospora  (Kjellm.)  limit,  mutat., 
which  have  for  species  T.  Mertensii  Kiitz.,  H.  globosa  (Kjellm.)  limit, 
mutat.,  H.  arctica  Kjellm.  ?,  and  H.  Kingii  Farlow  ?  The  two  latter 
species  are  queried  on  account  of  their  possible  identity  with 
H.  globosa.  Five  conditions  of  R.  globosa  are  given  with  regard  to 
the  reproductive  organs:  (1)  Sporo-hermaphrodite ;  (2)  Herma- 
phrodite; (3)  Sporo-antheridic;  (4)  Sporo-oogonous;  (5)  Non- sexual; 
the  second  and  fifth  of  these  conditions  being  most  common. 

Although  the  actual  process  of  fertilization  has  not  been  ob- 
served, Mr.  Brebner  shows  that  this  does  not  take  place  through  a 
cell-membrane,  as  "it  is  only  the  non-sexual  spores  that  have  the 
sporangium  invested  by  a  wall,  the  ova  being  uni-nucleate  naked 
bodies."  There  is  one  plate,  showing  figures  of  Haplospora  globosa 
and  Scaphospora  speciosa,  which  abundantly  justify  the  author's 
conclusions. 

The  first  part  of  a  memoir  by  M.  Sauvaugeau  entitled  "  Sur 
quelques  Myriouemacees "  fills  two  numbers  of  vol.  v.  of  the 
Annales  des  Sciences  Xaturelles,  April,  1898.  The  date  of  the  cover 
is  1897,  but  to  prevent  possible  mistakes  the  editor  has  inserted  a 
remark  below,  stating  that  the  numbers  were  published  in  April, 
1898.  Discrepancies  of  this  kind  are,  however,  habitual  to  this 
publication,  and  have  already  been  pointed  out  in  this  Journal. 

M.  Sauvageau  deals  firstly  with  the  history  of  the  various 
genera  and  species  of  this  group,  one  which  is,  perhaps,  more 
generally  recognized  as  a  suborder  in  Chordariace^e.  The  genus 
Elachistea  is  here  spelt  accurately.  Harvey  cites  it  correctly  in 
Phi/cologia  Britannica,  but  later  in  the  Synopsis  gives  it  as  FJachista, 
and  in  this  he  has  been  generally  followed.  The  rest  of  the  paper 
is  devoted  to  an  exposition  of  M.  Sauvageau's  views  on  the  morpho- 
logy and  classification  of  Myrionema  and  the  allied  genera. 

The  first  impression  in  glancing  at  this  is  one  of  utter  con- 
fusion. The  author  reduces  the  genus  Myrionema  to  one  species, 
M.  vulgare  Thur.,  under  which  he  places  thirteen  others  from  this 
and  other  genera, — a  welcome  relief  after  the  somewhat  profuse 
species-making  indulged  in  by  some  botanists.  But  M.  Sauvageau 
then  proceeds  to  make  three  new  species  of  Myrionema,  and  two 
new  genera  in  MyrionemacecB,  reserving,  however,  all  diagnoses  both 
of  genera  and  species  for  the  second  and  still  unpublished  part  of 
his  memoir.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  M.  Sauvageau  should  have 
decided  to  withhold  these  diagnoses,  instead  of  publishing  them 
together  with  the  first  mention  of  the  new  names. 

The  new  species  of  Myrionema  are  M.  polycladnm,  which  was 
found  at  Gijon,  growing  on  the  thallus  of  Fucus  serratus  near  the 


RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    MARINE    ALG^.  231 

receptacles ;  M.  Gorunncr,  recorded  on  Laminaria pallida  at  Corunna, 
and  on  L.  flexicaulis  at  Croisic  ;  and  M.  papillosum  on  L.  saccharlna 
collected  at  Croisic  and  St.  Vaast-la-Hougue.  The  name  of  this 
last  species  is  peculiarly  apt,  since  the  upright  filaments  have  a 
very  papillose  appearance  as  the  result  of  abortive  outgrowths 
which  form  lateral  protuberances. 

M.  Sauvageau  deals  with  Ulonema  rhizophorum  Foslie,  and 
points  out  the  strong  resemblance  between  it  and  Mijrionema 
vulgar e,  but  for  the  present  at  least  he  maintains  it  as  an  indepen- 
dent species,  while  waiting  for  further  opportunity  of  investigating 
the  plant.  The  morphology  of  Myrionema  vulgare  is  exhaustively 
dealt  with  by  M.  Sauvageau  and  accompanied,  as  indeed  are  all 
the  species  dealt  with  in  this  paper,  by  illustrations  of  the  various 
points  touched  on.  He  deals  at  length  with  the  growth  of  the 
basal  portion,  showing  that  in  young  plants  the  whole  under 
surface  adheres  to  the  substratum  while,  as  the  plant  grows  the 
centre  becomes  detached,  and  rhizoids  are  formed  to  hold  it  fast. 
Instances  are  given  of  the  power  of  the  plant  to  repair  injury  from 
outside  and  an  interesting  section  deals  with  the  secretive  apparatus 
of  Myrionema  which  has  never  till  now  been  noted. 

M.  Sauvageau  has  also  new  facts  to  show  with  regard  to  that 
most  interesting  growth  in  the  FhaopliycecB,  viz.  the  hairs.  He 
finds  that  in  Myriojiema,  as  well  as  in  certain  species  of  other 
genera,  the  hairs  have  an  endogenous  growth,  shooting  up  inside  a 
short  filament  of  cells,  which  persists  to  form  a  sheath  round  the 
base  of  the  mature  hair.  The  fact  of  the  growing  portion  of  these 
hairs  being  situated  near  their  base  would  lead  us  to  infer  that 
their  importance  to  the  plant  has  caused  this  protection  of  the 
growing  portion.  Theories  on  the  function  of  the  hairs  are  not 
wanting,  and  that  one  which  receives  most  support,  and  towards 
which  M.  Sauvageau  himself  leans,  is  that  the  thin  walls  and  large 
surface  area  increase  the  power  of  the  plant  to  absorb  salts  and 
gases  from  the  sea-water.  This  fact  of  the  differentiation  of  hair 
and  sheath  is,  in  M.  Sauvageau's  opinion,  of  sufficient  importance 
to  become  a  possible  assistance  in  determining  the  affinities  of  the 
Ph(Eospore(B. 

As  regards  the  reproductive  organs  of  Myrionema  vulgare  Thur. 
the  author  finds  that  besides  the  unilocular  sporangia  there  are 
two  kinds  of  plurilocular  sporangia  which  he  calls  mega-  and 
micro-sporangia,  considering  them  the  homologues  of  those  of 
Ectocarpiis  virescens.  He  discusses  them  at  length,  and  describes 
also  the  germination  of  the  spores,  which,  he  says,  do  not  fuse. 
The  examination  of  M.  vulgare  concludes  with  an  interesting  section 
on  the  power  of  the  plant  to  resist  death  after  the  breaking  up  of 
its  host  plant,  the  result  of  experiments  carried  out  by  M.  Sauvageau 
under  artificial  conditions.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  he  may  fulfil  his 
intention  of  carrying  out  further  experiments  of  a  like  nature  on 
other  genera  of  epiphytic  algte,  and  thus  arrive  at  a  solution  of 
the  question  as  to  what  becomes  of  them  on  the  "seasonal  dis- 
appearance "  of  their  hosts. 

The  first  of  the  new  genera,   Hecatoneina,  is  founded  on  Phyco- 


232  AFRICAN    BOTANY. 

cells  maculans  Collius,  which  M.  Sauvageau  has  found  under  three 
different  forms.  He  considers  that  these  are  probably  three  succes- 
sive conditions,  but  to  faciUtate  the  determination  of  specimens  he 
describes  each  form  separately  and  in  detail.  Pending  the  publica- 
tion of  the  generic  diagnoses,  however,  his  reasons  for  the  separa- 
tion off  of  P.  maculans  to  form  a  new  genus  are  only  to  be  gathered 
from  a  careful  perusal  of  the  text.  The  advisability  of  placing 
Ascocyclus  reptans  Kke.  in  Hecatonema  is  considered,  but  the  point 
is  not  finally  decided. 

The  second  of  the  new  genera  is  Chilionema,  containing  two  new 
species,  C.  NathaVxE,  found  by  Miss  Karsakoff  growing  on  Rhody- 
menia  ijahnata  at  Roscoff;  and  C.  reptayis,  founded  on  Ectocarpus 
reptans  Crn.  ;  and  Mijrionema  reptans  Foslie.  M.  Sauvageau  has 
been  able  to  examine  an  authentic  specimen  of  E.  reptans  Crn.  in 
Herb.  Thuret,  and  this  he  describes  and  figures.  As  the  result  of 
this  examination  he  points  out  the  differences  which  exist  between 
this  plant  and  the  allied  genera,  justifying  his  formation  of  a  new 
genus  for  its  reception.  Ascocyclus  ocellatus  Rke.  is  placed  pro- 
visionally under  Chilionema. 

The  author  then  treats  of  the  genus  Ascocyclus.  He  gives  the 
name  of  "  ascocystes  "  to  the  large  hyaline  cells  characteristic  of 
this  genus,  considering  that  they  differ  from  the  paraphyses  of 
M^?vo»e»m  and  allied  genera.  Both  the  terms  "paraphyses"  and 
"assimilative  filaments"  are  used  somewhat  loosely  by  phycolo- 
gists  in  the  genera  of  Chordariacece,,  and  the  latter  term — a  transla- 
tion of  the  German  "  assimilationsfaden  " — is  never  an  entirely 
satisfactory  one,  especially  when  applied  to  the  cells  forming  the 
periphery  of  such  alg»,  as  for  instance,  Chordaria  and  Soranthera. 
M.  Sauvageau  removes  from  Ascocyclus  all  the  species  hitherto 
placed  in  it  except  the  one  on  which  the  genus  was  founded  by 
M.  Magnus,  A.  orbicularis.  He  describes,  however,  two  new  species, 
A.  hispayiicus,  which  grows  on  Saccorhiza  Imlbosa,  Fucus  serratus,  and 
Himanthalia  lorea,  at  Rivadeo,  in  Spain ;  and  A.  sphfrrophorus, 
found  by  various  collectors  on  French  and  Belgian  coasts.  The 
examination  of  A.  hispanicus  is  rendered  more  than  usually  difficult 
by  the  presence  of  a  minute  species  of  Ectocarpus  which  grows 
intermixed  with  it,  often  adhering  by  means  of  rhizoids  to  the 
Ascocyclus.     A  full  bibliography  concludes   the  first   part  of   this 

interesting  memoir.  -r^  o    t> 

Ethel   b.  Barton. 

African  Botany. 

Catalogue  of  the  African  Plants  collected  by  Dr.  Friedrich  Wehvitsch  in 

1858-61.    Dicotyledons,  Part  II.    Combretacecse  to  RubiacefB. 

By  WiLLiAJi  Philip  Hiern,  M.A.,  F.L.S.     London:  British 

Museum  (Natural  History) ;  Dulau  &  Co.    [April]  1898.   8vo, 

pp.  337-508.     Price  4s. 
Flora  of  Tropiad  Africa.     By  various  Botanists.     Edited  by  W.  T. 

Thiselton-Dyer,  C.M.G.,  etc..  Director,  Royal  Gardens,  Kew. 

London:  L.  Reeve  &  Co.     8vo,  vol.  vii.  part  i.  pp.  iv,  192. 

1897.     Part  ii.  pp.  193-384,  1898.     Price  8s.  net  each. 


AFRICAN    BOTANY.  233 

Flora  Capensis  :  being  a  systematic  desciiption  of  the  plants  of  the  Cape 
Colony,  Caffraria,  and  Port  Nat((l.  By  various  Botanists. 
Edited  by  W.  T.  Thiselton-Dyer,  C.M.G.,  etc.  London: 
L.  Reeve  &  Co.  1897.  Vol.  vii.  part  i.  8vo,  pp.  1-192. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net. 

The  steady  progress  of  two  long- suspended  works  which  deal 
systematically  with  African  plants  is  a  matter  for  congratulation ; 
and  the  various  agencies  which  have  brought  pressure  to  bear  in 
order  to  produce  this  effect  may  feel  that  they  have  not  protested  in 
vain  against  the  delay  which  had  for  so  long  a  period  obstructed  our 
knowledge  of  African  botany.  We  have  never  hesitated  to  point  out 
the  unreasonableness  of  this  delay,  and  we  gladly  welcome  a  return 
to  a  more  satisfactory  state  of  things. 

The  continuation  of  the  Tropical  African  Flora,  like  that  of  the 
Flora  Capensis,  begins  with  the  Monocotyledons,  three  volumes  being 
left  for  the  completion  of  the  Dicutyledons.  Dr.  Dyer's  name  ap- 
pears as  editor  of  the  work,  as  it  does  on  the  title-page  of  the  Cape 
Flora :  it  is  to  be  hoped  that,  when  the  work  is  completed,  some 
steps  will  be  taken  to  put  this  more  correctly,  as  of  course  in  each 
case  the  first  three  volumes  of  the  work  appeared  very  many  years 
before  any  outcome  of  Dr.  Dyer's  superintendence.  It  is  not,  indeed, 
as  we  remarked  on  a  former  occasion,  easy  to  see  in  what  Dr.  Dyer's 
share  in  the  two  Floras  consists  ;  in  the  instalments  before  us,  for 
example,  it  seems  limited  to  a  note  of  ten  lines  on  the  cover  of  the 
Cape  Flora  and  an  introduction  of  two  short  pages  to  the  first  part 
of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa.  We  should  have  been  glad  if,  in  the 
exercise  of  his  editorial  capacity,  he  had  prohibited  the  eccentricity 
which  has  lately  characterized  Kew  nomenclature — we  mean  the 
spelling  of  the  adjectival  form  of  proper  names  with  a  small  initial. 
This  is  not  only  contrary  to  general  practice  and  the  Berlin  rules, 
but,  as  it  seems  to  us,  is  also  obnoxious  to  common  sense.  It  is 
also  to  be  regretted  that  in  two  Floras  so  much  akin  as  those  of  the 
Cape  and  of  Tropical  Africa,  an  entirely  different  arrangement  of 
printing  the  names  of  species  should  be  adopted.  In  the  former  we 
have 

^^  Hypodisciis  Willdenovia  (Mast,  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  x.  259)  "; 

in  the  latter 

^^  Calathea  conferta,  Benth.  Gen.  Plant,  iii.  653." 

It  is  true  that  in  each  case  the  method  of  printing  adopted  in  the 
earlier  volumes  of  each  work  has  been  followed  ;  but  so  many  other 
changes  have  been  introduced,  that  this  might  well  have  been  made. 
The  bulk  of  these  two  parts  in  the  Tropical  African  Flora  is  con- 
tributed by  Mr.  Rolfe,  who  has  monographed  the  Orchidecs,  with  the 
exception  of  Disa  and  Brownleea,  which  are  by  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown. 
Of  the  other  orders,  the  Rydrocharidece  and  Bariuanniacece  are  under- 
taken by  Mr.  C.  H.  Wright ;  the  Scitaminece,  Iridece,  and  Aiiiaryllidece 
fall  to  Mr.  Baker.  Mr.  Kolfe,  whose  monograph  appears  to  be  very 
carefully  done,  describes  a  large  number  of  new  species  and  estab- 
lishes a  new  genus,  Fodandria,  for  llabemiria   uiacrandra  Lindl. — a 


234  AFRICAN    BOTANY. 

plant  "  remarkable  for  its  enormously  elongated  anthers  and  long 
narrow  segments." 

More  than  half  of  the  new  part  of  the  Flora  Capensis  is  occupied 
by  Dr.  Masters's  monograph  of  the  liestiacecE — an  order  on  which  he 
has  long  been  the  recognized  authority:  we  note  that  in  the  clavis 
of  the  order,  Camncunois  is  printed  for  Caunom.uis.  Mr.  Clarke  begins 
his  enumeration  of  the  CyperaceiE,  in  which  the  synonymy  and  the 
number  of  localities  cited  seem  greatly  in  excess  of  the  other  orders; 
a  curious  inequality  in  the  spaces  left  between  the  species — 
e.g.  on  pp.  159  and  165 — gives  a  somewhat  untidy  appearance 
to  this  part  of  the  work.  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  also  contributes  the 
Commelinace(B.  Mr.  Baker  deals  with  the  JuncacefB,  and  Mr.  N.  E. 
Brown  undertakes  the  Aroidea,  Eriocaulecc,  and  several  small  orders. 
We  are  glad  to  find  that  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett's  help  has  been  secured 
for  the  XaiadacecB,  an  order  which  he  has  to  a  great  extent  made 
his  own. 

The  preface  to  this  part,  like  that  to  the  part  of  the  Flora  of 
'Tropical  Africa,  is  dated  December,  1897  ;  the  second  part  of  the 
latter  is  merely  dated  1898  on  the  cover.  In  view  of  the  too  well- 
known  inconvenience  that  has  arisen  from  the  inaccurate  or 
indefinite  dating  of  books  which  have  appeared  in  parts,  we  would 
suggest  to  Dr.  Dyer  the  desirability  of  indicating  clearly  and  un- 
mistakably on  each  part  of  these  Floras  the  exact  date  of  its 
publication.  It  sometimes  happens  that  copies  are  distributed 
privately  before  a  book  is  actually  published  ;  and  a  preface  dated 
December  suggests  that  the  actual  printing-ofl'and  publishing  of  the 
work  may  not  have  taken  place  until  the  following  January.  The 
matter  is  the  more  important  in  view  of  the  number  of  botanists 
who  are  now  publishing  descriptions  of  African  plants ;  and  the 
singular  laxity  which  unfortunately  prevails  in  the  dating  of  the 
Kew  Bulletin  seems  to  render  this  caution  the  more  necessary. 
Perhaps  Dr.  Dyer  might  be  induced  to  extend  the  precaution  we 
have  suggested  to  the  Icones,  of  which  his  name  also  stands  as  editor. 

The  continuation  of  Mr.  Hiern's  Catalor/ue  of  Welwitsch's  plants, 
which  was  published  in  April,  although  smaller  than  its  predecessor, 
contains  a  larger  proportion  of  novelties,  for  the  most  part  among 
FiuhiacecB  of  which  more  than  a  third  are  new.  Among  them  are 
four  genera — Campylochiton  Welw.,  a  Combretaceous  genus  which 
Mr.  Hemsley  had  united  with  Cacoucia;  and  three  Rubiaceous 
genera  [Pentacarpa^a,  Justenia,  and  Chalazocarpus.  A  new  name  for 
the  order  OliniacecB — Plectroniacece — is  of  necessity  introduced,  as 
Mr.  Hiern,  for  reasons  which  appear  conclusive,  retains  Linngeus's 
name  Flectronia  for  the  genus  which  coustitutes  the  order.  He 
says  :^"  There  seems  little  doubt  but  that  Linn^Tsus  had  a  specimen 
of  the  genus  under  consideration  when  he  described  Plcctronia  for 
the  Mantissa  (1767),  for  his  description  and  the  specimen  in  his 
herbarium,  subscribed  in  his  own  writing  with  the  name  Plectronia 
veittdsa,  now  at  the  Linnean  Society,  both  establish  this  view  ;  he, 
however,  complicated  the  matter  by  quoting  a  plate  from  Burmann 
of  a  plant  in  fruit  which  appears  to  belong  to  Canthinm  in  Fiuhiacece, 
though  he  implied  that  he  had  not  seen   the  plant  figured  in  Bur- 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 


235 


mann.  In  this  way  some  authors  have  sunk  the  name  of  Cantliiwn 
and  substituted  for  it  that  of  Plectronia  for  the  Rubiaceous  genus, 
while  Olinia  of  Thunberg  has  been  generally  used  for  the  true 
Plectronia  L." 

For  an  appreciation  of  Mr.  Hiern's  work,  we  must  refer  to  our 
notice  of  the  first  portion  of  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue  (Journ.  Bot. 
1897,  23-26) ;  the  part  now  before  us  is  carried  on  on  the  same 
lines  and  with  the  same  care  which  marked  its  predecessor. 
Certain  changes  in  the  nomenclature  generally  received  will  be 
noted:  thus,  Adenia  Forsk.  (1775)  replaces  Modecca  Lam.  (1797)  ; 
ColoGijnthis  "  Tourn.  ex  Quer,  Fl.  Espan.  (1764)  "  supersedes 
CltruUus  Forsk.  (1775)  ;  Harlota  Adans.  (1763)  supplants  RldpsaUs 
Gaertn.  (1788).  Other  changes  are:  Halimuin  Loefl.  (1758)  for 
Sesiiviwn  L.  (1759);  B'ranchetella  0.  Kunze  for  Heteromorpha  Cham. 
&  Schlecht.  non  Cass. ;  Mamboga  Blanco  (1837)  for  Stephegyne 
Korth.  (1840  ?)  ;  Ouroupana  Aubl.  (1775)  for  Uncaria  Schreb. 
(1789);  NeurocarpcEa  Br.  (1814)  for  Pentas  Benth.  (1844);  Sher- 
bournia  G.  Don  (1855)  for  Amamlia  Welw.  (1873)  ;  My r slip] ly Hum 
P.  Br.  (1756)  for  Chasalia  DC.  (1830);  Onmqoga  L.  (1774)  for 
Gephaelis  Sw.  (1788)  ;  Tardavel  Adans.  (1763)  for  Borreria  G.  F.  W. 
Meyer  (1818). 

As  has  already  been  noted  (p.  157),  the  Catalogue  is  making 
steady  and  rapid  progress  at  the  hands  of  the  various  botanists 
who,  with  Mr.  Hiern,  are  engaged  on  its  completion,  and  already 
forms  an  important  addition  to  our  knowledge  of  the  Flora  of  West 
Africa. 


ARTICLES     IN     JOURNALS^ 

Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  (April).— S.  M.  Macvicar,  'Flora  of  Tiree' 
(cont.).  —  J.  W.  H.  Trail,  '  Topographical  Botany  of  Scotland  ' 
([cont.). 

Bot.  Centralblatt  (No.  13).  —  Z.  Kamerling,  '  Oberflachenspan- 
nung  und  Cohasion.'  —  (No,  14).  B.  Nermer,  '  Ueber  die  Aus- 
bildung  der  achromatischer  Kerntheilungsfigur.' — 0.  Loew,  'Ueber 
Protoplasma  und  actives  Eiweiss.'  —  (Nos.  15-18).  A.  Fleroff, 
'  Pflanzengeographische  Skizzen.'  —  (No.  15).  P.  Knuth,  '  Wie 
locken  die  Blumen  die  Insekten  an?' — (Nos.  17-18).  W.  Schmidle, 
'Ueber  Cyanothrix  und  Mastigocladus.'  —  (No.  19).  P.  Knuth, 
'  Beitrage  zur  Biologic  der  Bliiten.'  —  P.  Magnus,  '  Bemerkungen 
zu  P.  Dietels  Bearbeitung  der  Heiiiibasidii  und  Uredmales.'  — 
(Nos.  20,  21).  F.  Brand,  '  Cultarversuche  mit  zwei  Rhizoclonium- 
Arten  '  (1  pi.). — (No.  20).  0.  L(3ew,  '  Vertretbarkeit  von  Kalium- 
salen  durcli  Rubidiumsalze  bei  niederen  Pilzon.'  —  (Nos.  22,  23). 
Id.,  '  Ueber  die  physiologischen  Functionem  der  Calciumsalze.' — 
F.  W.  E.  Roth,  'Hieronymus  Bock,  genannt  Tragus  (1498-1554).' 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


236  ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 

Bot.  Giizette  (18  Mar.). — J.  Doniiell  Smith,  '  Undescribed  plants 
from  Guatemala'  {ProstliecidUciis,  gen.  nov.  Asclepiad.  :  1  pi.). — L. 
Guignard,  '  Centrosomes  in  plants.' — B.L.Robinson,  *N.  American 
Caryophyllacea;'  (1  pi.).  —  E.  A.  Burt,  'Collecting  and  preparing 
fleshy  Fungi '  (1  pi.).  —  W.  C.  Sturgis,  '  Some  aspects  of  vegetable 
pathology.'  —  E.  J.  Hill,  Potamogeto7i  Rohbinsil  (1  pL). — A.  Nelson, 
'  Wyoming  Junipers.' — (15  April).  W.  F.  Ganong,  '  Polyembryony 
in  Opuntla  vulgaris  '  (1  pi.).  —  C.  Robertson,  '  Flowers  and  Insects.' 
— T.  Holm,  Pgrola  aphi/lla  (1  pi.).  —  J.  H.  Schaffner,  '  Salt-marsh 
plants  of  N.  Kansas.' — J.  M.  Greenman,  'Noteworthy  plants  of  the 
Northwest.'  —  L.  H.  Bailey,  '  Notes  on  Carex.'  —  D.  H.  Campbell, 
*  Systematic  position  of  Morioclea.'  —  A.  Nelson,  '  Rocky  Mountain 
species  of  Thermopds '  (1  pi.).  —  C.  D.  Beadle,  '  Botany  of  South- 
eastern States.' — L.  Lutz,  '  Gum  of  Canna.' 

Bot.  Zeitung  (16  April).  —  0.  Spanger,  '  Untersuchungen  liber 
die  Wasserapparate  der  Gefasspflanzen.' 

Bull,  de  VHerh.  Boissier  (April-May).  —  H.  Hallier,  *  Neue  und 
bemerkenswerte  Pflanzen  aus  dem  malaiisch-papuanischen  Insel- 
meer'  (7  pi.).  —  P.  Stephani,  'Species  Hepaticarum.'  —  T.  de 
Heldreich,  ♦  Flore  de  I'ile  d'Egine.'  —  (April).  R.  Keller,  '  Ueber 
die  central-  und  siidamerikanischen  Hgperlca  des  Herbarium  Han- 
niense.' — M.  T.  Masters,  '  De  Coniferis.'  — A.  Chaubut,  '  De  I'abus 
de  la  Nomenclature.' — W.  Barbey,  Stenibergia  cokhicijiora  (1  pi.). — 
R.  Chodat,  '  Plantae  Hasslerianf^e  '  (Paraguay). 

Bidl.  Torreg  Bot.  Club  (19  March). — E.  L.  Greene,  'Composite 
from  New  Mexico'  (5  plates:  Wootonia,  gen.  nov.). —  L.  M.  Under- 
wood, '  Selrigluflla  rupcstris  and  allies.'  —  J.  K.  Small,  '  Botany  of 
Southern  United  States'  {Forcipella,  gen.  noY.  ( ParonychiacecB)  = 
Siphonychia  Rugelii  Chapm.).  —  E.  0.  Wooton,  Piosa  stellata,  sp.  n. 
(1  pi.). — F.  V.  CoviUe,  '  Marcey's  Report  on  Red  River  of  Louisiana.' 
— B.  D.  Halsted,  '  Mycological  Notes,'  — (12  April).  A.  M.  Vail, 
'  Studies  in  Asclepiadacea.' — M.  A.  Howe,  'New  American  Hepatiae' 
(2  pL).  —  A.  A.  Heller,  'New  plants  from  Western  N.  America' 
(3  pi.).  —  A.  Nelson,  '  New  plants  from  Wyoming.'  —  G.  E.  Oster- 
hout,  Atriplex  fruticulosa,  sp.  n.* — (12  May).  A.  J.  Grout,  'Revision 
of  N.  American  Eurhynchia.'  —  E.  0.  Wooton,  'New  plants  from 
N.  Mexico.' — A.  A.  Heller,  'New  plants  from  Western  N.  America.' 
— G.  Macloskie,  'Heat  of  imbibition  by  seeds.' — A.  Nelson,  'New 
plants  from  Wyoming.' 

Erythea  (10  April). — C.  V.  Piper,  '  New  Washington  Plants.' 

irardeners'  Chvonicle  (2  April).  —  J.  Lowrie,  '  Home  of  Caryota 
urens.'  —  Aloe  Schweinfnrtldi  (fig.  76).  Euloph'uila  Pectersiana 
(fig.  76  &  plate).  —  (21  Mayj.  Passijhra  Imthuniii  Masters,  sp.  n. 
(fig.  114). 

Journal  de  Botanique  (16  Feb.).  —  A.  de  Coincy,  'Flore  de 
I'Espagne.'  —  M.  Mirande,  '  Malate  et  malophosphate  de  calcium 
dans  les  vegetaux '  (concl.). — (16  Feb.,  1  March).     P.  de  Sveschni- 

*  This  name  is  corrected  in  the  May  Bulletin  to  A.  eremicola,  A.  fruticulosa 
being  preoccupied. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  237 

kow,  '  Hepatiques  recueillies  dans  le  sud  de  la  Riissie.'  —  (1  Mar.). 
M.  Boudier,  Chitonia  Gennadii,  sp.  n.  —  A.  Franchet,  Souliea,  gen. 
nov.  (Ranunculacese). — (1  &  16  Mar.).  M.  Mirande,  '  Sur  les  latici- 
feres  et  les  tubes  cribles  des  Cuscutes  monogynees.'  —  (16  Mar.  & 
1  April).  —  E.G.  Camus,  '  Plantes  hybrides  spontanees  de  la  flore 
europeenne.'  —  ("1  April")  (received  25  May).  P.  Van  Tiegbem, 
*  Sur  le  genre  Sijumondsia.' 

Joiirn.  Limi.  Sue.  (Bot.). — (1  April).  Sir  J.  Lubbock,  'Attraction 
of  flowers  for  insects.'  —  W.  &  G.  S.  West,  '  Desmids  of  United 
States  '  (3  pi.). 

Malpighia  (*'fasc.  i.,  ii."  :  not  dated). — C.  Avetta,  'Flora  critto- 
gamica  della  Provincia  di  Parma.' — C.  Massalongo,  'Le  Galle  nell' 
Anatome  Plantarurn  di  Malpighi.'  —  L.  Buscalioni  &  D.  Casagrandi, 
Saccharomytes  guttidatus  (1  pi.). — E.  Chiovenda,  Andropogon  condylo- 
trichus. — L.  Montemartini,  Polygonum  Sieholdii. 

Nuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.  (April).  —  G.  Fatta,  '  Sui  fiori  di  Dehe- 
rainia  smnragdina '  (1  pi.). — C.  M tiller, '  BryologiaProvinciae  Schen-si ' 
(cont.). —  G.  Pons,  '  Rivista  delle  specie  italiane  del  Ranunculus.' — 
C.  Massalongo,  Ascidwta  &  Hariotella  (gen.  nov.  Hepaticarum:  1  pL). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (April).  —  A.  v.  Degen,  '  Ueber  einige 
orientaliscbe  Pflanzenarten.'  —  S.  Murbeck,  Gentimia  chrysoneura, 
sp.  n.  (1  pi.). — 0.  Gelert,  'Die  Uubus-Hyhnden.'' — J.  v.  Hasslinger, 
'Variationem  in  den  Bliiten  von  Papaver  liheeas.'  —  (May).  F. 
Buchenau,  ^  Luzula  cioiipestris  und  vernandte  Arten.'  —  K.  Fritzsch, 
'  Zur  Systematik  der  Gattung  Sorbiis.'  —  T.  T.  v.  Heldreich,  'Ex- 
cursion auf  die  Cykladen,  1897.' 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    <&c. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  April  21st,  Prof. 
Douglas  Campbell  communicated  a  paper,  which  was  demonstrated 
by  Mr.  A.  Gepp,  F.L.S.,  "On  the  Structure  of  Dendroceros.''  The 
chief  conclusions  arrived  at  were  as  follows: — (1)  In  its  apical 
growth  and  the  form  of  the  thallus,  Dendroceros  differs  decidedly 
from  other  genera  of  the  order  Hepaticae.  The  type  of  apical  cell 
is  that  found  in  Pellia  epiphylla  and  in  the  homosporous  Ferns, 
especially  Osmunda,  where  the  prothallium  resembles  the  thallus  of 
Dendroceros  also  in  the  definite  midrib  and  the  occasional  develop- 
ment of  leaf-like  lobes.  (2)  The  archegonium  corresponds  in  its 
structure  to  that  of  the  other  Anthocerotacem,  and  is  intermediate  in 
character  between  Notothylas  and  Anthoceros.  (3)  The  antheridium 
is  solitary,  and  arises,  as  in  the  others  of  the  order,  endogenously. 
(4)  The  first  wall  in  the  embryo  is  longitudinal,  as  in  Anthoceros, 
but  the  first  transverse  wall  determines  the  limits  of  the  foot,  as  in 
Notothylas.  (5)  The  origin  of  the  archesporium  is  from  the  amphi- 
thecium,  as  in  the  other  genera,  but  it  is  less  massive  than  in  either 
of  these.  (6)  The  division  of  the  archesporial  cells  into  sporogenous 
and  sterile  ones  is  less  regular  than  in  either  of  the  other  genera, 


238  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

and  the  primary  archesporial  cells  may  be  transformed  directly  into 
sporo:Tenons  ones  without  any  further  division.  (7)  In  I).  Breutelii 
the  spores  remain  undivided,  but  in  D.  crispns{?)  they  germinate 
within  the  capsale  and  are  discharged  as  multicellular  bodies. 
(8)  Leitgeb's  statement  as  to  the  absence  of  stomata  from  the 
capsule  was  confirmed. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  May  5th,  Miss  Ethel 
Barton,  by  permission  of  the  President  and  Council,  read  a  paper 
"  On  the  Structure  and  Development  of  Soranthera,"  a  genus  of 
brown  Algas  [PlicEophycea)  containing  a  single  species,  S.  alvoidea. 
The  structure  of  the  young  plant  consists  of  filaments  radiating 
from  the  base,  the  cells  at  the  surface  bearing  free  assimilative 
filaments,  like  those  in  Chordaria.  With  the  growth  of  the  plant 
the  internal  structure  is  stretched  and  torn  apart,  leaving  the 
centre  empty.  The  assimilative  filaments  are  shed,  and  the  cells 
which  bear  them  connect  up  to  form  a  peripheral  layer.  Out- 
growths which  resemble  plurilocular  sporangia  are  associated  wdth 
the  assimilative  filaments  ;  and  unilocular  sporangia,  together  with 
paraphyses,  surround  crytostoniata  in  the  later  stages  of  the  plant. 
The  systematic  position  of  Soranthera  remains  at  present  uncertain, 
since  different  stages  of  its  life-history  correspond  both  with  CJior- 
dariacea  and  Enccdiacem.  A  main  point  of  interest  in  Sorantltem 
is  its  true  parasitism  on  liJiodum.ela  Lariv.  Rhizoids  grow  out  from 
the  base  of  the  plant  and  penetrate  the  host. 

We  have  received  a  "Catalogue  of  Plants  growing  in  the  Sed- 
bergh  District,  including  the  Lune  basin,  from  Middleton  to  Tebay," 
by  Mr.  John  Handley  (Leeds,  Jackson  :  pp.  48).  It  seems  carefully 
done,  so  far  as  it  goes,  but  would  have  been  the  better  for  a  more 
thorough  reading  of  the  proofs.  There  is  no  attempt  to  enumerate 
the  forms  of  critical  genera,  with  the  exception  of  Hieracium.. 
Several  local  names  are  given,  and  there  is  considerable  evidence 
of  personal  observation. 

The  last  part  of  the  Icones  Flmitarum  (April)  is  remarkable  in 
that  it  is  considerably  taller  and  broader  than  any  of  its  pre- 
decessors. The  introduction  of  this  change  in  size  in  the  middle 
of  a  volume  is  on  the  face  of  it  so  exceedingly  inconvenient  that  we 
can  only  suppose  the  editor  (Dr.  Dyer)  has  some  very  good  reason 
for  the  alteration  which  does  not  ap]3ear  on  the  surface.  The  text 
of  the  number,  including  the  description  of  a  new  genus  of  Eu- 
2)horhiace(B  [PhijUantliodejidron  =  Phyllaiithus  mirabilis  Muell.  Arg.), 
is  almost  entirely  by  Mr.  Hemsley,  Messrs.  Stapf,  Burkill,  and 
Bolus  each  contributing  a  species. 

We  are  glad  to  see  that,  notwithstanding  an  amusing  wail  on  the 
matter  from  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  it  has  been  decided  to  open 
Kew  Gardens  to  the  public  at  10  a.m.  Twenty  years  ago  this 
Journal  advocated  the  reasonableness  of  this  concession,  and  we 
congratulate  those  who  have  continuously  urged  the  matter  upon 
the  attention  of  the  authorities  upon  the  success  of  their  agitation. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  general  Guide  to  the  Gardens,  which 
has  been  out  of  print  for  ten  years  or  more,  will  not  be  much  longer 
delayed. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  239 

The  awakening  of  the  Kew  Bulletin  after  its  usual  period  of 
hybernation  enables  us  to  give  a  list  of  the  dates  of  publication  of 
the  numbers  which  purport  to  have  been  issued  in  1897,  so  far  as 
dates  are  supplied  by  the  Stationery  Office  stamp.  Unfortunately 
even  these  cannot  be  altogether  relied  on ;  the  number  for  December 
last  and  that  for  "January  &  February"  are  dated  on  the  first  page 
"  3/98,"  but  we  believe  they  did  not  appear  until  May. 

Date  on  wrapper  and  front  page.  Stationery  Office  date. 

January  .         .         .         January. 

Feb.  &  March  .         .         August. 

April        ....         August. 

May  &  June     .         .         .         September. 

July         ....         August. 

Aug.  &  September    .         .         September. 

October  ....         September. 

November        .         .         .         September. 

December  .  .  .  March,  1898. 
From  this  it  appears  that  during  the  twelve  months  only  one  number 
has  been  pubUshed  during  the  month  which  appears  on  both  wrapper 
and  first  page  as  the  date  of  publication  !  A  further  eccentricity  is 
shown  in  the  dates  of  the  Appendices  for  1898  :  the  first  of  these 
bears  the  Stationery  Office  date  "10/97,"  the  second,  "1/98." 
We  note  that  Punch  criticizes  with  some  severity  the  statistics 
published  in  the  Bulletin — "  an  official  publication  promulgated  for 
the  benefit  of  the  few,  not  the  many" — as  to  the  number  of  visitors 
to  the  Gardens,  and  appeals  to  Dr.  Dyer — "an  acknowledged 
apostle  of  culture,  especially  Haughty-culture" — for  an  explanation. 

Prof.  Saccardo's  Sylloge  Fungorum  has  received  an  important 
addition  in  the  first  instalment  (pp.  624)  of  an  "Index  universalis 
et  locupletissimus  nominum  plantarum  hospitum  specierumque 
omnium  fungorum  has  in  colentum  quae  usque  ad  finem  1897 
excerpsit  P.  Sydow"  (Berlin:  Borntraeger). 

In  a  paper  on  "A  Study  of  the  Phyto-Plankton  of  the  Atlantic," 
read  before  the  Royal  Society  on  May  12,  Messrs.  George  Murray 
and  V.  H.  Blackman  recorded  their  observations  on  a  year's  work  in 
collecting  phyto-plankton  along  a  track  from  the  Channel  to  Panama 
carried  out  by  Captains  Milner  and  Rudge,  and  also  during  one 
voyage  to  Brazil  by  Captain  Tindall.  They  also  gave  the  results  of 
their  own  observations  on  living  material  at  sea.  The  material  was 
obtained  by  the  pumping  method.  One  of  the  objects  of  their  work 
was  to  determine,  if  possible,  the  nature  of  the  Coccospheres  and 
Rhabdospheres.  They  describe  the  minute  structure  of  the  cal- 
careous plates  or  coccoliths  and  rhabdoliths,  and  record  the  ex- 
istence in  the  Coccospheres  of  a  single  central  green  chromatophore, 
separating  into  two  on  the  division  of  the  cell.  They  regard  Cocco- 
sphcBvacecE  as  a  group  of  Unicellular  Alg^e,  and  they  define  the  group, 
the  limits  of  the  genera  and  species.  The  Coccospheres  and  Rhabdo- 
spheres from  the  surface  are  compared  with  those  of  the  deep-sea 
deposits  and  their  identity  established.  They  are  also  compared  with 
geological  coccoliths  and  rhabdoliths  from  various  beds,  and  many 


240  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC, 

objects  regarded  by  geologists  as  true  coccoliths  and  rhabdolitbs  are 
rejected.  A  large  number  of  new  PeridiniacecE  were  discovered,  and 
are  formally  described  and  figured.  No  specific  diagnoses  of  marine 
PerUUniaccm  have  previously  been  published,  authors  of  species 
having  depended  on  figures,  and,  at  most,  a  few  words  of  description. 
It  is  hoped  that  the  present  systematic  treatment  of  the  subject 
will  conduce  to  greater  order  in  the  group.  The  authors  record  the 
occurrence  of  all  the  forms  in  seven  tabular  statements,  one  for  each 
collecting  voyage.  Observations  of  the  diatoms  and  Ciicmophijcem 
were  also  made,  and  are  briefly  treated.  A  study  was  also  made  of 
Pyrocystis,  of  which  they  describe  a  new  species.  The  facts  they 
record  tend,  in  their  opinion,  to  confirm  the  view  originally  ex- 
pressed of  it  by  Dr.  John  Murray,  its  describer,  that  it  is  an 
unicellular  alga,  although  doubts  have  been  entertained  of  the 
accuracy  of  this  opinion  by  several  biologists. 

The  London  County  Council  has  adopted  a  recommendation  of 
the  Parks  Committee  to  the  effect  "  that,  as  an  experiment,  and  at  a 
cost  to  the  Technical  Education  Board,  beds  be  planted  in  Battersea, 
Kavenscroft,  and  Victoria  Parks  with  suitable  specimen  plants  which 
could  be  utilized  in  the  teaching  of  botany,  and  that  a  botanical 
guide  be  published.  The  object  in  view  is  to  afford  assistance  to 
scholars  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools  in  the  study  of  prac- 
tical botany."  We  await  with  interest  and  some  trepidation  the 
result  of  this  experiment,  especially  the  "botanical  guide."  It 
seems  to  us  that  the  L.C.C.  would  be  better  employed  in  keeping 
its  gardens — e.(i.  those  on  the  Victoria  Embankment,  which  have 
for  many  years  been  disgracefully  neglected — in  a  state  of  efficiency; 
and  the  following  paragraph,  which  we  clip  from  the  Daily  Chronicle 
just  as  we  go  to  press,  shows  that  Hampstead  Heath,  which  the 
Council  have  already  spoilt  by  unsuitable  planting,  needs  further  pro- 
tection : — "  The  hawthorn  bushes  on  Hampstead  and  in  Parliament- 
hill  Fields  is  now  in  full  bloom,  and  every  day  visitors,  both  adults 
and  children,  are  seen  carrying  away  large  bunches  of  the  "  May" 
as  souvenirs  of  their  visit.  Notices  warning  people  against  com- 
mitting such  depredations  are  fixed  in  many  prominent  positions, 
but  these  are  totally  ineffective  unless  some  of  the  London  County 
Council's  officers  are  near  at  hand.  There  are,  however,  very  few 
of  these  officials  about,  and  these  open  spaces  are  very  inadequately 
protected.  For  some  reason,  probably  that  of  economy,  the  number 
of  these  officers  on  duty  has  been  reduced  by  six,  as  compared  with 
the  number  on  duty  at  this  time  last  year." 

We  are  glad  to  see  that  Dr.  Buchanan  White's  Flora  of  Perth- 
shire, edited  by  Prof.  Trail,  has  made  its  appearance.  We  hope  to 
notice  it  in  our  next  issue. 

Mr.  Arthur  Lister  and  Mr.  A.  C.  Seward  have  been  elected 
Fellows  of  the  Royal  Society. 

Errata. — In  the  last  paragraph  on  p.  208,  for  ** Perry"  read 
"  Penny."     On  p.  189,  line  2  from  top,  for  *'  cm."  read  "  mm." 


Jourii3ot. 


A^-  I 


/ 


kJ 


Ta"b  387. 


i\ 


.\ 


f«% 


) 


w^. 


■^ 


If^l 


iJSp'J' 


H"M.D=oii  del. 
Ti 'Mcrgan  Htti. 


West, Newman  imp. 


Plagio'thecnam    Mulleria.nuir:.     Sckanp. 


241 


PLAGIOTHECIUM    MULLERIANUM   Schimp.    IN    BRITAIN. 

By  H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  387.) 

In  July,  1897,  I  gathered  a  Plaglothecium  on  the  side  of  Craig 
Chailleach,  near  Killin,  Perthshire,  which  had  somewhat  the  ap- 
pearance of  P.  pulchellum  var.  nitididum  (Wahl.)  Husn.,  but  which 
I  was  unable  to  determine  without  closer  examination  than  could 
be  given  at  the  time. 

Shortly  after  returning  home,  and  before  I  had  found  the 
opportunity  of  further  studying  this  plant,  I  received  from  Mr. 
James  Murray  two  fragments  of  a  Plagiothecium,  both  evidently 
belonging  to  one  and  the  same  species,  one  labelled  ^^  Flag. 
Mullerianum,  in  rupium  fissuris,  Ben  Wyvis,  Aug.  1867,  N.  Suther- 
land &  A.  McKinlay";  the  other  unnamed,  from  Ben  Narnain, 
Arrochar,  18  July,  1896,  gathered  by  Mr.  Murray  himself.  The 
general  appearance  of  these  plants  was  that  of  P.  Borrerianum 
Spr.,  being  fully  as  robust  as  that  species  in  its  ordinary  form,  but 
with  a  somewhat  more  rigid  habit,  and  even  more  highly  glossy  and 
shining,  the  leaves  complanate,  of  almost  exactly  the  same  form  as 
in  P.  Borrerianum,  somewhat  abruptly  ending  in  a  moderately  long, 
fine,  perfectly  entire  acumen.  On  consulting  the  description  of 
P.  Mullerianum  Schp.  in  the  2nd  ed.  of  the  Synopsis,  I  saw  at 
once  that  it  would  not  agree ;  such  characters,  for  instance,  as 
"  minutulum,  PL  imlchello  vix  majus,"  ''Folia  ....  elongato- 
lanceolata  sensim  in  apiculum  longum  sub-piliformem  attenuata," 
being  quite  inconsistent  with  the  plants  before  me.  Besides  which, 
Schimper's  note  to  the  effect  that  it  "  differs  from  P.  pulchellwu 
in  the  longer,  highly  glossy  leaves,  complanately  spreading,  the 
dioicous  inflorescence,  the  incurved,  cylindraceous  capsule  and 
rostrate  lid/'  certainly  leads  one  to  conclude  that  it  practically 
only  differs  from  the  var.  nitididum  of  that  species  in  the  dioicous, 
not  autoicous  inflorescence. 

I  therefore  referred  the  plants  with  some  hesitation  to  P.  Bor- 
rerianum.  Mr.  Murray  concurred  with  my  view  as  regards  P. 
Mullerianum,  but  pointed  out  a  very  marked  character  in  the 
large  cortical  cells  of  the  stem,  clearly  separating  the  plants  in 
question  from  P.  Borrerianum,  in  which  the  cortical  cells  are 
narrow  and  obscure.  The  matter  was  left  in  this  unsatisfactory 
position  until  on  examining  my  plant  from  Killin,  referred  to 
above,  I  at  once  perceived  that  I  had  there  the  same  species  as 
the  two  plants  sub  judice.  What  was  most  marked  in  the  Killin 
plant  was  the  great  variety  in  the  size  of  the  stems  and  leaves, 
varying  from  shoots  as  robust  as  in  P.  Borrerianum  to  the  most 
slender,  almost  filiform  flagellae.  The  resemblance  here  to  the 
P.  Mullerianum  of  Schimper's  Synopsis  became  at  once  apparent, 
and  on  comparison  of  my  plant  with  authentic  specimens  in  the 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  3Q.      [July,  1898.]  s 


242  PLAGIOTHECIUM    MULLERIANUM    IN    BRITAIN. 

British  Museum  collection,  its  identity,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
two  earlier  Scotch  specimens,  was  at  once  established  beyond 
doubt.  "'^ 

The  addition  of  P.  Milllerlanum  to  our  list  of  recognized  British 
mosses  is  in  itself  of  some  interest,  as  the  plant,  a  high  alpine  one, 
is  rare  upon  the  continent.  It  has,  moreover,  certainly  been  mis- 
understood hitherto ;  Kindberg,  for  instance,  makes  it  a  variety  of 
P.  7iitidulum  {=  P.  pulcliellum  var.  nitldulum),  an  arrangement 
quite  inconsistent  with  the  actual  facts;  and  I  have  received 
specimens,  named  P.  MilUerianimi  on  very  good  authority,  from 
North  America,  which  proved  to  be  autoicous  and  to  belong  to 
P.  pulchcllum.  And  as  most  of  the  works  accessible  to  the 
ordinary  student  give  inadequate  and  even  misleading  descriptions 
of  the  species,  I  have  thought  a  full  description  would  not  be 
without  value. 

As  far  as  I  am  aware,  P.  Mailer ianiim  has  only  twice  been 
figured,  by  Husnot,  in  the  Muscolo(jLa  Gallica  (Tab.  c),  and  by 
SuUivant  (Icon.  Muse,  Suppl.,  Tab.  66).  The  former  does  not  give 
sufficient  details  to  be  of  service  in  distinguishing  the  plant  from 
the  allied  species,  and  the  latter,  while  giving  an  excellent  figure, 
is  a  scarce  and  highly  expensive  work,  and  one  to  which  few 
students  could  obtain  access.  It  has  seemed  desirable,  therefore, 
to  give  a  figure  of  the  plant,  which  will,  I  believe,  assist  in  rendering 
its  identification  fairly  easy. 

The  only  British  species  of  Plagiothecium  with  which  P.  M'ld- 
lerianum  is  liable  to  be  confused  are  P.  Borrerianiuii  Spr.f  and 
P.  pulchelliwi  var.  nitidulum  Husn.  (The  continental  P.  inliferum 
B.  &  S.  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  recurved  leaf-margin,  the 
longer  subfiliform  acumen,  and  enlarged  cells  at  the  basal  angles.) 
P.  Borrerianum  usually  grows  in  neater  dense  tufts,  with  very  little 
variation  (in  the  same  tuft)  in  the  size  of  the  leaves  or  branches. 
The  leaves  are  usually,  though  by  no  means  always,  decurved  at  the 
tips,  principally  at  the  apex  of  the  branches,  which  then  present  a 
somewhat  convex  appearance  from  above.  The  acumen  of  the 
leaves  is  almost  always,  perhaps  invariably,  more  or  less  denticulate. 
In  P.  MallenaniDii  the  habit  of  growth  is  much  more  irregular  and 
straggling,  the  branching  irregular,  and  the  branches  themselves  of 
very  different  degrees  of  robustness.  Schimper  describes  the  plant 
as  minute,  hardly  larger  than  P.  nitidulum,  and  most  authors  follow 
him  in  this  comparison.  Limpricht,  for  example,  whose  diagnosis 
is  by  far  the  fullest  and  most  descriptive  that  I  have  seen,  remarks 
of  it:    "not  distinguishable  from  P.  pulchellum  in   size."     This 

*  I  subsequently  ascertained  that  a  specimen  of  P.  MUllerianum,  labelled 
"  Ben  Wyvis,  Eoss-shire,  Aug.  1867,  A.  McKinlay,"  exists  in  Schimper's 
Herbarium  at  Kew ;  I  have  not  examined  it,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
this  is  the  same  plant  as  that  sent  mo  by  Mr.  Murray,  and  that  its  identification 
as  P.  MUllerianum  originally  was  by  Schimper  himself.  It  is  remarkable  that 
uuder  these  circumstances  it  should  have  remained  so  long  without  recognition 
as  a  British  species. 

t  The  subsequent  remarks  apply  equally  to  P.  elejans  (Hook.\  whether  or 
not  that  is  identical  with  P.  Borrerianum, 


PLAGIOTHECIUM    MULLERIANUM    IN    BRITAIN.  243 

statement,  and  the  measurements  which  he  gives — e.g.  -18  mm. 
for  the  thickness  of  the  stem,  which  I  have  fomid  as  much  as 
•27  mm.  in  the  Scotch  plants — with  the  similar  remarks  of 
Schimper  and  other  writers,  show,  I  think,  clearly  that  the  more 
robust  and  without  doubt  typical  form  of  the  plant  has  rarely  come 
under  notice  ;  the  plant  of  most  authors  being  the  slender  delicate 
form  which  often  accompanies  and  sometimes  replaces  the  typical 
growth.  This  comparatively  robust  plant,  which  resembles  P.  ~Bor- 
reriamim  far  more  closely  than  it  does  P.  jyulchellum,  may,  however, 
be  readily  recognized  by  the  more  exactly  complanate  rigid  expansion 
of  the  leaves,  frequently  pointing  forward  in  a  way  very  unusual  in 
this  genus  (and  reminding  one  of  some  species  of  Fissidens),  so  as 
to  make  an  angle  of  about  22|-°  with  the  stem,  instead  of,  as  is 
usual,  about  45°.  The  plant  is  remarkable,  too,  for  the  very  highly 
polished  shining  leaves,  much  more  markedly  so  than  in  P.  Dorreri- 
anum.  Under  the  microscope,  moreover,  they  will  be  seen  to  be 
perfectly  entire  at  the  apex. 

It  will  be  clear  from  what  has  been  said,  that  in  its  typical  form 
our  species  need  not  be  confused  with  F.  jndchellitm  var.  nitidulum 
Husn.,  but  in  its  slender  states  it  so  nearly  resembles  that  plant 
that  it  is  very  difficult  or  even  impossible  to  distinguish  it  with  the 
eye  or  lens.  It  is  therefore  necessary  to  rely  upon  microscopical 
characters.  (The  type  of  P.  pidchelkim  is  at  once  distinguished  by 
its  small,  secund,  not  complanate  leaves.)  In  the  first  place  P. 
pidcheUum  var.  nitidulum  is  autoicous,  while  P.  Milllerianum  is 
dioicous.  This,  though  evidently  a  character  of  importance  in  the 
genus,  is  by  no  means  always  easy  to  verify ;  for  though  in  P.  -pul- 
chellum  and  its  var.  the  male  flowers  are  usually  readily  to  be  found 
clustered  about  the  base  of  the  seta,  still,  being  always  at  the  lower 
part  of  the  stem,  they  are  frequently  mixed  up  with  earth  and  debris, 
and  in  old  plants  especially  they  may  easily  escape  detection.  In 
F.  Midlerianum,  however,  the  flowers  on  the  female  plants  are  in 
my  experience  much  more  numerous,  and  scattered  along  the  whole 
length  of  the  stem,  instead  of  being,  as  is  usually  the  case  with 
the  autoicous  species,  confined  to  a  comparatively  limited  region 
towards  the  base  of  the  stem  and  the  point  of  origin  of  the  principal 
branches.  I  have  for  instance  counted  twenty-eight  perichsetia  on 
one  stem  of  P.  Midlerianum,  taken  at  random,  and  less  than  an  inch 
in  length. 

With  the  exception  of  the  quite  entire  apex  in  P.  Midlerianum, 
by  which  it  may  probably  be  confidently  separated  from  P.  Borreri- 
anum,  there  is  little  in  the  leaf-character  to  distinguish  it,  on  the 
one  hand,  from  that  species,  and  on  the  other,  in  its  more  slender 
forms,  from  P.  imlchellum  var.  nitidulum,  except  the  areolation. 
This  is  constantly,  though  slightly,  narrower  in  our  plant  than  in 
either  of  its  allies ;  it  exhibits,  in  fact,  the  narrowest  cells  of  any 
British  species  of  Plagiothecium.  In  P.  Borrericmum  the  cells  from 
the  median  part  of  the  leaf  average  from  5  to  7  /x,  in  P.  pulchellum 
and  its  variety  from  5  to  8  /x,  while  in  P.  Midlerianum  they  vary 
from  3  to  5  /x,  rarely,  as  far  as  I  have  observed,  being  found  beyond 

s  2 


244  PLAGIOTHECIUM    MULLEPJANUM    IN    BRITAIN. 

the  latter  dimensions.  (Limpriclit,  however,  gives  the  measurement 
as  5-6  /x.) 

But  it  is  in  the  appearance  and  structure  of  the  stem  that  the 
most  sahent  characters  are  found  by  which  P.  Mullerianwn  may  be 
distinguished  with  ease  from  the  alhed  species.  If  a  moderately 
robust  branch  of  P.  Mi'dlcrianum  be  laid  side  by  side  with  branches 
of  the  two  other  species,  and  viewed  under  the  microscope  or  with 
a  lens,  it  is  at  once  noticeable  that  the  stem  of  the  former  is  much 
stouter  than  in  either  of  the  two  latter.  The  actual  thickness  of  the 
normal  stem  in  P.  pulchellum  var.  nitididum  may  be  put  at  about 
80-120  /x,  attaining  a  maximum  of  150  /x,  that  of  P.  Borrerianum 
being  about  the  same.  In  P.  Mulleriaimm  an  ordinarily  robust  stem 
ranges  in  thickness  from  150  to  200  /x,  frequently  exceeding  this, 
while  it  occasionally  attains  a  thickness  of  2G0  /x.  (In  slender  forms 
of  the  plant,  however,  as  in  the  flagelliform  branches  often  produced, 
the  thickness  is  much  less.) 

This  marked  difference  in  the  thickness  of  the  stem  affords  a 
character  by  which  one  accustomed  to  the  plant  could  distinguish 
it,  when  typical,  from  the  other  two,  even  with  a  lens;  but  there  is 
a  still  more  important  and  constant  character  by  which  under  the 
microscope  it  may  be  at  once  recognized  even  in  its  most  attenuated 
forms :  this  is  the  structure  of  the  stem  tissue. 

A  transverse  section  of  the  stem  of  P.  imlchellum  shows  a  faint 
central  strand,  which  is  wanting  in  P.  Mullerianum,  and  the  cortical 
cells  in  the  former  species  as  well  as  in  P.  Borrerianum.  are  narrow, 
with  the  walls  slightly  thickened,  while  in  P.  MuUerianum  they  are 
large,  loose,  and  thin- walled.  Limpricht  italicizes  the  description 
of  these  "sphagnum-like"  cortical  cells  as  a  distinguishing  cha- 
racter, but  makes  no  further  reference  to  them ;  Sullivant,  too, 
gives  a  figure  of  a  transverse  section  of  the  stem  showing  them,  but 
makes  no  mention  of  them  whatever  in  his  description;  and  neither 
author  points  out  the  fact  that  the  character  is  easily  observed 
without  making  a  section  of  the  stem,  and  is  one  by  which  P.  Mill- 
lerianum  may  be  at  once  separated  from  either  of  the  two  species 
with  which  it  is  likely  to  be  confused. 

If  a  stem  of  P.  pidcheUmn  or  P.  Borrerianum,  partially  denuded 
of  leaves,  be  placed  under  the  microscope,  the  cortical  cells  are  seen 
to  be  narrow  and  obscure,  measuring  abouc  6-8  /x  in  width,  thus 
being  practically  about  the  same  width  as  the  lower  cells  of  the  leaf, 
narrower  indeed  than  the  extreme  basal  cells  at  the  line  of  insertion. 
In  P.  Mullerianum,  on  the  other  hand,  the  cortical  cells  range  from 
about  14  /x  in  width  to  as  much  as  28 /x,  averaging  about  20 /x;  thus 
measuring  about  four  times  the  width  of  the  lower  leaf-cells,  and 
two  or  three  times  the  width  of  even  the  widest  extreme  basal  cells. 
A  reference  to  the  plate  (figs.  4,  5)  will  show  more  clearly  than  any 
description  the  ready  character  which  this  affords  to  distinguish 
P.  Mullerianum. 

In  its  fruiting  characters  P.  Milllerianum  appears  to  differ  but 
little  from  P.  jnilcJiellum.,  though  Limpricht  points  out  one  or  two 
minor  points  of  difference. 


PLAGIOTHECIUM    MULLERIANUM    IN    BRITAIN.  245 

Plagiothecium  Mullerianum  Schp.  (Synopsis,  ed.  1,  I860).* 
Syn.  Flag,  rostellatum  Mol.  in  Sched.  1861. 

Hypnum  Mullerianum   Hook,  fil.,   New   Zealand   Fl.   (nomen 

solum),  1867. 
Isopterijfjium  Borrcrl  Lindb.  Notis.  Sallsk.  Faun,  et  Fl.  fennica, 

1874. 
Flag.  Molendoi  Lorentz  in  Sched. 

Isoptenjqium  Mullerianum  Lindb.   in   Meddel.    Soc.   Faun,   et 
FlV  fennica,  1887. 

Type  in  Schimper's  Herbarium  at  Kew. 

In  loose  irregular  tufts  or  patches,  pale  bright  or  yellowish 
green,  highly  glossy.  Stems  short,  prostrate  and  often  rooting  at 
intervals,  irregularly  branched  in  a  complanate  manner.  Branches 
5-15  mm.  long,  moderately  robust  and  resembling  those  of  P. 
Borrerianum,  or  more  frequently  slender  and  similar  to  those  of 
P.  2)ulchellum.  var.  nitidulum ;  often  producing  numerous  extremely 
slender  small-leaved  flagelliform  shoots.  Stems  stout,  150-220  fx  or 
more  in  thickness,  without  a  distinct  central  strand ;  cortical  cells 
large,  lax,  thin-walled,  usually  16-22  /x  in  width. 

Leaves  rather  close,  exactly  and  rigidly  comjylanate,  so  as  to 
appear  distichous,  usually  less  widely  divergent  from  the  stem 
than  in  the  allied  species ;  from  a  somewhat  narrowed  not  decurrent 
base  ovate-lanceolate,  concave,  gradually  narrowed  upwards  and 
then  somewhat  rapidly  long  apiculate  (in  the  more  slender  forms 
the  leaves  are  narrower,  and  much  more  gradually  tapering  to  a 
fine  acumen) ;  mdhV gin -plsnae,  quite  ejit ire ;  nerve  double,  extremely 
faint  and  short.  Cells  very  narrow,  about  thirty  times  as  loug  as 
broad  (80-100  /x  x  3-5  /x),  very  little  wider  towards  base  and  not 
distinctly  enlarged  at  angles ;  at  insertion  a  few  very  short,  irregularly 
elliptical. 

Dioicous.  Male  plant  with  the  perigonia  small,  scattered  along 
the  stem.  Fertile  j)lant  with  the  perichsetia  very  numerous  along 
the  stem  and  principal  branches.  Paraphyses  numerous,  long  (in 
P.  pulchellum  few  and  short).  Capsule  almost  erect,  or  inclined,  lid 
shortly  and  bluntly  rostellate.     Fruit  ripe  in  late  summer. 

Hab.  On  the  ground,  stones,  and  tree-roots  in  sheltered  spots 
on  mountains.  Ben  Wyvis,  1867  {Sutherland  d  McKinlay) ;  Ben 
Narnain,  Arrochar,  1896  (Murray) ;  Craig  Chailleach,  near  Killin, 
1897  (Dixon).     All  female  plants,  sterile. 

The  locality  in  which  I  gathered  the  plant  in  1897  was  on  the 
shady  bank  of  a  deep  ravine  by  a  mountain  stream  on  the  side  of 
Craig  Chailleach,  not  far  from  Lochay  Bridge,  at  an  unusually  low 
altitude  for  the  species  (the  range  of  which  is  given  by  Limpricht 
as  from  2000  to  5500  ft.),  being  only  about  1000  ft.  It  was,  how- 
ever, growing  in  company  with  one  or  two  other  alpine  species, 
viz.  Cynodontium  virens  and  Hypnum  hamulosum. 

P.  Mullerianum  has  been  recorded  from  a  considerable  number 
of  localities  in  the  Alps,  and  also  from  the  Pyrenees,  Caucasus, 

*  I  have  taken  the  synonymy  from  Limpricht  {Lauhmoose). 


246  NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGESHIRE    PLANTS. 

South  Norway,  and  North  America.     Limpricht  cites  some  half- 
dozen  locahties  in  which  the  fruit  has  been  found. 


Explanation  of  Plate  387.— Fig.  1.  Portion  of  stem,  x  25.  2.  Ditto,  from 
slender  pLant,  x  25.  3.  Apex  of  leaf,  x  135.  4.  Portion  of  stem  with  most  of 
the  leaves  removed,  x  135.  5.  Ditto,  of  P.  pnlchellum  var,  nitidulum,  x  135. 
6.  Cells  from  upper  third  of  leaf,  x  225.  7.  Ditto,  of  P.  imlchcllum  var.  nitid- 
ulum, X  225.  (Figs.  1,  3,  4,  6.  Ben  Narnain,  J.  Murray.  Fig.  2.  Craig  Chail- 
leach,  H.  N.  Dixon.) 


NOTES     ON     CAMBRIDGE  SHIEE     PLANTS. 
By  W.  West,  Jun.,  B.A. 

These  notes  are  the  result  of  observations  made  while  in 
residence  at  Cambridge  during  1892-6.  Since  the  appearance 
of  Prof.  Babington's  Flora  of  Cambridgeshire  in  1860,  much  in- 
vestigation on  the  distribution  of  plants  in  the  county  has  been 
carried  out;  but,  apart  from  Mr.  Fryer's  extensive  researches  into 
Potamogeton,  the  published  records  have  in  the  main  been  isolated 
ones.  The  Flora,  in  the  compilation  of  which  the  Rev.  W.  W. 
Newbould  had  so  large  a  share,  is  a  most  exhaustive  catalogue. 
This  is  especially  true  of  the  southern  half  of  the  county,  where 
new  stations  are  seldom  discovered.  The  late  Professor  kept  an 
annotated  copy  of  the  Flora,  which,  up  to  the  time  of  his  death, 
was  placed  (along  with  the  original  MS.  of  the  Flora)  in  the 
University  Herbarium.  It  was  carefully  posted  up,  certainly  to 
1885,  and  I  believe  till  a  later  date.  On  a  recent  visit  I  found 
that  (along  with  the  MS.)  it  had  been  removed.  The  matter  is 
mentioned  here  because  I  wish  to  point  out  that  the  records  con- 
tained in  the  annotated  copy  must  be  carefully  examined  with  a 
view  to  inclusion  in  any  future  Flora  of  the  county.  Some  of  them 
are  now  obtainable  from  no  other  source  ;  but  the  more  noteworthy 
ones  were  accompanied  by  specimens  which  can  be  seen  in  the 
Herbarium  at  Cambridge.  These  include  such  interesting  Cam- 
bridgeshire plants  as  Lactuca  saligna,  Veronica  sjncata,  Teucrium 
Scordium,  &c. 

That  the  flora  of  Cambridgeshire  is  so  interesting  is  due  almost 
as  much  to  the  absence  or  rarity  of  many  common  plants  as  to  the 
occurrence  therein  of  so  many  rare  species.  Digitalis  jiurpurea 
and  Latliyrus  montanus  are  absent  from  the  county,  as  are  Chryso- 
splenium  oppositifolium,  Vaccinium  Myrtillus,  Viola  pahcstris,  Neckeria 
clavicidata,  Scirpiis  sylvaticus,  &c. 

The  following  are  markedly  rare  in  the  county ;  indeed,  it  is 
doubtful  whether  the  first  five  still  occur  : — Gnaphalium  sylvaticum, 
Erica  cinerea,  E.  Tetralix,  J  uncus  squarrosus,  and  Lomaria  Spicant ; 
Sisymbrium  Thalianum,  Montia  fontana,  Lychnis  dioica,  Hypericum 
humifusum,  R.pulchrum,  Oxalis  Acetosella,  Ilex  Aquifolium,,  Trifolium 
medium,  Alchemilla  vulgaris,  Rubus  Idmus,  Drosera  rotundifolia,  Adoxa 
Moschatellina,  Galium  saxatile,  Asperula  odorata,  Valerianella  olitoria, 


NOTES  ON  CAMBRIDGESHIKE  PLANTS. 


247 


Solidago  Virgaurea,  Myosotis  versicolor,  Pedicularis  sylvatica,  Melam- 
pyrumpratense,  Stachys  arvensis,  Teucrium  Scoroclonia,  Allium  ursinum, 
Luzula  vernalis,  Scirjms  ccBspitosus,  S.  setaceiis,  Carex  pulicaris,  ^  C. 
echinata,  C.  ovalis,  C.  pilidifera,  C.  pallescens,  C.  vesicaria,  Milium 
efusum,  Holcus  mollis,  Beschampsia  flexuosa,  Aira  caryophyllea,  Sieg- 
iingia  decumheyis,  Melica  uniflora,  Nardiis  stricta,  Athyrium  Filix- 
fcemina,  Lastrma  dilatata,  Equisetum  maximum,  and  many  others. 

A  very  unpleasant  feature  in  the  Cambridgeshire  flora  is  the 
large  number  of  extinctions.  Except  Middlesex,  I  know_  of  no 
county  in  which  so  many  are  to  be  recorded.  In  the  following  list 
there  are  doubtless  included  some  species  which  will  be  re-discovered, 
but  the  majority  are  only  too  surely  extinct ;  and  the  probability 
is  that  it  will  be  augmented  by  several  of  the  Gamlmgay  plants 
mentioned  below : — 


Sisymbrium  Irio. 
Lepidium  latifolium.. 
Frankmiia  Imvis. 
Ulex  nanus. 
Vicia  sylvatica. 
Lathy rus  Nissolia. 
Prunus  Cerasus. 
Pyrus  torminalis. 
Sedum  Telephium. 
Drosera  inter m edia . 
D.  anglica. 
Cicuta  virosa. 
Caucalis  latifolia. 
Senecio  palustris. 
Hieracium  murorum . 
R.  umbellatum. 
Sonchus  imlustris. 
Schollera  Oxycoccus. 
Lysiynachia  nemorum. 
Centun cuius  minimus. 
Mentha  rotundi folia. 
M.  Pulegium. 
Littorella  juncea. 
Chenopodium  urhicum. 
Beta  maritima. 


Atriplex  pedimculata. 
Myrica  Gale. 
Ophrys  aranifera. 
Malaxis  paludosa. 
Fritillaria  Meleagris. 
Ornitliogalum  pyreyiaicum . 
Allium  oleraceum. 
Colchicum  autumnale. 
PiUP2n(i  rostellata. 
PiyyicJiospora  alba. 
Carex  dioica. 
C.  teretiuscula. 
C.  axillaris. 
C.  curta. 
C.  strigosa. 
Setaria  viridis. 
Phleum  arenarium. 
Festuca  rottbceUioides. 
Polystichum  lobatum. 
Lastraa  Oreopteris. 
Equisetum  sylvaticiwi. 
E.  hyemale. 

Lycopodium  inundatum. 
L.  clavatum. 


Hall  Wood,  Wood  Ditton,  had  ceased  to  be  a  wood  at  the  time  the 
Flora  appeared,  the  site  being  under  cultivation.  It  was  the  only 
Cambridgeshire  locality  for  Vicia  sylvatica,  Carex  strigosa,  C.  axillaris, 
and  Lysimachia  nemorum.  I  hesitate  to  call  the  latter  an  extinction, 
but  it  has  not  yet  been  recorded  from  any  other  stations,  though 
careful  search  has  been  made. 

At  Gamlingay,  in  the  extreme  west  of  the  county,  and  on  the 
Lower  Greensand,  there  was  formerly  an  extensive  heath  containing 
some  very  productive  bogs.  In  1860  the  bogs  had  been  drained, 
and  the  greater  part  of  the  heath  enclosed.  Now  the  bog-plants 
have  entirely  disappeared,  and  there  is  none  of  the  original  open  heath 


248  NOTES  ON  CAMBRIDGESHIRE  PLANTS. 

left.  Of  those  plants  which  are  unknown  elsewhere  in  the  county 
Solidago  Yirgaurea  and  Trifolium  suhterraneum,  still  occur  in  some 
quantity  by  the  roadsides  about  the  site  of  the  former  heath ;  but 
recent  search  for  Tcesdalia  nudicauUs,  Cerastium  qiiatenielluw,  Hy- 
2Jericuiii  hiimifiisum,  Trifolium  Jiliforvie,  Feplis  Portula,  Gnaphalimn 
si/lvaticum,  and  for  Hypericum  elodes,  Erica  cinerea,  E.  Tetralix, 
Narthecium  Ossifragum,  Jimcus  squarrosus,  and  Lomaria  Spicant  has 
been  unavailing.  It  is  probable  that  the  last  six  species  at  least  are 
extinct  in  Cambridgeshire.  Hypericum  pidchrum,  Ornithopiis  jjer- 
jmsilhis,  Ccdluna  Erica,  and  Potentilla  arge7itea,  which  have  been 
found,  though  very  rarely,  elsewhere  in  the  county,  still  occur  at 
Gamlingay ;  but  it  is  improbable  that  Drosera  rotundifulia,  Genista 
anglica,  and  Potentilla  pahistris  can  now  do  so. 

In  the  Flora  many  new  species  are  recorded  from  "  the  Common 
at  one  mile  from  Cambridge  towards  London."  This  locality  has 
been  greatly  altered,  the  former  bog  having  entirely  disappeared, 
and  the  Common  being  reduced  to  a  small  patch  of  ordinary  pasture 
land.  All  the  plants  recorded  from  here  have  disappeared,  save 
Sagina  nodosa  (1895,  very  sparingly,  A.  Shruhbs)  and  Trifolium 
fragiferum.  Stellaria  idiginosa  (very  local  in  the  county)  still  occurs 
on  the  adjoining  Sheep's  Green,  and  the  submerged  form  of  Hip- 
puris  vulgaris  occurs  in  the  conduit  by  the  Trumpington  Road. 

The  paucity  of  Eubi  and  (as  regards  numbers)  of  Carices  is 
worthy  of  note.  Throughout  the  whole  of  the  southern  half,  at  any 
rate,  the  most  ordinary  sedges  are  seldom  met  with  ;  and  the  rarity 
of  C.  Pseudo-cyperus  and  C.  vesicaria  in  such  a  county  is  as  in- 
explicable as  is  that  of  Cardamine  amara. 

In  addition  to  those  cases  mentioned  in  the  general  list,  I  know 
of  no  recent  record  for  the  following  (among  others),  and  several  of 
them  are  no  doubt  extinct : — 

Rcemeria  hybrida.  Ajuga  Chammpitys. 

Radiola  linoides.  Herniaria  glabra. 
Geraninm  columbinum.        Chenopodium  murcde. 

Galium  anglicum.  Polygonum  Bistort  a. 

Pulicaria  vidgaris.  Herminium  Monorchis. 

Anthemis  nobilis.  Luzula  maxima. 

Antennaria  dioica.  Apera  Sjnca-Venti. 

Arnoseris  pusilla.  A.  interrupta. 

Hypochwris  glabra.  Holcus  mollis. 

Lactuca  virosa.  Glyceria  distans. 

Crepis  fcetida.  Lastrcea  spinulosa. 

Hieracium  boreale.  Athyrium  Filix-fcemina. 

Jasione  montana.  Botrychium  Lunaria. 
Antirrhinum  Orontium. 

Geranium  columbinum  had  no  real  claim  to  a  place  in  the  Flora ;  it 
was  found  once  only,  and  then  as  a  casual.  Ajuga  Chanmpitys  and 
Antirrhinum  Orontium  may  still  occur  about  Odsey ,  but  if  the 
former  does  so,  it  is  probably  on  the  Hertford  side  of  the  boundary. 
My  friend  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill,  M.A.,  of  Caius  College,  very  kindly 
sent  me  a  list  of  records  for  inclusion  in  this  paper.    Some  of  them 


NOTES  ON  CAMBRIDGESHIKE  PLANTS.  249 

(e.g.  Germiimn  rotunclifolumi  and  TJtricularia  minor)  were  of  great 
interest.  I  gratefully  thank  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  for  much  help 
rendered  to  me  m  connection  with  this  paper  and  with  British 
Botany  generally.  Mr.  Arthur  Shrubhs  at  the  University  Herbarium 
kindly  gave  me  information  about  many  Cambridge  plants. 

In  the  following  list  any  record  rests  on  my  personal  observation 
unless  otherwise  stated.  The  numbers  are  those  of  the  districts  of 
the  county  as  defined  in  the  Flora ;  an  asterisk  denotes  that  the 
species  was  not  recorded  from  that  district.  Records  for  very  many 
common  plants  are  still  wanted  for  the  most  northern  district 
(8,  Wisbech) ;  as  it  is  almost  entirely  fen-land,  the  ordinary  wood- 
land species  are  no  doubt  really  absent. 

Thalictrum  collinmn  Wallr.  {T.  saxatile  Bab.  Fl.  Cambs.  p.  1). 
1.  Fleam  Dyke.  Several  places  W.  of  the  Devil's  Ditch  on  New- 
market Heath  ;  Beacon  Course,  &c.  —  T.  jiaviim  L.  7.  Ditches  by 
road,  Chatteris  to  Mepal. 

Anemone  Pulsatilla  L.  1.  Fleam  Dyke,  plentiful.  Much  more 
plentiful  on  that  section  of  the  Devil's  Ditch  included  in  this 
district  than  on  that  in  Dist.  5,  where  it  occurs  in  limited  quantity. 

liammcuhts  circinatits  Sibth.  5.  Baitsbite.  —  R.  trichoplujllm 
Chaix.  2.  Dernford  Fen.  —  E.  Drouetii  Godr.  3.  Grantchester 
Meadows. — B.  heterojjhyllus  Web.  ex.  p.  i.  Milton. — R.  LiiKjua  L. 
5.  Ditch  between  Burwell  and  Wicken  Fen,  1893.  —  Pi.  parviflorus 
L.  3.  Still  at  Gamlingay  in  1895;  not  recorded  thence  since 
Relhan. 

Aqidlegia  vulgaris  L.  3.  Edge  of  fallow  above  Harlton  chalk- 
pit, probably  adventitious.  5.  Chippenham  Fen,  plentiful  and 
apparently  indigenous.  Babington  distrusted  this  as  a  native  in 
the  recorded  stations. 

Delphinium  Ajacis  Eeichb.  2.  One  plant  in  a  cornfield  between 
Sawston  and  Dernford  Fen;  the  late  J.  E.  Gray  (of  King's  College). 
This,  which  was  formerly  so  plentiful,  is  now  very  rarely  found.  It 
still  occurs  near  Swaffham  Prior  (5),  where  Puemeria  hyhrida  DC. 
has  not  been  seen  for  many  years. 

Castalia  speciosa  Salisb.     5.  Chippenham  Fen. 

Fumaria  densijiora  DC.  5."  Mr.  G.  C.  Druce  and  myself  found 
this  in  fields  between  Fordham  and  Chippenham  Fen  in  1893. — 
F.  Vaillantii  Loisel.  1.  Still  in  the  old  locality  near  the  entrance 
to  the  Wool-street ;  I  did  not  see  it  elsewhere  on  the  Gogmagogs. 
— F.  parviflora  Lam.  1.  By  the  Fleam  Dyke  near  the  old  railway, 
very  fine.     5.  Cornfields  S.E.  of  Chippenham  Fen. 

Nasturtium  palustre  DC.     1.*  Coe  Fen,  Cambridge. 

Arabis  hirsuta  Scop.  5.  Plentiful  on  the  black  soil  of  a  "drove  " 
between  Burwell  and  Wicken  Fen. 

Cardamine  amara  L.,  which  is  recorded  in  Top.  Bot.  ed.  2,  but 
not  in  the  Flora,  was  found  some  years  ago  in  very  small  quantity 
close  to  the  railway  bridge  over  the  Cam  at  Barnwell.  Recent 
search  there  has  been  in  vain.  The  rarity  of  this  plant  in  the 
county  is  quite  extraordinary ;  it  is  common  in  the  fenland  of 
W.  Suffolk,  by  the  R.  Lark. 


250  NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGE SHIEE    PLANTS. 

CochUaria  Armoracia  L.  1.  Flowering  abundantly  in  an  old 
chalk-pit  at  Linton,  1895.  3.*  Gamlingay  to  White  Wood,  in 
flower,  May,  1895. 

Sisymhrium  Sophia  L.  2.  Between  Dernford  Mill  and  the 
Sawston  Road,  1895.  3.  By  the  Barton  Road  at  1^  miles  from 
Cambridge.  Waste  ground  near  the  C.U.  bathing-sheds.  4.  Oj)- 
posite  Upware ;  near  Milton.  5.  Bottisham  Lode,  1892 ;  /.  H. 
BurldU.     6.  Above  Roswell  Pits,  Ely. 

Dlplotaxh  muralis  DC.  1.  Still  in  the  original  locality  at  the 
Wort's  Causeway  gravel-pits.  It  now  occurs  in  several  places 
about  Cambridge  and  Ely  and  towards  Newmarket,  but  is  not  nearly 
so  general  as  it  is  further  south. 

Lepidium  Draba  L.  5."  By  White  Hall,  near  Ditton,  1894; 
I.  II.  BurkilL 

Thlaspi  arvense  L.  1.*  Abington  Park;  A.  H.  Evans.  2.''' 
Railway  embankment,  Dernford  Fen,  1896  ;  I.  H.  Burkill.  These 
are  the  only  records  since  Relhan's  time.  The  species  is  curiously 
rare  in  the  county,  and  then  more  of  a  casual  than  a  colonist. 

Dianthiis  deltoides  L.  occurs  on  both  furze-hills  at  Hildersham  (1). 

Saponaria  ojficinalis  Ij.     5.  Fordham  village;  I.  H,  Burkill. 

Silene  anglica  L.  A  very  curious  mistake  occurred  in  printing 
the  Flora,  by  which  the  localities  for  S.  Otites  appeared  under  this 
species,  and  S.  Otites  was  omitted  altogether.  Babington's  own 
locality  for  S.  anglica  was  "  5.  To  the  east  of  Chippenham"  (Spn. 
in  Herb.  Bab.  from  Chippenham,  Cambs.,  29  July,  1852). — S.  Otites 
Wibel.  5.  Plentiful  at  the  Chippenham  gravel-pit,  1894-6  ;  and 
close  to  the  county  boundary  between  Fordham  and  Freckenham, 
1896.  —  S.  noctiflora  L.  1.  By  Borley  Wood.  3.  By  the  Barton 
Road. 

Lychnis  dioica  L.  In  the  Flora  this  is  said  to  be  absent  from 
the  county.  It  may  be  so  now,  but  in  the  University  Herb.  I  have 
seen  a  record  of  its  occurrence  close  to  the  Herts  and  Essex  borders 
about  thirty  years  ago  (doubtless  that  referred  to  in  Top.  Bot.  ed.  2, 
p.  67;  and  in  Gibson's  Flora  of  Essex,  p.  46).  The  absence  of  this 
plant  and  of  Melica  uniflora  Retz.  and  Oxalis  AcetoseUa  L.  from  the 
W.  Cambs.  woods  is  remarkable. 

Stellaria  aqiiatica  Scop.  2.  Dernford  Fen,  near  the  railway. 
3.  Near  the  bridge,  Harston.  —  S.  Holostea  L.  1.  Lane  below 
"The  Rivey,"  Linton.  4.*  Madingley  Wood,  S.W.  corner.— 
8.  palustris  Retz.  4.*  Ditch  E.  of  Waterbeach  Station,  towards 
the  river. 

Arenaria  tenidfolia  L.  2.  Wall  at  Sawston ;  the  var.  laxa 
(Jord.). —  A.  trinervia  L.  2.  Sparingly  by  the  railway  in  Dernford 
Fen.  3.  Lane  between  Trumpington  Church  and  the  river,  near 
the  bridge.     A  rare  plant  in  Cambs. 

Sagina  apetala  L.  3.  On  the  churchyard  wall,  Coton,  1896. — 
8.  nodosa  Fenzl.  2.  Dernford  Fen,  W.  of  the  railway.  7.  Pas- 
tures immediately  S.E.  of  the  bridge  at  Horseway. 

Mr.  Burkill  informs  me  that  the  Lepigonum  medium  of  the  Flora 
(p.  85)  is  probably  Buda  marina  Dum.  var.  neglecta  (Kindb.). 

Hypericum  elodes  L.  grew  until  recently  by  the  stream  near 


NOTES  ON  CAMBRIDGESHIRE  PLANTS.  251 

the  site  of  the  old  bog  at  Gamlmgay  (3),  but  I  could  not  find  it 
in  1894. 

Linum  'perenne  L.  1.  Fleam  Dyke.  On  the  Gogmagogs,  the 
earliest  flowers  open  about  April  28th  in  an  ordinary  year. 

Germiimn  pratense  L.  5.  Eoadside  near  Barnwell  towards  Fen 
Ditton,  sparingly,  1895.  Very  local  in  Cambs.  —  G.  yyrenaicum 
Burm.  fil.  1.  Hedges  and  borders  of  a  plantation  near  Dungate 
Farm,  Fleam  Dyke,  1895. —  G.  rotundifoUum  L.  3.  Eoadside  near 
Selwyn  College,  Cambridge,  1896;  I.H.  Burkill.  Not  recorded  for 
the  county  since  1820.     Surely  casual  in  this  station  ? 

PJiamnus  catharticus  L.  2.  Dernford  Fen,  very  sparingly.  6. 
Hedges  a  little  W.  of  Quy  Fen. — B..  Frangula  L.  5.*  Wicken  Fen, 
abundant. 

Genista  tiyictoria  L.  3.  Hedge-bank  and  copse  by  the  Old  North 
Koad,  -|  mile  S.  of  the  station,  1895. 

Sarothammis  scoparius  Koch.  5.  Kennet  Heath.  6r'  Between 
Ely  and  Burnt  Fen.     Very  local  in  this  county. 

Medicago  sylvestris  Fr.,  M.falcata  L.,  and  M,  minima  Desv.  still 
occur  at  Chippenham  (5). 

Trifolium  ochroleucum  Huds.  1.  Babington  italicizes  Hinton, 
Eay's  locality  for  the  plant.  It  was  plentiful  in  one  corner  of  the 
pasture  by  the  Cambridge  foot-path  opposite  Hinton  Church  in 
1894,  but  I  could  not  find  it  in  the  following  year.  Furze  Hills, 
Hildersham.  3.  Fallows  S.  of  the  St.  Neot's  Eoad  at  3|  miles  from 
Cambridge,  with  Allium  vineale  L.  ;  by  Hardwick  Wood.  5.  Eail- 
bank  1^  miles  from  Fordham  towards  Soham.  —  T,  fragiferum  L. 
1.  Eoad  between  Brinkley  and  Dullingham.  4.  St.  Neot's  Eoad, 
from  1  mile  from  Cambridge  onwards.  5.  Stourbridge  Fair  Green  ; 
by  the  Quy  Eoad ;  road  between  Fen  Ditton  and  Horningsey  ; 
Baitsbite ;  S.E.  end  of  Burwell  Lode.  6.  Above  Eoswell  Pits, 
Ely.  —  T.  filiforme  L.  7.*  Horseway,  Chatteris ;  see  Memorials, 
Journal,  and  Bota^iical  Correspondence  of  C.  C.  Bahington,  p.  388. 

Lotus  tenuis  Waldst.  &  Kit.  3.  Plentiful  in  fallows  S.  of  the 
St.  Neot's  Eoad  at  3|-  miles  from  Cambridge ;  it  was  much  infested 
with  Cuscuta  Trifolii  Bab. 

Lathyrus  Aphaca  L.  has  disappeared  from  all  its  localities  near 
Cambridge. 

Vicia  hirsuta  Gray.  1.  Borley  Wood.  Very  local  in  Cambs. — 
V.  sepium  L.     2."^'  Sawston  Moor.     3.  Gamlingay  Wood. 

Spircea  Filipendula  L.  2.  Sawston  Moor.  4.  Sparingly  in  a 
pasture  at  King's  Hedges. 

Geum  rivale  L.  2.*  Sparingly  at  the  N.  end  of  Dernford  Fen, 
1895  ;  discovered  here  by  Mr.  Shrubbs. 

Potentilla  verna  L.  1.  Still  occurs  over  a  very  limited  area  on 
the  Wool-street ;  the  growth  of  the  trees  has  destroyed  it  in  the 
plantation  itself. 

Poterium  officinale  Hook.  f.  3.  Lane  between  the  Old  North 
Eoad  and  Kingston  Wood. 

Piosa  rubiginosa  L.     1.  Fleam  Dyke,  near  the  old  railway. 

Saxifraga  granulata  L.  2.*  Dernford  Fen,  plentiful ;  found  by 
Mr.  Shrubbs. 


252  NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGESHIRE    PLANTS. 

Parnassia  palustris  L.  has  not  been  recorded  from  Dernford  Fen 
(Newbonld's  "  Sawston  Moor")  nor  from  elsewhere  in  the  county 
for  forty  years.  It  is  probably  extinct  on  Shelford  Common  and 
Foulmire  Moor  and  at  Triplow.  It  may  still  exist  in  the  rough 
pastures  about  Quy  and  Tcversham,  but,  if  so,  has  eluded  vigilant 
search. 

Drosera  rotimdifolia  L.  is  now  extinct  in  the  localities  recorded 
in  the  Flora,  but  Mr.  Shrubbs  iuforms  me  it  grows  in  Chippenham 
Fen  (5-). 

Mijriophyllum  verticiUatwn  L.  var.  pectmatum  DC.  4.  Ditch 
between  Milton  and  the  river. — M.  spicatum  L.     5.  Wicken  Fen. 

Ly thrum  HyssopifoUa  L.  is  probably  extinct  in  all  its  recorded 
localities  in  Districts  1  and  4. 

Bupleurum  tenuissinium  L.  was  plentiful  and  very  fine  on  Water- 
gull  Hill,  Sutton  (C),  in  Aug.  1895  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1884,  28). 

Sium  latifoliuin  L.  4.  Plentiful  at  intervals  in  ditches  by  the 
railway  about  1|  miles  S.E.  of  Stretham  to  within  a  mile  of 
Waterbeach.     7.  Sparingly  near  Vermuyden's  Drain  at  Horseway. 

Fcmiculuin  vulgare  Mill.  1.  Entrance  to  great  chalk-pit,  Hinton 
(1892) ;  escape. 

CEnanthefistulosa  Jj.  7.  Horseway;  Old  Bedford  Barrier  Bank, 
near  Sutton  Gault.  —  (E.  Fhellandrium  Lam.  2.''-  Stream  S.  of 
Shelford  Station.  7.  Horseway;  "Washes,"  and  by  and  in  the 
Old  Bedford  River, 

Silaiis  flavescens  Bernh.  2."  Dernford  Fen,  on  both  sides  of  the 
railway. 

Seiimini  Carvifolia  L.  is  fairly  plentiful  at  its  locality  in  Dist.  5. 
I  merely  mention  it  because  from  the  account  in  the  Fieport  of  the 
Botanical  Locality  Piecord  Club  it  would  appear  that  the  plant 
occurred  in  quantity  in  several  localities  over  a  considerable  area. 

Caucalis  daucoides  L.  3.  Fields  by  the  Old  North  Road,  1  mile 
S.  of  the  station.  —  C.  arveyisis  Huds.  8.=''  Field  a  little  S.W.  of 
Grantchester. 

Adoxa  Moschatellina  L.  is  still  plentiful  in  the  lane  at  the  E.  end 
of  Chesterton  (4),  but  it  does  not  seem  to  spread.  A  remarkable 
absentee  from  the  wooded  districts  of  Cambs. 

Viburnum  Opidiis  Jj.  4.  Moor  Barns.  5.'''  Wicken  Sedge  Fen  ; 
I.  H.  Burkill. 

Galium  Cruciata  Scop.     3.  Hedge-bank  near  Lord's  Bridge. 

Asperula  odorata  L.  Confirmation  of  the  occurrence  of  this 
species  in  the  county  is  much  to  be  desired.  There  is  no  specimen 
from  Gamlingay  Wood  in  Babington's  Herbarium.  Hall  Wood, 
Wood  Ditton,  was  destroyed  before  the  Flora  appeared,  and  at 
Fulbourn  and  Kingston  the  plant  does  not  seem  to  have  been  found 
since  Relhan's  time. 

Dipsacus  sylvestris  Huds.  5.  By  Spinny  Bank,  and  at  Upware. 
— D.  pilosusJj.  1.  WoodatHildersham;  I.  H.  Burkill.  5.  Plentiful 
at  Upware,  by  the  road  to  Wicken. 

Scabiosa  Succisa  L.  5.  Plentiful  in  Wicken  and  Chippenham 
Fens. 

Eri(jero7i  canadense  L.     4."  With  Onopordon  Acayitldum  L.   on 


NOTES    ON    CAMBKIDGESHIRE    PLANTS.  253 

waste  ground  at  Chesterton,  1894-5. — E.  acre  L.  1.  Abundant  on 
the  banks  of  the  railway  between  Dullingham  Station  and  the 
Devil's  Ditch ;  shown  me  by  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill.  2.  W.  of  the  line 
on  Sawston  Moor,  1895,  plentiful.  5.  Open  sandy  ground  adjoining 
Fordham  Station  ;  gravel-pit  at  Chippenham. 

Filago  spathulata  Presl.  3.  With  F.  apiculata  G.  E.  Sm.  at 
Gamlingay. 

Achillea  Ptarmica  L.  7.  Sparingly  by  Vermuyden's  Drain,  near 
the  bridge  at  Horseway.     Very  local  in  Cambs. 

Anthemis  tinctoria  L.  3.*  A  few  plants  by  the  footpath  near 
Gamlingay  Wood. — A.  arvensis  L.  1.  Mr.  S.  Wood  and  myself  noted 
this  in  fields  on  the  E.  of  the  Fleam  Dyke,  near  the  deserted 
railway. 

Chrysantlmmim  segetum  L.  4.  Chesterton ;  towing-path  near 
railway  bridge,  Cambridge,  one  plant,  1893;  I.  H.  Burkill.  6.  Near 
two  windmills  to  the  W.  of  Ely. 

Artemisia  Absinthium  L.  1.  The  Hinton  locality  is  italicized  in 
the  Flora.  I  have  seen  it  in  the  large  chalk-pit  there,  where  Mr. 
I.  H.  Burkill  found  it. 

Petasites  fragrans  Presl.  1.'"  Banks  of  ditch  byroad  to  Hinton, 
h  mile  from  the  village.  4."^'  Madiugley  Road;  /.  H.  Burkill  (see 
Journ.  Bot.  1893,  p.  309). 

Setiecio  viscosus  L.  4."^'  Waste  ground  at  Chesterton,  1894.  The 
only  recent  record,  but  no  doubt  casual  here  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1883, 
pp.  346-7). 

Cniciis  eriophonis  Roth.  3.  Lane  between  Old  North  Road  and 
Kingston  Wood. — C.  pratensis  Willd.     5.  Chippenham  Fen. 

Onopordon  Aca^ithium  L.  1.  Roadside  near  entrance  to  Wool- 
street.  4.  In  quantity  on  railway  embankment  near  Waterbeach 
Station,  1896  ;  I.  H.  Burkill.  Chesterton.  5."  N.  side  of  road  to 
Quy ;  near  Wicken,  1896 ;  I.  R.  Burkill. 

Serratula  tinctoria  L.  5.*  Mr.  S.  Wood  and  myself  found  this 
to  be  abundant  in  Chippenham  Fen. 

Centaurea  Cyanus  L.  1.  Coe  Fen,  1895.  3.  Waste  ground 
opposite  New  Court  of  Trinity  College,  1895. 

Picris  echioides  L.     1.  Borley  Wood. 

Hypochceris  maculata  L.  1.  Occurred  very  sparingly  on  the 
Hildersham  Furze  Hills  in  1895.  Probably  extinct  on  Littletrees 
Hill,  Gogmagogs. 

Leontodon  hirtus  L.     1.  Field  S.  of  road  to  Quy. 

Lactuca  Scariola  L.  I  was  unable  to  find  this  at  the  station 
recorded  in  Dist.  1.  —  L.  saligna  L.  still  occurs  in  Dist.  7,  at  about 
twenty  miles  from  any  tidal  waters. 

Camjmnida  Trachelium  L.  3.  Thickets  and  hedges  by  and  near 
the  Old  North  Road  at  up  to  a  mile  from  the  station. — C.  rapuncu- 
loides  L.  1.  On  a  gravelly  roadside  near  West  Road,  Cambridge. 
4.  Near  the  extreme  N.  end  of  Middlehill  Drove,  nearly  opposite 
Upware.     Doubtless  escapes. 

Hypopitys  Monotropa  Crantz.  3.  In  fair  quantity  in  a  plantation 
by  the  St.  Neot's  Road  at  3^  miles  from  Cambridge ;  first  found  by 
Prof.  Cowell. 


254  NOTES  ON  CAMBRIDGESHIRE  PLANTS. 

Primula  acaulis  L.  1.  Pasture  near  Fulbourn  Station.  3. 
Whitwell  Wood,  and  in  the  locality  just  given  for  Hypojntys. — 
F.  elatior  Jacq.  3.  Gamlingay  Wood,  fruiting  freely.  Still  plentiful 
between  Long  Stow  and  Bourn  and  in  most  of  the  woods  in  the  W. 
and  S.E.  of  the  county,  where  it  quite  replaces  P.  acaulis  L. 

Lysimachia  vulgaris  L.  5.  Burwell  Fen ;  I.  H.  Burkill.  7. 
Ditches  by  road,  Chatteris  to  Mepal.  —  L.  Nummularia  L.  1.  Coe 
Fen,  Cambridge;  ditch  by  road  to  Hinton.  3.  Hayley  Wood, 
abundant.  7.  Horseway,  near  Chatteris.  This  species  seems  to 
have  taken  the  place  of  L.  nemornm  L.  in  the  woods  in  W.  Cambs. 

AnayalUs  tenella  L.  2.  Still  on  Sawston  Moor ;  extinct  in  the 
other  locaUties  in  Districts  1  and  2.  5.  Wicken  Poors'  Fen  ;  I.  H. 
Burkill.     Chippenham  Fen,  sparingly,  1895. 

Samolus  Valerandi  L.  5.  Chippenham  Fen,  with  Menyanthes 
trifoUata  L.     6.  Eoswell  Pits,  Ely. 

Limnanthemum,  peltatum  S.  P.  Gmel.  is  much  more  widely  dis- 
tributed in  Districts  6  and  7  than  would  appear  from  the  Flora.  It 
is  very  fine  in  the  wash  at  the  foot  of  the  Old  Bedford  Barrier  Bank, 
S.W.  of  Mepal. 

Sympltytum  taiiricum  Willd.  is  now  well  established  in  several 
places  near  Cambridge.  1.  Coe  Feu,  1890;  A.  H.  Whipple.  3. 
Barton  Road,  1890,  and  Grantchester,  1891 ;  Z.  H.  Burkill. 

Borago  officinalis  L.  4.  St.  Neot's  Road  near  foot  of  Madingley 
Rise,  one  plant,  1894. 

Lithospermum  officinale  L.  6.'''  Roswell  Pits,  Ely,  very  local, 
1895. 

Cuscuta  E pithy  mum  Murr.  I  am  afraid  that  the  reclamation  of 
the  heath  has  destroyed  this  at  Gamlingay  (3).  It  should  be  looked 
for  on  Ken  net  Heath  (5),  the  only  suitable  locality  now  left  in 
Cambs. —  C.  Trifolii  Bab.  1.  On  Lotus  in  chalk-pit  on  Little-trees 
Hill.  2.  Clover-field  W.  of  Dernford  Fen.  4.  Madingley  chalk- 
pit, on  Galium  verum,  Feucedanum  sativum,  &c. 

Solanum  nigrum  L.  5.  By  the  lake,  Quy  Hall,  1896 ;  I.  H. 
Burkill. 

Atropa  Belladonna  L.  1.  Wood  by  Pampisford  Hall,  1893; 
I.  H.  Burkill. 

Hyoscyamus  niger  L.  cannot  now  be  said  to  be  "not  unfrequent 
by  roadsides,  but  of  uncertain  locality"  in  Districts  1-4.  Admitting 
the  latter  qualification,  it  is  rarely  found  nowadays.  In  the  S.  of 
the  county  I  have  only  seen  it  in  Coe  Fen,  Cambridge  (1),  on  waste 
ground  in  1895  ;  and  by  the  Devil's  Ditch  near  Cambridge  Gap  (5), 
where  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill  found  it  in  1895. 

Verhascum  Thapsus  L.  2.  Gravel-pit  near  Whittlesford  Station. 
3.  Fallow  near  Kingston  Wood.  —  V.  7iigrum  L.  5.  Plentiful  on 
the  rail-banks  near  Kennet  Station ;  also  between  Kennet  and 
Chippenham,  and  between  Chippenham  and  the  Fen. 

Linaria  FJlatina  Mill.  1.  With  L.  spuria  Mill,  by  Borley  Wood. 
— L.  viscida  Moench.  5.  Railway  between  Soham  and  Fordham ; 
/.  H.  Burkill. 

Veronica  spicata  L.  1.  Recent  search  for  this  in  its  old  station 
on  Newmarket  Heath  has  been  fruitless.     The  character  of  the 


NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGESHIRE    PLANTS.  255 

Beacon  Course  has  changed  somewhat,  it  having  become  grass- 
grown  in  many  parts  where  firm  turf  was  previously  found.  The 
last  published  record  is  that  in  Top.  Bot.  ii. — "  Ar.  Bennett,  1876." 
About  twenty  years  ago  it  was  discovered  (I  think  by  Mr.  R.  B. 
Smart)  in  another  station  some  miles  away.  This  was  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Fleam  Dyke,  and,  from  the  nature  of  the  surrounding 
country,  a  rather  inaccessible  locality.  Examination  of  the  ground 
in  1894-5  forced  me  to  the  belief  that  extension  of  cultivation  must 
have  destroyed  the  habitat.  I  know  nothing  concerning  the  Top. 
Bot.  (Wardale's)  Norfolk  record ;  but  the  plant  still  occurs  in 
W.  Suffolk,  where  I  saw  it  in  1895. —  F.  scutellata  L.  1.  Between 
Babraham  and  Stapleford,  1890  ;  and  5.  Quy  Hall,  by  the  lake, 
1896;  1.  H.  Burkill.—  V.  Tourneforiii  C.  Gmel.  3.  Grantchester. 
4.'''  Moor  Barns,  abundant. 

Melamjjyrum  cristatimi  L.  1.  Covered  acres  in  Borley  Wood, 
1894.  3.  Frequent  in  copses  and  hedgerows  about  the  Old  North 
Road  near  Kingston  Wood,  in  thickets  about  Caldecot  near  Hard  wick 
Wood,  &c. ;  like  Primula  elatior  Jacq.,  it  is  characteristic  of  the 
wooded  tracts  on  the  boulder  clay  in  the  W.  and  S.E. — M.  prate7ise 
L.  is  quite  replaced  by  the  more  showy  species.  There  is  no  speci- 
men in  Herb.  Bab.  from  White  Wood,  Gamlingay,  from  which 
Prof.  Henslow  and  Mr.  Wanton  recorded  it;  and  it  seems  to  be 
extinct  in  both  of  Ray's  localities. 

Orohanche  major  L.  has  not  been  seen  in  the  county  for  many 
years.  The  complete  reclamation  of  Gamlingay  Heath  has  probably 
destroyed  it  in  that  station. — 0.  elatior  Sutt.  1.  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill 
showed  it  to  me  on  the  rail-banks  E.  of  Dullingham ;  Furze  Hills, 
Hildersham.  5.*  Devil's  Ditch  near  Reche,  1893. —  0.  minor  Sm. 
5.  Dry  ground,  edge  of  Chippenham  Fen. 

Utricularia  vulgaris  L.  5.  Chippenham  Fen. —  U.  minor  L.  5. 
Wicken  Poors'  Fen ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 

Pinguicula  vulgaris  L.  2.  Still  on  Sawston  Moor ;  A.  Shrubbs. 
5.  Chippenham  Fen,  sparingly,  1893.  Now  gone  from  the  other 
localities,  except  perhaps  Bottisham  Fen. 

Verbena  officinalis  L.  1.  By  the  Fleam  Dyke.  2.  Hauxton ; 
Sawston  Moor.  3.  Lane  between  Trumpington  and  the  river ; 
Harston.     4.  Near  King's  Hedges. 

Nejjeta  Cataria  L.  1.  Roadside  between  Shelford  and  Trumping- 
ton, 1895.  Little-trees  Hill  and  other  places  on  the  Gogmagogs. 
Roadside  near  Six-mile-bottom  Station,  and  a  mile  S.  near  Lark's 
Hall.  2.  Sawston  Moor ;  and  roadside  near  Sawston  ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 
4.  Lane  W.  of  Milton.  5.  Plentiful  by  the  Newmarket  Road  be- 
tween Barnwell  and  Quy ;  by  the  Thetford  Road  within  two  miles 
of  Newmarket.     This  is  rather  frequent  in  S.E.  and  E.  Cambs. 

Stachys  Betonica  Benth.  1.  Borley  Wood.  Local  in  Cambs, 
and  unrecorded  from  the  northern  half  of  the  county. 

Lamium  maculatum  L.  3.'''  Near  Newnham  in  1891,  now  de- 
stroyed ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 

Teucrium  Scordium  L.  This  is  extinct  in  all  the  localities 
recorded  in  Dist.  4.  Such  marshy  places  as  still  remain  by  the 
Histon  Road  and  near  King's  Hedges  are  very  limited  in  extent, 


256  NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGESHIRE    PLANTS. 

and  quite  unproductive.  In  Dist.  6  I  have  looked  for  this  at  Mepal 
and  repeatedly  at  Eoswell  Pits,  Ely,  but  always  in  vain.  Mr. 
Bennett  informed  me  that  he  had  a  specimen  gathered  some  years 
ago  by  Mr.  Fryer  in  the  Chatteris  district ;  but  in  what  I  (rightly) 
believed  to  be  the  spot  there  was  no  trace  of  the  plant  in  1895,  and 
I  find  in  Herb.  Brit.  Mus.  a  specimen  labelled  "Pits  by  Vermuy- 
den's  Drain  at  Horseway,  now  destroyed,  Sept.  17,  1879,  A.  Fryer." 
— T.  Scorodonia  L.  My  search  for  this  at  Gamlingay  was  un- 
successful ;  it  may  still  occur  in  White  Wood.  Beyond  Henslow's 
specimen  nothing  seems  to  be  known  about  the  Ely  record. 

Ckenopodium  Jicifoliwu  Sm.  1.  Hinton,  1893  ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 
5.  Fen  Ditton.  —  C.  hyhridum  L.  6.  Still  near  Ely,  but  by  no 
means  "common." — C.  rubrum  L.     1.  Barnwell,  1894. 

Polygonum  ampliihium  L.  var.  terrestre  Leers.  2.  Dernford  Fen, 
sparingly. 

Ilumex  maritimus  L.  6.  Still  at  Eoswell  Pits  and  near  the  river 
at  Ely.  —  li.  pidcher  L.  1.  Hinton;  Dullingham.  3.  Harston. 
5.  Fordham.  6.  Above  Roswell  Pits,  Ely. — R.  acutuslj.  {R.  cnspiis 
L.  X  ohtusifoUus  L.).  6.  Near  the  bridge  at  Ely. — Fi.  Acetosella  L. 
5.  Kennet  Heath. 

Vise um,  album  h.  1.  Borley  Wood,  on  the  oak  ;  A.  Shrubbs.  3.''' 
On  lime-trees  in  various  places  down  "the  backs"  at  Cambridge, 
pointed  out  to  me  by  Mr.  Shrubbs.     Clare  Avenue  ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 

Thesium  humifusum  DO.     5.  Newmarket  Heath,  W.  of  the  ditch. 

Mercurialis  jjerennis  L.  1.  Borley  Wood;  lane  below  "The 
Eivey,"  Linton.   Not  recorded  from  the  northern  half  of  the  county. 

Farietaria  officinalis  L.    5.  Burwell  Church,  1893 ;  1.  H.  Burkill. 

Salix  triandra  L.  3.  By  the  Bourn  Brook  at  Toft.  6.*  By 
ditches  a  little  S.  of  Burwell. — S.  aurita  L.     2.  Dernford  Fen. 

Fopulus  tremidus  L.     3.  Fine  in  Gamlingay  Wood. 

Ceratophyllum  demersum  L.  1.  Coe  Fen,  and  3,  in  the  river  at 
Sheep's  Green,  Cambridge.     6.'^'  Eoswell  Pits,  Ely. 

Juniperus  communis  L.     1.   Sparingly  on  the  Fleam  Dyke. 

Hydrocharis  Morsus-RancB  L.     3.   Sheep's  Green,  Cambridge. 

[Stratiotes  aloides  L.  was  introduced  from  the  Botanical  Gardens 
into  a  pond  on  Sheep's  Green,  Cambridge,  where  it  has  driven  out 
the  other  aquatic  plants.] 

Liparis  Loeselii  Eich.  was  seen  in  two  localities  in  Dist.  5  in 
1896  ;  in  one  I  saw  fine  fruiting  specimens. 

Neottia  Nidus-Avis  Eich.     3."^  Kingston  Wood,  1894. 

Ceplialanthera  pallens  Eich.  1.  I  have  seen  fine  specimens  of 
this,  gathered  by  Mr.  Shrubbs  from  a  wood  on  the  Gogmagogs. 
This  station  is  quite  distinct  from  that  in  which  Mr.  Clarke  found 
the  plant  in  1859.  5.  Mr.  Bennett  informs  me  that  there  is  a 
specimen  of  this  in  Hailstone's  herbarium  at  the  York  Philosophical 
Society  which  was  gathered  in  Wanton's  station  in  1845. 

Ep)ipactis  latifolia  All.  3.''^  Kingston  Wood,  1894  {teste  A.  Ben- 
nett). This  is  not  recorded  for  Cambs  in  the  Flora.  Babington 
says  that  the  Kingston  Wood  plant  is  E.  media  Fr. ;  I  have  found 
there  two  plants  of  what  I  take  to  be  that  species,  but  the  plant 
frequent  in  the  wood  is  certainly  true  E.  latifolia.  —  E,  media  Fr. 


NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGESHIRE    PLANTS.  257 

1  or  3.  ''Robinson  Crusoe's  Island,"  1896;  A.  Shmbbs,  fide  I.  H. 
Burkill.  —  E.  palustris  Crantz.  1.  Coe  Fen,  Cambridge,  1894 ; 
/.  H.  Burkill. 

Orchis  pyramidalis  L.  3.  With  Brachyjjodium  pmnatmn  Beauv. 
by  the  roadside  and  in  adjoining  copses,  Old  North  Eoad,  near 
Kingston  Wood.  5.  Devil's  Ditch.  —  0.  Morio  L.  2.  Dernford 
Fen,  found  by  Mr.  Shrubbs.  3.  Pasture  by  Kingston  Wood. — 
0.  incarnata  L.  5.  Chippenham  Fen,  with  Hahenaria  conopsea 
Benth. 

Aceras  anthropophora  R.  Br.  3.  There  is  a  specimen  in  Herb. 
Brit.  Mus.  gathered  by  Mr.  F.  A.  Hanbury  at  Haslingfield  in  May, 
1863 ;  and  I  saw  it  growing  there,  but  very  sparingly,  in  June, 
1895.  There  is  no  other  recent  Cambs  record,  and  it  is  probably 
extinct  both  on  Hildersham  Furze  Hills  and  on  Barrington  Hill. 

Ophrijs  apifera  Huds.  1.  Fleam  Dyke,  in  the  fen  to  the  N.  end, 
1894 ;  and  2.  Dernford  Fen,  1891 ;  I.  H.  Burkill.  The  latter  is 
doubtless  Newbould's  station.  3.  Very  plentiful  at  Haslingfield  in 
1894  ;  none  to  be  seen  in  1895. 

Habenaria  chloroleuca  Ridley.  1.  Borley  Wood.  Mr.  I.  H. 
Burkill  found  it  in  the  other  station  given  for  Paris. 

ilalanthus  nivalis  L.  2.*  River  bank  near  Whittlesford  Station, 
1890 ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 

Allium  oleraceum  L.  3.  With  regard  to  the  doubt  cast  on  Mr. 
Wanton's  record  on  p.  236  of  the  Flora,  I  have  seen  a  manuscript 
note  of  Prof.  Babington's  which  ran:  "Mr.  Newbould  saw  the 
plant  and  it  was  A.  oleraceum.''  I  could  only  find  A.  imiealeh., 
which  is  plentiful  in  the  locality. — A.  ursinum  L.  2.*  Wood  by  the 
river  near  Whittlesford  Station.  A  very  local  and  rare  plant  in  the 
county. 

Muscari  racemosum  Mill.  2.*  Sparingly  by  the  Royston  Road 
about  a  mile  from  Whittlesford  Station ;  and  plentifully  by  a  lane 
connecting  Whittlesford  with  this  Royston  Road,  1895. 

Scilla  festalis  Salisb.  3.  Gamlingay  Wood  and  pastures  about 
the  former  Heath  at  Gamlingay ;  pastures  at  Hardwick.  This  is 
not  recorded  from  Districts  6,  7,  and  8. 

Paris  quadrifolia  L.  1.  Borley  Wood;  and  near  there  in  a 
small  copse  adjoining  the  Roman  Road,  with  Orchis  maculata  L. 

Juncus  bufonius  L.  4.  Chesterton.  6."  Near  two  windmills  to 
the  W.  of  Ely. 

Liizula  erecta  Desv.  b.  congesta  Lond.  Cat.     5.  Chippenham  Fen. 

Tyjjha  latifolia  L.  6.*  Plentifully  in  ditches  by  and  near  road 
between  Sutton  and  the  New  Bedford  River.  7.  Sparingly  near 
the  bridge  at  Horseway  and  in  the  wash  ditch  near  Sutton  Gault. — 
T.  angustifolia  L.  5.  Pit  near  La  Hague  Hall,  S.E.  of  Chippenham. 
6.  Sparingly  by  the  line  three  miles  S.  of  Ely.  7."^'  Ditches  and 
ponds  near  the  bridge  at  Horseway. 

Sparganium  simplex  Huds.  3.  Sheep's  Green,  Cambridge.  5. 
Ditch  by  river  S.W.  of  Fen  Ditton.  —  S.  minimum  Fr.  5.  Mr.  S. 
Wood  and  myself  found  this  growing  sparingly  in  Chippenham 
Fen  in  1896. 

Lemna  trisulca  L.     1.  (N.  end  of?)  Fleam  Dyke,  1894;  /.  H. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [July,  1898.]  t 


258  NOTES    ON    CAMBRIDGESHIRE    PLANTS. 

Burkill.  —  L.  polyrrhiza  L.  3.  Pit  near  the  spriug-head  at  Hard- 
wick. 

Triglochin  paliistre  L.     2.  N.W.  end  of  Dernford  Fen,  abundant. 

5.  By  ditch  near  river  S.W.  of  Fen  Ditton. 

Potamogeton  naUvns  L.  5.  Pond  S.E.  of  Kennet  Heath;  pit 
near  La  Hague  Hall,  S.E.  of  Chippenham;  Chippenham  Fen. — 
P.  crispus  L.  5.*  Ditches  near  Biggin  and  White  Hall. — P.  pusUlus 
L.  4.  With  ZcumicheUia  palustris  L.  in  a  ditch  between  Milton  and 
the  river,  E.  of  the  railway. 

Eleocharis  acicularis  R.  Br.  7.*  In  1895  the  submerged  form 
was  plentiful  in  the  Old  Bedford  River,  S.W.  of  Mepal. — E.  palustris 
E.  Br.     2r'  N.  end  of  Dernford  Fen,  abundant. 

Scirpus  paucifiorus  Lightf.  2.  I  found  this  growing  sparingly 
on  Sawston  Moor  in  1895.  It  must  now  be  extinct  in  all  the  other 
localities  given  in  the  Flora. — 8.  lacustris  L.  3.  Bourn  Brook  near 
Fox's  Bridge,  Comberton,  and  above  there  towards  Toft.  G/''  Ros- 
well  Pits,  Ely. — S.  Caricis  B,etz.  1.  Exterminated  through  drainage 
in  the  Cambridge  locality.  There  is  now  no  recorded  station  in  the 
county  in  which  the  plant  is  known  to  exist. 

Erioplwrum  latlfolium  Hoppe.  This,  too,  is  extinct  in  both  its 
recorded  Cambs  localities ;  but  some  years  ago  Prof.  Potter  found 
it  in  Chippenham  Fen  (5). 

Cladium  jamaicense  Crantz.  5.  Still  plentiful  iu  Chippenham 
Fen — doubtless  Relhan's  "  Chippenham  Moor,"  italicized  in  the 
Flora. 

Carex  disticha  Huds.  2.  Plentiful  at  the  N.  end  of  Dernford 
Fen.  —  C.  dlvulsa  Good.  3.  Lane  between  Trumpington  Church 
and  the  river.  —  C.  ovalis  Good.  1.*  Sparingly  on  one  of  the 
Hildersham  Furze  Hills,  1895.  5.*  Wicken  Fen.  Apparently  rare 
and  local  in  the  county ;  as  yet  it  is  unrecorded  from  the  whole  of 
the  northern  half.  —  C.  elata  All.  2.  Very  fine  near  the  railway  in 
Dernford  Fen.  5.  Plentiful  in  Wicken  Fen,  and  Mr.  G.  C.  Druce 
and  myself  noted  it  in  Chippenham  Fen. — C.  acuta  L.  3.*  Lord's 
Bridge,  near  Barton.  —  C.  ericetorum  Poll.  1.  I  found  this  in  very 
small  quantity  on  the  Gogmagog  Hills,  1895-6.  The  main  reason 
for  its  diminution  was  once  given  by  Prof.  Babington  in  this 
Journal  (1877,  p.  85).  The  practice  of  carrying  away  the  turf  of 
the  Roman  Road  for  use  in  Cambridge  gardens  still  continues,  and 
threatens  several  of  the  Wool-street  plants  with  extinction.  The 
only  species  not  affected  are  Cnicus  acaulis,  Poterium  Sangidsorba, 
and  Linum  perenne,  the  last-named  soon  forming  very  fine  plants  on 
the  bared  places.  —  C.  verna  Chaix.  2.  Whittlesford ;  Sawston 
Moor.    3.  Kingston.    4.  King's  Hedges.    Unrecorded  from  Districts 

6,  7,  and  8. — C.  hmervis  Sm.  and  C.flava  L.  2.  Dernford  Fen. — 
C.  hirta  L.  1.  Moory  pasture  at  N.  end  of  Fleam  Dyke;  lane 
by  "The  Rivey,"  Linton.  2.*  Dernford  Fen.  5.  Pasture  near 
Biggin. 

Phalaris  anmdinacea  L.     2.*  By  stream  S.  of  Shelford  Station. 
Milium  effusum  L.    3.  Gamlingay  Wood.    Very  local  in  Cambs. 
Phleum  phalaroides  Koel.      1.   Still  on  the  Hildersham  Furze 
Hills,  but  no  longer  by  the  roadside  near  them. 


THE    NOMENCLATURE    OF    SOME    SENECIOS.  259 

Calamar/rostis  epigeios  Roth.  5/''  Wicken  Fen,  in  great  abun- 
dance. It  is  a  very  remarkable  fact  that  neither  in  the  special  list 
of  Wicken  Fen  plants  on  p.  313  nor  in  the  body  of  the  Flora  on 
p.  270  does  Babington  record  the  species  for  this  locality.  I  con- 
sider it  the  most  abundant  plant  in  the  Fen,  more  so  than  the 
Schcejius,  Cladimn,  Peucedanum  palustre,  Agrostis  canina,  Lastrcea 
Thelypteris,  &c.,  which  are  in  the  Flora  marked  as  being,  and  which 
still  are,  abundant  there.  On  the  other  hand,  Babington  does,  on 
both  pages,  record  C.  lanceolata  Roth,  though  without  the  dis- 
tinguishing mark  of  abundance  in  the  locality.  I  have  been  unable 
to  find  C.  lanceolata  there  ;  and  Prof.  Babington's  own  specimen 
labelled  "  C.  lajiceolata,  Wicken  Fen,  Cambridgeshire,  20  Sept.  1855  " 
is  certainly  C.  epigeios,  though  a  rather  small  specimen  thereof. 
Except  in  its  differently  coloured  glumes  (which  have  become 
golden  brown,  as  usual  in  the  autumn),  it  is  quite  indistiuguish- 
able  from  Newbould's  specimens  of  C.  epigeios  from  Sawston  Fen. 
The  plant  is  still  abundant  in  the  latter  locality  (=  Sawston  Moor), 
and  is  identical  with  that  from  Wicken,  of  which  Mr.  Arthur  Ben- 
nett wrote,  "I  suspect  the  f.  you  send  thence  is  the  var.  densifiora 
Ledebour,  Flora  Altaica "  (vol.  i.  p.  87).  When  in  flower  the 
panicle  is  generally  streaked  with  a  purplish  black,  which  gives  it 
quite  a  different  appearance  from  the  light  green  one  from  the 
woods  of  W.  Cambs.  The  latter  plant  Mr.  Bennett  thought  was 
"perhaps  the  var.  glauca  Rchb." 

Sieglmgia  decambens  Bernh.  2.  S.E.  side  of  Dernford  Fen, 
sparingly.     Very  local  in  the  county. 

Koeleria  cristata  Pers.     2.  Gravel-pit  near  Whittlesford  Station. 

Moli7iia  varia  Schrank.     5.  Burwell  Fen,  1893  ;  I.  H.  Burkill. 

Lolium  temidentum  L.  3.  Field  by  Kingston  Wood,  sparingly, 
1895. 

Scolopendrium  vulgare  Sym.  still  grows  in  Dist.  4. 

Ophioglossum  vulgatum  L.  1.  Mossy  ground  by  N.  end  of  Fleam 
Dyke ;  A.  Shrubbs.  3.  With  Carex  sylvatica  Huds.  in  a  thicket  on 
the  ridge  between  Harlton  and  Haslingfield  chalk-pits.  5.  Baits- 
bite,  plentiful. 


THE    NOMENCLATURE     OF     SOME     SENECIOS. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

In  so  vast  a  genus  as  Senecio,  any  diminution  of  names  is  useful: 
I  therefore  publish  the  following  reductions,  which  result  from  a 
comparison  of  the  enmneration  of  species  given  by  Mr.  Hemsley  in 
the  Botany  of  the  Biologia  Ceyitrali- Americana,  ii.  235-248  (1881-2), 
with  that  of  Schultz  Bipontinus  in  Flora,  xxviii.  498  (1845) — a 
list  which  was  unfortunately  overlooked  by  Mr.  Hemsley  when 
preparing  his  work.  These  reductions  are  rendered  the  more 
desirable  because  in  most  cases  the  two  sets  of  names  are  retained 
in  the  Index  Kewensis  as  if  representing  different  species.  There 
is,  however,  no  question  as  to  their  identity  in   the   instances  I 

T   2 


260  THE    NOMENCLATURE    OF    SOME    SENECIOS. 

have  quoted,  as  both   Schiiltz    and    Mr.  Hemsley  cite  the  same 
synonymy. 

The  following  substitutions  must  be  made  : — 

8.  calophyllus  Hemsl.  =  S.  albolutescens  Sch.  Bip. 

S.  cardiophyllus  Hemsl.  =  S.  ovatifolius  Sch.  Bip. 

S.  cirsioides  Hemsl.  =  S.  roseus  Sch.  Bip. 

S.  desertorum  Hemsl.  =  S.  Berlandieri  Sch.  Bip. 

S.  eximius  Hemsl.  =  S.  callosus  Sch.  Bip. 

S.  sessilifoUus  Hemsl.  =  S.  Beecheyanus  Sch.  Bip. 

The  following  should  stand  on  the  authority  of  Schultz  Bipon- 
tinus,  not  of  Hemsley  : — 

S.  ampiifolius.  S.  jatrophoides. 

S.  cervariffifolius.  S.  napefefolius. 

S.  cirsiifolius.  S.  radul^efolius. 

The  following  instances  of  substitution  are  somewhat  more 
complicated : — 

Senecio  calocephahis  Hemsl.  is  forestalled  by  S.  calocephalus 
Poepp.  &  Endl.  iii.  58  (1845),  and  must  have  a  new  name ;  as 
Ciimingii  is  preoccupied  in  Senecio,  I  propose 

Senecio  Hemsleyi. 

S.  calocephalus  Hemsl.  /.  c.  237,  non  Poepp.  &  Endl. 
Gynoxys  Cumingii  Benth.  in  Vidensk.  Meddel.  1852,  106, 
Senecio   Farfarus  Hemsl.   must   give  way  to    S.   tussilaginoides 
Sch.  Bip. — although  the  specific  name  was  earlier  applied  to  other 
species,  in   connection  with  which  it  now  ranks  as  a  synonym. 
The  names  will  stand  : 

Senecio  Tussilaginis  Less.  Syn.  Comp.  392  (1832). 

Cineraria  Tussilaginis  L'Herit.  Sert.  Angl.  26  (1788). 
Senecio  tussilaginoides  Heynhold,  Nomencl.  ii.  656  (1856). 

Senecio  tussilaginoides  Sch.  Bip.  I.  c.  498. 

Cineraria  tussilaginoides  H.B.K.  iv.  168  (1820). 
Senecio  farfarus  Hemsl.  I.  c.  239. 

In  the  case  of  Senecio  Berlandieri  some  confusion  has  arisen 
owing  to  the  application  of  the  same  specific  name  to  two  plants, 
one  of  which  will  have  to  take  a  new  title.    The  names  may  stand : 

Senecio  Berlandieri  Sch.  Bip.  in  Flora,  xxviii.  498  (1845). 
Cacalia  Berlandieri  DC.  Prodr.  vi.  328  (1837). 
Senecio  desertorum  Hemsl.  Bot.  Biol.  Centr.  Amer.  ii.  239 
(1881-2). 

Senecio  confusus. 

Senecio  Berlandieri  Hemsl.  I.  c.  236,  non  Sch.  Bip.  ;  Jacks. 

Ind.  Kew.  in  part. 
Gynoxys  Berlandieri  DC.  l.  c.  326. 
Mr.  Jackson   in   the    Index   Kewensis   considers   S.   Berlandieri 
Sch.  Bip.  identical  with  S.   Berlandieri  Hemsl. ;    but   the    above 
synonymy  shows  that  two  species  are  included  under  the  name. 


261 


SOME     COUNTY    LISTS     OF    MOSSES. 
By  H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  p.  188.) 
South  Hants  (v.-c.  11). 

The  following  list  of  121  species  and  six  varieties  of  S.  Hants 
mosses  has  been  compiled  from  a  set  of  sixty-six  voucher  specimens 
collected  and  sent  in  to  the  Botanical  Record  Club  by  Mr.  E.  D. 
Marquand,  and  from  a  list  of  ninety-six  species  and  varieties  com- 
municated by  the  Rev.  E.  D.  Heathcote  ;  the  latter  are  distinguished 
here  by  the  initials  E.  D.  H. 

Mr.  Marquand's  specimens  were  collected  chiefly  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Brockenhurst  and  Lymington,  and  have  all  been 
verified  by  me. 

Mr.  Heathcote's  are  almost  all  from  the  parish  of  Sparsholt, 
which  is  on  the  extreme  northern  boundary  of  Watson's  southern 
division  of  Hampshire,  the  Stockbridge  road  forming  his  dividing 
line,  and  being  also  for  the  most  part  the  limit  of  the  parish.  It 
lies  wholly  on  the  chalk,  but  has  a  good  deal  of  clay  in  patches, 
with  large  woods  intersected  by  broad  grass  glades  and  paths  that 
lead  on  to  the  downs.  The  village  is  400  ft.  above  the  sea.  All 
his  specimens  here  recorded  have  been  seen  either  by  myself  or 
Mr.  E.  Charles  Horrell. 


Sphagnum  rigidum  var.  /3  com- 
pactimi  Schpr.  (E.  D.  H.) — sub- 
secundum  Nees.  —  acutifolium 
E hrh . — interm ed iiim  Hoffm . 

Tetraphis  pellucida  Hedw.  (Mrs. 
Lyall,  E.D.  H.) 

Catharinea  undulata  W.  &  M.  (E. 
D.H.) 

Polytriclium  aloides  Hedw. —  juni- 
permum  Willd.  (E.  D.H.)— /or- 
mosum  Hedw.  (E.D.  H.) — com- 
mune L. 

Pleuridium  suhulatum  Rabenh. 

Seligeria paucifolia  Carr.  (E .D.H.) 

Geratodon  purjmreiis  Brid.  (E.D. 
H.) 

Dicranella  hetero7nalla  Schp.  — 
varia  Schp. 

Dicranoweisia  cirrata  Lindb. 

Campylopus  subulatus  Schp.— -J7^.v- 
uosus  Bvid.  (E.D.  H.) — pgri- 
formis  Bi'id.  (E.D.H.) 

Dicranum  Bojijeani  De  Not. — sco- 
parium  Hedw.  (E.  D.  H.)  — 
majus  Turn. 


Leucob7'yum  glauciim  Schp.     Cfr. 

(E.D.H.) 
Fissidens  bryoides  Hedw.  —  [Var. 

inconstans  Schp.  (E.  D.  Yl.  fide 

H.     Bos  well).]    —  adiantoidi's 

Hedw. — taxifolius  Hedw. 
Grimmia  apocarpa  Hedw. — pulvi- 

7iata  Sm.  (E.D.  H.) 
Ehacomitrium  canescens  Brid. 
PhasGum  cuspidatum  Schreb.  (E. 

D.H.) 
Pottia   recta   Mitt.    (E.  D.  H.)— 

trimcatida  hindh.  (E.  D.  H.) 
Tortida  muralis  Hedw. — subulata 

Hedw.    (E.  D.  IL.)  —  Uvipila 

Schwgr.  —  intermedia  Berk. — 

7'uralisWi\iih.  (E.D.H.) — rurali- 

f or  mis  Dixon. 
Barbula  rubella  Mitt.  (E.  D.H.) 

fcdlax   Hedw.  (Mrs.  Lyell,  E. 

D.  H.)  —  co7ivoluta  Hedw.   (E. 

D.  H.)  —  unguicidata    Hedw. 

(E.D.H.) 
Weissia  crispa  Mitt.  (E.D.H.)— 

microstoma  CM.  (E.D.H.) — 


262 


SOME    COUNTY    LISTS    OF    MOSSES. 


viridula   Hedw.    (E.  D.  H.)  — 

tenuis  CM.  (E.D.  H.j 
Zi/godon  vindissimiis  R.  Br. 
U'tota  crispa  Bricl.   (E.  D.  H.)— 

Var.  intermedia  Dixon.  — jdujl- 

lantlia  Bricl. 
Orthotrichum.  anomaliaii  var.  saxa- 

tile  Milde. — leiocarpum  B.  &  S. 

— LyelliiH.k  T. — affine  Schrad. 

— stramineum  Hornsch.  (E.D. 

B..)—tenellum  Bruch.  (E.D.H.) 

— diapliannm  Schrad. 
Splachnum  ampullacenm  L.    (Mr. 

Marryat;  E.D.H.) 
Funarid  fasciciilarin  Schp.   (E.D. 

H.) — ericetoniniDixon. — hygro- 

metrica  Sibth. 
Aulacomnium  palustre  Schwgr.  (E. 

D.  H.) — androgijmuu  Schwgr. 
Bartramia  pomiformis  Hedw. 
Philojiotis  fontanel  Brid. — calcarea 

Schp. 
Leptobnjwn  pyriforme   Wils.   (E. 

D.H.) 
Wehera  nutans  Hedw.  (E.  D.  H.) 
Bryum  pseudo-triquetrum  Schwgr. 

ccLspitic iiuii  L .  (E.D.H. ) — cap il- 

lare  L.  (E.D.  H.)  —  ohconicnm 

Hornsch. — alpinum  Huds.  (H. 

N.  Dixon,  leg.  E.D.  B..)  —  ar- 

genteum  L.  (E.  D.  H.) 
Mnium  affine  Bland.  (E.  D.  H.)— 

unduleitamlj.  (E.  D.  H.) — hor- 

9iM?;iL.  (E.D.H.) — punctatum'L. 
Fonti7ialis  antipyretica  L. 
Cryphaa  heteromalla   Mohr.    (E. 

D.H.) 
Neckera  pumila  Hedw.  —  compla- 

nata  Hiibn. 
Homalia  trichomanoides  Brid. 
Pterygophyllum  lucens  Brid. 


Leucodon  sciiiroides  Schwgr.  (E. 
D.H.) 

Porotriclium  alopecurum  Mitt. 

Anomodon  viticulosus  H.&T. 

Leptodon  SDiithii  Mohr. 

Thuidium  hystricosum  Mitt.  (E. 
D.  H.)  — tamarisci)mm  B.  &  S. 
(E.D.H.) 

Climacium  dendroides  W.  &  M. 

Isothecium  myiirinn  Brid. 

Pleuropus sericeus  Dixon  (E.D.H.) 

Brachytheciiim  albicans  B.  &  S. — 
rutabidum  B.  &  S.  (E.  D.  H.)— 
rividare  B.  &  S.  —  veliiti7ium 
B.  &  S.  (E.  D.  H.)  —popideum 
B.  &  S.  —  illecebnim  De  Not. — 
purum  Dixon  (E.  D.  H.) 

Eurhyncliium  p)Hifenmi  B.  &  S. — 
crassinervium'B.  &  S.  (E.  D.  H.) 
—prcBlongum  B.  &  S.  (E.  D.  H.) 
—tenellumMMe  (E.D.H.)  — 
Var.  scabrellum  Dixon  (E.D. 
H.) — myosuroides  Schpr.  (E. 
D.  R.)— striatum  B.  &  S.'  (E.  D. 
H.) — confertum  Milde. 

PlagiotheciuDidenticulatum'B.  &  S. 
— sylvaticnm  B.  &  S.  (E.  D.  H.) 
— undukituiii  B.  &  S. 

Amblystegium  serpens  B.  &  S. 

Hypmim  chrysophyllum  Brid.  — 
Jiuitans  L.  —  exeinnulaturn 
Giimb. — revolvens  Sw. — cupres- 
siforme  L.  (E.  D.  H.)  —  Var. 
resupinatum  Schp.  —  molluscum 
Hedw.  (E.  D.  H.)  —  scorpioides 
L. — ciispidatum  L.  (E.D.H.) 
—Schreberi  Willd.  (E.  D.  H.) 
Hylocomium  splendens  B.  &  S. — 
lor  cum  B.  &  S.  —  squarrosum 
B.  &  S.  (E.  D.  B..)—triquetrum 
B.  &S. 


North  Hants  (v.-c.  12). 

This  list  of  ninety-eight  species  and  three  varieties  has  been  com- 
piled from  two  separate  published  lists,  and  from  a  number  of  records 
sent  in  to  the  Botanical  Eecord  Club,  which  have  not  previously 
been  published.  The  earliest  list  is  one  in  the  Flora  of  Andover,  by 
G.  B.  Clarke,  published  in  1866,  and  which  contained  fifty-two 
mosses.  The  second  is  contained  in  an  article  in  vol.  i.  (1870-71) 
of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Newbury  District  Field  Club,  by  H.  Eeeks, 
"On  the  Flowering  Plants,  Ferns,  and  Mosses  observed  in  the 


SOME    COUNTY    LISTS    OF    MOSSES. 


263 


Parish  of  East  Woodhay."  This  contained  the  names  of  ninety 
mosses,  many  of  them  confirmed  by  Braithwaite.  The  vouchers 
sent  in  to  the  Botanical  Record  Chib  were  collected  by  H.  F.  Par- 
sons, and  were  twenty-six  in  number.  These  last  have  all  been 
examined  by  me. 


Sphagnum  cymhifolium  Ehrh.  (H. 
R.)  —  suhsecundiun  Nees  (Miss 
Armitage).  —  sgiiarrostun  Pers. 
(C.  B.  C.)  — acutifoliiim  Ehrh. 
(H.E.) 

Catharinea  undulata  W.  &  M. 
(C.B.C.) 

Polytrichum  nanum  Neck.  (H.  R.) 
—aloides  Hedw.  (C.  B.  C.)  — 
piliferum  Schreb.  (Miss  Armi- 
tage).— juniperinum  Willd.  (0. 
B.C.)— ^raci^e  Dicks.  (H.  R.) 
—  formosum  Hedw.  (H.  R.) — 
commune  L.  (H.  R.) 

Pleuridium  subidatum  Rab.  (C. 
B.  C.) 

CeratodonpurpureusBnd.  {C.B.C.) 

Dicranella  heteromalla,  Schp.  (H. 
n.)—vaHa  Schp.  (C.  B.  C.) 

Dicranoweisia  ci7'rataJjdh.  (C.B.C.) 

Camptjlopus  pyriformis  Brid.  (H. 
F.P.) 

Dicraniim  Bonjeani  De  Not.  (C. 
B.  C.)  —  scoparium  Hedw.  (C. 
B.  C.)—majus  Turn.  (H.  R.) 

Fissidens  virididus  Wahl.  (C.B.C.) 
—bryoides  Hedw.  (C.  B.  C.)— 
adiantoides  Hedw.  (H.R. ) — taxi- 
folius  Hedw.  (H.  F.  P.) 

GrhnmiaapocarpaJledw.  (C.B.C.) 
— 2mlvinata  Sm.  (H.  R.) 

Pihacomitrium  lanuginosum  Brid. 
(C.  B.  C.) 

Acaulon  muticuyn  C.  M.  (H.  R.) 

Phascum  cuspidatum  Schreb.  (H. 
B.) 

Pottia  truncatida  Ldb.  (H.  R.) — 
Starkeana  C.  M.  (H.  'R.)  —  lan- 
ceolataC.M..  (C.B.C.) 

Tortida  pusilla  Mitt.  (C.  B.  C.)— 
muralis  Hedw.  (C.  B.  C.) — subu- 
lata  Hedw.  (C.  B.  C.) — ruralis 
Ehrh.  (C.  B.  C.) 

Barbula  fallax  Hedw.  (C.  B.  C.) 
— sjmdicea  Mitt.  (H.  R.)  —  un- 
guicnlata  Hedw.  (H.  R.) 


Weisia  viridula  Hedw.   (C.  B.  C.) 

—curvirostris  C.  M.  (C.  B.  C.) 
TricJiostomum  mutabile  J^iuch.  (H. 

R.) 
Encalypta  vulgaris  Hedw.  (C.B.C.) 
Ulota  crisp  a  Brid.  (H.  R.) 
Ortlwtriclium    cup)ulatuin    Hoffm. 

(H.  n.)—Lyellii  H.  &  T.  (C.  B. 

C.)  —  afine  Schrad.   (C.  B.  C.) 

— diaphanum  Schrad.  (H.  R.) 
Phi/scomitriumpyriforme  Brid.  (H. 

R.) 
Funaria  Jiygrometrica    Sibth.   (C. 

B.C.) 
Bartra}nia  pomiformis  Hedw.  (C. 

B.  C.) 
Philonotis  fontana  Brid.  (C.  B.  C.) 
Webera  nutans  Hedw.  (C.  B.  C.) 
Bryuminterrnedium Brid.  (C.B.C). 

— ccBspiticium   L.    (C.  B.  C.) — 

capillare  L.  (0.  B.  C.)  —  argen- 

teum   L.    (C.  B.  C.)  —  roseum 

Schreb.  (H.  R.) 
Mnium  affiyie  Bland.  (C.  B.  C.) — 

cuspidatum   Hedw.   (H.  R.)  — 

undulatum  L.  (C.B.  C.)  —  hor- 

num  L.  (H.  R.) — stellare  Reich. 

(H.  R.) — punctatum  L.  (H.  R.) 
Fontinalis  antipyretica  L.  (C.B.C.) 
Homalia  trichomanoides  Brid.  (H. 

R.) 
Leucodon  sciuroides  Schwgr.    (H. 

F.  P.) 
Porotrichum  alopecurum  Mitt.  (C. 

B.C.) 
Anomodon  viticulosus  H.  &  T.  (H. 

F.P.) 
Thuidium  tainariscinuyn   B.  &   S. 

(C.B.C.) 
Isothecium  myunun  Brid.  (C.B.C.) 
Pleuropus  sericeus  Dixon  (C.B.C.) 
Camptothecium  lutescens  B.   &   S. 

(C.B.C.) 
Brachythecium  glareosum  B.  &  S. 

(H.  F.  P.)  —  rutabuliim  B.  &  S. 

(C.  B.  C.)  —  velutinwn  B.  &  S. 


264  GRONOYIUS'S    'FLORA    VIRGINICA.' 

(C.  B.  C.)  —  illecehrum  De  Not.  Amhlystegium  serpens  (C.  B.  C.) 

(H.  E.) — puriim'Dixon{G.'B.C.)  Hypyium  ripariiim   L.   (H.  R.)  — 

Eurhynchium   inliferum    B.  &    S.  stel}at2imYa>T,  protensum  ^.  &  S. 

(H.F.  P.) — crassinerviumld.&^.  (H.    F.   P.)  —  adunciim    var. 

(Miss  Armitage).  — pircBlonyum.  Kneiffii    Schp.    (H.  F.  P.)   — 

B.  &  S.    (C.  B.  C.)  —  Sivartzii  cupressiforme   L.  (C.  B.  C.)  — 

Hobk.  (C.  B.  C.)  —  viyosuroides  Var.   resupinatnm  Schp.  (C.  B. 

Schp.     (C.  B.   C.)  —  striatum  C.)   —  inolluscmii    Hedw.     (C. 

^.  k  '^.  {G.Jj.C.]  —  striatuluin  B.    C.)  —  cuspidatum    L.    (H. 

B.  &  S.  (C.  B.  C.)  —  rusciforme  R.) 

Milde    (H.  F.  P.)  —  confertum  Hijlocomium  splendens  B.  &  S.  (C. 

Milde  (H.R.)  B.  C.)  —  squarrosiim    B.  &  S. 

Plagiothechim  denticulatuw  B.  &S.  (H.  R.)  —  trlquetrum  B.  &  S. 

(H.  R.)  —  sylvaticum  B.   &  S.  (C.  B.  C.) 

(C.B.C.) 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL     NOTES. 
XV. — Gronovius's  'Flora  Virginica.' 

It  has  been  generally  understood  that  the  descriptions  of  new 
plants  in  the  Flora  Virginica  were  based,  not  upon  the  biblio- 
graphical references  to  previous  authors,  but  upon  the  specimens 
collected  by  Clayton.  It  is  true  that  these  are  cited  after  the 
synonymy,  where  such  exists,  but  the  title  of  the  book  seems  to 
make  it  abundantly  clear  that  Clayton's  plants  are  the  types  of  the 
descriptions.  It  runs  thus:  "Flora  Virginica  exhibens  plantas 
quas  V.  c.  Johannes  Clayton  in  Virginia  observavit  atque  collegit. 
Easdem  Methodo  Sexuali  disposuit,  ad  Genera  propria  retulit, 
Nominibus  specificis  insignivit,  et  minus  cognitas  descripsit  Joh. 
Fred.  Gronovius."  It  is  of  course  well  known  that  Clayton's 
specimens  were  acquired  by  Banks — they  are  entered  in  Dryander's 
Catalogue  (iii.  186)  as  "specimina  sicca  Claytoniana  (ex  herbario 
J.  F.  Gronovii)  qu^  adornand?e  huic  flora9  [i.  e.  Flora  Virginica] 
inservierunt " — and  they  are  now  incorporated  with  the  general 
herbarium  at  the  British  Museum. 

It  would  appear,  however,  that  the  importance  of  Clayton's 
plants  as  types  of  many  Linnean  species  is  at  present  in  danger  of 
being  overlooked  by  the  younger  American  botanists.  Two  in- 
stances of  this  have  just  come  under  my  notice ;  and  I  propose 
to  offer  a  few  remarks  upon  the  subject,  as  at  the  same  time  it 
gives  me  an  opportunity  of  once  more  calling  attention  to  other 
existing  early  types. 

1.    ASCLEPIAS  verticillata  L. 

Miss  A.  M.  Vail,  in  the  course  of  her  "  Studies  in  the  Asclepi- 
adace^e,"*  rightly  points  out  that  "  this  species  was  based  on 
Asclepias  foliis  verticillatis  lineari-setaceis  Gronovius,  Virg.  26  (1739)." 
She  proceeds,  however,  to  say  that  Gronovius's  plant  was  "in  its 

*  Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  April,  1898,  174. 


GRONOVius's  'flora  virginica.'  265 

turn  founded  on  Apocy^ium  Mariammi  erectum  Linarim  angustissimus 
foliis  umbellatum — Apocyno  recto  71071  ramoso.  Boris  viamii  foliis 
umhellis  jiorum  candidis  Plunkenet  \_sic\ ,  Mantissa,  17,  pi.  336  (1700)." 

It  is,  I  think,  perfectly  clear  that  Clayton's  plant  must  be  re- 
garded as  the  type  of  LinnEens's  description.  Gronovins's  descriptive 
phrase  stands  as  the  first  citation  in  the  Species  Plantar  urn,  and  this 
alone,  by  the  American  rule  of  priority  in  place,  would  entitle  it  to 
be  considered  as  the  foundation  of  the  Linnean  species.  The 
references  to  Plukenet  and  Petiver — the  latter  author,  by  the  way, 
is  also  cited  by  Gronovius,  and  has,  I  think,  an  equal  claim  with 
Plukenet  to  consideration — are  the  same  (save  for  slight  textual 
variation)  as  in  the  Flora  Virgi7iica,  but  LinnsGUS  places  them  after 
the  Gronovian  description. 

There  is  in  this  case  no  doubt  as  to  the  identity  of  the  plant  in 
all  three  references ;  but  in  the  quite  possible  event  of  a  difference 
between  them,  it  becomes  important  to  know  which  is  absolutely 
the  type  of  the  species. 

I  would  point  out  incidentally  that  Miss  Vail's  citation  from  the 
Ma7itissa,  although  placed  in  inverted  commas,  is  not  an  exact 
quotation,  and  does  not  quite  accurately  represent  what  Plukenet 
said.  This  w^ill  be  evident  if  the  following  transcription  of  the 
passage  be  compared  with  that  quoted  above :  "  Apocynum  Maria7ium 
erectum  Linariae  angustissimis  foliis  umbellatum,  apud  D.  Doodij. 
Apocyno  recto  non  ramoso  Eorismarini  foliis  umbellis  florum 
candidis  Almagest.  Bot.  [36]  plurimum  convenit."  The  last  four 
words,  which  imply  a  certain  doubt  as  to  the  identity  of  the  two 
plants,  are  omitted  by  Miss  Vail ;  but  the  uncertainty  was  also 
expressed  by  Petiver  (Mus.  no.  609),  who  is,  equally  with  Pluke- 
net, cited  by  Gronovius  and  Linnaeus,  and  who  calls  the  plant 
"Apocynum  Marianum  foliis  angustissimis  stellatis,"  adding 
"rtw?  A.  erect,  non  ramosum  Eorismarini  folio,"  etc. 

This  latter  synonym  first  appears  in  the  list  of  plants  at  the  end 
of  Bay's  Hist.  Plant,  (pp.  1926  (sphalm.  "  1928")-1928),  "  e  Cata- 
logo  hue  transmisso  Anno  1680,  quem  composnit  eruditissimus  Vir 
et  consummatissimus  Botanicus  D.  Johannes  Ba7iister  Plantarum  a 
seipso  in  Virginia  observatarum."  It  stands  sixth  in  his  list  of 
Apocyni,  and  is  called  ''Apoc.  erect,  non  ram.  Boris  marini  foliis 
umbellis  florum  candidis."  In  the  collection  of  plants  from  Banister 
in  Herb.  Sloane  xcii  (fol.  16)  is  a  specimen  with  a  ticket  by  Plukenet, 
''Apocyn.  rect.  Virg.  Bosmarini  fol.  D.  Banister.  Linariae  foliis 
potius" ;  and  in  the  same  Herbarium  (xxxvii.  fol.  86)  is  a  Maryland 
specimen  from  Krieg  or  Vernon,  to  which  is  appended  in  Bay's  hand 
a  note  :  "An  Apocynu  6tum  Banist.  Cat." 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  note  that  we  have  also  in  Herb.  Sloane 
other  specimens :  from  Carolina,  Catesby  (ccxii.  30) ;  Virginia,  Mar- 
shall (clviii.  290) ;  Maryland,  Jones  or  Krieg  (Ixxiv.  68)  and 
Vernon  (ccxlvi.  24).  Marshall's  specimen  bears  a  note  in  his 
hand: — "  This  is  y®  Sneak  Boot  good  to  expell  y^  bite  of  a  Battle 
Sneak" ;  it  is  identified  by  Petiver  with  no.  609  of  his  Museum.  We 
have  also  a  specimen  and  drawing  in  William  Young's  collection  of 
Carolina  plants  (1767). 


266  GRONOVIUS'S    'FLORA   VIRGINICA.' 

In  the  Banksian  herbarium  we  have,  besides  Clayton's  Virginia 
specimen,  one  in  fruit  from  John  Bartram,  with  a  note:  "This 
plant  I  never  observed  but  upon  one  hill  a  days  journey  beyond 
y^  blew  mountains  when  I  went  to  find  y*"  head  of  sculkill.  This 
is  y®  state  I  found  it  in  so  I  cant  tell  what  flower  it  bears." 
Another  Banksian  specimen  is  indorsed  "  Cherrokee  countrey, 
W.  V.  Turner,  1769.  Indian  name  Chera  Notse  Younnoste — Pine 
leav'd  plant."  Banks  had  a  large  number  of  "Cherrokee"  plants 
from  Turner,  nearly  all  of  which  bear  the  "  Indian  name."  Miller 
grew  the  plant  in  Chelsea  Garden  (whence  we  have  it)  in  1760,  and 
his  herbarium  contains  specimens  sent  to  him  by  Houstoun. 

I  have  cited  these  early  collections  because  I  do  not  think  it  is 
always  sufficiently  recognized  that  our  National  Herbarium  affords 
a  rich  store  of  early  American  material,  which  the  officials  are  always 
wilUug  to  render  accessible,  so  far  as  comparison  of  specimens  goes, 
to  transatlantic  workers. 

2.    Antennaria  plantaginea  Br. 

Mr.  M.  L.  Fernald*  writes:  "Linnaeus,  in  the  first  edition  of 
the  Species  Plantar  am,  founded  the  species  Gnajyltalium  plantagini- 
folium  upon  the  'White  Plantain'  of  Plukenet's  Almagestum  Bo- 
tanicinn.  The  description  by  Linnaeus  is  characteristically  short, 
and  without  his  reference  to  Plukenet's  figure  it  would  be  difficult 
to  say  just  what  plant  he  had  in  mind,  though  his  note,  '  Habitat 
in  Virginia,'  is  at  least  a  suggestion."  Later  on,  Mr.  Fernald  says 
"  The  first  evidence  must  be  looked  for  in  Plukenet's  figure." 

A  comparison  of  Linnaeus' s  description  with  those  cited  by  him 
from  Gronovius  and  Plukenet  makes  it  even  more  clear  than  in 
the  case  of  the  Asclepias  that  the  Linnean  plant  is  based  upon 
Gronovius,  and  that  the  reference  to  Plukenet  is  merely  the  citation 
of  a  synonym.  Here  are  the  three  as  they  stand  in  Species  Plantar  urn , 
1.  850  :— 

"  Gnaphalium  caule  simplicissimo,  foliis  radicalibus  ovatis 
maximis,  sarmentis  procumbentibus. 

"  Gnaphalium  stolonibus  reptatricibus  longissimis,  foliis  ovatis, 
caule  capitato.     Groji.  virg.  95. 

"  Gnaphalium  plantaginis  folio,  virginianum.  Pink.  aim.  171 
t.  348/.  9." 

How,  in  the  face  of  this  citation  from  Flora  Virginica,  Mr.  Fer- 
nald can  say  that  "without  his  reference  to  Plukenet's  figure,  it 
would  be  difficult  to  say  just  what  [Linnaeus]  had  in  his  mind," 
1  cannot  understand.  Clayton's  specimen,  "  stolonibus  reptatrici- 
bus longissimis,"  is  sufficient  evidence  as  to  what  Linnaeus  intended, 
and  is  far  more  in  accord  with  his  description  than  is  Plukenet's 
phrase  or  figure. 

Although  it  is,  I  think,  already  clear  that  Linnaeus  in  these  two 
instances,  as  in  very  numerous  others,  had  Gronovius's  descriptions 
in  view,  it  must  not  be  overlooked  that  he  was  also  in  frequent  corre- 
spondence with  Gronovius,  and  that  he  received  from  him  specimens 

*  Asa  Gray  Bulletin,  v.  91  (Dec.  15,  1897). 


BIOGEAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  267 

of  Clayton's  plants.  Writing  to  Haller  Oct.  8,  1737,  he  says : 
"  Gronovius  will,  doubtless,  soon  publish  the  plants  sent  by  Clayton 
from  Virginia,  unless  he  considers  too  long  about  the  matter";  and 
on  Jan.  23,  1738:  "I  wish  [Gronovius]  had  not  so  long  hesitated 
to  publish  his  book.  He  is  too  timid."*  Smith,  writing  of  Gro- 
novius, says  :  "  Gronovius  received  from  Clayton  various  specimens 
of  Virginian  plants,  which  he,  tdth  the  assistance  of  LimicBus,  then 
resident  in  Holland,  arranged  according  to  the  sexual  system,  and 
with  proper  specific  characters,  descriptions,  and  synonyms,  pub- 
lished under  the  title  of  Flora  Virginica  "  ;  and  again  :  "  He  was  in 
frequent  correspondence  with  Linn^us,  whom  he  furnished  with 
numerous  si)edmens  of  American  plants  sent  by  Clayton."!  Linnasus 
also  acknowledges  his  indebtedness  to  Gronovius's  Herbarium  in 
the  preface  to  the  first  edition  of  the  Species  Plantarum:  it  is  more- 
over certain  that  in  some  instances  at  least  he  had  before  him  the 
actual  specimens  from  Clayton  on  which  Gronovius  based  his  descrip- 
tions— as  in  the  case  of  Dulichos  regidaris  L.  {Galactia glabella  Wich.) 
which  bears  the  Linnean  name  in  Linnaeus 's  own  hand. 

James  Britten. 


BIOGRAPHICAL    INDEX    OF    BRITISH    AND     IRISH 
BOTANISTS. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S.,  and  G.  S.  Boulger,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S. 

First  Supplement  (1893-97). 

(Continued  from  p.  195.) 

Hind,  Rev.  William  Marsden  (1815-94) :  b.  near  Belfast,  21 
Feb.  1815;  d.  Walsham-le- Willows,  Suffolk,  13  Sept.  1891; 
bur.  Staplehill.  B.A.,  Dublin,  1839.  LL.D.,  1870.  Curate  of 
Derriaghy,  Co.  Down,  1839.  Perpet.  Curate,  Pinner,  1861. 
Rector  of  Honnington,  Suffolk,  1875.  Contrib.  to  Melvill's 
'  Flora  of  Harrow,'  1864  ;  edited  ed.  2,  1876.  '  Flora  of  Suffolk,' 
1889.  British  herbarium  at  Trin.  Coll.,  Dubhn  ;  Suffolk  her- 
barium at  Ipswich  Museum.  Jacks.  253;  R.S.C.  iii.  358;  vii, 
984 ;  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  352. 

Hogg,  Robert  (1818-97) :  b.  Coldstream,  1818  ;  d.  Pimlico,  14 
March,  1897.  Horticulturist.  F.L.S.,  1861.  LL.D.  Editor  of 
Cott.  Gardener,  afterwards  Journal  of  Horticulture.  '  Vegetable 
Kingdom,'  1858.  Edited  Miss  Plues's  '  Eatable  Funguses '  (with 
G.  W.  Johnson),  1866,  and  Notcutt's  'Handbook  of  Brit.  PI.,' 
ed.  2,  1871.  'Wild  Flowers  of  Great  Britain'  (with  G.  W. 
Johnson),  1861-80.  Pritz.  147 ;  Jacks.  560  ;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
1896-7,  57;  Gard.  Chron.  1897,  i.  188  (portr.). 

Holland,  Robert  (1829-93) :  b.  Peckham,  Surrey,  2  Aug.  1829  ; 
d.  near  Acton  Grange,  Cheshire,  16  July,  1893.     Contrib.  to 

*  Correspondence  of  Linncsus,  ii.  300,  314. 
t  Bees,  Cyclopcedia,  xvii. 


268  BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

Grindon's  'Manchester  Flora,'  1859.  *  Dictionary  of  English 
Plant-names'  (with  J.  Britten),  1878-86.  Jacks.  10;  Journ. 
Bot.  1893,  241;  E.S.C.  iii.  404;  vii.  1006. 

Home,  Sir  Everard  (1756-1832) :  b.  Hull,  6  May,  1756  ;  d.  Chel- 
sea Hospital,  31  Aug.  1832.  Surgeon.  P.R.S.,  1785.  Baronet, 
1813.  Went  to  Jamaica,  N.  Zealand,  N.  Caledonia,  &c.  Plants 
(N.  Caledonia,  &c.)  at  Brit.  Mus.  and  Kew.  Sent  living  plants 
to  Kew.  Correspondence  at  Kew.  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.  xxvii.  227. 
R.S.C.  iii.  413.  Portr.  by  Sir  W.  Beechey,  engr.  in  his 
'  Lectures  on  Comp.  Anatomy.     Santalum  Homei  Seem. 

Hooper,  James  (d.  1830) ;  d.  at  sea,  Dec.  1830.  Kew  gardener. 
Botanic  gardener  under  Abel  on  Lord  Amherst's  embassy  to 
China,  1816-7.  Hortulanus  at  Buitenzorg  Bot.  Garden,  1817-30. 
Kew  Bulletin,  1893,  174. 

Hopkins,  Esther,  nee  Burton  (1815-97):  b.  18  Nov.  1815;  d. 
Chester,  27  May,  1897;  bur.  Bath.  Contrib.  to  Top.  Bot. 
Memb.  Bot.  Exch.  Club.  Discovered  Fotamogeton  decipiens  in 
England.  Bot.  Exch.  Club  Eeport,  1866,  13 ;  Journ.  Bot. 
1867,  71.  Herbarium  in  possession  of  Dr.  D.  M.  Atkinson, 
Royal  Infirmary,  Glasgow.  Potamogeton  Burtoyii  Hopkins  = 
P.  decipiens  Nolte. 

Houlton,  Joseph  (1788-1861):  b.  Saffron  Walden,  Essex,  29  Feb. 
1788;  d.  London,  14  Jan.  1861.  M.R.C.S.  M.D.,  Erlangen. 
F.L.S.,  1823.  Surgeon  to  E.  Norfolk  militia  till  1817.  Prac- 
tised at  Saffron  Walden  and  (from  1823)  in  London.  Prof.  Bot. 
to  Medico-botanical  Society  of  London.  Licensed  Lecturer  by 
Society  of  Apothecaries.  'Esculent  qualities  of  the  root-stock 
of  Stachijs  palustris,'  1828.  Contrib.  to  Pharm.  Journ.  R.S.C. 
iii.  446;  'Medical  Times  and  Gazette,'  1861,  565. 

How,  Rev.  William  Walsham  (1823-97) :  b.  Shrewsbury,  Salop, 
13  Dec.  1823 ;  d.  Leeuane,  Connemara,  10  Aug.  1897 ;  bur. 
Whittington,  near  Oswestry.  B.A.,  Oxon,  1845;  M.A.,  1847; 
D.D.,  1886.  D.D.,  Lambeth,  1879.  Bishop  of  Bedford,  1879; 
of  Wakefield,  1888.  A  founder  of  the  Oswestry  and  Welshpool 
Field  Club,  1857.  Pres.  Yorksh.  Nat.  Union,  1890.  Had  a 
herbarium.  '  Botany  of  Great  Orme's  Head,'  in  Proc.  Oswestry 
and  Welshpool  Field  Club,  1865.  PI.  list  in  Roberts's  *  Gos- 
siping Guide  to  Wales.'  Naturalist,  1897,  299,  with  portr. ; 
Journ.  Bot.  1897,  464. 

Hunter,  Rev.  Robert  (1824  ?-97):  d.  Eppiug,  Essex,  25  Feb. 
1897.  M.A.,  Aberdeen.  LL.D.  Missionary  Free  Church  of 
Scotland  in  India.  Collected  in  Bermuda,  1884.  '  Bermuda 
Ferns,'  Journ.  Bot.  1887,  367.  Plants  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit. 
Journ.  Bot.  1897,  158;  R.S.C.  iii.  476;  x.  295. 

Hunter,  Rev.  Sylvester  Joseph  (1829-96) :  b.  Bath,  13  Sept. 
1829  ;  d.  Stonyhurst  College,  Blackburn,  20  June,  1896.  M.A., 
Cambridge.  S.J.  '  Conjugation  in  Spirogyra,'  Journ.  Bot. 
1885,  185.     Stonyhurst  Magazine,  July,  1896. 

Huxley,  Thomas  Henry  (1825-95):  b.  EaUng,  Middlesex,  4  May, 
1825 ;  d.  Eastbourne,  Sussex,  29  June,  1895  ;  bur.  Finchley 
Cemetery.     Assistant- Surgeon,  R.N.,  1846,  on  H.M.S.  'Ratile- 


BIOGKAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  269 

snake,'  1846-50.  D.O.L.,  Oxen,  1885.  F.R.S.,  1851.  Pres. 
R.S.,  1883.  F.L.S.,  1858.  Prof.  Nat.  Hist.  Royal  School  of 
Mines,  1854-85.  '  Gentians,'  Joiirn.  Linn.  Soc.  xxiv.  101-124 
(1887).  R.S.C.  iii.  482;  vii.  1045;  x.  302;  Proc.  Royal  Soc. 
1895-6,  xlvi.,  with  portr.  ;  Journ.  Bot.  1895,  312;  'Times,' 
1  July,  1895  ;  Alumn.  Oxon.     Portr.  hy  Collier  at  Royal  Soc. 

Inchbald,  Peter  (1816-96)  :  b.  Adwick  Hall,  Doncaster,  1816  ; 
cl.  Hornsea,  Yorkshire,  13  June,  1896.  F.L.S.,  1880.  Knew 
British  and  S.European  plants.  '  Llandudno  Botany,'  1864. 
Papers  on  Yorkshire  plants  in  Phyt.  iii.  (1848-9).  Proc.  Linn. 
Soc.  1896-7,  58;  Jacks.  255;  R.S.C.  iii.  493;  viii.  3;  x.  306. 

Jenner,  Charles  (1810-93) :  b.  Chatham,  Kent,  1   Sept.  1810  ; 

d.  Portobello,  Edinburgh,  27  Oct.  1893.     Draper  in  Edinburgh 

from    1830.     F.B.S.E.,    1851;    President,    1867.     Algologist. 

Had  a  bot.  garden  at  Portobello.     Discovered  C^iicus  Carolorum. 

Contrib.  to  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  vols,  v.-ix.     R.S.C.  iii.  544; 

viii.  23;  Trans.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  xx.  23  (with  bibl.).     Didymodo7i 

Jeyinerii  Schimper. 
Jenyns.     See  Blomefield. 
Johnson,  Charles  Pierpoint  (d.  1893) :  d.  Camberwell,  Surrey, 

6    March,    1893.      Son    of   Charles   Johnson.      'British    Wild 

Flowers,'  1858-60;  ed.  3,  1876.     'British  Poisonous  Plants,' 

ed.  2,  1862  (with  Charles  Johnson).     *  Useful  Plants  of  Great 

Britain,'  1861-2;  ed.  2,  1863.     Pritz.  157;  Jacks.  564;  Journ. 

Bot.  1893,  128. 
Justen,  Joseph  (1836-65) :    b.  Bonn,  1836  ;  d.  London,  1865  ; 

bur.  Highgate.     Had  collection  of  woods.     '  Notes  on  Wood,' 

1864. 

Kerr,  James  (fl.  1779).  Surgeon.  'Account  of  tree  producing 
the  Terra  Japonica.'     Med.  Obs.  &  Liquiries,  v.  148  (1779). 

Kilburn,  William  (1745-1818) :  b.  Dublin,  1745;  d.  Workington, 
23  Dec.  1818.  Artist  and  calico-printer.  Drew  and  engraved 
plates  for  'Flora  Londinensis.'  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xxxi.  101. 
Indexes  to  Bot.  Mag.  (1828),  p.  ix. 

King,  Thomas  (1834-96):  b.  Lochwinnoch,  Renfrew,  14  April, 
1834;  d.  Fochabers,  Elgin,  14  Sept.  1896;  bur.  Paisley  Abbey. 
Mycologist.  Prof.  Bot.  Anderson's  Coll.  Glasgow,  1889.  Presi- 
dent N.  H.  Soc.  Glasgow,  1893-6;  of  the  Microscop.  Soc. 
Glasgow,  1892-5.  Collected  at  Valparaiso,  1864-73.  Edited 
Hennedy's  Clydesdale  Flora.  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  487;  Ann. 
Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  1897,  1  ;  Trans.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Glasgow, 
1896-7,  with  portr.  and  bibliog.    Alstroemeria  Kingii  Philippi,  &c. 

Kirby,  Mary.     See  Gregg. 

Kitton,  Frederic  (1827-95) :  b.  Cambridge,  April,  1827  ;  d.  West 
Kensington,  22  July,  1895.  Tobacconist.  Diatomist  and  mi- 
croscopist.  Hon.  Memb.R.M.S.  R.S.C.  viii.  83;  x.  407;  Journ. 
Bot.  1895,  312  ;  Journ.  Quekett  Micr.  Club.  Nov.  1895,  152. 

Knight,  Joseph  (1781  ?-1855) :  b.  near  Hoghton,  Gloucestershire, 


270  BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

1781  ?  ;  d.  Bitham  House,  Banbury,  27  July,  1855.  Gardener 
to  Hibbert,  and,  from  about  1809,  nurseryman  at  Chelsea. 
'  ProteEe,'  1809.  '  Coniferous  Plants,'  1850.  Pritz.  166;  Jacks. 
141,408;  Journ.  Bot.  1886,  296;  Trans.  Hort.  See.  i.  262; 
Gillow,  Diet.  Catholic  Biography,  vol.  iv. 

Koenig,  Johann  Gerhard  (1728-85):  b.  Courland?,  1728?;  d. 
Jagrenatx^orum,  India,  26  June,  1728.  Pupil  of  Linna3us.  In 
Iceland,  1765,  Linn.  Mantissa  Gen.  PI.  13.  In  India  from 
about  1768.  Physician  to  the  Danish  settlement  in  Carnatic. 
Naturalist  to  the  Nabob  of  Arcot.  On  the  Madras  establishment 
of  the  East  India  Co.  in  1778.  Bequeathed  his  plants  and  MSS. 
to  Banks.  Collected  in  Ceylon,  Malacca,  Siam.  Pritz.  168  ; 
Roxburgh,  Coromandel  Plants,  pref. ;  Banks  Corresp.  iv.  July  9, 
1785. 

Krieg,  David  (fl.  1699-1703) :  b.  in  Saxony.  F.R.S.  Physician. 
Collected  in  Maryland.  Correspondent  of  Dale.  Sent  plants 
to  Petiver,  Mus.  Pet.  45,  95.  Plants  in  Herb.  Sloane  xxxvii, 
Ixxiv,  xcii ;  Pult.  ii.  57 ;  Ray  Hist.  PL  iii.  pref.  p.  iii. 

Lawson,  George  (1828  ?-95):  b.  Dundee,  Scotland,  1828?;  d. 
Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  10  Nov.  1895.  F.B.S.Edmb.  Assistant 
to  J.  H.  Balfour,  1848.  Prof.  Nat.  Hist.,  Kingston,  Canada, 
1858.  Prof.  Chemistry,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia.  '  Hist,  of 
Water-lilies,'  1850.  '  Synopsis  of  Canadian  Ferns,'  1864.  Pritz. 
177;  Jacks.  570;  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  48;  R.S.C.  iii.  895;  viii. 
177;  X.  532;  AtheucTum,  1895,  ii.  722. 

Lawson,  Marmaduke  Alexander  (1840-96) :  b.  Seaton  Carew, 
Durham,  20  Jan.  1840;  d.  Madras,  14  Feb.  1896.  M.A., 
Camb.,  1864.  F.L.S.,  1869.  Prof.  Bot.,  Oxon,  1868-82. 
Director  Bot.  Dep.,  Ootacamund,  1882.  Contrib.  to  'Flora 
of  Trop.  Africa  '  and  '  Flora  of  British  India.'  Herb,  of  Oota- 
camund pi.  at  Madras.  R.S.C.  vii.  178;  x.  532;  Journ.  Bot. 
1896,  191,  239;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1895-6,  40;  Kew  Bull.  1896, 
185  ;  Druce,  Fl.  Berks,  clxxvii. 

Leeds,  Edward  (1802-77) :  b.  Pendleton,  9  Sept.  1802 ;  d.  Bow- 
don,  Cheshire,  1877  ;  bur.  Bowdon.  Hybridized  Narcissi.  Gard. 
Chron.  1894,  ii.  561,  625. 

Leipner,  Adolph  (1827-94):  b.  Dresden,  13  Aug.  1827;  d. 
Chfton,  Gloucestersh.,  1  April,  1894.  Settled  at  Chfton,  1854. 
Lecturer  on  Bot.,  Univ.  Coll.,  Bristol.  Formed  bot.  garden  of 
the  College.  A  founder  of  Bristol  Naturalists'  Society,  1862. 
'  Silica  in  Rubiace?e,'  Journ.  Microscop.  Sci.  v.  (1857),  134. 
'  Mosses  of  Bristol,'  Proc.  Bristol  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  iii.  (1868),  21. 
R.S.S.  iii.  944  ;  viii.  198;  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  224. 

Leitch,  John  (1859?-1896):  b.  Monimail,  Fife,  1859 ? ;  d.  Silloth, 
Cumberland,  22  Dec.  1896.  M.B.,  Edinb.,  1871.  Had  a  her- 
barium;  did  not  publish.     Journ.  Bot.  1897,  112. 

Levinge,  Harry  Corbyn  (1831  ?-96) :  b.  1831  ? ;  d.  Knockdrin 
Castle,  Mullmgar,  11  March,  1896.  Secretary  Bengal  Public 
Works  Dept.  Collected  ferns  in  Sikkim,  Kashmir,  and  Nil- 
ghiris.     Discovered    Ghara   denudata   in   Ireland.     Contrib.    to 


JAMES    WARD.  271 

Irish  Naturalist  and  Journ.  Bot.  ^  Neotinea  intacta,'  Journ. 
Bot.  1892,  194.  Brit,  herbarium  bequeathed  to  Dublin  Mus. 
Science  and  Art.  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  240;  Nature,  April  23, 
1896  ;  Irish  Naturalist,  1896,  107.     Adimitum  Levingei  Baker. 

Lloyd,  James  (1810-96):  b.  1810;  d.  Nantes,  May  10,  1896. 
'  Flore  de  I'Ouest  de  la  France,'  1854  ;  ed.  4,  1886.  Comp. 
Bot.  Mag.  ii.  265  ;  Pritz.  194;  R.S.C.  iv.  65,  viii.  246;  Journ. 
Bot.  1896,  328. 

Lobb,  Thomas  (d.  1894):  b.  Cornwall;  d.  Devoran,  Cornwall, 
30  April,  1894.  Collector  for  Veitch  in  India  and  Malaysia 
from  1840.  List  of  his  plants  (by  Planchon)  in  Journ.  Bot. 
1847-8.  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  191;  Gard.  Chron.  1894,  i.  636; 
Cott.  Gard.  xiii.  274.     Lobbia  Planch. 

Lomax,  Alban  Edward  (1861-94)  :  b.  1861  ;  d.  Liverpool, 
4  May,  1894.  Pharmaceutical  Chemist.  Described  Cerastlum 
carpetanum,  Journ.  Bot.  1893,  331.  Herb,  at  Univ.  Coll., 
Liverpool.     Journ.  Bot.  1894,  384. 

Lomax,  Elizabeth  Ann,  nee  Smithson  (1810-95) :  b.  Ponte- 
fract,  Yorksh.,  22  Feb.  1810;  d.  Torquay,  Devon,  16  March, 
1895 ;  m.  Eobert  Lomax,  1842.  Memb.  Bot.  Exchange  Club. 
Herbarium  at  Owens  Coll.,  Manchester.    Journ.  Bot.  1895, 160. 

Lousley,  Job  (1790-1855) :  b.  Newbury,  Berks,  20  Nov.  1790  ;  d. 
Hampstead  Norris,  Berks,  8  July,  1855  ;  bur.  Hampstead 
Norris.  Contrib.  locaHties  to  Hewett's  Hist,  of  Compton 
Hundred,  and  to  Mrs.  Anna  Russell's  Hist,  of  Newbury. 
Druce,  Fl.  Berks,  clxviii. 

Lyall,  David  (1817-95) :  b.  Auchinblae,  Kincardineshire,  1  June, 
1817;  d.  Cheltenham,  Gloucestershire,  2  March,  1895.  M.D., 
Aberdeen.  R.N.,  1839.  F.L.S.,  1862.  Assistant-surgeon  and 
botanist  on  H.M.S.  'Terror'  in  Sir  James  Ross's  Antarctic 
Voyage,  1839-42.  Collected  1500  spp.  Surgeon  and  naturahst 
on  H.M.S.  'Acheron'  in  New  Zealand,  1847.  Discovered 
Ilanuncidus  Lyallii.  In  Arctic  Regions  with  Sir  E.  Belcher, 
1852.  On  British  Columbia  Boundary  Commission,  1858 ; 
collections  described  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  vii.  (1863),  124-147. 
R.S.O.  iv.  137;  Journ.  Bot.  1895,  209.  Lyallia  Hook.  f. 
(To  be  continued.) 


JAMES     WARD. 


[The  Stonyhurst  Magazine  for  June  contains  a  memoir  of  James 
Ward,  of  whom  a  short  notice  appeared  in  this  Journal  for  July, 
1873.  As  the  memoir  is  not  likely  to  come  into  the  hands  of  our 
readers,  we  reprint  such  portions  of  it  as  relate  to  Ward's  connection 
with  British  botany.  Edward  Forster  may  be  added  to  the  list  given  of 
Ward's  correspondents  (see  E.  Bot.  Suppl.  2737). — Ed.  Joukn.  Bot.] 

James  Ward  was  born  at  Wensley,  in  Yorkshire,  on  Christmas 
Day,  1802.  He  was  the  second  of  seven  sons  of  Robert  Ward,  of 
Wensley,  whose  grandfather,  Robert  Ward,  migrated  from  Inger- 


272  JAMES  WARD. 

thorpe,  near  Kipon,  to  Wensley  about  the  year  1720,  disposing  of 
his  estate  in  that  district  to  Wilham  Wilberforce,  of  Kiugston- 
upon-Hull,  grandfather  of  the  great  philanthropist. 

There  is  not  much  to  record  of  Mr.  Ward's  early  life  beyond  the 
fact  that  he  was  educated  at  a  school  at  Leyburn,  a  small  town 
about  two  miles  distant  from  Wensley,  and  one  of  the  most  pictur- 
esque spots  in  the  Yorkshire  "dales."  At  the  age  of  fourteen  he 
went  to  Richmond  to  live  with  his  uncles  John  and  Charles  Ward, 
and  to  learn  their  business,  which  was  that  of  chymists  and  oil 
merchants.  As  part  of  his  work  he  had  to  study  the  medicinal 
virtues  of  plants ;  he  had  also  to  help  his  uncles  to  cultivate  a  large 
garden.  In  1821  his  uncle,  John  Ward,  started  the  Richmond 
Florist  Society  for  the  promotion  of  the  cultivation  of  flowers  and 
fruits. 

John  Ward  was  a  botanist,  and  had  a  large  number  of  botanical 
books.  In  early  life  he  had  gone  to  London  to  study  for  the  medical 
profession,  but  not  caring  for  the  surgical  part  of  it  had  given  it  up. 
He  now  directed  his  nephew's  studies  and  fostered  his  taste  for 
plants,  so  that  the  young  man  commenced  to  scour  the  country  in 
search  of  every  kind  and  variety  of  plant.  The  hours  of  work  in 
those  days  were  very  long,  being  from  7  a.m.  until  8  p.m.  This 
left  very  little  time  for  leisure  or  for  botanizing,  and  yet,  "where 
there's  a  will  there's  a  way,"  and  the  young  botanist  rose  at  four 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  spent  three  hours  in  the  woods  or  on  the 
moors,  and  was  back  at  seven  o'clock,  ready  to  begin  his  daily 
duties.  The  work  in  his  uncle's  establishment  was  not  of  a  light 
nature,  for  the  communications  with  wholesale  houses  were  not  so 
quick  as  in  these  times,  and  most  of  their  goods  came  by  water  from 
London  to  Stockton.  They,  however,  manufactured  a  large  number 
of  things  on  their  own  premises,  so  that  a  distilling  of  various 
essences  was  always  going  on,  besides  the  constant  moving  of  oil 
barrels,  for  the  oil  department  constituted  the  largest  part  of  the 
business  in  the  days  before  gas  was  introduced.  When  gas  was 
introduced,  Mr.  John  Ward  was  the  first  in  Richmond  to  manu- 
facture it.  Occasionally  James  would  get  a  day's  holiday  which  he 
would  employ  in  botanizing,  starting  at  dawn  and  wandering  over 
the  hills  and  dales  for  nearly  fifty  miles,  collecting  plants  all  the 
time,  and  returning  home  when  he  could  no  longer  see. 

In  1824  James  Ward  compiled  a  list  of  plants  growing  in  North 
Yorkshire ;  the  districts  to  which  he  chiefly  devoted  himself  were 
the  valleys  of  the  Swale,  Yore,  and  Tees.  In  1825  he  had  collected 
66G  species.  In  1827  he  had  830  species;  in  1831,  1027  species; 
in  1836,  1318  species;  in  1844,  1454  species;  in  1856,  1591  spe- 
cies ;  in  1863,  1642  species  ;  in  1871 — his  last  entry— 1753  species. 
These  refer  to  the  British  Herbarium  alone,  which  he  looked  upon 
as  the  most  valuable,  and  besides  this  he  had  his  Exotic  Her- 
barium, containing  foreign  as  well  as  English  plants. 

In  1833  Mr.  Hewett  Cottrell  Watson  published  his  New  Botanist's 
Guide,  containing  Mr.  Ward's  catalogue  of  North  Yorkshire  plants. 
Until  Mr.  Ward's  death  in  1873  this  veteran  botanist  corresponded 
with  him  as  to  plants,  their  varieties  and  habitats,  and  his  catalogues 


JAMES    WAED.  273 

of  plants  were  continually  referred  to  as  authorities  for  North  York- 
shire in  Mr.  Watson's  numerous  works  on  the  geographical  and 
topographical  distribution  of  plants.  He  had  also  a  lifelong  friend- 
ship with  the  Rev.  J.  E.  Leefe,  in  connection  with  whom  he  published 
in  1842-3  two  volumes  of  British  dried  Willows.  Besides  Willows, 
Mr.  Ward  devoted  a  good  deal  of  attention  to  the  groups  of  Roses 
and  Hieracia.  At  first  all  his  specimens  were  arranged  according 
to  the  Linnean  classification.  Later  he  arranged  them  according 
to  the  natural  orders,  but  his  first  and  best  collection,  now  at 
Stonyhurst,  remains  in  the  Linnean  classification.  The  value  of 
this  herbarium  is  enhanced  by  the  fact  that  many  of  its  rarer 
specimens  were  supplied  by  the  leading  botanists  of  the  period,  and 
can  therefore  be  depended  upon  as  accurately  named,  according  to 
the  nomenclature  recognized  at  that  time.  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  was 
one  of  Mr.  Ward's  friends  and  correspondents.  Amongst  his  other 
botanical  correspondents  may  be  mentioned  Sir  W.  Hooker,  Sir 
J.  D.  Hooker,  Professors  Henslow,  Balfour,  and  Babiugton  ;  also 
Dr.  Boswell  Syme  and  Dr.  Arnold  Lees. 

On  the  12th  of  May,  1886,  Ward  was  chosen  a  Fellow  of  the 
Botanical  Society  of  Edinburgh,  then  but  recently  established.  Li 
1847  he  became  corresponding  local  secretary  to  the  London 
Botanical  Society.  He  had  an  immense  number  of  duplicate 
specimens  to  exchange  with  private  correspondents.  He  not  only 
collected  plants  and  ferns,  but  mosses,  lichens,  sea-weeds,  confervse, 
fungi,  etc.  Later,  when  he  seemed  to  have  collected  all  the  British 
plants  that  he  could,  he  made  collections  of  sea  and  fresh-water 
shells  and  minerals. 

In  1856  Ward  withdrew  entirely  from  business  and  gave  himself 
up  to  the  cultivation  of  rare  plants  and  choice  fruits  in  his  garden. 
He  was  especially  fond  of  saxifrages,  alpine  plants,  and  ferns.  In 
1863  Ward  visited  Ireland,  traversing  it  from  north  to  south,  and 
east  to  west.  In  1864  he  paid  a  visit  to  Switzerland,  during  which 
he  gathered  sufficient  plants  to  fill  three  large  volumes. 

In  January,  1865,  the  Richmond  and  North  Riding  Naturalists' 
Field  Club  was  started ;  Ward  was  one  of  the  vice-presidents,  and 
took  the  lead  in  the  botanical  department.  He  at  once  set  to  work 
to  make  a  herbarium  for  the  Club.  In  an  incredibly  short  time  he 
collected  twelve  large  volumes  of  plants,  numbering  2000  specimens, 
to  remain  for  reference  in  the  Club  museum.  He  accompanied  the 
Club  on  many  botanical  and  geological  rambles  in  the  North  Riding. 
He  also  joined  the  Tyneside  Naturalists'  Club. 

When  he  reached  the  age  of  sixty-seven  he  began  to  be  greatly 
troubled  with  rheumatism.  He  tried  various  baths  and  remedies 
without  any  permanent  benefit.  The  disease  seemed  to  be  too 
deeply  rooted  in  the  joints  to  yield  to  treatment.  In  search  of  a 
milder  climate  he  migrated,  in  1871,  to  Redcliffe  House,  Barton- 
upon-Irwell,  near  Manchester.  After  two  years  of  gradually  de- 
clining health,  he  died  on  the  6th  March,  1873,  in  the  seventy-first 
year  of  his  age,  and  was  buried  in  the  cemetery  at  Chester. 


Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [July,  1898.] 


274 


SHORT    NOTES. 

Bibliographical  Note  on  Cape  Plants.  —  I  see  that  Mr.  Bolus 
{Orchids  of  Cape  Peniimda,  p.  95  (1888) )  speaks  as  if  there  were  some 
doubt  as  to  the  authorship  of  certain  papers  on  Cape  Orchids  which 
appeared  in  the  Journal  of  Science  and  the  Arts,  1818-20.  It  may  be 
well  to  point  out  that  the  author  has  been  clearly  shown  (in  this  Journal 
for  1884,  pp.  145-6,  and  by  Mr.  J.  J.  Bennett  (Preface  to  vol.  ii.  of 
Bot.  Works  of  R.  Brow^n,  p.  vi)  )  to  be  John  Bellenden  Ker,  as 
Mr.  Bolus  infers.  In  the  same  article  I  have  noted  that  Reichenbach 
refers  the  drawing  of  Pterygodium  catholicum  (quoted  by  Mr.  Bolus 
under  that  species)  to  P.  cruciferum ;  that  of  Satyrium  bracteatiim 
is  referred  by  Reichenbach  doubtfully  to  S.  striatum.  I  note  with 
some  surprise  that  Mr.  Bolus  [I.  c.  90)  says  that  Bowie's  "  collections 
do  not  appear  to  have  been  numerous  or  important."  The  National 
Herbarium  makes  it  evident  that  they  were  numerous,  and  I  think 
those  who  have  worked  at  them  recognize  their  importance. — James 
Britten. 

Euphrasia  latifolia  Pursh  in  Caithness.  —  I  have  found  two 
small  specimens  of  this  plant  among  a  gathering  of  E.  foulaensis 
from  low  grassy  cliffs  between  Thurso  and  Scrabster.  It  will  pro- 
bably prove  to  be  generally  distributed  over  the  north  coast  of 
Scotland. — Edward  S.  Marshall. 

DiANTHus  deltoides  IN  BERKSHIRE. — In  the  "Additions  and 
Corrections"  to  the  Flora  of  Berkshire  I  inserted  Dianthus  deltoides 
for  the  Isis  district,  on  the  authority  of  Miss  Niven,  "near  Cars- 
well."  This  record  reached  me  through  an  indirect  source,  and 
I  now  find  it  refers  to  D.  Anneria.  Quite  recently,  however,  I  have 
seen  a  specimen  of  D.  deltoides  gathered  just  within  Berkshire,  near 
Wasing,  on  the  Hampshire  border.  The  plant  was  gathered  by 
Mrs.  Chorley,  and  I  owe  the  information  and  inspection  of  the 
specimen  to  Miss  Beales,  who  rediscovered  Herminium  in  the  county. 
— G.  Claridge  Druce. 

Bromus  interruptus  in  Hants. — This  interesting  grass  was 
found  by  me  on  May  30,  occurring  very  sparingly  near  Winchester 
in  a  field  sown  with  Lolium  perenne,  with  which  it  was  probably 
introduced.  I  only  saw  two  plants,  but  did  not  have  an  opportunity 
of  thoroughly  examining  this  and  adjoining  fields,  or  I  might  have 
found  further  specimens.  It  was  easily  recognizable  at  a  consider- 
able distance  by  the  striking  inflorescence.  All  doubt  as  to  the 
plant's  identity  was  set  at  rest  by  the  presence  of  that  peculiar 
distinguishing  characteristic,  viz.  the  split  pale,  and  I  may  mention 
that  Mr.  Druce  has  seen  a  specimen.  This  grass  has  not,  I  believe, 
been  previously  noted  for  Hants,  and  its  occurrence  at  Winchester 
considerably  extends  the  range  of  this  species.  Bromus  interruptus 
is  now  recorded  for  some  half-dozen  counties,  and  it  seems  likely 
that  this  number  will  be  increased. — A.  B.  Jackson. 

Carex  stricta  in  Hants. — During  a  short  stay  at  Winchester  in 
May  last,  I  collected  an  interesting  sedge  from  a  ditch  in  a  water 


EECENT    LITERATUEE    ON    ALG^E.  275 

meadow  bordering  the  Twyford  road.  It  had  a  tussocky  growth, 
and  I  felt  much  inchned  to  refer  it  to  the  above-mentioned  species. 
Subsequently  I  gathered  specimens  with  a  similar  facies  in  the 
Winnal  meadows.  Through  the  kindness  of  the  Rev.  E.  S.  Mar- 
shall I  was  able  to  submit  plants  from  both  localities  to  Herr  Pfarrer 
Kiikenthal,  of  Coburg,  who  says  that  all  the  material  I  sent  him 
belongs  to  C.  stricta  Good.  This  is  a  new  county  record  for  the 
sedge,  and  its  discovery  in  Hants  is  especially  gratifying,  bearing  in 
mind  the  fact  that  in  Mr.  Townsend's  Flora  it  is  included  among 
the  list  of  remarkable  absences. — A.  B.  Jackson. 

New  Pembroke  Records.  —  During  a  few  days'  stay  at  Tenby 
I  gathered  the  following  plants  not  previously  recorded  for  Pem- 
broke:— Sacjlna  Reuteri  Boiss.  Gravel  walks. — Trifolium  striatum  L. 
Growing  with  T.  scahrum  on  railway. — Orchis  latifolia  L.  Penally. 
— O.  latifolia  X  maculata.  Penally. — Koeleria  cristataTers.  Between 
Tenby  and  Penally. — Richard  F.  Towndrow. 

LoNicERA  Caprifolium  IN  Perthsmre. — Durlug  a  recent  visit  to 
Glen  Farg,  I  found  Lonicera  Caprifolium  L.  in  great  abundance  and 
in  very  fine  flower.  If  we  are  to  judge  by  the  recent  Flora  of 
Perthshire,  this  is  new  to  the  county. — A.  Craig  Christie. 

Galium  Vaillantii  DC.  in  Oxon  and  Dorset.  —  The  Rev.  E.  S. 
Marshall  has  drawn  my  attention  to  a  Galium,  we  gathered  together 
a  few  years  back  near  Hamworthy  Junction,  Dorset,  and  on  exami- 
nation I  see  it  is  G.  Vaillantii,  as  he  suggested.  This  discovery  led 
me  to  study  again  a  plant  I  gathered  near  Oxford  (Woodstock  Road) 
in  1870,  and  named  G.  Vaillantii,  but  my  mentor  at  that  period 
called  it  G.  Aparine,  and  it  lay  unthought  of  in  my  herbarium  for 
many  years  under  that  name.  It  is,  however,  G.  Vaillantii,  and 
I  think  the  species  has  not  been  reported  for  either  county. — 
Edward  F.  Linton. 

BicHENo's  Herbarium.  —  James  Ebenezer  Bicheno's  herbarium 
is  now  in  the  Swansea  Museum.  My  friend  the  Rev.  H.  T.  Rid- 
delsdell  has  kindly  copied  the  Berkshire  localities  for  me.  The 
specimens  were  collected  between  1810  and  1830.  The  plants  from 
Surrey  include — Mentha  rubra,  Woking  (I  have  not  seen  the  speci- 
men) ;  Hypochceris  glabra  and  Arnoseris  pusilla,  from  Weybridge  ; 
Alopecurusfulvus,  Whitmoor  Pond,  near  Guildford  ;  Digitaria  humi- 
fusa,  Setaria  viridis,  S.  ylauca  (1842),  Festuca  Mijurus  (1843),  all 
from  Weybridge.    There  are  probably  others. — G.  Claridoe  Druce. 

[Mr.  Druce,  in  his  Flora  of  Berkshire  (pp.  clii-clvi),  gives  an 
interesting  sketch  of  Bicheno's  work. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 

Recent  Literature  on  Alg^e. 

In  the  Annals  of  Botany,  March,  1898,  Mr.  A.  H.  Church  pub^ 
lishes  a  paper  on  "The  Polymorphy  of  Cutleria  multifida  Giby." 
He  refers  to  the  researches  of  Crouan,  Reinke,  and  Falkenberg,  and 

u  2 


276  RECENT    LITEBATURE    ON    ALGxE. 

their  experiments  in  the  germination  of  the  oospheres,  confirming 
the  results  obtained  by  Prof.  Falkenberg  on  the  development  of  the 
Aglnozo7iia-thdAliis.  It  is  an  interesting  point  that  Prof.  Falkenberg's 
experiments  of  germination  were  made  on  fertilized  oospheres,  while 
Mr.  Church's  plants  were  the  result  of  parthenogenesis.  In  each 
case  a  plant  of  the  Aglaozonia-ty^e  was  developed,  showing  the  so- 
called  "  foot- embryo."  From  experiments  in  the  germination  of 
the  spores  of  Aylaozonia,  Mr.  Church  shows  that  these  may  give  rise 
to  a  "  protonematoid  stage  of  Cutleria,  which,  on  impoverishment 
and  exposure  in  a  sunny  window  in  summer,  became  precociously 
antheridial" ;  or  the  Aglaozonia-iovm  may  again  be  developed. 
Attention  is  drawn  to  the  fact  that  "  polymorphy  originates  only  in 
the  embryonic  history,  leading  to  the  formation  of  the  embryo, 
designated  the  '  foot-embryo '  and  the  '  protonematoid  embryo ' 
respectively "  ;  and  the  author  suggests  that  the  cause  of  this 
polymorphy  may  possibly  be  found  in  the  influence  of  environment. 
He  then  treats  of  the  relation  to  temperature  of  Cutleria  and 
Aglaozonia  and  their  consequent  geographical  distribution.  Finally, 
it  is  shown  that  if  external  conditions  are  not  favourable  for  the 
fertilization  of  the  oospheres  of  Cutleria,  the  plant  is  reproduced  by 
parthenogenesis  ;  and  the  advance  of  Cutleria  into  northern  waters 
is  accompanied  by  a  diminution  of  the  antheridia.  The  paper  con- 
cludes with  speculations  on  the  phylogeny  of  Cutleria,  in  which  com- 
parisons are  drawn  between  it  and  Ectocarpus  and  the  TilopteridecB. 

In  Berichte  d.  deutsch.  hot.  Gesellschaft,  Jahrg.  16,  Heft  3, 
Ap.  27,  1898,  Dr.  Kuckuck  gives  a  short  prehminary  notice  ''  On 
the  copulation  of  swarmspores  in  Scytosiphon."  He  describes 
shortly  his  experiments  with  H.  lomentarius,  and  figures  different 
stages'  of  the  process.  This  takes  place,  however,  in  comparatively 
few  cases,  by  far  the  greater  number  of  spores  coming  to  rest 
without  copulation.  Dr.  Kuckuck  promises  further  details  shortly 
in  Beitr.  z,  Kenntn,  d.  Meeresalgen. 

Mr.  Herman  G.  Simmons  pubHshes  a  second  number  of  his 
Algologiska  Notiser  in  Botaniska  Notiser,  1898,  Hft.  3.  This  is 
entitled  "  Einige  Algenfunde  bei  Drobak,"  and  forms  an  addition 
of  twenty  algc^  to  those  already  recorded  from  the  Christiania- 
fiord  by  Prof.  Gran.  Among  them  is  a  specimen  of  Phyllit  is  fascia 
Kiitz.,  which  resembles  in  certain  points  P.  zoster ifolia,  and  appears 
to  unite  the  two  species.  Mr.  Simmons,  however,  wisely  refrains 
fi'om  making  it  a  new  species,  and  leaves  the  record  under  P.  fascia. 
A  new  JSlonostroma — M.  tenue — is  described  and  figured.  It  most 
nearly  resembles  M.  Lactuca,  from  which  it  is  distinguished  "by 
its  smallness,  the  form  of  the  thallus,  and  the  cell-structure." 
The  first  distinction  can  hardly  be  considered  a  good  one,  especially 
as  no  fruiting  specimen  has  apparently  been  found,  and  the  differ- 
ences of  the  cell-structure  might  also  be  difficult  to  recognize. 

Flora^  Bd.  85,  Heft  ii.  Ap.  23,  1898,  contains  a  long  and 
important  communication  by  Mr.  Mitzkewitsch  "  On  Cell-division 


FOSSIL  PLANTS  FOR  STUDENTS  OF  BOTANY  AND  GEOLOGY.    277 

in  Spirogyra.''  It  embodies  the  result  of  nearly  four  years'  investi- 
gation, and  the  author  here  collects  together  and  amplifies  the 
various  short  papers  on  the  subject,  published  by  him  at  intervals 
during  this  period.  ^^^^  g^  B^^^^^_ 

Fossil  Plants  for  Students  of  Botany  and  Geoloqij.  By  A.  C.  Seward, 
M.A.,  F.G.S.,  &c.  With  [111]  illustrations.  Vol.  I.  Cam- 
bridge :  at  the  University  Press.  1898.  8vo,  pp.  xviii,  152. 
Price  12s. 

The  author  has  undertaken  a  serious  task,  which  the  volume 
before  us  shows  him  to  have  carried  out  so  far  with  a  remarkable 
degree  of  success.  The  work  is  not  a  Fossil  Flora  on  the  lines  of 
Schimper's  Traite,  now  nearly  thirty  years  old.  It  is  rather 
modelled  on  Schimper  and  Schenk's  PalcBophytology  and  Count 
Solms-Laubach's  Fossil  Botany.  Mr.  Seward  presents  his  subject 
from  the  point  of  view  of  a  botanist.  He  brings  before  the  student 
the  principal  plant  forms  which  have  been  detected  in  the  earth's 
strata,  and,  after  narrating  the  characters  of  the  existing  groups  to 
which  they  belong  or  are  related,  he  exhibits,  often  at  considerable 
length,  the  points  of  affinity  or  of  difference  in  the  structure  and 
organization  of  the  recent  and  the  fossil  plants.  The  years  that 
have  elapsed  since  the  works  we  have  referred  to  were  published 
have  been  years  of  activity  in  Palaeo-botany,  and  Mr.  Seward, 
having  utilized  the  published  material,  as  well  as  included  the 
results  of  his  own  researches,  has  brought  his  work  up  to  date. 

In  adding  some  critical  remarks,  it  is  not  with  the  view  of 
depreciating  the  value  of  Mr.  Seward's  work,  but  in  the  hope  that  a 
worker  who  is  likely  to  add  greatly  to  our  knowledge  of  fossil  plants 
may  be  induced  to  lay  aside  some  secondary  matters  that  affect  the 
full  value  of  his  work.  His  language  is  often  somewhat  diffuse, 
and  presents  repetitions  more  suited  to  the  lecture-hall  than  the 
study.  The  author  cannot  fail  to  rectify  this  in  his  second  volume 
if  he  compresses  the  remaining  groups  into  less  than  five  hundred 
pages.  Schimper  and  Schenk  require  a  volume  of  over  nine 
hundred  pages  for  their  exposition  of  fossil  botany,  and  of  these 
less  than  one  hundred  pages  are  occupied  with  the  plants  described 
by  Mr.  Seward  in  his  first  volume. 

The  author  should  give  definite  grounds  for  differing  from 
previous  authors  whose  names  and  views  he  sets  aside.  It  is  not 
sufficient,  for  example,  in  transferring  a  plant  to  the  "non-com- 
mittal term  Muscites,''  which  Schimper,  as  distinguished  in  Bryology 
as  in  Palasontology,  had  placed  in  Sphagnum,  to  say  "  the  evidence 
is  hardly  strong  enough  to  justify  a  generic  designation  which 
implies  identity  with  a  particular  recent  genus."  The  use  of  "non- 
committal" genera  is  a  favourite  device  of  the  author,  but  where 
there  are  reasonable  grounds  justifying  a  definite  determination  it 
is  a  retrograde  step  to  remove  it,  without  reasons  stated,  to  a  more 
vague  designation.  On  the  other  hand,  the  use  of  a  "  committal 
term"  which  does  not  include  all  the  forms  known  to  belong  to  that 
committal  is  very  misleading.     Schimper  supplanted  Brougniart's 


278  TEXT-BOOK    OF    BOTANY. 

name  of  Aster ophylUtes  by  the  new  generic  designation  Calamocladns. 
All  the  species  he  included  under  the  new  name  were  species  of 
Aster  ophylUtes :  his  purpose  was  to  show  that  they  were  the  branch- 
lets  and  foliage  of  Calamites.  Annularla  was  retained  as  a  separate 
genus  of  aquatic  plants  whose  leaves  floated  on  the  surface  of  the 
water.  Our  knowledge  of  Annularla  has  somewhat  advanced  since 
Schimper's  time.  As  Mr.  Seward  says,  we  now  know  that  the  vegeta- 
tive branches  possess  the  same  type  of  structure  as  Calamites,  and 
that  the  strobih  are  of  the  Calamostachys  type.  Nevertheless 
AiDiularia  is  retained  as  a  distinct  genus  from  Calamocladns. 

Only  confusion  can  come  from  such  treatment  of  genera.  But  this 
is  a  necessary  outcome  of  the  author's  view  of  nomenclature.  He  holds 
that  in  determining  the  name  of  a  genus  or  species  each  student 
must  choose  for  himself  what  course  to  follow  in  each  case.  It  is 
therefore  sufficient  to  decide  which  name  shall  be  adopted  that  it 
appears  to  be  "convenient,"  "  more  euphonious,"  or  "non-com- 
mittal." Endless  confusion  must  follow  such  a  practice.  This  it 
is  the  object  of  a  right  system  of  nomenclature  to  avoid.  Botanists 
everywhere  accept  the  Latin  binominal  introduced  by  Linnseus.  In 
Russia  or  Japan,  in  Germany  or  England,  the  same  double  name 
is  applied  to  the  same  species.  This  can  be  secured  only  by 
following  some  accepted  system  of  nomenclature.  Such  a  method 
has  been  formulated,  and  has  been  adopted  by  all  systematic 
botanists,  save  a  few  cranks  whose  superior  wisdom  or  profound 
ignorance  leads  them  in  other  lines.  We  urgently  commend  the 
DeCandollean  code  to  the  consideration  of  Mr.  Seward,  with  the 
conviction  that  it  will  give  greater  clearness  to  the  presentment  of 
his  own  views,  and  an  easier  apprehension  of  them  by  others. 

W.  C. 

A  Text-book  of  Bota^iy.  By  Drs.  E.  Stkasburger,  F.  Noll,  H. 
ScHENCK,  &  A.  F.  W.  ScmMPER.  Translated  from  the  German 
by  H.  C.  Porter,  Ph.D.  8vo,  pp.  632,  with  594  illustrations 
in  part  coloured.  Macmillans:  London  &  New  York.  1898. 
Price  IBs.  net. 

Messrs.  Macmillan  have  been  well  advised  to  publish  an  English 
translation  of  a  text-book  of  botany  the  usefulness  of  which  in  its 
original  German  form  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  it  has  in  less  than 
four  years  reached  a  third  edition.  The  most  striking  difference 
between  the  original  and  the  translation  is  in  the  price,  that  of  the 
former  being  7.5  marks,  that  of  the  latter  18s.,  a  remarkable  difference 
which  cannot  be  entirely  accounted  for  by  the  plain  green  cloth 
covers  which  in  the  English  form  replace  the  paper  ones  of  the 
German.  The  paper  and  printing  of  the  original  are  quite  equal  to 
that  of  the  translation,  and  the  figures  distinctly  superior.  Messrs. 
Macmillan  presumably  best  know  their  own  business,  but  we,  in  our 
ignorance,  would  have  thought  a  book  at  two-thirds  the  price  would 
have  been  a  better  commercial  speculation,  and  from  the  students' 
point  of  view  an  indubitable  advantage.  Many,  however,  of  those 
who  can  afford  to  pay  the  price  will  be  glad  to  have  the  opportunity 
of  reading  in  their  mother  tongue  a  text-book  of  botany  which  is  in 


TEXT-BOOK    OF    BOTANY.  279 

some  respects  unique.  Morphology,  physiology  or  the  principles  of 
classification,  are  each  one  man's  work,  and  the  subdivision  of 
labour  on  these  lines  is  the  most  important  characteristic  of  the 
book.  The  name  of  Strasburger  is  a  household  word  among 
botanical  students ;  in  the  opinion  of  many,  what  was  left  undone 
by  Sachs  was  done  by  Strasburger,  and  his  name  on  the  title-page 
will  be  a  great  attraction.  He  is  responsible  for  the  section  on 
morphology,  which  is  the  best  introduction  to  this  branch  of  the 
science,  or  to  botany  as  a  whole,  which  could  be  put  before  an 
advanced  student.  The  account,  for  instance,  of  the  leaf  (pp.  28,  29) 
is  remarkably  concise  and  free  from  technical  terms,  but  never- 
theless conveys  just  the  right  idea  of  what  a  leaf  really  is.  The 
stelar  hypothesis  is  lucidly  explained  and  at  sufficient  length 
relative  to  its  importance,  but  no  mention  is  made  of  the  polystely 
which  has  been  found  to  exist  in  roots  of  certain  palms.  The 
references  to  phylogeuy  and  ontogeny  and  the  concluding  paragraph 
on  structural  deviations,  with  the  salutary  warning  against  accepting 
malformations  as  evidence  in  morphology,  are  of  interest,  and  help 
to  vivify  the  oftentimes  dry  facts  of  form-study. 

Dr.  Noll's  contribution,  the  section  on  Physiology,  comes  next, 
and  is  a  very  fair  general  account  of  the  life-processes  in  plants  and 
the  relation  between  the  individual  and  its  inorganic  environment. 
It  leans  rather  to  the  biological  than  the  chemical  side,  the  latter 
being  weak.  The  equation  on  page  200,  which  describes  assimi- 
lation as  the  union  of  carbon  dioxide  and  water  to  form  starch  with 
oxygen  as  a  by-product,  conveys  an  idea  which  is  now  known  to  be 
incorrect.  The  importance  of  sugars  as  a  stage  in  assimilation  is 
scarcely  suggested  till  we  come  to  the  next  stage,  where  it  figures 
as  a  precursor  of  the  proteids.  The  ascent  of  water  in  trees  might 
have  been  treated  at  greater  length,  and  in  connection  therewith  is 
one  of  those  mistakes  which  seem  to  be  unavoidable  :  on  p.  188 
it  is  stated  that  "the  sap  of  a  Begonia  ascends  60-100  metres"; 
the  original  reads  Wellingtonia.  Another  instance  occurs  a  little 
further  on  (p.  214):  the  "gall- wasp  of  the  figure"  refers  to  the  Fig 
(Ficus),  not  a  diagram. 

The  portion  on  Special  Botany  is  the  work  of  Dr.  Schenck,  who 
deals  with  Cryptogams,  and  Prof.  Schimper,  who  does  the  Seed- 
plants.  In  view  of  their  importance  in  phylogeny,  and  the  facilities 
for  their  study,  more  space  might  have  been  given  to  the  vascular 
cryptogams  and  we  should  have  welcomed  a  wider  reference  to 
extinct  forms,  and  the  condition  of  the  group  in  past  ages.  Prof. 
Schimper  supplies  an  account  of  the  principal  families  of  seed- 
plants,  which  is  clear  and  well  arranged  on  the  usual  lines.  It  is 
based  on  Eichler's  system,  which  approaches  more  nearly  to  a 
natural  arrangement  than  the  one  generally  adopted  in  English 
text-books.  A  chapter  on  plant-geography  would  have  been  a 
useful  addition,  and  we  should  have  been  glad  to  see  more  about 
the  distribution  of  plants  in  space  in  the  accounts  of  the  individual 
famihes.  As  in  the  original,  some  poisonous  species  are  honoured 
with  coloured  figures.  The  selection  is  somewhat  arbitrary,  and 
the  pictures  are  not  by  any  means  a  success.  APR 


280  migula's  charace^. 

Rahenhorsfs  Kryptogamen- Flora  von  DeutscJiland,  Oesterreich  wid  der 
ScJmeiz.  Second  ed.  Vol.  v.  The  Characeae,  by  Dr.  W. 
MiGULA.  Large  8vo.  Illustrated  by  woodcuts.  In  twelve 
numbers.     Leipzig,  1890-7.     Price  28  marks  80  pf. 

Synopsis  Charaeeariim  Europccarum.  By  the  same  Author.  Large 
8vo,  176  pages.     Woodcuts.     Leipzig,  1898.     Price  8  marks. 

The  first  of  these  books  is  the  most  voluminous  work  on  the 
CharacecB  which  has  yet  appeared,  consisting  of  778  pages,  with 
149  illustrations.     The  earlier  portion  is  devoted  to  an  account  of 
the  morphology,  position,  and  distribution  of  the  CharacecB,  with  a 
rather  indiscriminate  and  not  very  accurate   bibliography.     The 
remainder  consists  of  an  extremely  elaborate  description  of  the 
Characem  of  Europe,  with  figures  of  nearly  all  the  species  and  many 
of  the  varieties.     To  give  some  idea  of  the  extent  and  minuteness 
of  the  work,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  Chara  fcctida  alone  occupies 
fifty-five  pages  and  has  seventy  named  forms  or  varieties,  C.  aspera 
and    C.  frag  His   following   with    forty   and    thirty- seven   varieties 
respectively,   while   C.   crinita,    C.   ceratophyUa,  C.  intermedia,  and 
C.  contraria  each  rejoice  in  more  than  twenty !     In  a  monograph  it 
is  certainly  desirable  to  indicate  the  extent  and  directions  of  the 
variation  in  each  species,   and   to   characterize   the   well-marked 
varieties  ;  but  we  do  not  think  any  useful  end  is  served,  especially 
in  dealing  with  a  group  of  aquatic  plants,  the  vegetative  parts  of 
which  are  subject  to  great  variation,  by  describing  minutely  every 
form  of  which  the  author  has  seen  a  specimen.     In  the  present 
work  a  large  number  of  the  varieties  are  recorded  from  single 
localities,  and  it  is  fair  to  suppose  in   these  cases  that  the  de- 
scriptions are  often  drawn  up  from  single  specimens.     The  effect  of 
this  redundancy  of  varieties  is  to  make  the  book  needlessly  cum- 
brous, and  one  cannot  help  feeling  that  an  immense  amount  of 
energy  and  labour  has  been  expended  with  but  little  practical  result. 
The  arrangement  followed  by  Dr.  Migula  is  that  in   Braun's 
Fragments,  except  that  the  anomalous  LycJmothamnus  stelliger  Braun, 
which  has  had  so  many  vicissitudes  as  regards  name  and  position, 
is  made  to  constitute  a  new  genus — Tolypellopsis  Migula  {Chara  sect. 
Tolypellopsis  Leonh.);  and  C.  rudis,  C.  horrida,  C.  crassicaulis,  and 
C.  delicatida,  which  Braun  regarded  as  subspecies,  are  here  treated 
as  full  species.      In   nomenclature   also   Dr.  Migula   has   closely 
followed   Braun,    repeating   his   eccentricities.     For   instance,   he 
retains   the   name    C.    coronata   with    the    unsatisfactory   citation 
*'C.  coronata  Ziz.  ined.  (nach   Braun  circa  annum  1814)"  so  as 
to  antedate  the  unimpeachable  name  C.  Braunii  Gmelin  (1826). 
Again,   C.  contraria  is  cited  as  of  "A.  Braun  in  Schweizer  Char. 
(1847),"  actually  followed  a  little  lower  down  by  a  quotation  of 
"  Kiitzing  Phyc.  german.  (1845)."    We  might  multiply  instances  of 
this  kind,  but  these  will  suffice  to  show  how  all  rules  of  nomen- 
clature are  set  at  naught.     In  the  table  of  distribution   of  the 
Characem  in  Europe  we  notice  that  Great  Britain  is  not  credited 
with  C.  coronata,  C.  ceratophylla,  C.  contraria,  or  C.  intermedia. 
The  illustrations  are,  with  one  exception,  original,  and,  though 


ILLUSTRATED  GUIDE  TO  THE  ROYAL  GARDENS,  KEW.  281 

some  of  them  are  somewhat  crude  and  inartistic,  they  give  a  very 
good  idea  of  the  plants.  Several  of  the  species,  especially  as 
regards  the  magnified  parts,  are  much  more  fully  illustrated  than 
in  any  previous  book.  Lamyrothamnus  Hausenii  is,  we  believe, 
figured  for  the  first  time.  Altogether  the  book  is  a  valuable 
addition  to  (7Art/-a-literature,  and  will  be  of  great  use  to  those 
working  specially  at  the  order. 

The  Synopsis  Characearum  EuwpcBarum  is  an  abridgment  of  the 
foregoing  work,  and  is  much  more  convenient  and  get-at-able,  con- 
taining almost  all  the  illustrations  of  the  larger  book,  with  the 
letterpress  much  condensed.  The  specific  descriptions;  though 
considerably  shorter,  will  still,  we  think,  be  found  sufficient  for  all 
practical  purposes.  The  descriptions  of  the  multitudinous  varieties 
are  in  most  cases  reduced  to  a  few  lines.  H  &  T  Tr 


Illustrated  Guide  to  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew.     Edited  by  Mrs.  S. 
GoLDNEY.    London :  Dawbarn  &  Ward  [no  date] .   Price  Is.  net. 

We  do  not  know  whether  a  remark  we  made  (p.  35)  in  noticing 
what  is  practically  an  earlier  issue  of  this  little  book  suggested  its 
appearance  in  its  present  form ;  but  in  any  case  it  to  some  extent 
remedies  the  manifest  inconvenience  caused  by  the  long-continued 
absence  of  any  official  Guide  to  Kew  Gardens.  The  "poetry"  con- 
tributed by  Mrs.  Goldney  to  the  former  work  is  here  replaced  by 
undoubted  prose,  written,  it  would  seem  from  the  use  of  the  male 
pronoun,  by  some  man  who  desires  to  remain  anonymous,  and 
edited,  as  we  are  told,  by  Mrs.  Goldney. 

The  information  contained  in  the  Guide  is  so  ''  miscellaneous  " 
that  it  might  be  worth  while  for  the  Kew  authorities  to  include  it  in 
the  "  additional  series"  of  the  Bulletin.  We  learn  that  ''plants  are 
sent  [to  Museum  No.  17]  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  being  identified  and  placed  in  their  proper  class  " ;  but  as  in 
the  Herbarium  "names  are  assigned  to  the  dried  plants  which 
arrive  from  foreign  countries,"  it  would  seem  that  an  economy  of 
labour  might  be  effected  by  a  union  of  these  two  establishments. 
A  window  in  the  Museum  traces  "the  career  of  the  Cotton  Plant, 
from  the  period  of  sowing  until  it  reaches  the  goal  of  its  ambition — 
the  covering  of  the  human  frame."  Ambition,  though  a  well- 
known  characteristic  of  the  Snark,  seems  to  us  new  in  the  cotton 
plant.  "  On  the  second  floor  we  find  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  who  col- 
lected rare  plants  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  enriched  the  Kew 
Museums  (!)  and  Houses  with  them,  notably  the  Fuchsia  and  Hy- 
drangea. Near  his  bust  we  find  a  picture  of  Captain  Cook.  Sir 
Joseph  Banks  sailed  with  him  to  the  Pacific,  as  Botanist,  and  the 
two  friends  largely  added  to  Mr.  Alton's  Catalogue  of  Plants."  If 
the  Guide  has  derived  the  advantage  of  Mrs.  Goldney's  editing,  the 
work  as  it  left  the  writer's  hands  must  have  been  curious  reading. 

The  title-page  tells  us  that  the  Guide  is  "illustrated  from 
photographs  taken  expressly  for  this  work";  but  they  are  the  same 
as  appeared  in  the  other  work.  Any  way  they  are  well  worth  the 
shilling  demanded  for  the  book. 


282      MANUAL  OF  AGRICULTURAL  BOTANY. AIDE-MEMOIRE  BOTANIQUE. 

A  Manual  of  Agricultural  Botany.  From  the  German  of  Dr.  A.  B. 
Frank,  Professor  in  the  Royal  Agricultural  College,  Berlin. 
Translated  by  John  W.  Paterson,  Ph.D.,  &c.,  Lecturer  in 
Agricultural  Chemistry  at  the  Glasgow  and  West  of  Scotland 
Technical  College,  Glasgow.  Edinburgh  and  London  :  W. 
Blackwood  and  Sons.     8vo,  pp.  x,  199.     Price  3s.  6d.     1898. 

That  Professor  Frank  could  write  a  good  book  for  agricultural 
students  no  one  doubted.  His  extensive  knowledge,  his  ample 
opportunities,  his  position  as  a  teacher,  and  his  remarkable  collec- 
tions of  cultivated  plants,  in  health  and  disease,  fitted  him  for 
such  a  work.  That  he  has  produced  a  Manual  of  Agricultural 
Botany  is  a  great  gain  in  this  important  aspect  of  applied  science. 
And  that  it  has  been  carefully  and  clearly  translated,  and  issued, 
fully  illustrated,  at  a  low  imce,  must  be  a  boon  to  students  in 
this  country  and  America.  The  Manual  consists  of  a  systematic 
portion  occupying  the  first  half  of  the  volume,  in  which  the 
characters  of  the  principal  groups  are  well  presented;  while  the 
Orders  that  possess  more  importance  to  the  agriculturist  are  more 
fully  treated.  The  remainder  of  the  volume  is  devoted  to  anatomy 
and  physiology,  these  subjects  being  treated  concurrently,  greatly 
to  the  interest  and  the  instruction  of  the  student.  Everywhere  a 
keen  eye  is  kept  by  Prof.  Frank  on  those  points  which  are  of 
practical  importance  to  the  grower  of  crops  of  any  kind.  If 
farmers  would  master  the  volume — and  it  would  repay  them  though 
months  were  given  to  the  task — they  would  have  a  deeper  and  more 
intelligent  interest  in  their  daily  work.  A  few  pages  are  devoted 
to  the  diseases  of  plants.  ^y^  q 

Aide-memoire  de  Botanique  gSnerale,  anatomie  et  physiologie  vegetales. 
Par  le  Professeur  Henri  Girard.  1  vol  in-18  de  358  pages, 
avec  77  figures,  cartonne.  Paris :  BaiUiere  et  fils.  Price  3  fr. 
1897. 
This  little  book  is  the  ninth  of  a  series  of  ten  natural  history 
manuals  compiled  by  Professor  Girard  with  the  object  of  enabling 
candidates  for  examination  in  the  natural  sciences  to  review  in  a 
very  short  time  the  various  questions  which  might  be  put  before 
them.  The  author  has  included,  with  the  utmost  brevity  com- 
patible with  the  omission  of  nothing,  the  subjects  of  the  most 
recent  syllabuses.  In  plain  English,  he  has  produced  a  series  of 
cram-books,  which  will  doubtless  have  a  large  sale,  and  be  as  com- 
mercially profitable  to  the  author  and  publisher  as  they  will  be 
morally  and  scientifically  injurious  to  the  examinee.  Revision 
of  work  is  necessary  on  the  eve  of  an  examination,  but  it  should  be 
a  revision  of  notes  taken  by  the  student  himself,  supplemented  by 
his  drawings  of  apparatus  or  the  preparations  he  has  made  in  his 
practical  work.  Such  a  review  will  bring  back  by  a  natural  process 
much  of  what  he  has  learnt  far  better  than  by  grinding  through 
the  pages  of  a  book  hke  the  one  before  us,  embellished  with  a  few 
indifferent  figures.  We  trust  that  no  one  will  translate  it  into 
English.  ^^  ^^  ^ 


283 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS^ 

Annals  of  Botany  (June). — D.  S.  Johnson,  '  Development  of  leaf 
and  sporocarp  in  Marsilia  quadrifolia'  (3  pi.). — J.  Parkin,  'Histology 
of  Monocotyledons'  (1  pi.).  —  P.  Magnus,  '  ^Ecidium  graveolens' 
(1  pi.).  —  E.  H.  Biffen,  '  Coagulation  of  Latex.'  —  E.  W.  Phillips, 
'  Development  of  cystocarp  in  Ehodymeniales  :  II.  Delesseriacece  ' 
(2  pL).  —  W.  C.  Worsdell,  '  Vascular  structure  of  sporophylls  of 
CijcadacecB'  (2  pi.). — C.  Eeid,  '  Geological  history  of  British  Flora.' 
— W.  H.  Lang,  '  Apogamy  and  development  of  sporangia  on  fern- 
prothalli.' — A.  J.  Maslen,  '  The  ligule  in  Lepidostrohus.' 

Bot.  Centralblatt  (Nos.  24-26).  —  B.  Lioforss,  '  Ueber  einige 
Inhaltskorper  bei  Potamogeton  prcBlongus.' — (Nos.  24,  25).  F.  W.  E. 
Eoth,  'Hieronymus  Bock,  genannt  Tragus  (1498-1554).'— (No.  26). 
H.  0.  Juel,  '  Parthenogenesis  bei  Antenyiaria  alpina.' 

Bot.  Gazette  (16  May). — C.  MacMillan,  *  Orientation  of  the  plant 
egg  and  its  ecological  significance.' — W.  E.  Smith,  '  Life-history  of 
PontederiacecB '  (2  pi.).  —  C.  D.  Beadle,  'Botany  of  South-eastern 
States.' 

Bot.  Notiser  (23  May).  —  L.  Gr.  Laurell,  '  Anmarkningsvardare 
fanerogamer  och  karlkryptogamer  inom  Sorunda  pastoratsomrade  af 
Sodertorn  uti  Sodermanland.'  —  M.  Heeg,  '  Ueber  einige  Arten  der 
Gattung  Riccia.' — H.  G.  Simmons,  'Einige  Algenfunde  bei  Drobak.' 
—  0.  Nordstedt,  '  Nagra  ord  om  Nymph^eaceernas  utbredniug  i 
Skandinavien  samt  om  preparering  af  Nymph^a-blommor  for 
herbariet.'  —  S.  Berggren,  '  Om  Rhynchospora  alba  och  nagra  audra 
svenska  Cyperaceers  morfologi '  (1  pL).  —  Id.,  '  Det  uppsvallda 
internodiet  hos  Molinia  coerulea.'  —  0.  J.  Lindberg,  '  Studier  ofver 
skaudinaviska  fanerogamer '  [Glyceria,  three  new  species ;  Poa 
Blytti,  sp.  n. ;  Phippsia ;  Atriplices). 

Bot.  Zeitung  (16  May).  —  W.  Benecke,  '  Ueber  Oulturbeding- 
ungen  einiger  Algen.' 

Bull,  de  VHerh.  Boissier  (June).  —  G.  Gaillard,  '  Eoses  du  Jura.' 
— P.  Culmann,  '  Flore  bryologique  Suisse.' — E.  Chodat,  'Les  algues 
perforantes  d'eau  douce';  'Les  galets  sculptes  du  rivage  des  lacs 
jurassiques  '  (2  pi.) ;  '  Les  algues  littorales  du  lac  Leman.'  — 
0.  de  Candolle,  '  Piperaceae  Sodiroanse.'  —  J.  Briquet,  '  Les 
hydathodes  foliaires  des  Scolopia.'  —  A.  Pestalozzi,  'Die  Gattung 
Boscia  Lam.' 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France  (xliv:  Session  extraordinaire  a  Barce- 
lonnette,  1897).  —  L.  Legre,  'La  Botanique  en  Provence  au  xvi 
siecle  ;  Mathias  de  Lobel  et  Pierre  Pena.'  —  L.  Lutz,  '  Gomme  de 
Canna ' ;  A.  Lombard-Dumas,  '  Bernardin  Martin'  (1813-1897); 
G.  Barratte,  '  Napoleon  Doumet-Adanson  '  (1834-1897). 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  ahvays  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


284  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

Bull.  Torrey  Cliih  (8  June).  —  G.  V.  Nash,  *  The  genus  Sijntlier- 
isma  [Digitaria]  in  N.  America.' — E.  0.  Wooton,  'New  plants  from 
New  Mexico.'  —  W.  W.  Eowlee  &  M.  W.  Doherty,  '  Histology  of 
embryo  of  Indian  Corn'  (1  pi.). — J.  K.  Small,  '  N.  American  plants.' 
— C.  H.  Peck,  '  New  Fungi.'— B.  D.  Halstecl,  *  Mycological  Notes.' 
—  L.  Kadlkofer,  '  New  Sajmidacece.^  —  A.  A.  Eaton,  Spartina 
ccespitosa,  Eriopliorum  pauci7iervium,  spp.  nn.  —  E.  J.  Hill,  '  Vitis 
Labrusca.' 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (4  June).  — '  Papery-spined  Opuntias'  (fig. 
129).— W.  B.  Hemsley,  '  Sydenham  Teaste  Edwards.'  — (11  June). 
Senecio  Hcmburicmiis  Dinter,  sp.  n. — Tagetes  lacera  (fig.  135). — Aceras 
Bolleana  Siehe  &  Hausskn.,  sp.  n.  (fig.  138).  —  (18  June).  R.  A. 
Rolfe,  '  Nepenthes  ventricosa'  (fig.  143). 

Journal  de  Botanique  (16  April).  —  J.  Nadeaud,  '  Les  Composees 
arborescentes  de  Tahiti.'  —  Pi.  Chodat  &  A.  M.  Boubier,  '  Sur  la 
plasmolyse  et  la  membrane  plasmique.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (June).  —  T.  Wulff,  '  Studien  liber  ver- 
stopfte  Spaltoffnungen '  (1  pi.).  —  F.  Buchenau,  ^Luzula  camjjestris 
und  verwandte  Arten.'  —  E.  Woloszczak,  '  Salices  hybrid^e.'  —  J. 
Freyn,  *  Zur  Flora  von  Ober-Steiermark.'  —  V.  v.  Cypers,  *  Zur 
Flora  des  Eiesengebirges.' 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc, 


At  a  public  meeting  of  friends  of  Sir  George  King,  K.O.I.E., 
F.R.S.,  and  Dr.  D.  D.  Cunningham,  C.I.E.,  F.R.S.,  held  on 
April  5,  in  the  rooms  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  it  was 
resolved  to  commemorate  the  scientific  labours  and  official  careers 
of  these  gentlemen  in  India  by  a  permanent  memorial  in  the  form 
of  medallion  portraits  of  both,  to  be  placed  in  the  Zoological 
Gardens,  with  replicas  of  these  portraits  in  the  Asiatic  Society's 
rooms,  and,  should  the  funds  admit,  of  a  similar  portrait  of  Sir 
George  King  in  the  Eoyal  Botanic  Garden.  J.  O'B.  Saunders, 
Esq.,  9,  Hare  Street,  Calcutta,  has  undertaken  to  act  as  Honorary 
Treasurer. 

One  of  the  more  recent  contributors  to  North  American  sys- 
tematic botany,  Mr.  Aven  Nelson,  has  ingeniously  introduced  a 
new  mode  of  citing  an  author's  name.  In  the  Botanical  Gazette 
(March  &  April)  he  abbreviates  his  own  name  as  '*  Aven  N."  Mr. 
Nelson  does  not  even  boast  a  hyphen  in  partial  justification  of  this 
method :  so  that,  were  it  not  for  the  restraining  influence  of  British 
common  sense,  we  might  at  any  time  find  "  Botting  H."  or 
"  Claridge  D."  as  the  authority  for  a  species.  Mr.  Nelson,  how- 
ever, is  not  restricted  to  one  mode  of  citation,  for  in  the  May 
Torreij  Bidletin  he  appends  "A.  Nelson  "  to  his  species. 

"  Of  making  of  books  there  is  no  end."  The  Bidletin  of  Miscel- 
laneous Information  has  started  an   "Additional  Series,"  the  first 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  285 

number  of  which  contains  the  ''Report  on  the  Economic  Resources 
of  the  West  Indies,"  by  Dr.  Morris,  which  was  appended  to  the 
report  of  the  West  India  Commission  issued  last  year.  It  is  edited 
by  Dr.  Dyer,  who  says  that  "the  opportunity  has  been  taken  to 
carefully  revise  it."  There  is  room,  however,  for  further  revision — 
e.  g.  we  note  that  Macfadyen's  name  is  always  misspelt.  The 
"additional  series"  follows  in  the  wake  of  its  predecessor  in  the 
matter  of  dates:  the  Stationery  Office  date  is  "11/97";  the  title 
and  cover  bear  "1898";  the  preface  is  dated  "January,  1898"; 
and  the  book  actually  appeared  in  May. 

Prof.  Archevalata  publishes  in  the  Anales  del  Museo  nacional 
de  Montevideo  (vol.  ii.  part  8)  the  first  instalment  of  a  Flora  Urii- 
guaya.  It  is  descriptive,  and  contains  the  families  Ranunculacem  to 
part  of  CrucifercB.  Cultivated  plants,  such  as  Mathiola  incana  and 
Cheiranthus  Cheiri,  are  included.  Prof.  Archevalata  follows  Dr. 
Kunze  in  adopting  the  name  Clematitis  in  place  of  Clematis,  but  with 
this  exception  the  nomenclature  presents  no  remarkable  features. 
The  work  is  written  in  Spanish  throughout,  and  is  expected  to  extend 
to  two  volumes,  each  of  about  600  or  700  pages.  No  new  species 
are  described  so  far. 

At  the  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  May  24th, 
a  special  gold  medal  was  presented  to  Sir  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker  on 
the  occasion  of  the  completion  of  The  Flora  of  British  India,  in  recog- 
nition of  the  eminent  services  rendered  by  him  to  science  during  sixty 
years  of  unremitting  labour.  In  acknowledging  the  presentation, 
Sir  Joseph  thanked  the  President  of  the  Society,  Dr.  Giinther,  for 
having  coupled  his  father's  name  with  his  own  in  making  the  award, 
and  added  : — "  I  inherited  from  him  my  love  of  knowledge  for  its  own 
sake,  but  this  would  have  availed  me  little  were  it  not  for  the  guiding 
hand  of  one  who  had  himself  attained  scientific  eminence  ;  who,  by 
example,  precept  and  encouragement,  kept  me  to  the  paths  which 
I  should  follow  ;  launched  me  in  the  fields  of  exploration  and  re- 
search, liberally  aided  me  during  his  lifetime,  and  paved  for  me 
the  way  to  the  position  he  so  long  held  at  Kew  with  so  great 
credit  to  himself,  and  benefit  especially  to  our  Indian  and  Colonial 
possessions."  The  gold  medal  of  the  Society  was  awarded  to 
Surgeon-Major  George  Charles  Wallace,  M.D.,  in  recognition  of 
his  researches  into  the  problems  connected  with  bathybial  and 
pelagic  life. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  June  2nd,  Mr.  E.  S. 
Salmon  read  a  paper  entitled  "A  Revision  of  the  Genus  Sym- 
hlepharis.'"  This  genus  of  Mosses,  he  said,  as  founded  by  Montagne 
in  1839,  had  proved  too  narrow,  through  the  limits  imposed  by 
certain  peristome  characters,  and  he  was  of  opinion  that  Mitten's 
later  emended  description  should  be  accepted.  Montagne  had 
founded  the  genus  for  the  Mexican  8.  helicophylla,  and  to  this 
species  Mr.  Salmon  would  refer  the  Indian  moss  8.  himalayanwn 
Mitten  (Didymodon  vaginatum  Hook.),  as  well  as  8.  Chrismari 
C.  Miill.  and  8,  asiatica  Besch,,  which  were  found  not  to  possess 


286  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

the  characters  by  which  they  had  been  separated  from  S.  helico- 
lihylla  Mont.  6'.  microcarpa  0.  Miill.  he  considered  to  be  a  variety 
of  S.  helicophylla  Mont.,  and  two  new  varieties  of  that  species  were 
described — vars.  tenuis  and  macrospora — the  latter  remarkable  for 
its  large  spores,  35-45  /x.  In  the  course  of  his  remarks  on  other 
species  of  the  genus,  Mr.  Salmon  observed  that  S.fragilis  Mitt,  is 
peculiar  in  the  bistratose  structure  of  the  leaf,  and  S.  socotrana 
Mitt,  (doubtfully  included  in  the  genus  in  the  absence  of  fruit),  in 
the  papillose  cells.  S.  circinata  Besch.  and  8.  usambarica  Broth,  he 
would  exclude  from  the  genus,  and  pointed  out  that  the  former 
species,  from  Grande  Comoro  and  La  Reunion,  comprises  two 
distinct  mosses.  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  gave  a  summary  of  a  paper 
"  On  the  Subdivision  of  Biological  Areas  in  India,"  and  in  the 
course  of  his  remarks  mentioned  some  interesting  facts  in  con- 
nection with  plant  distribution  in  the  Indo-Oriental  Eegion.  Dr. 
Stapf,  in  commenting  on  the  paper,  expressed  the  opinion  that  the 
limits  of  the  subdivisions  proposed  were  natural,  and  might  well  be 
accepted  by  botanists. 

Mr.  a.  Somerville  sends  us  a  nicely  printed  sheet  from  which 
may  be  seen  at  a  glance  the  Comity  and  Vice-County  Divisions  of  the 
British  Isles  (for  biological  purposes),  in  accordance  with  Topo- 
graphical  Botany  for  England  and  Scotland,  an  I  for  Ireland  with 
Mr.  Praeger's  divisions  as  published  in  this  Journal  for  February, 
1896.  Mr.  Somerville  adds  some  useful  notes  on  the  divisions. 
Copies  may  be  had  post-free  in  millboard  tube  from  A.  0.  Burns, 
383,  Sauchiehall  Street,  Glasgow,  for  4d. 

Mr.  J.  B.  Carruthers  has  issued  an  interesting  and  important 
preliminary  report  on  the  Cocoa  disease,  which,  at  the  invitation  of 
the  Planters'  Association,  he  has  been  studying  in  Ceylon.  This 
report  gives  the  results  of  his  observations  on  diseased  trees,  and 
of  his  culture  and  inoculation  experiments  :  although  their  life- 
history  is  not  yet  fully  worked  out,  he  has  thrown  considerable 
light  on  the  nature  of  the  fungi  causing  the  Cocoa  disease.  There 
seem  to  be  two  distinct  vegetable  parasites  which  attack  the  Cocoa 
plant.  One  is  a  fungus  which  attacks  the  pods  and  plays  immense 
havoc,  for  by  its  means  alone  nearly  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  crop  is 
destroyed  or  reduced  very  much  in  value :  Mr.  Carruthers  has 
succeeded  in  cultivating  this  fungus  and  in  discovering  its  repro- 
ductive bodies,  proving  by  this  means  that  it  belongs  to  the  group 
typified  by  the  well-known  Potato  disease.  Successful  inoculation 
with  this  fungus  was  made  from  one  pod  to  another.  The  other 
fungus  attacks  the  stems,  producing  canker  :  in  this  also  repro- 
ductive bodies  (spores)  were  discovered,  and  successful  inoculation 
experiments  made.  As  one  would  expect,  moisture  is  most  essential 
for  the  growth  of  both  these  fungi,  as  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  to 
obtain  successful  inoculation  results  in  dry  weather  artificial  moisture 
must  be  supplied ;  this  suggests  that,  as  far  as  the  canker  is  con- 
cerned, shading  should  be  reduced  as  much  as  possible.  Although 
this  report  is  only  preliminary,  Mr.  Carruthers  shows  clearly  that 
the  first  step  has  been  made  towards  combatting  the  Cocoa  disease  ; 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  287 

with  a  full  and  complete  knowledge  of  the  life-history  of  the  parasites 
producing  the  diseased  condition,  its  prevention  and  cure  will,  it  is 
hoped,  be  an  easy  matter.  The  Ceyloii  Observer  of  May  24  speaks 
in  very  complimentary  terms  of  Mr.  Carruthers's  work. 

We  are  glad  to  note  that  the  examiners  in  botany  at  the  London 
University  have  recommended  Mr.  A.  B.  Reudle  for  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Science. 

Mr.  E.  D.  Marquand  publishes  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Guernsey 
Society  of  Natural  Science  for  1897  an  enumeration  of  "  The  Fungi 
of  Guernsey."  The  list  contains  456  species,  two  of  which — Clito- 
pilus  sarnicus  and  Verticilliwn  Marquandii — are  new  to  science. 
These  are  named  by  Mr.  Massee,  to  whom  "every  specimen" 
in  the  list  has  been  submitted :  unfortunately  only  the  names  of 
these  two  novelties  are  published,  without  any  diagnosis. 

A  WORK  will  shortly  be  published  by  Messrs.  Chapman  &  Hall 
entitled  Medical  Works  of  the  Fourteenth  Century.  It  consists  of 
transcripts  of  four  MSS. — three  in  the  British  Museum  and  one  in 
the  possession  of  the  editor,  the  Rev.  Professor  Henslow.  These 
MSS.  are  apparently  miscellaneous  collections  of  prescriptions, 
including  charms,  etc.,  and  illustrate  the  crude  ideas  of  medicine 
and  surgery  in  the  middle  ages.  The  composition  of  drugs  is  often 
remarkable  for  the  number  of  plants  used — from  twenty  to  fifty 
being  not  uncommonly  employed  in  the  same  remedy.  Mr.  Henslow 
has  received  help  from  Prof.  Skeat,  who  has  contributed  notes  to 
the  work. 

The  "March"  number  of  the  Kew  Bulletin  (published  in  May) 
contains  a  list  (by  Mr.  J.  M.  Wood)  of  plants  and  fruits  used  by 
natives  of  the  Ubombo  district  of  Zululand  as  food  during  times  of 
scarcity.  The  new  number  (the  sixth)  of  the  Journal  of  the  Kew 
Guild  has  a  pleasant  portrait  of  Prof.  Daniel  Oliver,  accompanied 
by  a  short  biographical  sketch  by  Mr.  Hemsley. 

Messrs.  Oolman  have  issued  an  advertisement  card  containing 
small  coloured  figures  of  nearly  a  hundred  British  plants.  Although 
some  of  the  figures — e.  g.  that  of  lucerne — are  far  from  accurate, 
the  plants  as  a  whole  are  fairly  recognizable,  and  teachers  in  ele- 
mentary schools  might  do  worse  than  obtain  a  copy,  though  by  so 
doing  they  will  of  course  be  advertising  the  various  wares  of  the 
proprietors.  But  it  is  fair  to  add  that,  as  things  go,  the  advertise- 
ment is  unobtrusive. 

Mr.  George  Allen  has  issued  a  pretty  little  book  of  plant-gossip 
under  the  title  of  Flower  Favourites,  by  Lizzie  Deas  (sm.  8vo,  pp.  229, 
price  3s.  6d.  net).  The  author  deals  with  the  "legends,  symbolism, 
and  significance"  of  flowers,  in  the  manner  familiar  to  readers  and 
compilers  of  this  kind  of  book.  She  quotes  as  authentic  Forster's 
spurious  antique  whicli  figures  in  every  popular  work  dealing  with 
flower-lore,  and  "old  legends,"  whose  age  is  at  least  doubtful. 
Nor  is  her  botany  beyond  reproach;  e.g.  she  speaks  of  the  "red- 
blossomed  sweet-scented  clematis  fiammula"  (p.  145).     The  author 


288  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

seems  to  have  hopelessly  cod  fused  lucerne  and  saintfoin ;  with 
regard  to  the  latter  name  she  quotes  a  ridiculous  passage  from 
Mr.  Hilderic  Friend — "who  the  saint  intended,  or  what  the  reason 
for  ascribing  divine  honours  (!)  to  the  plant,  does  not  appear":  the 
"early  Christian  tradition"  which  Miss  Deas  cites  in  connection 
with  Onobrychis  is,  we  believe,  of  extremely  modern  growth,  as  are 
far  too  many  of  the  stories  in  this  and  other  books  like  it,  for  which 
an  imaginary  antiquity  is  claimed.  The  popular  rhyme  on  the 
daffodil  is  turned  into  nonsense  by  an  alteration  which  speaks  of 
"  a  yellow  petticoat  and  a  red  gown";  and  the  derivations  are  often 
absurd,  and  show  want  of  acquaintance  both  with  plant  and  legend, 
as  when  "  bloody  man's  fingers"  is  referred  to  the  berries  of  Arum. 
There  are  ridiculous  misprints — e.g.  "the  name  myrtle  signifies 
sweet  i^uce  "  (p.  199).  The  book,  in  fact,  is  a  worthy  companion  to 
the  Eev.  T.  F.  Thiselton  Dyer's  Folk-lore  of  Plants,  noticed  in  this 
Journal  for  1889  (p.  122) ;  but  Miss  Deas  has  not  'cribbed'  in  so 
barefaced  a  manner  as  her  reverend  predecessor. 

Dr.  Saint-Lager  sends  us  his  Notice  sur  Alexis  Jordan  (1814- 
1897),  of  which,  should  our  space  allow,  we  hope  to  give  an  abstract 
later.     An  excellent  portrait  accompanies  the  memoir. 

Dr.  G.  Beauvisage  has  lately  published  (Ann.  Soc.  Bot.  Lyon, 
xxii.)  a  notice,  accompanied  by  a  portrait,  of  the  Eev.  Xavier 
Montrouzier,  Marist  missionary,  who  died  at  Saint  Louis,  Nomnea, 
New  Caledonia,  on  May  16,  1897,  at  the  age  of  seventy-six.  Mon- 
trouzier botanized  in  Australia  in  1845  and  1852 ;  in  1857  he 
collected  in  the  Island  of  Art,  New  Caledonia,  and  published  a 
paper  on  his  collections  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Lyons  Academie  des 
Sciences.     Pancher  named  in  his  honour  the  genus  Montrouziera. 

JoHAN  Martin  Christian  Lange,  whose  name  is  familiar  to  all 
European  botanists  in  connection  with  the  Flora  Danica  and  the 
Frodromus  FlorcB  Hispanicm,  died  on  the  3rd  of  April,  at  the  age 
of  eighty. 

We  have  received,  too  late  for  notice  in  this  number,  the  first 
instalment  of  Messrs.  Fryer  and  Morgan's  important  monograph  of 
The  Fotamogetons  of  the  British  Isles.  This  includes  twelve  admn'able 
quarto  plates  and  twenty-four  pages  of  letterpress,  and  costs  15s. 
uncoloured,  21s.  coloured,  net.  Messrs.  Lovell  Reeve  &  Co.  are  the 
publishers. 

We  are  glad  to  learn  that  the  printing  of  the  third  and  con- 
cluding volume  of  Dr.  Britten's  Illustrated  Flora  of  the  Northern 
United  States  has  been  completed,  and  that  it  will  be  published 
immediately. 

A  Flora  of  Co.  Donegal,  by  Mr.  H.  C.  Hart,  is  announced  for 
immediate  publication  by  Messrs.  Sealy,  of  Dublin. 

We  learn  from  a  correspondent  that  Dr.  Francis  Bossey,  whom 
we  placed  (p.  145)  in  our  supplemental  list  of  deceased  botanists, 
is  still  alive,  and  about  ninety  years  old. 


Jo-urn.  Bot. 


#  .^#     0 


E -Morgan  del  etiith. 


\i 


D 


,/■> 


4 


%4 


Tat.  388 

■  m 


#  J 


r 


A 


West,  Nrtrman  imp 


A..PsedTiotncl:iia  tenella  Hi&rro.     B.  BotrvchiuTn  Tnatricarisefoliuir.  A  Br 
C.  B.  lance olat-uiXL    Anjgstr.  fa/ter  NeMmxaxv.^ 


289 


TWO    NEW     GENERA    OF    COMPOSITE. 
By  W.  p.  Hiern,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plates  388  a,  389.) 

The  plants  here  dealt  with  form  part  of  Welwitsch's  African 
collection ;  they  were  obtained  in  Benguella  in  1859-60.  The 
determinations  are  taken  from  the  forthcoming  part  of  the  Wel- 
witsch  Catalogue,  which  to  this  extent  is  thus  anticipated,  so  as  to 
secure  early  publication  and  to  take  advantage  of  the  accompani- 
ments of  the  plates  here  afforded. 

The  material  at  hand  for  the  former  of  the  two  genera  is  some- 
what fragmentary,  and  very  small  in  bulk ;  indeed,  though  the 
plant  does  not  exceed  4  in.  in  length,  the  specimens  do  not  give  any 
adequate  idea  of  the  plant  as  a  whole ;  fortunately,  Welwitsch's 
notes  enable  some  account  to  be  given  of  the  plant  as  it  appeared 
to  him,  including  the  colour  of  the  florets,  and  complete  heads  of 
flowers  were  preserved  for  examination ;  thus  all  the  characters 
essential  for  the  establishment  of  the  genus  have  been  ascertained. 

The  material  for  the  other  genus  is  ample,  and  the  difficulty  with 
it  is  to  assign  it  to  its  tribe  in  the  order ;  on  this  point  Welwitsch 
noted  as  follows : — Habit  of  Cineraria,  but  the  style  and  opposite 
leaves  keep  it  out  from  this  genus  and  from  Senecio ;  the  elongated 
style-branches  and  the  opposite  leaves,  also  the  large  long  flower- 
rays,  somewhat  correspond  with  Arnica,  a  genus,  however,  which 
belongs  to  the  northern  hemisphere,  though  A.  tahularis  Thunb. 
[Alciope  tahularis  DC.)  more  or  less  agrees,  except  for  the  alternate 
leaves  and  the  absence  of  the  rows  of  the  remarkable  oil-glands  from 
the  achenes  of  the  latter ;  the  style-branches  are  nearly  those  of  the 
tribes  Vernoniacece  or  EupatoriacecB,  and  in  this  respect  it  may  be 
remembered  that  DeCandolle  and  Endlicher  placed  Alciope  in  Eu- 
jMtoriacecB,  that  Lessing  placed  it  in  Seneciojiidece,  and  Harvey  in 
AsteroidecB;  Adenogonum  fluctuates  between  Asteroidea  and  Seneci- 
onidecB. 

Psednotrichia,  gen.  nov. 
Capitula  homogama,  discoidea,  multiflora  ;  floribus  omnibus 
hermaphroditis,  fertilibus,  tubulosis.  Involucrum  cum  alabastris 
subglobosum,  cum  floribus  vel  fructibus  campanulato-hemisph^ri- 
cum ;  bracteis  subuniserialibus,  sub^qualibus,  siccis,  margine  an- 
guste  membranaceis  ;  receptaculo  nudo,  hemisphterico,  demum 
foveolato-areolato.  Corolla  regularis,  semi-  vel  brevi-quinquefida. 
Antherse  inclusEe  vel  vix  cum  corollse  lobis  sequatae,  apice  in  appendi- 
cibus  lanceolatis  brevibus  productse,  basi  obtusaB  ecaudatse  integrge. 
Styli  rami  breves,  recti  vel  leviter  curvi,  compressiusculi,  non 
attenuati,  obtusissimi,  cum  appendiculo  deltoideo-lanceolato  vel 
lanceolato-subulato  deciduo  mucronulati,  in  corollas  tubo  plus  minus 
inclusi,  longiores  vel  cum  androecio  ^quati.  Ach^nium  oblongum 
vel  obovoideo-oblongum,  parum  compressiusculum,  costis  vel 
angulis  5  longitudinalibus  atque  glandulorum  breviorum  pallidorum 
plus  minus  deciduorum  in   intervallis  positis   seriebus.      Pappus 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Aug.  1898.]  x 


290  TWO    NEW    GENEUA    OF    COMPOSITE. 

uniserialis,  setosus,  citissime  caducus;  setis  pluribus,  sub^quali- 
bus,  ovario  longioribiis,  rectis  vel  sa^pe  flexis,  albidis,  argute  setu- 
losis,  setulis  erecto-  patentibus. 

Herba  annua  subglabra  pumila ;  cauliculis  abbreviatis ;  foliis 
radicalibus,  filiformibus,  liuearibus,  erectis  ;  scapis  digitalibus, 
aggregatis,  tenuibus ;  capitulis  croceis. 

P.  tenella,  sp.  unica.  Herba  fragilis,  3-4-pollicaris ;  scapis 
bracteatis,  divisis,  glabratis;  bracteis  lanceolatis,  parvulis,  sessilibus 
amplectentibus,  interdum  teruatis ;  capitulis  circiter  30-floris, 
8~i  poll-  tliam.  ;  involucri  bracteis  s?epius  8,  lauceolato-oblongis, 
^-^  poll,  longis,  apice  acuminatis,  parallele  pauci-nervosis,  glabri- 
usculis,  dorso  minute  glandulosis ;  floribus  ^  poll,  vel  paulum 
longioribus ;  corolla  ^^  poll.  long£e  tubo  subtus  angustato,  super 
(interdum  abrupte)  dilatato,  lobis  lanceolatis  oblongisve,  apicibus 
incrassatis  exceptis  tenuibus ;  acb^enio  -J^  poll,  longo  fuscescente, 
recto  vel  curvo,  apice  in  annulo  tenui  subangulato  cartilagineo 
termiuante ;  receptaculo  fructifero  J^  poll.  diam. 

Habitat  in  distr.  Huilla,  ad  Humpata  in  pascuis ;  cum  fl.  et  fr., 
Aprili  1860;  legit  Fr.  Welwitsch,  Coll.  Carp.  690. 

This  belongs  to  the  tribe  Asteroidem,  subtribe  HomocJiromecB. 
There  are  two  kinds  of  flower,  slightly  differing,  one  with  a  less 
deeply  divided  corolla  than  in  the  other,  and  with  the  longer  kind 
of  androecium  accompanied  by  the  shorter  kind  of  style.  The 
generic  name  is  derived  from  ^i^voq,  rubbed  of,  and  6pi|,  Tpi%o$, 
hair,  with  reference  to  the  very  early  shedding  of  the  pappus. 

Adenogonum  Welw.  MS.  in  herb.,  gen.nov. 

Capitula  heterogama  longe  radiata  homochroma  multiflora ; 
floribus  ligulatis  exterioribus  uniserialibus  fcemineis  fertilibus, 
ligulis  conspicuis  apice  tridentatis ;  floribus  tubulosis  interioribus 
pluriserialibus  hermaphroditis  fertilibus  pentameris.  Involucrum 
subhemisphaericum ;  bracteis  pluriserialibus,  imbricatis,  in^equalibus, 
demum  patentibus  vel  reflexis,  interioribus  sublinearibus,  acutis, 
siccis,  rigidis,  margine  scariosis,  quam  exteriores  gradatim  angusti- 
ores  minus  rigidaB  longioribus.  Eeceptaculum  nudum  demum 
planiusculo-convexum.  Auther£e  incluScTB,  apice  in  appendicibus 
lanceolatis  productse,  basi  obtuse  ecaudatse ;  filamentis  prope 
apicem  glandula  ceracea  aurantiaca  auctis.  Styli  exserti  rami 
elongati,  anguste  subclavato-incrassati,  dense  puberuli,  arcuato- 
incurvi,  apice  obtusi  minute  apiculati ;  styli  basi  (nectario)  bulbosa. 
Ach^enium  obovoideum,  compressiusculum,  pilosum,  secus  margines 
mediamque  faciem  vel  medias  facies  longitudinaliter  costatum ; 
costis  glandorum  majusculorum  oleosorum  serie  utrinsecus  intra 
margines  et  secus  medium  tuberculatis.  Pappus  pauciserialis, 
setosus,  persistens ;  setis  rectis,  rigidulis,  interioribus  subrobustis 
scabridis  ina^quilongis  pallide  stramineis,  exterioribus  brevibus 
srepe  parum  evolutis  pallidioribus  planioribus  tenuioribus  margine 
subciliatis. 

Herba  rigida ;  foHis  oppositis  vel  rarius  superioribus  alternis, 
ovatis,  dentatis  ;  capitulis  terminalibus  subterminalibusque,  pedun- 
culatis,  mediocribus  ;  floribus  IsBtissime  flavis. 


BOTRYCHIUM  MATRICARI^FOLIUM  AND  B.  LANCEOLATUM.  291 

A.  decumbens  Welw.  MS.  in  herb.,  sp.  unica.  Herba  ut  videtur 
annua,  glabriuscula,  nitidula,  eximie  decorans,  habitu  CineraricB ; 
canlibus  a  basi  ramosissimis,  decumbentibus,  demim  ramulisque 
ascendentibus,  teretibus,  rigidis,  subgracilibus.  Miosis,  basi  fere 
lignosis ;  foliis  ovato-cordiformibus,  firme  membranaceis,  in  vivo 
lucido-viridibus,  f-1  poll,  longis,  i-f  poll,  latis,  dentatis,  dentibus 
ovato-deltoideis  acutis  ;  petiolo  f-f  poll,  longo,  basi  subamplexicauli 
non  vel  anguste  decurrente,  patulo ;  capitulis  circa  f  poll,  diam., 
sub-30-floris,  pedunculo  nudo,  i-3  poll,  longo  suffultis ;  involucri 
bracteis  interioribus  ^-f  poll,  longis  margine  ciliolatis  vel  minute 
fimbriatis,  extimis  parvis  mox  recurvis ;  ligulis  subscarioso-per- 
sistentibus,  i  poll,  longis,  ^  poll,  latis,  subcymbiformibus ;  florum 
discoideorum  coroJla  J  poll,  longii,  tubo  pilosulo,  lobis  ovato- 
deltoideis  reflexis;  antheris  i  poll,  longis;  stylo  h  poU.  longo, 
ramis  ^-i  poll,  longis;  achgenio  |-i  poll,  longo;  pappo  f-J  poll, 
longo  ;  receptaculo  i  poll,  diam.,  fructifero  punctis  elevatis 
notato. 

Habitat  in  distr.  Mossamedes,  non  frequens  ad  rupes  gneissicas 
juxta  ripas  superiores  fluminis  Bero ;  cum  fl.  et  fr.,  Julio  1859; 
legit  Fr.  Welwitsch,  No.  3999. 

This  plant  does  not  fully  accord  with  any  of  the  recognized 
tribes  of  Compositce ;  I  regard  it  as  an  aberrant  Senecionidea,  and 
amongst  African  genera  place  it  next  before  Gongrothamnus.  Wel- 
witsch,  doubtless,  derived  the  name  of  his  genus  from  u^ijv,  a  gland, 
and  ywna,  an  angle,  in  allusion  to  the  rows  of  conspicuous  oil- 
glands  on  or  along  the  ribs  of  the  achenes. 


Explanation  of  Plate  388  a.  —  Psednotrichia  tenella.  Fig.  1.  Capitulum. 
2.  Corolla.  3.  Anclroecium,  with  the  upper  part  of  the  style.  4.  Ditto,  the 
anther-tube  laid  open.  5.  Two  stamens,  separated  from  the  others.  6.  Upper 
part  of  the  style.  7.  Fruiting  receptacle.  8.  Two  seta3  of  the  pappus.  9.  Kipe 
achene.— Fig.  1  is  slightly  enlarged ;  the  others  are  more  considerably  enlarged. 

Explanation  of  Plate  389. — Adenogomtm  decumbens.  Fig.  1.  Leaf.  2.  Eay- 
floret.  3.  Disk-floret.  1.  Two  stamens,  detached  from  the  rest.  5.  Style  of  a 
disk-floret.— The  principal  fig.  and  1  are  natural  size ;  the  others  are  more  or 
less  enlarged. 


BOTRYCHIUM  MATRICAEI^FOLIUM  A.  Br.-  AND 
B.  LANCEOLATUM   Angst.   IN   BRITAIN. 

By  William  Whitwell,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  388  b  &  c.) 

Some  months  ago  there  was  given  to  me  by  my  friend  Dr. 
Ornano  St.  Brody,  with  the  name  Botrychium  riitaceum  Swartz  as 
his  own  identification,  a  specimen  from  Ayrshire  which  has  the 
interest  of  being  the  only  known  British  example  of  the  species. 
It  was   collected   by  Dr.   St.  Brody   on   the    sandy   sea- shore   of 


*  In  view  of  the  uncertainty  attaching  to  B.  rutaceum  Sw.,  I  follow  A.  Braun 
and  Luerssen  in  employing  the  name  B.  matricariafolium. 

X  2 


292 


EOTEYCHIUM  MATRICARI^FOLIUM  AND  B.  LANCEOLATUM. 


Stevensfcon,  Ayrshire,  in  July,  1887.  He  was  then  residing,  as 
tutor,  with  a  Glasgow  family  who  occupied  a  marine  villa  at  that 
place.  Several  other  specimens  were  obtained  at  the  same  time. 
The  death  of  his  pupil  caused  a  hurried  return  to  Glasgow,  and 
Dr.  St.  Brody's  own  return  to  London ;  and  in  the  confusion  the 
plants  were  mislaid — the  present  specimen,  however,  was  un- 
expectedly found  last  autumn,  inside  an  old  catalogue.  Proof 
of  these  statements  is  afforded  by  recent  correspondence  (in  my 
possession)  between  Dr.  St.  Brody  and  the  lady  of  the  house, 
recalling  the  incident  of  the  discovery  of  the  fern.  Dr.  St.  Brody 
says  that  he  mentioned  his  "find"  subsequently  to  several  gentle- 
men, but,  owing  to  his  loss  of  the  corroborative  specimens,  the 
subject  was  not  followed  up. 

The  plant  is  unquestionably  BotnjcJimm  matrlcaricBfoUum  A.  Br. 
It  agrees  perfectly  with  the  figure  of  a  continental  specimen  (as 
rutaceum)  given  by  Newman  in  the  Phytolo/jist  (v.  133),  and  in  his 
History  of  British  Ferns  (ed.  3,  p.  322).  I  have  compared  it  with 
the  Brit.  Mus.  and  Kew  Botrychiums,  and  its  identification  is  fully 
accepted  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker. 

The  bibliographical  history  of  the  species  is  curious.  Swartz 
first  clearly  distinguished  it  as  a  species  in  1800,  in  Schrader's 
Journal  (ii.  110),  and  included  it  as  such  in  his  Synopsis  Filicum, 
p.  171  (1806) ;  and  subsequent  botanists  identified  Ray's  Lunaria 
minor  foliis  dissectis  therewith.  The  first  edition  of  Ray's  Synopsis, 
p.  129  (1690),  described  three  forms  of  Moonwort,  Lunaria,  of 
which  this  was  the  third ;  and  the  remark  is  made  that  Lawson 
supposes  it  to  be  a  variety,  not  a  distinct  species.  It  is,  according 
to  Dillenius  (R.  Syn.  ed.  3,  p.  129),  the  same  as  Plukenet's  Lunaria 
hotrytis  vmior  pinnulis  laciniatis,  "of  our  northern  parts"  [Almagest. 
p.  228,  1696).  Ray  himself  {Synopsis,  ed.  1  &  2)  appears  to  cite 
prior  authorities,  Gerard,  Parkinson,  I.  Bauhin,  and  C.  Bauhin, 
only  for  his  first  form — the  ordinary  moonwort — and  seems  to  have 
been  the  earliest  British  botanist  to  separate  scientifically  the  three 
forms.  He  gives  Westmoreland  as  the  locality  of  the  Lunaria 
minor  foliis  dissectis,  Dillenius  adds  Doody's  opinion  that  this  is  a 
distinct  species,  and  says  :  "  Mr.  Doody  received  it  from  Sir  Th. 
Willughby,  but  hath  since  seen  it  several  times  gathered  by  our 
Herb-women." 

From  the  time  of  Ray  (1690)  up  to  Withering's  ed.  7  (1830),  the 
plant,  as  variety  or  species,  was  acknowledged  in  British  floras. 
It  appeared  in  Hill's  Flora  Britannica  (1760),  in  Hudson's  Flora 
Anqlica  (1762  &  1778),  and  in  Withering's  successive  editions 
(1776-1830). 

Linnaeus,  in  Species  Flantarmi,  ed.  1,  p.  1064  (1753),  described 
a  var.  y  of  Osmunda  Lunaria,  with  a  reference  to  Breynius  (Cent. 
183,  fig.  93).  The  same  figure  is  cited  in  vol.  iii.  (p.  982)  of 
Withering's  ed.  7  (edited  by  his  son)  as  "var.  3.  Leaves  cloven  into 
segments,"  evidently  as  equivalent  to  L.  minor  foliis  dissectis.  So  also 
is  a  variety  mentioned  by  ]3olton,  L'ilices  Britannia,  p.  5  (1785),  but 
this,  from  Bolton's  reference  to  a  figure  in  Gerard,  is  clearly  meant 
for  Ray's  second  form,  L.  min.  ramosa.     Bolton  does  not  allude  to 


BOTRYCHIUM  MATRICARI^FOLIUM  AND  B.  LANCEOLATUM.  293 

that  we  are  considering.  In  English  Botany,  ed.  1,  v.  318  (1796), 
J.  E.  Smith  recognized  only  B.  Luiiaria,  with  a  note  that  its  leaves 
were  rarely  bipinnate.  But  in  his  Flora  Britannica,  iii.  1107 
(1800-1804),  Smith  accepts  the  third  form  of  Ray  as  his  own 
var.  y.  Then  came  (1801  and  1806)  the  definition  of  Botnjchiuni 
rutaceum  by  Swartz,  and  his  inclusion  thereunder  of  Linn^eus's 
vars.  p  and  y,  without,  however,  naming  Eay  or  any  English 
authority. 

Smith's  English  Flora,  iv.  328  (1828),  under  Botrychium  Lu- 
naria,  makes  a  var.  5  of  Eay's  third  plant,  and  gives  Swartz's  and 
Willdenow's  B.  rutaceum  as  the  same.  The  author  adds  a  note  : 
"5  has  pinnatifid  leaflets  and  a  more  spreading  habit,"  and  goes  on 
to  say:  "All  these  varieties,  and  perhaps  others,  are  found  oc- 
casionally intermixed  here  and  there  with  the  plant  in  its  proper 
or  common  form ;  but  never,  so  far  as  I  could  learn,  so  numerously 
distinct  as  to  have  the  appearance  of  a  different  species." 

We  now  come  to  a  period  of  neglect,  dating  from  the  issue  of 
Hooker's  British  Flora,  ed.  1,  in  1830.  In  this  Botrychium  Lunar ia 
Sw.,  without  distribution  of  varieties,  is  alone  given.  But  the 
remark  is  made  (p.  451)  that  forms  are  found  with  more  than  one 
frond  upon  a  stalk,  and  with  the  pinnules  laciniated  or  even  pin- 
natifid. Through  all  the  editions  of  Hooker  to  the  5th  (1842),  and 
also  in  Hooker  &  Arnott  (=  Hooker,  ed.  6,  1850),  the  exclusion  is 
continued. 

In  English  Bota^iy,  ed.  2,  the  species  or  variety  is  still  unnamed, 
but  the  new  editor  (Chas.  Johnson)  gives  (viii.  28)  a  fuller  recog- 
nition of  the  range  of  departure  from  the  type  of  B.  Lunaria. 

In  1844  the  London  Catalogue  was  first  published.  Its  first  four 
editions  (to  1853)  recognize  only  B.  Lunaria  Sw.  Babington's 
Manual,  eds.  1  (1843)  to  3  (1851),  gives  B.  Lunaria  Sw.  without 
hint  of  varieties  or  of  another  species. 

In  Newman,  however,  we  find  an  exception  to  the  current  dis- 
regard of  the  plant.  His  History  of  British  Feryis  was  published  in 
1840,  and  it  quotes  (p.  102)  the  three  varieties  of  B.  Lunaria  as 
given  in  Smith's  English  Flora.  In  the  second  edition,  p.  347 
(1844),  he  identifies  the  L.  min.  foliis  dissectis  of  Eay  with  B.  ru- 
taceum of  Swartz,  though  without  actually  admitting  the  latter  as 
a  species.  Then  he  describes  three  specimens  obtained  by  Mr. 
Cruickshanks  in  August,  1839,  at  the  Sands  of  Barry,  near  Dundee, 
and  reproduces  a  drawing  of  one  of  these  made  by  their  discoverer. 
He  did  not  see  the  originals.  At  this  time — as  his  ed.  3  shows — 
Mr.  Newman  was  not  yet  acquainted  with  the  continental  B. 
rutaceu7n,  and  he  does  not  at  present  commit  himself  to  any 
identification  of  the  Barry  plant. 

Moore's  Handbook  of  British  Ferns  appeared  in  1848.  In  this 
(p.  150)  B.  rutaceum  Sw.  is  made  var.  fi  pinnatifida  of  B.  Lunaria, 
and  the  Cruickshanks  plant  becomes  var.  y  linearis.  But  in  its 
second  edition  (1853)  no  varieties  are  given,  nor  any  other  species 
than  Lunaria  (p.  215),  and  no  reference  is  made  to  the  specimens 
from  Barry. 

Wood's  Tourist's  Flora  (1850)  does  not  recognize  B.  rutaceum  as 


294  BOTRYCHIUM  MATKICARI/EFOLIUM  AND  B.  LANCEOLATUM. 

British,  though  describing  it  (p.  426)  as  continental  under  the 
name  B.  matricarifolium . 

In  1854  Mr.  Newman  returned  to  the  subject  in  a  long  article 
in  the  Phi/tolor/ist  (v.  pp.  129-134).  He  now  figures  B.  rutaceum^ 
from  a  German  specimen  sent  him  by  Prof.  Al.  Braun,  and  un- 
hesitatingly treats  the  Cruickshanks  plant  as  a  monstrosity  thereof. 
He  writes: — "It  would  seem  ....  that  paucity  of  individuals 
was  the  only  inducing  cause  with  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  for  rejecting 
B.  rutaceum.  as  a  British  plant ;  but  still  he  retained  it  as  a  variety. 
The  learned  authors  of  the  6th  ed.  of  the  British  Flora,  and  the  very 
careful  author  of  the  Manual,  go  a  step  further :  they  ignore  the 
existence  of  such  a  plant." 

This  challenge  called  up  Professor  Babington,  who  in  a  letter  to 
Mr.  Newman,  as  President  of  the  Phytologist  Club  {Phyt.  vol.  v. 
pp.  175-6),  referred  to  the  article  as  follows: — "I  am  in  effect 
blamed  for  taking  no  notice  of  B.  rutaceum  as  a  British  plant.  The 
fact  is,  that  I  had  never  either  seen  or  heard  of  a  native  specimen 
until  the  appearance  of  that  number  (of  the  Phytologist) ;  and 
Messrs.  Hooker  and  Arnott  seem  to  be  in  the  same  position. 
Smith's  remark  led  me  to  believe  that  it  was  only  some  accidental 

variation  that  was  intended  by  him In  the  present  state  of 

the  question  I  shall  not  venture  to  give  any  opinion." 

Later  in  the  year,  ed.  3  of  Newman's  Ferns  was  issued,  con- 
taining both  the  Phytologist  drawing  of  B.  rutaceum  and  the  Cruick- 
shanks figure  from  ed.  2,  and  specific  value  was  allowed  (pp.  320- 
323).  Babington's  Manual,  ed.  4,  also  came  out  in  1854,  with 
(p.  429)  B.  rutaceum  Sw.  doubtfully  admitted.  Newman's  protest 
in  its  favour  had  been  partially  effectual. 

Moore's  Ferns  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  nature-printed, 
folio,  was  published  1855-6,  edited  by  Lindley.  It  gives  (letter- 
press to  pi.  51a)  var.  rutaceum.  "The  plant  referred  to  rutaceum 
has  been  gathered  on  the  sands  of  Barry."     Further  on:   "It  is 

reported  to  have  been  found  near  Buxton  in  Derbyshire 

Though  the  B.  rutaceum  is  by  no  means  an  unlikely  plant  to  occur 
in  Great  Britain,  the  fact  of  its  occurrence  must,  as  yet,  be  regarded 
as  doubtful." 

In  1856  Dr.  J.  H.  Kinahan  read  a  paper  before  the  Dublin 
Natural  History  Society  {Proceedings,  vol.  i.  pp.  25-28)  on  the 
varieties  of  B.  Lnnaria.  After  describing  his  var.  cristatum,  he 
suggests  that  this  form  may  be  "  Doody's  old  plant  recorded  by 
Bay.  I  am  inclined  to  think  it  is,  though  a  most  competent  judge 
on  the  matter,  Edward  Newman,  has  referred  this  plant  of  Doody's 
to  the  sipecies  rutaceum.  Swartz  .  .  .  ."  After  discussing  the  points 
of  Eay's  description.  Dr.  Kinahan  repeats  that  it  in  his  judgment 
"  more  closely  agrees  with  B.  Lunaria  var.  cristatum.  Kin.  than  with 
B.  rutaceum.'''  He  goes  on  to  say  :  "  Again,  the  plant  seems  to  have 
occurred  amongst  the  ordinary  form,  but  sufficiently  rarely  to  call 
for  comments,  all  rather  pointing  to  a  variety  than  to  an  undoubted 
species,  which,  if  it  had  occurred  so  frequently  as  Eay's  plant 
appears  to  have  done,  ought  to  have  fallen  since  then  under  the 
notice  of  some  of  our  botanists,  and  Smith,  from  his  notice,  does 


BOTRYCHIUM  MATRICARIA  FOLIUM  AND  B.  LANCEOLATUM.  295 

not  appear  to  me  to  have  met  the  plant,  as,  had  he  met  only  the 
perfect  form  of  this  variety,  it  is  too  remarkable  to  have  been  passed 
over  without  description ;  and  had  he  met  the  intermediate  forms, 
he  would  certainly  have  mentioned  so  strong  a  proof  as  they  would 
have  afforded  of  the  specific  identity  of  the  two  forms.  I  know  that 
these  latter  objections  may  also  be  urged  against  var.  cristatum;  but 
still  that  Eay  actually  saw  or  knew  of  Doody's  plant  is  unmistakable, 
and  it  seems  more  likely  to  have  been  merely  a  variety  of  plant 
known  to  exist  in  England  in  quantity,  than  a  plant  of  whose 
occurrence  we  have  no  proof,  if  we  except  Mr.  Cruickshanks' 
specimen  of  monstrous  growth  from  Dundee,  and  these  are  too 
much  deformed  to  enable  us  to  form  an  opinion  with  any  degree  of 
certainty.  These  arguments  are  not  for  one  moment  to  be  supposed 
to  be  directed  against  the  existence  of  B,  rutaceum  as  a  species,  but 
merely  to  prove  that  Doody's  plants  and  these  now  exhibited  [^.  e. 
var.  cristatum  Kin.]  were  probably  the  same." 

The  London  Catalogue,  ed.  5  (1857),  mentions  the  species  for  the 
first  time,  but  only  among  excluded  plants — evidently  as  "  not 
distinctly  ascertained  in  Britain."  Hooker  &  Arnott's  ed.  8, 
p.  596  (1860),  accepts  it,  but  with  the  reservation — "  We  have  not 

ourselves  seen  British  specimens It  is  probable  that  Smith 

was  correct  in  referring  it  to  B.  Lunaria,  none  of  the  varieties  he 
mentions  being  '  so  7iumeroushj  distinct  as  to  have  the  appearance 
of  a  different  species':  an  observation  that  applies  well  to  this  one, 
only  three  specimens  having  been  found  on  the  Sands  of  Barrie, 
and  none  elsewhere  since  the  days  of  Ray." 

In  Hooker's  Stiidenfs  Flora,  p.  469  (1870),  the  plant  is  placed 
under  B.  Lunaria  Sw.  as  "var.  rutaceum:  Sands  of  Barry." 

Moore's  Octavo  Nature-jjrinted  British  Ferns  appeared  in  1860. 
It  includes  (ii.  324-333)  rutaceum  as  a  var.  of  B.  Lunaria,  equivalent 
to  Smith's  var.  5,  Swartz's  rutaceum  in  part,  Willdenow's  riitaceum, 
and  A.  Braun's  matricaricEfolium;  with  an  admission  that  it  "is 
perhaps  entitled  to  specific  rank."  ....  "We  have  not  seen  a 
native  specimen,  but  that  from  Dundee  figured  by  Mr.  Newman 
tolerably  well  agrees  with  the  European  jB.  rjiirtc^ziw."  ....  "Dr. 
Milde,  who  has  paid  much  attention  to  the  species  of  this  genus, 
identifies  it  with  B.  rutaceum  of  Willdenow  .  .  .  excluding  in  part 
the  rutaceum  of  Swartz.  Dr.  Milde's  own  illustrations  of  B.  lanceo- 
latum  are  most  nearly  accordant  with  the  figure  of  the  Dundee 
plant,  which  should  probably  bear  the  name  of  var.  lanceohtum 
instead  of  rutaceum,  hitherto  applied  to  it." 

Under  var.  2,  tripartituyn  (=  var.  cristatum  Kin.),  Mr.  Moore 
says  that  Dr.  Kinahan  "  suggests  the  possibility  of  this,  instead 
of  rutaceum,  being  the  Lunaria  minor  foliis  dissectis  of  Ray,  but  we 
should  rather  identify  our  next  variety  with  Ray's  plant."  That 
next  variety  is  3.  incisum,  Milde. 

Dr.  Boswell,  in  English  Bota^nj,  ed.  3,  vol.  xii.  pp.  27-29  (1877), 
approves  of  Moore's  views  with  regard  to  both  Ray's  and  Cruick- 
shanks' plants.  He  places  rutaceum  Sw.  under  "excluded,"  though 
saying  that  Smith's  var.  §  is  probably  that  form.  B.  lanceolatum  is 
also  ranked  as  excluded,  with  a  similar  reservation.     "  I  do  not 


296  BOTRYCHIUM  MATRICARI^FOLIUM  AND  B.  LANCEOLATUM. 

think  there  can  be   any  doubt   that  Mr.  Newman's   figure   here 

referred  to  represents  B.  lanceolatum  and  not  B.  rutaceum 

Unfortunately  no  further  information  can  be  obtained  about  the 
plant  from  the  Sands  of  Barry,  nor  can  any  of  Mr.  Cruickshanks' 
three  specimens  be  traced  to  their  present  owners,  so  far  as  I  can 
discover.  No  one  else  has  found  it  there,  still  B.  lanceolatum.  seems 
to  have  a  better  claim  to  be  included  in  the  British  lists  than 
B.  rutaceum.'' 

Another  change  of  treatment  was  thus  induced.  In  the 
Student's  Flora,  ed.  3,  p.  521  (1884),  the  distinct  recognition 
of  rutaceum  of  ed.  1  was  suppressed,  and  only  the  reference  sub- 
stituted— "A  form  ....  found  on  the  Sands  of  Barry,  has  been 
doubtfully  referred  to  B.  rutaceum  Sw."  Mr.  Britten  (European 
Ferns,  p.  187  (1881-2))  says  of  the  plant,  adopting  the  specific 
name  matricaria folium  A.  Br.:  "Has  been  reported  as  a  British 
plant,  but  its  occurrence  requires  confirmation."  The  next  issue  of 
the  London  Catalogue  (ed.  8,  1886)  contains  incisum.  Milde  for  the 
first  time,  as  a  var.  of  B.  Lunaria  Sw.,  and  B.  lanceolatiun  Angst,  is 
introduced  (as  a  species)  with  a  ?.  Then,  in  ed.  9  (1895),  the  latest, 
lanceolatum  is  omitted. 

Babington,  however,  retained  var.  rutaceum  (Sw.)  to  his  last 
edition  (8,  p.  464 :  1881),  and  withdrew  all  indications  of  doubt 
respecting  it.  His  references  are  to  Newman,  Ferns,  ed.  3,  and 
Milde,  Fil.  Europ.  195. 

Upon  the  question  whether  Cruickshanks'  drawing  in  Newman 
represents,  as  that  author  supposed,  an  aberrant  form  of  B.  rutaceum 
Sw.,  or,  in  accordance  with  Moore's  and  Boswell's  opinion,  true 
B.  lanceolatum  Angstrom,  I  may  observe  that  on  carefully  comparing 
the  figure  with  the  Kew  and  Brit.  Mus.  specimens  under  both 
names,  I  am  convinced  that  the  latter  view  is  correct.  There  is  a 
plant  at  Kew,  evidently  one  of  the  best  in  the  lanceolatum  series, 
which  might  easily  be  supposed  the  original  of  the  Cruickshanks 
drawing.  Then  the  reinstallation  of  B.  rutaceum  on  the  strength  of 
the  Barry  plant  becomes  erroneous. 

What  of  its  inclusion  on  the  faith  of  the  identity  of  Bay's  third 
form  with  the  Swartzian  species  ?  I  have  not  been  able  as  yet  to 
examine  this  problem  to  my  satisfaction.  There  is  a  specimen  of 
Ray's  in  the  Brit.  Mus.,  but  that  is  only  the  common  form  of 
Moonwort.  In  Sir  J.  E.  Smith's  collection  there  is  nothing  of 
which  the  same  may  not  be  said.  It  is  not  known  that  any  British 
representative  of  Piay's  form,  Smith's  variety,  or  the  Swartz  species 
is  anywhere  preserved.  The  Barry  specimens  have  themselves  dis- 
appeared :  indeed,  they  do  not  appear  to  have  been  seen  by  anyone 
except  their  discoverer.  Then,  if  Moore's  and  Boswell's  view  is 
correct,  that  the  old  descriptions  represent  nothing  more  than  the 
var.  incisum  of  Milde,  the  present  specimen  is  left  in  sole  but 
unquestionable  possession  of  the  field,  as  witness  to  the  presence  of 
B.  matricaricefolium  in  Britain.  It  will  be  placed  in  the  British 
collection  in  the  National  Herbarium. 

I  submit  that  good  grounds  have  now  been  shown  for  the 
inclusion,  henceforth,  of  matricarm/olium  and  lanceolatum  in  our 


smith's  geokgian  plants.  297 

British  lists,  either  as  two  species  ("  neither  have  I  any  doubt  that 
B.  Liniaria,  rutaceum,  and  lanceolatum  are  three  distinct  species"  : 
Boswell  in  Eng.  Bot.)  ;  or  as  one  species  {matricanqfolmm)  and  a 
var.  lanceolatum  according  to  Hooker  &  Baker's  Synopsis  Filicum,  a 
view  which  Mr.  Baker  strongly  reasserts. 

To  the  British  localities  named  in  the  course  of  this  paper  may 
be  added — to  complete  the  list  of  those  which  I  have  met  with — 
from  Turner  &  Dillwyn's  Botanist's  Guide,  ii.  720  (1805),  for  var.  y  of 
Smith's  Flora  Britamiica,  "  Side  of  the  lake  at  Hornsea  "  (Hornsea 
Mere,  Yorkshire),  "  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Teesdale." 

Unfortunately,  Dr.  St.  Brody  is  unable  to  revisit  Stevenston  in 
further  search  for  the  B.  matncarimfolium ;  but  he  recollects  the 
precise  spot  where  he  obtained  his  specimens,  and  will  be  glad  to 
communicate  with  any  botanist  who  proposes  to  investigate  the 
district. 

Explanation  of  Plate  388b  &c. — b.  BotrycMum  matricaricefoUum  A.  By.-. 
the  Stevenston  plant,  c.  B.  lanceolatum  Angst. :  the  Sands  of  Barry  plant 
(after  Newman). 


SMITH'S    GEORGIAN    PLANTS. 
By  James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

A  NOTE  on  a  specimen  in  the  Banksian  Herbarium  called  my 
attention  to  the  descriptions  of  certain  new  species  in  The  Natural 
History  of  the  rarer  Lepidopteroiis  hisects  of  Georgia  (London,  1797  ; 
2  vols.  fol.  pp.  XV.  214,  tt.  civ),  "collected  from  the  observations 
of  Mr.  John  Abbot,  many  years  resident  in  that  country,  by  James 
Edward  Smith,  M.D.,  F.R.S."  From  Smith's  preface  (which, 
like  the  text  throughout,  is  printed  both  in  English  and  in  French), 
we  learn  that  the  excellent  figures  of  insects  and  plants  were  drawn 
by  Abbot,  but  that  "  the  systematic  names  and  definitions  "  were 
supplied  by  Smith  :  it  may  be  worth  while  to  quote  the  passage  in 
which  the  division  of  labour  is  recorded  : — 

''  The  materials  of  the  following  work  have  been  collected  on 
the  spot  by  a  faithful  observer,  Mr.  John  Abbot,  many  years  resi- 
dent in  Georgia,  who,  after  having  previously  studied  the  meta- 
morphoses of  English  insects,  pursued  his  enquiries  among  those 
of  Georgia  and  the  neighbouring  parts  of  North  America.  The 
result  of  his  observations  he  has  delineated  in  a  style  of  beauty  and 
accuracy  which  can  scarcely  be  excelled,  and  has  accompanied  his 
figures  with  an  account,  as  well  as  a  representation  of  the  plants 
on  which  each  insect  chiefly  feeds,  together  with  many  circum- 
stances of  its  manners,  times  of  the  different  metamorphoses,  and 
other  interesting  particulars.  For  all  such  facts  recorded  in  these 
pages  the  public  are  entirely  obliged  to  Mr.  Abbot.  His  memo- 
randums, not  methodized  by  himself  for  pubhcation,  have  merely 
been  digested  into  some  sort  of  style  and  order  by  the  editor,  who 
has  generally  added  remarks  of  his  own,  in  a  separate  paragraph 
and  different  type  from  the  rest ;  and  who  has  entirely  to  answer 


298  smith's    GEORGIAN    PLANTS. 

for  the  systematic  names  and  definitions  ;  that  department  having 
been  left  altogether  unattempted  by  Mr.  Abbot." 

Although  the  few  species  of  plants  here  first  published  have  not 
been  altogether  overlooked,  they  have  been  variously  quoted  and 
often  at  secondhand  from  the  abstract  published  by  Roemer  in  1801 
(Archiv  ii.  400-4).  As  the  types  are  for  the  most  part  in  the 
J3anksian  Herbarium,  I  have  looked  these  up ;  and  it  seems  worth 
while  to  place  on  record  the  results  of  my  investigation.  Two 
species  are  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  and  I  have  included 
references  to  these,  in  order  that  all  the  novelties  in  the  work  cited 
might  be  brought  together  in  one  paper.  I  quote  under  each  in  the 
first  instance  the  description  given  by  Smith. 

ASCLEPIAS    AMPLEXICAULIS. 

"  The  species  of  Swallow- wort  now  before  us  is,  we  believe,  a 
nondescript,  though  formerly  cultivated  in  the  Kew  Garden,  and 
now  preserved  in  Sir  Joseph  Banks's  Herbarium.  It  should  be  in- 
serted among  the  first  species  in  the  Systema  Vegetabilium,  and  may 
be  denominated  Asclepias  amplexicaulis,  foliis  sessilibiis  cllipticis 
undiilatis  glaherrimis :  hasi  cordatis  ample xicaulihus,  umhellis  termi- 
nalibiis.'^     (Vol.  i.  t.  vii.  p.  13.) 

The  specimen  in  Herb.  Banks,  leaves  no  doubt  as  to  the 
identity  of  this  plant  with  A,  ohtusifoUa  Michaux  (Fl.  Bor.  Amer. 
i.  115  (1803) ).  The  Index  Kewensis  refers  the  later  and  generally 
received  A.  amplexicaulis  Mich.  (I.e.)  to  A.  humistrata  Walt. — a 
plant  to  which  Michaux  (/.  c.  116)  considered  his  amplexicaulis 
allied,  and  which  Asa  Gray  (Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  xii.  67)  apparently 
regarded  as  synonymous  with  it,  although  he  says  "  floribus  rubris 
exceptis." 

Unfortunately  there  is  no  specimen  of  Walter's  plant  in  his 
herbarium,  but  Miss  Vail,  the  most  recent  authority  on  this  genus, 
considers  it  practically  certain  that  humistrata  Walt,  must  be 
adopted  as  the  name  for  the  species. 

A.  ohtusifoUa  Mich,  is  considered  by  Asa  Gray  [I.e.)  as  identical 
with  A.  yurpurascens  of  Walter  (not  of  Linnaeus),  and  Walter's 
specimen  supports  this  conclusion:  A,  purpurascens  Walt,  is  thus 
the  earliest  name  for  the  plant.  A.  purpurascens  L.  is  generally 
considered  identical  with  A.  amcena  L.,  which  has  priority  of  place 
both  in  Hort.  Elthamensis  (on  which  the  two  species  are  founded) 
and  in  the  Species  Plantarum.  Even  those  who  do  not  attach  im- 
portance to  the  position  of  a  name  upon  a  page  will  agree  that  it  is 
allowable  in  cases  like  this  to  adopt  either  name,  and  the  creation 
of  new  names  might  be  avoided  if  A.  amcena  were  adopted  for  the 
two  Linnean  plants,  taking^,  purpurascens  Walt,  for  A.  ohtusifoUa 
Mich.     The  names  would  then  stand  respectively  thus  : — 

A.  amoena  L.  Sp.  PL  214  (1737). 

A.  jnirpurascens  L.  Sp.  PI.  214,  non  Herb.,'''  and  of  American 
authors. 

*  The  A.  imrimrascens  of  Linn.  Herb.,  which,  as  Asa  Gray  has  noted  upon 
the  sheet,  does  not  agree  with  Liunoeus's  description,  is  identified  by  Miss  Vail 
ith  A.  incarnata  L. 


smith's  geoegian  plants.  299 

A.  puRPURAscENS  Walt.  Fl.  Carol.  105  (1788)  and  Herb.  !  non  L. 
A.  amplexicaulis  Smith  in  Georgia  Insects,  i.  13,  t.  vii.  (1797) 

and  in  Herb.  Banks. ! 
A.  ohtusifolia  Mich.  Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  i.  115  (1803). 
If,  however,  the  American  rule,  "  Once  a  synonym  always  a 
synonym,"  be  followed,  the  name  piirpiirascens  must  entirely  dis- 
appear, and  A.  amplexicauUs  Smith  must  be  retained.     The  plants 
will  then  stand  : — 

A.  AMCENA  L.  Sp.  PI.  214  (1737). 
A.  piirpiirascens  L.  (ut  supra). 
A.  AMPLExicAULis  Smith  (ut  supra). 
A.  purpurasce7is  Walt,  non  L. 
A.  ohtusifolia  Mich. 

Glycine  elliptica. 

"  This  Glycine,  received  from  Kalm,  is  referred  in  the  Linnean 
herbarium  to  comosa,  which  species  Linnaeus  took  up  entirely  from 
Gronovius,  without  having  seen  it,  and  which  indeed  we  believe,  on 
the  authority  of  original  specimens  in  the  Gronovian  herbarium,  to 
be  by  no  means  distinct  from  G,  monoica  of  Linn^us  (bracteata  of  Sp. 
PI.  ed.  i.).  As,  however,  all  that  Linnaeus  has  said  of  this  species 
refers  to  the  plant  of  Gronovius,  and  even  the  short  observation  in 
Syst.  Veg.  is  taken  from  the  Flora  Virginica,  and  not  from  Kalm's 
specimen,  we  have  thought  it  best  to  give  a  new  name  to  that 
specimen  and  our  figure,  and  to  define  it  foliis  ternatis :  foliis 
cUipticis  siibtus  pilosis  glands,  racemis  axillaribus,  leguminibus  line- 
aribus.''  (Vol.  i.  t.  xxi.  p.  41). 

This  plant — I  think  in  consequence  of  a  misunderstanding  of 
Smith's  meaning — has  been  generally  treated  (e.  g.  in  S.  Watson's 
Bibliographical  hidex  and  in  the  Index  Kewensis)  as  a  synonym  of 
Amphicarycea  monoica.  A  mere  glance  at  the  figure,  however, 
shows  that  Smith  had  a  very  different  plant  in  view ;  and  Miss 
Vail,  who  has  examined  with  me  Smith's  type  in  the  Linnean 
Herbarium,  agrees  in  referring  it  to  Galactia  glabella  Mich. 

SpERMACOCE    HYSSOPIFOLIA. 

**  The  plant  here  delineated  appears  to  be  a  new  species  of 
Spermacoce,  which  is  preserved,  without  a  name,  in  the  Linnean 
Herbarium.  Mr.  Abbot  calls  it  wild  thyme,  probably  from  its 
habit,  for  it  has  no  other  affinity  to  any  plant  of  the  thyme  kind. 
The  root  is  strong  and  woody,  the  stem  shrubby,  and  somewhat 
diffuse.     It  may  be  characterized  as  follows  : — 

"  Spermacoce  HYSSOPiFOLiA,/oZm  lijieari-lanceolatis  revolutis  ynargine 
scahris,  verticillis  paucifloris.'"     (Vol.  i.  t.  xxxviii.  p.  75.) 

This  name  (which  is  in  the  hidex  Kewensis)  was  not  taken  up  in 
the  Frodromus;  a  fuller  description  of  the  plant  is  given  in  Eees' 
Cyclopmlia.  The  plant  is  in  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  but  I  have 
not  been  able  to  compare  it  with  other  species. 

Quercus  lobulata  Soland.  MSS. 
''  The  species  of  oak  here  delineated  is  unquestionably  a  new 
one,  and  may  be  characterised  foliis  subtus  pubescentibus  duplicato 


300  smith's  geokgian  plants. 

lobatis  scabriusculis  lobis  lohulisque  rotundatis,  which  are  nearly  the 
words  of  Dr.  Solander.  The  leaves  are  said  to  be  deciduous.  Their 
rough  upper  surface  is  remarkable  in  the  specimens  in  Sir  Joseph 
Banks's  herbarium."    (Vol.  i.  t.  xlvii.  p.  93.) 

The  specimens  referred  to  are  from  John  Bartram,  who  sent 
many  North  American  plants  to  Banks. 

This  name  seems  to  have  escaped  the  notice  of  American 
botanists,  but  is  duly  recorded  in  the  hidex  Kewensis,  where  it  is 
referred  as  a  synonym  to  the  later  Q.  obtusiloba  Mich.  (1801). 
Both,  however,  must  give  way  to  Q.  stellata  Wang.  (1787),  adopted 
by  Alphonse  De  Candolle  in  the  Prodromus — to  which  Dryander  in 
Solander's  MSS.  subsequently  referred  Solander's  name. 

Prof.  Sargent  (Silva  .V.  Amer.  viii.  37)  and  Dr.  Britton  (Illustr. 
Flora,  i.  520),  in  accordance  with  the  newest  American  rules, 
raise  the  varietal  name  given  by  Humphrey  Marshall  in  1785  to 
specific  rank,  and  call  the  tree  respectively  "  Quercus  minor 
Sarg."  and  "  Quercus  mmor  (Marsh.)  Sarg."  I  cannot  imagine 
that  botanists  generally  will  assent  to  the  unnecessary  confusion 
which  the  general  adoption  of  this  principle  would  bring  about, 
and  we  observe  that  the  Berlin  rules  sanction  no  such  action.  To 
take  an  instance :  Linnaeus  (Species  Plant,  ed.  i.  98)  calls  the  plant 
figured  by  Commelin  {Hort.  Med.  Amstel.  ii.  185,  t.  93)  Scabiosa 
leucantlia  ft.  spuria.  This  plant  he  subsequently  {PL  rar.  Afr. 
(1760)  8)  made  the  type  of  his  8.  rigida — a  name  which  (under 
Cephalaria)  has  been  adopted  for  the  same  species  by  all  subsequent 
authors.  It  thus  appears  that  Linnaeus  did  not  act  on  any  such 
rule  as  that  recently  formulated  at  Madison,  which,  if  adopted,  would 
necessitate  in  this  case  a  new  combination  and  needless  confusion, 
for  spuria  has  never  been  used  in  connection  with  the  species  and 
has  long  been  forgotten.  Moreover,  although  suitable  enough  as  a 
varietal  name,  it  is  inappropriate  for  the  species,  especially  when 
that  is  put  into  its  right  genus  and  specifically  characterized ;  in  a 
smaller  degree  the  same  objection  applies  to  the  adoption  of  minor, 
which,  although  perhaps  appropriate  to  the  tree  as  contrasted  by 
Marshall  with  Quercus  alba,  is  by  no  means  suitable  when  the  genus 
at  large  is  considered. 

The  oak  figured  on  t.  50  calls  for  a  note.  Smith  (p.  99)  calls  it 
Quercus  rubra  Linn.,  and  says  : — "  This  kind  of  Red  Oak  is  distin- 
guished in  Dr.  Solander's  manuscripts  as  a  variety  by  the  name  of 
ambigua,  but  was  probably  thought  not  sufficiently  marked  to  deserve 
a  place  in  the  Hortus  Kewensis.''  The  name  as  a  variety  has  not 
been  taken  up,  and  might  have  been  allowed  to  pass  unnoticed  had 
it  not  been  published  by  Roemer  as  a  species :  he  says  {Archiv  ii. 
104 — misquoted  in  DC.  Prodr.  i.  8  as  "coll.  i.")  of  the  oak  on 
Abbot's  plate  50,  "  diese  ist  in  dem  MS.  von  Solander  Quercus 
ambigua  gennant." 

This  indeed  is  the  case ;  Solander  in  his  MSS.  had  first  called 
it  rubra,  but  substituted  the  name  ambigua,  with  the  phrase  "  foliis 
cuneiformibus  apice  trilobis  latere  integerrimus."  Dryander  later 
identified  this  with  Q.  nigra  L.,  with  a  reference  to  a  specimen  from 
Bartram  which  is  doubtless  the  one  written  up  by  him  in  Herb. 


smith's    GEORGIAN    PLANTS.  301 

Banks  with  the  same  name.     Prof.  Sargent  {Silva  N.  Amer.  viii. 
p.  147)  refers  Abbot's  figure  to  Q.  cuneata  Wang. 

"  Mimosa  microphylla  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ed.  2  ined." 
"  The  plant  in  the  plate  is  a  species  of  Mimosa,  which  will  appear 
in  the  second  edition  of  the  Hortus  Kewensis,  and  for  the  following 
specific    character   and    synonym   of    which   we    are    obliged   to 
Mr.  Dryander. 

"  Mimosa  microphylla,  undiqiie  aculeata ,  foliis  hipinnatis  octojiigis : 
sedecimjugis,  capitulis  axillaribiis  pedunculatis  solitariis  hinisve. 

'*  M.  Intsia.  Walt.  Flo.  Carolin.  252."  (Vol.  ii.  t.  Ixii.  p.  128.) 
This  name  stands  in  Index  Kewensis:  ^'Mimosa  microphylla 
Sm.  ex  Steud.  Nom.  ed.  i.  5S3  =  Schra7iJcia  imcinata.'"  Steudel's 
identification  was  arrived  at  by  Dryander  after  he  had  communicated 
the  description  to  Smith  :  the  plant  stands  in  Hort.  Kew.  (ed.  ii.  v. 
467)  as  Schrankia  uncinata  Willd.,  and  that  name  is  substituted  for 
the  former  by  Dryander  in  the  Solander  MSS.,  as  well  as  in  Herb. 
Banks. 

The  supposed  new  Mimosa  was  originally  based  on  a  speci- 
men in  Herb.  Banks,  endorsed  ''America  Septentr.  J.  Bartram. 
Cree,"  to  which  a  specimen  from  "Hort.  Kew.  1789"  was  subse- 
quently added  by  Dryander.  An  examination  of  these  shows  that 
(as  already  noted  by  Mr.  Carruthers  in  the  herbarium)  both  should 
be  referred  to  *S'.  angustata — a  species  distinguished  by  Torrey  and 
Gray  [Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  i.  400)  in  1840 ;  and  to  this  the  figure  should 
also  be  referred.  Mimosa  Intsia  Walt,  non  Linn.,  which  Willdenow, 
Torrey  and  Gray,  Bentham,  and  indeed  all  botanists,  down  to  Dr. 
Britton  and  the  Index  Kewensis,  have  agreed  to  refer  to  S.  uncinata, 
should  also,  as  Walter's  type  specimen  shows,  be  transferred  to 
S.  ayigiistata,  in  common  with  most  of  the  synonyms.  The  Index 
Kewensis  does  not  include  the  name  8.  reticulata,  which  is  published 
by  Torrey  and  Gray  as  a  synonym  of  S.  uncinata.  The  synonymy 
of  the  two  species  will  run  : — 

Schrankia    uncinata    Willd.    Sp.    PI.    iv.    1043    (1805)    excl. 
synonymy ;   Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  i.  400  excl. 
syn.  (1840). 
S.  reticulata  Pickering  ex  Torr.  &  Gray,  1.  c,  p.  401. 
Leptoglottis  Nuttalii  DO.  Mon.  Leg.  451  (1825). 
S.  ANGUSTATA  Torr.  &  Gray,  1.  c.  400. 

Mimosa  Intsia  Walt.  Fl.  Car.  252  (1788)  and  Herb. !  non 

Linn. 
M.  microphylla  Dryand.  ex  Smith  in  Georgia  Insects,  ii.  123, 

t.  62  (1797)  and  in  Herb.  Banks ! 
M,  horridula  Mich.  Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  i.  254  (1803) ;  Ventenat, 

(Jhoix  des  Flantes,  t.  28  (1803). 

S.  uncinata    [Dryand.  in]    Ait.   Hort.   Kew.    ed.   ii.   v.   457 

(1813)  and  in  Herb.  Banks !  auct.  plur.  non  Willd. 

IplaceMichaux's  horridula  under  this  species  because,  although 

his  description  applies  equally  to  either,  he  cites  Walter's  plant  as 

a  synonym ;   Ventenat,   in   his   very  full   description,   makes   no 

reference  to  the  prominent  reticulate  veins  of  the  leaflets  which 


302  THE  MOSSES  OF  CHESHIRE. 

characterize   the   true   unclnata,  and   says  his  plaut  is   certainly 
identical  with  Michaux's. 

De  Candolle's  description  of  the  leaflets  makes  it  clear  that 
Nuttall's  plant  from  Arkansas,  on  which  he  bases  his  supposed  new 
genus,  must  be  referred  to  S.  uncinata.  We  have  what  is  no  doubt 
the  same  gathering  from  Nuttall  ("Arkansa  prairies  ")  which  he 
had  first  named  horndida,  then  considered  a  new  species  which  he 
proposed  to  call  reticulata,  and  finally  referred  correctly  to  uncinata. 
The  Texan  plant  distributed  by  Berlandier  (no.  1605)  as  LejUoglottis 
Nuttalii,  although  approaching  amjustata  in  general  appearance,  has 
the  reticulated  leaflets  which  characterize  S.  uncinata. 

<'  Clematis  rosea  no  v.  sp. 

"  Clematis  reticulata  Walt.  Flo.  Carol.  156  ? 

"  The  Clematis  seems  to  be  hitherto  nondescript,  of  which  we 
have  seen  a  specimen  from  the  Kew  garden  in  Sir  Joseph  Banks's 
collection.  It  may  be  characterized  Foliis  simplicihus  jnnnatisque 
cirrhosis  intetjerrimis,  petalis  lanceolatis,  semi^iibus  caudisque  gla- 
hriusculis. 

"  This  might  certainly  be  taken  for  the  C.  reticulata  of  Walter's 
Flora  Caroliniana,  p.  156,  copied  into  Grmelin's  Systema,  p.  873,  if 
the  last-mentioned  writer  only  were  confided  in  ;  for  he  has  omitted 
a  part  of  [Walter's]  character  caudis  plumosissimis,  and  the  rest 
a<yrees  exactly  with  our  plant.  But  in  the  Kew  specimen,  which, 
though  its  leaves  are  more  acute  and  sometimes  lobed,  we  can 
scarcely  think  different  from  that  before  us,  the  large  compressed 
seeds  are  only  slightly  downy  as  well  as  their  cauda.  We  must 
leave  the  absolute  determination  of  this  point  till  we  are  possessed 
of  better  materials  to  decide  it."     (Vol.  ii.  t.  ci.  p.  201.) 

De  Candolle  {Syst.  i.  157,  Prod.  i.  8)  erroneously  attributes  the 
name  C.  rosea  to  Abbot,  and  cites  his  figure  as  a  synonym  of 
C.  reticulata  Walt. — the  type  of  which  we  have  in  Walter's  herba- 
rium. So  far  as  the  figure  goes,  this  is  probably  correct :  the 
Banksian  specimen,  however,  upon  which  Smith  bases  his  descrip- 
tion, is  clearly  C.  crispa  L. ;  the  specimens,  although  much  damaged, 
are  in  good  fruit,  which  corresponds  excellently  with  the  figure  of 
Dillenius  {Hort.  Eltham.  t.  73,  p.  86),  upon  which  Linnseus 
estabUshed  this  species.  The  specimen,  rather  than  the  figure,  is 
the  type  of  Smith's  C.  rosea,  which  should  therefore  stand  in  the 
Index  Kew ensis  as^C.  crispa,  instead  oi—G.  reticulata,  as  at  present. 


THE    MOSSES    OF     CHESHIRE. 

By  J.  A.  Wheldon. 

In  preparing  this  list  of  Cheshire  Mosses,  I  have  procured  the 
bulk  of  my  information  from  Dickinson's  Flora  of  Liverpool,  Mar- 
ratt's  Liverpool  Mosses  (referred  to  as  M),  and  Whitehead's  Moss  Flora 
of  Ashton-under-Lyne  (W).  A  valuable  article  in  the  Naturalist, ix.  202, 
on  "  The  early  bryological  work  of  William  Wilson,"  by  Mr.  James 


THE    MOSSES    OF    CHESHIRE.  308 

Cash  (C),  also  proved  of  material  aid.  Grindon's  Manchester  Flora 
has  been  utilized  as  far  as  its  ambiguity  (as  to  the  division  of 
responsibility  for  the  various  records)  would  permit.  The  remaining 
records  are  extracted  from  various  periodicals  and  handbooks  of 
Mosses,  except  those  to  which  no  collector's  name  is  attached. 
These  last  are  given  on  my  own  responsibility,  and  I  regret  that 
I  have  not  been  able  to  render  them  more  numerous  and  important. 

It  would  be  presumptive  on  my  part  to  affect  to  verify  records 
by  bryologists  of  such  standing  and  well-known  accuracy  as  are 
many  named  in  the  list,  therefore  the  sign  !  is  used  only  to  imply 
that  I  have  found  the  moss  still  existing  in  the  locality  indicated 
within  the  last  five  years ;  and  the  double  sign  !!  indicates  that  a 
specimen  from  the  station  is  in  my  herbarium.  Species  which  are 
now  believed  to  be  first  recorded  for  v.-c.  58  are  marked  with  an 
asterisk. 

In  presenting  this  list,  I  am  only  too  conscious  of  its  im- 
perfections, but  I  hope  its  compilation  will  be  of  some  little  help 
to  those  studying  the  distribution  of  our  species,  or  at  least  form  a 
nucleus  for  future  work  in  the  county. 

The  number  of  species  and  varieties  exceeds  that  of  the  neigh- 
bouring v.-c.  S.  Lancashire  by  forty-five,  from  which  we  may  infer, 
either  that  the  county  has  been  more  carefully  worked,  or  that  the 
climatic  and  geological  conditions  of  Cheshire  are  the  more  suitable 
to  the  growth  of  mosses.  But,  speaking  broadly,  the  physiography 
of  the  two  counties  is  almost  identical.  In  each  we  have  a  belt  of 
arid  sand  dunes  on  the  extreme  west,  with  a  flora  that  is  sui  generis. 
Next  to  this,  a  broad  tract  of  new  red  sandstone,  divided  on  the 
east  by  a  thin  wedge  of  Permian  limestone  from  a  breadth  of  mill- 
stone grit.  There  is  an  extensive  forest  tract  at  Delamere,  a  feature 
which  is  entirely  absent  from  S.  Lancashire.  Probably  the  true 
explanation  of  the  superiority  of  Cheshire  as  a  moss-producing 
country  (for  individually  as  well  as  specifically  they  are  more 
numerous  than  in  v.-c.  59)  is  to  be  found  in  its  greater  freedom 
from  the  baneful  influences  of  the  proximity  of  large  cities  and 
factories.  In  S.  Lancashire  we  are  scarcely  beyond  the  smoke 
radius  of  one  large  city  before  we  penetrate  that  of  the  next,  and 
few  mosses  flourish  in  such  an  atmosphere.  The  list  is  arranged 
according  to  the  sequence  of  species  in  Mr.  Dixon's  Handbook 
Catalogue  of  British  Mosses. 

Sphagnum  cymbifolium  Ehrh.  Staley  Brushes  I  (W).  Wirral 
(M). — Var.  sguarrosulum  Nees.  Staley  Brushes  {W). — ^S'.  tenellum 
Ehrh.  Bebbington  Heath  and  Bidston  Hill  (M)  (not  seen  recently, 
Wheldon).  Carrington  Moss,  ilimi !! — S.  subsecundum  Nees.  Carr 
Brook  and  Staley  Brushes  !  (TF).  Hale  Moss,  Hunt !!  —  Var.  con- 
tortiim  Schultz.  Staley  Brushes  (IF).  —  Var.  auriculatum  Ldb. 
Delamere  (IF) !!  —  Forma  submersum.  Lindow  Common  [W) !! — 
S.  laricinum  Spruce.  Vale  Royal,  Wilson  [^).  Over  (IF)  !1 — S.  teres 
Angstr.  Knutsford  Moor,  Wybunbury  Bog,  and  Newchurch  Bog, 
Hobkirk's  Synopsis.  —  S.  squarrosum  Pers.  Hattersley  (PF)!! 
Wirral !  Fl.  Liverpool. — S.  acutifolium'Ehvh.  Staley  Brushes  !  (TF). 
Wallasey   Moss   {M).  —  S.  Jlmbriatum  Wils.      Lindow  Common, 


304  THE  MOSSES  OF  CHESHIRE. 

Wilso7i  (C)  I!  Hollingworth  (TF). — S.  intermedium  var.  pulcJiriim  Ldb. 
Carrington  Moss,  Himt.  —  S.  cuspidatum  Ehrh.  Lindow  Common 
{W) !!  Staley  Brushes  !!  Bidston  Heath  !— Var.  plumosum  N.  &  H. 
Lindow  Common  (IF) !! 

AndrecBa  Rothii  W.  &  M.  Staley  Brushes  (TF). — A.  crassinervia 
Bruch.     Crowden  and  Tmtwistle  !!  {W). 

Tetraphis  pellucida  Hedw.  Haybrick  Hill,  Sansom.  Newchurch 
Bog,  Wilson.  Delamere,  Burgess.  Bidston  Hill !  Fisher.  Staley 
Brushes!!  —  T.  Browniana  Grev.  Staley  Brushes  and  Hattersley 
(IF).     Helsby,  ^^'ilson. 

Catharineaimdulatay^.&'M.  Common.  Staley  Brushes !!  East- 
ham  !!  —  C.  crispa  James.  Staley  Brushes  (IF) !!  —  Var.  denslfulia 
Ldb.     Oakmere,  Wilson. 

Olifjotrichum  incurvum  Ldb.     Staley  Brushes  (IF). 

Folytrichum  nanum  Neck.  Eastham  and  Storeton  {M).  Dela- 
mere [C)\\  Hale  Barns,  Holtll  —  P.  aloides  Hedw.  Common. 
Staley  Brushes  !!  Wirral ! — Var.  Dicksoni  Wallm.  Delamere,  Hult. 
—  P.  urniijerum  L.  Marple  (TF).  Alderley  Edge,  Flor.  Manch. 
Storeton  !  Sansom  —  P.  piliferum  Schreb.  Staley  Brushes  !  and 
Ogden  Clough  (IF).  Upton,  Sansom.  Storeton  (21). — P.  juni- 
perinum  \yi[\d.  Fla^jhrick  Hill,  Sansom.  B ebington  !!  (ili).  Hale 
Moss  (TF) !!  Helsby  (C) !!  Storeton  !! — P.  strictum  Banks.  Knuts- 
ford  Moor  and  Wybunbury  Bog,  Wilson.  —  P.  gracile  Dicks.  Oak- 
mere  and  Knutsford  Moor,  Wi(so7i.  Hale  Moss,  HuntV.  Wallasey 
Moss,  Sansom..  Eastham  (M).  Eaton  Moss,  Flor.  Manch. — 
P.  form.osum  Hedw.  Cotterill  Clough,  Crozier.  —  P.  commune  L. 
Common!  Hale  Moss  (IF)  !! — N ox.  minus  ^^ em.  Oakmere,  Wilson. 
Delamere,  HoltW — Ya>i\fastig latum  Wils.     Delamere,  Holt !! 

Buxbaumia  aphylla  L.  Ogden  Clough,  Hannan,  Wood,  and 
Whitehead  W 

Archidium  alternifolium  Schp.     Mere,  Wilson. 

Pleuridlum  axiUare  Ldb.  Dukinfield  and  Werneth  Low  [W). — 
P.  suhulatum  Kab.  Godley  and  Marple  (TF).  Egremont,  Skellon. 
Bebbington  Heath  (M).  Hattersley!! —  P.  alternifolium  Rab. 
Mere  and  Grappenhall,  Wilson.  Hale,  Ashley,  and  Helsby,  Hunt. 
Storeton  {M).     Hattersley,  Whitehead  d  ScholeJieldW 

Ditrichum  tenuifolium  Ldb.  Bowdon,  Hunt.  —  D.  homomallum 
Hpe.  Eastham  (M).  Sale  and  Alderley  Edge!!  Wilson.— D.  fiexi- 
caule  Hpe.     New  Brighton,  Skellon. 

Seligeria  recurvata  B.  &  S.     Marple,  Flor.  Manch. 

Brachyodus  trichodes  Fiirnr.     Alderley  Edge  (TF). 

Ceratodon  purpureus  Brid.  Hollingworth,  ScholeJieldW  Very 
common ! 

Dichodontlum  pellucidum  Schp.  Staley  Brushes  (TF).  Holling- 
worth, Scholejield  !! — B.  Jiavescens  Ldb.  Staley  Brushes  and  Warren 
Wood(TF). 

D ic ranella  heteromalla  Sch^.  Very  common.  Tintwistle  !!  Bid- 
ston!!— *Var.  interrupta  B.  &  S.  Tintwistle!! — Var.  sericea  Schp. 
Alderley  Edge,  Hu7it.  —  D.  cerviculata  Schp.  Alderley  and  Sinks 
Moss  (C).  Storeton!! — D.  crispa  ^dv^.  Thelwall,  TFi7so;i.  Ash- 
ley [0)  !!     Alderley  (TF)  W—B.  secunda  Ldb.     Near  Eastham  (i¥). 


THE  MOSSES  OF  CHESHIRE.  305 

Staley  Brushes,  Jethro  Tinker  (not  found  recently).  —  B.  rufescens 
Scbp.  Wlialey  Reservoir,  5<ir/t^r  ! !  Ashley, -ffztuf.  Staley  Brushes 
(TF).  —  D.  varia  Schp.  New  Ferry  (M).  Bidston,  Scott  W  Hat- 
tersley  (IF) !!  Cotterill  Clough,  Wilson.  —  Var.  tenuifolia  B.  &  S. 
Marple  (TF).  Ashley  Mill,  Holt.  —  Var.  callistoma  Schp.  Ashley 
Mill,  Holt.  —  D.  Schreheri  Schp.  Thelwall,  Wilson.  Sale,  Holt. 
Bowdou,  Ashley,  and  Alderley,  Hunt. —  Var.  eluta  Schp.  Ashley, 
Hunt.  Walton  (0) !! — I),  sguarrosa  Schp.  Crowden  (IF).  Ogden 
Clongh,  ScJwleJield.     Staley  Brushes  !!   Hobson. 

Blindia  acuta  var.  trichodes  Braith.     Egerton  (W). 

Dicmnoweissia  cirrata  Ldb.  Staley  Brushes  (IF).  Bidston  Hill, 
Skellon.  Dunham,  Flor.  Manch.  —  (D.  crispula  Ldb.  New  Ferry 
and  Tranmere,  Sansom.)     This  requires  confirmation. 

Canpylopus  Jiexuosus  Brid.  Staley  Brushes  !!  and  Marple  (TF). 
Bidston!!  Skellon.  —  0.  fragiUs  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes  (TF)! 
Alderley  Edge  and  Frodsham,  Wilso7i.  Storeton!!  Forma  densus 
B.  &  S.  Helsby  (C). — C.  pyri/ormis  Brid.  Near  Tranmere,  Fisher. 
Delamere,  HoltV.  Bidston  Hill!! — G.  brevipilus  B.  &  S.  Oakmere, 
Wilso7i. 

Dicranodontium  longirostre  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes,  Hunt  d 
Whitehead  !! 

Dlcranum  Bergeri  Bland.  Wybunbury  Bog,  Wilson.  Oakmere, 
Hunt !!  —  B.  Bonjeanii  De  Not.  Knutsford  [C) !!  Higher  Bebing- 
ton  (M).  Staley  Brushes  !  (TF  ).  —  B  scoparlum  Hedw.  Common. 
HoUingworth  !  and  Marple  (IF).  West  Kirby  !!  —  B.  ma  jus  Turn. 
Staley  Brushes!  (TF).  —  B.  fuscescens  Turn.  Staley  Brushes! 
(IF). — Y&v.falcifolium  Braith.  Staley  Brushes  (TF) !!  —  B.  Scotti- 
amim  Turn.  Congieton  Cloud,  Wilson  (not  found  again  in  1883, 
J.  Cash). 

Leucohnjwn  glaucum  Schp.  Staley  Brushes!  (IF).  Bidston! 
and  Heswall,  Skellon.     Storeton  !  Sansom.     Eastham  (ilf ). 

Fissidens  exilis  Hedw.  Butts  Clough,  Wilson.  Romiley  (IF). 
New  Ferry  [M).  Bowdon,  Cotterill  Wood,  and  Ashley,  Hunt. — 
F.  viridulus  Wahl.  Tintwistle,  A.  Wood.  Woodley  (TF).  Store- 
ton!!  Eastham!!  — Var.  Lylei  Wils.  Ashley,  Wilson.  Marple, 
Hunt.  Gillbrook  {M).  —  F.  pusillus  Wils.  Maukum  Wood  (TF). 
Ashley  and  Bowdon,  Hunt.  Bromboro  Wood !  (M). — Var.  madidus 
Spruce.  Marple  (IF).  —  F.  incurvus  Starke.  New  Ferry  (M). 
Ashley  Mills  and  Butts  Clough,  Hunt.  Marple,  Scholefield. 
Romiley!!  —  F.  tamarindifolius  Wils.  Over,  Wilson.  Oak  Wood 
(IF).  Oakmere  and  Ashley,  Hunt.  Romiley,  Scholefield.  (Grill- 
brook,  Skellon).  Requires  confirmation. — F.  bryoidesHedw.  Com- 
mon. Bidston  !  (.11).  Marple!!  Baby  Mere!! — F.  crassipes  Wils. 
Ashley  Shiice,  Bowdon,  Hunt.  —  F.  osmundioides  Hedw.  Staley 
Brushes  and  Ogden  Clough  (TF).  —  F.  adiaiUoides  Hedw.  Staley 
Brushes!  (IF).  New  Brighton  and  Thuvstssston,  Skellon.  Knuts- 
ford Moor,  Hwit.  — •  "F.  taxlfolias  Hedw.  Very  common.  Brom- 
boro ! ! 

Grimmia  apocarpa  Hedw.  Marple,  Sidebotham.  Romiley  (TF). 
West  Kirby  and  Thornton  (M). — Var.  rivularis  W.  &  M.  Romiley 
(W).  —  G.   viariti7na   Turn.     West   Kirby   and   Eastham!!    (ilf). 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Aug.  1898.]  y 


306  THE    MOSSES    OF    CHESHIRE. 

Leasowe!!  —  G.  pulvinata  Sm.  Hatter sley  and  Marple !  (W). 
Eastliam !  —  G.  tricJwphylla  Grev.  Frodsham,  liohinso7i.  —  G. 
Doniana  Sm.     Eastham  (M). 

Rhacomitrium  elbpticum  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes!  (T^  )•  — 
R.  fasciculare  Brid.  Apethorne  and  Ogden  Clough  (TF).  Staley 
Brushes,  Mancli.  Flor.  Bidston  Hill,  Hary'ison.  —  R.  lanughiosmii 
Brid.  Thurstaston,  Skellon.  —  R.  canescens  Brid.  Alderley  Edge, 
Mancli.  Flor.  Bidston  Hill  (M).  —  Var.  ericoides.  Bidston  Hill, 
Skellon. 

Ptychomitriuin  jiolyphyllum  Fiirnr.  Romiley,  Marple !  and 
Staley  Brushes!  {W).     Bidston,  Skellon. 

Campylostelium  saxicola  B.  &  S.     Romiley,  Whitehead  d  Holt. 
Acaulon  muticwn  C.  M.     Baguley,  Manch.  Flor.     Moreton  ! 
Phascum  cuspidatnm  Schreb.     Hattersley  (TF).     Wallasey!! 
Pottla  Heimii  Fiirnr.     Poolton  and  Leasowe,  Higg'uis  S  Marrat. 
Eastham!! — P.  trioicatulaLidh.    Common.    Marple  (TF).    Wirral ! 
— P.  intermedia  Fiirnr.    Over,  Wilson.    Hatherlow  and  Marple  [W). 
Wirral,   Skellon.  —  *P.   littoralis  Mitt.     Wallasey!! — P.    Wilsoni 
B.  &  S.    Over,  Wilsonll    West  Kirby,  Boswell. — P.  minutula  Fiirnr. 
Marple  {W)l\     Barnston   and  Gillbrook   (ill).     Wallasey !!  — P. 
lanceolata  C.  M.     Hatherlow,  R.  Buxton. 

Tortilla  jmsilla  Mitt.  Cheshire,  Wilson.  Bidston,  Skellon. 
Disley,  Sidehotham.  —  T.  riyida  Schrad.  Roe  Cross,  Romiley,  and 
near  Mottram  (IF)!!  Hyde,  Scholefield.  Marple,  Sidebotham. — 
T.  amhiyua  Angstr.  Romiley  (IF). — T.  aloides  De  Not.  Hattersley 
and  Romiley  (TF).  New  Ferry!  [M).  Marple,  il^wf.  —  T.mar- 
ginata  Si^v.  Appleton,  TF/Zso?z.  Ashley,  Holt  \l  Bowdon,  Himt. — 
T.  muralis  Hedw.  Very  common.  Marple!!  On  the  exposed 
Leasowe  embankment  it  is  remarkably  compact,  and  grey  with  the 
very  long  excurrent  nerve.  —  Var.  astiva  Brid.  Ashley  Mill,  Br. 
Wood.  Quarry  near  Bromboro!!  —  T.  suhulata  Hedw.  Romiley, 
Marple,  and  Matley  (TF).  Wallasey  !!  West  Kirby  !!  —  Var.  sub- 
inermis  Wils.  Thelwall,  &c.,  Wilson.  —  T.  mutica  Ldb.  Bowdon, 
Hunt.  —  T.  angustata  Wils.  Castle  Mill,  Ringway,  Wilson. — 
T.  riiralis  Ehrh.  Marple  (IF). — -^'T.  ruraliformis  Dixon.  West 
Kirby!!     Wallasey!! 

-''Barbula  rubella  Mitt.  New  Brighton  !!  Wallasey!!  —  ''''Var. 
dentata  Bmith.  Wallasey!! — B.  tophacea  Mitt.  Hattersley!!  and 
Marple  (IF).  Bovfdon,  Hunt.  Eastham!!  Bromboro!! — B.fallax 
Hedw.  Marple  (IF).  Eastham!!  — P.  rigidula  Mitt.  Staley 
Brushes  and  Marple  (IF). — B.  cylindrica  Schp.  Cheshire,  Braithiv. 
Brit.  Moss  Flora. — B.  revoluta  Brid.  Stretton  Moss,  Wilson.  Bid- 
ston !  Harrison. — B.  convoluta  Hedw.  Marple  !  Disley  and  Mellor 
(IF).  Gillbrook  (ili).  Romiley!! — B.  2inyuiculata  Hedw.  Marple! 
(IF).     Storetou!!     Eastham!! 

Leptodontium  flexifolium  Hpe.  Alderley  Edge,  Wilsoji.  Buck- 
ton  Castle,  Jethro  Tinker. 

Weisia  crlspa  Mitt.  Appleton,  Wilson. — TF.  multicap)sularis  Mitt. 
Appleton,  Wilson.  Ashley,  Hunt. — TF.  rostellata  lidh.  Mere,  Wilson. 
— IF.  squarrosa  C.  M.  Over,  Wilson.  Hattersley,  Whitehead  d  Schole- 
field.  Bowdon,  Helsby,  and  Mobberley,  Hunt.    Handforth,  Cunliffe, 


THE    MDSSfiS    OP    CHESHIRE.  307 

— W.  microstoma  C.  M.  Over  and  Appleton,  Wilson.  Gillbrook  (M). 
— W.  viridula  C.  M.  Eomiley  and  Marple  (TF).  Leasowe  !!  —  W. 
mucronata  B.  &  S.  Hattersley,  Whitehead  S  Scholejield.  Ashley, 
Holt.  Bowdon,  Helsby,  and  Oakmere,  Hunt.  —  W.  tenuis  0.  M. 
Timperley  and  Lymm,  Wilson.  Ashley,  Holt.  —  W.  rupestris  G.  M. 
Marple  {W).  —  {W.  ciirvirostris  CM.  New  Brighton,  Skellon.) 
Eequires  confirmation. 

Trichostomum  mutabile  Brnch.  New  Ferry!  (M). —  -''T.  fiavo- 
virens  Bruch.  Wallasey  !!  —  T.  tortnosum  Dixon.  New  Brighton, 
Skellon.     Wallasey,  Harrison. 

Cindidotus  fontinaloides  P.  B.  Marple  Aqueduct,  Jethro  Tinker. 
Extinct  there  now. 

Encalypta  strej^tocarpa  Redw.  Eomiley  (IF j.  New  Brighton  !! 
Skellon. 

Zygodon  conoideus  H.  &  T.     Cotterill  Clough,  Crozier. 
Ulota   crispa    Brid.      Cotterill    Clough,    Crozier.  —  U.   Bruchii 
Hornsch.     Bromboro  and  Eastham  Wood  (ilf).     I  have  looked  for 
it  in  vain  several  times,  and  fear  it  is  now  extinct.  —  U.  phyllantha 
Brid.     Near  Rock  Ferry  (M).     Extinct  ? 

Orthotrichum  anomalum  var.  saxatile  Milde.  Hatherlow  and 
Marple  (TF). — 0.  affine  Schrad.  Prenton  (A/).  Congleton,  Wilson. 
Eingway,  Flor.  Manch. — Var.  fastigiatum  Hiib.  Frodsham,  Wilson. 
— 0.  rivulare  Turn.  Cheshire,  Wilson.  —  0.  stranmieum  var.  patens 
Vent.  Congleton,  Wilson. — 0.  ten  ell  im  Bvuch.  Ellesmere  (M). — 
().  pulchellum  Sm.  Near  Over,  Wilson.  —  0.  diaphanum  Schrad. 
Eastham,  Higgi^is.  Bromboro  and  Bebington  Woods,  Fisher.  Dun- 
ham, Flor.  Manch. 

Schistostega  osmundacea  Mohr.  Frodsham!!  Wilson.  Alderley 
Edge!!  Hunt.     OYeiton,  Robinson.     Helsby  (C)!! 

Splachnum  ampidlaceum  L.  Staley  Brushes  (IF).  Stretton 
Moss  and  Sinks  Moss,  Wilson  (now  drained.  Cash).  —  S.  sphcBricum 
L.  f.     Staley  Brushes  (TF).     Currington  Moss,  Flor.  Majich. 

Tetraplodon  mnioides  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes,  Whitehead  d 
Scholejield.     Abbott's  Moss  (0). 

Discelium  nudum  Brid.  Marple  and  Staley  Brushes  (TF) !! 
First  found  by  Geo.  Caley. 

Ejjhemerum  serratum  Hpe.  Marple  and  Mere  Mere!!  (TF). 
Moreton! — E.  sessile 'Raib.  Mere,  Wilson.  —  Y^i.  brevi folium  Bclii^. 
Mere,  Wilson. 

Physcomitrella  patens  B.  &  S.  Appleton  (C).  Crewe,  Wilso7i. 
Ashley  Mill  and  Mere  Mere,  Hunt. 

Physcomitrium  sphcericum  Brid.  Mere  Mere,  Wilson  \l  Tod- 
brook  Eeservoir,  Barker.  —  P.  pyriforme  Brid.  Matley  and  Marple 
(TF).     Hartford  {C) !!     Wallasey,  Sansom.     Eaby  Mere  !! 

^^Funaria  fascicular  is  Schp.  Spital!!  —  F.  ericetorum  Dixon. 
Ogden  Clougb,  A.  Wood.  Crowden  (TF).  —  F.  Templetoni  Sm. 
Stockport,  Flor.  Manch.  —  F.  hygrometrica  Sibth.  Bromboro!!  &c. 
Very  common. 

Amblyodon  dealbatus  P.  B.  Marple,  Hunt.  Near  Bidston  Hall, 
Skellon.     Not  in  latter  locality  now. 

Paludella  squarrosa  Brid.    Knutsford  Moor,  Wilson.    Now  extinct. 

Y  2 


808  THE  MOSSES  OF  CHESHIRE. 

Aulacomniiim  androgijnum  Schwgr.  Over,  Wilson.  Stockport, 
(TF).  Delamere  {C) !!  Bidston  !!  —  A.  paliistre  Schwgr.  Bidston 
Marsh,  Harrison.  Wybunbury  Bog  (TF) !!  Brookhouse  Moss  [C) !! 
Eaton  Moss,  Flor.  Manch. 

Bartramia  imniformis'B.QdiSN.     Over,  Wilson.     Alderley  (ir)  !! 

Philonotis  fontanel  Brid.  Staley  Brushes !  and  Ogden  Clough 
(IF).  Bidston,  Sansom  S  Skellon. —  P.  casjyitosa  AVils.  Walton 
Swamps,  Wilson.  —  P.  calcarea  Schp.  Hale  Moss  and  Staley 
Brushes,  Flor.  Manch.  —  P.  capillaris  Ldb.     Alderley,  Hunt. 

Breutelia  arcuata  Schp.  Staley  Brushes,  Tinker.  Extinct 
now. 

Orthodoutium  gracile  Schwgr.  Helsby,  Frodsham,  and  Alderley 
Edge!!  Wilso7i. 

Leptohrijuvi  jiyriforme  Wils.  Bidston  Moss  and  Higher  Bebing- 
tou  (ill),     ^oy^diow,  Manch.  Flor.     Wallasey!! 

Webera  nutans  Hedw.  Staley  Brushes  (IF).  Storeton  !! — Var. 
longiseta  B.  &  S.  Woolston  Moss,  ]Vi[so7i.  Lindow  Common  (TF) !! 
—  TF.  annotina  Schwgr.  Ogden  Clough  [W).  Alderley,  Hunt. 
Storeton  !! — TF.  carnea  Schp.  Arden  Hall,  Marple,  and  Hattersley  !! 
(IF).  Upton  (ilf).  Eastham!!— (IF.  To^m.  Schp.  Near  Wallasey 
Pool  {M-))'  This  is  very  doubtful,  and  requires  confirmation.  — 
TF.  albicans  Schp.  Arden  Hall  and  Marple  (TF).  Lower  Bebing- 
ton  (i¥).     Tintwistle!! 

[Bnjmn  jiilacemn  Schr.  is  doubtfully  mentioned  in  the  Liverpool 
list  of  mosses  as  growing  on  Bidston  Hill.  I  am  not  aware  that  it 
was  ever  confirmed,  and  it  is  no  doubt  an  error.)  —  B.  pendulum. 
Schp.  Matley(IF).  Wallasey!! — '^' B.  lacustre  Biid.  Leasowe!! — 
B.  inclinatutiiJMand.  Dukinfield  (TF).  Wallasey!! — B.idiginoswii 
B.  &  S.  Hattersley,  Whitehead  S  ScholeJieldW  Bowdon,  Hunt. — 
B.  paUens^iildiQ.  Ogden  Clough  (TF).  Leasowe! — B.  turbinatwn 
Schwgr.  Marple  (TF).  —  B.  bimam  Schreb.  Marple  (IF).  Hale 
Moss,  Wilson. — B.  pseudo-triquetrum  Schwg.  Bebiugton  Woods  and 
Bidston,  Skellon. —  Fj.  pallescens  Schleich.  Appleton,  Wilsori. —  B. 
intermediiwi  Biid.  Komiley  and  Marple!  (TF).  Eastham  !  Wal- 
lasey !! — B.  caspiticium  L.  Dukinfield  and  Godley  (TF).  Wallasey !! 
— B.  capillare  Li.  Marple!  and  Eomiley  (IF).  Eastham!!  Raby 
Mere!!  —  B.  atrop2irpureuni  W.  &  M.  Dukinfield,  Hattersley,  and 
Compstall  Bridge  (TF).  Bidston  Hill !!  Eastham  !!  —  -''B.  murale 
Wils.  Bromboro!! — B.  argenteumJj.  Common.  Bidston  !!  &c. — 
Var.  majus  B.  &  S.  Romiley,  Whitehead  d  Holt. — B.  roseum  Schreb. 
Marple  (TF).     New  Brighton,  Skellon.     Over,  with  fruit,  Wilson. 

Mnium  ajfine  Bland.  W^ybunbury  Bog,  Knutsford  Moor,  and 
Over,  Wilson.  Hazel  Grove  (IF).  New  Brighton,  Skellon.  —  Var. 
elatuni  B.  &  S.  Hale  Moss,  Wilson.  —  M.  cuspidatum  Hedw.  New 
Brighton  (M).  —  M.  rostratum  Schrad.  Cotterill  Clough,  Crozier. 
Marple  (IF)!!  Wallasey!!  —  M.  undulatum.  L.  Common.  Butts 
Clough,  with  fruit,  Wilson.  Prenton,  with  fruit  (M).  Wallasey  !! — 
M.hornum'L.  Common.  Raby  Mere!!  and  Eastham!!  with  fruit. 
— M.  punctatum  L.  Marple  and  Staley  Brushes  (TF).  Bebiugton 
Woods!!  Skellon.  Raby  Mere!!— i\i.  subglobosum  B.  &  S.  Staley 
Brushes  (TF).     Brookhouse  Moss  (0) !!     Tintwistle  ! 


THE    MOSSES    OF    CHESHIRE.  309 

Fontinalis  antipyretica  L.  Newton  Moor,  Hatherlow,  and  Hol- 
lingworth  (W).     Frequent  in  Wirral,  Harrison. 

Cnjphaa  heteromalla  Mohr.  Woods  near  Eingway,  Wilson. 
Bebington  Wood  (M). 

Neckera  complanata  Hiibn.  Arden  Hall  and  Chadkirk  {W). 
Catterill  Clough,  Manch.  Flor.  Storeton,  Skellon.  Eastliam  Wood!! 
Sansom. — N.  jjiunila  Hedw.     Cotterill  Clough,  Wilson. 

Homalia  trichomanoides  Brid.     Marple,  Schole/ieldW 

Pterygophyllum  lucens  J^v'id.  Marple,  Scholejield  \l  Patrick  Wood 
and  Higher  Bebington  (M).     Staley  Brushes  !! 

Leucodon  sciuroides  Schwgr.     Cotterill  Clough,  Wilson. 

Porotrichum  alopecurum  Mitt.  Lower  Bebington,  Flor.  Liverpool. 
Storeton,  Skellon.     Cotterill  Clough  and  Marple,  Flor.  Manch. 

Leskea  jJolycarpa  Elirh.     Hooton  Park  (M). 

Anomodon  viticulosus  H.  &  T.     Woods  by  the  Bollin,  Wilson. 

Heterodadimn  heteropterum  B.  &  S.     Marple  (W). 

Thuidium  Blandorii  B.  &  S.  Knutsford,  Wilson. — T.  tamarisci- 
num  B.  &  !S.     Marple  [W).     New  Brighton  ! 

CUmacium  dendroides  W.  &  M.  Marple  (W).  Newclmrch  Bog 
and  Knutsford  Moor,  Wilson.     New  Brighton  !! 

Isothecium  myuriim  Brid.  Near  Eock  Ferry  [M).  Cotterill 
Clough,  Crozier. 

Pleuropus  sericeus  Dixon.  Arden  Hall  and  Hatherlow  (W). 
Woods  by  the  Bollin,  Wilson.     Bromboro  ! 

Camptotheciian  lutescens  B.  &  S.  New  Brighton  !  Skellon.  Wal- 
lasey!!— C.  mie??s  Schp.     Knutsford  Bog  !!   Wilson. 

Brachytheciiim  glareosuvi  B.  &  S.  Cotterill  Clough,  Wilson. 
Castle  Mill,  Hobson.  Eomiley  (IF).  —  B.  albicans  B.  &  S.  New 
Brighton!!  Fl.  Liverjoool.  Wallasey!!  —  B,  salebrosum  B.  &  S. 
Bidston  Moss  [M).  —  B.  rutabnlum  B.  &  S.  Common.  Moreton!! 
&c.  —  *Var.  longisetum  B.  &  S.  Bidston  !!  A  form  like  *var.  _p/z<- 
mulosum  B.  &  S.  is  common  at  Wallasey!!  —  B.  campestre  B.  &  S. 
Newchurch,  Wilson.  —  B.  rividare  B.  &  S.  Bebington  and  Patrick 
Wood  (M).  Cotterill  Clough,  Crozier.  —  B.  velutinum  B.  &  S. 
Common.  Marple  (fJ^)!!  Leasowe  !!  —  B.  popideum  B.  &  S. 
Hollingworth  and  Marple  (IF).  Hatherlow!!  Wirral!  —  B.  phi- 
niosiim  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes  and  Marple  I  {W).  Patrick  Wood 
(M). —  B.  C(EspitosumJ)iK.oiQ..  Frodsham,  PFi7sow.  Poolton  (M). — 
B.  puruni  Dixon.     Common.     Marple  !  &c. 

Hyocomium  flagellare  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes!!  and  Holling- 
worth (IF). 

EurhyncJiinm  prcslongum  B.  &  S.  Marple  (PF) !!  Wallasey!! — 
E.  Swartzii  Hobk.  Marple!  (IF).  Wirral!!  — E.  pumilum  Schp. 
Marple  (IF).  Bromboro  (M).  —  ^i?.  tenellum  Milde.  Bromboro!! 
— E.  ynyosuroides  Schp.  Bebington  Wood,  Skellon.  —  E.  striatum 
B.  &  S.  Frequent  in  Wirral  (M). — E.  rusciforme  Milde.  Wirral! 
(M).  Hollingworth!  Baby!  —  E.  murale  Milde.  Marple  (IF). 
Lower  Bebington  (M). — E.  confertum  Milde.  Marple!!  (IF).  Lea- 
sowe !! — E.  megapolitanmn  Milde.     Prenton  (ilf ). 

Plagiothecium  depressum  Dixon.     Marple,  with  fruit,   Gordon  d 


810  THE  MOSSES  OF  CHESHIRE. 

Whitehead  \\  Eastbam  !!  —  P.  Borreriamim  S^y.  Staley  Brushes 
(TF).  Hollingworth  !  Alderley,  Flor.  Mmich. — Var.  coUinum  Wils. 
Alderley,  Wilson.  —  *P.  denticidatum  B.  &  S.  Common.  Staley 
Brushes  !  Wallasey  !!  —  -''Var.  majus  Boul.  Near  Bidston  !!  —  P. 
sylvaticum  B.  &  S.  Marple  (IF). — P.  undulatum  B.  &  S.  Alderley, 
Flor.  Manch.     Staley  Brushes  (TF).     Eastham  Wood,  Sansom. 

Amhlystefiium  serpens  B.  &  S.  Dukiiifield  and  Marple!  (TF). 
Storeton  !  Skellon.  Common  !  —  (A.  radicale  P.  Beauv.  Marple, 
Whitehead  S  Holt.  Poulton  {M).  I  do  not  know  which  of  the 
allied  forms  this  refers  to,  and  therefore  bracket  it  for  confirmation.) 
— A.  irrif/uiim  B.  &  S.  Hazel  Grove,  Whitehead  cd-  Holt. —  A.  fiuvi- 
atile  B.  &  S.  Marple  {W).—A.  filicinum  Be  Not.  Dukinfield  !!  and 
Marple  (TF).     Hartford  Bridge,  Wilson. 

Hypnum  riparium  L.  Dukinfield  {W)\  Common!! —  Var. 
longifolium  Sebpr.  Near  Macclesfield !  —  *i?.  'polygamum  Schp. 
Wallasey!! — H.  stellatum  Schreb.  Marple  Aqueduct  (TF).  Knuts- 
ford,  Wilson.  Gillbrook  [M).  Brookhouse  Moss  (C) !! — H.  chryso- 
phyllum  Brid.  Grappeuhall  and  Over,  Wilso7i.  Eastham  [M). — 
H.  polymorphum  Wils.  Grange  Wood,  Wilson.  —  H.  aduncnm 
Hedw.  Near  West  Kirby!!  —  H.  Sendtneri  Schp.  Hale  Moss, 
Hunt !!  —  H.  fluitans  L.  Baguley  Moor,  Wilson.  Staley  Brushes, 
Hollingworth,  and  Hale  Moss!!  (TF).  —  H.  exayinidatum  Giimb. 
Baguley  Moor,  Wilson.  Staley  Brushes  (TF).  Hale  Moss,  CookW 
Abbott's  Moss  (C) !!  —  H.  uncinatum  Hedw.  Hatherlow  and  Hat- 
tersley  (TF).  Near  Claughton  (ilf).  New  Ferry,  Fisher. —  H.  verni- 
cosum  Ldb.  Wybunbury  Bog,  Wilson.  —  H.  revolvens  Sw.  Staley 
Brushes  !  (TF).  —  H.  commutatum.  Hedw.  Eomiley  and  Marple! 
(TF).  Bidston  and  Bebington,  Skellon. — H.  cupressiforme  L.  Com- 
mon. Storeton!!  —  *Var.  lacunosum  Brid.  Wallasey!!  —  '''Var. 
ericetorum  B.  &  S.  Marple  (TF) !!  Storeton  !!  —  Var.  resiipinatnm 
Schp.  Marple  (TT^).  Patrick  Wood,  Skellon.  Bromboro  and 
Eastham  Wood  [M). — H.  Patientim  Ldb.  Staley  Brushes,  Hol- 
lingworth, and  Romiley  {W).  —  H.  molluscum  Hedw.  Hale  Moss 
and  Cotterill  Clough,  Manch.  Flor.  Eomiley  (TF).  Bromboro  and 
Egremont,  Skellon.  —  H.  palustre  L.  Marple,  Hyde !  and  Hazel- 
grove  (TF).  —  H.  ochracenm  Turn.  Staley  Brushes  and  Holling- 
worth, with  fruit,  Whitehead  d  Scholejield !!  —  H.  scorpioides  L. 
Baguley  Moor,  Wilso7i.  Hale  Moss,  Flor.  Manch.  Brookhouse 
Moss  [C] !! — H.  stramineum  Dicks.  Staley  Brushes  !!  (TF).  Brook- 
house Moss  (C) !!  —  H.  cordifolium  Hedw.  Werneth  Low  (TF). 
Bebington  Heath  (M).  Handforth  (0)!!  Hattersley !!  —  H. 
f/iganteum  Schp.  Wybunbury  Bog,  Wilson.  Hale  Moss  (TF) !! 
Capesthorne  (C) !! — H.  cuspidatum  L.  Common  !  Kuutsford  (C) !! 
—H.  Schreberi  Willd.     Staley  Brushes  [W).     Bidston  Hill  (M). 

Hyloco7nium  sjjlendens  B.  &  S.  Cotterill  Clough,  Wilson.  Marple  I 
(W).  New  Brighton,  Flor.  Liverpool. — H.  loreiim  B.  &  S.  Alderley 
Edge,  Flor.  Mayich. — H.  squarrosum  B.  &  S.  Staley  Brushes  {W). 
Near  Sutton  and  Rockferry,  with  fruit  (M).  Common  !  —  H.  tri- 
quetrum  B.  &  S.  Cotterill  Clough,  Manch.  Flor.  Marple  and 
Disley  (TF). 


THOMAS    CLARK    AND    SOMERSET    PLANTS.  311 

In  conclusion,  I  have  to  express  my  great  indebtedness  to 
Messrs.  H.  N.  Dixon  and  M.  B.  Slater  for  much  assistance  in  the 
determination  of  doubtful  and  critical  plants. 


THOMAS   CLARK  AND   SOMERSET   PLANTS. 
By  Harold   Stuart  Thompson. 

As  the  name  of  Thomas  Clark  is  omitted  from  the  Biographical 
Index  of  British  and  Irish  Botanists,  and  from  the  supplement  now 
publishing,  it  may  be  well  to  give  some  notice  of  this  accurate 
observer,  with  especial  reference  to  his  work  in  Somerset. 

Born  of  a  Quaker  family  who  had  lived  in  Mid- Somerset  from 
late  in  the  seventeenth  century,  Thomas  Clark  first  saw  the  light  at 
Greinton,  Somerset,  on  November  16th,  1793,  where  his  father, 
also  a  botanist,  was  engaged  in  farming  his  own  land.  He  was 
educated  at  Thomas  Thompson's  school  at  Nether  Compton, 
Dorset,  and  in  1817  came  to  Bridgwater.  In  1833  he  married 
Elizabeth  Bull,  of  Street  (Som.),  and  then  built  the  pretty  house 
at  Wembdon,  which  he  named  Halesleigh,  where  on  May  26th, 
1864,  he  died. 

Shortly  after  his  death  his  large  herbarium  was  unfortunately 
scattered,  and  part  of  it  cannot  now  be  traced  ;  but  I  had  an  oppor- 
tunity in  1891  of  a  hasty  examination  of  the  portion  which  still 
remained  in  the  hands  of  a  member  of  the  family,  and  was  allowed 
to  take  a  large  number  of  specimens  as  vouchers  for  old  records. 
That  collection  proved  to  be  of  exceptional  interest  and  of  great 
value,  for  it  contained  good  specimens  of  many  Somersetshire 
plants  which  had  been  recorded  by  Clark's  friend  the  Rev.  J.  C. 
Collins,  of  St.  John's,  Bridgwater,  in  the  (Somerset)  SuppJement  to 
Watson's  New  Botanists'  Guide,  1837 ;  some  of  which  records  had 
been  doubted  by  subsequent  students  of  Somersetshire  botany,  for 
the  plants  were  not  submitted  to  Mr.  Watson  for  verification,  and 
some  had  apparently  become  extinct. 

Some  years  ago,  through  the  kindness  of  the  Rev.  J.  W.  Collins, 
I  was  enabled  to  make  a  complete  copy  of  the  manuscript  notes  of 
Mr.  Collins'  late  father,  who  made  no  herbarium,  but  added  a 
series  of  pencil  notes  in  a  copy  of  vol.  i.  of  the  3rd  ed.  of  Hooker's 
British  Flora,  1835.  My  object  therefore  is  to  use  these  notes  in 
conjunction  with  the  specimens  from  Clark's  herbarium,  and  to 
attempt  to  throw  some  light  upon  a  few  of  the  hitherto  doubted 
records  of  Collins  in  the  New  Botanist's  Guide;  for  we  know  that 
Clark  and  Collins  did  much  of  their  botanical  work  together. 
Thomas  Clark  was  a  member  of  the  Botanical  Society  of  London, 
contributed  to  the  fourth  volume  of  the  Phijtologist  (1851-3),  and 
one  of  the  authorities  quoted  for  Somerset  and  Dorset  in  Topo- 
graphical Botany ;  he  was  also  the  ''  obhging  correspondent  "  of  Sir 
W.  J.  Hooker  with  reference  to  the  appearance  in  Somerset  of  the 
two  rare  plants,  Aconitum  Napellns,  still  thriving  luxuriantly  in 
1898,  and  Melissa  officinalis. 


312  THOMAS    CLARK    AND    SOMERSET    PLANTS. 

In  1856  Clark  contributed  "  A  Catalogue  of  the  Rarer  Plants  of 
the  Turfmoors  of  Somerset "  to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Somerset- 
shh-e  Archaeological  and  Natural  History  Society,  of  which  he  was 
a  member.  He  had  a  most  intimate  and  thorough  knowledge 
of  the  moors  at  a  ^Deriod  when  their  Flora  was  probably  at  its 
richest,  and  he  seems  to  have  noted  down  nearly  all  the  interesting 
plants  that  were  ever  found  there,  and  very  few  new  discoveries 
remained  upon  the  peat  for  those  who  came  after  him.  He  was 
unable  to  find  some  of  the  eighteenth  century  records  of  Sole, 
including  Parnassia  and  Helosciadium  inundatum.  He  describes 
Sole  as  being  in  the  habit  of  paying  annual  visits  to  the  moor,  and 
says  further  that  it  is  not  likely  that  so  experienced  a  botanist  was 
in  error  as  to  any  of  the  plants  which  he  has  recorded, — words 
applicable  to  Clark  himself. 

However,  notwithstanding  the  advance  of  drainage  and  culti- 
vation, there  are  few  if  any  of  Clark's  Turfmoor  plants  which  a 
careful  search  would  not  reveal  today. 

Being  of  a  modest  and  retiring  nature  he  seems  to  have  been 
content  with  quietly  working  in  his  own  way,  corresponding  only 
occasionally  with  the  great  botanists  of  his  day  ;  and  he  left  it  to 
his  friend  Collins  to  contribute  the  numerous  records  with  which 
the  latter  is  credited  in  The  Neiv  Botanist's  Guide  [Supplement). 

In  the  yotes  supplemental  to  the  Flora  of  the  Bristol  Coalfield, 
1888,  my  kind  friend  Mr.  J.  W.  White  makes  a  suggestion  to  the 
effect  that  Collins  may  have  mistaken  Papaver  Argemone  for  P. 
hyhridum  as  growing  "  abundantly  in  fields  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river  Parret,  at  Steart  and  Burnham,"  for  the  latter  species  had  not 
since  been  noticed.  Good  specimeus  of  P.  hyhridum  from  Bridg- 
water as  well  as  P.  Argemone  from  Burnham  were,  however,  found 
in  Clark's  herbarium  ;  and  it  is  gratifying  to  note  that  the  former 
was  rediscovered  last  summer,  not  far  from  the  same  district  west 
of  the  Parret,  by  my  friend  the  Rev.  C.  W.  Whistler. 

The  great  majority  of  Collins'  records  published  in  the  New 
Botanisi's  Guide  have  been  confirmed  by  actual  specimens  from 
Clark's  herbarium,  or  by  the  observations  of  more  recent  botanists, 
but  there  are  still  some  perplexing  old  records  which  want  clearing 
up,  and  it  would  be  very  interesting  to  know  if  any  of  our  readers 
can  throw  any  light  upon  the  following : — 

Arabis  stricta.  *'  Cheddar ;  rocks  on  the  Quantock  Hills  near 
Merridge.  J.  C.  Collins  MSS."  Mr.  Murray  remarks  in  his 
excellent  Flora  of  Somerset,  "  Almost  certainly  errors  ;  probably  A. 
Sagittata,  D.C.  was  the  plant  intended." 

FLutchinsia  petraa.     "Cheddar.     J.C.Collins.     MSS." 
There  is  no  reason  why  both  these  plants  should  not  grow  at 
Cheddar,  in  similar  places  to  those  at  Bristol. 

Brassica  oleracea.  ''Berrow;  Brean ;  Steep  Holmes.  J.  C. 
Collins  MSS." 

Cramhe  maritima.  '*  Burnham,  on  the  coast  near  the  church. 
J.  C.  Collins  MSS." 

Eaphanus  maritimus.  ' '  At  the  base  of  Brean  Down  towards 
Berrow,  very  rare.     J.  C.  Collins  MSS." 


THOMAS    CLARK    AND    SOMERSET    PLANTS.  313 

A  specimen  of  the  last  named  only  occurs  in  Clark's  herbarium 
from  "  the  foot  of  Brean  Down,  1835."  The  three  plants  want 
investigating  on  the  Bristol  Channel. 

Dicmthus  dcltoides.  "  On  the  lias  near  Street,  J.  C.  Collins 
MSS." 

Potentilla  veriia.  "  Frequent  round  Bridgwater,  J.  C.  Collins 
MSS."  Crooks  Peak  on  Mendip,  where  I  found  it  this  spring  for 
the  first  time,  appears  to  be  the  nearest  spot  to  Bridgwater. — P. 
argentea.  "  Frequent  round  Bridgwater,  J.  C.  Collins  MSS.  Pos- 
sibly a  mistake,  for  this  is  not  a  plant  likely  to  be  lost  if  once  well 
established. 

Myrrhis  odorata.  "  Hedges  by  the  roadside  between  West 
Street,  Bridgwater,  and  Enmore.  J.  Poole  MSS."  The  Kev.  J. 
Poole's  notes  were  communicated  by  Mr.  Collins,  and  I  found 
"  Enmore  Road  "  given  as  the  locality  for  this  plant  in  Collins' 
MS.  notes  mentioned  above.  It  may  have  got  exterminated 
through  building  operations,  but  possibly  Anthriscus  vulgaris,  which 
grows  there,  was  mistaken  for  it. 

Acorns  Calamits.  "Plentifully  in  King's  Sedgemoor.  J.  C. 
Collins  MSS."  Withering  also  gives  "  Marshes  near  Glastonbury," 
but  the  plant  is  probably  lost  through  the  drainage  of  the  Somer- 
setshire moors. 

Juncus  maritimus.  "Mouth  of  Parrett,  in  ditches;  not  un- 
frequent  near  the  Channel.  J.  Collins  MSS."  After  many  years' 
searching  this  plant  was  found  by  Mr.  White  last  year  in  two 
places  in  Berrow  Marsh. 

Elyimis  arenarius.  "  Burnham,  Berrow  and  Steart.  J.  C. 
Collins  MSS."  This  grass  is  now  very  rare  on  the  coast,  and  it  has 
probably  been  seen  by  very  few  people. 

Without  doubt  there  are  many  blanks  and  queries  in  Tojjo- 
grapJiical  Botany,  ed.  ii.,  for  both  Somerset  North  and  South,  which 
Clark  might  have  filled  up  had  he  been  living,  and  we  must  hope 
that  some  of  these  old  and  forgotten  botanists  will  be  given  their 
due  when  a  new  edition  appears. 

Thomas  Clark  was  not  only  a  painstaking  botanist  but  a  most 
accurate  one,  and  some  of  the  labels  attached  to  his  plants  show 
how  scrupulously  careful  he  was  to  describe  their  exact  habitats. 

His  cousin  John  Aubrey  Clark,  of  Street  (b.  24  July,  1826; 
d.  4  Aug.  1890),  was  also  a  botauist  and  a  man  of  great  originality, 
who  wrote  some  very  creditable  verses  and  essays.  A  surveyor  by 
profession,  he  devoted  much  of  his  spare  time  to  the  study  of 
Fungology,  and  he  has  left  behind  some  valuable  work,  including 
a  number  of  careful  drawings  of  Fungi,  with  seasons,  habitats, 
descriptions,  &c.  Two  books  of  these  drawings  are  now  in  the 
Library  at  Kew.  He  was  in  correspondence  with  Cooke,  Berkeley, 
W.  G.  Smith,  and  other  authorities  of  the  time. 


314 


DECADES  PLANTARUM  NO VARUM  AUSTRO- 
AFRICANARUM. 

AUCTORE    R.     SCHLECHTER. 
(Continued  from  p.  28.) 

DEGAS    VIII. 

71.  Heliophila  Dodii,  sp.  n.  Herba  annua,  erecta,  parnm 
ramosa,  20-30  cm.  alta ;  caule  sparsissime  scabrido-hispidulo, 
basin  versus  demum  glabrato,  distanter  foliato ;  foliis  erecto- 
patentibus  subglabris,  3-5  cm.  longis  pinnatifidis,  segmentis 
patentibus  anguste  linearibus  acutis  ;  racemo  laxe  plurifloro 
nudo ;  pedicellis  erecto-patentibus  demum  refractis,  filiformibus 
minute  scabrido-hispidulis,  floris  lequilongis  lougioribusve ;  sepalis 
oblongis  obtusis  subglabris,  margine  submembranaceo-marginatis, 
0*5  cm.  longis  ;  petalis  roseis  obovatis  obtusis,  0-6-0-7  cm.  longis  ; 
staminibus  erectis,  filameutis  anguste  linearibus,  glabris,  nudis ; 
antheris  lineari-oblongis  apice  glandula  minuta  apiculatis,  basi 
sagittatis,  0-2  cm.  longis  ;  ovario  fcenuissime  puberulo  ;  stylo 
filiformi  glabro ;  siliqua  lineari  vel  linear!  oblonga  monilformi, 
glabra,  1-2  cm.  longa,  stylo  subulato  incrassato  acutiusculo 
coronata,  articulis  ovatis ;  seminibus  pallide  brunneis  suborbicu- 
laribus  immargiuatis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  clivis  graminosis  Montis 
Diaboli  prope  Capetown,  Nov.  1895  ;  Capt.  Wolleij  Bod,  No.  465. 

Somewhat  allied  to  H.  Eckloniana  Sond.  and  H.  afjinis  Sond., 
from  both  of  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  thickened  style  and 
the  pinnatipartite  leaves.  According  to  the  collector,  the  plant 
seems  rare,  as  only  a  single  specimen  was  found  growing  in 
company  with  the  next  species,  with  which  it  has  several  points  in 
common. 

72.  Heliophila  scabrida,  sp.  n.  Herba  annua  erecta,  ramosa, 
25-40  cm.  alta ;  caule  scabrido  dimidio  inferiore  distanter  foliato, 
basin  versus  demum  glabrato  ;  foliis  erecto-patentibus  subglabris, 
3-5  cm.  longis,  superioribus  linearibus,  inferioribus  pinnatifidis, 
segmentis  patentibus  linearibus  acutis ;  racemis  laxe  plurifloris  ; 
pedicellis  erecto-patentibus  scabridis,  filiformibus  0-7-1  cm.  longis ; 
sepalis  oblongis  obtusis  minute  scabridis,  margine  submembranaceo- 
marginatis,  0-5  cm.  longis ;  petalis  roseis  obovatis  obtusis,  0*7  cm. 
longis ;  staminibus  erectis,  filamentis  filiformibus  glabris,  omnibus 
nudis,  antheris  linearibus,  glandula  minuta  apiculatis,  basi  sagit- 
tatis, c.  1-5  mm.  longis;  ovario  puberulo,  stylo  subfiliformi  glabro; 
siliqua  lineari,  1-5-3  cm.  longa,  c.  0*3  cm.  lata,  glabra,  stylo  in- 
crassato obtusiusculo  coronata;  seminibus  suborbicularibus,  im- 
margiuatis, pallide  brunneis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  clivis  graminosis  Montis 
Diaboli  prope  Capetown,  Nov.  1895  ;  Capt.  Wolley  Dod,  No.  464. 

Although,  as  said  above,  in  several  points  agreeing  with  U. 
Dodii,  the  present  species  belongs  to  the  section  Orthoselis,  where  it 


DECADES    PLANTARUM   NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.  315 

should  be  placed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  H.  pectinata  Burch., 
a  small  plant  with  rather  different  leaves  and  flowers. 

73.  Pelargonium  oppositifolium,  sp.  n.  Suffrutex  flaccidus, 
e  basi  ramosus ;  ramis  adscendentibns  vel  suberectis  elongatis 
l|-2  pedalibus,  laxe  foliatis,  pilosis,  teretiusculis ;  foliis  oppositis 
petiolatis,  patentibus,  circnitu  ovato-cordatis,  obscure  3-5-lobulatis, 
margiue  serratis,  pilis  sericeis  superne  et  subtus  nervis  puberulis, 
3-5-4-5  cm.  longis,  basi  3*5-4  cm.  latis,  petiolo  1-5-2-5  cm.  longo  ; 
stipiilis  minutis  oblique  lanceolatis  acutis  vel  acuminatis,  pilosis, 
pedunculis  axillaribus,  gracilibus,  filiformibus  pilosis,  2-floris, 
2"5-3  cm.  longis  ;  pedicellis  filiformibus  pilosis  0'5-0'7  cm.  longis; 
calycis  tubo  gracilis,  segmentis  lanceolatis  acutis  pilosis  sequilongis 
vel  sublongioris,  sparsim  piloso,  0-7-0-9  cm.  longo  ;  petalis  oblanceo- 
lato-spathulatis  obtusis,  subaequalibus,  inferioribus  ungue  tenuiori- 
bus,  1*3  cm.  longis  infra  apicem  0-3  cm.  latis ;  filamentis  filiformibus 
roseis,  calycis  segmentis  fere  ^quilongis ;  stylo  filiformi  glabro, 
stigmatibus  filiformibus  filamenta  bene  excedentibus,  ovario  tenuiter 
piloso,  rostro  sericeo-piloso. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  ripis  rivulorum  in  sylvis  mon- 
tanis  montis  "  Omaqua  "  in  terra  Orange  Free  State,  alt.  c.  6500 
ped.,  Febr.  1896;  J.  Thode. 

I  propose  a  new  section  for  this  remarkable  species,  §  Oppositi- 
folium, and  place  it  next  to  §  Peristera. 

74.  Adenandra  Bodkinii,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  fere  2-pedalis 
erectus,  ramosus ;  ramis  erectis,  villosis,  teretibus,  dense  foliatis; 
foliis  erecto-patentibus  imbricatis,  obovatis,  basi  in  petiolum  brevis 
simum  angustatis,  subtus  glandulosis,  superne  glabris,  margine 
denticulato  glandulosis,  0"3-0-6  cm.  longis,  supra  medium  0-2- 
0*4  cm.  latis ;  floribus  ad  apices  ramulorum  singulis,  subsessilibus, 
niveis,  c.  1-3  cm.  diametientibus  ;  calyce  fere  0-6  cm.  longo,  sparsim 
piloso,  segmentis  lanceolatis  acutis,  margine  denticulato-glandulosis, 
dorso  glandulis  nonnullis  elevatis  ornatis ;  petalis  e  basi  lineari- 
unguiculata  suborbicularibus  obtusissimis  c.  0*9  cm.  longis,  lamina 
medio  0-7-0 -8  cm.  lata,  utrinque  glaberrimis  ;  filamentis  sterilibus 
subulatis  glabris,  abbreviatis,  glandula  minuta  apiculatis;  filamentis 
fertilibus  subulatis  glabris,  sterilibus  duplo  longioribus,  vix  1-5  mm. 
longis,  antheris  circuitu  oblongis  utrinque  excisis,  glandula  minuta 
sessili  subinconspicua  apiculatis ;  stylo  brevi,  discum  vix  exce- 
dente  ;  ovarii  cornubus  glandulis  elevatis  dense  muricatis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  montibus  Cederbergen  prope 
montem  '' Sneeuwkop,"  alt.  inter  3500  et  4500  ped.,  Oct.  1897; 
A.  A.  Bodkin  (No.  8629  in  herb.  Bolus  et  proprio). 

One  of  the  many  striking  novelties  which  have  come  lately  from 
the  "  Cederbergen  "  and  "  Kondelbergen,"  in  the  Clanwilliam  dis- 
trict.    Its  nearest  ally,  as  far  as  I  can  discover,  is  A.  ciliata  Sond. 
from  Muizenberg. 

75.  Berardia  trigyna,  sp.  n.  Frutex  pluripedalis,  erectus, 
valde  ramosus ;  ramulis  filiformibus  tomentosis,  dense  foliatis ; 
foliis  minutis,  appressis,  crassiusculis,  lineari-oblongis  apiculatis, 
dorso  carinatis,  arachnoideo-pilosis,  demum  glabrescentibus,  mar- 


316     DECADES  PLANTAEUM  NOVARUM  AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 

gine  puberulis,  intus  pilosis,  0*1  cm.  longis ;  floribus  ad  apices 
ramulorum  capitellatis,  capitulis  paucifloris  sabglobosis,  interdum 
unifloris  ;  bracteis  foliis  similibus  pallidioribus  ;  floribus  sessilibus 
albidis,  c.  0-2  cm.  diametientibiis ;  calyce  villoso  O'l  cm.  longo, 
segmentis  oblongis  obtusis  tubo  requilongis,  petalis  duplo  brevi- 
oribiis ;  petalis  oblongis  obtusis  glabris  basin  versus  medio  paullo 
incrassatis,  0-1  cm.  longis;  staminibus  filiformibus  glabris,  petala 
baud  ?equantibus  ;  stylis  3,  filiformibus  glabris,  0*5  mm.  longis ; 
ovario  dense  sericeo-villoso  triloculato,  loculis  uniovulatis. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  Juxta  rivulos  prope  Murcbison, 
Natalia?,  12  Maio  1884  ;  J.  M.  Wood,  No.  3029.  Juxta  rivulos  pone 
flumen  Enkweni  in  terra  Pondoland.  Junio  1888  ;  I))'.  F.  Bachmann, 
Nos.  1668,  1669,  1670,  1671,  1680. 

As  yet  no  species  of  Berardia  bas  been  found  with  three  styles 
and  a  three-celled  ovary.  Although  these  characters  are  very  re- 
markable in  our  species,  I  do  not,  however,  feel  justified  in  making 
a  new  genus,  as  in  everything  else  our  plant  is  a  true  Berardia. 
However,  I  propose  to  make  it  the  type  of  a  new  section  {Berardiella). 

76.  Mesembryanthemum  nubigenum,  sp.  n.  Suffrutex 
humilis,  decumbens  e  basi  ramosus ;  ramulis  brevibus  adscendenti- 
bus,  teretiusculis,  papulosis,  foliatis ;  foliis  patentibus  vel  erecto- 
patentibus,  carnosis,  oblongis  vel  oblongo-ellipticis  acutis,  basin 
versis  angustatis,  interdum  linearibus,  fide  collectoris  papulosis  ; 
floribus  aurantiacis  ad  apices  ramulorum  solitariis,  breviter  pedi- 
cellatis ;  pedicello  calyceque  papuloso ;  calycis  tubo  late  obconico, 
segmentis  oblongis  obtusis,  petalis  brevioribus,  margine  plus  minus 
conspicue  membranaceo-marginatis,  interioribus  exterioribus  paulo 
brevioribus  nunc  suborbicularibus  ;  petalis  1-seriatis  linearibus 
obtusis  1-nerviis,  0-7  cm.  longis,  c.  0-2  cm.  latis,  calycis  segmenta 
duplo  fere  excedentibus  ;  staminibus  subeffusis,  calycis  segmenta 
baud  excedentibus,  filamentis  filiformibus  glabris,  antheris  lineari- 
oblongis  utrinque  subexcisis,  0*2  cm.  longis ;  stylis  erectis,  5, 
subulatis  acutis,  0*3  cm.  longis,  antherarum  apices  attingentibus. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  rupium  fissuris  in  cacumine 
mentis  "Mont  aux  Sources"  in  Terra  Orange  Free  State,  alt.  c. 
9500  ped.,  Jan.  1896  ;  J.  Thode. 

For  the  present  I  consider  the  plant  best  put  under  next  to  the 
section  Crassidina ;  it  does  not  agree  with  any  species  of  that 
section,  but  should  form  the  type  of  a  new  one,  Nubigena,  charac- 
terized by  rather  flattish  leaves,  solitary  yellow  flowers,  and  a 
creeping  habit. 

77.  Euryops  montanus,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  humihs,  com- 
pactus,  valde  ramosus  ^-l-pedalis ;  ramulis  divaricatis,  teretibus 
glabris,  dense  foliatis,  demum  basibus  foliorum  persistentibus 
obtectis ;  foliis,  anguste  linearibus  acutis,  textura  crassiusculis, 
dorso  carinatis,  glabris,  infra  medium  angustatis,  basi  sursum 
dilatatis,  0-5-0*8  cm.  longis,  medio  latitudine  0-1  cm.  vix  exce- 
dentibus ;  florum  capitulis,  ad  apices  ramulorum  sessilibus,  termi- 
nalibus,  solitariis,  illis  E.  multifidi  DC.  vix  majoribus ;  involucre 
late  cylindrico,  foliolis  c.  8,  alte  connatis,  apicibus  liberis  triangu- 


DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOV  ARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.  317 

laribus,  margine  tenuissime  ciliatis,  0*6-0-7  cm.  longo,  c.  0*4  cm. 
diametiente ;  radii  floribus,  ligulatis,  7-8,  apice  minute  tridentatis, 
4-nerviis,  involucrmn  duplo  excedentibiis,  medio  ligul^  0-3  cm. 
latis,  styli  brachiis  exsertis,  aclieniis  glabris,  pappo  aspero ;  disci 
floribus  paucis,  tubulosis,  glabris,  involucro  ^quilongis,  tubo 
dimidio  inferiore  cylindrico,  superiors  campanulato  ;  staminibus 
apices  laborum  attingentibus,  filameutis  filiformibus,  glabris,  an- 
theris  linearibus  filamento  brevioribus,  stylo  filiformi  glabro, 
staminibus  breviore,  ach^eniis  pappoque  florum  radii. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  lapidosis  in  summa  cacumine 
montis  Mont  aux  Sources  (montium  Drakensbergen,  Natalise),  alt. 
c.  10,000  ped.,  Jan.  1896  ;  J.  Thode. 

A  most  distinct  little  shrub,  wbicli  is  said  to  be  the  only  fire- 
wood on  the  highest  mountain-top  of  the  Drakensbergen.  It 
resembles  in  habit  E.  calvescens  DC.  and  E.  muUiJidus  DC,  but 
is  well  characterized  by  its  undivided  leaves. 

78.  Stachys  lasiocalyx,  sp.  n.  Suffrutex  erectus,  perennis, 
subsimplex,  vel  e  basi  parum  ramosus,  bene  foliatis,  30-40  cm. 
altus ;  caule  stricto  4-angulari,  pilis  stellatis  tomentosulo ;  foliis 
oblongis  vel  obovato-oblongis  obtusis,  crenatis,  basi  in  petiolum 
perbrevem  attenuatis,  sessilibusve,  utrinque  pilis  stellatis  tomento- 
sulis,  superne  nunc  demum  subglabrescentibus,  floralibus  sensim 
decrescentibus  patentibus ;  spica  laxa,  elongata,  verticillis  dissitis 
2-4-floris ;  floribus  roseis  subsessilibus ;  calyce  campanulato  pilis 
stellatis  tomentosulo  0-7-0-8  cm.  longo,  segmentis  lanceolatis 
acuminatis,  tubo  brevioribus;  corolla  rosea,  l'l-l-2  cm.  longa, 
extus  stellato-piloso,  intus  glabra,  tubo  subcylindrico,  labio  superi- 
ore  suborbiculari  obtusissimo,  0*4  cm.  diametiente,  labio  inferiore 
0*6  cm.  longo,  3-lobulato,  lobuHs  lateralibus  subpatentibus  oblongis 
obtusiusculis,  lobo  iutermedio  multo  majore  semiorbiculari,  obtusis- 
simo ;  filamentis  pilosuUs,  antheris  oblongis  subfalcatis,  tubum 
excedentibus  medium  labii  superioris  vix  attingentibus ;  stylo 
filiformi  glabro,  filamentis  fere  sequilongo  ;  nucibus  glabris. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  clivis  graminosis  montis  "Mont 
aux  Sources"  in  terra  Orange  Free  State,  alt.  c.  8000  ped.,  Jan. 
1896 ;  J.  Thode, 

8.  nigricans  Bth.,  8.  simplex  Schltr.,  and  8.  sessilis  Giirke  form 
so  distinct  a  group  in  habit  that  they  might  well  be  placed  together 
in  a  section,  8implicia.  Our  species  differs  from  the  others  by  its 
leaves,  the  indument  of  the  calyx,  and  the  purple  flowers. 

79.  Hebenstreitia  macrostylis,  sp.  n.  Herba  annua,  pusilla, 
erecta  vel  adscendens  spithamsea,  plus  minus  ramosa  ;  ramis  tereti- 
usculis,  laxe  fohatis,  puberuHs,  vulgo  tenuibus ;  foliis  anguste 
linearibus  basin  versus  angustatis,  dimidio  superiore  margine  pauci- 
dentatis,  interdum  iutegris,  1-1*5  cm.  longis,  medio  fere  0*1-0*2  cm. 
latis,  internodiis  vulgo  brevioribus  ;  spicis  elongatis,  multifloris, 
illis  H.  repentis  Jarocz.  similibus,  cylindricis,  polhcaribus  et  ultra, 
0*7-0*8  cm.  diametientibus  ;  bracteis  patentibus  e  basi  ovata  vel 
lanceolata  linearibus,  subrecurvis,  glabris,  nunc  flores  excedentibus, 
nunc  ?equantibus ;  calyce  ovato,  membranaceo,  1*5-2  mm.  longo ; 


318  SHORT    NOTES. 

corolla  lactea  0-4  cm.  longa,  glabra,  antice  usque  ad  medium  fissa, 
apice  quadrilobo,  lobis  oblongis  ;  antberis  subqnadrato-oblongis, 
basi  apiceque  excisis;  stylo  filiformi,  glabro,  basi  incrassato,  apicem 
corolla}  vulgo  ^quante  ;  fructu  snbglobosa,  aclieniis,  vix  asqualibus 
ovati  obtusis,  marginibiis  incurvis,  intus  excavatis,  medio  longi- 
tudiualiter  carina  ornatis,  c.  0*2  cm.  longis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  arenosis  prope  Clanwilliam, 
alt.  c.  350  ped.,  Aug.  1896  (exemplar  unicum) ;  E.  Schlechter. 
In  sabulosis  Peninsula  Capensis,  anno  1897  ;   Capt.  Wolley  Dod. 

Unfortunately  I  have  lost  the  .ticket  of  Capt.  AVolley  Dod's 
plant ;  however,  I  remember  that  it  came  from  the  Cape  Peninsula. 
The  nearest  ally  to  our  species  seems  //.  repens  Jarocz,,  with 
which  it  agrees  in  its  general  appearance,  although  it  grows  more 
upright.  The  long  filiform  style  seems  a  constant  and  good  mark 
of  the  plant. 

80.  Romulea  Thodei,  sp.  n.  Herba  pusilla,  bulbosa,  vix 
spitham^a ;  cormo  ovoideo  tunicis  tenuibus  apice  fissis,  dense 
obtecto,  c.  1  cm.  diametiente  ;  foliis  paucis  (in  specimiuibus  visis  2) 
lineari-setaceis,  erectis  rigidiusculis,  10-20  cm.  longis ;  scapis  fili- 
formibus  glabris,  vix  ancipitibus,  foliis  brevioribus ;  spath^e  valvis 
lanceolatis  acutis  margine  angiiste  membranaceo-marginatis,  c. 
1-5  cm.  longis;  perigonio  subcampanulato,  c.  1-5  cm.  longo,  seg- 
mentis  oblongo-ellipticis  subacutis,  tubo  0*5  cm.  longo,  infundibulari ; 
antberis  linearibus,  basi  breviter  sagittatis,  0*3  cm.  longis,  dimidium 
gegmentorum  vix  excedentibus,  filamentis,  subfiliformibus  liberis, 
dimidio  inferiore  minute  subauriculato-puberulis,  tubo  medio  fere 
affixis ;  stylo  filiformi,  glabro,  1  cm.  longo,  brachiis  filiformibus, 
tertia  parte  apice  bifidis,  1*5  mm.  longis,  apices  antherarum  vix 
attingentibus  ;  ovario  ovoideo  glabro. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  arenosis  humidis,  in  planitie 
mentis  "  Mont  aux  Sources "  in  terra  Orange  Free  State,  alt. 
c.  9200  ped.,  Jan.  1896  ;  J.  Thode. 

As  yet  I  have  not  heard  of  any  other  Boimdea  in  South  Africa 
as  far  east  as  the  above ;  it  is  allied  to  B.  rosea  Baker,  from  the 
South-western  Cape  Colony,  but  distinguished  by  fewer  leaves  and 
the  proportionately  longer  corolla-tubes.  Whether  constantly  the 
number  of  leaves  is  only  two,  I  cannot  say  with  certainty ;  my 
three  specimens  only  bear  two  each. 

The  genus  Romulea  and  also  Lachenalia  badly  want  revision ; 
their  species  of  late  have  been  extensively  confused. 


SHORT    NOTES. 


TiLiA  coRDATA  Miller,  Dict.no.  1.  (1768).  — This  plant  seems 
to  have  been  frequently  misunderstood.  Dr.  Simonkai,  in  his 
revision  of  this  genus  (Magyar  Ak.  Math.  6s  Termesz.  Kozl.  xxii.  p. 
327,  1888),  has  followed  Maximowicz  in  considering  T.  cordata  as 
coming  from  Amurland  and  Mandschuria,  and  apparently  restricted 
to  these  districts.     This  seems  a  somewhat  erratic  view  to  take,  as 


SHORT    NOTES.  319 

Miller,  the  author  of  the  species,  expressly  states  that  it  "  grows 
naturally  in  the  woods  in  many  parts  of  England."  British  botanists 
have  generally  considered  Tilia  cordata  Miller  as  synonymous  with 
T.  ulmifolia  Scopoli  {  =  T.  parvifolia  Ehrh.),  the  reason  for  this 
being  no  doubt  because  Miller  quotes  as  a  synonym  Tilia  fcemina 
folio  minore  Bauhin,  Pinax,  p.  426.  Miller's  description  is  unfor- 
tunately very  brief,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  from  his  type-specimen 
in  the  Banksian  Herbarium  that  his  plant  is  synonymous  with  T. 
platyphyllos  Scopoli,  Fl.  Cam.  ed.  2.  i.  373  (1772),  sensa  lato. 
Miller's  diagnosis  runs  as  follows  :  "  Tilia  (cordata)  foliis  cordatis 
acuminatis,  fnictihus  quinquce  locidarihus  tomentosis  "  ;  and  the  woolly 
fruits,  as  he  translates  it,  characterize  better  T,  ylatijphyllos  than 
T.  idmlfolia.  In  Miller's  type  the  leaves  are  asymmetrically  sub- 
orbicular  cordate,  serrate,  acuminate,  pubescent  below  ;  petioles 
pubescent  ;  cymes  3-4-flowered  ;  fruits  elliptical  or  subelliptical, 
with  a  thick  pericarp,  tomentose,  rather  large.  Dr.  Simonkai,  /.  c, 
retains  T.  platyphyllos  Scop,  and  T.  grandifolia  Ehrh.  as  distinct 
species,  the  former  inhabiting  Central  and  Southern  Europe,  and 
only  the  latter  reaching  Britain  ;  but  this  view  has  not  been 
adopted  by  the  authors  of  several  of  the  more  recent  critical  floras 
(Beck,  Fl.  Nieder-Oesterrelch,  p.  634  ;  Rouy  and  Foucaud,  Fl.  de 
France,  iv.  p.  21) ;  and  T.  grandifolia  seems  better  placed  as  a  variety 
only  of  T.  platyphyllos.  T.  cordata  Maxim,  non  Miller — a  very 
distinct  species,  which  has  been  carefully  described  by  Dr.  Simonkai 
I.  c. — is  thus  unprovided  with  a  name  ;  it  may  be  called  T.  Maxi- 
Mowiczii. — E.  G.  Baker. 

A  Perthshire  Note. — In  the  recently  published  Flora  of  Perth- 
shire I  read  with  some  astonishment  that  I  have  observed  a  number 
of  plants  at  "  Kilmadeck."  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  never  got  one  of 
the  plants  in  question  there,  but  I  did  get  all  of  them  in  the  parish 
of  that  name.  I  think  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  Dr.  White  and  his 
editor  should  have  known  so  little  of  their  ground  as  to  confound 
an  old  church  and  its  precincts  with  a  parish  which  covers  sixty- 
four  square  miles.  In  every  instance  the  entry  ought  to  read 
"parish  of  Kilmadeck."  I  was  asked  to  furnish  Dr.  White  with  a 
complete  flora  of  the  parish ;  I  did  my  best  to  do  so,  but  Kilmadeck 
as  a  "  station  "  was  never  referred  to. — A.  Craig  Christie. 

Bromus  interruptus. — I  found  this  plant  in  an  arable  field  near 
Uxbridge,  Middlesex  ;  and  also  with  B.  secalinus  and  B.  hordeaceus 
in  a  field  with  sainfoin  between  Denham  and  Denham  Marsh  ;  and 
in  the  greatest  abundance  in  a  sainfoin  field  near  Princes  Risborough, 
Bucks,  when  I  gathered  over  a  hundred  specimens  in  the  area  of  a 
few  yards.  In  neither  instance  did  it  show  any  gradation  towards 
B.  hordeaceus. — G.  Claridge  Druce. 

Ophrys  apifera  X  aranifera  in  West  Kent.  —  Mr.  G.  L.  Bruce 
has  kindly  sent  me  fresh  specimens  of  a  plant  lately  found  in  some 
quantity  near  Otford  by  the  Toynbee  Hall  Natural  History  Society, 
growing  with  abundance  of  0.  apifera.  In  habit  these  approach 
0.  aranifera,  the  floral  characters  being  very  much  what  one  would 
expect  from  a  blending  of  the  two  species.      The  lip  has  a  long. 


320  SHORT    NOTES. 

triangular-acute  terminal  lobe,  abruptly  deflexed  at  a  right  angle. 
It  evidently  comes  near  to  0.  TrollU  Heg.,  which  I  have  for  some 
time  past  suspected  to  be  this  hybrid.  I  have  myself  seen  0. 
apifera,  0.  aranifera,  and  0.  Arachnites  in  bloom  on  the  same  day  at 
Folkestone  ;  so  that  this  solution  presents  no  special  difficulty. — 
Edward  S.  Marshall. 

Bibliographical  Note.  —  In  Prof.  Saccardo's  extremely  useful 
volume  La  Botanica  in  Italia  (under  Bennett)  is  entered  "  Narrative 
of  whaling  voyage  etc.  London  1833-36  (a  pag.  327-395  catalogo 
descrittivo  delle  piante  raccolte  in  Toscana)."  It  seems  on  the 
face  of  it  odd  that  Tuscany  should  be  visited  on  a  whaling  expe- 
dition, but  the  explanation  will  be  found  in  the  actual  title  of  the 
list  as  given  in  F.  D.  Bennett's  book — "  A  Descriptive  Catalogue 
of  the  Plants  collected  during  the  Tuscan's  Voyage."  —  James 
Britten. 

Sphagnum  Austini.  —  On  examining  a  bit  of  the  turf  (peat) 
brought  to  this  town  to  be  sold  for  fuel",  I  found  a  Sphagnum  having 
the  triangular  chlorophyllose  cells  and  long  papillae  of  S.  Austini 
Sull.  The  latter  character  was  striking  even  under  a  one-inch 
power.  This  "  turf,"  as  it  is  commonly  called  here,  is  from 
Whixall  Moss,  but  whether  that  part  in  Salop  or  Flint  I  do  not 
know,  nor  the  depth  at  which  it  was  cut.  This  moss  being  very 
rare  in  Britain  and  usually  found  near  the  sea  coast,  the  fact  of  its 
occurrence  in  the  locality  named  is  interesting  and  suggestive. — 
W.  P.  Hamilton. 

North  Hants  Mosses. — The  following  additions  to  the  list  of 
Mosses  for  North  Hants  (v.  c.  12)  as  given  p.  2G2  Journ.  Bot.  may 
be  noted  from  the  Grange  Park  : — Encalijpta  streptocarpa  Hedw.  ; 
Eurhynchiuni  Tcesdalii  Sclip. ;  Weisia  verticillata  Brid.  Specimens 
of  the  first  have  been  seen  by  Mr.  A.  Gepp,  and  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon 
has  kindly  named  the  other  two. — AV.  L.  W.  Eyre. 

Catharinea  tenella  in  Britain.  —  Whilst  botanizing  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Goudhurst,  Kent,  last  May,  some  male  plants  of 
Catharinea  were  found,  which  proved  on  examination  to  belong  to 
0.  tenella  Rohl.  On  a  subsequent  visit  to  the  locality,  I  found 
some  female  plants  of  the  same  species.  These  were  quite  young, 
with  very  short  stems,  and  had  evidently  not  been  preceded  by  a 
male  inflorescence.  This  proved  the  dioicous  inflorescence  of  the 
plant,  one  of  the  chief  specific  characters  of  C.  tenella.  As  both 
male  and  female  plants  occur,  it  may  be  hoped  that  fruiting 
specimens  will  be  found  later,  especially  as  C.  tenella  fruits  freely 
on  the  Continent,  where  it  is  not  uncommon.  C.  tenella  has  for  a 
long  time  been  expected  to  occur  in  Britain,  and  has  several  times 
been  erroneously  recorded,  dwarfed  forms  of  C.  nndulata  (L.)  Web. 
Mohr.  having  been  mistaken  for  it  (see  Braithwaite's  Brit.  Afoss.  Fl. 
i.  p.  41).  I  hope  in  a  future  number  of  this  Journal  to  give  an 
illustration  of  the  Goudhurst  plant,  and  to  make  some  further 
remarks  on  the  species.  Dr.  Braithwaite  and  Mr.  Dixon  confirm 
my  determination  of  the  plant. — Ernest  S.  Salmon. 


THE    FLORA    OF    PERTHSHIRE.  821 

Veronica  Anagallis  L.  —  This  plant  is  usually  perennial  or 
biennial,  and  as  such,  with  its  stem  from  1-3  ft.  high,  is  familiar 
to  British  botanists  ;  the  annual  form  is  very  different,  and  at  first 
sight  looks  like  a  very  distiuct  species,  at  least  as  seen  in  July  of 
this  year  in  flower  and  fruit  on  the  dried-up  margin  of  a  reservoir 
near  Tring.  The  stem  was  slender,  simple,  2-4-|  inches  high  ;  the 
leaves  oval  or  obovate  and  mostly  narrowed  towards  the  base  ;  the 
flowers  rather  few  and  arranged  in  a  lax  terminal  raceme,  or  very 
rarely  there  was  a  second  axillary  raceme ;  and  the  style  was  about 
as  long  as  the  emarginate  capsule.     Its  synonymy  is  as  follows  : — 

Veronica  Anagallis  v  L.  S}).  PL  p.  12  (1753),  var.  montioides 
Boiss.  Fl.  Orient,  iv.  p.  437  (1879). 

V.  montioides  Boiss.  Diagn.  PL  Or.   Nov.,  ser.  1,  no.  7,  p.  43 
(1846).     V.  pusilla  Benth.  in  DO.  Prodr.  x.  p.  468  (1846). 
This  form  has  been  reported  from  the  Caucasus,  from  Persia,  from 
Western  Tibet,  and  from  Afghanistan ;  but  I  am  not  aware  that 
it  has  been  noticed  and  recorded  for  Britain. — W.  P.  Hiern. 

Plantago  Coronopus  var.  ceratophyllum. — I  enclose  herewith 
a  specimen  of  what  appears  to  me  to  be  Plantago  Corojiojms  var. 
ceratophyllum  Hoffm.  &  Link,  as  described  by  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker  and 
figured  in  Journ.  Bot.  for  July  last.  It  is  abundant  at  Blackpool, 
West  Lanes,  (v.  c.  60),  where  it  grows  with  a  smaller  form  haviug 
the  leaves  appressed  to  the  ground,  and  a  more  slender  root.  Its 
discovery  here  appears  to  considerably  extend  its  range  to  the  north. 
Mr.  Baker  has  seen  the  specimen.  Last  week  I  found  Urtica 
dioica  var.  angustifolia  Blytt  growing  plentifully  in  Ince  Blundell 
Woods,  South  Lanes,  (v.-c.  59).  This  has  not  been  recorded 
previously  for  the  vice-county,  and  is  in  every  respect  a  similar 
plant  to  the  one  I  distributed  from  Cheshire  in  1894,  which 
was  passed  as  correctly  named  by  Mr.  A.  Bennett  [vide  Bot.  Exch. 
Club.  Report,  1894).— J.  A.  Wheldon. 


NOTICES     OF    BOOKS, 


The  Flora  oj  Perthshire.  By  Francis  Buchanan  W.  White,  M.D., 
F.L.S.  Edited,  with  an  introduction  and  life  of  the  author, 
a  list  of  his  scientific  publications,  and  an  appendix,  by  James 
W.  H,  Trail,  A.M.,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  With  portrait  and  map. 
Edinburgh  :  W.  Blackwood  &  Sons.  8vo,  pp.  lix,  407.  Price 
7s.  6d.  net. 

In  this  outcome  of  Dr.  Buchanan  White's  labours  of  many 
years,  we  have  the  first  county  flora  for  Scotland  which  is  worthy 
to  rank  as  of  equal  importance  with  the  best  examples  for  England. 
Oar  local  floras  are  becoming  so  bulky,  owing  to  the  inclusion  in 
them  of  more  or  less  irrelevant  matter,  and  to  an  over- elaboration 
of  details,  that  it  is  refreshing  to  come  upon  one  which  is  confined 
strictly  to  its  subject.  In  this  respect  the  Flora  of  Perthshire  ap- 
proximates to  the  Flora  of  Plymouth,  which  we  regard  as  a  model 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Aug.  1898.]  z 


322  THE    FLORA.    OF    IPERTHSHIRE. 

for  books  of  its  class ;  aud  although  we  should  have  been  glad  to 
have  had  more  biographical  details  as  to  former  workers,  we  are 
inclined  to  condone  their  omission  in  face  of  the  excellent  botanical 
notes  which  the  volume  contains. 

The  introductory  matter,  after  a  modest  preface  by  the  editor, 
Prof.  Trail,  contains  a  paper  ''On  the  Origin  of  the  Flora  of  Perth- 
shire," by  Dr.  Buchanan  White,  of  whom  a  memoir  (with  portrait) 
and  bibliography  follows ;  then  comes  the  introduction  proper, 
dealing  with  the  divisions  and  physical  features  of  the  county,  the 
method  employed  to  show  distribution,  and  earliest  records.  These 
have  every  appearance  of  being  well  and  carefully  done;  in  any 
case  they  can  only  be  criticized  by  one  possessing  a  knowledge  of 
the  county  which  the  present  reviewer  cannot  claim.  After  the 
Flora  proper  (which  is  limited  to  the  flowering  plants,  ferns,  and 
Characem)  comes  an  appendix,  in  which  are  enumerated  such  papers 
bearing  on  the  flora  as  have  appeared  since  Dr.  White's  death,  and 
other  "information  derived  from  various  sources,"  which  we  are 
inclined  to  regret  that  the  editor  did  not  incorporate,  or  at  least 
indicate,  in  the  body  of  the  w^ork,  as  it  is  at  present  in  danger 
of  being  overlooked.  The  index  deserves  a  word  of  commendation, 
as  it  includes  the  names  of  species  as  well  as  of  genera.  Other 
matters  which  deserve  a  word  of  praise  are  the  careful  and  excellent 
printing  of  the  book  and  its  moderate  price.  The  nomenclature  is 
mainly  that  of  the  last  edition  of  the  London  Catalogue. 

In  certain  genera  the  editor  acknowledges  help  from  specialists 
— e.  g.  to  Mr.  F.  J.  Hanbury  and  the  Messrs.  Groves  for  Hieracium 
aud  the  C/i«r«C6'«  respectively,  the  Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall  iov  EpUobimn, 
and  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  for  Potariiogeton.  Certain  others,  left  in- 
complete by  the  author,  have  been  elaborated  by  the  editor  and  by 
Mr.  W.  Barclay.  The  Ruhi  were  seen  and  annotated  by  the  late 
Prof.  Babington,  and  the  Roses  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  and  Mr. 
Nicholson,  whose  withdrawal  from  active  work  among  British 
plants  is  much  to  be  regretted ;  the  late  views  of  the  Rev.  W. 
Moyle  Rogers  and  of  Prof.  Crepin  on  these  genera  are  referred  to 
in  the  Appendix.  The  notes  on  the  Carices  seem  very  careful  and 
interesting. 

The  British  Museum  Herbarium  has  been  consulted,  but  the 
material  it  affords  is  by  no  means  exhausted,  especially  as  to  the 
very  interesting  specimens  from  Robert  Brown  and  his  con- 
temporary the  Rev.  William  McRitchie,  minister  of  Cluny,  which 
sometimes  supplement  the  information  given  in  the  Flora.  Thus 
Brown  is  quoted  as  saying  of  Ranunculus  Flamimda  var.  pseudo- 
reptans  (in  the  Linnean  Society's  Herbarium) :  "  It  is  undoubtedly 
nothing  more  than  a  variety  of  It.  Flammula,  as  Haller  has  well 
observed.  I  have  a  set  of  specimens  that  put  this  matter  beyond  a 
doubt.  August  1793."  This  set  of  specimens  is  in  the  British 
Museum.  Under  Silene  anglica  we  read  in  the  Flora:  "In 
Withering' s  Herbarium  there  is  a  label  (written  by  R.  Brown  ?) 
which  records  S.  anglica  as  ....  in  Perthshire."  In  the  British 
Museum  Herbarium  is  a  specimen  from  McRitchie  labelled 
"  5  August  1793.     Mr.   Brown  found  it  in  the  parish  of  Clunie 


THE    FLORA    OF    PERTHSHIRE.  323 

in  the  farm  of  Newmill  in  a  field  of  barley."  Siibularia  is  quoted 
from  the  Linnean  Society's  Herbarium  as  found  in  the  Loch  of 
Gluny  by  Brown  ;  McRitchie  has  the  following  note  in  Herb.  Mus. 
Brit.:  "24  Sept.  1793.  Mr.  Brown  on  his  arrival  here  in  the 
beginning  of  August  detected  two  plants  of  it  near  the  E.  shore  of 
the  loch  of  Clunie.  I  have  since  found  it  in  abundance  on  the  W. 
side  near  the  Castle  hill  in  about  5  feet  water."  There  is  little 
doubt  that  a  careful  search  in  the  Herbarium  would  reveal  further 
contributions  from  these  early  collectors,  as  well  as  other  matters 
of  interest — such,  for  instance,  as  Don's  original  specimens  of 
Veronica  saxatilis  from  Ben  Lawers  and  Meall  Ghaordie,  from  which 
the  figure  in  English  Botany  was  drawn. 

The  interesting  notes  under  Arabis  ijetrcBa  show  the  careful 
observation  which  Dr.  AVhite  bestowed  upon  the  critical  species 
which  came  under  his  notice,  and  also  the  judicious  modesty  which 
led  him  to  refrain  from  bestowing  a  name  upon  every  form  which 
presented  points  of  distinction.  This  indeed  is  noticeable  through- 
out the  book ;  forms  which  by  some  authors  would,  on  far  slighter 
grounds,  at  once  be  printed  with  a  new  name,  are  observed  ;  a  note 
upon  them,  sufficient  to  attract  the  attention  of  later  observers,  is 
placed  on  record ;  and  there  the  matter  is  left.  If  this  plan  were 
always  followed,  nomenclature  would  be  less  copious  and  less  puzzling 
than  it  is  at  present.  This  Perthshire  form  of  A .  petraa,  for  example, 
has  received  no  fewer  than  three  names  from  one  botanist,  not  one 
of  which  can  stand,  even  if  the  plant  should  in  the  future  be 
regarded  as  specifically  distinct,  as  it  has  been  in  the  past.  Mr. 
Druce  in  the  Exchange  Club  Report  for  1892  first  named  it 
as  A.  2)etra;a  var.  grandifolia,  and  then  claimed  for  it  specific 
distinctness :  it  "  may  be  described  as  distinct  as  grandifolia ; 
should  there  already  be  a  plant  so  named,  I  would  suggest  the 
name  of  A.  scotica."  If  this  principle  of  naming  were  generally 
followed,  there  would  be  no  limit  to  the  number  of  names  that 
might  be  "suggested."  In  this  instance,  however,  Mr.  Arthur 
Bennett  (Journ.  Bot.  1894,  114)  promptly  identified  the  plant  with 
one  described  as  A.  ambigua  by  DeCandolle  (Syst.  ii.  231)  in  1819, 
and  referred  to  A.  petrcBa  as  a  variety  (var.  ambigua)  by  Fries  in  his 
third  Mantissa  (1842). 

A  similar  unwillingness  to  maintain  names  for  mere  forms  may 
be  noted  under  Castalia  speciosa,  where  Dr.  White  says  :  "Flowers 
variable  in  size  and  stigma  rays  in  number,  without  a  relative 
correspondence.  Hence  there  seems  to  be  no  valid  reason  for 
separating  the  small-flowered  form  as  a  variety.  Plants  inhabiting 
the  highland  lochs  have  usually  the  smallest  flowers;  large-flowered 
plants  in  lowland  ponds  have  generally  been  introduced."  He 
inclines,  however,  to  consider  that  Barbarea  arcuata  Eeich.  "de- 
serves at  least  sub-specific  rank";  as  to  B.  vulgaris  he  is  "far  from 
convinced"  that  it  "is  anything  more  than  an  introduced  plant 
with  us,  or  at  the  best  a  weed  of  cultivation."  In  some  cases  Dr. 
White  is  disposed  to  think  plants  which  have  been  regarded  as 
introductions  may  have  claims  to  nativity ;  thus  he  says  of 
Cheiranthus :  "  so  abundant  on  the  precipices  of  several  of  our  trap 


824  PRACTICAL    PLANT    PHYSIOLOGY. 

hills  that,  if  the  general  opinion  of  botanists  were  not  unfavourable 
to  [its]  being  considered  a  native  of  Britain,  it  might  well  be  thought 
to  be  indigenous  there."  Butomus,  "■  though  usually  reported  to  be 
a  naturalized  plant  only  in  Scotland,"  is,  he  thinks,  "there  is  little 
doubt,  indigenous  in  Perthshire." 

The  records  of  stations  for  rare  plants  are  often  accompanied  by 
a  caution,  which  even  in  these  enlightened  days  is  unfortunately  by 
no  means  unnecessary,  as  to  the  moderation  which  should  be 
observed  by  collectors.  Thus  under  Saxifraga  cernua  we  read : 
"It  is  to  be  hoped  that  botanists,  when  taking  specimens,  will  bear 
in  mind  that  the  limited  station  on  Ben  Lawers  is  the  only  place  in 
Britain  for  this  plant.  The  Craig-na-Caillich  station  seems  to  be 
lost."  "  There  is  a  danger  of  Phyllodoce  ccsrulea  being  exterminated  " 
from  its  well-known  station,  but  Dr.  White  says,  "although  the 
'  rediscovery '  of  this  rare  plant  has  been  more  than  once  announced, 
I  am  not  aware  that  those  who  know  where  to  look  for  it  have  ever 
failed  to  find  it."  As  to  Moneses,  "owing  to  the  reckless  manner  in 
which  specimens  have  been  taken  by  botanists  and  others,  the  plant 
is  now  nearly  extinct  at  Scone,  and  appears  to  flower  but  rarely." 
A  probable  loss  is  Scheuchzeria,  which,  Dr.  White  very  much  fears, 
"owing  to  the  altered  condition  of  the  locality,  has  become  extinct 
in  the  White  My  re,  and  hence  can  be  no  longer  included  in  the 
Perthshire  list."  Certain  introductions  seem  likely  to  become 
permanent  additions  to  the  flora,  such  as  Sedum  album,  which 
increases  with  remarkable  rapidity.  "A  small  piece  was  planted 
on  the  precipice  of  Kinnoul  Hill,  and  in  a  few  years  multiplied 
to  such  an  extent  as  to  cover  for  a  considerable  distance  all 
the  ledges  of  a  rock  more  than  100  ft.  in  height."  On  Poa 
palustris  L.  we  find  the  following  note:  "Discovered  in  1889 
by  Mr.  William  Barclay  among  the  rank  vegetation  on  the  mud 
banks  bordering  the  Tay  below  Perth,  and  Bennieby  Pond  near 
Crieff.  Mr.  Barclay  thinks  there  is  not  sufficient  evidence  for 
certainty  as  to  this  species  being  native  in  Perthshire.  It  had  not 
been  previously  found  in  Britain." 

For  many  other  notes  of  interest  we  must  refer  our  readers  to 
the  book  itself,  which  we  trust  may  be  the  forerunner  of  other 
carefully  executed  floras  of  Scottish  counties,  for  which  it  may  well 
serve  as  a  model.  j^^^^  j^^^^^^_ 

Practical  Plant  Physiology.  By.  Dr.  W.  Detmer.  Translated  from 
the  second  German  edition  by  S.  A.  Moor,  M.A.  8vo,  pp.  xix, 
555.     With  184  illustrations.     London  :  Sonnenschein. 

Dr.  Detmer's  Pfianzenphysiologische  Praktikum,  the  second  and 
revised  edition  of  which  appeared  in  1895,  is  so  well  known  to 
workers  in  plant-physiology  as  to  need  no  word  of  commendation. 
It  is  the  only  book  dealing  exhaustively  with  the  subject,  and  when 
we  state  that  Mr.  Moor  has  found  no  sufficient  reason  for  addition 
or  alteration,  and  has  presented  in  its  entirety  a  translation  of  this 
edition,  the  scope  of  Messrs.  Sonnenschein's  latest  contribution  to 
our  botanical  library  is  at  once  apparent.     Under  such  circum- 


LEHRBUCH    DER    BOTANIK. THE    MAKING    OF    A    DAISY.  325 

stances  the  advertisement  of  the  book  under  a  joint  authorship, 
which  seems  to  imply  a  revised  edition  rather  than  a  translation,  is 
hardly  fair.  In  referring  to  the  work  as  to  some  extent  unique,  we 
do  not  forget  Mr.  Francis  Darwin's  invaluable  little  laboratory 
guide  included  in  the  Cambridge  Natural  Science  Manuals.  We 
should  welcome  a  more  exhaustive  work  on  somewhat  similar  lines 
from  the  Cambridge  laboratory ;  for  though  Dr.  Detmer's  book 
gives  an  excellent  account  of  the  subject,  the  arrangement  is  by  no 
means  best  suited  for  laboratory  work.  It  is  in  fact  more  of  the 
nature  of  a  text-book.  Nevertheless  English  teachers  and  students 
will  doubtless  be  glad  to  have  the  careful  translation  which  Mr. 
Moor  provides  for  them  under  Messrs.  Sonnenschein's  auspices. 

A.  B.  E. 

Lehrbiich  tier  Botanik  fur  Hochschulen.  Von  Drs.  E.  STRASBURasR, 
F.  Noll,  H.  Schenck,  and  A.  F.  W.  Schimper.  Dritte  ver- 
besserte  Auflage.  8vo,  pp.  viii,  570,  figs.  617  (part  coloured). 
Fischer,  Jena.  1898.  Price  7  M.  50  Pf.  (paper) ;  8  M.  50  Pf . 
(bound). 

The  third  edition  of  this  extraordinarily  cheap  but  admirable 
text-book  has  appeared  simultaneously  with  the  English  translation 
of  a  former  edition.  We  have  already  called  attention  to  the 
striking  contrast  in  the  prices  of  the  book  as  offered  to  German  and 
English  students  respectively,  and  will  only  express  another  word 
of  envy  for  the  former  on  behalf  of  the  latter.  The  small  increase 
in  size  noticeable  in  the  third  edition  of  this  Lehrbuch  is  due 
mainly  to  the  additional  figures,  a  large  proportion  of  which  are 
coloured,  and  illustrate  officinal  as  well  as  poisonous  plants.  The 
new  coloured  pictures  are,  on  the  whole,  better  than  those  of 
previous  editions,  and  their  effect  is  to  render  highly  attractive 
Prof.  Scbimper's  section  in  the  special  botany  of  seed-plants.  The 
most  important  alterations  occur  in  Prof.  Strasburger's  intro- 
duction to  morphology,  where  account  is  taken  of  recent  advances, 
or  modifications  of  views  previously  held,  in  cytology.  The  section 
on  physiology  wants  bringing  up  to  date;  in  the  chemistry  of 
assimilation  it  is  often  wofully  behind  the  times.  The  portion  dealing 
with  the  special  botany  of  the  Cryptogams  is  not  sufficiently  full, 
the  Bryophyta  especially  receiving  but  scanty  treatment. 

.  A.  B.  E. 

The  Making  of  a  Daisy;  Wheat  out  of  Lilies,  ayid  other  studies  in 
Plant-life.  A  Popular  Introduction  to  Botany.  By  Eleanor 
Hughes-Gibb.  8vo,  pp.  126,  with  20  figs,  in  the  text. 
London:  Griffins.     1898.     Price  2s.  6d. 

Under  this  somewhat  cumbersome  title  Mrs.  Hughes-Gibb  has 
written  for  children  a  bright  little  introduction  to  the  study  of 
flowers.  To  trace  the  succession  of  plant  life  from  the  tree-ferns 
and  lycopods  of  the  carboniferous  period  to  the  daisy  of  our  lawns 
and  meadows,  in  about  twenty  small  pages  of  good-sized  print  and 


326  GARDEN    MAKING. — THE    PRUNING    BOOK. 

in  language  which  shall  appeal  to  a  child's  mind,  requires  no  little 
skill.  This  is,  however,  what  the  author  attempts,  and  does  with 
very  fair  success  in  her  second  chapter.  To  comprehend  a  theory 
of  evolution  it  is  necessary  to  get  an  idea  of  the  wonderful  plasticity 
of  plants.  In  tracing  the  origin  of  the  two  groups,  Dicotyledons  and 
Monocotyledons,  and  suggesting  their  numerous  secondary  modifi- 
cations, Mrs.  Gibhs  has  admirably  succeeded  in  conveying  this  idea; 
though  we  must  take  exception  to  the  figure  of  the  leaves  of  Flantago 
major  as  an  ally  of  the  lilies  (obviously  in  error  for  the  water 
plantain).  It  is  not  the  custom  now-a-days  to  combine  theology 
and  natural  science,  and  a  reference  to  the  Creator  may  seem  to 
some  out  of  place  in  a  text-book.  But  no  wise  parent  will  quarrel 
with  the  marked  expression  of  a  spirit  of  reverence  which  pervades 
this  little  volume,  and  detracts  not  in  the  least  from  the  value  of  a 
theory  of  evolution.  ABE 


Garden  Making.  By  L.  H.  Bailey.  London  &  New  York :  Mac- 
millan  &  Co.  4s.  —  The  Pnmmg  Book.  Same  author  and 
publishers.     5s. 

Prof.  Bailey  continues  to  add  to  his  popular  ''Garden  Craft" 
series  of  books  on  practical  gardening,  and  the  two  works  now  under 
notice  are  by  no  means  the  least  interesting  of  his  efforts.  In  his 
own  popular  style,  the  author  has  given  us  in  Garden  Makiyig  an 
excellent  treatise  on  the  establishment,  arrangement,  and  culti- 
vation of  gardens  for  flowers,  fruits,  and  vegetables,  and  the  most 
important  operations  in  each  section  are  ably  described.  Although 
written  primarily  for  American  gardeners,  the  book  may  well  find  a 
place  in  the  library  of  every  British  gardener  whose  duties  consist 
in  the  management  of  mixed  gardens.  The  Pruning  Book  is  an 
important  treatise  on  an  important  subject,  and  although  perhaps 
there  is  little  new  to  be  said,  Prof.  Bailey  has  succeeded  in  giving  a 
charm  to  it  chiefly  by  means  of  his  original  method  of  treatment. 
He  conclusively  shows  that  pruning  is  a  most  necessary  operation, 
and  has  most  beneficial  results  when  properly  practised.  It  is  safe 
to  say  that  every  line  in  the  530  pages  (which  have  331  illustrations) 
is  worth  careful  reading.  j    ^ 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.'^- 

Bat.  Centralblatt  (Nos.  27,  28).— E.  H.  L.  Krause,  *  Floristische 
Notizen:  Cyperaceen.'  —  (No.  28).  A.  J.  Ewart,  'Can  isolated 
Chloroplastids  continue  to  assimilate?'  —  (No.  29).  E.  H.  L. 
Krause,  '  Helobi?e  and  Pandanales.' 


*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  327 

Bull,  de  VRerb.  Boissier  (4  July).  —  0.  deOaiidolle,  '  Piperaceae 
SodiroancTe.' — H.  Schinz,  '  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Afrikanischen 
Flora'  [ConvolviilacecB,  H.  Hallier ;  Labiat(B,  M.  Giirke ;  Gompositm, 
&c.,  H.  Schinz). — E.  v.  Halacsy,  'Die  bislier  bekannten  Centaurea- 
arten  Grriechenlands.'  —  H.  Hallier,  '  Neue  und  bemerkenswerte 
Pflanzen  aus  dem  malaiisch-papuauischen  Inselmeer '  (concl.). — 
H.  Solereder,  ' Buddlela  Geisseana.'  —  A.  Pestalozzi,  'Die  Gattuug 
Boscia.' 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France  (xlv.  pt.  1  :  June). — G.  Dismier,  'Flore 
bryologique  des  environs  de  Paris.'  —  M.  Gandoger,  '  Notes  sur  la 
flore  espagnole.'  —  D.  Clos,  '  De  la  place  dans  la  classification  du 
groiipe  des  Sanguisorbees.'  — ■  M.  Fliche,  '  Notes  sur  la  flore  de 
I'Yonne.' — E.  Bescherelle,  '  Florule  Bryologique  de  Tahiti.' 

Erijthea  (27  June).  —  A.  Eastwood,  Plants  of  Nob  Hill,  San 
Francisco. 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (25  June).  —  G.  Henslow,  '  History  of  the 
Kadish  '  (2  pi.). — Stapelia  longidens  (fig.  3). 

Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  (Bot.) — (1  July).  H.  &  J.  Groves,  '  Characeae 
collected  by  Mr.  T.  B.  Blow  in  the  West  Indies '  (Nitella  dictyo- 
sperma,  sp.  n.  ;  1  pi.).  —  F.  N.  Williams,  '  Revision  of  Arenaria.' — 
W.  C.  Worsdell,  '  Comparative  Anatomy  of  certain  Cycadacese ' 
(1  pi.).  —  G.  G.  Druce,  '  Carex  helvola  in  Britain.'  —  C.  Reid, 
*  Limnocarpus,  a  new  genus  of  fossil  plants  from  the  Tertiary 
Deposits  of  Hampshire.' — D.  H.  Campbell,  'Structure  and  develop- 
ment of  Dendroceros  '  (2  pi.). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (July). — F.  Bubak,  Synchitrium  Niesslii, 
sp.  n.  —  F.  Buchenau,  '  Luzula  campestris  und  verwandte  Arten  ' 
(cont. :  1  plate).  —  J.  Freyn,  '  Zur  Flora  von  Ober-Steiermark  ' 
(cont.). — T.  Wulff,  '  Studien  liber  verstopfte  Spaltoft'uungen '  (1  pi.)- 
— J.  Murr,  '  Die  Pilosellorden  Oberosterreichs.'  —  V.  v.  Cypers, 
'  Zur  Flora  des  Riesengebirges  '  (concl.). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


Continuations  of  three  important  works  have  lately  come  to 
hand  :  Part  v.  of  M.  Cogniaux'  monograph  of  the  Orcliidacem  of  the 
Flora  Brasiliensis ;  a  new  part  of  the  Icones  FlorcB  Germanicce,  con- 
taining the  Saxifragacece ;  and  the  concluding  part  of  Teil  iii.  of 
Engler  &  Prantl's  Pjianzejifamilien,  containing  the  Cornacem  and 
the  conclusion  of  the  Umhellijerm, 

We  have  received  the  first  part  of  Natal  Plants,  by  Messrs.  J.  M. 
Wood  and  M.  S.  Evans — a  quarto  publication  issued  at  Durban 
(Bennett  &  Davis,  68,  Field  Street).  It  contains  fifty  somewhat 
roughly  executed  but  accurate  plates,  with  accompanying  descrip- 
tions, and  should  prove  very  useful  to  those  interested  in  South 
African  botany,  whether  in  the  field  or  in  the  herbarium.     The 


328  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

work  is  to  some  extent  subsidized  by  the  Cape  Government,  and  a 
second  part  is  promised ;  its  continuance  thereafter  will  depend 
upon  the  amount  of  support  received,  which  we  hope  will  be 
sufficient  to  render  the  undertaking  permanent.  No  new  species 
are  described,  but  a  great  many  have  never  been  previously  figured. 
The  descriptions  are  in  English,  and  in  many  instances  include 
interesting  notes  upon  the  local  uses  of  the  species  described.  The 
preface,  in  which  the  purpose  of  the  work  is  set  forward,  would 
have  been  the  better  for  a  revision  from  a  literary  point  of  view  ; 
the  editors  express  a  hope  that  "a  full  Flora  of  Natal"  will  *'  ere 
long  be  published" — a  hope  which  we  trust  will  receive  speedy 
fulfilment. 

We  learn  from  the  Kew  Bulletin  that  Sir  Henry  Collett  is  pre- 
paring a  flora  of  Simla  and  the  district,  which  is  to  be  illustrated  by 
200  figures  in  the  text,  from  drawings  by  Miss  Smith.  The  total 
number  of  species  included  is  estimated  at  about  1500. 

The  "April  and  May"  number  of  the  Kew  Bulletin,  published 
in  June,  contains  a  paper  on  the  botany  of  the  Ashanti  Expedition 
(1895-6)  by  Surgeon-Captain  H.  A.  Cummins,  in  which  six  new 
species  are  described  and  a  new  genus  of  Menispermaceae  {FJwpal- 
andria  Stapf)  is  established.  So  many  African  plants  are  now 
published  almost  simultaneously  that  it  is  important  to  call  atten- 
tion to  the  fact  that  the  ostensible  date  of  publication  of  the  Kew 
Bulletin  is  systematically  inaccurate,  and  that  the  only  approxi- 
mation to  accuracy  is  to  be  found  in  the  Stationery  Office  date  at 
the  foot  of  the  first  page  of  each  issue. 

We  are  glad  to  learn  that  steady  progress  is  being  made  with 
the  Flora  of  Kent,  which  is  now  in  type  as  far  as  Sambucus. 

The  June  part  (No.  3)  of  the  Notes  from  the  Botanical  School 
of  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  contains  two  papers  on  transpiration  and 
a  paper  on  rhizoids  of  Lunularia  cruciata  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Dixon,  and  a 
note  by  Prof.  Perceval  Wright  on  the  occurrence  of  ^^  Cyclaminus 
persica''  in  North  Africa  :  no  reason  is  given  for  the  adoption  of  this 
form  of  the  name. 

The  first  instalment  of  Durand  &  Schinz's  Conspectus  Florce 
Africa  (Rauunculaceae — Frankeniaceae)  has  appeared.  We  hope  to 
notice  it  later. 

In  his  "Notes  on  Cambridgeshire  Plants"  in  the  last  number 
of  this  Journal,  Mr.  W.  West,  jun.,  refers  to  the  existence  of  an 
annotated  copy  of  Babington's  Flora  of  Cambrichjeshire,  which  the 
late  Professor  kept  in  what  really  was  his  private  room  at  the 
Cambridge  Herbarium.  There  students  ^vere  at  liberty  to  consult 
it.  This  copy  is  now  in  Mrs.  Babington's  possession  ;  and  in  a 
letter  she  expresses  her  willingness  to  help  any  students  of  the 
Cambridgeshire  flora  by  still  allowing  them  to  consult  it.  Any 
who  wish  to  do  so  should  write  to  her  at  5,  Brookside,  Cambridge. 


Jo  urn.  Bot. 


Tat  390. 


R  Morgan  del  etlitli. 


Fi  c  alli  o  a    1  annf  oil  a  -  Hberrv. 


West, Newman,  ijnp. 


329 


A     NEW     GENUS     OF     ERICACE^     FROM     ANGOLA. 

By  W.  p.  Hieen,  M.A. 

(Plate  390.) 

Ficalhoa  Hiern,  gen.  nov. 
Calyx  liber  late  campanulatus  5-parfcitus  persistens,  segmentis 
late  ovatis  apice  rotundatis  in  sestivatione  leviter  imbricatis  quin- 
cimcialibus  m  fructu  fere  immutatis.     Corolla  brevis  suburceolaris 
calycem  parum  excedens  profunde  5-loba  tarde  decidim,  lobis  late 
ovalibus  apice  rotundatis  subpatulis  basi  erectis  imbricatis  quin- 
cunciahbiis  cum  calycis  segmentis  alternantibus.     Stamina  15  uni- 
senalia  inter   se   libera  glabra  prope  corolla  tubi  brevis    apicem 
mserta  m_  corolla  mclusa  per  tria  cum  corolla   lobis  alternantia 
subapproximata,  filamentis  carnosulis  erectis  quam  corolla  lobi  bis 
brevioribus    e    basi   lata   attenuatis,    antheris    brevibus    utrinque 
emarginatis  bilocularibus  basifixis  demum  poris  oblique  apicalibus 
deiiiscentibus.     Discus  inconspicuus  annularis  vel  fere  obsoletus 
Ovarium  subhemisphasricum  obtuse  pentagonum  carnosulumpilosum 
5-loculare  apice  centraliter  intrusum,  stylo  centrali  brevi  glabro 
stigmate  glabro  primum  ovoideo-capitato  brevissimo  deinde  ovario 
sequilongo  in  ramos  5  divergentes  diviso,  ovulis  numerosis  minimis 
placentis_  carnosis   spongiosisve   centralibus   adscendentibus   infra 
medium  msertis.     Capsula  hemisphaerica  dura  loculicide  5-valvis 
septis  durescentibus  calycis  segmentis  oppositis,  seminibus  pluribus 
parvis  irregulariter  ovoideis  compressiusculis,  testa  laxe  reticulata 
aibumme  tenui,  nucleo  recto  crassiusculo  terete  quam  semen  tertio 
breviore. 

Arbuscula  glabriuscula,  ramis  teretibus,  foliis  alternis  ex- 
stipulatis  simphcibus  serrulatis,  floribus  hermapliroditis  albis  in 
panicuhs  densis  brevibus  axillaribus  vel  lateralibus  dispositis. 

F.  laurifolia,  sp.  unica.  Arbor  2-6  m.  alta,  parce  comosa 
laxa,_vage  ramosa,  sempervirens ;  trunco  2  dm.  diam.  ;  ramis 
glabris  patentibus;  ramulis  subgracilibus,  foliosis,  demum  nutanti- 
bus ;  folns  ovali-  vel  ovato-oblongis,  apice  acuminatis,  basi  obtusis 
subcoriaceis,  lucidulis,  super  saturate  viridibas  glabris  vel  hinc  inde 
minute  glanduloso-lepidotis,  infra  pallidis  parce  pr^sertim  secus 
costam  prommentem  pilosis  minute  glanduloso-lepidotis,  margins 
subcartdagmeo  obtuse  serrulatis,  5-12  cm.  longis,  1-3  cm  latis 
pmnatinervibus,  nervis  inconspicuis ;  petiolo  s^pissime  glabro' 
3-8  mm.  longo ;  floribus  pentameris,  3-4  mm.  longis,  fere  rec^u- 
laribus,  pedicellis  brevibus  vel  brevissimis  puberulis  pilosisve  crassi- 
uscuhs  suffultis,  m  paniculis  contractis  2-3  cm.  diam.  dispositis  • 
calyce  s^epius  basi  bibracteolato,  bracteolis  ovalibus  vel  late  ovatis 
obtusis  s^pius  ciholatis  calyce  bis  brevioribus ;  calycis  segmentis 
ciliolatis,  3  mm.  longis ;  corolla  3  mm.  longa,  alba,  glabra ;  stylo 
unacum  ramis  stigmatosis  demam  2  mm.  longo;  ovario  dense 
breviter  piloso ;  capsula  3  mm.  diam.,  calyci  adpresso  ^quilonga  • 
seminibus  pallidulis,  c.  i  mm.  longis;  nucleo  albido,  c.  i  mm' 
longo. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Sept.  1898.1  2  a 


330 


NOTES    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG^. 


Habitat  in  distr.  Huilla  a  cl.  Welwitsch  anno  1859  collecta  in 
sylvis  monfcanis  liamidiusculis  prope  Lopollo  ad  cataractas  sporadica 
cum  H.  m.  Dec,  n.  4808;  etiam  in  sylvis  raris  inter  Mumpulla  et 
Neiie  cum  fr.  m.  Oct.,  n.  4809. 

Occasionally  the  pistil  is  hexamerous,  and  the  filaments  are 
sometimes  bent  at  the  apex. 

The  genus  is  related  to  Agauria  DC,  but  stands  apart  by  the 
groupmg  of  its  more  numerous  stamens,  by  the  broader  shape  of  its 
corolla,  and  by  the  toothing  of  its  foliage. 

The  name  is  given  in  honour  of  Count  Ficalho,  Professor  of  Botany 
and  Director  of  the  Botanical  Garden  of  the  Polytechnic  School  at 
Lisbon,  &c.,  my  friend  and  fellow- worker  on  African  plants. 


Explanation  of  Plate  390.  —  Ficalhoa  laurifoUa.  The  principal  figure  is 
reduced  about  one-half.  Pig.  1,  The  flower  with  the  bracteoles  at  its  base  and 
with  its  short  pedicel,  enlarged  about  6  diameters.  2.  Inside  view  of  spread-out 
corolla,  enlarged  about  6  diameters.  3.  A  single  stamen,  enlarged  about 
18  diameters.  4.  The  ovary  with  the  style  and  stigmas,  enlarged  about 
6  diameters.  5.  The  dehisced  capsule  as  seen  from  above,  enlarged  about 
6  diameters. 


NOTES     ON    FRESHWATER    ALG^. 

By  W.  West,  F.L.S.,  and  G.  S.  West,  B.A.,  A.R.C.S. 

The  following  notes  have  been  accumulating  for  some  time  ; 
they  are  somewhat  varied,  consisting  of  descriptions  of  new  species, 
notes  relating  to  distribution,  critical  remarks,  &c. 

1.  Sph^roplea  annulina  (Roth)  Ag.  In  very  fine  condition 
with  ripe  oospores. 

Hab.     Urumi,  Persia. 

2.  Hormospora  ordinata,  sp.  n.  H.  parvum  ;  cellulis  parvis, 
subremotis,  late  ellipticis  et  longitudinaliter  dispositis,  diametro 
1-3-plo  longioribus  ;  segmentis  amplis,  achrois.  Long.  cell.  7*5  ii\ 
lat.  cell.  5-8  /x ;  crass,  teg.  15  /x. 

Hab.     Cam  Fell,  W.  Yorkshire. 

The  small  size  of  the  cells,  their  remoteness,  and  comparative 
shortness  sufficiently  ditferentiate  this  species.  The  cell-contents 
are  bright  green  and  very  granulose. 

3.  Zyginema  (Zygogonium)  Heydrichii  Schmidle,  Zur  Entwickl. 
Zygn.  u.  Calothrix,  Flora,  1897,  Bd.  84,  Heft  2,  167-170,  t.  v. 
f.  5-11.  As  we  have  previously  remarked  (Ann.  Bot.  xii.  no.  xlv. 
Mar.  1898,  44,  footnote),  this  species  seems  to  be  nothing  more 
than  a  laterally  conjugated  form  of  Zijgnema  spontaiieum  Nordst. 
The  vegetative  cells  and  the  zygospores  are  of  the  same  dimensions, 
and  the  latter  are  also  marked  with  scrobiculations  precisely  in  the 
same  way  as  those  of  Z.  spontaneum.  (Compare  Schmidle,  /.  c.  f.  11, 
and  West  &  G.  S.  West  in  Ann.  Bot.  xii.  pi.  v.  f.  60,  61,  1898.) 

4.  Gonatozygon  sexspiniferum  W.  B.  Turner  in  Journ.  Roy. 
Micr.  Soc.  940,  pi.  xvi.  f.  27,  1885.     This  plant  is  not  a  Desmid, 


NOTES    ON    FEESHWATER    ALG.E.  331 

but  one  of  the  DiatomacecB.  We  possess  the  original  specimens 
from  which  Turner  described  the  species,  and  find  both  his  de- 
scription and  figures  to  be  lacking  in  accuracy.  The  rows  of  spines 
which  he  described  and  figured  are  but  markings  on  the  valve,  and 
by  varying  the  focus  they  can  be  seen  somewhat  as  he  drew  them 
(though  less  exaggerated).  He  says,  '*  formingjlong  filaments"; 
the  diatom  is  probably  a  species  of  Desmogonium,  and  occurs  in 
filaments,  some  of  which  are  branched.  Also  "spines  arranged 
longitudinally  in  six  linear  series  "  is  not  correct,  there  being  only 
four  series  of  markings  on  the  valve. 

5.  Spirot^nia  minuta  Thur.  var.  eboracensis,  var.  n.  Var.  cel- 
lulis  brevioribus,  apicibus  subrotundatis,  anfractibus  chlorophori 
3-4.     Long.  30-32  fx  ;  lat.  7-8  /x. 

Hab.  Cam  Fell,  W.  Yorkshire,  not  uncommon  amongst  Cylin- 
drocystis  crassa,  Peniimi  digitus,  Hyalotheca  dissiliens,  &c.,  in  peat  bogs. 

This  variety  is  relatively  shorter  in  proportion  to  its  breadth 
than  the  type ;  it  has  also  blunter  ends  and  more  turns  of  the 
chromatophore.  The  figures  given  by  Liitkemiiller  (Oesterr.  botan. 
Zeitschr.  1895,  t.  i.  f.  21)  also  show  more  turns  of  the  chromatophore 
(up  to  4|-)  than  are  described  for  this  species. 

6.  Spirotsenia  fusiformis,  sp.  n.  S.  parva,  elongata;  cellulis 
rectis  vel  ssepe  leviter  obiiquis,  diametro  10-12-plo  longioribus, 
cylindrico-fusiformibus,  apices  versus  attenuatis,  apicibus  acutis  sed 
rotundatis  ;  chlorophoris  singulis,  parietalibus,  subnregulariter  dis- 
positis,  de  polo  ad  polum  extensis,  circiter  anfractu  dimidio.  Long. 
42-58 /x;  lat.  4-3-4-6 /x. 

Hab.  In  peaty  pools,  amongst  Sphagnum  cuspidatum  var.  plu- 
mosum,  Cowgill  Wold  Moss,  Widdale  Fell,  W.  Yorkshire. 

The  cells  were  solitary  or  in  pairs  (after  division),  and  occurred 
somewhat  sparsely  among  a  large  quantity  of  Arthrodesmus  Incus. 
The  cells  were  evidently  surrounded  by  an  almost  invisible  mucus, 
the  extent  of  which  could  not  readily  be  ascertained  on  account  of 
its  extreme  transparency.  It  was  very  difficult  to  determine  the 
precise  nature  of  the  chromatophore,  because  of  its  irregularity  and 
the  small  size  of  the  plant ;  it  only  made  from  half  to  three-quarters 
of  a  turn,  and  the  protoplasm  (outside  the  chromatophore)  contained 
some  large  granules. 

It  is  distinguished  from  8.  tenerrhna  Arch.  (=  S.  gracillima  Arch.) 
by  its  greater  diameter,  its  comparatively  shorter  cells,  and  its  very 
different  chromatophore. 

7.  Spirotaenia  turfosa,  sp.  n.  S.  mediocris ;  cellulis  sub- 
cylindricis,  elongatis,  subrectis  vel  leviter  curvatis,  diametro  circiter 
12-plo  longioribus,  utroque  polo  gradatim  attenuatis,  apicibus  ob- 
tusis;  chlorophoris  singulis,  parietalibus,  anfractibus  l|-2,pyrenoidi- 
bus  minutis  et  sparsis.  Long.  100-102 /x ;  lat.  7'5-8-5 /x;  lat.  apic. 
circ.  4  /x. 

Hab.     In  peaty  pools,  Ilkley,  W.  Yorkshire. 
This  appears  to  come  nearest  to  8.  parvula  Arch.,  but  is  of  much 
larger  size,  is  proportionately  longer,  has  more  rounded  and  rela- 

2  a  2 


332  NOTES  ON  FRESHWATER  ALGM. 

tively  wider  ends,  and  has  more  turns  of  the  chromatophore.  It 
differs  from  S.  fnsiformis  in  its  larger  size,  its  more  rounded  poles, 
and  in  having  more  turns  of  the  chromatophore. 

8.  Mesotsenium  purpureum,  sp.  n.  M.  cellulis  libere  na- 
tantibus,  cylindricis  et  leviter  curvatis,  polls  rotundatis,  diametro 
3|^-4|^-plo  longioribus ;  chromatophoris  in  medio  cellularum  non 
interruptis,  purpureis.     Long.  32-46  /x;  lat.  9*5-10  /x. 

Hab.     Peat  bogs,  Old  Cote  Moor,  W.  Yorkshire. 
The  protoplasm  was  full  of  granules  of  various  sizes,  in  addition 
to  the  pyrenoids,  the  latter  being  scattered. 

9.  Penium  cuticulare  West  &  G.  S.  West  in  Journ.  Roy.  Micr. 
Soc.  1896,  153,  t.  iv.  f.  43,  44.  Prof.  Schmidle  states  {Nuova 
Notarisia,  1897,  69)  that  this  species  is  identical  with  P.  cylindrus 
Breb.  var.  siibtiimcatiun  Schmidle,  var.  coloratnm  Schmidle,  Oesterr. 
botau.  Zeitschr.  t.  xiv.  f.  27,  28.  This  may  be  so,  but  at  the  same 
time  we  may  state  that  it  is  not  a  variety  of  P.  cylindrus.  He  also 
states  that  it  is  near  P.  Lewisii  W.  B.  Turner,  but  P.  Lewisii  =  P. 
exigmun  West,  forma  Lewisii ;  and  although  P.  cuticidare  is  near 
P.  exiguum,  we  yet  think  that  these  two  species  are  sufficiently 
distinct,  P.  cuticidare  differing  from  P.  exiguum  in  being  somewhat 
larger,  in  never  being  constricted  in  the  middle,  in  never  having 
dilated  apices,  as  well  as  in  its  red-brown  cell-membrane. 

10.  Closterium  pseudospirot^nium  Lemmermann,  var.  variabile 
Lemmermann,  Zur  Algenfl.  des  Riesengebirges,  Forschungsberichte 
aus  der  Biol.  Stat.  Plun,  iv.  Theii,  1896,  119,  cum  fig.  12-14.  This 
presents  many  resemblances  to  forms  of  lihaphidium,  being  almost 
identical  with  B.  polgmorphum  var,  7nirahile  West  &  G.  S.  West, 
Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc.  1897,  501,  pi.  vii.  f.  9-13.  Lemmermann 
does  not  state  whether  or  not  there  is  an  apical  locellus  with  moving 
corpuscles  in  his  species.  This,  if  regularly  present,  is  a  diagnostic 
feature  of  Closterium,  yet  R.  polymorphum  var.  mirabile  sometimes 
possesses  a  solitary  moving  corpuscle. 

11.  Closterium  coloratum  (Klebs)  Gutw.  Rosprawy  Akad. 
Umiej.  Krakow.  Wydzial.  mat.-przyr.  xxxiii.  38,  t.  v.  f.  16,  t.  6, 
f.  16  (1896).     This  species  seems  to  differ  very  little,  if  any,  from 

C.  lunula  var.  intermedium  Gutw.  (I.e.  t.  vi.  f.  17),  and  should  be 
regarded  merely  as  a  variety  (v.  coloratum  Klebs)  of  C.  lunula. 

12.  Closterium  Cordanum  Gutw.  I.  c.  40,  t.  vi.  f.  19.  This 
seems  to  us  but  a  form  of  C.  Malinvernianum  De  Not  with  rather 
thicker  apices. 

13.  Closterium  galiciense  Gutw.  I.e.  39,  t.  vi.  f.  18.  We  con- 
sider this  also  to  be  but  a  form  of  C.  moniliferum,  (Bory)  Ehrenb. 
with  thicker  apices. 

14.  Pleurot^nium  annulatum  (Josh.).  Docidium  an7iulatum 
Josh,   in  Journ.   Linn.   Soc.   bot.  xxi.  651,  t.   xxv.  f.   13  (1886). 

D.  egregium  W.  B.  Turner  in  K.  Sv.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  Bd.  25, 
no.  5,  34,  t.  ii.  f.  14,  15  (1893).  Having  recently  examined  some 
of  the  original  specimens  of  D.  annulatum  Josh.,  we  were  surprised 


NOTES    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG^.  333 

to  find  they  did  not  agree  with  Joshua's  description  and  figures  in 
several  particulars,  but  that  they  agreed  much  better  with  D.  egregium 
W.  B.  Turner.  Turner's  species  is  undoubtedly  the  same  as  that 
of  Joshua,  and  is  more  correctly  described  and  figured,  yet  Joshua's 
name  has  the  priority,  and  we  must  regard  I),  egregium  as  a  synonym 
of  Pleurotmnium  amiulatum.  The  somewhat  rounded,  smooth  areas 
C  annuli  "  of  Turner)  are  the  thinnest  parts  of  the  cell-membrane, 
as  in  the  case  of  Pleurotmihim  trochiscum  West  &  G.  S.  West;  they 
are  arranged  in  almost  straight  or  somewhat  oblique  longitudinal 
series,  not  quite  so  irregular  as  those  figured  by  Turner,  and  of 
somewhat  greater  area  also.  Turner's  fig.  15  is  more  correct  than 
his  fig.  14  or  than  that  of  Joshua,  in  the  light  of  the  specimens  we 
have  examined. 

15.  DociDiuM  cosTATUM  Wolle,  Desm.  U.  S.  53,  t.  x.  f.  2  (1884). 
This  "species"  is  not  a  Desmid,  but  a  portion  of  some  aquatic 
arthropod.  We  found  many  of  these  structures,  corresponding  to 
Wolle's  "  semicells,"  in  material  received  from  him.  He  also 
remarks  under  his  description  (I.e.)  :  "The  specimens  which  came 
under  my  observation  were  not  vegetative — too  old ;  this  species 
needs  verification."     Yet  his  figures  are  coloured  green  ! 

16.  EuASTRUM  ROSTRATUM  Kalfs,  var.  PRiEMORsuM  Nordst.  in 
K.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  xxii.  34,  pi.  iii.  f.  7  (1888).  A  form  almost 
agreeing  with  that  figured  by  Borge,  Austral.  Siissw.-alg.,  Bih.  till 
K.  Sv.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  Bd.  22,  Afd.  iii.  no.  9,  1896,  t.  i.  f.  13, 
but  without  the  two  scrobiculations  on  each  semicell. 

Hab.     Eangoon,  British  Burmah. 

17.  EuASTRUM  TuRNERi  De  Wildem.  Obs.  critiq.  quelq.  espec. 
Desmid.,   Ann.  d.  1.   soc.  belg.  de  microsc.  [Memoires] ,  t.  xviii. 

1894.  Under  this  name  M.  de  Wildeman  unites  E.  splnosum  Wolle, 
E.  Nordstedtimiitm  Wolle,  and  E.  quincunciale  W.  B.  Turner.  Why 
should  a  new  name  be  created  for  a  species  already  possessing  one  ? 
Apart  from  this,  there  is  already  an  Enastrum  Turneri  West  in 
Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  hot.  xxix.  141,  pi.  xx.  f.  18  (1892).  We  have 
already  proved  E.  Nordstecltianum  Wolle  to  be  E.  evolutum  (Nordst.) 
West  &  G.  S.  West  (Cfr.  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  bot.  xxxiii.  290,  fig. 
xylogr.  1,  1898).  E.  sjnnosum  Wolle  may  be  a  form  of  this,  or  may 
not,  Wolle's  figures  being  too  indistinct  and  inaccurate  to  determine 
this  point.  The  figures  of  E.  quincunciale  given  by  W.  B.  Turner 
show  that  it  is  not  a  form  of  E.  evolutum,  the  surface  markings 
being  so  different. 

18.  CosMARiuM  DOLiFORME  West  &  G.  S.  West  in  Trans.  Linn. 
Soc.  bot.  ser.  2,  v.  246,  pi.  xv.  f.  16  (1896).  Schmidle,  in  Nuova 
Notarisia,  1897,  70,  states  that  this  is  the  same  as  Dysphinctium 
parvulum   var.    imdulatum    Schmidle   in   Oesterr.   botan.   Zeitschr. 

1895,  348,  t.  XV.  f.  7.  We  are  quite  sure  that  C.  dolifonne  has  no 
relationship  to  C.  parvulum,  being  much  nearer  to  C.  pyramidatum. 
We  may,  however,  state  that  D.  parvulum  var.  undulatum  is  identical 
with  C.  tetragonum  var.  pumilum  West  in  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc.  5, 
pi.  i.  f.  19,  1894,  although  larger,  and  we  are  now  of  the  opinion 
that  the  latter  should  be  placed  under  C.  parvulum. 


334  NOTES  ON  FRESHWATER  ALGiE. 

19.  CosMARiuM  Hammeri  Rcinsch,  forma  abscissa  Schmidle  in 
Hedici(/ia,  xxxiv.  302,  t.  iv.  f.  8  (1895).  This  form  should  certainly 
be  placed  under  C.  retmiforme  (Wille)  Gutw.,  as  its  characters  agree 
much  more  closely  with  the  latter  than  with  C.  Hammeri.  The 
large  basal  angles  of  the  semicells,  the  hollow  on  each  side  im- 
mediately under  the  apex,  the  sharp  apical  angles,  and  the  straight 
apex,  are  characters  which  are  essentially  those  of  C.  retmiforme. 

20.  CosMARiUM  Heimerlii  Wcst  &  G.  S.  West  (0.  minutissimum. 
Heimerl,  non  Arch.),  var.  tumidum,  var.  n.  Var.  angulis  rotundi- 
oribus  ;  a  vertice  visis  in  medio  utrobique  inflatis.  Long.  9-10  /x  ; 
lat.  10-11*5  /x;  lat.  isthm.  2*5-3  fx;  crass.  5*5  /x. 

Hab.     West  and  North  Yorkshire,  in  several  localities. 

21.  CosMARiuM  nasutum  Nordst.  Zygospora  globosa,  spinis 
brevis  uncinatis  obsessa,  spina  unaquaque  ex  base  mamillata  orienti. 

Hab.  Cowgill  Wold  Moss,  Widdale  Fell,  W.  Yorkshire  (with 
zygospores). 

22.  Spondylosium  papillosum  West  &  G.  S.  West  in  Trans. 
Linn.  Soc.  hot.  ser.  2,  v.  43,  pi.  ix.  f.  19,  1895.  Schmidle  states 
in  Nuova  Notarisia,  1897,  69,  that  this  species  is  the  same  as 
'^  Spharozosma  (Spondylosium)  depressum,  (Breb.)  Rabenh."  From 
his  references  he  has  evidently  been  guided  by  the  remarks  con- 
cerning the  latter  in  Rabenhorst's  Fl.  Europ.  Alg.,  De  Toni's 
Sylloge  Algar.,  and  Kirchner,  Mikr.  Pflanz.  d.  Siissw.  Theil  I.  21, 
t.  ii.  f.  61,  1891,  and  not  to  have  consulted  the  original  Spo7idi/Josiiun 
depression  Breb.  (Kiitz.  Spec.  Alg.  189  ;  Mem.  Sciences  Nat.  Cher- 
bourg, iv.  t.  i.  f.  1,  1856).  Rabenhorst  says,  "cellulis  .  .  .  tuber- 
culis  tribus  marginalibus,"  but  Brebisson's  figure  shows  three 
tubercles  within  the  apex  and  extending  across  the  surface  of  each 
semicell.  What  does  Rabenhorst  mean  by  "  marginalibus "  ? 
Kirchner  evidently  thought  he  meant  lateral  margins,  and  figured 
a  plant  under  the  name  of  Spondylosium  depression,  which  is  cer- 
tainly Spondylosium.  papillosum.. 

23.  Staurastrum  variabile  Wildem.  in  Ann.  soc.  belg.  microsc. 
[Memoires] ,  1894,  t.  xviii.  Under  this  name  M.  de  Wildeman 
unites  S.  unicome  W.  B.  Turner,  S.  ecorne  W.  B.  Turner,  and  S. 
scolapacinum  W.  B.  Turner.  Even  if  these  three  be  accepted  as 
varieties  of  one  species,  why  place  them  under  a  new  name  ? 
Surely  the  literature  of  the  subject  is  sufficiently  intricate  without 
the  addition  of  a  new  and  useless  name.  If  M.  de  Wildeman  wished 
to  alter  Turner's  species,  he  should  have  adopted  one  of  his  specific 
names  and  placed  the  other  two  under  it  as  varieties. 

24.  Staurastrum  quadrangulare  Breb.  var.  alatum  Wille.  The 
form  figured  by  Schmidle  in  Hedwigia,  Bd.  xxxvi.  23,  cum  fig.  iv.  2, 
1897,  is  S.  contectum.  W.  B.  Turner,  var.  inevolutum.  W.  B.  Turner. 
The  var.  alatum.  described  and  figured  by  Wille  (Bih.  till  K.  Sv. 
Yet.-Akad.  Handl.  viii.  21,  t.  i.  f.  41)  is  also  probably  a  form  of 
8.  contectum,  but  this  cannot  be  definitely  determined  from  his  figure. 

25.  Staurastrum  furcigerum  Breb.  var.  crassum  Schroder, 
Forschungsberichten  d.  Ploner  Biol.  Stat.  v.  32,  t.  iv.  f.  6,  1897. 


NOTES    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG^.  335 

This  is  a  large  form  of  S.  montanum  Racib.  Nonn.  Desm.  Polon., 
Pamietnik  Akad.  Umiej.  w  Krakowie,  Wydz.  Matem.-prz.  x.  t.  xii. 
f.  11  (1885).  Tiie  latter,  however,  appears  to  be  only  a  stout  small 
form  of  S.  fuscigerum  Breb.,  and  should  be  called  var.  montanum 
(Racib.). 

26.  Arthrodesmus  hexagonus  Boldt,  var.  tetraspinosus  Schroder. 
I.  c.  29,  t.  iii.  f.  5  (1897).  This  is  a  rounded  form  of  Xanthidium 
concinnum  Arch.  var.  Boldtiana  West  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  hot. 
xxix.  167,  pi.  xxii.  f.  6  (1892).  We  think  there  is  need  to  emphasize 
the  fact  that  Arthrodesmus  hexagonus  Boldt  (1885)  is  identical  with 
Xanthidium  concimium  Arch.  (1883),  and  also  that  Archer  placed  the 
plant  under  the  correct  genus.  We  have  recently  given  good  figures 
of  X.  concinnum  (Cfr.  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc.  1897,  pi.  vi.  f.  15). 

27.  Arthrodesmus  Lapezynskii  Gutw.  in  Rosprawy  Akad.  Umiej. 
Krakow.  Wydz.  mat.-przyr.  t.  xxxiii.  57,  t.  vii.  f.  68,  1896.  This 
seems  to  us  but  a  variety  of  A.  octocornis  Ehrenb.  possessing  a  few 
minute  additional  spines.  The  sides  of  the  semicells  are  not  more 
retuse  than  those  of  many  forms  of  A.  octocornis,  especially 
American  forms. 

28.  Selenosph^rium  Hathoris  Cohn,  in  Festschr.  d.  Naturf. 
Ges.  zu  Halle,  t.  xi.  f.  16,  17,  1879. 

Hab.     Harvey  Lake,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

These  were  very  fine  specimens,  and  formed  large  coenobia. 

29.  Dactylococcus  bicaudatus  A.  Br.  var.  subramosum,  var.  n. 
Var.  minor,  cellulis  minus  attenuatis,  concatenatis  et  subramosis. 
Crass,  cell.  3-8-6-5  {x. 

Hab.  Forming  a  green  stratum  on  dripping  rocks,  Mossdale 
Moor,  Widdale  Fell,  N.  Yorkshire. 

30.  Scenedesmus  spicatus,  sp.  n.  S.  cellulis  plerumque 
binis,  ellipticis,  diametro  circiter  2  plo  longioribus,  supra  marginem 
exterior!  serie  spinarum  brevium  6-7  pr£editis.  Long.  cell.  7*5-9 /x; 
lat.  cell.  4  [x;  long.  spin.  2-2*5  /x. 

Hab.     In  a  pond,  Saltburn,  N.  Yorkshire. 

31.  Rhaphidium  polymorphum  Fresen.  var.  spirale,  var.  n. 
Var.  cellulis  solitariis,  spiraliformibus,  anfractibus  1-1-| ;  apiculis 
acutissimis. 

Hab.  Hawksworth,  W.  Yorkshire ;  in  immense  quantity  amongst 
Myriophyllum  spicatum.     Also  Pilmoor,  near  Thirsk,  N.  Yorkshire. 

32.  Oocystis  parva,  sp.  n.  0.  minuta;  cellulis  plerumque 
solitariis  vel  in  familiis  2-4  cellularum  consociatis ;  cellulis  ple- 
rumque oblique  ellipsoideis,  1|— If-plo  longioribus  quam  latioribus, 
apicibus  subacutis  et  non  incrassatis;  membranafirma.  Contentum 
chlorophyllosum  cellularum  in  massis  parietalibus  2-3.  Long.  cell. 
6-12  /x;  lat.  cell.  4-7  /x ;  long.  teg.  13-5-29  /x ;  lat.  10-5-18  /x. 

Hab.     Pilmoor,  near  Thirsk,  N.  Yorkshire  ;  abundant  in  pools. 

This  species  occurred  in  quantity  amongst  other  small  algae,  and 

appears  to  be  distinctive  ;  its  small  size,  its  somewhat  obliquely 

elliptical   cells,  and  its  few  chromatophores  distinguish  it.     The 


336  NOTES    ON    FEESHWATEK    ALG.E. 

cells  are  usually  solitary,  and  generally  have  a  well-defined  integu- 
ment surrounding  them,  which  appears  to  arise  by  splitting  off  the 
the  cell-membrane. 

It  comes  nearest  to  0.  pusilla  Hansg.,  from  which  it  differs  in 
the  obliquely  elliptical  cells  with  more  pointed  ends,  its  greater 
relative  breadth,  and  in  the  solitary  cells  being  as  a  rule  enclosed 
in  a  well-marked  integument. 

33.  Tetraedron  floridense,  sp.  n.  T.  mediocre,  subirregu- 
Iciriter  octoedricum,  marginibus  leviter  convexis,  angulis  bifidis, 
divisione  unaquaque  producta,  mamillata  et  subuucinato,  cum  spina 
acuta  subcurvata  praedita  ;  membrana  tenue  et  glabra.  Diam.  sine 
spin.  34-44  /x,  cum  spin.  44-59  // ;  long.  spin.  3-8-5  fx. 

Hab.     De  Land,  Florida,  U.S.A. 

34.  Tetraedron  minimum  (A.  Br.)  Hansg. 
Hab.     Urumi,  Persia. 

StipitococcTis,  gen.  n. 
Cellulae  epiphyticse,  gregarise,  minute,  stipite  hyalino  tenuissimo 
longo  affixae,  base  subrotundata,  apice  s^pe  apiculato,  nonnunquam 
producto  deinde  irregulariter  expanso,  a  vertice  visffi  circulares  ; 
contentus  cellularum  l»te  viridis,  chromatophora  singula  parietalia 
curvata  et  irregulari,  plasma  granulosa.     Propagatio  ignota. 

35.  S.  urceolatus,  sp.  unica.  Character  idem  ac  generis.  Lat. 
cell.  3-4-2  //,  altit.  6-5-10'5  /x;  long.  stip.  hyal.  4-6  /x. 

Hab.  Oughtershaw  Tarn,  W.  Yorkshire  (1800  ft.) ;  epiphytic 
on  Mongeotia  sp. 

This  interesting  alga  occurred  in  large  numbers  closely  clustered 
round  some  filaments  of  Mougeoda ;  it  seems  to  be  allied  to  the 
genus  Ferojiiella  Gobi  (Scripta  Botan.,  Horti  Univer.  Imper.  Petro- 
politanae,  tom.  i.  [1866-7J  244-250,  t.  i),  which  is  an  epiphyte  on 
filamentous  DcsmidiacecB  (e.  g.  P.  hyalotheccB),  but  is,  however,  much 
smaller  and  of  a  different  form,  the  expanded  and  irregular  apex 
being  remarkable.  The  stalk  is  extremely  hyaUne,  in  fact  barely 
visible,  and  it  is  very  likely,  on  account  of  its  extreme  tenacity,  that 
it  was  originally  formed  from  the  single  cilium  of  a  zoospore,  as  in 
Peromelia,  although  it  is  comparatively  much  shorter.  There  was 
no  trace  of  a  lateral  crack  for  the  escape  of  the  zoospores,  as  in 
Peromelia,  and  it  is  more  probable  that  they  would  escape  from  the 
expanded  apex  of  the  cells.  The  measurements  of  Peromelia  in 
DeToni's  Sglloge  Algarum  appear  to  be  wrong,  according  to  Gobi's 
figures  (/.  c). 

36.  Kirchneriella  obesa  (West)  Schmidle,  var.  pygm^a,  var.  n. 
Var.  minor,  cellulis  angustioribus  et  minus  curvatis.    Crass,  cell.  2  fx. 

Hab.  Keighley  Moor,  W.  Yorkshire.  This  is  a  very  marked 
variety. 

37.  Pleurococcus  rufescens  (Kiitz.)  Breb.  var.  sanguineus, 
var.  n.  Yar.  in  stratum  mucosum  densum  molle,  colore  l?ete 
sanguineus;  contentum  cellularum  granulosum  et  laete  sanguineum. 
Diam.  cell.  11-20  /x. 


NOTES    ON    FRESHWATER    ALG/E.  337 

Hab.     Cowside  Beck,  Arncliffe,  W.  Yorkshire. 

This  occurred  in  large  brilliant  blood-red  patches,  covering 
those  stones  and  rocks  which  could  not  be  displaced  by  the  usual 
rapidity  of  the  current,  and  which  are  often  left  dry.  Some  few 
cells  had  about  a  fourth  part  of  the  contents  still  green. 

38.  Calothrix  balearica  Born.  &  Flah.  var.  tenuis,  var.  n.  A 
variety  with  the  filaments  only  about  half  the  thickness  of  those  of 
the  type.  The  filaments  are  very  tortuose  and  intricate,  and  hetero- 
cysts  are  absent.     Crass,  trich.  3*5-5  {x. 

Hab.     Simon's  Fell,  W.  Yorkshire. 

39.  Oscillatoria  irrigua  Kiitz. 
Hab.     Vehar  Lake,  Parel,  Bombay. 

40.  Clonothrix  gracillima,  sp.  n.  0.  trichomatibus  angustis- 
simis,  alteratim  pseudoramosis,  nunquam  attenuatis ;  pseudoramis 
flexuosis,  elongatis  et  alternatim  psudoramulosis  ;  vaginis  tenuibus, 
firmis,  arctis  et  achrois ;  cellulis  diametro  3-4-plo  longioribus ; 
cytioplasmate  l^te  aBrugineo.     Crass,  trich.  1*5  /x. 

Hab.  In  horse-trough,  Shipley,  W.  Yorkshire ;  also  Pilmoor, 
near  Thirsk,  N.  Yorkshire. 

The  false  ramification  of  this  plant  is  most  peculiar;  the 
apparent  branches  seem  to  be  merely  tangentially  applied  at  their 
bases  to  the  primary  filaments,  and  are  of  the  same  thickness. 
The  "branches"  appear  to  arise  by  the  lateral  protrusion  of  a  few 
cells  from  the  sheath,  these  cells  remain  attached  laterally,  and 
grow  quite  independently  into  long  flexible  filaments.  The  cells 
were  often  seen  to  have  left  the  sheath,  the  latter  being  empty  for 
some  distance. 

The  only  other  species  of  this  genus  is  C.fusca  E.  Eoze  (Journ. 
de  Botanique,  Oct.  1896,  329),  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its 
much  narrower  trichomes  of  uniform  thickness,  its  more  elongate 
false-ramifications,  and  by  its  bright  blue-green  colour.  We  had 
noticed  this  plant  as  belonging  to  a  genus  hitherto  undescribed 
some  time  before  the  publication  of  Clonothrix  by  M.  E.  Eoze. 

41.  DactyloGoccopsis  montana,  sp.  n.  D.  cellulis  solitariis 
vel  in  familiis  4-16  (circ.)  associatis ;  cellulis  ellipticis,  doliformi- 
bus  vel  obliquis,  cum  polis  attenuatis  et  leviter  rotundatis  ad 
extremum,  diametro  circiter  2-3-plo  longioribus ;  cellulis  familiarum 
plerumque  inter  se  distantibus,  post  divisionem  approximatis ;  cytio- 
plasmate pallide  serugineo.  Long.  cell.  8-6-11-5  /x ;  lat.  cell. 
3-5-4  fi. 

Hab.  Cowgill  Wold  Moss,  Widdale  Fell,  and  Keighley  Moor, 
W.  Yorkshire. 

The  form  of  the  cells  readily  distinguishes  this  species  from 
D.  rupestris  Hansg.  and  D.  rhaphidioides  Hansg.  It  also  has  a 
different  habitat,  and  the  families  of  cells,  which  appear  to  be 
surrounded  by  a  small  amount  of  mucus,  attain  a  somewhat  larger 
size  than  in  either  of  the  two  species  mentioned.  The  cell- walls 
are  very  firm,  and  the  division  of  the  cells  is  in  one  direction  only, 
being  somewhat  oblique  (as  in  Dactylococciis !).    The  chromatophore 


338  NOTES    FROM    CANTIRE. 

does  not  entirely  fill  the  cell,  there  being  a  clear  space  near  to  one 
margin  (also  as  in  Dactijlocuccm  I) ;  there  is  also  a  more  or  less 
conspicuous  granule  towards  each  end  of  the  chromatophore. 

42.  Clathrocystis  aeruginosa  (Kiitz.)  Henfrey. 

Hah.  Vehar  Lake,  Parel,  Bombay.  Exceptionally  fine  speci- 
mens.    Temperature  of  water  ST"  Fahr. 


NOTES     FEOM     CANTIKE. 

By  C.  E.   Salmon. 

The  following  notes  upon  plants  collected  in  Cantire  (v.  c.  101) 
are  the  results  of  a  little  collecting  there  in  August,  1897,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Ardrishaig,  on  the  Crinan  Canal,  which  forms 
the  boundary  between  Argyll  and  Cantire. 

The  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers  kindly  named  the  Rubi,  and  to  Mr. 
Arthur  Bennett  I  am  also  much  indebted. 

An  asterisk  denotes  a  new  record  for  the  vice-county. 

'^^Piubus  suherectus  Anders.  Near  Inverneil.  —  ^^'R.  Lindleianus 
Lees.  By  Crinan  Canal,  Ardrishaig.  —  *E.  rhainnifolius,  form. 
Near  Cairnbaan.  The  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers  remarks  upon  this  : 
"Apparently  identical  with  a  form  which  is  frequent  on  the 
commons  south  of  Loudon,  and  which  I  have  also  from  Warwick- 
shire (Bagnall)  and  L.  Corrib,  Ireland  (Marshall).  I  have  always 
thought  it  a  strongly  marked  small  form  of  the  very  aggregate  it. 
rhamnifolius  W.  &  N.,  though  in  some  few  features  (armature  and 
panicle)  recalling  R.  Selmeri  Lmdeb.,  under  which  (as  var.  micro- 
phyllus  Lindeb.  =  R.  viUlcaulis  var.  alienus  Murbeck  in  Aresch. 
"  Some  observ.,"  p.  152)  Mr.  Gelert  would  place  it.  Dr.  Focke  in 
1893  expressed  a  general  agreement  with  my  view  (with  a  Barnes 
Common  specimen  before  him),  and  in  1897  sent  Mr.  Marshall  the 
following  note  on  his  L.  Corrib  specimen :  ^' R.  rhamnifolius  var. 
exilis,  a  small-leaved  form  analogous  to  Rosa  exilis  Crep.  and 
several  Rubi/' — ^^'R.  jnUcherrimus  Neum.  By  Crinan  Canal,  Auehin- 
darroch. — *jR.  dumnunie^isis  Bab.  Roadside  near  Inverneil  Farm. 
— *ii.  villicaulis  Koehl.  var.  Selnieri  (Lindeb.).  By  Crinan  Canal, 
Ardrishaig. — -^'R.  radula  Weihe  var.  amjlicanus  Rogers.  Near  Inver- 
neil. Of  this  Mr.  Rogers  says:  "I  think  this  must  go  under  my 
var.  anglicanus  of  Fi.  radula  Weihe,  but  it  has  thicker  foliage  and 
still  less  radula-like  armature  than  our  S.  England  form,  and 
perhaps  goes  a  step  away  from  it  towards  R.  Babingtonii  Bell  Salt. 
I  have  seen  the  same  or  a  very  similar  plant  growing  in  the 
counties  of  Perth  and  Dumbarton." — '''i?.  corylifolius  Sm.  var. 
cyclophyllus  Lindeb.  By  Loch  Killisport,  near  Achahoish.  *'  I 
think  rightly  named."      W.  M.  R. 

"^'AlchemiUa  vulgaris  L.  var.  alpestris  (Schmidt).  By  Crinan 
Canal,  Ardrishaig.     Fide  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton. 

"^'Agrivionia  FJupatoria  L.     About  Ardrishaig. 

*Pyrus  Aria  Ehrh. — By  Canal,  Ardrishaig. 


NOTES    FROM    CANTIRE.  339 

Callitriche  hamulata  Kuetz.  Deep  pool  near  Canal,  near  Cairn- 
baan  ;  Crinan  Canal,  near  Lochgilphead. 

^''Eupatorium  cmmahinum  L.     Tayvallich. 

"^'Gnajjhaliurn  sylvaticiim  L.     About  Ardrishaig. 

"^'Lobelia  Dortmanna  L.     Loch  Errol ;  Lochan  Dobhrain. 
Samolus  Valermidi  L.     By  shore  near  Achahoish. 

"^^Gentiana  haltica  Murb.  About  Cairnbaan ;  roadside  between 
Loch  Errol  and  Achahoish  ;  shore,  Tayvallich. 

"^^ Euphrasia  hrevijnla  Burn.  &  Gremli.  By  Crinan  Canal,  Auchin- 
darroch ;  shore  south  of  Ardrishaig. — ^i?.  gracilis  Fries.  Tay- 
hallich.  —  *£".  scotica  Wettst.  Hills  behind  Ardrishaig.  These 
fide  F.  Townsend. 

"^^  Utricidaria  minor  L.  and  U.  intermedia  Hayne.  Small  loch 
on  hills  behind  Ardrishaig  ;  Lochan  Dobhrain.  Fide  E.  F. 
Linton. 

Polygonum  aviculare  L.  var.  agrestinum  (Jord.).  By  Loch  Killis- 
port,  near  Achahoish. 

'>'Pota))wgeton  alpinus  Balb.  and  *P.  heterophyllus  Schreb.  Crinan 
Canal,  near  Lochgilphead. 

"^^Rynchospora  alba  Vahl.     Near  Loch  Errol. 
Carex  dioica  L.     Near  Loch  Errol. — *0.  QSderi  Ehrh.     Road- 
side near  Loch  Errol. — C.  rostrata  Stokes.    Hills  behind  Ardrishaig. 
'''-^^'Isoetes  lacustris  L.     Loch  Errol. 

"^'Chara  fragilis  Desv.  Stream  on  hills  above  Ardrishaig  ;  Loch 
Errol  and  stream  running  from  same. — Var.  delicatula  Braun. 
Lochan  Dobhrain.  —  Approaching  var.  barbata  Gant.  Lochan 
Taynish;  Tayvallich.    Messrs.  H.  and  J.  Groves  kindly  named  these. 

I  also  add  a  few  notes  on  plants  seen  near  Ardrishaig  (chiefly) 
but  on  the  vice-co.  98  (Argyll)  side  of  the  Criuan  Canal. 

\Sayina  nodosa  Fenzl.  Eoadside  between  Loch  Gair  and 
Lochgilphead. 

■\Hypericum  dubium  Leers.  By  Canal,  Ardrishaig ;  bank  near 
Kilmichael,  Glassary. 

\  Geranium  pratense  L.     Port  Aun. 

Biibus  suberectiis  Anders.  By  Crinan  Canal,  near  Auchin- 
darroch. — *i?.  rhamnifolius,  form.  Near  Port  Aun;  Lochgilphead. 
The  same  remarks  that  Mr.  Rogers  made  upon  the  Cairnbaan 
(Cantire)  plant  above  also  apply  to  the  bramble  gathered  here. — R. 
dumno7iiensis  Bab.  Cairnbaan. — R.  villicaidis  Koehl.  var.  Selmeri 
(Lindeb.).  Near  Port  Aun;  near  Lochgilphead.  The  Rev.  W. 
Moyle  Rogers  thought  this  rightly  named,  "though  unusually 
weak." — R.  mucronatus  Blox.  Roadside  between  Colintraive  and 
Loch  Riddon.  A  small  neat-leaved  form,  which  the  Rev.  E.  S. 
Marshall  has  collected  in  several  N.  Scotland  counties. 

\Potentilla  palustris  Scop.     By  Crinan  Canal,  Ardrishaig. 

j-Carwu  verticillatuni  Koch.  Roadside  between  Loch  Gair  and 
Lochgilphead,  and  shore  between  Port  Aun  and  Loch  Gair. 

\CEna7ithe  LachenaUi  C.  Gmel.     Port  Aun. 
Achillea  Millefolium  L.     A  beautiful,  very  brilliant,  red-flowered 
form  was  common  at  Kilmichael. 


340  NEW    AND    KAKE    SCOTTISH    HEPATIC^. 

Gentiana  baltica  Murb.  Near  Loch  Riddon  ;  shore  near  Karnes  ; 
near  Loch  Gair. 

2limulus  luteiis  L.     Well  naturalized  by  a  stream  at  Kilmichael. 

Euphrasia  hrevipila  Burn.  &  Gremli.  Near  Loch  Ridden.*  —  E. 
scotica  Wettst.     Roadside  near  Port  Aim.     Both  fide  F.  Townsend. 

Piijnchospora  alba  Yahl.     Near  Kames  ;  near  Loch  Gair. 

Chara  fraf/ilis  Desv.,  approaching  var.  delicata  Braun.  Stream 
between  Kilmichael  and  Ford.     Fide  H.  &  J.  Groves. 

The  plans  marked  f  in  above  list  are  recorded  in  Watson's  Top. 
Bot.  without  personal  authority. 


NEW    AND    RARE     SCOTTISH    HEPATIC^. 
By  W.  H.  Pearson. 

Mr.  Symers  M.  Macvicar  has  recently  made  the  most  important 
additions  to  the  list  of  Scottish  Hepatic^e  of  recent  years,  full  par- 
ticulars of  which  will  be  given  in  his  forthcoming  List  of  West 
Inverness  Hepatic^ ;  meanwhile  the  following  notes  record  the 
most  remarkable  of  his  discoveries  : — 

Frullania  fragilifolia  Tayl.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

F.  germana  Tayl.     Confirming  it  as  a  Scottish  plant. 

Lejeunea  calyptrifolia  Hook.     New  to  Scotland. 

L.  hamatifolia  Hook.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

L.  ovata  Tayl.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

L.  microscopica  Tayl.     New  to  Scotland. 

Radida  CarrhKjtonii  Jack.  New  to  Scotland;  hitherto  only 
found  in  the  South  of  Ireland. 

Porella  lavigata  Schrad.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Lepidozia  Pearsoni  Spruce.  First  time  recorded  for  Scotland ; 
I  have  specimens,  however,  collected  by  the  late  Dr.  Carriugton 
near  Loch  Maree,  and  by  Mr.  James  Mc Andrew,  New  Galloway, 
but  these  records  have  not  been  published  before. 

Adelanthiis  decipiens  Hook.     New  to  Scotland. 

Haiyanthus  sciitatus  W.  &  M.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Mastigophora  Woodsii  Hook.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Scapania  uimhosa  Tayl.  New  to  Scotland.  This  is  one  of  the 
most  important  discoveries  Mr.  Macvicar  has  made,  the  plant 
having  only  previously  been  collected  in  one  station  in  the  South  of 
Ireland,  and  only  a  little  of  this  beautiful  species  is  in  herbaria. 

S.  planifoUa  Hook.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

S.  rosacea  Corda,  var.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Diplophgllwn  Dicksoni  Hook.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

D.  taxifoliiim  Wahlenb.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Plagiochila  tridenticidata  Tayl.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Jamesoniella  Carringtoni  Balf.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Jungermania  Orcadensia  Hook.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

J.  Bantriensis  Hook.  var.  Muelleri.     New  to  West  Inverness. 

Metzgeria  liamata  Lindb.     New  to  Scotland. 

M.  covjugata  Lindb.     New  to  West  Inverness. 


341 


CRITICAL  NOTES  ON   SOME    SPECIES   OF   CERA8TIUM. 
Bx  Frederic  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 

A  MONOGRAPH  of  the  genus  Cerastium  was  published  by  Charles 
Grenier  in  1841.  In  this  interesting  example  of  Grenier's  systematic 
woik,  which  consists  of  ninety-five  pages,  with  nine  plates  in  which 
fourteen  species  are  figured,  forty- eight  species  are  described.  The 
critical  acumen  which  he  showed  in  gauging  the  relative  importance 
of  specific  characters  is  exemplified  in  his  treatment  of  the  genus ; 
and  in  a  decade  in  which  George  Bentham  and  Jacques  Gay  repre- 
sented divergent  schools  of  systematic  botanists  the  mild  protest 
which,  in  the  preface  to  his  work,  he  addressed  to  those  who 
encouraged  the  unnecessary  multiplication  of  species  is  much  to 
the  point,  and  will  well  bear  repeating  at  the  present  time,  which 
has  seen  the  completion  of  a  lithographed  presentment  of  the 
Flora  of  Europe  elaborated  in  twenty-seven  volumes  with  the 
slenderest  padding  of  descriptive  detail.  Translated,  it  reads  thus : — 
"According  as  the  bias  of  synthesis  or  analysis  predominates  in  the 
minds  of  those  who  are  concerned  in  the  study  of  the  fixation  of 
species,  you  will  find  their  number  diminish  or  increase  with  the 
examination  of  material.  From  this  proceeds  two  schools,  of  which 
one  seems  to  be  bent  on  the  multiplication  of  species,  whilst  the 
other,  urged  by  the  contrary  tendency,  seeks  to  restrict  the  number. 
In  observing  what  goes  on  around  us  among  certain  species  of 
animals  and  plants,  in  reflecting  on  the  numerous  modifications 
which  domestication,  climate,  the  action  of  the  sun,  etc.,  have  on 
species;  I  have  considered  that  it  would  be  better  to  err  by  excess  of 
reduction  than  of  multiplication,  persuaded,  moreover,  that  in  doing 
so,  one  would  burden  science  less,  and  that  there  would  never  fail 
men  who  have  an  opposite  tendency  to  mine.  I  have  always  tried 
to  distinguish  carefully  the  forms  known  to  me ;  and  if  in  this 
memoir  of  mine  they  are  not  described  as  species,  they  will  be 
found  under  varieties,  so  that  others,  if  they  have  sufficient  reason, 
may  raise  them  to  the  rank  of  species." 

It  will  be  some  considerable  time  before  the  materials  for  a 
revision  of  the  species  of  Cerastium  can  be  digested  and  codified ; 
and  meanwhile  I  offer  a  few  notes  on  some  of  the  published  species, 
taking  the  names  in  strictly  alphabetical  order,  and  in  collation  with 
the  list  given  in  Mr.  B.  D.  Jackson's  Index  Keivensis.  As  Mr.  J.  G. 
Baker  implied  in  his  review  of  Richter's  Plantce  EuropecB,  the  diffi- 
culty in  the  grouping  of  forms  lies  not  so  much  in  the  examination 
and  comparison  of  available  material  in  the  shape  of  specimens,  as 
in  the  unconscionable  amount  of  overlapping  in  the  more  or  less 
detailed  descriptions  of  subordinate  forms  under  specific  names 
associated  with  the  ever  more  involved  and  intricate  tangle  of 
synonyms ;  which  makes  neither  for  lucidity  of  sequence,  nor  for 
the  adequate  expression  of  deviations  from  the  type  within  the 
limits  of  the  genus,  by  the  aid  of  a  Iniear  and  dichotomous  arrange- 
ment. In  other  words,  the  more  completely  the  comparison  of 
specimens  is  lixiviated  from  the  bibliography  of  the  species,  the 
simpler  will  be  the  treatment  of  the  genus. 


342  CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM. 

1.  Cerastium  Acherontium  Teglas,  Eeal.  Tudositvanyaib.  i.  17 
(1872)  =  G.  triuiale  Link.  Omitted  from  the  Index  Kewensis,  as  the 
diagnosis  is  in  Hungarian. 

2.  C.  AcuTiFOLiuM  Dufour,  Lettr.  Mont.  Maudit.  371  =  C.  al- 
pinum  L.  Mentioned  neither  by  Taufani  in  Pari.  Fl.  Ital.  ix. 
(1892),  nor  by  Rouy  &  Foucaud,  Fl.  de  France,  iii.  (1896).  Type- 
specimens  are  not  known. 

3.  C.  ACUTIFOLIUM  Schur,  Enum.  pi.  Transsilv.  122  (1866).  In 
the  Index  Kewensis  reduced  to  0.  ovatum.  This  species,  however, 
does  not  occur  in  Transylvania ;  and  the  specimens  referred  to 
C.  ovatum  by  Schur  belong  to  a  very  different  species,  C.  trigijinim. 
Simonkai  refers  C.  acutifolium  to  C.  alpinum,  but  Schur's  description 
of  the  bracts  is  very  precise  :  he  says,  "  bracteis  naviculatis  obtusis 
scariosis,  margine  ciliatis."  Now  in  all  forms  of  C.  alpinum  the 
bracts  are  herbaceous  or  only  very  narrowly  scarious  at  the  margin, 
and  acute  or  acuminate.  I  would  rather  refer  the  plant  to  C.  layii- 
gerum  Clem.,  of  which  it  may  be  considered  a  variety  (C.  lanigerum 
var.  acutifolium),  This  last  is  a  species  which  is  found  in  Bosnia, 
Herzegovina,  Kiistenland,  and  also  in  Thessaly,  and  includes  con- 
necting forms  varying  in  the  density  of  the  indumentum,  from  the 
light  villous  hairs  found  in  the  Transylvanian  plant  to  the  dense 
woolly  covering  of  0.  lanigerum  var.  alpicohun  Hausskn.  (in  Mittheil. 
Thiiring.  Bot.  Ver.  1893,  55). 

4.  C.  ADHERENS  Fisch.  in  herb.  DC,  ex  Gren.  Monogr.  Cerast. 
70.     These  are  Hungarian  specimens  of  C.  arvejise. 

5.  C.  ADscENDENs  Wcndcr.  ex  Steud.  Nomencl.  Bot.  ed.  2,  i.  328 
(1840).  One  of  the  names  taken  up  by  Steudel.  I  can  find  nothing 
about  the  plant,  and  it  is  not  mentioned  in  any  German  flora. 
Whether  type-specimens  are  among  the  'PI.  (Jariuthiacese '  in 
DeCandolle's  herbarium  at  Geneva  I  do  not  know. 

6.  C.  AFRicANUM  Ollvcr,  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  i.  141  (1868). 

Var.  RuwENZoRiENsis  Williams.  Folia  utrinque  pilis  longe  hir- 
sutis  vestita,  acuminata  {6r.  F.  6'.  Elliut,  1893-94,  nn.  7569b,  7670). 

Hab.     British  East  Africa  :  Mt.  Ruwenzori,  in  Uganda. 

Var.  KiLiMANjARENsis  Williams.  Folia  minora  quam  in  typo, 
anguste  lineari-lanceolata  acuta,  minus  remota.  Petala  calyce 
sesquilongiora  [Volkens,  1893,  n.  792). 

Hah.     German  East  Africa  :  Mt.  Kilima-njaro. 

Both  these  varieties  are  distinguishable  in  aspect,  rather  than 
by  technical  characters.  The  species  has  a  wide  range  in  Africa, 
and  its  geographical  limits  are  here  given,  as  verified  from  specimens 
exammed : — N.  and  W.  German  West  Africa ;  Gameroons  Moun- 
tains, 20*00-3000  metres  [Mann,  ex  Oliver,  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  i.). 
E.  German  East  Africa  ;  Mt.  Kilima-njaro  (H.  H.  Johnston,  1884), 
and  Usambara  district  [Hoist,  1893,  n.  3254).  S.  Natal ;  Drakens- 
berg  Mountains  [Cooper,  1873). 

First  described  as  an  Arenaria  by  Hooker  from  Mann's  speci- 
mens. In  these  type-specimens  the  capsular  teeth  are  distinctly 
circinato-convolute,  an  important  character  which  is  neither  noted 
by  Hooker  nor  mentioned  by  Oliver,  nor  is  any  clue  given  as  to 


CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM.  343 

whether  the  plant  is  annual  or  perennial.  The  species  is  thus 
readily  referred  to  the  subgenus  StrepJiodon,  and  is  placed  in  the 
group  which  includes  C.  perfoliatwn  L.  Another  African  species 
closely  allied  to  it  is  C.  Madagascariense  Pax,  from  which  it  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  glandular  surface,  quite  sessile  leaves,  and  generally 
retuse  petals.  In  Hildebrandt's  specimens  of  the  Madagascar  species, 
as  well  as  in  those  of  Forsyth  Major,  collected  in  1895,  the  similar 
character  of  the  capsular  teeth  is  well  marked.  The  Natal  specimens 
satisfactorily  match  those  found  further  north. 

7.  C.  AGGREGATUM  Dur.  herb,  et  in  litt.  1839,  ap.  F.  W.  Schultz 
in  Flora,  1840,  123,  efciam  in  PI.  Gall.  Germ.  exs.  cent.  iii.  no.  40 
=  C.  densijiorum  Guss.  While  C.  aggregatwn  is  the  name  taken  up 
by  Willkomm  &  Lange  (Prodr.  il.  Hisp.  iii.  634),  C.  siculum  Guss.  is 
that  taken  up  by  Tanfani  (Fl.  Italiana,  ix.  484).  I  prefer  to  these 
C.  dendjiorum  (1832),  a  plant  described  on  the  preceding  page  of 
Gussone's  work,  certainly  conspecific  with  G.  siculum,  and  a  much 
more  expressive  name,  according  with  that  selected  by  Durieu  for 
his  plant.  Moreover,  the  form  in  which  the  flowers  are  disposed  in 
a  contracted  cyme  (or  rather  dichasium)  has  a  far  wider  range. 

8.  C.  ALBUM  Presl,  Fl.  Sicula,  167  (1826).  Syn.  C.  CohumKB 
Tenore,  Prodr.  fl.  Napol.  i.  27  (1811),  et  Fl.  Napol.  iv.  235  (1830). 
C.  tomentosum  var.  Columnce.  Tenore,  Syll.  PI.  Neap.  221  (1831).  In 
his  description  Presl  says  it  is  near  C.  tomentosum,  "sedtomento 
albo  denso,  sepalis  capsulaque  differt  capsula  calyce  dimidio  longior, 
sepala  ovata."  This  form  seems  to  match  (7.  tomentosum  var.  niveum 
Ledeb.  Fl.  Eossica,  i.  414:  "herba  tomento  crasso  adpresso  niveo." 

9.  C.  ALPESTRE  Schur,  in  Verb.  Naturf.  Ver.  Briinn,  xv.  ii.  151 
(1877)  =  G.  triviale  Link.  Subalpine  specimens  not  distinguishable 
from  the  type. 

10.  0.  ALPiGENUM  Schur,  in  Verb.  Naturf.  Ver.  Briinn,  xv.  ii.  149 
(1877)  =  G.  alpinum  var.  lanatum  Lamk.  (sp.)  Encycl.  Meth.  i.  680. 
The  specimens  so  named  by  Schur  in  Csato's  herbarium  were  from 
Pareng,  in  Transylvania.  Similar  specimens  were  subsequently  re- 
ferred by  Schur  (Phytogr.  149)  to  G.  triviale  var.  saxigenum.  They 
certainly  do  not  belong  to  this  species,  but  to  G.  alpinum.  The  speci- 
mens collected  in  1876  were  referred  by  Adolf  Oborny  to  C.  triviale; 
and  to  this  species  the  plant  is  reduced  in  the  Index  Kewensis. 

11.  C.  ALPINUM  L.  Sp.  Plant.  438  (1753) ;  Fl.  Suecica,  ed.  2, 
n.  418  (1755) ;  Eeichb.  Ic.  Fl.  Germ.  Helv.  4977.  A  species  of 
wide  distribution  in  the  arctic  and  north  temperate  zones.  In 
Europe,  under  polymorphous  forms,  it  occurs  at  considerable 
elevations  on  alpine  pastures,  where  the  soil  is  of  a  granitic  or 
gravelly  character ;  and  is  generally  distributed  in  such  localities 
on  the  continent,  except  perhaps  in  Greece,  Crete,  and  Sicily. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  forms  are  frequently  referred  without  much 
discrimination  indifferently  to  G.  arvejise,  G.  latifolium,  and  G. 
Garinthiacum;  and  hence  much  confusion  has  arisen  in  regard  to  the 
correct  distribution  of  these  species.  In  Scotland  it  ascends  to 
1190  metres  in  Perthshire,  in  Spain  it  reaches  3150  metres  on  the 
Sierra  Nevada.     In  N.  Asia  the  species  is  found  in  north  and  east 


344  CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM. 

Siberia  and  in  Japan.  Beyond  the  Arctic  Circle  it  is  recorded  from 
Spitzbergen,  Bear  Island,  Grreenland,  Novaya  Zemlya,  Melville 
Island,  North  Alaska,  and  the  land  of  the  Tschuktchees  in  N.E. 
Siberia.  Specimens  were  long  ago  collected  in  Spitzbergen,  and 
were  sent  to  Linn^us  by  his  friend  and  correspondent  Kolander 
Martin.  An  interesting  series  of  specimens,  both  of  the  type  and 
of  aberrant  forms,  has  recently  been  collected  by  Colonel  Feilden, 
during  a  visit  to  Novaya  Zemlya  and  Vaigatch  Island.  In  North 
America  the  species  extends  from  Alaska  and  Labrador  southward 
to  Arizona  and  California. 

12.  C.  ALsiNiFOLiuM  Tausch,  in  Syll.  Ratisb.  h.  213  (1828).  Not 
mentioned  by  Grenier  in  his  monograph  of  the  genus.  By  Kitaibel 
referred  to  C.  ovatum,  by  Bohemian  botanists  to  C.  arveiise,  and 
according  to  Nyman  authentic  specimens  in  Schur's  herbarium 
belong  to  C.  alpinum  var.  (jlahratum  Wahlenb.  The  type-specimens, 
of  which  I  have  no  precise  information,  are  in  the  Prague  Herbarium. 

13.  C.  ALSiNoiDES  Lois,  in  Pers.  Syn.  Plant,  i.  521  ;  et  Fl.  Gall, 
i.  271  (1806) ;  Guss.  Fl.  Sic.  Prodr.  suppl.  140.  [=  C.  tetrawlmm 
var.  alsinoides  Rouy  &  Fouc.  Fl.  de  France,  iii.  217  (1896).]  The 
type-specimens  so  named  by  Loiseleur-Deslongchamps  in  Clarion's 
herbarium  were  collected  in  the  dept.  of  Gironde,  near  Bordeaux. 
Mr.  Frederick  Townsend  pointed  out  (Journ.  Bot.  1877,  34)  that 
this  plant  is  not  specifically  distinct  from  C.  tetrandrum ,  and  at  best 
can  only  be  considered  as  a  variety,  and  further  showed  that  Grenier's 
description  of  C.  pumilum  in  his  supplement  to  the  Fl.  de  la  Chaine 
Jurassique"  (1869)  in  part  fits  both  C.  pwnilum  and  C.  tetrandrum, 
but  more  particularly  the  latter.  This  plant  from  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Bordeaux  is  distinguishable  by  its  "  broad  and  entirely 
herbaceous  bracts,  by  its  much  divaricated  stems  and  panicle,  and 
above  all  by  its  flowers,  many  of  which  are  tetramerous."  After 
carefully  considering  their  claims,  I  would  write  up  the  synonyms 
of  this  variety  of  C.  tetrandrum  as  follows  : — 

C.  semidecaiidrum  (non  L.)  Pers.  Syn.  Plant,  i.  521. 

C.  pumilu7n  "  Auct.  gall,  plur."  var.  a  genuiyium,  et  var.  ^  inter- 
medium. 

C.  glutinosum  var.  bracteatum  Westerl.  in  Bot.  Notis.  1869,  145. 

C.  loumihmi  Gren.  &  Godr.  ;  Willk.  &  Lge.  (fere  in  toto)  ;  var. 
laxum,  var.  divaricatum. 

C.  gracile  Dufour,  in  Ann.  Gen.  Sc.  Phys.  vii.  304  (1820). 

C.  pentandrum  (non  L.)  Moris,  Fl.  Sardoa,  i.  265. 

0.  suhtetrandrum  Murbeck  ap.  Baenitz,  Herb.  Europ.  anno  1892. 

This  would  give  its  geographical  distribution  N.  and  E.  of  Spain, 
S.  of  France,  Corsica,  and  Sardinia.  By  way  of  emphasizing  its 
diagnosis  from  other  forms  of  C.  tetrafidrum,  a  brief  Latin  descrip- 
tion will  suffice : 

C.  tetrandrum  var.  alsinoides. — Planta  11-13  centim.  alta,  pr® 
caulibus  paniculaque  irregulariter  dichotoma ;  bracteae  latae  foliacege 
omnino  herbaceae  basi  ad  apicem  pilosae,  ovales  vel  suborbiculares, 
acutffi ;  pedicelli  inferiores  calyce  1-3-plo  longiores ;  flores  plerumque 
pentameri,  interdum  nonnulli  tetrameri. 
(To  be  continued.) 


345 


WAYFARING    NOTES     IN    RHODESIA. 
By  R.  Fkank  Rand,  M.D.,  F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  p.  145.) 

The  last  notes  were  made  in  December,  1897,  these  in  May, 
1898.  In  this  comitry  December  has  the  bloom  and  vigour  of 
youth ;  it  is  May  that  is  sere.  It  is  winter,  but,  in  spite  of  that, 
at  midday  the  sun  is  hot  and  the  glare  fierce.  There  is  a  cold  bite 
in  the  wind  through  all,  and  at  sundown  the  temperature  falls,  to 
reach  its  lowest  before  dawn.  It  is  exceptional  to  have  a  calm  day. 
Of  wintry  aspect,  such  as  we  associate  with  the  home  winter,  there 
is  little.  Some  of  the  trees,  but  these  are  few,  have  entirely  shed 
their  leaves ;  others  partially.  One  sees  many  trees  shedding  a 
profusion  of  dead  leaves,  and  still  carrying  many  that  are  autumn- 
tinted  or  green.  Others  are  in  full  green  leaf.  But  in  the  case  of 
the  herbaceous  plants  it  is  winter  indeed.  With  few  exceptions 
these  have  bloomed,  seeded,  and  gone,  with  scarce  a  twig  of  them 
remaining.  The  grasses  have  seeded,  and  the  winds  have  spread 
their  seed  broadcast,  as  one  finds  to  bitter  cost,  for  most  of  them 
are  barbed,  and  penetrate  clothing  and  skin  to  the  confusion  of  all 
personal  comfort  until  released.  The  grass,  leaf  and  stalk,  is  dry 
and  fawn-coloured.  It  is  ripe  for  the  first  grass  fire  that  may  come 
along,  and  these  fires  have  already  commenced  (end  of  May).  The 
first  fire  often  rushes  through,  leaving  the  larger  stalks,  which  may 
still  retain  some  succulence,  merely  charred ;  but  these  are  con- 
sumed in  later  fires,  for  the  same  area  is  often  burned  over  several 
times  in  a  dry  season. 

There  is  little  but  the  dry  bones  of  a  season's  dead  vegetation 
for  the  fires  to  feed  upon,  so  that  the  havoc  wrought  is  not  so  great 
as  one  might  be  disposed  to  expect.  That  these  fires  have  in  the 
past  greatly  modified  the  flora  of  Africa  I  think  there  can  be  but 
little  doubt,  for  certainly  no  herbaceous  thing  could  face  them  and 
live.  They  occasionally  kill  trees.  Bush  and  shrub  escape  largely 
from  the  fact  that  the  grass  lying  among  them  is  mostly  of  sparse 
growth,  so  that  its  burning  does  them  little  damage ;  further,  they 
are,  many  of  them,  at  this  time  in  green  leaf,  and  not  readily 
inflammable. 

In  places  one  sees  patches  of  ground,  sometimes  many  acres  in 
extent,  covered  with  a  low  turf-like  grass,  but  the  grass  of  the 
country  generally  is  the  strong,  coarse,  tropical  growth  which 
springs  in  tufts,  leaving  a  bare  area  of  a  few  inches  or  so  around 
each  tuft.  When  mature  it  has  much  the  height  of  ripe  wheat. 
In  some  moist  localities  its  growth  is  so  rank  and  high  that  one  can 
only  see  over  the  top  of  it  from  horseback. 

Among  the  few  herbaceous  things  that  survive,  Pretrea  is  re- 
markable. It  is,  of  course,  well  known,  but  some  note  of  it  as  seen 
amid  its  natural  surroundings  may  be  of  interest.  It  was  flowering 
in  December,  and  here  and  there  the  last  flowers  of  its  indefinite 
inflorescence  may  still  be  seen.     The  proximal  axils  of  the  strag- 

JouRNAL  OF  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Sept.  1898.]  2  b 


346  WAYFARING    NOTES    IN    RHODESIA. 

gling  procumbent  branches  are  in  fruit.     The  fruit  I  first  saw  in 
the  dried  state ;  it  was  courteously  shown  to  me  by  Prof.  Macowan, 
the  botanist  to  the  Cape  Government.      The  flower  has  a  pretty 
pink  tint,  recalling  that  of  Erica  TetraUx.    The  leaves,  prettily  cut, 
have  a  suggestion  of  sage-green  in  their  tint,  most  marked  in  the 
younger  leaves.    The  plant  delights  in  a  thin  sandy  soil  where  other 
growth  is  scanty,  smiles — if  the  licence  of  smiling  be  permitted  in 
these  pages — and  is  a  villain  ;   for  all  the  cruelty  of  its  fruit  can 
only  be  guessed  at.    Its  dread  cousin,  Rarpagophijtnm,  which  I  have 
only  found,  so  far,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Shashi  river,  is 
frankly  horrible.     Pretrea  is  more  insidious.     Each  lateral  shoot  as 
it  trails  from  one  to  several  feet  over  the  ground  may  carry  up  to  a 
dozen  or  more  separate  fruits.     The  general  outline  of  these  cap- 
sular fruits  is  oval.     Undried  they  average  f  in.  in  length  by  f  in. 
in  width.    They  have  much  the  aspect  and  contour  of  some  grotesque 
beetle.     The  surface  to  which  the  stalk  is  attached  is  flattened,  and 
lies  next  to  the  ground.     It  is  slightly  convex,  allowing  the  fruit  to 
work  a  shallow  firm  bed  for  itself  in  the  loose  sandy  soil.     The 
upper  surface  of  the  fruit,  distal  as  regards  the  point  of  attachment 
of  the  stalk,  arches  up  over  the  seed  chambers,  forming  a  broad 
firm  base  for  two  powerful  spikes.     These  spikes,  very  sharp  and 
slightly  incurved  at  the  ends  towards  each  other,  pincer-wise,  point 
directly  upwards,   and  are  the  weapons  which    make    Pretrea   so 
formidable  to  any  unprotected  foot.     The  inward  curve  gives  them 
sure  grip  upon  any  part  they  puncture.     The  average  length  of  the 
free  portion  of  the  spike  is,  in  the  fresh  specimens,  rather  more  than 
a  quarter  of  an  inch.     The  plant  does  not  care  to  be  trampled,  and 
favours  open  sandy  tracts  where  its  spikes  do  not  run  the  risk  of 
being  muffled  by  neighbouring  overgrowth.     I  found  it  upon  one 
occasion  abundant  around  the  holes  of  jackals,  so  that  possibly  the 
burden  and  pain  of  carriage  is  occasionally  laid  upon  them.     The 
fruit  necessarily  finds  its  way  into  any  body,  less  resistant  than 
itself,  that  is  pressed  against  it ;  that  body  must  usually  be  an 
animal  foot.     What  animal,  is,  to  Pretrea,  matter  of  indifference. 
Had  Pretrea  been  a  native  of  Europe,  it  would  long  ago  have  found 
its  way  into  proverb  and  song. 

BLepharis,  which  was  flowering  in  December,  is  so  still,  an 
ornament  in  stony  places.  Also  a  second  species,  only  now  observed 
in  flower,  more  spiny  than  the  first,  in  ground  which  is  marshy 
during  the  rainy  season.  A  few  Crassulas  survive  in  weather-worn 
fashion,  and  in  the  sandy  beds  of  the  rivers  and  streams  a  few 
herbaceous  things  still  linger. 

The  trees  and  shrubs  furnish  a  more  hopeful  field  to  the  col- 
lector. Many  of  the  trees  are  in  fruit.  Noteworthy  are  several 
species  of  Acacia,  their  pods  showing  great  diversities  of  size  and 
form ;  quite  a  number  of  different  species  of  Comhretum ;  au 
arborescent  Bauhinia,  the  pods  averaging  8  in.  in  length  by  2  in. 
in  breadth ;  two  species  of  P'icus ;  several  species  of  Rhus ;  Zizij- 
phiis ;  and  sundry  others  which  I  am  sending  to  the  British  Museum 
for  determination.  Thorns  are  everywhere ;  one  has  to  be  per- 
petually on  guard  against  them. 


WAYFARING    NOTES    IN   RHODESIA.  347 

Some  shrubby  things  are  in  flower.  Around  a  Celastms,  a  near 
ally,  which  was  loaded  with  a  small  greenish-white  blossom,  many 
flies,  apparently  of  the  ordinary  house-fly  type,  were  swarming. 
A  white  Plumbago  was  found ;  it  is  not  so  pretty  as  the  ordinary 
blue  species  so  common  in  the  Gape  Colony. 

_  There  are  many  species  of  Euphorbia,  showing  great  range  in 
point  of  size.  Among  the  succulent,  fleshy  ones,  the  large,  shafted, 
candelabrum-like  one  is  now  in  fruit.  The  trees  are  very  conspicuous, 
as  one  of  them  often  tops  some  rocky  knoll,  its  shafts  standing  out 
clearly  agamst  the  sky.  One  of  difterent  form  and  intermediate  size 
has  bright  rose-coloured  bracts ;  this  I  found  growing  hard  by  the 
site  of  Lobengula's  old  kraal,  now  Government  House.  At  the 
other  extreme  is  a  groundling  very  abundant  in  stony  places  around 
Bulawayo.  Its  tough  fleshy  stems  are  four- angled  and  notched ; 
the  apices  of  each  projection  bear  four  spines,  one  pair  |-  in.  in 
length,  the  other  pair  quite  short.  The  flower  is  bright  green  in 
colour,  and  about  ^  in.  in  diameter.  It  is  very  hardy,  and  when 
wounded  or  broken,  which  often  happens  hereabouts,  a  cap  of  con- 
gealed latex  quickly  heals  up  the  exposed  surface. 

Inhabiting  the  same  type  of  ground  as  this  Euphorbia  was  an 
Asclepiad  in  rarity.  If  mimicry  there  be  among  plants,  this  may 
be  an  instance  of  it.  The  Asclepiad  is  fleshy,  and  the  habit  and 
size  much  that  of  the  Euphorbia.  Its  angles  are  usually  four,  but 
occasionally  there  are  six.  It  is  notched,  and  although  the  pro- 
jections appear  to  be  formidable,  they  are  not  so,  but  fleshy,  and 
only  slightly  resistant  at  the  tips.    The  juice  is  abundant  and  watery. 

Two  species  of  Loranthus  were  noticed  in  flower,  and  a  leafless 
Viscum.^  They  mostly  choose  the  Acacias  as  hosts.  Possibly  the 
protection  afforded  by  the  spines  of  the  Acacia  may  determine  this. 
I  have  seen  Loranthus  upon  Zizyphus  also ;  and,  among  spineless 
plants,  upon  Rhus  and  Combretum.  A  Protea,  of  shrubby  habit,  is 
in  full  white  flower. 

Fruit  winged  for  dispersion  by  the  wind,  and  at  the  same  time 
very  attractive  and  conspicuous  in  colouring,  is  seen  in  Pterolobium 
laceram  Br.  It  grows  in  clusters  by  the  side  of  streams,  and  is 
cruelly  hook-thorned.  The  terminal  branchlets  are  devoted  to 
fruit,  and  seen  en  niasse  the  effect  of  the  dull  red,  silky,  and  winged 
legumes  as  they  glitter  and  flutter  before  sun  and  wind  is  very 
striking  and  beautiful.  The  winged  fruit  of  a  low-growing,  dwarf 
Combretum,  which  is  very  common  the  whole  country  over,  is  con- 
spicuous from  its  brilliant  red  colour  later  in  the  year.  Here  and 
there  one  sees  some  shrub  carrying  its  fruit  upon  branches  and 
twigs  entirely  destitute  of  leaves,  with  rather  weird  effect. 

One  of  the  fruits  sent — that  of  a  Gymnosporia — is  interesting. 
It  loses  much  of  its  character  in  drying.  It  was  growing  upon  a 
loose  shrub  bereft  of  leaves.  The  ripe  fruit  is  reddish  yellow  in 
colour,  and  rather  smaller  than  an  ordinary  marble.  The  fleshy, 
outer  part  easily  splits  into  two  nearly  equal  parts,  and,  falling  off', 
discloses  the  dark  brown  seed  held  by  a  fleshy  cherry-red  arillus,  as 
in  a  bird's  claw.  There  are  four  processes  to  the  arillus,  and  they 
do  not  quite  reach  the  apex  of  the  seed.     The  seed  itself  is  hard  as 

2  B  2 


348  TWO    BERKSHIEE    VARIETIES. 

a  date-stone,  of  isoseles  triangular  section  in  horizontal  plane,  the 
odd  side  being  the  longest.  lu  surface  view  one  side  may  be  re- 
garded as  flat,  the  other  as  strongly  keeled.  One  process  of  the 
arillus  lies  along  the  keel,  one  along  either  angle  (the  basal  angles 
as  seen  in  section),  and  the  fourth  lies  appressed  to  the  flat  side; 
i.  e.  the  long  side  as  seen  in  section.  A  few  of  these  shrubs  in  the 
patch  were  adventuring  tufts  of  tender  green  leaves,  not  yet  out- 
spread— a  promise  of  spring. 


TWO    BERKSHIRE     VARIETIES. 

By  G.  Claridge  Bruce,  F.L.S. 

On  p.  222  I  published  a  note  on  Hellehorus  occidentaUs,  which 
Mr.  Britten,  in  his  review  of  my  Flora  of  Berkshire,  considered 
I  had  included  on  insufficient  evidence.  I  desire  now  to  notice 
the  two  other  instances  which  he  specified. 

Iberis  amara  L.  var.  ruficaulis  (Lej.). 

With  regard  to  this,  I  followed  the  Kew  hidex,  Koch's  Synopsis 
Flora  Germanic(B,  and  Be  Candolle's  Systema  in  treating  Lejeune's 
plant  as  a  species.  Not  having  seen  Lejeune's  Flore  de  Spa^ 
I  borrowed  the  description  in  Koch's  Synopsis  (p.  70,  1837),  which 
runs  thus: — "  b.  minor,  foliis  angustioribus,  calyce  violaceo  et 
petalis  in  violaceum  vergentibus,  et  caule  purpurascente.  1.  ruji- 
cauHs,  Lejeune,  Fl.  Spa,  ii.  p.  58.  I.  amara,  b.  [Lejeune  & 
Courtois]  Comp.  Fl.  Belg.  ii.  p.  311.  Inter  plantam  vulgarem 
occurrit."  Mr.  Britten  noticed  that  I  made  no  allusion  to  the 
clothing  of  the  stem  in  connection  with  the  word  nijicaulis ;  neither 
do  Koch,  or  Rouy  and  Foucaud,  perhaps  for  the  reason  which 
mfluenced  myself,  viz.  that  the  hairiness  of  the  stem  in  Iberis 
amara  appears  to  be  very  variable  and  mconstant,  as  is  the  colour 
of  the  flowers.  My  notice  of  the  characters  of  ruficaulis,  **  smaller 
size  and  purplish  flowers,"  intentionally  brief,  seems  to  have 
misled  Mr.  Britten  to  think  that  I  was  alluding  to  the  ordinary 
purple-flowered  form  of  /.  amara,  which  grows  frequently  with,  and 
gradually  merges  into,  the  type,  but  is  not  necessarily  of  smaller 
size  or  identical  with  ruficaulis,  nor  did  I  dream  of  naming  it  as  a 
variety.  It  is  already  made  a  var.  under  the  name  violacea  by 
Be  la  Croix,  and  a  specimen  contributed  by  A.  Beseglise  from  Berry 
in  1862  is  to  be  seen  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  at 
Paris.  I  inserted  var.  ruficaulis  in  my  Flora  of  Berkshire  on  the 
ground  of  the  agreement  of  my  plant  with  Koch's  description,  and 
after  comparison  with  a  continental  specimen  ;  I  have  since  sub- 
mitted my  plant  from  Lowbury  to  M.  Rouy,  and  he  considers  my 
determination  to  be  correct.  I  may  observe  that  I  have  the  same 
plant  from  Watlington,  in  Oxfordshire. 

Rouy  and  Foucaud  (vol.  ii.  pp.  135-140)  make  I.  ruficaulis  Lej. 
one  of  eight  forms  of  I.  amara  L.,  and  synonymous  with  I.  decipiens 


TWO    BERKSHIRE    VARIETIES.  349 

of  Jordan's  Diagnoses,  using  the  word  form  in  a  different  sense  to 
us,  namely,  to  designate  a  state  of  the  plant  superior  to  a  variety. 
(See  the  preface  to  Flore  de  France.) 

Malva  moschata  L.  var.  Ramondiana  Gren.  et  Godr. 
As  regards  the  above  variety,  I  have  to  say  that  in  my  account 
of  M.  moschata  I  followed  Grenier  and  Godron  in  their  Flore  de 
Fraiice,  who  give  three  varieties — laciniafa,  with  "  tontes  les  feuilles 
divisees  en  Lmieres  etroites,"  the  common  plant  in  Berkshire,  often 
cultivated  in  the  white-flowered  form  (I  am  told  by  a  friend  that 
out  of  two  thousand  plants  which  he  may  have  in  cultivation  in  a 
year,  not  one  will  show  an  undivided  leaf) ;  intermedia  Gren.  et 
Godr.,  with  "feuilles  caulinaires  divisees  en  lanieres  etroites,  les 
radicales  reniforme  crenelees,"  rarer  in  Berkshire,  but  seen  by 
myself  in  several  localities;  Puimondiana  Gren.  et  Godr.,  with 
"  feuilles  toutes  entieres  dentees,"  which  I  have  only  seen  near 
Tilehurst.  Some  of  the  Tilehurst  plants  had  all  the  leaves  un- 
divided (that  is,  typical  Bamondiana),  but  the  greater  number  had 
the  upper  leaf  or  the  upper  leaves  lobed,  but  not  cut  into  segments; 
in  fact,  the  leaves,  as  we  should  expect,  varied  as  leaves  will  vary. 
But,  as  I  have  said,  I  have  specimens  from  the  locality  which  agree 
with  the  description  of  Ramondiana,  and  M.  Rouy,  to  whom  I  sent 
one,  accepts  my  determination.  I  also  contend  that  it  is  better  to 
refer  to  Ramondiana  plants  which  differ  only  slightly  from  it  than 
to  put  them  to  intermedia,  from  which  they  are  much  more  widely 
separated ;  nor  did  I  think  it  desirable  to  give  a  new  name  to 
designate  a  varying  series  of  forms.  The  above  statement,  to  my 
mind,  meets  the  reviewer's  objection,  "That  the  plant  I  have  called 
Ramondiana  does  not  agree  with  the  description  of  the  type."  Mr. 
Baker's  remark  in  full  was  :  "  A  very  interesting  variety  of  moschata. 
This  certainly  must  closely  approach  var.  Fuimondiana,  but  I  only 
know  this  from  the  description.  .  .  .  The  upper  leaves  are  certainly 
lobed."  To  this  variety  may  also  belong  a  plant  referred  to  in 
Woods'  Tourist  Flora,  p.  62,  in  the  following  words:  "Mr.  Borrer 
gathered  in  Somersetshire  a  variety  of  M.  moschata  which  had  the 
stem-leaves  as  well  as  the  radical  leaves  cordate-subrotund.  It  has 
propagated  itself  in  his  garden  for  twenty  years  without  alteration." 
Woods'  description  of  M.  ynoschata  would  lead  us  to  infer  that  the 
plant  he  describes  as  the  type  is  the  var.  ifitermedia,  as  the  root- 
leaves  are  said  to  be  cordate-subrotund.  It  is  interesting  to  find 
that  such  "slight  and  variable  characters"  as  those  shown  in  the 
cutting  of  the  leaf  may  remain  constant  during  many  years  of 
cultivation.  The  names  heterophylla  and  integri folia  given  to  the 
vars.  of  M,  moschata  by  Lejeune  and  Courtois  in  the  Cojnpendium 
FlorcB  BelgiccB,  vol.  iii.  p.  14  (1836),  and  adopted  by  MM.  Rouy  and 
Foucaud,  are  prior  to  the  names  intermedia  and  Ramondiajia  of 
Grenier  and  Godron,  which  only  date  from  1848.  MM.  Lejeune 
and  Courtois  describe  their  integrifolia  as  having  "folia  omnia 
rotundata  inciso-lobata."  MM.  Rouy  and  Foucaud  put  var.  Ra- 
m,ondiana  as  synonymous  with  integrifolia;  and  their  diagnosis 
allows  a  much  greater  range  of  variation  than  I  have  assigned  to 


350  TWO    BERKSHIRE    VARIETIES. 

the  plant  I  have  called  var.  Ramondiana.  Their  description  is  as 
follows : — "  Feuilles  toutes,  a  I'exception  des  ultimas,  k  limbe 
orbiculaire  siibcorde,  dente  ou  lobule,  les  ultimes  trifides  ou  tri- 
partites  a  lobes  inegalement  dentes." 

There  is  no  specimen  of  Grenier  and  Godron's  Ramondiana  in 
Paris,  but  a  plant  with  two  or  three  of  the  upper  leaves  not  only 
lobed,  but  cut  into  segments,  coming,  I  believe,  from  Normandy 
(where  it  is  said  to  be  very  rare),  and  labelled  with  the  query,  "  Is 
this  your  Puvmondiana?  "  is  preserved  among  Dr.  Grenier's  plants. 
If  I  had  known  of  the  earlier  names  given  by  Lejeune  and  Courtois 
when  I  wrote  my  Flora,  I  should  have  adopted  them ;  but  I  think 
I  have  shown  that  I  have  sufficient  evidence  for  the  inclusion  of  the 
var.  Ramondiana  {integri folia)  among  our  Berkshire  plants. 

[With  regard  to  the  foregoing,  I  would  say  that  the  fact  of  other 
writers  having  misquoted  Lejeune  does  not  justify  Mr.  Druce  in 
doing  so,  or  in  continuing  as  above  to  place  Lejeune's  name  in 
brackets  when  quoting  him  as  an  authority  for  his  variety.  I  made 
no  reference  to  the  "  clothing  of  the  stem,"  but  Lejeune's  definition 
is  "  Differe  de  I'espece  principale  par  ses  feuilles  ciliees,  plus  etroites, 
par  sa  tige  velue,  et  comme  chargee  d'un  tomentum  roux,  et  par 
son  port  plus  petit":  Rouy  &  Foucaud  say,  " tige  plus  ou  moins 
rougeatre,  rameaux  rougeatres."  Mr.  Druce  inserted  the  plant  in 
his  Flora  because  he  thought  it  agreed  with  Koch's  description,  and 
"after  comparison  with  a  continental  specimen" — named  we  are 
not  told  by  whom,  but  clearly  not  authentic. 

As  to  Malva  moscJiata  var.  Ramondia^ia,  I  confess  myself  unable 
to  understand  clearly  what  Mr.  Druce  means,  nor  does  he  make 
matters  simpler  by  omitting  from  "Mr.  Baker's  remark  in  full "  words 
(already  printed  by  me)  which  complete  its  sense.  Here  is  the  sentence  , 
— the  words  omitted  by  Mr.  Druce  are  placed  in  brackets  : — "  I  only 
know  this  from  the  description  [which  is  'feuilles  toutes  entieres, 
dentees'].  The  upper  leaves  [here]  are  certainly  lobed."  Mr. 
Druce  has  seen  no  type,  but  seems  to  lay  stress  on  a  plant  sent  to 
Grenier  with  a  note — ^^  1^  ihi^  yoxxv  Puimondiana?''  I  fail  to  see 
what  connection  this  can  have  with  the  point  at  issue. 

M.  Rouy's  confirmation  of  Mr.  Druce's  naming,  however  valu- 
able, cannot  affect  the  publication  of  these  forms  in  the  Flora  of 
Berkshire,  as  it  was  not  received  until  after  my  criticism  appeared. 
I  am  therefore  still  of  opinion  that  both  plants  were  included  "  on 
evidence  which  cannot  be  considered  as  sufficient,"  even  if  the 
naming  should  hereafter  prove  to  have  been  correct. 

I  print  Mr.  Dr ace's  note  in  full  because  he  has  charged  me  with 
having  treated  him  unjustly,  and  I  am  therefore  anxious  to  give 
him  every  opportunity  of  stating  his  case.  Had  it  not  been  for  this, 
I  should  in  the  interests  of  my  readers  have  declined  to  print 
communications  which  scarcely  add  to  our  knowledge  and  hardly 
touch  the  ground  of  my  criticism.  I  do  not,  however,  propose 
to  publish  a  further  note  of  similar  character  which  Mr.  Druce  bas 
sent  me. 


SHORT    NOTES.  851 

I  may  take  this  opportunity  of  saying  that  in  his  Flora  of 
Berkshire  Mr.  Druce  seems  to  attribute  to  me  more  responsibihty 
for  my  little  Contributions  to  the  flora  of  the  county  than  I  am 
disposed  to  accept.  There  are  no  doubt  mistakes  in  it  for  which 
I  am  to  blame,  but  he  seems  to  have  overlooked  my  prefatory 
caution  that,  except  where  a  mark  of  certainty  was  attached,  "  the 
names  in  the  list  stand  simply  on  the  authority  of  those  who  have 
recorded  them."  In  one  instance  (Fl.  Berks,  p.  79)  Mr.  Druce 
says  he  "  cannot  reconcile  "  certain  of  my  statements.  His  difficulty, 
as  I  could  at  once  have  told  him  had  he  asked  me,  is  caused  by  his 
having  understood  "here"  in  the  passage  quoted  as  meaning 
Buckinghamshire,  whereas  it  referred  to  the  British  Museum  Her- 
barium, whence  the  note  was  written. — James  Britten.] 


SHORT    NOTES. 


Trifolium  Molinerii  in  Dorset.  —  Early  in  June,  Mr.  H.  W. 
Pugsley  found  growing  near  Poole  a  plant  which  he  and  I  at  once 
took  to  be  this  species.  I  forwarded  a  specimen  to  Mr.  Arthur 
Bennett,  who  writes :  "  I  think  the  specimen  sent  must  go  to 
T.  Molinerii,  though  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  between  white 
incarnatum  and  that  plant."  Mr.  Pugsley  informs  me  that  there 
were  not  more  than  a  dozen  specimens  of  the  plant,  which  was 
growing  on  a  grassy  bank  by  the  road ;  but  he  hesitates  to  express 
an  opinion  as  to  its  indigenity  or  otherwise.  In  Herb.  Brit.  Mus. 
there  is  a  specimen  labelled  "Wareham,  Dorset,  May  1884,  H.  N. 
Kidley  &  W.  Fawcett,"  which  I  consider  identical  with  the  plant 
found  by  Mr.  Pugsley. — W.  West,  junr. 

Plantago  media  in  Antrim. — Plantago  media  was  found  by  me 
growing  at  Benvarden,  Dervock,  in  July  last.  This,  I  believe,  is  the 
first  record  for  Co.  Antrim.  I  have  also  found  it  at  Ardhea, 
Co.  Tyrone. — S.  A.  Brenan. 

Arenaria  serpyllifolia.  —  In  the  last  edition  of  the  London 
Catalogue  the  varieties  of  Arenaria  serpyllifolia  L.  are  given  as 
b.  glutinosa  Koch,  c.  leptoclados  (Guss.),  d.  Lloydii  (Jordan).  It 
appears  that  var.  viscidula  Eoth,  Enum.  2,  p.  318  (1827),  is  an 
earlier  name  for  b.  glutinosa  (confer  Kouy  &  Foucaud,  Fl.  de  France, 
iii.  240,  where  A.  splmrocarpa  Tenore  is  considered  synonymous 
with  it).  The  eglandular  var.  Lloydii  (Jordan)  occurs  in  all  the 
counties  bordering  the  Channel,  there  being  specimens  in  the 
National  Herbarium  from  Kent,  Sussex,  Hants,  Isle  of  Wight, 
Dorset,  Devon,  and  Cornwall.  There  are  also  specimens  from 
Ireland,  Co.  Wexford,  collected  by  Eev.  E.  S.  Marshall.  Mr. 
WilUams,  in  his  monograph  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  xxxiii.  367), 
retains  A.  leptoclados  Guss.  as  specifically  distinct  from  A.  serpylli- 
folia L.  The  forms  of  this,  a  scahra  Kouy  &  Foucaud  and  P  viscidula 
Rouy  &  Foucaud,  corresponding  to  the  two  similarly  named  forms 
of  A.  serpyllifolia  L.,  should  be  looked  for  in  this  country.  Mr. 
Williams  does  not  mention  A.  serpyllifolia  L.  var.  stricta  Townsend 


352  SHORT  NOTES. 

(Fl.  Hampshire,  57),  an  eglandular  plant  having  short  pedicels,  and 
thus  approaching  var.  Lloydii  (Jordan). — E.  G.  Baker. 

RuMEx  AcETosELLA  L.  var.  ANGiocARPUs. — Under  this  name  Dr. 
Pospichal  (Fl.  Oesterr.  Klistenl.  i.  383  (1897))  refers  to  a  plant 
which  was  described  as  a  species  by  Dr.  Mnrbeck  in  1892.  Pospi- 
chal's  character  for  the  form  is  "  Fruchtklappen  der  Frucht  ange- 
wachsen,  Bltiten  winzig  (1  mm.)."  As,  however,  we  find  in  the 
very  wide  distribution  which  Murbeck  assigns  to  the  plant  "Irland  : 
Comity  Down,  1.  Ball,"  it  may  be  well  to  transcribe  the  full 
description  for  the  benefit  of  British  botanists  : — 

RuMEx  ANGIOCARPUS  Murbeck,  Beitrage  Fl.  Siidbosn.  &  Herce- 
gowina  (in  Acta  Soc.  Phys.  Lund,  xxvii.  1892,  p.  46).  "  Radix 
perennis,  perpendicularis,  foliorum  fascicules  caulisque  erectos  vel 
adscendentes,  superne  vel  jam  a  basi  ramosos,  1*5-4  dm.  altos 
emittens.  Rami  erecti  vel  suberecti,  strict!  vel  subflexuosi,  superi- 
ores  paniculam  aphyllam  constitnentes.  Folia  rosularum  sterilium 
cauliiiaeque  inferiora  nunc  hastato-lanceolata,  lobis  lateralibus  tri- 
angularibus  vel  linearibus  indivisis,  nunc  omnia  vel  nonnulla 
hastato-tripartita  lanceolata,  lacinia  media  oblongo-lanceolata  apice 
obtusiuscula  vel  rotundato-obtusa,  lateralibus  palmato-2-5-fidis 
divaricatis ;  caulina  superiora  lanceolato-linearia,  hastato-trifida 
vel  integerrima.  Folia  omnia  petiolata,  glabra  vel  infima  papillosa, 
glaucescentia  vel  cauo-viridia.  Verticillastri  pauciflori,  subdistauces. 
Flores  dioici,  pedunculi  demum  reflexi,  apice  articulati.  Perigonii 
phylla  exteriora  oblongo-lanceolata,  erecta ;  interiora  in  floribus 
femineis  fructiferis  obsolete  nervosa,  ecallosa,  acheuio  arete  connata 
eoque  nee  latiora  nee  longiora.  Achenium  acute  triquetrum,  quam 
in  R.  Acetosella  plerumque  paullo  majus. — Fl.  &  fruct.  Jun.-Aug." 

Gymnadenia  conopsea  X  ALBiDA  IN  ScoTLAND. — Latc  in  June  two 
or  three  specimens  of  an  orchid  were  forwarded  to  me  from  the 
neighbourhood  of  Arisaig,  West  Inverness,  which  I  thought,  from 
description,  might  be  G.  odoratissium  Rich.,  or  perhaps  the  above 
hybrid.  I  suggested  the  former  name  to  the  sender  as  a  possibility, 
but  through  a  misinterpretation  of  my  letter  a  note  was  unfortu- 
nately published  in  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle  of  July  23rd  that  the 
plant  had  been  identified  at  Kew.  This,  however,  was  not  the  case, 
and  on  my  subsequently  taking  the  specimen  to  Kew,  Mr.  Rolfe 
kindly  undertook  its  diagnosis,  and  pronounced  it  to  he  G.  conopsea 
X  albida ;  he  has  published  a  notice  thereon  in  the  Orchid  Review  for 
August,  p.  238.  The  specimens  were  gathered  by  Mr.  Dixon,  who  first 
noticed  the  plant,  growing  very  sparingly  in  the  company  of  its  two 
parents,  at  about  100  ft.  above  sea- level.  It  should  be  looked  for 
elsewhere,  where  the  two  species  grow  together.  It  has  the  general 
aspect  of  G.  conopsea,  but  with  a  much  shorter  and  stouter  spur. — 

A.  H.  WOLLEY  DOD. 

[Mr.  Rolfe's  notice,  after  a  paragraph  conveying  the  above 
information,  runs  : — "  These  two  species  are  very  dissimilar.  G. 
albida  has  white  flowers,  an  equally  tricuspidate  lip,  and  a  short, 
swollen  and  obtuse  spur,  not  equalling  the  lip  ;  while  G.  conopsea 
has  rose-purple  flowers,  an  unequally  trilobed  lip,  and  a  filiform, 


SHORT    NOTES.  353 

acute  spur  many  times  longer  than  the  lip.  The  hybrid — for  such 
it  evidently  is — has  rose-purple  flowers,  but  the  spur  is  stout,  and 
only  twice  as  long  as  the  lip,  which  latter  organ  is  about  inter- 
mediate in  shape  ;  the  leaves  also  are  intermediate  in  shape  ;  but 
the  spike  closely  resembles  that  of  G.  alhida.  Such  a  hybrid  has 
already  been  recorded  by  Hegelmaier  in  1864,  under  the  name  of 
Gymnadenia  coiiopsea  X  alhida  {^(Esterr.  Bot.  Zeitschr,,  1864,  pp.  102- 
104),  and  by  Kerner,  a  year  later,  as  G.  x  Schweinfurthii  [Verhandl. 
ZooL-Bot.  Gesellsch.  in  Wien,  xv.,  p.  213,  t.  5,  fig.  15-16).  It  was 
found  by  Dr.  Hegelmaier  in  July,  1863,  in  the  Austrian  Alps,  and 
the  Scotch  plant  is  evidently  substantially  identical.  The  discovery 
is  very  interesting,  and  it  seems  probable  that  it  might  be  found 
in  other  localities,  where  the  two  species  occur  intermixed,  if 
searched  for."] 

Lathyrus  Aphaca  in  CAMBRiDGEsmRE.  —  In  Mr.  West's  notes  on 
Cambridgeshire  plants  (p.  246),  it  is  stated  that  Lathi/riis  Aphaca 
has  disappeared  from  its  Cambridge  localities.  Through  my  friend 
the  Eev.  H.  P.  Reader,  I  possess  a  specimen  of  this  plant  collected 
at  Hills  Road,  Cambridge,  in  July  last,  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Evans.  It 
may  of  course  be  only  a  casual  in  this  station. — A.  B.  Jackson. 

An  Insufficient  Abbreviation. — I  have  more  than  once  pointed 
oat  that  when  two  contemporary  botanists  have  almost  precisely 
similar  names,  the  only  way  of  avoiding  confusion  is  to  write  each 
name  in  full.  Yet  our  American  confreres  persist  in  abbreviating  the 
name  of  one  of  their  most  distinguished  botanists  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  render  it  indistinguishable  from  that  of  one  who — if  priority  is 
to  govern  this  as  it  is  supposed  to  do  most  other  matters  connected 
with  nomenclature,  and  especially  American  nomenclature — may 
claim  to  have  been  first  in  the  field,  although  he  would  not  presume 
to  enter  into  competition  on  any  other  ground. 

A  recent  paper  by  Dr.  Terraciano  in  the  Contribuzioni  alia 
hiologia  vegetale  (vol.  ii.  fasc.  2,  1898)  gives  an  excellent  example  of 
what  is  likely  to  happen  if  this  course  is  persisted  in.  Dr.  Terraciano 
cites  in  his  text  "  Ceiba  boliviensis  Britt.,"  and  adds  in  a  footnote, 
"  Britt.  in  Mem.  Torrey  botanical  Club,  vi.  1896,  p.  11."  No  one 
could  possibly  suppose  from  these  citations  that  two  different 
botanists  were  indicated ;  but  such  is  the  case.  Ceiba  boliviensis 
was  published  in  a  joint  paper  by  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker  and  myself, 
printed  in  this  Journal  for  1896  (p.  174) ;  but  the  paper  quoted  in 
Dr.  Terraciano's  footnote  is  by  Dr.  N.  L.  Britton.* 

The  saving  of  space  effected  by  the  omission  of  two  letters 
is  very  small,  and  the  resultant  gain  cannot  compensate  for  the 
inconvenience  which  must  arise  (and  has  already  arisen)  from  the 
employment  of  an  abbreviation  which  applies  equally  to  both 
names — an  abbreviation  which,  moreover,  breaks  the  only  rule 
laid  down  by  De  Candolle  on  this  head,^"  and  is  not  countenanced  by 
either  of  the  botanists  to  whom  it  equally  applies. — James  Britten. 

*  Although  Dr.  Britton  cites  the  species  as  of  "  Britten,"  it  should  of  course 
be  quoted  as  of  "Britten  &  Baker  fil." 


354 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 


The  Potamogeto7is  ( Pond  Weeds)  of  the  British  Isles :  with  descriptions 
of  all  the  species,  varieties,  and  hi/hrids.  By  Alfred  Fryer, 
A.L.S. ;  illustrated  by  Robert  Morgan,  F.L.S.  London  : 
L.  Reeve  &  Co.  Parts  i.-iii.  Price  15s.  uncoloured,  21s. 
coloured  (net).     4to,  pp.  24,  tt.  12. 

We  welcome  the  appearance  of  the  first  instalment  of  this 
important  work,  and  we  trust  that  it  will  progress  steadily  and 
rapidly  towards  completion.  Undertakings  of  this  kind  have  a 
tendency  to  linger,  and  the  result  is  a  want  of  unity  between  the 
parts  of  the  work,  and  a  consequent  depreciation  of  its  value  as  a 
whole.  When  it  is  finished,  we  may  hope  for  a  detailed  review 
from  one  of  the  few  botanists  competent  to  deal  with  the  genus ; 
meanwhile  our  readers  will  expect  to  be  told  something  about  it. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  speak  of  the  qualifications  either  of  author 
or  illustrator  for  the  task  they  have  undertaken,  especially  in  this 
Journal,  to  which  so  many  communications  upon  PotamogHon  have 
been  contributed  by  Mr.  Fryer  with  illustrations  by  Mr.  Morgan. 
That  some  such  monograph  was  urgently  needed,  every  British 
botanist  knows ;  and  it  is  satisfactory  to  find  that  we  have  among 
us  men  capable  of  producing  it.  The  only  matter  for  regret  is  that 
such  a  work  is  necessarily  expensive  ;  it  would  be  impossible  to  give 
adequate  illustrations  of  the  species  in  fewer  or  smaller  plates. 
Perhaps  when  it  is  done  Mr.  Fryer  will  give  us  a  brief  synopsis  of 
his  work,  which  will  serve  both  as  an  advertisement  of  the  mono- 
graph and  as  a  help  to  those  who  cannot  afford  it. 

Mr.  Fryer  begins  his  work  with  a  description  of  the  genus, 
followed  by  a  statement  of  his  views  as  to  species,  and  especially  as 
to  "hybrid  species."  As  to  synonymy,  Mr.  Fryer  is  cautious,  but 
we  gather  that  he  does  not  in  all  cases  intend  to  employ  the  earliest 
name,  preferring  to  leave  matters  of  nomenclature  somewhat  in 
abeyance  until  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  (whose  generous  help  is  grate- 
fully acknowledged)  "has  published  his  complete  nomenclature  of 
the  genus." 

The  present  instalment  contains  descriptions  and  figures  of 
P.  natans  L.,  X  fP.  crassifolius  Fryer,  X  P.  fiuitans  Roth,  X  P. 
Kirhii  Syme,  and  P.  polygonifolius  Pourret,  with  numerous  varieties ; 
P.  coloratus  Hornem.  is  partly  described.  There  are  numerous 
synonyms  and  references,  the  abbreviations  of  which  might  have 
been  better  expressed ;  it  is  a  matter  of  satisfaction  to  find  that  the 
communications  of  various  botanists  to  our  pages  are  so  frequently 
quoted.  We  regret  that  Mr.  Fryer  has  not  given  us  a  complete 
account  of  the  distribution  of  each  species  in  Britain,  and  we  would 
venture  to  suggest  that  this  should  appear  as  an  appendix.  Such  a 
list  should  correlate  the  various  records  in  county  floras,  which  at 

*  "  Le  seule  r^gle  sur  ce  point  parait  etre  qu'une  abreviation  doit  se  com- 
prendre  facilement.'' — La  Ph7jtographie,  p.  272. 

t  The  sign  x  is  prefixed  to  what  Mr.  Fryer  calls  a  "hybrid  species." 


PALMiE    MATTOGROSSENSES.  355 

present  represent  very  different  views  of  species,  and  are  not  always 
in  accordance  with  Mr.  Fryer's  conclusions.  For  example,  Mr. 
Druce  (Fl.  Berks.  516)  records  P.  fluitans  without  doubt  as  a  Berk- 
shire plant,  and  gives  a  long  account  of  its  collection ;  Mr.  Fryer, 
however,  says:  "  Mr.  Brace  sent  me  specimens  from  Berkshire, 
which  probably  will  be  found  to  belong  to  the  fluitans  group,  but 
they  are  not  sufficient  to  name  with  certainty";  and  he  does  not 
include  Berkshire  among  the  counties  producing  it. 

A  little  more  care  should  have  been  exercised  in  the  reading  of 
the  proofs,  especially  as  to  proper  names:  "  Sculley"  and  "  T.  F. 
Mott,"  for  example,  should  be  "  Scully"  and  "  F.  T.  Mott." 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  publisher  has  not  taken  more  pains 
to  render  his  portion  of  the  undertaking  worthy  of  the  work ;  un- 
fortunately he  has  not  done  so.  The  plates,  for  instance,  bear  no 
names  ;  "  L.  Keeve  &  Co.  London."  stands  in  every  case  where  the 
name  ought  to  be.  This  is  not  only  absurd,  but  extremely  in- 
convenient for  reference ;  every  purchaser  of  the  work  will  be 
compelled  to  supply  for  himself  the  publisher's  omission,  and  this 
will,  to  some  extent,  disfigure  the  plates.  The  arrangement  of  the 
text  is  equally  faulty.  In  a  work  of  this  importance,  each  species 
should  of  course  begin  on  a  fresh  page ;  here,  however,  everything 
runs  on — the  first  species  begins  in  the  middle  of  the  page  where 
the  description  of  the  genus  is  ended ;  the  sixth  within  ten  lines  of 
the  bottom  of  a  page.  Exception  might  be  taken  to  other  details 
of  arrangement,  but  these  are  sufficient  to  show  that  the  author 
may  justly  complain  of  the  way  in  which  his  work  is  brought  before 
the  public.  If  Messrs.  Lovell  Reeve  will  refer  to  one  of  the  parts 
of  Mr.  Hanbury's  beautifully  (but  slowly)  produced  Monograph  of 
British  Hieracia,  they  will  see  how  such  a  work  ought  to  look. 

We  would  suggest  that  the  date  of  future  numbers  should  at 
least  be  placed  upon  the  wrapper,  and  we  hope  that,  when  the 
monograph  is  completed,  an  accurate  record  of  the  dates  of  publi- 
cation will  be  placed  on  the  back  of  the  title. 


PalmcB  Mattogrossenses  novce  vel  minus  cognitm  quas  collegit  descripsit 
et  iconibus  illustravit  J.  Baebosa  Eodrigues.  Eio  de  Janeiro  : 
Leuzinger.     1898.     4to,  pp.  92,  tt.  27. 

It  is  now  nearly  thirty  years  since  Dr.  Barbosa  Eodrigues  first 
entered  the  botanical  ranks  as  a  describer  of  the  plants  of  his  native 
country,  and  since  then  several  meritorious  memoirs  have  appeared 
from  his  pen,  notably  those  on  the  Palms  and  the  Orchids.  Dr. 
Rodrigues  has  recently  availed  himself  of  the  facilities  now  offered 
for  reaching,  by  a  pleasant  journey  of  a  few  days  from  Buenos 
Ayres,  the  very  centre  of  Matto  Grosso,  and  the  handsome  memoir 
now  under  notice  is  the  first  fruit  of  his  expedition.  Dr.  Eodrigues 
did  not  penetrate  into  the  barely  known  country  lying  to  the  north 
of  Cujaba ;  but  though  his  explorations  were  restricted  to  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  capital  and  to  places  like  Corumba  and 
Melga9o  on  the  way  up,  he  succeeded  in  finding  several  palms 
new  to  science ;    species,  too,  which  have  never   been   collected 


356  DE    GENERE    BUNCHOSIA. 

before,  unless  possibly  by  Weddell,  that  "  dark  horse"  of  botanical 
explorers,  whose  nondescripts  are  still  awaiting  disinterment  at 
Paris.  It  would  savour  of  presumption  were  one  who  has  made  no 
special  study  of  Palms  to  attempt  a  criticism  in  every  way  worthy 
of  the  subject  of  this  essay  ;  but  I  cannot  refrain  from  the  sug- 
gestion that  the  author  is  at  times  rather  too  much  inclined  to 
"lump"  species.  A  flagrant  instance  of  this  is  Cocas  Romanzoffiana 
Cham.,  under  which  he  includes  no  less  than  five  other  names,  all 
maintained  as  of  specific  value  by  Prof.  Drnde  in  his  fine  monograph 
in  the  Flora  Brasiliensis.  I  am  myself  affected  by  this  description 
of  the  Brazilian  savant,  for  he  sinks  my  Dipluthemium  jangadense 
under  D.  leiicocfth/x  of  Driule,  without  showing  any  appreciation  of 
the  important  floral  differences  between  the  two.  Moreover,  I  do 
not  quite  like  Dr.  Eodrigues's  idea  of  nomenclature.  Thus  he 
describes  under  the  name  Astrocaryum  arenarium  Barb.  Kod.  a  palm 
concerning  which  he  is  in  doubt  whether  it  may  not  be  the  A.  Wed- 
delli  of  Drude,  w^hen  he  would  have  been  better  advised,  I  think, 
in  not  giving  a  name  until  the  doubt  was  resolved.  And  why,  in 
referring  the  well-known  Attalea  speciosa  Mart,  to  OrbUjnia,  does  he 
add  to  synonymy  by  calling  the  plant  0.  Martiana  Barb.  Rod.  ? 
The  author  asserts  of  the  Caranda  Palm  [Copernicia  cerifera  Mart.), 
"  one  may  say,  as  it  were,  that  all  the  region  of  the  Chaco  is  ex- 
clusively occupied  by  it";  but  this  is  very  far  indeed  from  being 
correct. 

The  memoir  is  well  got  up  and  lavishly  illustrated.  Dr.  Rodrigues 
promises  further  contributions  to  the  flora  of  Matto  Grosso,  and  these 
will  be  looked  for  with  much  interest.  n    ^r 


De  Geneve   BuncJwsia,     By  Prof.  F.  Niedenzu.     Brunsberg,  1898. 

4to,  pp.  17.* 

As  it  is  about  fifty  years  since  M.  Adrien  de  Jussieu  monographed 
MalpighiaceiB,  it  is  quite  time  some  of  the  genera  of  this  interesting 
natural  order  were  again  revised.  M.  de  Jussieu  enumerated  twenty- 
three  species  of /^^6uc/ios^a;  Prof.  Niedenzu  has  thirty-two  species, 
which  he  has  carefully  characterized  and  placed  in  their  correct 
sequence ;  there  are  also  nine  species  which  are  unknown  to  him 
save  by  name,  making  altogether  forty-one  species. 

The  Professor  divides  the  genus  into  two  subgenera,  Ciruela  and 
Malacmaa,  founded  principally  on  the  size  of  the  flowers.  The 
most  important  subdivisions  of  these  are  based  on  the  colour  and 
shape  of  the  connective  and  its  relation  to  the  loculi.  Other 
divisions  are  founded  on  the  petals,  whether  lacerate-dentate, 
glandular  or  eglandular,  &c.  It  has  been  found  necessary  to 
make  considerable  alterations  in  the  species  enumerated  in  Grise- 
bach's  Flora  of  the  British  West  Indies,  as  in  several  cases  these  were 
wrongly  identified. 

*  Prefixed  to  "  Index  Lectionum  in  Lyceo  regio  Hosiano  Brunsbergensi  per 
biemem  a  die  xv,  Octobris  1898  usque  ad  diem  xv.  Martii  1899  instituendarum." 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.  357 

While  frequently  agreeing  with  the  writer  in  the  changes  he 
proposes,  there  are  one  or  two  points  as  to  which  we  are  inclined 
to  differ  from  Prof.  Niedenzu,  or  which  seem  to  call  for  further 
explanation.  For  example,  Bitnchosia  mollis  is  described  by  Bentham 
(in  Hooker's  London  Journal  of  Botany,  vii.  127),  and  founded  on 
Schomburgk's  no.  742.  It  is  represented  by  this  number  of  Schom- 
burgk's  in  the  National  Herbarium,  and  seems  indubitably  Mr. 
Bentham's  plant ;  but  Dr.  Niedenzu  quotes  Schomburgk's  no.  742 
for  the  preceding  species,  Bunchosio  rhombifolia  Turcz.,  and  for 
B.  mollis  Benth.  he  quotes  no.  544.  Further  work  seems  de- 
sirable on  some  of  the  plants  of  this  genus  found  in  New  Granada. 
Prof.  Niedenzu  places  B.  retusa  Tr.  &  PI.  among  his  unknown 
species,  and  altogether  omits  B.  deflexa  Tr.  &  PL  ;  but  specimens 
of  both  exist  in  the  National  Herbarium,  and  the  latter,  as  well  as 
the  former,  was  published  in  1862  (Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  ser.  4,  xviii. 
311).  We  are  not  clear  where  the  monographer  intends  to  place 
the  New  Granadan  plants  which  Triana  &  Planchon  (/.  c.)  refer  to 
B.  nitida.  It  ought  not  to  be  difficult  to  obtain  information  regarding 
the  three  *'  incognitse  "  described  by  Sereno  Watson  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  American  Academy  within  the  last  three  years.  B.  cumanensis 
Don  stands  in  a  different  category  ;  the  name  appeared  in  Loudon's 
Hort.  Brit.  ed.  2,  p.  170,  but  no  adequate  description  is  given,  and 
it  is  probable  no  type  exists. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS^ 

Bot.  Centralhlatt  (Nos.  30-83). — F.  Ludwig,  *  Ueber  Variations- 
curven.' — (Nos.  30,  31).  G.  Kiikenthal,  '  Aufzahlung  der  von  V.  F. 
Brotherus  im  1896  in  Turkestan  gesammelten  Cyperaceen.'  — 
E.  H.  L.  Krause,  '  Floristische  Notizen '  (concl.).  —  (Nos.  32,  33). 
P.  Knuth,  '  Zur  Biologic  der  Bluten.'  — M.  Britzelmayr,  '  Revision 
der  diagnosen  zu  den  von  M.  Britzelmayr  aufgestellten  Hymeno- 
myceten-Arten.' — (No.  34).  H.  Barth,  '  Studien  iiber  den  Nachweiz 
von  Alkaloiden  in  JDrogen '  (1  pi.). 

Bot.  Gazette  (25  June).  —  R.  Pound  &  F.  E.  Clements,  *  Vege- 
tation regions  of  Prairie  Province.' —  J.  H.  Schaffner,  '  Nutation  of 
Helianthus  annuus.' — C.  J.  Peirce,  '  Dissemination  and  reticulations 
of  Ramalina  reticulata.'  —  F.  M.  Lyon,  '  Life-history  of  Euphorbia 
corollata '  (3  pi.). — B.  L.  Robinson,  Reasons  against  the  Rochester 
Nomenclature. — Id.,  Apios  Priceana,  sp.  u. — E.  B.  Copeland,  '  Size 
of  Evergreen  Needles.'  —  C.  D.  Beadle,  '  Botany  of  South-eastern 
States.'  —  (28  July).  D.  S.  Johnson,  '  Leaf  and  sporangia  of 
Piliilaria '  (3  pL). — F.  de  F.  Heald,  '  Germination  of  fern  and  moss 
spores' (1  pi.).  —  B.  L.  Robinson,  ^  Bartonia.'  —  F.  A.  Waugh, 
'  Sundry  American  Plums.'  —  E.J.  Hill,  '  Two  Noteworthy  Oaks  ' 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


358  ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 

(2  pi.). —  (15  Aug.).  B.  Stoneman,  'The  Development  of  some 
Anthracnoses  '  (12  pL). — W.  L.  Bray,  '  Flora  of  Lower  Sonoran  and 
Arid  Zones.' 

Bot.  Zeitung  (1  Aug.).  —  F.  Oltmanns,  '  Zur  Entwickelunges- 
cliiclite  der  Florideen  '  (-l  tab.). 

Bull,  de  VHeib.  Boissier  (Aug.).  —  E.  v.  Halacsy,  'Die  bisher 
bekannten  Centaurea- AYien  Griechenlands '  (concl.). — H.deBoissieu, 
'  Les  Legumineuses  du  Japou  d'apres  la  collections  de  M.  I'Abbe 
Faure.'  —  L.  Blanc  &  E.  Decrock,  '  Distribution  geographique  des 
Primulacees.' — A.  Pestalozzi,  'Die  Gattung  Boscia'  (cont.). 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Belgique,  xxxvii.  fasc.  1  (13  Aug.).  —  F.  Crepin, 
'  L'anatomie  appliquee  a  la  classification.'  —  A.  Tonglet,  '  Lichens 
de  Dinant.' — Flore  du  Congo:  M.  Micheli,  Leguminosffi  {Dewevrea, 
gen.  nov.)  ;  J.  Briquet,  Labiatae  ;  H.  Hallier,  Convolvulacese  ; 
F.  Pax,  Euphorbiacese ;  with  additions  to  other  orders. 

Biill.  Soc.  Bot.  France  (xlv.  pt.  2  :  July). — A.  Chatin,  '  La  gra- 
dation organique  consideree  dans  les  orgaues  de  la  nutrition  et  de 
la  reproduction.'  —  P.  Candargy,  '  Flore  de  I'ile  de  Lesbos '  (cont.). 
— E.  Bescherelle,  '  Fiorule  bryologique  de  Tahiti'  (concl.). 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (15  July).— A.  0.  Cook,  '  Flora  of  Canary 
Islands.'  — F.  S.  Eaiie  &  C.  H.  Peck,  'Alabama  Fungi.' —  A. 
Nelson,  '  New  Plants  from  Wyoming.'  —  J.  H.  Lovell,  '  Insect- 
visitors  of  flowers.'  —  J.  K.  Small,  'Abnormal  inflorescence  in 
Saxifraga  fallax  (1  pi.).  —  E.  G.  Hill,  ^  Eleocharis  melanocarpa 
proliferous'  (1  pL).  —  (^13  Aug.).  A.  W.  Evans,  '  Hepaticse  of 
Southern  Patagonia  '  (4  pi.).  —  G.  V.  Nash,  '  Eustachys  and  Chloris 
in  N.  America.'  —  E.  0.  Wooton,  '  New  New  Mexican  Plants.'  — 
T.  D.  A.  Cockerell,  Sophia  Judictorum,  sp.  n. 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (2  July).  —  Stapelia  longidens  (fig.  3). — 
(9  July).  Stanhopea  Bodigasiana  (fig.  9).  —  (16  July).  Fruit  of 
Vinca  minor  (fig.  14).  —  (23  July).  C.  T.  Druery,  'Apospory  in 
Ferns.' —  '  Welwitschia'  (figs.  15,  16).  —  (20  Aug.).  A.  Cogniaux, 
Stanhopea  Madouxiana,  sp.  n.  (fig.  34).  —  H.  T.  Soppitt,  JEcidium 
GrossularicB  (fig.  38). 

Erythea  (31  July).  —  C.  V.  Piper,  Viola  Flettii,  sp.  n.  —  A. 
Davidson,  '  Lupines  of  Los  Angelos  Country.'  —  A.  Eastwood, 
•  Flora  of  Marin  Country.' 

Journal  de  Botanique,  "  1  Mai"  (received  about  middle  of  July). 
—  L.  Lutz,  '  Origine  des  canaux  gommiferes  des  Marattiacees.' — 
E.  Bescherelle,  '  Enumeration  des  Hepatiques  de  Tahiti.' 

Nuovo  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.  (July).  —  M.  Abbado,  '  L'ibridismo  nei 
vegetali'  (concl.).  —  E.  Gelmi,  'Aggiunti  alia  Flora  del  Trentino.' 
— G.  Pons,  '  lUustrazione  del  Bammculus  del  Cat.  plant,  agri  jioren- 
tini  di  P.  A.  Micheli.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Aug.).  —  F.  Ludwig,  '  Biologische 
Beobachtungen  an  Helleborus  fcetidus.'  —  F.  Buchenau,  '  Luzula 
campestris  und  verwandte  Arten '  (concl.).  —  T.  Wulff,  '  Studien 
iiber  verstopfte  Spaltoffnungen '  (concl.). 


359 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Liunean  Society  held  on  June  16th,  Mr. 
Miller  Christy  read  a  paper  entitled  "Observations  on  the  seasonal 
variations  of  elevation  in  a  branch  of  Horse- Chestnut."  Mr. 
Christy  detailed  the  results  of  a  series  of  observations,  extending 
over  three  years,  which  he  had  made  on  the  branch  of  a  certain 
horse-chestnut  tree  growing  in  his  garden.  Having  noticed  for 
some  years  that  the  elevation  of  this  branch  above  the  ground  was 
very  noticeably  greater  during  winter,  when  devoid  of  leaves,  than 
during  summer,  when  the  foliage  was  on  the  tree,  he  made  a  series 
of  careful  observations  on  its  various  changes  in  elevation,  due  to 
the  difference  in  the  weight  of  the  branch  at  different  seasons  of  the 
year.  The  tree  in  question  was  a  small  one,  some  40  ft.  in  height. 
The  branch  on  which  the  observations  were  made  was  the  lowest  on 
the  tree,  and  about  29  ft.  in  length.  Having  driven  a  nail  into  the 
side  of  this  branch  at  a  point  16  ft.  3  in.  from  the  bole  of  the  tree, 
Mr.  Christy  measured  from  time  to  time  the  distance  between  this 
nail  and  a  brick  which  he  had  buried  in  the  ground  immediately 
below.  This  he  did  on  forty-two  occasions  between  April  21st, 
1895,  and  April  25th,  1898,  namely,  twelve  times  in  1895,  nine 
times  in  1896,  fourteen  times  in  1897,  and  seven  times  in  1898,  or, 
on  an  average,  about  once  monthly  during  the  three  years  :  and  the 
rise  and  fall  of  the  branch  as  thus  observed  was  shown  diagrammati- 
cally  by  means  of  a  chart.-  From  the  results  it  appeared  that  during 
winter  little  or  no  change  in  the  elevation  of  the  branch  took  place. 
From  about  the  middle  of  April  to  the  middle  of  May  a  rapid 
descent — the  "vernal  descent" — took  place,  coincident  with  the 
growth  of  the  leaves.  After  this  ensued  a  short  period  of  quiescence 
— the  "  midsummer  rest."  Early  in  August,  coincident  with  the 
development  of  the  fruit,  another  and  more  rapid  descent  began, 
which  continued  during  September.  Finally,  the  fall  of  both  leaves 
and  fruit  during  October  was  followed  by  a  very  rapid  rise,  the 
branch  almost  recovering,  during  about  four  weeks,  the  elevation 
which  it  had  been  gradually  losing  during  the  preceding  six  months 
or  more.  In  the  year  1897  the  results  were  noticeably  affected  in 
consequence  of  the  injury  caused  to  the  foliage  of  the  tree  by  the 
extremely  severe  hailstorm  of  June  24th.  The  extreme  range  of 
variation  in  elevation  observed  during  the  three  years  was  about 
12^  in.  (from  81  to  68|-  in.).  In  addition  to  this  periodic  seasonal 
rise  and  fall,  the  branch  appeared  to  be  undergoing  permanent 
descent,  the  maximum  and  minimum  elevation  in  each  succeeding 
year  being  less  than  in  the  year  before.  These  results  were,  as  Mr. 
Christy  pointed  out,  exactly  what  anyone  might  in  advance  have 
expected  to  have  occurred ;  but  he  thought  that  it  might  be  a 
matter  of  some  interest  to  show,  as  a  result  of  precise  observation, 
that  these  movements  actually  did  occur,  and  to  what  extent. 

Dr.  Morris  has  resigned  the  assistant-directorship  of  Kew 
Gardens  for  the  new  post  of  "  Imperial  Commissioner  of  Agri- 
culture for  the  West  Indies."     Mr.  Chamberlain,  when  announcing 


360  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

the  appointment  in  the  House  of  Commons,  said  that  Dr.  Morris 
"  not  only  had  all  the  scientific  and  other  knowledge  in  the 
possession  of  the  authorities  at  Kew,  but  also  special  acquaintance 
with  the  West  Indies."  If  this  be  the  case,  the  loss  to  Kew  will 
be  serious,  if  not  irreparable,  and  we  can  readily  agree  with  the 
Secretary  for  the  Colonies  that  Dr.  Morris  is  "  marked  out  by  special 
qualification  for  an  important  position  of  this  kind."  Natural  Science 
says  : — "  We  fear  that  the  learned  gentleman  will  not  be  welcomed 
with  open  arms  by  the  many  botanists  in  these  parts,  which  already 
have  an  excellent  botanical  garden  and  staff  in  Jamaica." 

Mr.  Fisher  Unwin  has  published  in  his  "  Masters  of  Medicine" 
series  an  interesting  life  (price  3s.  6d.)  of  Dr.  William  Stokes 
(1804-1878),  the  eminent  Dublin  physician,  by  his  son,  Sir  William 
Stokes.  He  was  the  second  son  of  Dr.  Whitley  Stokes,  whose  name 
is  familiar  to  British  botanists,  and  in  his  younger  days  frequently 
accompanied  his  father  (of  whom  a  sympathetic  sketch  is  given  in 
the  volume)  upon  his  rambles  after  plants,  though  it  does  not  appear 
that  he  followed  up  botanical  studies  in  his  later  years.  The  volume 
is  full  of  interesting  reading  and  of  side-lights  upon  Irish  history. 

The  Westminster  Gazette  informs  us  that  Philip  Miller  "  was  the 
author  of  the  much-admired  '  Gardeners'  Chronicle  '  "  ! 

The  German  deep-sea  expedition  sailed  from  Hamburg  on 
August  1st  on  board  the  '  Valdivia,'  one  of  the  Hamburg-American 
liners,  chartered  for  the  purpose.  The  route  to  be  followed  is, 
speaking  roughly,  round  Africa  ;  but  before  going  south,  the  expe- 
dition crossed  to  Leith,  where  they  were  entertained  by  Sir  John 
Murray,  and  shown  specimens,  &c.,  obtained  by  the  '  Challenger.' 
The  '  Valdivia '  was  then  to  steam  round  the  north  of  Scotland  and 
test  the  various  nets  and  apparatus  on  her  way  to  the  Cape  de  Verde 
Islands.  The  scientific  staff  on  board  includes  a  chemist  and  a 
navigator,  as  the  work  undertaken  by  the  expedition  is  not  ex- 
clusively biological,  but  also  oceauographical.  Besides  the  study  of 
the  plankton  and  the  deep-sea  fauna,  there  will  be  an  investigation 
of  the  various  chemical  constituencies  of  the  sea- water  of  different 
depths,  and  along  the  whole  route  soundings  and  temperatures  will 
be  taken.  Questions  of  navigation  will  be  dealt  with,  and  the 
direction  of  ocean  currents.  The  expedition  expects  to  return  to 
Hamburg  in  May,  1899. 

The  last  number  of  the  Joimial  of  the  Linnean  Society  [Botany) 
contains  Mr.  Druce's  paper  "  On  the  occurrence  of  Carex  helvola  in 
Britain,"  of  which  a  brief  summary  was  given  on  p.  156;  and  a 
short  paper  by  Mr.  Clement  Reid  "  On  Limnocarpns,  a  new  genus  of 
fossil  plants  from  the  tertiary  deposits  of  Hampshire":  the  Latin 
diagnosis  of  the  genus  requires  considerable  revision  from  a  literary 
standpoint.  Mr.  F.  N.  Williams's  ''  Revision  of  the  Genus  Arenaria  " 
is  a  careful  and  scholarly  piece  of  work ;  168  species  and  numerous 
varieties  are  enumerated  and  described. 

The  July  number  of  the  Kew  Bulletin  contains  a  large  number  of 
diagnoses  of  new  African  plants,  and  is  further  noteworthy  as  having 
appeared  during  the  month  indicated  as  the  date  of  publication. 


V 


361 

NEW     SPECIES     OF    CRASSULA. 
By  S.  Schonland,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.L.S.,  &  Edmund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

The  following  twenty-six  species  of  Crassula  from  South  Africa 
we  believe  to  be  hitherto  undescribed ;  we  have  also  appended  a 
description  of  C.  peploides  Drege,  published  by  Harvey  in  the  Flora 
Capensis,  of  which  fuller  material  has  now  been  obtained,  the  plant 
having  been  in  cultivation.  In  order  to  satisfy  ourselves  in  regard 
to  the  identity  of  certain  species,  we  obtained  the  loan  of  a  portion 
of  Harvey's  CrassulacecB  from  Dublin,  and  those  of  the  Sherardian 
Herbarium,  Oxford.  We  have  to  return  our  thanks  to  Prof.  Perceval 
Wright  and  Dr.  Vines  for  thus  assisting  us. 

Types  of  the  plants  described  in  this  paper  will  be  found  in  the 
Albany  Museum.  Herbarium,  Grahamstown  ;  some  of  them  are  also 
in  the  National  Herbarium  at  South  Kensington.  We  have  arranged 
the  species  as  far  as  possible  according  to  the  sequence  of  the  groups 
adopted  by  Harvey  in  the  Flora  Capensis.  The  genus  Bulliarda  is 
not  now  retained  as  distinct  from  Crassula,  and  the  species  falling 
under  this  group  will  be  found  at  the  end. 

Crassula  pallens,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  ramosus,  iuternodiis  + 
8  mm.  longis.  Rami  teretes,  pallidi,  pubescentes,  sapissime  basin 
versus  efoliati,  annulati.  Folia  crassa,  subconnata,  ovata  vel  ovato- 
lanceolata,  sessilia,  dorso  convexa,  supra  subconcava,  apice  acuta 
vel  subobtusa,  7-12  mm.  longa,  3-5  mm.  lata.  Flores  in  cymos 
densos  et  terminales  dispositi,  pedunculis  brevibus  vel  sub- 
brevibus,  subcrassis,  pedunculis  pedicellisque  setis  albidis  et 
brevibus  instructis,  bracteis  oblongis  vel  oblongo-lanceolatis, 
acutis.  Calycis  lobi  anguste  lanceolati,  acuti.  Petala  alba,  ob- 
longa  vel  oblongo-oblanceolata,  +  5  mm.  longa,  apice  mucronu- 
lata.  Carpella  oblique  lanceolata,  stylis  ovariis  subaequilongis, 
squamis  clavato-cuneatis,  apice  subemarginatis. 

Hab.  Kareebergen,  alt.  1500  ft. ;  R.  Schlechter,  No.  8310.  In 
flower  July  24,  1896. 

The  leaves  of  C.pallens  are  generally  acute,  while  those  in  C.  hrevi- 
folia  are  blunt,  the  pedicels  stouter,  the  sepals  a  different  shape,  and 
the  stem-branches  and  pedicels  glabrous. 

C.  Macowaniana,  sp.  nov.  Caulis  erectus,  +  15  cm.  altus, 
crassitie  calami,  glabriusculus,  internodiis  +  8  mm.  longis.  Folia 
subteretia,  subulata,  crassa,  dorso  convexa,  supra  subplana  vel 
leviter  canaliculata,  i-Q-^  cm.  longa,  seusim  ad  apicem  attenuata, 
subconnata,  apice  acuta,  internodiis  multo  longiora  vel  sub^equales. 
Flores  in  cymos  terminales  dispositi,  cymis  corymbosis,  multifloris, 
ramosis,  pedunculatis,  bracteis  sub  pedunculis  et  pedicellis  duabus 
oppositis,  lanceolatis,  acuminatis.  Pedunculi  foliis  longiores. 
Sepala  brevia,  ovato-lanceolata,  subacuta,  petalis  multo  breviora. 
Petala  oblonga,  vel  oblongo-lanceolata,  apice  obtusa,  basi  connata, 
+  3-5    mm.  longa.      Carpella   oblique    obovata,    stylis    subulatis. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Oct.  1898.]  2  c 


362  NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA. 

sqiiamis  rectangulari-cuneatis,  apice  subemarginatis,  submem- 
branaceis,  luteis. 

Hab.     Namaqualand ;   W.  Scully,  Ji^o.  191;  Garies,  G.  Alston. 

This  belongs  to  Snhulnres,  and  was  doubtfully  referred  to  C. 
ramosa  Dryander  in  the  Albany  Museum  Herbarium.  It  differs 
from  this  plant  in  several  points,  especially  in  having  much  longer 
leaves. 

We  have  named  this  species  in  honour  of  Prof.  Macowan. 
As  has  been  already  shown  (Journ.  Bot.  1897,  484),  the  plant 
described  in  the  Flora  Capensis,  ii.  339,  under  the  name  C.  ramosa 
cannot  be  the  plant  of  the  Hortus  Kewensis :  it  is  probably 
identical  with  the  plant  here  described.  It  is  not  represented  in 
Harvey's  Herbarium. 

C.  punctulata,  sp.  uov.  Suffruticosa  divaricata  e  basi  ramosa. 
Caules  et  rami  efohati,  annulati,  glabri,  minutissime  punctulati, 
internodiis  3-3*5  mm.  longis;  ramuli  ceriferi,  graciles,  adscendentes, 
4-5  cm.  longi,  e  basi  ad  medium  et  ultra  foliata,  internodiis 
inferioribus  c.  2  mm.  longis.  FoUa  glauca,  cerifera,  lanceo- 
lata.  acuta,  basi  breviter  connata,  vaginantia  c.  8  mm.  longa. 
Cym^e  terminales,  pauciflorse,  pedunculatae,  pedunculis  tenuibus, 
•7-2  cm.  longis,  2-4  bracteis  sterilibus  parvis  munitis,  floribus 
campauulatis  breviter  pedicellatis.  Sepala  oblongo-ovata  obtusa 
basi  subconnata  4  mm.  longa.  Stamina  petalis  sub^quilonga, 
filameutis  filiformibus.  Carpella  gracilia,  stylis  subulatis  ovariis 
subffiquilongis,  squamis  minutis,  apice  emarginatis. 

Hab.  In  the  mountains  behind  Vogelgat,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Klyn  river,  alt.  500  ft. ;  R.  Schlechter,  No.  10403. 

Allied  to  C.  Harveyi  Britten  &  Bak.  til.  (=  C.  alpestris  Harvey, 
non  Thunberg). 

C.  Flanagani,  sp,  nov.  Herbacea,  c.  25  cm.  alta,  simplex 
vel  basi  ramosa  (?).  Caulis  foliatus,  adscendens,  infra  glabra 
supra  leviter  scaber,  internodiis  12-15  mm.  longis.  Folia  facie- 
bus  glabris,  margine  minutissime  cartilagineo-ciliata,  subplana  (?), 
obovato-spathulata,  acuminata  vel  lanceolata,  basi  connata,  in- 
feriora  c.  5  cm.  longa,  superiora  sensim  minora.  Infloresceuti^e 
terminales  laxe  cymoso-corymbosse,  multiflorse,  et  ex  axillis  foli- 
orum  superiorum  cymoso-corymbos^e,  pauciflorge,  floribus  pedicel- 
latis, pedicellis  l-5-2'5  mm.  longis.  Sepala  subglabra,  lanceolata, 
acuta,  basi  connata,  dorso  carinata,  c.  1*25  mm.  longa.  Petala  basi 
connata,  oblongo-ovata,  apice  dorso  mucronulata,  +  2-25  mm.  longa. 
Stamina  c,  2  mm.  longa,  filamentis  subulatis  apice  attenuatis, 
antheris  subreniformibus.  Carpella  c.  2  mm.  longa,  ovariis  oblique 
oblongo-ovatis,  stylis  brevibus,  subulatis,  squamis  minutis  late  sub- 
rectangularibus,  versus  apicem  leviter  dilatatis,  apice  subemarginatis. 

Hab.  East  London,  among  rocks,  alt.  100  ft.  \  H.  G.  Flanagan, 
No.  1272. 

This  species  has  a  superficial  resemblance  to  C.  natalensis 
Schonland  (Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  v.  861),  but  the  latter  has  larger 
flowers  and  broader  sepals  and  petals  than  C.  Fhmagani ;  further, 
its  squamgB  are  cuneate,  not  broadly  subrectangular.     On  the  sheet 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA.  363 

of  this  species  in  Herb.  Bolus  there  is  the  following  remark:  ''n.  sp. 
not  in  Herb.  Kew,  July  93,  near  C.  inclica.'" 

C.  rubescens,  sp.  nov.  Herbacea  perennis,  erecta  simplex  vel 
apicem  versus  paullo  raraosa,  c.  10  cm.  alta.  Caulis  retrorso-albo- 
hirsutus,  basi  dense  foliatus,  supra  laxe  foliatus,  internodiis  superiori- 
bus  8-10  cm.  lougis.  Folia  sessilia,  basi  coimata,  rabescentia,  mferi- 
ora  oblongo-ovata,  superiora  late  obovato-cuneata,  omnia  obtusa  vel 
subobtusa,  margine  dense  sed  minute  ciliata,  faciebus  glabris  vel 
superiora  ad  basin  dorso  hispida.  Cym^  dense  multiflor^e,  termi- 
nals, sessiles,  subcapitat^e,  lioribus  breviter  pedicellatis,  bracteis 
foliis  similibus  sed  minoribus.  Sepala  rubescentia,  basi  connata, 
lanceolata,  dorso  carinata,  faciebus  glabris,  margine  minutissime  et 
irregulariter  cartilagineo-ciliata,  3  mm.  longa.  Petala  alba  (?), 
basi  connata,  obovato-spathulata,  apice  dorso  mucronulata,  3-5- 
4  mm.  longa.  Stamina  petalis  subgequilonga.  Styli  breviter 
subulati ;  squama  minutae,  subrectangulares,  apicem  versus  dik- 
tats, rotundatae,  apice  leviter  emarginatas. 

Hab.  Summit  of  Mont  aux  Sources,  Basutoland,  alt.  9500  ft. ; 
H.  G.  Flanagan,  Is'o.  1834. 

Very  closely  allied  to  C.  stachyera  E.  Z. 

C.  Rudolfi,  sp.  nov.  Perennis.  Caulis  suffruticosus,  erectus, 
teres,  ramulis  setis  albis  et  brevibus  tectis,  internodiis  +  7  mm. 
longis.  Folia  subconnata,  subtrigona,  anguste  oblongo-lanceolata, 
subcrassa,  margine  ciliata,  faciebus  glabris,  apice  acutis,  1'2  mm. 
longa,  internodiis  longiora.  Flores  sessiles  in  cymulos  terminates 
dispositi,  cymulis  paniculatis,  paucifloris,  bracteis  ovatis,  dorso 
convexis,  intus  subplanis.  Sepala  dorso  convexa,  subglabra, 
margine  ciliata,  lanceolata,  +  2  mm.  longa.  Petala  apice  leviter 
recurvata,  oblongo-spathulata,  3  mm.  longa.  Carpella  oblique 
lanceolata,  apicem  versus  gradatim  attenuata,  stylus  subnuUus, 
squamis  cuneatim  rectangularibus. 

Hab.  Brackdamm,  on  hills,  alt.  1500  ft. ;  R.  Schlechter,  No. 
11118. 

Allied  to  C.  WhiteheadU  Harvey.  Named  in  honour  of  the 
collector,  Herr  Rudolf  Schlechter. 

We  have  compared  this  plant  with  C.  WhiteheadU  Harvey,  a 
specimen  of  which  exists  in  Harvey's  Herbarium.  There  are 
several  points  of  difference :  the  leaves  are  longer  than  the  inter- 
nodes,  which  they  are  not  in  C.  WhiteheadU,  and  the  styles  are  not 
shortly  subulate.  The  cymules  in  0.  Faidolji  are  terminal,  compact, 
and  usually  more  than  3-5-flowered;  they  are  pauiculately  arranged. 
C.  WhiteheadU  Harvey  has  been  gathered  by  Mr.  W.  C.  Scully  in 
Namaqualand,  No.  197. 

C.  cyclophylla,  sp.  nov.  Radix  fibrosa.  Caulis  simplex, 
herbaceus,  glabriusculus,  in  specimine  nostro  c.  16  cm.  longus, 
nodiis  remotis  (internodiis  2-5-3-0  cm.  longis).  Folia  suborbicu- 
laria  vel  late  ovata,  opposita,  patentia,  viridia,  plana,  membranacea, 
apice  subacuta,  basi  rotundata,  petiolata,  margine  graciliter  serrata, 
lamina  1  •8-2-2  cm.  longa,  1-5-1 -8  cm.  lata ;  petioli  3-5  mm.  longi. 

2  c  2 


364  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CRASSULA. 

Inflorescentire  terminales  ramosae.    Cym^  pedunculatse  paniciilatae, 
pedicellis   gracilibus.      Bracteaa    sub    pedimculis  et  pedicellis  duse 
opposite,  minutissimas.    Sepala  brevia,  lineari-lanceolata,  +  1  mm 
longa,    petalis   multo   breviora,    apice    subacuta.     Petala   augusti 
lanceolata,  acuminata,  +  4  mm.  longa.     Carpella  oblique  lanceo 
lata,  stylis  subulatis,  petalis  brevioribus,  squamis  subrectaugularibus 
Hab.     Perie  bush,  King  William's  Town ;  S.  Schdnland,  No.  847 
This  plant  is  allied  to  C'.  spathulata  Thunberg  and  C.  iielJucida 
L.  (=  C.centauroides'Li.).    The  round  shortly-petioled  leaves  serrate 
at  the  margin,  not  broadly  cordate,  but  rounded  at  the  base,  at  once 
distinguish  this  plant  from  its  near  allies.    The  inflorescence  is  sub- 
similar  to  that  of  C.  spathulata  Thunb.,  but  in  this  case  distinctly 
terminal,  not  at  all  lateral,   and  apparently  not  so  consistently 
divaricate. 

C.  latispathulata,  sp.  nov.  Caulis  in  specimine  nostro  16- 
20  cm.  longus,  internodiis  c.  1*8  cm.  longis,  inferne  efoliatus  ad 
nodos  radicans.  Folia  opposita,  plana,  glabra,  internodiis  longiora, 
ovata  vel  elliptica,  margiue  crenata  vel  crenato-serrata,  ad  basin  in 
petiolum  gradatim  attenuata,  apice  acuta,  cum  petiolis  3-3-3  cm. 
longa,  1'2-1'5  cm.  lata.  Flores  in  cymos  terminales  et  paniculatos 
dispositi.  Bracte^  sub  pedanculis  pedicellisque  duae  oppositse, 
minutae  vel  minutissimae.  Sepala  oblonga,  obtusa,  petalis  multo 
breviora.  Petala  angusti-lanceolata-acuminata,  alba,  c.  3*5  mm. 
longa.  Carpella  oblique  lanceolata,  stylis  filiformibus,  squamis 
brevibus  subrectangularibus. 

Hab.  Zuurberg,  alt.  3000  ft. ;  J.  M.  Wood,  No.  457.  Herb. 
Mus.  Brit. 

Allied  to  C.  cyclophylla  and  C.  Inandensis.  This  plant  differs 
from  C.  cyclophylla  in  the  shape  of  the  lamina  of  the  leaf,  which  is 
considerably  longer  than  broad,  and  at  the  base  tapers  gradually  to 
the  petiole.  The  shape  of  the  leaves  is  very  similar  in  C.  Inandensis, 
but  the  branching  of  the  inflorescence  is  entirely  different,  the 
peduncles  ni  C.  latisjjathulata  being  dichotomously  branched.  The 
leaves  and  flowers  are  smaller  in  C.  latispathulata  than  in  C.  Inan- 
densis. 

C.  Inandensis,  sp.  nov.  Caulis  procumbens,  ad  nodos  inferi- 
ores  radicans,  in  specimine  nostro  30  cm.  longus,  internodiis 
3-4*7  cm.  longis.  Folia  opposita  minute  squamulosa,  internodiis 
breviora  vel  interdum  longiora,  ovata  vel  elliptica,  margine  denticu- 
lata  vel  subdenticulata,  ad  basin  in  petiolum  gradatmi  attenuata, 
plana,  apice  acuta,  cum  petiolis  4-6  cm.  longa,  l'5-2-8  cm.  lata. 
Flores  in  cymos  trichotomos  et  terminales  dispositi.  Bracteae  sub 
pedunculis  pedicellisque  duae  opposite,  minutissimae.  Sepala  ob- 
longa, obtusa,  petalis  multo  breviora.  Petala  alba,  concava, 
angusti-lanceolata,  acuminata,  c.  4  mm.  longa.  Carpella  oblique 
lanceolata,  stylis  filiformibus,  squamis  subrectangularibus. 

Hab.  Natal:  Inanda ;  J.  M.  Wood,  No.  764.  In  flower,  Dec. 
1880.     Herb.  Mus.  Brit. 

This  plant  is  allied  to  C.  sarmentosa  Harvey,  and,  like  that  plant, 
roots  at  the  lower  nodes.    The  stem  is  not  so  stout  as  in  C.  sarme^i- 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA.  365 

tosa,  and  the  leaves  are  different,  the  base  in  the  present  species 
gradually  tapering  to  the  petiole  and  not  rounded.  The  flowers  are 
in  a  terminal  trichotomously  branched  cyme  ;  the  petals  narrow  and 
acuminate,  and  smaller  than  in  C.  sarmentosa.  It  is  also  allied  to 
C.  cyclophylla  Schoul.  &  Bak.  fil.  It  differs  from  this  species 
markedly  in  the  shape  of  the  lamina  of  the  leaves. 

C.  hirsuta,  sp.  nov.     Kadix  fibrosa,  annua.     Caulis  filiformis, 

volubilis,  erectus  vel  adscendens,  teretiusculus,  pubescens,  ramosus, 
4-7  cm.  longus.  Eami  nunc  erecto-patentes,  nunc  adscendentes, 
teretes,  subbrunnei  vel  rubescentes.  Folia  lanceolata  vel  lineari- 
lanceolata,  hirsuta,  acuta,  sessilia,  4-8  mm.  longa.  Flores  minuti, 
pentameri,  cymoso-paniculati,  interdum  axillis  dichotomis  floriferis, 
omnes  breviter  pedicellati.  Calycis  lobi  oblongi,  obtusi,  hirsuti, 
vix  1  mm.  longi.  Petala  +  '75  mm.  longa,  subovata,  basi  connata. 
Ovarium  papillosum,  oblique  ovatum,  stylis  subulatis,  brevibus, 
squamis  spathulatis. 

Hab.  Messklip,  on  hills,  alt.  2000  ft. ;  E.  ScJilechter.  No.  11283. 
In  flower  Sept.  16,  1897. 

This  plant  belongs  to  the  Glome^'atm,  and  is  allied  to  C.  glabra 
Haworth,  a  type  of  which  exists  in  the  National  Herbarium  at 
South  Kensington.  The  future  monographer  of  this  group  will  find 
that  the  question  of  the  identity  of  Crassula  muscosa  Linn.  PI.  Afr. 
Ear.  10  (1760),  with  C.  glabra  Haworth  will  have  to  be  considered, 
C.  muscosa  L.  is  of  course  much  the  earlier ;  the  only  specimens 
we  have  seen  bearing  this  name  are  in  the  Sherardian  Herbarium, 
Oxford.*  C.  glomerata  Berg,  Descr.  PI.  85  &  86  (1767),  will  also 
require  attention,  as  one  of  the  plants  on  which  this  is  founded  is 
in  Plukenet's  Herbarium,  and  is  C.  decumbens  E.  &  Z.  C.  hirsuta 
seems  easily  distinguishable  from  the  other  members  of  this  group 
— one  very  obvious  character  being  the  character  of  the  indumentum. 

C.  oblanceolata,  sp.nov.  Annua.  Eadix  filiformis  descendens. 
Caules  multi  ex  eadem  radice  orti,  adscendentes,  herbacei,  ssepe 
trichotomi,  ramosi.  Folia  oblanceolata  vel  oblongo-obovata,  5-7  mm. 
longa,  sessilia,  margine  integra,  plerumque  patentia,  opposita,  ob- 
tusiuscula,  basi  cuneata.  Flores  pentameri,  axillares  et  terminales, 
pedicellis  filiformibus.  Sepala  obtusa,  oblonga,  corollam  sub- 
sequantia.  Petala  oblongo-ovata,  subacuta,  circiter  1-5  mm.  longa, 
alba.  Stamina  petalis  breviora.  Styli  breviter  subulati,  squamis 
e  basi  cuneata  abrupte  et  latissime  sed  breviter  transversim  dilatatis. 

Hab.  Kareebergen,  alt.  1800  ft. ;  R,  Schlechter,  No.  8306.  In 
flower  July  24,  1896. 

This  plant  belongs  to  the  GlomeratcB,  and  has  been  referred  to 
C.  albicaulis  Harvey ;  but  we  have  compared  it  with  the  type  in 
Harvey's  Herbarium,  and  it  is  quite  distinct.  It  is  a  much  more 
slender  plant  than  C.  albicaulis^  but,  like  that  species,  it  has  many 

*  In  the  original  description  of  G.  muscosa  L.,  Ficoides  africana  annua 
minima  muscosa,  Hermann,  Par.  170,  is  quoted  as  a  synonym.  The  value  of 
the  Sherardian  specimen  is  perhaps  not  apparent  until  one  remembers  that 
Hermann's  Paradisus  Batavus  was  a  posthumous  work,  and  was  edited  with  a 
preface  by  W.  Sherard. 


866  NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA. 

stems  from  the  crown  which  spread  on  all  sides,  but  they  are  only 
at  most  4-5  cm.  long,  whereas  in  C.  albicaulis  they  are  15  cm.  or 
more.  Another  difference  is  that  in  albicaulis  the  sepals  are  about 
two-thirds  of  the  length  of  the  corolla,  whereas  in  the  present 
species  the  sepals  and  petals  are  nearly  the  same  length.  The 
sqnamge  are  rather  noticeable  on  account  of  their  somewhat 
peculiar  shape — the  short  stipe  is  abruptly  transversely  dilated, 
and  subsimilar  in  outline  to  the  section  of  an  Agaricus.  A  plant 
gathered  by  R.  Schlechter,  No.  4920,  at  Piquenierskloof,  alt.  850  ft., 
may  be  the  same  as  above. 

C.  Promontorii,  sp.  nov.  Radix  tuberosa.  Caulis  herbaceus, 
ssepissime  simplex,  +  4  cm.  altus,  interdum  altior.  Folia  opposita, 
patentia  vel  erecto-patentia,  petiolata,  membranacea,  glabra,  lamina 
rotunda,  ovata,  vel  late  ovata,  vel  elliptica,  basi  cuneata,  margine 
crenata,  vel  crenato-serrata,  1-2-2-0  cm.  lata,  cumpetiolis  2-2*8  cm. 
longa.  Flores  cymosi,  pedicellis  gracilibus.  Calycis  lobi  lanceolati, 
acuti.  Petala  ovata,  acuta,  5  mm.  longa.  Carpella  petalis  breviora, 
stylis  subulatis,  sqiiamis  rectangulari-cuneatis. 

Hab.  Table  Mountain,  Kasteelspoort,  on  rocks ;  Capt.  Wolley 
Dod,  No.  1624. 

Belongs  to  Crenato-lobatw.  This  seems  almost  certainly  the 
plant  Harvey  took  for  C.  dentata  Thunberg  (see  specimens  in  his 
herbarium).  C.  dentata  Thunberg,  var.  a,  minor  Herb.  Harvey,  is  a 
more  slender  plant.  Petrogeton  typicum  E.  Z.  (—  C.  Petrogeton 
Walpers)  belongs  to  this  variety.  We  have  carefully  compared 
Thunberg's  description  of  his  dentata  [Flora  Capensis,  293)  with  the 
present  species,  and  as  there  are  several  points  of  dift'erence,  we 
have  ventured  to  describe  the  latter.  The  stem  in  the  present 
species  is  about  4  cm.  high,  the  plants  in  the  Harveian  Herbarium 
being  rather  more,  and  the  leaves  are  not  cordate,  the  original 
description  (of  C.  dentata)  describing  the  stem  as  "  vix  ullus  vel 
brevissimus,"  and  the  leaves  as  "  cordata."  Harvey  remarks 
C.  dentata  Thunb.  has  "  something  the  habit  of  Chrysosplenimn 
oppositi folium,''  a  remark  which  is  applicable  to  the  present  species. 
The  two  plants  in  Harvey's  Herbarium  referable  to  C.  Pro- 
montorii were  collected,  one  by  Harvey  himself,  the  other  by  C. 
Wright,  No.  558,  both  without  definite  locality. 

C.  confusa,  sp.  nov.  Planta  omnino  glabra.  Caulis  herbaceus, 
+  4  cm.  altus.  Folia  subreniformia,  in  statu  siccitatis,  membran- 
acea, petiolata,  basi  truncata,  margine  Integra  vel  subintegra, 
viridia,  lamina  1-2-1 -8  cm.  lata,  7-9  mm.  longa,  petioli  5-8  mm. 
longi,  patentia  vel  erecto-patentia.  Flores  cymosi,  pedicellis  gracili- 
bus. Calycis  lobi  petalis  triplo  breviores.  Petala  ovato-acuminata, 
2-2-5  mm.  longa.  Carpella  oblique  obovata,  stylis  subulatis, 
tenuiter  recnrvis,  squamis  ovatis,  apice  obtusis. 

Hab.  Koudeberg,  alt.  2400  ft. ;  B.  Schlechter,  No.  8727.  In 
flower  Aug.  28,  1896. 

This  plant  belongs  to  the  Crenato-lohatcB,  and  is  closely  allied  to 
C.  nemorosa  Endlicher.  It  may  be  well  to  contrast  the  differences 
these  species  exhibit : — 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA.  367 

C.  NEMOROSA  Endl.  C.  CONFUSA. 

Flowers  in  interrupted  racemose     Flowers  in   complicated   cymose 
panicle.     Pedicels  thread-like.         inflorescence  ?ioi  an  interrupted 

racemose  panicle,  smaller  than 
in  C.  nemorosa  Endl.,  and  with 
shorter  pedicels. 
Calyx-lobes  ovate,  subacute,  two-     Calyx-lobes    ovate,    obtuse,    one- 
thirds  of  corolla.  third  of  corolla. 
Petals  lanceolate,  acute,  or  acu-     Petals  ovate-acuminate. 

minate. 
Styles  shortly  subulate.  Styles  subulate. 

The  styles  are  slender  and  recurved — the  connectives  are  com- 
paratively broad,  as  in  the  other  species  of  the  section. 

C.  pachystemon,  sp.  nov.  Perennis.  Caulis  erectus,  ramosus ; 
rami  adscendentes,  herbacei,  pubescentes,  +  15  cm.  longi,  inter- 
nodiis  l'7-2-0  cm.  longis.  Foha  lauceolata  vel  oblanceolata, 
sessilia,  basi  connata,  subcrassa,  erecto-patentia,  utrinque  pubes- 
centia,  margine  ciliata,  Integra,  apice  acuta,  2-2-5  cm.  longa, 
5-6  mm.  lata,  internodiis  longiora.  Flores  in  cymos  terminales 
dispositi.  Cymffi  pauciflorfe,  compactae,  paniculatim  disposit^, 
pedunculis  pedicellisque  pubescentibus,  bracteis  sub  pedunculis  et 
pedicellis  duabus  oppositis,  foliis  subsimilibus  sed  multo  minoribus, 
lanceolatis,  sessilibus,  acutis.  Sepala  dorso  convexa,  intus  sub- 
plana,  lanceolata,  basi  connata,  hispida,  margine  ciliata,  petalis 
fere  ^quilongia.  Petala  alba,  minutissime  papillosa,  c.  2-5  mm. 
longa,  oblonga  vel  oblongo-oblanceolata,  apice  subumbonata.  Car- 
pella  oblique  lanceolata,  apicem  versus  gradatim  attenuata,  squamis 
ovato-rectangularibus,  apice  emarginatis. 

Hab.  Kocky  hillsides  near  Graff  Reinet,  alt.  2600  ft.  ;  H.  Bolus, 
No.  437.     Windvogelberg,  near  Cathcart ;  J.  Ft.  Sim. 

Allied  to  C.  mollis  Thunberg  in  Nova  Acta  Acad.  Leopoldino- 
Carolinse,  vi.  340  (1778) ;  see  also  Journ.  Bot.  1897,  480.  Differs 
from  this  species  in  several  pomts,  the  leaves  of  C.  mollis  being 
terete,  triquetrous,  and  generally  glabrous,  and  the  inflorescence 
much  more  branched.  The  inflorescence  in  C.  fachystemon  is  ter- 
minal, the  flowers  being  in  compact  few-flowered  cymes.  The 
cymes  are  paniculately  arranged ;  the  peduncles  are  fairly  stout, 
and,  together  with  the  pedicels,  are  rufous  pubescent.  The  sepals 
are  not  quite  as  long  as  the  petals — the  filaments  are  remarkably 
thick — the  styles  are  not  subulate,  but  the  carpel  tapers  gradually 
from  the  base  upwards.  Though  nearly  allied  to  some  species  of 
§  Sph(2ritis,  it  has  the  petals  of  Eucrassula. 

C.  namaquensis,  sp.  nov.  Perennis  e  basi  rarnosa,  caulibus 
brevibus,  dense  foliatis,  radice  lignosa,  9-12  cm.  longa,  descendente. 
Folia  subrosulata,  csespitosa,  semiteretia,  dorso  convexa,  supra  sub- 
plana,  oblonga  vel  oblongo-lanceolata,  apice  acuta,  setis  albidis  et 
brevibus  utrinque  instructa,  2-2-8  cm.  longa,  +  7  mm.  lata.  In- 
florescentia  c.  3  cm.  longa  terminalis,  pedunculata,  cymis  paucifloris 
capitatis  compositis,  laxe  paniculata  vel  corymbosa,  pedunculo 
6-7  cm.  longo,  2-4-foliis  parvis  ovatis  hirsutis  connato-vaginatis 


368  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CRASSULA. 

bracteis  similibus  miinito,  pilis  albis  retrorsis  tecto,  floribus  sessili- 
bus.  Sepala  basi  coDuata,  ovata,  +  1  mm.  longa,  dorso  convexa, 
hirsuta.  Petala  pallide  Intescentia,  basi  connata,  ovata,  apicem 
versus  subulata,  canaliculata,  3  mm.  longa.  Stamina  c.  1-5  mm. 
longa,  filamentis  subulatis,  antberis  ovatis.  Carpella  qnam  stamina 
paullo  breviora,  oblique  oblonga,  stylis  subnullis,  stigmatibus  pone 
carpelli  apicem  dorsaliter  impositis,  squamis  membranaceis,  trun- 
catis,  cimeatis. 

Hab.  Namaqnaland  :  Garies  ;  Mr.  G.  Alston.  I'aus,  on  bills, 
alt.  2300  ft. ;  R.  Schlechter,  No.  11210. 

Belongs  to  SphcBritis.  Tbis  is  a  densely  caespitose  species  allied 
to  C.  clavifolia  E.  Meyer.  The  leaves  are  hairy  and  thick.  The 
peduncles  are  dark  red,  with  whitish  hairs,  bearing  bracts  about  the 
middle  which  are  connate  and  subvaginate,  hairy  and  acute,  and 
also  similar  bracts  below  the  branching.  The  petals  are  creamy 
white.  The  stamens  are  shorter  than  the  petals,  the  anthers  dorsi- 
fixed.  The  stigma  is  decidedly  dorsal ;  the  squamae  are  rectangular- 
cuneate,  membranous,  and  orange-coloured. 

C.  (§  Sph^ritis)  hispida,  sp.  nov.  Suffruticosa  e  basi  ramo- 
sissima.  Rami  graciles  basi  lignosi  dense  foliati  retrorso  hispidi 
ad  20  cm.  longi,  internodiis  c.  4  mm.  longis.  Folia  ovato-lanceo- 
lata  acuta,  facie  sparse  hispida,  dorso  hispida,  margine  ciliata,  basi 
subconnata,  inferiora  c.  1  cm.  longa,  superiora  sensim  minora. 
Inflorescentiae  terminales  subsessiles  capitate  diam.  5-15  mm., 
bracteis  ovato-lanceolatis  dorso  scabridis  margine  ciliatis,  floribus 
subsessilibus.  Sepala  linearia  subacuta  serrulata  intus  concava 
glabra,  dorso  scabrida  subcarinata  sublibera  c.  3  mm.  longa. 
Petala  sepalis  subeequilonga  subpanduriformia  apice  sensim  con- 
tracta  caualicalata.  Stamina  c.  1-5  mm.  longa,  filamentis  fili- 
formibus  antberis  late  ovatis.  Carpella  staminis  subaequilouga, 
stylis  subnullis,  squamis  cuneatis  apice  rotundatis  c.  0*8  mm.  longis. 

Described  from  specimens  in  Herb.  Bolus. 

"In  coUibus  saxosis  prope  thermas  Montagu,  alt.  800  ft.  leg. 
H.  Bolus  (No.  6704),  Dec,  1892." 

C.  (§  Sph^ritis)  multiflora,  sp.  nov.  Sujffruticosa  ramosa 
vel  subsimplex  robusta.  Caulis  ramulique  teretes  glabri,  inter- 
nodiis inferioribus  c.  4  mm.  longis  superioribus  sensim  minori- 
bus.  Folia  perfoliata  lanceolata  acuta,  faciebus  glabris,  margine 
cartilagiueo-ciliata,  inferiora  c,  7  cm.  longa  superiora  sensim 
minora.  luflorescentiae  terminales  vel  ex  axillis  foliorum  supe- 
riorum  laterales,  dense  multiflor^e  cymoso-corymbos^e,  bracteis 
foliis  similibus  sed  minoribus,  floribus  pedicellatis.  Sepala  sub- 
libera serrulata,  dorso  carinata  lanceolata  obtusiuscula  c.  3  mm. 
longa.  Petala  basi  connata  medio  panduriformia  apice  sensim 
contracta  canaliculata  4  mm.  longa.  Stamina  c.  2*5  mm.  longa 
filamentis  filiformibus  antberis  ovatis.  Carpella  staminis  sub- 
sequilonga  stylis  brevissimis  ovariis  subovatis,  squamis  cuneatis 
apice  submarginatis  c.  0*8  mm.  longis. 

Described  from  specimens  in  Herb.  Bolus. 

"  In  convalle  inter  saxa  prope  thermas,  alt.  800  ft.  leg.  H.  Bolus 
(No.  6702),  Dec,  1892." 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    CKASSULA.  369 

In  Herb.  Bolus  there  are  two  specimens,  the  largest  of  which  is 
about  45  cm.  long,  but  both  are  only  portions  of  a  plaint  or  plants 
which,  even  if  only  shghtly  larger,  must  belong  to  a  very  hand- 
some and  striking  species.  One  of  these  specimens  is  branched 
16  cm.  below  the  top,  the  other  is  simple  except  that  one  of  the 
uppermost  nodes  bears  a  small  inflorescence.  The  habit  of  the 
plant  as  preserved  in  these  specimens  is  somewhat  similar  to  that 
of  C.  vaginata  and  C.  rubicnnda. 

C.  scalaris,  sp.  nov.  Perennis.  Caulis  erectus,  simplex,  ad 
basin  dense  foliosus,  teres,  +  20  cm.  altus,  pubescens,  crassitie 
quam  penna  minor.  Folia  radicalia  cuneatim  obovata,  vel  late 
obovata,  basi  in  petiolum  attenuata,  apice  rotundata,  praesertim 
subtus  hirsuta,  margine  ciliata,  cum  petiolis  +  3  cm.  longa, 
2-2-5  cm.  lata ;  caulniorum  duo  infima  obovata  sessilia,  foliis 
radicalibus  cousimilia,  superiora  oblonga,  basi  connata.  Cymuli 
ad  nodos  sessiles.  Sepala  lanceolata,  hirsuta  et  ciliata,  petalis 
multo  breviora.  Petala  circiter  4  mm.  longa,  inferne  coalita, 
superne  in  apicem  longam  et  canaliculatam  attenuata.  Carpella 
oblique  obovata,  squamis  cuneatis,  apice  emarginatis. 

Hab.     Bullhoek,  alt.  700  ft. ;  B.  Schlechter,  No.  8382. 

This  plant  is  allied  to  C.  tomentosa  Thunberg,  C.  interrupta 
E.  Meyer,  and  C.  (jlahrifolia  Harv.,  and  therefore  belongs  to 
Sph(Eritis.  Stem  densely  leafy  at  the  base,  with  distant  leaf-pairs 
above.  The  radical  leaves  are  cuneate,  obovate,  hairy,  and  ciliate, 
while  those  of  tomentosa  are  described  by  Thunberg  as  lanceolate. 
The  cauline  leaves  vary  in  shape  according  to  their  position  on  the 
stem — the  lowest  are  very  similar  to  the  radical  leaves,  those  higher 
up  are  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  and  shorter  than  the  internodes. 
The  cymules  of  flowers  are  capitate  and  sessile,  or  subsessile,  at  the 
nodes,  forming  an  interrupted  spiked  thyrsus  or  spike.  The  clusters 
of  flowers  are  1*2-1 -8  cm.  apart.  The  thyrsus  in  the  specimen 
before  us  consists  of  eight  verticillasters.  C.  interrupta  E.  Meyer 
seems  quite  distinct,  though  certainly  allied ;  it  is  a  smaller,  hoary 
species  with  much  shorter  leaves.  As  has  been  previously  stated, 
it  is  somewhat  doubtful  whether  the  plants  in  Harvey's  Her- 
barium under  C.  tomentosa  are  Thunberg' s  species  (see  Journ.  Bot 
1897,  481). 

C.  leucantha,  sp.  nov.  Perennis  ramis  foliatis  virgatis 
glabris  basi  lignosis,  internodiis  inferioribus  c.  4  mm.  longis, 
superioribus  sensim  longioribus  ad  15  mm.  longis ;  folia  oblonga 
vel  oblongo-obovata  sparse  pubescentia  vel  glabra,  margine 
breviter  cartilagineo-ciliata  breviter  connato-vaginata,  inferiora 
c.  25  mm.  longa,  superiora  sensim  minora.  Inflorescentia  termi- 
nalis  capitata  vel  subcorymbosa  breviter  pedunculata  floribus 
breviter  pedicellatis  bracteis  bracteolisque  lanceolatis  margine 
cartilagineo-ciliatis ;  sepala  oblongo-linearia  basi  connata  lobis  c. 
2  mm.  longis  dorso  carinatis  margine  minute  cartilagineo  ciliatis ; 
petala  alba  basi  ovata  versus  apicem  subulata  canaliculata  c.  4  mm. 
longa,  stamina  carpellseque  brevia  antheris  ovatis,  ovariis  oblique 
ovatis  styhs  brevioribus,  squamis  subrectangularibus  truncatis,  apice 
leviter  dilatatis. 


370  NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA. 

Described  from  two  branches  in  Herb.  Alb.  Mns. 

Hab.     Howhoek,  2000  ft. ;   i?.  8chlechUr,  7378,  Feb.  1896. 

The  two  brancbes  in  Herb.  Albany  Museum  are  respectively 
21  and  23  cm.  long.  The  diameter  of  the  inflorescence  is  in  both 
cases  2-5  cm. 

C.  anomala,  sp.  nov.  Perennis  ramis  virgatis  basi  dense 
foliatis  supra  subscapiformibus  internodis  inf.  c.  1  cm.  longis, 
superioribus  ad  6  cm.  longis  pubescentibus ;  folia  inferiora  connata 
vel  subconnata  suborbicularia  cuneata  vel  late  obovato-cuneata 
2-2-5  cm.  longa,  1-5-2  cm.  lata  omnia  utrinque  pubescentia 
margine  breviter  ciliata,  2-4  superiora  sterilia  depauperata  sub- 
ovata  5-7  mm.  longa.  Inflorescentia  paniculata  vel  subspicata. 
Flores  breviter  pedicellati  in  cymas  subcapitatas  conferti,  cymis 
lateralibus  et  terminalibus  pedunculatis  pedunculis  3-23  mm. 
longis.  Sepala  basi  connata  oblongo-linearia  apice  obtusa  lobis 
c.  2  mm.  longis  dorso  carinatis  pubescentibus  margine  ciliatis  intus 
concavis  glabris,  petala  2-5-3  mm.  longa  pallide  lutea  (?)  bracteis 
bracteolisque  foliis  depauperatis  similibus  sed  minoribus  panduri- 
formia  basi  connata  supra  more  sect.  8ph(Britidis  subulata  canalicu- 
lata  dorso  apice  more  sect.  Globules  globulifera ;  filamenta  brevia, 
antherae  ovataB ;  carpella  oblique  oblonga,  stigmatis  subsessilibus, 
squamis  subrectangularibus  apice  rotundatis  subemarginatis. 

Described  from  two  branches  in  Herb.  Alb.  Museum. 

Hab.  French  hoek  in  montibus,  2000  ft.,  by  R.  Schlechter, 
9317,  Nov.  1896. 

This  plant  combines  to  a  certain  extent  the  floral  characters  of 
Spharitis  and  Glnhulea,  though  it  seems  to  me  more  nearly  allied  to 
the  species  placed  under  the  former  section. 

The  two  branches  I  have  seen  are  respectively  32  and  23-5  cm. 
long.  In  the  former  the  lov/er  densely  foliate  region  is  9  cm.  long; 
then  follows  a  portion  with  one  pair  of  depauperated  leaves  12  mm. 
long,  and  the  inflorescence  is  11  mm.  long.  The  corresponding 
measurements  of  the  other  branch  are  5  cm.,  13-5  cm.,  5  cm. 
Here  the  second  region  has  two  pairs  of  depauperated  leaves. 

C.  subacaulis,  sp.  nov.  Acaulis  vel  subacaulis.  Folia  omnia 
radicalia,  adscendeutia,  imbricantia,  basi  connata,  oblonga  vel 
oblongo-lanceolata,  apice  acuta  vel  subacuta,  crassa,  2-5-3*8  cm. 
longa,  margine  subserrata,  glabra  vel  glabriuscula.  Pedunculus 
herbaceus,  simplex,  scapiformis,  +  20  cm.  altus,  bracteis  mem- 
branaceis  basi  connatis.  Cymuli  giobosi,  dense  fasciculati,  sessiles, 
vel  pedicellati.  Sepala  oblonga,  ciliata,  obtusa,  petalis  breviora. 
Petala  +  3  mm.  longa.  Carpella  2-5  mm.  longa,  stigmate  dorsali, 
squamis  rectangulari-cuneatis. 

Hab.  Steinkopf ,  on  hiUs,  alt.  2900  ft. ;  B.  Schlechter,  No.  11498. 
In  flower  Oct.  4,  1897. 

This  plant  belongs  to  §  GJohulea.  The  leaves  are  all  radical  or 
subradical,  and  in  this  respect  resembles  C.  nudicaulis  L.  The 
peduncle  is  scape-like,  the  dense  globose  cymules  of  flowers  being 
capitate,  the  lower  ones  being  sessile  or  shortly  stalked.  This 
plant  is  also  closely  allied  to  C.  obvallata  L.     I  have  compared  it 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA.  371 

with  Harvey's  specimens,  and  find  the  leaves  in  C.  siibacaulis  are 
narrower,  and  not  cartilagineo-cihate,  as  in  that  species. 

C.  (Bulliarda)  aphylla,  sp.  nov.  Annua  glabra  pusilla, 
c.  1-5-2  cm.  alta.  Caulis  inferne  simplex  supra  parum  ramosus, 
erectus,  internodiis  basi  subteretis  apicem  versus  inflatis  applanatis 
summo  excavatis.  Flores  4-meri  (vel  rare  3-meri  ?),  terminales 
sessiles.  Calycis  lobi  minuti  subtrigoni.  Petala  late  ovata  c.  2  mm. 
longa.  Stamina  petalis  sub^equilongis  filamentis  basi  linearibus 
apice  constrictis,  antheris  late  ovatis.  Styli  breves  subulati,  ovaria 
lata,  ovula  2-4,  squamae  .... 

Hab.  Brontjes  river,  alt.  2300  ft.,  Aug.  8, 1896 ;  leg. R.  Schlechter, 
No.  8664. 

"Amongst  crassulaceous  plants  this  tiny  species  is  perhaps 
Mr.  Schlechter's  most  interesting  discovery,  owing  to  the  complete 
absence  of  leaves.  Their  physiological  functions  are  evidently 
entirely  undertaken  by  the  stem,  in  which  the  upper  parts  of  the 
internodes  are  swollen,  thus  giving  the  plant  the  aspect  of  a 
miniature  Opuntia.  I  could  not  demonstrate  to  my  satisfaction 
that  squamae  were  present  in  the  flowers,  as  I  did  not  wish  to 
sacrifice  too  much  of  the  material  at  my  disposal." — S.  S. 

C.  Lambertiana,  sp.  nov.  "Annua  pusilla  glabra  2-5  cm. 
alta,  caulis  dichotome  ramosus  subpellucidus  filiformis  sparse 
foliatus,  internodiis  inferioribus  1-1*8  cm.  longis.  Folia  plana  (?) 
obovata  lanceolata  basi  attenuata  subpetiolata  inferiora  1-2  cm. 
longa,  superiora  sensim  minora.  Flores  tetrameri  vel  rare  penta- 
meri  in  ramulis  terminales,  pedicellis  tenuissimis,  inferioribus  ad 
1"3  cm.  longis  superioribus  3-5  mm.  longis.  Sepala  obovata 
lanceolata  sublibera  2-2*5  mm.  longa.  Petala  ovata  obtusa  sublibera 
alba  c.  1-1-2  mm.  longa.  Stamina  petalis  subsequilonga,  filamentis 
linearibus  apice  constrictis,  antheris  late  ovatis.  Carpella  petalis 
subsequilonga,  ovulis  5-6,  stylis  brevissimis,  squamis  quam  carpellis 
triplo  brevioribus  e  basi  linearibus  sursum  dilatatis  subbilobis, 
rotundatis. 

Hab.  Lamberts  Bay,  alt.  10  ft.,  Aug.  16,  1896;  leg.  R.  Schlechter, 
No.  8539. 

"  G.  Lambertiana  is  nearly  allied  to  C.  trichotoma  Schonland. 
Our  species  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  its  broader  leaves  and  the 
comparative  length  of  the  petals,  which  here  are  only  about  half 
the  length  of  the  sepals.  I  may  mention  that  it  appeared  to  me 
that  the  anthers  in  this  species  open  by  means  of  longitudinal 
valves.  My  material  was,  however,  not  sufficient  to  decide  this 
point.  If  confirmed,  it  would  be  advisable  to  make  C.  Lainhertiana 
the  type  of  a  new  genus." — S.  S. 

C.  papulosa,  sp.  nov.  Annua  ?  Oaules  tenues,  herbacei,  e 
nodis  radicantes,  4-6  cm.  longi.  Folia  circiter  4  mm.  longa,  inter- 
nodiis breviora  oblique  ovata  in  petiolum  brevem  attenuata,  basi 
connata  apice  subacuta,  lamina  cartilagineo  ciliata.  Flores  termi- 
nales solitarii,  breviter  pedicellata,  tetrameri.  Sepala  oblonga  vel 
oblongo-ovata,  apice  obtusa,  basi  parum  connata,  circiter  1*5  mm. 
longa,  e  basi  glabra,  sursum  dorse  marginibusque  minute  papillosa. 


372  NEW    SPECIES    OF    CRASSULA. 

Petala  basi  parum  connata,  circiter  2  mm.  longa,  ovato-lanceolata. 
Ovaria  oblique  ovata,  sty  lis  subulatis,  squamis  incudiformibus. 

Hab.     Matroosberg ;  Marloth,  No.  1999. 

Allied  to  C.  alpina  Endliciier. 

C.  Dodii,  sp.  nov.  Annua  radice  tenuissima  descendente. 
Caules  plures  ex  eadem  radice  orti,  adscendentes,  filiformes  sub- 
simplex  vel  parum  ramosi,  2-3  cm.  longi.  Folia  radicalia  spathu- 
lata  vel  ovata,  caulina  spathulata  vel  oblanceolata,  membranacea, 
apice  obtusa,  basi  +  gradatim  in  petiolum  attenuata,  margine 
Integra  cum  petiolis  4-8  mm.  louga,  internodiis  breviora.  Flores 
pentameri  caulium  apices  versus  +  aggregati,  pedunculi  pedi- 
cellique  gracillimi.  Sepala  ovata  vel  oblongo-ovata.  Petala  ob- 
longo-ovata,  1*5  mm.  loiiga.  Carpella  oblique  obovata,  stylis 
brevibus,  tenuibus,  squamis  apicem  versum  dilatatis,  apice  truncatis. 

Hab.  Vanrhynsdorp,  on  bills,  alt.  300  ft. ;  R.  Schlechter, 
No.  10994.     In  flower  and  fruit  Aug.  26,  1897. 

Named  in  honour  of  Capt.  Wolley  Dod,  who  has  recently  made 
considerable  collections  at  the  Cape. 

There  seems  some  confusion  in  regard  to  Bulliarda  brevifolia 
E.  &  Z.  in  Harvey  &  Sonder,  Fl.  Cap.  (ii.  330).  There  are  certainly 
two  plants  under  this  name  in  Harvey's  Herbarium,  the  true 
plant  of  Ecklon  and  Zeyher,  and  a  plant  represented  by  Wright, 
No.  549,  from  Simons  Bay,  which  is  either  identical  with  or  very 
closely  allied  to  0.  Dodii.  The  present  species  is  a  slender  flliform- 
stemmed  little  annual,  difl'eriug  in  both  leaves  and  flowers  from 
B.  brevi/olia  E.  &  Z. 

C.  nana,  sp.  nov.  Omnium  specierum  hucusque  cognitarum 
haec  est  minutissima.  Eadix  brevis  tenuissima  descendens.  Planta 
vix  1  cm.  alta.  Folia  obovata,  3  mm.  louga,  crassiuscula,  caulina 
late  obovata,  basi  angustata.  Dichasium  pauciflorum  subumbel- 
latum.  Bracteffi  foliis  similes,  inferiores  vix  minores.  Flores 
tetrameri.  Sepala  oblongo-obovata,  dorso  pubescentia.  Petala 
triangularia.  Sepala  petalaque  circiter  1  mm.  longa.  Carpella 
oblique  ovata,  stylis  brevibus  tenuibus,  squamis  spathulatis. 

Hab.  Zuur  Fontein,  alt.  150  ft.;  R.  Schlechter,  No.  8560.  In 
flower  and  fruit  Aug.  17,  1896. 

This  interesting  little  plant  is,  so  far  as  we  know,  the  smallest 
representative  of  the  genus.  The  sepals  and  petals  are  approxi- 
mately the  same  length,  the  sepals  being  dorsally  pubescent  and 
blunt.  It  is  allied  to  C.  a^nna  Endlicher  (=  Bulliarda  alpina 
E.  &  Z.). 

C.  PEPLoiDEs  Harvey,  Fl.  Cap.  ii.  355.  The  following  notes  are 
from  a  plant  received  in  June,  1897,  from  Mr.  J.  R.  Sim,  and  col- 
lected on  the  Windvogelberg,  near  Cathcart ;  it  was  grown  at 
Grahamstown,  and  flowered  in  December,  1897.  The  leaves  agreed 
at  first  with  the  description,  but  under  cultivation  became  longer 
than  in  the  type  (length  17  mm.  as  against  11  mm.).  The  stem  is 
very  pale,  almost  white,  nearly  terete,  with  two  opposite  shallow 
grooves  just  above  each  pair  of  leaves;  leaves  slightly  lounded  on 
back,  almost  flat  above,  also  with  shahow  median  grooves  both 


DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.  373 

above  and  below.  Calyx-lobes  oblong-obovate,  blunt,  rounded  at 
the  back  with  obtuse  interspaces.  Petals  oblong-ovate,  white, 
strongly  8-nerved  above,  filaments  and  carpels  white,  pollen  pale 
yellow.  Stamens  and  carpels  almost  the  length  of  the  petals; 
filaments  subulate,  attenuated ;  anthers  ovate ;  styles  subulate, 
nearly  size  of  ovary  ;  squamae  rectangular,  apex  emarginate. 


DECADES  PLANTARUM  NOVARUM  AUSTRO- 
AFRICANARUM. 

AUCTORE    R.    SCHLECHTER. 

(Continued  from  p.  318.) 

DEGAS    IX. 

81.  Hermannia  asbestina,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  humihs  1-2- 
pedalis,  ramosus,  rigidus  ;  ramulis  erecto-patentibus  primum  dense 
stellato-pubescentibus  demum  lignescentibus  glabratis ;  foliis  par- 
vulis  obovato-ellipticis,  basi  in  petiolum  brevem  angustatis  dimidio 
superiore  5-7-dentatis,  utrinque  dense  pilis  stellatis  miuutis  ob- 
tectis,  0-5-0-8  cm.  longis,  medio  fere  0-3-0-5  cm.  latis ;  stipulis 
minutis  deciduis ;  floribus  axillaribus  singulis,  nutantibus,  roseis ; 
pedicello  filiform!  stellato-pubescente,  1-1-2  cm.  longo ;  calyce 
campanulato  late  aperto,  0-6  cm.  longo,  stellato  puberulo  mox 
membranescente,  reticulato-nervoso,  segmentis  tubo  fere  asqiii- 
longis,  lanceolatis  acutis,  erecto-patentibus ;  petalis  oblanceolato- 
spathulatis  obtusis,  utrinque  glaberrimis,  calyci  fere  duplo  longiori- 
bus ;  filamentis  e  basi  lineari-cuneata  planis,  setis  sparsis  margine 
ciliatis,  valde  acuminatis,  0-4  cm.  longis,  antheris  angustis,  elongatis, 
apice  bifidis,  margine  ciliatis  filamentorum  longitudine ;  stylo  fili- 
formi  acuto,  dimidio  inferiore  hispidulo,  dimidio  superiore  glaber- 
rimo,  0-5  cm.  longo ;  ovario  stipitato,  granuloso-punctato,  10- 
cornuto,  cornubus  obtusis  subbarbatis. 

In regione Kalaharica :  In lapidosis montium  "Asbestos Bergen," 
Dec.  1894  ;  Dr.  R.  Marloth,  No.  2057. 

A  near  ally  to  H.  spinosa  E.  Mey.,  from  the  Niewe  Veld,  but 
with  less  rigid  habit,  pedicels  not  transformed  into  divergent  spines, 
a  stellate  calyx,  filaments  of  the  same  length  as  the  anthers,  and  a 
glabrescent  ovary  which  is  covered  with  scale-like  grains  and  bears 
ten  barbate  horns.  The  highly-stipitate  ovary  is  remarkable.  I  do 
not  know  whether  this  is  so  or  not  in  H.  spinosa. 

82.  Lotononis  macra,  sp.  n.  Suffrutex  pereunis  adscendens, 
20-25  cm.  alta ;  caule  simplici  vel  subsimphci  filiformi,  gracili, 
tereti,  piloso,  laxe  foliato,  apice  nudo ;  foliis  3-foliolatis,  erecto- 
patentibus,  foliolis  linearibus  acutis,  pilosis,  1*5-2  cm.  longis, 
lateralibus  subfalcatis,  petiolo  piloso,  1  cm.  longo ;  stipulis  bmis 
erectis,  linearibus  acutis,  pilosis,  petiolo  paulo  longioribus  ;  pedun- 
culo  (si  licet  appellare)  terminali  filiformi  piloso,  4-5-6  cm.  longo, 
umbellatim  pauci(l-3)-floro  bracteis  stipulis  omnino  conformibus, 


374  DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 

pilosis,  pedicello  piloso  paulo  longioribus;  floribus  aiireis  pro  genere 
magnis ;  calyce  campanulato-piloso,  fere  0*8  cm.  longo,  segmentis 
lineari-lanceolatis  tnbo  longioribus ;  vexillo  unguiculato,  lamina 
suborbiculari,  imgue  incluso  1-6  cm.  longo,  1  cm.  lato,  extus  medio 
apicem  versus  pilosulo  cnsterum  giabro,  alis  carinae  paulo  longiori- 
bus, ungue  lineari  lamina  oblique  falcato-oblonga  obtusa  glaberrima, 
basi  margine  superiore  breviter  auriculata,  1-8  cm.  longis  ;  carina 
glaberruiia,  obtusa,  apice  breviter  excisa  1-6  cm.  longa ;  ovario 
sericeo-piloso,  pluriovulato,  stylo  filiformi  glaberrimo. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  clivo  argillaceo  prope  Wup- 
perthal,  in  ditione  Clanwilliam,  alt.  c.  3500  ped.,  Sept.  1896; 
R.  Schlechter. 

This  belongs  to  the  section  Telina  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
J  J.  varia  Steud.,  and  L.  macrocarpa  E.  &  Z.  It  is  easily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  habit,  the  narrow  pilose  leaves,  the  stipules,  and 
the  pilose  vexiUum  and  ovary.  It  is  evidently  a  rare  plant,  as  I 
could  only  find  two  specimens,  in  spite  of  careful  searching.  It 
was  growmg  in  clayey  soil  amongst  Ehjtropappus  Rhinocerotis  Less. 

83.  Vernonia  collina,  sp.  n.  Herba  perennis  plantaginea,  c. 
10  cm.  alta ;  I'oliis  radicalibus,  rosulatis  obovato-spathulatis  obtusis, 
dimidio  inferiore  integris,  dimidio  superiore  irregulariter  crenulato- 
dentatis,  subcoriaceis,  superne  glabris,  subtus  minute  (tamen  dense) 
impresso-punctatis,  1-5-2-5  cm.  longis,  supra  medium  1-1-6  cm. 
latis;  scapo  (si  licet  appellare)  stricto  puberulo,  apice  pauci-capitato; 
capitulis  1-2-1 -3  cm.  diametientibus,  breviter  pedunculatis,  pedun- 
culis  puberulis,  involucre  vix  sequilongis  ;  involucro  campanulato, 
0-8  cm.  alto,  foliolis  linearibus  vel  lineari-lanceolatis  acutis  vel 
acuminatis,  dorso  puberulis ;  floribus  tubulosis  e  basi  anguste 
cylindrica  dimidio  superiore  dilatatis,  extus  granulis  albidis  ornatis, 
segmentis  oblongis  vel  Inieari-oblongis  obtusis,  erecto-patentibus 
in^quilougis,  involucrum  superantibus  ;  antheris  anguste  linearibus 
glabris,  basi  breviter  sagittatis,  0-3  cm.  longis,  stylo  filiformi  giabro, 
brachiis  hispidulis  filiformibus  tubum  antherarum  bene  exceden- 
tibus,  divaricatis,  acheniis  cylindrico-oblongis  hispidulis,  pappo 
biseriato,  serie  interiore  pilorum  asperum,  serie  exteriore  squamel- 
larum  minutarum  subpiliformium. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  clivo  graminoso  in  sum.mo  monte 
"Little  Noodsberg"  (Nataliae),  alt.  c.  3800  ped.,  Oct.  1894;  J. 
T/iode,  No.  150. 

This  rare  little  plant  should  be  placed  next  to  V.  Dregeana 
Schulz  Bip.,  of  which  it  has  the  habit,  differing  from  it,  however, 
by  its  stouter  growth,  larger  heads  on  short  pedicels,  the  different 
indument,  and  the  achenes.  I  have  seen  it  as  yet  only  in  Mr. 
Thode's  collection,  who  kindly  gave  me  a  specimen. 

84.  Felicia  amelloides,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  erectus  ramosus, 
20-30  cm.  altus,  ramulis  teretibus,  dense  foliatis,  demum  glabres- 
centibus ;  foliis  oppositis  erectis  anguste  linearibus  obtusis  hispid- 
uUs,  crassiusculis,  0-5-1  cm.  longis  ;  pedunculis  terminalibus  medio 
bracteolatis  vel  subnudis,  hispidulis,  1*5-2  cm.  longis ;  capitulis  c. 
2-5  cm.  diametientibus,  singulis ;  involucri  foliolis  subuniseriatis  c.  12 


DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARUM    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM.  375 

linearibiis  lanceolatisve  acntis,  hispidulis,  0*6  cm.  longis ;  floribus 
radii  c.  12  cyaneis  ligulatis  anguste  oblongis  glabris,  involucrum 
duplo  excedeiitibus,  apice  minute  S-dentatis,  5-nerviis,  stylo  fiiiformi 
brachiis  filiformibus  exsertis,  acheniis  oblongis  compressis,  hispid- 
ulis, pappi  setis  asperis ;  floribas  disci  tubulosis,  0-4  cm.  longis, 
subcylindricis,  dimidio  superiore  paulo  ampliato,  medio  fere  extus 
setis  sparsis  hispidulis,  segmentis  ovatis  obtusiusculis  extus  setis 
sparsis  ornatis,  intus  glabris ;  antheris  anguste  linearibus  sub- 
acutis,  vix  0*2  cm.  longis,  filamentis  filiformibus,  antheris  breviori- 
bus ;  stylo  fiiiformi  glabro,  brachiis  filiformibus  antherarum  apices 
paulo  excedentibus ;  acheniis  hispidulis  compressis,  pappi  setis 
asperis  coroUse  asquilongis. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  clivis  arenosis  lapidosisque  in 
cacumine  montium  Drakensbergen,  "  Mont  aux  Sources,"  alt.  c. 
10,000  ped.,  Jan.  1896;  J.  Thode. 

This  must  be  a  fine  plant  with  its  large  blue  rays.  It  is  allied 
to  F.  harbata  Schltr.  [Aster  harbatus  Harv.)  from  the  south-western 
region  of  the  Cape  Colony,  but  has  larger  flower  heads  and  smaller 
leaves  with  a  different  iiidument. 

85.  Senecio  subcoriaceus,  sp.  n.  Herba  perennis,  erecta, 
25-30  cm.  alta ;  foliis  radicahbus  rosulatis  subcoriaceis  obovatis 
obtusissimis,  basi  valde  angustatis  superne  sparsim  hispidulis, 
subtus  glabris,  4-5  cm.  longis,  supra  medium  2-5-8  cm.  latis, 
margine  nunc  integris,  nunc  obscure  creuulato-dentatis ;  caule 
erecto  e  basi  adscendente  dense  gianduloso-puberule,  parum  ramoso, 
dimidio  inferiore  simplici  foliis  parvulis  3-4,  linearibus  ^landuloso- 
puberulis  ornato,  ramulis  paucis  filiformibus  erectis  infra  capitulum 
squamulis  minutis  laxis  donatis,  laxe  glauduloso  puberulis ;  involucro 
campanulato,  0-8  cm.  diametiente,  foliis  12-15  subuniseriatis 
linearibus  acutis,  margine  hyalinis,  c.  0*6  cm.  longis,  dorso  sparsim 
hispidulis,  apice  breviter  subbarbato-ciliatis  ;  capitulis  ad  apicem 
ramulorum  singulis,  laxe  subcorymbosis,  discoideis  ;  floribus  tubu- 
losis, 0-7  cm.  longis,  tubi  dimidio  inferiore  cylindrico  glaberrimo, 
dimidio  superiore  ampliato,  segmentis  ovatis,  erectis,  apice  incras- 
sata  subincurvis ;  antheris  anguste  linearibus  obtusis,  0*2  cm. 
longis,  filamentis  filiformibus  glabris,  antheris  brevioribus  ;  stylo 
fiiiformi  glabro,  brachiis  apice  truncatis,  antherarum  apices  exce- 
dentibus ;  acheniis  cylindricis  glabris,  apice  margine  ampliatis 
subhyalinis,  quasi  pappum  exteriorem  annularem  formantibus ; 
pappi  setis  tenuibus  corollae  fere  sequilongis. 

In  regione  austro-orientali  :  In  collibus  prope  Newcastle 
(Natalia),  alt.  c.  3900  ped.,  17  Dec.  1895  ;  J.  M,  Wood,  No.  5980. 

In  the  section  '^  FlantaglneV  our  plant  should  rank  next  to 
S.  petiolaris  Thbg.,  from  the  Bockland,  from  which  it  is  easily  to  be 
recognized  by  the  branched  stem,  the  leaves,  and  the  glabrous 
achenes.  The  colour  of  the  flowers  is  light  yellow,  often  with 
reddish  tips  to  the  lobes.  I  remember  having  collected  S.  sub- 
coriaceus at  Volksrust,  in  the  Transvaal,  in  October,  1893. 

86.  Hemimeris  gracilis,  sp.  n.  Herba  annua,  erecta,  tenuis, 
simplex  vel  parum  ramosa;  caule  stricto  vel  subflexuoso,  15-25  cm. 


376  DECADES    PLANTARUM    NOVARU.M    AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 

alto,  laxe  foliato,  tereti,  glanduloso-puberulo,  foliis  pro  genere  bene 
petiolatis  ovatis  vel  ovato-ellipticis  obtusis  pariim  grosse  dentatis 
vel  crenato-dentatis,  0"7-l  cm.  longisj  0-5-0-7  cm.  latis,  petiolo 
gracili  0-4-0'7  cm.  longo ;  floribus  ad  apicem  cauiis  in  axillis 
foliorum  singulis  ;  pedicellis  filiformibus  glanduloso-puberulis,  folia 
excedeiitibus,  post  anthesin  elongatis,  decurvis;  calycis  segmentis 
linearibus  vel  lineari-lanceolatis  obtusis,  glanduloso-puberulis,  0-3- 
0*4  cm.  longis ;  corolla  c.  0*5  cm.  diametiente,  aurea,  labio  posteri- 
ore  anteriori  multo  minore,  concavo,  obtuso,  rotundato,  anteriore 
subquadrato  obtusissimo  glabro,  bifossulato,  calcaribus  duobus  di- 
vergentibus  0-5  cm.  longis  obtusis  glabris ;  stylo  lineari  brevi, 
utrinque  hyalino-alato,  glabro,  0-1  cm.  longo,  stigmati  latiore ; 
capsula  subglobosa  glabra,  calycem  paulo  excedente,  c.  0-4  cm. 
diametiente,  seminibus  pallide  brunneis  subglobosis,  granuloso- 
punctatis. 

In  regione  austro-occidentali :  In  arenosis  lapidosisque  juxta 
viam  magnam  in  valle  fluminis  Hex  River,  prope  "  Hex  Eiver 
Station,"  in  ditione  Worcester,  14  Aug.  1897;   Capt.  Wolley  Dod. 

At  once  separable  from  all  the  other  species  of  the  genus  by  the 
two  distinct  divergent  spurs  of  the  corolla.  In  habit  it  resembles 
slender  specimens  of  H.  sabulosa  Benth.  As  with  the  flowers  of  the 
other  species,  they  are  here  yellow. 

On  my  last  journey  to  Little  Namaqualand  I  discovered  two 
more  spurred  species  of  Hemimens,  both  of  which  will  be  published 
shortly. 

87.  Loranthus  Pentheri,  sp.  n.  Planta  habitu  L.  olei folio 
Ch.  et  Schltd.  simillima,  ramulis  teretiusculis  laxe  foliatis,  elongatis, 
glabris ;  foliis  oppositis  vel  suboppositis  anguste  oblongis  obtusis, 
glabris  perbreviter  petiolatis,  basi  vulgo  obliquis,  4-7  cm.  longis, 
1-1-5  cm.  latis;  umbellis  paucifloribus  axillaribus,  pedunculo  per- 
brevi  glabro,  0-5-1  cm.  longo ;  pedicellis  glabris  apice  incrassatis 
calycem  disciformem  formantibus,  pedunculo  vulgo  lougioribus 
nunc  ^quilongis,  c.  0-8  cm.  longis ;  calyce  obconico  basi  truucato, 
apice  integerrimo,  0-6  cm.  longo,  basi  0-3  cm.  diametiente, 
apice  0-6  cm.  diametiente;  petalis  5,  usque  ad  basin  liberis,  e 
basi  incrassata  anguste  linearibus  tertia  parte  superiore  paulo 
dilatatis,  utrinque  glabris,  c.  5-5  cm.  longis,  medio  fere  latitudine 
vix  O'l  cm.  excedentibus,  flexuoso-recurvis,  lateralibus  basi  obliquis; 
staminibus  petalis  ^quilongis,  filamentis  filiformibus  glabris,  tertia 
parte  inferiore  petalis  adnatis,  antheris  porrecto-incurvis  angustis, 
obtusis,  1-4  cm.  longis,  basi  sursum  dilatata  plicato-rugosis ;  stylo 
filiformi  glabro,  staminibus  ^quilongo  vel  parum  longius ;  stigmata 
capitato.    • 

In  regione  tropico-orientali :  in  arboribus  prope  Ligombwe,  in 
terra  Matabeleland,  26  Jun.  1895  ;  Dr.  A.  Penther. 

Although  allied  to  L.  oleifolius  Cham,  et  Sehlect.,  our  species 
differs  so  considerably  from  it  that  no  doubt  about  their  differences 
can  possibly  arise.     The  flowers  seem  to  have  been  purplish. 

88.  Thesium  Sonderianum,  sp.  n.  Fruticulus  adscendens  e 
basi  ramosus ;  ramis  irregulariter  striatis,  subteretibus,  elongatis, 


DECADES  PLANTARUM  NOVARUM  AUSTRO- AFRICAN  ARUM.      377 

dense  foliatis,  mox  lignescentibns,  glabris ;  foliis  erecto-patentibus 
demum  vulgo  falcato-recurvis,  filiformi-subulatis,  acutis,  glabris, 
dorso  carinaque,  imprimis  superioribus,  minute  graniilato-serriilatis, 
0- 3-0-7  cm.  longis  ;  spicis  terminalibus  ovoideis  cylindricisve, 
1-1*8  cm.  longis,  c.  0-8  cm.  diametientibus ;  bracteis  foliaceis 
foliis  latioribiis  lineari-lanceolatis  acutis,  margine  pellucido 
tenuissime  ciliolatis,  florem  aequantibus  vel  paulo  brevioribiis, 
bracteolis  bractese  similibus,  paulo  angustioribus  brevioribusque, 
acute  carinatis ;  perigonio  tubuloso  extus  glaberrimo,  0-8  cm. 
longo,  0*3  cm.  diametro,  segmentis  suberectis  lanceolato-oblongis 
subacutis,  0-3  cm.  longis,  intus  margine  dense  niveo-barbatis,  basi 
medio  fasciculo  pilorum  ad  antheras  tendentium  ornatis  ;  stamini- 
bus  tubum  perigonii  vix  excedentibus,  filamentis  subulatis  brevibus, 
antheris  oblongis  filamento  bene  longioribus,  0*1  cm.  longis ;  stylo 
filiformi  erecto,  basin  antherarum  paulo  excedente. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  Ad  margines  lapidosos  planitiei, 
supra  Grabamstown,  in  ditione  Albany,  Jul.  1865,  alt.  c.  2200  ped. ; 
P.  Macowan,  No.  804. 

In  regione  Carrooidea :  In  lapidosis  mentis  "Cave  Mountain," 
prope  Graaff  Reinet,  alt.  c.  4500  ped.,  Nov.  1866;    H.  Bolus,  526. 

The  plant  collected  by  MacOwan  has  been  named  T.  scahrum  by 
Sender,  whereas  Bolus  considers  it  a  variety  of  T.funale  L.  Neither 
of  the  two,  however,  can  possibly  be  applied ;  our  plant  is  quite 
distinct  from  both,  but  nearer  allied  to  T.  scabrum  L.  than  T.fimale 
L.,  next  to  the  former  of  which  I  place  it. 

89.  Morsea  macra,  sp.  n.  Perennis,  gracilis,  20-30  cm.  alta  ; 
cormo  ovoideo,  tunica  rigida  reticulata  apice  fissa  vestito ;  folio 
radicali  singulo,  filiformi,  glaberrmio,  rigidiusculo,  basi  scapum 
arete  amplectente,  vulgo  flores  superante ;  scapo  glaberrimo  supra 
basin  vulgo  subgenuflexo,  plerumque  plus  minusve  ramoso;  bracteis 
exterioribus  foliaceis,  more  generis  pedicellos  amplectentibus,  acutis, 
interioribus  membranaceis  occultis  ;  pedicellis  filiformibus,  glabris  ; 
perigonii  segmentis  exterioribus  unguiculatis,  lamina  ovata  sub- 
acuta,  2  cm.  longis ;  interioribus  lineari-spathulatis  ungui  fere 
SBquilongis,  0*8  cm.  longis  ;  columna  staminea  basi  connata  ; 
antheris  linearibus,  0-7  cm.  longis,  filamentis  filiformibus,  antheris 
duplo  brevioribus ;  ovario  glaberrimo,  capsula  oblonga  utrinque 
obtusa,  1-1*2  cm.  longa,  c.  0-5  cm.  diametiente. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  planitiebus  graminosis  prope 
Queenstown,  alt.  3600-3800  ped.,  No^.  1396  ;  E.  E.  Galpin, 
No.  2193. 

The  species  is  certainly  allied  to  M.  tripetala  Ker,  but  at  once 
can  be  easily  distinguished  by  its  ramification  and  the  larger  inner 
perigon-segments.  The  colour  of  the  flower  is  said  to  be  "lilac 
with  yellow  spots,"  whereas  in  M.  tripetala  Ker  we  have  cyaneous 
flowers.     The  stigma  appendages  are  rather  short. 

90.  Romulea  longipes,  sp.  n.  Herba  perennis,  20-45  cm. 
alta  ;  cormo  subgloboso,  basi  breviter  truucato,  tunica  rigida,  lucida 
basi  breviter  fissa  vestito  ;  foliis  radicalibus  (in  specimiuibus  visis  2), 
filiformibus  rigidis  erectis,   basi  vaginantibus,   glaberrimis,    caule 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Oct.  1898.]  2  d 


378  MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA. 

elongato,  erecto,  filiform!  glabro,  apice  vagina  erecta,  rigidiiiscula 
e  basi  lanceolata  filiformi  ornata  ;  lioribus  fide  collectoris  albis, 
breviter  pedicellatis  ;  pedicellis  filiformibus,  flori  brevioribiis ; 
spathae  valvis  ffiqnalibus,  ovato-lanceolatis  acutis,  membranaceo- 
marginatis,  perigonio  brevioribus ;  perigonio  campannlato,  seg- 
mentis  connatis,  lanceolatis  acntis,  utrinque  glabris,  1-5-2  cm. 
longis,  tube  dimidium  perigoni  vix  asquante  ;  staminibus  segmentis 
brevioribus,  filamentis  angastissime  Imearibus,  0-7  cm.  longis, 
glabris  ;  antheris  lineari-oblongis,  apice  glandula  parvula  ornatis, 
0-4  cm.  longis ;  stylo  filiformi  glabro,  brachiis  antberas  baud 
excedentibus. 

In  regione  austro-orientali :  In  gramiuosis  prope  Port  Alfred, 
in  ditione  Bathurst,  Coloniae  Capensis,  alt.  c.  200  ped.,  Nov.  1895  ; 
E.  E.  GaJpin,  No.  3023. 

A  species  well  distinguisbed  from  its  allies  by  tbe  elongate  stem. 
Tlie  colour  of  tbe  flowers,  if  any  value  may  be  attached  to  it,  brings 
it  to  the  neighbourhood  of  R.  chloroleuca  Baker,  a  very  different 
stemless  plant. 


MYCETOZOA     OF     ANTIGUA. 
By  Arthur  Lister,  F.R.S. 

In  the  number  of  this  Journal  for  April,  1898,  a  record  was 
given  of  fifty -three  species  of  Mycetozoa  obtained  by  Mr.  William 
Gran  from  the  islands  of  Antigua  and  Dominica.  Examples  of  six 
additional  species  collected  in  Antigua  have  since  been  received  from 
him,  and  the  whole  of  his  gatherings  are  now  represented  in  the 
British  Museum  Collection.  We  are  fortunate  in  obtaining  fifty-nine 
species  of  these  interesting  organisms  from  a  part  of  the  world 
where  they  have  been  so  little  investigated  by  former  naturalists. 
Mr.  Cran  has  now  left  Antigua,  and  resides  in  Scotland ;  and  we 
cannot  but  regret  that  his  work  in  the  West  Indies  has  been 
brought  to  a  close,  for  it  was  an  unusual  privilege  to  have  a  man 
with  accurate  discrimination  living  on  the  spot,  who,  besides 
collecting  the  specimens,  could  observe  their  life-history. 

A  striking  feature  in  these  gatherings  is  the  entire  absence  of 
any  species  of  Trichia,  which  is  a  remarkably  cosmopolitan  genus; 
but  as  the  plasmodium  almost  always  inhabits  the  substance  of 
rotten  wood,  it  seems  probable  that  the  rapid  destruction  of  exo- 
genous timber  by  white  ants,  described  by  Mr.  Cran,*  may  account 
for  his  finding  no  species  of  Triclda  in  the  island. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  new  specimens  : — 

Physarum  nucleatum  Rex.  On  dead  leaves.  This  species  is  not 
uncommon  in  the  United  States  of  America,  and  has  also  been  ob- 
tained from  Borneo  and  Java.  It  nearly  resembles  Physarum 
compactum  (Wing.)  List,  in  the  character  of  the  capillitium  ;  but 

*  Journ.  Bot.  1898,  111. 


MYCETOZOA    OF    ANTIGUA.  379 

in  all  the  specimens  of  P.  7iucleatum  we  have  examined  the  small 
angular  lime-knots  contain  strikingly  large  and  round  lime-granules, 
which  are  more  loosely  arranged  than  in  P.  compacUim ;  these 
granules  often  fuse  together,  so  as  to  form  a  vitreous  nodule. 
The  dense  deposit  of  lime  in  the  stalk  and  the  usually  well-defined 
spots  of  lime  in  the  sporangium-wall  afford  the  most  distinct 
specific  features  of  P.  compactum,  as  contrasted  with  the  absence 
of  lime  in  the  stalk  and  the  crowded  calcareous  deposits  in  the 
sporangium-wall  of  P.  nucleatnm. 

Physarum  in^quale  Peck.  The  specimen  from  Antigua,  on 
dead  wood,  is  the  small  compressed  form  obtained  by  Count  Solms 
Laubach  in  Java  in  1884,  preserved  in  the  Strassburg  collection, 
and  by  Prof.  0.  Penzig  in  the  same  island  in  1896.*  It  is  closely 
allied  to  P.  virescens. 

Chondrioderma  reticulatum  Rost.  On  dead  leaves.  Effused  or 
elongate  plasmodiocarps,  with  typical  capillitium  and  spores. 

Chondrioderma  rugosum  Rex.  This  Antigua  gathering  is  repre- 
sented by  a  number  of  sporangia  mounted  in  glycerine-jelly.  The 
capillitium  is  darker  than  described  by  Dr.  Rex,  but  examination 
of  the  original  type  shows  considerable  colour  in  some  sporangia. 
The  stalks  are  longer  than  in  the  Dominica  specimen  (Journ.  Bot. 
1898,  118),  and  the  spores  measure  8-9  fx. 

DiACH^A  suBSESsiLis  Pcck.  Mr.  Cran  obtained  a  fair  supply  of 
this  species  in  Antigua,  but  it  was  unfortunately  lost  at  the  time 
of  his  leaving  the  island,  with  the  exception  of  a  mounting  in 
glycerine-jelly  of  several  sporangia.  These  are  quite  typical,  the 
spores  having  precisely  the  same  sculpture  as  those  from  FJitwick 
(figured  in  Journ.  Bot.  May,  1898,  tab.  386,  fig.  9).  Further  British 
gatherings  have  been  secured  since  the  first  discovery  in  this 
country  in  Sept.  1896  (/.  c.  1897,  213).  It  was  found  in  con- 
siderable abundance  by  Mr.  Crouch  in  Flitwick  Wood,  in  October, 
1897,  and  by  Mr.  Saunders  in  the  same  month  at  Holt,  Norfolk, 
in  Mr.  Gurney's  woods. 

DiDYMiuM  FARiNACEUM  Schrad.  var.  minus.  There  are  two  speci- 
mens from  Antigua  of  this  species.  One  is  of  the  usual  form,  with 
dark  rugose  stalks.  In  the  other  the  stalks  are  white,  and  densely 
charged  with  crystals  of  lime  below  the  almost  black  columella. 
A  gathering  from  Lyme  Regis  with  half  the  stalk  white  and 
similarly  charged  with  lime  connects  this  specmien  with  the  type, 
but  it  is  a  striking  and  instructive  form.     The  spores  measure  8  /x. 

DiDYMiuM  NiGRiPES  Fr.  var.  a.  On  dead  leaf.  This  is  a  typical 
specimen  with  tlie  dark  columella.  That  recorded  from  Antigua  in 
the  former  notice  was  var.  y  xanthopus  with  a  white  columella. 

CoMATRicHA  OBTUSATA  Preuss.  On  dead  wood.  A  small  form 
with  globose  sporangium,  and  slender  capillitium  forming  a  loose 
superficial  net.     Spores  nearly  smooth,  7  /x  diam. 

*  Die  Myxomyceten  der  Flora  von  Buitenzorg,  Dr.  Penzig,  Leiden,  1898,  p.  34. 

2  D  2 


380 


NOTES     ON     THE     FLORA     OF     SHROPSHIRE. 

By  Arthur  Bennett,  F.L.S. 

I  LEARN  from  Science  Gossip  that  the  members  of  the  Caradoc 
and  Severn  Valley  Field  Club  are  engaged  upon  a  new  Shropshire 
Flora,  and  that  Mr.  W.  P.  Hamilton,  of  Shrewsbury,  will  be  glad 
to  receive  records  or  other  information.  The  late  Mr.  Beckwith,  of 
Ironbridge,  had  hoped  to  have  brought  out  a  flora  of  the  county  and 
sent  me  many  specnnens,  and  we  had  much  correspondence  on  the 
subject.  It  is  for  that  reason  that  I  make  a  few  observations  on 
some  plants  of  the  county;  if  any  reader  of  this  Journal  can  supply 
any  information,  I  trust  they  will  send  it  to  Mr.  Hamilton. 

Elatine  Jiexandra  DC.  (Leighton's  Flora,  173).  I  have  this  from 
'*  Mere  near  Ellesmere,  1871,  Fred.  Stratton,"  and  also  received  it 
from  Mr.  Beckwith. 

Salix  pyatensis  h.  {Flora,  504).  Mr.  Watson  places  Shropshire 
among  doubtful  counties  for  this  plant,  and  thinks  S.  Verbenaca 
may  have  been  mistaken  for  it;  but  Mr.  Leighton  put  a  " !"  to  one 
locality,  and  he  was  too  good  a  botanist  not  to  distinguish  the 
two.  In  one  of  the  localities  the  plant  may  have  been  an  intro- 
duction, but  in  the  other,  "Oakley  Park,  near  Ludlow,"  it  may  be 
native. 

Actinocarpus  Daniasonium.  Br.  [Flora,  157).  A  western  locality 
for  an  eastern  species  in  Britain  ;  the  Cornish  one  seems  to  have 
been  an  error.  It  was  "abundant  at  Ellesmere  Mere " ;  a  specimen 
thence  is  in  the  British  Museum  Herbarium,  gathered  by  H.  Bidwell 
in  1843.     This  seems  a  decreasing  species  in  Britain. 

Alisiiia  nataiis  L.  [Flora,  158).  I  liave  received  the  true  plant 
from  Mr.  Beckwith.  This  seems  to  require  continuation  from 
several  counties ;  I  have  it  from  Salop,  Montgomery,  Carnarvon, 
Chester,  and  have  seen  it  from  Anglesea.  In  addition  to  those 
named  in  Top.  Bot.  ed.  2,  it  is  reported  from  Cardigan  in  this 
Journal  for  1864,  p.  8. 

Scheachzeria  palustris  L.  This  seems  to  be  one  of  our  decreasing 
species,  and  I  have  noted  the  dates,  so  far  as  my  material  will 
allow,  of  the  various  counties  for  which  this  species  is  reported. 
In  Salop  it  was  discovered  in  1824  by  Mr.  J.  Jendwine ;  it  was  also 
gathered  in  1831  by  Prof.  Babmgton ;  both  of  these  gathered  it  at 
Bomere,  and  Mr.  Jendwine  also  at  Shomere.  In  1866  the  Rev. 
0.  M.  Fielden  found  three  specimens  on  Welsh  Hampton  Moss."*" 
In  June,  1884,  Mr.  Beckwith  found  it  at  Ellesmere.  In  1892  the 
Rev.  E.  F.  Linton  told  me  that  he  had  searched  unsuccessfully  for 
it  both  at  Bomere  and  Ellesmere,  and  remarked  that  Mr.  Phillips 
thought  it  was  extinct  at  Bomere :  the  latest  specimen  I  possess 
from  Bomere  is  July,  1870.  There  is  some  discrepancy  as  to  its 
first  discovery  in  England,  In  this  Journal  [I.  c.)  Mr.  Leighton 
says  it  was  first  found  in  Lakeby  Car,  near  Boroughbridge,  York, 

*  Journ.  Bot.  1866,  306. 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLOEA  OF  SHROPSHIRE.  881 

by  the  Rev.  J.  Dalton  in  1787,  and  figured  in  Eng.  Bot.  t.  1801,  in 
1807.  But  on  Sowerby's  drawing  at  the  British  Museum  the  date 
of  its  finding  is  given  as  "  1807."  I  have  been  unable  to  discover 
on  what  Mr.  Leighton  based  his  statement,  but  on  an  original 
specimen  in  the  Yorkshire  Philosophical  Museum  Herbarium  the 
label  has  "  Lakeby  Carr,  Boro-Bridge,  1.6.1807.  Rev.  James 
Dalton";  but  unfortunately  this  was  transcribed  by  the  Rev.  W. 
Hincks,  and  the  original  label  is  wanting.  The  latest  specimen 
I  have  hence  is  from  Mr.  G.  Webster,  1871.  Dr.  Lees,  in  his 
West  Yorkshire  Flora,  gives  the  date  of  its  discovery  on  Thorne 
Moor,  near  Doncaster,  Yorkshire,  as  "  S.  Appleby,  1832,  in  Mag. 
Nat.  Hist.  V.  558,"  and  says  that,  in  company  with  Mr.  W.  Todd,  he 
found  one  specimen  "by  a  well"  in  1870.  In  the  British  Museum 
there  are  specimens  from  "  Thorne  Moors,"  from  Mrs.  Robinson's 
herb.,  1847.  In  1833  Mr.  Duff*  discovered  it  in  the  White 
Myre  of  Methven,  generally  called  Methven  Bog.  In  this  locality 
(Journ.  Bot.  1884,  274;  1889,  363;  Flora  of  Perthshire,  306)  Dr. 
Buchanan  White  says  it  is  probably  extinct — probably  in  con- 
sequence of  the  settlement  there  of  ''a  colony  of  about  three 
thousand  black-headed  gulls."  But  another  cause  may  have 
helped  its  extinction,  for  Mr.  John  Sim  says  (Phytol.  ii.  576 
(1858) )  that  he  gathered  above  three  hundred  plants  there  :  "it  is 
nearly  done"!  I  have  specimens  gathered  by  Mr.  Sim  in  this 
locality,  gathered  "  June-Aug.  1860,"  in  flower  and  fruit;  it  is  last 
known  to  have  been  gathered  there  by  Sim  in  1874.  In  1849  the 
Rev.  G.  Pinder  found  it  in  Wynbury  Bog,  Cheshire ;  f  Mr.  Watson 
says  that  the  Rev.  M.  J.  Berkeley  had  sent  him  a  note  of  it  from 
the  "  north  of  Notts  "  :  I  have  no  recent  knowledge  of  the  species 
from  either  of  these  counties. 

Rynchofipora  fusca  Sm.  is  recorded  from  Bomere  Pool  in  Leigh- 
ton's  Flora  (p.  36),  on  the  authority  of  the  Rev.  E.  Williams; 
unfortunately  the  specimens  (if  such)  could  not  be  traced,  and  Mr. 
Leighton  says  he  searched  for  it  in  vain.  From  the  geographical 
standpoint  there  is  no  reason  why  it  may  not  have  occurred. 

Carex  extensa  Good.  [Flora,  458).  Watson  excluded  this  as 
from  an  inland  county ;  and  Mr.  Leighton  does  not  put  the  sign 
"  !  "  after  the  locality,  but  remarks :  "  The  form  of  the  nut,  inde- 
pendently of  any  other  differences,  essentially  distinguishes  this  from 
every  modification  of  Jiava."  Could  this  have  been  C.  Mairii 
Coss.  &  Germ.  (Obs.  PI.  Crit.  18,  t.  1  et  2,  1840)  ? 

Mr.  Leighton  did  not  include  the  Characem  in  his  Flora. 
Among  a  quantity  of  submerged  material  from  a  pool  in  Salop, 
sent  me  by  Mr.  Beckwith,  I  found  some  small  scraps  of  Chara 
gracilis. 

*  Hooker,  Brit.  Flora,  176  (1835). 
t  H.  C.  Watson,  Cyb.  Brit.  ii.  480. 


382 


CRITICAL  NOTES  ON   SOME    SPECIES   OF    CERASTIUM. 

By  Frederic  N.   Williams,   F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  p.  344.) 

14.  C.  AMBiGUUM  Fisch.  in  litt.  ex  Ser.  in  DC.  Prodr.  i.  419. 
This  plant  has  never  been  described.  Fischer  appears  to  have  sent 
specimens  to  Seringe,  who  referred  them  to  C.  strictum  var.  com- 
mune. In  Herb.  Kew.  there  is  a  specimen  apparently  authenticated 
imder  this  name  proposed  by  Fischer,  which  was  collected  by 
Turczaninow  in  1830.  It  is  labelled  "in  siccis  ad  Angaram  "  : 
which  I  presume  to  refer  to  the  River  Angara,  m  the  Siberian 
province  of  Irkutzk.  It  consists  of  a  single  flowering  stem  15  centim. 
long,  with  basal  leaves  attached.  From  the  number  of  leaves  at- 
tached to  the  base  of  this  single  stem,  it  may  be  inferred  that  the 
plant  is  more  than  usually  caespitose.  The  stem  is  almost  glabrous, 
and  the  leaves  are  provided  with  a  few  short  hairs  of  a  non- 
glandular  character.  The  dichasium  has  six  flowers  somewhat 
smaller  than  those  in  typical  specimens  of  C.  arvense,  supported  on 
pedicels  rather  shorter  than  the  calyx.  There  are  no  capsules  on 
the  specimen,  but,  as  the  ovary  is  very  short,  probably  the  capsule 
would  be  short  as  in  C.  arvense.  The  brief  diagnosis  which  follows 
serves  to  indicate  the  characters  which  distinguish  it  from  normal 
forms  of  the  species  : — 

C.  ARVENSE  var.  AMBIGUUM  Wllliams. — Plusminus  csespitosum 
subglabratum  vel  parce  puberulum,  eglandulosum,  clarescenti 
viridalum,  15  centim.  Folia  basilaria  approximata,  caulina  re 
mota.  Dichasium  6-florum ;  flores  breviter  pedicellati ;  pedicelli 
floriferi  calyce  pauUum  breviores,  fructiferi  baud  visi  (longiores?) 
bracteffi  lanceolato-lineares.     Ovarium  ovale. 

Hab.  Siberia ;  in  dry  places  near  the  River  Angara,  in  the 
province  of  Irkutzk,  long.  103°  (^Turczaninow). 

15.  C.  AMBLYODONTUM  Colenso,  in  Trans.  New  Zeal.  Instit.  xxvii. 
384  (1894).  So  named  from  the  structure  of  the  capsular  teeth. 
Not  very  different  from  the  same  botanist's  C.  tnincatidiim.  Judging 
from  the  specimens  in  Herb.  Kew.,  it  seems  to  belong  to  the  C.  pu- 
miliim  group  of  species. 

16.  C.  AMPLExicAULE  Sims,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1789  (1816)  =  C.  da- 
vuricum,  Fisch.  (1815). — Sims's  plant  is  not  referred  to  by  Ledebour 
(Fl.  Ross,  i.) ;  but  both  authors  cite  the  same  figure  in  J.  G. 
Gmelin's  Fl.  Sibirica,  iv.  148,  t.  62,  f.  1  (1769),  where  it  is  described 
under  the  name  of  "Alsine  Cerastium  foliis  connatis."  The  leaves 
are  connate  at  the  base  rather  than  amplexicaul,  as  the  figure  shows 
distinctly,  so  that  the  name  of  C.  connatum  for  the  plant  proposed 
by  S.  G-.  Gmelin  in  the  second  volume  of  his  Fieise  durch  Russland 
(1774-1783)  is  a  better  one,  and  is  the  name  attached  to  the  speci- 
mens in  Willdenow's  herbarium,  no.  9055.  C.  amplexicaule  was 
raised  in  Lambert's  garden  at  Boyton,  in  Wiltshire,  from  seeds  sent 
by  Fischer  from  the  Botanic  Garden  at  Gorenki,  near  Moscow. 
Biras  in  the  course  of  his  description  says  that  in  Gmelin's  figure 


CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM.  383 

the  peduncle  of  the  fruit  is  upright,  as  distinguished  from  his 
specimens  in  which  the  peduncle  is  bent  downwards  at  its  junction 
with  the  stem.  This  is  probably  due  to  the  aesthetic  sense  of 
symmetry  evinced  by  the  draughtsman,  who  forbore  to  represent 
the  central  peduncle  as  crooked  while  the  alar  peduncles  were 
straight. 

17.  C.  ANDiNUM  Benth.  Plant.  Hartweg.  162  (1839-57)  =  C. 
moJIissimnm  Poir.  In  the  Index  Keivensis  the  habitat  of  this  plant 
is  stated  to  be  the  republic  of  Colombia,  but  I  find  that  Hartweg's 
specimens  (no.  907)  were  from  Mt.  Antisana,  in  the  Andes  of 
Ecuador.  These  specimens  differ  from  those  of  typical  C.  mollissi- 
mum  in  the  sepals  being  thickly  covered  with  woolly  hairs. 

18.  0.  ANDINUM  Peyritsch,  in  LinncBa,  xxx.  59  (1860),  [=  C.  iiiolle 
Bartl.] . 

Hab,     Mexico  ;  volcano  of  Toluca,  at  4100  metres. 

19.  C.  ANDINUM  Phil,  in  Anal.  Univ.  Chil.  (1862)  ii.  318,  et  in 
Linnaea,  xxxiii.  21  (1864)  =  0.  triviaU  var.  andinum,  Wilhams. 
Nanum  condensatum  vix  glandulosum  ;  folia  oblongo-linearia  ; 
petala  calyce  paullo  breviora. — The  specimens  are  not  to  be  dis- 
tinguished from  those  of  0.  vulqatiini  var.  andinum  (A.  Gray,  in 
U.  S.  Explor.  Exped.  Bot.  i.  120). 

20.  C.  ANDRosACEUM  Ser.  in  DC.  Prodr.  i.  416  (1824)  =  C. 
Illyncum  Ard.  (1763-64).  Seringe  founded  the  species  (so  named 
from  its  superficial  resemblance  to  Androsace  villosa)  on  Castagne's 
specimens  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Constantinople.  In  Nue's 
herbarium  in  the  Nancy  Museum  there  are  specimens  from  the 
same  locality  labelled  "Constantinople,  1844,  n.  148,"  which 
exactly  agree  with  Castagne's  specimens.  It  may  be  noted  that 
Boissier  cites  this  same  number  in  the  same  series  of  plants  for 
Delpliinium  persicwn  var.  assijriacum  Boiss.  Seringe's  somewhat 
meagre  description  is — "  pusillam  pilosissimum,  foliis  ovatis,  caule 
dichotomo,  floribus  subcapitatis  ternis,  pedunculatis  basi  involu- 
cratis,  sepalis  angustis  acutissimis."  The  specimens  which  Castagne 
sent  to  Seringe  were  labelled  ''  Cerastiuni  pilosuin.''  Castagne  pro- 
bably compared  them  with  the  description  and  plate  in  the  Flom 
GrcEca  (t.  454),  which,  however,  undoubtedly  refer  to  C.  lllyricum. 
True  C.  pilosum  is  a  Siberian  plant. 

21.  C.  ANGusTiFOLiuM  Vitm.  Summa  Plant,  iii.  137  (1789)  = 
C.  strictitm  L.  Sp.  Plant.  439  (1753) ;  C.  arvense  L.  j3.  strictum 
Lee.  &  Lamot.  Cat.  PI.  Vase.  Centr.  France,  108  (1847). 

Syn.  Centuncubis  au(/mtifolius  Scop.  Fl.  Carniolica,  ed.  2,  322, 
t.  19  (1772). 
C.  rigidus  Scop.  I.e. 

Cerastliun  serpyllifollum  W.  Enum.  hort.  Beroliu.  suppl.  26. 

C.  mutahile  var.  strictiun  Gren.  Monogr.  69. 

C.  arvense  var.  alpicolum  Fenzl  in  Ledeb.  Fl.  Rossica,i.413. 

Centuncuhis  is  one  of  Adanson's  genera,  taken  up  by  Scopoli, 

who  describes   five   species,   all  referable  to  Cerastium.     The  pre- 

Linnean  synonyms  for  this  plant  cited  by  Scopoli  are^ 


384  CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME   SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM. 

CaryophylUis  Jwlosteus  alpiims  gramineus,  Bauhin,  Prodr.  104 
(1671). 

Myosotis  caule  hirsiito,  foliis  perangustis  glabris,  /lore  calycem  exce- 
dente,  Haller,  Enum.  pi.  Helv.  384,  t.  5,  f.  1. 

Both  these  names  are  mentioned  by  Linnaeus  under  Cerastium 
strlctmn,  so  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  about  the  identity  of  the 
plant.  Vitman's  description  is  so  much  more  lucid  than  that 
of  Linn^us  that  I  here  transcribe  it: — "  Caules  digitales  foliosi, 
floriferi.  Folia  lineari-lanceolata,  mollia.  Calyx  laciniis  carinatis, 
acuminatis,  villosis.  Petala  non  profunde  bifida,  calyce  longiora. 
Capsula  calyce  brevior,  10-valvis."  Linn^us,  however,  says  of  the 
leaves  :  "  folia  linearia,  acuminatissima,  stricta,  glabra,"  and  bases 
the  ''nomen  triviale"  on  this  character.  This  discrepancy  is 
probably  due  to  the  fact  that  the  difference  between  the  radical 
and  cauline  leaves  is  not  noted :  the  cauline  leaves  (in  Austrian 
specimens)  are  oblong  or  lanceolate,  the  radical  leaves  much  nar- 
rower and  recurved  somewhat,  resembling  those  of  0.  alpinum. 

22.  C.  ANOMALUM  Waldst.  &  Kit.  ex  W.  Sp.  Plant,  ii.  812  (1799) ; 
et  PI.  rar.  Hung.  i.  21,  t.  22  (1802).  At  the  time  when  Willdenow 
was  occupied  in  re-editing  Linnseus's  Species  Plantanim  and  bringing 
it  up  to  date,  Kitaibel  was  engaged  on  his  monumental  work,  and 
knowing  probably  that  Willdenow  was  about  to  publish  the  new 
edition,  he  communicated  to  him  the  description  of  this  Hungarian 
plant.  The  authority  as  given  by  Willdenow  is  "  Waldstein  et 
Kitaibel,  PI.  rar.  Hung."  On  the  other  hand,  when  this  latter 
work  was  subsequently  published,  the  reference  to  Willdenow  was 
full  and  explicit.  There  is  therefore  no  ambiguity  about  the  date. 
The  species  is  widely  distributed,  and  occurs  in  Europe,  Asia,  and 
N.  Africa,  growing  on  damp  pastures. 

Geogr.  limits  : — N. :  Germany ;  on  the  banks  of  the  Oder  at 
Steinau,  in  the  province  of  Silesia.  S. :  Syria ;  between  Tripoli 
and  Hamah  (Blanche  ex  Boiss.  Fl.  Orient,  i.  715).  E. :  Russian 
Turkestan  ;  east  shore  of  the  Caspian  Sea  (Karelin  ex  Ledeb.  Fl. 
Rossica,  i.  398).  W. :  France ;  dept.  of  Loire-inferieure  (Rouy  et 
Fouc.  Fl.  de  France,  iii.  225). 

23.  C.  APETALUM  Dumort.  Obs.  Bot.  47  (1822)  =  C.  glomeratum 
var.  apetalum  Rouy  &  Fouc.  Fl.  de  France,  iii.  213  (0.  viscosiim  var. 
apetalum  Fenzl).  If  the  rule  of  priority  in  names  were  as  generally 
applicable  to  varieties  as  it  is  to  species,  the  name  of  this  plant 
should  be  C.  glomeratum  var.  rotundifolium,  as  Dumortier's  plant 
(which  is  not  mentioned  in  Grenier's  monograph)  is  identical  with 
C.  rotundifolium  Fisch.  (1812).  This,  however,  would  not  be  such 
an  appropriate  name.  The  flowers  are  usually  apetalous,  though 
the  uppermost  flowers  on  the  stem  bear  sometimes  2-4  small  petals. 
I  have  seen  specimens  from  Thirsk,  in  Yorkshire.  Dumortier's 
work  is  usually  wrongly  cited  as  "  Comm.  Bot.,"  e.g.  in  hidex 
Kewensis. 

24.  C.  APRicuM  Schlechtendal  in  Linn^a,  xii.  208  (1838)  : 
=  C.  rattans  var.  apricum  Rohrb.  in  Linnaea,  xxxvii.  290  (1872-73). 
Pedicelli  crassi ;  calyx  4  mm. ;  petala  calycem  aequantia.     Variat 


CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM.  385 

foliis  angustioribus  longioribus  et  latioribus  magisqiie  spathulatis 
ac  turn  capsulis  subbrevioribus.  Semina  dorso  leviter  sulcata, 
faciebus  leviter  depressa. 

The  specimens  I  examined  were  Liebmann's  PI.  Mexic.  n.  1, 
collected  in  the  Chinantla  district  of  prov.  of  Puebla  in  May,  1841. 
The  type-specimens  were  collected  by  Schiede  at  San  Salvador, 
near  Jalapa,  in  the  prov.  of  Vera  Cruz.  Liebmann's  specimens  are 
20-22  centim.  high,  and  a  medium-sized  capsule  contained  thirty- 
five  seeds.  By  Grenier  (Monogr.  Cerast.  83)  placed  among  the 
doubtful  and  obscure  species.  In  the  original  description  Schlech- 
tendal  says:  "  habitu  ad  C.  vuh/atum  (sen  triviale)  accedit  sed  folia 
longiora  angustiora,  inflorescentia  laxior,  attamen  ut  jam  prius 
diximus  affine  quoque  C.  7iutanti  Americse  septentrionalis."  This 
earlier  reference  to  the  plant  is  in  Linniiea,  v.  233  (1830).  Specimens 
were  subsequently  distributed  under  the  name  of  C.  mexicanum  by 
Schaffner,  Coll.  PI.  Mexic.  n.  301. 

25.  C.  Apuanum  Pari,  in  Nuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  vii.  69  (1875). 
Parlatore  says  :  "  immerito  ab  auctoribus  cum  C.  alpino  Linn,  quod 
ab  Apenninis  omnino  exul,  et  C.  arvensi  Linn.,  a  quibus  satis 
differt,  confusum."  By  Nyman  the  plant  is  placed  under  0.  Thomasii. 

Syn.  C.  (ilphiwn  Bertol.  Fl.  Alp.  Apuan.  in  Amoen.  Ital.  368,  et 
Fl.  Italica,  iv.  762  (as  to  the  plant  from  the  Apuan  Alps). 

Hab.  Italy ;  several  localities  in  the  Apuan  Alps,  in  the  prov. 
of  Massa-Carrara. 

26.  C.  ARABicuM  Fisch.  &  Mey.  ex  Heynh.  Nomencl.  Bot.  ii.  133 
(1840).  I  can  find  nothing  about  this  plant.  It  is  mentioned 
neither  by  Fresenius  (Beitr.  fl.  ^Egypt.  Arab.)  nor  by  Deflers 
(Voyage  au  Yemen).  From  the  cliaracter  of  the  work  in  which  it 
occurs,  it  may  be  only  a  garden  form. 

27.  C.  Arabidis  E.  Mey.  ex  Fenzl  in  Ann.  Wien.  Mus.  i.  340 
(1836);  Harv.  &  Sond.  Fl.  Capensis,  i.  130  (1858).  A  species 
founded  on  Drege's  specimens  n.  3557,  collected  at  2200-2400 
metres  on  the  Witte-berg,  in  Cape  Colony.  So  named  by  Meyer 
from  its  lanceolate  leaves  resembling  those  of  Arabis  hirsuta. 
Sender  describes  a  ^^  \SiY.  glitti7iosum"  from  Tambu-land,  which  is 
scarcely  more  than  a  form  with  somewhat  weaker  stems  covered 
with  short  glandular  hairs,  instead  of  with  long  hairs  towards  the 
base  as  in  the  type.  The  species  is  also  recorded  from  Queenstown 
District  (Cole,  1860,  Cooper,  n.  393);  Mt.  Currie,  in  Griqualand 
East,  at  1600  metres  [Tyson,  1883,  n.  1365);  and  Faku's  territory 
{Sutherland,  1864).  All  these  specimens  match  those  collected  by 
Drege. 

28.  C.  Araraticum  Eupr.  Fl.  Caucasi,  234  (1869)  =  C.  alpinum 
var.  Araraticum  Williams. — Ruprecht  says  that  this  plant  is  nearest 
C.  gtiaphalodes,  from  which  it  differs  in  "  foliis  turionum  radicalium 
non  fasciculiferis,  apice  haud  congestis  subrosulatis,  oblongo- 
linearibus,  similibus  caulinis,  nee  rotundato-spathulatis  hetero- 
morphis,  sepalis  ssepe  minoribus,  vix  ultra  6  mm.,  petalis  calyce 
duplo  majoribus."  In  the  seeds,  however,  the  nucellus  is  closely 
invested  with  the  testa,  as  in  all  forms  of  C,  alpinum.     In  Moritz's 


386  CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM. 

specimens  the  flowering  stems  are  5-10  centim.  high,  with  short 
hiiear-hinceolate  leaves,  and  terminating  in  few- flowered  dichasia. 
The  specimens  collected  on  Mt.  Ararat  at  3050  metres  seem  to  be 
identical  with  those  of  Kotschy  (It.  Cilicico-Kiird.  1859,  n.  524) 
from  Bitlis,  in  the  vilayet  of  Musch,  referred  to  (J.  gwiphalodes 
(Boiss.  Fl.  Orient,  i.  728),  and  with  those  of  Aucher-Eloy  from  Mt. 
Athos,  in  Eumelia  (Herb.  d'Orient,  n.  624),  which  were  referred  to 
C.  (jrandifionim  by  Boissier,  and  to  C.  arvense  by  Grisebach.  This 
variety  of  C.  alpinum  seems,  therefore,  to  have  a  wide  range. 

29.  C.  ARCTicuM  Lanfjje  in  Fl.  Danica,  t.  2963  ;  et  in  Overs.  Vid. 
Selsk.  Forh.  119  (1880).  From  an  examination  of  authentic 
specimens,  I  believe  this  to  be  an  hybrid  between  two  forms  of 
G.  alpinum.  At  Am  Binnein,  in  Perthshire,  the  plant  is  associated 
as  on  Ben  Lawers  with  forms  of  0.  nlpiniDii.  In  Greenland  and 
Lapland,  and  wherever  else  the  plant  has  been  found,  one  or  other 
of  the  forms  of  0.  alpinum  occurs,  and  intermediate  and  connecting 
forms  are  frequent.  Mr.  N.  A.  Svensson  collected  specimens  in  the 
Lapmark  district  of  Northern  Sweden,  which  he  considers  hybrid 
between  C.  alpinum  var.  (jhibrum  and  C.  arcticwn.  C.  arcticum  var. 
Ednwnstonei  is  another  obscure  form  from  Unst,  one  of  the  Shet- 
land islands.  Mr.  J.  M.  Norman  records  connecting  forms  from 
the  island  of  East  Vagoen  and  from  Finmark,  in  Arctic  Norway; 
though  ni  a  letter  I  recently  received  from  him  he  expresses  un- 
certainty as  to  the  status  of  0.  arcticum.  In  his  lucid  notes  on  the 
flora  of  Arctic  Norway  he  writes  :  "  non  dubito,  quin  proles  hybrida 
sit,  etsi  una  parentum,  Cerastium  Jatifolium,  in  tractu  natali  ejus 
hactenus  non  inventa  est,  tamen  in  districtu  vicino  Ofoten  pro- 
veniens."  The  form  has  been  found  as  far  south  as  Caernarvon- 
shire. 

30.  C.  ARENARiuM  Teuore,  Fl.  Napolitana,  iv.  232  (1830).  I  have 
examined  the  authentic  specimens  in  Gay's  herbarium  which  were 
sent  to  him  by  Tenore,  who  collected  them  at  Castellamare,  to  the 
south  of  Naples.  The  plant  has  been  so  shuttlecocked  from  one 
species  to  another,  that  I  have  here  described  it  from  these  speci- 
mens as  if  they  represented  the  type  of  a  species,  though  I  believe 
it  should  be  united  with  C.  jjellucidum  (1821).  Whether  the  latter 
be  considered  as  a  variety  or  as  a  species,  it  should  certainly  be 
placed  in  the  same  small  group  with  C.  semidecandnun. 

Radix  annua,  fibrillosa.  Caules  erecti  basi  conferti,  cum  ramis 
diffusis  adscendentes,  villoso-hirsuti,  virescentes,  glanduloso-viscosi 
aliquando  autem  non  viscosi,  crassiores  quam  in  C.  semidecandro, 
in  dichasium  laxum  soluti.  Folia  basilaria  spathulata  pedolata, 
superiora  ovale-lanceolata  vel  late  linearia.  Dichasium  multoties 
dichotomum  ;  pedicelli  inferiores  calyce  2|-4-plo  longiores  (in 
descriptione  originali  Tenore  "  piu  corti"  scripsit,  i.e.  paullum 
breviores)  ;  flores  micropetali  ;  bracteae  late  scariosse  oblongo- 
lineares  acuminatae.  Sepala  lanceolata  acuta,  interiora  paullo 
angustiora.  Petala  emarginato-biloba  calyce  breviora,  unguibus 
glabris.  Stamina  5  ;  filamenta  glabra.  Capsula  ovato-cylmdrica, 
apice  leviter  incurvata,  calyce  duplo  longior.     Semina  rulescentia, 


CKITICAL  NOTES  ON  SOME  SPECIES  OF  CERASTIUM.  387 

faciebns  depressa,  dorso  sulcata. — Planta  12  centim.  vel  plus  minus 
ultra,  tota  pilis  transversis  villoso-hirsutis  obsita. 

Tenore  says  that  his  plant  is  very  near  C.  obscuriim  Chaub., 
"  sed  folia  in  nostro  obovata  nee  lanceolato-oblonga,  et  pedunculi 
breviores."  Both  C.  obscurum  and  C.  pellncidum  are  accorded 
specific  rank  in  St.  Amans'  Fl.  Agenaise.  The  plant  is  certainly 
identical  with  C.  se)nidecandniin  (vix  Linn.)  Desf.  Fl.  Atlantica,  i. 
306  (1798).  C.  arenarium  is  kept  up  as  a  species  by  Lojacono 
(Fl.  Sicula,  179),  specimens  being  recorded  from  Mt.  Etna  and 
Catania.  C.  senudecandnim  var.  arenarium.  AYillk.  &  Lange,  Prodr. 
fl.  Hisp.  iii.  632,  is  quite  a  different  plant — "  petalis  minimis  (non 
nisi  sub  lente  conspicuis),  saspe  circacircum  denticulatis." 

31.  C.  ARENosuM  Kit.  Addit.  fl.  Hung,  in  lAmifBa,  xxxii.  518 
(1863).  So  named  by  Kitaibel  from  the  specimens  occurring  in 
"  graminosis  arenosis."  This  very  doubtful  plant  cannot  stand  as 
a  species  or  even  as  a  problematical  variety.  The  enigmatical 
diagnosis  is — "  descriptum  sub  nom.  C.  oialis,  a  quo  vero  secundum 
descriptionem  Smithii,  cui  hoc  C.  vulgatwn  est,  differt.  Proximum 
C.  viscoso,  a  quo  distinguendum." 

32.  C.  AROiEUM  Boiss,  &  Bal.  Diagn.  PI.  Or.  nov.  Ser.  ii.  vi. 
38  (1859) ;  Boiss.  Fl.  Orient,  i.  715. 

a.  tijpicum  mihi.     Tota  planta  pubescenti-viscida. 

/?.  glahratuui  Haussk.  ined.  in  exs.  Sintenis,  It.  Orient.  1894, 
n.  6089.     Tota  planta  glabrata. 

Hah.     Gumuchkhane,  in  prov.  of  Trebizond. 

Species  facie  C.  Kazbek,  hujusdem  foliis  oblongo-spathulatis, 
petalis  semi-bifidis  et  stylis  5,  distincti. 

The  teeth  of  the  capsule  are  circinate-convolute,  and  not  revolute 
at  the  margins :  I  have  therefore  transferred  the  species  from  the 
subgenus  Dichodon  to  the  subgenus  Strephodou. 

33.  C.  Argentinum  Williams. — Syn.  C.  nutans  var.  Argentinuyn 
Pax  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xviii.  25  (1893).  A  typo  C.  nntantis  toto  coelo 
differt, — planta  50  centim.  alta,  radice  perenni,  caulibus  ramosis, 
foliis  oblongo-lanceolatis  obtusis,  potius  C,  crassipedi  Bartl.  affinis. 

34.  C.  armeniacum  Gren.  Monogr.  Cerast.  19,  t.  1  (1841) ; 
Fenzl  in  Ledeb.  Fl.  Kossica,  i.  400  (1842) ;  Boiss.  Fl.  Orient,  i.  719. 

Type-specimens,  Aucher-Eloy,  Herb.  d'Orient,  n.  614,  in  Herb. 
DC,  at  Geneva. 

Hab.  Turkish  Armenia  ;  at  Haho  and  Gumuchkhane,  in  prov. 
of  Trebizond.  Though  included  by  Ledebour,  it  is  not  a[species  of 
the  Russian  flora,  and  does  not  occur  in  Russian  Armenia. 

The  plant  is  distinguished  from  all  the  other  species  of  the  sub- 
genus Strephodon  by  its  remarkably  curved  capsule,  which  is  more 
than  half  exserted  from  the  calyx.  Grenier  says  of  the  calyx, 
''  sepala  anguste  scariosa,"  but  Boissier  states  "  sepalis  late  scari- 
osis."  An  examination  of  the  type-specimens  shows  that  the 
former  character  applies  to  the  outer  sepals,  and  theUatter  to  the 
overlapped  sepals. 

(To  be  continued.) 


THE   FLOWERING   PLANTS   OF  NOVAYA   ZEMLYA,  Etc. 
By  Colonel  H.  W.  Feilden. 

This  paper  gives  the  botanical  results  of  two  visits  to  Novaya 
Zemlya  and  adjacent  regions  during  the  summers  of  1895  and 
1897.  During  the  summer  of  1895  I  passed  ten  days  on  Novaya 
Zemlya ;  my  investigations  that  season  were  confined  to  the  shores 
and  inlands  of  Kostin  Shar,  and  on  the  mainland  around  Rogatchiva 
Bay,  Neckwatova,  aud  South  Goose  Land.  The  excursion  of  1897 
was  on  a  more  extended  scale.  Dolgoi  Island,  a  very  inaccessible 
spot,  and,  as  far  as  I  know,  not  hitherto  botanized  over,  was  visited. 
More  than  a  fortnight  was  passed  on  the  island  of  Waigats ;  its 
northern,  southern,  and  eastern  areas  were  examined.  The  neigh- 
bourhood of  Habarova,  on  the  Russian  mainland  of  the  Yugor 
Straits,  received  some  attention.  In  Novaya  Zemlya  proper.  South 
Goose  Land  was  revisited ;  Besemannya  or  Nameless  Bay  on  its 
western  coast  was  examined  ;  the  Matyushin  Shar  separating 
Novaya  Zemlya  from  the  North  Island,  or  Lutke  Land,  was 
traversed ;  considerable  botanical  collections  were  made  from 
various  stations  on  both  sides  of  that  strait,  and  finally,  favoured 
by  an  exceptional  open  ice-season,  the  Kara  Sea  was  entered,  and 
the  eastern  shores  of  Lutke  Land  examined  as  far  north  as  the 
Pachtussow  Islands. 

To  save  repetition  of  latitudes  in  the  notes  that  accompany 
this  paper,  I  give  the  parallels  of  the  different  stations  where 
botanical  collections  were  made.  It  may  be  borne  in  mind  that 
several  days  were  passed  at  many  of  these  stations,  and  the  sur- 
rounding country  botanized  over :  so  that  the  latitudes  given  are 
not  absolutely  correct,  but  are  intended  to  convey  only  an  approxi- 
mation of  .the  localities  from  whence  collections  were  derived  : — 


Dolgoi  Island    . 

Habarova 

South  shores  of  Waigats  . 

Cape  Greben  ,, 

Cape  Matmsela         ,, 

Dolga  Bay  „ 

Cape  Voronoff  ,, 

Islands  in  Kostin  Shar 

Neckwatova 

Rogatchiva  Bay 

Beluga  Bay,  South  Goose  Land 

South  Goose  Land   . 

Besemannya  Bay  (Nameless  Bay) 

Cairn  Harbour  (Pomorsky  Bay) 

Farassowa  Valley,  Matyushin  Shar 

Gubina  Bay  ,, 

Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land 

Silver  Bay  ,, 

Pachtussow  Islands 

Ziwolka  Fiord 


N.  lat.  69° 
69° 
69° 


15' 
40' 

40' 


69°  41' 
70°  7' 
70°  15' 
70°  20' 
71°  15' 
71°  15' 
71°  24' 


71° 
71° 
72° 
73° 


30' 
30' 
55' 
15' 


73°  11' 

73°  12' 
73°  15' 

73°  25' 
74°  24' 
74°  25' 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC.  389 

The  botanical  literature  relating  to  Nova}^^  Zemlya,  Waigats, 
and  the  shores  of  Yugor  Straits  is  extensive.  It  commences  with 
the  researches  of  the  celebrated  Von  Baer  in  1837,  and  has  been 
continued  by  many  eminent  botanists  to  the  present  time.  Few 
arctic  lands  have  received  greater  attention  from  distinguished 
botanists  than  Novaya  Zemlya.  We  may,  I  think,  conclude  that 
our  knowledge  of  the  species  that  compose  its  phanerogamic 
vegetation  is  practically  complete.  Further  investigations  may 
add  a  few  species  to  the  list,  and  will  of  course  increase  our 
acquaintance  with  the  geographical  range  of  species  in  the  North 
Island. 

It  is,  however,  tolerably  well  accepted  that  the  arctic  flora  is 
divided  into  three  groups — Asiatic,  European,  and  American — that 
differ  shghtly  from  one  another,  and  the  limits  of  these  groups  are  well 
known.  There  is,  however,  a  point  in  connection  with  the  dispersal  and 
spread  of  these  groups  over  the  polar  area  deserving  of  consideration, 
and  one  which  I  shall  refer  to  subsequently  in  greater  detail.  Is 
the  generally  accepted  assumption  correct  that  during  the  so-called 
glacial  epoch  an  ice-cap  over  the  polar  area  obliterated  phanerogamic 
and  all  other  vegetation,  and  that  the  entire  present  polar  flora  is 
due  to  subsequent  immigration  from  the  south  ?  It  appears  to  me 
that  there  is  evidence  at  our  command  which  may  induce  us  to 
pause  before  accepting  this  theory  as  an  unquestionable  fact,  and 
there  certainly  are  peculiarities  in  the  distribution  of  the  existing 
polar  flora  that  point  to  the  survival  and  subsequent  extension  of 
what  may  be  called  a  palsearctic  flora.  The  already  recorded  spe- 
cies of  phanerogamic  plants  and  vascular  cryptogams  from  Novaya 
Zemlya  and  Waigats  amount  to  about  200  ;  my  collections  of  1895 
and  1897  embrace  about  five-sixths  of  that  flora.  Of  these  only 
seven  are  additions  ;  they  are — 

Ranunculus  auricomus  L.  Empetrum  nigrum  L. 

Alsi7ie  imhricata  C.  A.  M.  Veratrum  album  L. 

Potent  ilia  nivea  L.  Koeleria  cristata  Gaud. 
Gentiana  tejiella  Fr. 

I  have  included  in  this  paper  a  series  of  field  notes,  giving  some 
information  in  regard  to  distribution,  relative  abundance,  and  other 
particulars  about  the  various  plants  met  with,  and  also  a  brief 
sketch  of  the  topographical  features  of  the  different  islands  and 
places  visited. 

It  is  my  pleasant  duty  to  render  sincere  thanks  to  several 
distinguished  botanists  for  the  assistance  given  me  in  identifying 
my  arctic  collections  of  1895  and  1897,  which  amounted  to  several 
thousand  specimens.  Especially  to  Professor  Eugene  Warming, 
and  Mr.  0.  Gelert,  of  the  Eoyal  Botanical  Museum,  Copenhagen ; 
to  Mr.  Theodor  Holm,  the  botanist  to  the  Danish  "  Dijmphna " 
Expedition  ;  to  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett,  Mr.  H.  D.  Geldart,  and  to  Mr. 
H.  Chichester  Hart,  my  colleague  in  the  British  Polar  Expedition 
of  1875-76 ;  to  the  members  of  the  staff  of  the  Department  of 
Botany,  British  Museum,  and  of  the  Kew  Herbarium,  especially  to 
Mr.  I.  H.  Burkiil,  who  examined  the  whole  of  my  plants. 


390         THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

DoLGOi  Island 

Lies  between  69°  4'  and  69°  20'  N.  lat. ;  it  is  about  seventeen 
miles  in  length  from  north  to  south,  and  in  width  from  a  mile  and 
a  half  to  two  miles.  It  is  five  miles  due  north  from  Cape  Medinsky 
Zavarot,  of  the  mainland  of  Russia.  The  island  is  flat,  the 
greatest  elevation  not  rising  more  than  fifty  feet  above  the  sea. 
The  rock  exposures,  which  are  visible  all  round  the  shores  of  the 
island,  consist  of  finely  crystalline,  hard  unfossiliferous  dolomitic 
limestones,  probably  of  palaeozoic  age.  The  surface  is  covered  with 
marine  boreal  deposits  ;  in  many  parts  these  are  overlain  by  modern 
peat  deposits,  and  a  network  of  shallow  lakes  and  meres  occupies  at 
least  one-half  of  the  island,  which,  viewed  from  the  sea,  looks  like 
a  piece  of  the  adjoining  mainland  tundra  surrounded  by  the  ocean. 

The  proofs  of  recent  emergence  are  strikingly  apparent,  and 
the  natural  surmise  is  that  we  should  find  the  flora  of  the  island 
simply  an  extension  of  that  of  the  neighbouring  mainland.  An 
examination  of  its  flora  shows  this  to  be  the  case,  for,  out  of 
seventy-three  phanerogams  and  two  vascular  cryptogams  found 
on  the  island,  all  but  one,  Tojieldia  jmlustris,  are  recorded  from  the 
shores  of  Yugor  Straits,  or  the  great  tundra  of  the  Samoyeds, 
in  Eastern  Europe.  The  most  striking  characteristic  of  the  flora 
of  Dolgoi  Island  is  the  abundance  of  two  species  of  EricacecB, 
namely,  Cassiopeia  tetragona  and  Andromeda  Poli/olia,  and  likewise 
of  Empetrum  nigrum.. 

In  a  hasty  examination,  extending  over  a  few  hours,  of  an 
island  as  large  as  Dolgoi,  the  list  of  its  plants  cannot  have  been 
exhausted ;  but  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  future  investi- 
gation will  alter  the  conclusion  here  arrived  at,  that  the  flora  of 
Dolgoi  Island  is  a  reduced  representation  of  that  of  the  adjacent 
mainland. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  plants  obtained  on  Dolgoi  Island, 
20th  July,  1897:— 

Rannncidus  Pallasii  Schl.  Hedysarum  ohscurum  L. 

Fi.  sulphureus  Sol.  Eiibus  ChamcBmorus  L. 
R.  hyperboreus  Roth,  f.    Samoy-        Comarum  palustre  Li. 

edorum  Rupn.  Dryas  octopetala  L. 

Caltha  palustris  L.  Hippuris  vulgaris  L. 

Papaver  nudicaule  L.  Saxifraga  oppositifulia  L. 

Cardaminc  pratensis  L.  8.  Hirculus  L. 

Eutrema  Edwardsii  R.  Br.  S.  aizoides  L. 

Cochlearia  feyiestrata  R.  Br.  8.  coinosa  Poir. 

Draba  alpina  L.  8.  ccespitosalj.  f.  decipiens  Ehrh. 

D.  Fladnizensis  Wulf.  8.  cernua  L. 

D.  repens  Bieb.  8.  hieraciifolia  Wald.  &  Kit. 

8ilene  acaulis  L.  Chrysospleuium  alternifoliuin  L. 

8tellaria.  humifusa  Rottb.  Parnassia  palustris  L.  f.  alpina 
8.  loiigipes  Goldie.  Drude. 

Cerastium  alpinum  L.  f.  Jiirsutum     8edum  Rhodiola  DC. 

Koch.  Epilobium  palustre  L. 

Arenaria  ciliata  L.  Valeriana  capitata  Pall. 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


391 


Senecio   campestris   DC.    var.    in- 

tegrifolia  Hook. 
Petasites  frigida  Fries. 
Cassiopeia  tetragofia  L. 
Andromeda  Poli folia  L. 
Vaccinium  Vitis-ida^a  L.  f.  j^umila 

Horn. 
Primula  stricta  Horn. 
Armeria  sihirica  Turcz. 
Polemonium.  ccerideum,  L.   f.  acuti- 

folia  Willd. 
Myosotis  alpestris  Kocb. 
Gentiana  tenella  Fr. 
Pedicular  is  sudetica  Willd. 


P.  lajipcyiica  L. 
Plantago  maritima  L. 
Polygonum  Bistorta  L. 
P.  viviparum  L. 
Empetrum  nigrum  L. 
Betula  nana  L. 
Salix  Myrsinites  L. 
8.  arctica  Pall. 
S.  rotundifolia  Trautv. 


[Kjellm. 
f.  puniila 


S.  reticulata  L. 

Tojieldia  palustris  Huds. 

Allium  sibiricum  L. 

J  uncus  biglumis  L. 

Luzula  W ahlenhergii  Rupr. 

L.  arctica  Blytt. 

PJriojjJioium  ScJieuchzeri  Hoppe. 

R.  callithrix  Cham. 

E.  russeolum.  Fr. 

E.  angustifolium.  Roth. 

Carex  rariflora,  Sm. 

C.  rigida  Good. 

C.  fuiiginosa  Schk. 

C.  glareosa  Wahlenb. 

C.  rotundata  Wahlenb. 

Dupontia  Fischeri  R.  Br. 

Arctophila  fulva  Nym. 

Poa  alpina  L. 

P.  cenisia  All. 

Deschampsia  caspitosa  Beauv.  f. 

brevifolia  Trautv. 
Equisetum  arvense  L. 
Lycojjodium  Selago  L. 


Waigats. 


This  island,  which  is  separated  by  the  narrow  Straits  of  Yugor 
from  the  mainland  of  Arctic  Russia,  lies  between  the  parallels  of 
69°  40'  and  70°  25'  N.  lat.  It  is  about  sixty  miles  in  length  and 
about  twenty  in  width.  The  southern  end  of  the  island  is  generally 
low  and  swampy,  the  knolls  and  eminences  rising  not  more  than 
fifty  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Looking  at  it  from  the  Yugor 
Straits,  it  appears  as  a  reflection  of  the  opposite  mainland.  A  few 
miles  inland,  from  its  southern  end,  the  country  becomes  hilly,  and 
when  we  examine  its  topographical  features  with  more  care  we  find 
that  these  hills  associate  themselves  into  series  of  ridges,  with  a 
general  trend  from  north-west  to  south-east,  and  running  parallel 
to  one  another.  These  ridges  do  not  anywhere  exceed  a  height  of 
300  ft.,  as  a  rule  they  are  considerably  lower,  and,  roughly  speaking, 
average  from  70  to  100  ft. 

The  rock  formations  of  Waigats  consist  chiefly  of  slates,  shales, 
limestones,  and  dolomitic  limestones ;  all  have  undergone  great 
upheaval  and  subsequent  denudation.  They  are  nearly  vertical,  and 
their  strike  is  from  north-west  to  south-east.  Consequently  the 
ridges  are  formed  by  the  lines  of  strike,  and  run  in  the  same 
direction.  The  troughs  or  valleys  between  the  ridges,  and  all  the 
level  or  tundra  land,  are  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  marine  boreal 
clay  containing  the  shells  of  mollusca  now  occurring  abundantly  in 
the  surrounding  sea.  Everywhere  around  we  can  trace  the  proofs 
of  recent  emergence  from  the  ocean.  The  present  island  of  Waigats 
is,  geologically,  an  upheaval  of  yesterday.  Tins  clay  deposit  in  the 
valleys  and  troughs  is  dotted  over  with  meres  and  lakes.     Many  of 


392  THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

these  are  surrounded  with  peaty  growths.  Waigats  has  uo  glaciers, 
and  no  attempt  indeed  at  any  permanent  snow  deposit.  In  June 
and  July,  as  I  saw  it,  the  snow  had  generally  disappeared,  and  only 
remained  in  scattered  patches  on  northern  slopes  or  in  hollows ;  it 
was  then  difficult  to  realize  what  severe  winter  conditions  obtain 
there.  Thus  we  have  in  Waigats  three  distinct  areas  for  the  growth 
of  plants — the  disintegrated  rock  ridges,  the  predominant  marine 
boreal  clay,  and  the  more  local  peat  formations  resting  on  the  clay. 
To  each  of  these  areas  certain  plants  appear  to  be  restricted,  whilst 
others  are  spread  broadcast.  Later  on,  under  the  heading  of  the 
various  species  obtained,  are  remarks  as  to  the  localities  they  chiefly 
affect.  There  are  no  trees,  in  the  ordinary  acceptance  of  the  word, 
growing  on  Waigats,  but  several  species  of  Salix  are  abundant ; 
they  are,  however,  only  stunted  bushes,  not  growing  higher  than  a 
foot  to  a  foot  and  a  lialf.  Betula  nana  appears  as  a  procumbent 
plant.  Viewed  in  summer,  the  surface  of  Waigats  does  not  present 
an  extreme  boreal  aspect.  There  is  a  good  carpeting  over  the 
valleys  and  flats  of  GraminecB,  Juncacece,  Carices,  and  Mosses,  which 
gives  a  verdant  colouring  to  the  landscape.  In  some  spots  bright 
flowering  plants  are  met  with  in  great  profusion,  so  that  Waigats 
does  not  by  any  means  give  the  impression  of  a  bleak  sterile  arctic 
land,  but  rather  of  one  where  domesticated  reindeer  might  thrive 
and  multiply. 

NoVAYA    ZeMLYA    AND    LuTKE    LaND. 

Viewed  from  seaward,  the  southern  and  south-western  portions 
of  Novaya  Zemlya,  though  rising  in  parts  to  a  considerably  greater 
altitude  than  W^aigats,  present  a  gloomy  and  uninteresting  appear- 
ance. In  summer  the  snow  is  removed  from  the  mountains,  only 
remaining  in  patches,  and  there  are  no  glaciers  or  mer-de-glace. 
The  flat  island  of  Meshdusharsky  and  low-lying  Goose  Land  extend 
as  wide  breadths  of  tundra  between  the  inland  ranges  and  the  sea, 
so  that  the  mountains  of  the  interior,  probably  some  2000  ft.  high 
in  that  latitude,  are  dwarfed  by  distance.  The  flora  of  Goose  Land 
has  the  same  general  character  as  that  of  Waigats,  but  one  speedily 
realizes  that  it  is  far  poorer.  We  notice  a  great  falling  off  in  the 
number  of  Composite;  especially  Senecio  campestris  and  S.fri;fidus, 
which  brighten  the  peaty  land  of  Waigats ;  Rnbus  ChamcEmorus, 
which  in  Waigats  covers  acres  with  large  white  blossoms,  is  there 
dwarfed  and  stunted;  Androsace  Chammjasme,  which  speckles  leagues 
of  Waigats  with  its  small  flowers,  is  absent;  and  Primula  far  inosa, 
so  abundant  in  that  island,  is  hardly  met  with  in  Goose  Land ; 
whilst  Lloi/dia  serotina  and  Allium  sihiricum,  conspicuous  plants  of 
Waigits,  seem  altogether  absent  from  Novaya  Zemlya.  As  we 
proceed  northward  the  mountains  increase  in  height,  until  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  Matyushiu  Shar  the  ranges  of  Novaya  Zemlya 
rise  in  series  of  bold  and  lofty  peaks,  snow-clad,  and  entwined  by 
glaciers.  Phanerogamic  vegetation  in  that  alpine  region  is  conse- 
quently restricted  to  the  shore  line,  the  valleys,  and  the  uncovered 
slopes ;  I  cannot  say  with  absolute  exactness  at  what  altitude  phanero- 
gamic vegetation  ceases,  but  at  1000  ft.  it  is  there  very  scarce.    The 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC.  393 

same  majestic  scenery  appears  in  Lutke  Land,  the  interior  mountains 
rising  from  seas  of  ice,  with  glaciers  descending  to  the  ocean,  but 
tliere  is  very  little  difference  between  the  floras  on  the  north  and 
south  shores  of  tiie  Matyushin  Shar.  Farther  north,  on  the  Pach- 
tussow  Islands  and  the  mainland  m  the  zone  of  74-75°,  I  gathered 
some  fifty  phanerogamic  plants,  a  serious  falling  off  from  the 
number  recorded  from  the  shores  of  the  Matyushin  81iar,  in  the 
zone  of  73-74'\  There  now  remains  for  the  botanical  explorer 
the  examination  of  the  shores  of  Barents  Land,  in  the  zone  of 
75-77°,  which,  so  far,  has  only  been  credited  with  some  sixteen 
species. 

I  will  now  give  a  few  details  in  regard  to  the  flora. 

1.  Ranunculus  Pallasii  Schl.  Eare  on  Dolgoi  Island  ;  found 
in  one  lake  only.  Common  in  lakes  around  Habarova.  Abundant 
in  lakes  and  meres  all  over  Waigats,  perfuming  the  air  in  their 
vicinity  with  its  delicious  scent.  Not  met  with  by  me  in  Novaya 
Zemlya  proper,  but  abundant  near  the  Notschujew  River,  Lutke 
Land,  north  side  of  the  Matyushin  Shar,  near  entrance  to  the 
Kara  Sea. 

2.  R.  LAPpoNicus  L.  Only  met  with  by  me  at  Cape  Matiusela, 
island  of  Waigats,  where  it  grew  in  abundance  on  sphagnum-covered 
swamps. 

3.  R.  HYPERBOREus  Rotli.  A  vcry  common  plant  growing  in 
swamps.  Found  on  Dolgoi  Island,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Habarova, 
all  over  Waigats,  in  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land;  specimens 
from  Beluga  Bay,  73°  20'  N.,  being  of  the  same  character  as 
the  plant  in  North  Russia.  After  an  examination  of  scores  of 
specimens,  I  cannot  separate  R.  ScDuojedorum  Rupr.  from  this  species. 
Plants  agreeing  in  every  respect  with  Ruprecht's  description  of  R. 
Samojedorunr'  were  brought  from  Dolgoi  Island ;  and  Cape  Greben, 
Waigats. 

4.  R.  PYGM^us  Wahlenb.  Avery  generally  dispersed  plant,  and 
variable  in  growth ;  on  bleak  and  exposed  situations  the  blossoms 
are  minute  and  resting  on  the  ground  ;  in  sheltered  and  moist  spots 
this  plant  attains  a  height  of  4  in.  Cape  Greben  ;  south  shores  of 
Waigats  ;  Cape  Matiusela  ;  Dolga  Bay,  150  ft.  ;  Neckwatowa  ; 
Islands  Kostin  Shar  ;  Nameless  Bay  ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land. 
Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25'. 

5.  R.  NIVALIS  L.  A  common  species,  extending  from  the  shores 
of  the  Russian  mainland  to  the  extreme  point  visited  in  Lutke  Land. 
Still,  out  of  more  than  a  hundred  examples  of  this  and  the  following 
plant  gathered  at  many  stations,  R.  sulphiireus  appears  in  the  col- 
lection in  the  proportion  of  five  to  one.  Habarova  ;  south  shores 
of  Waigats  ;  Dolga  Bay ;  Neckwatowa  ;  Islands,  Kostin  Shar ; 
Gubina  Bay ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land ;  Ziwolka  Fiord ;  Pach- 
tussow  Islands. 

*  Symb.  Hist.  Plant.  Boss.,  F.  J.  Euprecbt,  St.  Petersburg,  1846,  p.  18. 
Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Oct.  1898.]  2  e 


394         THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

6.  E.  suLPHUREus  Sol.  As  a  rule  this  is  a  finer  and  more 
showy  plant  than  R.  nivalis.  There  are  specimens  from  Cape 
Matiusela  seven  inches  in  height,  with  blossoms  over  an  inch  in 
diameter.  The  range  and  distribution  of  this  species  coincides 
with  that  of  H.  nivalis.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  south  shores  of  Waigats  ; 
Cape  Matiusela  ;  DolgaBay;  Neckwatowa  ;  Nameless  Bay  ;  Gubina 
Bay  ;  Goose  Land  ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;  Pachtussow  Islands ; 
Ziwolka  Fiord. 

7.  R.  ACRis  L.  f,  BOREALis  Trautv.  The  commonest  buttercup 
throughout  the  regions  visited.  Extending  from  the  sea-shore  to 
altitudes  of  two  hundred  feet  and  more.  This  is  a  most  variable 
plant,  and  without  the  connecting  links  it  would  puzzle  the  ordinary 
observer  to  decide  that  the  extremes  belong  to  the  same  species. 
There  are  in  the  collection  specimens  from  Waigats,  and  Lutke 
Land  as  well,  with  stalks  over  eight  inches  in  length,  and  blossoms 
an  inch  and  a  quarter  in  diameter ;  and  from  the  same  localities 
specimens  with  stalks  of  not  more  than  half  an  inch,  and  blossoms 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Habarova ;  south  shores  of 
Waigats ;  Cape  Matiusela ;  Dolga  Bay ;  Islands  Kostin  Shar ; 
Neckwatowa ;  Goose  Land  ;  Nameless  Bay ;  Gubina  Bay ;  Silver 
Bay  ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land. 

8.  R.  AURicoMus  L.  Found  at  Cape  Voronoff,  2nd  of  July, 
1897,  where  it  grew  in  beds  on  sandy  hillocks  close  to  the  sea-shore. 
It  was  not  uncommon  around  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  reaching 
an  altitude  of  one  hundred  feet.  It  does  not  appear  in  the  collec- 
tions from  any  of  the  other  stations.  It  is  just  possible  that 
this  may  be  the  R.  affinis  recorded  by  other  botanists  from 
Novaya  Zemlya,  but  after  a  careful  comparison  with  specimens  of 
Pi.  affinis  from  many  quarters,  including  Robert  Brown's  type  in  the 
herbarium  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  I  cannot  assign 
these  plants  to  anything  but  true  H.  auricomiis  L.  Mr.  Burkill 
attached  the  following  note  to  the  specimens  of  this  plant  submitted 
to  him  : — "  R.  affinis  R.  Br.,  a  North  American  plant — perhaps  a 
confusion  of  two  or  three  forms  specifically  distinct — is  in  its  arctic 
type  difficult  to  distinguish  from  R.  auricomus  L.  Types  of  the 
original  plant  so  named  by  Robert  Brown  exist  at  Kew  and  at  the 
British  Museum,  and  may  be,  as  Lange  points  out,  distinguished 
from  Pi.  auricomus  by  the  longer  head  of  fruit.  To  R.  auricomus  I  refer 
the  plant  from  Waigats  collected  on  the  Nordenskiold  Expedition, 
and  named  R.  affinis,  a  specimen  of  which  exists  at  Kew.  Fellmann 
(PlantcB  ArcticcB,  no.  5)  has  distributed  a  very  similar  plant  from 
Eastern  Lapland.  You  were  fortunate  or  careful  enough  to  collect 
the  round  head  of  fruits,  which  is  that  of  R.  auricomus,  and  not  of 
R.  affinis.  The  latter  therefore  is  apparently  to  be  removed  from 
the  Novaya  Zemlya  list  (Waigats  zone),  and  to  be  replaced  by  R. 
auricomus.'' 

9.  Caltha  palustris  L.  An  extremely  common  plant  through- 
out the  regions  visited,  growing  round  lakes  and  meres,  in  bogs,  and 
by  the  banks  of  rivulets.  It  shows  great  variations  according  to 
locality.     In  favoured  spots  the  plants  are  as  large,  and  with  as  fine 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC.  395 

blossoms,  as  typical  specimens  from  an  English  meadow,  whilst  at 
high  altitudes,  for  instance  at  three  hundred  feet  in  Lutke  Land,  we 
find  the  plant  degenerated  to  an  almost  leafless  stem,  showing  only 
a  small  blossom  of  a  quarter  of  an  inch  diameter  just  protruding 
above  the  damp  moss,  in  which  the  stalk  lies  hidden.  There  are 
specimens  in  tlie  collection  from  Waigats  with  flowers  two  inches 
in  diameter.  Dolgoi  Island ;  Habarova ;  Cape  Greben ;  south 
shores  of  Waigats  ;  Cape  Matiusela ;  Dolga  Bay  ;  Neckwatowa  ; 
Kostin  Shar ;  Goose  Land ;  Gubina  Bay ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke 
Land ;  Pachtussow  Islands  ;  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

10.  Thalictrum  alpinum  L.  Is  not  uncommon  from  the  shores 
of  the  mainland  of  Kussia  to  Lutke  Land.  It  affects  protected 
spots,  growing  under  the  sides  of  runnels,  on  sheltered  banks,  or  in 
the  clefts  of  rock  exposures.  Habarova  ;  south  shores  of  Waigats  ; 
Dolga  Bay  ;  Neckwatowa ;  Islands  Kostin  Shar  ;  Gubina  Bay  ; 
Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;  and  many  other  localities. 

11.  Papaver  nudicaule  L. — Of  the  entire  flora  in  the  polar 
and  arctic  regions,  no  flower  is  dearer  to  the  explorer  than  the 
arctic  poppy.  Its  beauty,  its  delightful  shades  of  colour  from 
white  to  bright  yellow  and  delicate  pink,  charm  the  eye.  Its 
abundance  and  vitality  under  apparently  the  most  adverse  circum- 
stances make  a  deep  impression.  On  the  bleakest  and  most 
exposed  surfaces,  as  far  north  as  the  explorer  has  reached  on  land, 
this  remarkable  flower  has  been  met  with.  Cold,  snow,  and  tempest 
seem  to  make  no  impression  on  it.  Habarova  ;  Dolgoi  Island  ; 
Waigats  ;  Novaya  Zemlya  generally  ;  Lutke  Land  generally  ;  Pach- 
tussow Islands ;  Ziwolka  Fiord.  Seeds  of  this  plant  gathered  in 
Novaya  Zemlya,  sown  in  the  end  of  May,  1898,  came  up  strongly 
in  fourteen  days,  and  one  blossomed  (white)  first  week  of  July. 

12.  Mathiola  nudigaulis  Trautv.  Is  extremely  abundant  over 
Waigats  and  Novaya  Zemlya,  decreasing,  however,  as  we  cross 
Matyushin  Shar  and  enter  Lutke  Land.  Its  beautiful  pink  blos- 
soms (sometimes  pure  white)  are  a  distinct  feature  in  the  floral 
display.  This  plant  especially  affects  areas  covered  by  marine 
boreal  clay,  its  strong  roots  penetrating  several  inches  into  the 
ground.  Habarova  ;  Waigats  generally  ;  Novaya  Zemlya  gener- 
ally ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land;  Pachtussow  Islands;  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

13.  Cardamine  pratensis  L.  Generally  distributed  in  suitable 
places  from  the  shores  of  the  Russian  mainland  to  Lutke  Land, 
where  it  was  found  in  flower  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands,  74°  24'  N. 
Dolgoi  Island  ;  Habarova ;  Waigats  ;  Novaya  Zemlya ;  Beluga 
Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;  and  Ziwolka  Fiord.  The  depth  of  the  tubular 
part  of  the  flower,  i.e.  length  of  claw  of  petal,  may  be  worth  men- 
tion, for  it  is  found  to  be  a  very  variable  feature,  longer  in  some 
localities  than  in  others,  but  probably  having  a  definite  relation  to 
the  tongues  of  the  insects  which  fertilise  the  flower. 

14.  C.  bellidifolia  L.  Not  met  with  by  me  on  Dolgoi  Island, 
but  extremely  common  all  over  Waigats,  the  same  in  Novaya 
Zemyla,  and  was  found  in  flower  at  an  altitude  of  1000  ft.  in  the 
neighbourhood   of  Ziwolka   Fiord,    Lutke   Land,    74°    25'  N.      It 

2  E   2 


396  THE  FLOWEEING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

attains  the  highest  altitude  of  any  plant  I  have  observed  in  Novaya 
Zemlya. 

15.  Arabis  alpina  L.  Found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Haba- 
rova  ;  on  Waigats,  but  not  common ;  at  Neckwatowa,  Novaya 
Zemlya  ;  rare.     Not  found  or  overlooked  in  Lutke  Land. 

16.  A.  PETR^A  Lam.  Found  in  considerable  quantity  growing 
in  clefts  of  a  cliff  at  the  head  of  Dolga  Bay,  Waigats  ;  at  Neckwa- 
towa, at  Nameless  Bay,  and  Gubina  Bay,  where  it  grew  in  clumps 
on  the  gravel  terraces  a  few  feet  above  tide-level.  Not  found  or 
overlooked  in  Lutke  Land.  This  plant  has  in  some  instances  a 
delicate  perfume. 

17.  EuTEEMA  Edwardsii  E.  Br.  A  very  common  and  generally 
distributed  plant  over  the  tundra  land  of  Waigats ;  common  on 
Dolgoi  Island ;  abundant  on  Novaya  Zemlya  ;  common  around 
Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  but  not  observed  by  me  farther  north 
than  73°  25'. 

18.  Braya  ALPINA  Koch.  Avery  common  and  very  pretty  plant, 
growing  all  over  the  island  of  Waigats,  especially  affectnig  areas 
covered  by  marine  boreal  clay  ;  into  this  its  strong  roots  descend 
perpendicularly  to  as  much  as  seven  or  eight  inches.  It  is  common 
around  Habarova,  but  not  met  with  or  overlooked  by  me  on  Dolgoi 
Island.  Common  over  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  met  with  in  flower  at 
Beluga  Bay  and  Silver  Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

19.  Cheieanthus  pygm^us  Adams.  Only  met  with  31st  July  at 
one  station,  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  where  a  small  number  of 
plants  were  grownig  together  at  an  altitude  of  100  ft.  The  largest 
plant  stood  some  seven  inches  above  the  ground ;  its  seed-pods, 
some  three  inches  in  length,  were  so  ripe  that  on  gathering  the 
plant  they  opened  and  the  mature  seed  fell  out.  The  impression 
given  me  was  that  the  smaller  plants  surrounding  it  were  seedlings 
of  a  prior  season. 

20.  Cochlearia  fenestrata  R.  Br.  Many  specimens  of  scurvy- 
grass  were  brought  back  from  various  locahties,  but  all  have  been 
pronounced  by  competent  authorities  C.  fenestrata.  On  Dolgoi 
Island  ;  around  Habarova,  all  over  Waigats ;  Novaya  Zemlya,  and 
in  Lutke  Land  it  is  a  common  plant.  It  is  noticeable  that  when 
growing  close  to  the  shore  it  is  generally  a  close-leaved  procumbent 
herb,  becoming  more  luxuriant  at  higher  altitudes.  On  Waigats, 
at  an  elevation  of  250  ft.,  it  grew  as  a  straggling  plant  with  stalks 
seven  to  eight  inches  high.  It  was  growing  abundantly  from  shore- 
Une  to  summits  of  the  Pachtussow  Islands  ;  hkewise  m  Ziwolka 
Fiord. 

21.  Schivereckia  podolica  Andrz.  Only  met  with  by  me  at 
Neckwatowa,  Novaya  Zemlya,  in  July,  1895. 

22.  Draba  alpina  L.  Is  the  commonest  and  most  widely  dis- 
tributed of  the  l)mb(B  over  Dolgoi  Island,  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya, 
and  Lutke  Land.  It  extends  from  the  sea-snore  to  elevations  of 
400  ft.     As  a  rule  the  blossom  is  of  a  bright  yellow. 

(io  be  contiuued.) 


397 


BIBLIOGEAPHICAL    NOTES. 
XVI. — Fabkicius'  'Enumeratio  Plantarum  Horti  Helmstadiensis.' 

The  names  published  by  Heister  in  his  Systema  Plantarmn 
(1748)  are  of  course  not  taken  up  by  those  who  adopt  1753  as  the 
starting-point  of  nomenclature.  It  seems,  however,  to  have  been 
overlooked  by  many  workers  that  Heister's  names  were  brought 
into  use  by  Fabricius,  his  successor  in  the  care  of  the  Helmstadt 
Garden,  who  published  two  editions  of  an  Knmneratio  Methodica 
Plantarum  Horti  Medici  Helimtadiensis,  dated  respectively  1759  and 
1763.  A  "  third  edition  "  issued  in  1776  after  his  death  is  a  mere 
reprint,  to  which  a  supplement  of  twenty-four  pages  is  added ;  to 
this  no  author's  name  is  appended,  but  it  is  of  no  importance, 
being  merely  of  such  plants  in  Linn.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  2  as  had  been 
added  to  the  Garden.  In  his  preface  Fabricius  pays  a  high  and 
well-deserved  tribute  to  Heister,  whose  Systema  is  an  interesting 
and  suggestive  little  volume. 

Not  only  are  the  names  published  by  Fabricius  to  a  considerable 
extent  ignored  in  the  Index  Kewensis,  but  they  seem  to  have 
escaped  the  notice  of  nomenclaturists  at  home  and  abroad.  The 
transatlantic  reformers  to  whom  we  owe  the  American  Check-list, 
and  their  chief,  Dr.  Britton,  in  his  Illustrated  Flora,  make,  so  far 
as  I  have  consulted  them,  no  reference  to  the  Enumeratio;  and 
while  they  rightly  disqualify  Heister's  names  on  account  of  their 
date,  it  does  not  seem  to  have  occurred  to  them  that  these  names 
might  have  obtained  currency  after  1753.  The  Berlin  rales 
doubtless  exclude  such  names  ;  but  both  American  and  English 
systematists  must  take  note  of  them,  and  I  suspect  that  a  careful 
investigation  of  the  two  editions  of  Fabricius  will  result  in  a  good 
many  changes  iu  the  American  Check-list  and  elsewhere.  Some  of 
these  will  result  in  the  retention  of  well-known  names  which  the 
application  of  the  time-limit  of  1753  has  seemed  to  exclude ;  others 
show  that  the  introducers  of  new  and  strange  names  on  the  score 
of  priority  have  not  arrived  at  finality  in  their  researches,  although 
they  have  added  considerably  to  the  stock  of  useless  and  unneces- 
sary synonymy.  The  authority  for  certain  names  will  also  have  to 
be  changed ;  thus  Meihomia,  which  appears  in  the  Check-list  as  of 
"  Adans.  Fam.  PL  ii.  509  (1763),"  should  stand,  as  cited  by  Mr. 
Hiern  in  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue,  "Heister  ex  Fabric.  Enum. 
PI.  Hort.  Helmstad.  ed.  i.  168  (1759)." 

One  or  two  examples  will  show  the  kind  of  change  which  may 
be  expected  when  the  claims  of  Fabricius  have  been  duly  con- 
sidered, and  for  this  purpose  I  have  chosen  names  which  appear 
in  our  British  floras. 

The  name  Specnlaria,  published  by  Heister  in  1748,  was  taken 
up  by  Alphonse  De  CandoUe  in  1830 — a  publication  which  is 
antedated  (Heister's  name  being  disqualified  by  time-limit)  by 
Legousia  of  Durande,  Fl.  Bourgogne,  i.  371  (1782).  This  was 
taken  up  by  S.  F.  Gray  (Nat.  Arr.  ii.  110  (1821) ),  and  is  adopted 
(misspelt  Legouzia)  by  Dr.  Britton  both  in  the  Check-list  and  in  his 


398       FABRICIUS'   '  ENUMERATIO  PLANTARUM  HORTI  HELMSTADIENSIS. 

Flora.  But  the  name  SpecuJuria  appears  in  Fabricius,  ed.  1,  121, 
with  synonymy,  and  with  diagnosis  in  ed.  2,  225  :  tlie  synonymy 
therefore  stands  : 

Specularia  Heist,  ex  Fabr.  Enum.  PL  Hort.  Helmst.  ed.  1, 
121  (1759),  ed.  2,  225  (1768). 

Legousia  Diir.  Fl.  Boiirgogne,  i.  37  (1782). 

Under  Leijiiuzia  Dr.  Britton  gives  three  new  combinations 
which  will  have  at  once  to  be  relegated  to  that  limbo  of  unnecessary 
nomenclature  already  so  largely  peopled  by  transatlantic  creations. 
Mr.  Druce  (Fl.  Beri^s.  328),  who  had  previously  called  attention 
to  the  genus,*  gives  Legousia  Durandi  Delarbre  (1800)  as  the 
name  under  this  genus  for  Campanula  Speculum  L.  ;  but  this  can  in 
no  case  be  maintained,  for  Durandi  is  neither  the  oldest  specific 
name  nor  the  earliest  under  the  genus,  that  being  L.  arvensis  Dur. 
(1782),  which  is  rightly  adopted  by  S.  F.  Gray.  The  name  of  our 
British  plant  will  remain  Specularia  hyhrida  A. DC,  as  it  stands 
now  in  the  London  Catalogue. 

By  the  help  of  Fabricius,  the  absurd  name  Gouringia,  which, 
owing  to  Adanson's  misprint,  has  been  establishing  itself  in  our 
lists,  may  entirely  disappear :  it  stands  as  Conringia  in  Fabr. 
Enumeratio,  ed.  1,  160  (1759).  This  happily  disposes  of  Mr. 
Druce's  note  on  the  genus  (Fl.  Berks.  58) :  the  two  new  synonyms 
which  he  (/.  c.)  proposes  for  C.  austriaca  Sweet,  an  exotic  species 
"found  on  waste  ground,"  may  join  Dr.  Britton's  names  under 
Legousia. 

Among  the  names  not  in  the  Index  Kewensis  is  Umhilicaria 
Heist,  ex  Fabricius,  op.  cit.  ed.  1,  42  (1759),  ed.  2,  76  (1763), 
which  must  replace  Omphalodes  Moench.  Meth.  419  (1794).  Both 
genera  are  based  upon  the  same  two  Linnean  species,  which  are 
indicated  by  their  Linnean  numbers  and  diagnoses  in  the  second 
edition  of  Fabricius.  This  raises  an  interesting  point  as  to  whether 
such  indication  by  number  will  be  considered  as  entitling  Fabricius 
to  be  considered  the  author  of  the  names  Umhilicaria  linifolia 
and  U.  Omphalodes,  which  these  two  species  should  take.  The 
genus  of  lichens  bearing  the  same  name  is  of  much  later  date 
(1789),  and  will  have  to  be  abandoned  by  those  who  object  to  a 
similar  name  being  employed  in  phanerogams  and  in  cryptogams. 

Another  instance  of  a  name  which  seems  to  have  been  entirely 
overlooked — it  is  neither  in  the  Index  Kewensis,  nor  in  Pfeiffer's 
Nomenclator,  nor  in  any  of  the  books  cited  above — may  be  found  in 
Sphmrocarpiis,  the  earliest  name  for  the  genus  which  American 
botanists  retain  as  Neslia,  and  for  which  Mr.  Druce  (Fl.  Berks.  69+) 
revives  Medik's  Vogelia  (1792).  Exception  may  be  taken  to  the 
adoption  of  the  name  SpJmrocarjms  on  the  ground  that  Adanson 
used  it  in  the  same  year  for  a  genus  of  cryptogams — whether 
earlier  in  the  year  1  do  not  know.     I  am  inclined,  however,  to  think 

*  In  Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  1896,  38-53— a  Eafinesquian  paper  which  is 
likely  to  give  trouble  to  future  nomenclaturists. 

t  He  gives  among  the  synonymy  "  V.paniculata,  leges  " ;  for  an  explanation 
of  this  authority  see  Journ.  Bot.  1898,  106.  The  name,  however,  is  given  by 
Hornemann,  Hort.  Hafn.  594  (1815)  as  cited  in  the  Index  Kewensis, 


SHORT    NOTES.  399 

that  even  then  the  name  may  stand,  for  it  is  quoted  by  Fabricius 
in  his  first  edition  (1759),  p.  28,  as  a  synonym  under  "  Eapistrum 
arvense  folio  auriculato  T."  as  "  Spharocarjms  Heister."  In  any 
case,  it  must  be  cited  as  a  synonym. 

As  an  example  of  a  name  which  concerns  both  British  and 
American  botanists,  I  will  cite  Salomonia  (Heister  ex  Fabricius, 
L  c.  ed.  1,  20,  1759),  which  not  only  supersedes  Polygonatum  of 
Adanson  (1763),  but  displaces  Salomonia  of  Loureiro  (1790),  for 
which  a  new  name  will  have  to  be  found.  The  synonymy  quoted 
by  Fabricius  (in  part  identical  with  that  of  Linn^us)  precludes  any 
possibility  of  doubt  as  to  what  plant  is  intended,  and  Salomonia 
Polygonatum  is  the  type  of  the  genus. 

I  do  not  propose  to  go  further  into  an  investigation  of  Fabricius's 
work,  but  I  have  said  enough  to  show  that  it  has  been  generally 
overlooked.  To  some  the  discovery  will  form  an  argument  in 
favour  of  the  adoption  of  the  "  fifty  years'  limit  "  advocated  by  the 
Berlin  botanists :  others  will  revel  in  the  abundant  possibilities  it 
affords  for  the  creation  of  new  combinations — to  each  of  which  may 
be  added  "  mihi,"  after  the  style  with  which  we  have  recently  been 
made  familiar.  j^^^^  BmT^^^. 


SHOET    NOTES. 


Carex  pulicaris  on  chalk.  —  A  recent  record  of  Car  ex  'puHcaris 
in  Bedfordshire  has  been  a  desideratum.  On  July  16th  I  found 
a  quantity  in  fine  condition  on  a  dry  chalk  bank  at  Streatley,  mixed 
up  with  Carex  prfBCox,  Pingidcula  vulgaris,  Parnassia  ijaliistris,  Ono- 
brychis  sativa,  Hippocrepis  caniosa,  and  the  usual  chalk  plants. 
Pinguicula  vulgaris  was  recorded  by  Mr.  J.  Pollard  (Journ.  Bot. 
1875,  211)  in  a  similar  site  at  Pegsdon,  some  four  miles  east  of 
Streatley.  Pinguicula  and  Parnassia  have  already  been  recorded  at 
Streatley;  but  Carex  pulicaris  is  an  addition.  It  would  appear  that 
these  three  bog  plants  are  survivals  of  a  bog  which  has  long  since 
been  washed  away  down  the  valley.  The  only  other  recent  record 
of  Pinguicula  in  Beds  was  in  a  bog  resting  on  chalk  marl  at 
Totternhoe  ;  this  bog  has  lately  been  drained  and  cultivated.  The 
Streatley  and  Pegsdon  sites  are  at  a  very  much  higher  level  than 
the  chalk  marl,  with  no  spring  and  no  stagnant  surface  water. — 
C.  Crouch. 

PoLYPORus  uMBELLATus  Fries. — I  wish  to  place  on  record  another 
locality  for  this  rare  and  interesting  fungus,  hitherto  only  recorded 
from  Epping  Forest.  A  few  days  ago  I  received  a  specimen  gathered 
from  a  wood  at  Inval,  near  Haslemere.  This  species  is  allied  to 
P.  intybaceus,  and  differs  in  the  numerous  much-branched  pileoli 
being  circular  and  depressed ;  in  P.  intybaceus  they  are  dimidiate. 

E.  W.   SWANTON. 

Dedication  of  Jacksonia  Raf. — In  this  Journal  for  1886,  p.  139, 
I  quoted  Pfeifter  as  the  authority  for  supposing  that  in  this  genus 
Bafinesque  intended  to  commemorate  the  English  botanist  George 


400  SHORT  NOTES. 

Jackson.  It  seems,  however,  that  this  was  not  the  case  ;  Asa  Gray 
(Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  xl.  228  (1841))  Avrites  :  ''  J/icksonia,  Eafinesque 
changed  m  1819  to  Polauida,  probably  on  account  of  the  Jacksonia 
of  Brown,  1812,  bi/  ivhich  General  Jackson  lost  a  f/eiius.'' — James 
Britten. 

Elatine  Hydropiper  L.  in  Surrey.  —  When  visiting  Cutmill 
Pond,  near  Godahning,  Surrey,  in  company  with  Miss  M.  Phear,  on 
August  31st,  we  found  a  considerable  abundance  of  Elatine  he.ranclra 
in  full  flower  growing  both  in  and  out  of  the  water  amidst  the  turf 
of  Kleocharis  acicnlaris  that  bordered  the  pond.  We  also  found 
E.  Hi/dropiper,  but  more  sparingly :  the  flowers  were  over,  and  the 
characteristic  hooked  seeds  well  formed.  Owing  to  the  dry  season, 
the  water  was  at  a  lower  level  than  usual,  and  this  may  have 
favoured  the  growth  of  the  waterworts.  We  are  not  aware  that 
E.  Hydropiper  has  been  recorded  hitherto  from  any  English 
locality  except  Frensham  Pond,  near  Farnham,  quoted  by  Hooker 
and  others  in  their  manuals  of  British  Botany. — G.  Lister. 

Plantago  media  in  Antrim  (p.  351). — If  Mr.  Brenan  will  look  at 
Irish  Naturalist,  v.  311  (1896),  he  will  find  two  Antrim  stations 
mentioned  in  Mr.  J.  H.  Davies's  "Notes  on  some  Casuals  in 
County  Antrim." — R.  Lloyd  Praeger. 

Lathyrus  Aphaca  in  Cambridgeshire  (p.  353).  —  Soon  after  the 
publication  of  my  note,  Mr.  Reader  informed  me  that  Mr.  Evans 
rediscovered  Lathyrus  Aphaca  in  an  old  locality.  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon 
writes  to  confirm  this,  saying  that  he  gathered  it  on  the  Hills  Road, 
a  little  outside  Cambridge,  in  1878  or  1879.  This  goes  to  show 
that  it  is  permanent  there.  Mr.  Dixon  also  informs  me  that  he 
has  a  specimen  from  Stapleford,  collected  in  1878. — A.  B.  Jackson. 

Cambridgeshire  Plants  (p.  246).  —  To  those  unacquainted  with 
the  flora  of  Cambridgeshire  the  formidable  list  of  "  extinctions  "  given 
by  Mr.  W.  West,  jun.,  on  p.  247  may  seem  appalhng.  In  his 
opinion  Middlesex  is  the  only  county  which  rivals  ours  in  this  un- 
enviable distinction.  To  avoid  misapprehension  it  seems  desirable 
to  point  out  that,  of  the  forty-nine  species  given  in  the  list,  no  fewer 
than  thirty-four  are  inserted  in  Prof.  Babington's  Elora  solely  on 
the  testimony  of  botanists  termed  by  him  "  ancient  authorities  " — 
ranging  from  1685  to  1820 — most  of  these  species  for  a  single 
station  only;  and,  as  he  remarks,  "  the  localities  have  not  been  con- 
firmed by  recent  observers."  Of  the  remainder,  five  occurred  only 
on  a  piece  of  boggy  heath  at  Gamlingay,  the  drainage  of  which  had, 
as  Prof.  Babington  observes,  been  destructive  to  some  plants  even 
before  the  Elora  was  issued.  We  must  inevitably  suffer,  as  other 
counties  do,  from  the  drainage  and  cultivation  of  many  hitherto 
neglected  spots,  but  I  trust  our  plants  are  not  disappearing  so 
rapidly  as  Mr.  West  would  lead  us  to  believe.  I  may  remark  that 
Lathyrus  Afhaca  has  not  "  disa})peared  from  all  its  localities  near 
Cambridge";  this  year  there  are  five  distinct  patclies  of  it  at  a 
station  not  far  from  the  town,  where  I  have  known  it  for  fifteen 
years.  The  locality  is  possibly  one  of  those  intended  in  the  Elora, 
but  for  obvious  reasons   I   forbear   giving   more   precise   details, 


SHORT    NOTES. 


401 


Parnassia  palustris  it  is  stated  "  has  not  been  recorded  in  the 
county  for  forty  years."  I  first  saw  it  on  Chippenham  Fen  in 
1890 ;  it  is  still  plentiful  there,  and  is  spread  over  a  considerable 
area.  Two  other  plants,  Chnisanthemum  segetum  and  Allium  ursinum, 
are  not  so  rare  as  would  be  imagined  from  Mr.  West's  notes ;  the 
former  I  have  seen  brought  in  large  bunches  by  children  from  corn- 
fields at  Histon  for  sale  in  the  town,  and  the  latter,  though  very 
local,  is  so  abundant  in  one  part  of  Hardwick  Wood — apparently  an 
unknown  locality  for  it — that  the  plants  certainly  number  many 
thousands. — Gr.  Goode. 

LopHocoLEA  spicATA  Tayl.  IN  Scotland.  —  Mr.  Symers  M.  Mac- 
vicar  has  sent  me  for  confirmation  specimens  of  this  rare  species, 
collected  by  him  in  shallow  narrow  crevices  of  rock  just  above  high- 
water  mark  at  Moidart,  West  Inverness.  First  record  for  Scotland. 
— W.  H.  Pearson. 

Lancashire  and  Cheshire  Rubi. — Having  collected  a  number  of 
the  Rubi  of  this  district  at  the  request  of  the  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers, 
who  kindly  undertook  to  name  them  for  me,  I  am  able  to  give  the 
following  list  of  localities  additional  to  those  already  published. 
New  county  records  are  indicated  by  an  asterisk.  Mr.  Wilson,  of 
Ilkley,  obliged  me  with  a  number  of  West  Lancashire  specimens 
which  he  had  collected  this  year ;  these  are  distinguished  by  (W) 
following  the  locality.  All  the  specimens  have  been  seen  by  Mr. 
Rogers,  except  those  marked  f  : — 

Ruhmfissus  Lindl.  Barnacher  Moor,  near  Garstang,  60  (W). — 
Pi.  "^Lindleianus  Lees.  Scorton  and  Garstang,  60  (W).  Longridget 
and  Ribchester,t  60.  Walton,  59.  —  Pi.  rhamnifolius  W.  &  N.  (sp. 
coll.).  Garstang,  60  (W).  Walton,  6d.  — R.^ '^'ScJmitzii  Lindeb. 
Near  Catshaw,  Wyresdale,  alt.  600  ft.,  60  (W).  —  R.  "^yukherrimus 
Neum.  Silverdale  and  Yealand  Conyers,  60.  Eastham,  58.  Very 
frequent  in  West  Lanes.  —  R.  mercicus  var.  *hracteatus  Bagnall. 
W^alton,  59.  Mr.  Bagnall  says  this  exactly  resembles  the  form  it 
assumes  in  quarries  and  rocky  places  in  Warwickshire.  In  these 
places  it  is  weaker,  and  grows  with  an  arcuate  prostrate  habit 
(Exch.  Club  Rep.  1894,  440).  At  the  foot  of  Longridge  Fell,  60.— 
R.  villicaulis  var.  "^'Selmeri  Lindeb.  Pilling,  60  (W).  Simmonswood 
Moss,  59.  Longridge  f  and  Stonyhurst,!  60.  —  R.  -''gratus  Focke. 
Common  in  S.  Lanes,  59  [vide  Exch.  Club  Rep.  1894,  440),  and  in 
the  Ribble  and  Hodder  district,  60.  —  Pi.  '''rustica7ius  Merc.  Scot- 
forth,  60  (W).  Abundant  in  58  and  60,  less  common  in  59. — 
R.  -'iejitiginosiis  Lees,  a  form  with  longer  petals  and  untypical  foliage, 
approaching  R.  Questierii  Lefv.  &  Muell.  Walton,  59. — R.  Sprengelii 
Weihe.  Eastham,  58.  Walton,  59.  Ashton,t  59.  Preston  f  and 
Longridge,!  60. — R.  Heucostachijs  Schleich.  Silverdale,  60.  Wal- 
ton, 59. — R.  wfestus  Weihe.  Walton  and  Orrell,  59.  Near  Preston, 
60.  —  Pi.  podophyllus  P.  J.  Muell.  Near  Ashton-under-Lyne,f  59. 
Named  by  Mr.  Linton.  —  R.  oigoclados  var.  -'^yeivhoiildii  Bab. 
Walton,  59.  —  Pi.  rusaceus  var.  hystrix  W.  &  N.  Eastham,  58. 
Simmonswood  Moss,  59.  —  Var.  ^'silvestris  R.  P.  Murr.  Eastham, 
58.  Ince  Blundell,  59. — Var.  infenindua  Rogers.  Longridge  Fell, 
60,  —  Pi,    Koehleri   var.    paUidm  Bab.     Grizedale,  60  (W).     Very 


402  RECENT    LITERATURE    ON    ALG^. 

common  about  Yealaud  and  Silverdale,  60.  —  R.  diimetorwn  var. 
ferox  Weihe.  Wallasey,  58.  Hi^^htown,  59.  —  Var.  '-^concinitiis 
Warren.  Walton,  59.  —  R.  conjlifoUus  Sm.  var.  '''•sublustris  Lees. 
Silverdale,  60.  Garstang,  60  (W).  Frequent  throughout  the 
Mersey  province.  A  curious  form  with  large  septenate  leaves,  and 
calyx  claspmg  fruit,  is  frequent  about  Walton,  59.  —  R.  casius  var. 
aqitaticus  W.  c^  N.  Hightown  and  Crosby,  59.  —  R.  rosaceus  var. 
sylve^trh  X  Spremjelii.  Ince  Blundell,  59.  "A  very  interesting 
hybrid,  which  has  every  appearance  of  bemg  rightly  named"  (Mr. 
Kogers  in  Exch.  Club  Eep.  1896,  519).  — R.  mercicus  var.  hracteatus 
X  leucostachys.  Walton,  59.  "These  specimens  seem  rather 
nearer  R.  inercicus  than  to  R.  leucostachi/s,  but  Mr.  Wheldon  is 
probably  right  in  considering  them  a  hybrid"  (Mr.  Rogers  in 
Exch.  Club  Rep.  1896,  519). — R.  casius  x  IdcBus.  Fazackerley,  59. 
Mr.  Rogers  says:  "Looks  like  the  hybrid  which  Prof.  Babington 
latterly  thought  his  var.  intermedins  might  be"  (Exch.  Club  Rep. 
1896,  519).— J.  A.  Wheldon. 

Monmouth  and  West  Gloucester  Records.  —  The  following 
species  not  recorded  for  v.-cc.  31  and  35  in  Top.  Bot.  have  been 
noticed  this  year  : — Caucalis  nodosa  Scop.  35.  Plentiful  on  Caldicot 
and  Roggiett  Moors.  —  Galiwii  tricome  Stokes.  35.  Cornfields, 
Llanmelin.  —  Specularia  hybrida  A.  DC.  31.  Beachley  ;  queried 
for  v.-c.  34  in  Top.  Bot.  —  Veronica  scutellata  L.  34.  Madget. — 
Orohanche  minor  L.  [eu-minor).  35.  Clover  crops  near  Chepstow. — 
Osmunda  regalis  L.  35.  A  solitary  plant  in  a  marshy  thicket  at 
Shirenewton  ;  first  noticed  by  Miss  Woodall.  In  the  Report  of  the 
Botanical  Exchange  Club  for  1897  Mr.  Charles  Bailey  mentions  the 
following  species  as  "  new  county  records  for  v.-c.  35": — Polyyala 
vulgaris  L.,  Arenuria  serpyliifolia  Pursh,  Geranium  dissectum,  L., 
Euonymus  europaus  L.,  Conium  maculatum  L.,  Lamium  Galeobdolon 
Crantz,  Salix  cinerea  L.,  Potamogeton  iJer/oliatus  L.,  and  P.  crispus 
L.,  all  of  which  were  recorded  from  the  county  in  my  paper  on 
"  Recent  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  West  Gloucester  and  Monmouth  " 
in  this  Journal  for  1894,  pp.  263-271,  with  the  exception  of  Lamium 
Galeobdolon,  which,  like  the  rest,  is  a  very  common  plant  in  this 
district. — W.  A.  Shoolbred. 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 
Recent  Literature  on  Alg^e. 

In  the  Bulletin  de  V Herbier  Boissier  for  June,  1898,  Prof.  Chodat 
publishes  a  continuation  of  his  "Etudes  de  Biologie  Lacustre." 
Under  the  title  "  Recherches  sur  les  algues  littorales  "  he  deals 
with  (a)  perforating  algaB  in  freshwater  shells,  (b)  chalk-devouring 
alg£e  which  produce  markings  on  pebbles  by  means  of  decay,  (c) 
ColeochcBte  pnlvinata  and  the  germination  of  its  oospores,  (d)  littoral 
algae,  more  particularly  Cladophora  glomerata  and  Batrachospermum 
den  sum. 


EECENT    LITEEATURE    ON    ALGiE.  403 

After  some  introductory  remarks  concerning  littoral  freshwater 
al2:ae  in  general,  Prof.  Giiodat  proceeds  to  the  subject  of  perforating 
algaB,  which  he  divides  into  two  groups  :  1.  Perforating  algae 
proper.  2.  Carious  algae.  Of  the  former  group  he  describes  a  new 
genus  and  species  of  Chlorophycea,  Foreliella  perforans.  This  alga 
penetrates  the  living  shells  of  Anodonta  anatina  var.  vycterina 
Boung.,  finding  its  way  through  the  shell  to  the  animal  itself. 
The  obvious  preference  of  F.  perforans  for  living  rather  than  dead 
shells  leads  Prof.  Chodat  to  indulge  in  speculations  on  the  possible 
symbiosis  of  animal  and  alga. 

A  new  species  of  Gongrosira,  G.  cocUolifera,  is  described  as 
growing  on  chalk-stones,  in  or  near  the  water.  Its  rhizoids 
penetrate  the  chalk,  and  from  these  there  arises  either  a  pseudo- 
parenchymatous  mass  of  cells,  or  the  ordinary  filamentous  growth. 
The  peculiarity  of  Gongrosira  codiolifera  is  the  production  of  swollen 
cells  borne  on  the  filaments,  which  become  detached  and  form 
propagules.  These  are  figured  in  various  forms  and  conditions. 
Unfortunately  no  diagnosis  of  the  new  species  is  given. 

Growing  together  with  G.  codiolifera  is  found  an  alga  which  is 
considered  by  Prof.  Chodat  to  belong  to  Hyella,  and  he  describes  it 
as  H.jurana,  n.  sp. 

The  next  section  of  this  paper  deals  with  the  small  furrowed 
markings  on  pebbles  found  on  the  beach  of  Jurassic  lakes.  Various 
theories  have  been  propounded  to  account  for  these  markings,  but 
Prof.  Chodat  agrees  with  none  of  them,  and  attributes  the  furrows 
to  the  action  of  species  of  Schizothrix  which  he  finds  penetrating 
the  stones.  He  considers  that  other  Cyanoplujcem  follow  in  the 
wake  of  these  Schizothrix,  but  that  the  actual  boring  is  accom- 
plished by  species  of  Schizothrix,  Plectonema,  and  Phonnidium.  As 
an  explanation  of  this  boring  process,  he  suggests  that  the  algae 
secrete  an  acid  to  dissolve  the  chalk,  but  he  has  found  no  trace  of 
such  acid  in  portions  of  the  stone  attacked  by  the  algae.  On  the 
contrary,  the  reaction  has  often  been  alkaline.  He  is  therefore  led 
to  form  theories  on  the  complicated  chemical  action  of  Schizothrix 
on  the  chalk,  which  has  marvellous  results  "  selon  le  temps  et  les 
circonstances."  He  acknowledges  however  that  the  origin  of  these 
markings  is  still  far  from  being  completely  understood. 

The  old  discussion  of  alternation  of  generations  in  Coleochcete 
pulvinata  is  next  dealt  with,  and  the  systematic  position  of  the 
genus.  Prof.  Chodat  maintains  that  Aphanochmte,  by  reason  of  its 
heterogamy,  forms  a  link  between  C oleo chcete  a,nd  the  Chcetophoraceoi; 
and  he  believes  that  CoUochate  forms  the  end  of  a  series  of  branched 
algae  which  are  provided  with  hairs.  He  will  have  nothing  to  do 
with  the  idea  that  this  genus  forms  the  starting-point  of  the  Arche- 
goniatm ;  it  belongs  to  the  heterogamous  Chcetophora,  and  the 
germination  of  its  oospore  takes  place  under  special  conditions. 
That  is  all.  He  speaks  of  Prof.  Oltmanns'  paper,  "Die  Ent- 
wickelung  der  Sexualorgane  bei  Coleochate pulvinata,"  in  Flora,  1898, 
pp.  1-14,  and  points  out  that  this  author  agrees  with  him  in 
rejecting  the  idea  of  homology  between  the  oogonium  of  Coleochate 
and  that  of  Floridece  and  MiiscinecB,     On  the  other  hand,  he  refuses 


404  SYLLABUS  DER  PFLANZENFA:MILIEN. 

to  accept  the  parallel  drawn  by  Prof.  Oltmanns  between  the 
oogonium  of  ColocluEte,  together  with  the  cells  immediately  pro- 
duced by  it,  and  the  spore  of  MarcJiantia  with  the  thallus  arising 
therefrom.  Prof.  Oltmanns  is  apt  to  bring  forward  somewhat 
strained  instances  of  alternation  of  generation. 

A  short  list  is  next  given  of  the  shore  alg^e  of  the  Lake  of 
Geneva,  with  remarks  on  some  of  the  genera,  and  a  short  account 
of  the  escape  and  subsequent  development  of  zoospores  in  Clado- 
joJiora  glomerata.  The  cultivation  of  this  alga  in  nutritious  solu- 
tions is  said  to  lead  to  the  swelling  of  certain  cells  of  the  thallus, 
which  then  bud  off,  and  so  closely  resemble  the  CentrosphtEra  of 
Borzi,  that  Prof.  Chodat  considers  these  two  forms  identical.  A 
note  on  Batrachospemmm  densiim  describes  its  growth  from  the 
creeping  thallus,  without  the  intervention  of  the  Chantransia-\ike 
form.  The  author  regards  the  hairs  of  this  plant  as  respiratory 
organs,  establishing  a  communication  through  the  surrounding 
mucus  with  the  outer  air.  But  in  the  same  line  he  points  out  that 
when  cultivated  in  nutritive  solutions,  these  hairs  diminish  or 
disappear.  Does  he  consider  that  an  extra  food-supply  does  away 
with  the  necessity  of  breathing  ? 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  throughout  the  whole  paper  no 
measurements  are  given,  either  in  the  text  or  the  figures. 

Major  Reinbold  gives  in  Hedwigia,  Bd.  xxxvii.  1898,  a  short  list 
of  thirty-eight  marine  alg^  collected  by  Herr  Nemetz  in  the  Island 
of  Rhodes.  Two  of  these  are  new  species  of  Siphoiiocladus,  S. 
Fikodensis  and  S.  concrescens.  The  western  shores  of  the  Medi- 
terranean have  been  so  well  examined  that  it  is  interesting  to 
have  a  record  of  algas  from  one  of  the  eastern  islands.  The  list 
includes  Hijpnea  V(denticB  Mont.,  a  common  form  in  the  Indian 
Ocean,  and  recorded  from  the  West  Indies  by  Maze  and  Schramm. 

Ethel   S.  Barton. 

Syllabus  der  PfianzenfamiUen.  Von  Dr.  Adolf  Engler.  Zweite 
umgearbeitete  Ausgabe.  Pp.  xii,  214.  Berlin:  Borntraeger. 
1898.     Price  3  M.  80  Pf. 

As  the  principal  editor  of,  and  one  of  the  chief  contributors  to 
the  NaturUchen  PflanzenfamiUen,  which  after  a  busy  ten  years  is  now 
all  but  completed.  Prof.  Engler  speaks  with  authority  on  the 
systematic  arrangement  of  plants.  Hence  the  Syllabus — presenting 
in  a  concise  form  the  recent  views  of  the  German  school  of  syste- 
matists  which  has  arisen  under  the  energetic  tutelage  of  the  Director 
of  the  Berlin  Gardens  and  Museums — will  be  welcomed  by  the 
increasing  number  of  botanists  who  are  interested  in  the  study  of 
plant  relationships  and  distribution.  It  may  be  useful  to  review 
briefly  the  plan  of  arrangement  adopted.  The  plant-world  is 
divided  into  four  sections  (Abteilung).  Section  I.  Myxothallo- 
PHYTA  are  of  course  the  Myxomycetes,  which  form  a  very  distinct 
group  on  the  borderland  between  plants  and  animals.  Section  II. 
EuTHALLOPHYTA  includcs  four  subsections,  of  which  the  first, 
Schizophyta,  comprises  two  classes,    Schkomycetes   or   Bacteria    in 


SYLLABUS    DER    PFLANZENFAMILIEN.  405 

general,  and  ScJiizophycecB  or  the  simple  blue-green  algae  {Ci/ano- 
phycecB)  of  most  text-books.  The  second  subsection  is  the  Flagel- 
latm ;  the  third,  EuphijcecB,  comprises  the  remaining  algae  (eight 
classes) ;  and  the  fourth,  Eumi/cetes,  the  Fungi  in  four  classes, 
Phycomycetes,  Basidiomycetes,  Ascomycetes,  with  a  *  nebenklasse  ' 
Lichenes,  and  Laboulbeniomycetes.  Section  III.  Embryophyta 
ZoiDioGAMA,  the  archegoniate  plants,  has  the  two  subsections 
Bryophyta  and  Pteridophyta  with  the  usual  subdivisions  ;  and 
Section  IV.  Embryophyta  Siphonogama,  are  the  seed-plants  with  the 
old  subsections,  indicated  by  Robert  Brown,  of  GymnospermcB  and 
AngiospermcB. 

The  generally  recognized  orders  of  Gymnosperms  figure  as 
classes,  comparable  with  the  two  great  classes  of  Angiosperms. 
Thus  the  former  comprise  six  classes,  Cycadales,  Bennettitales, 
Cordaitales,  Ginkgoales,  Coniferae,  and  Gnetales  ;  the  latter  two, 
Monocotyledonae,  and  Dicotyledonae.  This  view  emphasizes  the 
striking  differences  between  the  known  types  of  Gymnosperms  as 
compared  with  Angiosperms.  The  arrangement  of  the  latter  is 
based  on  that  of  Eichler,  with  certain  modifications,  many  of  which 
are  the  outcome  of  the  work  of  the  last  ten  years  represented  in 
the  Pflanzevfamilien.  Class  I.  Monocotyledons  is  arranged  in  eleven 
series  as  follows  : — 

1.  Pandanales  (Typhaceae,  Pandanaceae,  Sparganiaceae). 

2.  Helobm  (Fluviales)  (Potamogetonaceae  and  allied  orders,  Alis- 

maceae,  Hydrocharideae). 

3.  Triuridales. 

4.  GliiimfiorcB  (Gramineae,  Cyperace^). 

5.  Pr'incipes  (Palmae). 

6.  Synantha,  (Cyclanthacese). 

7.  SpathiflorcB  (Araceae,  Lemnaceae). 

8.  Farinosm  (Restiaceae,  Eriocaulaceae,  &c. ;  Bromeliace^,  Com- 

melinacese,  Pontederiaceae,  &c.). 

9.  Liliifiora   (Juncaceae,   Liliace^e,   Amaryllidace^,    Taccacese, 

Dioscoreaceae,  Iridaceae). 

10.  ScitaiuinecB. 

11.  Microspermm  (Burmanniacese,  Orchidaceae). 

We  see  here  an  attempt  to  arrange  as  far  as  possible  in  linear 
series  the  orders  of  Monocotyledons,  starting  with  those  in  which 
the  flowers  are  extremely  simple  and  irregular  or  indefinite  in  the 
number  of  their  parts,  as  is  generally  the  case  in  the  first  three 
series.  In  Glumifiorae  the  number  of  parts  is  generally  small  and 
definite,  with  the  flowers  naked.  The  next  three  series  form  a 
group  in  which  a  simple  perianth  is  the  rule,  or  its  absence  may  be 
explained  by  redaction,  while  there  is  also  a  marked  tendency  to 
fixity  of  number  of  the  stamens  and  carpels.  The  remaining  four 
series  are  characterized  by  the  pentacyclic  trimeroas  flowers,  which 
we  have  learnt  to  regard  as  the  "typical"  monocotyledons.  In 
series  8  and  9  hypogyny  and  actinomorphy  prevail;  in  series  10  and 
11  epigyny  and  zygomorphy.  Dicotyledons  are  arranged  in  two  sub- 
classes :  Archichlamyde*  with  twenty-six  series,  andMetachlamyde^ 
or  Sympetalae  with  eight.     In  the  former,  Casuarina  stands  first  as 


406 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 


series  Verticillatm,  cut  off  from  the  rest  of  the  subclass  by  its 
numerous  macrospores  and  the  other  well-known  characters  which 
distinguish  the  course  of  development  in  the  ovules.  In  the  other 
twenty-five  series  an  attempt  is  again  made  at  an  arrangement  as 
far  as  is  possible  in  linear  series,  from  the  typically  simple  naked 
flowers  like  those  of  SalicinecB,  through  the  typically  apetalous 
(UrticaceiE,  &c.),  polypetalous  and  thalamifloral  (Ranales),  poly- 
petalous  and  calycifloral,  to  the  polypetalous  and  epigynous,  series 
26  being  the  Umbellifiorm. 

The  arrangement  of  Synipetalcs  is  in  eight  series — 

1.  Ericales. 

2.  Primulales. 

3.  Ehenales. 

4.  ContortcB  (Oleaceae,  Gentianace^,  &c.). 

0.  TuhijiorcB  (Convolvulace^,  Polemoniaceae,  Boragineae,  Scro- 
phulariace^,  Labiatae,  &c.). 

6.  PlantcKjinales. 

7.  Rubiales  (Rubiace?e,  Caprifoliace^,  Valerianace^e,  Dipsacese). 

8.  Campanulat(B  (Cucurbitaceae,  Campanulace^,  Compositfe). 

In  series  1  and  2  polypetaly  sometimes  appears ;  the  flowers  are 
geujrally  hypogynous.  In  series  3  sympetaly  is  a  fixed  character, 
but  the  number  of  stamens  is  sometimes  very  large.  Hypogyny  is 
the  rule.  Series  4  differs  in  haviug  only  one  staminal  whorl.  The 
remaining  four  are  exclusively  sympetalous  and  haplostemonous, 
with  generally  two  carpels,  which  are  completely  united.  The 
flowers  are  frequently  zygomorphic.  In  5  and  6  the  corolla  is 
hypogynous,  in  7  and  8  epigynous.  CompositcE  ends  the  series  as 
the  acme  of  simplification  by  reduction  and  union  of  parts.  The 
position  assigned  to  Cucurbitacea  next  to  Campanulacem,  though 
strange  to  English  systems  of  classification,  is  not  new  to  Con- 
tinental arrangements.  It  seems  a  more  natural  one  than  its 
place  towards  the  end  of  Pohjpetalm.  Under  each  natural  order 
(family)  is  a  concise  diagnosis,  followed  in  most  cases  by  equally 
concise  descriptions  of  subfamilies  and  other  divisions,  with 
mention  of  the  most  commonly  occurring  geuera,  or  those  of  im- 
portance from  some  economic  point  of  view. 

A.  B.  Rendle. 


ARTICLES     IN    JOURNALS^ 

Annals  of  Botany  (Sept.).  —  W.  R.  Shaw,  '  Fertilization  of 
Onoclea'  (1  pi.).— H.  M.  Ward,  '  Some  Thames  Bacteria  '  (2pl.).— 
T.  Gr.  Hill,  '  Roots  of  Biynonia '  (1  pi.).  —  C.  A.  Barber,  '  Capressi- 
noxylon  vectense'  (2  pi.). — A.  J.  Ewart,  'Action  of  Cold  and  of  Sun- 
light on  aquatic  plants.'  —  R.  Scott  &  E.  Sargant,  'Development 
of  Arum  maculatum  from  seed '  (1  pL). 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appearon  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 


407 


Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  (July).— J.  W.  H.  Trail,  'Topographical 
Botany  of  Scotland  '  (cont.  :  Rosacea! — Compositor). 

Bot.  CentralbJatt  (Nos.  36-89).  —  H.  Bartb,  '  Uber  den  mikro- 
cliemischen  Nacliweis  von  Alkaloidenin  pharmaceutischverwendeten 
Drogen.'  —  (No.  36).  W.  Susuki,  '  Die  Assimilation  der  Nitrate  in 
Dunkelheit  durch  Phanerogamer.'  —  (No.  37).  V.  F.  Brotherus, 
'  Indusiella,  eine  neue  Laubmoos-Gattung  aus  Central-Asien.' — 
G.  S.  Wallin,  '  Ueber  gerbstoflabnliclie  Tropfchen  im  Zellsafte  der 
Bromeliaceen-Blatter.' —  (No.  37).  E.  H.  Krause,  '  Floristische 
Notizen.' 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (14  Sept.).  —  L.  Blanc  &  E.  Decrock, 
'  Distribution  geographique  des  Primulacees  '  (2  pi.).  —  H.  Hallier, 
'Bausteine  zu  einer  Monographic  der  Convolvulaceen '  (1  pi.). — 
F.  Crepin,  'Rosa  stellata  Wooton.'— H.  Schinz,  '  Beitrage  zur 
Kenntnis  der  africanischen  Flora'  [Euplwyhiacece,  F.  Pax  &  H. 
Schinz ;  AnacardiacecB  &  Sterculiacea,  H.  Schinz  ;  Lythracea,  E. 
Koehne;  CompositcB,  0.  Hoffmann).  —  E.  A.  Wainio,  '  Clathrinse 
herbarii  Mulleri.'  —  E.  Chodat  &  N.  0.  Hofman-Bang,  '  Sur  les 
microphytes  qui  produisent  la  maturation  du  fromage.'  —  J.  Born- 
miiller,  '  Onobnjchis  Bellevii.'—k.  Pestalozzi,  '  Die  Gattung  Boscia ' 
(concl.). 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (10  Sept.).  —  J.  K.  Small,  'Botany  of 
Southeastern  U.  S.'— T.  C.  Porter,  '  Flora  of  Lower  Susquehanna.' 
— H.  H.  Busby,  'Plants  collected  in  S.  America,  1885-6'  {Vailia, 
gen.  nov.  Asclepiadarum).  —  J.  B.  Ellis  &  B.  M.  Everhardt,  '  New 
Fungi.' — J.  H.  Barnhart,  Utncularia  macrorhyncha,  sp.  n. 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (27  Aug.).  —  C.  T.  Druery,  '  Dimorphic 
Ferns '  (fig.  42). — (3  Sept.).     '  Cereiis peruvianus  moiistrosiis '  (fig.  46). 

Enjthea  (31  Aug.). — J.  G.  Lemmon,  '  Notes  on  West- American 
Conifer^e.' 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  16  Mai,"  received  3  Sept.).  —  E. 
Bescherelle,  'Enumeration  des  Hepatiques  de  Tahiti'  (concl.). — 
P.  van  Tieghem,  '  Sur  le  genre  Penthorum.'  —  ("  1  Juin,"  received 
3  Sept.).  E.  G.  Camus,  '  Plantes  hybrides  spontanees  de  la  flora 
europeenne  '  (cont.).  —  E.  Drake  del  Castillo,  '  De  la  veritable  place 

du  genre  Fitchia'  (2  pi.). .  Hue,  '  Causerie  sur  les  Parmelia.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Aug.).  —  L.  Lammermayr,  ^  Ueber 
eigenthiimlich  ausgebildete  innere  Vorsprungsbildungen  in  den 
Ehizoiden  von  Marchantiaceen.'  —  A.  Fuchs,  '  Ueber  den  Bau  der 
Raphidenzelle.'  —  F.  Ludwig,  '  Biologische  Beobachtungen  an 
Helleborus  f<Midus.'  —  J.  Rick,  'Zur  Pilzkunde  Vorarlbergs.'  — 
J.  Murr,  '  Die  Piloselloiden  Oberosterreichs.' 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

The  Supplement  to  Mr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson's  Index  Kewensis, 
compiled  by  M.  Theophile  Durand  and  Mr.  Jackson,  is,  we  under- 
stand, actually  m  the  press  at  Brussels.     The  unfortunate  delay  in 


408  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

its  issue  has  been  largely  due  to  the  illness  of  M.  Duraud,  who  has 
charge  of  tlie  work  lu  its  complete  form  ;  but  now  that  it  is  in  the 
hands  of  the  printer  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  no  further  delay  will 
ensue.  The  period  covered  by  the  Supplement  is  from  1886  to 
1895  inclusive,  a  period  of  great  activity  m  botanic  pubhcation, 
and  the  large  number  of  names  included  will  make  the  forthcoming 
volume  of  great  interest. 

We  have  received  the  Reports  of  the  Botanical  Exchange  Club 
for  1896  and  1897,  from  which  we  hope  to  make  some  extracts  at 
an  early  date. 

The  Annals  of  Botany  for  September  contains  an  interesting 
and  important  paper  by  Mrs.  D.  H.  Scott  and  Miss  Ethel  Sargant, 
"  On  the  Development  of  Arum,  macuhitum  from  the  seed." 

Messrs.  Groves  have  undertaken  to  edit  a  new  edition  of 
Babiugton's  Manual.  The  book  will  consist  almost  entirely  of 
Babingtou's  own  work  as  indicated  in  his  interleaved  copy  which 
was  "written  up  "  until  August,  1891,  with  the  necessary  alterations 
of  name  and  the  addition  of  undoubtedly  new  species. 

We  have  omitted  to  notice  the  handsome  volume  on  The  Yew- 
trees  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  by  Dr.  John  Lowe,  which  Messrs. 
Macmillan  sent  us  some  time  since  (8vo,  pp.  viii,  269  ;  price  10s.  6d. 
net).  The  author  gives  a  very  full  account  of  our  historic  yew 
trees,  and  has  ransacked  general  literature  for  references  to  the 
yew,  with  interesting  results.  The  chapter  devoted  to  the  history 
and  use  of  bows  is  one  of  the  most  instructive.  The  botanical 
account  of  the  varieties  of  yew  might  have  been  a  little  fuller,  and 
the  etymology  of  the  word  might  have  been  further  elucidated ; 
but  the  book  is  an  excellent  example  of  its  kind,  and  its  attractive- 
ness is  much  enhanced  by  some  forty  admirable  illustrations. 

We  have  received  a  copy  of  Mr.  H.  C.  Hart's  Flora  of  Donegal, 
which  we  hope  to  notice  in  our  next  issue. 

We  learn  that  our  contributor  Mr.  S.  T.  Dunn  has  been  appointed 
Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Kew  Gardens. 

Those  who  have  gardens  and  who  are  not  already  acquainted 
with  Mr.  Robinson's  English  Flower  Garden  (Murray  :  royal  8vo, 
cloth,  pp.  xii,  832  ;  price  15s.)  will  do  well  to  secure  the  new  (sixth) 
edition  of  this  handsome  and  standard  work  which  has  lately 
appeared.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  work  is  encyclopaedic ; 
the  first  part  contains  the  fullest  information  about  the  management 
of  gardens  of  various  kinds  and  at  different  seasons  of  the  year, 
with  descriptions  of  various  flower  gardens  scattered  up  and  down 
the  country ;  the  second  part  gives  a  descriptive  list,  alphabetically 
arranged,  of  "  the  flowers,  flowering  shrubs  and  trees,  evergreens 
and  hardy  ferns  for  the  open-air  flower  garden  in  the  British  Isles, 
for  their  cultivation  and  the  positions  most  suitable  for  them  in 
gardens."  Mr.  Robinson  has  done  more  tlian  any  one  to  bring 
about  a  reformation  of  taste  in  matters  horticultural ;  and  he  writes 
as  an  enthusiast  possessed  of  common  sense.  We  must  not  forget 
to  add  that  the  volume  is  profusely  and  admirably  illustrated ;  the 
views  of  the  various  gardens  described  are  especially  beautiful. 


Journ  B 


Tab  391. 


0m^^^^^^.,,^^^ 


M.&H.Groves  del. 
R.Morgan  lith. 


West,  Newman ,  in^ . 


Char  a  asp  er  a ,  WlUm.,,  s  uhsp .    de  smac  antha  ,H.kJ.  Groves .  I 


Jo-arn.Bot  .    ?■*  ^i// 


Tab  392. 


^^ 


ft- 


1 

w 

.-  V- 

H 

'■%' 

H,  Groves  del. 
R.Morganhth 


Nitella  hyalma,  Ag. 


West,  Newmari,  xmp . 


409 


NOTES    ON    BRITISH     CHARAOE^,    1895-1898. 

By  H.  &  J.  Groves,  F.L.S. 

(Plates  391,  392.) 

In  the  present  instalment  of  "  Notes"  we  have  the  pleasure  of 
describing  the  most  interesting  addition  to  our  CVirtra-flora  for 
many  years  past,  Nitella  Ju/alina,  which  has  recently  been  discovered 
in  Cornwall  by  our  friend  the  Rev.  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster,  who  has 
done  such  good  work  among  the  Characea  in  the  eastern  counties. 
There  are  also  some  important  extensions  of  distribution  to  record, 
notably  Chara  connivens  from  Ireland,  and  C.  canescens  from  Suffolk 
and  Wexford.  As  in  former  years,  Mr.  R.  Lloyd  Praeger  has 
furnished  us  with  a  very  large  amount  of  material,  enabling  us  to 
fill  up  many  blanks  in  the  Irish  counties.  Mr.  S.  M.  Macvicar's 
gatherings  in  Coll  and  Tiree  have  added  considerably  to  our  pre- 
viously scanty  records  for  Mid  Ebudes.  We  are  much  indebted  to 
the  gentlemen  already  named,  and  to  our  other  correspondents,  who 
have  furnished  us  with  the  very  numerous  specimens,  from  which 
the  following  records  are  gleaned  : — 

Chara  fragilis,  Desv. — Norfolk  W.,  1897,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster ; 
Ayrshire,  1896,  A.  Somerville;  Cantire,  1897,  C.  E.  Salmon;  Cork  S., 
1896,  R.A.  Phillips;  Kildare,  Meath,  and  Louth,  1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger, 
Roscommon,  1896,  D.  McArdle  d  R.  LI.  Praeger. 

Var.  BARBATA.— Devon  N.,  1895,  W.  P.  Hiern;  Lincoln  S.,  1895, 
Mason  S  Peacock;  Clare,  1896,  N.  Colgan;  Mayo  E.,  1895,  E.  S. 
Marshall. 

Var.  cApiLLACEA. — Cambs,  1896,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster;  Louth, 
1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger. 

Var.  Hedwigh. — Aberdeen  N.,  1883,  J.  W.  H.  Trail,  comm.  A. 
Bennett. 

Var.  DELicATULA. — Liucs.  N.,  1894,  Mason  d  Peacock;  Wester- 
ness,  1895,  S.  M.  Macvicar ;  Cantire,  1897,  C.  E.  Salmon:  South 
Ebudes,  Islay,  1898,  T.  F.  Gilmour,  comm.  A.  Somerville;  Mid 
Ebudes,  1896,  S.  M.  Macvicar;  Meath  (1896)  and  Roscommon 
(1897),  R.  LI.  Praeger;  Tyrone,  1896,  Mrs.  Leebody,  comm.  R.  LI. 
Praeger. 

C.  CONNIVENS,  Braun. — Suffolk  E.,  near  Benacre  Broad,  1897, 
G.  R.  Bullock  Webster ;  Wexford,  lagoon  north  of  Wexford  Harbour, 
1896,  E.  8,  Marshall.     A  very  interesting  addition  to  the  Irish  flora. 

C.  ASPERA,  Willd. — Norfolk  W.,  Fowlmere,  Croxton  Heath,  1897, 
G.  R.  Bullock  Webster;  Lines.  N.,  Althorpe,  1894,  ^'Fowler,''  comm. 
E.  A.  Woodruffe  Peacock;  Mid  Ebudes,  Coll  and  Tiree,  1896,  S.  M. 
Macvicar. 

Var.  suBiNERMis. — Mid  Ebudes,  Coll,  1896,  S.  M.  Macvicar; 
Cork  S.,  Tralispeen  Bog,  near  L.  Hine,  1896,  R.  A.  PhiVips  dJ.  G.; 
Wexford,  lagoon  north  of  Wexford  Harbour,  1896,  E.  S.  Marshall. 

Having  received  from  time  to  time  a  large  number  of  specimens 
of  C.  aspera  from  Ireland,  and  a  few  from  England,  in  which  the 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  86.      [Nov.  1898.]  2  f 


410  NOTES    ON    BRITISH    CHARACE^. 

spine-cells  are  more  or  less  fasciculate,  instead  of  solitary,  or 
occasionally  geminate,  as  in  the  normal  forms,  we  have  come  to 
the  conclusion  that  the  forms  with  fasciculate  spine-cells  may 
with  advantage  be  grouped  together  under  a  new  subspecies,  as 
follows  : — 

Subspecies  desmacantha,  nobis. —  Stem  usually  considerably 
thicker  than  in  the  type ;  cortex  very  imperfectly  triplostichous, 
the  secondary  cells  joining  obliquely ;  cortical  nodes  more  numerous, 
14-18  to  an  internode  of  the  stem ;  spine-cells  usually  in  groups  of 
3-5.     Tab.  391. 

We  have  been  unable  to  find  among  the  many  varietal  and 
specific  names  which  have  been  given  to  forms  of  C.  aspera  one 
applicable  to  our  subspecies.  In  addition  to  the  character  afforded 
by  the  fascicled  spine-cells,  there  seems  to  be  a  marked  difference 
in  the  number  of  the  cortical  nodes,  the  type  of  C.  aspera  having 
usually  10-12  to  an  internode,  while  the  present  plant  has  usually 
14-18.  It  should  be  explained  that  in  arriving  at  these  figures  we 
have  added  the  number  of  cortical  nodes  in  an  ascending  series  to 
that  in  the  descending  series  most  nearly  opposite  to  it.  Among 
the  aspera  forms  which  we  have  recently  examined,  we  find  specimens 
referable  to  this  subspecies  from  Cornwall  W.,  Hayle  Kembra,  J.  G. ; 
Norfolk  E.,  Lopham  Fen,  and  Norfolk  W.,  Langmere,  G.  R.  Bid- 
lock  Webster  ;  Cambridge,  Burwell  Fen,  A.  Bennett;  Anglesey,  J.  E. 
Griffith;  and  Yorks  S.E.,  Bromfleet,  T.  Birks,  jnn. ;  and  from 
Ireland,  where  it  seems  to  be  the  prevalent  form,  from  the  following 
counties  : — Queen's  Co.,  Kildare,  Dublin  (the  form  we  referred  to 
var.  capillata),  Meath,  Galway  E.,  Tipperary  N.,  King's  Co.,  West- 
meath.  Mayo  E.,  Sligo,  Eoscommon,  and  Down.  We  also  have 
specimens  from  several  localities  in  the  S.  of  Sweden,  Nordstedt  S 
Wahlstedt;  and  from  Bavaria,  Leonhardi,  Braun  E.  &  S.  Exsicc. 
No.  116,  var.  curta.  No  doubt  the  examination  of  a  larger  number 
of  specimens  will  show  a  much  more  extended  distribution. 

C.  POLYACANTHA,  Brauu,  E.  &  S. — Norfolk  W.,  Garboldisham, 
1897,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster;  Meath,  Oldcastle,  1896,  R.Ll.  Praeger. 

C.  contraria,  Kuetz. — Suffolk  E.,  near  Southwold,  1896,  E.  8. 
d  C.  E.  Salmon;  Mid  Ebudes,  Tiree,  1896,  S.M.Macvicar;  Meath, 
Oldcastle,  1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger;  King's  Co.,  Edenderry,  1896, 
R.  LI.  Praeger;  Eoscommon,  E.  Suck,  1896,  D.  McArdle  d  R.  LI. 
Praeger;  Cavan,  L.  Sheelin,  1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger;  Donegal,  near 
Mulroy  Mouth,  1898,  H.  C.  Hart. 

Var.  HispiDULA. — Westmeath,  L.  Owel,  1895,  H.  C.  Levinge. 

C.  mspiDA,  L.— Norfolk  W.,  1897,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster;  Lin- 
coln N.,  1894,  Mason  S  Peacock;  Cantire  (I.  of  Gigha),  1898, 
A.  SomerviUe;  Mid  Ebudes  (Coll  and  Tiree),  1896-7,  S.  M.  Macvicar; 
Orkney,  1898,  A.  SomerviUe;  Tipperary  S.  (1897)  and  Meath  (1896), 
R.  LI.  Praeger;  Donegal,  1898,  H.  0.  Hart. 

Var.  RUDis. — Tipperary  S.,  Cloumel,  1897,  R.  LI.  Praeger; 
Queen's  Co.,  Portarlington,  1896,  R.Ll.  Praeger;  Meath,  Oldcastle, 
1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger;  Kildare,  Kilcock  and  Maynooth,  1896,  R.  H. 


NOTES    ON    BKITISH    CHARACE-E.  411 

Praeger;  Clare,  Aranmore,  1891,  S.  A.  Stewart  (recorded  by  us  in 
Journ.  Bot.  1895,  p.  291,  by  an  error,  as  W.  Gal  way) ;  King's  Co., 
Edenderry,  1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger;  Mayo  E.,  S.E.  corner  of  L.  Mask, 

1895,  E.  S.  Marshall;  Sligo,  Eosse's  Point,  1897,  Pi.  LI.  Praeger; 
Cavan,  L.  Sheelin,  1896,  R.  LI.  Praeger. 

C.  VULGARIS,  L.— Monmouth,  1892,  W.  Whitwell ;  Argyll  (Lis- 
more),  1898,  >S'.  M.  Macvicar ;  Mid  Ebudes  (Coll  and  Tiree),  1896-7, 
S.  M.  Macvicar;    Tipperary   S.,   1897,  R.  LI.  Praeger;    Wexford, 

1896,  E.  8.  Marshall;  King's  Co.  (1896),  Leitrim  (1897),  Eos- 
common  (1897),  and  Cavan  (1896),  R.  LI.  Praeger ;  Donegal,  1898, 
H.  C.  Hart. 

Var.  LONGiBRACTEATA. — Hants  N.,  1895,  C.  E.  Salmon;  Nor- 
folk W.,  1897,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster;  Argyll  (Lismore),  1898, 
S.  M.  Macvicar;  Queen's  Co.  (1897),  Kildare  (1896),  and  Meath 
(1896),  R.  LI.  Praeger;  Clare,  1895,  N.  Colgan ;  Westmeath,  1895, 
E.  S.  Marshall. 

Var.  PAPiLLATA. — Mid  Ebudes,  Tiree,  1896,  S.  M.  Macvicar. 

C.  CANESCENS,  Loisel. —  Suffolk  E.,  near  Southwold,  1896,  E.  S. 
d  C.  E.  Salmon;  Wexford,  large  lagoon  N.  of  Wexford  Harbour, 
1896,  E.  S.  Marshall.  Both  of  these  records  represent  important 
extensions  in  the  distribution  in  this  country  of  this  species, 
which  had  hitherto  only  been  found  in  W.  Cornwall,  Dorset,  and 
N.  Kerry. 

ToLYPELLA  GLOMERATA,  Lconh. — Wexford,  large  lagoon  N.  of 
Wexford  Harbour,  1896,  E.  S.  Marshall;  Galway  E.  and  Tip- 
perary N.,  L.  Derg,  1896,  N.  Colgan. 

T.  PROLiFERA,  Leonh. — Berks,  E.  Isis  near  Oxford,  1896,  G.  C. 
Druce;  Oxford,  Kidhngton,  1896,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster;  Norfolk  E., 
near  Gillingham  Marsh,  Beccles,  1897,  G.  R.  Bullock  W^ebster ; 
Norfolk  W.,  Little  Ouse,  near  Brandon  Creek  and  St.  John's, 
Southery  Drain,  &c.,  1897,  G.  R.  Bullock  Webster. 

NiTELLA  HYALiNA,  Agardh,  Systema  Algarum  (1824),  p.  126  {ex 
parte).  Kuetzing,  Phyc.  Germ.  (1845)  p.  256;  Sp.  Alg.  (1849) 
p.  516;  Tab.  Phyc.  vii.  (1857)  p.  14,  tab.  35,  fig.  2.  Braun, 
Schweiz.  Char.  (1847)  p.  10;  Monatsb.  Akad.  Berl.  1867  (1868), 
p.  817;  Fragm.  Monog.  Char.  (1882)  p.  78.  Eabenh.  Deutsch. 
Krypt.  Flor.  (1847)  p.  196 .  Wallm.  Act.  Acad.  Stockh.  1852 
(1854)  p.  244.  Nordstedt,  Bot.  Notiser,  1863,  p.  39.  Leonhardi, 
Oesterr.  Arml.  Gewachse  (1864),  p.  55.  Wahlst.  Mon.  Sver.  & 
Norg.  Char.  (1875)  p.  20.  Sydow,  Europ.  Char.  (1882)  p.  31, 
Migula  in  Eabenh.  Krypt.-fl.  ed.  ii.  vol.  v.  part  3  (1890)  p.  190. 
fig.  55-57;  Syn.  Char.  Europ.  (1898)  p.  49,  fig.  43-45. 

Chara  hgalina,  DC.  Flore  Fran^aise  (1815),  vol.  vi.  p.  247  {ex 
parte).  Braun,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  1834,  p.  351 ;  Eegensb.  Bot.  Zeit. 
1835,  i.  p.  54. 

C.  condensata  and  C.  interrupta,  Eupr.  Symb.  ad  Hist.  PI.  Eoss. 
1845,  p.  78  {Jide  Braun). 

ExsiccATA :— Braun,  E.  &  S.  Char.  Europ.  21,  31,  107.  Nordst. 
&  Wahlst.  Skand.  Char.  18.     Eabenh.  Alg.  Sachs.  419.     Desmaz. 

2  F  2 


412  NOTES    ON    BRITISH    CHAEACE^. 

PI.  Crypt.  Fr.  ii.  324.  Lloyd,  Alg.  Quest  Fr.  401.  Wartm.  & 
Schenk,  Schweiz.  Krypt.  250.  Jack,  Lein.  &  Stizenb.  Krypt. 
Bad.  205. 

A  rather  small  plant.  Stem  about  •30--48  mm.  thick.  Inter- 
nodes  2-4  times  the  length  of  the  branchlets.  Whorls  of  usually 
8  primary  branchlets  with  about  double  that  number  of  smaller 
secondary  branchlets  in  two  series,  the  one  above  and  the  other  beiOW 
the  primary  branchlets.  Primary  branchlets  2-3  times  divided, 
the  primary  rays  -^-f  the  total  length  of  the  branchlets.  Rays 
at  the  first  forking  7-10  (of  which  1-3  are  usually  simple) ;  at  the 
second  forking  4-7,  of  which  0-2  are  again  divided  into  4-5 
quaternary  rays.  Ultimate  rays  2-celled,  apical  cell  •09-*14  mm. 
long,  •03--045  broad  at  the  base.  Secondary  branchlets  usually 
one  above  and  one  below  each  primary  branchlet,  those  of  the  lower 
series  usually  once  or  twice  divided  into  4-6  rays,  those  of  the  upper 
usually  once  divided  into  5  rays,  or  simple.  Fruits  solitary,  occurring 
on  the  primary  branchlets  at  the  second  and  third  and  more  rarely 
at  the  first  forkings,  sometimes  on  the  secondary  branchlets  also, 
•5--62  mm.  long,  •38--41  thick,  showing  9-10  striae;  coronula 
•075  mm.  broad,  -045  high ;  oospore  (unripe)  brown,  decidedly 
flattened,  about  -28  mm.  long,  -26  thick  in  the  broader  diameter, 
•18  in  the  narrower.  Antheridia  occurring  at  all  the  forkings, 
though  less  commonly  at  the  first,  •35-^42  in  diameter.    Monoecious. 

An  extremely  beautiful  plant,  at  once  distinguished  from  all  the 
other  British  species  by  the  presence  of  the  secondary  branchlets, 
being  the  only  European  representative  of  Braun's  section  Diarthro- 
dactylcB,  heterophyllce.  The  English  plant  is  a  large  lax  form,  which 
would  be  included  in  Braun's  var.  maxima,  though  more  slender 
than  the  Bayonne  plant.  The  species  is  world-wide  in  its  distri- 
bution, occurring  almost  throughout  Europe,  in  Asia,  Africa 
(N,  and  S.),  N.  America,  and  Australasia.  It  was  discovered  in 
Britain  in  August  of  the  present  year  by  the  Rev.  G.  R.  Bullock 
Webster,  growing  in  some  quantity  on  thick  mud  in  4-5  feet  of 
water,  in  The  Loe,  a  lake  separated  from  the  sea  by  a  narrow  sand- 
bar, near  Helston,  West  Cornwall.     Tab.  392. 

N.  TENUissiMA,  Kuetz. — Norfolk  E.,  Lopham  Great  Fen,  1897, 
G.  R.  Bullock  Webster.  This  is  a  very  satisfactory  record,  Lopham 
being  in  the  same  group  of  fens  as  Roydon  Fen,  and  we  think  there 
is  little  doubt  that  Borrer's  specimen  labelled  Roydon  Fen,  Cambs, 
was  really  collected  in  East  Norfolk. 

N.  MUCRONATA,  Kuctz. — Norfolk  W.,  Little  Ouse,  near  St.  John's, 
1897,  and  Cambs,  Roswell  Clay-pits.  Ely,  1895,  G.  R.  Bullock  Web- 
ster; Beds,  R.  Ivel,  near  Sandy,  1891,  J.  Saunders. 

N.  TRANSLucENS,  Agardh. — Bucks,  Burnham  Beeches,  1897, 
G.  C.  Druce;  Mid  Ebudes,  Loch-na-Gile,  Tn-ee,  1896,  S.  M.  Mac- 
vicar;  Cork  S.,  Shepperton  Lakes,  1896,  J.  G. 

N.  FLExiLis,  Agardh. —  Hants  S.,  Darkwater,  near  Exbury, 
1895,  J.  G.;  Bucks,  Brickhill,  1897,  G.  C.  Druce;  Salop,  Long- 
mynd,  1897,  W.  Hunt  Painter. 


NOTES    ON    HOYA.  413 

N.  OPACA,  Agardh.— Worcester,  1897,  R.  F.  Toivndroiv ;  Lin- 
coln N.,  1895,  Maso7i  d  Peacock;  Mid  Ebudes  (Tiree),  1896  S  M 
Macvicar;  Carlow  (1897)  and  King's  Co.  (1896),  R.  LI.  Praeqer ; 
Westmeatb,  1895,  H.  C.  Levinge ;  Mayo  E.,  1895,  E.  8.  Marshall; 
Galway  E.,  1896,  D.  McArdle  d  R.  LI.  Praeger ;  Eoscommon  (1897) 
and  Cavan  (1896),  R.  LI.  Praeger. 

Explanation  of  Plate  391.— a.  Ghara  aspera,  Willcl.,  subsp.  desmacantha, 
H.  &  J.  Groves,  from  Brittas  Lake,  Westmeath  :  plant  natural  size.  b.  Portion 
fern  with  node  x  15.  c.  Cortex  showing  oblique  joinings  of  secondary  cells 
X  60.  d.  Clusters  of  spme-cells  x  15.  e.  Node  of  branchlet  with  antheridium 
X  15.  /•.  Ditto,  with  fruit  x  15.  g.  Fruit  x  30.  h.  Oospore  x  30.  i.  Group 
ot  spme-cells  on  specimen  from  Money  Lake,  Downpatrick  x  15.  k.  Portion  of 
stem  of  C.  aspera  type,  from  Frensham,  Surrey  x  15. 

Explanation  of  Plate  392.  — a.  Nitella  Mjalina,  Agardh,  from  The  Loe, 
West  Cornwall ;  plant  natural  size.  b.  Portion  of  whorl  showing  a  primary 
and  upper  and  lower  secondary  branchlets  x  7^.  c.  Apices  of  terminal  rays 
X  bO.  d.  Young  ditto  X  60.  e.  Node  of  branchlet  with  antheridium  x  30. 
f.  Plates  of  antheridium  x  60.  g.  Fruit  x  30.  h.  Unripe  oospore,  broadest 
view  X  30.    t.  Ditto,  narrowest  view  x  30.     k.  Apex  of  fruit,  showing  coronula 


NOTES     ON    HOYA. 

By  James  Bkitten,  F.L.S. 

The  following  notes  were  made  during  a  revision  of  the  genns 
Ho2ja  as  represented  in  the  National  Herbarium,  and  may  be  worth 
placmg  on  record.  They  show,  what  by  this  time  should  need  no 
demonstration,  that  those  engaged  in  colonial  floras  or  other 
systematic  work  would  find  it  to  the  interests  of  science  and  to 
tlieir  own  advantage  to  consult  the  material  preserved  in  the 
British  Museum. -^^ 

HoYA  ACUTA  Haworth. 
This  plant  stands  in  the  Index  Kewensis  and  in  the  Flora  of 
British  India  as  H.  parasitica  Wall. ;  but  the  synonymy  given  by 
James  Traill  (who  first  published  Wallich's  name,  under  which  he 
had  sent  the  plant  to  Kew,  in  his  important  paper  on  the  genus  in 
Trans.  Hort.  Soc.  vii.  16-30  (1827)  )t  makes  it  evident  that 
Haworth  s  name  must  stand,  unless  the  permanence  of  the  first 
specific  name  be  maintained.  Traill's  synonymy,  to  which  I  have 
added  dates,  runs  thus  : — 

*'H.  acuta,  Haicorth  Rev.  Plant.  Slice,  p.  4  [1821] . 
H.  lanceolata,  Lindley  in  Don's  Cat.  edit.  ii.  p.  92  [1826] . 
H.  pallida,  Lindley  in  Bot.  Reg.  vol.  11,  folio  951  [Feb.  1826] 
H.  albens?  [John]  Miller's  {Bristol)  Cat.  1826." 


*  Thus  in  the  next  genus  to  this  in  Fl.  Brit.  Ind.,  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  says  • 
Dischidia  clavata,  Wall.  Cat.  4209,  is  unknown  to  me ;  I  have  not  found  it  in 
Walhch  s  Herbarium  at  the  Linnean  Society."  But  the  number  is  in  the 
British  Museum  Herbarium. 

t  This  paper  is  cited  as  of  1830  in  Ind.  Kewensis,  but  the  part  of  the  volume 
which  contains  it  was  published  in  1827,  ^  vuiumc 


414  NOTES    ON    HOYA. 

Traill's  note  upon  these  names,  which  it  seems  hardly  necessary  to 
reproduce,  makes  it  clear  that  Haworth's  name  was  given  to  the 
actual  plant  sent  by  Wallich. 

Mr.  Jackson  cites  John  Miller's  name  as  '' albens  Millers,  ex 
Steud.  Nom.  ed.  ii.  i.  177  [777]"  (1841),  but  it  should  stand  as 
above,  on  Traill's  authority,  and  dates  from  1826. 

HoYA   AUSTRALIS    Br. 

This  name,  first  published  by  James  Traill  in  Trans.  Hort.  Soc. 
vii.  28  (1827),  was  (as  there  stated)  referred  by  Brown  in  Mem. 
Wern.  Soc.  i.  27,  and  subsequently  in  his  Prodrumus,  to  H.  carnosa. 
In  each  case,  however,  Brown  expressed  his  opinion  that  his  carnosa 
probably  included  several  species  ;  it  appears  from  his  MSS.  that 
he  grouped  under  that  name  all  the  specimens  he  had  seen  that  did 
not  belong  to  viridijlora  (=  Dregea  volubiiis) — the  second  species 
of  the  genus  as  originally  constituted  by  him.  Subsequently  the 
Australian  plant  was  named  by  him  in  Herb.  Banks.  U.  australis, 
and  as  his  ticket  upon  the  same  sheet  bears  the  name  H.  carnosa, 
the  doubt  expressed  by  Bentham  (Fl.  Austr.  iv.  347)  as  to  the 
identity  of  the  two  plants  may  be  removed. 

The  plant  does  not  seem  to  have  been  collected  by  Brown,  as 
stated  by  Bentham,  but  only  by  Banks,  at  Cape  Grafton,  Endeavour 
River,  in  1770.  It  was  named  and  fully  described  in  MS.  by 
Solander,  and  we  have  also  a  sketch  by  Sydney  Parkinson,  from 
which  James  Miller  subsequently  prepared  a  finished  drawing 
which  was  engraved  but  not  published. 

To  the  same  species  (under  its  synonym  H.  bicarinata  A.  Gr.) 
Seemann  (Fl.  Vit.  163)  correctly  referred  ^Isc/^'j^/V/s  volubiiis  oi  George 
Forster's  Prodromus  (p.  21,  excluding  the  synonymy)  from  Tanna, 
on  the  faith  of  his  sketch  (dated  "Tanna,  August  12th,  1774")  and 
finished  drawing.  There  is  a  Tanna  specimen  in  the  Banksian 
Herbarium  from  Captain  Cook,  collected  during  the  same  voyage, 
to  which  Seemann  makes  no  reference,  though  it  is  obvious  that 
he  saw  it. 

^  To  H.  carnosa  Brown  also  (Mem.  Wern.  Soc.  i.  27)  referred  a 
plant  of  Loureiro's  which  he  cites  as  *'  Stapelia  Chinensis,  Lour. 
Cochin,  i.  p.  205,  fide  specim.  ab  auctore  missi  in  Herb.  Banks." 
The  only  specimen  of  "  Stapelia"  from  Loureiro  in  Herb.  Banks,  is 
named  iS.  cochinchinensis,  so  it  seemed  clear  that  this  was  the  name 
Brown  had  intended  to  cite.  Having  arrived  at  this  conclusion, 
I  found  I  had  been  anticipated  by  Traill  (/.  c.  20),  who  gives  a  very 
careful  note,  based  on  an  examination  by  Brown,  showing  that 
Loureiro's  specimen  cannot  be  identified,  save  in  part,  with  either  of 
his  descriptions,  and  that  both  remain  obscure. 

HoYA    NICOBARICA    Br. 

Sir  Joseph  Hooker  (Fl.  Brit.  Ind.  iv.  62)  places  this  among  his 
•'  doubtful  and  excluded  species  "  with  the  following  note  :  ^^  H.  ni- 
cobarica  Br.  in  Wight  Contrib.  36  (note  under  H.  p^ndiila  W.  &  A.) 
— Nothing  is  known  of  this."  This  statement  is  the  more  remark- 
able because  it  is  distinctly  stated  in  Wight's  ContributLns  that  a 


NOTES    ON    HOYA.  415 

specimen  named  by  Brown  was  then  in  the  Banksian  Herbarium, 
where  it  is  still  to  be  found.  It  appears  to  be  different  from  any 
species  included  in  Fl.  Brit.  Ind.,  and  as  only  Traill's  brief 
characterization  (l.  c.  28)  has  hitherto  appeared,  it  may  be  well  to 
append  the  following  full  description,  which  has  been  drawn  up  by 
Mr.  Hiern  from  Brown's  specimen  and  from  his  MSS.  : — 

HoYA  NicoBARicA  R.  Br.  ex  Traill  in  Trans.  Hort.  Soc.  vii.  part  1, 
p.  28  (1827),  and  in  Herb.  Banks !  Stem  rather  slender,  suffruticose, 
rooting,  obtusely  quadrangular,  glabrous  ;  leaves  oval-ovate,  pointed 
or  acuminate  at  the  apex,  obtuse  or  nearly  rounded  at  the  base, 
glabrous,  glaucescent,  fleshy-coriaceous,  2-4  in.  long  by  1-2  in. 
broad,  the  margins  narrowly  revolute,  the  lateral  veins  slender,  5-7 
on  each  side  of  the  less  slender  midrib,  the  base  not  conspicuously 
trinerved ;  petiole  stout,  glabrous,  ^-i  in.  long,  usually  bent  at  or 
near  the  apex ;  flowers  about  i  in.  in  diameter  when  fully  expanded, 
arranged  in  "beautiful  globose  umbels"  of  1^-2  in.  in  dian:ieter ; 
axillary  peduncles  about  1  in.  long,  nearly  glabrous,  persistently 
thickened  towards  the  bracteolate  apex,  where  they  give  off  a  suc- 
cession of  numerous  pedicels  ;  the  terminal  peduncles  abbreviated, 
with  similar  tips;  pedicels  slender,  nearly  glabrous,  about  |  in. 
long;  bracteoles  very  short,  somewhat  puberulous,  numerous; 
calyx  5-partite,  short ;  the  segments  equal,  ovate-oval,  obtuse, 
minutely  apiculate,  slightly  glandular-puberulous  on  the  back, 
ciliolate,  J^  in.  long,  membranous,  flat ;  corolla  5-cleft,  the  tube 
scarcely  longer  than  the  calyx,  cyathiform ;  the  lobes  triangular- 
ovate,  reflected,  -jL  in.  long,  very  shortly  puberulous  outside, 
glandular-puberulous  inside ;  corona  inserted  at  the  apex  of  the 
tube  of  filaments ;  the  scales  5,  divaricate,  a  httle  ascending, 
■^^  in.  long,  rather  thick,  cartilaginous-fleshy,  lanceolate,  marked 
down  the  lower  part  of  the  back  with  a  longitudinal  furrow,  angular 
towards  the  subacute  not  sphtting  apex,  furnished  inside  near  the 
base  with  a  short  spur ;  staminal  tube  short ;  filaments  closely 
connate;  anthers  connivent,  concealed  by  the  corona,  the  apical 
membranous  appendages  exserted. 

"  Nicobar  Isles  ?     Soc.  unitat.  Fratr.,  1785,"  n.  136. 

There  is  also  in  Herb.  Banks,  a  specimen  labelled  "Malacca, 
Mr.  Robertson,  gathered  Sept.  1772,"  of  which  Brown  in  his  MSS. 
says,  "  Flos  omnino  ut  in  planta  nicobarica."  The  specimen  is  poor, 
but  Mr.  Hiern  has  examined  a  flower,  and  considers  it  allied  to,  if 
not  identical  with,  H.  7iicobarica  Br. 

HoYA    PENDULA. 

Sir  Joseph  Hooker  retains  this  name  for  the  plant  figured  in 
Wight's  Ico7ies  (vol.  ii.  t.  474),*  in  favour  of  which  he  rejects  the 
earlier  H.  pendiila  of  Wight's  Contributions,  p.  36  (not  later  than 
1834),  to  which  he  gives  the  name  H.  Wightii.  There  has  un- 
doubtedly been  confusion  with  regard  to  these  plants,  and  it  may 


*  The  title-page  of  this  volume  bears  the  date  1843,  but  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  the  part  containing  the  plate  did  not  appear  later  than  1841, 


416  NOTES    ON    HOYA. 

be  worth  while  to  put  on  record  the  conclusions  at  which  Mr.  Hiern 
and  I  have  arrived. 

The  name  originated  with  the  Asclepias  jjendula  of  Roxburgh, 
who  published  it  in  Hortiis  Bengahmis,  p.  85  (1814),  and  (with 
description)  in  Fl.  Indica,  ii.  36  (1832)/''  There  is  in  the  National 
Herbarium  a  specimen  named  by  Roxburgh  and  sent  by  him  to 
Banks  in  1813,  which  J.  J.  Bennett  considered  identical  with 
H.  nicoharica ;  from  which  it  differs  by  large  flowers  with  the  scales 
of  the  staminal  corona  rather  obtuse  and  splitting  at  the  tip,  thinly 
pubescent  pedicels,  and  somewhat  larger  leaves  which  are  rather 
conspicuously  three-nerved  at  the  base.  This  agrees  with  the 
description  in  the  Contributions,  as  well  as  with  that  of  the  Icoues, 
which  seems  mainly  a  transcription,  but  it  is  not  the  plant  there 
figured  (from  a  Roxburgh  drawing). 

The  only  specimen  seen  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  which  he  refers 
to  H.  pendula  was  '''an  unnamed  one  in  Wight's  Herbarium." 
which,  being  unnamed,  is  not  typical  for  Wight's  species. 

It  is  evident  from  the  date  of  publication  that  the  plant  of  the 
Co7itribiitions  must  retain  the  naine  pejid^da,  and  that  this,  in  spite 
of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  must  be  the  'pendula  of  the  Fl.  Brit.  India, 
for  it  certainly  is  that  of  Roxburgh's  Fl.  Indica.  The  figure  in 
Wight's  Icones  should,  it  seems  to  us,  be  referred  to  H.  Wightii — a 
name  now  to  be  retained  for  this  and  for  the  "Hoya  No.  27"  of  the 
Hooker  &  Thomson  distribution,  on  which  the  description  seems  to 
be  based. 

The  synonymy  of  the  two  species  will  stand  as  follows : — 

HoYA  PENDULA  W.  &  A.,  Contrib.  p.  36  (1834),  and  Wight  Ic.  ii. 

part  ii.  p.  4,  excl.  tab. 

Asclepias  pendula  Roxb.  Fl.  Ind.  ii.  36,  and  in  Herb.  Banks. 

HoYA  Wightii  Hook.  f.  in  Fl.  Brit.  Ind.  iv.  59,  quoad  "  Hoya 

n.  27,  Herb.  Ind.  Or.  H.  f.  &  T.,"  excl.  syn. 

Hoya  pendula  Wight  Ic.  t.  474,  excl.  descript. ;  Hook.  f.  in 

Fl.  Brit.  Ind.  iv.  61. 
Asclepias  pendula  Roxb.  Ic.  ex  Wight  &  Hook,  f.,  11.  cc. 

Sir  Joseph  places  the  vars.  Rheedei  and  NeeJgherrense  of  H.  pen- 
dida  W.  &  A.  under  H.  Wightii,  and  says  that  they  are  "  not 
distinguishable."  The  former,  however,  is  based  by  Wight  on 
A.  pendula  Roxb.  and  upon  Rheede's  plant,  and  so  far  as  the 
former  goes  must  be  regarded  as  the  type  of  the  species.  The 
latter  is  identified  by  Wight  himself  (/.c.)  with  '^  H.  revoluta 
Wight !  in  Wall.  Herb.  Soc.  Linn.,"  which  Sir  Joseph  retains  as  a 
distinct  species,  citing  it  as  of  "Wight  MSS."  The  reference  to 
the  name  in  Contributions  seems  to  have  been  overlooked  in  Index 
Kewensis,  where  it  stands  as  of  "Wight  ex  Decne.  in  DC.  Prod, 
viii.  636." 

Hoya  crassifolia  Haw.  Suppl.  PI.  Succ.  p.  8  (1819).  Sir 
Joseph  Hooker  (/.  c.  62)  says  that  this  name  "  would  supersede  " 

*  The  figure  cited  by  him  from  Rheede  (Hort.  Malab.  ix.  t.  13)  and  by 
subsequent  authors  does  not  seem  to  belong  to  this  species. 


NOTES    ON    HOYA.  417 

H.  carnosa  Br.  if  the  two  plants  were  identical,  but  this  can  in  no 
sense  be  accurate,  inasmuch  as  H.  carnosa  was  the  first  species 
placed  by  Brown  in  his  genus  Hoy  a,  and  is  the  Asclepias  carnosa  of 
Linn.  fil.  (Suppl.  170  (1781)  ).  Traill  {I.  c.  2^)  considers  Haworth's 
plant  different  from  H.  carnosa  (the  Schollera  crassifolia  of  Jacquin, 
EclogcB,  p.  5,  t.  2),  but  flowers  were  not  known,  and  it  is  no  doubt 
correctly  referred  to  H.  carnosa. 

HoYA  puKPURAscENS  stauds  in  Ind.  Kew.  as  of  "  Teijsm.  &  Binn. 
Cat.  Hort.  Bog.  385  (nomen)."  But  it  was  previously  described  by 
the  same  authors  in  Tijdschr.  Ned.  Ind.  xxv.  408  (1863).  The  word 
"nomen"  should  be  added  to  the  Ind.  Kew.  citation  from  Cat. 
Hort.  Bog.  for  H,  ciliata  T.  &  B. 

H.  CuNNiGHAMi  {sic)  is  giveu  by  Teijsmann  &  Binnendyck  (in 
Tijdschr.  Ned.  Ind.  xxv.  408,  and  in  Cat.  Hort.  Bogor.  130)  as  a 
name  under  which  H.  excavata  had  been  cultivated  in  the  Utrecht 
Garden.     It  is  not  in  Ind.  Kew. 

H.  piLosA  Seem,  is  retained  in  Ind.  Kew.  as  a  species,  but  can 
hardly  be  said  to  have  any  claim  to  that  position.  It  first  appeared 
in  Bonplandia,  ix.  257,  as  a  nomen  nudnm,  and  in  Fl.  Vit.  163, 
Seemann  says  it  was  ♦•  probably  only  a  young  state  "  of  E.  hi- 
carinata  {australis),  ''having  the  leaves  more  hairy  below." 

It  may  be  well  to  append  to  these  notes  a  full  description — 
drawn  up  by  Mr.  Hiern  from  a  series  of  specimens  which  form  part 
of  the  collection  lately  made  in  Christmas  Island  for  the  British 
Museum  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Andrews— of  the  plant  briefly  diagnosed  by 
Mr.  Hemsley  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxv.  355,  as  Hoya  ALDRicmi  :— 

''  Frutex  volubihs,  totus  fere  glaber  atque  carnosiusculus;  caule 
elongato,  m  vivo  terete,  tenaci,  parce  ramoso ;  ramis  tenuibus, 
interdum  intertextis ;  succo  copioso,  lacteo  ;  foliis  oppositis,  ovatis, 
apice  acuminatis  cuspidatisve,  basi  subrotundatis,  glabris,  carnoso- 
coriaceis,  planis  vel  prope  apicem  decurvis,  8-12  cm.  longis, 
4-5-5  cm.  latis,  super  Isete  viridibus,  infra  admodiim  pallidis,  basi 
5-nerviis,  nervis  lateralibus  minus  conspicuis ;  petiolo  crasso, 
patulo,  6-12  mm.  longo,  plus  minus  curvo,  laminae  perpendiculari ; 
pedunculis  uniaxialibus,  rectis,  firmis,  2-5-11  cm.  longis,  prope 
basim  ssepe  quasi-articulatis,  nonnunquam  puberuhs,  apice  um- 
belliferis;  pedicelhs  numerosis,  ad  50  in  umbella  globosa,  12- 
25_  mm.  longis,  rectis  vel  prope  basim  flexis,  secus  pedunculi 
apicem  subelongantem  dispositis  ;  floribus  pentameris  ;  calyce  pro- 
fundelobato,  5  mm.  diam.,  ad  corollse  basim  appresso;  lobis  ovatis, 
obtusi,  valde  ciliatis ;  corolla  alba  vel  pallide  violacea,  carnosa,' 
sub  anthesin  recurva ;  lobis  ovato-deltoideis,  acutis  vel  apiculatis, 
super  pubescentibus,  infra  glabris,  minute  ciholatis,  5-6  mm. 
longis ;  corona  pallide  violacea  vel  purpurascente  colore  quam  is 
corollae  intensiore,  prominente,  carnosa,  6  mm.  diam. ;  segmentis 
substellatis,  glabris,  oblique  ovoideo-conicis ;  carpellis  fructiferis 
solitariis,  tenuibus,  subglabris,  12-17  cm.  longis,  basi  calyce 
immutato  suffultis;  seminibus  numerosis,  apice  in  coma  albida 
C.  2-5  cm,  longa  disinentibus. 


418         THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

"  Habitat  in  Oceani  Indiani  insula  Christmas,  frequens  supra 
rupes  et  in  arbores  reptans  vel  subscandens,  dein  in  sertis  floridis 
densis  pendens ;  legit  C.  W.  Andrews,  No.  1293,  Dec.  1897  et  Jan. 
1898  cum  floribus  et  fructibus." 

The  following  is  a  revision  of  the  nomenclature  in  Index 
Kewensis,  so  far  as  the  species  referred  to  in  these  notes  are  con- 
cerned : — 

acuta  Haw.  Eev.  PL  Succ.  4  (1821). 

albeyis  John  Miller  ex  Traill  in  Trans.  Hort.  Soc.  vii.  23  (1827) 

=  acuta, 
carnosa  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.  Soc.  i.  27  (1809). 
carnosa  Br.  Z.  c,  in  part ;  Prodr.  460  (1810)  =  australis. 
chinensis  Traill,  I.  c.  27,  pi.  dub. 
cochinchinensis  Schult.  Syst.  vi.  52  (1820),  pi.  dub. 
crassifolia  Jacq.  ex  Traill,  I.  c.  p.  23  =  carnosa. 
Cunnighami  Teijsm.  &  Binn.  in  Tijdschr.  Ned.  Ind.  xxv.  408 

(1863)  =  excavata. 
lajiceolata  Lindl.  in  Donn  Cat.  Hort.  Cantab,  ed.  xi.  92  (1826) 

=  acuta. 
pallida  Lindl.  in  Bot.  Keg.  xi.  951  (1826)  =  acuta. 
'parasitica  Wall,  ex  Traill,  I.  c.  28  =  acuta, 
pendula  Wight  &  Arn.  Coutrib.  36  (1834). 
pendula  Weight  Ic.  474  (excl.  descript.)  —  Wightii. 
/  j)ilosa   Seem,   in   Bonplandia,   ix.   257   (1861)   &   Fl.   Vit.    163 

(nomen)  ^  australis. 
purpurasceus  Teijsm.  &  Binn.  in  Tijdschr.  Ned.  Ind.  xxv.  408 

(1863). 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  etc. 

By  Colonel  H.  W.  Feilden. 

(Continued  from  p.  39U,) 

23.  D.  REPENs  Bieb.  Is  common  around  Habarova,  on  Dolgoi 
Island,  and  widely  dispersed  over  Waigats  ;  not  observed  by  me  on 
Novaya  Zemlya,  though  found  on  the  south  end  of  that  island  by 
Mr.  Theodor  Holm.  Apparently  it  does  not  extend  beyond  71°. 
Its  manner  of  growth  is  singular — always  in  moss  ;  the  flower  and 
leaves  appear  through  the  moss,  but  the  plant  stems  ramify  hori- 
zontally as  runners  for  a  great  length. 

24.  D.  HiRTA  L.,  type,  and  its  var.  rupestris  Hart.  Around 
Habarova,  abundant  over  Waigats,  common  on  Novaya  Zemlya, 
but  not  included  in  my  collections  from  Lutke  Land. 

25.  D.  FLADNizENsis  Wulf.  A  wldcly  spread  species  from  the 
mainland  of  Arctic  Russia,  to  74°  25'  N.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Haba- 
rova ;  Dolga  Bay  ;  north  end  of  Waigats  ;  Kostiu  Shar  ;  South 
Goose  Land  ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;  and  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

26.  D.  MURicELLA  Walilcnb.  Apparently  a  scarce  plant,  for  it 
is  not  easy  to  confound  this  with  any  other  species  of  Draba.    Only 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC.  419 

found  by  me  on  the  north  end  of  Waigats  at  an  elevation  of  200  ft.j 
where  it  was  growing  abundantly  on  the  summit  of  a  range  of 
hills.  In  Novaya  Zemlya,  at  Neckwatowa.  Not  found  or  over- 
looked by  me  in  Lutke  Land. 

27.  Viola  biflora  L.  Only  met  with  in  one  locality — the  east 
side  of  Dolga  Bay,  island  of  Waigats,  on  the  8th  July,  1897.  It 
was  growing  in  peaty  soil  in  great  abundance  and  in  full  flower. 

28.  Silene  acaulis  L.  Universally  distributed,  from  the  main- 
land of  Arctic  Kussia  to  Lutke  Land,  as  far  as  explored  in  lat.  74° 
25'  N.  ;  Habarova  ;  Dolgoi  Island ;  Waigats  ;  Novaya  Zemlya  ; 
Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;  Pachtussow  Islands. 

29.  Wahlenbergia  apetala  Fries.  Scores  of  specimens  of  this 
plant  were  gathered  from  various  localities,  with  the  object  of 
elucidating  the  intergrading  of  this  species  with  the  next.  The 
conclusion  I  arrived  at  is  that  W.  ajMala  is  distinctly  a  plant  of  the 
damp  tundra-ground,  affecting  wet  peaty  ridges  and  bogs,  IV.  affiyiis 
the  plant  of  the  dry  or  rocky  ground.  W.  apetala  is  an  abundant 
species  around  Habarova,  on  Dolgoi  Island,  all  over  Waigats,  and 
Novaya  Zemlya,  in  suitable  localities,  growing  freely  in  Lutke 
Land  ;  at  Beluga  Bay  specimens  were  gathered  in  flower  ten  inches 
in  height.  It  was  common  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands  and  in 
Ziwolka  Fiord. 

30.  W.  AFFiNis  Vahl.  As  already  mentioned,  this  plant,  as  far 
as  my  observation  goes,  is  confined  to  dry  situations,  and  grows  even 
in  the  clefts  of  rocks.  By  no  means  so  common  as  IF.  apetala,  its 
areal  distribution  is  much  the  same.  There  are  specimens  in  the 
collection  from  Dolga  Bay  ;  Cape  Greben,  islands  in  Kostin  Shar, 
and  from  Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25',  a  very  considerable  extension  of 
its  previously  recorded  northern  range  in  this  area. 

31.  Stellaria  longipes  Goldie.  A  very  common  plant  over  the 
entire  area  visited.  Habarova  ;  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Cape  Greben  ;  Cape 
Matiusela ;  Neckwatowa ;  Goose  Land ;  Nameless  Bay ;  Gubina 
Bay  ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;   Ziwolka  Fiord. 

32.  S.  HUMiFusA  Eottb.  This  appears  to  be  entirely  a  maritime 
plant,  growing  in  spots  where  there  is  a  suspicion  of  sea- water 
rising  over  the  land  at  times.  I  found  it  not  uncommon  on 
Dolgoi  Island,  the  shores  of  Waigats,  and  Goose  Land  of  Novaya 
Zemlya ;  not  extending  to  or  overlooked  by  me  in  Lutke  Land. 

33.  Cerastium  alpinum  L.  formae  lanatum,  hirsutum  et  cmpitosum. 
An  abundant  and  generally  dispersed  plant,  from  the  mainland  of 
Arctic  Russia  to  the  northernmost  point  visited  in  Lutke  Land. 
The  three  tolerably  distinct  forms,  to  which  the  many  specimens 
brought  back  are  referred,  are  not  confined  to  any  particular  area, 
but  intermingle  ;  it  would  be  difficult  to  decide  which  is  the  pre- 
dominant type.  Specimens  from  Dolgoi  Island  are  considered 
f.  hirsutum  Koch,  from  Habarova  f.  ccespitosum  Malmgren ;  whilst 
from  the  Pachtussow  Islands  we  get  f.  hirsutum,  and  from  Ziwolka 
Fiord, _  74°  25',  both  ccespitosum  and  lanatum  Wg.  The  various 
localities  on  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land,  from  which 


420  THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

specimens  of  the  different  forms  were  brought,  are  too  numerous  to 
record. 

34.  Alsine  biflora  L.  Eare  or  else  overlooked  by  me.  In  my 
collection  it  appears  only  from  tlie  south  coast  of  Waigats,  from 
Neckwatowa,  and  from  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  at  an  altitude  of 
100  ft. 

35.  A.  imbricata  C.  A.  M.  An  addition  to  the  flora  of  the  Novaya 
Zemlya  group.  Found  in  only  one  locality,  but  there  in  consider- 
able quantity — the  east  side  of  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  in  a  broad 
watercourse  at  an  altitude  of  100  ft.  This  plant  has  long  fibrous 
roots,  stretching  several  feet  amongst  the  sand  and  under  the  stones, 
and  without  this  faculty  of  anchoring  itself  the  plant  could  not  exist 
where  we  found  it,  for  in  the  first  ^Dart  of  the  thaw  the  flat  of  the 
watercourse  must  be  covered  with  a  deluge  of  snow  and  water  and 
hurtling  rocks.  I  noticed  that  many  of  the  plants  had  been  washed 
out,  in  spite  of  their  immense  development  of  root.  The  flower 
measures  three-quarters  of  an  inch  across. 

36.  A.  RUBELLA  Wahlenb.  [Arenaria  verna  L.).  A  not  un- 
common plant,  generally  growing  on  dry  and  exposed  spots.  Cape 
Greben ;  Dolga  Bay  ;  Nameless  Bay,  200  ft. ;  and  Beluga  Bay, 
Lutke  Land,  100  ft. 

37.  Arenaria  ciliata  L.  A  common  plant  on  Dolgoi  Island, 
around  Habarova,  and  near  the  sea-shores  of  Waigats,  especially 
affecting  the  summits  of  wind-tortured  islets,  where  amongst  the 
splintered  slates  it  grows  in  little  bosses  covered  with  white  bloom, 
along  with  a  few  scattered  plants  of  Cerastium,  Artemisia  borealis, 
Papaver,  and  Eritricliiiuu.  Found  on  Goose  Land  of  Novaya 
Zemlya,  but  not  included  in  my  collections  from  Lutke  Land. 

38.  A.  PEPLOiDEs  L.  On  the  sea-shore  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Habarova,  and  at  Cape  Yoronoff,  on  the  north  of  Waigats.  Not 
included  in  my  collections  from  Novaya  Zemlya  or  Lutke  Land, 
though  found  by  Mr.  Theodor  Holm  on  the  south  coast  of 
Meshdvsharsky  Island. 

39.  Sagina  nivalis  Fries.  Only  brought  by  me  from  one  locality* 
Nameless  Bay,  100  ft.  ;  probably  overlooked  at  other  stations. 

40.  Hedysarum  obscurum  L.  An  abundant  plant  on  Dolgoi 
Island,  equally  so  on  the  tundra  around  Habarova ;  generally  dis- 
tributed over  Waigats  in  suitable  spots,  preferring  dry  ground  and 
sheltered  places  under  the  lee  of  rocks.  Islands  in  the  lake  of 
Neckwatowa  ;  islands  in  Kostin  Shar.  On  Aug.  10th  I  found  it 
growing  abundantly  and  in  full  flower  at  Silver  Bay,  Lutke  Land. 

41.  Astragalus  alpinus  L.  A  very  commonly  dispersed  plant 
over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land.  In  flower  at 
Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25'  N.,  on  Aug.  7th,  1897. 

42.  A.  FRiGiDus  A.  Gray  {PhacafriyidaLi.),  forma  littoralis  Hook. 
Not  rare  around  Habarova,  but  not  met  with  on  Dolgoi  Island. 
Abundant  on  Waigats,  where  it  grows  in  dry  and  sheltered  spots 
from  the  sea-shore  to  the  summit  of  the  ridges,  250  ft.  In  Novaya 
Zemlya,  common  around  the  lake  of  Neckwatowa,  and  on  islands  in 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC.         421 

Kostin  Shar.     In  Lutke  Land,  around  Beluga  Bay,  from  shore-line 
to  100  ft. 

43.  OxYTROPis  CAMPESTRis  D.C.  var.  sordida  Willd.  A  uni- 
versally distributed  plant  over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke 
Land.  It  affects  dry  situations.  Plentiful  and  in  flower  on  the 
Pachtussow  Islands,  Aug.  6th;  and  in  Ziwolka  Fiord,  Aug.  7th. 

44.  EuBus  Cham^morus  L.  Common  on  peaty  soil  around 
Habarova,  also  on  Dolgoi  Island.  Grows  in  profusion  in  peaty 
ground  on  the  tundra  of  Waigats.  Obtained  in  South  Goose  Land, 
but  not  observed  by  me  in  Lutke  Land. 

45.  CoMARUM  PALusTRE  L.  Neighbourhood  of  Habarova.  Com- 
mon around  meres  on  the  island  of  Dolgoi ;  also  on  Waigats,  but 
not  observed  by  me  in  Novaya  Zemlya  or  Lutke  Land. 

46.  PoTENTiLLA  FRAGiFORMis  Willd.  TMs  is  a  widely  spread  and 
common  plant,  extending  from  the  shores  of  the  mainland  of  Arctic 
Russia  to  the  farthest  north  reached  in  Lutke  Land.  Habarova ; 
Dolga  Bay  ;  Neckwatowa  ;  Rogatcheva  Bay ;  islands  in  Kostin  Shar  ; 
Nameless  Bay  ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land  ;  and  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

47.  P.  PULCHELLA  R.  Br.  (P.  sericea  Graham  non  L.).  Only 
appears  in  the  collection  from  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land ;  altitude 
100  ft. 

48.  P.  NivEA  L.  An  addition  to  the  flora  of  Novaya  Zemlya ; 
only  identified  and  gathered  at  one  station,  namely,  Gubina  Bay, 
where  it  grew  abundantly  at  an  altitude  of  300  ft.,  the  plants 
attaining  a  height  of  eight  inches. 

49.  Dryas  octopetala  L.  One  of  the  most  common  of  plants, 
and  generally  distributed.  Very  abundant  on  Dolgoi  Island ;  all 
over  Waigats,  from  the  sea-shore  to  the  highest  ridges  ;  common 
around  Habarova  ;  all  over  Novaya  Zemlya  and  Lutke  Land ;  found 
flowering  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands,  74°  24' N.,  on  Aug.  6th,  1897. 

50.  HippuRis  VULGARIS  L.  Commou  in  meres  on  Dolgoi  Island ; 
also  at  Cape  Voronoff,  Waigats,  but  not  observed  by  me  in  Novaya 
Zemyla  or  Lutke  Land. 

51.  Saxifraga  oppositifolia  L.  This  universally  distributed 
arctic  plant  is  not  so  abundant  as  in  some  parts  of  the  Polar  world, 
notably  Grinnell  Land.  However,  it  shares  with  three  other  plants, 
viz.  Papaver  niidicaule,  Cerastium  alpinum,  and  Dryas  octopetala  var. 
integrifulia,  the  position  of  growing  in  the  most  northern  land  yet 
reached  by  man,  having  been  obtained  at  Lockwood  Island,  83°  24' 
N.,  by  Lieut.  Lockwood,  of  the  Greely  Expedition.  By  no  means 
common  on  Dolgoi  Island  ;  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Haba- 
rova ;  generally  distributed  over  Waigats,  among  rocky  areas  ;  the 
same  in  Novaya  Zemlya  ;  not  uncommon  about  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke 
Land,  where  it  reached  an  altitude  of  850  ft.  ;  on  the  Pachtussow 
Islands,  74°  24'  N. 

52.  S.  flagellaris  Willd.  Not  observed  on  Dolgoi  Island,  nor 
on  the  tundra  of  the  mainland  of  Russia  around  Habarova.  Though 
carefully  looked  for,  not  observed  by  me  on  the  island  of  Waigats.  In 
Novaya  Zemlya  it  is  a  commonly  distributed  plant,  likewise  over 


422         THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

Lutke  Land.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Beluga  Bay,  73°  20'  N.,  this 
plant  grew  with  great  vigour  on  gravel  beaches  at  100  ft.  altitude, 
the  diameter  covered  by  the  radiating  stolons  of  individual  plants 
measuring  as  much  as  nine  and  ten  inches.  It  grows  abundantly 
on  the  Pachtussow  Islands,  74°  24^  It  is  among  the  plants  that 
extend  their  range  nearest  to  the  Pole,  and  I  found  it  to  be  one  of 
the  commonest  in  Grinnell  Land  between  the  82°  and  83°  N.  lat. 

53.  S.  AizoiDEs  L.  Common  on  Dolgoi  Island,  found  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Habarova,  local  but  abundant  on  Waigats,  the 
same  in  Novaya  Zemlya  and  Lutke  Land.  Habarova  ;  Dolgoi 
Island ;  south  shore  of  Waigats ;  Nameless  Bay ;  Beluga  Bay, 
Lutke  Land  ;  and  Silver  Bay. 

54.  S.  HmcuLus  L.  This  is  the  most  widely  distributed  and 
commonest  plant  of  the  regions  visited.  On  Dolgoi  Island  it  is  so 
abundant  as  to  give  a  yellow  tinge  to  the  tundra-land  ;  plentiful 
around  Habarova ;  the  greater  part  of  the  island  of  Waigats  is 
dotted  over  with  it,  and  this  is  often  the  case  in  Novaya  Zemlya 
and  Lutke  Land.  It  was  found  in  flower  and  very  abundant  on  the 
Pachtussow  Islands  and  in  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

55.  S.  sTELLARis  L.  fomia  comosa  Poir.  Common  on  Dolgoi 
Island  and  around  Habarova ;  generally  distributed  over  Waigats, 
from  the  shore  to  the  highest  ridges  ;  very  common  in  Novaya 
Zemlya  and  Lutke  Land  ;  abundant  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands. 

56.  S.  NIVALIS  L.  Not  observed  by  me  on  Dolgoi  Island.  May 
have  been  overlooked.  It  is  common  around  Habarova,  generally 
distributed  over  Waigats  and  Novaya  Zemlya  ;  also  in  Lutke  Laud, 
where  it  grows  up  to  elevations  of  over  800  ft.  It  was  found 
growing  vigorously  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands. 

57.  S.  HiERAciiFOLiA  W.  et  K.  This  plant  is  by  no  means  so 
abundant  as  several  of  the  other  Saxifrages.  It  is  seldom  if  ever 
met  with  in  beds,  but  springs  up  in  individual  stems  at  intervals  ;  it 
is,  however,  very  extensively  distributed.  Met  with  on  Dolgoi 
Island,  around  Habarova,  over  Waigats  (where  plants  were  gathered 
up  to  twelve  inches  in  height),  over  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke 
Land;  the  most  northerly  station  where  it  was  observed  being 
Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25'  N. 

58.  S.  CERNUA  L.  A  widely  distributed  plant  over  the  entire 
area  under  review.  Common  on  Dolgoi  Island,  the  same  over  the 
tundra  around  Habarova  ;  on  Waigats,  from  the  shore-line  to 
200  ft.  ;  all  over  Novaya  Zemlya.  Remarkably  fine  specimens  were 
met  with  at  Glubina  Bay,  at  an  altitude  of  100  ft.,  the  blossoms 
measuring  IJ  in.  in  diameter.  It  was  found  on  the  Pachtussow 
Islands,  and  in  flower  and  growing  luxuriantly  in  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

59.  S.  RivuLARisL.  Dispersed  over  Waigats  and  Novaya  Zemlya, 
and  Lutke  Land;  found  in  flower  at  Ziwolka  Fiord.  This  herb 
varies  much  in  growth.  In  suitable  localities  by  the  side  of  rills  it 
attains  to  a  height  of  two  or  three  inches,  but  by  the  sea-shore  it 
contracts  to  diminutive  proportions,  almost  microscopic  ;  under  the 
lens,  however,  they  show  themselves  to  be  mature  flowering  plants. 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC.  423 

The  root-growth  of  this  variety  likewise  differs  from  the  normal 
plant. 

60.  S.  c^spiTOSA  L.  forma  decipiens  Ehrb.  Common  on  Dolgoi 
Island  and  around  Habarova.  A  conspicuous  plant  in  Waigats, 
especially  near  the  sea-shore  and  on  the  deltas  at  the  mouths  of 
streams ;  there  it  may  be  seen  growing  in  bosses,  with  hundreds  of 
blooms  springing  up  together  to  a  height  of  2|  in.  to  3  in.,  the 
colour  of  the  flowers  varying  from  white  to  rich  lemon-yellow.  It 
is  generally  distributed  over  Novaya  Zemlya  ;  at  Beluga  Bay, 
Lutke  Land,  it  was  found  growing  at  an  altitude  of  850  ft.,  but  in 
a  diminutive  form ;  likewise  obtained  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands. 

61.  Chrysosplenium  alternifolium  L.  a  common  plant  in 
swampy  places  on  Dolgoi  Island  ;  the  same  around  Habarova  ;  like- 
wise over  Waigats  and  Novaya  Zemlya.  The  most  northern  station 
where  it  was  observed  by  me  is  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  where  it 
grew  up  to  an  elevation  of  300  ft. 

62.  Parnassia  palustris  L.  var.  alpina  Drude.  I  met  with  this 
plant  in  some  abundance  on  the  west  shore  of  Dolgoi  Island,  and 
again  on  the  south  shore  of  Waigats,  to  the  east  of  Cape  Greben. 
In  both  places  the  plants  grew  in  peaty  soil. 

63.  Sedum  Ehodiola  D.C.  Common  on  rocks  near  the  sea- 
shore on  Dolgoi  Island.  The  same  on  Waigats,  extending  from  the 
shore-line  to  the  highest  elevations.  Found  on  islands  in  Kostin 
Shar,  Neckwatowa,  Besemennaya  Bay,  Silver  Bay,  Beluga  Bay, 
Matyushin  Shar. 

64.  Epilobium  palustre  L.  Common  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Habarova,  in  marshy  spots  on  the  island  of  Dolgoi,  and  in  Waigats. 

65.  E.  ALPiNUM  L.  South  side  of  the  Matyushin  Shar  in  the 
Farrasowa  Valley,  at  an  elevation  of  250  ft. 

66.  E.  LATiFOLiuM  L.  I  did  not  find  this  plant  in  Waigats, 
but  it  is  common  enough  in  Novaya  Zemlya.  I  found  it  on 
islands  in  the  lake  of  Neckwatowa.  It  is  extremely  abundant  in 
some  of  the  valleys  descending  on  both  sides  to  the  Matyushin  Shar. 
It  seems  to  flourish  in  dry  watercourses,  its  roots  bedding  deeply 
amongst  the  stones  and  boulders.  It  must  needs  have  a  very 
secure  root-hold,  for  when  the  snow  first  melts  these  watercourses 
are  filled  with  raging  torrents,  which  sweep  over  the  plants.  I 
noticed  a  cliff  in  the  valley  of  Gubina  Bay  clad  with  this  Epilobium 
to  a  height  of  100  ft.  It  was  growing  by  the  acre  round  Beluga 
Bay  of  Lutke  Land,  and  in  full  flower  by  July  31st,  1897. 

67.  Pachypleurum  alpinum  Ledeb.  Common  around  Habarova, 
widespread  over  Waigats,  but  seeking  shelter  under  the  lee  of  rocks. 
On  Novaya  Zemlya,  at  Neckwatowa,  and  islands  in  Kostin  Shar. 
Not  observed  by  me  in  Lutke  Land. 

68.  Valeriana  capitata  Pall.  Is  a  common  plant  on  the  tundra 
around  Habarova.  I  found  it  rare  on  Dolgoi  Island,  generally 
dispersed  over  Waigats,  common  in  Novaya  Zemlya ;  at  Neckwa- 
towa, over  Goose  Land  at  Besemennaya  Bay,  where  I  gathered 
examples  nine  inches  in  height ;  and,  though  growing  in  profusion 


424         THE  FLOWEKING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

at  various  localities  on  the  south  shore  of  Matyushin  Shar,  I  do  not 
remember  meeting  with  it  on  the  north  side  of  that  strait.  Anyhow, 
there  is  no  example  in  my  collections  from  Lutke  Land. 

69.  Pyrethrum  bipinnatum  Willd.  Not  uncommon  around 
Habarova.  On  Waigats,  growing  in  sand  near  the  sea  ;  at  Cape 
Voronoff ;  and  at  Cape  Matiusela,  on  the  east  coast.  Not  met  with 
by  me  in  Novaya  Zemlya. 

70.  Matricaria  inodora  L.  var.  phiEocephala  Rupr.  Grows  near 
the  sea-shore  at  Habarova  ;  in  great  profusion  on  Waigats  ;  around 
Dolga  Bay  of  that  island  the  strand  just  above  high-water  line  was 
carpeted  with  this  plant ;  abundant  at  Cape  Greben.  In  Novaya 
Zemlya  met  with  at  Neckwatowa. 

71.  Artemisia  borealis  Pall.  I  did  not  observe  this  plant  on 
the  mainland  around  Habarova,  but  it  is  common  on  Waigats, 
from  the  shore-line  to  100  ft.  ;  it  grows  in  the  most  exposed 
situations.  It  is  common  enough  in  Novaya  Zemlya,  where  I 
found  it  at  Neckwatowa,  and  Besemannaya  Bay.  At  Beluga  Bay, 
Lutke  Land,  it  was  likewise  abundant. 

72.  A.  VULGARIS  L.  var.  Tilesii  Ledeb.  A  common  enough  plant 
on  the  mainland  around  Habarova.  All  over  Waigats,  common  in 
Novaya  Zemlya,  and  at  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

73.  Senecio  resedifolius  Less.  Not  uncommon  on  the  main- 
land around  Habarova.  Met  with  on  Waigats  near  Cape  Greben, 
and  at  Dolga  Bay.     Not  observed  by  me  in  Novaya  Zemlya. 

74.  S.  FRiGiDus  Less.  Common  around  Habarova.  Very 
abundant  on  peaty  lands  all  over  Waigats,  its  bright  large  yellow 
blossoms  being  quite  a  feature.  I  did  not  observe  it  in  Novaya 
Zemlya. 

75.  S.  CAMPESTRis  D.C.  var.  integnfolius  Hook.  Not  uncommon 
on  Dolgoi  Island,  the  same  around  Habarova,  and  quite  common 
over  the  south  part  of  Waigats.  I  did  not  come  across  it  in 
Novaya  Zemlya. 

76.  Antennaria  carpathica  Br.  Met  with  around  Habarova 
and  sparsely  both  at  the  north  and  south  of  Waigats. 

77.  Erigeron  uNiFLORus  L.  Though  hardly  to  be  termed  a 
common  plant,  it  is  to  be  found  here  and  there  on  Waigats,  where 
it  affects  sheltered  ledges  amongst  rocks.  I  found  it  on  islands  in 
the  lake  of  Neckwatowa,  at  Gubina  Bay,  and  not  uncommonly 
around  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

78.  Petasites  frigida  Fr.  Met  with  in  considerable  quantity 
on  Dolgoi  Island,  where  the  stalks  of  the  plant  were  over  a  foot 
high ;  at  the  time  of  my  visit  (July  20th)  it  was  out  of  flower. 
Abundant  around  Habarova.  It  is  a  common  enough  plant  in 
suitable  localities,  namely,  wet  bogs  over  Novaya  Zemlya  ;  gathered 
it  in  flower  on  Goose  Land,  July  26th,  1895.  North  of  the 
Matyushin  bhar,  in  Lutke  Land,  though  I  frequently  met  the  plant, 
I  never  found  it  with  the  least  sign  of  inflorescence. 


THE    FLOWERING    PLANTS    OF    NOVAYA    ZEMLYA,    ETC.  425 

79.  Taraxacum  officinale  Web.  Met  with  around  Habarova. 
Common  over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land. 

80.  T.  phymatocarpum  J.  Valil.  Is  a  much  scarcer  plant  than 
the  preceding,  and  markedly  different ;  its  petals  are  delicately 
suffused  with  pink.  I  found  it  at  Neckwatowa,  and  on  islands  in 
Kostin  Shar,  at  Gubina  Bay,  and  in  Lutke  Land  as  far  north  as 
Ziwolka  Fiord  in  74°  25'  N. 

81.  Campanula  uniflora  L.  On  Waigats  I  found  it  growing  in 
considerable  quantity  on  a  rocky  slope  some  50  ft.  above  sea-level 
at  Dolga  Bay.  It  was  in  flower  on  July  8th.  I  met  with  it  after- 
wards at  Besemannya  Bay,  and  at  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land ; 
also  at  other  stations  on  the  north  side  of  Matyushin  Shar. 

82.  Pyrola  grandiflora  Raddi.  During  the  first  week  of  July  a 
Pyrola  not  in  flower  was  common  around  Dolga  Bay  of  Waigats. 
In  the  middle  of  July  I  found  more  in  the  same  condition  at  Beluga 
Bay  of  South  Goose  Land  ;  but  on  July  31st  I  was  fortunate  enough 
to  obtain  a  Pyrola,  at  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land,  coming  into 
flower.  This  has  been  pronounced  to  be  P.  grandijiora  without 
doubt.  (Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill  remarks  :  "On  dissecting  a  bud  the 
stigma  will  be  found  to  be  that  of  this  species.") 

83.  Arctostaphylos  alpina  L.  I  met  with  it  at  an  elevation  of 
150  ft.  at  the  north  end  of  Waigats.  Though  recorded  from  Novaya 
Zemlya,  from  between  the  parallels  of  72°  and  73°,  it  is  an  addition 
to  the  flora  of  Waigats. 

84.  Vaccinium  Vitis-id^a  L.  forma  pumila  Horn.  Common  on 
Dolgoi  Island,  the  same  on  the  mainland  around  Habarova.  Spread 
all  over  Waigats,  from  an  altitude  of  50  ft.  to  highest  points ;  in 
flower  end  of  June  and  beginning  of  July.  Met  with  at  Neckwatowa 
and  Beluga  Bay  of  South  Goose  Land,  but  not  observed  by  me  in 
Lutke  Land. 

85.  V.  uLiGiNosuM  L.  Met  with  at  the  north  end  of  Waigats, 
at  an  elevation  of  150  ft.  In  Novaya  Zemlya  it  only  occurred  to 
me  at  Gubina  Bay,  Matyushin  Shar,  at  an  elevation  of  200  ft. 

86.  Cassiopeia  tetragona  L.  I  was  interested  in  finding  this 
plant,  one  of  the  commonest  on  the  island  of  Dolgoi.  It  has  not 
been  met  with  on  Waigats  or  Novaya  Zemlya,  but  as  Schrenk  found 
it  on  the  Great  Tundra  of  the  Samoyeds,  almost  at  the  nearest  point 
to  Dolgoi  Island,  its  extension  thereto  was  to  be  expected. 

87.  Andromeda  Polifolia  L.  Very  common  on  dry  peaty 
knolls  over  the  island  of  Dolgoi.  The  remarks  on  distribution  of 
the  preceding  species  apply  equally  to  A.  Polifolia. 

88.  Primula  stricta  Horn.  The  Primula  I  found  on  Dolgoi 
Island  belongs  to  this  species. 

89.  P.  FARiNosA  L.  This  is  a  very  common  plant  on  Waigats, 
from  south  to  north  ;  always  found  near  the  sea-shore  in  peaty 
soil.  It  is  such  a  pretty  flower,  and  so  attractive,  that  I  gathered 
hundreds  of  the  blooms,  and  brought  back  scores  of  dried  specimens, 
but  all  seem  to  be  P.farinosa.     In  Novaya  Zemlya  1  met  with  it  at 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  86.      [Nov.  1898.]  2  g 


426       THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

Neckwatowa,  and  Beluga  Bay  of  Goose  Land.     I  did  not  meet  with 
it  north  of  the  Matyushin  Sbar. 

90.  Androsace  Cham^jasme  Koch.  Common  on  the  mainland 
around  Habaiova.  All  over  Waigats,  from  the  sea- shore  to  the 
highest  summits.     I  did  not  meet  with  it  in  Novaya  Zemlya. 

91.  A.  TRiFLORA  Adams.  I  found  this  plant  at  Neckwatowa  in 
July,  1895,  and  growing  abundantly  at  an  elevation  of  some  500  ft. 
at  Besemannya  Bay,  in  August,  1897.  I  submitted  specimens  to 
Mr.  0.  Gelert,  of  the  Koyal  Botanical  Museum,  Copenhagen,  and 
he  informed  me: — "The  Androsace  you  kindly  sent  is  A.  trijiora 
Adams ;  specimens  in  a  young  flowering  state  are  in  our  arctic 
herbarium  from  Besemannaya  Bay,  collected  by  Kjellman  and 
Lindstrom,  and  are  exactly  the  same  as  your  plant." 

92.  CoRTusA  Matthioli  L.  This  lovely  little  flower  I  only 
found  at  one  spot  on  Waigats,  namely,  at  the  head  of  Dolga  Bay, 
on  July  4th,  1897. 

93.  Armeria  sibirica  Turcz.  Common  on  dry  knolls  over  the 
island  of  Dolgoi.  On  the  mainland  around  Habarova.  Frequently 
met  with  on  Waigats,  from  Cape  Greben,  and  Dolga  Bay.  I  found 
it  in  profusion  and  in  beautiful  bloom  at  Silver  Bay,  Lutke  Land, 
on  Aug.  10th,  1897. 

94.  PoLEMONiuM  c^ruleum  L.  fomia  AcuTiFOLiA  Wllld.  Perhaps 
the  most  beautiful  of  all  the  flowers  of  these  regions.  The  lovely 
cerulean  blue  of  the  blossoms  and  its  tall  growth  and  abundance 
in  certain  spots  make  it  a  very  attractive  plant.  On  Dolgoi  Island 
it  is  abundant,  growing  in  damp  spots  by  sides  of  runnels.  It  is 
equally  abundant  on  the  mainland  around  Habarova.  All  over 
Waigats.  At  Dolga  Bay  it  grew  in  suitable  damp  localities  from 
the  sea-shore  to  100  ft.  of  altitude  ;  very  abundant  at  Cape  Greben, 
and  on  the  east  coast  at  Cape  Matiusela.  At  Cairn  Harbour 
(Pomorsky  Bay)  it  grew  luxuriantly,  specimens  attaining  a  height 
of  a  foot  or  more,  and  the  same  around  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

95.  P.  PULCHELLUM  Buugo.  I  have  some  doubt  whether  this 
plant  is  specifically  distinct  from  P.  cceriileiim.  I  have  examined 
hundreds  of  specimens  from  the  same  cluster  of  plants.  Typical 
P.  cmiUeum  would  be  found  growing  a  foot  high,  with  its  roots  in 
the  water  of  some  rill ;  as  the  plants  spread  upwards,  where  the 
banks  are  higher  and  drier,  the  plants  changed  into  what  we  call 
P.  pulcJieliuDi,  but  with  every  phase  of  intergrading.  The  following 
appeared  to  me  the  fact  :  that  P.  cmruleiim  always  grows  in  wet  and 
damp  spots,  P.  pulchelliun  on  dry  spots.  I  did  not  meet  with 
typical  P.  pulchellum  on  Waigats,  but  found  it  abundantly  dispersed 
ov.r  Nuvaya  Zemlya,  from  islands  in  the  lake  of  Neckwatowa,  South 
Goose  Land,  Besemannya  Bay,  and  Gubina  Bay  ;  on  Lutke  Land, 
at  Beluga  Bay,  and  as  far  north  as  Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25^ 

96.  Myosotis  alpestris  Koch.  Occurs  on  Dolgoi  Island,  and  on 
the  mainland  around  Habarova.  Abundantly  dispersed  all  over 
Waigats.  The  flowers  are  of  many  shades  of  blue,  sometimes  pink, 
more  rarely  white.     It  is  equally  common  all  over  Novaya  Zemlya. 


THE    FLOWERING    PLANTS    OP    NOVAYA    ZEMLVA,    ETC.  427 

On  Lutke  Land  I  found  it  common,  and  as  far  north  as  the  Pach- 
tussow  Islands,  and  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

97.  Eritrichium  villosum  Bunge.  Abundant  over  Waigats, 
Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land.  Found  on  the  Pachtussow 
Islands  and  Ziwolka  Fiord.  It  seems  to  flourish  best  upon  the 
bleakest  islets  near  the  shore ;  there  this  plant  appears  in  little 
bosses  of  the  most  brilliant  turquoise-blue,  offering  a  most 
astonishing  contrast  to  the  shattered  brown  stones  which  form  the 
surface.  This  plant  is  gynodioecious  in  Novaya  Zemlya,  the  her- 
maphrodite flowers  being  considerably  larger  than  the  female. 

98.  Gentiana  tenella  Fries.  Quite  typical.  Met  with  in  con- 
siderable quantity  growing  in  peaty  soil  on  the  west  side  of  Dolgoi 
Island.  Found  on  the  south  side  of  Besemannya  Bay,  at  an 
elevation  of  150  ft.  This  plant  is  an  interesting  addition  to  the 
flora  of  Novaya  Zemlya.     It  is  recorded  from  Spitsbergen. 

99.  Veronica  alpina  L.  It  was  somewhat  of  a  surprise  to  find 
this  alpine  plant  growing  in  close  proximity  to  the  sea,  at  about 
20  ft.  elevation,  some  three  miles  to  the  west  of  Habarova.  It  has 
not  hitherto  been  recorded  from  Yugor  Straits,  or  the  north  coast 
of  Sibea-ia. 

100.  Pedicularis  lapponica  L.  On  Dolgoi  Island  I  found  it 
growing  sparingly  on  dry  hillocks.  Did  not  observe  it  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Habarova.  On  Waigats  I  met  with  it  near  Cape 
Greben,  and  also  at  the  north  end  of  the  island,  where  it  grows  on 
the  higher  ridges.     It  is  an  addition  to  the  flora  of  Waigats. 

101.  P.  Oederi  Vahl.  I  met  with  this  plant  only  at  Dolga  Bay, 
island  of  Waigats,  where  it  grew  in  great  profusion  over  the  tundra 
swamps,  its  large  citron-yellow  blossoms  being  very  conspicuous  and 
effective.  Personally  I  have  found  little  variation  in  the  colour  of 
the  blossoms,  but  the  experience  of  others  is  decidedly  contrary  to 
mine.  Mr.  Burkill  has  drawn  my  attention  to  the  following. 
Wahlenberg,  in  proposing  the  name  versicolor,  does  so  in  the 
following  words  (De  Veget.  et  dim.  Helvetiae  septentr.  p.  118) : — 
"  Galea  tantum  sub  apice  coccineo-maculata,  macula  exsiccando 
evanescente.  .  .  .  Nomine  supra  dato  colorem  fugacem  simulque 
duplicem  indicare  volui."  Thus  he  gives  the  name  because  the 
colour  in  Swiss  specimens  changes  to  pink  below  the  top  of  the 
hood,  and  also  fades  in  drying.  But  the  plant  varies  in  different 
localities,  so  that  Bentham  (DC.  Prod.  x.  578)  says  : — "  Flores 
citrini  vel  unicolores  vel  galea  sub  apice  rubra  vel  purpurea." 
My  plants  are  of  the  first  alternative.  Bentham  also  adds  that 
the  proportional  size  of  the  hood  varies  in  Arctic,  Siberian,  and 
European  examples. 

102.  P.  hirsuta  L.  This  small  lousewort  is  extremely  common 
all  over  Waigats,  growing  in  dry  spots  from  the  shore-line  to  the 
highest  ridges,  say,  250  ft.  I  met  with  it  in  abundance  at  Neck- 
watowa,  over  Goose  Land,  and  many  other  stations.  It  is  common 
enough  on  Lutke  Land,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Beluga  Bay,  and 
the  Matyushin  Shar  ;  it  was  common  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands, 

2  G  2 


428  THE    FLOWERING    PLANTS    OF    NOVAYA    ZEMLYA,    ETC. 

and  found  sparingly  in  Ziwolka  Fiord.  The  plants  which  I  have 
gathered  in  Spitsbergen  agree  precisely  with  Novaya  Zemlya 
specimens. 

103.  P.  suDETicA  Willd.  There  are  two  very  distinct  forms 
included  under  this  name.  Both  affect  the  same  localities — damp, 
water-sodden  tundra  ;  they  both  abound  on  Waigats,  and  give  a 
bright  appearance  to  the  areas  over  which  they  are  spread.  One 
form  has  a  deep  pink  blossom  and  a  dark  stem,  with  very  little  wool 
about  the  blossom-head.  The  other  form  has  blossoms  of  a  very 
delicate  pink  shade,  the  stem  light  green,  and  a  great  deal  of  wool 
at  the  base  of  the  blossom.  The  deep  pink  form  with  little  wool 
I  met  with  on  Dolgoi  Island,  around  Habarova,  commonly  on 
Waigats,  and  over  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  at  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke 
Land.  The  light  pink  form  with  much  wool  I  gathered  on 
Waigats,  Goose  Land,  and  likewise  on  Lutke  Land,  at  Beluga  Bay. 
I  presume  these  are  the  forms  of  P.  sudetica  described  as  formae 
gymnocephala  Trautv.  and  Janata  Walp. 

104.  P.  LANATA  Willd.  f.  DASYANTHA  Trautv.  THs  plant  grows 
in  the  wet  tundra  alongside  of  P.  sudetica ;  the  blossoms  are  of  a 
bright  rosy  hue,  and  the  flowering  head  is  thickly  clad  with  wool. 
I  met  with  it  in  abundance  on  Waigats,  and  around  Neckwatowa, 
in  Novaya  Zemlya. 

105.  Plantago  maritima  L.  f.  pumila  Kjellm.  Met  with  in  some 
abundance  on  Dolgoi  Island,  and  near  Cape  Greben,  Waigats. 

106.  Polygonum  Bistorta  L.  A  common  plant  on  Dolgoi 
Island,  around  Habarova,  and  spread  over  AVaigats  from  north  to 
south.     Not  observed  by  me  in  Novaya  Zemlya. 

107.  P.  viviPARUM  L.  A  ubiquitous  plant.  Abundant  on  Dolgoi 
Island,  and  around  Habarova,  all  over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya, 
and  Lutke  Land,  along  the  shores  of  Matyushin  Shar,  Beluga  Bay, 
the  Pachtussow  Islands,  and  Ziwolka  Fiord,  where  I  met  with 
specimens  five  inches  in  height. 

108.  KuMEX  AECTicus  Trautv.  I  only  found  this  plant  on  the 
south  shore  of  Waigats,  and  at  Cape  Matiusela,  on  the  east  coast 
of  that  island. 

109.  R.  AGETOSA  L.  South  shores  of  Waigats,  Goose  Land,  and 
Besemannya  Bay  of  Novaya  Zemlya. 

110.  Oxyria  digyna  Hill.  Universally  distributed  over  Waigats, 
Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land,  as  far  north  as  reached  by  me, 
viz.  74°  25^  on  the  east  coast. 

111.  KoENiGiA  isLANDicA  L.  Tlio  ouly  auuual  of  these  regions. 
Found  it  in  considerable  abundance  at  various  stations  around 
Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land,  and  along  the  north  side  of  the 
Matyushin  Shar  ;  at  Besemannya  Bay,  Novaya  Zemlya. 

112.  Empetrum  NIGRUM  L.  Coiumon  on  Dolgoi  Island.  Met 
with  at  Cape  Matiusela,  east  coast  of  Waigats  ;  an  addition  to  the 
flora  of  that  island. 

113.  Betula  NANA  L.  Common  on  Dolgoi  Island ;  the  same 
over  Waigats ;  rarer  in  Novaya    Zemlya.      I   do   not   remember 


THE    FLOWERING    PLANTS    OF    NOVAYA    ZEMLYA,    ETC.  429 

observing  it  north  of  the  Matyushin  Shar  ;  anyhow,  there  is  no 
example  of  it  from  Lutke  Land  in  my  collection.  The  stem  of  an 
apparently  old  plant  from  Waigats  shows  sixty  annual  rings. 

114.  Salix  POLARIS  Wahlenb.  Abundant  over  Waigats,  Novaya 
Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Laud,  where  it  was  obtained  as  far  north  as 
the  Pachtussow  Islands. 

115.  S.  ROTUNDiFOLiA  Trautv.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Cape  Matiusela, 
Waigats  ;   Silver  Bay,  Lutke  Land. 

116.  S.  RETICULATA  L.  Dolgoi  Islaud  ;  Habarova  ;  Waigats  ; 
Novaya  Zemlya  ;   Silver  Bay,  Lutke  Land. 

117.  S.  ARCTicA  Pall,  type,  and  var.  Brownei  Anderss.  Dolgoi 
Island ;  all  over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land,  ex- 
tending to  the  Pachtussow  Islands.  A  stem  of  this  plant  from 
Lutke  Land  shows  twenty-nine  annual  rings,  but  one  which  I 
gathered  in  Grinnell  Land  in  82°  45'  N.  lat.,  the  most  northern 
latitude  from  which  a  willow  has  been  recorded,  has  forty  annual 
rings. 

118.  S.  GLAucA  L.,  with  var.  suBARCTicALundstr.  Only  appears 
in  the  collection  from  Waigats,  where  it  is  quite  common. 

119.  S.  REPTANS  Lundstr.     From  the  south  shore  of  Waigats. 

120.  S.  TAjMYRENsis  Trautv.  From  Beluga  Bay  and  Silver 
Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

121.  S.  LANATA  L.  X  S.  GLAUCA  L.  Dolga  Bay,  Waigats.  (Ap- 
parently a  hybrid  of  these  two  species,  with  which  it  was  f^rowing, 
I.  H.  BiirkilL). 

122.  S.  MYRSiNiTES  L.    Dolgoi  Island,  and  Dolga  Bay,  Waigats. 

123.  ToFiELDiA  PALusTRis  Huds.     Dolgol  Islaud. 

124.  Allium  sibiricum  L.  Common  on  Dolgoi  Island,  around 
Habarova,  and  at  Cape  Greben,  and  along  the  south  shores  of 
Waigats. 

125.  Lloydia  serotina  Keichenb.  An  abundant  plant  from 
north  to  south  of  Waigats,  Cape  Greben,  Cape  Matiusela,  Dolga 
Bay.     In  flower  last  week  of  June,  1897. 

126.  Veratrum  album  L.  Common  along  the  banks  of  the 
Nikolski  river,  and  in  dry-stream  beds  around  Habarova.  I  found 
it  growing  in  abundance  at  the  head  of  a  bay  on  the  east  of  Cape 
Greben,  on  the  south  shore  of  Waigats.  It  there  attained  a  height 
of  three  feet,  and  was  in  flower  on  July  12th,  1897.  An  addition 
to  the  flora  of  Waigats. 

127.  JuNcus  cASTANEus  Sin.  Habarova  ;  Cape  Greben,  Waigats  ; 
and  Neckwatowa,  Novaya  Zemlya. 

128.  J.  BiGLUMis  L.  Generally  distributed.  Dolgoi  Island, 
Habarova,  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  over  Lutke  Land  as  far 
as  the  Pachtussow  Islands.  A  very  variable  plant  in  size  ;  there 
are  specimens  in  the  collection  from  Silver  Bay  eight  inches  in 
height. 

129.  LuzuLA  Wahlenbergii  Rupr.  Dolgoi  Island,  and  Haba- 
rova, Cape  Greben,  Dolga  Bay,  Goose  Land, 


430       THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

130.  L.  coNFusA  Lindeb.  Cape  Matiusela ;  Dolga  Bay,  Waigats ; 
Rogatchiva  Bay  ;  Neckwatowa ;  Goose  Land ;  Pomorsky  Bay  ; 
Gubina  Bay ;  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land,  up  to  850  ft.  altitude  ; 
Pachtussow  Islands  and  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

131.  L.  AECTicA  Blytt.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Habarova  ;  Besemannya 
Bay. 

132.  Eriophorum  ANGusTiFOLiuMRotb.  Dolgoi  Island;  Habarova; 
south  shores  of  Waigats;  Neckwatowa;  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

133.  E.  vAGiNATUM  L.  Cape  Matiusela;  Neckwatowa;  Goose 
Land  ;  Pomorsky  Bay  ;  Gubina  Bay  ;  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

134.  E.  ScHEucHZERi  Hoppe.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Cape  Matiusela  ; 
Dolga  Bay ;  Neckwatowa ;  Besemannya  Bay ;  Beluga  Bay  of 
Lutke  Land. 

135.  E.  Callithrix  Cham.  Dolgoi  Island;  Habarova;  Cape 
Greben  ;  south  shores  of  Waigats  ;  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Laud. 

136.  E.  RussEOLUM  Fries.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Habarova ;  south 
shores  of  Waigats. 

137.  Carex  pulla  Good.    Habarova  ;  Dolga  Bay  ;  Silver  Bay. 

138.  C.  ROTUNDATA  Wahleub.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  Habarova ;  south 
shores  of  Waigats. 

139.  C.  FULiGiNosA  Schk.  (C.  mlsandra  R.  Br.).  Dolgoi  Island  ; 
Habarova  ;  Dolga  Bay  ;  Besemannya  Bay ;  south  side,  Matyushin 
Shar  ;  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land  ;  Silver  Bay. 

140.  C.  RARiFLORA  Sm.  Dolgoi  Island ;  Habarova ;  south 
shores  of  Waigats  ;  islands  in  Kostin  Shar. 

141.  C.  SALiNA  Wahlenb.  f.  subspathacea  Wormskj.  South  shores 
of  Waigats  ;  Pomorsky  Bay  ;  Matyushin  Shar. 

142.  C.  AQUATiLis  Wahlenb.  Habarova  ;  south  shore  of  Waigats  ; 
Cape  Greben  ;  Dolga  Bay ;  Gubina  Bay ;  Neckwatowa ;  Beluga 
Bay  of  Lutke  Land. 

143.  C.  RiGiDA  Good.  Dolgoi  Island  ;  south  shores  of  Waigats  ; 
Dolga  Bay  ;  Kostin  Shar ;  Besemannya  Bay  ;  Pomorsky  Bay  ; 
north  side  Matyushin  Shar ;  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land. 

144.  C.  GLAREosA  Walileub.     Dolgoi  Island  ;  Habarova. 

145.  C.  LAGOPiNA  Wahlenb.     South  shores  of  Waigats. 

146.  HiERocHLOE  ALPiNA  R.  &  S.  This  is  a  common  grass 
scattered  over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land.  It 
generally  occurs  in  tufts  and  bunches  on  dry  ground,  and  from  its 
straw  colour  and  the  glistening  of  the  glumes  attracts  attention. 
Dolga  Bay,  Rogatchiva  Bay,  Beluga  Bay,  Matyushin  Shar,  and 
common  at  Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25'  N. 

147.  H.  PAuciFLORA  R.  Br.  I  find  it  common  in  the  collection 
from  South  Goose  Land  and  Neckwatowa.  Probably  overlooked  by 
me  at  other  stations. 

148.  Alopecurus  alpinus  Sm.  Not  very  common  ;  obtained  at 
Habarova,  Cape  Matiusela,  Besemannya  Bay,  Gubina  Bay,  Pach- 
tussow Islands, 


THE    FLOWERING    PLANTS    OF    NOVAYA    ZEMLYA,    ETC.  431 

149.  A.  PRATENsis  L.  var.  alpestris  Wahlenb.     Waigats. 

150.  AiRA  c^spiTOSABeauv.  With  its  YSi,YS.  a  I  pinasmd  brevi folia 
is  widely  distributed  over  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke 
Land.     I  found  it  not  uncommon  on  the  Pachtussow  Islands. 

151.  Calamagrostis  neglecta  Gaertn.  Common  along  the 
south  shore  of  Waigats.  I  gathered  it  again  in  Pomorsky  Bay, 
Matyushin  Shar.  Mr.  Burkill  writes :—"  With  regard  to  the 
Calamagrostis,  I  have  come  to  the  following  conclusions  :  that 
habit  and  acuteness  of  the  glumes  are  the  characters  on  which 
mainly  to  rely.  I  cannot  separate  Calamagrostis  Holmii  specifically 
from  C.  ?z^^/6cirt,  and  should  place  the  arctic  forms  as  follows:  — 
C.  neglecta  [Deyeuxia  neglecta  Kunth).  The  type  is  the  well-known 
plant  of  North-western  and  Central  Europe  and  Siberia.  It  is  a  plant 
from  two  to  three  feet  high.  Var.  borealis  Laestad.,  Lange,  Co7ispectus 
Fl.  Groetilandica;,  p.  161 :  a  low  plant  with  acute  glumes.  Var.  Holmii 
{Calamagrostis  Holmii  Lange)  :  of  the  same  habit  as  the  last,  but 
perhaps  more  densely  tufted,  differing  chiefly  in  its  somewhat 
acuminate  glumes.  This  last  we  have  from  Spitsbergen,  Axel 
Island  (A.  Trevor-Battye).  The  character  which  Lange  drew 
from  the  position  of  the  awn  becomes  useless,  for,  though  in  his 
type  it  is  situate  above  the  middle  of  the  glume,  in  your  specimens, 
which  I  am  now  quite  satisfied  are  identical,  it  is  sometimes  at  the 
middle,  but  more  often  below  it."  On  the  other  hand,  I  submitted 
specimens  from  Waigats  to  Mr.  Th.  Holm,  and  he  writes  me  from 
Washington,  U.S.A.,  that  he  does  not  hesitate  to  identify  the 
plant  as  G.  Holmii.  He  remarks  that  the  details  of  the  spikelet 
and  the  characteristic  coloration  of  the  empty  glumes  in  C.  Holmii 
are  also  present  in  the  specimen  sent  by  me.  C.  Holmii  as  described 
by  Lange  was  obtained  originally  by  Mr.  Holm  on  the  mainland  of 
Yugor  Straits. 

152.  Trisetum  subspicatum  Beauv.  Waigats,  South  Goose 
Land,  Besemannya  Bay,  south  shores  of  Matyushin  Shar. 

153.  DupoNTiA  FiscHERi  R.  Br.  A  widely  distributed  grass;  com- 
mon on  Dolgoi  Island,  around  Habarova,  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya, 
and  Lutke  Land. 

154.  CoLPODiuM  LATiFOLiuM  R.  Br.  A  Avidely  distributed  plant. 
Habarova,  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land. 

155.  Phippsia  ALGmA  Br.  and  var.  P.  concinna  Fries.  There  is  a 
large  series  of  this  grass  in  my  collection,  all  in  flower,  from 
\Vaigats,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land,  varying  from  a  plant 
nine  inches  in  height  to  a  dwarf  form  of  less  than  an  inch.  The 
tallest  examples,  var.  cnncinna,  come  from  Cape  Matiusela,  Waigats, 
the  more  dwarf  from  Lutke  Land.  It  is  not  uncommon  on  the 
Pachtussow  Islands  and  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

156.  Pleuropogon  Sabinh  R.  Br.  The  known  distribution  of  this 
grass  is  very  remarkable.  So  far  it  has  not  been  met  with  on  the 
mainlands  of  the  Old  or  New  Worlds,  but  is  confined  to  the  islands 
of  the  polar  and  arctic  regions  and  Greenland.  First  discovered  by 
Sabine  on  Melville  Island,  1819  ;  it  was  subsequently  met  with  by 


432       THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

our  arctic  explorers  in  several  localities  amongst  the  American 
Arctic  Archipelago,  notably  by  Dr.  Walker,  at  Bellot  Straits  ;  by 
Dr.  Lyall,  at  Powell  Creek;  and  by  Admiral  Markham,  at  Fmy 
Beach.  It  is  apparently  a  common  plant  on  the  western  side  of 
Davis  Strait,  for  Mr.  James  Taylor  remarks  (Trans.  Bot.  Soc. 
Edinb.  vii.  p.  333)  that  it  grows  from  the  coast-line  to  200  ft.  in 
pools  of  water,  on  any  kind  of  soil.  It  is  perhaps  the  finest  of 
arctic  grasses  ;  its  leaves  float  on  the  sm-face,  the  culm  rising  from 
nine  inches  to  one  foot  above  the  water,  bearing  its  beautiful  purple 
florets.  Found  at  Cumberland  Gulf,  Cape  Searle,  Scott's  Bay, 
Cape  Adair.  Prof.  Nathorst  discovered  it  at  Cape  York,  in  North 
Greenland.  It  appears  to  be  absent  from  Grinnell  Land,  for  Mr. 
H.  C.  Hart  failed  to  find  it  around  Discovery  Bay,  or  on  the  opposite 
Greenland  shore  of  Smith  Sound  in  1875-76  ;  and  I  was  equally 
unsuccessful  in  finding  any  trace  of  it  in  Grinnell  Land,  between  the 
eighty-second  and  eighty-third  degrees ;  whilst  the  members  of  the 
Greely  Expedition  were  not  more  fortunate.  Turning  to  the  eastern 
hemisphere,  it  was  first  recorded  by  Von  Baer  from  Novaya  Zemlya, 
1837,  and  subsequently  by  various  other  botanists  from  that  group. 
The  botanists  of  the  Vega  Expedition  found  it  in  Actinia  Bay,  Taimur 
Island,  off  the  coast  of  Siberia  ;  and  Mr.  H.  Fisher  has  recently 
discovered  it  in  the  Franz  Josex^h  Land  group,  but  only  at 
one  spot,  a  small  pond  on  Mabel  Island.  I  found  it  growing 
abundantly  in  pools  of  water  and  damp  situations  on  the  western 
shores  of  Beluga  Bay  of  South  Goose  Laud,  at  Pomorsky  Bay,  abun- 
dantly at  Silver  Bay,  at  Gubina  Bay,  at  many  places  on  both  sides 
of  the  Matyushin  Shar,  all  around  Beluga  Bay  of  Lutke  Land, 
where  it  grows  from  the  shore-line  to  a  height  of  750  ft.,  and  I  met 
with  it,  but  in  a  somewhat  stunted  form,  at  Ziwolka  Fiord,  74°  25' 
N.  P.  Sahinii  is  distinctly  a  water-growing  grass  ;  its  long  roots 
are  firmly  attached  in  the  soil  or  mud,  the  leaves  float  on  the  water, 
and,  as  Mr.  Taylor  remarks,  its  purple  inflorescence  makes  it  quite 
conspicuous ;  it  is  certainly  the  most  beautiful  of  all  the  arctic 
grasses.  It  seems  somewhat  singular  that  such  a  common  and 
generally  dispersed  plant  over  Novaya  Zemlya  and  Lutke  Land 
should  have  attracted  so  little  attention.  Can  it  be  that  the 
exceptionally  fine  summer  of  1897  caused  it  to  bloom  more  freely 
than  usual  ?  The  tallest  plants  I  gathered  were  from  Pomorsky 
Bay,  and  are  over  a  foot  in  length.  Pleiiropogon  Sahinii  is  one  of 
about  half  a  dozen  species  not  found  outside  the  Arctic  Circle.  It 
was  formerly  held  to  be  the  only  genus  confined  to  arctic  limits,  but 
three  others  of  the  genus  have  since  been  found  in  America. 

157.  KoELERiA  cRisTATA  Gaud.  Capc  Greben  and  Cape  Matiu- 
sela,  Waigats. 

158.  Glyceria  Vahliana  Fries.  Only  appears  in  my  collection 
from  Beluga  Bay  and  Lutke  Land,  at  an  elevation  of  100  ft. 

159.  ARCTOPmLA  FULVA  Nym.  This  is  the  tallest  and  most 
striking  grass  of  the  regions  visited.  On  Dolgoi  Island  very  abun- 
dant in  meres  and  ponds,  standing  two  and  three  feet  above  water, 
affording  shelter  for  broods  of  ducklings,  and  phalaropes  and  water, 


THE    FLOWERING    PLANTS    OF    NOVAYA    ZEMLYA,    ETC.  433 

loving  species  of  birds.  On  the  mainland  tundra  around  Habarova 
very  common ;  shallow  meres  and  ponds  scattered  over  the  tundra 
are  in  July  given  a  lively  verdant  green  colour  from  the  dense  beds 
of  this  grass,  and  looking  over  the  dull  grey  tundra  from  some  slight 
elevation  these  bands  and  circles  of  green  look  like  oases  in  the 
desert,  and  are  quite  a  relief  to  the  eye  tired  of  gazing  on  a  sad 
brown  landscape.  Common  all  over  Waigats  from  Cape  Greben  to 
Dolga  Bay  ;  common  at  Pomorsky  Bay,  south  side  of  the  Matyushin 
Shar,  but  I  did  not  come  across  it  in  Lutke  Land.  With  reference 
to  the  nomenclature  of  this  plant,  I  add  the  following  note  from 
Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill,  from  which  it  appears  that  the  Arctophila,  so 
abundant  on  the  Arctic  Russian  tundras,  Waigats,  Dolgoi,  and 
likewise  in  Novaya  Zemlya,  is,  in  his  opinion,  A.  fulva  Nym.  :— 
''Arctophila  effusa  Lange  twice  figured  in  the  Flora  Danica  (tab. 
2343  and  tab.  Suppl.  126),  is  not  the  common  Arctic  European 
plant  which  has  sometimes  passed  with  this  name.  The  European 
plant,  A.  fulva  Nym.,  does  not  deserve  the  name  of  ejfusa  at  all,  and 
IS  fairly  easily  distinguished  from  the  Greenland  form  in  the  greater 
density  of  its  panicle.  It  also  occurs  in  North  America.  At  Kew 
we  have  your  grass  as  A.  fulva,  collected  by  Kriwoscheja,  and 
named  as  A.  effusa,  collected  by  Kjellman  and  Lundstrom." 

160.  PoA  PRATENsis  L.  Thcro  are  specimens  in  the  collection 
from  Waigats,  and  likewise  from  Ziwolka  Fiord,  Lutke  Land. 

161.  P.  ABBREviATA  R.  Br.  Mr.  Burkill  determines  this  species 
from  specimens  obtained  from  various  localities  around  Beluga  Bay 
and  Lutke  Land ;  one  of  the  stations  is  800  ft.  in  altitude. 

162.  P.  ALPiNA  L.  I  am  greatly  indebted  to  Mr.  Burkill  for  the 
nnmense  trouble  he  has  taken  in  working  out  the  GraminecE  in  my 
collection,  consisting  of  many  hundreds  of  specimens  ;  according  to 
his  determinations,  this  species  occurs  on  Dolgoi  Island,  common 
around  Habarova,  all  over  Waigats,  over  Novaya  Zemlya  and 
Lutke  Land. 

163.  P.  ARCTicA  Br.  Mr.  Burkill  unites  P.  cenisea  All.  and 
P.  stricta  Lindeb.  with  this  species  ;  according  to  his  determinations 
P.  cejiisea  is  the  prevailing  form  ;  it  occurs  in  my  collections  from 
Dolgoi  Island;  on  Waigats  plentiful  from  shore-line  to  100  ft  • 
Cape  Greben;  south  shores  of  Waigats;  Cape  Matiusela ;  DoW 
Bay,  and  northern  shores.  From  Novaya  Zemlya,  South  Goose 
Land,  Kostm  Shar,  Besemannya  Bay,  Pomorsky  Bay,  Gubina  Bay 
all  the  south  shores  of  Matyushin  Shar,  over  Lutke  Land  as  far 
north  as  the  Pachtussow  Islands  and  Ziwolka  Fiord.  P.  stricta 
seems  to  be  a  far  less  common  form. 

164.  Festuca  rubra  L.  var.  arenaria  Osb.  Gubina  Bay 
Besemannya  Bay,  and  Pachtussow  Islands.  ' 

165.  F.  oviNA  L.  Habarova.  —  Subspecies  F.  brevifolia  R.  Br. 
Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  and  Ziwolka  Fiord. 

166.  Equisetum  arvense  L.  Dolgoi  Island;  Habarova-  all 
over  Waigats  in  suitable  localities;  all  over  Novaya  Zemlya  in 
suitable  localities ;  Beluga  Bay  and  Lutke  Land. 


434       THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

167.  Lycopodium  Selago  L.  Met  with  on  Dolgoi  Island,  and 
common  on  Waigats. 

168.  Cystopteris  fragilis  Bernh.  Dolga  Bay,  Waigats,  Bese- 
mannya  Bay,  and  head  of  Beluga  Bay,  Lutke  Land,  at  an  elevation 
of  500  ft. 

Conclusions. 

I  venture  to  offer  a  few  remarks  based  upon  my  observations  of 
plant-growth  over  the  areas  referred  to  in  the  preceding  pages. 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker  has  long  since  pointed  out  that  Lapland  is  by 
far  the  richest  province  of  the  Arctic  regions,  whilst  Arctic  Asia 
from  the  Gulf  of  Obi  to  Bering's  Straits  contains  by  far  the  poorest 
flora  of  any  on  the  globe.  That  great  authority,  though  including 
Spitsbergen,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  the  arctic  countries  west  of  the 
river  Ob  in  the  Lapland  province,  has  shown  that  in  that  area  there 
are  two  floras  corresponding  to  the  Arctic-Norwegian  and  Arctic- 
Russian,  the  latter  commencing  at  the  White  Sea,  and  comparatively 
exceedingly  poor  in  species,  though  containing  some  twenty  that 
are  not  Lapponian.  Mr.  Philip  Sewell  has  given  us  an  excellent 
treatise  on  this  subject'-'  in  his  paper  on  the  Flora  of  Lapland  and 
the  Yu.s;or  Straits,  in  which  he  vividly  depicts  the  poverty  of  the 
Arctic-Russian  province  in  comparison  with  the  Lapponian,  and  he 
expresses  the  opinion  that  the  low-lying  land  eastward  from  the 
White  Sea  affords  no  suitable  foothold  which  would  allow  of  east- 
ward distribution  along  the  same  line  of  latitude,  and  that  the 
difference  in  the  physical  nature  of  the  region  of  the  Yugor  Straits 
and  the  greater  cold  thereabouts  are  evidently  the  chief  causes  which 
restrict  the  distribution.  This  no  doubt  is  correct  as  far  as  it  goes, 
but  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  enter  more  fully  into  the  physical 
differences  which  characterize  the  two  regions  of  Lapponia  and 
Arctic  Russia.  Lapland  and  the  Kola  Peninsula  are  mountainous 
or  elevated  regions  bearing  on  their  surfaces  the  impress  of  glacio- 
terrene  action.  They  appear  to  me  as  areas  from  which  an  ice-cap, 
or  mer-de-glace,  has  but  recently  been  removed,  and  we  may  assume 
that  during  the  period  of  maximum  Scandinavian  glaciation  Lap- 
land and  the  Kola  Peninsula  were  heavily  clad  with  ice,  and  con- 
siderably raised  above  sea-level.  Judging  from  what  we  now  see  in 
Greenland,  Grinnell  Land,  Spitsbergen,  and  Franz  Josef  Land,  we 
may  reasonably  infer  that  phanerogamic  vegetation  was  not  actually 
extirpated  throughout  Scandinavia  and  Lapland  during  the  period 
of  maximum  ice  accumulation. 

The  theory  that  a  huge  ice-cap  at  one  period  covered  the  entire 
polar  area  entirely  rests  on  assumption  and  hypothesis.  If,  as  I 
surmise,  Lapland  during  its  ice-period  retained  a  flora,  even  as 
much  as  now  exists  in  Grinnell  Land  and  the  north  of  Greenland 
between  the  parallels  of  82^^  and  83"^,  that  would  on  the  retirement 
of  the  ice  become  an  important  factor  in  the  dissemination  of  a 
flora  over  an  area  recently  released  from  ice,  whilst  m  [ill  probability 

*  "Flora  of  Lapland  and  Yugor  Straits,"  Trans,  Edinb.  Bot.  Soc.  xvii. 
444-481. 


THE   FLOWERING    PLANTS    OF    NOVAYA    ZEMLAA,    ETC.  345 

a  more  extensive  flora  lived  through  the  Scandinavian  ice-age 
than  we  now  find  in  Grinnell  Land.  On  the  other  hand,  from 
the  eastern  side  of  the  White  Sea,  as  far  at  least  as  the  bases 
of  the  Urals  and  Paechoi  Mountains,  between  the  arctic 
circle  and  the  seventieth  parallel,  we  see  evidences  of  recent 
emergence  from  an  ice-laden  sea.  Whether  this  marine  trans- 
gression over  a  considerable  part  of  Arctic  Russia  was  contempo- 
raneous with,  or  later  than,  the  period  of  maximum  ice-development 
in  Scandinavia  and  Lapland,  does  not  affect  the  conclusion  that  the 
emergence  of  this  extensive  area  has  been  very  recent,  and  this  with 
severe  climatic  conditions  must  have  greatly  restricted  the  incoming 
of  a  migrating  flora.  I  assume  that  in  Lapland,  on  the  retirement 
of  the  ice,  many  nuclei  of  vegetation  were  at  hand ;  in  Arctic  Eussia 
the  recent  floor  of  a  retiring  ocean  offered  a  most  inimical  soil  to  an 
invading  flora. 

The  evidences'''  at  our  command  seem  to  be  convincing  that  the 
tundra  of  Arctic  Russia,  and  the  islands  of  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya, 
and  Lutke  Land  were  in  recent  times  submerged  many  hundreds  of 
feet  below  their  level  of  to-day.  Great  as  this  submergence  was,  it 
does  not  follow  that  the  higher  mountains  of  Novaya  Zemlya  or  of 
the  North  Island  were  involved,  and  if  we  discard  the  theory  of  a 
universal  ice-cap,  there  is  no  reason  to  deny  the  possibility  of  survival 
of  some  ancient  arctic  flora  on  those  lands. 

That  the  floras  of  Kolguev  Island,  Dolgoi  Island,  Waigats, 
Novaya  Zemlya,  and  Lutke  Land  are  in  their  main  features 
identical  with  that  of  the  adjacent  Russian  mainland  is  undoubted, 
and  that  the  spread  of  their  vegetation  has  been  chiefly  longitudinal 
from  the  southward  seems  to  be  true.  But  how  are  such  pecu- 
liarities in  dispersal  as  the  following  to  be  accounted  for  ?  Saxifraga 
flagellaris,  a  plant  widely  distributed  over  the  polar  area,  and  other- 
wise restricted  to  the  high  mountain  regions  of  the  Himalaya, 
Altai,  and  Caucasus.  Still  more  remarkable  is  the  distribution  of 
the  arctic  grass  Pleuropogon  Sabhiii :  so  far  it  has  not  been  met  with 
on  the  mainlands  of  the  Old  or  New  World,  and  yet  it  is  a  widely 
dispersed  plant  throughout  the  polar  regions.  If  the  vegetation 
now  existing  in  the  polar  area  be  due  solely  to  immigration  from 
the  south  since  the  withdrawal  of  a  glacial  epoch,  it  is  certainly 
strange  why  P.  Sahinii  has  got  back  there  without  leaving  a  trace 
of  its  existence  south  of  the  arctic  circle.  It  may  not  be  out  of 
place  to  draw  a  comparison  between  the  plants  growing  in  the 
most  northern  known  parts  of  the  earth  and  the  floras  of  Spitsbergen 
and  Novaya  Zemlya. 

The  following  thirty- two  plants!  represent  the  flora  of  Grinnell 
Land  and  islands  to  the  north  of  Greenland  between  82°  and 
83°  24'  N.  It  is  the  flora  growing  nearest  the  Pole,  all  other 
flowering  plants  having  been  gathered  south  of  the  eighty-second 
parallel : — 

*  Feilden,  Geographical  Journal,  xi.  357. 

t  They  were  gathered  by  the  officers  of  the  British  Polar  Expedition, 
1875-76,  and  the  late  Lieut,  Lockwood,  United  States  Army. 


436       THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 

Ranunculus  afjinis.  Saxifraga  fiagellaris. 

R.  nivalis.  S.  caspitosa. 

Papaver  nudicaule.  S.  tricuspidata . 

Cochlearia  fenestrata.  S.  nivalis. 

Braija  alpina.  Epilohiam  latifolium. 

Draba  alpina.  Taraxacum  officinale. 

D.  hirta.  Salix  arctica. 

D.  riipestris.  Polygonum  viviparum. 

Wahlenbergia  apetala.  Oxgria  digyna. 

Arenaria  rubella,  Alopecurus  alpinus, 

Cerastiwn  alpinum,,  and  Poa  abbreviata. 

var.  caspitosum.  Festuca  ovi7ia. 

Dry  as  i7itegrifolia.  Eriophorum  angustifolium. 

Potentilla  nivea.  Juncus  biglumis. 

Saxifraga  oppositifolia.  Carex  nardina. 

S.  cernua.  C.  fuliginosa. 

Of  these  all  but  three — Dryas  integrifolia,  Saxifraga  tricuspidata, 
and  Salix  arctica — occur  in  Spitsbergen,  whilst  only  two  are  absent 
from  Novaya  Zemlya,  namely,  Dryas  integrifulia  (and  in  both 
countries  the  nearly  allied  Dryas  octopetala  takes  its  place),  and 
Saxifraga  tricuspidata . 

If  the  lines  of  plant  migration  towards  the  Pole  emanate  entirely 
from  Europe,  Asia,  and  America  since  the  close  of  the  glacial  epoch, 
it  is  a  remarkable  coincidence  that  as  these  routes  converge  around 
the  Pole  from  different  sides  of  the  hemisphere,  the  more  charac- 
teristic plants  of  those  regions  of  the  earth  become  eliminated, 
and  a  nearly  homogeneous  flora  is  to  be  found  on  the  lands  nearest 
to  the  northern  apex  of  the  globe.  Does  not  this  give  some  colour 
to  the  hypothesis  that  a  remnant  of  a  palfearctic  flora  has  been 
spared,  and  is  represented  by  this  more  or  less  identical  flora 
in  the  highest  latitudes  on  different  sides  of  the  Pole  ?  It  may 
be  urged,  on  the  contrary,  that  the  coincidence  arises  merely 
from  these  plants  being  better  able  to  withstand  severe  climatic 
conditions. 

I  am  satisfied  that  a  large  number  of  the  plants  of  Waigats  and 
Novaya  Zemlya  propagate  from  seed,  so  often  did  I  meet  with  old 
plants  surrounded  by  groups,  to  my  mind,  of  undoubted  seedlings ; 
this  is  notable  with  Cochlearia,  Draba,  Taraxacu)ii,  Papaver,  and  a 
number  of  other  species.  This  does  not,  however,  invalidate  the 
opinion  that  the  flowering  plants  of  Grinnell  Land,  some  thirteen 
degrees  nearer  the  Pole  than  Waigats  Island,  are  not  reproduced  by 
seed,  but  that  their  extension  is  due  to  the  creeping  and  spreading 
powers  of  the  individual  plants.  This  view  has  been  forcibly 
advocated  by  Mr.  H.  C.  Hart,"-  and  my  own  observations  in  the 
same  regions  as  he  refers  to  lead  me  to  embrace  similar  conclusions. 

(To  be  continued.) 
*  "  Botany  of  British  Polar  Expedition,"  in  Journ.  Bot.  1880. 


437 


HABENARIA    VIRIDIS    var.    BRACTEATA. 
By  James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

In  the  Botanical  Exchange  Chih  Report  for  1896  (issued  31  Aug. 
1898)  Mr.  Druce  has  a  note  headed  "  Hahenaria  viridis  R.  Br.  in 
Aiton,  Hort.  Kew.  ed.  2.  v.  192,  var.  hacteata  mihi."  This  name 
he  gives  to  "the  more  frequent  form  in  mountainous  districts  of 
Scotland  " — a  form  to  which  he  had  previously  referred  in  his 
Berkshire  Flora  as  having  "frequently  the  bracts  longer  than  the 
flowers."  He  gives  no  description,  so  that  the  name  is  entitled  to 
no  consideration,  and  might  be  tacitly  ignored,  were  it  not  that  it 
had  been  previously  employed  by  other  authors.  There  is  nothing 
in  Mr.  Druce's  note  to  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  he  had  the 
earlier  var.  bracteata  in  view :  he  cites  none  of  the  synonymy 
belonging  to  that  variety,  and  his  plant  seems  to  stand  on  the 
same  footing  as  his  "var.  bracteata  "  of  Scilla  festal  is,  of  which  the 
sole  character  is  that  "  the  bracts  are  often  so  much  developed  as 
to  considerably  exceed  the  flowers." 

Everyone  knows  that  the  length  of  the  bracts  in  Rabenaria 
viridis  is  extremely  variable;  thus  Parlatore  (Fl.  Ital.  iii.  409) 
writes  :  "  Questa  specie  varia  molto  per  la  lunghezza  delle  brattee 
che  ora  sono  soltanto  piu  lunghe  dell'  ovario,  ora  due  o  tre  volte 
piu  lunghe  dell'  ovario  e  del  fiore :  pero  si  trovano  tutte  le  forme 
intermedie,"  and  it  seems  undesirable  to  base  a  variety  on  a 
character  of  so  little  importance.  But  the  name  has,  as  I  have 
said,  already  been  employed  for  a  plant  which  many  recent 
botanists  regard  as  a  distinct  species— the  Orchis  bracteata  of  Will- 
denow  {Habenaria  bracteata  R.  Br.)  to  which  the  name  H.  viridis 
var.  bracteata  is  applied  as  a  synonym  by  Morong  in  the  American 
Check-list.  It  is  true  that  both  here  and  in  Dr.  Britton's  Illustrated 
Flora  (iii.  463)  this  name  is  inaccurately  cited  from  "  Reich.  Ic.  Fl. 
Germ.  xiii.  130,"  where  it  appears  as  Flatanthera  viridis  var. 
bracteata ;  and  it  may  be  added  that  Parlatore  (/.  c.)  considered  that 
Reichenbach  had  confused  a  form  of  H.  viridis  with  long  bracts 
with  the  plant  of  Willdenow,  Brown,  and  Lindley.  But  the  last- 
named  (Gen.  Sp.  Orchid.  PI.  299)  doubts  whether  the  plant  of  the 
two  former  authors  is  really  distinct  from  P.  viridis;  "  at  least," 
he  says,  "I  can  find  no  mark  of  distinction  beyond  the  length  of  the 
bracts."  I  have  seen  no  British  specimens  agreeing  withReichen- 
bach's  figure,  but  it  agrees  sufficiently  well  with  North  American 
specimens  of  H.  bracteata  and  with  the  figure  in  Dr.  Britton's 
Flora ;  and  Richter  (PI.  Europ.  i.  279)  places  it  with  the  rest  under 
his  Cceloglossum  viride  /S  bracteatum.-'' 

It  may  be  worth  while  for  British  botanists  to  look  into  the 
matter,  and  ascertain  whether  we  have  any  plant  corresponding 
with  Reichenbach's,  or   with  H.  bracteata  Br.,  should  these  two 


*  He  also  places  here  Orchis  viridis  /3  Vaillantil  Ten.  Syll.  629  (1831),  but  I 
think  incorrectly. 


438  SIXTY    YEARS    OF    BRITISH    MYCOLOGY. 

prove  distinct.  Meanwhile  it  may  be  well  to  put  on  record  that 
the  first  publication  of  the  name  Habenaria  viridis  var.  bracteata 
should  stand  as  "  Morong  in  American  Check-list,  p.  121  (1894)." 


SIXTY    YEAKS    OF    BRITISH    MYCOLOGY. 

[A  PAPER  bearing  the  above  title  was  read  by  Dr.  M.  C.  Cooke 
at  a  meeting  of  the  Essex  Field  Club  on  Oct.  16,  1897,  and  is 
printed  in  full  in  The  Essex  Naturalist,  vol.  x.  pp.  216-223  (pub- 
lished March,  1898).  We  extract  from  it  the  following  interesting 
statistics. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

The  Supi^lement  to  Smith's  Flora,  by  M.  J.  Berkeley,  in  1836, 
inaugurated  the  special  study  of  Fungi.  Hooker  remarks  in  his 
preface  that  "  notwithstanding  all  that  has  been  done  by  Withering, 
Sowerby,  Purton,  Carmichael,  and  Greville,  the  Fungi  must  yet  be 
acknowledged  as  the  least  understood  of  all  our  British  Flora." 
If  we  allow  our  imagination  to  revert  to  this  period  we  can  soon 
discover  from  the  local  floras — Abbot's  Flora  Bedfordiensis  (1798), 
Jones  and  Kingston's  Flora  Devoniensis  (1829),  Greville's  Flora 
Edinensis  (1824),  Hooker's  Flora  Scotica  (1821),  Hudson's  Flora 
Anplica  (1778),  Johnston's  Flora  of  Berwick-on-Tweed  (1829)  Light- 
foot's  Flora  Scotica  (1777),  Mackay's  Flora  Hibernica  (1836), 
Burton's  Midland  Flora  (1817),  Relhan's  Flora  Cantabrigiensis 
(1820),  Sibthorp's  Flora  Oxoniensis  (1794),  to  which  may  be  added 
Withering's  Arrangement  3rd  edition  (1796),  and  Gray's  Natural 
Arrangement  (1821) — the  extent  of  knowledge  possessed  by  botanists 
of  the  fungi  of  their  localities. 

From  these  sources  we  discover  that  the  total  number  of  fungi 
known  for  the  localities  determined  were  : — 

khhoi's  Flora  Bedfordiensis  {lim) 284 

Jones  and  Kingston's  Flora  Devoniensis  (1829)         145 

Greville's  Flora  Edinensis  (1824)      410 

Hooker's  F/om  5'coimi  (1821)  212 

Hudi^on's  Flora  Anglica  illlQ)  126 

^olm^ion's  Flora  of  Berwick  ...  ...  ...  336 

Lightfoot's  Flora  Scotica  (1777)        73 

Mackay's  Flora  Hibeniica  (1836)       ...  ...         none 

Burton's  Midland  Flora  (1817-1821)  ...         395 

Relhan's  Flora  Cantabrigiensis  ...  ...  254 

Sibthorp's  Flora  Oxoniensis  (1794)    ...  ...  232 

Withering's  Arrangement  3rd  edition  (1796)  555 

To  which  we  may  add  for  comparison — 

Gv&y's  Natural  Arrangement  {1821)  ...  ...  803 

Berkeley,  in  Smith's  English  Flora  (1836)    ..        1390 

Hence  we  learn  that  the  total  of  British  Fungi  known  previous 
to  her  Majesty's  accession  were — 

1836  Bevkeley's  Supplement 1390 


SIXTY    YEAES    OF    BRITISH    MYCOLOGY.  439 

and  afterwards — 

1860  Berkeley's  Outlmes  of  Fungology         •••       1450 
1871  Cooke's  Handbook         2810 

It  is  only  by  comparison  of  statistics  that  we  can  realize  the 
progress  which  has  been  made  in  sixty  years.  From  investigations 
made  about  two  years  ago  it  became  manifest  that  the  total  number 
of  species  of  Fungi  recorded  for  the  British  Islands  had  advanced 
from  the  1390  of  1836  to  no  less  than  5200  in  1896,  or  nearly  four 
times  the  original  number.  In  the  previous  fifty  years  the  total 
had  only  advanced  from  555  in  1796  to  1390  in  1836.  Hence  the 
increase  in  the  number  of  recorded  species  was  nearly  double  the 
ratio  of  increase  in  the  preceding  half  century. 

This  fact  leads  us  to  a  second  enquiry  and  that  is,  to  ascertain 
in  what  section  of  that  particular  study  was  the  increase  the  most 
remarkable.  By  comparison  of  the  same  authorities  we  can  learn 
that  the  number  of  species  of  larger  fungi,  determinable  by  the 
naked  eye,  principally  the  Basidiomycetes,  were  recorded  in  1836 
as  about  570  species,  whereas  in  1896  the  same  group  was  repre- 
sented by  2030  species. 

Passing  from  the  Hymenomycetal  Fungi,  and  all  or  almost  all 
those  of  conspicuous  size,  we  must  turn  to  those  which  require  the 
use  of  the  microscope  for  their  discrimination  and  determination. 
Here  it  would  be  well  to  distinguish  two  or  three  large  groups  as  a 
sample  of  the  whole.  If  we  take  the  Discomycetes,  or  fungi  of  the 
Peziza  type,  we  find  some  of  them  of  a  large  size,  but  the  majority 
are  very  minute  and  scarcely  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  If  we  take 
for  comparison  the  list  of  species  from  Berkeley's  Suppleuiejit  we 
shall  find  that  154  species  were  recognized  in  1836,  whilst  Mr. 
Phillips  enumerated  607  in  1887,  or  just  four  times  as  many  in  fifty 
years.  This  marvellous  increase  in  the  number  of  known  species 
must  be  attributed  partly  to  the  increased  number  of  observers, 
partly  to  the  energy  and  application  of  a  limited  number  of  workers, 
and  partly  to  the  improved  condition  of  the  microscope  and  the 
methods  of  microscopical  manipulation.  Any  way  it  represents  an 
important  fact  in  the  history  of  British  mycology  in  the  past^  sixty 
years. 

Another  important  group  are  the  Sphaeriaceous  Fungi,  or 
technically  the  Pyrenomycetes,  but  it  would  be  a  question  of  time 
to  analyze  the  lists  of  1836  and  compare  them  with  those  of  1896. 
We  may  suggest  that  whilst  the  whole  of  the  microscopical  fungi, 
except  the  Discomycetes,  which  were  enumerated  in  1836,  was  only 
665,  the  number  in  1896  had  risen  to  2550. 

One  other  group  need  be  only  briefly  alluded  to,  and  that  is  the 
group  which  contains  the  pests  which  infest  garden  and  field  crops. 
Some  call  them  the  Hypodermsei,  but  they  are  popularly  the 
'*  Rusts  "  and  "  Smuts"  so  destructive  to  vegetation.  A  difference 
in  the  methods  of  classification  would  interfere  with  a  satisfactory 
comparison  of  numbers  at  remote  periods,  but  it  may  be  taken  for 
granted  that  in  this  department  also  important  numerical  results 
have  been  obtained  in  sixty  years. 


440 


SHORT     NOTES. 

Cerastium  arcticum  Lange.  —  On  p.  386  Mr.  F.  N.  Williams 
expresses  the  opinion  that  this  is  a  hybrid  between  two  forms  of 
0.  alpiniun.  I  do  not  believe  that  British  botanists  will  endorse 
this  theory.  The  plant  certainly  grows  associated  with  our  two 
varieties  (a.  lanatum,  and  b.  pubescem)  in  some  of  its  stations  ;  but  it 
is  not  intermediate  between  them,  being  of  a  brighter  and  deeper 
green  than  either,  less  shaggy  in  pubescence,  with  different  seeds, 
and  a  rather  different  habit.  It  also  occurs  alone,  as  on  Cairntoul 
and  Ben  More  of  Assynt.  Our  C.  arcticum  appears  to  be  accepted 
by  Mr.  Williams,  as  it  was  by  Dr.  Lange  himself.  Having  collected 
it  in  more  than  half  a  dozen  stations,  and  also  cultivated  it  for  a 
time,  I  am  disposed  to  consider  it  as  a  distinct,  though  of  course 
closely  allied,  species.  Why  var.  Edmonstonii  should  be  termed  an 
"  obscure"  form,  I  cannot  imagine ;  it  clearly  belongs  to  0.  arcticum, 
and  Mr.  Beeby  informed  me  (in  1894)  that  it  extends  "over  acres 
in  profusion"  in  Unst.  C.  alpinum  does  not  appear  to  occur  in 
Shetland.  The  true  C.  latifolium  is  absent  from  Britain,  so  that 
Norman's  solution  can  hardly  be  correct. — Edward  S.  Marshall. 

Elatine  Hydropiper  L.  (p.  400).  —  If  Miss  Lister  means  that 
Elatine  Hydropiper  had  not  been  gathered  at  Cut  Mills  before  she 
found  it  there,  it  is  a  mistake.  The  locality  is  well  known,  and  was 
discovered  by  the  late  W.  W.  Reeves.  It  has  also  been  gathered  in 
Worcestershire,  whence  there  is  a  specimen  in  Mr.  H.  C.  Watson's 
Herbarium  at  Kew,  gathered  by  Mr.  Irvine  ;  and  in  Staffordshire 
(Journ.  Bot.  1895,  283),  where  it  was  found  by  Mr.  J.  E.  Bagnall. 
Mr.  Watson's  note  in  his  MSS.  in  the  Department  of  Botany, 
British  Museum,  runs:  "In  a  mill  pond  near  Churchill  Station, 
3  or  4  miles  from  Kidderminster,  A.  Irvine  in  letter  of  27  Nov. 
1855,  with  specimen."  In  this  Journal  for  1884,  p.  41,  Mr.  W. 
Mathews  says  that  every  mill-pond  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Churchill,  Worcester,  had  been  examined,  but  no  trace  of  any 
Elatine  had  been  found.  This  would  be  the  year  to  look  for  it. — 
Arthur  Bennett. 

In  his  Flora  of  Anglesey  and  Carnarvonshire  Mr.  J.  E.  Griffith 
observes  (p.  26)  under  E,  Hydropiper:  "I  have  seen  this  growing 
with  the  above  [i.  e.  E.  hexandra]  in  Llyn  Coron,  but  of  late  the 
place  where  it  used  to  grow  is  covered  with  Chara.''  It  may  there- 
fore be  worth  while  to  record  that,  in  company  with  my  brother 
G.  S.  West,  I  saw  it  growing  there  on  the  E.  side  on  Aug.  10, 1888. 
On  Aug.  1,  1891,  we  could  not  find  it  there,  but  a  fortnight  later 
my  father  found  it  in  small  quantity  on  the  other  side  of  the  lake. 
I  have  twice  seen  E.  Hydropiper  at  the  Cutmill  station,  and  found  it 
quite  easy  to  distinguish,  while  still  in  situ,  from  the  E.  hexandra 
with  which  it  grows.  E.  Jiexandra  forms  small  compact  mats,  the 
leaves  being  more  or  less  adpressed  to  the  ground  ;  but  the  plants  of 
E.  Hydropiper  are  more  straggling,  of  a  paler  green,  and  especially 
the  pairs  of  leaves  are  markedly  suberect.  It  is  worthy  of  mention 
that  the  Cutmill  and  Anglesey  specimens  are  much  less  in  size  than 


SHORT    NOTES.  441 

some  from  Frensham  gathered  by  Messrs.  H.  &  J.  Groves  on 
Sept.  10,  1883.  Mr.  Druce  records  the  species  from  Berkshire 
(Flora  of  Berkshire,  p.  105).  He  says  the  plant  is  "  very  minute." 
— W.  West,  Jun. 

Bibliographical  Note. — Referring  to  Mr.  Williams's  note  on 
p.  384,  line  five  from  bottom,  I  do  not  agree  with  him  in  thinking 
the  Index  Kewensis  is  incorrect  in  the  instance  cited.  Dumortier's 
title-page  runs  thus: — "  Gomineutationes  botanic^.  Observations 
botaniques,  dediees  a  la  Societe  d'Horticulture  de  Tournay."  The 
half-title  has  only  these  words:  "  Commentationes  botauicse." 
Pritzel  puts  "Observations  botaniques"  in  parentheses.  From  the 
foregoing  it  seems  clear  that  Dumortier  intended  the  Latin  phrase 
to  be  his  title  for  citation,  and  appended  the  French  one  to  amplify 
it.  The  whole  matter  is  very  trifling,  bat  many  who  have  not 
Dumortier's  tract  to  consult  might  be  led  to  think  that  I  arbitrarily 
altered  the  title  of  the  work,  which  is  not  the  case. — B.  Daydon 
Jackson. 

Melampyrum  cristatum  L.  in  Hants.—Iu  Mr.  Townsend's  Flora 
of  Hampshire,  p.  238,  two  stations  are  given  in  the  county  for  the 
above  species,  but  it  does  not  seem  that  the  author  had  seen 
specimens.  It  may  therefore  be  worth  recording  that  there  are 
specimens  in  the  Cardiff  Museum  Herbarium,  gathered  by  Mr. 
Pamplin  in  1828  at  the  place  named  in  the  Flora.  Verhascuyn 
Lydmitis  is  excluded  from  the  Hants  Flora  and  from  Top.  Botany. 
In  the  eighth  edition  of  Hooker  and  Arnott's  British  Flora,  p.  320 
(1860),  they  remark,  "Often  yellow  in  the  Isle  of  Wight."  Are 
there  any  specimens  in  Arnott's  Herbarium  at  Glasgow  ? — Arthur 
Bennett. 

Scalia  Hookeri  in  West  Inverness. — Mr.  Symers  M.  Macvicar 
has  recently  collected  this  extremely  rare  Hepatic  near  Inver- 
moidart,  and  has  kindly  sent  me  specimens  for  confirmation.  The 
only  other  Scottish  record  that  I  am  aware  of  is  that  given  in 
Hooker's  Brit.  JungermannicE : — "  In  the  moss  of  Kinnordy,  Kerrie- 
muir,  Mr.  Lyell,  August,  1813."  I  am  afraid  it  is  now  extinct 
in  the  recorded  Enghsh  stations, — New  Forest,  C.  Lyell,  1812  ; 
Barnaby  Moor,  near  York,  R.  Spruce,  1842 ;  and  Penzance,  W. 
Curnow,  1844.  It  has  been  found  in  one  locality  in  Ireland, — 
Connor  Hill,  Prof.  Lindberg, — and  in  a  few  stations  on  the 
Continent. — W.  H.  Pearson. 

Isle  of  Man  Plants  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  448 ;  1897,  11,  75). 
— The  Rev.  E.  M.  Savage,  of  St.  Thomas's  Vicarage,  Douglas,  has 
called  my  attention  to  Thwaites's  Directory  of  the  Isle  of  Man,  1863, 
where  a  list  of  Manx  plants  is  given  by  the  Rev.  H.  A.  Stowell. 
Collating  this  with  the  records  in  Top.  Bot.  and  this  Journal,  the 
following  occur  which  are  not  given  in  either: — Coryclalis  claviculata, 
Viola  lactea,  Epilobium  alsinefolium,  Saxifraga  tridactyles,  Linaria 
Elatiyie,  Galeopsis  versicolor,  Stachys  ambigua,  Solanum  7iigrum.  It 
will  be  well  that  these  should  be  confirmed  before  they  are  admitted 
to  the  Manx  flora.      In   Science  Gossip,  1886,  p.  69,  Mr.  Moffat 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  36.      [Nov.  1898.]  2  h 


442  SHORT    NOTES. 

records  Dlanthus  Armeria  from  "two  places  near  Castleton  twelve 
years  ago,  but  one  is  now  destroyed."  Mr.  P.  Kalfe,  of  Laxey,  has 
sent  me  Manx  specimens  of  the  following,  which  are  so  far  new 
records  for  the  isle  : — Hypericum  perforatum,  Geum  urbanum,  Epilo- 
hium  hirsutmn,  Veronica  Anagallis,  Leontodon  aiitumnale.  There  are 
still  a  good  many  common  plants  to  be  recorded  for  the  island.  I 
am  glad  to  say  that  some  residents  are  showing  an  interest  in  the 
Manx  flora. — Arthur  Bennett. 

SisYRiNCHiuM  ANGusTiFOLiuM  IN  Co.  CoRK. — In  June  of  tliis  year, 
while  staying  at  Coesheen,  near  Schull,  Co.  Cork,  I  found  a  small 
colony  of  this  species.  The  plants  were  growing  a  few  inches  from 
the  side  of  a  very  wild  country  road,  on  the  margin  of  a  bit  of 
waste  land  which  sloped  down  to  a  stream ;  they  were  few  in 
number,  and  almost  hidden  by  a  spray  of  bramble  which  drooped 
over  them.  It  is  highly  improbable  that  the  plant  can  have  been 
other  than  wild,  as  the  district  is  mountainous,  very  desolate,  and 
sparsely  inhabited ;  while  the  by-road  beside  which  it  grew  is  little 
used,  and  quite  remote  from  cultivation,  even  the  nearest  cottage 
being  at  a  considerable  distance.  As  the  plants  were  few,  it  is 
probable  that  ^S'.  an gusti folium  may  only  recently  be  located  there, 
a  view  which  is  rendered  the  more  likely  by  my  failing  to  find  any 
other  specimens,  although  we  searched  the  neighbourhood.  We 
carefully  left  the  colony  undisturbed,  and  hope  to  find  it  increased 
on  our  next  visit.  As  this  station  is  a  considerable  distance  from 
the  two  other  spots  in  Ireland  in  which  the  plant  has  been  recorded, 
its  occurrence  at  Coesheen  is  of  interest.  The  plant  was  identified 
for  me  by  Prof.  Johnson,  of  Dublin. — Lilian  M.  Swan. 

Carex  Sadleri  Linton  in  North  Uist. — On  a  low  ledge  of  rock 
at  the  base  of  the  North  Lee  Hill,  on  the  side  facing  northwards 
towards  Lochmaddy  Bay,  I  gathered  on  July  22nd  last  a  Carex 
which  by  its  characters  at  once  recalled  to  my  mind  the  Rev.  E.  F. 
Linton's  description  of  his  C.  Sadleri  in  Journ.  Bot.  1898,  p.  41,  &c. 
Typical  C.  binervis  was  growing  within  a  foot  or  two  of  the  spot, 
and  though  the  two  were  very  similar  in  habit  and  in  most  of  their 
characters,  the  dark  brown  spikelets  and  much  narrower  perigynium 
of  the  one  seemed  to  indicate  at  least  a  varietal  difference  between 
the  two  plants.  Mr.  Linton,  who  has  kindly  examined  the  speci- 
mens, writes,  "without  doubt  C.  Sadleri;  a  good  extension."  I  had 
no  aneroid  with  me  at  the  time,  but  the  altitude  could  not  have  been 
greater  than  250  ft.,  and  was  probably  less.  After  searching  about 
for  a  considerable  time,  the  original  tuft  of  eight  or  ten  specimens 
was  all  that  I  could  find,  though  the  plant  is  conspicuous  at  some 
little  distance  by  the  rich  dark  colour  of  its  spikelets.  It  may 
probably  grow  in  more  abundance  on  some  of  the  higher  ledges. — 
W.  A.  Shoolbred. 


443 

BIOGRAPHICAL     INDEX     OF    BRITISH    AND     IRISH 

BOTANISTS. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S.,  and  G.  S.  Boulger,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S. 

First  Supplement  (1893-97). 

(Continued  from  p.  271.) 

Lymburn,  Robert  (d.  1843):  d.  Kilmarnock,  31  Oct.  1843. 
Physiologist.  Contrib.  to  Gard.  Chron.  and  Loudon,  Gard. 
Mag.     Loud.  Gard.  Mag.  xix.  677  (1843). 

MacEncroe,  Demetrius,  alias  De  la  Croix  (fl.  1728) :  b.  Ireland. 
M.D.  '  Connubia  Florum,'  Paris,  1728  ;  edited  by  Sir  Richard 
Clayton,  Bath,  1791.  Pritz.  173;  Jacks.  212;  Atterbury's 
Correspondence,  iv.  167. 

MacGillivray,  Paul  Howard  (1834-95) :  b.  Aberdeen,  1834  ;  d. 
Beudigo,  Victoria,  9  July,  1895.  Son  of  Prof.  William  Mac- 
Gillivray. M.R.C.S.  F.L.S.,  1880.  In  Australia  from  1855. 
'  Catalogue  of  Aberdeen  pi.,'  1853.  Journ.  Bot.  1895,  383; 
Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.  1895,  262;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1895-6,  42. 

Malleson,  Rev.  Frederic  Amadeus  (1819-97)  :  b.  London, 
19  June,  1819  ;  d.  Broughton-in-Furness,  14  Nov.  1897.  Edu- 
cated ac  Yverdon,  Switzerland.  B.A.,  Dublin,  1853:  M.A., 
Dublin,  1860.  Vicar  of  Broughton-in-Furness,  1870.  Friend 
of  Borrer.     MS.  '  Flora  of  Sussex.'     Nature  Notes,  1898,  54. 

Mason,  A.  (1826-88):  d.  Grange-over- Sands,  Lane,  1888 ;  bur. 
Cartmel  Priory,  Lancashire.  Vet.  Surgeon,  of  Grange,  Lanca- 
shire. Once  in  army.  List  of  pi.  in  Aspland's  '  Guide  to 
Grange,'  1869.     Nat.  1894,  123. 

Mason,  Samuel  (fl.  1800).  Of  Yarmouth.  Collected  and  drew 
Seaweeds.    3  vols,  of  drawings  at  Kew.     Journ.  Bot.  1893,  281. 

Mayo,  Herbert  (c.  1792-1852) :  b.  London  ?  circ.  1792 :  d.  Bad- 
Weilbach,  near  Mayence,  15  Aug.  1852.  M.R.G.S.,  1819. 
M.D.,  Leyden.  F.R.S.,  1828.  Prof.  Anat.  and  Physiology, 
King's  Coll.,  London,  1830.  '  Observations  on  motion  of  .  .  . 
Mimosa,'  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.  ii.  1827,  76-83.  Sachs,  550; 
R.S.C.  iv.  313 ;  '  Genealog.  Account  of  Mayo  and  Elton  Fami- 
hes,'  109,  with  portr.  Mezzotint  by  David  Lucas  from  painting 
by  J.  Lonsdale  in  Hope  Collection,  Oxford. 

More,  Alexander  Goodman  (1830-95):  b.  London,  5  Sept. 
1830;  d.  Dublin,  22  March,  1895.  F.L.S.,  1856.  F.R.S.E. 
M.R.I.A.  Asst.  Nat.  Hist.  Mus.  Dublin,  1867  ;  Curator,  1881-7. 
Contrib.  to  Phytologist,  1860-1  ;  to  Journ.  Bot.,  1864-93. 
Critical  on  Viola,  Batrachium,  &c.  '  Cybele  Hibernica '  (with 
David  Moore),  1864.  'Life  and  Letters,'  by  C.  B.  Moffat, 
1898.  R.S.C.  iv.  416;  viii.  435;  x.  845;  Jacks.  583;  Journ. 
Bot.  1895,  225,  with  portr. ;  Irish  Naturahst,  May,  1895 ;  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  1894-5,  36. 

Moseley,  Henry  Nottidge  (1844-91):  b.  Wandsworth,  Surrey, 
14  Nov.  1844;    d.  Parkstone,  Dorset,   10  Nov.   1891.     M.A., 

2  H  2 


444  BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

Oxon,  1872.  F.L.S.,  1880.  F.E.S.,  1877.  Linacre  Prof.,  1881. 
Naturalist,  'Challenger'  Expedition,  1872,  and  collected  plants. 
Memoir  in  liis  '  Notes  by  a  Naturalist,'  ed.  2,  with  portr. 
R.S.C.  viii.  445  ;  x.  859  ;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1890-92,  72;  Boase; 
Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xxxix.  176 ;  Alumni  Oxon. 

Mueller,  Sir  Ferdinand  Jacob  Heinrich  von  (1825-96) :  b. 
Rostock,  Germany,  30  June,  1825  ;  d.  South  Yarra,  Melbourne, 
10  Oct.  1896;  bur.  St.  Kilda  Cemetery,  Victoria.  F.R.S. 
F.L.S.,  1859.  Baron  (Wurtemberg),  1871.  K.C.M.G.  To 
Australia,  1847 ;  appointed  Govt.  Botanist,  1853.  Director 
Melbourne  Bot.  Garden,  1857-73.  '  Eucalyptographia,'  1879. 
'Fragmenta  phytographise  Australise,'  11  vols.,  1858-81.  Her- 
barium at  Melbourne.  Pritz.  226 ;  Jacks.  684 ;  Journ.  Bot. 
1897,  272  (portr.);  R.S.C.  iv.  515;  viii.  459;  x.  874;  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  1896-7,  60;  Kew  Bull.  1896,  218;  Athenseum, 
1896,  ii.  530. 

Mundy,  Henry  (1627  ?-82):  b.  Henley,  Oxford,  1627?;  d.  Henley, 
28  June,  1682.  B.A.,  Oxon,  1647.  Master  of  Henley  Grammar 
School,  1656.  'Commentarii  de  Aere  vitali,  Esculentis  .  .  .' 
Oxford,  1680;  ed.  2,  1685;  London,  1681;  Frankfort,  1685; 
Leyden,  1685  ;  Hanover,  1687.  Wood's  Athene,  ed.  Bliss,  iv. 
49  ;  Alumn.  Oxon. ;  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  109.     Miindia  Kunth. 

Murton,  Henry  James  (1855  ?-81) :  b.  Cornwall,  c.  1855;  d. 
Bangkok,  1881.  To  Kew,  1872-3 ;  Supt.  Singapore  Gardens, 
1875-80  ;  then  with  King  of  Siam  at  Bangkok.  MS.  Flora  of 
Singapore  (lost).  '  Cat.  Bot.  Garden,  Singapore,'  1879.  Jacks. 
452. 

Nasmyth,  Sir  James  (d.   1779) :    d.  Philiphaugh,  Peeblesshire, 

4  Feb.  1779.     Studied  under  Linnaeus  in   Sweden.     '*  Said  to 

have  made  extensive  collections."     Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xl.  115. 

Nasmythia  Huds.  =  Eriocaidoji. 
Neckam,  or  Necham,  Rev.  Alexander  (1157-1217) :  b.  St.  Al- 

ban's,  Herts,  Sept.  1157;  d.  Kempsey,  Worcestersh.,  1217;  bur. 

Worcester.      Master   at   Dunstable.      Taught   in   Paris,    1180. 

Abbot  of  Augustinians,  Cirencester,  1213.    '  De  Naturis  Rerum,' 

in   Latin   elegiacs,   dealing,    ijiter  alia,   with  plants,  in  Rolls 

Series.     Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xl.  154. 
Needham,   Rev.    John    Turberville    (1713-81)  :    b.   London, 

10    Sept.    1713 ;    d.   Brussels,    30   Dec.  1781 ;    bur.  Abbey  of 

Condenberg.      Educated   at    Douay ;    ordained    priest,    1738. 

Microscopist.     F.R.S.,   1746-7.     Pritz.  231;    Jacks.   67,  219; 

Papers  in  Phil.  Trans.  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xl.  157;  Life  in  Mem. 

Acad.  Bruxelles  (1783),  iv.  introd.  xxxiii. ;    Nich.  Illust.  viii. 

605  ;  Anec.  vii.  283,  635. 

Owen,  F.  W.  (fl.  1824).  Captain  R.N.  In  East  Africa.  "  In- 
numeras  plantas  detexit,"  Bojer  in  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  2  Ser.  iv.  267. 
Owenia  Hilsenb.  =  Ceratogonum  Meissner. 

Packe,  Charles  (1826-96) :  b.  Prestwold,  Leicestersh.,  1826 ;  d. 
Stretton  Hall,  Leicestershire,  16  July,  1896.     B.A.,  Oxon,  1849. 


BIOGEAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS.  445 

F.L.S.,  1870.  Botanized  in  Pyrenees.  '  Guide  to  Pyrenees,' 
1862  ;  ed.  1867,  with  bot.  notes,  especially  on  ferns.  Herbarium 
at  Cambridge.  Jacks.  278 ;  Alpine  Journal,  xviii.  236  (1896) ; 
Journ.  Bot.  1897,  415  ;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1896-7,  66  ;  Alumn. 
Oxon. 

Parfitt,  Edward  (1820-93) :  b.  East  Tuddenham,  Norfolk,  17  Oct. 
1820  ;  d.  Exeter,  15  Jan.  1893.  Gardener,  afterwards  Librarian, 
Devon  and  Exeter  Institution,  1861-93.  '  Devon  Fungi,'  in 
12  vols.,  with  1530  col.  drawings  by  himself,  unpublished. 
E.S.C.  iv.  756;  viii.  561;  x.  989;  Journ.  Bot.  1893,  160; 
Natural  Science,  1893 ;  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xliii.  205. 

Parish,  Rev.  Charles  Samuel  Pollock  (18229-97):  b.  Dumdum, 
Calcutta,  c.  1822;  d.  Roughmoor,  Somerset,  18  Oct.  1897. 
B.A.,  Oxon,  1841.  Chaplain  at  Moulmein,  Burma,  1852-78. 
Orchidist.  Contributed  bot.  papers  to  Journ.  Asiat.  Soc.  Bengal. 
E.S.C.  iv.  757  ;  viii.  562;  Journ.  Bot.  1897,  464;  Alumn.  Oxon. 
Dendrobium  Farishii  Bateman. 

Pascoe,  Francis  Polkinghorne  (1813-93) :  b.  Penzance,  1  Sept. 
1813;  d.  Brighton,  20  June,  1893.  F.L.S.,  1852.  M.R.C.S., 
1835.  Surgeon  R.N.  till  1843.  Entomologist.  Memb.  Bot. 
Soc.  London.  'Cornish  PI.,'  Bot.  Gazette,  1850.  Correspondent 
of  H.  C.  Watson.  R.S.C.  iv.  769  ;  viii.  566  ;  x.  996  ;  Diet.  Nat. 
Biogr.  xliii.  435;  Journ.  Bot.  1893,  287;  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
1893-4,  33 ;  Boase. 

Pearless,  Anne,  nee  Pratt  (1806-93) :  b.  Strood,  Kent,  5  Dec. 
1806;  d.  Shepherd's  Bush,  London,  27  July,  1893;  bur.  East 
Grinstead  Cemetery,  Sussex  ;  m.  John  Pearless,  1866.  *  Flowers 
and  their  associations,'  1828.  '  Field,  Garden,  and  Woodland,' 
1838  (anon.).  '  Wild  Flowers,'  1852,  2  vols.  '  Flowering  Plants 
of  Great  Britain,'  5  vols.,  1855.  Pritz.  252  ;  Jacks.  594  ;  Journ. 
Bot.  1893,  288;  1894,  205;  Women's  Penny  Paper,  9  Nov. 
1889,  with  portr. ;  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xlvi.  284  ;   Boase. 

Penny,  Rev.  Charles  William  (1838-98) :  b.  West  Ilsley,  Berks, 
1838  ;  d.  Wokingham,  Berks,  30  March,  1898.  M.A.,  Oxon, 
1863.  Assistant  Master,  Wellington  College,  1861.  'Flora 
Wellingtonensis,'  1868.  Contrib.  to  Journ.  Bot.  Journ.  Bot. 
1898,  208  ;  Fl.  Berks,  clxxx. ;  Alumn.  Oxon. 

Pentland,  Joseph  Barclay  (1797-1873) :  b.  Ireland,  1797 ;  d. 
London,  12  July,  1873;  bur.  Brompton  Cemetery.  Secretary 
to  Consulate-general  in  Peru,  1827  ;  Consul-general  in  Bolivia, 
1836-9.  Sent  plants  from  Peru.  R.S.C.  iv.  820 ;  Bot.  Reg. 
1839,  t.  68  ;  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xliv.  350 ;  Boase.  Pentlandia 
Herb.  =  Urceolina. 

Perry,  William  Wykeham  (1846  ?-1894) :  b.  1846?;  d.  14  June, 
1894.  Commander  R.N.  Collected  at  Amsterdam  Island,  1873 ; 
in  Socotra,  1876  ;  in  Corea,  &c.,  1883.  Plants  at  Kew.  Kew 
Bulletin,  1894,  397.     Aloe  Perryi  Baker. 

Pope,  Clara  Maria  (d.  1838) :  d.  London,  24  Dec.  1838.  Flower- 
painter  to  Horticultural  Soc.  Drawings  of  PcEonia  (1821)  in 
Bot.  Dept.  Brit.  Mus.     Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xlvi.  130. 

Porter,  George  (fl.  1800-34).     Head-master  Penang  Free  School, 


446  BIOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  BRITISH  AND  IRISH  BOTANISTS. 

1822.  Superintendent  of  Government  Bot.  Garden,  Ayer 
Hitam,  till  1834.  Collector  for  Wallich.  Curtis  Cat.  PI.  of 
Penang,  1892,  99.     Dracana  Ported  Baker. 

Pratt,  Anne.      [See  Pearless.] 

Pursh,  Friedrich  Traugott  (1774-1820)  :  b.  Tobolsk,  Siberia, 
4  Feb.  1774;  d.  Montreal,  11  July,  1820;  bur.  Montreal. 
Travelled  twelve  years  in  United  States  (1799-1811),  and  after- 
wards in  Canada.  In  England,  1811-15.  '  Verzeicbniss  der 
.  .  .  Pflanzen,'  1799.  '  Flora  America  septentrionalis,'  1814. 
"Arranged  materials  for  a  Flora  Canadensis."  Edited  ed.  viii. 
and  ix.  of  Bonn's  '  Hortus  Cantabrigiensis,'  1815,  1819.  Her- 
barium purchased  by  Lambert.  D.  Don,  Account  of  Lambert 
Herb.  17 ;  Sargent,  '  Silva  N.  America,'  ii.  39 ;  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1898,  13;  Pritz.  254;  Jacks.  594. 
Purshia,  DC. 

Quekett,  Eliza  Catherine.     [See  White.] 

Rae,  John  (1813-93) :  b.  Clestrain,  Stromness,  Orkneys,  30  Sept. 
1813;  d.  Kensington,  22  July,  1893;  bur.  Kirkwall.  M.D., 
Edinb.,  1833.  LL.D.  M.D.,  Montreal,  1880.  F.R.S.,  1880. 
Arctic  explorer.  '  Narrative  of  Arctic  Expedition  in  1846-7,' 
1850.  Portr.  by  S.  Hodges  in  Museum,  Stromness;  bust  by 
G.  Maccallum  in  Edinb.  Univ.  Canadian  Record  of  Science, 
v.  484  ;  Diet.  Nat.  Biogr.  xlvii.  152  ;  Appleton,  Cyclop.  Americ. 
Biog.,  with  portr. 

Raffles,  Sir  Thomas  Stamford  (1781-1826):  b.  at  sea,  off 
Jamaica,  5  July,  1781 ;  d.  Highwood  Hill,  Middlesex,  4  July, 
1826.  Under-Secretary,  Pulo  Penang,  1805  ;  Lieutenant- 
Governor  of  Java,  1811-16.  '  History  of  Java,'  1817.  Large 
collections  lost  at  sea.  Founded  Zoological  Society.  Life,  by 
D.  C.  Boulger,  with  portraits,  1898 ;  D.  Don,  Account  of  Lam- 
bert Herb.  22 ;  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xiii.  228.  Portr.  Nat.  Port. 
Gall,  by  Joseph.     Eafflesia  R.  Br. 

Ralph,  Thomas  Shearman  (d.  1892?):  d.  Melbourne,  1892? 
A.L.S.,  1842.  M.R.C.S.  Practised  in  Melbourne.  '  Ele- 
mentary Bot.,'  1849  :  ed.  ii.  1862.  *  Icones  Carpologicae,'  1849. 
Edited  '  Opuscula  Botauica  '  of  Thomas  Johnson,  1847.  '  The 
Young  Botanist,'  1865.  R.S.C.  v.  81 ;  viii.  689;  xi.  96;  Pritz. 
256 ;  Jacks.  595. 

Ramsay,  Christina,  Countess  of  Dalhousie  {nee  Broun)  (fl. 
1805-33) :  m.  George  Ramsay,  9th  Earl  of  Dalhousie,  1805. 
In  Nova  Scotia,  1816-28 ;  in  India,  1829-32.  Hon.  Member 
Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  Collected  extensively  in  Nova  Scotia  and  Canada, 
and  in  Simla  and  Penang.  Sent  plants  to  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker. 
*'  Rendered  essential  service  to  botany"  (Dedication  of  vol.  Ix. 
Bot.  Mag.).  Herbarium  of  about  1200  species  presented  to  Bot. 
Soc.  Edmburgh.  Fl.  Indica,  70 ;  Loud.  Gard.  Mag.  i.  255  ; 
Proc.  Bot.  Soc.  Ed.  1836-7,  50  ;  1838-9,  52.     Dalhousiea  Grab. 

(To  be  continued.) 


447 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 
The  Fertilization  and  Development  of  Floride^. 

The  Botanische  Zeitung,  for  August,  1898,  contains  the  results 
of  an  interesting  investigation  by  Prof.  Oltmanns,  entitled  "  Zur 
Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Florideen,  "  with  four  plates.  The 
Schmitzian  theory — we  may  even  say  assertion — of  a  second  act 
of  fertilization  in  the  development  of  the  Floridean  cystocarp  has 
never  been  accepted  with  the  same  faith  as  the  other  conclusions 
of  this  lamented  phycologist.  This  is  only  natural,  since,  as  Prof. 
Oltmanns  says,  "  If  a  double  fertilization  took  place,  what  would 
become  of  all  the  theories  of  heredity  &c.  "  ?  These  considerations 
led  Prof.  Oltmanns  to  re-examine  some  of  the  alg^  described  by 
Prof.  Schmitz,  and  his  results  show  that  in  no  case  does  any  double 
act  of  fertilization  take  place.  The  first  alga  described  in  this  paper 
is  Dadresnaya  purpurifera,  as  being  a  well-known  example  of  those 
algae  which  produce  ooblastema-filaments  ;  and  the  development  of 
the  fruit  is  followed  from  the  earliest  stages.  This  has  of  course 
been  described  and  figured  by  Messrs.  Bornet  and  Thuret  and  others, 
but  till  now  the  further  conduct  of  the  sporogenous  nucleus  has 
never  been  accurately  followed.  By  the  term  "sporogenous  nucleus" 
(sporogener  Kern)  Prof.  Oltmanns  designates  the  nucleus  which  is 
the  result  of  the  fusion  between  the  male  nucleus  of  the  spermatium 
and  the  female  nucleus  of  the  carpogonium.  On  the  behaviour  of 
this  sporogenous  nucleus  hangs  the  decision  whether  or  no  a 
secondary  act  of  fertilization  takes  place— provided  always,  that 
*'  fertilization  "  is  understood  to  involve  a  fusion  of  nuclei. 

The  fertilized  carpogonium  of  Dudresnaya  purpurifera  begins  to 
swell,  and  to  produce  certain  outgrowths  which  are  called  by  Prof. 
Schmitz  ''  ooblastema-filaments."  This  term  is  discarded  by  Prof. 
Oltmanns,  as  indicating  the  idea  of  fertilization,  and  his  own  new 
term  "  sporogenous-filaments  "  is  used  instead.  From  the  fertilized 
carpogonium  there  grow  out  then  2-3  sporogenous-filaments,  one 
at  each  side  and  sometimes  a  third  in  the  middle.  These  grow 
downwards  towards  the  terminal  cells  of  the  small  Callithaimiion- 
like_  branches,  which  have  grown  out  from  the  axis  of  the  carpo- 
gonial  branch.  Fusion  takes  place  between  the  sporogenous  branch 
and  the  terminal,  as  well  as  the  subterminal,  cells  of  these  branches 
— the  auxiliary- cells.  As  is  shown  by  the  figures,  that  portion  of 
the  sporogenous-filament  which  fuses  with  the  auxiliary-cell  is  cut 
off  by  a  cell  wall.  The  protoplasm  of  the  sporogenous  cell  fuses 
with  that  of  the  auxiliary-cell,  but  so  far  from  there  being  any  fusion 
of  the  two  nuclei,  there  appears  to  be  a  desire  on  the  part  of  the 
auxiUary-cell  nucleus  to  shrink  away  as  far  as  possible  from  the 
sporogenous  nucleus.  Before  the  cell  fusion  takes  place,  the  nuclei 
of  the  auxiliary-cells  are  in  the  middle  of  their  respective  cells  ;  but 
so  soon  as  the  dividing  walls  are  broken  down,  the  auxiliary  nucleus 
(if  one  may  use  the  term)  flees  before  the  sporogenous  nucleus  to 
the  most  distant  corner  of  its  cell.  This  was  found  to  occur  in 
every  specimen  examined  by  Prof.  Oltmanns, 


448  THE  FERTILIZATION  AND  DEVELOPMENT  OP  FLORIDE^E. 

The  sporogenous  nucleus,  after  remaining  for  a  while  in  the 
centre  of  the  fused  cell,  moves  outwards  towards  the  sporogenous 
half  of  the  cell,  which  at  the  same  time  begins  to  grow  out  into  a 
slight  protuberance.  Here  the  protoplasm  then  congregates,  leaving 
the  auxiliary  nucleus  almost  bare  at  the  far  end  of  the  cell.  This 
protuberance  grows  out  into  the  new  sporogenous-filament,  which 
then  works  its  way  between  the  vegetative  branches  of  the  thallus. 
This  is  the  order  of  growth  for  the  two  outer  sporogenous-filaments, 
arising  from  the  fertilized  carpogonium  ;  the  middle  filament,  when 
present,  fuses  with  cells  which  lie  in  the  middle  of  the  carpogonial 
branch  and  also  with  cells  which  arise  as  off-shoots  from  the  pinn^ 
described  above.  This  shows,  as  Prof.  Oltmanns  points  out,  that 
though  the  terminal  cells  of  the  pinnas  are  more  especially  adapted 
to  form  auxiliary-cells,  almost  all  the  cells  of  the  carpogonial  branch 
are  capable  of  taking  on  this  character,  although  the  terminal  cells 
appear  to  possess  a  special  quantity  of  food  material. 

Now  to  follow  the  farther  development  of  the  sporogenous- 
filaments.  They  grow  out,  as  is  well  known,  towards  the  terminal 
cells  of  side-branches  which  arise  at  the  base  of  the  ordinary 
vegetative  branches.  The  terminal  cells  of  these  side-branches 
are  slightly  different  in  appearance  from  the  other  cells  of  the  same 
branch  and  the  sporogenous-filament  works  its  way  towards  this 
terminal  cell  and  fuses  with  it.  Division  of  the  sporogenous  nucleus 
has  previously  taken  place,  and  while  one  sister-nucleus  is  carried 
on  by  further  growth  of  the  sporogenous-filament  to  other  auxiliary- 
cells,  the  other  remains  in  the  fused  cell  which  is  now  cut  off  from 
the  sporogenous-filament  by  a  cell-wall.  The  behaviour  of  the 
two  nuclei,  that  from  the  sporogenous-filament  and  that  of  the 
original  auxiliary-cell,  now  together  in  the  fused  cell,  is  exactly  the 
same  as  that  described  above  in  the  fusion  of  the  sporogenous- 
filament  and  the  auxiliary-cell  of  the  carpogonial  branch.  The 
sporogenous  nucleus  remains  where  it  was  left  after  subdivision, 
that  is,  at  the  junction  of  the  sporogenous-filament  and  the  auxiliary- 
cell,  while  the  auxiliary  nucleus  gives  the  idea  of  being  driven  back 
against  the  further  wall  of  the  auxiliary-cell.  As  the  fused  cell 
increases  in  size,  so  the  auxiliary  nucleus  decreases.  Again,  as 
before,  the  protoplasm  of  the  fused  cell  gathers  round  the  sporo- 
genous nucleus,  which  then  divides  into  two.  Immediately  cell- 
division  takes  place  across  the  fused  cell,  between  the  two  sporo- 
genous sister-nuclei ;  and  while  one  nucleus  wanders  to  any  part  of 
the  fused  cell,  the  other  departs  to  the  furthest  end  of  the  cell 
which  is  cut  off  from  the  main  mass  of  the  fused  cell.  This  newly 
formed  cell,  of  purely  sporogenous  origin,  except  for  any  protoplasm 
which  may  possibly  have  entered  from  the  auxiliary-cell,  divides 
up  and  forms  the  spores.  The  development  of  these  is  of  course 
well-known. 

It  is  seen  therefore  that  though  there  is  absolutely  no  fusion  of 
nuclei  after  the  first  act  of  fertilization,  yet  no  further  development 
takes  place  from  the  junction  of  the  sporogenous-filament  and  the 
auxiliary-cell,  unless  a  sporogenous  nucleus  is  left  behind  in  the 
auxiliary-cell.    Prof.  Oltmanns  points  out  that  according  to  Prof. 


THE  FERTILIZATION  AND  DEVELOPMENT  OF  FLOKIDEJE.  449 

Schmitz  the  fusion  is  confined  to  the  two  masses  of  protoplasm, 
while  the  nuclei  remain  separate  ;  but  from  his  writings  and 
drawings  it  can  be  seen  that  he  overlooked  the  auxiliary  nucleus 
m  later  stages  and  confused  it  with  that  of  the  sporogeuous- 
filaments. 

The  next  plant  examined  in  the  same  minute  manner  is 
Dudresnmja  coccinea.  The  general  development  of  the  fruit  is  well- 
known,  but  the  behaviour  of  the  nuclei  is  here  clearly  explained 
for  the  first  time.  It  differs  from  that  of  D.  purpiirifera  in  several 
details,  such  as  the  division  of  the  auxiliary-cell  nuclei,  which  does 
not  occur  in  D.  purpurifera.  The  same  extraordinary  influence 
however  appears  to  be  exercised  in  these  auxiliary  nuclei,  by  the 
sporogenous  nucleus,  for  both  auxiliary  nuclei  are  found  after  fusion, 
even  mdeed  in  the  oldest  cystocarps,  closely  pressed  together  and 
hardly  movmg  from  their  position  at  the  far  end  of  the  cell.  The 
auxihary  nuclei  in  D.  coccinea  do  not  diminish  in  size  as  in  Z). 
purpurifera.  The  formation  of  the  "  gonimo-lobes  "  is  described! 
The  sporogenous  nucleus  divides  twice  to  form  the  two  lobes,  but 
though  there  always  remains  a  sporogenous  nucleus  in  the  auxiliary- 
cell  which  bears,  and  gives  rise  to,  these  two  gonimo-lobes,  Prof. 
Oltmanns  has  never  seen  more  than  two  lobes  in  each  fruit. 

This  is  more  or  less  the  same  result  at  which  Prof.  Schmitz 
arrived,  but  his  description  of  the  behaviour  of  the  nuclei  was  not 
clear,  and  it  may  be  doubted  if  he  had  fully  grasped  the  details  of 
the  subject. 

The  next  plant  examined  by  Prof.  Oltmanns  is  Glceosiphonia 
capillaris,  of  which  Prof.  Schmitz  wrote:  "  It  may  well  be  main- 
tained that  the  nucleus  of  the  ooblastema-cell  fuses  with  that  of  the 
auxihary-cell,  since  after  the  emptying  of  the  ooblastema-cell  only 
a  single  nucleus  is  present  in  the  auxiliary-cell."  Prof.  Oltmanns 
shows  that  this  statement  is  incorrect.  After  fusion  of  the  sporo- 
genous-filament  and  the  auxihary-cell,  the  auxiliary  nucleus  divides 
mto  two,  and  these  two  sister-nuclei  move  later  towards  the  centre 
of  the  fused  cell,  where  they  may  be  found  close  to  the  sporogenous 
nucleus.  Thus  in  every  case  there  are  at  least  two  nuclei  in  the 
cell  which  results  from  the  fusion  of  the  sporogenous-filament  and 
auxihary-cell.  The  only  instance  of  a  single  nucleus  being  found 
in  an  auxihary-cell,  after  contact  with  the  sporogenous-filament  is 
after  so-called  ''  blind  fusion,"  where  the  sporogenous  nucleus  does 
not  enter  the  auxiliary-cell,  and  consequently  no  further  develop- 
ment or  growth  takes  place.  This  has  been  seen  by  Prof.  Oltmanns 
in  Dudresnaya  and  Glceosiphonia.  In  such  cases  the  contents  of 
the  auxihary-cell  nucleus  are  denser  than  usual,  and  the  sporo- 
genous-filament after  leaving  the  auxihary-cell  is  as  a  rule  much 
branched. 

Prof.  Oltmanns  maintains  with  decision  that  in  Glceosiphonia, 
as  m  Dudresnaya,  there  is  absolutely  nothing  to  justify  the  theory 
of  a  second  act  of  fertihzation,  so  far  as  fusion  of  nuclei  goes. 

An  interesting  point  occurs  in  connection  with  the  outgrowth 
of  tlie  auxihary-cell  after  fusion  with  the  sporogenous-filament. 
in  Dudresnaya  this  cell  begins  to  swell  out  at  the  point  where  the 


450  THE  FERTILIZATION  AND  DEVELOPMENT  OF  FLORIDE^. 

sporogenous-filament  came  into  contact  with  the  auxiliary-cell,  and 
Prof.  Oltmanns  draws  a  comparison  between  this  and  the  forced 
growth  of  cells  resulting  from  the  invasion  of  a  fungal  energid.  He 
recommends  further  investigation  of  this  point. 

Callithamnion  conjmbosum  and  Dasya  elegans  are  then  described 
as  regards  the  development  of  their  fruit.  The  auxiliary-cell  nucleus 
of  D.  elegans  shows  no  such  desire  to  flee  from  the  sporogenous 
nucleus  as  in  the  case  of  Biulresnaya  ;  the  two  nuclei  remaining 
contentedly  near  each  other  as  in  Glceosiphonia. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  there  is  a  striking  resemblance  between  the 
fusion  of  the  sporogenous-filameuts  and  the  auxiliary-cell  on  the 
one  hand,  and  the  behaviour  of  the  pericentral  cells  of  Poli/sipho7iia, 
described  by  Prof.  Rosenvinge,  on  the  other  (Bot.  Tidsskrift,  xiv.  11 
(^1884) ;  xvii,  10  (1888)  ).  The  nuclei  of  the  pericentral  cells,  situated 
at  some  distance  from  the  apex,  divide,  and  a  small  cell  is  cut  off  at 
the  outer  corner.  This  small  cell  then  fuses  with  the  pericentral 
cell  immediately  below  it,  and  the  nucleus  of  the  small  cell  passes 
over  into  the  pericentral  cell. 

After  describing  the  five  different  types  mentioned  above  and 
the  behaviour  of  the  nuclei  in  the  formation  of  their  fruit,  Prof. 
Oltmanns  proceeds  to  draw  up  a  table  showing  the  order  of  classi- 
fication of  the  FloridecB.  As  he  says  himself,  this  does  not  differ 
materially  from  that  of  Prof.  Schmitz.  His  points  of  difference 
with  that  author,  as  well  as  with  Prof.  Hauptfleisch  and  Prof. 
Bradley  Davis,  are  dealt  with,  and  a  fall  explanation  is  given  of  his 
systematic  table.  This  table  only  takes  into  consideration  the 
sporogenous-filaments,  cells  and  nuclei,  without  equal  regard  to  the 
manifold  varieties  in  origin  and  position  of  the  auxiliary-cells.  If 
this  side  of  the  question  were  taken  into  account,  a  new  system  of 
classification  would  be  rendered  necessary.  The  present  system  is 
therefore  one-sided.  Prof.  Oltmanns'  own  feeling  about  the  matter 
is,  that  the  position  and  development  of  the  auxiliary-cells  differ 
according  to  the  needs  and  peculiarities  of  various  species  ;  and  this 
view  seems  to  him  to  be  all  the  more  likely  considering  the  tendency 
to  fusion  throughout  all  the  Florideae.  This  tendency  arises  possibly 
from  the  necessity  of  facilitating  transmission  of  food-material 
more  thoroughly  than  could  take  place  through  the  cell-membrane; 
though  the  fusion  may  also  act  in  some  cases  as  a  convenient  form 
of  anchorage. 

The  systematic  classification  of  Prof.  Oltmanns  is  founded,  as 
said  above,  on  the  sporogenous  threads  and  their  development,  if 
one  may  use  the  term  development  for  a  growth  which  works  back- 
ward. At  the  bottom  of  the  system  the  sporogenous-filaments  are 
longer  and  wander  farther  than  in  the  more  highly  developed  groups 
such  as  PihodomelecB,  where  the  auxiliary- cells  are  so  closely  connected 
with  the  carpogonial  branch  as  to  be  only  separated  from  it  after 
fertilization  has  taken  place.  Thus  the  sporogenous-filament  is  so 
shortened  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to  apply  the  term  to  the  short 
outgrowth  which  fuses  with  the  auxiliary-cell. 

Prof.  Oltmanns  likens  the  fusion  of  sporogenous-filament  and 
auxiliary-cell  to  the  parasitism  of  many  fungi.     The  sporogenous 


ORCHIDACEARUM    GENERA   ET    SPECIES.  451 

energid  invades  a  cell,  forces  the  nucleus  of  that  cell  to  retire,  draws 
to  itself  the  protoplasm  of  the  host-cell,  and  finally  subdivides  to 
form  new  cells  in  which  it  makes  use  of  the  cell- wall  of  the  host. 
This  is  best  seen  in  GlceosipJwnia,  where  the  sporogenous  energid 
takes  full  possession  of  the  auxiliary-cell,  so  as  to  render  the  original 
cell-contents  unrecognisable  ;  at  the  same  time  causing  protube- 
rances to  swell  out  in  the  wall  of  the  host. 

Prof.  Oltmanns  concludes  his  paper  with  a  comparison  between 
FloridecB  and  other  plant  groups,  founded  on  the  theory  of  alter- 
nation of  generations.  He  likens  this  parasitism  on  the  part  of  the 
sporogenous-filaments  to  the  apparent  parasitism  of  the  non- sexual 
on  the  sexual  generation  of  mosses  ;  and  draws  attention  to  the  fact 
that  the  sporogonia  of  MuscinecB  and  the  sporogenous-filaments  of 
FloridecB  are  in  part  able  to  support  themselves.  Prof.  Oltmanns 
adds  that  he  does  not  hold  with  any  sharp  distinction  between  the 
two  generations  since  fresh  investigations  may  shortly  cause  bota- 
nists to  change  their  views  on  this  point ;  but  he  is  anxious  to  show 
that  comparisons  may  be  drawn  between  the  higher  groups  of 
Thallophytes  and  the  Muscinece.  This  does  not  necessarily  mean  a 
relationship,  but  rather  a  development  on  parallel  lines.  The  views 
of  Profs.  Nageli  and  Pringsheim  are  given  on  this  point,  and  then 
the  likeness  to  the  Ascomycetes  is  shown,  with  references  to  some  of 
the  many  writers  on  the  subject.  Prof.  Oltmanns  says  :  "  If  a 
relationship  between  the  FloridecB  and  the  Ascomycetes  should  ever 
be  proved,  that  does  not  in  any  way  remove  the  difficulty  of  linking 
the  FloridecB  with  lower  groups  of  alg?e.  That  ColeochcEte  can 
scarcely  be  considered  such  a  link,  I  have  lately  tried  to  show ;  and 
also  among  other  algae  I  can  find  no  satisfactory  connection ;  the 
Floridem  must  therefore  remain  for  the  present  as  an  archetype, 
using  the  word  in  the  Sachsian  sense." 

Finally,  after  a  very  short  summary,  Prof.  Oltmanns  winds  up 
his  paper  with  the  words :  "  A  double  fertilization  such  as  Prof. 
Schmitz  wished  to  prove  does  not  therefore  occur  in  the  Floridese." 

E.  S.  B. 


Orchidacearum  Genera  et  Species.  Exposuit  Fritz  Kraenzlin.  Vol.  i. 
Fasc.  4-8.  8vo,  pp.  193-512.  Berlin  :  Mayer  &  Miiller. 
1897— July,  1898. 

Fascicles  1-3  of  this  work  were  reviewed  in  this  Journal  for 
1897,  pp.  493-495,  where  we  drew  attention  to  the  unsatisfactory 
character  of  the  literary  side  of  the  work,  and  other  signs  of  too 
hasty  production.  A  similar  criticism  may  be  made  on  the  parts 
now  before  us.  We  fear  that  Dr.  Kraenzlin  has  undertaken  a  task 
for  which,  however  competent  he  may  be,  he  has  not  sufficient 
leisure  to  carry  through  successfully.  Orchids  are  a  large  family, 
the  genera  need  careful  consideration,  and  we  think  Dr.  Kraenzlin 
would  have  done  better  to  have  followed  the  example  which  has 
proved  so  successful  in  Engler  &  Prantl's  PJianzenfamilien,  and  have 
sought  the  aid  of  other  botanists.     By  a  judicious  distribution  of 


452  OECHIDACEARUM    GENERA   ET    SPECIES. 

the  tribes  or  genera  the  work  might  have  been  done  better  and  in 
reasonable  time. 

Except  for  new  species  and  a  few  trifling  alterations  in  arrange- 
ment, there  is  little  of  novelty  to  call  for  remark  in  the  fascicles 
now  mider  review.  They  are  almost  exclusively  devoted  to  the 
genus  Hahenaria,  which  the  author  has  recently  monographed,  and 
which  would  presumably  not  need  much  revision.  The  sections  pro- 
posed are,  with  small  differences,  those  under  which  Dr.  Kraenzlin 
arranged  the  species  in  Engler's  Jahrbiich,  xvi.  (1892).  The  thirty- 
four  sections  are  reduced  to  thirty-two  by  the  union  of  RepUcatm  (4) 
and  Bilabrella  (6),  and  of  SeticaiidcB  (B2)  and  StenochilcB  [S3) ',  the 
section  Acuifera,  also  disappears,  while  Hooker's  Plectoylossa  is 
adopted  from  the  Flora  of  British  India  for  the  Indian  species 
H.  Perottetiana.  The  section  CeratopetalcB  might  also  have  been 
xxnitedi  \Yith.  EeplicatcB ;  the  diagnosis  of  each  is  exactly  the  same, 
and  they  contain  identical  species.  For  instance,  Haheyiaria  Wei- 
ivitschii  [CeratopetalcB)  and  H.  cataphysema  [PieplicatcB)  of  Eeichen- 
bacli  fil.  are  indistinguishable.  The  sections  as  a  whole  seem  too 
artificial,  and  other  instances  of  wide  separation  of  nearly  allied 
plants  might  be  mentioned.  Thus  the  South  African  H.  foliosa 
and  the  Angolan  epipactidea,  both  of  Eeichenbach  fil.,  are  hardly 
specifically  distinct,  the  tropical  plant  being  smaller,  with  laxer 
habit,  less  blunt  leaves,  and  smaller  bracts ;  the  floral  structure  is 
identical,  except  for  the  slightly  narrower,  more  oblong  lateral 
petals  of  H.  epipactidea.  But  while  the  latter  comes  in  Section  20 
[Chlorinm),  H.  foliosa  is  found  in  SeticaudcB,  which  is  No.  31  in  the 
clavis,  but  30  in  the  text,  from  having  changed  places  with 
Odontopetalm.  It  is  matter  for  regret  that  so  many  of  the  Brazilian 
species  published  by  Sr.  Barbosa  Kodrigues  in  his  Gen.  &  Sp. 
Orch.  Nov.  should,  owing  to  absence  of  material  and  insufficient 
diagnosis,  have  to  be  considered  apocryphal. 

Besides  the  completion  of  Hahenaria,  the  last  fascicle  includes 
the  small  Indian  genus  Dlplomeris,  Cynosorchis,  Barlcea  (5.  calcarata 
Bchb.  f.),  and  part  of  Peristylus. 

As  the  date  1897  is  printed  on  the  cover  of  each  part,  and  as 
some  confusion  has  arisen  in  the  issue  of  parts  7  and  8,  future 
systematists  will  be  glad  to  find  a  record  of  the  dates  on  which  the 
Department  of  Botany  received  each  fascicle  ;  these  dates  probably 
fairly  coincide  with  the  exact  date  of  issue : — 

Fascicle  1,  received  Aug.  24,  1897. 

2,  ,,         Sept.  15,  1897. 

3,  „         Nov.  9,  1897. 

4,  „         Dec.  14,  1897. 

5,  „         Jan.  19,  1898. 

6,  „         April  19,  1898. 

,,       8  (issued  in  error  as  7),  received  June  28,  1898. 
„        7  (  „         „  8),       „         July  12,  1898. 

A.  B.  Rendle. 


453 


Studien  uher  die  Protoplasmastromung  bei  den  Characeen.     Von  Dr. 
Georg  Hormann.     Jena.     Gustav  Fischer,  1898. 

Dr.  Hormann  gives  us  in  this  memoir  the  results  of  a  number 
of  observations  he  has  made  upon  rotation  in  the  cells  of  the 
CharacecB.  So  far  as  concerns  the  group  in  question,  he  accepts 
De  Vries's  view  that  protoplasmic  movement  is  a  means  whereby 
mingling  and  transport  of  substauces  is  brought  about.  The  effect 
of  streaming  upon  the  development  of  organs,  he  maintains,  con- 
trary in  part  to  A.  Braun's  conclusion,  to  be  as  follows : — that  the 
same  relation  holds  in  the  case  of  both  leaves  and  rhizoids,  the 
earliest  developed  cells  in  both  cases  being  those  arising  at  a  point 
towards  which  the  stream  is  directed.  Tiie  direction  of  streaming 
is  held  to  be  in  close  connection  with  nutrition :  thus  the  stream 
mounts  along  the  outer  (abaxial)  side  of  the  young  leaf-cell,  and  by 
this  means  nutritive  matters  are  most  quickly  conveyed  to  that 
part  of  the  cell  {i.  e.  the  better  illuminated)  where  they  are 
principally  required ;  as  the  leaf  expands,  the  inner  (axial)  side  of 
the  cell  becomes  in  turn  the  better  illuminated,  and  the  cell  being 
by  this  time  able  to  contribute  its  quota  of  elaborated  matters,  the 
streaming  favours  transport  of  such  matters  out  of  the  cell  by  the 
shortest  possible  route.  Moreover  the  direction  of  streaming — 
from  end  to  end — in  the  elongated  cortical  cells  affords  the  most 
favourable  means  for  the  products  of  katabolism  to  pass  from  the 
internal  cells  and  escape  into  the  surrounding  water. 

Velten's  doctrine,  that  the  rotating  protoplasm  always  takes  the 
path  of  least  resistance,  is  one  which  has  found  general  acceptance. 
Dr.  Hormann,  however,  endeavours  to  show  that  this  doctrine  does 
not  apply  to  all  cells  of  the  Cliarace(E.  In  long  cells,  circular  in 
section,  movement  in  the  direction  of  least  resistance  should,  he 
argues,  be  circular  movement  and  not  longitudinal ;  and  this  is 
correct  if  the  friction  generated  by  contact  between  the  moving  and 
the  stationary  protoplasm  be  alone  taken  into  account.  The  point 
overlooked  by  Dr.  Hormann  is  the  greater  momentum  acquired  by  a 
rectilinear  streaming  as  contrasted  with  tbat  acquired  by  a  curvi- 
linear one  ;  and  if  this  difference  in  momentum  exceeds  in  amount 
the  extra  retardation  due  to  friction  experienced  by  the  stream 
when  flowing  over  angular  portions  of  the  cell,  the  path  of  least 
resistance  will  lie  from  end  to  end  of  the  cell.  Moreover,  we  do 
not  see  why  there  should  be  any  necessary  antagonism  between 
Velten's  doctrine  of  "  least  resistance,"  and  Dr.  Hermann's  of 
"  shortest  way"  ;  for,  though  inclined  to  accept  them  both,  we  do  not 
think  that  the  physiological  advantage  would  be  gained  in  any  way 
not  involving  the  least  expenditure  of  force. 

Dr.  Hormann  agrees  with  those  who  consider  the  movements  of 
such  chlorophyll  corpuscles  as  happen  to  fall  into  the  stream  to  be 
"  active"  movements,  and  he  claims  to  have  set  the  question 
definitely  at  rest.  But  to  us  the  two  cases  he  cites  do  not  seem  at 
all  conclusive.  The  best  one,  namely,  three  rotating  corpuscles 
enclosed  in  a  large  clump  of  plasma,  might  be  explained  on  the 
supposition  that  a  small  quantity  of  protoplasm,  not  yet  deprived 


454  MYKOLOGISCHE    UNTERSUCHUNGEN   AUS    DEN    TROPES. 

of  motility,  had  become  enclosed  in  the  clump,  a  supposition 
rendered  probable  by  Dr.  Hermann's  admission  that  streaming 
had  not  yet  ceased  in  the  cell  mider  examination.  Moreover,  the 
nature  of  the  movement  exhibited  by  these  corpuscles,  namely,  a 
changeable  plane  of  rotation  but  a  constant  direction,  is  precisely 
that  of  bodies  moving  passively  in  a  stream  of  varying  volume  but 
fixed  direction — such  a  stream,  in  fact,  as  one  sees  in  the  cells  of 
the  Characem. 

The  latter  part  of  the  memoir  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  the  effect 
of  mechanical,  thermal,  imbibitional,  and  electrical  stimuli  upon 
the  streaming  movement.  Undoubtedly  the  most  valuable  portion 
of  this  part,  and  indeed  of  the  whole  memoir,  is  that  dealing  with 
electrical  stimulation.  By  a  series  of  delicate  experiments,  reveal- 
ing in  unmistakable  fashion  Dr.  Hormann's  gift  as  a  skilful  mani- 
pulator, phenomena  similar  to  those  exhibited  by  nervous  and 
muscular  tissues  were  obtained  with  Nitella  cells,  including  a  latent 
period,  electrotonus,  continued  excitation  through  katelectrotonus, 
cumulative  effect  of  inefficient  stimuli,  and  negative  variation  of 
the  current.  Dr.  Hormann  regards  the  two  layers  of  the  proto- 
plasm as  endowed  with  opposite  electrical  qualities,  the  resting 
layer  being  positive,  the  streaming  layer  negative ;  the  two  layers 
do  not  form  a  continuously  electrified  surface,  but  areas  electromo- 
torically  effective  alternate  with  others  electromotorically  in- 
different, and  the  whole  apparatus  may  be  viewed  as  forming  a 
series  of  small  galvanic  elements  ranged  side  by  side.  The  con- 
clusion is  that  a  nerve  fibre,  a  muscle  fibre,  and  a  Nitella  cell  agree 
in  possessing  an  irritable  substance,  to  which  is  added,  in  the  case 
of  the  muscle  fibre,  a  substance  giving  the  phenomenon  of  con- 
traction, and  in  the  Nitella  cell  that  of  streaming. 

S.  M. 

Mykolof/ische  Untersuchungen  aus  den  Tropen.  Von  Dr.  Carl 
HoLTERMANN.  Pp.  viii,  122,  tab.  xii.  Berlin :  Borntraeger. 
1898.     Price  25  Mark. 

The  chief  value  of  this  painstaking  and  excellent  work  is  the 
criticism  it  furnishes  of  the  Brefeldian  system.  The  author  states 
quite  frankly,  and  I  fancy  most  people  will  agree  with  him,  that,  in 
spite  of  the  enormous  accumulation  of  material  since  De  Bary's 
time,  we  have  yet  made  no  advance  on  his  system  of  classification. 
His  journey  to  the  tropics,  extending  to  fourteen  months  in  Ceylon, 
Java,  Borneo,  and  the  Straits  Settlements,  has  furnished  him  with 
a  large  amount  of  material  for  work  which  engaged  him  in  inter- 
esting and  prolonged  cultural  experiments.  A  selection  from  these 
results  has  been  made,  and  published  in  this  well-printed  and 
illustrated  memoir.  It  would  take  too  much  space  to  give  anything 
like  an  adequate  account  of  the  details  of  his  researches,  but  there 
are  conclusions  to  which  he  comes  that  are  of  general  interest. 
During  the  forty  years  in  which  the  artificial  culture  of  fungi  has 
been  practised  with  success  by  such  masters  as  De  Bary,  Tulasne, 
Brefeld,  and  others,  much,  as  everyone  knows,  has  been  done  in 


MONOGRAPHIE    DES    CAULERPES.  455 

laying  bare  life -histories  of  the  different  types,  but  the  method 
has  done  very  little  towards  settling  questions  of  wide  bearing  on  the 
relationships  of  the  groups  of  fungi  to  each  other.  It  remains 
exceedingly  improbable  that  much  will  ever  be  discovered  in  this 
direction,  since  we  cannot  penetrate  the  remote  past,  and  Dr. 
Meschinelli's  labours  in  collecting  the  evidence  of  fossil  fungi  show 
us  how  blighted  must  be  any  hopes  in  that  field. 

The  most  interesting  part  of  the  memoir  relates  to  the  author's 
evidence  on  the  relationships  of  the  resupinate  forms  of  Polyporei 
to  the  typical  forms  and  indeed  of  the  groups  of  Basidiornycetes, 
especially  the  AuriculariecB,  Tremellini,  and  Dacryomycetes. 

He  has  exceedingly  interesting  remarks  on  the  comparison  of 
tropical  and  temperate  fungi,  the  large  number  common  to  both 
climes,  the  relative  abundance  of  species  and  of  individuals.  His 
methods  of  culture  and  improvements  (for  the  tropics)  on  those 
already  well  known  are  of  no  less  help  and  interest.  By  this 
excellent  and  sound  piece  of  work  Dr.  Holtermann  steps  at  once 
into  a  high  place  among  investigators  of  fungi,  though  whether  the 
Brefeldian  school  will  accept  some  of  his  dicta  gratefully  is  much 
to  be  doubted,  and  on  this  account  he  may  have  less  honour  in  his 
own  country  for  a  season — a  short  one,  we  hope. 

G.  M. 

Monographie  cles  Caulerpes.  Par  Madame  Weber  van  Bosse.  Extr. 
des  '  Annales  du  Jardin  Botanique  de  Buitenzorg,'  vol.  xv., 
pp.  243-401,  plates  xx.-xxxiv. 

It  would  be  hard  to  conceive  of  anything  better  done  than  this 
admirable  monograph  of  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  plant 
genera.  While  the  limits  of  the  genus  are  marked  by  its  unique 
vegetative  structure,  the  species  are  in  many  cases  hard  to  dis- 
criminate. There  is  probably  not  another  case  among  plants  at  all 
comparable  with  that  of  Caulerpa.  A  large  genus  of  wide  distri- 
bution in  the  warm  shore  waters  right  round  the  tropical  and 
subtropical  belt,  varying  in  its  forms,  which  markedly  recall  the 
outward  appearances  of  such  diverse  land  plants  as  cacti,  Naias, 
cypress,  heaths,  clubmosses,  mosses,  &c.  and  of  most  plentiful  occur- 
rence, we  yet  know  absolutely  nothing  of  any  reproduction  except 
by  probable  vegetative  proliferations.  The  authoress's  method  has 
been  on  the  whole  guided  by  a  laudable  tendency  to  reduce  the 
species  by  clubbing  them,  either  on  the  head,  or  together,  and  in 
almost  all  cases  they  (or  their  authors)  have  deserved  the  treatment. 
I  cannot  help  thinking  (apart  from  personal  feelings)  that  she  has 
carried  her  method  rather  far  in  the  case  of  G.  paspaloides,  into 
which  she  has  reduced  my  C.  phyllaphlaston.  An  inspection  of 
plate  XXX.  shows  at  a  glance  the  method  by  which  she  has 
established  the  links  to  her  satisfaction.  I  am  not  convinced. 
The  only  omission  is  a  grave  one,  viz.  that  of  an  index,  which  I 
hope  will  be  supplied  with  the  complete  volume  of  the  Annales. 

Finally,  I  have  nothing  but  praise  for  the  admirably  thorough 
manner  in  which  Madame  Weber  van  Bosse  has  worked  her  way 


456  EL^IMENTS    DE    BOTANIQUE. 

steadily  through  the  genus.  Her  plates  are  excellently  rendered,  and 
illustrate  the  striking  points  of  structure  in  a  carefully  selected  style. 

G.  M. 

Elements  de  Botanique,  Par  Ph.  Van  Tieghem.  Troisieme  edition 
revue  et  augmentee.  8vo.  Vol.  i. — Botanique  generale, 
pp.  559,  figs.  235  ;  vol.  ii. — Botanique  speciale,  pp.  612, 
figs.  345.     Paris  :  Masson  &  Cie.     1898. 

Teachers  and  students  of  botany  in  this  country  will  find  much 
to  interest  them  in  Prof.  Van  Tieghem's  text-book,  as  well  as  a 
considerable  diversity  from  the  method  of  treatment  of  the  subject 
to  which  they  have  become  accustomed.  The  book  is  issued  in  two 
neat  and  handy  volumes,  a  practice  which  we  would  recommend  to 
English  publishers,  who  do  not  always  realize  what  a  comfort  it 
is  to  have  books  light  enough  to  hold  in  the  hand  whilst  reading. 
At  the  same  time  we  would  criticise  severely  a  practice  which  no 
respectable  publisher  should  tolerate,  we  mean  that  of  borrowing 
figures  without  acknowledgment.  In  the  present  case  the  author 
has  borrowed  extensively,  but  there  is  nowhere  any  indication  that 
the  illustrations  are  not  original. 

The  first  volume  is  a  general  account  of  the  morphology  and 
physiology  of  plants,  in  which  the  most  striking  feature  is  the  joint 
consideration  of  the  two  aspects.  Thus  Chapter  I.,  "The  Plant- 
body,"  falls  into  two  sections — the  first  a  general  morphological 
review  of  the  plant,  its  external  and  internal  differentiation  into 
members  and  tissues,  and  its  modes  of  reproduction ;  the  second 
an  introduction  to  the  study  of  functions  and  relation  to  environ- 
ment, or  physiology.  The  next  chapters  deal  successively  with 
root,  stem,  leaf,  and  flower,  in  each  case  from  first  a  morphological, 
secondly  a  physiological,  point  of  view.  In  Chapters  VI.,  VII., 
VIII.,  and  IX.,  the  course  of  development  in  Phanerogams,  Vascular 
Cryptogams,  Muscine^e,  and  Thallophytes  is  successively  treated ; 
while  the  tenth  and  last  chapter  is  entitled  "Development  of  the 
Race."  The  whole  forms  a  concise  and  well-arranged  introduction 
to  the  study  of  plants. 

It  is  in  the  second  volume  that  one  finds  the  most  striking 
departures  from  generally  received  views.  The  four  usual  groups, 
Thallophytes,  Muscinese,  Vascular  Cryptogams,  and  Phanerogams, 
are  recognised,  and  there  is  little  to  call  for  remark  in  the  sub- 
divisions of  the  first  three.  We  may  note  that  the  Myxomycetes 
form  the  first  order  of  Fungi ;  and  Oomycetes,  Basidiomycetes,  and 
Ascomycetes  the  other  three.  Bacteria  are  found  with  the  Algae  as 
a  family  of  Cymiophycem.  Without  doubt  they  are  thus  placed 
with  their  nearest  allies,  but  there  is  something  to  be  said  for 
the  separation  of  these  lowly  organised  plants,  with  and  without 
chlorophyll,  as  a  distinct  group — Schizophyta—&t  the  bottom  of  the 
series,  to  be  followed  by  the  Algse  proper,  and  then  their  derivatives 
the  Fungi.  The  subdivision  of  Group  IV.,  on  the  other  hand,  calls 
for  some  criticism.  The  two  primary  divisions — owed  to  Eobert 
Brown — into  Gymnosperms  and  Angiosperms  are  too  fundamental  to 
be  tinkered  with.     The  insertion  of  an  alternative,  "  Astigmatees" 


EL]&MENTS    DE   BOTANIQUE.  457 

and  "  Stigmatees,"  is  to  insist  unnecessarily  on  an  obvious  but 
minor  point  of  detail ;  and  a  similar  criticism  will  apply  to  a 
character  by  aid  of  which  the  Angiosperms  are  separated  into  three 
classes,  even  though  that  character  should  prove  to  be  general. 
The  three  classes  are  entitled  "  Liorhizes  Monocotylees  ou  Mono- 
cotyledones,"  "  Liorhizes  Dicotylees,"  and  "  Climacorhizes  ou 
Dicotyledones."  That  is  to  say,  the  primary  character  is  taken 
from  the  manner  in  which  the  young  root  loses  its  root-cap,  whether 
the  latter  comes  off  clean  (Liorhizes),  leaving  the  functions  of 
piliferous  layer  to  be  performed  by  the  outer  layer  of  the  cortex,  as 
in  Monocotyledons  and  most  NymphaacecE,  or  whether,  as  in  the 
rest  of  the  Dicotyledons,  the  most  internal  layer  of  the  epidermis 
remains  to  produce  the  root-hairs  after  the  exfoliation  of  the  outer 
layers  as  the  root-cap.  The  term  "climacorhizes"  refers  to  the 
step-hke  appearance  at  the  root-tip,  resulting  from  the  peeling  off 
of  a  gradually  lessening  number  of  layers  of  root -cap  from  below 
upwards,  and  will  be  understood  on  reference  to  a  figure  of  the 
growing-point.  The  result  is  to  separate  the  grasses  from  the 
Monocotyledons,  and  the  NymplmaceijB  from  the  Dicotyledons,  and 
unite  the  two  families  into  an  intermediate  class.  The  second 
cotyledon  of  the  grasses  is  found  in  the  projection  which  sometimes 
occurs  on  the  axis  on  the  outer  side  of  the  embryo.  Such  an 
arrangement  might  provide  excellent  material  for  discussion  at  an 
evening  meeting  of  a  scientific  club  or  society,  but  is  distinctly  out 
of  place  in  a  comparatively  elementary  text-book.  Graminece  form 
a  well-defined  and  natural  family,  which  is  perhaps  less_  closely 
allied  to  the  CypemcecB  than  a  student  would  be  led  to  imagine 
from  their  close  approximation  in  a  systematic  arrangement,  but  to 
remove  them  completely  from  Monocotyledons  and  to  unite  them 
with  the  polypetalous  acyclic-flowered  water-lilies  is  to  ignore  floral 
and  other  characters  which  have  been  held  to  be  among  the  highest 
in  value.  The  author  shows  a  similar  want  of  appreciation  of 
relative  value  of  characters  in  making  four  orders  of  Monocotyle- 
dons and  placing  JuncacecB,  Lillaceai,  and  Amaryllidacem  in  separate 
orders.  Similar  criticism  will  apply  to  the  subdivision  of  Dicoty- 
ledons, which  depends  entirely  on  degrees  of  differentiation  of  the 
ovule.  Five  orders,  including  a  large  number  of  small  families,  the 
names  of  many  of  which  will  sound  strange  to  English  teachers  and 
students,  but  among  which  will  be  found  Lormithacece,  SantalacecBf 
and  Balanophorea,  are  separated  as  Sub-class  I. — "  Inseminees." 
The  great  majority  are  considered  to  have  seeds,  and  form  Sub- 
class II. — "  Seminees  " — which  fall  into  two  orders,  according  to 
the  presence  of  a  single  or  double  integument  in  the  ovule.  The 
result  is  that  while  the  smaller  groups  are  generally  fairly  natural 
in  themselves,  nearly  allied  families  are  often  widely  separated,  as, 
for  instance,  Castanacem  (including  oak  and  sweet  chestnut)  from 
Corylacem  and  Betidacem.  It  is  as  if  an  attempt  had  been  made  to 
arrange  the  different  famiUes  in  a  scheme  of  three  dimensions, 
which  by  a  process  of  flattening  and  reduction  to  a  linear  series 
has  become  egregiously  distorted.  ^^  ^   Rendle. 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  36.      [Nov.  1898.]  2  i 


458  A    TEXT-BOOK    OF    GENERAL    BOTANY. 

A  Text-book  of  General  Botany.  By  Carlton  0.  Curtis,  A.M., 
Ph.D.,  Tutor  iu  Botany  in  Columbia  University.  New  York 
and  London :  Longmans,  Green  &  Co. 

The  present  age  is  verily  one  of  text-books,  some  bad,  very  few 
good,  and  the  vast  proportion  merely  mediocre.  There  are  many 
points  in  Dr.  Curtis' s  book  which  raise  it  above  the  dead  level  of 
the  ordinary  productions  of  its  class;  its  plan  is  good,  the  insistence 
on,  and  directions  for,  laboratory  practice  are  admirable,  and  the 
numerous  illustrations  are  for  the  most  part  excellent. 

In  the  preface  the  author  expressly  states  that  the  book  is 
intended  to  be  used  in  conjunction  with  lectures,  and  this  forestalls 
a  criticism  which  would  naturally  occur  to  anyone  glancing  over 
its  pages,  viz.  that  a  considerable  range  of  knowledge  on  the  part 
of  the  student  is  taken  for  granted — much  more  indeed  than  the 
character  of  the  book  would  appear  at  first  sight  to  warrant. 

We  have  come  across  some  misleading  statements  here  and 
there.  Thus  Robert  Hooke  did  not,  at  any  rate  at  first,  discover 
his  cells  in  charcoal,  but  in  bottle  cork ;  it  was  not  to  Von  Mohl, 
but  to  Cohn  Briicke  and  M.  Schultze,  that  we  are  indebted  for  the 
recognition  of  the  identity  and  importance  of  protoplasm  in  both 
animals  and  plants.  To  Von  Mohl,  it  is  true,  belongs  the  credit 
of  having  first  recognised  in  plants  the  formative  nature  of  proto- 
plasm, but  the  name  had  been  used  some  years  before  by  Purkinje. 
It  is  not,  we  think,  desirable  to  ticket  off  so  important  a  discovery 
as  that  of  the  existence  and  significance  of  protoplasm  (as  is  so 
often  done)  under  "Von  Mohl,  1816."  Like  ail  other  great  dis- 
coveries, it  was  the  work  of  many  investigators;  and  others,  e.g. 
Du  Jardin,  had  already  before  1816  apprehended  its  nature  amongst 
animals  in  the  substance  he  termed  sarcode.  And  the  plea  for  a 
more  adequate  treatment  of  this  particular  discovery  may  be  the 
more  reasonably  urged  inasmuch  as  the  main  threads  are  compara- 
tively easy  to  trace,  and  the  student  is  furnished  with  an  admirable 
example  of  the  origin  and  growth  of  a  scientific  discovery,  the 
importance  of  which  it  is  hardly  possible  to  exaggerate.  On  the 
whole,  we  are  not  much  impressed  with  the  chapter  on  the  cell. 
It  seems  to  have  been  compiled  iu  rather  a  hurry,  and  the  some- 
what frequent  misprints  (not  always  the  fault  of  the  printer)  point 
in  the  same  direction. 

It  is  a  matter  for  regret  that  in  this,  as  in  so  many  modern 
text-books,  the  external  morphology  of  the  plant  meets  with  such 
scanty  recognition.  The  student  is  invited  to  a  feast  of  pickles  and 
physiology — very  good  in  their  way — whilst  he  is  allowed  to  neglect 
the  weighty  matters  of  habit,  adaptation,  and  variation  of  plants. 
And  this  in  spite  of  the  truth  that  it  is  in  the  philosophy  of  form 
that  one  can  often  read  most  clearly  the  reason  of  that  minute 
internal  structure  so  dear  to  the  heart  of  the  microscopist. 

The  systematic  part  of  the  book  occupies  about  three-quarters 
of  the  whole.  It  is  this  portion  which  especially  requires  extensive 
subsidies  at  the  hands  of  the  teacher.  The  Floridem,  for  example, 
cannot  possibly  be  treated  intelligibly  within  a  space  of  six  pages, 
even  when  illustrated  by  several  excellent  figures. 


FUNGOEUM  FOSSILIUM  OMNIUM,  ICONOGRAPHIA.  459 

The  tables  of  relationship  of  the  various  groups  of  Fungi  strike 
us  as  exceedingly  artificial,  e.  g,  the  important  position  assigned  to 
the  ChmtocladiacecB.  Of  course  the  tables  are  not  insisted  on  as 
indicating  more  than  possible  affinities,  often  based  on  the  most 
superficial  resemblances,  as,  for  example,  when  the  ColeochcetacecB 
figure  as  the  starting-point  for  the  whole  of  the  Bryophyta,  but 
they  have  a  mischievous  tendency  to  mean  a  good  deal  more  to 
students  than  they  often  do  to  their  authors.  But  they  are  after 
all  perhaps  necessary  evils  ;  the  danger  is  that  they  too  often 
prove  whited  sepulchres  also. 

The  treatment  of  Angiosperms,  somewhat  on  the  type-system, 
is  brief  but  rather  good,  and  might  perhaps  with  advantage  be 
extended  in  dealing  with  the  unwieldly  mass  of  forms  included  in 
this  group. 

On  the  whole,  the  book  is  one  to  which  it  is  possible  to  extend 

a  welcome.     No  one  can  hope  to  write  within  the  limits  of  three 

hundred  and  forty-seven  pages  a  text-book  on  so  extensive  a  subject 

as  botany  which  will  please  everybody  ;  but  Dr.  Curtis  has  at  any 

rate  succeeded   in  performing  his  self-imposed  task  better  than 

many  others  before  him  have  done. 

J.  J3.   r . 


Fungorum  Fossilium  Omnium,  &c.  Icojiographia  Doct.  Aloysius 
MEscmNELLi.  Sump.  Auct.  typis  Aloysii  Fabris  &  C.  Viceti^e. 
1898.     Pp.  XX,  144,  tab.  xxxi.     Price  24s.  net. 

We  gravely  doubt  whether  this  work  was  worth  doing  in  such 
an  elaborate  way  as  the  author  has  chosen.  By  far  the  greater  part 
of  these  so-called  fossil  fungi  are  mere  markings  on  fossil  leaves, 
and  nothing  more.  To  take  them  so  seriously  as  to  illustrate  them 
in  a  number  of  expensive  plates  is  surely  an  error  of  judgment. 
There  is  not  only  no  evidence  that  a  large  number  of  these  forms 
are,  or  have  been,  fungi ;  there  is  at  least  a  strong  presumption  in 
some  cases  that  the  markings  are  due  to  other  causes.  For  example, 
Sclerotites  SalishuricB  Mass.,  figured  on  plate  xxviii.,  is  most  probably 
only  impressions  of  glands  in  the  leaf  of  Salisburia,  if  we  may  bring 
the  evidence  of  living  Salisburia  to  their  interpretation.  The 
author  has  displayed  so  much  ingenuity  and  perseverance  in  col- 
lecting this  mass  of  rubbish,  that  we  wish  him  a  more  fortunate 

task  next  time.  ^    , , 

(j.  M. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS  ^ 

Bot.  Centralhlatt  (Nos.  40-43).  —  B.  Schmid,  '  Bau  und  Fun- 
tionen  der  Grannen  unserer  Getreidearten  '  (2  pi.).  —  (No.  41). 
P.  Knuth,  *  Beitrage  zur  Biologie  der  Bliiten.' — (Nos.  42-3).  A.  C. 
Hof,   '  Histologische   Studien  an  Vegetationspunkten  '  (2  tab.). — 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  in-ferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


460  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

(No.  42).  P.  Knuth,  '  Ueber  den  Nachweis  von  Nektarien  auf 
chemischem  Wege.' — N.  C.  Kindberg,  'Ueber  die  Systematik  der 
pleurocarpischen  Laubmoose.' 

Bot.  Gazette  (17  Sept.).  —  J.  M.  Coulter,  'Origin  of  Gymno- 
sperms  and  tbe  seed  habit.'  —  F.  De  F.  Heald,  '  Regeneration  as 
exhibited  by  Mosses'  (2  pi.). — F.  C.  Harrison,  'Bacterial  contents 
of  hailstones.' 

Bot.  Zeitung  (1  Oct.).  —  W.  Belajeff,  '  Ueber  die  mannUchen 
ProthaUien  der  Wasserfarne  (Hydropterides) '  (2  pi.). 

Bull,  de  VHerh.  Boissier  (8  Oct.).  —  F.  Stephani,  '  Species 
Hepaticarum.'  —  R.  Schlechter,  '  Monographie  der  Disperideae.' 
— A.  deCoiucy,  '  Burgos  au  point  de  vue  botanique.' — G.  Gaillard, 
'Rosa  pimpmella'folia  X  rubrifolia.'  —  H.  Christ,  '  Filices  novse.' — 
R.  Chodat,  PohjgaJa  Cabra,  sp.  n. 

Erythea  (22  Sept.).— S.  B.  Parish,  '  Plants  of  S.  California.' 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (8  Oct.).  —  G.  Massee,  Puccinia  Hieracii 
(fig.  77). — W.  B.  Hemsley,  '  Cactacece,  of  Galapago  Islands'  (fig.  75). 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  16  Juin,"  received  13  Oct.). .  Hue, 

'  Causerie  sur  les  P armelia  '  {Qoni.).  —  A.  Franchet,  '  Plantarum 
sinensium  ecloge  secunda.'  —  ("  1-16  Juillet,"  received  21  Oct.). 
P.  Van  Tieghem,  '  Structure  de  quelques  ovules.'  —  A.  Franchet, 
'Plantarum  sinensium'  (cont.). 

MalpigJiia  (fasc.  v.-viii. ;  received  22  Oct.). — A.  Colozza,  '  Con- 
tributo  air  anatomia  delle  Alstroemeriee '  (2  pi.).  —  D.  Saccardo, 
<  Contribuzione  alia  micologia  Veneta  e  Modenese '  (2  pi.).  —  C. 
Avetta,  Char  a  Pelosiana,  sp.  n. 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Oct.).  —  F.  Czafek,  'Ueber  einen  inter- 
essanten  Fall  von  Arbeitstheilung  an  Laubblattern.'  —  J.  Cela- 
kovsky,  '  Ueber  petaloide  ..Staubgefiisse  von  Philadelphus  und 
Deutzia.'  —  W.  Lipsky,  '  Uber  Seseli  Lehmanni.'  —  K.  Fritsch, 
'Ueber  einige  hybride  Caryophyllaceen.'  —  V.  Schiffner,  '  Neue 
Moose  der  bohmischen  Flora.'  —  J.  Rick,  '  Zur  Pilzkunde  Vorarl- 
bergs'  (concl.).  —  J.  Murr,  'Die  Piloselloiden  Oberosterreichs ' 
(concL). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


At  a  recent  botanical  examination  of  the  Civil  Service  Com- 
mission the  following  appeared  among  the  questions  :  "  Give  a  brief 
account  of  the  general  influence  of  Kew  on  the  development  of 
botany."  It  seems  to  us  that  such  a  question  was  out  of  place,  as 
it  presupposed  an  extensive  knowledge  of  matters  which  hardly 
come  within  the  limits  of  a  simple  botanical  examination.  We 
assume,  of  course,  that  only  the  Royal  Gardens  are  intended,  but 
it  would  be  difficult  to  give,  in  the  limits  of  an  ordinary  answer, 
anything  like  a  full  account  of  their  influence  on  botany,  from  the 
days  of  the  Aitons  to  the  culminating  period  of  the  Hookers, 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  461 

We  fancy,  however,  that  it  must  be  one  of  the  candidates  at  this 
examination  who  contributes  a  letter  to  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle  for 
Sept.  24.  "  These  beautiful  gardens,"  he  says,  "  are  a  credit  to 
the  nation  and  to  those  who  manage  them,  and  are  also  a  boon  to 
the  general  public,  making  Kew  and  the  neighbourhood  an  attractive 
residential  district.  As  a  pubhc  park  for  the  masses,  Kew  is  un- 
rivalled. As  a  botanical  college  for  students  and  scientific  gardeners, 
it  cannot  be  surpassed.  The  question,  however,  to  ventilate  is,  does 
it  spread  among  intellectual  people  generally  as  much  botanical 
knowledge  as  it  might  be  made  to  do  ?  "  This  question  the  writer 
answers  in  the  negative,  mainly,  it  would  seem,  because,  "if  an 
enquirer  wants  to  know  the  habitat  of  an  English  plant,  so  as  to 
gather  it,"  he  cannot  obtain  "such  simple  information"  at  the 
Gardens.  It  certainly  seems  odd  that  "  a  gentleman  in  authority  " 
should  have  suggested  that  the  enquirer  should  go  to  the  British 
Museum  for  botanical  books,  which  Mr.  Watts  figuratively  says 
"  was  like  pumping  at  a  dry  well" ;  but  we  doubt  whether  the  Kew 
authorities  will  see  their  way  to  estabhsh  "a  small  reference  library 
of  botanical  books  for  the  use  of  the  general  public,  where  one  of 
the  advanced  students  in  turn  could  officiate." 

We  are  glad  to  announce  the  completion  of  vol.  vii.  of  the 
Flo7\i  of  Tropical  Africa,  the  concluding  part  of  which,  save  for  the 
addenda,  is  written  entirely  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker,  and  comprises 
DioscoreaceiB,  LiliacecB,  and  the  completion  of  AmaryUidacecB.  The 
addenda  to  various  orders  are  presumably  contributed  by  those  to 
whom  the  orders  were  originally  entrusted,  and  bring  the  work  up 
to  date :  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  each  is  not  accompanied  with  a 
reference  to  the  page  where  it  should  be  inserted.  Dr.  Dyer  con- 
tributes a  preface,  from  which  it  would  seem  that  the  regrettable 
delay  which  occurred  in  the  continuation  of  the  work  (which 
had  been  for  twenty  years  in  abeyance)  was  largely  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  Welwitsch  collections  "were  no  longer  available  for  study 
at  Kew."     This,  however,  is  somewhat  misleading,  for  Welwitsch's 

plants  were  by  no  means  always  included  in  the  earlier  volumes 

e.  g.  of  the  250  species  of  Compositce  collected  by  him  only  one  is 
included  in  the  Flora. 

In  this  new  volume,  owing  to  the  increase  of  botanical  know- 
ledge, Dr.  Dyer  has  found  it  necessary  "to  more  clearly  define  " 
the  regions  into  which  Prof.  Oliver  divided  the  whole  area  :  he  also 
gives  a  list  of  the  more  important  (and  some  of  the  less  important) 
collections  which  have  reached  Kew  since  1868.  We  are  sorry  to 
note  an  indication  that  another  hitch  may  possibly  take  place  in  the 
publication  of  the  work.  Dr.  Dyer  says  that  "  the  printing  of  this 
volume  has  been  attended  with  very  considerable  difficulties,"  and 
adds,  "whether  it  is  followed  by  any  other  volumes  will  largely 
depend  on  the  extent  to  which  these  difficulties  are  removed." 
But  as  these  difficulties  only  attend  the  printing,  it  would  appear 
that  their  existence  cannot  be  ascertained  until  the  work  is  actually 
in  progress.  Should  they  occur,  we  trust  that,  in  the  interests  of 
science,  they  may  be  speedily  overcome. 


462  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

The  Sun- Children'' s  Budget  is  a  new  sixpenny  "Botanical 
Quarterly,"  under  the  editorsliip  of  (Miss?)  Phoebe  Allen  and 
Dr.  Henry  W.  Godfrey.  Miss  Allen  is  anxious  "to  kindle  a 
spirit  of  good  fellowship  between  its  readers  and  the  Sun-Children 
— i.e.  Flowers,"  and  it  is  further  intended  to  serve  "as  a  vehicle 
for  conveying  botanical  instruction  in  fancy  dress."  Miss  Allen, 
we  note,  is  already  known  to  fame  as  the  "Author  of  *  Playing  at 
Botany.'"  "Besides  Papers  suitable  for  Readers  from  Six  to 
Sixteen  (in  which  they  are  invited  to  compete  for  prizes),  the 
Magazine  contains  Serial  Articles  for  Adults,"  to  be  contributed 
by  "well-known  Writers,"  the  first  two  of  whom,  Dr.  Dyer  and 
Mr.  Francis  George  Heath,  are  better  entitled  to  the  qualifying 
adjective  than  some  of  the  others  mentioned. 

Judging  from  the  October  number,  there  is  some  room  for 
improvement  in  matters  botanical.  "  Alba  Lawsonia"  is  new  to 
us,  and  "Euphorbia  Cypressia"  is  not  the  usual  Latin  equivalent 
for  the  Cypress  Spurge  ;  nor  are  we  familiar  with  the  "  yellow 
arsenic  daisies,"  which  appear  to  be  common  in  Guernsey  ;  the 
"Alg^Nostoc"  is  also  odd.  We  should  hardly  have  thought  it 
necessary  to  take  "spud  in  hand"  for  the  purpose  of  collecting 
sundews,  which  Miss  (?)  Allen  was  fortunate  enough  to  find  "each 
bearing  its  crown  of  white  flowers."  The  "  Sun-Childreu,"  like 
other  children,  indulge  in  chat,  as  well  as  in  very  weak  jokes,  and 
"  Calluna  vulgaris  "  writes  her  history. 

We  have  received  the  "  Report  and  Transactions  of  the  South 
Eastern  Union  of  Scientific  Societies  for  1898,"  which  contains, 
among  other  interesting  papers,  a  presidential  address  by  Mr.  G.  S. 
Boulger,  a  paper  by  Dr.  H.  F.  Parsons  "on  the  nature  of  the  soil 
in  relation  to  the  distribution  of  plants  and  animals,"  and  a  sug- 
gestive article  by  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  on  "  Botanical  work  wanting 
workers "  :  this  last  includes  a  list  of  mosses  and  scale-mosses 
which  should  be  looked  for  in  Kent,  and  should  stimulate  local 
research.  The  Union  has  a  "Botanical  Research  Committee," 
from  which  much  useful  work  may  be  expected. 

Attention  was  called  in  this  Journal  (1895,  p.  26)  to  the 
appearance  of  Part  I.  of  General  Paris's  Index  Bnjologicus  (Paris : 
Klincksieck,  Dec.  1894),  and  reference  was  made  to  the  widely  felt 
want  of  some  such  work,  by  the  help  of  which  the  existing  genera 
and  species  of  Mosses  might  readily  be  ascertained,  and  their 
descriptions  found  and  synonyms  traced.  For  our  synopses  were 
published  so  long  ago,  and  the  descriptions  of  new  species  created 
in  the  meantime  are  so  numerous  and  so  widely  scattered,  that  it 
had  become  a  task  of  infinite  labour  to  gather  together  all  the 
recognized  constituents  of  a  given  country's  moss-flora,  or,  indeed, 
to  turn  up  the  description  of  a  given  species. 

In  his  Index  Bnjologicus,  General  Paris  has  made  a  courageous 
and  industrious  attempt  to  extricate  us  from  our  difficulties,  and  to 
supply  a  ready  guide  to  the  literature  of  all  known  Mosses,  and  a 
clue  to  lead  us  through  the  perplexing   and  tortuous  mazes  of 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  463 


synonymy.  The  arrangement  is  alphabetical ;  and  in  the  recently 
issued  Part  V.  (pp.  1285-1380 ;  price  4  francs)  the  work  appears  to 
have  reached  its  proper  end  in  the  letter  Z.  This,  however,  is  not 
really  the  case.  The  Index  is  not  complete.  It  contains,  indeed, 
nearly  12,000  species ;  bat  there  remain  some  2000  species  more 
to  be  pubhshed.  This  remainder  is  of  twofold  origin.  In  the  first 
place,  some  rare  or  little  known  papers,  overlooked  by  General  Paris, 
were  brought  to  his  attention.  In  the  second,  some  bryologists, 
stmiulated  by  the  Index,  have  been  hastily  flooding  the  market  with 
their  wares.  In  particular,  the  veteran  Karl  Mliller  has  placed 
before  the  public  a  host  of  new  species— probably  upwards  of  a 
thousand  ;  and  it  is  unlikely  that  the  sound  of  chippmg  will  yet 
cease  in  his  workshop.  Well,  General  Paris  holds  an  evergrowing 
reserve  of  2000  species ;  and  it  was  naturally  expected  that  these 
would  appear  as  a  supplement  to  the  present  part.  But,  alas  I 
Part  V.  contains  no  Supplement ;  and,  indeed,  if  a  current  rumour 
may  be  believed,  the  Linnean  Society  of  Bordeaux,  under  whose 
auspices  the  work  has  been  pubhshed,  finding  the  cost  of  publi- 
cation to  be  in  excess  of  the  original  estimate,  have  declined  to 
carry  the  venture  further.  If  this  be  the  case,  it  will  cause  very 
grievous  and  widespread  dissatisfaction,  and  will  seriously  impair 
the  value  of  the  Index.  It  is  essential  that  the  Index,  if  it  is  to 
acquire  the  full  confidence  of  bryologists,  should  be  made  as  com- 
plete a  record  of  moss-references  as  possible.  A  Supplement  is 
indispensable ;  and  if  the  society  is  debarred  by  lack  of  funds  at 
present  from  completing  the  undertaking,  if  also  there  is  no  rich 
member  of  the  society  who  is  willing  to  devote  some  of  his  super- 
fluous wealth  to  the  rescue  of  the  society  from  an  awkward  position, 
and,  again,  if  no  provision  is  made  by  the  French  Government  for 
aiding  the  publication  of  meritorious  scientific  works,  cannot  the 
society  be  induced  to  make  a  special  effort  to  complete  General 
Paris's  Index  during  the  year  of  the  great  International  Exposition, 
thereby  conferring  upon  the  botanists  of  the  world  an  act  of 
courtesy  which  will  be  most  thankfully  received  ? — A.  G. 

We  regret  to  record  the  death  of  Dr.  James  Edward  Tierney 
AiTCHisoN,  which  took  place  at  Kew  on  Sept.  30th.  He  was  born 
m  India  on  28th  October,  1836,  graduated  at  Edinburgh  and 
entered  the  Bengal  Medical  Service  in  1858.  He  soon^'became 
interested  in  the  Indian  flora,  and  his  collections  provided  material 
for  numerous  important  papers  in  the  Journal  of  the  Linnean 
Society,  of  which  body  he  became  a  Fellow  in  1863.  His  most 
important  collections  were  those  made  in  the  Kuram  Valley  in 
1878-80,  and  those  made  in  connection  with  the  Afghan  Dehmita- 
tion  Committee  in  1884.  Dr.  Aitchison  was  elected  F.R.S.  in 
1883  :  he  is  commemorated  by  Mr.  Hemsley— who  collaborated 
with  him  in  much  of  his  work,  and  who  contributes  an  obituary 
notice  to  Nature  of  Oct.  13th— in  the  Rubiaceous  genus  Aitchisonia. 

Messrs.  Duckworth  announce  for  publication  '  A  Glossary  of 
Botanic  Terms,'  by  Mr.  B.  Daydon  Jackson,  and  « A  Text-book  of 
Agricultural  Botany,  by  Mr.  John  Percival. 


464  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

We  have  received,  too  late  for  notice  in  the  present  number, 
the  new  edition  of  the  Cijhele  Bibemica,  issued  under  the  editorship 
of  Messrs.  R.  W.  Scully  and  N.  Colgan.  It  seems  to  be  admirably 
done. 

Dk.  Otto  Kuntze  has  issued  another  volume  of  his  Revisio 
Genera  Flantuniiii,  which  contains  much  interesting  and  important 
material.  Dr.  Kuntze's  labours,  as  it  seems  to  us,  meet  with  some- 
what insufficient  appreciation  among  English  botanists ,  we  hope 
to  publish  next  month  a  review  by  Mr.  Hiern  of  this  instalment. 
Oddly  enough,  the  book  seems  to  have  attracted  the  attention  of 
the  Dailij  Chronicle,  which  entirely  misapprehends  Dr.  Kuntze — 
whom  it  calls  "  Kurtze  " — and  finds  in  his  work  only  "a  curious 
display  of  spiteful  jocularity."  Dr.  Kuntze,  however,  is  not  re- 
sponsible for  "Mr.  Ascherson,  of  England,"  of  whom  the  Chronicle 
speaks.  Of  the  five  Latinised  names  cited  by  the  Chronicle,  four  are 
given  inaccurately ! 

Newspapers,  one  cannot  help  thinking,  would  do  well  to  leave 
botany  alone,  or  to  take  a  botanist  into  their  counsel.  The  Daily 
Telegraph  of  Oct.  12th,  in  the  course  of  an  article  in  the  very  best 
telegraphese  on  "The  Rainbow  Wonders  of  Windermere,"  has  the 
following  gem: — "It  was  rainbows,  rainbows,  all  the  way!  and 
what  was  the  cause  of  this  October  glory  of  rainbow  flood  ?  It  was 
nothing  in  the  world  but  a  smooth  lake  surface,  and  the  fine  dust 
of  the  pollen  of  a  humble  water-plant — some  say  the  pollen  of  the 
American  water-weed  Vallisneria,  others  aver  it  is  the  gold  dust  of 
the  water-lobelia,  which,  floating  upward  through  the  tranquil 
water  on  a  calm  October  day,  lies  on  the  surface  of  the  polished 
lake-mirror  with  power  to  change  the  face  of  the  water  into  such  a 
refracting  and  dilfracting  medium  as  to  splinter  all  the  sun  into 
irridescence  {sic),  and  unravel  the  beam  of  white  light  into  the 
colours  of  the  prism.  It  would  seem  that  the  water  must  be  of 
certain  temperature  to  encourage  the  plant  to  send  forth  its  prism- 
makers  to  the  surface."  We  commend  this  phenomenon  to  the 
notice  of  Mr.  Grant  Allen,  but  we  can  assure  the  Daily  Telegraph 
that  those  who  say  it  is  due  to  "  the  American  water- weed 
Vallisneria  "  are  hopelessly  out  of  it,  if  only  for  the  reason  that  no 
such  plant  grows  in  the  lake,  or  indeed  in  England  out  of  culti- 
vation. 

Mr.  C.  a.  Barber  has  been  appointed  to  the  Directorship  of  the 
Government  Gardens  at  Madras. 

It  may  be  well  to  note  that  the  earlier  opening  of  Kew  Gardens, 
which  came  into  force  for  the  summer  months,  has  been  suspended, 
and  that  the  Gardens  are  now  closed  until  noon. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  for  the  forthcoming 
session  will  be  held  on  the  3rd  of  November,  when  a  paper  will 
be  read  by  Prof.  H.  Marshall  Ward  on  Craterostigma  puinilum 
Hochst.,  and  Messrs.  H.  and  J.  Groves  will  exhibit  Nitella  hyalina 
kg.,  of  which  an  account  appears  in  our  present  issue. 


OTirn.Bot. 


Tab.  393. 


-# 


-i., 


j^' 


/ 


^KodPOw^ 


o^ri! 


u 


OJffi 


^>=s( 


S,.  S.  Salmon  del. 
■R. Morgan  lilh 


West,  Newman  imp . 


Cathciriiiea    ten  ell  a,  Rohi 


465 


OATHIRINEA   TENELLA   Rohl.  IN   BRITAIN. 

By  Ernest  S.   Salmon. 

(Plate  393.) 

In  May  last  Sir  James  Stirling  showed  me  the  locality  in  Bedg- 
bury  Wood,  near  Goudhurst,  Kent,  for  Catharinea  angastata  Brid., 
lately  discovered  there  by  Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson.  Amongst  the 
G.  angiistata  we  found  another  species  of  Catharinea ,  which,  as  noted 
in  this  Journal  for  August  last,  proved  to  be  C.  tenella  RohL,  a  new 
moss  for  Britain.  Last  October,  Sir  James  Stirling,  Mr.  W.  E. 
Nicholson,  and  myself  visited  the  locality,  and  found  a  few  fruiting 
plants.  I  have  compared  these  with  authentic  continental  speci- 
mens of  C.  tenella,  and  find  that  the  British  plants  agree  well  with 
them  in  all  characters. 

I  propose  to  give  a  description  of  G.  tenella,  so  as  to  direct  the 
attention  of  British  bryologists  to  this  plant,  which  miy  certainly 
be  expected  to  occur  in  other  localities. 

The  most  detailed  description  is  that  of  Limpricht  in  Raben- 
horst's  Gnjptogameii -Flora,  Band  iv.  Abth.  ii.  p.  598.  As  this  work 
may  not  be  generally  accessible,  I  will  quote  the  synonymy  and 
diagnosis  (in  translation)  given  there  : — 

*'  0.  TENELLA  Rohl.  in  Ann.  Wett.  iii.  234  (1814).  Mnium 
orthorrhynchum  Brid.  Spec.  Muse.  iii.  45  (1817).  Polgtrichwn  undu- 
latum  ft  minus  Funck,  Moost.  70  (1820).  Bryum  Polla  orthoryncha 
Brid.  Bryol.  univ.  ii.  [i.]  691  (1827)  [1826].  Atrichum  tenellum 
Bryol.  Eur.  fasc.  21,  22,  Monogr.  p.  9,  t.  4  (1844). 

"  Dioicous.  Tufts  lax,  i  to  2,  rarely  3  cm.  high,  dirty  yellowish 
green.  Stem  slender,  simple,  yellowish  green,  densely  leaved,  in 
transverse  section  angular,  central  strand  ill-defined,  nut  poly- 
trichoid,  all  the  cells  thin-walled.  Lower  leaves  small  and  squami- 
form,  above  quickly  becoming  larger,  soft,  erecto-patent,  when  dry 
curled  and  crisped  at  the  margins,  oblong  to  elongate-lanceolate, 
3-41  mm.  long,  and  1  mm.  broad,  keeled,  scarcely  undulate ; 
lamina  smooth  at  back,  or  in  the  upper  leaves  with  a  few  distant 
spines,  bordered  with  a  narrow  bistratose  margin,  spinose  with 
single  or  double  teeth  from  the  apex  to  below  the  middle.  Nerve  with 
2-4  lamellae,  spinose  at  back  towards  the  apex,  biconvex,  two  rows 
of  Deuter  cells,  one  row  of  central  cells,  the  upper  stereid  band 
rudimentary.  Leaf  cells  rounded-hexagonal,  0-018-0-024  mm., 
basal  rectangular  (1:2  to  4).  Seta  -|-  to  2  cm.  high,  slender, 
yellowish,  becoming  flesh-coloured,  above  slightly  turned  to  the 
right,  with  a  cylindrical  cavity  in  the  foot ;  vaginula  with  a  delicate 
laciniate  ochrea.  Capsula  slightly  inclined,  about  2  mm.  long, 
I  mm.  thick,  obovuid  to  oblong  and  urn-shaped,  dirty  yellowish 
brown.  Galyptra  almost  sm.ooth,  often  remaining  behind  on  the  seta. 
Lid  as  long  as  the  capsule,  rostrate  from  a  hemispherical  shining 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  36.      [Dec.  1898.]  2  k 


466  CATHARINEA    TENELLA    ROHL.    IN    BRITAIN. 

dark  reddish  brown  base.  Cells  of  the  exothecium  for  the  most  part 
quadrate,  with  strongly  thickened  longitudinal  walls.  Peristome 
teeth  large  (0-35  mm.),  minutely  papillose,  basal  membrane 
(0-03  mm.)  and  axils  of  the  teeth  yellowish.  Spores  0*014  to 
0-021  mm.,  yellowish,  almost  smooth.  Fruit,  August  and 
September." 

C.  tenella  occurs  in  Scandinavia,  Germany,  Belgium,  Austro- 
Hungary,  Switzerland,  and  France,  and  so  might  have  been 
expected  to  occur  in  Britain.  It  has,  in  fact,  been  already  recorded 
as  British  from  three  localities :  Strensall  Moor,  Yorkshire,  Loch 
Goil  Head,  and  between  Ben  Lawers  and  Killin  ;  but  all  the  speci- 
mens from  these  places  are,  according  to  Dr.  Braithwaite,  only  forms 
of  C.  undulata  (L.)  Web.  Mohr.,  or  C.  undulata  var.  minor  (Hedw.) 
Web.  Mohr.  (see  Braithw.  Brit.  Moss  Flora,  i.  41). 

The  distinguishing  characters  of  C.  tenella  are  the  dioicous  in- 
florescence, in  which  it  is  essentially  distinct  from  C.  undulata, 
from  the  ordinary  form  of  which  it  differs  ixi  the  oblong-lanceolate 
(not  longly  Ungulate)  leaves,  not  or  only  slightly  undulate,  and 
nearly  smooth  at  back,  the  few  often  interrupted  lamellae,  and  the 
short  oblong  slightly  inclined  but  not  arcuate  capsule.  C.  angustata 
differs  conspicuously  in  the  numerous  lamella,  smaller  leaf-cells, 
&c.  C.  crispa  has  taller  stems,  and  distant  broader  leaves,  with 
laxer  areolation. 

It  may  be  mentioned  here  that  the  character  emphasized  by 
Limpricht  {loc.  cit.  593)  as  separating  C.  crispa  from  C.  tenella  and 
C.  angustata  does  not  always  hold  good.  C.  crispa  is  stated  to  have 
the  nerve  smooth  at  back,  the  other  species  to  have  it  spinose 
towards  the  apex.  In  the  specimens,  however,  of  C.  crisjm  that 
I  have  examined — Mr.  Dixon  tells  me  that  the  same  is  also 
his  experience — the  nerve  frequently  bears  towards  the  apex,  at 
back,  a  few  distant  spines,  just  as  is  the  case  in  C.  tenella  and 
C.  angustata. 

Although  the  ordinary  form  of  C.  undulata  is  very  different  from 
C.  tenella,  the  var.  minor  approaches  the  latter  species  so  closely  at 
times  that  the  difference  in  inflorescence  seems  to  be  the  only 
character  separating  them.  As  a  rule,  however,  C.  tenella  has 
more  oblong  leaves,  fewer  lamella,  and  lamina  smoother  at  back ; 
while  the  var.  minor  generally  shows  here  and  there  signs  of  the 
leaves  becoming  elongate  and  more  undulate,  and  capsule  arcuate, 
&c.  I  have,  however,  seen  leaves  on  some  specimens  of  the  var.  minor 
{e.g.  the  specimen  of  McKinlay's  Ben  Lawers  plant  in  the  Kew 
Herbarium)  which  are  identical  in  shape,  areolation,  the  very 
few  low  lamellaB,  and  absence  of  spines  at  the  back  of  the  lamina 
with  those  of  C.  teyieUa,  and  the  capsule  very  similarly  shaped. 
C.  undulata  var.  minor  certainly  wants  further  study,  and  observa- 
tions on  growing  plants  with  reference  to  the  inflorescence  would 
be  extremely  valuable. 

The  first  specimens  (fig.  1)  collected  of  the  Bedgbury  Wood 
C.  tenella  attracted  attention  by  the  short  stems,  terminating  in  a 
female  flower  (without  any  appearance  of  having  proliferated  from 


CATHARINEA    TENELLA    ROHL.    IN    BRITAIN.  467 

a  male  inflorescence),  the  wider  scarcely  undulated  leaves,  and 
the  very  few  and  inconspicuous  interrupted  lamellae.  A  certain 
character  sometimes  occurs  in  the  growth  of  the  stems  of  C.  tenella 
which  may  easily  give  rise  to  a  misconception.  In  some  specimens 
the  stems  of  the  fertile  plants  have  a  comal-like  tuft  of  leaves 
about  half-way  down  (see  fig.  11  x);  these,  however  (unlike 
C.  undulata),  are  not  the  old  leaves  of  the  male  inflorescence  from 
which  the  female  stem  has  proliferated,  but  are  the  leaves  of 
an  old  female  flower,  and  in  the  axils  of  these  leaves  withered 
archegonia  can  be  found.  In  such  cases,  apparently,  the  first- 
formed  archegonia  have  not  been  fertilized,  and  the  axis  of  the 
stem  has  grown  on.  and  produced  another  female  flower  in  the 
following  season. 

C.  tenella  has  a  laxer  areolation  than  the  ordinary  form  of 
C.  undulata.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  the  lower  ovate-oblong 
leaves,  which  with  the  few  low  lamellae  much  recall  those  of  C. 
crispa.  C.  undulata  var.  minor,  however,  as  mentioned  above,  some- 
times presents  the  same  characters  ;  and  in  C.  tenella  itself  the 
areolation  of  the  uppermost  leaves  becomes  smaller. 

C.  te7ieUa  was  found  sparingly,  in  company  with  C.  undtilata  and 
C.  angustata,  by  a  sandy  roadside  and  in  "drives";  in  the  former 
place  with  Eadiola  linoides.  On  the  Continent  it  prefers  damp 
clayey  or  loamy  places,  but  sometimes  occurs  on  damp  sand.  In 
the  Kew  Herbarium  there  are  specimens  collected  by  Bruch  near 
Berlin  *'on  damp  sand,  with  Fuidiola  linoides,''  which  are  quite 
similar  in  habit,  &c.,  to  the  British  plants. 

I  have  placed  a  specimen  of  the  Goudhurst  C.  tenella  in  the 
Kew  Herbarium  for  reference. 


Explanation  of  Plate  393.— Figs.  1-10.  G.  tenella  Rohl.  from  Bedgbury 
Wood,  near  Goudhurst,  Kent.  1.  Female  plant,  nat.  size.  2.  Male  plant,  nat. 
size.  3.  Two  fruiting  plants,  nat.  size.  4.  Capsules  x  12.  5.  Upper  leaf  of 
fruiting  plant  x  12.  6.  Leaf  from  middle  of  stem  x  12.  7.  Leaf  from  a  barren 
plant  X  12.  8.  Areolation  of  leaf  (fig.  6)  at  one-third  from  the  apex  x  255. 
9.  Ditto  (fig.  5),  ditto  x  255.  10.  Transverse  section  of  leaf  x  255.  11-13. 
G.  tenella,  from  a  specimen  in  the  Kew  Herbarium  (Helsingfors,  coll.  S.  0. 
Lindberg).  11.  Fruiting  plant,  showing  proliferation  at  x  ,  nat.  size.  12.  Cap- 
sule X  12.     13.  Areolation  at  one-third  from  apex  of  leaf,  x  255. 


2  K  2 


468 


THE    FLOWERING   PLANTS   OF   NOVAYA   ZEMLYA,   etc. 

By  Colonel  H.  W.  Feilden. 

(Concluded  from  p.  43t;.) 


Fam.    RANUNCULACEiE. 

Ranunculus  Pallasii  Scbl 

R'  lapponicus  L.         

R.  hijperboreus  Rottb 

R.  jyygmmus  Walileub 

R.  nivalis  L.  

R.  sulphureus  Sol 

R.  acris  L.  f.  borealis  Trautv.  . 

R.  auricom  its  L.  

Caltha  imlustris  L 

Thalictrum  alpinmn  L 

Fam.  Papaverace^. 
Papaver  nudicaule  L 

Fam.  CRUciFERiE. 

Matthiola  nudicaulis  Trautv.     . 
Cardamine  pratensis  L 

C.  bellidifoliaJj.         

Arabis  alpina  L 

A.  petraa  JjQiXn.  

Eutrema  Edwardsii  R.  Br 

Bray  a  alpina  Koch    

Cheiranthus  pygmmis  Adams 

Cochlearia  feiiestrata  R.  Br 

Schivereclda  podolica  Andrz 

Draba  alpina  L.  

D.  repens  Bieb.  

D.  arctica  J.  Vahl      

D.  hirta  L.  

D.  fladnizensis  Wulf 

D.  muricella  Wahlenb 

Fam.  Violace^. 
Viola  biflora  L.  

Fam.  Caryophyllace.e 

Silene  acaulis  L.  

Wahlenbergia  apetala  Fr 

W.  aj/iim  Vahl  


N.  L^ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


469 


Stellaria  longipes  Goldie    

S.  humifusa  Rottb 

S.  crassifolia  Ehrh 

Cerastium  alpinum  L 

C.  trigynum  Vill 

Alsine  hi  flora  1j.  

A.  imbricata  C.  A.  M 

A.  rubella  Wahlenb 

Arenaria  ciliata  L 

A .  peploides  L.  

Sagina  nivalis  Fries  

8,  saxatilis  Wimm 

Fam.  Papilionace.t:. 

Hedysarum  obscunmi  L 

Astragalus  alpinus  L 

A .  frigidus  A.  Gray  

Oxytropis  oampestris  DC 

Fam.  EosACE^. 

Rubiis  ChamcEmoras  L 

Comaruin  palustre  L 

Potentilla  pulcheUa  R.  ]^i* 

P.  fragiformis  Willd 

P.  nivea  L.  

P.  maculata  Pourr 

Dryas  octopetala  L 

Fam.  Halorage^. 
Hippuris  vulgaris  L 

Fam.  Saxifragace/e. 

Saxifraga  oppositifolia  L 

S.fiagellaris  Willd 

S.  aizoidesli.  

S.  Hirculus  L.  

S.  stellaris  L.  f.  comosa  Puir.    .. 

S.  nivalis  L.  

S.  hieraciifolia  Waldst.  &  Kit... 

S.  cernua  L.  

8.  rivularis  L.  

8.  ccBspitosa  L.  f.  decipiens  Elirb 
Chrysosplenium  alter nifoliimi  L, 


N.  Lat. 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


470 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


Fam.  PaKjNassiace^. 
Parnassia  palustris  L 

Fam.  Crassulace^. 
Seduin  Rhodiola  DC 

Fam.  Umbellifer^. 
Pachypleunim  alpiniwi  Ledeb 

Fam.  Onagrace^. 

Ejnlobium  latifolium  L 

E.  alpinum  L.  

E.  palustre  L.  

Fam.  Valerian ace^. 
Valeriana  cajntata  Pall 

Fam.  Composite. 

Pyrethrum  hipinnatnm  Willd.     [Kupr. 
Matricaria  inodora  L.  v.  phcEocephala 

Artemisia  borealis  Pall 

A.  vulgaris  L.  v.  Tilesii  Ledeb 

Arnica  alpina  Olin 

Senecio  palustris  L.  f.  conyesta  Hook. 
S.  camp)estris  DC.  v.  i7iteyriJ'olius  Hook 

S.  friyidus  Less 

S.  resedifolius  Less 

Antennaria  carpathica  K.  Br 

Erigeron  unifiurus  L 

Petasites  friyida  Fr 

Taraxacum  officinale  Web 

T.  p)hymatocarpum  J.  Vahl    

Fam.  Campanulace/e. 

Campanula  rotundifolia  L 

C.  unifiora  L.  

Fam.  PyrolacevE. 
Pyrola  yrandijiora  Piaddi  

Fam.  Vacciniace^. 

Arctostaphylos  alpina  L 

Vacciniiim  Vitis-idcea  L.  LpumilaHoni. 
V.  uliginosum  L 


N.  Lat. 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


471 


Fam.  Peimulace^. 

Prim  ula  stricta  Horn 

P.  farinosa  L.  

Androsace  septentrionalis  L.  .. 

A .  ChamcBJasme  Koch    

A .  trijiora  Adams      

Cortusa  Matthioli  L 

Trientalis  europcBci  L.  ? 


Fam.  Plumbaginace^. 
Armeria  sibirica  Turcz 


N.  Lat. 


o 

I 

Oi 


Fam.    POLEMONIACEJL. 

Polemonium  cceruleum  L.  f.  acutifolia] 

WiUd I 

P.  pidchellum  Bunge 

Fam.  AspERiFOLi^. 

Myosotis  alpestris  Koch 

Eritrichium  villosum  Bunge 


Fam.  Gentianace^. 

Gentiana  clirijsoneura  Ekstam  &  Murb 
G.  tenella  Fr.  

Fam.  Personate. 

Pedieularis  sudetica  Willd 

P.  lanata  Willd.  f.  dasyantha  Trautv. 

P.  hirsuta  L.  

P.  OederiY&hl  

P.  lapponica  L.  

Fam.  Selaginace^. 

Lagotis  glauca  Gartn.  f.  Stelleri  (Cham.  ] 
&Schl I 

Fam.    PLANTAGINACEiE. 

Playitago  maritima  L.  f .  piimila  Kjellm. 

Fam.    POLYGONACE^. 

Polygonum  Bistorta  L 

P.  viviparum  L.  

Bumex  arcticus  Trautv 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 
+ 
+ 
+ 

+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


472 


THE  FLOWEKING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


Pi.  domesticiis  Hartm.  f.  va)ia  Hook  .. 

R.  Acetosa  L 

Oayria  digijna  Hill 

Koenigia  islandica  L 

Fam.  Empetrace^e. 
Empetrimi  nigrum  L 

Fam.  Betulace^. 
Betida  na7ia  L.  

Fam.  Salicineac. 

Scdix  jjolaris  Wahlenb 

S.  herbacea  L.  

S.  rotiindifolia  Trautv 

S.  reticulata  L.  

S.  arctica  Pall,  et  var.  Brownei  And 
S.  glauca  L.  et  f.  siibarctica  Lundstr 

S.  reptans  Kiipr 

S.  ovalifolia  Trautv 

8.  taj  my  resists  Trautv 

;S'.  lanata  L.  

8.  myrsinites  L.  

Fam.  LiLiACE^. 

A  Ilium  sibiricum  L 

Uoydia  serotina  Eeichb 

Veratrum  album  L 

Fam.  JuNCACE^. 

Juncus  castaneus  Sm 

J.  biglumis  Li.  

Luzida  Wahlenbergii  Eupr 

L.  confusa  Lindeb 

L.  arctica  Bly tt  

L.  spicata  DC.  

Fam.  CypERACEiE. 

Erioplwrum  angustifolium  Botij 

E.  vaginatum  L 

E.  Callith  rix  Cham 

E.  russeolum  Fr.         

E,  8cheuchzeri  Hopjjc 


N.  Lat. 


+ 


+ 


oq  1-1 

t>  t- 

I  I 

i-H  O 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+        + 

+        +        + 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+       + 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


473 


Carex  puJla  Good 

C.  rotimdata  Walileub 

C.fiiliginosa  Schk.  =  C.  wismidi 

C.  rarijiora  Sm 

C,  salijia  Wablenb 

C.  aquatUis  Wahlenb 

C.  acuta  L.  

C.  rigida  Good.  

C.  hyperborea  Dre j 

C.  lagopina  Wahlenb 

C.  glareosa  Wahlenb 

C.  Ursina  Desv.         

C.  incurva  Lightf.     

C.  dioica  L.  f.  parallela  Laest. 
C.  rupestris  All.  


R.Br. 


N.  Lat 

o 

o 

CD 

% 
t- 

o        o 
-H       CO 

o 
•7 

0 

T— 1 

CO     c5q 

1—1 

0 
t- 

05 
CD 

Fam.  Gramine^. 

Elymiis  arena7'ius  L 

Festuca  rubra  L.  f.  arenaria  Osb.     ... 

F.  ovina  L.  et  f.  brevifolia  R.  Br.     ... 

Poa  pratensis  L.         

P.  alpina  L.  ...  

P.  arctica  R.  Br.  et  f.  stricta  Lindeb. 

P.  abbreviata  R.  Br 

Arctophila  fulva  Nym 

Glyceria  Kjellma7i7ii  J.  Lge 

G.  Vahliaiia  (Liehm.)  Fr 

G.  vilfoidea  (Ands.)  Th.  Fr 

(t,  tenella  J.  Lge 

G.  vaginata  J.  Lge 

Pleuropogon  Sahinii  R.  Br 

Fhippsia  algida  R.  Br.  et  coxcinna  Fr, 

Colpodium  latifolium  R.  Br 

(7.  Jiumile  Lge.  

Dupontia  Fisheri  R.  Br 

Trisetum  subspicatum  L 

Aira  caspitosa  Beauv 

A,  alpina  L.  

Alop)ecurus  alpiniis  Sm 

A.  pratensis  L.  f.  alpestris  Wahlenb... 

A .  ruthenicus  Weinm 

Phleum  pratense  L 

Hierochloe  alpina  R.  &  S.      

H.  pauciflora  R.  Br 

Calamagrostis  neglecta  Gaertn.  =  C. 

stricta  P.  B.=  C.  Hohnii  Lge. 


+ 


+ 


+  + 
+    + 

+  + 
+  — 
+  + 
+  — 
+  ,+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 
+ 
+ 


+    + 
—  + 

+    + 


+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

— 

+ 

-h 

— 

+ 

— 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

— 

+ 

— 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

— 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

— 

+ 

+ 

+ 

— 

— 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 



+ 

+ 

— 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

— 

— 

474 


THE  FLOWERING  PLANTS  OF  NOVAYA  ZEMLYA,  ETC. 


N.  Lat. 

o 

^ 
t- 

o 

% 

tr- 

^ 
t- 

o 

1 

CD 

XO 

t- 

ee 

1—1 
t> 

o 

§ 

C.  strigosa  Bouo" 



.. 





+ 



+ 

Koeleria  cristata  Gaud 

+ 

Cryptogams  Vasculares. 
Equisetaces. 

Equisetmn  a rvense  L 

E.  scirpoides  Mich 

— 

— 

— 

+ 
+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

FiLICES. 

Custopteris  fragilis  Bernb 

_L 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

Lycopodiaces. 

1 

Lycoj^odium  Selago  L 

— 

— 

— !  + 

+ 

— 

+ 

+ 

Summary... 

4 

16 

49  134135132 

145158 

In  the  above  table,  195  phanerogams  and  four  vascular  crypto- 
gams are  admitted  as  the  known  flora  of  Waigats,  Novaya  Zemlya, 
and  Lutke  and  Barents  Lands.  In  the  excellent  paper  by  Herr  0. 
Ekstam*  on  the  flora  of  Novaya  Zemlya,  he  includes  in  his  list 
200  plants,  but  I  have  deemed  it  expedient  to  deduct  from  that 
enumeration  the  following,  viz. : — Ranunculus  affinis,  for  the  reasons 
advanced  in  the  text ;  Fgrola  minor,  its  presence  not  having  been 
satisfactorily  established;  Draha  oblongata,  D.  altaica,  D.  lactea, 
and  D.  corymhusa  as  synonyms  (0.  Gelert,f  "Notes  on  Arctic 
Plants  ") ;  Salix  Brownei,  which  is  here  included  as  a  variety  of 
S.  arctica ;  Catabrosa  concinna  as  =  Phippsia  algida ;  and  Calama- 
grostis  Holmii,  included  under  the  head  of  C.  neglecta.  On  the 
other  hand,  eight  names  are  added  to  this  list : — 


Ranunculus  auricomus. 
Alsine  imbricata. 
Potentilla  nivea. 
Gentiana  tenella. 


Empetrum  nigrum. 
Veratrum  album. 
Poa  abbreviata. 
Koeleria  cristata. 

Bringing  up  the  number  of  plants  enumerated  in  the  accompanying 
table  to  199. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  zones  of  76-77°  and  75-76°  are  in 
a  botanical  sense  uninvestio-ated. 


*  Botanische  Jahrbilcher,  xxii.  185,  Leipzig,  1896. 
t  Scertryk  af  Botanisk  Tidsskrift,  Kjobenhavn,  1898. 


475 


REVISION     OF    EXTRA-TROPICAL     SOUTH-AFRICAN 
ASCLEPIADACEiE. 

By  Rudolf  Schlechter. 

(Concluded  from  Journ.  Bot.  1897,  p.  295.) 

It  is  with  some  hesitation  that  I  piibhsh  this  list  of  Stapeliem. 
However,  it  had  to  be  done.  But  I  hope  that,  incomplete  as  it  may 
be,  it  will  at  any  rate  throw  some  light  upon  several  species. 
Besides,  having  begun  to  pay  more  attention  to  this  group  than 
I  had  formerly  occasion  to  do,  I  hope  to  find  leisure  to  study  them 
more  carefully,  and  in  a  future  time  to  give  a  more  full  account  of 
them. 

Unfortunately,  my  views  of  species  seem  to  differ  widely  from 
those  of  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown,  of  Kew ;  but  although  I  believe  him 
a  most  careful  worker,  I  fear  that  many  of  his  species,  when 
he  has  seen  more  material,  will  have  to  be  united  with  older 
ones. 

XXXIX.  HooDiA  Sweet,  Hort.  Brit.  ed.  2,  359  (1830) ;  Dene,  in 
DC.  Prodr.  viii.  664  (1844) ;  Benth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PI.  ii.  783 
(1876).  Monothijlacium  G.  Don,  Gen.  Syst.  iv.  116  (1837). 
Scytanthus  Hk.  Ic.  PI.  t.  605  (1844). 

1.  H.  GoRDONi  Sweet,  I.e.  359  (1830);  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  665 
(1841).  Scytanthus  Gordoni  Hk.  Ic.  PI.  t.  625.  Stapelia  Gordoiii 
Mass.  Stap.  24,  t.  40  (1796);  Don,  Syst.  iv.  116  (1837).  Mono- 
thylacium  Gordoni  Don,  I.e.  116  (1837). 

Little  Namaqualand,  Clanwilliam,  Calvinia,  Van  Rhynsdorp. 

2.  H.  Barklyi  Dyer  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  xv.  252,  t.  5,  f.  3 
(1876). 

Karroo. 

8.  H.  Bainii  Dyer  in  Bot.  Mag.  t.  6348  (1878). 
Karroo,  Gamka  River. 

XL.    Trichocaulon  N.  E.  Br.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  xvii   164 

(1878). 

1.  T.  piLiFERUM  N.  E.  Br.  I.  e.  Stapelia  pilifera  L.  f.  Suppl.  171 
(1781). 

Calvinia,  Little  Namaqualand. 

2.  T.  FLAVUM  N.  E.  Br.  I.  e.  165. 
Karroo. 

3.  T.  cACTiFORME  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  sub  t.  1905  (1890). 
Stapelia  clavata  Willd.  Spec.  PI.  i.  1275  (1797).  S.  eactiformis 
Hook.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  4127  (1844). 

Little  Namaqualand. 

4.  T.  OFFICINALE  N.  E.  Br.  in  Kew  Bull.  1895,  264. 
Bechuanaland. 


476         REVISION  OF  EXTRA- TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACEiE. 

XLI.  Decabelone  Dene,  in  Ann.  Sc.  Nat.  Ser.  5,  xiii.  407,  t.  2 
(1870-71) ;  Bth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PL  ii.  784  (1876). 

1.  D.  Barklyi  Dyer  in  Bot.  Mag.  i.  6203  (1875) ;  Journ.  Linn. 
See.  Bot.  XV.  249,  t.  5,  f.  4  (1876). 

Karroo,  Little  Namaqualand,  Calvinia. 

XLII.   HuERNiopsis  N.  E.  Br.  in  Jouru.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  xvii.  171 

(1878). 
1.  H.  DECiPiENs  N.  E.  Br.  /.  c. 
South  Africa. 

XLIII.   DuvALiA  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Succ.  44  (1812) ;  Benth.  &  Hk.  f. 
Gen.  PI.  ii.  784  (1876). 

1.  D.  RECLiNATA  Haw.  l,c.  44  (1812);  Don,  Syst.  iv.  121. 
Stapelia  reclinata  Mass.  Stap.  19,  t.  28  (1796) ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1282; 
Schnltz  in  Koem.  &  Schult.  Syst.  vi.  48  (1820) ;  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  14 ; 
Dene,  in  DC.  Prodr.  viii.  662  (1844). 

Uitenbage,  Albany,  Queenstown,  Somerset  East. 

2.  D.  ELEGANS  Haw.  I.e.;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  121.  Stapelia  eleqans 
Mass.  I.e.  19,  t.  27  (1796);  Willd.  i.c.i.  1282;  Sclmltes /.  c'.  vi. 
44;  Bot.  Mag.  1184  (1809);  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  662. 

Little  Namaqualand. 

3.  D.  c^spiTOSA  Haw.  I.  e.  45  ;  Don,  /.  c.  iv.  121.  Stapelia 
ecBspitosa  Mass.  /.  c.  20,  t.  29  (1796) ;  Willd.  I.  e.  i.  1282 ;  Schultes, 
I.  e.  vi.  44 ;  Redoute,  PI.  Grasses,  t.  148  ;  Dene.  /.  e.  viii.  662. 

4.  D.  RADiATA  Haw.  I.  e.  45  (1812) ;  Don,  /.  c.  iv.  122  ;  Lodd. 
Bot.  Cab.  831.  D.  tuhevcuJata  Haw.  I.e.  46  (1812);  Suppl.  13 
(1819).  Stapelia  radiata  Jaeq.  Stap.  t.  12  (1806) ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  619 ; 
Dene.  /.  e.  663.     6\  tuberculata  Hort.  ex  Haw.  I.  e.  46. 

South  Africa. 

5.  D.  GLOMEEATA  Haw.  l.c.  46  (1812);  Suppl.  14  (1819). 
Stapelia  glomerata  Hort.  ex  Harv.  I.e.  46  (1812). 

South  Africa. 

6.  D.  L^viGATA  Haw.  /.  e.  46  (1812)  ;  Suppl.  14  (1819). 
Stajjelia  lavigata  Hort.  ex  Haw.  /.  c.  46  (1812). 

South  Africa. 

7.  D.  coMPACTA  Don,  l.c.  iv.  122.  Stapelia  eomjmcta  JisiVY.  l.c. 
46  ;  Schultes,  Syst.  vi.  46. 

South  Africa. 

8.  D.  HiRTELLA  Sweet,  Hort.  Brit.  ed.  1,  276  (1830).  Stapelia 
hirtella  Jaeq.  I.  e.  t.  10  ;  Willd.  Euum.  285  ;  Schultes,  /.  e.  vi.  26  ; 
Dene.  I.  e.  662.  S.  cymosa  Hort.  ex  Schult.  /.  c.  vi.  49.  S.  reclinata 
Sims,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1397  (1811). 

South  Africa. 

9.  D.  Jacquiniana  Sweet,  I.e.  276;  Schultes,  l.c.  vi.  45;  Dene. 
I.  c.  662.  Stapelia  radiata  Jaeq.  I.  e.  t.  12  ;  Bot.  Mag.  619. 
S.  Jacquiniana  Schultes,  I.  e,  vi.  45. 

South  Africa, 


REVISION  OF  EXTRA- TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACExE.       477 

10.  D.  MASTODEs  Sweet,  I.  c.  276  (1830)  ;  Don,  Syst.  Gen.  iv. 
122  (1838).  StapeUa  mastodes  Jacq.  l.  c.  t.  13.  S.  mastodis  St.  Lag. 
in  Ann.  Soc.  Bot.  Lyon.  vii.  (1880). 

South  Africa. 

11.  D.  REPLicATA  Sweet,  Lc.  276  (1830);  Don,  I.e.  iv.  122. 
StapeUa  replicata  Jacq.  I.e.  t.  19;  Willd.  Enum.  286;  Koem.  & 
Schult.  I.e.  vi.  45;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  662  (1844). 

12.  D.  poLiTA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1876,  ii.  130;  Bot. 
Mag.  t.  6245. 

South  Africa. 

13.  D.  ANGusTiLOBA  N.E.Br.  I.e.  1883,  ii.  230;  in  Ic.  PI. 
t.  1925. 

Karroo,  Griqualand  West. 

14.^  D.    CoRDEROYi   N.  E.  Br.  in   Bot.    Mag.    t.    6082    (1874). 
StapeUa  Corderoyi  Hk.  f.  I.  c. 
Orange  River. 

15.  D.  TRANsvAALENSis  Schltr.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xx.  Beibl. 
51,  54  (1895).       D.dentata  N.  E.  Br.  in  Kew  Bull.  1895,  265. 

Transvaal,  Bechuanaland. 

16.  D.  coNCOLOR  Schltr.     StapeUa  eoneohr  Salm.  Dyk. 
South  Africa. 

XLIV.  Caralluma  R.  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.  Soc.  i.  14  (1809) ;  Dene, 
in  DC.  Prodr.  viii.  647  (1844) ;  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron. 
1892,  xii.  369.  Boueerosia  Wight  &  Arn.  Contrib.  34;  Dene. 
I.e.  viii.  648  (1844).  Oaaqua  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron. 
1879,  xii.  8.  Piaranthus  R.  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.  Soc.  23 
(1809) ;  Dene.  /..  e.  viii.  650 ;  Benth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PL  ii.  782 
(1876).     Obesia  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Succ.  42  (1812). 

1.  C.  LUTEA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PL  xx.  t.  1901  (1890). 
Orange  Free  State,  Griqualand  West,  Transvaal,  Natal. 

2.  C.  ARMATA  N.  E.  Br.  I.  c.  t.  1902. 
Little  Namaqualand. 

8.  C.  MAMMiLLARis  N.  E.  Br.  I.e.  sub  t.  1902.  StapeUa  mam- 
millaris  L.  Mant.  ii.  216  (1771).  S.  pulla  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ed.  1, 
i.  310  (1789) ;  Mass.  Stap.  21,  t.  31  (1796).  Boueerosia  mammillaris 
N.  E.  Br.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  xvii.  165,  t.  ii.  f.  5-13  (1890). 

Little  Namaqualand. 

-       4.  C.  LINEARIS  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PL  xx.  t.  1903  (1890). 
Zwartberg. 

5.  C.  HOTTENTOTTORUM  N.  E.  Br.  I.  c.  sub  t.  1903.  Ouaqua 
hottentottorum  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1879,  xii.  8,  f.  1. 

Namaqualand. 

6.  C.  RAMosA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PL  t.  1904  (1890).  StapeUa 
ramosa  Mass.  I.e.  21,  t.  32  (1796) ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1288 ;  Schultes, 
Syst.  vi.  22;  Haw,  Syn.  PL  Succ.  23  (1812);  Don,  Gen.  Syst. 
Gard.  iii.  116;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  658  (1844). 

Karroo. 


478        REVISION  OF  EXTRA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACE^. 

7.  C.  APERTA  N.E.Br.  I.e.  t.  1905  (1890).  Stapelia  aperta 
Mass.  I.e.  23,  t.  37  (1796);  Willd.  Ic.  i.  1285;  Schultes,  /.  c. ; 
Haw.  I.e.  23  (1812);  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  658  (1844). 

Little  Namaqualand. 

8.  0.  ARiDA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Cin-on.  1892,  xii.  369.  Stapelia 
arida  Mass,  I.e.  21,  t.  33  (1796).  Fiarant/ms  aridiis  Don,  I.e.  iy. 
114;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  650  (1844). 

Swellendam. 

9.  C.  iNCARNATA  N.  E.  Br.  /.  c.  Stapelia  incarnata  L.  f.  Suppl. 
171  (1781);  Mass.  I.e.  22,  t.  34(1796).  Piaranthm  aridtis  Don, 
I.e.  iv.  114;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  650  (1844).  Boucerosia  inearnata 
N.  E.  Br.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  xvii.  166,  t.  11,  f.  14-17  (1878). 

Saldanha  Bay,  Hopefield. 

10.  C.  PARviFLORA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  xii.  370  (1892). 
Stapelia  jmrviflora  Mass.  I.e.  22,  t.  35  (1796);  Don,  I.e.  iv.  113. 
Fiaranthus  parviji.oras  Sprgl.  Syst.  i.  841  ;  Dene.  I.  e.  viii.  650 
(1844).     Caralliima  dependens  N.  E.  Br.  in  le.  PI.  xx.  t.  1903  (1890). 

Little  Namaqualand,  Clanwilliani,  Van  Eliyndorp,  Calvinia. 

11.  C.  PRuiNosA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  xii.  370  (1892). 
Stapelia  pruinosa  Mass.  I.e.  24,  t.  41  (1796);  Willd.  I.e.  i.  1287; 
Eoem.  &  Schult.  I.e.  vi.  35;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  657  (1844).  Tromo- 
triehe  iiruinosa  Haw.  I.e.  37;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  119. 

Little  Namaqualand. 

12.  C.  CHLORANTHA  Schltr.  ill  Engl.  Jahrb. 
George,  Karroo. 

13.  0.  INTERMEDIA  Schltr.  Stapelia  intermedia  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic. 
PI.  XX.  t.  1910  (1890). 

Clanwilliani. 

14.  C.  DECORA  Sehltr.  Stapelia  decora  Mass.  Stap.  19,  t.  20 
(1796).  Obesia  deeora  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Suec.  43  (1812).  Fiaranthus 
deeorus  N.  E.  Br.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soe.  Bot.  xvii.  163  (1878). 

Victoria  West,  Little  Namaqualand. 

15.  C.  GEMiNATA  Scliltr.  Stapelia  qeminata  Mass.  /.  e.  18,  t.  25 
(1796)  ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1290;  Roeni.  &  Schult.  Syst.  vi.  42;  Bot. 
Mag.  t.  1326;  Dene,  in  DC.  Prodr.  viii.  661  (1844).  Fiaranthus 
geminatus  N.  E.  Br.  I.e.  163.  Obesia  geminata  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Succ. 
42;  Don,  Gen.  Syst.  iv.  121. 

Karroo,  Beaufort  West. 

16.  C.  SERRULATA  Scliltr.  Stapelia  serrulata  Jacq.  I.  c.  t.  17  ; 
Willd.  Enum.  286  ;  Roem.  &  Schult.  I.  e.  47  ;  Dene.  I.  e.  viii.  658 
(1844).  Fiaranthus  serrulatus  N.  E.  Br.  I.  c.  163.  Caruncularia 
serrata  Haw.  I.  c. ;  Don,  I.  c.  iv.  122. 

South  Africa. 

17.  C.  PUNCTATA  Sehltr.  Stapelia  punetata  Mass.  /.  c.  18,  t.  24 
(1796).       Obesia   punetata   Haw.    /.  c.    43.      Fiaranthus    piinetatus 

.R.  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.   Soc.  i.  23 ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  650  (1844)  ; 
N.  E.  Br.  I.e.  163  (1878). 
South  Africa. 


REVISION  OF  EXTEA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACE^.       479 

18.  0.  coMPTA  Schltr.     Piaranthus  compfiis  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PL 
t.  1924  (1890). 
"  Karroo." 

19._  C.  GRivANA  Schltr.    Piaranthus  grivanus  N.  E.  Br.  I.  c.  1. 1924. 
Griqualand  West. 

XLV.  Stapelia  L.  Gen.  PL  307  ;  R.  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.  Soc.  i.  23 
(1809);  EndL  Gen.  3524;  Dene,  in  DC.  Prodr.  viii.  652; 
Haw.  Syn.  PL  Sncc.  14.  Gonostemon  Haw.  Syn.  PL  Succ. 
27  (1812).  Tridentea  Haw.  /.  c.  34.  Tromotriche  Haw.  I.e. 
36.      Orhea  Haw.  I.  c.  37.      Caruncularla,  I.  c.  33. 

1.  S.  acuminata  Mass.  Stap.  15,  t.  17  (1796)  ;  Willd.  Spec.  i. 
1281 ;  Sclmltes,  Syst.  vi.  21 ;  Haw.  /.  c.  28  ;  Don,  Gen.  Syst.  Gard. 
iv.  116;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  654. 

Namaqualand. 

2.  S.  AMBiGUA  Mass.  Stap.  13,  t.  12  (1796) ;  Jaeq.  Stap.  t.  35  ; 
Haw.  I.e.  17  ;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  114  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  652. 

Africa  australis. 

3.  S.  Asterias  Mass.  Stap.  14,  t.  14  (1796)  ;  Jacq.  Stirp.  47 
(1819);  Bot.  Mag.  t.  536;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  115;  Willd.  I.e.  i.  1280; 
Dene.  /.  e.  viii.  653. 

Karroo. 

4.  S.  atropurpurea  Salm.  Dyk.  Hort.  Dyk.  372  (1834) ;  Dene 
Lc.  viii.  659. 

Karroo. 

5.  S.  Barklyi  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PL  xx.  t.  1909  (1890). 
Little  Namaqualand. 

6.  S.  BisuLCA  Don,  Hort.  Cant.  ed.  3,  43  (nomen) ;  Sehultes, 
Syst.  vi.  37  ;  Dene.  /.  e.  viii.  659.     Orhea  bisulea  Don,  I.  e.  120. 

South  Africa. 

7.  S.  canescens  Hort.  ex  Haw.  Syn.  PL  Succ.  26  (1812). 
South  Africa. 

8.  S.  concinna  Mass.  Stap.  15,  t.  18  (1796);  Don,  I.e.  iv.  116. 
South  Africa. 

9.  S.  coNSPURCATA  Willd.  Enum.  Hort.  BeroL  284  ;  Sehultes, 
/.  e.  vi.  39  ;  Don,  /.  e.  120  ;  Dene.  /.  e.  viii.  660. 

South  Africa. 

10.  S.  coRDATA  Hort.  ex  Haw.  Syn.  PL  Succ.  26  (1812). 
South  Africa. 

11.  S.  DEFLEXA  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  20  (1819) ;  Sehultes,  I.  e.  vi.  46* 
Bot.  Mag.  t.  1890 ;  Dene.  I.  e.  viii.  664. 

South  Africa. 

12.  S.  DEJECTA  Salm.  Dyk.  Hort.  Dyk.  372  (1834) ;  Dene.  I  c 
viii.  659. 

South  Africa. 

13.  S.  DISCOLOR  Tod.  Hort.  Bot.  Pan.  i.  49,  t.  12,  f.  3  (1878). 
South  Africa. 


480       EEVISION  OF  EXTRA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACE^. 

14.  S.  DivARicATA  Mass.  Stap.  17,  t.  22  (1796) ;  Jacq.  Stap. 
t.  22;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1007  (1807);  Don,  I.e.  iv.  117;  Haw.  Syn. 
PL  Slice.  27  (1812) ;  Willd.  Enum.  i.  280  (1797) ;  Schultes,  I.  c.  vi. 
27;  Dciie.  I.e.  viii.  655  (1844). 

South  Africa. 

15.  S.  ERECTiFLORA  N.  E.  Br.  iu  Gard.  Cliron.  vi.  650  (1889) ; 
in  Ic.  Plant,  xx,  t.  1921  (1891). 

Olanwilliam,  Karroo. 

16.  S.  FAScicuLATA  Thbg.  Prodr.  PI.  Cap.  46;  Flor.  Cap.  170 
(1820).  Piaranthus  fasciculatus  Schultes,  Syst.  vi.  10  ;  Dene.  /.  c. 
iii.  650  (1844). 

Calvinia. 

17.  S.  FissiROSTRis  Jacq.  Stap.  23 ;  Don,  /.  c.  iv.  115  ;  Dene. 
I.e.  654  (1844). 

South  Africa. 

18.  S.  FLAvicoMATA  Haw.  Syst.  PI.  Succ.  8  (1812)  ;  Dene.  I.  e. 
viii.  663  (1844). 

South  Africa. 

19.  S.  FuscATA  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  46;  Dene.  I.e.  657  (1844). 
S.   (jlauea  var.   ^,    Haw.   Syn.   PI.  Succ.  37   (1812).     Tromotriehe 

fascata  Haw.  I.e.  10  (1812);  Don,  I.e.  iv.  119. 
South  Africa. 

20.  S.  FuscopuRPUREA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  Plant,  xx.  t.  1913  (1891). 
South  Africa. 

21.  S.  GEMMiFLORA  Mass.  14,  t.  15  (1796) ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1280  ; 
Schultes,  Syst.  vi.  33 ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1839  ;  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  24  ;  Dene. 
I.e.  viii.  656  (1844).    S.gemmifera  Hort.exSalm.Dyk.Hort.Dyk.266. 

"Platte  Kloof,"  Masson. 

22.  S.  GiGANTEA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1877,  i.  684. 
8.  Plantii  McKen.  ex  N.  E.  Br.  I.  e. 

Natal,  Orange  Free  State,  Transvaal. 

23.  S.  GLABRiFLORA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1876,  ii.  809, 
f.  149.     S.  depressa  Hort.  ex  N.  E.  Br.  I.  e. 

South  Africa. 

24.  S.  GLABRicAULis  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  xx.  t.  1917  (1891). 
S.  tsomoensis  N.  E.  Br.  I.  c.  t.  1918. 

Kaffraria,  Queenstown. 

25.  S.  GLANDULiFLORA  Mass.  Stap.  16,  t.  19 ;  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  21  ; 
Smith,  Exot.  Bot.  t.  71  (1805) ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1284 ;  Don,  /.  e.  iv. 
116;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  654.  S.  glandulij'rra  Don,  I.e.  116  (1887). 
8.  hispidula  Hornem.  Hort.  Hafu.  i.  251. 

Clanwilliam,  Van  Rhynsdorp,  Namaqualand. 

26.  S.  GRANDiFLORA  Mass.  Stap.  13,  t.  11  (1796) ;  Haw.  Syn. 
PI.  Succ.  16  (1812) ;  Don,  I.  e.  iv.  114 ;  Dene.  I.  e.  viii.  652  ;  N.  E. 
Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1877,  vii.  558,  f.  85.  8.  jlavirostris  N.  E.  Br. 
I.  c.  558.     8.  Arnoti  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  xx.  t.  1915  (1891). 

Uitenhage,  Albany,  Queenstown,  Colesberg,  Barkly,  Somerset 
East,  Griqualand  West. 


KEVISION  OF  EXTRA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACE^.       481 

27.  S.  HAMATA  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  50;  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  242  (1818)  ; 
Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  653. 

South  Africa. 

28.  S.  HiRcosA  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  25  ;  Willd.  Enum.  281  (1809) ; 
Dene.  I.  G.  viii.  656.  S.  moschata  J.  Don,  Hort.  Cant.  ed.  iii.  43 
(1804),  nomen  ;  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  t.  1051.  Tridentea  moschata  Haw. 
Sjn.  PI.  Suec.  35  (1812),  nomen. 

Barkly,  Griqualand  West,  Murraysberg. 

29.  S.  HiRsuTA  L.  Sp.  PI.  217;  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  51,  52;  Willd. 
Spec.  i.  1278  (1797) ;  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ed.  2,  li.  85  (1811 ) ;  Mill.  Icon. 
172,  t.  258  (1758) ;  Jacq.  Misc.  i.  28,  t.  3  (1778) ;  Hook.  Exot.  Fl. 
iii.  t.  230;  Tlibg.  Prod.  46  (1794);  Lam.  111.  t.  178,  f.  2;  Don, 
I.  c.  iv.  115  ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  653.  S.  patiila  Willd.  Eomn.  281  ; 
Dene.  I.e.  viii.  652;  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  xx.  t.  1914.  S.  coinata 
Jacq.  Stap.  t.  49  ;  Don,  I.  c.  iv.  115  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  653.  S.  de- 
pressa  Jaeq.  I.  c.  t.  55.  -S'.  sororia  Mass.  Stap.  23,  t.  39  (1796) ; 
Jacq.  I.e.  t.  57,  58;  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  t.  94;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  652. 
S.  unguipetala  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1877,  i.  334,  f.  54. 
S.  affinis  N.  E.  Br.  I.  c.  t.  1912  (1891). 

Caledon,  Tulbagh,  Worcester,  Victoria  West. 

30.  S.  iNODORA  Haw.  Suppl.  PI.  Suec.  12  (1819) ;  Dene.  I.  c. 
viii.  661. 

"  South  Africa." 

31.  S.  LANiFERA  Haw.  I.  c.  8  ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  663.  8.  jnilvinata 
Donn,  Hort.  Contrib.  ed.  4,  53  (1807). 

South  Africa. 

32.  S.  LEPiDA  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  43;  Willd.  Enum.  280;  Schultes, 
/.  c.  iv.  30  ;  Dene. /.  c.  viii.  661.  S.  Umosa  Hort.  ex  Salm.  Dyk. 
Hort.  Dyk.  266  (1834).  Fodanthes  lepida  Haw.  /.  e.  34.  0,bea 
lepida  Don,  I.  c.  iv.  121. 

South  Africa. 

33.  S.  LuciDA  DO.  Cat.  Hort.  Monsp.  148  (1813) ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii. 
652;  Don,  I.  e.  iv.  114  ;  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  x.  t.  1919  (1890). 

Caledon,  Swellendam,  George. 

34.  S.  MacOwani  N.  E.  Br.  in  le.  PI.  xx.  t.  1920  (1891). 
Albany,  Somerset  East. 

35.  S.  maculosa  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  31;  Willd.  I.e.  282;  Roem.  & 
Schult.  I.  c.  vi.  36 ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  658.  S.  mixta  Donn,  Hort. 
Cant.  ed.  4,  53  (1807),  nee  Mass.  Orbea  maculosa  Haw.  I.  e. ; 
Don,  I.  c. 

South  Africa. 

36.  S.  MARGiNATA  Willd.  Enum.  Suppl.  13 ;  Schultes,  I.  c.  vi. 
39  ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  659.     Orbea  marginata  Don,  /.  e.  iv.  120. 

South  Africa. 

37.  S.  Massoni  Haw.  /.  c  18;  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1883, 
ii.  761. 

South  Africa. 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  36.      [Dec.  1898.]  2  l 


482       REVISION  OF  EXTKA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACE^. 

38.  S.  MULTiFLORA  DC.  Cat.  Hort.  Monsp.  149  (1813) ;  Schultes, 
/.  c.  vi.  18  ;  DC.  /.  c,  viii.  653  (1844). 

South  Africa. 

39.  !S.  MUTABiLis  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  29  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  661  (1844). 
Oihea  niutabilis  Don,  I.e.  iv.  121.  *S'.  fiiscata  Hort.  Pan.  ex  Tod. 
Hort.  Bot.  Panorm.  i.  47  (1876).  .S'.  ner/lecta  Tod.  I.e.  S.  Pas- 
serini  Tod.  /.  c.  S.  umbilicata  Tlmret,  ex  Choix  Gr.  n.  2,  6  (1869), 
nomen. 

South  Africa. 

40.  S.  NAMAQUENSis  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1882,  ii.  648; 
in  Ic.  PI.  XX.  t.  1908  (1891). 

Little  Namaqnaland. 

41.  S.  oBLiQUA  Willd.  Enum.  Suppl.  13;  Schultes,  i.e.  vi.  35. 
Tromotriche  ohliqua  Don,  I.e.  iv.  119. 

South  Africa. 

42.  S.  oLivACEA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1875,  i.  136;  Bot. 
Mag.  t.  6212.     S.  erueiformis  Hort.  ex  N.  E.  Br.  /.  c. 

South  Africa. 

43.  S.  oPHioNcuLA  Haw.  Suppl.  PI.  Succ.  27  (1819). 
South  Africa. 

44.  S.  ORBICULARIS  Audr.  Bot.  Rep.  439  (1807);  Schultes,  /.  c. 
vi.  40;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  660.  ^S'.  orhienlata  Don,  Hort.  Cont.  ed.  3, 
43  (1804),  nomen.      Orhea  orbicularis  Harv.  I.e.  40. 

South  Africa. 

45.  S.  PALLIDA  Wendl.  Coll.  Bot.  39,  t.  51  ;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  655 
(1844).     S.pallejis  Hort.  ex  Steud.  Norn.  ed.  2,  ii.  631  (1841). 

South  Africa. 

46.  S.  PANicuLATA  Willd.  Enum.  Suppl.  13;  Schultes,  I.e.  vi. 
34;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  118;   Dene.  I.e.  vih.  657. 

South  Africa. 

47.  S.  PAPiLLosA  DC.  PI.  ex  Desf.  Tabl.  ed.  2,  92  (1815),  nomen. 
South  Africa. 

48.  S.  PARviPUNCTATA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  xx.  t.  1923  (1891). 
Nieuwe  Veld. 

49.  S.  PATENTiRosTRis  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  1877,  i.  140, 
f.  21.  S.  CourceUi  Hort.  ex  N.  E.  Br.  /.  c.  (Is77).  S.  sororia  Hk.f. 
Bot.  Mag.  t.  5953  (1872). 

South  Africa. 

50.  S.  PEDUNCULATA  Mass.  Stap.  17,  t.  21  (1796) ;  Willd.  I.  e.  i. 
1284  ;  Schultes,  I.  e.  vi.  46  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  658.  >S'.  Iccvis  Dene,  in 
DC.  Prodr.  viii.  658  (1844).  S.  pendidijiora  Steud.  Norn.  ed.  2,  ii. 
631  (1841).     Canincularia  peduncuhita  Haw.  I.e. 

Little  Namaqualand. 

51.  S.  PULCHELLA  Mass.  Stap.  22,  t.  36  (1796) ;  Poir.  Encycl. 
388  ;  Willd.  I.  c.  i.  1290  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  655.  Podanthes  irrorata 
Haw.  Lc.  33;  Don,  /.  c.  iv.  118. 

South  Africa. 


REVISION  OF  EXTRA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACEiE.       483 

52.  S.  PULviNATA  Mass.  Stap.  13,  t.  13  (1796);  Willd.  Lc  i. 
1279;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1240  (1815);  Don,  I.e.  iv.  115;  Dene.  /.  c 
viii.  654. 

Worcester,  Beaufort. 
_  53.  S.  REFLEXA  Haw.  Suppl.    PI.  Succ.  18  (1819);  Dene.  I.e. 
viii.  652.     S.  dejiexa  Hort.  ex  Haw.  I.  c. ;  Don,  /.  c.  iv.  114. 

South  Africa. 

54.  S.  RETUSA  Sehultes,  Syst.  vi.  41  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  660. 
Oi'bea  retusa  Don,  I.  c.  iv.  120. 

Soutli  Africa. 

55.  S.  REVOLUTA  Mass.  Stap.  12,  t.  10;  Wilid.  l.c.i.  1277; 
Jaeq.  I.  c.  t.  45  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  657  ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  724.  S.  glauca 
Jacq.  I.  c.  t.  44  ;  Sehultes,  I.e.  vi.  35  ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  657.  8.  pro- 
tensa  Hornem.  Supp.  Hort.  Hafn.  30.  S.  tigridia  Dene.  /.  c.  viii. 
657.  Tromotriche  revoluta  Haw.  /.  c.  36;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  119. 
T.  glauea  Haw.  /.  c.  37  ;  Don,  I.  e.  iv.  119. 

Clanwilliam,  Van  Rhynsdorp,  Calvinia. 

56.  S.  RUFA  Mass.  Stap.  16,  t.  20  (1796);  Sehultes,  I.e.  vi.  19- 
Wdld.  /.  e.  i.  1281 ;  Haw.  /.  e.  20  ;  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  239  ;  Dene.  Lc. 
viii.  653. 

South  Africa. 

57.  S.  RUFEscENs  Salui.  Dyk.  Hort.  Dvk.  373  (1834) ;  Dene. 
L  c.  viii.  654.  "  ^         ^ ' 

South  Africa. 

58.  S.  SiMsii  Sehultes,  Syst.  vi.  73  ;  Dene.  /.  e.  656.  S.  vetula 
Sims  in  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1234,  excl.  syn.  (1809).  Tridentea  Simsii 
Don,  I.e.  iv.  118. 

South  Africa. 

59.  S.  sPECTABiLis  Haw.  Suppl.  PI.  Succ.  16  (1819) ;  Dene.  I.  c. 
vni.  652.  8.  grandiflora  Curt.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  585.  S.  Desmetiana 
N.  E.  Br.  m  Gard.  Chron.  1889,  vi.  684  ;  in  le.  PI.  xx.  t.  1916  (1891). 

South  Africa. 

60.  S.  sTELLARis  Haw.  Suppl.  PI.  Succ.  9  (1819) ;  Jacq. 
Stap.  t.  49. 

South  Africa. 

61.  S.  STRicTA  Bot.  Mag,  t.  2037  (1819);  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  655. 
Gonostemoji  strictiim  Haw.  I.e.  Suppl.  12;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  117. 

South  Africa. 

62.  S.  sTYGiA  Sehultes,  Syst.  vi.  32  ;  Dene.  I.  e.  viii.  657. 
Tridentea  stggia  Haw.  I.  c.  36  ;  Don,  I.  c.  iv.  118. 

South  Africa. 

63.  S.  TRiFiDA  Tod.  Hort.  Bot.  Pan.  i.  47,  t.  2,  f.  1  (1876). 
South  Africa. 

.     64.  S.  UNciNATA  Jacq.  Disp.  Tab.     8.  lunata  Sweet,  Hort  Brit 
ed.  2,  357  (1830). 
South  Africa. 

65.  S.  VARiEGATA  L.  Sp.  PI.  217;  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  i.  309; 
Willd.  /.  e.  i.  1292  ;   Thbg.  Prodr.  46  ;    Jacq.  I.  e.  t.  39  ;   Dene.  I.  e. 

2  L  2 


484      REVISION  OF  EXTRA-TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACEiE. 

viii.  659 ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  26.  S.  angulata  Tod.  /.  c.  i.  54,  t.  13,  f.  3. 
;S'.  atrata  Tod.  I.e.  i.  50,  t.  13,  f.  1.  >S'.  chjpeata  Jacq.  l.  c.  t.  84; 
Sclmltes,  /.  c.  V.  40 ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  660.  ^S'.  Iwrizontalis  N.  E.  Br. 
in  Ic.  PI.  t.  1907  (1890).  >S'.  marmorata  Jacq.  /.  c.  t.  38 ;  Schultes, 
I.  c.  vi.  40  ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  660.  S.  hufonia  Jacq.  /.  c.  t.  35  ;  Willd. 
Enum.  283  ;  Schultes,  /.  c.  vi.  40  ;  Dene.  I.  c.  viii.  660  ;  Bot.  Mag. 
t.  1676.  .S'.  mixta  Mass.  /.  c.  23,  t.  38  ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1292  ; 
Schultes,  /.  c.  vi.  6Q  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  658.  S.  normalis  Jacq.  /.  c. 
t.  42  ;  Schultes,  I.  c.  vi.  40  ;  Bot.  Reg.  t.  755  ;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  660. 
8.  picta  Don,  Hort.  Cant.  ed.  3,  43;  Dene. /.c.  viii.  661.  S.  plant- 
flora  Jacq.  I.  c.  t.  40  ;  Lodd.  Bot.  Cah.  191 ;  Schultes,  I.  c.  38 ; 
Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  659.  *S'.  rugosa  Jacq.  I.e.  t.  41;  Willd.  Enum.  284 ; 
Schultes,  I.e.  vi.  33;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  656;  Wendl.  Coll.  ii.  41,  t.  52. 
S.  trisulea  Donn,  /.  e.  ed.  iii.  43  ;  Jacq.  /.  e.  t.  33.  *S'.  Beffoniana 
Hort.  ex  Schultes,  Syst.  vi.  49.  S.  hidentata  Hort.  ex  Salm.  Dyk. 
Hort.  Dyk.  266.  S.  CurtisH  Schultes,  /.  e.  vi.  38  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  659. 
^S'.  monostrosa  Hort.  ex  Steud.  Nom.  ed.  2,  ii.  631 .  S.  Wendlandiantiaiia 
Schultes,  /.  c.  vi.  39  ;  Dene.  /.  c  viii.  659.  Orbea  elypeata  Don,  /.  c. 
iv.  120.  0.  hufimia  Haw.  I.e.  40;  Don,  I.e.  iv.  120.  0.  marmorata 
Don,  I.  e.  120.  0.  mixta  Haw.  he.  38.  0.  normalis  Don,  I.e.  iv. 
120.  0.  planiflora  Don,  /.  c.  iv.  120.  0.  Wendlandiana  Don,  I.  e. 
iv.  120. 

Cape  Peninsula,  Stellenbosch,  Malmesbury,  Tulbagh,  Caledon, 
Swellendam,  Bredasdorp,  George,  Humausdorp,  Uitenhage,  Albany. 

66.  S.  VERRUCOSA  Mass.  i.e.  11,  t.  viii.  (1796) ;  Willd.  l.  e.  i.  1291 ; 
Enum.  284,  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  18;  Dene.  I.e.  viii.  655.  S.  irrorata 
Mass.  /.  c.  12,  t.  9  (1796) ;  Willd.  /.  e.  i.  1296  ;  Poir.  Encycl.  388  ; 
Dene.  /.  c.  viii.  655.  Podanthes  verrueosa  Haw.  /.  e.  33;  Don,  I.  e. 
iv.  118.     P.  irrorata  Haw.  I.  e.  33  ;  Don,  /.  e.  iv.  118. 

Simonstown,  Caledon,  Riversdale,  Uitenhage,  Albany,  Kaffraria, 
Queenstown. 

67.  S.  VETULA  Mass.  Stap.  15,  t.  16  (1796);  Willd.  I.e.  i.  1291; 
Enum.  180  ;  Schultes,  /.  e.  vi.  33  ;  Dene.  /.  e.  viii.  656.  Tridentea 
vetula  Haw.  I.  c.  35  ;  Don,  I.  c.  iv.  118. 

Karroo. 

XLVII.  HuERNiA  R.  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.  Soc.  i.  22  (1809) ;  Dene, 
in  DC.  Prodr.  viii.  650  (1844);  Benth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PI.  ii. 
784  (1876).     Deeodontia  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Succ.  31  (1812). 

1.  H.  CAMPANULATA  R.  Br.  I.e.  22;  Dene.  I.e.  651.  Stajjelia 
cam.pa7iulata  Mass.  Stap.  11,  t.  6  (1796)  ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1227;  Jacq. 
Stap.  t.  32  (1806)  ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1293;  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ii.  96. 

Albany,  Somerset  East. 

2.  H.  GUTTATA  R.  Br.  /.  c. ;  Dene.  I.  c.  Stapelia  guttata  Mass. 
I.  e.  10,  t.  4  ;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1294  ;  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ii.'  96.  S.  lenti- 
ginosa  Sims,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  506  (1801)  ;  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ii.  97. 
Huernia  lentiginosa  R.  Br.  I.  e.  ;  Dene.  /.  e. ;  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Succ. 
29  (1812). 

Clan  William,  Van  Rhynsdorp. 


REVISION  OF  EXTRA- TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASOLEPIADACE^.       485 

3.  H.  VENUSTA  R.  Br.  I.  c.  ;  Dene.  /.  c.  StapeUa  venusta  Mass. 
I.e.  10,  t.  3;  Willd.  Spec.  i.  1294;  Ait.  I.e.  96  ;  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  23. 

South  Africa. 

4.  H.  BARBATA  Haw.  I.  c.  28 ;  Dene.  I.  c.  StapeUa  retieuJata 
Mass.  /.  e.  9,  t.  2  ;  WiUd.  /.  e.  195  ;  Ait.  /.  c. ;  Jacq.  /.  e.  t.  20  ;  Bot. 
Mag.  t.  1662. 

Clanwilliam,  Calvinia. 

5.  H.  TUBATA  Haw.  I.  c.  30  ;  Dene.  I.e.  H.  duodecimfida  Sweet, 
Hort.  Brit.  ed.  2,  359  (1830).  StapeUa  tuhata  Jacq.  Stap.  t.  3  ; 
Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  225  ;  G.  Don,  Syst.  iv.  113.  S.  duodecimfida  Jacq. 
I.  c.  t.  4.  S.  erassa  Donn,  Hort.  Cant.  ed.  3,  43  (1804).  S.  tubulosa 
Hort.  ex  Steud.  Norn.  ed.  2,  632  (1841). 

Karroo. 

6.  H.  HUMiLis  Haw.  /.  e.  30  ;  Dene.  l.  c.  viii.  651  (1844) ;  N.  E. 
Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  t.  1905  b  (1890).  StapeUa  humilis  Mass.  /.  c.  10,  t.  5  ; 
Willd.  I.  c.  i.  1294  ;  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ii.  96. 

Karroo,  Nieuweveld,  Transvaal. 

7.  H.  BARBATA  Haw.  I.  c.  31 ;  Dene.  I.  c.  StapeUa  harbata  Mass. 
I.  e.  11,  t.  7  ;  Willd.  I.  c.  1293  ;  Jacq.  I.  c.  t.  46  ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  2401. 

South  Africa. 

8.  H.  cRisPA  Haw.  /.  c.  31 ;  Dene.  /.  c. 
South  Africa. 

9.  H.  CLAviGERA  Haw.  /.  c.  10 ;  Dene.  /.  c.  StapeUa  clavigera 
Jacq.  l.e.t.5;  Haw.  I.e.  26.  S.  campanulata  Sims,  Bot.  Mao-, 
t.  1661.     S.  elavata  Dene.  /.  c.  664. 

Albany. 

10.  H.  ocELLATA  Schultes,  Syst.  vi.  9  (1820) ;  Dene.  /.  e. 
StapeUa  oeellata  Jaeq.  I.e.  t.  6  ;  G.  Don,  Syst.  iv.  113. 

South  Africa. 

11.  H.  Thuretii  Cels.  ex  Henricq.  L'Hort.  en  Franc.  73  (1866). 
South  Africa. 

12.  H.  HYSTRix  N.  E.  Br.  in  Gard.  Chron.  i.  795  (1876). 
StapeUa  hijstrix  Hk.  f.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  5751. 

Natal,  Orange  Free  State,  Transvaal. 

13.  H.  BREviRosTRis  N.  E.  Br.  I.e.  780;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  6379. 
Graaf  Reinet 

14.  H.  PRiMULiNA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Ic.  PI.  t.  1906  (1890). 
Albany,  Queenstown. 

15.  H.  LoESENERiANA  Scliltr.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xx.  Beibl.  51,  55 
(1895). 

Transvaal. 

16.  H.  STAPELioiDEs  Scliltr.  /.  c. 
Transvaal. 

XLVIII.   DiPLocYATHus  N.  E.  Br.  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soe.  Bot.  xvii, 

167  (1878). 
1.  D.  ciLiATUs  N.  E.  Br,  /.  c.  168  ;  Thbg. 

Calvinia. 


486       REVISION  OF  EXTRA- TROPICAL  SOUTH  AFRICAN  ASCLEPIADACE^. 

XLIX.    Pectinaria  Haw.  Syn.  PI.  Succ.  Suppl.  14  (1819) ;  Don, 
Gen.  Syst.  iv.  122. 
1.  P.   articulata  Haw.   /.  c.   14  (1819)  ;     G.   Don,    /.  c.    122. 
Stcfpelia  articulata  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ed.  1,  i.  810  (1789)  ;  Mass.  Stap. 
20,  t.  30  (1794). 
Karroo. 

Subtribe  VI.    Marsdenie^. 
L.    Gymnema  E.  Br.  in  Mem.  Wern.   Soc.   i.  33  (1811);  Dene,  in 
DC.   Prodr.   viii.   621   (1844);   Benth.  &  Hk.  f.    Gen.  PI.  ii. 
769  (1876). 
1.   G.   sylvestre   Schult.    Syst.   vi.   57;    Dene.   I.e.  viii.   621. 
G.  subvohwile  Dene,   in  Ann.    So.   Nat.   ix.   277   (1838)  ;    &    DC. 
Prodr.  /.  c. 

Natal,  Zulnland,  Transvaal,  Delagoa  Bay. 

LI.   Tylophora  R.  Br.  in  Wern.   Soc.  i.  28  (1811);  Dene,  in  DC. 
Prodr.  viii.  606  (1844);  Benth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PI.  ii.  770  (1876). 

1.  T.  sYRiNGiFOLiA  E.  Mey.  Comm.  PI.  Afr.  Austr.  198  (1837)  I 
Dene.  ?.c.  611. 

Albany,  Kaffraria,  East  Griqualand,  Pondoland,  Natal. 

2.  T.  LYcioiDEs  Dene.  I.e.  608.     Cynoctonum  lycioides  'Et.  Mej. 
I.e.  217. 

Kaffraria,  Pondoland,  Natal,  Zululand. 

3.  T.  Flanaganii  Schltr.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xviii.  Beibl.  45,11  (1894). 
Kaffraria,  Natal. 

4.  T.  umbellata  Schltr.  /.  c. 
Kaffraria. 

5.  T.  Simiana  Schltr.  I.e.  33. 
Kaffraria. 

6.  T.  BADiA  Schltr.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxi.  Beibl.  54,  12  (1896). 
Astephanus  badiiis  E.  Mey.  /.  c.  224  ;  Dene.  /.  e.  508. 

Kaffraria. 

LII.   Dregea  E.  Mey.  Comm.  PI.  Afr.  Austr.  199  (1837) ;  Dene,  in 
DC.  Prodr.  viii.  618  (1844) ;  Benth.  &  Hook.  f.   Gen.  PI.  ii. 
778  (1876).     Pterophora  Harv.   Gen.    S.  Afr.  PI.   ed.  1,   223 
(1838). 
1.  D.  floribunda  E.  Mey.  I.  c. ;  Dene.  /.  c. 
Humansdorp,  Uitenhage,  Albany,  Kaffraria,  East  Griqualand, 
Natal,  Transvaal. 

LIII.    Pergularia  L.  Mant.  i.  8  (1767) ;  Dene,  in  DC.  Prodr.  viii. 
618  (1844) ;  Benth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PI.  ii.  773  (1876). 
1.  P.  AFRicANA  N.  E.  Br.  in  Kew  Bull.  1895,  259. 
Natal. 

LIV.  FocKEA  Endl.  Nov.  Stirp.  Mus.  Yind.  Icon.  t.  91  (1838) ; 
Dene,  in  DC.  Prodr.  viii.  545  (1844) ;  Benth.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen. 
PI.  ii.  773  (1876).  Chijmocormus  Harv.  in  Hook.  Lond.  Journ. 
Bot.  i.  23  (1843). 


THE    HOOKER    MEDAL.  487 

1.  F.  EDULis  K.  Sell,  in  Eugl.  Jahrb.  xvii.  146  (1893).  Pergu- 
laria  ediilis  Thbg.  Prodr.  38  (1794)  ;  Fl.  Cap.  233  (1823).  Cy- 
nanchum  crispum  Jacq.  Fragm.  t.  34,  f.  5  (1809).  Brachystelma 
vmcrorrhizum  E.  Mey.  Comm.  197  (1837);  Dene.  /.  c.  647.  Chymo- 
conims  edulis  Harv.  I.  c.  Fockea  capensis  Endl.  /.  c.  t.  91 ;  Dene.  I  .c. 
545.     F.  glabra  Dene.  I.  c. 

Uitenhage,  Albany. 

2.  F.  ANGUSTIFOLIA  K.    Sch.  I.  C. 

West  Griqualand,  Kenhart. 

3.  F.  SESsiLiFLORA  Seliltr.  in  Engl.  Jabrb.  xx.  Beibl.  51,  44 
(1895).     F,  undulata  N.  E.  Br.  in  Kew  Bull.  1895,  260. 

Transvaal. 

LV.   Lasiostelma  Benth.  in  Bentb.  &  Hk.  f.  Gen.  PI.  ii.  776  (1876), 
1.  L.  Sandeesonii  Oliv.  Ic.  PI.  t.  1449  (1884). 
Natal. 


THE     HOOKEE     MEDAL. 


By  the  kindness  of  the  proprietors  of  the  Gardeners'   Chronicle, 
we  are  enabled  to  give  an  illustration  of  the  gold  medal  presented 


by  the  Linnean  Society  at  its  last  anniversary  meeting  to  Sir  Joseph 
Hooker,  on  the  completion  of  the  Flora  of  British  hidia,  and  in 
recognition  of  his  eminent  services  to  biological  science  during  a 


488  THE    HOOKER   MEDAL. 

period  of  sixty  years.  The  presentation  was  made  by  Dr.  Giinther, 
the  President  of  the  Society,  and  was  accompanied  by  a  suitable 
address ;  Sir  Joseph's  speech  acknowledging  the  presentation  is 
printed  in  full  in  tlie  recently  issued  part  of  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Society,  from  which  we  reprint  it.     Sir  Joseph  said : — 

"  1  cannot  express  my  sense  of  the  great,  the  exceptionally  great 
honour  which  your  Council  has  conferred  upon  me  in  the  founding 
and  awarding  of  this  beautiful  medal.  In  receiving  it,  let  me  assure 
you  that  I  value  it  as  much  for  the  evidence  it  bears  of  the  friendly 
regard  of  my  associates  as  for  their  all  too  high  estimate  of  my 
endeavours  towards  the  promotion  of  science.  Furthermore,  let  me 
say  that  from  no  scientific  body  could  it  be  received  by  me  with 
more  cordial  welcome  than  from  the  Liunean  Society,  which  was 
the  first  to  which  I  have  the  honour  of  belonging  to  enrol  me 
amongst  its  Fellows,  and  which  especially  cultivates  those  branches 
of  knowledge  to  which  I  have  devoted  the  best  years  of  my  life. 
To  these  considerations  must  be  added  what  you  yourself  have 
alluded  to,  namely,  my  hereditary  interest  in  a  Society  of  which  my 
father  and  grandfather  were  very  early  Fellows,  and  both  of  them 
contributors  to  its  Transactions.  To  this  latter  circumstance  it  may 
perhaps  be  due  that  I  was  elected  at  a  very  early  age,  being,  I 
believe,  the  youngest  member  of  our  body  with  no  further  scientific 
claims  on  the  support  of  my  electors  than  that  I  was  serving  as  a 
naturalist  in  the  Antarctic  expedition  under  Captain  Eoss,  where 
I  happened  to  be  the  youngest,  as  I  am  now  the  only  surviving 
officer  of  those  then  under  the  command  of  that  intrepid  navigator. 
I  may  mention  that  Captain  Ross  was  himself  a  Fellow,  and  had  a 
copy  of  our  Transactions  in  his  cabin,  which  was  a  godsend  to  me. 
I  was  in  the  Falkland  Isles  when  my  election  took  place,  and  nearly 
a  year  and  a  half  elapsed  before  my  captain  and  I  knew  that  we 
were  fellow  Linneans. 

"  In  1842  the  Lord  Bishop  of  Norwich  was  President.  He  was 
the  first  of  ten  under  whom  I  have  been  privileged  to  sit.  Had  the 
Society  adopted  the  rule  of  biennial  presidents  I  should  have  sat 
under  thirty  at  least,  which,  in  my  estimation,  would  have  detracted 
greatly  from  the  dignity  which  I  attach  to  the  chair,  and  I  venture 
to  think  from  its  utility  also.  In  the  year  1842  there  were  610 
members  of  the  Society  (including  fellows,  foreign  members,  and 
associates),  with  fully  one-fourth  of  whom  I  soon  became  personally 
acquainted.  Twenty-eight  years  afterwards,  that  is  about  midway 
between  the  former  date  and  the  present  time,  the  number  of  my 
personal  friends  in  the  Society  had  risen  to  one-half  of  the  whole 
body.  Our  numbers  are  now  820,  but  the  proportion  of  my  personal 
friends  among  them  has  inevitably  shrunk  from  my  having  outlived 
so  many  associates  of  my  middle  age.  And  this  leads  me  to  ask 
your  indulgence  for  one  more  egotistical  detail.  It  is  that  I  am 
perhaps  the  only  Fellow  who  personally  knew  four  of  the  169 
naturalists  who,  110  years  ago,  formed  the  nucleus  of  our  Society. 
Of  these  four  I  knew  two  during  my  later  teens  :  they  were  the  Rev. 
W.  Kirby,  the  author,  with  Spence,  of  the  immortal  Introduction  to 
Entomology ;  and  Dr.  Heysham,  of  Carlisle,  an  excellent  entomolo- 


THOMAS    KIRK,    F.L.S.  489 

gist  and  ornithologist.  The  others  were  Aylmer  Bourke  Lambert,  a 
former  President,  and  the  last,  as  I  have  been  informed,  who  wore 
in  the  chair  the  presidential  three-cornered  hat  ;  and  Archibald 
Menzies,  who  as  naturahst  accompanied  Vancouver  in  his  voyage 
in  the  Pacific,  and  who  introduced  the  Araucaria  iriibricatn  into 
England.     These  all  died  very  near  the  year  of  my  election. 

"  Referring  now  to  the  progress  of  the  Society  in  status  and 
efficiency  during  the  years  that  have  elapsed  since  1842,  the  record 
cannot  but  be  gratifying  to  its  Fellows.  Of  this  the  best  proofs  are 
the  increment  in  extent  and  value  of  its  publications,  and  the 
interest  taken  in  its  meetings.  From  its  foundation  up  to  the  date 
referred  to  (fifty-four  years)  eighteen  volumes  of  the  Transactions  in 
quarto  had  been  published.  During  the  succeeding  fifty-four  years 
about  double  that  amount  have  been  produced  in  the  same  form, 
besides  fifty-eight  volumes  of  the  Journal  in  octavo,  which  latter 
was  not  commenced  till  1857. 

"  Then  as  regards  attendance  at  the  meetings,  during  the  first 
years  of  my  fellowship  it  was  miserably  small.  If  my  memory 
does  not  deceive  me,  I  recall  a  night  in  Soho  Square  when  only  five 
Fellows  supported  the  President  and  Secretary.  There  was  a  dearth 
of  papers  too,  and  the  discussion  of  such  as  were  brought  forward 
was  discountenanced  by  the  chair.  All  this  is  now  happily  a  thing 
of  the  past,  and  I  should  not  have  alluded  to  those  bad  times  had 
not  the  Society  given  proof  of  that  inherent  vitality  which  supported 
it  under  a  temporary  depression,  and  subsequently  raised  it  to  its 
present  position. 

"  It  remains,  Sir,  to  thank  you  cordially  for  coupling  my  father's 
name  with  my  own  in  this  award,  but  for  which,  indeed,  I  could  not 
have  accepted  it  without  a  protest.  I  inherited  from  him  my  love 
of  knowledge  for  its  own  sake,  but  this  would  have  availed  me  little 
were  it  not  for  the  guiding  hand  of  one  who  had  himself  attained 
scientific  eminence;  who  by  example,  precept,  and  encouragement 
kept  me  to  the  paths  which  I  should  follow ;  launched  me  in  the 
fields  of  exploration  and  research,  liberally  aided  me  during  his 
lifetime,  and  paved  for  me  the  way  to  the  position  he  so  long  held 
at  Kew  with  so  great  credit  to  himself,  and  benefit  especially  to  our 
Indian  and  Colonial  possessions." 


THOMAS     KIRK,     F.L.! 


The  death  of  Thomas  Kirk,  a  valued  contributor  to  this  Journal, 
was  briefly  recorded  in  these  pages  shortly  after  its  occurrence  in 
March  last,  and  I  have  delayed  further  notice  in  the  hope  of 
receiving  detailed  information  from  New  Zealand  as  to  his  work 
there.  This  has  not  arrived,  and  it  does  not  seem  desirable  to 
postpone  any  longer  a  brief  record  of  the  deceased  botanist. 

Thomas  Kirk  was  born  at  Coventry  in  1828,  and  during  the 
earlier  part  of  his  life  was  occupied  in  a  timber-mill  in  that  town. 
At  what  date  he  took  up  the  study  of  botany  does  not  appear.     His 


490  THOMAS    KIEK,    F.L.S. 

first  published  paper  was  on  the  ferns  and  fern  allies  of  Warwick- 
shire {Pkytologist,  ii.  809),  which  was  followed  by  another  on  the 
rarer  flowering  plants  of  the  county  [I.e.  969);  these  appeared  in 
1847.  A  note  on  the  occurrence  of  Auacharis  in  Northamptonshire 
appeared  in  the  same  journal  in  1848.  About  1858  he  communi- 
cated to  Mr.  Watson  a  catalogue  of  plants  seen  by  him  in  Warwick- 
shire, accompanied  by  specimens.  Mr.  Bagnall,  in  his  Flora  of 
IVancichshire,  says  that  Kirk  paid  attention  to  the  mosses  as  well  as 
to  the  flowering  plants  of  the  county ;  "  he  corresponded  with 
several  of  the  more  prominent  botanists  of  that  day,  such  as  Borrer, 
Babington,  Bloxam,  and  W.  G.  Perry.  To  the  herbarium  of  the 
[last-named]  botanist  he  contributed  many  of  the  rarer  flowering 
plants  and  a  collection  of  mosses :  these  form  part  of  the  Perry 
herbarium  in  the  Warwick  Museum." 

In  1863  Kirk  emigrated  to  New  Zealand;  his  departure,  says 
Mr.  Watson,  was  "  a  loss  to  our  home  botany."  It  was,  however, 
a  gain  to  New  Zealand,  for  he  at  once  took  up  the  botany  of  the 
colony,  and  from  that  time  until  his  death  devoted  himself  assidu- 
ously to  it.  The  first  of  his  very  numerous  papers  on  New  Zealand 
plants  appeared  in  1868  in  the  first  volume  of  the  Transactions  of 
the  New  Zealand  Institute,  of  which  body  he  was  then  curator  and 
secretary,  and  in  whose  Transactions  most,  of  his  work  was  pub- 
lished. In  187-4  he  removed  to  Wellington,  where  he  was  appointed 
lecturer  on  natural  science  at  Wellington  College,  which  was 
affiliated  to  the  New  Zealand  University. 

Kirk's  largest  publication  was  The  Forest  Flora  of  New  Zealand 
— a  folio  work  containing  142  plates,  executed  under  his  direction, 
which  was  issued  by  the  New  Zealand  Government  in  1889.  For 
a  considerable  period  he  had  been  engaged  in  the  preparation  of  a 
"  Student's  Flora"  of  the  Colony  ;  this,  we  regret  to  learn,  although 
partly  in  type,  is  but  half  finished.  We  trust  that  the  material  for 
completing  it  exists  in  the  rough,  as  it  will  be  difficult  to  find  any 
one  to  carry  it  on  who  is  possessed  of  the  knowledge  and  experience 
of  the  late  botanist.  In  connection  with  this  work  his  attention 
was  drawn  to  the  unpublished  plates  prepared  for  Sir  Joseph  Banks 
in  connection  with  Cook's  first  voyage ;  by  permission  of  the 
British  Museum  authorities,  impressions  were  taken  from  these 
and  sent  to  New  Zealand,  wdiere  the  Colonial  Government  pro- 
posed to  publish  them  in  a  reduced  form,  with  Kirk's  identifications. 
The  Banks  and  Solander  plants  were  a  source  of  continual  interest 
to  Kirk,  and  he  Avas  in  frequent  correspondence  with  me  about 
them:  one  of  his  latest  papers,  on  the  "Botany  of  the  East  Cape 
District"  (Trans.  N.  Z.  Institute,  xxix.  509  (1896))  is  largely  con- 
cerned with  their  collections.  His  later  letters  contained  many 
allusions  to  his  failing  health,  but  the  end  came  somewhat  suddenly 
on  the  8th  of  March  last,  at  Plimmerton,  near  WelUngton. 

James  Britten. 


491 


SHORT     NOTES. 

BoTRYCHiUM  AUSTRALE  Br. — 111  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrty  Club  for 
October  (p.  532),  Prof.  L.  M.  Underwood  quotes  the  description  of 
this  plant  from  Brown's  Prodromus,  and  adds:  "This  brief  de- 
scription is  utterly  unsatisfactory,  and,  were  it  not  for  Robert 
Brown's  plant  at  the  Kew  Herbarium  together  with  several  other 
plants  from  the  type  locality  or  from  other  portions  of  the  Australian 
region,  we  might  very  easily  unite  this  species  with  almost  any 
of  the  others."  Further  on  he  speaks  of  the  Kew  plant  as  "Brown's 
type."  I  had  imagined  it  was  sufficiently  known  that  the  types  of 
Brown's  Prodromus,  named  and  numbered  by  himself  in  accordance 
with  that  work,  were  in  the  National  Herbarium,  whence  duplicates 
were  sent  to  Kew  and  Edinburgh  when  Brown's  collections  were 
distributed  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1876,  192).  In  one  of  the  actual  types 
of  B.  australe  the  sterile  lamina  is  much  larger  than  in  the  Kew 
specimen,  being  13  cm.  high  and  9  broad  :  the  locality  of  these  is 
given  by  Brown  on  the  accompanying  ticket  as  "  Parramatta,  Port 
Jackson."  We  have  two  other  sheets,  authenticated  by  Brown,  of 
specimens  sent  from  Paramatta  by  Caley  in  1803  ;  in  his  MSS.  the 
plant  is  localized — "  Campi  graminosi  or?e  orientalis  Nov^  Hol- 
landise,  in  viciuitate  Portus  Jackson,  Parramatta,  &c.,  et  ad  liuvium 
Derwent." — James  Britten. 

Notes  on  Cambridgeshire  Plants  (p.  246). — My  object  in  com- 
piling the  tables  of  Cambridgeshire  extinctions  (pp.  247-8)  was  to 
give  a  complete  list  of  those  plants  which  have  undoubtedly  occurred 
in  the  county,  but  which  are  now,  so  far  as  is  known,  no  longer  to 
be  found  therein.  The  first  table  comprised  forty-nine  species. 
With  the  probable  exceptions  of  Sisynibriuin  Irio,  Mentha  rotundi- 
folia,  and  Setaria  viridis,  and  possibly  that  of  Hieracium  murorum, 
these  have,  on  excellent  authority,  at  some  time  occurred  as  wild 
plants  in  the  county.  Some  few,  notably  Latlnjrus  Nissolia  (which 
Mr.  Fryer  has  found  near  the  boundary  at  Pidley),  Carex  teretius- 
cula,  and  Centunculus  minimus,  may  be  rediscovered ;  but  at  least 
forty  are  permanently  lost.  The  paragraph  which  followed  dealt 
with  such  Gamlingay  plants  as  were  not,  like  Malaxis  and  Rhyncho- 
spora  alba  (which  occurred  only  in  the  wettest  parts),  quite  extinct 
in  1860.  Several  even  of  these  are  not  now  to  be  found  there.  The 
fact  that  they  occurred  nowhere  else  in  the  county  does  not  render 
their  extinction  therein  any  the  less  a  matter  for  concern.  In  the 
last  table  I  enumerated  twenty-seven  species  for  which  there  are  no 
recent  records.  It  is  quite  possible  that  more  than  half  of  these  do 
still  occur,  but  having  searched  carefully  but  unsuccessfully  for 
some  of  them,  I  think  it  open  to  doubt.  The  localities  in  which 
Antennaria  dioica,  Hypochceris  glabra,  Botrychium  Lunaria,  Her- 
minium  Monorchis,  &c.,  have  occurred  (and  may  still  occur)  have 
undergone  considerable  alteration  of  late  years.  Lastrcea  spinulosa, 
Ayera  Spica-Venti,  Creyis  foetida,  Glyceria  distaiis,  and  two  or  three 
others  will  very  likely  be  found  again.  Altogether,  however,  it  is 
morally  certain  that  fifty-five,  and  most  probable  that  sixty-five, 
plants  formerly  indigenous  in  Cambridgeshire  are  now  extinct  therein . 


492  SHORT  NOTES. 

Such  a  number  is  unusually  large.  It  is  surpassed  in  Middlesex,  but 
I  imagine  is  not  nearly  approached  in  any  other  fully-investigated 
county,  even  if  comparable  m  size  with  Cambridge.  In  Surrey  the 
list  of  extinctions  can  hardly  number  twenty-four,  and  the  com- 
parison with  a  large  county  is  still  more  striking.  In  the  whole 
county  of  Yorkshire  I  do  not  think  that  there  are  more  than  a 
dozen  extinctions  ;  in  the  West  Riding,  itself  larger  than  any  other 
English  county,  there  are  not  more  than  half  that  number.  The 
■  truth  is  that  quite  an  exceptional  number  of  destructive  factors  have 
been  at  work  in  Cambridge.  Of  the  three  main  physiographical 
divisions  of  the  county  the  clay  districts  (in  the  south-west  and 
south-east)  have  hardly  suffered  at  all  from  the  botanical  point  of 
view,  but  it  is  far  otherwise  with  the  fen  and  chalk  districts.  More- 
over, many  plants  were  entitled  to  a  place  in  the  flora  owing  to  their 
occurrence  nowhere  but  in  one  of  three  isolated  tracts — the  green- 
sand  at  Gamlingay,  the  salt-marshes  at  Wisbech,  and  the  small 
patch  (resembling  the  adjoining  "breck"  country  in  Suffolk)  at 
Chippenham.  Most  of  the  Chippenham  plants  are  still  to  be  found 
there,  but  in  the  two  other  and  more  important  districts  the  trans- 
formation which  has  taken  place  has  been  unusually  prejudicial  to 
their  special  plants,  and  therefore  to  the  county  flora. 

Concerning  my  note  on  Calamagrostis  epir/eios  (p.  259),  Dr.  F. 
Arnold  Lees  assures  me  that  it  was  not  abundant,  "  not  even 
obtrusively  observable,"  in  Wicken  Fen  in  1868-1871.  He  writes  : 
— "  Old  species  have  gone  or  are  going,  new  (natives)  are  replacing 
them  naturally.  Purview  of  any  square  mile  almost  in  our  last 
over  fifty  years  will  bear  this  observation  out.  I  know  several 
Lincolnshire  tracts,  never  encroached  on  by  man  or  his  drain-pipe, 
that  were  sphagnoas  bogs  in  1870  that  now  are  covered  with  Erica 
cinerea  and  young  Pimis,  and  have  thousands  of  Gentiana  Pneumo- 
nanthe  flowering  thereon  where  not  one  was  twenty-eight  years 
ago." — W.  West,  Jun. 

Bucks  Plants. — I  was  fortunate  enough  this  autumn  to  find  the 
Utricularia  in  the  Burnham  Beeches  ponds  in  flower.  It  was  at 
once  evident  that  Mr.  Bruce  was  right  in  his  opinion  that  the  plant 
is  U.  neglecta.  Looking  over  an  old  collection  of  Bucks  plants,  I 
find  specimens  of  both  this  and  Nitella  transUicens,  gathered  in  these 
ponds  many  years  ago,  with  a  note  of  the  great  abundance  of  the 
latter  in  the  adjoining  upper  pool ;  also  specimens  of  two  plants  of 
Osmunda  rq/alis  secured  the  same  day  in  a  boggy  part  of  these 
woods,  locally  known  as  "  Egypt."  Whilst  treating  of  the  flora  of 
the  neighbourhood,  I  may  add  that  a  bramble  of  the  Suberecti 
group,  which  has  long  been  noticed  by  me  growing  on  the  border 
of  Hawk  Wood,  Alderbourne,  near  Fulmer,  has  been  identified  by 
Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers  as  Pi.  Piogersii  Linton. — J.  Benbow. 

A  Nomenclature  Note. —  In  the  August  number  of  the  Kew 
Bulletin  (p.  198)  Mr.  R.  A.  Rolfe  has  described  a  new  genus  of 
orchids  from  British  Guiana  under  the  name  Jenmania,  a  name 
which  in  the  previous  year  had  been  adopted  by  Herr  W.  Wachter 
for  a  genus  of  lichens  {Flora,  1897,  349).  I  have  studied  this 
lichen  from  the  original  specimens,  and  have  pointed  out  that  this 


SHORT    NOTES.  493 

genus  represents  a  good  new  type  of  the  group  Gloeolicbenes 
(Verhandl.  k.  k.  Zool.-Bot.  Ges.  Wien,  xlviii.  [289).  It  is  therefore 
necessary  to  recognize  its  priority  over  the  orchid  genus,  for  which 
latter  I  propose  the  name  of  Rol/ea,  and  for  the  species  that  of 
Rolfea  elata. — A.  Zahlbruckner. 

Arctium  nemorosum  Lej.  in  Worcestershire.  —  In  looking  over 
some  plants  collected  in  1885,  I  find  that  I  have  specimens  of  the 
above,  gathered  from  three  stations  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mal- 
vern.    It  has  not,  I  believe,  hitherto  been  recorded  for  this  county. 

KiCHARD  F.   TOWNDROW. 

DiANTHus  GALLicus  IN  Jersey.  —  From  Mr.  G.  C.  Druce  I  have 
received  specimens  of  a  pink,  which  were  sent  to  him  for  identifi- 
cation. They  were  from  St.  Ouen's  Bay,  on  the  west  side  of 
Jersey,  and  were  tentatively  labelled  " Dianthus  ccBsius"  by  the 
collector.  They  certainly  do  not  belong  to  this  species,  but  almost 
exactly  match  specimens  of  Diaxthus  r/allicus  which  I  have  examined, 
and  fit  in  with  the  descriptions  of  this  plant.  D.  gallicus  is  a 
maritime  species,  which  in  France  extends  from  the  Gironde  to 
Brest,  while  D.  casius  grows  on  mountain  limestone.  I  am  in- 
formed that  it  grows  under  conditions  which  preclude  it  from  being 
otherwise  than  truly  wild. — F.  N.  Williams. 

Cerastium  arcticum  Lange  (p.  440).  —  Mr.  Marshall's  note  has 
prompted  me  to  refer  to  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown's  remarks  on  C.  lati folium 
as  a  British  plant  in  the  Supplement  to  English  Botany,  p.  42  (1891). 
He  says :  "On  comparing  the  seeds  of  typical  C.  latifolium  with 
those  of  the  British  plant  that  has  been  so  named,  including  var. 
Edmo7isto7ii,  I  do  not  find  any  difference  of  kind,  but  only  a  difference 
of  degree ;  the  seeds  of  the  British  plant  are  smaller  than  those  of 
typical  C.  latifolium,  although  considerably  larger  than  those  of 
C.  alpinum,  but  the  testa  of  thoroughly  ripe  seeds  is  loose,  although 
nothing  like  so  inflated  as  in  C.  latifolium.,  ...  so  that  I  think  our 
plant  is  really  C.  latifolium,  but  a  form  with  smaller  seeds,  for 
which  the  varietal  name,  Smithii  Syme,  may  be  retained."  I  have 
examined  the  material  indicated  by  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown,  and  am  dis- 
posed to  concur  with  him  in  adding  C  latifolium  to  the  British 
flora.  I  do  not,  however,  agree  with  him  in  identifying  C.  arcticum 
with  C.  latifolium  var.  Edmonsto7ii,  though  there  may  be  some 
difficulty  in  distinguishing  them  (in  the  dried  state).  All  the  more 
reason  is  there  against  according  to  C.  arcticum  specific  rank.  Were 
the  characters  adduced  by  Mr.  Marshall  to  be  considered  of  specific 
importance,  I  am  afraid  that  the  123  species  enumerated  in  the 
November  number  of  the  Bulletin  de  VHerbier  Boissier  would  have  to 
be  trebled. — F.  N.  Williams. 

Jungermania  obtusa  in  Britain.  —  Amongst  Mr.  Symers  M. 
Macvicar's  collection  of  Hepaticae  in  West  Inverness  is  a  species 
new  to  Britain — Jungermajiia  obtusa  Lindb.  After  examining  it, 
I  had  no  doubt  it  was  that  species,  but  to  make  quite  sure  I  sub- 
mitted specimens  to  Drs.  Kaalaas  and  Jorgensen,  who  confirm  it. 
Hitherto  it  has  only  been  found  in  Northern  Europe,  Styria,  and 
Switzerland. — W.  H.  Pearson. 


494 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 

lievisio  Generum  Plantarum,  vascularium  omnium  atque  cellularium 
multarum  secundum  leges  nomenclaturce  internationales  cum 
enumemtione  jjlantanim  exoticarum.  in  itineribiis  miindi  col- 
lectarum.  Pars  IIF^.  By  Dr.  Otto  Kuntze,  Leipzig, 
28  Sept.  1898.     8vo,  pp.  vi,  201,  576.     Price  28  marks. 

As  set  out  in  the  title,  this  work  deals  with  two  kinds  of 
botanical  matter — (1)  a  revision  of  the  names  of  genera  ;  (2)  an 
enumeration  of  plants  collected  ;  each  is  full  of  learned  information, 
and  is  done  in  a  truly  scientific  manner. 

The  laws  of  nomenclature  are  discussed  afresh  in  detail,  and 
two  long  sections  give  an  accouut  of  most  of  the  literature  on  the 
subject  from  1893  to  1896 ;  another  section  deals  with  the  new 
code  of  April,  1897,  which  was  drawn  up  by  Berlin  botanists,  and 
signed  by  Dr.  Engler  and  thh'teen  others.  This  is  criticized  in  a 
masterly  way,  and  some  of  its  novel  proposals  are  shown  to  be 
objectionable ;  the  fourteen  rules  of  the  code  are  attacked  in 
seventeen  annotations.  Few  will  agree  with  Dr.  Kuntze  in  con- 
sidering that  generic  names  published  prior  to  the  Linnean  method 
of  nomenclature  (1753)  should  oust  other  names  then  used  by 
Linnasus,  or  subsequently  published  by  him  or  other  authors. 
Dr.  Kuntze  goes  back  for  this  purpose  to  1735,  the  date  of  the  first 
edition  of  the  Si/ste)na  Naturce  of  Linnasus.  Bentham  and  Hooker, 
in  1862,  in  the  preface  to  the  first  part  of  their  Genera  Pldutarum, 
began  with  the  statement — "  Linnieus  generis  inventor  fuit";  but 
on  the  completion  of  the  first  volume  in  1867  this  statement  was 
changed  into  "Linnaeus  primus  Nomenclaturae  generum  et  spe- 
cierum  leges  certas  pra3scripsit "  ;  and  although  in  terms  they 
altogether  neglect  only  ante-Linnean  names,  they  do  not  in 
general  quote  Linnean  genera  earlier  than  those  used  in  the  sixth 
edition  of  Linnaeus'  Genera  Plantarum  of  1764.  Dr.  Kuntze, 
having  in  the  previous  parts  of  his  Fievisio  renamed  a  large  number 
of  species  in  accordance  with  his  prmciples,  points  out  that  many 
more  changes  must  be  made  if  1753  is  taken  as  the  startmg  point 
for  genera. 

The  most  arbitrary  innovation  introduced  into  the  Berlin  code 
is  Rule  2,  which  presumes  to  bar  generic  names  that  have  not 
come  into  general  use  during  fifty  years,  counting  from  their 
establishment,  unless  they  were  again  taken  up  in  a  monograph  or 
large  flora  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  nomenclature  of  1868. 
This  rale  is  valiantly  resisted  by  Dr.  Kuntze,  who,  besides  arraying 
powerful  arguments  of  his  own  against  it,  quotes  adverse  opinions 
of  several  botanists  from  widely  distributed  centres  of  thought, 
including  that  of  the  Journal  of  Botanij  of  August,  1897,  and  the 
following  of  Dr.  IS.  L.  Britton  : — "The  application  of  the  ideas 
embodied  in  this  paragraph  would  lead  to  great  uncertainty  in  very 
many  cases,  and  we  do  not  believe  that  the  Berlin  botanists  will 
long  maintain  them.  How  they  can  consistently  decide  on  what  is 
'  general  use,'  as  compared  with  that  we  may  term  '  special  use,'  is 


kuntze's  kevisio  generum  plantarum.  495 

more  than  we  can  imagine ;  and  who  is  to  determine  what  descriptive 
volume  is  a  '  monograpli,'  or  what  flora  a  '  large '  one,  is  equally 
difficult  to  understand;  and  how  are  they  to  determine  in  many 
cases  whether  the  author  has  or  has  not  followed  the  Paris  Code 
of  1867?  or  will  calling  a  brochure  a  'monograph'  make  it  one  ?  " 

Supplementary  emendations  to  the  code  of  botanical  nomen- 
clature are  given  in  three  languages,  German,  English,  and 
French  ;  also  a  complete  edition  of  the  Paris  Code  as  proposed 
to  be  amended  is  given  in  Italian. 

In  a  very  useful  section  Dr.  Kuntze  supplies  information  ad- 
ditional to  what  is  given  in  Pritzel's  Thesaurus  relating  to  the 
exact  dates  of  publication  of  botanical  literature.  From  the  nature 
of  the  case  this  is  fragmentary,  and  capable  of  further  additions, 
which  it  is  to  be  hoped  bibliographers  will  contribute  from  time  to 
time.  A  case  in  point  is  that  of  Palisot  de  Beauvois'  Flore  crOware 
et  de  Benin.  This  work  consists  of  two  volumes  bearing  the  dates 
on  their  titles  of  1801  (=12  of  the  French  Republic)  and  1807 
respectively;  and  each  volume  comprises  ten  parts,  which  were 
issued  separately,  each  part  containing  six  plates.  It  appears  from 
Pritzel  that  the  last  part  of  the  second  volume  did  not  appear  until 
1818  or  1821,  and  from  internal  evidence  it  is  clear  that  many  parts 
of  the  second  volume  were  subsequent  to  1807,  as  Dr.  Kuntze  points 
out.  It  may  be  mentioned  that  there  exist  in  the  Botanical  Depart- 
ment of  the  Natural  History  Museum  fronts  of  the  covers  of  parts 
vii.  and  xii.,  which  show  that  these  parts,  belonging  respectively  to 
plates  37  to  42  and  67  to  72,  bore  the  dates  of  1806  and  1810. 
Some  portions  of  the  work  were  apparently  published  in  advance ; 
indeed,  Napoleoria,  tab.  78  in  part  xiii.  (1810),  was  published  as 
early  as  1806  under  the  name  Napoleoncea.  From  Flora,  1822,  i. 
Beilage  i.  band  1,  p.  4,  it  appears  that  part  xvii.  tt.  97-102,  was 
published  in  1818. 

Dr.  Kuntze's  reforms  and  criticism  on  nomenclature  are  calcu- 
lated to  disturb  the  equanimity  of  many  of  our  most  respected  and 
especially  of  our  older  botanists,  for  they  involve  unexpected  and 
often  wholesale  changes  in  nomenclature,  and  are  highly  contro- 
versial in  character.  It  is  only  fair  to  bear  in  mind  that,  while  he 
is  full  of  deep  erudition  on  the  literature  of  the  subject,  he  is  no 
mere  bookman,  but  also  is  very  well  acquainted  with  plants  both 
in  the  field  and  in  the  herbarium,  and  he  therefore  approaches  the 
questions  as  to  the  best  methods  of  naming  plants  adequately  armed 
with  the  proper  weapons  for  the  purpose.  In  this  part  of  his  work 
he  enumerates  thousands  of  plants  of  his  own  collection,  including 
some  new  genera  and  more  than  400  new  species  of  vascular  plants, 
with  descriptions,  besides  numerous  varieties ;  the  chief  portion  of 
these  was  determined  by  himself,  but  rather  more  than  one  hundred 
of  the  new  species  are  due  to  twenty-one  other  botanists  who  have 
contributed  help  in  special  groups.  In  this  way  his  methods  are  ex- 
hibited in  a  practical  form,  and  such  defects  as  are  inherent  therein 
are  exposed  to  public  view,  and  can  be  condemned  where  necessary. 

The  collections  were  made  partly  in  South  America  and  partly 
in  South  Africa;    the  South  American  journey  was   taken  from 


496  kuntze's  revisio  generum  plantarum. 

December,  1891,  to  December,  1892,  visiting  Montevideo,  Argentina, 
Chili,  Bolivia,  Patagonia,  Mattogrosso,  Paraguay,  Uruguay,  and 
Brazil ;  and  the  South  African  journey,  to  the  Cape,  the  Orange 
Free  State,  the  Transvaal,  Natal,  Portuguese  East  Africa,  and 
Zanzibar,  was  taken  from  January  to  April,  1894.  Patagonia 
yielded  32  new  species,  here  described;  Chili,  13;  Bolivia,  146; 
Paraguay,  24  ;  Uruguay,  2 ;  Argentina,  57 ;  Brazil  (including 
Mattogrosso,  etc.),  27;  and  South  America  altogetber,  300;  the 
Cape,  44  ;  tlie  Orange  Free  State,  1 ;  the  Transvaal,  8  ;  Natal,  44 ; 
Portuguese  East  Africa,  5  ;  and  South  Africa  altogether  102  newly 
described  species ;  the  new  species  of  cellular  plants  have  not  been 
reckoned  in  this  summary.  The  new  genera  w^ith  descriptions  or 
diagnoses  are  as  follows  : — Montiopsis  0.  Ktze.  (Portulacaceae),  from 
Bolivia.  Neocracca  0.  Ktze.  (Leguminos?e),  from  Bolivia.  Atomo- 
stigma  0.  Ktze.  (Rosacese),  from  Mattogrosso.  Anisothrix  0.  Hoffm. 
(Composit^e),  from  the  Cape.  t<p]mreiipatorium  0.  Ktze.  =  Eupa- 
torium  §  Sphsereupatorium  (CompositaB),  from  Bolivia.     Eupatoriola 

0.  Ktze.  =  Baccliaris  §  Eupatoriola  (Compositae),  from  Bolivia. 
LiabopsisO.liizQ.  =  Liabum  §  Liabopsis  (Composite),  from  Bolivia. 
Sijnedrellupsis  Hieron.  &  0.  Ktze.  (Composite),  from  Argentina;  and 
Tunaria  0.  Ktze.  (Solanaceae),  from  Bolivia. 

Some  points  for  remark  arise  in  the  course  of  the  enumeration 
of  the  species  :  for  instance,  Spergularia  Pers.  (1805)  is  called  B^ula 
Adans.  (1763),  as  did  Dumortier ;  but  this  identification  is  very  doubt- 
ful, for  Adanson  gives  for  his  plant  "  Alsine  spergula  major  seminefoli- 
aceo  Mor.  Dill.  Eph.  Nat.  cent.  5.  t.  4."  Diilenius,  in  Acad.  Caes.- 
Leop.  Nat.  Eur.  Ephem.  v.  &  vi.  pp.  270,  275,  t.  4  (1717),  describes 
and  figures  the  plant,  which  he  calls  Spergula  semine  Umbo  foliaceo 
cincto,  and  in  the  description  he  says  (p.  276),  "  vascula  ....  quin- 
quefariam  dehiscunt";  he  also  quotes  Morison ;  this  plant  is  Sper- 
gula arvensis.  Morison  in  his  Plant.  Hist.  ii.  p.  551,  sect.  5,  tab.  23 
(1680)  calls  the  plant  quoted  AUine  annua  semine  foliaceo  nigro  circuJo 
meiitbranaceo  albo  cincto ;  this  also  is  Spergula  arveyisis,  but  the  figure 
makes  the  capsules  appear  to  be  3-valved,  an  appearance  which  may 
have  deceived  Adanson  and  misled  modern  botanists  in  the  identifica- 
tion of  Buda.  There  is,  however,  no  doubt  that  Tissa,  which  Adanson 
published  on  the  same  page  and  immediately  preceding  Buda,  is 
Spergularia.  Another  synonym  of  the  latter  is  Corion  Mitch. 
(1748,  not  1746  as  given  by  Dr.  Kuntze),  but  the  name  is  rejected 
by  Dr.  Kuntze,  not  because  it  was  published  prior  to  1753,  but  on 
account  of  Coris  L.  (1737),  which  he  considers  as  the  same  name 
and  applicable  to  a  perfectly  distinct  genus.  There  is  again 
another  competitor  for  the  proper  name  of  the  genus,  namely 
Alsine  L.  (1753),  the  claims  of  which  require  careful  consideration. 
In  Sp.  PI.  (1753),  p.  272,  Linnaeus  placed  only  two  species  under 
Alsine  J  namely  A.  media  and  A.  segetalis  ;  the  former  is  Stellaria 
media  With.   (1796),  and  the  latter  is  a   Spergularia.     Stellaria  L. 

1.  c.  pp.  421,  422  had  seven  species  under  that  genus,  all  but  the 
last  of  which  are  congeneric  ;  it  seems  therefore  best  to  retain  the 
genus  Stellaria  and  to  include  Alsine  media  in  it ;  Alsine  thus  re- 
mains available  to  stand  for  Corion  (1748),  Tissa  (1763),  Spergularia 


kuntze's  revisio  generum  plantarum,  497 

(1805),  and  Lepigomim  (1818).     On  the  contrary,  Dr.  Kuntze  prefers 
to  sink  Stellaria  in  Alsine,  and  in  this  sense  to  use  the  latter  name. 

In  Mahact'cB  the  principal  change  made  in  the  names  of  genera 
is  the  use  of  Lassa,  which  is  adapted  from  Lass  Adaus.  (1763), 
instead  of  Malaclie  Trew  (1772),  which  Dr.  Kuntze  had  substituted 
in  the  first  part  of  his  book  for  Pavonia  Cav.  (1786)  ;  he  quotes  as 
a  synonym  Ahutilon  Plum.  (1755),  which  on  this  showing  would 
appear  to  be  the  correct  name  in  preference  to  Lass.  On  referring, 
however,  to  Plum.  PI.  Amer.  fasc.  i.  p.  1,  t.  i.,  it  is  seen  that  Plumier 
really  called  the  plant  ''Hibiscus  foliis  cordatis  crenatis  indivisis 
capsulis  spinosis,"  and  that  he  did  not  regard  it  as  Abutilon. 

In  RhanmacecB,  Helinns  E.  Mey.  (1840)  gives  way  to  Mystachius 
Eafin.  (1838)  ;  and  in  Leguminosm,  Cracca  Benth.  non  L.,  which  in 
part  i.  had  been  called  Brittonamra  0.  K.  (1891),  is  now  called 
Benthamantha  Alefeld  (1862). 

Some  extensive  changes  of  a  strictly  botanical  nature  will  meet 
with  misgivings,  at  least  on  the  part  of  those  not  in  a  good  position 
to  judge,  on  the  reasonable  ground  that  such  matters  ought  to  be 
left  to  be  done,  if  at  all,  by  the  monographers  of  the  particular 
orders  affected.  Thus  in  CrassulacecR  the  genus  Seduni  is  enlarged  to 
include  Bnjophyllum,  Cotyledon,  Crassula,  Grammanthes,  Kalanchoe, 
Monanthes,  Pi/wdiola,  Rochea,  Sempervivum,  Tillisa,  and  others  ;  and 
in  Convolvulacea,  Aniseia,  AstrochlcBna^  Bonamia,  Breweria,  Calo- 
nyctioii,  Calystegia,  Exogonium,  Hewittia,  J acquemontia ,  Ipomoea, 
Merremia,  Mina,  OpercuUna,  Pharbitis,  Qiuonoclit,  Prevostea,  Scddem, 
Stylisma,  and  Volvulus,  are  all  made  to  fall  under  Convolvulus. 
Similarly  in  Myrtacew,  Eugenia  (including  Jambosa  and  Syzygium), 
Guajava  {Psidium),  and  Myrceugenia  are  all  reduced  to  Myrtus. 

The  suppression  of  Cyphia  Berg.  (1767)  seems  unnecessary ; 
the  only  pretext  for  doing  this  is  because  Cuphea  P.  Br.  (1756),  a 
considerable  genus  in  another  order,  is  kept  up ;  and  because  both 
names  are  alike  derived  from  the  Greek  word  >iv(p6q ;  on  this  account 
Dr.  Kuntze  has  constructed  the  new  name  Cyphopsis  for  the  former. 

It  might  have  been  expected  that  he  would  not  have  adopted 
Diclwndra  evolvulacea  Britton  (1891)  for  D.  rcpens  Forst.  (1776), 
and  that  he  would  have  noticed  that  the  latter  name  occurs  in 
J.  E.  &  G-.  Forst.  Char.  Gen.  p.  40  ;  he  as  well  as  Britton  was  pro- 
bably misled  by  a  slight  error  in  the  Kew  Index,  where  p.  39  is 
quoted  for  this  species,  and  on  that  page  the  genus  only  is  given. 
D.  repeyis  was  also  named  in  G.  Forst.  Fl.  Ins.  Austr.  Prodr.  p.  21, 
n.  134  (1786),  and  there  the  original  publication  was  correctly 
quoted.  G.  Forster's  publication  was  known  to  both  Dr.  Britton 
and  Dr.  Kuntze,  but  they  missed  the  first  publication  ;  and  because 
the  above  plant  has  the  synonym oi SibtJwrpia evolvulacealt.  f.  Suppl. 
PI.  p.  288  (1781),  they  thought  it  necessary  to  compound  and  to 
retain  respectively  the  new  name. 

From  the  severely  scientific  style  of  his  work  in  nomenclature, 
sentimental  departures  from  the  strict  rule  of  priority  of  publication 
would  scarcely  be  looked  for,  though  to  some  minds  such  departures 
may  come  as  a  relief  ;  however,  some  cases  of  it  occur.  In  Scro- 
phulariacem,  Nigrina  L.  (1767)  is  preferred  to  Melasma  Berg,  of  the 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  36.      [Dec.  1898.]  2  xii 


498  THE    OECHIDS   OF    THE    SIKKIM-HIMALAYA. 

same  year,  although  it  is  admitted  that  Bergius  pablished  his 
Plant.  Carp,  in  1767,  some  weeks  before  the  appearance  of  the 
Mantissa  of  Linnaeus.  There  is  a  scandal  in  connection  with  this 
incident.  According  to  an  ex  parte  statement,  the  story  goes  that 
while  the  second  volume  of  the  twelfth  edition  of  Linnaeus' s 
System  a,  to  which  volume  the  Mantissa  was  appended,  was  being 
printed,  the  proof-sheets  were  corrected  by  Bergius's  brother,  and 
that  Bergius  saw  the  printer,  and  then  put  his  own  names  to  the 
genera  and  species  of  certain  plants  which  were  common  to  the 
Mantissa  and  to  the  collection  with  which  he  had  to  deal,  as  if  he 
had  not  seen  the  former,  and  without  making  any  acknowledg- 
ment ;  it  was  suggested  that  Bergius  was  too  incompetent  to  assign 
new  genera  to  their  right  places  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  or  even 
correctly  to  understand  floral  organs.  See  Hall,  Epist.  ined.  C. 
Linn.  (1880),  pp.  91,  103.  On  this  account  Dr.  Kuntze  ignores 
Melasma;  Bentham  &  Hooker,  in  their  Genera  Plantariiui  (1876), 
retain  it.  For  the  same  reason  Dr.  Kuntze  prefers  Mannlea  L.  to 
Nemia  Berg. 

The  convenient  practice  of  printing  the  trivial  parts  of  new 
names  of  species  in  a  different  type  from  those  of  old  names  has 
been  followed,  with  a  very  few  accidental  exceptions.  The  pagina- 
tion of  the  preface  is  given  as  usual  in  Koman  numerals,  but  thai 
of  the  rest  is  in  two  series,  each  in  Arabic  numerals,  differing  only 
in  the  thickness  of  the  type ;  this  small  difference  is  apt  to  cause 
confusion,  especially  for  the  purpose  of  the  index. 

The  above  remarks  are  not  intended  appreciably  to  detract  from 
the  sohd  value  which  properly  attaches  to  Dr.  Kuntze' s  colossal 
labours,  and  which  any  one  who  seriously  studies  the  book  cannot 
fail  to  perceive.  A  correct  nomenclature  is  of  primary  importance 
to  all  botanists,  and  their  thanks  are  due  to  the  author  of  this 
progressive  step  towards  that  end. 

W.  P.  HiERN. 


21ie  Orchids  of  the  Sikkim-Himalaya.  By  Sir  George  King  and 
Robert  Bantling.  4to,  pp.  342,  tt.  448  (Annals  of  the  Royal 
Botanic  Garden,  Calcutta,  vol.  viii.).  London  :  Quaritch. 
Price  m  6s.  Od.  plain,  £9  9s.  Od.  half  coloured. 

We  have  done  scant  justice  in  these  pages  to  the  important  and 
admirable  work  which  has  been  published  during  the  last  ten  years 
in  connection  with  the  Calcutta  Gardens,  under  the  capable  direc- 
tion of  Sir  George  King ;  but  we  are  anxious  to  call  attention  to 
this  latest  undertaking,  not  only  because  it  is  the  last  with  which  his 
name  will  be  associated,  but  on  account  of  its  special  interest  and 
comprehensiveness.  It  is  fitly  dedicated  to  Sir  Joseph  Hooker, 
who  monographed  the  Orchidacea^  for  the  Flora  of  British  India,  prior 
to  the  pubhcation  of  which,  as  Sir  George  says  in  his  modest  pre- 
face, our  knowledge  of  the  smaller  and  more  obscure  species  of  the 
order  had  never  been  correlated,  the  descriptions  being  scattered 
through  periodicals,  "  many  of  which  were  accessible  only  to 
botanical  experts." 


THE    ORCHIDS    OF    THE    SIKKIM  HIMALAYA.  499 

In  Mr.  Eobert  Pantling,  of  the  Sikkim  Government  Cinchona 
Plantation,  Sir  George  King  found  an  able  collaborator.  Mr. 
Pantling  had  for  many  years  occupied  his  leisure  in  making  draw- 
ings of  the  orchids  found  on  the  Plantation,  and  the  appearance  of 
Sir  Joseph  Hooker's  monograph  suggested  the  desirableness  of 
making  the  series  complete ;  and  this  ultimately  developed  into  the 
present  work.  Special  collectors  were  sent  into  little-known  dis- 
tricts, and  the  Government  of  Bengal  undertook  to  publish  the 
work.  The  drawings  were  put  on  the  stone  by  natives  of  Bengal 
trained  at  the  Government  School  of  Art  at  Calcutta,  and  the 
colouring  was  done  by  the  sons  of  Nepalese  coolies  employed  on  the 
•Plantation — "boys  who  had  never  until  Mr.  Pantling  took  them 
in  hand  been  accustomed  to  use  any  implement  more  delicate  than 
a  hoe."  The  results  are  most  creditable  to  the  lads,  and  to  their 
persevering  and  skilful  tutor.  Mr.  Pantling  also  assisted  in  the 
preparation  of  the  letterpress,  and  has  examined  each  specimen  of 
the  twelve  sets  of  orchids  issued  to  various  representative  herbaria. 
The  ample  tribute  paid  by  Sir  George  King  to  the  work  of  his 
colleague  is  gratifying  evidence  of  the  cordiality  of  the  relations 
which  subsisted  between  them. 

In  his  short  introduction  Sir  George  makes  some  important 
suggestions  as  to  the  structure  and  classification  of  Orchids  which, 
did  space  allow,  we  should  like  to  reprint  at  length  for  the  benefit 
of  those  who  may  find  the  volume  difficult  of  access.  The  authors 
are  convinced  that  the  fertilization  of  orchids  by  insect  agency  "  is 
by  no  means  so  universal  as  is  sometimes  supposed.  We  have 
found  the  most  unmistakable  evidence  of  self-fertilization  in  genera 
far  removed  from  each  other  in  every  respect" — such  as  Eria 
excavata,  Dendrohium  crepidatum,  Calanthe  Mannii,  and  most  of  the 
species  in  Goodijerece — one  of  the  two  tribes  into  which  NeottietE  is 
separated.  The  separation  is  based  on  characters  afforded  by  the 
pollen,  which  in  the  ListerecB  is  powdery  (very  rarely  granular), 
while  in  GoodijerecB  it  is  always  granular  or  sectile. 

Of  the  monograph  itself  it  is  sufficient  to  say  that  it  is  in  every 
respect  most  carefully  done.  Each  genus  is  provided  with  a  clavis 
of  species,  and  the  descriptions  are  full  and  clear.  Some  novelties 
are  described,  but  their  number  is  small,  as  might  be  expected  after 
the  "  sweeping-up  "  of  the  order  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  and  the 
papers  published  by  the  authors. 

Sir  George  King  is  to  be  congratulated  not  only  on  this  but  on 
the  admirable  series  of  publications  which  have  appeared  under  his 
directorship,  as  well  as  upon  the  fact  that  the  reins  of  office  so  long 
and  so  successfully  held  by  him  have  fallen  to  Dr.  Prain,  who  may 
be  trusted  to  carry  on  the  work,  in  which  he  has  already  taken  part, 
in  accordance  with  the  example  set  forth  by  his  predecessor. 


2  M  2 


500 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS^ 

Ann.  Scottish  Nat.  Hist.  (Oct.).  —  A.  Bennett,  '  Eecords  of 
Scottish  plants  for  1897.' — J.  W.  H.  Trail,  '  Topographical  Botany 
of  Scotland/ 

Bot.  Notiser  (haft  5  ;  1  Nov.).  —  K.  Starback,  *  Nagra  marklika 
skandinaviska  ascomycetfyd.'  —  0.  Nordstedt,  '  Ett  par  ord  om  de 
svenska  Odontites-ontevna,.'  —  0.  R.  Holmberg,  '  Spergula  arvensis 
var.  nov.  oUgogdnataS 

Bot.  CentraJhlatt  (Nos.  44,  45).  —  M.  Woronin,  '  Monilia  cinerea 
&  M.friictigena.' — F.  Hook,  '  Zur  Systematik  der  Kormophyten.' — 
E.  Lemmermaun,  '  Zur  Keuntniss  der  Plaukton-algen.' — (Nos.  44- 
46).  A.  C.  Hof,  '  Histologische  Studien  an  Vegetationspunkten  ' 
(concl.).  —  (Nos.  44-47).  B.  Schmid,  'Ban  und  Functionen  der 
Grannen  unserer  Getreidearten.' — (No.  46). — G.  Klikenthal,  'Neue 
oder  kritische  Unciuien  '  [U.  Wegeri,  sp.  n.).  —  (No.  47).  C.  R. 
Barnes,  'So-called  "Assimilation."' — J.  Huber,  Hevea  hrasiliensis. 
—  (No.  48).  R.  H.  True  &  C.  G.  Hunkel,  '  The  poisonous  effect 
exerted  on  living  plants  by  phenols.'  —  F.  Ludwig,  '  Leuchten 
uusere  Siisswasserperidinien  ? ' 

Bot.  Gazette  (15  Oct.). — J.  H.  Schaffner,  '  Karyokinesis  in  root- 
tips  of  Allium  Cepa  '  (2  pi.). — E.  L.  Fulmer,  '  Cell  division  in  pine 
seedlings'  (2  pL). — F.D.Bergen,  '  Popular  American  Plant-names.' 
— B.  D.  Halsted,  '  The  newer  Botany.'  —  C.  P.  Millspaugh,  '  Notes 
and  new  species  oi  Euphorbia.' — J.  B.  S.  Norton,  'Joseph  F.  Joor' 
(1848-92;  portr.). 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  [15 '^OY.).  —  C.  Meylan,  '  Nouvelles 
stations  bryologiques  pour  la  chaine  du  Jura.'  —  R.  Schlechter, 
'  Monographie  der  Disperis'  (cont.).  —  H.  Christ,  '  Fougeres  de 
Mengtze,  Yunnan.' — J.  Freyn,  '  Neue  und  bemerkenswerthe  orien- 
talische  Pflanzenarten.' — F.  N.  Williams,  '  Enumeration  provisoire 
des  especes  du  Cerastium.' 

Bull.  Torreg  Bot.  Club  (15  Oct.).  —  L.  M.  Underwood,  'The 
ternate  species  of  Botrychium.' — H.  H.  Rusby,  '  Plants  collected  in 
South  America'  (cont.). — A.  Nelson,  'New  plants  from  Wyoming.' 
— (7  Nov.).  G.  V.  Nash,  'Revision  of  Triplasis.' — C.  DeCaudoUe, 
'  Piperace^  Bohvianas.'  —  B.  D.  Halsted,  '  Starch  distribution  as 
affected  by  fungi.'  —  A.  A.  Heller,  '  Plants  from  N. W.  America' 
(cont.). 

Erythea  (24  Oct.).  —  W.  L.  Jepson,  Beckwithia,  gen.  nov.  ? 
(=  Runiinculus  Andersonii  A.  Gr. ;  1  pL).  —  Id.,  'Henry  Nicholas 
Bolander'  (d.  1897;  portr.). 

Gard.  Chronicle  (22  Oct.).  —  Linospadix  [?)  Petrickiana  (fig.  87). 
— (5  Nov.).     Ptychosperma  Sanderiana  Ridley,  sp.  n. 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  1-16  Aout,"  received  7  Nov.).  —  A. 
Franchet,  '  Plantarum  Sinensium '  (cont.). — M.  P.  Guerin,  '  Sur  la 
presence  d'un   Champignon   dans  Lolium  temulentum.' .  Hue, 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 

publicaiion. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  501 

'  Causerie  sur  les  Parmelia  '  (concl.).  —  A.  de  Coincy,  Boucerosia 
Munhijana  var.  hisjmjiica.  —  ("  1-16  Sept.,"  received  19  Nov.). 
A.   Franchet,   '  Plantarum   Sinensium '   (cont.).  —  E.   G.    Camus, 

'  Plantes  hybrides  spontanees  de  la  flore  europeenne '    (cont.). 

E.  Bescherelle,  '  Bryologiae  Japonicae  Supplementum  I.' 

Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  (Nov.  1).— (No.  234).  E.  S.  Barton,  '  Struc- 
ture and  development  of  Snranthera'  (2  pi.). — Id.,  '  Fruit  of  Chnoo- 
f<purafastigiata'  (1  pi.). — E.  S.  Salmon,  '  Eevision  of  Sijmblepharis' 
(2  pi.). — M.  Christy,  '  Seasonal  variations  of  elevation  in  branch  of 
Horse-chestnut.' — (No.  235).  '  On  the  Subsubareas  [sic]  of  British 
India,  illustrated  by  the  detailed  distribution  of  CyperacecB  in  that 
empire '  (map). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Nov.). — N.  V.  Archenegg,  '  Zur  Kennt- 
niss  der  Blattborsten  you  Cirsium  horridiiui.'  —  R.  Schlechter, 
'  Revision  der  Gattung  Holothrix:  —  L.  J.  Celakovsky,  '  Ueber 
petaloidumgebildete  Staubgefasse  von  Philadelphus  und  Deutzia.' — 
A.  Waisbecker,  Aspleniwn  Forsteri.  —  A.  v.  Hazek,  Gymnadeyiia 
Abelii,  nov.  hybr.  —  V.  Schiffner,  '  Neue  Moose  der  b5hmischen 
Flora '  (concl.). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


The  activity  shown  by  German  botanists  in  the  investigation  of 
African  plants  has  found  a  new  outlet  in  a  handsome  series  of  large 
quarto  monographs  edited  by  Prof.  Engler,  two  of  which  have  been 
issued  under  the  general  title  "  Monographieen  afrikanischer 
Pflanzen-familien  und  -Gattungen."  The  first,  by  Prof.  Engler, 
deals  with  the  Moracem  (excluding  Ficus) ;  the  second,  for  which 
Dr.  Gilg  is  responsible,  is  devoted  to  the  Melastomacem ;  each  is 
illustrated  by  numerous  excellent  plates. 

Perhaps  the  most  noticeable  point  in  the  latter  is  the  mass 
of  additional  Afdcau  material  that  has  come  to  hand  since  Prof. 
Cogniaux  monographed  the  order  only  seven  years  ago.  The 
African  genera  now  number  twenty-three.  Dr.  Gilg  is  responsible 
(either  here  or  in  the  Nachtuage  to  Engler  &  Prantl  Pflanzenfamilien) 
lor  nine  of  these,  namely  Afzeliella,  Urotheca,  Petalonema,  Cincinno- 
hotrijs,  Myrianthemum,  Tetraphy II aster,  Phceoneuron,  Preussiella,  and 
Orthogoneuron.  The  first  of  these,  Afzeliella,  belongs  to  the  Os- 
beckiae,  and  is  founded  on  Guyonia  ciliata  Hook.  fil.  Its  nearest 
ally  is  Guyonia,  from  which  it  differs  in  having  tetramerous  flowers, 
a  hairy  receptacle  and  eight  instead  of  ten  equal  stamens  ;  but  it 
must  be  remembered  that  neither  Sir  J.  Hooker  nor  Prof.  Cogniaux 
considered  this  a  sufficient  distinction  on  which  to  found  a  new  genus. 
Again,  Urotheca  and  Petalonema  are  interesting  as  being  the  only 
African  members  of  the  Oxysporece,  the  connective  in  both  being 
produced  below  into  a  spur,  but  we  doubt  whether  the  distinction 
alleged  between  the  two  is  of  generic  importance.  Cincimwhotrys, 
an  epiphyte,  belongs  to  the  SoyierilecB,  the  flowers  are  cymose  and 
tetramerous,     The  remaining  new  genera  belong  to  the  Dissochcet(e, 


502  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

which  tribe  may  be  divided  into  tw^o  divisions,  according  as  the 
stamens  are  dissimilar  or  similar  (or  nearly  alike) :  Myrianthemmn, 
with  a  cluster  of  nnmerons  flowers,  belonging  to  the  former 
division,  and  Tetraphyllaster,  PhcBoneuron,  Preussie/la,  and  Ortho- 
(joneuron  to  the  latter.  The  largest  genus,  Dissotis,  affords  again 
good  illustration  of  the  mass  of  material  which  has  been  acquired 
during  tiie  last  twenty-five  years.  Dr.  Gilg  having  fifty-one  species, 
Prof.  Cogniaux  thirty-two,  while  in  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  (1871) 
there  are  only  twenty.  We  regret  that  the  monographer  did  not 
consult  the  herbaria  in  this  country,  as  additional  information  would 
certainly  have  been  acquired,  and  points  still  left  in  doubt  might  have 
been  settled.  For  example,  Triana,  in  his  revision  of  this  order, 
gives  the  distribution  of  Otanthera  cyanoides  as  Moluccas  and  Sierra 
Leone  (Afzelius).  The  Afzelian  specimen,  with  Dr.  Triana's 
identification,  is  in  the  National  Herbarium,  and,  if  correctly 
named,  introduces  a  Malayan  genus  to  the  African  Flora.  It  is 
not  in  flower  or  fruit,  and  we  are  inclined  to  think  that  it  is 
probably  referable  to  some  known  African  species,  possibly  Osbeckia 
imilti flora  Sm. — E.  G.  B. 

Mr.  V.  H.  Blackman,  of  the  Department  of  Botany,  British 
Museum,  has  been  elected  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge. 

The  Flora  des  Nordostdeutschen  Flachlandes  (Berlin :  Borntraeger), 
by  Prof.  Ascherson  and  Dr.  P.  Graebner,  of  which  three  parts  have 
just  appeared,  is  extremely  carefully  done  ;  the  notes,  both  de- 
scriptive and  geographical,  being  very  full.  AVe  hope  to  say  more 
of  it  when  it  is  completed  ;  meanwhile  we  would  direct  the  attention 
of  British  botanists  to  the  book,  which  is  commendable  on  account  of 
its  cheapness,  as  well  as  on  other  grounds ;  each  part  consists  of 
160  pages,  and  costs  only  one  mark.  The  type,  though  small,  is  ex- 
tremely clear,  and  the  treatment  of  such  critical  genera  as  Sallv 
and  Care.v  is  careful  and  elaborate.  One  curious  omission  strikes 
us  :  no  authority  is  appended  either  to  the  generic  or  to  the  specific 
names.  The  editors  have  secured  the  collaboration  of  various 
German  botanists. 

We  have  received  from  the  same  publishers  a  pretty  and  com- 
pact Botaniker  Kalender  for  1899,  edited  by  Prof.  Sydow.  Besides 
the  diary  proper,  which  gives  for  each  day  the  names  and  dates  of 
such  botanists  as  were  born  or  have  died  upon  it,  there  are  various 
appendixes,  containing  the  Berlin  rules  for  nomenclature,  a  list  of 
cryptogamic  exsiccata,  with  dates ;  a  list  of  the  various  botanic 
gardens,  with  names  of  their  officers ;  and  an  extremely  useful  and 
carefully  done  list  of  the  principal  collections  of  plants,  arranged 
alphabetically  under  the  names  of  the  collectors,  with  indication  of 
where  they  may  be  found.  This  is  very  comprehensive,  and  might 
well  be  issued  separately  for  distribution.  Looking  through  it,  we 
note  extremely  few  inaccuracies  ;  here  and  there,  however,  a  state- 
ment needs  correction — "  H.  M.  Eidley  "  and  "  Hn.  Eidley,"  for 
example,  are  one  and  the  same  person,  and  neither  of  these  is  his 
correct  name ;  moreover,  his  Fernando  Noronha  plants  are  primarily 
at  the  British  Museum,  not  at  Kew :    the  two  Massons  are  also 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  503 

identical.     But  it  is  an  excellent  list,  and  the  little  volume,  which 
costs  only  3  marks,  is  worth  obtaining  on  its  account  alone. ' 

Messrs.  Linton  have  sent  out  the  fourth  fascicle  of  their  Set  of 
British  Hieracia.  This  surpasses  each  of  its  predecessors  in  the 
number  of  endemic  forms  it  contains,  there  being  sixteen  in  all 
VIZ.  eleven  species  and  five  varieties.  These  are  :— £Z.  qracilenium  • 
H.  nigrescens,Yi\,v.  gracUifoliiim ;  H.  cerinthiforme ;  H.'flocculosum ; 
H.  Lima;  H.  carenorum ;  H.  Schmidtii,  var.  devoniense ;  H.  cale- 
donicum;  H.  nitidum ;  H.  Pictorum;  H.  pollijiarium ;  H.  polli- 
narium,  var.  plaU/phijUitm ;  H.  ruhiglnosum ;  H.  cambricum;  H 
Orarium,  var.  fiUvum ;  H.  rigidum,  var.  serpentinum. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  Nov.  3rd  Prof  H 
Marshall  Ward  read  a  joint  paper  by  Miss  Dale  and  himself  on 
Craterostigma  pumilum,  which  had  been  brought  from  Somaliland 
by  Mrs.  Lort  Phillips.  As  it  had  flowered  in  the  Cambridge  Botanic 
Grarden  during  the  past  summer,  and  ripe  capsules  and  seeds  were 
obtained,  a  complete  description  was  possible.  The  authors  have 
examined  the  anatomy  of  the  plant  in  detail,  and  they  record  some 
interesting  points  concerning  the  red  colouring-matter  of  the  roots 
which  occurs  as  amorphous  red  granules  on  the  cell- walls,  and  Hnint^ 
the  large  intercellular  space  of  the  cortex.  Its  reactions  are  unlike 
those  of  any  other  pigment  with  which  the  authors  have  compared 
it :  it  IS  not  carotin,  and  cannot  be  explained  as  a  reserve-material 
or  as  a  colour-screen,  and  they  regard  it  as  an  excretion.  That 
portion  of  the  paper  which  dealt  with  the  systematic  position  of 
Craterostigma  showed  that  the  authors  were  not  on  familiar  ground; 
and  Prof.  Ward's  naive  account  of  the  steps  which  he  took  to 
ascertain  this  position  caused  some  amusement  to  systeraatists  who 
were  present. 

We  have  so  often  felt  it  necessary  to  call  attention  to  the  irre- 
gularity of  the  issue  of  the  Kew  Bidletin  that  it  is  only  fair  that  we 
should  note  that  the  much-needed  reform  in  this  matter  has  taken 
place — whether  on  account  of  our  remonstrances  we  do  not  know, 
nor  is  it  needful  to  enquire.  The  November  number  contains  a 
further  instalment  of  the  "  Diagnoses  Africans,"  in  which  we  note 
a  correction  of  certain  previously-published  names  which  prove  to 
be  synonyms:  the  Bidletin  has  done  a  good  deal  in  this  way  of 
encumbering  nomenclature.  A  new  Ceropegia  from  Welwitsch's 
collections  is  described ;  we  think  it  would  have  been  courteous  to 
have  left  this  to  Mr.  Hiern,  a  further  instalment  of  whose  Catalogue 
of  Welwitsch's  African  collections  will  be  published  this  month. "^  It 
will  bring  the  enumeration  down  to  the  end  of  Scrophnlariacea. 

A  GOOD  example  of  ''a  botanical  reader  for  children"  will  be 
found  in  Mrs.  Ahce  Merritt  Davidson's  California  Plants  in  their 
Homes  (Los  Angeles  :  Baumgardt  &  Co.,  1898;  8vo,  pp.  216),  with 
which  is  bound  a  "  supplement  for  the  use  of  teachers,"  extending 
to  133  pages.  It  is  somewhat  in  the  style  of  Asa  Gray's  How  Plants 
"Grow,  but  is  more  comprehensive,  and  is  written  in  a  simple  style 
which  children  can  readily  follow  and  understand.  The  headings 
of  the  chapters  are  sometimes  rather  quaint — "  Plants  that  know 


504  BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC. 

how  to  meet  hard  times,"  "  Plants  with  mechanical  genius,"  and 
the  like ;  but  they  deal  clearly  and  brightly  with  the  principal 
phenomena  of  growth,  structure,  fertilization,  and  the  like.  There 
are  numerous  tigures,  but  these  are  neither  well  drawn  nor  satis- 
factorily reproduced.  The  Supplement  contains  practical  sug- 
gestions, and  based  on  the  author's  own  experience  as  a  teacher 
in  a  ''  state  normal  school,"  which  are  likely  to  be  useful  to  those 
similarly  situated.     The  two  parts  bound  in  cloth  cost  $1.50. 

The  last  part  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Perthshire  Society  of 
Natural  Science  (vol.  ii.  part  6)  contains  several  papers  of  botanical 
interest :  among  them  Mr.  R.  H.  Meldrum's  '  Preliminary  List  of 
Perthshire  Mosses,'  Mr.  R.  Smith's  '  Plant  Associations  of  the  Tay 
basin,'  and  Mr.  P.  McNair's  essay  on  "  The  Geological  Factors  in 
the  Distribution  of  the  Alpine  Plants  of  Perthshire."  We  are  glad 
to  note  that  the  parts  of  these  well-printed  and  carefully  edited 
Tranmctions,  which  are  published  at  the  Natural  History  Museum 
in  Perth,  may  be  obtained  by  non-members  at  very  reasonable  cost: 
the  present  instalment  costs  Is.  6d. 

The  contmued  and  increasing  demands  on  our  space,  although 
gratifying  evidence  of  the  usefulness  of  the  Journal  and  of  its 
recognized  value  as  a  channel  of  publication,  compel  us  to  defer 
several  reviews  of  important  works.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned 
the  new  edition  of  the  '  Cybele  Hibernica ' ;  Dr.  Schwendener's 
'Gesammelte  Botanische  Mittheilungen  ' ;  Mr.  H.  C.  Hart's  '  Flora 
of  Donegal ' ;  the  first  part  of  Dr.  Urban's  '  Symbols  Antillanae ' ; 
the  concluding  volume  of  Dr.  Britten's  '  Illustrated  Flora  of  North 
America';  and  Dr.  A.  F.  W.  Schimper's  '  Pflanzen-Geographie.' 
We  have  also,  for  the  same  reason,  been  compelled  to  postpone  any 
extracts  from  the  recent  reports  of  the  Botanical  Exchange  Club, 
and  to  defer  the  completion  of  the  '  Biographical  Index  ' ;  this  we 
hope  to  finish  in  the  January  number,  and  to  reissue  in  pamphlet 
form  early  in  1899.  Several  papers,  some  of  them  relating  to 
British  botany  and  others  of  bibliographical  interest,  also  stand 
over.     Many  of  the  foregoing  will  be  printed  in  our  next  issue. 


EREATA. 

P.  28,  1.  13  from  bottom,  for  '•  endocarpis  "  read  "  endocarpio." 

P.  65,  1.  15  from  top,  for  "  Phoraceffi  "  read  "  Thoracefe." 

P.  188,  1.  5  from  bottom,  for  "  compressis  "  read  "  compressus." 

P.  189,  1.  2  from  top,  for  "cm."  read  "mm." 

P.  208, 11.  7  and  8  from  bottom,  for  "  Perry"  read  "  Penny." 

P.  267,  1.  16  from  bottom,  for  "  Down  "  read  "  Antrhn." 

P.  285,  1.  13  from  bottom,  for  "  Wallace  "  read  "  Wallich." 

P.  298,  1.  2  from  bottom,  and  p.  29'.),  1.  9  from  top,  for  "  1737  "  read  "175:3." 

P.  831,  1.  7  from  top,  for  "probably  a  species  of  Desmagonium^^  read  ^^Actinella 

imnctata  Lewis." 
P.  333,  1.  5  from  bottom,  for  '^pyramidatum"  read  '^  subpy  rami  datum. ^' 
P.  336,  1.  16  from  bottom,  for  "  tenacity  "  read  "  tenuity  "  ;   1.  2  from  bottom, 

for  "  sanguineum  "  read  "  sanguineo." 
P.  380,  1.  13  from  top,  for  "  Salix  "  read  "  Salvia.'' 
P.  461, 1.  16  from  top,  for  "  Watts  "  read  "  Ivatts." 


INDEX. 


For  Classified  Articles,  see — Articles  in  Journals ;  County  Records;  Obituary; 
EevieiDS.  New  genera,  species,  and  varieties  published  in  this  volume,  as 
loell  as  neio  names,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk. 


Abbreviation,  an  insufficient,  353 
Acauthoscyphus,  110 
Aeidantbera  Gunnisi,'''  31 
Adenandra  Bodkinii,^''  315 
Adenogonum'''  decumbens'''-  (t.  389), 

290 
iEcidium  Diospyri,*  178 
^sciilus,  M.  Christy  on,  359 
African  Botany  (rev.),  232,  461 
Agathosma  alpina,'''  25 
Aitcbison,  J.  E.  T.,  463 
Algae,  Freshwater,  330;  Literature 

of,  64,  195,  227,  275,  402,  447 
Alsine,  496 

Anemopaegma  carrerense,'''  188 
Antennaria  plantaginea,  266 
Archevalata's '  Flora  Uruguaya,'  285 
Arctium  nemorosum,  493 
Arctophila  fulva,  432 
Arcyria,  121 
Arenaria,    156 ;    serpyllifolia,    351  ; 

uliginosa,  189 
Armitage,  E.,  Anemopaegma  carrer- 

ense,-''  180 
Arthrodesmus,  335 
Articles  in  Journals: — 

Annals  of  Botany,  40,  69,  154, 
283,  406,  408 

Ann.  Scott.  Nat.  Hist.,  110,  235, 
407 

Ann.  Sciences  Nat.,  158 

Bot.  Centralblatt,  69,  110,  154, 
235,  283,  32H,  357,  407,  459,  500 

Bot.  Gazette,  69,  110,  155,  236, 
283,  357,  460,  500 

Bot.  Notiser,  70,  110,  283,  500 

Bot.  Zeitung,  70,  110,  236,  283, 
358,  460 

Bull,  de  I'Herb.  Boissier,  70,  110, 
155,  236,  283,  327,  358,  407, 
460,  500 

Bulletin  of  Miscell.  Information, 
112,  239,  284,  287,  328,  503 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Belgique,  358 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France,  70,  283, 
327,  358 


Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  70,  110, 

111,  155,  236,  284,  358,  407,  500 

Erythea,  70,  155,  236,  327,  358, 

407,  460,  500 
Gard.  Chronicle,  70, 110,  155,  236, 

284,  327,  358,  407,  460 

Journ.  de  Botanique,  70,  110,  155, 

158,  23'>,  284,  358,  407,  460,  500 

Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  71, 158, 237, 501 

Journ.  Koyal  Microscopical  Soc, 

111 
Malpighia,  237,  460 
Naturalist,  42 
Nuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.,  110,  237, 

358 
Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift,  71,  111, 
155,  237,   284,   327,   358,   407, 
460,  501 
Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  71 
Trans.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc 
Arum  maculatum,  408 
Asarum  macranthum,  98 ;  Shuttle- 

worthii,  98  ;  virginicum,  97 
Asclepiadaceae,  Revision  of  S.  Afri- 
can, 475 
Asclepias  amplexicaulis,  298  ;  verti- 

cillata,  264 
Ascochyta    Spondiacearum,-'=    178  ; 

Tihacorae,-  178 
Ascherson's    '  Flora    des    Nordost- 
deutschen  Flachlandes,'  502 

Babington,  Memorials  of  (rev.),  33 

Baccharis  arborea,  55 

Badhamia,  113,  116 

Bagnall,  J.  E.,  Merionethshire  Mos- 
ses, 217 

Bailey's  (L.  H.)  '  Plant-Breeding ' 
and  '  Le.'^sons  on  Plants'  (rev.), 
199  ;  '  Garden-Making '  (rev.),  326 

Baker,  E.  G.,  Somali-land  Poly- 
\  etalae,  2 ;  '  Le  Fumariacee  Itali- 
aue'  (rev.),  66;  Notes  on  Asarum, 
96 ;  Viola  palmata,  129 ;  Helio- 
carpus  americana,  130  ;  Tilia  cor- 
data,  318;  Ai-enaria  serpyllifolia, 


606 


INDEX. 


351 ;  Nieclenzu's  Bunchosia  (rev.), 
356  ;  new  Crassulas,  361 

Barton,  E.  S.,  Alijological  Litera- 
ture, 195,  227,  275,  402 ;  '  Die  nat. 
Pflanzenfamilien;  Algse'  (rev.), 
64  ;  Sor  mthera,  238  ;  Develop- 
ment of  Fiorideae,  447 

Bees  and  Flowers,  40 

Beubow,  J.,  Bucks  plants,  492 

Bennett,  A.,  Carex  frigida,  103  ; 
Shropshire  Plants,  380 ;  Elatine 
Hydropiper,  440;  Mela'oipyrum 
cristatum,  441 ;  I.  of  Man  plants, 
441 

Berardia  trigyna/''  315  ;  velutina,-'- 
257 

Bibliographical  Notes,  264,  274,  320, 
397,  441 

Bicheno's  Herbarium,  275 

Biographical  Index  of  Botanists,  99, 
145,  192,  267,  443 

Blackman  on  Phytoplankton,  239 

Blepharonema,  155 

Bley's  '  Botanisches  Bilderbuch,'  40 

Botrychium  australe,  479  ;  matri- 
cariaefolium  and  B.  lanceolatum 
(t.  388),  291 

Botrytis  angularis,'''  181 

Boulger,  G.  S.,  Biographical  Inde-i 
of  Botanists,  99, 145, 192,  267,  443 

Braithwaite's  Moss-flora,  155 

Brenan,  S.  A.,  Pluitago  media,  351 

British  Botanists,  Index  of,  99,  145, 
193,  267;  Carices,  41,  73,  103; 
CharaceEe,  182,  409  ;  Flora,  a  New, 
94 ;  Fungi,  180, 226, 438 ;  Willows, 
set  of,  72  ;  Mosses,  Distribution  of, 
60,  133.184,217,261,302 

Britten,  J.,  Memorials  of  Babing- 
ton  (rev.),  33  ;  Eoyal  Gardens, 
Kew  (rev.),  35;  Miller's  Conyzas, 
51;  The  Fifty  Years'  Limit  in 
Nomenclature,  90  ;  a  new  British 
Flora,  94 ;  Notes  on  Asamm,  96  ; 
Biographical  Index  of  Botanists, 
99,  l45,  192.  267,  443  ;  '  Flora  of 
Berkshire'  (rev.),  104,  225,  349; 
Note  on  Fragaria,  125,  225  ;  Afri- 
can Botany  (rev.),  232;  Nomen- 
clature of  Senecios,  259  ;  Gro- 
novius'  'Flora  Virginica,'  264; 
Smith's  Georgian  Plants,  297  ; 
Flora  of  Perthshire  (rev.),  321  ; 
Bibliographical  Notes,  274,  320, 
397  ;  An  insufficient  Abbreviation, 
353  ;  Fryer's  Potamogetons  (rev,), 
353 ;  Dedication  of  Jacksonia,  399 ; 
Notes  on  Hoya,  413 ;  Habenaria 


viridis   var.   bracteata,    437  ;     T. 

Kirk,  489  ;    Botrychium  australe, 

491 
Bromley,  Flora  of,  160 
Bromus  interruptus,  274,  319 
Brown's  Californian  Plants,  38 
Bruce,  G.  L.,  Veronica  polita,  227 
Bubani's  Flora  Pyrent^ea  (rev.),  150 
Bulbine  flexuosa,"  27 
Balbophyllum  flammuliferum,'''  211 
Bullock- Webster,   G.  B.,  Characese 

Eecords,  182 
Bunchosia,  356 

Cactaceae,  Orcutt's.  71 

Cactus  Journal,  159 

Calamagrostis  neglecta,  431 

Calanthe  gigantea,  214 

Calothrix  balearica  var.  tenuis, =■'  337 

Campbell  on  Soranthera,  237 

Carex  fi'igida  (t.  382),  41,  103  ;  chor- 
dorhiza  (t.  383),  73;  British  spe- 
cies of,  73 ;  helvola,  157 ;  Scottish 
species,  176  ;  pulicaris,  399 ;  Sad- 
leri,  442 ;  stricta,  274 

Carruthers  (J.  B.)  on  Cocoa  disease, 
286 

Carruthers,  W.,  Seward's  '  Fossil 
Plants '  (rev.),  277 ;  Frank's  '  Agri- 
cultural Botany'  (rev.),  282 

Catharinea  Haussknechtii,  62 ;  te- 
nella,  320,  465  (t.  393) 

Cerastium,  primarj^  characters  in, 
8;  critical  note^i  on,  341,  382; 
afticanum  vars.,  ■'■  342  ;  arvense 
var.  ambiguum,'-  382 ;  arcticum, 
440,  493 

Channel  Islands,  Kubi  aurl  Kosae  of, 
85 

Chara  aspera  subsp.  desmacantha* 
(t.  391),  410 

Characeffi  Eecords,  182  (tt.  391,  392), 
409  ;  Migula  on  (rev.),  280 

Chenopodium  glomerulosum,  149 

Chilionema,  232 

Christie,  A.  C,  Lonicera  Capri- 
folium,  275  ;  Perthshire  Note,  319 

Christy,  M,,  on  iEsculus,  359 

Cirrhopetalum  ochraceum,=-  212 

Cladostomum,  110 

Clark,  J.  A.,  313;  Thomas,  311 

Clematis  rosea,  302 

Climatic  Zones,  Watson's,  82 

Clonothrix  gracillima,''-  337 

Closterium.  332 

Cocoa  disease,  286 

Conyzas  of  Mill.  Gard.  Diet.,  51 ; 
Baccharis,    51  ;    corymbosa,   51  ; 


INDEX. 


507 


pedunculata,  52;  salicifolms,  52; 

scandens,  52  ;  spicata,  52  ;   sym- 

phytifolia,  53  ;    tomentosns,    53  ; 

trinervius,  53 ;  uniflora,  53  ;   vis- 

cosa,  53 
Corbaderia,  70 
Cosmarium,    333  ;    Heimerlii    var. 

tumidum,*  334 
Costantin's'LesVegteaiix'  (rev.),  206 
County  Eecords  : — 

Anglesey,  19,  77,  440 

Bedford,  161-5,  399 

Berks,  104, 125,  222,  274,  348,  356 

Brecon,  7 

Bucks,  224,  319,  492 

Cambridge,  182-4,  246,  328,  353, 
400 

Cardigan,  21 

Carmarthen,  22 

Carvarvon,  19,  440 

Chester,  32,  62,  81,  112,  302,  321, 
401,  503 

Cornwall,  62,  351 

Denbigh,  20,  187 

Derby,  124 

Devon,  45,  62,  63,  127,  351 

Dorset,  63,  275,  351 

Essex,  185 

Flint,  20 

Glamorgan,  22 

Gloucester,  32,  209,  402 

Hants,  32,  124,  208,  261,  274,  320, 
441 

Hereford,  7 

Herts,  227,  321 

Isle  of  Man,  441 

Kent,  {)3,  75,  158,  160,  319,  320, 
351,  462 

Lancaster,  32,  133,  321,  401 

Leicester,  149 

Lincoln,  55,  112 

Merioneth,  20,  217,  227 

Middlesex,  111,  319 

Monmouth,   7,  22,    32,  180,  181, 
187,  402 

Montgomery,  21 

Norfolk,  125,  182 

Oxford,  224,  275,  348 

Pembroke,  22,  188,  275 

Eadnor,  21 

Salop,  380 

Somerset,  32,  63,  149,  162,  311 

Stafford,  440 

Suffolk,  182 

Surrey,  63,  75,  76,  103,  111,  125, 
164,  275,  399,  400,  440 
■c    Sussex,  181,  351 

^Vorcester,  40,  76,  440 


Yorks,  238,  272,  300-37 
See  also  '  Notes  on  British  Chara- 
cege,'  409-13 
Cousins'  '  Chemistry  of  the  Garden,' 

208 
Crassula  anomala,-'=  370;   a-hylla,''^ 
371;  confusa,'-  366;  cyclophylla,'- 
363 ;  Dodii,-  372  ;  Flanagani,-  362 ; 
hirsuta,^''  365 ;  hispida,=-  368  ;  inan- 
densis,"  364  ;  Larnbertiana,"  371  ; 
latispathulata,'-''  364;  leucantha,''' 
369  ;  Macowaniana,'''  361 ;  multi- 
flora,*   368;  namaquensis,'''  367; 
oblanceolata,'''  365  ;  pachystema,''' 
367  ;    pallens,*   361  ;     papillosa, 
371 ;  punctulata,*  362  ;  Promon- 
torii,=- 3 '6  ;  rubescens,*363;  Ru- 
dolfi,"  363  ;  scalaris,^''  369  ;   sub- 
acaulis,''-  370 
Craterostigma,  503 
Cross-fertilization  of  Salices,  122 
Crouch,  C,  Carex  pulicaris,  399 
Curtis's  '  Textbook  '  (rev.),  458 
'  Cybele  Hibernica,'  new  edition,  72 
Cycadacese,  Anatomy  of,  156 
Cymbidium  Leai,*  221;  Sparkesii,''' 
221 

Dactylococcopsis  montana,'''  337 

Dactylococcus  bicaudatus  var.  sub- 
ramosum,-''  335 

Dates  of  periodicals,  258 

Davidson's  '  California  Plants,'  503 

Deas'  '  Flower  Favourites,'  287 

Dendrobium  modestum,='=  211 

Dendroceros,  Structure  of,  237 

DendrocoUa  carnosa,'''  216 

Detmer's  '  Plant  Physiology  '  (rev.), 
324 

Dewevrea,  358 

Dianthus  deltoides,  274  ;  gallicus, 
493 

Dich^ea  bnlbillosa,  165 

Didymium  Trochus,''=  164 

Dixon,  H.N.,  County  lists  of  Mosses, 
184,  261 ;  Plagiothecium  Mulleri- 
anum  (t.  387),  241 

Docidium  costatum,  333 

Dod,  A.  H.  W.,  Gymnadenia  conop- 
sea  X  albida,  352 

Dothidella  Graphis,'^  179;  Wel- 
witschii,*  179 

Druce,  G.  C,  Helleborus  occident- 
alis,  222;  Fragaria  muricata,  225  ; 
Poa  flexuosa,  227  ;  Dianthus  del- 
toides, 274;  Bicheno's  Herba- 
rium, 275 ;  Bromus  interruptus, 
319  ;    Berkshire    Varieties,    275, 


508 


INDEX. 


348  ;  his  '  Flora  of  Berkshire  ' 
(rev.),  104 
Dunn,  S.  T.,  Taraxacum  laevigatum, 
32  ;  t'lantago  Forms,  62 ;  Mentha 
notes,  68  ;  Sinapis  orientalis,  103  ; 
AVandsworth  Ahens,  103 

Earle's  (Mrs.)  '  Potpourri  from  a 
Surrey  Garden,'  158 

Elatine  Hydropiper,  400,  440 

Engler's '  Syllabus'  (rev.j,  404;  Afri- 
can Monographs,  501 

Eria  cymbidiifolia,-  212 ;  hispidis- 
sima,'''  213  ;  pensilis,=''  213;  suma- 
treusis,*  212 

Eriospermum    patentiflorum,'''  27; 

Erodium,  hygrometer  made  with,  62 

Euastrum,  333 

Euphorbia  prostrata,  32 

Euphrasia  canadensis'-  (t.  381),  1; 
foulaensis,  150  ;  latifolia,  274  ; 
Scottish  species,  174 

Euryops  montana,"  316 

Exosporium  celatum,  179 

Eyre,  W.  L.  W.,  Hants  Mosses,  320 

Fabricius'  'Enumeratio,'  397 
Farmer,  J.  B.,  Curtis's  '  Textbook  ' 

(rev.),  458 
Feilden,  H.  W.,  Flowering  Plants 

of  Novaya  Zemlya,  3:8,  418,  468 
Felicia  amelloides,-''  26,  374 
Ficalhoa  laurifoUa,"  (t.  390j,  329 
Florideae,  Fertilization  of,  447 
Forcipella  236 

Fossombronia  Mittenii--'-  (t.  382),  44 
Fragaria    bercheriensis,   125 ;    mos- 

chata,  129,226;  muricata,  127,  225 
Frank's 'Agricultural  Botany'  (rev.), 

282 
Fryer's  Potamogetons  (rev.),  354 
Fmigi,   Welwitsch's   African,    177; 

British,  180 

Galium  Vaillautii,  275 

Gautier's  'Flore  des  Pyrenees-Ori- 

entales,'  111 
Gilg's  African  Melastomacese,  501 
Gepp,     A.,    Kindberg's     European 

Bryineye  (rev.), 37;  Paris'  'Index 

Bryologicus,'  4d3 
Giraud's  'Aide-memoire  '  (rev.),  282 
Glycine  elliptica,  298 
Goldney's  '  Guide  to  Kew  Gardens  ' 

(rev.),  35,  281 
Gonatozygon  sexspiniferum,  330 
Goode,G.,CambridgeshirePlants,400 
Gronovius'  '  Flora  Virginica,'  264 


Groom's      '  Elementary     Botany  ' 

(rev.),  153 
Groves,  H.  &  J.,  Migula's  Characeae 

(rev.),    280  ;     Notes    on    British 

Characeae,  409 
Gymnadenia  couopsea  x  albida,  352 
Gymnatocarpus,  72 

Habenaria  viridis  var.  bracteata,  437 
Hamilton,  W.  P.,  Sphagnum  Aus- 

tini,  320 
Handley's  Sedbergh  List,  238 
Hebenstreitia  macrophylla,=''-  317 
Hecatonema,  231 
Heliocarpus  americana,  130 
Heliophila  Dodii,'''  314;  scabrida,'!^ 

314 
Helleborus  occideutahs,  222 
Hemimeris  gracilis, -■=  375 
Hepaticae,  Scottish,  340 
Hermannia  asbestina,'-  373 
Hexagonia  Welwitschii,'-''  177 
Hieracium  hypochoeroides  var.  Cya- 
this,-''  6 ;  poUinarium  var.  platy- 
phyllum,='=    7 ;     Scottish    species, 
171 ;  Linton's  set  of,  503 
Hiern,  W.  P.,  Bubani's  Flora  Pyren- 
aea  (rev.),  150 ;    Murbeck's  Flore 
de  la    Tunisie   (rev.),    204;   New 
Genera  of  Compositae  (tt.  338-9), 
'289  ;  Veronica  Anagallis,  321 ;  Fi- 
calhoa,'-   (t.  390),  329;    Kuntze's 
'Eevisio  '  (rev.),  494 
Holtermanti's '  Mykologische  Unter- 

suchungen'  (rev.),  454 
Hooker   (J.   D.)    Medal,    487;     hs 

'  Flora  of  British  India,'  39 
Hormann's    '  Protoplasmastromun 

bei  den  Characeen  '  (rev.),  453 
Hormospora  ordinata,'-  330 
Horrell,  E.  C,  British  Mosses,  60 ; 

Leucobryum  glaucum,  227 
Hoya,  notes  ou,  413;  acuta,  413; 
Aldr'chii,  417  ;  australis,  414  ; 
crassifolia,  416  ;  Cunninghami, 
417 ;  nicobarica,  414  ;  pendula, 
415 ;  pilosa,  417  ;  iDurpurascens, 
417;  Wightii,  416 
Hughes-GilDb's  '  Making  of  a  Daisy ' 

(rev.),  325 
Hygrometer  made  with  Erodium,  62 

Iberis  amara  var.  ruficaulis,  348 
'  Icones  Bogorienses,'  72 
India,  Flora  of  British,  39 
Indovethia,  72 

Irish  Plants,  46,  72,  80,  201,  351, 
352,  400,  409-12,  442 


INDEX. 


509 


Jackson,  A.  B.,  Tortula  intermedia, 

149;    Bromus    interruptus,   274; 

Carex     stricta,     274 ;     Latliyrus 

Apliaca,  353 
Jackson,    B.     D.,     Bibliographical 

Note,  441 
Jaeksonia,  399 
Jatropha  Phillipsiae,'''  SO 
Jungermania  obtufa,  493 

Kelleronia  Gillettii,-''  6 

Kew  Bulletin,  112,  239,    284,    287, 

328,    503  ;    Gardens,  460    (rev.), 

35,  281 ;  opening  of,  238,  464 
Kiudberg's  'Bryineas'  (rev.),  37 
King's  Sikkim  Orchids,  498 
Kirchneriella  obesa  var.  pygmgea,='' 

336 
Kirk,  Thomas,  489 
Kranzlin's  '  Orchidacearmn  Genera  ' 

(rev.),  451 
Knntze's  '  Eevisio,'  464  (rev.),  493 

Laboratory  Practice  (rev.),  36 

Lathyrus  Aphaca,  353,  400 

Leucobryum  glaucum,  227 

Ley,  A.,  new  forms  of  Hieracium,  6 

Limnocarpns,  208,  327,  360 

Linnean  Society,  156,  157,  208, 237, 
238,  285,  359,  360 

Linton,  E.  F.,  Carex  frigida  (t.  382), 
41 ;  Experiments  in  Cross-ferti- 
lization, 122  ;  Galium  Vaillantii, 
275 

Linton's  Set  of  British  Willows,  72 ; 
of  Hieracia,  503 

Liparis  peetinifera,-'-  210 

Lister,  A.,  Mycetozoa  of  Antigua 
and  Dominica,  113  (t.  385),  378  ; 
Notes  on  Mycetozoa,  161  (t.  386) 

Lister,  G  ,  Elatine  Hydrupiper,  400 

Lonicera  Caprifolium,  275 

Lophocolea  spicata,  401 

Loranthus  Pentheri,'-  376 

Lortia,'-  29  ;  erubescens,'-  30 

Lotononis  macra,-''  373 

Lowe's  '  Yew-trees,'  408 

Macvicar,  S.  M.,  Watson's  Cli- 
matic Zones,  82  ;  Mastigophora 
Woodsii,  103 

Malayan  Orchids,  210 

Malva  moschata  var.  Kamondiana, 
349 

Marquand's  'Fungi  of  Guernsey,'  287 

Marshall,  E.  S.,  Wexford  Plants, 
46;  British  Sedges  (t.  383),  73; 
Eanunculus  petiolaris,  103  ;  Eu- 
phrasia foulaensis,   150  ;  E.  lati- 


folia,  274 ;    Scottish  Plants,   66 ; 
Ophys  apifera  x  aranifera,   319  ; 
Cerastium  arcticum,  440 
Mastigophora  Woodsii,  103 
Mathiola  dimolehensis,='=  2 
Melampyrum  cristatum,  441 
Melhania  Phillipsiae,-''  4 ;   somalen- 

sis,''=  3 
Melvill,  J.  C,  Sisymbriiun  strictis- 

simum,  32 
Mentha  notes,  63 
Meschinelli's    '  Iconographia    Fun- 

gorum  Fossilium  '  (rev.),  459 
Mesembryanthemum  nubigenum,-'' 

316 
Mesotaenium  purpureum,-'-  332 
Microthyrium  Millettige,-  179 
M'gula's  Characeie  (rev.),  280 
Mimosa  microphylla,  301 
Missouri  Bot.  Garden  Report,  112 
Monkemeyer's  '  Die  Sumpfplanzen ' 

(rev.),  68 
Montemartini's  Fisiologia  vegetale 

(rev.),  207 
Moore,     Spencer,    '  Palmae    Matto- 
grossenses'  (rev.),  355;    '  Proto- 
plasmastromung  bei  den  Chara- 
ceen  '  (i  ev.),  453 
More,  A.  G.,  Life  of  (rev.),  201 
Moraea  macra,'''  377  ;  Randii,*  144 
Morris,  D.,  leaving  Kew,  359 
Mortierella  Bainieri  var.  Jenldni/-' 

180;  repens,-  180 
Mosses,  British,  60;  S.Lancashire, 
133 ;  N.  Essex,  185  ;  Denbigh- 
shire, 186  ;  Monmouth,  187  ;  Pem- 
brokeshire, 188  ;  Merionethshire, 
217;  Hants,  261,  320;  Cheshire, 
302  [204 

Murbeck's  Flore  de  la  Tunisie  (rev.), 
Murray  (N.  G.)  on  Phyto-plankton, 
239 ;  Holtermann's  '  Mykolo- 
gische  Untersuchungen '  (rev.), 
454 ;  '  Monographie  des  Cau- 
lerpes  '  (rev.),  455  ;  '  Iconographia 
Fungorum  Fossilium'  (rev.),  459 
Mycetozoa  of  Antigua  and  Domi- 
nica, 113  (t.  385),  378;  Notes  on, 
161  (t.  386) 

Nicotra's     '  Fumariacee     Italiane ' 

(rev.),  66 
Niedenzu's  Bunchosia  (rev.),  356 
Nitella  hyalina  (t.  392),  411 
Nomenclature,   Fifty   Years'  Limit 

in,  90 
Novaya  Zemlya,  Plants  of,  388,  418, 

468 


510 


INDEX. 


Oberonia  aurantiaca/-  210 

Obituaky  : — 

Aitchison,  J.  E.  T.,  463 
Kiik,  Thomas,  489 
Lange,  Julian  M.  C,  288 
Montrouzier,  Xavier,  288 
Penny,  C.  W.,  208 

Odontelytrum,  155 

Oltmanns  on  Florideae  (rev.),  447 

Oocystis  parva,-''  335 

Ophrj'S  apifera  x  ara^)ifera,  319 

Orchids,  Malayan,  210;  Sikkim,  498 

Orcutt's  Cactaceae,  71 

Othoinia  patula,"  26 

Oxalis  gracihpes,"-  23  ;  Leipokltii,'-- 
24 

'  Palmae  Mattogrossenses'  (rev.),  355 

Paris's  '  Index  Bryologicus,'  462 

Peacock,  E.  A.  W.,  Flora  of  Lin- 
colnshire, 55 

Pearson,  W.  H.,  Scottish  Hepaticae, 
340  ;  Lophocolea  spicata,  401 ; 
Scalia  Hookeri,  441  ;  Jimger- 
mania  ohtusa,  493 

Penium  cnticulare,  332 

Penny,  C.  W.,  208 

Pentanopsis,''-  28  ;  fragrans,-''  29 

Phyllachora  irregularis,  179  ;  miuu- 
tissima,  179  ;  repens,  178 

Phyllanthodendron,  238 

Phyllophora,  228 

Phyllosticta  Tricalysieae,'''  178 

Physiirum,  113 ;  Berkeleyi,  114 ; 
bogoriense,  122  ;  didermoides  var. 
lividuui,'-  161;  murinum /3  aene- 
um,-'-  117 ;  nncleatnm,  378  ;  nu- 
tans var.  leucophteum,  116  ;  palli- 
dum, 117  ;  straminipes,"'  163  ; 
variabile,  113  ;  vernum,  165 

Phyto-plankton,  239 

Plagiothecium  Mlillerianum  (t.  387), 
241 

Plantago  forms,  62,  321  ;  media, 
351,  400 

Pleurococcus  rufescens  var.  san- 
guineus,* 336 

Pleuropogun  Sabinii,  431 

Pleurotffinium  annulatum,  332 

Pluchea  odorata,  54 

Poa  flexuosa,  227  ;  palustris,  324 

Polygala  Dodii,-  24 

Polyporus  umbellatus,  399 

Potamogetons,  British  (rev.),  354 

Poulsenia,  69 

Praeger,    K.   LI.,    Plantago   media, 

.    400 

Pretrea,  345 


Prosthecidiscus,  236 
Psednotrichia-  tenella-  (t.  388),  289 
Pseudorlaya,  205 

Queensland  Cymbidiums,  221 
Quercus   ambigua,    300";    lobulata, 
299 

Band,  K.  F.,  Wayfaring   Notes   in 

Khodesia,  141,  345 
Kanunculus  scotieus,--  103 
Eendle,  A.  B.,  New  Somali-land 
Plants,  28  ;  Setchell's  Laboratory 
Practice  (rev.),  36  ;  Darwin  and 
after  Darwin  (rev.),  67  ;  '  Die 
Sumpf- und  Wasserpllanzen '  (rev.) 
68  ;  Groom's  '  Elementary  Bo- 
tany '  (rev.),  153  ;  Bailey's  '  Pi  ant - 
breeding'  and  'Lessons'  (rev.), 
199  ;  Costantin's  '  Les  Vegetaux  ' 
(rev.),  206 ;  Tognini's  '  Anatomia  ' 
(rev.),  207  ;  Montemartini's  '  Fi- 
siologia '  (rev.),  207;  Queensland 
Cymbidiums,  221  ;  '  Text-book  of 
Botany  '  (rev.),  278  ;  Girard's 
'Aide-memoire'  (rev.),  282;  Det- 
mer's  '  Plant  Physiology  '  (rev.), 
324  ;  '  Lehrbuch  der  Botanik  ' 
(rev.),  325  ;  '  Making  of  a  Daisy  ' 
(rev.),  325  ;  Engler's  '  Syllabus  ' 
(rev.),  404  ;  Kriinzlin's  Orchidese 
(rev.),  451 ;  Van  Tieghem's  '  Ele- 
ments '  (rev.),  456 
Eeviews: — 

Memorials  of  Babington,  33 
Laboratory  Practice.     W.  A.  Set- 

chell,  36 
Kew  Gardens.     Mrs.  S.  Goldney, 

35,  281 
Bryineae.     N.  C.  Kindberg,  37 
Die  Nat.  Pflanzenfamilien  :  Algae, 

64 
Le  Fumariacee  Italiane.      L.  Ni- 

cotra,  66 
Darwin  and  after  Darwiu.     G.  J. 

Romanes,  67 
Die  Sumpf-  und  Wasserpflanzen. 

W.  Monkemeyer,  68 
Flora  of  Berkshire.    G.  C.  Druce, 

104 
Flora  Pyrenaea.     P.  Bubani,  150 
Elementary  Botany.     P.  Groom, 

153 
Plant-breeding  and  Lessons.     L. 

H.  Bailey,  199 
Life  of  A.  G.  More,  201 
Flore  de  la  Tunisie.    S.  Murbeck, 

204 


INDEX. 


511 


Les  Vegetaux.     J.  Costantin,  206 
Anatomia  vegetale.     F.  Tognini, 

207 
Fisiulogia   vegetale.      L.   Monte- 
martini,  207 
Welvvitsch's  African  Plants.  W.  P. 

Hiern,  234 
Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  233 
Flora  Capeusis,  234 
Fossil  Plants.    A.  C.  Seward,  277 
Text-book  of  Botany.     E.  Stras- 

burger,  &c.,  278,  325 
Characea3.     W.  Migula,  280 
Agricultural  Botany.  A.  B.  Frank, 

282 
Aide-memoire.     H.  Girard,  282 
Flora  of  Perthshire.      F.  B.  W. 

White,  321 
Plant   Physiology.      W.  Detmer, 

324 
Making  of  a  Daisy.     E.  Hughes- 

Gibb,  325 
Garden  Making.     L.  H.  Bailey, 

32G 
British    Potamogetons.       Fryer, 

354 
Palmse    Mattogrossenses.      J,  B. 

Rodrigues,  355 
Buncliosia.     F.  Niedenzu,  356 
Syllabus  der  Pflanzenfamilien.  A. 

Engler,  404 
Orchidacearuin  Genera.  F.  Kriinz- 

lin,  451 
Protoplasmastromang      bei     den 

Chataceeo.     G.  Hermann,  453 
Mykologische      Untersuchungen. 

C.  Holtermann,  454 
Caulerpes,    Weber  van  Bosse,  455 
Elements  de  Botanique.     P.  van 

Tieghem,  456 
Text-book  of  Botany.     C.  C.  Cur- 
tis, 458 
Fungorum    Fossilium   Iconogra- 

phia.     A.  Meschinelli,  459 
Revisio  Generum.  O.  Kuntze,  494 
Orchids  of  Sikkim-Himalaya,  G. 

King  and  R.  Pantling,  498 
Rhapidium  polymorphum  var.  spi- 

rale,'''  335 
Rhopalandria,  328 
Rhodesia,  Wayfaring  notes  in,  141, 

345 
Ridley,  H.  N.,  New    Malayan    Or- 
chids, 210 
Robinson's    '  English     Flower-gar- 
den,' 408 
Eochebrune's   '  Toxicologie  Africa- 
ine,'  .112 


Rodrigues'  '  Palmse  Mattogrossen- 
ses,' (rev.),  355 

Rogers,  W.  M.  &  F.  A.,  '  Rubi  and 
Rosae  of  Channel  Islands',  85 

Rolfea,-  493 

Romanes'  '  Darwin'' and  after  Dar- 
win '  (rev.),  67 

Romulea  longipes,-''  377  ;  Thodei,''= 
318 

RosEe  of  Channel  Islands,  90 

Rowan's  (Mrs.)  '  Flower-hunter  in 
Queensland,'  159 

Rubi  of  Channel  Islands,  85  ;  Scot- 
tish, 338,  339  ;  Lancashire,  401 

Rumex  angiocarpus,  352 

Saccardo's  '  Index  Fungorum,'  239 
Saccolabium  Angraecum,*  214  ;  cor- 

tiuatum,''-  215  ;    secundiflorum,-'- 

215 
Salices,  Cross-fertilization  of,  122 
Salmon,  C.  E.,  Notes  from  Cantire, 

318 
Salmon,  E.  S.,  Catharinea  tenella, 

320,    465    (t.    393)  ;    on    Symble- 

pharis,  285 
Salmonia  Polygonatum,"-''  399 
Scalia  Hookeri,  441 
Scargill's  Flora  of  Bromley,  160 
Scenedesmus  spicatus,*  335 
Schlechter,  R  ,  Decades  Plautarum 

No  varum  Austro-Africanarum,  23, 

314,  373  ;  Revision  of  S.  African 

AsL-lepiadacese,  475 
Schonland,  S.,  New  Crassulas,  361 
Schrankia,  301 
Scottish  Plants,  40,  41,  72,  73-82, 

103,  110,  166,  180,  227,  235,  274, 

275,  291,  319,  321,  338,  340,  343, 

401,  407,  440,  441,  442,  504 
Senecio,  nomenclature  of,  259;  con- 

fusus,'-260;  Hemsleyi,=''260;  sub- 

coriaceus,'''  375 
Sepedonium  sepedonioides,  181 
Setchell's     '  Laboratory    Practice  ' 

(rev.),  36 
Seward's  Fossil  Plants  (rev.),  277 
Shoolbred,  W.  A.,  W.  Gloucester  and 

Monmouth  Plants,  32,  402  ;  Scot- 
tish Plants,  166  ;  Carex  Sadleri, 

442 
Sinapis  orientalis,  103 
Sisymbrium  strictissimum,  32 
Sisyrinchium  angustifolium,  442 
Smith's  Georgian  Plants,  297 
Smith,  A.  L.,  Underwood's  Alabama 

Fungi,    71  ;    Welwitsch's   Fungi, 

177  ;  British  Fungi,  180 


512 


INDEX. 


Smith,  W.  G-.,  Basicliomycetes  new 

to  Britain,  226 
Somali-land  plants,  3,  28 
Somerville's    '  County     Divisions,' 

28G 
Sorantheia,  238 
Souliea,  237 
Spergularia,  496 
Spermacjce  hyssopifolia,  299 
Sphagnum  Austini,  320 
Spirotsenia    fusiformis,'''   331  ;    mi- 

nuta  var.  eboracensis,*  226,  331  ; 

turfosa,=''  331 
Spondylosium,  334 
Stachys  alpina  (t.  384),  209  ;  lasio- 

calyx,"  317 
Staurastrum,  334 
Stipitococcus ''-  urceolatus,-'-  336 
Stokes,  William,  360 
Strasburger's  '  Textbook  of  Botany  ' 

(re v.), 278,  325 
Stratton,    F.,   Life   of  A.    G.  More 

(rev.),  201 
Strawberry,  the  Plymouth,  127 
Swan,  L.  M.,  S  syrinchium  angusti- 

folium,  442 
S wanton,  E.  W.,  Polyporus  umbel- 

latus,  399 
Sydow's  '  Botaniker  Kalender,'  502 
Symblepharis,  285 

Taraxacum  Isevigatum,  32 
Tetraedron  floridense/'-  336 
Thesium  polyanthum,"  27 ;  Sanderi- 

anum,='-  376 
Thompson,    H.    S.,    Th  ,mas    Clark 

and  Somerset  Plants,  311 
Tilia  cordata,  318 ;    Maximowiczii, 

319 
Tindall,  E.  M.,  Fossambronia  Mit- 

tenii  (t.  382),  44 
Tissa,  496 
Tognini's '  Anatomia  Vegetale '  (rev.) , 

207 
Tortula  intermedia,  149 
Towndrow,    E.    F.,    Pembroke  Ee- 

cords,  275  ;  Arctium  nemorosum, 

493 
Townsend,  F.,  Euphrasia  canaden 

sis  (t.  381),  1 
Trifolium  Molinerii,  351 
Trimen,  Dr.,  memorial  to,  160 


Umbilicaria  linifolia,-  398 ;  Ompha- 

lodes,-  398 
Underwood's  Alabama  Fungi,  71 

Vailia,  407 

Van  Tieghem's    'Elements'    (rev.), 

456 
Vernonia  collina/''  374 
Veronica  Anagallis,  321 ;  polita  227 
Vickersia,  227 
Viola  palmata,  129 

Wales,  Flora  of,  10  ;  altitudes  in,  82 

Ward,  James,  271 

Watson's  Climatic  Zones,  82 

Weathers,  J.,  Bailey's  '  Garden 
Making '  (rev.),  326 

Weber  van  Bosse's  '  Caulerpes ' 
(rev.),  455 

Welwitsch's  African  Fungi,  177  ; 
Plants  (rev.),  234,  289 

West,  AV.  &  G.  S.,  Freshwater  Algfce, 
111,  330 

West,  W.,  Jun.,  Cambridge  Plants, 
246, 328, 491 ;  Trifolium  Molinerii, 
351;  Elatine  Hydropiper,  410 

Wexford  plants,  403 

Wheldon,  J.  A.,  Catharinea  Haus- 
knechtii,  62  ;  S.  Lancashire  Mos- 
ses, 133;  Cheshire  Mosses,  302; 
Plantago  ceratophyllum,  321  ; 
Lancashire  &  Cheshire  Eubi,  402 

Wiiite's  (F.  B.)  '  Flora  of  Perth- 
shire '  (rev.),  321 

White,  J.  W.,  Chenopodium  glome- 
rulosum,  149 

Whitwell,  W.,  Euphorbia  prostrata, 
32;  Botrychium  matricaricefolium 
an. I  B.  lanceolatum  (t.  388),  291 

Williams,  F.  N.,  Primary  Characters 
in  Cerastium,  8  ;  Critical  Notes  on 
Cerastium,  341,  382 ;  Dianthus 
gallicus,  493;  Cerastium  arcticum, 
493 

Wilms's  Transvaal  Planis,  111 

Wood's  (J.  M.)  Natal  Plants,  327 

Wootonia,  236 

Zahlbruckner,     A.,     Nomenclature 

Note,  492 
Zygnema  Heydrichii,  330 


WEST    NE  WMAN   AND    CO.,    PRINTERS,    HATTON    GARDEN,    LONDON,  E.  C. 


New  York  Botanical  Garden  Librar 


3  5185  00265  0404